diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/06f2ba0c-5ad6-4569-abc0-9d8ab360dbef.vsidx b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/06f2ba0c-5ad6-4569-abc0-9d8ab360dbef.vsidx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2dadd7c Binary files /dev/null and b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/06f2ba0c-5ad6-4569-abc0-9d8ab360dbef.vsidx differ diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/52959186-a901-42e1-9f31-8237e0c374b2.vsidx b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/52959186-a901-42e1-9f31-8237e0c374b2.vsidx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a09460f Binary files /dev/null and b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/52959186-a901-42e1-9f31-8237e0c374b2.vsidx differ diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/97f449dc-72ea-4cf8-88e0-82774a1ea227.vsidx b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/97f449dc-72ea-4cf8-88e0-82774a1ea227.vsidx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9b54e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/97f449dc-72ea-4cf8-88e0-82774a1ea227.vsidx differ diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/993d772e-0c57-4086-b697-79ab8b163039.vsidx b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/993d772e-0c57-4086-b697-79ab8b163039.vsidx deleted file mode 100644 index dc02f67..0000000 Binary files a/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/993d772e-0c57-4086-b697-79ab8b163039.vsidx and /dev/null differ diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/e49e2a88-0e39-4337-9353-3d800c973d3e.vsidx b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/e49e2a88-0e39-4337-9353-3d800c973d3e.vsidx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..927324a Binary files /dev/null and b/.vs/DPM2016/FileContentIndex/e49e2a88-0e39-4337-9353-3d800c973d3e.vsidx differ diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/v17/.suo b/.vs/DPM2016/v17/.suo index 5eceeda..1425d94 100644 Binary files a/.vs/DPM2016/v17/.suo and b/.vs/DPM2016/v17/.suo differ diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/v17/HierarchyCache.v1.txt b/.vs/DPM2016/v17/HierarchyCache.v1.txt index c7f8dbf..974448f 100644 Binary files a/.vs/DPM2016/v17/HierarchyCache.v1.txt and b/.vs/DPM2016/v17/HierarchyCache.v1.txt differ diff --git a/CryptoEditor/.vs/CryptoEditor.vbproj.dtbcache.json b/CryptoEditor/.vs/CryptoEditor.vbproj.dtbcache.json index 09a1642..462bd42 100644 --- a/CryptoEditor/.vs/CryptoEditor.vbproj.dtbcache.json +++ b/CryptoEditor/.vs/CryptoEditor.vbproj.dtbcache.json @@ -1 +1 @@ -{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\CryptoEditor","ProjectFileName":"CryptoEditor.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Crypto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Form1.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Form1.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Deployment.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\CryptoEditor\\bin\\Debug\\CryptoEditor.exe","OutputItemRelativePath":"CryptoEditor.exe"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\CryptoEditor\\bin\\Debug\\CryptoEditor.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"CryptoEditor.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file +{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\CryptoEditor","ProjectFileName":"CryptoEditor.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Crypto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Form1.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Form1.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Deployment.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\CryptoEditor\\bin\\Debug\\CryptoEditor.exe","OutputItemRelativePath":"CryptoEditor.exe"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\CryptoEditor\\bin\\Debug\\CryptoEditor.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"CryptoEditor.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe index 3d07b6b..6e880ad 100644 Binary files a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe and b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe differ diff --git a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe.config b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe.config index 6c57b2e..a86c646 100644 --- a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe.config +++ b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe.config @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - + - + - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb index 14b67d5..e1410b5 100644 Binary files a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb and b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb differ diff --git a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml index f45cc8b..f0c0e3a 100644 --- a/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml +++ b/CryptoEditor/bin/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ CryptoEditor - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe index 3d07b6b..6e880ad 100644 Binary files a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe and b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.exe differ diff --git a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb index 14b67d5..e1410b5 100644 Binary files a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb and b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.pdb differ diff --git a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache index 17038be..fdd66de 100644 --- a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache @@ -1 +1 @@ -3b5866ce0053b738b7e1d968efc276f6c4e7b6f0 +530cc264b1e4200be6968621fb5a48fbf47e27934475a3e1055fd2d6a067a199 diff --git a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt index 63958a2..3d19964 100644 --- a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -11,3 +11,16 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.exe E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\bin\Debug\CryptoEditor.exe.config +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\bin\Debug\CryptoEditor.exe +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\bin\Debug\CryptoEditor.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\bin\Debug\CryptoEditor.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.Form1.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.Resources.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.exe.licenses +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.exe +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\CryptoEditor\obj\Debug\CryptoEditor.pdb diff --git a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache index 06b31bd..187dfc8 100644 Binary files a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache and b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache differ diff --git a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml index f45cc8b..f0c0e3a 100644 --- a/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml +++ b/CryptoEditor/obj/Debug/CryptoEditor.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ CryptoEditor - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/DPM2016/.vs/DPM2016.vbproj.dtbcache.json b/DPM2016/.vs/DPM2016.vbproj.dtbcache.json index 590ab3c..17caa1f 100644 --- a/DPM2016/.vs/DPM2016.vbproj.dtbcache.json +++ b/DPM2016/.vs/DPM2016.vbproj.dtbcache.json @@ -1 +1 @@ -{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016","ProjectFileName":"DPM2016.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FremAuswertung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FremAuswertung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\frmreport.designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\frmreport.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FrmSearchDialog.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FrmSearchDialog.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Behandlung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Behandlung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Benhandungdetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Benhandungdetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\clsFakturaFunktionen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Form1.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Form1.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmAkonto.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmAkonto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetailPADM.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetailPADM.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmPosition.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmPosition.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmprodukt.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmprodukt.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\LeistungDruck.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\LeistungDruck.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Leistungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Leistungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\clsDB.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\clsMySQLDB.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\frmPrivatSelect.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\frmPrivatSelect.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\IntTables.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmDemoMode.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmDemoMode.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmdummy.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmdummy.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailClient.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailClient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailtexte.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailtexte.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMsgbox.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMsgbox.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmProgrammeinstellungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmProgrammeinstellungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmprogress.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmprogress.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsDok.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsDokumente.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsDokumente.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsfilewatcher.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\dmstest.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\dmstest.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\DokumentDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\DokumentDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmDokumentList.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmDokumentList.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmdokumentvorlagen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmdokumentvorlagen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmImportVorlage.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmImportVorlage.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\Thumbviewer\\ThumbViewer.designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\Thumbviewer\\ThumbViewer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"EventHandler\\Generic_Event_Handler.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\clsFakturierung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmFakturierung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmFakturierung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmOffeneBehandlungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmOffeneBehandlungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmRechnungskopien.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmRechnungskopien.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\Finanzen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\Finanzen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\frmMahnungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\frmMahnungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirma.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirma.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirmaAP.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirmaAP.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmAgenda.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmAgenda.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmMain.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmMain.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"KG\\Krankengeschichte.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"KG\\Krankengeschichte.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsMailClient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsNullableDatetimePicker.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clspdfhelper.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsPrinter.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\MapiMail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\MyCombobox.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\MySecurity.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Mobile\\Models\\Patient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\Patient.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\Patient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientAbrechnung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientAbrechnung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientDetails.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientDetails.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\subclasses\\PatientDetailsFirma.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\subclasses\\PatientDetailsFirma.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Program.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Recall\\Recall.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Recall\\Recall.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\clsAllgemein.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportauswahl.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportauswahl.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportView.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportView.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmAuswertungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmAuswertungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmDentotarDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmDentotarDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmPrinterselect.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmPrinterselect.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmStammdaten.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmStammdaten.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsSpalten.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_Bez.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_Bez.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_flat.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_flat.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmSysadminTableSelector.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTarifDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTarifDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTexteditor.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTexteditor.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\TarifDetail_PADM.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\TarifDetail_PADM.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\clsLog.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Mobile\\clsMobile.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\Crypto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmcalendar.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmcalendar.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDBConnection.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDBConnection.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDentotarDetails.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDentotarDetails.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFormSelector.designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFormSelector.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFortschritt.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFortschritt.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmKalender.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmKalender.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmLogin.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmLogin.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmRichText.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmRichText.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmrtf.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmrtf.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSplash.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSplash.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSQLCript.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSQLCript.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSuche.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSuche.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\Globals.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Mobile\\MyHttpClient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\Security.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\SplashForm.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\SplashForm.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\camt_054_001_04.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\clscamt054.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\frmZahlung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\frmZahlung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\Klassen\\TreeViewAdv\\Aga.Controls\\bin\\Debug\\Aga.Controls.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\C1.Win.C1Command.4.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\C1.Win.C1Input.4.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Charts.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\DevComponents.DotNetBar2.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\DevComponents.TreeGX.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Common Files\\Microsoft Shared\\MSEnv\\PublicAssemblies\\EnvDTE.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\FastReports\\FastReport.Net\\FastReport.Bars.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\FastReports\\FastReport.Net\\FastReport.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\FastReports\\FastReport.Net\\FastReport.Editor.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\ITSM\\Vertragsverwaltung\\bin\\Debug\\FlexCel.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.Free.Documents.Controls.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.Free.Documents.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.XtremeFontEngine.4.0.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.XtremeImageEngine.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Ionic.Zlib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\KPImageViewer\\bin\\Debug\\KP-ImageViewerV2.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\ThirtPartyKlassen\\MsgViewer\\bin\\Debug\\MsgReader.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\MySql.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\packages\\Newtonsoft.Json.13.0.1\\lib\\net45\\Newtonsoft.Json.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\ThirtPartyKlassen\\MsgViewer\\bin\\Debug\\OpenMcdf.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM_Reporting\\_PropertyGrid\\Source\\PropertyGridEx\\bin\\Debug\\PropertyGridEx.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\QR-Rechnung\\QRCoder-master\\QRCoder\\bin\\Debug\\QRCoder.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\_Demos\\RichTextBoxExtended\\bin\\Debug\\RichTextBoxExtended.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\ThirtPartyKlassen\\MsgViewer\\bin\\Debug\\RtfPipe.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.BulletGraph.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Calculate.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Calculate.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Chart.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Chart.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Compression.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Core.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Data.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DataSource.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Diagram.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Diagram.Utility.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Diagram.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DICOM.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DocIO.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DocIO.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DocToPDFConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Edit.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.ExcelChartToImageConverter.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.ExcelToPDFConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Gauge.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.XmlSerializers.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.XmlSerializers.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.GridCommon.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.GridConverter.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.GridHelperClasses.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grouping.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grouping.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HighContrastTheme.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HtmlConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Licensing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Linq.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Maps.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.MIME.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Office2016Theme.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Office2019Theme.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.OfficeChart.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.OfficeChartToImageConverter.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Olap.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Pdf.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Pdf.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PdfViewer.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotChart.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotConverter.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PMML.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Presentation.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PresentationToPdfConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.ProjIO.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Schedule.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Schedule.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Scripting.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Scripting.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfBarcode.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfChart.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfDataGrid.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfDataGridConverter.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfInput.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfListView.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfSmithChart.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Shared.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Shared.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Shared.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Spreadsheet.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SpreadsheetHelper.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Tools.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.TreeMap.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Deployment.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Design.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.Design.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.IO.Compression.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.IO.Compression.FileSystem.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Management.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\System.Net.Http.Formatting.DLL","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.WebRequest.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Runtime.Remoting.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Security.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Web.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ComponentOne\\WinForms Edition\\bin\\v2.0\\System.Windows.Forms.DataVisualization.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\UIAutomationProvider.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\UIAutomationTypes.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\WindowsBase.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\TKBDiverse\\BEA\\BEA\\bin\\Debug\\XLSLib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\PADM.exe","OutputItemRelativePath":"PADM.exe"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\PADM.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"PADM.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file +{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016","ProjectFileName":"DPM2016.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FremAuswertung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FremAuswertung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\frmreport.designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\frmreport.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FrmSearchDialog.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Auswertungen\\FrmSearchDialog.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Behandlung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Behandlung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Benhandungdetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Benhandungdetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\clsFakturaFunktionen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Form1.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Form1.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmAkonto.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmAkonto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetailPADM.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmLeistungDetailPADM.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmPosition.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmPosition.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmprodukt.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\frmprodukt.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\LeistungDruck.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\LeistungDruck.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Leistungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Behandlung\\Leistungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\clsDB.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\clsMySQLDB.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\frmPrivatSelect.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\frmPrivatSelect.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Database\\IntTables.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmDemoMode.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmDemoMode.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmdummy.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmdummy.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailClient.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailClient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailtexte.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMailtexte.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMsgbox.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmMsgbox.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmProgrammeinstellungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmProgrammeinstellungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmprogress.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Diverses\\frmprogress.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsDok.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsDokumente.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsDokumente.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\clsfilewatcher.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\dmstest.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\dmstest.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\DokumentDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\DokumentDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmDokumentList.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmDokumentList.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmdokumentvorlagen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmdokumentvorlagen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmImportVorlage.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\frmImportVorlage.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\Thumbviewer\\ThumbViewer.designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Dokumente\\Thumbviewer\\ThumbViewer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"EventHandler\\Generic_Event_Handler.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\clsFakturierung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmFakturierung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmFakturierung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmOffeneBehandlungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmOffeneBehandlungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmRechnungskopien.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Fakturierung\\frmRechnungskopien.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\Finanzen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\Finanzen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\frmMahnungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Finanzaen\\frmMahnungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirma.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirma.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirmaAP.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Firmen\\frmFirmaAP.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmAgenda.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmAgenda.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmMain.vb"},{"SourceFile":"frmMain.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"KG\\Krankengeschichte.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"KG\\Krankengeschichte.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsMailClient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsNullableDatetimePicker.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clspdfhelper.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsPrinter.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\MapiMail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\MyCombobox.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\MySecurity.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Mobile\\Models\\Patient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\Patient.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\Patient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientAbrechnung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientAbrechnung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientDetails.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\PatientDetails.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\subclasses\\PatientDetailsFirma.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Patient\\subclasses\\PatientDetailsFirma.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Program.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Recall\\Recall.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Recall\\Recall.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\clsAllgemein.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportauswahl.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportauswahl.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportView.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Reporting\\frmReportView.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmAuswertungen.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmAuswertungen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmDentotarDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmDentotarDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmPrinterselect.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmPrinterselect.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmStammdaten.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmStammdaten.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsSpalten.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_Bez.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_Bez.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_flat.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Klassen\\clsStammdaten_flat.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmSysadminTableSelector.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTarifDetail.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTarifDetail.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTexteditor.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\frmTexteditor.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\TarifDetail_PADM.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Sysadmin\\TarifDetail_PADM.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\clsLog.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Mobile\\clsMobile.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\Crypto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmcalendar.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmcalendar.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDBConnection.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDBConnection.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDentotarDetails.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmDentotarDetails.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFormSelector.designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFormSelector.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFortschritt.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmFortschritt.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmKalender.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmKalender.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmLogin.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmLogin.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmRichText.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmRichText.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmrtf.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmrtf.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSplash.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSplash.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSQLCript.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSQLCript.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSuche.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\frmSuche.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\Globals.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Mobile\\MyHttpClient.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\Security.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\SplashForm.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Utils\\SplashForm.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\camt_054_001_04.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\clscamt054.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\frmZahlung.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Zahlung\\frmZahlung.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\Klassen\\TreeViewAdv\\Aga.Controls\\bin\\Debug\\Aga.Controls.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ComponentOne\\WinForms Edition\\bin\\v4.0\\C1.Win.4.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\C1.Win.C1Command.4.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ComponentOne\\WinForms Edition\\bin\\v4.0\\C1.Win.C1Input.4.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Charts.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\DotNetBar for Windows Forms\\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\DotNetBar for Windows Forms\\DevComponents.DotNetBar2.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\DevComponents.TreeGX.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Common Files\\Microsoft Shared\\MSEnv\\PublicAssemblies\\EnvDTE.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\FastReports\\FastReport.Net\\FastReport.Bars.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\FastReports\\FastReport.Net\\FastReport.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\FastReports\\FastReport.Net\\FastReport.Editor.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\ITSM\\Vertragsverwaltung\\bin\\Debug\\FlexCel.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.Free.Documents.Controls.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.Free.Documents.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.XtremeFontEngine.4.0.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Gnostice.XtremeImageEngine.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\Ionic.Zlib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\KPImageViewer\\bin\\Debug\\KP-ImageViewerV2.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\ThirtPartyKlassen\\MsgViewer\\bin\\Debug\\MsgReader.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\MySql.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\packages\\Newtonsoft.Json.13.0.1\\lib\\net45\\Newtonsoft.Json.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\ThirtPartyKlassen\\MsgViewer\\bin\\Debug\\OpenMcdf.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM_Reporting\\_PropertyGrid\\Source\\PropertyGridEx\\bin\\Debug\\PropertyGridEx.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\QR-Rechnung\\QRCoder-master\\QRCoder\\bin\\Debug\\QRCoder.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\_Demos\\RichTextBoxExtended\\bin\\Debug\\RichTextBoxExtended.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\ThirtPartyKlassen\\MsgViewer\\bin\\Debug\\RtfPipe.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.BulletGraph.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Calculate.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Calculate.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Chart.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Chart.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Compression.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Core.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Data.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DataSource.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Diagram.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Diagram.Utility.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Diagram.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DICOM.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DocIO.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DocIO.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.DocToPDFConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Edit.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.ExcelChartToImageConverter.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.ExcelToPDFConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Gauge.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.XmlSerializers.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.XmlSerializers.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.GridCommon.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.GridConverter.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.GridHelperClasses.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grouping.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Grouping.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HighContrastTheme.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HtmlConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Licensing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Linq.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Maps.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.MIME.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Office2016Theme.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Office2019Theme.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.OfficeChart.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.OfficeChartToImageConverter.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Olap.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Pdf.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Pdf.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PdfViewer.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotChart.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PivotConverter.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PMML.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Presentation.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.PresentationToPdfConverter.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.ProjIO.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Schedule.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Schedule.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Scripting.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Scripting.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfBarcode.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfChart.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfDataGrid.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfDataGridConverter.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfInput.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfListView.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SfSmithChart.WinForms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Shared.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Shared.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Shared.WPF.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Spreadsheet.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.SpreadsheetHelper.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Tools.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.TreeMap.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\WPF\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Base.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Syncfusion\\Essential Studio\\Windows\\23.1.36\\Assemblies\\4.6\\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Windows.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Configuration.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Deployment.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Design.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.Design.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.IO.Compression.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.IO.Compression.FileSystem.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Management.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\System.Net.Http.Formatting.DLL","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.WebRequest.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Runtime.Remoting.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Security.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Web.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ComponentOne\\WinForms Edition\\bin\\v2.0\\System.Windows.Forms.DataVisualization.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\UIAutomationProvider.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\UIAutomationTypes.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\WindowsBase.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\TKBDiverse\\BEA\\BEA\\bin\\Debug\\XLSLib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\PADM.exe","OutputItemRelativePath":"PADM.exe"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPM2016\\bin\\Debug\\PADM.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"PADM.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Behandlung.vb b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Behandlung.vb index 3a8734b..67525fe 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Behandlung.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Behandlung.vb @@ -205,6 +205,8 @@ Public Class Behandlung Sub Get_Behandlungen() + 'Me.SuperTabControl1.TabsVisible = False + 'Me.SuperTabControl1.Visible = False DB.Get_Tabledata("Behandlu", " where aktiv=1 and nrpatient=" + Me.PatientNr.ToString + " order by status, behandlungsbeginn desc") Me.treebehandlungen.Nodes.Clear() @@ -330,6 +332,11 @@ Public Class Behandlung If Auftragsmanagement = True Then Me.treebehandlungen.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ctxMenuAuftragsamanagement End If + If Globals.DruckBranche Then + Me.SuperTabControl1.SelectedTabIndex = 0 + End If + 'Me.SuperTabControl1.Visible = True + 'Me.SuperTabControl1.TabsVisible = True End Sub @@ -1145,7 +1152,12 @@ Public Class Behandlung Dim tn As DevComponents.AdvTree.Node tn = Globals.FindNode(Me.treebehandlungen.Nodes, behandlungsnummer, behandlungsnummer) Try - tn.Text = Me.Behandungdetail1.DDTBehandlungsbeginn.Text + " / " + Me.Behandungdetail1.txtcTotal.Text + If Globals.Applicationtype = ApplicationTypes.Projektabrechnung Then + tn.Text = Me.Behandungdetail1.txtBehandlungsgrund.Text + " / " + Me.Behandungdetail1.txtcTotal.Text + Else + tn.Text = Me.Behandungdetail1.DDTBehandlungsbeginn.Text + " / " + Me.Behandungdetail1.txtcTotal.Text + + End If Catch End Try End If diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.Designer.vb index a748f6b..96bca20 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.Designer.vb @@ -24,13 +24,10 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Private Sub InitializeComponent() Dim resources As System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager = New System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager(GetType(Benhandungdetail)) Me.GrpPatient = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() - Me.cbansprechperson = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblAnsprechen = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.txtProjekt = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() Me.lblProjekt = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxNRESTyp = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.Label6 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxnrbehandler = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.Label7 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.grpZusammenfassugn = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.lblMailKommunikaton = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() @@ -47,13 +44,10 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.txtcKVTotal = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.Label2 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.GrpGaramt = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblahvnr = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.Label10 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.Button1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() Me.lblGesetz = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxNrGesetz = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.Label5 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.btnDeleteKogudatum = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() Me.btnDeleteUnfalldatum = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() @@ -64,10 +58,8 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.DDTUnfalldatum = New DevComponents.Editors.DateTimeAdv.DateTimeInput() Me.lblUnfalldatum = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.lblFallNummer = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblAnsprechpartner = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.txtFallnummer = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() - Me.cbboxNrGarant = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblgarant = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.rbPrivatPersonen = New System.Windows.Forms.RadioButton() Me.rbkk = New System.Windows.Forms.RadioButton() @@ -101,7 +93,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblBegin = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.grpAbrechnung = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.lblmwstsatz = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxmwstsatz = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.chkOhneMwst = New System.Windows.Forms.CheckBox() Me.mtxtRabatt = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DoubleTextBox() Me.mtxtTaxpunktwert = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DoubleTextBox() @@ -111,12 +102,8 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.chkMitdatum = New System.Windows.Forms.CheckBox() Me.chkAndrucken_Taxpunkte = New System.Windows.Forms.CheckBox() Me.chkRabattGesamt = New System.Windows.Forms.CheckBox() - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblAnsatz = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblAbrechnungstyp = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblRechnungstyp = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.ToolStrip1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() Me.tsbtnSave = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() @@ -130,7 +117,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.txtrgnummer = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripTextBox() Me.GrpRechnungstext = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.txtRechnungsbemerkung = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() - Me.cbboxrgtext = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblDiagnose = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.txtDiagnose = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() Me.lblGLNListe = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() @@ -138,7 +124,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.grpglndiagnose = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.lblBehandlungsart = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.txtBehandlungsgrund = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.lblBehandlungsgrund = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.grpEmpfaenger = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.btnSucheFirma = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() @@ -159,6 +144,21 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.ToolStripSeparator3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.ToolStripSeparator4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.ToolStripButton2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxrgtext = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbansprechperson = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNRESTyp = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxnrbehandler = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrGesetz = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrGarant = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxmwstsatz = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.GrpPatient.SuspendLayout() Me.grpZusammenfassugn.SuspendLayout() Me.GrpGaramt.SuspendLayout() @@ -201,19 +201,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.GrpPatient.TabStop = False Me.GrpPatient.Text = "Patient / Behandler" ' - 'cbansprechperson - ' - Me.cbansprechperson.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbansprechperson.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbansprechperson.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(93, 100) - Me.cbansprechperson.Name = "cbansprechperson" - Me.cbansprechperson.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(192, 21) - Me.cbansprechperson.TabIndex = 24 - Me.cbansprechperson.Table = Nothing - Me.cbansprechperson.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbansprechperson.Valuemember = Nothing - Me.cbansprechperson.Visible = False - ' 'lblAnsprechen ' Me.lblAnsprechen.AutoSize = True @@ -242,18 +229,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblProjekt.Text = "Projekt" Me.lblProjekt.Visible = False ' - 'cbboxNRESTyp - ' - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(72, 52) - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Name = "cbboxNRESTyp" - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 21) - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.TabIndex = 1 - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'Label6 ' Me.Label6.AutoSize = True @@ -263,18 +238,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.Label6.TabIndex = 21 Me.Label6.Text = "Formulartyp" ' - 'cbboxnrbehandler - ' - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(72, 24) - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Name = "cbboxnrbehandler" - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 21) - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.TabIndex = 0 - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'Label7 ' Me.Label7.AutoSize = True @@ -470,20 +433,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.GrpGaramt.TabStop = False Me.GrpGaramt.Text = "Garant" ' - 'cbboxNrVerguetungsart - ' - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.Suggest - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(182, 136) - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Name = "cbboxNrVerguetungsart" - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(191, 21) - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.TabIndex = 227 - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblahvnr ' Me.lblahvnr.AutoSize = True @@ -519,32 +468,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblGesetz.TabIndex = 223 Me.lblGesetz.Text = "Gesetz/V-Art" ' - 'cbboxNrGesetz - ' - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.Suggest - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 136) - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Name = "cbboxNrGesetz" - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(83, 21) - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.TabIndex = 9 - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Valuemember = Nothing - ' - 'cbboxNrZuweiser - ' - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 239) - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Name = "cbboxNrZuweiser" - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(169, 21) - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.TabIndex = 13 - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'Label5 ' Me.Label5.AutoSize = True @@ -705,18 +628,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblFallNummer.TabIndex = 32 Me.lblFallNummer.Text = "FallNummer" ' - 'cbboxNrAnsprechpartner - ' - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 85) - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Name = "cbboxNrAnsprechpartner" - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(151, 21) - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.TabIndex = 7 - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblAnsprechpartner ' Me.lblAnsprechpartner.AutoSize = True @@ -733,18 +644,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.txtFallnummer.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(151, 20) Me.txtFallnummer.TabIndex = 8 ' - 'cbboxNrGarant - ' - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 61) - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Name = "cbboxNrGarant" - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(277, 21) - Me.cbboxNrGarant.TabIndex = 6 - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrGarant.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrGarant.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblgarant ' Me.lblgarant.AutoSize = True @@ -1253,21 +1152,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblmwstsatz.Text = "MwSt-Satz" Me.lblmwstsatz.Visible = False ' - 'cbboxmwstsatz - ' - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.SuggestAppend - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(144, 207) - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Name = "cbboxmwstsatz" - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(55, 21) - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.TabIndex = 227 - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Valuemember = Nothing - Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Visible = False - ' 'chkOhneMwst ' Me.chkOhneMwst.AutoSize = True @@ -1360,30 +1244,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.chkRabattGesamt.Text = "Rabatt auf Gesamtbetrag" Me.chkRabattGesamt.UseVisualStyleBackColor = True ' - 'cbboxNrtaxpunkt - ' - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(97, 138) - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Name = "cbboxNrtaxpunkt" - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.TabIndex = 4 - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Valuemember = Nothing - ' - 'cbboxNrAnsatz - ' - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 81) - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Name = "cbboxNrAnsatz" - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.TabIndex = 2 - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblAnsatz ' Me.lblAnsatz.AutoSize = True @@ -1393,18 +1253,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblAnsatz.TabIndex = 27 Me.lblAnsatz.Text = "Ansatz" ' - 'cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp - ' - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 53) - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Name = "cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp" - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.TabIndex = 1 - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblAbrechnungstyp ' Me.lblAbrechnungstyp.AutoSize = True @@ -1414,18 +1262,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.lblAbrechnungstyp.TabIndex = 25 Me.lblAbrechnungstyp.Text = "Abrechnungstyp" ' - 'cbboxNRRGtyp - ' - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 25) - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Name = "cbboxNRRGtyp" - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.TabIndex = 0 - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblRechnungstyp ' Me.lblRechnungstyp.AutoSize = True @@ -1530,19 +1366,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.txtRechnungsbemerkung.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(425, 66) Me.txtRechnungsbemerkung.TabIndex = 1 ' - 'cbboxrgtext - ' - Me.cbboxrgtext.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxrgtext.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxrgtext.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top - Me.cbboxrgtext.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) - Me.cbboxrgtext.Name = "cbboxrgtext" - Me.cbboxrgtext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(424, 21) - Me.cbboxrgtext.TabIndex = 0 - Me.cbboxrgtext.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxrgtext.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxrgtext.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblDiagnose ' Me.lblDiagnose.AutoSize = True @@ -1608,20 +1431,6 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.txtBehandlungsgrund.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(329, 20) Me.txtBehandlungsgrund.TabIndex = 222 ' - 'cbboxNrBehandlungsart - ' - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.SuggestAppend - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Dataselection = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Displaymember = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(95, 77) - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Name = "cbboxNrBehandlungsart" - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(151, 21) - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.TabIndex = 225 - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Table = Nothing - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.TableAlias = "" - Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Valuemember = Nothing - ' 'lblBehandlungsgrund ' Me.lblBehandlungsgrund.AutoSize = True @@ -1799,6 +1608,197 @@ Partial Class Benhandungdetail Me.ToolStripButton2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton2.Text = "Dateien prüfen" ' + 'cbboxNrBehandlungsart + ' + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.SuggestAppend + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(95, 77) + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Name = "cbboxNrBehandlungsart" + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(151, 21) + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.TabIndex = 225 + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrBehandlungsart.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxrgtext + ' + Me.cbboxrgtext.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxrgtext.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxrgtext.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top + Me.cbboxrgtext.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) + Me.cbboxrgtext.Name = "cbboxrgtext" + Me.cbboxrgtext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(424, 21) + Me.cbboxrgtext.TabIndex = 0 + Me.cbboxrgtext.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxrgtext.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxrgtext.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbansprechperson + ' + Me.cbansprechperson.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbansprechperson.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbansprechperson.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(93, 100) + Me.cbansprechperson.Name = "cbansprechperson" + Me.cbansprechperson.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(192, 21) + Me.cbansprechperson.TabIndex = 24 + Me.cbansprechperson.Table = Nothing + Me.cbansprechperson.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbansprechperson.Valuemember = Nothing + Me.cbansprechperson.Visible = False + ' + 'cbboxNRESTyp + ' + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(72, 52) + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Name = "cbboxNRESTyp" + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 21) + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.TabIndex = 1 + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNRESTyp.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxnrbehandler + ' + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(72, 24) + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Name = "cbboxnrbehandler" + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 21) + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.TabIndex = 0 + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxnrbehandler.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrVerguetungsart + ' + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.Suggest + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(182, 136) + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Name = "cbboxNrVerguetungsart" + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(191, 21) + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.TabIndex = 227 + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrVerguetungsart.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrGesetz + ' + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.Suggest + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 136) + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Name = "cbboxNrGesetz" + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(83, 21) + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.TabIndex = 9 + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrGesetz.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrZuweiser + ' + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 239) + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Name = "cbboxNrZuweiser" + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(169, 21) + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.TabIndex = 13 + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrZuweiser.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrAnsprechpartner + ' + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 85) + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Name = "cbboxNrAnsprechpartner" + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(151, 21) + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.TabIndex = 7 + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrAnsprechpartner.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrGarant + ' + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 61) + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Name = "cbboxNrGarant" + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(277, 21) + Me.cbboxNrGarant.TabIndex = 6 + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrGarant.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrGarant.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxmwstsatz + ' + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.AutoCompleteMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteMode.SuggestAppend + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.AutoCompleteSource = System.Windows.Forms.AutoCompleteSource.ListItems + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(144, 207) + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Name = "cbboxmwstsatz" + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(55, 21) + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.TabIndex = 227 + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Valuemember = Nothing + Me.cbboxmwstsatz.Visible = False + ' + 'cbboxNrtaxpunkt + ' + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(97, 138) + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Name = "cbboxNrtaxpunkt" + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.TabIndex = 4 + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrtaxpunkt.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrAnsatz + ' + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 81) + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Name = "cbboxNrAnsatz" + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.TabIndex = 2 + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrAnsatz.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp + ' + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 53) + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Name = "cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp" + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.TabIndex = 1 + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNrAbrechnungstyp.Valuemember = Nothing + ' + 'cbboxNRRGtyp + ' + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Dataselection = Nothing + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Displaymember = Nothing + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(94, 25) + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Name = "cbboxNRRGtyp" + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 21) + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.TabIndex = 0 + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Table = Nothing + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.TableAlias = "" + Me.cbboxNRRGtyp.Valuemember = Nothing + ' 'Benhandungdetail ' Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.resx b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.resx index d770d52..c6e1770 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.resx +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.resx @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 - 17, 17 + 979, 17 @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ - 143, 17 + 1085, 17 @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ AHQrG9+C7Bp/GACiFJkBoHxLL3XR+gEAAOiGAaCOU2QzvUzd4ZTyLT3UResDAACgW9n45mTX+MMAEKVI DQCbu6uLxg8DAAAA6IMBoI5TaDeNoO5wSvnmruqi9QQAANCtbHwu2TX+MABEKTIDwMnNXdhP+7sDAADo tnx8Dtk1/jAARClum2k4dYdTTm7urC5at7j3w95u7MyOLuzMdgAAqCtfftiM7Bp/462G74usaY1i2TRn - 04Zjx3a6RFRrfERmACjf1JH9tK9LXDq2oj1bMymXzR2VQf5uAAAAetisys/uPGWb+r/fLLYbu4qajd0U + 04Zjx3a6RFRrfERmACjf1JH9tK9LXDq2oj1bMymXzR2VQf5uAAAAelitys/uPGWb+r/fLLYbu4qajd0U 2U3D/H+JQMo3dVDLtHNcObG+A1vybhb5+wAAAERLYZ6ptMSlZIq6jb1IDQAb26mlyj8FiA8HFrVm011m 8ncBAACItqn29PJiu3GQqNzYSpFNyaduNKV8Y1u1WPmnALHvwGJtXzIBAAAQVda0H4scylWidmMnbrvi Im8woXxjG7Vc+acAsa18g/rOPx/v/AEAIEZYla+n2pU0Ub2xEbkBoDU7v69tzFs6Dsf8AQAgtrjtpk9E @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ 1TU1WNN+nGxt+UtRtbGZeBwANk7VvgFw79LryUUEAACQcXKv1AbA1aJmYzdFNtMz9I2vKVYGgC/eNZK3 j/LNtnvIhQQAAJBxaNUtZM+QbKb3Rc3GbqQGgOWxMQDMGK7tDAD+ZQ1nD/FLAAMAAOizdc7VZNdQ3Hbl cVGzsZuiPNNfqBtP+ToGBoDTG7RvAFz8fntyEQEAAGStmNiN7BqK26H0EjUbu3HbTU9TN54SCwPAoYXa - NwCuK+xDLiIAAICseW+0JLvGn82q/DzZ2vgyUbOxm3gbALYUat8AuHvREHXRHgIAANDl9P4HWbHTTHZN + NwCuK+xDLiIAAICseW+0JLvGn9Wq/DzZ2vgyUbOxm3gbALYUat8AuHvREHXRHgIAANDl9P4HWbHTTHZN TaatomJjO4V5pqfoX6CmWBgAvvxA+wbA45vuIBcSAABAxpF1t5I9Q7Ipn4qKje1IDQBldT8AzB6pbQPg 9PwMduYgvwTw7wAAAHTZMW8g2TUU/iV7omJjO+qNfdL/xgdS1wPAuc3aNwAuHNuGXEQAAABZq6f0ILuG UmhTBoiKje2oNzZuBoAjX6SRt4uyekpPchEBAABkLRzbmuwayjRn04aiYmM7bpvyBPULUOp6ANhWrP0M @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ mvbjZGvLX4pajZ/E+gCwcYr2DYD7lg5SF+1uAAAAXU7tltgAaDeuFpUaX1Fv/O9r/jK0uhgAvnhH+wbA 77beQi4kAACAjMMrh5I9QzO9Jyo1vqLeeO0DwBe1PwDMGKZtAJgxIpNcRAAAAFnbZl9Bdg3JpvxZVGp8 xW1THiZ/IUJtDwCnN2jfALjk/bbqot0FAACg24pPO5NdQymwKT1FpcZXZAaAI7U8ABxamEbeDsq6wh7k - IgIAAMia90Zzsmv82azKz5OtjS8TlRpfKbSbH6J+KUptDwBbCrVvANyzaIC6aHcCAADocmbf7azYaSa7 + IgIAAMia90Zzsmv8Wa3Kz5OtjS8TlRpfKbSbH6J+KUptDwBbCrVvANyzaIC6aHcCAADocmbf7azYaSa7 xl9BnnGLqNP4C794AfVLUWp7APhynJG8HZSvN91ALiQAAICMo2uvJXsmgP+KOo2/SA0AS2p3AJg1UtsG wOn5Fnb2AL2QAAAAMnbM6092TQDPiTqNv7jtpgeJX4hUmwPA2c3aNwAuHNtKXbQ7AAAAdFv9WReyayiF NmWAqNP4i8wA8FUtDgB82KBuA2XNlK7kIgIAAMha+HZLsmso05xNG4o6jb+4baYHqF+KUpsDwLZi7ZcA @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ smtqavzDZGvLX4oKje/E0gCwcYr2DYD7l/YnFxEAAEDG6d3aNwAW5BlXifqM/7gdptupX5IS7QHgi3e0 bwA8sW2IunA3AgAA6HJ4pdQGwPdEfcZ/ZAaAgwuiNwBc2J3KSodpGwBmjMgkFxEAAEDWtlk9ya6hGR8T 9Rn/cduV2+hfsqZoDgCn1mvfAPjFuFbkIgIAAMha+Wl7smtITnMPUZ/xn1gZAA4uTCP/Tsr6ws7s+wM3 - AAAA6DZvTA7ZNf5sVuXnWSNSfy3qM/5TnKfcSv2ilGgOAFsKtG8A3LuoL7mIAAAAMs7uvY4VO8xk1/gr + AAAA6DZvTA7ZNf6sVuXnWSNSfy3qM/5TnKfcSv2ilGgOAFsKtG8A3LuoL7mIAAAAMs7uvY4VO8xk1/gr yDNuEdWZGImVAeDLcUby76R8s3GQunDXAwAA6HJ0zQCyZyhum2mCqM7EiPpL3eL/SwZyYH70BoBZL2vb ADg938LO7acXEgAAQMbOz3uRXUOyKc+K6kyMuPPMN5O/KCFaA8DZTdo3AC56pwW5iAAAALJWT+5Adg3J oVwlqjMxEgsDwFdLtG8AXDOlo7po1wEAAOi28O3mZNdQZlqNBlGdiZFiu/km6helRGsA2FasfQPgrnm9 @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ MhsATY+IGkPCjZ4BYOWHGAAAACAClpnYqgnaNwAWvWTsImoMCTf8KkrknavBtmlZrHxFcwAAAF1Or8lh 816nu6YGq3Kef4+NqDEk3OgZAL5eex37+fgTAAAAulw48qhnYznVNf4K85QNosIQvaHuYC2+33cvuZAA AAAyTu24h+wZSqHd+LGoL0RvqDs4lJkjzOqiPVZjEQEAAGQdLruW7BqK2256WtQXojfUHRxK2UetyEUE - AACQtaWkD9k1JIexn6gvRG9sVuVn8k4OYsesXuQiAgAAyFo6ri3ZNZTJ+ZkNRH0hehPOAHB05RByEQEA + AACQtaWkD9k1JIexn6gvRG+sVuVn8k4OYsesXuQiAgAAyFo6ri3ZNZTJ+ZkNRH0hehPOAHB05RByEQEA AGRcOPo4m+7KILvGX6Gt6S5RXUgkot6pF/zv5FDO7L6LXEgAAAAZp3ffT/YMxW03fiaqC4lE+DmV1B0d yHSXwn4+9idyIQEAAGQcXXkD2TUUt830T1FdSCRSZDWdpO7oQJa+n0suIgAAgKzts/qRXUMzXyOqC4lE Cu2mtfQdTdtS0o1cRAAAAFnLx7cnu4bidmSkiupCIpFCm/IGdUcHsmZyB3bwi0EAAAC6lQ7PJLumBmva @@ -610,8 +610,8 @@ giAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAI giAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAI giAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAI - giAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAxnaSk/we79lz5 - DZJ/TgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== + giAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAIgiAxnaSk/wctgVzZ + mtVnqQAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.vb b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.vb index 88cdff9..c5720f7 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/Benhandungdetail.vb @@ -978,6 +978,8 @@ Private Sub tsbtnSave_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles tsbtnSave.Click Me.Save_Data() + Globals.ToastInfo.ShowSaveMesasge(Me.ParentForm) + evh.Fire_Behandlung_Changed(Me.Behandlungsnr, Me.Patientnr) End Sub diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.Designer.vb index d5014dd..4a32424 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.Designer.vb @@ -80,6 +80,10 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.grpLeistungsdetails = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.cbboxnrbehandler = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.GrpProdukte = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() + Me.GroupBox2 = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() + Me.C1Produktzusatz = New C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.C1TrueDBGrid() + Me.ToolStrip4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() + Me.ToolStripButton2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.GroupBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() Me.C1Produkte = New C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.C1TrueDBGrid() Me.ToolStrip3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() @@ -87,10 +91,6 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.ToolStripButton3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.ToolStripButton4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.ToolStripButton5 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() - Me.GroupBox2 = New System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox() - Me.C1Produktzusatz = New C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.C1TrueDBGrid() - Me.ToolStrip4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() - Me.ToolStripButton2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() CType(Me.diwert, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() CType(Me.DIMenge, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() CType(Me.dtdatum, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() @@ -112,12 +112,12 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.Panel2.SuspendLayout() Me.grpLeistungsdetails.SuspendLayout() Me.GrpProdukte.SuspendLayout() - Me.GroupBox1.SuspendLayout() - CType(Me.C1Produkte, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() - Me.ToolStrip3.SuspendLayout() Me.GroupBox2.SuspendLayout() CType(Me.C1Produktzusatz, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() Me.ToolStrip4.SuspendLayout() + Me.GroupBox1.SuspendLayout() + CType(Me.C1Produkte, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() + Me.ToolStrip3.SuspendLayout() Me.SuspendLayout() ' 'txtErgänzung @@ -334,8 +334,9 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.C1Leistungen.PreviewInfo.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.C1Leistungen.PreviewInfo.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(0, 0) Me.C1Leistungen.PreviewInfo.ZoomFactor = 75.0R - Me.C1Leistungen.PrintInfo.PageSettings = CType(resources.GetObject("C1Leistungen.PrintInfo.PageSettings"), System.Drawing.Printing.PageSettings) - Me.C1Leistungen.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1142, 106) + Me.C1Leistungen.PrintInfo.MeasurementDevice = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PrintInfo.MeasurementDeviceEnum.Screen + Me.C1Leistungen.PrintInfo.MeasurementPrinterName = Nothing + Me.C1Leistungen.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1142, 268) Me.C1Leistungen.TabIndex = 2 Me.C1Leistungen.Text = "C1TrueDBGrid1" Me.C1Leistungen.PropBag = resources.GetString("C1Leistungen.PropBag") @@ -377,7 +378,7 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.GrpTarif.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left Me.GrpTarif.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.GrpTarif.Name = "GrpTarif" - Me.GrpTarif.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(729, 244) + Me.GrpTarif.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(640, 244) Me.GrpTarif.TabIndex = 1 Me.GrpTarif.TabStop = False Me.GrpTarif.Text = "Kalkulation" @@ -418,11 +419,12 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.lbtarif1.CheckStateMember = Nothing Me.lbtarif1.ContainerControlProcessDialogKey = True Me.lbtarif1.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ContextMenuStrip1 + Me.lbtarif1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.lbtarif1.DragDropSupport = True Me.lbtarif1.LicenseKey = "F962CEC7-CD8F-4911-A9E9-CAB39962FC1F" Me.lbtarif1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(196, 28) Me.lbtarif1.Name = "lbtarif1" - Me.lbtarif1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(513, 208) + Me.lbtarif1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(513, 168) Me.lbtarif1.TabIndex = 5 Me.lbtarif1.Text = "ListBoxAdv1" ' @@ -636,17 +638,17 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.Panel3.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.Panel3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.Panel3.Name = "Panel3" - Me.Panel3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1148, 570) + Me.Panel3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1148, 727) Me.Panel3.TabIndex = 8 ' 'GrpLeistungen ' Me.GrpLeistungen.Controls.Add(Me.C1Leistungen) Me.GrpLeistungen.Controls.Add(Me.ToolStrip1) - Me.GrpLeistungen.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top + Me.GrpLeistungen.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.GrpLeistungen.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 415) Me.GrpLeistungen.Name = "GrpLeistungen" - Me.GrpLeistungen.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1148, 150) + Me.GrpLeistungen.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1148, 312) Me.GrpLeistungen.TabIndex = 3 Me.GrpLeistungen.TabStop = False Me.GrpLeistungen.Text = "Leistungen" @@ -669,8 +671,8 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck ' 'Panel2 ' - Me.Panel2.Controls.Add(Me.GrpTarif) Me.Panel2.Controls.Add(Me.grpLeistungsdetails) + Me.Panel2.Controls.Add(Me.GrpTarif) Me.Panel2.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top Me.Panel2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 171) Me.Panel2.Name = "Panel2" @@ -698,9 +700,10 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Controls.Add(Me.lblPosition) Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Controls.Add(Me.lbldatum) Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Controls.Add(Me.dtdatum) - Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(735, 3) + Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left + Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(640, 0) Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Name = "grpLeistungsdetails" - Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(378, 275) + Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(378, 244) Me.grpLeistungsdetails.TabIndex = 2 Me.grpLeistungsdetails.TabStop = False Me.grpLeistungsdetails.Text = "Leistungsdetails" @@ -720,9 +723,8 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck ' 'GrpProdukte ' - Me.GrpProdukte.Controls.Add(Me.GroupBox1) - Me.GrpProdukte.Controls.Add(Me.ToolStrip3) Me.GrpProdukte.Controls.Add(Me.GroupBox2) + Me.GrpProdukte.Controls.Add(Me.GroupBox1) Me.GrpProdukte.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top Me.GrpProdukte.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.GrpProdukte.Name = "GrpProdukte" @@ -731,88 +733,14 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.GrpProdukte.TabStop = False Me.GrpProdukte.Text = "Produkte" ' - 'GroupBox1 - ' - Me.GroupBox1.Controls.Add(Me.C1Produkte) - Me.GroupBox1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left - Me.GroupBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(27, 16) - Me.GroupBox1.Name = "GroupBox1" - Me.GroupBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(498, 152) - Me.GroupBox1.TabIndex = 0 - Me.GroupBox1.TabStop = False - Me.GroupBox1.Text = "Produkteliste" - ' - 'C1Produkte - ' - Me.C1Produkte.AlternatingRows = True - Me.C1Produkte.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.C1Produkte.FilterBar = True - Me.C1Produkte.GroupByCaption = "Drag a column header here to group by that column" - Me.C1Produkte.Images.Add(CType(resources.GetObject("C1Produkte.Images"), System.Drawing.Image)) - Me.C1Produkte.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) - Me.C1Produkte.Name = "C1Produkte" - Me.C1Produkte.PreviewInfo.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.C1Produkte.PreviewInfo.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(0, 0) - Me.C1Produkte.PreviewInfo.ZoomFactor = 75.0R - Me.C1Produkte.PrintInfo.PageSettings = CType(resources.GetObject("C1Produkte.PrintInfo.PageSettings"), System.Drawing.Printing.PageSettings) - Me.C1Produkte.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(492, 133) - Me.C1Produkte.TabIndex = 3 - Me.C1Produkte.Text = "C1TrueDBGrid1" - Me.C1Produkte.PropBag = resources.GetString("C1Produkte.PropBag") - ' - 'ToolStrip3 - ' - Me.ToolStrip3.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left - Me.ToolStrip3.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.ToolStripButton1, Me.ToolStripButton3, Me.ToolStripButton4, Me.ToolStripButton5}) - Me.ToolStrip3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) - Me.ToolStrip3.Name = "ToolStrip3" - Me.ToolStrip3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 152) - Me.ToolStrip3.TabIndex = 5 - Me.ToolStrip3.Text = "ToolStrip3" - ' - 'ToolStripButton1 - ' - Me.ToolStripButton1.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image - Me.ToolStripButton1.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton1.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) - Me.ToolStripButton1.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta - Me.ToolStripButton1.Name = "ToolStripButton1" - Me.ToolStripButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(21, 20) - Me.ToolStripButton1.Text = "Neues Produkt" - ' - 'ToolStripButton3 - ' - Me.ToolStripButton3.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image - Me.ToolStripButton3.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton3.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) - Me.ToolStripButton3.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta - Me.ToolStripButton3.Name = "ToolStripButton3" - Me.ToolStripButton3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(21, 20) - Me.ToolStripButton3.Text = "Speichern" - ' - 'ToolStripButton4 - ' - Me.ToolStripButton4.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image - Me.ToolStripButton4.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton4.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) - Me.ToolStripButton4.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta - Me.ToolStripButton4.Name = "ToolStripButton4" - Me.ToolStripButton4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(21, 20) - Me.ToolStripButton4.Text = "Löschen" - ' - 'ToolStripButton5 - ' - Me.ToolStripButton5.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image - Me.ToolStripButton5.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton5.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) - Me.ToolStripButton5.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta - Me.ToolStripButton5.Name = "ToolStripButton5" - Me.ToolStripButton5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(21, 20) - Me.ToolStripButton5.Text = "Kopieren" - ' 'GroupBox2 ' Me.GroupBox2.Controls.Add(Me.C1Produktzusatz) Me.GroupBox2.Controls.Add(Me.ToolStrip4) - Me.GroupBox2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(531, 17) + Me.GroupBox2.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left + Me.GroupBox2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(625, 16) Me.GroupBox2.Name = "GroupBox2" - Me.GroupBox2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(413, 151) + Me.GroupBox2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(513, 152) Me.GroupBox2.TabIndex = 4 Me.GroupBox2.TabStop = False Me.GroupBox2.Text = "ProduktDetails" @@ -829,8 +757,9 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.C1Produktzusatz.PreviewInfo.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.C1Produktzusatz.PreviewInfo.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(0, 0) Me.C1Produktzusatz.PreviewInfo.ZoomFactor = 75.0R - Me.C1Produktzusatz.PrintInfo.PageSettings = CType(resources.GetObject("C1Produktzusatz.PrintInfo.PageSettings"), System.Drawing.Printing.PageSettings) - Me.C1Produktzusatz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(383, 132) + Me.C1Produktzusatz.PrintInfo.MeasurementDevice = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PrintInfo.MeasurementDeviceEnum.Screen + Me.C1Produktzusatz.PrintInfo.MeasurementPrinterName = Nothing + Me.C1Produktzusatz.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(483, 133) Me.C1Produktzusatz.TabIndex = 3 Me.C1Produktzusatz.Text = "C1TrueDBGrid2" Me.C1Produktzusatz.PropBag = resources.GetString("C1Produktzusatz.PropBag") @@ -841,7 +770,7 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.ToolStrip4.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.ToolStripButton2}) Me.ToolStrip4.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) Me.ToolStrip4.Name = "ToolStrip4" - Me.ToolStrip4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 132) + Me.ToolStrip4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 133) Me.ToolStrip4.TabIndex = 4 Me.ToolStrip4.Text = "ToolStrip4" ' @@ -854,13 +783,90 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.ToolStripButton2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(21, 20) Me.ToolStripButton2.Text = "Speichern" ' + 'GroupBox1 + ' + Me.GroupBox1.Controls.Add(Me.C1Produkte) + Me.GroupBox1.Controls.Add(Me.ToolStrip3) + Me.GroupBox1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left + Me.GroupBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) + Me.GroupBox1.Name = "GroupBox1" + Me.GroupBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(622, 152) + Me.GroupBox1.TabIndex = 0 + Me.GroupBox1.TabStop = False + Me.GroupBox1.Text = "Produkteliste" + ' + 'C1Produkte + ' + Me.C1Produkte.AlternatingRows = True + Me.C1Produkte.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.C1Produkte.FilterBar = True + Me.C1Produkte.GroupByCaption = "Drag a column header here to group by that column" + Me.C1Produkte.Images.Add(CType(resources.GetObject("C1Produkte.Images"), System.Drawing.Image)) + Me.C1Produkte.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(35, 16) + Me.C1Produkte.Name = "C1Produkte" + Me.C1Produkte.PreviewInfo.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.C1Produkte.PreviewInfo.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(0, 0) + Me.C1Produkte.PreviewInfo.ZoomFactor = 75.0R + Me.C1Produkte.PrintInfo.MeasurementDevice = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PrintInfo.MeasurementDeviceEnum.Screen + Me.C1Produkte.PrintInfo.MeasurementPrinterName = Nothing + Me.C1Produkte.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(584, 133) + Me.C1Produkte.TabIndex = 3 + Me.C1Produkte.Text = "C1TrueDBGrid1" + Me.C1Produkte.PropBag = resources.GetString("C1Produkte.PropBag") + ' + 'ToolStrip3 + ' + Me.ToolStrip3.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Left + Me.ToolStrip3.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.ToolStripButton1, Me.ToolStripButton3, Me.ToolStripButton4, Me.ToolStripButton5}) + Me.ToolStrip3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 16) + Me.ToolStrip3.Name = "ToolStrip3" + Me.ToolStrip3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(32, 133) + Me.ToolStrip3.TabIndex = 5 + Me.ToolStrip3.Text = "ToolStrip3" + ' + 'ToolStripButton1 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton1.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton1.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton1.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton1.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton1.Name = "ToolStripButton1" + Me.ToolStripButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 20) + Me.ToolStripButton1.Text = "Neues Produkt" + ' + 'ToolStripButton3 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton3.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton3.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton3.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton3.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton3.Name = "ToolStripButton3" + Me.ToolStripButton3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 20) + Me.ToolStripButton3.Text = "Speichern" + ' + 'ToolStripButton4 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton4.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton4.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton4.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton4.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton4.Name = "ToolStripButton4" + Me.ToolStripButton4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 20) + Me.ToolStripButton4.Text = "Löschen" + ' + 'ToolStripButton5 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton5.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton5.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton5.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton5.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton5.Name = "ToolStripButton5" + Me.ToolStripButton5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 20) + Me.ToolStripButton5.Text = "Kopieren" + ' 'LeistungDruck ' Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) Me.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font Me.Controls.Add(Me.Panel3) Me.Name = "LeistungDruck" - Me.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1148, 570) + Me.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1148, 727) CType(Me.diwert, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() CType(Me.DIMenge, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() CType(Me.dtdatum, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() @@ -888,16 +894,16 @@ Partial Class LeistungDruck Me.grpLeistungsdetails.ResumeLayout(False) Me.grpLeistungsdetails.PerformLayout() Me.GrpProdukte.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.GrpProdukte.PerformLayout() - Me.GroupBox1.ResumeLayout(False) - CType(Me.C1Produkte, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() - Me.ToolStrip3.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.ToolStrip3.PerformLayout() Me.GroupBox2.ResumeLayout(False) Me.GroupBox2.PerformLayout() CType(Me.C1Produktzusatz, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.ToolStrip4.ResumeLayout(False) Me.ToolStrip4.PerformLayout() + Me.GroupBox1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.GroupBox1.PerformLayout() + CType(Me.C1Produkte, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() + Me.ToolStrip3.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ToolStrip3.PerformLayout() Me.ResumeLayout(False) End Sub diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.resx b/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.resx index 64f675c..4c2bde4 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.resx +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.resx @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 - 681, 17 + 845, 17 @@ -126,45 +126,16 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC - - - - - AAEAAAD/////AQAAAAAAAAAMAgAAAFFTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZywgVmVyc2lvbj00LjAuMC4wLCBDdWx0 - dXJlPW5ldXRyYWwsIFB1YmxpY0tleVRva2VuPWIwM2Y1ZjdmMTFkNTBhM2EFAQAAACRTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MHAAAAD3ByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwVjb2xvcglwYXBlclNp - emULcGFwZXJTb3VyY2URcHJpbnRlclJlc29sdXRpb24JbGFuZHNjYXBlB21hcmdpbnMEBAQEBAQEJ1N5 - c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwIAAAAgU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuVHJpU3RhdGUCAAAAIVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlBhcGVyU2l6ZQIAAAAjU3lz - dGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUGFwZXJTb3VyY2UCAAAAKVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5n - LlByaW50ZXJSZXNvbHV0aW9uAgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAf - U3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuTWFyZ2lucwIAAAACAAAACQMAAAAF/P///yBTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQEAAAAFdmFsdWUAAgIAAAAACgoKAfv////8////AAkGAAAABQMA - AAAnU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRlclNldHRpbmdzEgAAAAtwcmludGVyTmFtZQpk - cml2ZXJOYW1lCm91dHB1dFBvcnQLcHJpbnRUb0ZpbGUUcHJpbnREaWFsb2dEaXNwbGF5ZWQKZXh0cmFi - eXRlcwlleHRyYWluZm8GY29waWVzBmR1cGxleAdjb2xsYXRlE2RlZmF1bHRQYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MIZnJv - bVBhZ2UGdG9QYWdlB21heFBhZ2UHbWluUGFnZQpwcmludFJhbmdlDGRldm1vZGVieXRlcw1jYWNoZWRE - ZXZtb2RlAQEBAAAABwAEBAQAAAAABAAHAQEHAgceU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuRHVwbGV4 - AgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAkU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuUGFnZVNldHRpbmdzAgAAAAgICAgiU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRSYW5n - ZQIAAAAHAgIAAAAKBgcAAAAACQcAAAAAAAAACv//Bfj///8eU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcu - RHVwbGV4AQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAA/////wH3/////P///wAJCgAAAAAAAAAAAAAADycAAAAAAAAF - 9f///yJTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QcmludFJhbmdlAQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAAAAAA - AAAACgUGAAAAH1N5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLk1hcmdpbnMIAAAABGxlZnQFcmlnaHQDdG9w - BmJvdHRvbQpkb3VibGVMZWZ0C2RvdWJsZVJpZ2h0CWRvdWJsZVRvcAxkb3VibGVCb3R0b20AAAAAAAAA - AAgICAgGBgYGAgAAAGQAAABkAAAAZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZ - QAEKAAAAAQAAAAkDAAAAAfP////8////AAoKCgHy/////P///wAJDwAAAAEPAAAABgAAAGQAAABkAAAA - ZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZQAs= - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}Style4{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}Style3{}Footer{}Style14{}Heading{AlignVert:Center;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;ForeColor:ControlText;BackColor:Control;Wrap:True;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}Style16{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style15{}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style9{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style6{}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style2{}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 1140, 104</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 1140, 104</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}ColumnSelector{}Editor{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}FilterWatermark{BackColor:Info;ForeColor:InfoText;}Footer{}Group{BackColor:ControlDark;Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;}Heading{BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}HeadingHot{}HighlightRow{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Inactive{BackColor:InactiveCaption;ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;}Normal{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}RowSelector{}Selected{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Style1{}Style10{}Style11{}Style12{}Style13{}Style14{}Style15{}Style16{}Style17{}Style18{}Style19{}Style2{}Style3{}Style4{}Style5{}Style6{}Style7{}Style8{}Style9{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HeadingHotStyle parent="HeadingHot" me="Style19" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><RowSelectorStyle parent="RowSelector" me="Style17" /><ColumnSelectorStyle parent="ColumnSelector" me="Style18" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 1140, 266</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /><Style parent="RecordSelector" me="RowSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="ColumnSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="HeadingHot" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 1140, 266</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> - 826, 17 + 991, 17 - 983, 17 + 1148, 17 @@ -197,67 +168,59 @@ - 1411, 17 + 1254, 17 + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 + vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC + + + + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}ColumnSelector{}Editor{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}FilterWatermark{BackColor:Info;ForeColor:InfoText;}Footer{}Group{BackColor:ControlDark;Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;}Heading{BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}HeadingHot{}HighlightRow{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Inactive{BackColor:InactiveCaption;ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;}Normal{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}RowSelector{}Selected{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Style1{}Style10{}Style11{}Style12{}Style13{}Style14{}Style15{}Style16{}Style17{}Style18{}Style19{}Style2{}Style3{}Style4{}Style5{}Style6{}Style7{}Style8{}Style9{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HeadingHotStyle parent="HeadingHot" me="Style19" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><RowSelectorStyle parent="RowSelector" me="Style17" /><ColumnSelectorStyle parent="ColumnSelector" me="Style18" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 481, 131</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /><Style parent="RecordSelector" me="RowSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="ColumnSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="HeadingHot" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 481, 131</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> + + + 1466, 17 + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAABSSURBVDhP3YxbCgAgCAQ9ukfzZkXBlkIv7Sf6GNB1HRKR + dEMVEFEII2Du4Yr2eCMAdUfoEejubwIcVujeUHDKVFDmHSFB6ekuskcEOHgxghiSMjk0Kh+omBHQAAAA + AElFTkSuQmCC + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC - - - - - AAEAAAD/////AQAAAAAAAAAMAgAAAFFTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZywgVmVyc2lvbj00LjAuMC4wLCBDdWx0 - dXJlPW5ldXRyYWwsIFB1YmxpY0tleVRva2VuPWIwM2Y1ZjdmMTFkNTBhM2EFAQAAACRTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MHAAAAD3ByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwVjb2xvcglwYXBlclNp - emULcGFwZXJTb3VyY2URcHJpbnRlclJlc29sdXRpb24JbGFuZHNjYXBlB21hcmdpbnMEBAQEBAQEJ1N5 - c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwIAAAAgU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuVHJpU3RhdGUCAAAAIVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlBhcGVyU2l6ZQIAAAAjU3lz - dGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUGFwZXJTb3VyY2UCAAAAKVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5n - LlByaW50ZXJSZXNvbHV0aW9uAgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAf - U3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuTWFyZ2lucwIAAAACAAAACQMAAAAF/P///yBTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQEAAAAFdmFsdWUAAgIAAAAACgoKAfv////8////AAkGAAAABQMA - AAAnU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRlclNldHRpbmdzEgAAAAtwcmludGVyTmFtZQpk - cml2ZXJOYW1lCm91dHB1dFBvcnQLcHJpbnRUb0ZpbGUUcHJpbnREaWFsb2dEaXNwbGF5ZWQKZXh0cmFi - eXRlcwlleHRyYWluZm8GY29waWVzBmR1cGxleAdjb2xsYXRlE2RlZmF1bHRQYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MIZnJv - bVBhZ2UGdG9QYWdlB21heFBhZ2UHbWluUGFnZQpwcmludFJhbmdlDGRldm1vZGVieXRlcw1jYWNoZWRE - ZXZtb2RlAQEBAAAABwAEBAQAAAAABAAHAQEHAgceU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuRHVwbGV4 - AgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAkU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuUGFnZVNldHRpbmdzAgAAAAgICAgiU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRSYW5n - ZQIAAAAHAgIAAAAKBgcAAAAACQcAAAAAAAAACv//Bfj///8eU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcu - RHVwbGV4AQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAA/////wH3/////P///wAJCgAAAAAAAAAAAAAADycAAAAAAAAF - 9f///yJTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QcmludFJhbmdlAQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAAAAAA - AAAACgUGAAAAH1N5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLk1hcmdpbnMIAAAABGxlZnQFcmlnaHQDdG9w - BmJvdHRvbQpkb3VibGVMZWZ0C2RvdWJsZVJpZ2h0CWRvdWJsZVRvcAxkb3VibGVCb3R0b20AAAAAAAAA - AAgICAgGBgYGAgAAAGQAAABkAAAAZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZ - QAEKAAAAAQAAAAkDAAAAAfP////8////AAoKCgHy/////P///wAJDwAAAAEPAAAABgAAAGQAAABkAAAA - ZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZQAs= - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}Style4{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}Style3{}Footer{}Style14{}Heading{Wrap:True;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}Style16{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style15{}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style9{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style6{}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style2{}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 490, 131</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 490, 131</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}ColumnSelector{}Editor{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}FilterWatermark{BackColor:Info;ForeColor:InfoText;}Footer{}Group{BackColor:ControlDark;Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;}Heading{BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}HeadingHot{}HighlightRow{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Inactive{BackColor:InactiveCaption;ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;}Normal{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}RowSelector{}Selected{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Style1{}Style10{}Style11{}Style12{}Style13{}Style14{}Style15{}Style16{}Style17{}Style18{}Style19{}Style2{}Style3{}Style4{}Style5{}Style6{}Style7{}Style8{}Style9{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HeadingHotStyle parent="HeadingHot" me="Style19" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><RowSelectorStyle parent="RowSelector" me="Style17" /><ColumnSelectorStyle parent="ColumnSelector" me="Style18" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 582, 131</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /><Style parent="RecordSelector" me="RowSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="ColumnSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="HeadingHot" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 582, 131</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> - 1518, 17 + 1360, 17 iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABgAAAAYCAYAAADgdz34AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAMOSURBVEhLnVXdSxRRFJ8Keqjoof6JEArCzJ25kga6qM2M - Ym1F9NJTLwkVRNTL2gcEQT4aPhVCkj7swyayO3NX7am3PsDowzSjrIc+cJPcEt3b+d2ZWWfc6/px5MfK - vef+zp1zfvccTWVJoW09kYntMTP6PouzC5Zr9Nk89szm+hT9Tsr/aa3NNTrbnNj+OPkmBhPb/OMVTGhb - zHT1DpvXVdlZ1tPCjR82Z6ISWodq5iyX3W8fqa1uyh7Y6TMpjMjb3Zq9pqOfo9u9V5GtijQrtnA2Y3J2 - vnn48G6fMWQ+ORFfaXSNJSXJOmByY9bKsWuJ0fpdPrNnSAtuXom8jdeJU6NN4vRYXLlfgnvol5UzOhOD - VdslOQqKnFtcf6c8QAD52afHRN+HXvF46oE4Odqo9Atg8tjX1pxuyABQCwqqcgzQkWsQXS8uC1h+YVZ0 - v76p9AsQz7B5Snd/Ypy+AlJcSy3HRxrE7ZdXZYDfC3nR8+au0i8MfIU1Usc06FzlEMZmAhDylmPc0rxH - FN1Ezjty9ZIYQHHvvLouA8xRgN6390p7AHxXcphptmA7uqN5LzRKjoImKee4NQDygY8PZYD5xT9i+HOq - tAckn18SZ8aaIwE8xCYpAJ7/8iJuC7VsxBA0Nd0fIg5Q+wlfQL1leRE6hxShFuQbQFpAAivSX2GxUNoD - fv79LpyZoRBxAC9AJEUAdA4popgAco60wEA+9i1b2gO6x2/IL4/wPGFFkuqEhq4Y2VAAhUSuYbgxSFV+ - YTRy9k8WGS1X5RDGZgIQPJmin6PlKhxK2HAA6q7Iv53Vj2gYFujn3qLCmQCdQ4ooNAqKnKv8AljpgwVS - 54DsRZhEGBbo5yrnANB5avqRVEtZQUOQHdllE3bGOCoDwDCJMCzQz1WH1gsq7JKdYV8sh130qZcNkwjD - Av1cdXgtyJsTuekYSZ+y3DCJMCzQCWXLVRCVgWonc05pUd58pWESYVignyMQkeRl4wqT0iOSOqc9qRYq - aCTn6zEMC/RzaBkPxmspICPQC8Wa3IMUVzVN+w/Yaq254QZxiQAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAMNSURBVEhLnVXdSxRRFJ8Keqjoof6JEKoHM3fmSmuQi9rM + rFhbEb301EtCBRH1sn1BEOSj4VMhKenDBiKyO3NXt6fe+gCjD9OMsh76wE3SWtTb+d2ZWWfc6+eRHyv3 + nvs7d8753XM0laWFtvl4NrbLzOp7LM7OW67RZfPYM5vr4/Q7Jv+ntaRrtCWd2N4E+ab6Ulv84yuY0DaZ + /dXbbF5XZedYRxM3fticiZXQPFAzbbnsfstQbXVDbt92n0lhRN7i1uw2Hf0s3e69imxZPGILTZxNmpyd + axw8uNNnDJlPTsSX464xryRZA0xuTFl5djU1HN/hM3uGtODmK5EneZ04OdwgThUSyv0y3AO/rLzRluqr + 2irJUVDk3OL6O+UBAsjPPD0quj50isfjD8SJ4SNKvwAmj31tzuuGDAC1oKAqxwCt+Xpx/cUlASuWpkT7 + 65tKvwCJLJuhdPekRugrIMXV1HJsqF7cfnlFBvhdKoqON3eVfmHgK6yhOqZB5yqHMDYSgFC0HOOW5j2i + 6CZy3pqPS2IAxb3z6poMME0BOt/eK+8B8F3KYfazku3ojua90Cg5CpqmnOPWAMh7Pz6UAWbm/ojBz5ny + HpB+flGcLjRGAniIjVEAPP/FRdwWalmPIWhmoidEHKD2E76AesviInQOKUItyDeAtIAEtkB/s3Oz5T3g + 59/vwpkcCBEH8AJEUgRA55Aiigkg50gLDOSFb7nyHtA+ckN+eYSnmy2QVEc1dMXIhgIoJHINw41BqvIL + I87ZP1lktFyVQxgbCUDwZIp+jparcChj3QGouyL/dk4/pGFYoJ97iwpnAnQOKaLQKChyrvILYD3ZP0vq + 7JW9CJMIwwL9XOUcADrPTHRLtVQUNATZkV02ameNwzIADJMIwwL9XHVoraDCzttZ9sVy2AWfetEwiTAs + 0M9Vh1eDvDmRm46R9ikrDZMIwwKdULZcBVEFqHYy55QW5c2XGiYRhgX6OQIRSVE2rjApPSKpc9qTaqGC + RnK+FsOwQD+HlvFgvJYCMgK9UKzJPUhxWdO0/0sCrTjlATZqAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC @@ -339,66 +302,16 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAIDSURBVDhPpZLrS5NhGMb3j4SWh0oRQVExD4gonkDpg4hG - YKxG6WBogkMZKgPNCEVJFBGdGETEvgwyO9DJE5syZw3PIlPEE9pgBCLZ5XvdMB8Ew8gXbl54nuf63dd9 - 0OGSnwCahxbPRNPAPMw9Xpg6ZmF46kZZ0xSKzJPIrhpDWsVnpBhGkKx3nAX8Pv7z1zg8OoY/cITdn4fw - bf/C0kYAN3Ma/w3gWfZL5kzTKBxjWyK2DftwI9tyMYCZKXbNHaD91bLYJrDXsYbrWfUKwJrPE9M2M1Oc - VzOOpHI7Jr376Hi9ogHqFIANO0/MmmmbmSmm9a8ze+I4MrNWAdjtoJgWcx+PSzg166yZZ8xM8XvXDix9 - c4jIqFYAjoriBV9AhEPv1mH/sonogha0afbZMMZz+yreTGyhpusHwtNNCsA5U1zS4BLxzJIfg299qO32 - Ir7UJtZfftyATqeT+8o2D8JSjQrAJblrncYL7ZJ2+bfaFnC/1S1NjL3diRat7qrO7wLRP3HjWsojBeCo - mDEo5mNjuweFGvjWg2EBhCbpkW78htSHHwRyNdmgAFzPEee2iFkzayy2OLXzT4gr6UdUnlXrullsxxQ+ - kx0g8BTA3aZlButjSTyjODq/WcQcW/B/Je4OQhLvKQDnzN1mp0nnkvAhR8VuMzNrpm1mpjgkoVwB/v8D - TgDQASA1MVpwzwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== - - - - - iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 - vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC - - - - - AAEAAAD/////AQAAAAAAAAAMAgAAAFFTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZywgVmVyc2lvbj00LjAuMC4wLCBDdWx0 - dXJlPW5ldXRyYWwsIFB1YmxpY0tleVRva2VuPWIwM2Y1ZjdmMTFkNTBhM2EFAQAAACRTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MHAAAAD3ByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwVjb2xvcglwYXBlclNp - emULcGFwZXJTb3VyY2URcHJpbnRlclJlc29sdXRpb24JbGFuZHNjYXBlB21hcmdpbnMEBAQEBAQEJ1N5 - c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwIAAAAgU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuVHJpU3RhdGUCAAAAIVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlBhcGVyU2l6ZQIAAAAjU3lz - dGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUGFwZXJTb3VyY2UCAAAAKVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5n - LlByaW50ZXJSZXNvbHV0aW9uAgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAf - U3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuTWFyZ2lucwIAAAACAAAACQMAAAAF/P///yBTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQEAAAAFdmFsdWUAAgIAAAAACgoKAfv////8////AAkGAAAABQMA - AAAnU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRlclNldHRpbmdzEgAAAAtwcmludGVyTmFtZQpk - cml2ZXJOYW1lCm91dHB1dFBvcnQLcHJpbnRUb0ZpbGUUcHJpbnREaWFsb2dEaXNwbGF5ZWQKZXh0cmFi - eXRlcwlleHRyYWluZm8GY29waWVzBmR1cGxleAdjb2xsYXRlE2RlZmF1bHRQYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MIZnJv - bVBhZ2UGdG9QYWdlB21heFBhZ2UHbWluUGFnZQpwcmludFJhbmdlDGRldm1vZGVieXRlcw1jYWNoZWRE - ZXZtb2RlAQEBAAAABwAEBAQAAAAABAAHAQEHAgceU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuRHVwbGV4 - AgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAkU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuUGFnZVNldHRpbmdzAgAAAAgICAgiU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRSYW5n - ZQIAAAAHAgIAAAAKBgcAAAAACQcAAAAAAAAACv//Bfj///8eU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcu - RHVwbGV4AQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAA/////wH3/////P///wAJCgAAAAAAAAAAAAAADycAAAAAAAAF - 9f///yJTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QcmludFJhbmdlAQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAAAAAA - AAAACgUGAAAAH1N5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLk1hcmdpbnMIAAAABGxlZnQFcmlnaHQDdG9w - BmJvdHRvbQpkb3VibGVMZWZ0C2RvdWJsZVJpZ2h0CWRvdWJsZVRvcAxkb3VibGVCb3R0b20AAAAAAAAA - AAgICAgGBgYGAgAAAGQAAABkAAAAZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZ - QAEKAAAAAQAAAAkDAAAAAfP////8////AAoKCgHy/////P///wAJDwAAAAEPAAAABgAAAGQAAABkAAAA - ZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZQAs= - - - - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}Style4{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}Style3{}Footer{}Style14{}Heading{AlignVert:Center;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;Wrap:True;BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}Style16{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style15{}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style9{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style6{}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style2{}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 381, 130</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 381, 130</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> - - - 1625, 17 - - - - iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAABSSURBVDhP3YxbCgAgCAQ9ukfzZkXBlkIv7Sf6GNB1HRKR - dEMVEFEII2Du4Yr2eCMAdUfoEejubwIcVujeUHDKVFDmHSFB6ekuskcEOHgxghiSMjk0Kh+omBHQAAAA - AElFTkSuQmCC + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAISSURBVDhPhZBNaxNRFIbrQnDtRvo/pAg11RGLH2CbUlwU + XCjY7nQhiLgQcaHiwupCwVAka/+EKTW1TdPONMmkM9NkJplkJslMMp18Vatwz/WeS0qcIaUHnsWcue97 + znnHXrz93Hj0/B09iYXFp59evl85Tyk9Mzaq8FG31yee3wGk6flQdzwwLQfw38y9x+TG/MNXrz+uXBhI + goWP/HYXnOYBB8VV2wXdrMHdB0+oMHMfJiJz/dmFpWfxePzcQDYsNHCaHrFqDiAVq0EM0yaaXoXtjEoS + qylyUZinl6fnvi0vfxkfyIaFBlbdJSU2EdHLNnnz4evIPI4J5IINgwm1YoWjFkx++9Gfv7R3+JvT7vZp + 66BLw7nEYrGz3EAtVkhOMQDJKgbB3uGvI+p3+hwUN1yfhnO5ejs6yw1krUwkuQiImCtwA7/To27L57Bg + qV62IJyLcDO6xA2yezqkdzXOlqTyNV2vTe16i1OxXdwSlH0T8mwYbhkwSEsq+ZHKALK2meEbWExYqjQ4 + erlGC4ZNc2oJMmyYlC9CwAA//gd7ullnU6schSHJBTyPnaARtuVwg8kr1y9NTE0Jx0xem76DBjhN1kyW + j0l3svv8vBQ7b2Nnj/zczg8NRhUahHPZFBVYT+chuSXDWio3PGFUoUE4l9WNXfI9KUIiKZLEunj6Bvjg + NIRb0cWBJFjhXE4iEomM/wPDf1c0VVJDHwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.vb b/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.vb index 536bc7e..0bf66fb 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Behandlung/LeistungDruck.vb @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ Imports System.Data.SqlClient Imports C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid +Imports Gnostice.Documents Public Class LeistungDruck @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck End Set End Property - + Dim Kalkulationsmenge As Integer = 0 Dim WithEvents evh As Generic_Event_Handler = Globals.EVH Sub load_data() @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck If Globals.LeistungenLoaded = True Then Exit Sub If Globals.Applicationtype = ApplicationTypes.Projektabrechnung Then - GrpTarif.Width = 550 + 'GrpTarif.Width = 550 'GrpLeistungen.Left = GrpTarif.Left + GrpTarif.Width + 4 grpLeistungsdetails.Left = GrpTarif.Left + GrpTarif.Width + 4 Me.lblbehandler.Text = "Erbringer" @@ -732,6 +733,9 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck b = drv.Item("Frankenbetrag") Me.diwert.Value = b + If Globals.DruckBranche = True Then + If drv.Item("variabel") = True And Me.Kalkulationsmenge > 0 Then Me.diwert.Value = Me.diwert.Value / 1000 * Me.Kalkulationsmenge + End If Me.txtBezD.Text = drv.Item("BezD") End If Try @@ -1339,6 +1343,17 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck r("total") = Globals.Round5(r("Menge") * r("Taxpunkte") * r("frankenprotaxpunkt")) End If Next + For Each r As DataRow In ldb.dsDaten.Tables(0).Rows + Dim dv As New DataView(IntTables.Inttables.Tables("Tarif"), "sso_nummer='" + r("sso_nummer") + "'", "", DataViewRowState.CurrentRows) + For Each rowView As DataRowView In dv + Dim r2 As DataRow = rowView.Row + If r2("Variabel") = True Then + r("Total") = Globals.Round5(r("Menge")) * r2("frankenbetrag") / 1000 * Me.Kalkulationsmenge + r("frankenprotaxpunkt") = r("Total") + + End If + Next + Next ldb.Update_Data() refresh_leistungen() End Function @@ -1510,6 +1525,11 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck Private Sub C1Produkte_RowColChange(sender As Object, e As RowColChangeEventArgs) Handles C1Produkte.RowColChange If Me.onload Then Exit Sub Try + Try + Me.Kalkulationsmenge = Me.C1Produkte.Columns("AnzKalkulation").Value + Catch + Me.Kalkulationsmenge = 0 + End Try refresh_leistungen() Refresh_Produktzusatz() @@ -1584,11 +1604,13 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck zdb.Exec_SQL(sql) Next zdb.Dispose() + Globals.ToastInfo.ShowSaveMesasge(Me.ParentForm) End Sub Private Sub ToolStripButton3_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles ToolStripButton3.Click C1Produkte.Update() pdb.Update_Data() + Globals.ToastInfo.ShowSaveMesasge(Me.ParentForm) End Sub Private Sub ToolStripButton4_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles ToolStripButton4.Click @@ -1608,11 +1630,41 @@ Public Class LeistungDruck scmCmdToExecute.Parameters.Add(New SqlParameter("@typ", SqlDbType.Int, 4, ParameterDirection.Input, True, 0, 0, "", DataRowVersion.Proposed, Me.C1Produkte.Columns("id").Value)) scmCmdToExecute.Connection.Open() scmCmdToExecute.ExecuteNonQuery() + refresh_produkte() Return Catch ex As Exception MsgBox(ex.Message) Finally scmCmdToExecute.Connection.Close() End Try + + End Sub + + Private Sub C1Produkte_AfterColEdit(sender As Object, e As ColEventArgs) Handles C1Produkte.AfterColEdit + Dim bm As Integer = C1Produkte.Bookmark + C1Produkte.Bookmark = -1 + C1Produkte.Update() + pdb.Update_Data() + C1Produkte.Bookmark = bm + End Sub + + Private Sub C1Produkte_AfterColUpdate(sender As Object, e As ColEventArgs) Handles C1Produkte.AfterColUpdate + + If e.Column.Name = "Anz.Kalkulation" Then + ToolStripButton3_Click(sender, e) + Try + Me.Kalkulationsmenge = Me.C1Produkte.Columns("AnzKalkulation").Value + Catch + Me.Kalkulationsmenge = 0 + End Try + Recalc_Leistungen() + End If + End Sub + + Private Sub Panel3_Resize(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles Panel3.Resize + GrpProdukte.Height = Panel3.Height / 4 + ' GrpTarif.Height = Panel3.Height / 4 + GroupBox1.Width = Panel3.Width / 2 + GroupBox2.Width = Panel3.Width / 2 End Sub End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/DPM2016.vbproj b/DPM2016/DPM2016.vbproj index 32d0451..e36d467 100644 --- a/DPM2016/DPM2016.vbproj +++ b/DPM2016/DPM2016.vbproj @@ -105,17 +105,42 @@ ..\..\..\Klassen\TreeViewAdv\Aga.Controls\bin\Debug\Aga.Controls.dll - + False - bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Command.4.dll + bin\Debug\C1.C1Excel.4.6.2.dll - + False - bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Input.4.dll + bin\Debug\C1.Win.4.6.2.dll - + + ..\packages\C1.Win.8.0.20233.631\lib\net48\C1.Win.4.8.dll + + False - bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.dll + bin\Debug\C1.Win.Bitmap.4.6.2.dll + + + ..\packages\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631\lib\net48\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll + + + False + bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1DX.4.6.2.dll + + + ..\packages\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631\lib\net48\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll + + + False + bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.4.6.2.dll + + + False + bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Excel.4.6.2.dll + + + False + bin\Debug\C1.Zip.dll @@ -507,6 +532,7 @@ C:\Program Files (x86)\Reference Assemblies\Microsoft\Framework\.NETFramework\v4.8\System.dll + @@ -532,6 +558,9 @@ + + ..\..\..\_Demos\Notifier\Notifiyer_Toast\TestNotifier\bin\Debug\Toaster.NET.dll + @@ -794,11 +823,23 @@ + + clsStammdaten_flat_SF.vb + + + UserControl + Component + + sfcontainer.vb + + + Form + frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.vb @@ -1008,6 +1049,7 @@ Form + @@ -1141,6 +1183,12 @@ Krankengeschichte.vb + + clsStammdaten_flat_SF.vb + + + sfcontainer.vb + frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.vb diff --git a/DPM2016/Diverses/frmProgrammeinstellungen.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Diverses/frmProgrammeinstellungen.Designer.vb index 1f6add5..323f2b0 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Diverses/frmProgrammeinstellungen.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Diverses/frmProgrammeinstellungen.Designer.vb @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Partial Class frmProgrammeinstellungen ' 'ClsStammdaten_flat1 ' - Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Connectionstring = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 3) @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Partial Class frmProgrammeinstellungen ' 'ClsStammdaten_flat3 ' - Me.ClsStammdaten_flat3.Connectionstring = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat3.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Me.ClsStammdaten_flat3.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.ClsStammdaten_flat3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Partial Class frmProgrammeinstellungen ' 'ClsStammdaten_flat2 ' - Me.ClsStammdaten_flat2.Connectionstring = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat2.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Me.ClsStammdaten_flat2.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.ClsStammdaten_flat2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Partial Class frmProgrammeinstellungen ' 'ClsStammdaten_flat4 ' - Me.ClsStammdaten_flat4.Connectionstring = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat4.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Me.ClsStammdaten_flat4.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.ClsStammdaten_flat4.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Partial Class frmProgrammeinstellungen ' 'ClsStammdaten_flat5 ' - Me.ClsStammdaten_flat5.Connectionstring = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat5.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;persist security info=false;workstati" & "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Me.ClsStammdaten_flat5.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.ClsStammdaten_flat5.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsSpalten.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsSpalten.vb index 8716e2e..f8e1fa3 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsSpalten.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsSpalten.vb @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ Imports System.Data Imports System.Data.SqlTypes Imports System.Data.SqlClien Imports C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid +Imports Syncfusion.WinForms.DataGrid Public Class Tabellenspalte @@ -158,7 +159,14 @@ Public Class Tabellenspalte Dim i As Integer Dim t As New DataTable() Dim s As String - anzcols = daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns.Count + Dim IsSfDatagrid As Boolean = False + If daten.GetType.Name = "SfDataGrid" Then IsSfDatagrid = True + If IsSfDatagrid Then + anzcols = daten.columns.count + Else + anzcols = daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns.Count + + End If t = dt Me.Tabelle = tablename @@ -167,7 +175,11 @@ Public Class Tabellenspalte For i = 0 To daten.Columns.Count - 1 - s = daten.Columns(i).DataField + If IsSfDatagrid Then + s = daten.columns(i).MappingName + Else + s = daten.Columns(i).DataField + End If 'If s = "ApplikationNr" Then ' MsgBox("Hallo") @@ -175,44 +187,75 @@ Public Class Tabellenspalte Me.Feld = s Me.getspalte() If Me.spaltenname <> "" Then - daten.Columns(i).Caption = Me.spaltenname + If IsSfDatagrid Then + daten.columns(i).headertext = Me.spaltenname + Else + daten.Columns(i).Caption = Me.spaltenname + + End If If Me.ColWith = 0 Then - daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Width = 0 - daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Visible = False + If IsSfDatagrid Then + daten.columns(i).width = 0 + daten.columns(i).visible = 0 + Else + daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Width = 0 + daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Visible = False + + End If Else - daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Width = Me.ColWith + If IsSfDatagrid Then + daten.columns(i).Width = Me.ColWith + Else + daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Width = Me.ColWith + End If End If If Me.locked Then - daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Locked = True + If IsSfDatagrid Then + daten.columns(i).style.readonly = True + Else + daten.Splits(0).DisplayColumns(i).Locked = True + End If + End If If Me.AlsHacken Then - daten.Columns(i).ValueItems.Presentation = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PresentationEnum.CheckBox + If Not IsSfDatagrid Then + daten.Columns(i).ValueItems.Presentation = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PresentationEnum.CheckBox + End If + End If - 'Präsentation von aktiv - If LCase(daten.Columns(i).DataField) = "aktiv" And Aktiv_Spalte_True_Setzen = True Then - daten.Columns(i).ValueItems.Presentation = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PresentationEnum.CheckBox - daten.Columns(i).ValueItems.DefaultItem = True - daten.Columns(i).DefaultValue = True - daten.Columns(i).FilterText = True + If Not IsSfDatagrid Then 'Präsentation von aktiv + If LCase(daten.Columns(i).DataField) = "aktiv" And Aktiv_Spalte_True_Setzen = True Then + daten.Columns(i).ValueItems.Presentation = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PresentationEnum.CheckBox + daten.Columns(i).ValueItems.DefaultItem = True + daten.Columns(i).DefaultValue = True + daten.Columns(i).FilterText = True + End If + End If - Select Case LCase(daten.Columns(i).DataField) - Case "erstellt_am", "erstelltam" - daten.Columns(i).DefaultValue = Now - End Select - If daten.Columns(i).DataType.Name = "DateTime" Then - daten.Columns(i).NumberFormat = "dd.MM.yyyy HH:mm:ss" - End If - If Me.Numberformat <> "" Then - daten.columns(i).numberformat = Me.Numberformat + If Not IsSfDatagrid Then + Select Case LCase(daten.Columns(i).DataField) + Case "erstellt_am", "erstelltam" + daten.Columns(i).DefaultValue = Now + End Select + If daten.Columns(i).DataType.Name = "DateTime" Then + daten.Columns(i).NumberFormat = "dd.MM.yyyy HH:mm:ss" + End If + If Me.Numberformat <> "" Then + daten.columns(i).numberformat = Me.Numberformat + End If End If End If Next - ColumnOrder(tablename, daten) - daten.HeadingStyle.WrapText = False + If Not IsSfDatagrid Then + ColumnOrder(tablename, daten) + + daten.HeadingStyle.WrapText = False + End If + End Function Public Function Spaltentitel_aktualisieren_Optionaler_Aktiv_Filer(ByRef daten As Object, ByRef tablename As String, ByRef dt As DataTable, Optional ByVal Aktiv_Filter As String = "") @@ -274,8 +317,8 @@ Public Class Tabellenspalte Public Function ColumnOrder(ByVal Tablename As String, ByRef Data As C1TrueDBGrid) Dim spaltendata As DataTable = Globals.Spaltendaten - Dim dv() As DataRow - Dim dr As DataRow + Dim dv() As System.Data.DataRow + Dim dr As System.Data.DataRow Dim dc As New Collection dv = spaltendata.Select("Tabelle='" & Tablename & "'", "Reihenfolge desc, spaltenr") For Each c As C1DisplayColumn In Data.Splits(0).DisplayColumns @@ -308,7 +351,7 @@ Public Class MySpaltenTitel End Sub Public Function Check_Table_Has_Spaltendata(ByVal tab As String) As Boolean If spaltendata.Rows.Count = 0 Then load_data() - Dim dv() As DataRow + Dim dv() As System.Data.DataRow dv = spaltendata.Select("Tabelle='" & tab + "'") If dv.Length = 0 Then Return False Else Return True @@ -317,8 +360,8 @@ Public Class MySpaltenTitel ByRef colwidth As Integer, ByRef order As Integer, ByRef alshacken As Boolean, ByRef tiptext As String, ByRef numberformat As String) If spaltendata.Rows.Count = 0 Then load_data() - Dim dv() As DataRow - Dim dr As DataRow + Dim dv() As System.Data.DataRow + Dim dr As System.Data.DataRow dv = spaltendata.Select("Tabelle='" & tabelle & "' and tabellenspalte='" & feld & "'", "Reihenfolge, Spaltenr") If dv.Length = 0 Then spaltenname = "" diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.Designer.vb index dc79539..992134c 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.Designer.vb @@ -82,23 +82,24 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.c1daten.AllowAddNew = True Me.c1daten.AllowDrop = True Me.c1daten.AlternatingRows = True + Me.c1daten.BorderColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.WindowFrame Me.c1daten.CellTips = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.CellTipEnum.Floating Me.c1daten.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.c1daten.FetchRowStyles = True Me.c1daten.FilterBar = True Me.c1daten.GroupByCaption = "Drag a column header here to group by that column" Me.c1daten.Images.Add(CType(resources.GetObject("c1daten.Images"), System.Drawing.Image)) - Me.c1daten.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 31) - Me.c1daten.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4, 4, 4, 4) + Me.c1daten.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 27) Me.c1daten.Name = "c1daten" Me.c1daten.PreviewInfo.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.c1daten.PreviewInfo.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(0, 0) Me.c1daten.PreviewInfo.ZoomFactor = 75.0R Me.c1daten.PrintInfo.PageSettings = CType(resources.GetObject("c1daten.PrintInfo.PageSettings"), System.Drawing.Printing.PageSettings) - Me.c1daten.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1011, 463) + Me.c1daten.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(758, 374) Me.c1daten.TabAction = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.TabActionEnum.ColumnNavigation Me.c1daten.TabIndex = 0 Me.c1daten.Text = "C1TrueDBGrid1" + Me.c1daten.UseCompatibleTextRendering = False Me.c1daten.PropBag = resources.GetString("c1daten.PropBag") ' 'ToolStrip1 @@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.ToolStripButton5, Me.ToolStripButton1, Me.ToolStripButton4, Me.ToolStripButton2, Me.ToolStripButton3, Me.ToolStripButton6, Me.ToolStripButton7, Me.tsnewdentotar}) Me.ToolStrip1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.ToolStrip1.Name = "ToolStrip1" - Me.ToolStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1011, 31) + Me.ToolStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(758, 27) Me.ToolStrip1.TabIndex = 13 Me.ToolStrip1.Text = "ToolStrip1" ' @@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton5.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton5.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton5.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton5.Name = "ToolStripButton5" - Me.ToolStripButton5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton5.Text = "ToolStripButton5" ' 'ToolStripButton1 @@ -127,7 +128,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton1.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton1.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton1.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton1.Name = "ToolStripButton1" - Me.ToolStripButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton1.Text = "Neues Dokument" Me.ToolStripButton1.Visible = False ' @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton4.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton4.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton4.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton4.Name = "ToolStripButton4" - Me.ToolStripButton4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton4.Text = "Dokumentinformationen bearbeiten" Me.ToolStripButton4.Visible = False ' @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton2.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton2.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton2.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton2.Name = "ToolStripButton2" - Me.ToolStripButton2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton2.Text = "Dokument löschen" Me.ToolStripButton2.Visible = False ' @@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton3.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton3.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton3.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton3.Name = "ToolStripButton3" - Me.ToolStripButton3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton3.Text = "Dokument anzeigen" Me.ToolStripButton3.Visible = False ' @@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton6.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton6.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton6.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton6.Name = "ToolStripButton6" - Me.ToolStripButton6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton6.Text = "Daten speichern" ' 'ToolStripButton7 @@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ToolStripButton7.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton7.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.ToolStripButton7.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.ToolStripButton7.Name = "ToolStripButton7" - Me.ToolStripButton7.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.ToolStripButton7.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.ToolStripButton7.Text = "ToolStripButton7" Me.ToolStripButton7.Visible = False ' @@ -186,7 +187,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.tsnewdentotar.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("tsnewdentotar.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.tsnewdentotar.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.tsnewdentotar.Name = "tsnewdentotar" - Me.tsnewdentotar.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 28) + Me.tsnewdentotar.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) Me.tsnewdentotar.Text = "Neuer Dentotar-Eintrag" Me.tsnewdentotar.Visible = False ' @@ -196,6 +197,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.AllowColSelect = True Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.AllowRowSizing = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.RowSizingEnum.AllRows Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.AlternatingRows = False + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.BorderColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.WindowFrame Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.CaptionStyle = Style1 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.ColumnCaptionHeight = 17 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.ColumnFooterHeight = 17 @@ -205,8 +207,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.HeadingStyle = Style4 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.HighLightRowStyle = Style5 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Images.Add(CType(resources.GetObject("C1TrueDBDropdown1.Images"), System.Drawing.Image)) - Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(21, 86) - Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4, 4, 4, 4) + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(16, 70) Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Name = "C1TrueDBDropdown1" Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.OddRowStyle = Style6 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.RecordSelectorStyle = Style7 @@ -214,9 +215,10 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.RowDivider.Style = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.LineStyleEnum.[Single] Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.RowSubDividerColor = System.Drawing.Color.DarkGray Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.ScrollTips = False - Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(286, 184) + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(215, 150) Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Style = Style8 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.TabIndex = 14 + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.UseCompatibleTextRendering = False Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.Visible = False Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.PropBag = resources.GetString("C1TrueDBDropdown1.PropBag") ' @@ -226,6 +228,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.AllowColSelect = True Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.AllowRowSizing = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.RowSizingEnum.AllRows Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.AlternatingRows = False + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.BorderColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.WindowFrame Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.CaptionStyle = Style9 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.ColumnCaptionHeight = 17 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.ColumnFooterHeight = 17 @@ -235,8 +238,7 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.HeadingStyle = Style12 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.HighLightRowStyle = Style13 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Images.Add(CType(resources.GetObject("C1TrueDBDropdown2.Images"), System.Drawing.Image)) - Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(252, 188) - Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4, 4, 4, 4) + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(189, 153) Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Name = "C1TrueDBDropdown2" Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.OddRowStyle = Style14 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.RecordSelectorStyle = Style15 @@ -244,9 +246,10 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.RowDivider.Style = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.LineStyleEnum.[Single] Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.RowSubDividerColor = System.Drawing.Color.DarkGray Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.ScrollTips = False - Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(310, 184) + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(233, 150) Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Style = Style16 Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.TabIndex = 15 + Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.UseCompatibleTextRendering = False Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.Visible = False Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2.PropBag = resources.GetString("C1TrueDBDropdown2.PropBag") ' @@ -255,18 +258,18 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ContextMenuStrip1.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem, Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem}) Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Name = "ContextMenuStrip1" - Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(241, 52) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(204, 48) ' 'NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(240, 24) + Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(203, 22) Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Neuer Benutzer eröffnen" ' 'PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem ' Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Name = "PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem" - Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(240, 24) + Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(203, 22) Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Passwort ändern" ' 'ctxMenuTarif @@ -274,18 +277,18 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ctxMenuTarif.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) Me.ctxMenuTarif.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem, Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem}) Me.ctxMenuTarif.Name = "ctxMenuTarif" - Me.ctxMenuTarif.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(258, 52) + Me.ctxMenuTarif.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 48) ' 'TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(257, 24) + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(215, 22) Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Tarif bearbeiten" ' 'NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(257, 24) + Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(215, 22) Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Neuer Tarifeintrag erstellen" ' 'ctxmenuDentotar @@ -299,12 +302,12 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ContextMenuStrip2.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1}) Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Name = "ContextMenuStrip2" - Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(183, 28) + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(156, 26) ' 'TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1 ' Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Name = "TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1" - Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(182, 24) + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(155, 22) Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Text = "Tarif bearbeiten" ' 'ctxMenuMailtext @@ -312,12 +315,12 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ctxMenuMailtext.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem}) Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Name = "ctxMenuMailtext" - Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(225, 28) + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(189, 26) ' 'MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(224, 24) + Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(188, 22) Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Mail-Texte bearbeiten" ' 'ctxmenureporting @@ -325,31 +328,30 @@ Partial Class clsStammdaten_flat Me.ctxmenureporting.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) Me.ctxmenureporting.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem, Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem}) Me.ctxmenureporting.Name = "ctxmenureporting" - Me.ctxmenureporting.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(200, 52) + Me.ctxmenureporting.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(169, 48) ' 'SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(199, 24) + Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(168, 22) Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "SQL bearbeiten" ' 'ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(199, 24) + Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(168, 22) Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Report bearbeiten" ' 'clsStammdaten_flat ' - Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(8.0!, 16.0!) + Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) Me.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font Me.Controls.Add(Me.C1TrueDBDropdown2) Me.Controls.Add(Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1) Me.Controls.Add(Me.c1daten) Me.Controls.Add(Me.ToolStrip1) - Me.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4, 4, 4, 4) Me.Name = "clsStammdaten_flat" - Me.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1011, 494) + Me.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(758, 401) CType(Me.c1daten, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.ToolStrip1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.ToolStrip1.PerformLayout() diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.resx b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.resx index e7a84ac..446c872 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.resx +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.resx @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}Style2{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}Style3{}Footer{}Style14{}Heading{ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:Control;Wrap:True;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style16{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style15{}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Style4{}Style9{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style6{}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FetchRowStyles="True" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="21" DefRecSelWidth="21" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 1009, 461</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>21</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 1009, 461</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Style11{}Style10{}Style13{}Style12{}Footer{}Style2{}Style3{}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Style15{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style1{}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}Style9{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style5{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style8{}Heading{AlignVert:Center;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;ForeColor:ControlText;BackColor:Control;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}Style6{}Normal{}Style7{}Editor{}Style4{}Style14{}Style16{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FetchRowStyles="True" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 756, 372</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide><Level>0</Level><AllowHorizontalSplit>False</AllowHorizontalSplit><AllowVerticalSplit>False</AllowVerticalSplit></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 756, 372</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> 163, 17 @@ -163,25 +163,25 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAK2SURBVDhPnZLfS1NhGMdfCPoDuummi+i6K0cW/UDc5jaP - Z2duTrfOOdtOunJmVPQLsrKy0rQ0DbXIYSolRqVWhllmKRoZSllItaIfEF0UUQTSRcGno8Zil/XAB97n - hffD+33eV/xPfXk5Enz/dvJn++4M/mzNV1d5Tm/34Rx6j8wiJempkLh0wM69+HY+Tw/waeoG318Nc3Gv - NVXQUy6TtsrOyjU2Vq37S/oaK8sta5lJDJDoPchEk5+vift07XekCrrLZDKsTmx2CbvDlcSa5SR9rY0X - 7REmzumMNwf5/OwWVw5lpwoc9QKpagHZdh+SS0HKdiNJMi6XzDqrxHSbwfjZEA8ag3yc6JmL+ueoELbj - gsTHDpymJCdTw+0MoEh+FNmL7PaQ6XDzNB5mrElnuH49b0c7uVmpzAtsVYKpdy20DQsyKgX2WoHztEAu - W4xXCeLJ9ZOV42PynMZwg85M/1KeD7Zyq9qLcNUIHr6pJD4maBk116+LePQmwuMP4TlJvidMXl4QyRPg - UbPK0CmNHwPLeHazicFa/7zgbmIX8UlBfELQ+lTQNi148i2Co0EQzCuiIBDCnacx1hhgsC5Iyy4nj3uO - c78+MBfBYjcj9D3fSEdCkDkb4YTAcUqQe2AJuhpF1Q18QYORej+3T+Zz9bDCw85yRhvV5BAtWdWC3tc+ - nHUCI7ADQyvFCBdjGFEiRiGBUJShWi/9NT76qryMnN/J+JlQyjNanOaVlZqFRI2tRItKKIoWz1Foom2I - cafGQ19lLteOehhoijHZEkkRiPbS1WwqKaUkto2SzVuSxEwKi7dyu1rm+jGF7iNurp8MMdVaiNB1HV0L - oWlhVHUWc61qZq8mUc2+YL3OnliAC+WK+QNlLlfkMt2xcX6I/0qZnr63bt+KXy8vxFIj/EMtMkkTQlh+ - A0Tdwm7N1lqbAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAK2SURBVDhPnZLfS1NhGMdfCPoDuummi+i6qxYmpYjb3Obx + 7MzN1dY5Z9tJV86Min5Blpb90LQsC63QYSoWRaVWiln2Q9HIUMxCrBXpRXRRRBFEFwWfjhqLXdYDH3if + F94P7/d5X/E/9fn1UHB2Zvxn294s/mwt1NWKvO7Oyjy6j84hJek6InGt3M6j+E4+TfXzcfIO394Mcnm/ + NVXQVSGzKt3OmnU20jP/krbOykpLBt8T/SS6DzHW6OdL4jFXDzpSBZ1lMllWJza7hN3hSmLNcZKWYeNV + W4SxJp3R80E+vbzLjcO5qQJHvUCqXkSu3YfkUpBy3UiSjMslk2mVmGo1GL0Y4klDkA9jXfNR/xwVwnZC + kPjQjtOU5GVruJ0BFMmPInuR3R6yHW5exMOMNOoM1m9kZvgKvVXKgsBWLZicbaZ1UJBVJbDXCZznBHLZ + UrxKEE++n5w8H+NNGoNndb73LWd6oIW7NV6Eq1bw9F0V8RFB87C5flvEs3cRJt6H5yXrPWEKCoJIngDP + zqs8PKPxo38FL3sbGajzLwgeJPYQHxfExwQtLwStU4LnXyM4zgqCBUVsCIRwF2iMNAQYOB2keY+Tia4T + PK4PzEew2M0IPdObaU8IsucinBQ4zgjyy5ehq1FU3cAXNBiq93Pv1HpuVio8vVLBcIOaHKIlp0bQ/daH + 87TACOzC0EoxwsUYRpSIUUggFOVhnZe+Wh891V6GLu1m9EIo5RktTvPKSu1iosZ2okUlFEWL5yk00TbF + uF/roacqn1vHPPQ3xhhvjqQIRFvpWraUlFIS20HJ1m1JYiaFxdu5VyNz+7hC51E3t0+FmGwpROi6jq6F + 0LQwqjqHuVY1s1eTqGa/YaPOvliAjgrF/IEy14/kM9W+eWGI/0qZnra/7sDqX687YqkR/qGWmKwSQlh+ + A0B2wmtIPksZAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAINSURBVDhPY6AVYAyc67K/+XD1/SYg9p3quAQqTiQIZWAO + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAINSURBVDhPY6AVYAyc67K/+XD1/SYg9p3quAQqTiQIZWAO Wu75Zu6Nuf9nX5/9322S/TmoDJEAaIDnctc3k69M/D/hSt9/p0nm56EyRAKwATZveq+0/O++0gg0wAiP AfUMTOYLtWx81tnYB0CxZZ+ak88myw9dV8v/d1wp+e88T++2/XxtB591FvYeQOyyzsTeYJGyFVi/cAGn Se6J5P99V5v+T7ze8H/Szbr/U27V/O++kfe/43rm/9Zr6f87r+f+775e9L/tSsH/hot5/yvPZf8P2Ov6 @@ -196,22 +196,22 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAIXSURBVDhPlY9dSJNhFMffCylqduHIEk2pbaWwqMyLpCsL - +sAwJRlBBNLozoYSXhQFc7S6sYugD7CLUftus/bu3ZrTLbclq5sQtJBca4TT3OtmbnMXbeT77xk8l22z - H/w5z3PO/5zzPMxW8EkkzumWltv0+n9MdnU9ecQw0NXUwC+Vfn4vk9XSUmWE+Wftc7EIXHfv4yEZMioS - 4XV9PWYkkk5qKc/v2VvJ9HgbEpHniC7wGN0vweOqKnBi8R1qKc1mVKv/5TuPhLMZSyYGy74ziKwk8VY1 - 8INaSiPEtOfSQQUSLjkZIMXSmBhJTyt+2rYhNvuqmdr+TcSj2s4Hrud5sjk1cQpx+y6sTXSQQTL88YlU - 1FaazblBP++WY23yLHnBYbK5DUnvSWQ9e8LUUhohclOZ8rRj1X0M6wEFePKF9akeTD04JHyx1VZTW2kK - 80/jvLsVuY83kBw/gUzwClJkuxA8eIlaypP/+gLpBRbpmXvIvOsm2y+iEDw+RsvlGRm5KgLPIvvtDTYW - A8jF/ciFOzdouTKNjXvll3s6kPnuQp4PA4WoLbv8aTctV6ahqenCjp3V2FdXx6UWPzTQ9NYIhUIH1Gr1 - sEaj0epNJoVO97LPbDb3OxyOoaJYlu0nUhJd4ziu1+l0nvZ6vTLazjB2u/2IxWLpJk19BoNhwGg0DpE4 - TKK6KHou5gaJlHq9vtdqtR5lGIb5CzWnJDp5jKIWAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAIWSURBVDhPlY9dSJNhFMffCylqduHIEk2pdyuFhWVeJF1Z + 0AeGKckIIpBGdzaU8KIomKN5ZRdBH2AXo959tln7bE4321bMbkLQRHKtEU5rb+/Mbe6ijdy/Z/Bcts1+ + 8Oc8zzn/c87zMNvBx7KO9y0td+j1/5ju7n78kGGgramBXyL59E4qraWlyhSWnnYsxCJw3RvFAzJkXCTC + q/p6zLFsF7WU5/f8bSE12Y5E5BmiyzzGD7J4VFUFp1h8l1pKsxXVcL98F5BwNGPVwGDNdxaRHwLeKAe/ + UUtpCjHN+VRQjoRLRgZIsDohhuBpw3fLDsTmXzZT27+JeJQ7+cCNHE82J6dOI27dg/WpTjJIij8+kZLa + SrO1MOTn3TKsT58jLzhKNrdD8J5CxrMvTC2lKURuKZKeDvx0H8dGQA6efGHjbS9mRo8UFi211dRWmvzS + kzjvbkP2w00IkyeRDl5FkmwvBA9fppby5D4/R2rZjtTcfaRnesj2S8gHT0zQcnnGxq6JwNuR+fIamysB + ZON+ZMNdm7RcmcbG/bIrvZ1If3Uhx4eBfNSSWfu4l5Yr09DUdHHX7mocqKtzJldmG2h6e4RCoUMqlWpE + rVZrOINBrtW+6DcajQM2m224KLvdPkCkILrudDr7HA7HGa/XK6XtDGO1WltNJlMPaerX6XSDer1+mMQR + ElVF0XMxN0Sk4Diuz2w2H2MYhvkLMeIkOIjMQ/4AAAAASUVORK5CYII= iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAJASURBVDhPfZNLSxtRFMdn5Suah0oChhiJmlGj8RGfiKIi + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAJASURBVDhPfZNLSxtRFMdn5Suah0oChhiJmlGj8RGfiKIi gouAEPULuMlSxe+Rrbt8hKEWGfJobNq5k0ZaJ7Vgq90ILW5auiiFLv8955oJiU37hwPDPfd3/ufMvVex VTk4SF0mEprmcrmrS39JCwbdpZ0dzdjeTlWXHvUhmUw/nJ7i7e4uspGIxRurqZqqsPXp5ATG4iJyo6Np mWBnCScSMNfXIVZXoatqQ5EafHwMMTcHY2ZGRkZVUwq3zc42LJaXYSwtQQ+HZZEafHQEEYtBTE3VQh8a @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAJDSURBVDhPjZLfa1JhHMa96bYuo7uiywi66CYIgq6iYPUX + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAJDSURBVDhPjZLfa1JhHMa96bYuo7uiywi66CYIgq6iYPUX dNlVREEXUbQXN21zmDjRlpYw21yuFWNo/miTVgpLM5Y76rH5+9d0LsOjDk0vns57PLJMox544PC+3+fz vs/LkfR0Q68/9ICMX5TKJq7KhpiuE5nsrDjeL0LIYaPRGCyVSqjX6391IpGESjVtEmMHIlLZzWaziU6n 809Ho98wNjZxWox2pdZoSavVwoF/ot1uC6bfv+/lCztQKB5fEKNdUUBjfx/U9UYDLH+KzeuHcyMgnNjb @@ -243,197 +243,197 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAIAAAACACAYAAADDPmHLAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAACsUSURBVHhe7Z0HnBRV1vZX3V19P/d79zUQJTMMDGEYmAGG - OGQGJIkoIjlKzjCAJJGgGFbXtOu6rjmTQQQBEVFUdn0FJaMiSUEERFCi9zvPrTrVp27fnqkOuLDf3B9/ - uqe7+nb1eZ57bqiq7t/kl/ySX/JLfskv+SW/5Jf8kl/yS37JL/klv8jSqVOnbjd3uHlv7969fxk6dKga - Pny4GjFihBo5cqQaNWqUGj16tBozZowaN3asyhk3TuXk5Kjx48erCcSY0WPUwAED1Isvv6qef+UN9eKr - c9XLry9Q8xcsUQsWvqkWLl6mFi9drpa+uUK9uWylWrZ8lXrr7XfUipXvqrdXrVUr33lPs+qddX7WrFOr - 17yveeddyQfqnbXMerUGvLdevbvuQ7V23Uch3v9YvfeBZINat36Dc/99bPMhvcZ57RqqazXVjfdctYb2 - Z/Va2jfs3xq1/O3VmmUrVtG+r1RvvvW2WrpsBX2e5WrJ0rfU4iXL1KLF9DkXLaXPu1jNJ+YtWKTmzV+o - 5s6br96YO0+9/sZc9dIrr6nnX3xFPfvCS+qZZ59T/fv10zEeR/EcS3FFfMdQnBHr0RRzxB3xH0nbjCA9 - oMnwYcPUsGHDfhk5ePCBXj169Xfli68MHjC4xzASfenSpeo52rGxJGhQxo0Zq+6fc59q16at2r3voPpo - 0w6PrTv3EF/72LIjNsx6nLr3qG3Mrr0hvtirtnvs0+z40s9O5qv9HruY3fvVF5KvwQHNl4KvBLv3hPga - 7DXYd0Bt3PqF+pTA7f5vv1Pt2rZV98yabY1rbkydMlVt2bxFrV61Wk0cP3GIK2PsZfDAQfvuvmu62rZt - m3r1lVfVwDsGRMX4cTmqSeMm6uDRk2rHviMe3x39WR0yOcL8FAB3W0s93x09pb475ufwD6d9fA+O+zly - /IzDjw5HJSfOqGOCH8DJs5rjzE8OPwpO/AzOaU6CUw4/MafPqZ+Jrw/+oPaAQz/Q+/2smjZpqkaNHGWN - aV5MHD9BjRk1Wj355JPfuDLGXgYNGHhuQP87FNOvT1/V6ZZbfXTr0tV73sQxQGMSxm8AU5DDx06HiRYU - vDasPheb0I7YeQhOSMFN0U3hw0UPJvzPp89rIDzjGWDESGtMg/LQnx46TxJe5igZY7mjX39fpTVr1FRp - aWkqvXq6ykhPp9vqqlLFiuq2Wzv5tmNyxo5zDHDspNq5/4iHTRQPFi4vbK818AktxA4ieF6iR93aLcKf - OuMgDXBMG6BJ3Aa47945iiSM3wCS6tWqq6wGDVSzpk1Vi+bNtbgwRfu27XzbMTBA40bhBvCEkOIkAq7X - xRTZwxA6T8GBIXhI9KCt3RH+lBAenBYG2AsDnCADULeJAZ4tpkG59557YID4illpjYwM3ae3bdNG3dS+ - vWqZna1qZ9ZW7du1923HYGYAA3xHBtglDGAVJcHYBJaYYtsEj1l0m/CG6Jqz59UZAsJrvnMMgBiPHB6f - Ae6ZfQEMkFmrFrX8Fuq2Trepbt26kfDtVP169bQZzG2BaQDGJkii0QIDV1yTIGJHFDyo6DbhSXAWXnPu - Fy08kzgDzI7fAP379lOSBvUbqKFDhuo5/pRJk2lOOlp1795d3UQZwNwWjKWpYOOGjcgAP6kvDhzV7CJY - hE1fHrpgfBYNXzl8/tV3gdjM7LazxcLWryWHNWdJfBBmAGo0I4YNt8Y0KLNnzUq8ARpmNVRdadQ/fOgw - LS6cdkvHjnkb4IeQAQC3uE92fnvB+N+82MUc9PFpADba+CIymxgymwTinzsfMsC+RBpgZgIMgGmfBIPA - Dh06aOEHDRyoevfqrQeF6ArMbQEWJxqRaUwDcHq1CpMIPHEZv8hBhWaiFRxEEh1w5oH45wkI73Ccuq1T - 1G020o3MFtOgzJoxM/EGSEutqm5s1Up1ub2L6t61m+pMY4HMWpl6FmBuC9gAh8kAX5LwDPenNmHixSZg - NMQiNvAEB0JsU3TJ+V/IAASEZ344mRgDzEyEAfr27qMk9erW0/P+amnVKBtUU2lV01TFlBR1+22dfdsx - WJFCt6EN8A2J78KDpuM/nUkoP+bGzyFOhBEa7J20ceos7a+F02dpsAfk4O8cDfj8nGbOOpzRnFekvWbf - 4eNqP+FkgJ9VI+o2YQBbTIMy8+4ZiTcA6N2zl48+1A3YtgOOAbK0Ab4i4RkOFEbNiUSK4MdZeGHM0blE - TtEk3qgduIM3E6R0CdK7xm3pLLhGOQX3Q12AMwaAAXAMxhbToMy4++4LY4BoYAN8f5wM8O0xD1/QDXFi - ITdBbXgiA1dgq9CAhI1VcLrrE10L7or+i37e2d6cBSTEANMTYAC07ngYPXIUDRLDDeATwMUmVBBsdWlI - PBthAjMkaCShgSl2EMHpny64heBS9FA958MNQN0mptu2mAYFB/FcGWMvtoqjQRpgNwnPWAUQ2IST2F6T - KyRgXgIzUmCJJzZwhaR/fhy9ra08JPp5ep8QZwheCcRyMA4GJcIA0xNhALO/jxYc0Miq3yDMALbA/1qY - wkp8IgMWkKB/YXBx/va3cODUe16dE4Jr0bUxQ4NCPhbABmhIjWbo4CHWmAblrmnTLjIDHCTxXczA/1r4 - xGVYNI1fYA8WGujHhNiAXhh6H4vgpuhihnDqzFn1NcWEOXIxGaBXj54qHka6Bjjy40++D8lBuyBIYXyw - eBFwNNYF953HDaEBVeQT25LSzRYOpODO1NEBU0mOCxoHYgUDDBk02BrToEybejEYYPgI1aB+fe1qaQCK - 46+HKygX/ju0jV1kv9CO2FJov9iG4EYLNwV31hHOqJMusns8QtkSq6txG2DK1PgN0LN7DxUP2gD1YAB/ - BuCg079wpEiRoP/scL0hfMICV1ybwLb07QkNLC3bL3YwwU/6FqFO08zoqAe6Sxhg8KBB1pgGZerkKf9+ - A+CARn0yQF5jAClKLJj1+YksrMQUOVqh/WLnLviPP4U4TvACGVZJESscdR08MD4DTLnoDCDSnE2AROMJ - Crw0DSziAhI1XGS70H6xhdAWsW2CHz8JTul1fyCXyQ8nygCTJsdvgB7duqt4wHo2ThjBh5JpjoO+c9/3 - F5wduXLYYa+f7bmxJ8Q2wdY93zn4jvs7bPFxSG3ZfUhtJjDlw8LPlweOeGDZHOOmQQMGWmMalMl3TrqI - DBB2LOCsblmbvvhWbQzDfrQtHNtriV1582mU+A8tf+Ow088nkdjxjfpXBJAZMUD+goRnvvvh5MVjABzy - jQesZ+MI4mH6UF9+Qw534X4yFjESjV9cIXA0IjMWkcPYDg6ofxJoGDDBLhKegQHQbeIcf1tMg3LnxDsv - AgMMCRlAupz7SBbAFCUawgW04QoaQVjGKqqJTdRIaLG/0WLbwLmSEHzX/u81Owk8lhgDTIzfALjoIx6w - mlWvTl39oaQBeECEPjDRIKUeOZ43aHkeaIkuaJU2IJQWzAWnunscdTh49ISfIyfUt4Jvjvyovvk+BL8e - wjPaANRocG6/LaZBuXPCRWAALGawAWSa49Hvr8KJEMciQuYBhpk8QwHPPMI4wkB+wzgt22oY0yhkDDko - PUSPwQD9+/W3xjQouETMlTH2Yqs4GjCVgQFMlyPYCLofmzB5EV5PJCFNPGGByAyRBLZlB1NkU2iIaYpt - ywgQfrsLttMG6NvPGtOgJMQAXW/vouIBI9m6depQQE74DOAPOGEKEi1mfRoaYbuECSqxCBuCRM1NZBBA - 6G8htJH+D4DDDnKaidfWq1tX9e3TxxrToIzPGf/vNwAGMtoAFBQ5/7YFm1tZtNjqyh1XVIuwYeKCSP07 - 4Rc5F6E9sZ1z/xg+EZTF30agHm2A3vEaICd+A3TpfLuKBwxk6tSuo4OF9MYLL7bAJ5owIRlXUGvLlYSJ - y+QiMrAILcVm9BlAhxzkghLeoy51m7179bLGNCi4LtOVMfZiqzgacP2ANgB9KF+aswX8QuMT0YYrrCFu - NCLvN0Q2heazfjwO/qAPjslVRLw/DNCrZ09rTIOSEAPgdO94wECmTu3aOsBIbww+JAIewiZINDj1eAIy - rniR8IkK3D7ZKi6wCOyJHEBoiTw2IpeLsV/oNnv26GmNaVDwDS2ujLEXW8XRgAsU6mTCAD/60pwXaFOA - ePDEM7EIaWIRVWITOIjIptBAHw8Ry+I4ACSPFWgDUNbs0b2HNaZBwUU5royxF1z5Ew8YyODycRjAS3OE - LcgAQgTF9vqgeIJaRA0TlnG/xiWIyJGE9tCXyIUWxjZ/7RwcAjAAus3u3bpbYxqUi8IAuHawdmamTsdw - Nx8dswU90VhFlLiCRhKVsYkLvKObrsA2kU2hgV4ME5fK4/sSPifhmQPfH9fdZreuXa0xDQquyXBljL3Y - Ko4GnJwYMsAhD1ugfw1sQpp4whrihgkMIoishRYis9B6HYSmweZh6s/1pengoO6ytAG6XAQGwHf/xANO - TMDFo3C1TnMuHOAN2/eH8c8A2F4HPo6FbZH5SLI1bz7cus/OFof1Bjz3/4yEZzAmQbeJkbwtpkEZNXLk - RWYAt48DuuVQC3p/897E83k46xLAe5o9Dp/lzlobm8Lhqd9nX+KKYgeMUWCA2zt3tsY0KDgl35Ux9mJ+ - JVy09OjaTX+tDFwdSnOHvLRoC/SvhU/QAKJKrAIDi8hrN33t410BvjkE3yiy6ctvPXCBKLpNpHFbTIOC - E3JdGWMvtoqjAQMZNgCnOPRz3A/agvvvwiqoxCouiCxwbqwhuEHIM5rYAGjFtpgGJTEG6HiLiodut3dR - mTX9BgC8Iii7hYRDgWWcQDvmi4TcPx+UlmWKNtkIIpym9inYZTt5xTkBhevV27lgBlObuk0tpCWmQcEJ - ua6MsZdbqaJ4wECmFhkA/ZoM2tY9OIkyHLlYFARbHXK9wYeYhjJyAcZG6IufhLFcvKmbZzAH/sKpvMwj - DfOpOFsJBsC4yRbPaMD5mK6MsRdbxdEQyQC2YCccT7zIIppEEtUvrCtuIIH9WcFr6WFZIWQArFHAALfc - 3NEa06AkxADYiXjAQKZWjZq6X5OB8AIrgx4vXGcArGIKQSOJyuSa8oEQOExkSv3m+Yd4nO/vOXRMd5sd - O3SwxjQoOB/TlTH2Yqs4GjCQgQGw5OoFh0AQZbATiSlWEEKChovqExZYxc1dYOZfQJ8wesDjn4TcZs9B - xwA33xSfAYYOGZIAA3S4WcXDbTSQqZVRg/q1YxSsbzxsQb7Q+EQEQkSTkKjBhGVCZwT7BfZwzwbe4OEs - YMntsWKZSY2mQ/v21pgGZeigwfEboCNVFA+3Ul9UkwyAtOYFUmMG2Y9NFIntNeHI93MhkSQ2EU1CrTaY - uH6BQyJvcFcXw1Ybt+731YNrJ5E18eWbZjyjASfkujLGXjpSGooHpKKaGRnaAJ8IIWyBvhBo8YBPQBAS - USKF0LiC5ipsLuKC0FLxPg9ziVjWvfvbo2SAGqp927bWmAZlyMBB8RsA/VA8wIn4hnGkNSmMDqgt4IkA - deeBX0jGL2huogL/8YGQuDaBw48D7FXrN+9VH7jI98ZBp5pkAPzUji2mQRk8cGACDND+JhUPHSiN1UjP - UIuXr6HAO30dROIgcqAThRQoGuwHfCKIyrjCWsU1BGasxy4I1A/xP962Ty1ZsUZ3m61b3WiNaVBwRrYr - Y+zFVnE0wADVqlbVX37colnzfALQlGKFr+Rt17qNNaZBGXTHgPgN0IEqihd8WzhSGo5x46rXRg0bqmZN - mqrs5i309w4j1WE7fOv4bZ06Od9D3K2bPiu2X99+agB9kME0oBk+bLj+yTTn5+ly9FfW4/q3yZMmqSmT - J+tfzJo2bZqaftdd6u6771YzZsxQs2bOVLNnz9a/njHn3nvVfXPmqPvvu089cP/96sEHHlAPPvigc0vg - MTyHbbDtPfQafOX6TKoH37p59/Tp6i6qe9rUqfReU9Rkes9Jd96pJkyYoM/Bx0/mjRkzRv+cGy6KHUR9 - 8B3979Dn9/fs0UMfF8ERvk633qq7Rgzy2rRurVq1bKmak/D4jQB8qSZihe9VMuMYLYibK2PsBS3418Tm - 5LywDYB+TWz7lBe2z55ocEq+K2PsBS7N59IEp+S7MsZebmrbTuVzaXIHdZ+ujLEX/A5APpcmuCbDlTH2 - 0p4GaPlcmuCaDFfG2Iut4nwuDfr17hO/ATBFy+fSBBfluDLGXrAYkc+lSZ9eveI3QFuqKJ9Lkz49E2GA - G1urfC5NevfomW+A/5/BN4a7MsZe2rS6UeVzaYKrslwZYy+2ivO5NOjZrXv8BmjdspW6mOEPi5THo19v - Lty2rbMs2i50gMQ8KGM7uGPDfB3Xp9fd9cqb8568D5yGef9s+36h6dGt26VjABYRQURAEWSc2IgrXDp3 - 6qS6dr5dde/SVac1jG6xyIG1bnwLGU59GjZ4iBoxbJi+HGr0yJH60mh8QULOmLFq/NhxakJOjv7ePHx7 - 5qSJd+ovUp4yaZKaOmmy/mGFaVPAVIMp+jl87Tq2xWvwWtSBulAn6sZ74L3wnqNHjNT7MGLoMP0tqfie - xIF33KH3Ffvcu2dP3TLxWbp07qw639pJnzcJk2lD0Wdv16ZNQkzTvWvX//wMkE9kYDJXxtjLjdkt1YWk - RdNmulVt2LBB7dq1y8/OnWqnZMcOzQ7J9u1qu8m2bWqbZOtWzVZmyxbNFoPNmzerLS64L/n88899fPbZ - Z2Fs2rRJs3HjRvX888+rpk2aqCqVKmsqV6oUomII/A5zpZSK+veXK1ZIURXKl1cVksurqlVSdWxsMQsK - rst0ZYy9tGqRrS4kSJFHjhxRe/fuVbt37/6P4cCBA2rNmjUkfiUSs4o+LS49rZpH9bQ0h6oO+BFunAaW - WrmyNkT5csnaBLaYBQXdpitj7MVWcaJo2byF/onz999//z8SZILUylVI6Gr6Qg98W5qmVqYHrgKuXbOW - vhIIp4LjBNpqZAZkh/LJyTpGttgFAWMMV8bYC3bgQpHdrLk+f88WvP8EYACIj4s88IXZOM8vRH39a2oM - vhwa29TJzNTXUSBjoEtAjGyxC8LtnW6L3wDYgUSD/omnbbNnzVYffvihWr9+vfrggw98cCDfe+89j7Vr - 10bk3Xff1bfYbt26dT64LvmY+X4S3icbeO6jjz7S28n6+D2YTz/9VGWkp+tWDsGbNGykGjds6JAVolFW - lmpIpgD169bVGSG9WnU9XsA4wBbDIGCG4coYe8EOJBKkJp5HY+6Ms3ZZMAQNQZXB/vjjjz0wUOT7EMFE - vo6FlELjPpuIzcK3bByGRWRxef/49XJbwM9LYAC05rqU9hs1yNKnezM4TR6GYLQRaJsG9erp7WuQcarQ - eMAWw6DgukxXxthL8yZNVSLB9EQuotwz+x4vYBAJt1IoKUAksK35Ogkel+/B7yPvm/BzNlOZf2N7fg/e - B/DJJ59ENoAQXxoAmQLfEoqxAAaPthgGBWsoroyxl+aNm6hEggwAE6AbaN2ypT53nwPGsHC4L8UzWzsL - IMHjZjYAXAfD7yPfQ9afG0j/EtSP90YdqBNZBTMAZKyaJGSYAUhwoMUn4YE2AMYGNB6oRwaAcWCAZpYY - BuXWmzvGbwDsQCLB4IQXKmAGXGQBARgpEsDFGlhRy53BasigQWrggAHuRRg9VY/u3al7mRVmEFNE7lJw - H49DTNxiWxbWdsvb8X7CSCz8O++8o1avXq3rtGUAmf5x0Yw3FtBdgJMB8Lq01FS9vS2OQcBKqitj7MVz - bYLhAOCqHm6JQIoP6tPIGAHMDT2dooFTjerpKoPAXLpyxYp6AYbrBWwwiGgDz8ltbcj6GAjP4q9atUqz - cuVKbRJkAIzsMcCTn1uL7wrP4jds0MAxAH0mvA4GwHZm7IKCC0RdGWMvcocTAVI/TlnmgzbcSrl1SfEB - gpcXtWs5c+iM6tVVOgHxsbKGVTUIZBPSBO9l2wc8hltsg7pkikdLh9hvv/22Wr58uVqxYoW+j1uA1+HK - aOwjxG3SiGJANAbubACXyWEWADA9bEDTQRigRkYNbQCYwxbHIGCc5coYe5EuTQQYnPBCBboBXHOHIEcy - gF4oyQssolDAqtPUCYsoVauk6lW1qhRANpf5Hvw4dwWM7BLwPLaV4rMBzL8B0j6M8NZbb6lly5bp55DK - sfiDDIDUr1O+SyOKh0a3fjZAXZ3ROAM0psdtcQwCDiy5MsZesHOJBKmJR6lNqZ/CL1xDDBZEig+wQhYE - XE6NuTO+XSsd3QANoLCQIlu3hN+TMVu4RPbrnOI5zXPrZ9HBm2++qZYuXapfh9E8DICfg/eE163eAcKz - +BgAYkGIDYDFIFsMg4IM68oYe8HINJHAmRD/RmQBGhDeNW2aJ4IpPsASal5gpU0voVKrR7+P1F+ubJJK - IiAaxAMQBEBUCA3BGW7NbAB+DSMFZ9Gl2IsXL9YsWbJEg/t4DfYL3/oJgbUB3NbJImkD0HOOAerpMY9n - APo8eM4WxyCgm3VljL00JFcmEi0+jla53QAMYBOeyaSWnRdI/xgAplHqr1ihgha/bOnSqkyp0p7QXB9n - BG7xUnyYBSID9OHcsmXrln/jFgaQJli0aJFauHChBkbBgg4ERevW0z0SHGgDkEgQmGOD/h/LwTygRTeG - 18n4RQNWW10ZYy/YgUSC6QmEz27uLFfimn4pCgvFQNy8QGvJoPSPeXNlfSStnDYBDqbIulA/C88tHRlB - pnbZytkENjOw6IBNgJa/YMECNX/+fDVv3jy9LWYlGKdAXF/Ld8Xn1A/0jIemgPhuZTYAXifjFw04qcSV - MfaCHUgk2DHt0PrO7YTxE7wWKFsqA3HzhIKFQ6xVK1dxjr1XrKRSylfQswEpNqd+7tMZGIBNIPt1meY5 - tXN651YOwaXoYO7cueqNN97Q5oAxMUbB4M4nvCtSlogNFoAwA8D2MI42AJlCxi8aMMh2ZYy9wJUXkvHj - cjyBcGsaAC0hTyjIOKYOA+AYOw6ipNA4IDmpnG8MwAKzyNyyZYuWaRzC4hZ/y9Qu4W1gAIj++uuva157 - 7TVdF4yJLIXP6olOsEheLEj8eiR+XRovYEwD48AA3vMWsps2E0f/muv1f/k8ullXxtgLdiyRYH4qj1hh - JRBTLl6hCzMABSIvEKzqFCwsACEjIHCcCVh0meKlARhO7zABt3IpurwPsdHK0dq55eNvCP/qq6+qV155 - RYNtYUwYAKnda+0kDtBCuXFxxHcWtbC906Wl+mJngrGUPvDjzqoguHweXa0rY+wFO5ZIEAA5UJmQM16n - ae6fTQNkVKuWJ2hl1WjOjLNv0mjq5LT+JFWOkOmdU7vsy/mWM4BM86YJON3LlG8a4OWXX1YvvfSSevHF - F/XjmMphIIiWjUO99euQOEQ9UJtiQkB4PA/xM2vWdKe0TpdmiyGDlq+Xfd2VP/wtn0cDc2WMvdSlnUok - 6Af1OgDtOPpC/L4tUj+bwDQAn0KVG0j7mAGgxVenwKELwBpAMg0GudVDfJn2pfBSfBZeGoFNIMVGugdI - 9dzqIT6Ef+GFF/Q5gTAEFnOcgWAt3cfrft4THWcIOcI74mNFkwxAhuEuzRZDBl0AH0gCEFw+j+zgyhh7 - 4Z1LFOj/vKNfZAacXi0XY0wD4IyaPHFX/yA6Bn7J5ZJVUpmyqmyZMj7BIbRs7bLF21K/bOksOm65tUN8 - Fh6tnoV/7rnn1LPPPquNARH1AhWJ6wgeQq5m4nm9pkGtH90aVjRTqRuzxZBB6tezCndgib/l82horoyx - F8xJEwk7n/8eM3q0b5QO0XmqBhCIPNH9fxWVkuycUVuOBn9o/YBbOgvOQkvxudWb6R7i21o9I1s+p/1n - nnlG849//EM/hpM6YFCkdU9w+txacOAuZGkgPmWLDDI1ug6MYzhONpD+5UwCf5vPuzLGXmrTjiUSDE54 - MQRwBuDlWTltw3QN4uYF0j9aS0Wa+sEQWAlE6y9ZoqRPbNmyTYGlyGjdDFo5w4JDWCk6g9b/9NNPq7// - /e/qqaee0n+jW8I+YkXQXL2E4AxPaWtUpwEtGUB/JnqtLYYMzingAR/6fPxtPu/KGHuxrbzFA9yKAYse - uNAO4iobbu0QnpdreX5ejQKRF2nU+qtg7k+tX68GplD/T1kAJmDxZSuXRoDwbAQYwGYEs6Wz8JzyZdqH - 8H/729/Uk08+qf+uTPuSVqWKTuv4/LVIZAnWMBiIr8c01PrRpWFRy4wf4L4fqZ/7+zrU4jGoxmMYX2E7 - bOPKGHsxdzhesLNIV9hRTAnx7Zqc/m2rcuhDPaiVm6Dlg0q4qIL6fpxTX65sWVWmdGlVulRpT3zZn0uR - zdYNkfmWgeAQm0XmFC9bO0Rn4f/617+qv/zlL/p57FdV6gYgrF9sZ/1CTmWR+tFdIGPgM8EAthiiEWEK - 6aR6N6uQ4Mgk6F4xxcR2yLCujLEXudOJADuIAQsGLxgIYgzAUzXbHL0KBaEyBRGBdKjgQOmeQeqH+Bj4 - wQDc/2M5GK0dwkdq0Swwt2izVUcSG0JDZIgtRX/iiSfU448/rsF2WJFEdoKoWmRMXUlo4M1kSHTgiJ+q - l7S5S7PFEKAB6e6DhObVUIDYyvuujLEX34pbAkDr1ycs6FlAA20AOVUzp2kpyck6naNVlyOBQVLpMh5l - AbX00iVLqpLFi+ttcRQQj5cuVcrXj0N4hkWHyGbLZnhAx4+b4kNs8Nhjj2keffRR7/aRRx7R28CYaMno - mkyxPdyxjB7PkAEwoMVrYABbDAFSPkb68jGMA5AV+G8MEF0ZYy+OaxMHnCnTHs7n4ykaT9PkVC2J+vFS - JUqoEsWKqeI33KApVrSo5gZQpIgqWriwKlKokCpMlCAT3EDbFKbHChYoYG3duYkO0NoZtHozzfN93JpZ - AcL/+c9/Vg8//LDOAjgwhYyF8xMwsvcgoQEE90DLx3jGTf8Y05jxkyDVy7/RNci/0dhcGWMvnK4She4C - yJkMLqWW83RzelaKRvI3FClKAhdWhQsWUoUKFlSFSNiC1xdQBa6/XhW47np1/XXXqeuuvU7fFiejwABF - yRhFyASc9pEB+JazgDmw434epoA52AwsMgOxZbpHi2cg/EMPPaT+9Kc/aTNgRTKFDABRkQVMfGMciE/d - BcRH14bsZ4shg8aEMRXuo/XrRiWex+zAlTH2Qi5dwWkrEWBH9SIQ9U/oo0YOH+6lexjAnI+j5aNla8FZ - bFfw6669Vl13zbXq2muuUdf8jwNaPYTHa3ALYWVfz0LLbACxITTE5fTOIKVDZE73uM9pHqC1c4uH8Prr - 54kHHnhA/41xCdYmICwE5kGrBM8xWnwa61Sk15Sn7swWQ4k0gPkcHiMJLxNEXS5LTU29ulql1LfRTyUC - 9FE8C4ARRpABZMs3F2EGDBhA6ZOmRBSoShSgivqET+ekzxQKVAVqXZj3lwcUNP08gfMB+/fr57VmTvec - 8s0UL/+WKZ1bO8NmwK0EpkCLv//++9V9+M0B/CYBmQDjFAgJUX1CM/RZGAxg5aAWr7PF0ARjKdvjMEdW - VtZvSccroKVL4MIvuCIpKem/q1aqtNI2B48WTFfQd+klTAIZAAYAMIA5TcMAUZ4uxgeN5NoBw9NJnlIi - m8g+nkWWqRyjd1vr5lbNLZtBaucWDrGBvD9nzhx17733amACDFCTaVAKUTGbMdEzG3rOm9HAxIRjgCRr - DIOCgSLpd1V6evrvoCNxuatpoIIN8QK8+Kqrr766YOWUlHds/Vg0oJ/CvBUHRZAFhg0Z4qV8CC+na3J+ - LvtrDOrkQowc1Mm0DvE5rUNonrIx/BhaNpuAkaN5meZlHy+NALGl+GyAMiVL6ZlLCtYoWOTcIPH1kja1 - fowfbDEMCuJM2v038X+I3xNRZQLd+gm88GriuiuvvDIpJan8Oqy8xQrmrVjEwBkyyAT4dUvu95H6YxFd - tnLzb07rMqXzfYYNYEvrfAsjsPi4ZUOYRpAGgCFKFy9B3UBpLSi37tyAUbj1I3PYYhgUrBOQboWIPxL/ - RaAxB84C2Aj9x1UEXISKyv72t7+tXa5s0j9tq3JBwOCElzRB/759dbrnFh+L6CwybvE8PyZbPwTmgRuA - qGa6ly0btwwLLFM9MLcB0gCgFE1L0Q2UJzEhbl7AKAAGwEKWLYZBwVoAaVaaKOhqeCUBTaM2wP8QRYkU - os4VV1zRsVzp0ptxsCJasNiBAxXon3CLa/ls0zNpAJsR2AQsNFq17Nu5dcvUz0aA8BAdrZqBARg2AgvL - gss0P2vWLP1jVBI8ZhqgZLHiuhtIxmzAFTc3IDy3fnQdthgGAQZAYyO9KhLFiWsJdAWcBfIsbACkDhig - GFGJaEDccvnll+eULVZ6N5ZqowFTFl7DhgHwowbc75vp38wCjDSAmQlYfO7bzZE7p3PZp7PILDCLjF8N - M8Hj2I7B65AZOEtI8UFJmsaWKVmSxMRswBE3LyB+srvyaYthEDDWIiP8QlqlE2WIAsQfCHTpgboBbIAx - ADIA+hDOAPWIjsSYyy677KkSJUocsu1AJDA65ZVA0LVLFy0cgIhSUJ6SQVDZd5vimv21KbJt0CZF5tbL - AgOzdTNsBL4PE6BernvmzJk+sI6BZepoDcBL37YY5gVPA8uUKXOCdKpFJBPowv8vIQeDuRY2APoNvBAV - JBE1idbEEOIxMsFbpQsVOmrbERucnpi2bdroQEEAGTj8zfBj+C3A6dOd3+7Tv983bZqaOnWqmsK/4Tdp - krrT/R0//Vt+48ernJwcNW7cODV69Gj9e34jRozQ8P3hNA0F+BuMHTs2V/C7gKjLhB8fNWqUjzKlMAtw - xMfgLihYAwC2GOYG0j4aGe6XK1duB2kUlwF4Goi+A31ICaIK0ZDoQkwjniMTLCtWrNhBGsWeoinMqUIF - Cpy2geeoCzhVs2ZNj+ZNmpzpcNNNZ5lGWQ3PNczK0mQ1aODdNqhf/1zdunU96tSuramdmXkus1YtTVZW - 1vlEULNGjXMZ6eke+BvUYDIyNPx4y+yWZ1tmZ5/Nbt7ibJPGTYjGmsaNGp2tXLDQ6UoFCp4uTJ+f45NX - jHIDddioXCHl54opFX+qVLLkj7TdoaSySZto6o5GGnMXgCKzAM8EUFk1ohnRjRhHzCIeJB4hHiMeJ54Q - 4G9ki0cLFSr0l9TU1L81bdr0qc6dOz8/aNCg16jlzKeWunDixImLqRUvoRb9JrXoZcRyauErqdWvpta/ - hlhLGeF9St/rKfV+RGygFP8vSvX/S2ykVL+JUv9nxGZiK7GNuoPt9Ph2Gu3voG130t87cZ+234HHqTvY - Rql7K9W1her9nFL7Rkrtn1I38And/xe93wb6+0O6/wE9/z7driXW0OPYJ+zbCspGy4iltO+LKIu8PmTI - kFf79ev3SqdOnV4iQ72QnJz89B//+MfHf/e73yE+fyZw+yhikgt4HtuZ4PWSh4mHiPsINEiI3ploSdQm - MAjE+C3qQSCKzAI8GCxMwARVifrEjcQtRFeiJ9Gb6EP0FeDv3jRw7FWwYMH+6enpQ1u3bj2mf//+UylN - zyaR51DAH6B+9GHiERLqMeIJ6uOpy3/y79T3/4N4lsYDz9O44EUaH7xEvEKDwddooDiXpo3ziIXEIho8 - LqFbsJQGlG/S38vodjmgx96S4Dn3+aVUz2K6v5geX0SD0UX02AK6nU+PzaNB6OvEa/R+eM8XaSBKk5Hn - 6e5zz9BglIYvTz9F+/UkDTQfp89xL5kDn2kWGXt6ly5dJtavX38EjZX6XXXVVT0oDgBx6oWY5AKeDwrq - Q2PsRLQlmhCZRGWiFIFpINJ/VNNALpwFkDrgIJgAmaAkUZ5IJTIIuA0DRMwSsgzwGMxSr3Llys1uvvnm - dtRKOlGL70mtcAAN6gaRoINpADiEAj2cxBhBQowiAUaTEGPnzp2bs3DhwgnExEWLFt1Jt5OXLFkydfHi - xdMA/X0XPT59/vz5d9GMYgptj8fuXrBgwXTcx2MuUxmqdxrNPO6i58E0MG/evKlUB147jV47RdQ/mf6e - RM9NpPvYjwm07XiqZxz2D/uJfSYzDKLM0p2ySTfyQRfKZJ0HDhzYoVWrVtlJSUlZf/jDH+pSDADihHgg - LokAdaFeaAAt0DihDTSC+DEtBHHBxtIEqAhuQkpBNkB6gcswQCxH4I0rGOAxDETKFS9evFKdOnXSunbt - WosGYXUpdWZRCm5ELb4RpedG1OqbkCGaUqtqBqiVaajFNSdztKBAZ1OrbEXitSQRNCS+viURs0mUFngO - YDsS6EaGXt+KWm9L3CeDtQZkupYkXAsyYDa9jwb3sS2gbbB9tqi7OdXblPajMaBtG9Lsoz5lrrrUVdQh - 4TNmzJiRQd1XOg0aq9PnrFqvXr2KRYsWTf7973+P+ADEwhanWOH4QgMs/GDeX4S4noh5KVgWaQK4CKkE - lcIIyAgwA94MAw04LhJ4/voiRYpcn5aWVqBZs2YFKUAF+/TpU2jAgAEFKWVqaARfiFKovnXvF2YouEUA - BbqoDTLTDfFgqxPw+8p94f1jeP/xWfCZ8NnwGan1FyhcuLD+7G4MzLggo8aKrAd1X0dcQ0B4LOFjGg/N - oF3Urd8seDEqQWXoS+AqvAGyAgwB8KaR0NvQjOG/MjMzNT169LgqOzv7yqFDh/qgAF91KWHuPz4XDQCv - 4s+Jz8yf343FhQB1432gCRophIdOMbf8SIUrYzOwIYJyxS233HIFBe5yQH/r+vjvSx3zs+Cz4jMTZhwg - UKKQ9fL7ebElLOU3v/l/fDWAVAlwM2UAAAAASUVORK5CYII= + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAACsRSURBVHhe7Z0HnBRV1vZX3V15P/d791UkKnkYMgzMAAPM + MGQGJAkoIhkk5ziAJJGgGFbXtOu6rlkMZBBBBUQwseuLKBkVAUFAQVGU6P3Oc6tO9anbt2eqAy7sN/fH + n+7prr5dfZ7nnhuqqvs3+SW/5Jf8kl/yS37JL/klv+SX/JJf8kt+yS+ydOnSpUenjp329+3b95fhw4er + kSNHqlGjRqnRo0erMWPGqLFjx6px48apCePHq5wJE1ROTo6aOHGimkSMGztODR40SD3/4kvq2fmvqudf + WqBefGWxWrR4uVq85DW1ZNlKtWzFKrXitdXqtZVvqpWr3lKvv7FWrX7zbfXGW+vVm2vf0by1doOfdRvU + mnUbNWvflryr1q5n3lPrwDvvqbc3vK/Wb/ggxMYP1TvvSjapDe9tcu5vxDbv02uc166jutZQ3XjPt9bR + /qxZT/uG/VunVr2xRrNy9Vu072+q115/Q61YuZo+zyq1fMXratnylWrpMvqcS1fQ512mFhELFy9VCxct + UQsWLlKvLlioXnl1gXph/svq2efnq6efe0E99fQzakD//jrGEyie4ymuiO84ijNiPZZijrgj/qNpm1Gk + BzQZOWKEGjFixC+jhw492KdXnwGufPGVoYOG9hpBoq9YsUI9Qzs2ngQNyoRx49W98+5R7du2U3sPHFYf + bNnlsX33PuJLH9t2xYZZj1P3PrWD2bM/xGf71U6PA5pdn/vZzXzxlcceZu9X6jPJl+Cg5nPBF4K9+0J8 + CfYbHDioPt7+mdpM4Parr4+q9u3aqbvmzLXGNTemT5uutm3dpta8tUZNnjh5mCtj7GXo4CEH7rxjptqx + Y4d6af5LavDAQVExcUKOatqkqTp8/KTadeCYx9HjP6sjJseYnwLgbmup5+jxU+rod36++f60j2/BCT/H + Tpxx+MHhuOTHM+o7wffg5FnNCeYnhx8EP/4MzmlOglMOPzGnz6mfiS8Pf6/2gSPf0/v9rJo1babGjB5j + jWleTJ44SY0bM1Y9/vjjh1wZYy9DBg0+N2jAQMX073eb6nLTzT56dOvuPW/iGKAJCeM3gCnIN9+dDhMt + KHhtWH0uNqEdsfMQnJCCm6KbwoeLHkz4n0+f10B4xjPAqNHWmAblgT89cJ4kvMxRMsYysP8AX6V1atdR + KSkpKrVWqkpLTaXbWqpK5crqlpu7+LZjcsZPcAzw3Um1+6tjHjZRPFi4vLC91sAntBA7iOB5iR51a7cI + f+qMgzTAd9oATeM2wD13z1MkYfwGkNSqWUtlNWyomjdrplq2aKHFhSk6tGvv246BAZo0DjeAJ4QUJxFw + vS6myB6G0HkKDgzBQ6IHbe2O8KeE8OC0MMB+GOBHMgB1mxjg2WIalLvvugsGiK+YldZOS9N9eru2bdWN + HTqoVtnZql56PdWhfQffdgxmBjDAUTLAHmEAqygJxiawxBTbJnjMotuEN0TXnD2vzhAQXnPUMQBiPHpk + fAa4a+4FMEB63brU8luqW7rconr06EHCt1eZGRnaDOa2wDQAYxMk0WiBgSuuSRCxIwoeVHSb8CQ4C685 + 94sWnkmcAebGb4ABt/VXkoaZDdXwYcP1HH/alKk0Jx2revbsqW6kDGBuC8bTVLBJo8ZkgJ/UZwePa/YQ + LMKWz49cMD6Jhi8cPv3iaCC2MnvtbLOw/UvJN5qzJD4IMwA1mlEjRlpjGpS5c+Yk3gCNshqp7jTqHzl8 + hBYXTrupc+e8DfB9yACAW9xHu7++YPxvXuxhDvvYHICPbXwWmS0MmU0C8c+dDxngQCINMDsBBsC0T4JB + YMeOHbXwQwYPVn379NWDQnQF5rYAixONyTSmATi9WoVJBJ64jF/koEIz0QoOIokOOPNA/PMEhHc4Qd3W + Keo2G+tGZotpUObMmp14A6RUr6FuaN1adbu1m+rZvYfqSmOB9LrpehZgbgvYAN+QAT4n4RnuT23CxItN + wGiIRWzgCQ6E2KbokvO/kAEICM98fzIxBpidCAPc1refkmQ0yNDz/popNSkb1FQpNVJU5UqV1K23dPVt + x2BFCt2GNsAhEt+FB00nfjqTUH7IjZ9D/BhGaLB30saps7S/Fk6fpcEekIO/czTg83OaOetwRnNekfaa + A9+cUF8RTgb4WTWmbhMGsMU0KLPvnJV4A4C+vfv46EfdgG074BggSxvgCxKe4UBh1JxIpAh+nIUXxhyd + S+QUTeKN2oE7eDNBSpcgvWvcls6Ca5RTcD/UBThjABgAx2BsMQ3KrDvvvDAGiAY2wLcnyABff+fhC7oh + TizkJqgNT2TgCmwVGpCwsQpOd32ia8Fd0X/Rzzvbm7OAhBhgZgIMgNYdD2NHj6FBYrgBfAK42IQKgq0u + DYlnI0xghgSNJDQwxQ4iOP3TBbcQXIoequd8uAGo28R02xbToOAgnitj7MVWcTRIA+wl4RmrAAKbcBLb + a3KFBMxLYEYKLPHEBq6Q9M+Po7e1lYdEP0/vE+IMwSuBWA7GwaBEGGBmIgxg9vfRggMaWZkNwwxgC/yv + hSmsxCcyYAEJ+hcGF+dvfwsHTr3n1TkhuBZdGzM0KORjAWyARtRohg8dZo1pUO6YMeMiM8BhEt/FDPyv + hU9chkXT+AX2YKGBfkyIDeiFofexCG6KLmYIp86cVV9STJhjF5MB+vTqreJhtGuAYz/85PuQHLQLghTG + B4sXAUdjXXDfedwQGlBFPrEtKd1s4UAK7kwdHTCV5LigcSBWMMCwIUOtMQ3KjOkXgwFGjlINMzO1q6UB + KI6/Hq6gXPjv0DZ2kf1CO2JLof1iG4IbLdwU3FlHOKNOusju8RhlS6yuxm2AadPjN0Dvnr1UPGgDZMAA + /gzAQad/4UiRIkH/2eF6Q/iEBa64NoFt6dsTGlhatl/sYIKf9C1CnaaZ0XEPdJcwwNAhQ6wxDcr0qdP+ + /QbAAY1MMkBeYwApSiyY9fmJLKzEFDlaof1i5y74Dz+FOEHwAhlWSRErHHUdOjg+A0y76Awg0pxNgETj + CQq8NA0s4gISNVxku9B+sYXQFrFtgp84CU7pdX8gl8m/SZQBpkyN3wC9evRU8YD1bJwwgg8l0xwHffeB + by84u3LlG4f9fnbmxr4QOwTb9x118B33d9jm44jatveI2kpgyoeFn88PHvPAsjnGTUMGDbbGNChTb59y + ERkg7FjAWd2ytnz2tfo4DPvRtnBsryX25M3mKPEfWj7ksNvPR5HYdUj9KwLIjBggf0bCM0e/P3nxGACH + fOMB69k4gvgNfajPD5HDXbifjEWMROMXVwgcjciMReQwdoKD6p8EGgZMsIeEZ2AAdJs4x98W06DcPvn2 + i8AAw0IGkC7nPpIFMEWJhnABbbiCRhCWsYpqYhM1ElrsQ1psGzhXEoLv+epbzW4CjyXGAJPjNwAu+ogH + rGZl1G+gP5Q0AA+I0AcmGqTUYyfyBi3PAy3RBa3SBoTSgrngVHeP4w6Hj//o59iP6mvBoWM/qEPfhuDX + Q3hGG4AaDc7tt8U0KLdPuggMgMUMNoBMczz6/VX4McR3ESHzAMNMnqGAZx5hHGEgv2Gclm01jGkUMoYc + lB6hx2CAAf0HWGMaFFwi5soYe7FVHA2YysAApssRbATdj02YvAivJ5KQJp6wQGSGSALbsoMpsik0xDTF + tmUECL/TBdtpA9zW3xrToCTEAN1v7abiASPZBvXrU0B+9BnAH3DCFCRazPo0NMJ2CRNUYhE2BImam8gg + gNBfQ2gj/R8E3zjIaSZem9GggbqtXz9rTIMyMWfiv98AGMhoA1BQ5PzbFmxuZdFiqyt3XFEtwoaJCyL1 + 74Rf5FyE9sR2zv1j+ERQFn8HgXq0AfrGa4Cc+A3QreutKh4wkKlfr74OFtIbL7zYAp9owoRkXEGtLVcS + Ji6Ti8jAIrQUm9FnAB1xkAtKeI8G1G327dPHGtOg4LpMV8bYi63iaMD1A9oA9KF8ac4W8AuNT0QbrrCG + uNGI/JUhsik0n/Xjcfh7fXBMriLi/WGAPr17W2MalIQYAKd7xwMGMvXr1dMBRnpj8CER8BA2QaLBqccT + kHHFi4RPVOD2yVZxgUVgT+QAQkvksRG5XIz9QrfZu1dva0yDgm9ocWWMvdgqjgZcoFA/HQb4wZfmvECb + AsSDJ56JRUgTi6gSm8BBRDaFBvp4iFgWxwEgeaxAG4CyZq+evawxDQouynFljL3gyp94wEAGl4/DAF6a + I2xBBhAiKLbXB8UT1CJqmLCM+zUuQUSOJLSHvkQutDC29Uvn4BCAAdBt9uzR0xrToFwUBsC1g/XS03U6 + hrv56Jgt6InGKqLEFTSSqIxNXOAd3XQFtolsCg30Ypi4VB7fl/ApCc8c/PaE7jZ7dO9ujWlQcE2GK2Ps + xVZxNODkxJABjnjYAv1rYBPSxBPWEDdMYBBBZC20EJmF1usgNA02D1N/qi9NB4d1l6UN0O0iMAC++yce + cGICLh6Fq3Wac+EAb9r5VRj/DIDtdeDDWNgRmQ8k2/Pm/e0H7GxzeM+A5/6fkPAMxiToNjGSt8U0KGNG + j77IDOD2cUC3HGpBG7fuTzyfhrMhAbyj2efwSe6st7ElHJ76ffI5rih2wBgFBri1a1drTIOCU/JdGWMv + 5lfCRUuv7j3018rA1aE0d8RLi7ZA/1r4BA0gqsQqMLCIvH7Llz7eFuCbQ/CNIls+/9oDF4ii20Qat8U0 + KDgh15Ux9mKrOBowkGEDcIpDP8f9oC24/y6sgkqs4oLIAufGOoIbhDyjiQ2AVmyLaVASY4DON6l46HFr + N5Vex28AwCuCsltIOBRYxgm0Y75IyP3zQWlZpmiTj0GE09Q2gz22k1ecE1C4Xr2dC2Yw9ajb1EJaYhoU + nJDryhh7uZkqigcMZOqSAdCvyaBt34eTKMORi0VBsNUh1xt8iGkoIxdgbIS++EkYy8WbunkGc+AvnMrL + PNIwm8XZSjAAxk22eEYDzsd0ZYy92CqOhkgGsAU74XjiRRbRJJKofmFdcQMJ7M8KXksPywohA2CNAga4 + qVNna0yDkhADYCfiAQOZurXr6H5NBsILrAx6vHCdAbCKKQSNJCqTa8oHQuAwkSn1m+cf4nG+v+/Id7rb + 7NyxozWmQcH5mK6MsRdbxdGAgQwMgCVXLzgEgiiDnUhMsYIQEjRcVJ+wwCpu7gIz/wL6hNGDHv8k5Db7 + DjsG6HRjfAYYPmxYAgzQsZOKh1toIFM3rTb1a99RsA552IJ8ofGJCISIJiFRgwnLhM4I9gvs4Z4NvMnD + WcCS22PFMp0aTccOHawxDcrwIUPjN0Bnqigebqa+qA4ZAGnNC6TGDLIfmygS22vCke/nQiJJbCKahFpt + MHH9AodE3uSuLoatNm7/ylcPrp1E1sSXb5rxjAackOvKGHvpTGkoHpCK6qSlaQN8JISwBfpCoMUDPgFB + SESJFELjCpqrsLmIC0JLxQc8zCViWffer4+TAWqrDu3aWWMalGGDh8RvAPRD8QAn4hvGkdakMDqgtoAn + AtSdB34hGb+guYkK/McHQuLaBA4/DrBfvbd1v3rXRb43DjrVIQPgp3ZsMQ3K0MGDE2CADjeqeOhIaax2 + appatmodBd7p6yASB5EDnSikQNFgP+ATQVTGFdYqriEwYz12QaB+iP/hjgNq+ep1utts0/oGa0yDgjOy + XRljL7aKowEGqFmjhv7y45bNW+QTgGYUK3wlb/s2ba0xDcqQgYPiN0BHqihe8G3hSGk4xo2rXhs3aqSa + N22mslu01N87jFSH7fCt47d06eJ8D3GPHvqs2P639VeD6IMMpQHNyBEj9U+mOT9Pl6O/sh7Xv02dMkVN + mzpV/2LWjBkz1Mw77lB33nmnmjVrlpoze7aaO3eu/vWMeXffre6ZN0/de8896r5771X333efuv/++51b + Ao/hOWyDbe+i1+Ar12dTPfjWzTtnzlR3UN0zpk+n95qmptJ7Trn9djVp0iR9Dj5+Mm/cuHH659xwUewQ + 6oMHDhioz+/v3auXPi6CI3xdbr5Zd40Y5LVt00a1btVKtSDh8RsB+FJNxArfq2TGMVoQN1fG2Ata8K+J + zcl5YRsA/ZrY9ikvbJ890eCUfFfG2Atcms+lCU7Jd2WMvdzYrr3K59JkIHWfroyxF/wOQD6XJrgmw5Ux + 9tKBBmj5XJrgmgxXxtiLreJ8Lg369+0XvwEwRcvn0gQX5bgyxl6wGJHPpUm/Pn3iN0A7qiifS5N+vRNh + gBvaqHwuTfr26p1vgP+fwTeGuzLGXtq2vkHlc2mCq7JcGWMvtorzuTTo3aNn/AZo06q1upjhD4uUx6Nf + by7crp2zLNo+dIDEPChjO7hjw3wd16fX3fXKm/OevA+chnn/bPt+oenVo8elYwAWEUFEQBFknNiIK1y6 + dumiune9VfXs1l2nNYxusciBtW58CxlOfRoxdJgaNWKEvhxq7OjR+tJofEFCzrjxauL4CWpSTo7+3jx8 + e+aUybfrL1KeNmWKmj5lqv5hhRnTwHSDafo5fO06tsVr8FrUgbpQJ+rGe+C98J5jR43W+zBq+Aj9Lan4 + nsTBAwfqfcU+9+3dW7dMfJZuXbuqrjd30edNwmTaUPTZ27dtmxDT9Oze/T8/A+QTGZjMlTH2ckN2K3Uh + admsuW5VmzZtUnv27PGze7faLdm1S7NLsnOn2mmyY4faIdm+XbOd2bZNs81g69atapsL7ks+/fRTH598 + 8kkYW7Zs0Xz88cfq2WefVc2aNlXVqlTVVK1SJUTlEPgd5iqVKuvfX65csZKqWKGCqphcQdWoVl3Hxhaz + oOC6TFfG2EvrltnqQoIUeezYMbV//361d+/e/xgOHjyo1q1bR+JXITGr6dPiUlNqetRKSXGo4YAf4cZp + YNWrVtWGqFA+WZvAFrOgoNt0ZYy92CpOFK1atNQ/cb5x48b/SJAJqletRkLX1Bd64NvSNHXTPXAVcL06 + dfWVQDgVHCfQ1iQzIDtUSE7WMbLFLggYY7gyxl6wAxeK7OYt9Pl7tuD9JwADQHxc5IEvzMZ5fiEy9a+p + MfhyaGxTPz1dX0eBjIEuATGyxS4It3a5JX4DYAcSDfonnrbNnTNXvf/+++q9995T7777rg8O5DvvvOOx + fv36iLz99tv6Fttt2LDBB9clHzPfT8L7ZAPPffDBB3o7WR+/B7N582aVlpqqWzkEb9qosWrSqJFDVojG + WVmqEZkCZDZooDNCas1aeryAcYAthkHADMOVMfaCHUgkSE08j8bcGWftsmAIGoIqg/3hhx96YKDI9yGC + iXwdCymFxn02EZuFb9k4DIvI4vL+8evltoCfl8AAaM0NKO03bpilT/dmcJo8DMFoI9A2DTMy9Pa1yTjV + aDxgi2FQcF2mK2PspUXTZiqRYHoiF1HumnuXFzCIhFsplBQgEtjWfJ0Ej8v34PeR9034OZupzL+xPb8H + 7wP46KOPIhtAiC8NgEyBbwnFWACDR1sMg4I1FFfG2EuLJk1VIkEGgAnQDbRp1Uqfu88BY1g43Jfima2d + BZDgcTMbAK6D4feR7yHrzw2kfwnqx3ujDtSJrIIZADJWHRIyzAAkONDik/BAGwBjAxoPZJABYBwYoLkl + hkG5uVPn+A2AHUgkGJzwQgXMgIssIAAjRQK4WAMrarkzVA0bMkQNHjTIvQijt+rVsyd1L3PCDGKKyF0K + 7uNxiIlbbMvC2m55O95PGImFX7t2rVqzZo2u05YBZPrHRTPeWEB3AU4GwOtSqlfX29viGASspLoyxl48 + 1yYYDgCu6uGWCKT4IJNGxghgbujpFA2catdKVWkE5tJVK1fWCzBcL2CDQUQbeE5ua0PWx0B4Fv+tt97S + vPnmm9okyAAY2WOAJz+3Ft8VnsVv1LChYwD6THgdDIDtzNgFBReIujLGXuQOJwKkfpyyzAdtuJVy65Li + AwQvL+rVdebQabVqqVQC4mNlDatqEMgmpAney7YPeAy32AZ1yRSPlg6x33jjDbVq1Sq1evVqfR+3AK/D + ldHYR4jbtDHFgGgC3NkALpPDLABgetiQpoMwQO202toAMIctjkHAOMuVMfYiXZoIMDjhhQp0A7jmDkGO + ZAC9UJIXWEShgNWiqRMWUWpUq65X1WpQANlc5nvw49wVMLJLwPPYVorPBjD/Bkj7MMLrr7+uVq5cqZ9D + KsfiDzIAUr9O+S6NKR4a3frZAA10RuMM0IQet8UxCDiw5MoYe8HOJRKkJh6lNqN+Cr9wDTFYECk+wApZ + EHA5NebO+HatVHQDNIDCQops3RJ+T8Zs4RLZr3OK5zTPrZ9FB6+99ppasWKFfh1G8zAAfg7eE163egcI + z+JjAIgFITYAFoNsMQwKMqwrY+wFI9NEAmdC/BuQBWhAeMeMGZ4IpvgAS6h5gZU2vYRKrR79PlJ/+XJJ + KomAaBAPQBAAUSE0BGe4NbMB+DWMFJxFl2IvW7ZMs3z5cg3u4zXYL3zrJwTWBnBbJ4ukDUDPOQbI0GMe + zwD0efCcLY5BQDfryhh7aUSuTCRafBytcrsBGMAmPJNOLTsvkP4xAEyh1F+5YkUtfrkyZVTZ0mU8obk+ + zgjc4qX4MAtEBujDuWXL1i3/xi0MIE2wdOlStWTJEg2MggUdCIrWrad7JDjQBiCRIDDHBv0/loN5QItu + DK+T8YsGrLa6MsZesAOJBNMTCJ/dwlmuxDX9UhQWioG4eYHWkkbpH/PmqvpIWnltAhxMkXWhfhaeWzoy + gkztspWzCWxmYNEBmwAtf/HixWrRokVq4cKFelvMSjBOgbi+lu+Kz6kf6BkPTQHx3cpsALxOxi8acFKJ + K2PsBTuQSLBj2qGZzu2kiZO8FihbKgNx84SChUOsNapWc469V66iKlWoqGcDUmxO/dynMzAAm0D26zLN + c2rn9M6tHIJL0cGCBQvUq6++qs0BY2KMgsGdT3hXpCwRGywAYQaA7WEcbQAyhYxfNGCQ7coYe4ErLyQT + J+R4AuHWNABaQp5QkHFMHQbAMXYcRKlE44DkpPK+MQALzCJzy5YtWqZxCItb/C1Tu4S3gQEg+iuvvKJ5 + +eWXdV0wJrIUPqsnOsEiebEg8TNI/AY0XsCYBsaBAbznLWQ3ay6O/rXQ6//yeXSzroyxF+xYIsH8VB6x + wkogply8QhdmAApEXiBYtShYWABCRkDgOBOw6DLFSwMwnN5hAm7lUnR5H2KjlaO1c8vH3xD+pZdeUvPn + z9dgWxgTBkBq91o7iQO0UG5cHPGdRS1s73Rp1X2xM8FYSh/4cWdVEFw+j67WlTH2gh1LJAiAHKhMypmo + 0zT3z6YB0mrWzBO0spo0Z8bZNyk0dXJaf5IqT8j0zqld9uV8yxlApnnTBJzuZco3DfDiiy+qF154QT3/ + /PP6cUzlMBBEy8ah3sz6JA6RAepRTAgIj+chfnqdOu6U1unSbDFk0PL1sq+78oe/5fNoYK6MsZcGtFOJ + BP2gXgegHUdfiN+3RepnE5gG4FOocgNpHzMAtPhaFDh0AVgDSKbBILd6iC/TvhReis/CSyOwCaTYSPcA + qZ5bPcSH8M8995w+JxCGwGKOMxCsq/t43c97ouMMIUd4R3ysaJIByDDcpdliyKAL4ANJAILL55EdXBlj + L7xziQL9n3f0i8yA06vlYoxpAJxRkyfu6h9Ex8AvuXyySipbTpUrW9YnOISWrV22eFvqly2dRcctt3aI + z8Kj1bPwzzzzjHr66ae1MSCiXqAicR3BQ8jVTDyv1zSo9aNbw4pmderGbDFkkPr1rMIdWOJv+Twamitj + 7AVz0kTCzue/x40d6xulQ3SeqgEEIk90/19NVUp2zqgtT4M/tH7ALZ0FZ6Gl+NzqzXQP8W2tnpEtn9P+ + U089pfnHP/6hH8NJHTAo0ronOH1uLThwF7I0EJ+yRRqZGl0HxjEcJxtI/3Imgb/N510ZYy/1aMcSCQYn + vBgCOAPw8qyctmG6BnHzAukfraUyTf1gCKwEovWXKlnKJ7Zs2abAUmS0bgatnGHBIawUnUHrf/LJJ9Xf + //539cQTT+i/0S1hH7EiaK5eQnCGp7S1a9GAlgygPxO91hZDBucU8IAPfT7+Np93ZYy92Fbe4gFuxYBF + D1xoB3GVDbd2CM/LtTw/r0mByIsUav3VMPen1q9XAytR/09ZACZg8WUrl0aA8GwEGMBmBLOls/Cc8mXa + h/B/+9vf1OOPP67/rkr7klKtmk7r+Px1SWQJ1jAYiK/HNNT60aVhUcuMH+C+H6mf+/v61OIxqMZjGF9h + O2zjyhh7MXc4XrCzSFfYUUwJ8e2anP5tq3LoQz2olZug5YMquKiC+n6cU1++XDlVtkwZVaZ0GU982Z9L + kc3WDZH5loHgEJtF5hQvWztEZ+H/+te/qr/85S/6eexXDeoGIKxfbGf9Qk5lkfrRXSBj4DPBALYYohFh + CumkejerkODIJOheMcXEdsiwroyxF7nTiQA7iAELBi8YCGIMwFM12xy9GgWhKgURgXSo6EDpnkHqh/gY + +MEA3P9jORitHcJHatEsMLdos1VHEhtCQ2SILUV/7LHH1KOPPqrBdliRRHaCqFpkTF1JaODNZEh04Ihf + XS9pc5dmiyFAA9LdBwnNq6EAsZX3XRljL74VtwSA1q9PWNCzgIbaAHKqZk7TKiUn63SOVl2eBAZJZcp6 + lAPU0suUKqVKlSiht8VRQDxepnRpXz8O4RkWHSKbLZvhAR0/booPscEjjzyiefjhh73bhx56SG8DY6Il + o2syxfZwxzJ6PEMGwIAWr4EBbDEESPkY6cvHMA5AVuC/MUB0ZYy9OK5NHHCmTHs4n4+naDxNk1O1JOrH + S5csqUpef70qcd11muuLF9dcB4oVU8WLFlXFihRRRYmSZILraJui9FjhQoWsrTs30QFaO4NWb6Z5vo9b + MytA+D//+c/qwQcf1FkAB6aQsXB+Akb2HiQ0gOAeaPkYz7jpH2MaM34SpHr5N7oG+Tcamytj7IXTVaLQ + XQA5k8Gl1HKebk7PStNI/rpixUngoqpo4SKqSOHCqggJW/jaQqrQtdeqQgWvVdcWLKgKXlNQ35Ygo8AA + xckYxcgEnPaRAfiWs4A5sON+HqaAOdgMLDIDsWW6R4tnIPwDDzyg/vSnP2kzYEWyEhkAoiILmPjGOBCf + uguIj64N2c8WQwaNCWMq3Efr141KPI/ZgStj7IVcuprTViLAjupFIOqf0EeNHjnSS/cwgDkfR8tHy9aC + s9iu4AWvuUYVvPoadc3VV6ur/8cBrR7C4zW4hbCyr2ehZTaA2BAa4nJ6Z5DSITKne9znNA/Q2rnFQ3j9 + 9fPEfffdp//GuARrExAWAvOgVYLnGC0+jXUq02sqUHdmi6FEGsB8Do+RhJcJoi6XVa9e/aqaVaq/gX4q + EaCP4lkAjDCKDCBbvrkIM2jQIEqfNCWiQFWhAFXWJ3w6J31WokBVpNaFeX8FQEHTzxM4H3BA//5ea+Z0 + zynfTPHyb5nSubUzbAbcSmAKtPh7771X3YPfHMBvEpAJME6BkBDVJzRDn4XBAFYOavE6WwxNMJayPQ5z + ZGVl/ZZ0vAJaugQu/IIrkpKS/rtGlSpv2ubg0YLpCvouvYRJIAPAAAAGMKdpGCDK08X4oJFcO2B4OslT + SmQT2cezyDKVY/Rua93cqrllM0jt3MIhNpD3582bp+6++24NTIABajINSiEqZjMmemZDz3kzGpiYcAyQ + ZI1hUDBQJP0KpKam/g46Epe7mgYq2BAvwIsLXHXVVYWrVqq01taPRQP6KcxbcVAEWWDEsGFeyofwcrom + 5+eyv8agTi7EyEGdTOsQn9M6hOYpG8OPoWWzCRg5mpdpXvbx0ggQW4rPBihbqrSeuVTCGgWLnBskvl7S + ptaP8YMthkFBnEm7/yb+D/F7IqpMoFs/gRdeRRS88sorkyolVdiAlbdYwbwVixg4QwaZAL9uyf0+Un8s + ostWbv7NaV2mdL7PsAFsaZ1vYQQWH7dsCNMI0gAwRJkSJakbKKMF5dadGzAKt35kDlsMg4J1AtKtCPFH + 4r8INObAWQAbof8oQMBFqKjcb3/723rlyyX907YqFwQMTnhJEwy47Tad7rnFxyI6i4xbPM+PydYPgXng + BiCqme5ly8YtwwLLVA/MbYA0AChN01J0AxVITIibFzAKgAGwkGWLYVCwFkCalSEKuxpeSUDTqA3wP0Rx + ohJR/4orruhcvkyZrThYES1Y7MCBCvRPuMW1fLbpmTSAzQhsAhYarVr27dy6ZepnI0B4iI5WzcAADBuB + hWXBZZqfM2eO/jEqCR4zDVDq+hK6G0jGbMAVNzcgPLd+dB22GAYBBkBjI70qEyWIawh0BZwF8ixsAKQO + GOB6ogrRkLjp8ssvzyl3fZm9WKqNBkxZeA0bBsCPGnC/b6Z/Mwsw0gBmJmDxuW83R+6czmWfziKzwCwy + fjXMBI9jOwavQ2bgLCHFB6VoGlu2VCkSE7MBR9y8gPjJ7sqnLYZBwFiLjPALaZVKlCUKEX8g0KUH6gaw + AcYAyADoQzgDZBCdiXGXXXbZEyVLljxi24FIYHTKK4Gge7duWjgAEaWgPCWDoLLvNsU1+2tTZNugTYrM + rZcFBmbrZtgIfB8mQL1c9+zZs31gHQPL1NEagJe+bTHMC54Gli1b9kfSqS6RTKAL/7+EHAzmWtgA6Dfw + QlSQRNQh2hDDiEfIBK+XKVLkuG1HbHB6Ytq1basDBQFk4PA3w4/htwBnznR+u0//ft+MGWr69OlqGv+G + 35Qp6nb3d/z0b/lNnKhycnLUhAkT1NixY/Xv+Y0aNUrD90fSNBTgbzB+/Phcwe8Coi4TfnzMmDE+ypbG + LMARH4O7oGANANhimBtI+2hkuF++fPldpFFcBuBpIPoO9CEliWpEI6IbMYN4hkyw8vrrrz9Mo9hTNIU5 + VbhQodM28Bx1Aafq1Knj0aJp0zMdb7zxLNOoYda5rIYNNQ0zM73bzIyMc/Xr1/eol56uSa9b91zdOnU0 + WVlZ5xNB7bS0c6m1anngb5DGpKZq+PFW2a3OtsrOPpvdouXZpk2aEk00TRo3Plu1UOHTVeizFyE4PnnF + KDdQh42qFSv9XLlS5Z+qlCr1A213JKlc0haauqORxtwFoMgswDMBVFaTaE70ICYQc4j7iYeIR4hHiccE + +BvZ4uEiRYr8pXr16n9r1qzZE127dn12yJAhL1PLWUQtdcnkyZOXUSteTi36NWrRK4lV1MLfpFa/hlr/ + OmI9ZYSNlL7fo9T7AbGJUvy/KNX/L/ExpfotlPo/IbYS24kd1B3spMd30mh/F227m/7ejfu0/S48Tt3B + Dkrd26mubVTvp5TaP6bUvpm6gY/o/r/o/TbR3+/T/Xfp+Y10u55YR49jn7BvqykbrSRW0L4vpSzyyrBh + w17q37///C5durxAhnouOTn5yT/+8Y+P/u53v0N8/kzg9mHEJBfwPLYzweslDxIPEPcQaJAQvSvRiqhH + YBCI8VvUg0AUmQV4MFiUgAlqEJnEDcRNRHeiN9GX6EfcJsDffWng2Kdw4cIDUlNTh7dp02bcgAEDplOa + nksiz6OA30f96IPEQyTUI8Rj1MdTl//436nv/wfxNI0HnqVxwfM0PniBmE+DwZdpoLiApo0LiSXEUho8 + LqdbsIIGlK/R3yvpdhWgx16X4Dn3+RVUzzK6v4weX0qD0aX02GK6XUSPLaRB6CvEy/R+eM/naSBKk5Fn + 6e4zT9FglIYvTz5B+/U4DTQfpc9xN5kDn2kOGXtmt27dJmdmZo6isVL/AgUK9KI4AMSpD2KSC3g+KKgP + jbEL0Y5oSqQTVYnSBKaBSP9RTQO5cBZA6oCDYAJkglJEBaI6kUbAbRggYpaQZYDHYJaMqlWrNu/UqVN7 + aiVdqMX3plY4iAZ1Q0jQoTQAHEaBHklijCIhxpAAY0mI8QsWLMhZsmTJJGLy0qVLb6fbqcuXL5++bNmy + GYD+voMen7lo0aI7aEYxjbbHY3cuXrx4Ju7jMZfpDNU7g2Yed9DzYAZYuHDhdKoDr51Br50m6p9Kf0+h + 5ybTfezHJNp2ItUzAfuH/cQ+kxmGUGbpSdmkB/mgG2WyroMHD+7YunXr7KSkpKw//OEPDSgGAHFCPBCX + RIC6UC80gBZonNAGGkH8mBaCuGBjaQJUBDchpSAbIL3AZRgglifwxhUN8BgGIuVLlChRhfrwlO7du9el + QVgDSp1ZlIIbU4tvTOm5MbX6pmSIZtSqmgNqZRpqcS3IHC0p0NnUKluTeK1IBA2Jr29JxGwSpSWeA9iO + BLqBode3ptbbCvfJYG0Ama4VCdeSDJhN76PBfWwLaBtsny3qbkH1NqP9aAJo20Y0+8ikzNWAuor6JHza + rFmz0qj7SqVBYy36nDUyMjIqFy9ePPn3v/894gMQC1ucYoXjCw2w8IN5fzHiWiLmpWBZpAngIqQSVAoj + ICPADHgzDDTguEjg+WuLFSt2bUpKSqHmzZsXpgAV7tevX5FBgwYVppSpoRF8EUqh+ta9X5Sh4BYDFOji + NshM18WDrU7A7yv3hfeP4f3HZ8FnwmfDZ6TWX6ho0aL6s7sxMOOCjBorsh7UXZC4moDwWMLHNB6aQbuo + W79Z8GJUgsrQl8BVeANkBRgC4E0jobehGcN/paena3r16lUgOzv7yuHDh/ugABe4lDD3H5+LBoAF+HPi + M/Pnd2NxIUDdeB9ogkYK4aFTzC0/UuHK2AxsiKBccdNNN11Bgbsc0N+6Pv77Usf8LPis+MyEGQcIlChk + vfx+XmwJS/nNb/4fwnp/8w5e2BkAAAAASUVORK5CYII= iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAIDSURBVDhPpZLrS5NhGMb3j4SWh0oRQVExD4gonkDpg4hG + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAIDSURBVDhPpZLrS5NhGMb3j4SWh0oRQVExD4gonkDpg4hG YKxG6WBogkMZKgPNCEVJFBGdGETEvgwyO9DJE5syZw3PIlPEE9pgBCLZ5XvdMB8Ew8gXbl54nuf63dd9 0OGSnwCahxbPRNPAPMw9Xpg6ZmF46kZZ0xSKzJPIrhpDWsVnpBhGkKx3nAX8Pv7z1zg8OoY/cITdn4fw bf/C0kYAN3Ma/w3gWfZL5kzTKBxjWyK2DftwI9tyMYCZKXbNHaD91bLYJrDXsYbrWfUKwJrPE9M2M1Oc @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAINSURBVDhPY6AVYAyc67K/+XD1/SYg9p3quAQqTiQIZWAO + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAINSURBVDhPY6AVYAyc67K/+XD1/SYg9p3quAQqTiQIZWAO Wu75Zu6Nuf9nX5/9322S/TmoDJEAaIDnctc3k69M/D/hSt9/p0nm56EyRAKwATZveq+0/O++0gg0wAiP AfUMTOYLtWx81tnYB0CxZZ+ak88myw9dV8v/d1wp+e88T++2/XxtB591FvYeQOyyzsTeYJGyFVi/cAGn Se6J5P99V5v+T7ze8H/Szbr/U27V/O++kfe/43rm/9Zr6f87r+f+775e9L/tSsH/hot5/yvPZf8P2Ov6 @@ -463,22 +463,22 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}Style2{}EvenRow{BackColor:Aqua;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}OddRow{}Style14{}Footer{}Heading{ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:Control;Wrap:True;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style3{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Style4{}Style9{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style6{}FilterBar{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView Name="" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="21" DefRecSelWidth="21" RecordSelectors="False" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 284, 182</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>21</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 284, 182</ClientArea></Blob> + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Style11{}Style10{}Style13{}Style12{}Footer{}Style2{}Style3{}FilterBar{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}OddRow{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}EvenRow{BackColor:Aqua;}HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style1{}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}Style9{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style5{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style8{}Heading{AlignVert:Center;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;ForeColor:ControlText;BackColor:Control;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}Style6{}Normal{}Style7{}Editor{}Style4{}Style14{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView Name="" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" RecordSelectors="False" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 213, 148</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 213, 148</ClientArea></Blob> iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 - YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAAEnQAABJ0Ad5mH3gAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}Style2{}EvenRow{BackColor:Aqua;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}OddRow{}Style14{}Footer{}Heading{ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:Control;Wrap:True;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style3{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Style4{}Style9{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style6{}FilterBar{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView Name="" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="21" DefRecSelWidth="21" RecordSelectors="False" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 308, 182</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>21</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 308, 182</ClientArea></Blob> + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Style11{}Style10{}Style13{}Style12{}Footer{}Style2{}Style3{}FilterBar{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}OddRow{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}EvenRow{BackColor:Aqua;}HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style1{}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}Style9{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style5{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style8{}Heading{AlignVert:Center;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;ForeColor:ControlText;BackColor:Control;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}Style6{}Normal{}Style7{}Editor{}Style4{}Style14{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView Name="" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" RecordSelectors="False" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 231, 148</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.DropdownView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 231, 148</ClientArea></Blob> 270, 17 diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.vb index 795f24b..afa3ea7 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat.vb @@ -503,4 +503,8 @@ Public Class clsStammdaten_flat e.Effect = DragDropEffects.Copy End If End Sub + + Private Sub ToolStrip1_ItemClicked(sender As Object, e As ToolStripItemClickedEventArgs) Handles ToolStrip1.ItemClicked + + End Sub End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.Designer.vb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75ca64a --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.Designer.vb @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ + _ +Partial Class clsStammdaten_Flat_SF + Inherits System.Windows.Forms.UserControl + + 'UserControl überschreibt den Löschvorgang, um die Komponentenliste zu bereinigen. + _ + Protected Overrides Sub Dispose(ByVal disposing As Boolean) + Try + If disposing AndAlso components IsNot Nothing Then + components.Dispose() + End If + Finally + MyBase.Dispose(disposing) + End Try + End Sub + + 'Wird vom Windows Form-Designer benötigt. + Private components As System.ComponentModel.IContainer + + 'Hinweis: Die folgende Prozedur ist für den Windows Form-Designer erforderlich. + 'Das Bearbeiten ist mit dem Windows Form-Designer möglich. + 'Das Bearbeiten mit dem Code-Editor ist nicht möglich. + _ + Private Sub InitializeComponent() + Me.components = New System.ComponentModel.Container() + Dim resources As System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager = New System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager(GetType(clsStammdaten_Flat_SF)) + Me.C1Daten = New Syncfusion.WinForms.DataGrid.SfDataGrid() + Me.ToolStrip1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() + Me.ToolStripButton5 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ToolStripButton1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ToolStripButton4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ToolStripButton2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ToolStripButton3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ToolStripButton6 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ToolStripButton7 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.tsnewdentotar = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() + Me.ctxmenureporting = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) + Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.ctxmenuDentotar = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) + Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.ctxMenuTarif = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.ContextMenuStrip2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.ctxMenuMailtext = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) + Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + CType(Me.C1Daten, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() + Me.ToolStrip1.SuspendLayout() + Me.ctxmenureporting.SuspendLayout() + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.SuspendLayout() + Me.ctxMenuTarif.SuspendLayout() + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.SuspendLayout() + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuspendLayout() + ' + 'C1Daten + ' + Me.C1Daten.AccessibleName = "Table" + Me.C1Daten.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.C1Daten.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 27) + Me.C1Daten.Name = "C1Daten" + Me.C1Daten.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(952, 451) + Me.C1Daten.TabIndex = 0 + Me.C1Daten.Text = "SfDataGrid1" + ' + 'ToolStrip1 + ' + Me.ToolStrip1.AllowDrop = True + Me.ToolStrip1.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ToolStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.ToolStripButton5, Me.ToolStripButton1, Me.ToolStripButton4, Me.ToolStripButton2, Me.ToolStripButton3, Me.ToolStripButton6, Me.ToolStripButton7, Me.tsnewdentotar}) + Me.ToolStrip1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.ToolStrip1.Name = "ToolStrip1" + Me.ToolStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(952, 27) + Me.ToolStrip1.TabIndex = 14 + Me.ToolStrip1.Text = "ToolStrip1" + ' + 'ToolStripButton5 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton5.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton5.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton5.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton5.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton5.Name = "ToolStripButton5" + Me.ToolStripButton5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton5.Text = "ToolStripButton5" + ' + 'ToolStripButton1 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton1.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton1.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton1.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton1.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton1.Name = "ToolStripButton1" + Me.ToolStripButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton1.Text = "Neues Dokument" + Me.ToolStripButton1.Visible = False + ' + 'ToolStripButton4 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton4.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton4.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton4.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton4.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton4.Name = "ToolStripButton4" + Me.ToolStripButton4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton4.Text = "Dokumentinformationen bearbeiten" + Me.ToolStripButton4.Visible = False + ' + 'ToolStripButton2 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton2.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton2.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton2.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton2.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton2.Name = "ToolStripButton2" + Me.ToolStripButton2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton2.Text = "Dokument löschen" + Me.ToolStripButton2.Visible = False + ' + 'ToolStripButton3 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton3.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton3.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton3.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton3.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton3.Name = "ToolStripButton3" + Me.ToolStripButton3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton3.Text = "Dokument anzeigen" + Me.ToolStripButton3.Visible = False + ' + 'ToolStripButton6 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton6.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton6.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton6.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton6.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton6.Name = "ToolStripButton6" + Me.ToolStripButton6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton6.Text = "Daten speichern" + ' + 'ToolStripButton7 + ' + Me.ToolStripButton7.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.ToolStripButton7.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("ToolStripButton7.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.ToolStripButton7.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.ToolStripButton7.Name = "ToolStripButton7" + Me.ToolStripButton7.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.ToolStripButton7.Text = "ToolStripButton7" + Me.ToolStripButton7.Visible = False + ' + 'tsnewdentotar + ' + Me.tsnewdentotar.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image + Me.tsnewdentotar.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("tsnewdentotar.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) + Me.tsnewdentotar.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta + Me.tsnewdentotar.Name = "tsnewdentotar" + Me.tsnewdentotar.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(24, 24) + Me.tsnewdentotar.Text = "Neuer Dentotar-Eintrag" + Me.tsnewdentotar.Visible = False + ' + 'ctxmenureporting + ' + Me.ctxmenureporting.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ctxmenureporting.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem, Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem}) + Me.ctxmenureporting.Name = "ctxmenureporting" + Me.ctxmenureporting.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(169, 48) + ' + 'SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(168, 22) + Me.SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "SQL bearbeiten" + ' + 'ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(168, 22) + Me.ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Report bearbeiten" + ' + 'ctxmenuDentotar + ' + Me.ctxmenuDentotar.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ctxmenuDentotar.Name = "ctxmenuDentotar" + Me.ctxmenuDentotar.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(61, 4) + ' + 'ContextMenuStrip1 + ' + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem, Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem}) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Name = "ContextMenuStrip1" + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(204, 48) + ' + 'NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(203, 22) + Me.NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Neuer Benutzer eröffnen" + ' + 'PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Name = "PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem" + Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(203, 22) + Me.PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Passwort ändern" + ' + 'ctxMenuTarif + ' + Me.ctxMenuTarif.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ctxMenuTarif.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem, Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem}) + Me.ctxMenuTarif.Name = "ctxMenuTarif" + Me.ctxMenuTarif.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 48) + ' + 'TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(215, 22) + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Tarif bearbeiten" + ' + 'NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(215, 22) + Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Neuer Tarifeintrag erstellen" + ' + 'ContextMenuStrip2 + ' + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1}) + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Name = "ContextMenuStrip2" + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(156, 26) + ' + 'TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1 + ' + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Name = "TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1" + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(155, 22) + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1.Text = "Tarif bearbeiten" + ' + 'ctxMenuMailtext + ' + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.ImageScalingSize = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 20) + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem}) + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Name = "ctxMenuMailtext" + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(189, 26) + ' + 'MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(188, 22) + Me.MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Mail-Texte bearbeiten" + ' + 'clsStammdaten_Flat_SF + ' + Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) + Me.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font + Me.Controls.Add(Me.C1Daten) + Me.Controls.Add(Me.ToolStrip1) + Me.Name = "clsStammdaten_Flat_SF" + Me.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(952, 478) + CType(Me.C1Daten, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() + Me.ToolStrip1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ToolStrip1.PerformLayout() + Me.ctxmenureporting.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ctxMenuTarif.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ContextMenuStrip2.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ctxMenuMailtext.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.PerformLayout() + + End Sub + + Friend WithEvents C1Daten As Syncfusion.WinForms.DataGrid.SfDataGrid + Friend WithEvents ToolStrip1 As ToolStrip + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton5 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton1 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton4 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton2 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton3 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton6 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ToolStripButton7 As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents tsnewdentotar As ToolStripButton + Friend WithEvents ctxmenureporting As ContextMenuStrip + Friend WithEvents SQLBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents ReportBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents ctxmenuDentotar As ContextMenuStrip + Friend WithEvents ContextMenuStrip1 As ContextMenuStrip + Friend WithEvents NeuerBenutzerEröffnenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents PasswortÄndernToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents ctxMenuTarif As ContextMenuStrip + Friend WithEvents TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents ContextMenuStrip2 As ContextMenuStrip + Friend WithEvents TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem1 As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents ctxMenuMailtext As ContextMenuStrip + Friend WithEvents MailTexteBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem +End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.resx b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.resx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceee707 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.resx @@ -0,0 +1,442 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + text/microsoft-resx + + + 2.0 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + + 17, 17 + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAK2SURBVDhPnZLfS1NhGMdfCPoDuummi+i6mxpY9ANxm9s8 + np25udo652w76cyZYVEWZGVppbnyR6EVOUylwqjUyijNfigaGkpZSLUiu4guiiiC6KLg01Fjsct64APv + 88L74f0+7yv+pz6/Gg7OzEz+7NidyZ+t+eqqzO3trsql9/AsUoqeaonLB+w8SOzg03Q/H6du8u31EBf3 + WtMFPZUyK1fbWbXWxur1f8lYa2W5ZR3fk/0kew8y0eLnS/IhXfsd6YLuCplMqxObXcLucKWwZjvJWGfj + ZUeEiXM646eDfHp+h6uHctIFjiaBVLuAHLsPyaUg5biRJBmXS2a9VWK63WD8bIhHzUE+TPTMRf1zVAjb + MUHyQydOU5KbpeF2BlAkP4rsRXZ7yHK4eZYIM9qiM9S0iZmRS9yqUeYFtlrB1LtW2ocEmTUCe73AeUog + VyzGqwTx5PnJzvUxeU5j6KTO99tLeTHYxp06L8IVF4y9rSExKmgdMddvCnn8NsKT9+E5yQZPmPz8IJIn + wOPTKvcbNX70L+P5rRYG6/3zgnvJchKTgsSEoO2ZoH1a8PRrBMdJQTC/kI2BEO58jdHmAIMNQVrLnTzp + OcbDpsBcBIvdjND3oojOpCBrNsJxgaNRkHdgCboaRdUNfEGD4SY/Ayc2cK1KYexSJSPNamqIluw6Qe8b + H84GgRHYiaGVYoSLMYwoEaOAQCjK/Xovt+M++mq9DJ/fxfiZUNozWpzmlZX4QqJGGdHCEgqjxXMUmGib + Y9yNe+iryeP6EQ/9LTEmWyNpAtFRuoYtJaWUxLZTsnVbiphJQXEZA3UyN44qdB92c+NEiKm2AoSu6+ha + CE0Lo6qzmGtVM3s1hWr2Gzfp7IkFuFCpmD9Q5kp1HtOdRfND/Fcq9Iy98X0rfr26EEuP8A+1yGSlEMLy + GzrvwmSJb5N5AAAAAElFTkSuQmCC + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAINSURBVDhPY6AVYAyc67K/+XD1/SYg9p3quAQqTiQIZWAO + Wu75Zu6Nuf9nX5/9322S/TmoDJEAaIDnctc3k69M/D/hSt9/p0nm56EyRAKwATZveq+0/O++0gg0wAiP + AfUMTOYLtWx81tnYB0CxZZ+ak88myw9dV8v/d1wp+e88T++2/XxtB591FvYeQOyyzsTeYJGyFVi/cAGn + Se6J5P99V5v+T7ze8H/Szbr/U27V/O++kfe/43rm/9Zr6f87r+f+775e9L/tSsH/hot5/yvPZf8P2Ov6 + ny+OXZlBLJfTogoo0H+9Fqi56v+U2xX/p94p/d9+M+5/283o/y03I/533Ur+33Mz63/79fT/DZdT/1ee + T/4fdtD5P28ImzqDUAaLRcQOwf9ph4T/554U+l94Ruh/wRnB/zXXzP633/H533rH83/5ZZ3/+af5/+cB + cdZx/v9JB/j++27lAhrAoM7A6cQgLRnPsFk2mWGbYhrDNuV0IA3EaftFf3Y+sP3f/sDqf9gm8Q8gMRgG + qRWPZ9jAZ8EgBA4HIGBEwfYMLOGHmN7UPeb4X/eY67/7ciZQLKCqgWAcABiNiecY3nS8YvgPwj5rGEhP + B7kXBN4s+CT/f/5H+f9hG3lJNyBpr+6bOQ89/oNwwCJ1Eg1gYGCSymXYYdjGcAOExeIZ5kHFSQIsDCoM + 7GDMwMAMEUIHDAwArmHzT5KTHe0AAAAASUVORK5CYII= + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAIXSURBVDhPlY9dSJNhFMffCylqduHIEk2pbaWwsMyLpCsL + +sAwJRlBBNLoTocSXhQFc7Wu7CLoA+xi1L7brG3v1pzbaluxuglBC8m3NcJp7W0zt7mLNvL99wyey7bZ + D/6c5znnf855HmYzBCQS19u2tuv0+n/4e3sf3GMY6OrqEJRKP76RyeppqTrCwqOu+TgH9807uEuGTIpE + eN7YiFmJpIdaKvN77loqM92JJPcYsUUek3sluF9TA1YsvkEt5dmIafW/AmeQdLVi2cRgJXAS3I8UXqpG + vlFLeYS49nQmrEDSLScDpFieEiPl7cB32xbE5561Utu/4byqrXzoSoEnm9Mzx5Gw78DqTDcZJMOfgEhF + beXZmB8N8h45Vv2nyAsOks2dSPmOIefdFaWW8gjcVWXa24WfnsNYCynAky+sve6H/9YB4ZOtvpbaylNc + eJjgPR3Ivx9GavoosuGLSJPtQnj/eWqpTOHzE2QWncjM3kb2VR/Zfg7F8JEpWq7MxMQlEXgncl9eYH0p + hHwiiHy0Z52Wq9PcvFt+ob8b2a9uFPgoUIzZcisfdtJydZpaWs5u216LPQ0NbHrpXRNNb45IJLJPrVaP + azQard5kUuh0TwfNZvOQw+EYK8npdA4RKYkusyw74HK5Tvh8PhltZxi73d5usVj6SNOgwWAYMRqNYySO + k6guiZ5LuVEipV6vH7BarYcYhmH+AiaTJDLYVZKcAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAJASURBVDhPfZNLSxtRFMdn5Suah0oChhiJmlGj8RGfiKIi + gouAEPULuMlSxe+Rrbt8hKEWGfJobNq5k0ZaJ7Vgq90ILW5auiiFLv8955oJiU37hwPDPfd3/ufMvVex + VTk4SF0mEprmcrmrS39JCwbdpZ0dzdjeTlWXHvUhmUw/nJ7i7e4uspGIxRurqZqqsPXp5ATG4iJyo6Np + mWBnCScSMNfXIVZXoatqQ5EafHwMMTcHY2ZGRkZVUwq3zc42LJaXYSwtQQ+HZZEafHQEEYtBTE3VQh8a + 0hSemduuh435eRizs9BDIasUj1u3h4cwydGcnIQZjaJEwblal/zBbdfDggB2+ZhMojQ9LaE3FOWJiUbY + lixCbdfD7ChGRmAMDEAEgzApss1gW7IIbTDIqRgIoOB04iXFK7cboqcHus/3b5jFSbG1ZVnxOF50dkr4 + tccDs7cXZa8XWb///+5Fgiv7+8gTeFEHX/p8eNfXh/f9/cgHAs3nL25sWJW9PeTIuUBRdLlk22WCr/x+ + XNP8N6EQboeHUXx6AgxbBGccDuQ6OnDR1SXdeeYctc3ON4OD+KyquI9E8IX+kajeE8XY3NSu6CLp7e3I + tLUhT0V4dt3rlRs4uO27cBj34+N4oCP9RrfxOx13SVU1pbCwkDpvbYXe0oIsFeGfd97d3TCn7JLa/krH + yuBPunC/VlZQiUYfH9WZw5G2Czx7AtviNZMu2w96SL/X1nAXiz0+JltnTmfqucejNYNtca48NqZd286K + ovwBHtVvxMSvxBEAAAAASUVORK5CYII= + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAJDSURBVDhPjZLfa1JhHMa96bYuo7uiywi66CYIgq6iYPUX + dNlVREEXUbQXN21zmDjRlpYw21yuFWNo/miTVgpLM5Y76rH5+9d0LsOjDk0vns57PLJMox544PC+3+fz + vs/LkfR0Q68/9ICMX5TKJq7KhpiuE5nsrDjeL0LIYaPRGCyVSqjX6391IpGESjVtEmMHIlLZzWaziU6n + 809Ho98wNjZxWox2pdZoSavVwoF/ot1uC6bfv+/lCztQKB5fEKNdUUBjfx/U9UYDLH+KzeuHcyMgnNjb + o85kc4MAlVpLOK4m9AxHWFxfcOOMzolrpnUoXH6wbBS1Wh10JplKDwGoNKRS+YFqlYPR5cGJJy6MzHlg + Deeh80bxZn1DANCZWCwO+Z8ApUpNSrtlfK9UoLN/wPEZF84Z3JCuhnBr5QvMa15UOQ50htaTyxX9gCml + mtDH2S3vYZMJ4/xTG45O23FS48DIczvCfAUapjNMKDIImJxSkVQ6B+psNo9AkIHa4YXG4QG7HRd6B7cY + FHaK2PzKDAMoSTyRQs+5fIGHZZDOZIWQZXEJyytWOF2rYPgb6vT6fsCjSSVhozG+36DTmRysNjtMLxZ4 + wJoACUUiMjHalXRcPsqEWL7fcMfjSR5gxpzZAtc7N97anSgWi1fEuERy5+69S+73H/me4aHeYiLCv6Cb + MWDevIil18vI5vOjYryr+w+lt7X6Z9sGw2xxmGdN88VPPn/tpeUVfL7PNf4Gp8To/ysQCBzhOO5yuVw+ + 1l2RSH4BvQRqc//87N0AAAAASUVORK5CYII= + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAIAAAACACAYAAADDPmHLAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAACsMSURBVHhe7Z0HnBRV1vZX3V19P/d791UkSmYYMgzMEGfI + aUCSgCLCEAXJGYacg3l1Tbuu65ozGURQgoiRXV9AyahIFFRABEWC9zvPrTrVp27fnqkOuLDf3B9/uqe7 + +nb1eZ57bqiq7t/klbySV/JKXskreSWv5JW8klfySl7JK3klr8jSpUuXrE4dO+3v06fPL0OHDlXDhw9X + I0aMUCNHjlSjRo1So0ePVmPGjFHjxo5V2ePGqezsbDV+/Hg1gRgzeowaOGCAeuGlV9RzL7+uXnhlvnrp + tUVq4aJlatHiN9TipSvU0uUr1fI3Vqk3VrytVqxcrd58a61a9fY76q3V69Xba9/VrF67wc+6DWrNuvc0 + a9+RvK/Wrmc+UOvAux+odzZ8qNZv+CjEex+rd9+XbFQbPtjo3H8P23xIr3Feu47qWkN14z1Xr6P9WbOe + 9g37t06tfGuNZsWq1bTvb6s33nxLLV+xij7PSrVs+Ztq6bIVaslS+pxLltPnXaoWEgsWLVELFi5W8xcs + VK/PX6Bee32+evHlV9VzL7ysnnn+RfX0M8+q/v366RiPo3iOpbgivmMozoj1aIo54o74j6RtRpAe0GT4 + sGFq2LBhv4wcPPhQ7569+7vyxVcGDxjccxiJvnz5cvUs7dhYEjQo48aMVffdc69q37ad2nvgiPpoyy6P + 7bv3EV/52LYrNsx6nLr3qR3Mnv0hPt+vdnoc0Oz6ws9u5suDHnuYvQfV55KvwCHNF4IvBXv3hfgK7Dc4 + cEht3v652kTg9uDX36j27dqpu+bOs8Y1J6ZNnaa2bd2m1qxeoyaOnzjElTH2MnjgoAOzZsxUO3bsUK+8 + /IoaeOeAqBg/Lls1bdJUHTl+Wu06cMzjm+M/qaMmx5gfA+Bua6nnm+Nn1Dcn/Hz7/c8+vgMn/Rw7edbh + B4fjklNn1QnB9+D0Oc1J5keHHwSnfgLnNafBGYcfmZ/Pq5+Ir458r/aBo9/T+/2kmjVtpkaNHGWNaW5M + HD9BjRk1Wj3xxBOHXRljL4MGDDw/oP+diunX9w7V5ZZbfWR16+49b+IYoAkJ4zeAKci3J34OEy0oeG1Y + fS42oR2xcxGckIKbopvCh4seTPiffr6ggfCMZ4ARI60xDcqDf3rwAkl4haNkjOXOfv19ldaqWUulpKSo + 1BqpKi01lW5rqEoVK6rbbu3i247JHjvOMcCJ02r3wWMeNlE8WLjcsL3WwCe0EDuI4LmJHnVrtwh/5qyD + NMAJbYCmcRvg3rvvUSRh/AaQ1KheQzVs0EA1b9ZMtWzRQosLU3Ro1963HQMDNGkcbgBPCClOIuB6XUyR + PQyhcxUcGIKHRA/a2h3hzwjhwc/CAPthgFNkAOo2McCzxTQod991FwwQXzErrZmWpvv0dm3bqps7dFCt + MjNV3Tp1VYf2HXzbMZgZwADfkAH2CANYRUkwNoElptg2wWMW3Sa8Ibrm3AV1loDwmm8cAyDGI4fHZ4C7 + 5l0EA9SpXZtafkt1W5fbVFZWFgnfXtXPyNBmMLcFpgEYmyCJRgsMXHFNgogdUfCgotuEJ8FZeM35X7Tw + TOIMMC9+A/S/o5+SNKjfQA0dMlTP8adOnkJz0tGqR48e6mbKAOa2YCxNBZs0akwG+FF9fui4Zg/BImz5 + 4uhF49No+NLhsy+/CcRWZq+dbRa2fyX5VnOOxAdhBqBGM2LYcGtMgzJv7tzEG6BRw0aqO436hw8dpsWF + 027p3Dl3A3wfMgDgFvfJ7q8vGv+bG3uYIz42BWCzjc8js4Uhs0kg/vkLIQMcSKQB5iTAAJj2STAI7Nix + oxZ+0MCBqk/vPnpQiK7A3BZgcaIxmcY0AKdXqzCJwBOX8YscVGgmWsFBJNEBZx6If4GA8A4nqds6Q91m + Y93IbDENytzZcxJvgJSq1dRNrVurbrd3Uz26Z6muNBaoU7uOngWY2wI2wLdkgC9IeIb7U5sw8WITMBpi + ERt4ggMhtim65MIvZAACwjPfn06MAeYkwgB39OmrJBnpGXreXz2lOmWD6iqlWoqqWKGCuv22rr7tGKxI + odvQBjhM4rvwoOnkj2cTyg858VOIU2GEBnunbZw5R/tr4edzNNgDcvB3ngZ8fn5mzjmc1VxQpL3mwLcn + 1UHCyQA/qcbUbcIAtpgGZc6s2Yk3AOjTq7ePvtQN2LYDjgEaagN8ScIzHCiMmhOJFMGPs/DCmKNziZyi + SbxRO3AHbyZI6RKkd43b0llwjXIK7oe6AGcMAAPgGIwtpkGZPWvWxTFANLABvjtJBvj6hIcv6IY4sZCT + oDY8kYErsFVoQMLGKjjd9YmuBXdF/0U/72xvzgISYoCZCTAAWnc8jB45igaJ4QbwCeBiEyoItro0JJ6N + MIEZEjSS0MAUO4jg9E8X3EJwKXqongvhBqBuE9NtW0yDgoN4royxF1vF0SANsJeEZ6wCCGzCSWyvyRES + MDeBGSmwxBMbuELSPz+O3tZWHhL9Ar1PiLMErwRiORgHgxJhgJmJMIDZ30cLDmg0rN8gzAC2wP9amMJK + fCIDFpCgf2Fwcf72t3Dg1HtBnReCa9G1MUODQj4WwAZoRI1m6OAh1pgGZcb06ZeYAY6Q+C5m4H8tfOIy + LJrGL7AHCw30Y0JsQC8MvY9FcFN0MUM4c/ac+opiwhy7lAzQu2cvFQ8jXQMc++FH34fkoF0UpDA+WLwI + OBrrgvvO44bQgCryiW1J6WYLB1JwZ+rogKkkxwWNA7GCAYYMGmyNaVCmT7sUDDB8hGpQv752tTQAxfHX + wxWUC/8d2sYusl9oR2wptF9sQ3CjhZuCO+sIZ9VpF9k9HqNsidXVuA0wdVr8BujVo6eKB22ADBjAnwE4 + 6PQvHClSJOg/O1xvCJ+wwBXXJrAtfXtCA0vL9osdTPDTvkWon2lmdNwD3SUMMHjQIGtMgzJtytR/vwFw + QKM+GSC3MYAUJRbM+vxEFlZiihyt0H6xcxb8hx9DnCR4gQyrpIgVjroOHhifAaZecgYQac4mQKLxBAVe + mgYWcQGJGi6yXWi/2EJoi9g2wU+eBmf0uj+Qy+TfJsoAk6fEb4CeWT1UPGA9GyeM4EPJNMdB333gu4vO + rhz51mG/n505sS/EDsH2fd84+I77O2zzcVRt23tUbSUw5cPCzxeHjnlg2RzjpkEDBlpjGpQpkyZfQgYI + OxZwTresLZ9/rTaHYT/aFo7ttcSe3NkUJf5Dy4cddvv5JBK7Dqt/RQCZEQPkz0l45pvvT186BsAh33jA + ejaOIH5LH+qLw+RwF+4nYxEj0fjFFQJHIzJjETmMneCQ+ieBhgET7CHhGRgA3SbO8bfFNCiTJk66BAww + JGQA6XLuI1kAU5RoCBfQhitoBGEZq6gmNlEjocU+rMW2gXMlIfieg99pdhN4LDEGmBi/AXDRRzxgNSuj + Xrr+UNIAPCBCH5hokFKPncwdtDwPtEQXtEobEEoL5oJT3T2OOxw5fsrPsVPqa8HhYz+ow9+F4NdDeEYb + gBoNzu23xTQokyZcAgbAYgYbQKY5Hv3+KpwKcSIiZB5gmMkzFPDMI4wjDOQ3jNOyrYYxjULGkIPSo/QY + DNC/X39rTIOCS8RcGWMvtoqjAVMZGMB0OYKNoPuxCZMb4fVEEtLEExaIzBBJYFt2MEU2hYaYpti2jADh + d7pgO22AO/pZYxqUhBig++3dVDxgJJterx4F5JTPAP6AE6Yg0WLWp6ERtkuYoBKLsCFI1JxEBgGE/hpC + G+n/EPjWQU4z8dqM9HR1R9++1pgGZXz2+H+/ATCQ0QagoMj5ty3Y3MqixVZXzriiWoQNExdE6t8Jv8g5 + CO2J7Zz7x/CJoCz+DgL1aAP0idcA2fEboFvX21U8YCBTr249HSykN154sQU+0YQJybiCWluuJExcJgeR + gUVoKTajzwA66iAXlPAe6dRt9und2xrToOC6TFfG2Iut4mjA9QPaAPShfGnOFvCLjU9EG66whrjRiHzQ + ENkUms/68TjyvT44JlcR8f4wQO9evawxDUpCDIDTveMBA5l6devqACO9MfiQCHgImyDR4NTjCci44kXC + Jypw+2SruMAisCdyAKEl8tiIXC7GfqHb7NWzlzWmQcE3tLgyxl5sFUcDLlCoVwcG+MGX5rxAmwLEgyee + iUVIE4uoEpvAQUQ2hQb6eIhYFscBIHmsQBuAsmbPHj2tMQ0KLspxZYy94MqfeMBABpePwwBemiNsQQYQ + Iii21wfFE9QiapiwjPs1LkFEjiS0h75ELrQwtvUr5+AQgAHQbfbI6mGNaVAuCQPg2sG6derodAx389Ex + W9ATjVVEiStoJFEZm7jAO7rpCmwT2RQa6MUwcak8vi/hMxKeOfTdSd1tZnXvbo1pUHBNhitj7MVWcTTg + 5MSQAY562AL9a2AT0sQT1hA3TGAQQWQttBCZhdbrIDQNNg9Tf6YvTQdHdJelDdDtEjAAvvsnHnBiAi4e + hat1mnPhAG/ceTCMfwbA9jrwcSzsiMxHku258+H2A3a2OXxgwHP/T0l4BmMSdJsYydtiGpRRI0deYgZw + +zigWw61oPe27k88n4WzIQG8q9nn8GnOrLexJRye+n36Ba4odsAYBQa4vWtXa0yDglPyXRljL+ZXwkVL + z+5Z+mtl4OpQmjvqpUVboH8tfIIGEFViFRhYRF6/5Ssf7wjwzSH4RpEtX3ztgQtE0W0ijdtiGhSckOvK + GHuxVRwNGMiwATjFoZ/jftAW3H8XVkElVnFBZIFzYh3BDUKe0cQGQCu2xTQoiTFA51tUPGTd3k3VqeU3 + AOAVQdktJBwKLOME2jFfJOT++aC0LFO0yWYQ4TS1TWCP7eQV5wQUrldv54IZTF3qNrWQlpgGBSfkujLG + Xm6liuIBA5naZAD0azJo2/fhJMpw5GJREGx1yPUGH2IaysgFGBuhL34SxnLxpm6ewRz4C6dyM480zCZx + thIMgHGTLZ7RgPMxXRljL7aKoyGSAWzBTjieeJFFNIkkql9YV9xAAvuzgtfSw7JCyABYo4ABbunU2RrT + oCTEANiJeMBApnbNWrpfk4HwAiuDHi9cZwCsYgpBI4nK5JjygRA4TGRK/eb5h3ic7+87ekJ3m507drTG + NCg4H9OVMfZiqzgaMJCBAbDk6gWHQBBlsBOJKVYQQoKGi+oTFljFzVlg5l9AnzB6yOOfhNxm3xHHAJ1u + js8AQ4cMSYABOnZS8XAbDWRqp9Wkfu0EBeuwhy3IFxufiECIaBISNZiwTOiMYL/AHu7ZwBs9nAUsuT1W + LOtQo+nYoYM1pkEZOmhw/AboTBXFw63UF9UiAyCteYHUmEH2YxNFYntNOPL9XEgkiU1Ek1CrDSauX+CQ + yBvd1cWw1cbtB3314NpJZE18+aYZz2jACbmujLGXzpSG4gGpqFZamjbAJ0IIW6AvBlo84BMQhESUSCE0 + rqA5CpuDuCC0VHzAw1wilnXv/fo4GaCm6tCunTWmQRkycFD8BkA/FA9wIr5hHGlNCqMDagt4IkDdueAX + kvELmpOowH98ICSuTeDw4wD71Qdb96v3XeR746BTLTIAfmrHFtOgDB44MAEG6HCzioeOlMZqpqappSvX + UeCdvg4icRA50IlCChQN9gM+EURlXGGt4hoCM9ZjFwTqh/gf7ziglq1ap7vNNq1vssY0KDgj25Ux9mKr + OBpggOrVqukvP27ZvEUeAWhGscJX8rZv09Ya06AMunNA/AboSBXFC74tHCkNx7hx1WvjRo1U86bNVGaL + lvp7h5HqsB2+dfy2Ll2c7yHOytJnxfa7o58aQB9kMA1ohg8brn8yzfl5umz9lfW4/m3K5Mlq6pQp+hez + pk+frmbOmKFmzZqlZs+erebOmaPmzZunfz3jnrvvVvfec4+679571f333aceuP9+9cADDzi3BB7Dc9gG + 295Fr8FXrs+hevCtm7NmzlQzqO7p06bRe01VU+g9J0+apCZMmKDPwcdP5o0ZM0b/nBsuih1EffCd/e/U + 5/f36tlTHxfBEb4ut96qu0YM8tq2aaNat2qlWpDw+I0AfKkmYoXvVTLjGC2Imytj7AUt+NfE5uTcsA2A + fk1s+5Qbts+eaHBKvitj7AUuzePyBKfkuzLGXm5u117lcXlyJ3WfroyxF/wOQB6XJ7gmw5Ux9tKBBmh5 + XJ7gmgxXxtiLreI8Lg/69ekbvwEwRcvj8gQX5bgyxl6wGJHH5Unf3r3jN0A7qiiPy5O+vRJhgJvaqDwu + T/r07JVngP+fwTeGuzLGXtq2vknlcXmCq7JcGWMvtorzuDzoldUjfgO0adVaXcrwh0XK49GvNxdu185Z + Fm0fOkBiHpSxHdyxYb6O69Pr7nrlzXlP3gdOw7x/tn2/2PTMyrp8DMAiIogIKIKMExtxhUvXLl1U9663 + qx7duuu0htEtFjmw1o1vIcOpT8MGD1Ejhg3Tl0ONHjlSXxqNL0jIHjNWjR87Tk3Iztbfm4dvz5w8cZL+ + IuWpkyeraZOn6B9WmD4VTDOYqp/D165jW7wGr0UdqAt1om68B94L7zl6xEi9DyOGDtPfkorvSRx45516 + X7HPfXr10i0Tn6Vb166q661d9HmTMJk2FH329m3bJsQ0Pbp3/8/PAHlEBiZzZYy93JTZSl1MWjZrrlvV + xo0b1Z49e/zs3q12S3bt0uyS7Nypdprs2KF2SLZv12xntm3TbDPYunWr2uaC+5LPPvvMx6effhrGli1b + NJs3b1bPPfecata0qapSqbKmcqVKISqGwO8wV6pQUf/+csXyFVT5cuVU+eRyqlqVqjo2tpgFBddlujLG + Xlq3zFQXE6TIY8eOqf3796u9e/f+x3Do0CG1bt06Er8SiVlFnxaXmlLdo0ZKikM1B/wIN04Dq1q5sjZE + ubLJ2gS2mAUF3aYrY+zFVnGiaNWipf6J8/fee+8/EmSCqpWrkNDV9YUe+LY0Te06HrgKuG6t2vpKIJwK + jhNoq5MZkB3KJSfrGNliFwSMMVwZYy/YgYtFZvMW+vw9W/D+E4ABID4u8sAXZuM8vxD19a+pMfhyaGxT + r04dfR0FMga6BMTIFrsg3N7ltvgNgB1INOifeNo2b+489eGHH6oPPvhAvf/++z44kO+++67H+vXrI/LO + O+/oW2y3YcMGH1yXfMx8Pwnvkw0899FHH+ntZH38HsymTZtUWmqqbuUQvGmjxqpJo0YODUM0bthQNSJT + gPrp6TojpFavoccLGAfYYhgEzDBcGWMv2IFEgtTE82jMnXHWLguGoCGoMtgff/yxBwaKfB8imMjXsZBS + aNxnE7FZ+JaNw7CILC7vH79ebgv4eQkMgNacTmm/cYOG+nRvBqfJwxCMNgJt0yAjQ29fk4xThcYDthgG + BddlujLGXlo0baYSCaYnchHlrnl3eQGDSLiVQkkBIoFtzddJ8Lh8D34fed+En7OZyvwb2/N78D6ATz75 + JLIBhPjSAMgU+JZQjAUweLTFMChYQ3FljL20aNJUJRJkAJgA3UCbVq30ufscMIaFw30pntnaWQAJHjez + AeA6GH4f+R6y/pxA+pegfrw36kCdyCqYASBj1SIhwwxAggMtPgkPtAEwNqDxQAYZAMaBAZpbYhiUWzt1 + jt8A2IFEgsEJL1TADLjIAgIwUiSAizWwopYzg9WQQYPUwAED3IsweqmePXpQ9zI3zCCmiNyl4D4eh5i4 + xbYsrO2Wt+P9hJFY+LVr16o1a9boOm0ZQKZ/XDTjjQV0F+BkALwupWpVvb0tjkHASqorY+zFc22C4QDg + qh5uiUCKD+rTyBgBzAk9naKBU80aqSqNwFy6csWKegGG6wVsMIhoA8/JbW3I+hgIz+KvXr1a8/bbb2uT + IANgZI8BnvzcWnxXeBa/UYMGjgHoM+F1MAC2M2MXFFwg6soYe5E7nAiQ+nHKMh+04VbKrUuKDxC83Khb + 25lDp9WooVIJiI+VNayqQSCbkCZ4L9s+4DHcYhvUJVM8WjrEfuutt9TKlSvVqlWr9H3cArwOV0ZjHyFu + 08YUA6IJcGcDuEwOswCA6WEDmg7CADXTamoDwBy2OAYB4yxXxtiLdGkiwOCEFyrQDeCaOwQ5kgH0Qklu + YBGFAlaDpk5YRKlWpapeVatGAWRzme/Bj3NXwMguAc9jWyk+G8D8GyDtwwhvvvmmWrFihX4OqRyLP8gA + SP065bs0pnhodOtnA6TrjMYZoAk9botjEHBgyZUx9oKdSyRITTxKbUb9FH7hGmKwIFJ8gBWyIOByasyd + 8e1aqegGaACFhRTZuiX8nozZwiWyX+cUz2meWz+LDt544w21fPly/TqM5mEA/By8J7xu9Q4QnsXHABAL + QmwALAbZYhgUZFhXxtgLRqaJBM6E+DchC9CAcMb06Z4IpvgAS6i5gZU2vYRKrR79PlJ/2TJJKomAaBAP + QBAAUSE0BGe4NbMB+DWMFJxFl2IvXbpUs2zZMg3u4zXYL3zrJwTWBnBbJ4ukDUDPOQbI0GMezwD0efCc + LY5BQDfryhh7aUSuTCRafBytcrsBGMAmPFOHWnZuIP1jAJhCqb9i+fJa/DKlSqnSJUt5QnN9nBG4xUvx + YRaIDNCHc8uWrVv+jVsYQJpgyZIlavHixRoYBQs6EBStW0/3SHCgDUAiQWCODfp/LAfzgBbdGF4n4xcN + WG11ZYy9YAcSCaYnED6zhbNciWv6pSgsFANxcwOtJY3SP+bNlfWRtLLaBDiYIutC/Sw8t3RkBJnaZStn + E9jMwKIDNgFa/qJFi9TChQvVggUL9LaYlWCcAnF9Ld8Vn1M/0DMemgLiu5XZAHidjF804KQSV8bYC3Yg + kWDHtEPrO7cTxk/wWqBsqQzEzRUKFg6xVqtcxTn2XrGSqlCuvJ4NSLE59XOfzsAAbALZr8s0z6md0zu3 + cgguRQfz589Xr7/+ujYHjIkxCgZ3PuFdkRqK2GABCDMAbA/jaAOQKWT8ogGDbFfG2AtceTEZPy7bEwi3 + pgHQEnKFgoxj6jAAjrHjIEoFGgckJ5X1jQFYYBaZW7Zs0TKNQ1jc4m+Z2iW8DQwA0V977TXNq6++quuC + MZGl8Fk90QkWyYsFiZ9B4qfTeAFjGhgHBvCet5DZrLk4+tdCr//L59HNujLGXrBjiQTzU3nECiuBmHLx + Cl2YASgQuYFg1aBgYQEIGQGB40zAossULw3AcHqHCbiVS9HlfYiNVo7Wzi0ff0P4V155Rb388ssabAtj + wgBI7V5rJ3GAFsqNiyO+s6iF7Z0uraovdiYYS+kDP+6sCoLL59HVujLGXrBjiQQBkAOVCdnjdZrm/tk0 + QFr16rmCVlad5sw4+yaFpk5O609SZQmZ3jm1y76cbzkDyDRvmoDTvUz5pgFeeukl9eKLL6oXXnhBP46p + HAaCaNk41Fu/HolDZIC6FBMCwuN5iF+nVi13Sut0abYYMmj5etnXXfnD3/J5NDBXxthLOu1UIkE/qNcB + aMfRF+L3bZH62QSmAfgUqpxA2scMAC2+BgUOXQDWAJJpMMitHuLLtC+Fl+Kz8NIIbAIpNtI9QKrnVg/x + Ifzzzz+vzwmEIbCY4wwEa+s+Xvfznug4Q8gR3hEfK5pkADIMd2m2GDLoAvhAEoDg8nlkB1fG2AvvXKJA + /+cd/SIz4PRquRhjGgBn1OSKu/oH0THwSy6brJJKl1FlSpf2CQ6hZWuXLd6W+mVLZ9Fxy60d4rPwaPUs + /LPPPqueeeYZbQyIqBeoSFxH8BByNRPP6zUNav3o1rCiWZW6MVsMGaR+PatwB5b4Wz6PhubKGHvBnDSR + sPP57zGjR/tG6RCdp2oAgcgV3f9XURWSnTNqy9LgD60fcEtnwVloKT63ejPdQ3xbq2dky+e0//TTT2v+ + 8Y9/6MdwUgcMirTuCU6fWwsO3IUsDcSnbJFGpkbXgXEMx8kG0r+cSeBv83lXxthLXdqxRILBCS+GAM4A + vDwrp22YrkHc3ED6R2upSFM/GAIrgWj9JYqX8IktW7YpsBQZrZtBK2dYcAgrRWfQ+p966in197//XT35 + 5JP6b3RL2EesCJqrlxCc4SltzRo0oCUD6M9Er7XFkME5BTzgQ5+Pv83nXRljL7aVt3iAWzFg0QMX2kFc + ZcOtHcLzci3Pz6tTIHIjhVp/Fcz9qfXr1cAK1P9TFoAJWHzZyqURIDwbAQawGcFs6Sw8p3yZ9iH83/72 + N/XEE0/ovyvTvqRUqaLTOj5/bRJZgjUMBuLrMQ21fnRpWNQy4we470fq5/6+HrV4DKrxGMZX2A7buDLG + XswdjhfsLNIVdhRTQny7Jqd/26oc+lAPauUmaPmgEi6qoL4f59SXLVNGlS5VSpUqWcoTX/bnUmSzdUNk + vmUgOMRmkTnFy9YO0Vn4v/71r+ovf/mLfh77VY26AQjrF9tZv5BTWaR+dBfIGPhMMIAthmhEmEI6qd7N + KiQ4Mgm6V0wxsR0yrCtj7EXudCLADmLAgsELBoIYA/BUzTZHr0JBqExBRCAdyjtQumeQ+iE+Bn4wAPf/ + WA5Ga4fwkVo0C8wt2mzVkcSG0BAZYkvRH3/8cfXYY49psB1WJJGdIKoWGVNXEhp4MxkSHTjiV9VL2tyl + 2WII0IB090FC82ooQGzlfVfG2ItvxS0BoPXrExb0LKCBNoCcqpnTtArJyTqdo1WXJYFBUqnSHmUAtfRS + JUqoEsWK6W1xFBCPlypZ0tePQ3iGRYfIZstmeEDHj5viQ2zw6KOPah555BHv9uGHH9bbwJhoyeiaTLE9 + 3LGMHs+QATCgxWtgAFsMAVI+RvryMYwDkBX4bwwQXRljL45rEwecKdMezufjKRpP0+RULYn68ZLFi6vi + RYuqYjfeqClapIjmRlC4sCpSqJAqXLCgKkQUJxPcSNsUoscK5M9vbd05iQ7Q2hm0ejPN833cmlkBwv/5 + z39WDz30kM4CODCFjIXzEzCy9yChAQT3QMvHeMZN/xjTmPGTINXLv9E1yL/R2FwZYy+crhKF7gLImQwu + pZbzdHN6VpJG8jcWLkICF1KFChRUBQsUUAVJ2AI35Ff5b7hB5c93g7ohXz6V7/p8+rYYGQUGKELGKEwm + 4LSPDMC3nAXMgR338zAFzMFmYJEZiC3TPVo8A+EffPBB9ac//UmbASuSFcgAEBVZwMQ3xoH41F1AfHRt + yH62GDJoTBhT4T5av25U4nnMDlwZYy/k0lWcthIBdlQvAlH/hD5q5PDhXrqHAcz5OFo+WrYWnMV2Bc93 + /fUq33XXq+uvu05d9z8OaPUQHq/BLYSVfT0LLbMBxIbQEJfTO4OUDpE53eM+p3mA1s4tHsLrr58n7r// + fv03xiVYm4CwEJgHrRI8x2jxaaxTkV5TjrozWwwl0gDmc3iMJLxCEHW5omrVqtdWr1T1LfRTiQB9FM8C + YIQRZADZ8s1FmAEDBlD6pCkRBaoSBaiiPuHTOemzAgWqPLUuzPvLAQqafp7A+YD9+/XzWjOne075ZoqX + f8uUzq2dYTPgVgJToMXfd9996l785gB+k4BMgHEKhISoPqEZ+iwMBrByUIvX2WJogrGU7XGYo2HDhr8l + Ha+Cli6BC7/gqqSkpP+uVqnS27Y5eLRguoK+Sy9hEsgAMACAAcxpGgaI8nQxPmgk1w4Ynk7ylBLZRPbx + LLJM5Ri921o3t2pu2QxSO7dwiA3k/XvuuUfdfffdGpgAA9RkGpRCVMxmTPTMhp7zZjQwMeEYIMkaw6Bg + oEj6XZOamvo76Ehc6WoaqGBDvAAvvubaa68tULlChbW2fiwa0E9h3oqDIsgCw4YM8VI+hJfTNTk/l/01 + BnVyIUYO6mRah/ic1iE0T9kYfgwtm03AyNG8TPOyj5dGgNhSfDZA6RIl9cylAtYoWOScIPH1kja1fowf + bDEMCuJM2v038X+I3xNRZQLd+gm88Foi39VXX51UIancBqy8xQrmrVjEwBkyyAT4dUvu95H6YxFdtnLz + b07rMqXzfYYNYEvrfAsjsPi4ZUOYRpAGgCFKFStO3UApLSi37pyAUbj1I3PYYhgUrBOQbgWJPxL/RaAx + B84C2Aj9xzUEXISKyvz2t7+tW7ZM0j9tq3JBwOCElzRB/zvu0OmeW3wsorPIuMXz/Jhs/RCYB24Aoprp + XrZs3DIssEz1wNwGSAOAkjQtRTdQjsSEuLkBowAYAAtZthgGBWsBpFkpooCr4dUENI3aAP9DFCEqEPWu + uuqqzmVLldqKgxXRgsUOHKhA/4RbXMtnm55JA9iMwCZgodGqZd/OrVumfjYChIfoaNUMDMCwEVhYFlym + +blz5+ofo5LgMdMAJYoW091AMmYDrrg5AeG59aPrsMUwCDAAGhvpVZEoRlxPoCvgLJBrYQMgdcAARYlK + RAPiliuvvDK7TNFSe7FUGw2YsvAaNgyAHzXgft9M/2YWYKQBzEzA4nPfbo7cOZ3LPp1FZoFZZPxqmAke + x3YMXofMwFlCig9K0DS2dIkSJCZmA464uQHxk92VT1sMg4CxFhnhF9IqlShN5Cf+QKBLD9QNYAOMAZAB + 0IdwBsggOhNjrrjiiieLFy9+1LYDkcDolFcCQfdu3bRwACJKQXlKBkFl322Ka/bXpsi2QZsUmVsvCwzM + 1s2wEfg+TIB6ue45c+b4wDoGlqmjNQAvfdtimBs8DSxduvQp0qk2kUygC/+/hBwM5ljYAOg38EJUkETU + ItoQQ4hHyQRvlipY8LhtR2xwemLatW2rAwUBZODwN8OP4bcAZ850frtP/37f9Olq2rRpair/ht/kyWqS + +zt++rf8xo9X2dnZaty4cWr06NH69/xGjBih4fvDaRoK8DcYO3ZsjuB3AVGXCT8+atQoH6VLYhbgiI/B + XVCwBgBsMcwJpH00MtwvW7bsLtIoLgPwNBB9B/qQ4kQVohHRjZhOPEsmWFG0aNEjNIo9Q1OYM/nz5//Z + Bp6jLuBMrVq1PFo0bXq24803n2Pqp2ecz0hP16TXq+fd1qtb93zt2rU9atWsqamZlnY+LTVV07BhwwuJ + oEb16udTqlXzwN+gOpOSouHHW2W2OtcqM/NcZouW55o2aUo00TRp3PhcZfrcldzPz/HJLUY5gTpsVC5f + 4aeKFSr+WKlEiR9ou6NJZZK20NQdjTTmLgBFZgGeCaCy6kRzIosYR8wlHiAeJh4lHiMeF+BvZItHChYs + +JeqVav+rVmzZk927dr1uUGDBr1KLWchtdTFEydOXEqteBm16DeoRa8gVlILf5ta/Rpq/euI9ZQR3qP0 + /QGl3o+IjZTi/0Wp/n+JzZTqt1Dq/5TYSmwndlB3sJMe30mj/V207W76ezfu0/a78Dh1BzsodW+nurZR + vZ9Rat9MqX0TdQOf0P1/0fttpL8/pPvv0/Pv0e16Yh09jn3Cvq2ibLSCWE77voSyyGtDhgx5pV+/fi93 + 6dLlRTLU88nJyU/98Y9/fOx3v/sd4vNnArePICY5gOexnQleL3mIeJC4l0CDhOhdiVZEXQKDQIzfoh4E + osgswIPBQgRMUI2oT9xE3EJ0J3oRfYi+xB0C/N2HBo69CxQo0D81NXVomzZtxvTv338apel5JPI9FPD7 + qR99iHiYhHqUeJz6eOryn/g79f3/IJ6h8cBzNC54gcYHLxIv02DwVRoozqdp4wJiMbGEBo/L6BYspwHl + G/T3CrpdCeixNyV4zn1+OdWzlO4vpceX0GB0CT22iG4X0mMLaBD6GvEqvR/e8wUaiNJk5Dm6++zTNBil + 4ctTT9J+PUEDzcfoc9xN5sBnmkvGntmtW7eJ9evXH0FjpX7XXHNNT4oDQJx6IyY5gOeDgvrQGLsQ7Yim + RB2iMlGSwDQQ6T+qaSAXzgJIHXAQTIBMUIIoR1Ql0gi4DQNEzBIaGuAxmCWjcuXKzTt16tSeWkkXavG9 + qBUOoEHdIBJ0MA0Ah1Cgh5MYI0iIUSTAaBJi7Pz587MXL148gZi4ZMmSSXQ7ZdmyZdOWLl06HdDfM+jx + mQsXLpxBM4qptD0em7Vo0aKZuI/HXKYxVO90mnnMoOfBdLBgwYJpVAdeO51eO1XUP4X+nkzPTaT72I8J + tO14qmcc9g/7iX0mMwyizNKDskkW+aAbZbKuAwcO7Ni6devMpKSkhn/4wx/SKQYAcUI8EJdEgLpQLzSA + Fmic0AYaQfyYFoK4YGNpAlQENyGlIBsgvcBlGCCWJfDG5Q3wGAYiZYsVK1apXr16Kd27d69Ng7B0Sp0N + KQU3phbfmNJzY2r1TckQzahVNQfUyjTU4lqQOVpSoDOpVbYm8VqRCBoSX9+SiJkkSks8B7AdCXQTQ69v + Ta23Fe6TwdoAMl0rEq4lGTCT3keD+9gW0DbYPlPU3YLqbUb70QTQto1o9lGfMlc6dRX1SPi02bNnp1H3 + lUqDxhr0OatlZGRULFKkSPLvf/97xAcgFrY4xQrHFxpg4Qfz/sLEDUTMS8GySBPARUglqBRGQEaAGfBm + GGjAcZHA8zcULlz4hpSUlPzNmzcvQAEq0Ldv34IDBgwoQClTQyP4gpRC9a17vxBDwS0MKNBFbJCZbowH + W52A31fuC+8fw/uPz4LPhM+Gz0itP3+hQoX0Z3djYMYFGTVWZD2oOx9xHQHhsYSPaTw0g3ZRt36z4MWo + BJWhL4Gr8AbICjAEwJtGQm9DM4b/qlOnjqZnz57XZGZmXj106FAfFOBrLifM/cfnogHgNfw58Zn587ux + uBigbrwPNEEjhfDQKeaWH6lwZWwGNkRQrrrllluuosBdCehvXR//fbljfhZ8VnxmwowDBEoUsl5+Py+2 + hKX85jf/D4NcfvGKm+MUAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAIDSURBVDhPpZLrS5NhGMb3j4SWh0oRQVExD4gonkDpg4hG + YKxG6WBogkMZKgPNCEVJFBGdGETEvgwyO9DJE5syZw3PIlPEE9pgBCLZ5XvdMB8Ew8gXbl54nuf63dd9 + 0OGSnwCahxbPRNPAPMw9Xpg6ZmF46kZZ0xSKzJPIrhpDWsVnpBhGkKx3nAX8Pv7z1zg8OoY/cITdn4fw + bf/C0kYAN3Ma/w3gWfZL5kzTKBxjWyK2DftwI9tyMYCZKXbNHaD91bLYJrDXsYbrWfUKwJrPE9M2M1Oc + VzOOpHI7Jr376Hi9ogHqFIANO0/MmmmbmSmm9a8ze+I4MrNWAdjtoJgWcx+PSzg166yZZ8xM8XvXDix9 + c4jIqFYAjoriBV9AhEPv1mH/sonogha0afbZMMZz+yreTGyhpusHwtNNCsA5U1zS4BLxzJIfg299qO32 + Ir7UJtZfftyATqeT+8o2D8JSjQrAJblrncYL7ZJ2+bfaFnC/1S1NjL3diRat7qrO7wLRP3HjWsojBeCo + mDEo5mNjuweFGvjWg2EBhCbpkW78htSHHwRyNdmgAFzPEee2iFkzayy2OLXzT4gr6UdUnlXrullsxxQ+ + kx0g8BTA3aZlButjSTyjODq/WcQcW/B/Je4OQhLvKQDnzN1mp0nnkvAhR8VuMzNrpm1mpjgkoVwB/v8D + TgDQASA1MVpwzwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== + + + + + iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYAAAAf8/9hAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 + YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAINSURBVDhPY6AVYAyc67K/+XD1/SYg9p3quAQqTiQIZWAO + Wu75Zu6Nuf9nX5/9322S/TmoDJEAaIDnctc3k69M/D/hSt9/p0nm56EyRAKwATZveq+0/O++0gg0wAiP + AfUMTOYLtWx81tnYB0CxZZ+ak88myw9dV8v/d1wp+e88T++2/XxtB591FvYeQOyyzsTeYJGyFVi/cAGn + Se6J5P99V5v+T7ze8H/Szbr/U27V/O++kfe/43rm/9Zr6f87r+f+775e9L/tSsH/hot5/yvPZf8P2Ov6 + ny+OXZlBLJfTogoo0H+9Fqi56v+U2xX/p94p/d9+M+5/283o/y03I/533Ur+33Mz63/79fT/DZdT/1ee + T/4fdtD5P28ImzqDUAaLRcQOwf9ph4T/554U+l94Ruh/wRnB/zXXzP633/H533rH83/5ZZ3/+af5/+cB + cdZx/v9JB/j++27lAhrAoM7A6cQgLRnPsFk2mWGbYhrDNuV0IA3EaftFf3Y+sP3f/sDqf9gm8Q8gMRgG + qRWPZ9jAZ8EgBA4HIGBEwfYMLOGHmN7UPeb4X/eY67/7ciZQLKCqgWAcABiNiecY3nS8YvgPwj5rGEhP + B7kXBN4s+CT/f/5H+f9hG3lJNyBpr+6bOQ89/oNwwCJ1Eg1gYGCSymXYYdjGcAOExeIZ5kHFSQIsDCoM + 7GDMwMAMEUIHDAwArmHzT5KTHe0AAAAASUVORK5CYII= + + + + 167, 56 + + + 317, 56 + + + 464, 56 + + + 621, 56 + + + 744, 56 + + + 901, 56 + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.vb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dbfdba --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/clsStammdaten_flat_SF.vb @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +Imports Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.CellGrid +Imports Syncfusion.WinForms.DataGrid + +Public Class clsStammdaten_Flat_SF + Dim m_connectionstring As String + Property Connectionstring As String + Get + Return m_connectionstring + End Get + Set(value As String) + m_connectionstring = value + End Set + End Property + Dim m_tablename As String + Property Tablename As String + Get + Return m_tablename + End Get + Set(value As String) + m_tablename = value + Try + 'get_data() + + Catch + End Try + End Set + End Property + Dim m_SQL As String = "" + Property SQL As String + Get + Return m_SQL + End Get + Set(value As String) + m_SQL = value + End Set + End Property + + Dim m_allowaddnew As Boolean = True + Property AllowAddNew As Boolean + Get + Return m_allowaddnew + End Get + Set(value As Boolean) + m_allowaddnew = value + End Set + End Property + + + + Dim db As clsDB + Dim c1d As New SfDataGrid + + Sub New() + + ' Dieser Aufruf ist für den Designer erforderlich. + InitializeComponent() + Me.Connectionstring = My.Settings.ConnectionString + Me.c1d = Me.c1daten + If My.Settings.SoftwareType = "PADM" Then + Me.NeuerTarifeintragErstellenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Neuer Artikel" + Me.TarifBearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Artikel bearbeiten" + End If + End Sub + + Public Sub get_data() + Try + Try + db = Nothing + Catch ex As Exception + + End Try + db = New clsDB + + Me.c1daten.DataSource = Nothing + Me.c1daten.DataMember = Nothing + + Me.c1daten.DataSource = Nothing + Me.c1daten.DataMember = Nothing + + db.dsDaten.Tables.Clear() + If Me.SQL <> "" Then + db.Get_Tabledata(Me.Tablename, "", Me.SQL, "", False) + Else + db.Get_Tabledata(Me.Tablename) + + End If + + + Me.c1daten.DataSource = db.dsDaten + Me.c1daten.DataMember = Tablename + + Dim spalten As New Tabellenspalte + spalten.Spaltentitel_aktualisieren(Me.c1daten, Me.Tablename, db.dsDaten.Tables(0)) + + Me.c1d.ContextMenuStrip = Nothing + 'Me.c1d.AllowAddNew = True + Me.tsnewdentotar.Visible = False + Select Case Tablename + + Case "Auswertung" + Dim printer As New clsPrinter + printer.Get_Printers() + 'Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.DataSource = printer.Printers + 'Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.DataMember = printer.Printers.Columns(0).ColumnName + 'Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.ValueMember = printer.Printers.Columns(0).ColumnName + 'Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1.DisplayMember = printer.Printers.Columns(0).ColumnName + 'Me.c1daten.Columns("Drucker").DropDown = Me.C1TrueDBDropdown1 + Case "User" + Me.c1d.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ContextMenuStrip1 + Case "Tarif" + Me.c1d.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ctxMenuTarif + ' Me.c1d.AllowAddNew = False + Case "Dentotar" + Me.c1d.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ctxmenuDentotar + ' Me.c1d.AllowAddNew = False + Me.tsnewdentotar.Visible = True + Case "MailTexte" + Me.c1d.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ctxMenuMailtext + Case "Reporting" + Me.c1d.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ctxmenureporting + Me.AllowDrop = True + Me.c1daten.AllowDrop = True + + End Select + If Me.AllowAddNew = False Then + Me.C1Daten.AllowEditing = False + End If + Catch ex As Exception + End Try + End Sub + + Private Sub ToolStripButton6_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles ToolStripButton6.Click + db.Update_Data() + If Tablename = "Spalten" Then Globals.Spaltendaten.Rows.Clear() + Try + IntTables.Inttables.Tables.Remove(Tablename) + Catch ex As Exception + + End Try + Try + IntTables.Inttables.Tables.Remove(Tablename) + Catch ex As Exception + + End Try + Globals.ToastInfo.ShowSaveMesasge(Me) + 'MsgBox("Daten wurden gespeichert") + End Sub +End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.Designer.vb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1304cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.Designer.vb @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + _ +Partial Class sfcontainer + Inherits System.Windows.Forms.Form + + 'Das Formular überschreibt den Löschvorgang, um die Komponentenliste zu bereinigen. + _ + Protected Overrides Sub Dispose(ByVal disposing As Boolean) + Try + If disposing AndAlso components IsNot Nothing Then + components.Dispose() + End If + Finally + MyBase.Dispose(disposing) + End Try + End Sub + + 'Wird vom Windows Form-Designer benötigt. + Private components As System.ComponentModel.IContainer + + 'Hinweis: Die folgende Prozedur ist für den Windows Form-Designer erforderlich. + 'Das Bearbeiten ist mit dem Windows Form-Designer möglich. + 'Das Bearbeiten mit dem Code-Editor ist nicht möglich. + _ + Private Sub InitializeComponent() + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1 = New DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Flat_SF() + Me.SuspendLayout() + ' + 'ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1 + ' + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.AllowAddNew = True + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstati" & + "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 23) + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Name = "ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1" + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1266, 701) + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.SQL = "" + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.TabIndex = 0 + Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Tablename = Nothing + ' + 'sfcontainer + ' + Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) + Me.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font + Me.ClientSize = New System.Drawing.Size(1326, 736) + Me.Controls.Add(Me.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1) + Me.Name = "sfcontainer" + Me.Text = "sfcontainer" + Me.ResumeLayout(False) + + End Sub + + Friend WithEvents ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1 As clsStammdaten_Flat_SF +End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.resx b/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.resx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1af7de1 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.resx @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + text/microsoft-resx + + + 2.0 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.vb b/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.vb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27d214b --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Klassen/sfcontainer.vb @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +Public Class sfcontainer + +End Class \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.Designer.vb index 6252121..6e82771 100644 --- a/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.Designer.vb @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ Namespace My _ + Global.System.Configuration.DefaultSettingValueAttribute("data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;wor"& _ + "kstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29")> _ Public Property ConnectionString() As String Get Return CType(Me("ConnectionString"),String) @@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ Namespace My _ + Global.System.Configuration.DefaultSettingValueAttribute("data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;wo"& _ + "rkstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29")> _ Public Property ConnectionStringMobie() As String Get Return CType(Me("ConnectionStringMobie"),String) @@ -175,6 +175,66 @@ Namespace My Me("SoftwareType") = value End Set End Property + + _ + Public Property ShowToast() As String + Get + Return CType(Me("ShowToast"),String) + End Get + Set + Me("ShowToast") = value + End Set + End Property + + _ + Public Property MainWindowSizeWith() As String + Get + Return CType(Me("MainWindowSizeWith"),String) + End Get + Set + Me("MainWindowSizeWith") = value + End Set + End Property + + _ + Public Property MainWindowSizeHeight() As String + Get + Return CType(Me("MainWindowSizeHeight"),String) + End Get + Set + Me("MainWindowSizeHeight") = value + End Set + End Property + + _ + Public Property PatWindowSizeWidth() As String + Get + Return CType(Me("PatWindowSizeWidth"),String) + End Get + Set + Me("PatWindowSizeWidth") = value + End Set + End Property + + _ + Public Property PatWindowSizeHeight() As String + Get + Return CType(Me("PatWindowSizeHeight"),String) + End Get + Set + Me("PatWindowSizeHeight") = value + End Set + End Property End Class End Namespace diff --git a/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.settings b/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.settings index 7855f8e..95e8ae7 100644 --- a/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.settings +++ b/DPM2016/My Project/Settings.settings @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ h:\dpm\docarchiv - data source=shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 + data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 - data source=shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 + data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 BgWSbwCNM3pEiCxgIlDEyD7HFpUgKPeL8OPDqH9n @@ -32,5 +32,20 @@ PADM + + True + + + 1800 + + + 1200 + + + 1600 + + + 1000 + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/My Project/licenses.licx b/DPM2016/My Project/licenses.licx index 4389c52..0bdd721 100644 --- a/DPM2016/My Project/licenses.licx +++ b/DPM2016/My Project/licenses.licx @@ -1,4 +1 @@ -C1.Win.C1Input.C1Button, C1.Win.C1Input.4, Version=4.0.20153.110, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=7e7ff60f0c214f9a -C1.Win.C1Input.C1PictureBox, C1.Win.C1Input.4, Version=4.0.20153.110, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=7e7ff60f0c214f9a -C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.C1TrueDBGrid, C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2, Version=2.0.20153.110, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=75ae3fb0e2b1e0da -C1.Win.C1Command.C1DockingTab, C1.Win.C1Command.4, Version=4.0.20153.110, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=e808566f358766d8 +C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.C1TrueDBGrid, C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.4.6.2, Version=4.6.20233.631, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=75ae3fb0e2b1e0da diff --git a/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.Designer.vb index 131e1c2..894f115 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.Designer.vb @@ -42,31 +42,31 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.tsrbunternehmen = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ToolStripRadioButton() Me.ToolStripButton1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.SuperTabControl1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControl() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() - Me.btnVTX = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() - Me.PatientDetails1 = New DPM2016.PatientDetails() - Me.Stammdaten = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1 = New DPM2016.PatientDetailsFirma() - Me.Stammdaten_Firma = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() - Me.Behandlung1 = New DPM2016.Behandlung() - Me.Behandlungen = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() - Me.Finanzen1 = New DPM2016.Finanzen() - Me.Finanzen = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel4 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() - Me.Krankengeschichte1 = New DPM2016.Krankengeschichte() - Me.Krankengeschichte = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() Me.SuperTabControlPanel7 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() Me.ClsDokumente1 = New DPM2016.clsDokumente() Me.Dokumente = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() Me.SuperTabControlPanel6 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() Me.Recall1 = New DPM2016.Recall() Me.Recall = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.Finanzen1 = New DPM2016.Finanzen() + Me.Finanzen = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.Behandlung1 = New DPM2016.Behandlung() + Me.Behandlungen = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() Me.SuperTabControlPanel2 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() Me.PatientAbrechnung1 = New DPM2016.PatientAbrechnung() Me.Abrechnung = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1 = New DPM2016.PatientDetailsFirma() + Me.Stammdaten_Firma = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.btnVTX = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() + Me.PatientDetails1 = New DPM2016.PatientDetails() + Me.Stammdaten = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel4 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.Krankengeschichte1 = New DPM2016.Krankengeschichte() + Me.Krankengeschichte = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() Me.MenuStrip1 = New System.Windows.Forms.MenuStrip() Me.DateiToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.BeendenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.ToolStrip1.SuspendLayout() CType(Me.SuperTabControl1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() Me.SuperTabControl1.SuspendLayout() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.SuspendLayout() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.SuspendLayout() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.SuspendLayout() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.SuspendLayout() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.SuspendLayout() Me.MenuStrip1.SuspendLayout() Me.SuspendLayout() ' @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.Name = "" Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.SubItems.AddRange(New DevComponents.DotNetBar.BaseItem() {Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.MenuBox, Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.CloseBox}) Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel1) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel8) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel3) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel5) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel4) Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel7) Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel6) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel5) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel3) Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel2) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel8) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel4) Me.SuperTabControl1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.SuperTabControl1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 51) Me.SuperTabControl1.Name = "SuperTabControl1" @@ -274,6 +274,180 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.SuperTabControl1.Tabs.AddRange(New DevComponents.DotNetBar.BaseItem() {Me.Stammdaten, Me.Stammdaten_Firma, Me.Abrechnung, Me.Behandlungen, Me.Finanzen, Me.Recall, Me.Dokumente, Me.Krankengeschichte}) Me.SuperTabControl1.Text = "SuperTabControl1" ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel7 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Controls.Add(Me.ClsDokumente1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel7" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.TabItem = Me.Dokumente + Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Visible = False + ' + 'ClsDokumente1 + ' + Me.ClsDokumente1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.ClsDokumente1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.ClsDokumente1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) + Me.ClsDokumente1.Name = "ClsDokumente1" + Me.ClsDokumente1.Patientnr = 0 + Me.ClsDokumente1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.ClsDokumente1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'Dokumente + ' + Me.Dokumente.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel7 + Me.Dokumente.GlobalItem = False + Me.Dokumente.Name = "Dokumente" + Me.Dokumente.Text = "Dokumente" + ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel6 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Controls.Add(Me.Recall1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel6" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.TabItem = Me.Recall + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Visible = False + ' + 'Recall1 + ' + Me.Recall1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.Recall1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.Recall1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) + Me.Recall1.Name = "Recall1" + Me.Recall1.Patientnr = 0 + Me.Recall1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.Recall1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'Recall + ' + Me.Recall.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel6 + Me.Recall.GlobalItem = False + Me.Recall.Name = "Recall" + Me.Recall.Text = "Recall" + ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel5 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Controls.Add(Me.Finanzen1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel5" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.TabItem = Me.Finanzen + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Visible = False + ' + 'Finanzen1 + ' + Me.Finanzen1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.Finanzen1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.Finanzen1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) + Me.Finanzen1.Name = "Finanzen1" + Me.Finanzen1.Patientnr = 0 + Me.Finanzen1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.Finanzen1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'Finanzen + ' + Me.Finanzen.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel5 + Me.Finanzen.GlobalItem = False + Me.Finanzen.Name = "Finanzen" + Me.Finanzen.Text = "Finanzen" + ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel3 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Controls.Add(Me.Behandlung1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel3" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.TabItem = Me.Behandlungen + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Visible = False + ' + 'Behandlung1 + ' + Me.Behandlung1.Auftragsmanagement = False + Me.Behandlung1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.Behandlung1.HasChanges = False + Me.Behandlung1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.Behandlung1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) + Me.Behandlung1.Name = "Behandlung1" + Me.Behandlung1.PatientNr = 0 + Me.Behandlung1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.Behandlung1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'Behandlungen + ' + Me.Behandlungen.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel3 + Me.Behandlungen.GlobalItem = False + Me.Behandlungen.Name = "Behandlungen" + Me.Behandlungen.Text = "Behandlungen" + ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel2 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Controls.Add(Me.PatientAbrechnung1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel2" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.TabItem = Me.Abrechnung + Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Visible = False + ' + 'PatientAbrechnung1 + ' + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.HasChanges = False + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Name = "PatientAbrechnung1" + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.PatientNr = 0 + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.PatientAbrechnung1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'Abrechnung + ' + Me.Abrechnung.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel2 + Me.Abrechnung.GlobalItem = False + Me.Abrechnung.Name = "Abrechnung" + Me.Abrechnung.Text = "Abrechnung" + ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel8 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Controls.Add(Me.PatientDetailsFirma1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(2) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel8" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.TabItem = Me.Stammdaten_Firma + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Visible = False + ' + 'PatientDetailsFirma1 + ' + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.HasChanges = False + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(2) + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Name = "PatientDetailsFirma1" + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Patientname = "0 Hutter Stefan Pfäffikon SZ" + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.PatientNr = 0 + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) + Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'Stammdaten_Firma + ' + Me.Stammdaten_Firma.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel8 + Me.Stammdaten_Firma.GlobalItem = False + Me.Stammdaten_Firma.Name = "Stammdaten_Firma" + Me.Stammdaten_Firma.Text = "Stammdaten" + ' 'SuperTabControlPanel1 ' Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.btnVTX) @@ -313,92 +487,6 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.Stammdaten.Name = "Stammdaten" Me.Stammdaten.Text = "Stammdaten" ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel8 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Controls.Add(Me.PatientDetailsFirma1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(2) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel8" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.TabIndex = 0 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.TabItem = Me.Stammdaten_Firma - ' - 'PatientDetailsFirma1 - ' - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.HasChanges = False - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(2) - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Name = "PatientDetailsFirma1" - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Patientname = "0 Hutter Stefan Pfäffikon SZ" - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.PatientNr = 0 - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) - Me.PatientDetailsFirma1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'Stammdaten_Firma - ' - Me.Stammdaten_Firma.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel8 - Me.Stammdaten_Firma.GlobalItem = False - Me.Stammdaten_Firma.Name = "Stammdaten_Firma" - Me.Stammdaten_Firma.Text = "Stammdaten" - ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel3 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Controls.Add(Me.Behandlung1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel3" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.TabIndex = 0 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.TabItem = Me.Behandlungen - ' - 'Behandlung1 - ' - Me.Behandlung1.Auftragsmanagement = False - Me.Behandlung1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.Behandlung1.HasChanges = False - Me.Behandlung1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.Behandlung1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) - Me.Behandlung1.Name = "Behandlung1" - Me.Behandlung1.PatientNr = 0 - Me.Behandlung1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 610) - Me.Behandlung1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'Behandlungen - ' - Me.Behandlungen.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel3 - Me.Behandlungen.GlobalItem = False - Me.Behandlungen.Name = "Behandlungen" - Me.Behandlungen.Text = "Behandlungen" - ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel5 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Controls.Add(Me.Finanzen1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 23) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel5" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 618) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.TabIndex = 0 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.TabItem = Me.Finanzen - ' - 'Finanzen1 - ' - Me.Finanzen1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.Finanzen1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.Finanzen1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) - Me.Finanzen1.Name = "Finanzen1" - Me.Finanzen1.Patientnr = 0 - Me.Finanzen1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 618) - Me.Finanzen1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'Finanzen - ' - Me.Finanzen.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel5 - Me.Finanzen.GlobalItem = False - Me.Finanzen.Name = "Finanzen" - Me.Finanzen.Text = "Finanzen" - ' 'SuperTabControlPanel4 ' Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.Controls.Add(Me.Krankengeschichte1) @@ -408,6 +496,7 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.TabIndex = 0 Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.TabItem = Me.Krankengeschichte + Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.Visible = False ' 'Krankengeschichte1 ' @@ -426,88 +515,6 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.Krankengeschichte.Name = "Krankengeschichte" Me.Krankengeschichte.Text = "Journal" ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel7 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Controls.Add(Me.ClsDokumente1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 23) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel7" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.TabIndex = 0 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.TabItem = Me.Dokumente - ' - 'ClsDokumente1 - ' - Me.ClsDokumente1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.ClsDokumente1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.ClsDokumente1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) - Me.ClsDokumente1.Name = "ClsDokumente1" - Me.ClsDokumente1.Patientnr = 0 - Me.ClsDokumente1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) - Me.ClsDokumente1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'Dokumente - ' - Me.Dokumente.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel7 - Me.Dokumente.GlobalItem = False - Me.Dokumente.Name = "Dokumente" - Me.Dokumente.Text = "Dokumente" - ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel6 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Controls.Add(Me.Recall1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 23) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel6" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.TabIndex = 0 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.TabItem = Me.Recall - ' - 'Recall1 - ' - Me.Recall1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.Recall1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.Recall1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) - Me.Recall1.Name = "Recall1" - Me.Recall1.Patientnr = 0 - Me.Recall1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) - Me.Recall1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'Recall - ' - Me.Recall.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel6 - Me.Recall.GlobalItem = False - Me.Recall.Name = "Recall" - Me.Recall.Text = "Recall" - ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel2 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Controls.Add(Me.PatientAbrechnung1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 23) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel2" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.TabIndex = 0 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.TabItem = Me.Abrechnung - ' - 'PatientAbrechnung1 - ' - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.HasChanges = False - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Margin = New System.Windows.Forms.Padding(4) - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Name = "PatientAbrechnung1" - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.PatientNr = 0 - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(1278, 613) - Me.PatientAbrechnung1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'Abrechnung - ' - Me.Abrechnung.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel2 - Me.Abrechnung.GlobalItem = False - Me.Abrechnung.Name = "Abrechnung" - Me.Abrechnung.Text = "Abrechnung" - ' 'MenuStrip1 ' Me.MenuStrip1.AllowMerge = False @@ -562,14 +569,14 @@ Partial Class Patient Me.ToolStrip1.PerformLayout() CType(Me.SuperTabControl1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.SuperTabControl1.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SuperTabControlPanel7.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel8.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.ResumeLayout(False) Me.MenuStrip1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.MenuStrip1.PerformLayout() Me.ResumeLayout(False) diff --git a/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.resx b/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.resx index fb11882..7c94f76 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.resx +++ b/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.resx @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 - 17, 17 + 1581, 17 @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ - 234, 17 + 1687, 17 diff --git a/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.vb b/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.vb index 3b74c89..5fcc97f 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Patient/Patient.vb @@ -84,6 +84,12 @@ End Function Private Sub Patient_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles MyBase.Load + Try + Me.Width = My.Settings.PatWindowSizeWidth + Me.Height = My.Settings.PatWindowSizeHeight + Catch ex As Exception + + End Try Select Case Globals.Funktionsstufe Case 2 'Me.Behandlungen.Visible = False @@ -131,7 +137,7 @@ Private Sub ToolStripButton6_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles tsbtnSave.Click save_data() - + Globals.ToastInfo.ShowSaveMesasge(Me.ParentForm) End Sub Private Sub tsbtnquit_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles tsbtnquit.Click diff --git a/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.Designer.vb index b3d9a89..c3c0007 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.Designer.vb @@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ Partial Class PatientDetailsFirma Me.cbboxStatus = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.cbboxNRTitel = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() Me.cbboxNrAnrede = New DPM2016.MyCombobox() + Me.LöschenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.ContextMenuStrip1.SuspendLayout() Me.SuspendLayout() ' @@ -714,9 +715,9 @@ Partial Class PatientDetailsFirma ' 'ContextMenuStrip1 ' - Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.NeuerAnsprechpartnerToolStripMenuItem, Me.BearbeitenToolStripMenuItem}) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.NeuerAnsprechpartnerToolStripMenuItem, Me.BearbeitenToolStripMenuItem, Me.LöschenToolStripMenuItem}) Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Name = "ContextMenuStrip1" - Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(198, 48) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(198, 92) ' 'NeuerAnsprechpartnerToolStripMenuItem ' @@ -733,7 +734,7 @@ Partial Class PatientDetailsFirma 'ClsStammdaten_flat1 ' Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.AllowAddNew = True - Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Connectionstring = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstati" & + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Connectionstring = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstati" & "on id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.ContextMenuStrip = Me.ContextMenuStrip1 Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(79, 336) @@ -823,6 +824,12 @@ Partial Class PatientDetailsFirma Me.cbboxNrAnrede.Valuemember = Nothing Me.cbboxNrAnrede.Visible = False ' + 'LöschenToolStripMenuItem + ' + Me.LöschenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "LöschenToolStripMenuItem" + Me.LöschenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(197, 22) + Me.LöschenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Löschen" + ' 'PatientDetailsFirma ' Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) @@ -981,4 +988,5 @@ Partial Class PatientDetailsFirma Friend WithEvents ContextMenuStrip1 As ContextMenuStrip Friend WithEvents NeuerAnsprechpartnerToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem Friend WithEvents BearbeitenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents LöschenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.vb b/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.vb index 407dc51..a76d7db 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Patient/subclasses/PatientDetailsFirma.vb @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ Public Class PatientDetailsFirma End Sub Private Sub PatientDetails_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles MyBase.Load - + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.ToolStripButton5.Visible = False End Sub Private Sub cbboxNrAnrede_SelectedIndexChanged(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles cbboxNrAnrede.SelectedIndexChanged @@ -587,10 +587,22 @@ Public Class PatientDetailsFirma End Sub Private Sub BearbeitenToolStripMenuItem_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles BearbeitenToolStripMenuItem.Click - Dim f As New frmPrivatAnsprechpartner - f.is_new = False - f.id = Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.c1daten.Columns(0).Value - f.nrprivat = txtnrprivat.Text - f.ShowDialog() + Try + Dim f As New frmPrivatAnsprechpartner + f.is_new = False + f.id = Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.c1daten.Columns(0).Value + f.nrprivat = txtnrprivat.Text + f.ShowDialog() + Catch + End Try + + End Sub + + Private Sub LöschenToolStripMenuItem_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles LöschenToolStripMenuItem.Click + Try + Me.ClsStammdaten_flat1.c1daten.Columns("Aktiv").Value = False + Catch + End Try + End Sub End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Utils/Globals.vb b/DPM2016/Utils/Globals.vb index 3be05f6..493aa10 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Utils/Globals.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Utils/Globals.vb @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ Module Globals Public Stammdaten_Geladen As Boolean = False Public LeistungenLoaded As Boolean = False + Public ToastInfo As New ToastMessage Public Enum ApplicationTypes DH = 1 diff --git a/DPM2016/Utils/ToastMessage.vb b/DPM2016/Utils/ToastMessage.vb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cb3e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/Utils/ToastMessage.vb @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Imports kp.Toaster + +Public Class ToastMessage + + + Public Sub ShowToastMessage(o As Object, title As String, message As String, type As ToastType, duration As ToastDuration) + If My.Settings.ShowToast = True Then + Toast.show(o, title, message, type, duration) + End If + End Sub + + Public Sub ShowSaveMesasge(o As Object) + + If My.Settings.ShowToast = "True" Then + Toast.show(o, "Speichern", "Daten erfolgreich gespeichert", ToastType.INFO, ToastDuration.SHORT) + End If + End Sub + + + +End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSplash.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSplash.Designer.vb index 1dcf7fd..64c42aa 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSplash.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSplash.Designer.vb @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - _ + Partial Class frmSplash Inherits System.Windows.Forms.Form 'Das Formular überschreibt den Löschvorgang, um die Komponentenliste zu bereinigen. - _ + Protected Overrides Sub Dispose(ByVal disposing As Boolean) Try If disposing AndAlso components IsNot Nothing Then @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Partial Class frmSplash 'Hinweis: Die folgende Prozedur ist für den Windows Form-Designer erforderlich. 'Das Bearbeiten ist mit dem Windows Form-Designer möglich. 'Das Bearbeiten mit dem Code-Editor ist nicht möglich. - _ + Private Sub InitializeComponent() Me.SuspendLayout() ' diff --git a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.Designer.vb b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.Designer.vb index 964e71e..3cd74e9 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.Designer.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.Designer.vb @@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.ToolStrip1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() Me.tsbtnquit = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.SuperTabControl1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControl() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.Button1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() + Me.Label1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() + Me.TextBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() + Me.SuperTabItem1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() Me.SuperTabControlPanel5 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() Me.Button6 = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() Me.Button5 = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() Me.Label5 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.TextBox5 = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() Me.Dokumente = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() - Me.Button1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() - Me.Label1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() - Me.TextBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() - Me.SuperTabItem1 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() Me.SuperTabControlPanel4 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() Me.Button4 = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() Me.Label4 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() @@ -62,18 +62,24 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.ContextMenuStrip2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenuStrip(Me.components) Me.DokumentAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.PatientFirmaAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() + Me.Freitext = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6 = New DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel() + Me.btnSucheFreitext = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() + Me.Label6 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() + Me.txtsucheFreitext = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() Me.MenuStrip1.SuspendLayout() Me.ToolStrip1.SuspendLayout() CType(Me.SuperTabControl1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() Me.SuperTabControl1.SuspendLayout() - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.SuspendLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel3.SuspendLayout() CType(Me.C1Daten, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() Me.ContextMenuStrip1.SuspendLayout() Me.ContextMenuStrip2.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.SuspendLayout() Me.SuspendLayout() ' 'MenuStrip1 @@ -133,11 +139,12 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.MenuBox.Name = "" Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.Name = "" Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.SubItems.AddRange(New DevComponents.DotNetBar.BaseItem() {Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.MenuBox, Me.SuperTabControl1.ControlBox.CloseBox}) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel1) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel5) - Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel4) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel6) Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel2) Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel3) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel5) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel1) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Controls.Add(Me.SuperTabControlPanel4) Me.SuperTabControl1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top Me.SuperTabControl1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 49) Me.SuperTabControl1.Name = "SuperTabControl1" @@ -147,9 +154,53 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.SuperTabControl1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(800, 129) Me.SuperTabControl1.TabFont = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25!, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Regular, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, CType(0, Byte)) Me.SuperTabControl1.TabIndex = 22 - Me.SuperTabControl1.Tabs.AddRange(New DevComponents.DotNetBar.BaseItem() {Me.SuperTabItem1, Me.SuperTabItem2, Me.SuperTabItem3, Me.SuperTabItem4, Me.Dokumente}) + Me.SuperTabControl1.Tabs.AddRange(New DevComponents.DotNetBar.BaseItem() {Me.SuperTabItem1, Me.SuperTabItem2, Me.SuperTabItem3, Me.SuperTabItem4, Me.Dokumente, Me.Freitext}) Me.SuperTabControl1.Text = "SuperTabControl1" ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel1 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.Button1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.Label1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.TextBox1) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel1" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(800, 104) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.TabIndex = 1 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.TabItem = Me.SuperTabItem1 + ' + 'Button1 + ' + Me.Button1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 75) + Me.Button1.Name = "Button1" + Me.Button1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(75, 23) + Me.Button1.TabIndex = 2 + Me.Button1.Text = "Suchen" + Me.Button1.UseVisualStyleBackColor = True + ' + 'Label1 + ' + Me.Label1.AutoSize = True + Me.Label1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 18) + Me.Label1.Name = "Label1" + Me.Label1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(61, 13) + Me.Label1.TabIndex = 1 + Me.Label1.Text = "Suchbegriff" + ' + 'TextBox1 + ' + Me.TextBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(79, 15) + Me.TextBox1.Name = "TextBox1" + Me.TextBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(154, 20) + Me.TextBox1.TabIndex = 0 + ' + 'SuperTabItem1 + ' + Me.SuperTabItem1.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel1 + Me.SuperTabItem1.GlobalItem = False + Me.SuperTabItem1.Name = "SuperTabItem1" + Me.SuperTabItem1.Text = "Patient" + ' 'SuperTabControlPanel5 ' Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.Controls.Add(Me.Button6) @@ -204,50 +255,6 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.Dokumente.Name = "Dokumente" Me.Dokumente.Text = "Dokumente" ' - 'SuperTabControlPanel1 - ' - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.Button1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.Label1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Controls.Add(Me.TextBox1) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel1" - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(800, 104) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.TabIndex = 1 - Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.TabItem = Me.SuperTabItem1 - ' - 'Button1 - ' - Me.Button1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 75) - Me.Button1.Name = "Button1" - Me.Button1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(75, 23) - Me.Button1.TabIndex = 2 - Me.Button1.Text = "Suchen" - Me.Button1.UseVisualStyleBackColor = True - ' - 'Label1 - ' - Me.Label1.AutoSize = True - Me.Label1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 18) - Me.Label1.Name = "Label1" - Me.Label1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(61, 13) - Me.Label1.TabIndex = 1 - Me.Label1.Text = "Suchbegriff" - ' - 'TextBox1 - ' - Me.TextBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(79, 15) - Me.TextBox1.Name = "TextBox1" - Me.TextBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(154, 20) - Me.TextBox1.TabIndex = 0 - ' - 'SuperTabItem1 - ' - Me.SuperTabItem1.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel1 - Me.SuperTabItem1.GlobalItem = False - Me.SuperTabItem1.Name = "SuperTabItem1" - Me.SuperTabItem1.Text = "Patient" - ' 'SuperTabControlPanel4 ' Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.Controls.Add(Me.Button4) @@ -394,7 +401,8 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.C1Daten.PreviewInfo.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.C1Daten.PreviewInfo.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(0, 0) Me.C1Daten.PreviewInfo.ZoomFactor = 75.0R - Me.C1Daten.PrintInfo.PageSettings = CType(resources.GetObject("C1Daten.PrintInfo.PageSettings"), System.Drawing.Printing.PageSettings) + Me.C1Daten.PrintInfo.MeasurementDevice = C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PrintInfo.MeasurementDeviceEnum.Screen + Me.C1Daten.PrintInfo.MeasurementPrinterName = Nothing Me.C1Daten.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(800, 272) Me.C1Daten.TabIndex = 23 Me.C1Daten.Text = "C1TrueDBGrid1" @@ -404,12 +412,12 @@ Partial Class frmSuche ' Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem}) Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Name = "ContextMenuStrip1" - Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(181, 48) + Me.ContextMenuStrip1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(160, 26) ' 'DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem ' Me.DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem.Name = "DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem" - Me.DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(180, 22) + Me.DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(159, 22) Me.DettailsAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Details anzeigen" ' 'ContextMenuStrip2 @@ -430,6 +438,50 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.PatientFirmaAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(196, 22) Me.PatientFirmaAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Patient/Firma anzeigen" ' + 'Freitext + ' + Me.Freitext.AttachedControl = Me.SuperTabControlPanel6 + Me.Freitext.GlobalItem = False + Me.Freitext.Name = "Freitext" + Me.Freitext.Text = "Freitext" + ' + 'SuperTabControlPanel6 + ' + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Controls.Add(Me.btnSucheFreitext) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Controls.Add(Me.Label6) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Controls.Add(Me.txtsucheFreitext) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Name = "SuperTabControlPanel6" + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(800, 104) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.TabIndex = 0 + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.TabItem = Me.Freitext + ' + 'btnSucheFreitext + ' + Me.btnSucheFreitext.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 66) + Me.btnSucheFreitext.Name = "btnSucheFreitext" + Me.btnSucheFreitext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(75, 23) + Me.btnSucheFreitext.TabIndex = 11 + Me.btnSucheFreitext.Text = "Suchen" + Me.btnSucheFreitext.UseVisualStyleBackColor = True + ' + 'Label6 + ' + Me.Label6.AutoSize = True + Me.Label6.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 10) + Me.Label6.Name = "Label6" + Me.Label6.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(61, 13) + Me.Label6.TabIndex = 10 + Me.Label6.Text = "Suchbegriff" + ' + 'txtsucheFreitext + ' + Me.txtsucheFreitext.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(79, 7) + Me.txtsucheFreitext.Name = "txtsucheFreitext" + Me.txtsucheFreitext.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(290, 20) + Me.txtsucheFreitext.TabIndex = 9 + ' 'frmSuche ' Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) @@ -447,10 +499,10 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Me.ToolStrip1.PerformLayout() CType(Me.SuperTabControl1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.SuperTabControl1.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.ResumeLayout(False) - Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.PerformLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SuperTabControlPanel1.PerformLayout() + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel5.PerformLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SuperTabControlPanel4.PerformLayout() Me.SuperTabControlPanel2.ResumeLayout(False) @@ -460,6 +512,8 @@ Partial Class frmSuche CType(Me.C1Daten, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.ContextMenuStrip1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.ContextMenuStrip2.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.SuperTabControlPanel6.PerformLayout() Me.ResumeLayout(False) Me.PerformLayout() @@ -503,4 +557,9 @@ Partial Class frmSuche Friend WithEvents ContextMenuStrip2 As ContextMenuStrip Friend WithEvents DokumentAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem Friend WithEvents PatientFirmaAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem As ToolStripMenuItem + Friend WithEvents SuperTabControlPanel6 As DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabControlPanel + Friend WithEvents Freitext As DevComponents.DotNetBar.SuperTabItem + Friend WithEvents btnSucheFreitext As Button + Friend WithEvents Label6 As Label + Friend WithEvents txtsucheFreitext As TextBox End Class diff --git a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.resx b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.resx index 8e0a0a9..c6c86d7 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.resx +++ b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.resx @@ -150,39 +150,10 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAkAAAAJCAYAAADgkQYQAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAARnQU1BAACxjwv8 YQUAAAAJcEhZcwAADsMAAA7DAcdvqGQAAAA0SURBVChTdYkBCgAgDAL9/6eLIsd0eSCKhw/r9aCLtC88 vAdHMEIXKUIUhMK76EfagglgA6CqHOQpL6GyAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC - - - - - AAEAAAD/////AQAAAAAAAAAMAgAAAFFTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZywgVmVyc2lvbj00LjAuMC4wLCBDdWx0 - dXJlPW5ldXRyYWwsIFB1YmxpY0tleVRva2VuPWIwM2Y1ZjdmMTFkNTBhM2EFAQAAACRTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MHAAAAD3ByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwVjb2xvcglwYXBlclNp - emULcGFwZXJTb3VyY2URcHJpbnRlclJlc29sdXRpb24JbGFuZHNjYXBlB21hcmdpbnMEBAQEBAQEJ1N5 - c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlByaW50ZXJTZXR0aW5ncwIAAAAgU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuVHJpU3RhdGUCAAAAIVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLlBhcGVyU2l6ZQIAAAAjU3lz - dGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUGFwZXJTb3VyY2UCAAAAKVN5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5n - LlByaW50ZXJSZXNvbHV0aW9uAgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAf - U3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuTWFyZ2lucwIAAAACAAAACQMAAAAF/P///yBTeXN0ZW0uRHJh - d2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQEAAAAFdmFsdWUAAgIAAAAACgoKAfv////8////AAkGAAAABQMA - AAAnU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRlclNldHRpbmdzEgAAAAtwcmludGVyTmFtZQpk - cml2ZXJOYW1lCm91dHB1dFBvcnQLcHJpbnRUb0ZpbGUUcHJpbnREaWFsb2dEaXNwbGF5ZWQKZXh0cmFi - eXRlcwlleHRyYWluZm8GY29waWVzBmR1cGxleAdjb2xsYXRlE2RlZmF1bHRQYWdlU2V0dGluZ3MIZnJv - bVBhZ2UGdG9QYWdlB21heFBhZ2UHbWluUGFnZQpwcmludFJhbmdlDGRldm1vZGVieXRlcw1jYWNoZWRE - ZXZtb2RlAQEBAAAABwAEBAQAAAAABAAHAQEHAgceU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuRHVwbGV4 - AgAAACBTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5UcmlTdGF0ZQIAAAAkU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJp - bnRpbmcuUGFnZVNldHRpbmdzAgAAAAgICAgiU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcuUHJpbnRSYW5n - ZQIAAAAHAgIAAAAKBgcAAAAACQcAAAAAAAAACv//Bfj///8eU3lzdGVtLkRyYXdpbmcuUHJpbnRpbmcu - RHVwbGV4AQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAA/////wH3/////P///wAJCgAAAAAAAAAAAAAADycAAAAAAAAF - 9f///yJTeXN0ZW0uRHJhd2luZy5QcmludGluZy5QcmludFJhbmdlAQAAAAd2YWx1ZV9fAAgCAAAAAAAA - AAAACgUGAAAAH1N5c3RlbS5EcmF3aW5nLlByaW50aW5nLk1hcmdpbnMIAAAABGxlZnQFcmlnaHQDdG9w - BmJvdHRvbQpkb3VibGVMZWZ0C2RvdWJsZVJpZ2h0CWRvdWJsZVRvcAxkb3VibGVCb3R0b20AAAAAAAAA - AAgICAgGBgYGAgAAAGQAAABkAAAAZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZ - QAEKAAAAAQAAAAkDAAAAAfP////8////AAoKCgHy/////P///wAJDwAAAAEPAAAABgAAAGQAAABkAAAA - ZAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAABZQAAAAAAAAFlAAAAAAAAAWUAAAAAAAABZQAs= - <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>HighlightRow{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style8{}Style7{}Style2{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}Normal{}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}Inactive{ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;BackColor:InactiveCaption;}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}Style3{}Footer{}Style14{}Heading{Wrap:True;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;}Style5{}Editor{}Style10{}FilterWatermark{ForeColor:InfoText;BackColor:Info;}Style16{}Selected{ForeColor:HighlightText;BackColor:Highlight;}Style15{}Style13{}Style12{}Style11{}Style4{}Style9{}Group{Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;BackColor:ControlDark;}Style1{}Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}Style6{}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 798, 270</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 798, 270</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> + <?xml version="1.0"?><Blob><Styles type="C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Design.ContextWrapper"><Data>Caption{AlignHorz:Center;}ColumnSelector{}Editor{}EvenRow{BackColor:White;}FilterBar{BackColor:Info;}FilterWatermark{BackColor:Info;ForeColor:InfoText;}Footer{}Group{BackColor:ControlDark;Border:None,,0, 0, 0, 0;AlignVert:Center;}Heading{BackColor:Control;ForeColor:ControlText;Border:Flat,ControlDark,0, 1, 0, 1;AlignVert:Center;WrapText:WrapWithOverflow;}HeadingHot{}HighlightRow{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Inactive{BackColor:InactiveCaption;ForeColor:InactiveCaptionText;}Normal{}OddRow{BackColor:ControlLight;}RecordSelector{AlignImage:Center;}RowSelector{}Selected{BackColor:Highlight;ForeColor:HighlightText;}Style1{}Style10{}Style11{}Style12{}Style13{}Style14{}Style15{}Style16{}Style17{}Style18{}Style19{}Style2{}Style3{}Style4{}Style5{}Style6{}Style7{}Style8{}Style9{}</Data></Styles><Splits><C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView Name="" AlternatingRowStyle="True" CaptionHeight="17" ColumnCaptionHeight="17" ColumnFooterHeight="17" FilterBar="True" MarqueeStyle="DottedCellBorder" RecordSelectorWidth="17" DefRecSelWidth="17" VerticalScrollGroup="1" HorizontalScrollGroup="1"><CaptionStyle parent="Style2" me="Style10" /><EditorStyle parent="Editor" me="Style5" /><EvenRowStyle parent="EvenRow" me="Style8" /><FilterBarStyle parent="FilterBar" me="Style13" /><FilterWatermarkStyle parent="FilterWatermark" me="Style14" /><FooterStyle parent="Footer" me="Style3" /><GroupStyle parent="Group" me="Style12" /><HeadingStyle parent="Heading" me="Style2" /><HeadingHotStyle parent="HeadingHot" me="Style19" /><HighLightRowStyle parent="HighlightRow" me="Style7" /><InactiveStyle parent="Inactive" me="Style4" /><OddRowStyle parent="OddRow" me="Style9" /><RecordSelectorStyle parent="RecordSelector" me="Style11" /><RowSelectorStyle parent="RowSelector" me="Style17" /><ColumnSelectorStyle parent="ColumnSelector" me="Style18" /><SelectedStyle parent="Selected" me="Style6" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Style1" /><ClientRect>0, 0, 798, 270</ClientRect><BorderSide>0</BorderSide></C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.MergeView></Splits><NamedStyles><Style parent="" me="Normal" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Heading" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Footer" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Caption" /><Style parent="Heading" me="Inactive" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Selected" /><Style parent="Normal" me="Editor" /><Style parent="Normal" me="HighlightRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="EvenRow" /><Style parent="Normal" me="OddRow" /><Style parent="Heading" me="RecordSelector" /><Style parent="Normal" me="FilterBar" /><Style parent="FilterBar" me="FilterWatermark" /><Style parent="Caption" me="Group" /><Style parent="RecordSelector" me="RowSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="ColumnSelector" /><Style parent="Heading" me="HeadingHot" /></NamedStyles><vertSplits>1</vertSplits><horzSplits>1</horzSplits><Layout>None</Layout><DefaultRecSelWidth>17</DefaultRecSelWidth><ClientArea>0, 0, 798, 270</ClientArea><PrintPageHeaderStyle parent="" me="Style15" /><PrintPageFooterStyle parent="" me="Style16" /></Blob> 388, 17 diff --git a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.vb b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.vb index 25a9576..64862f3 100644 --- a/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.vb +++ b/DPM2016/Utils/frmSuche.vb @@ -82,6 +82,22 @@ Public Class frmSuche End If Case "Dokumente" DokumentAnzeigenToolStripMenuItem_Click(sender, e) + Case "Freitext" + Cursor = Cursors.WaitCursor + Dim db As New clsDB + db.Get_Tabledata("Behandlu", " where nrbehandlung=" & Key.ToString) + Key = db.dsDaten.Tables(0).Rows(0).Item("nrpatient").ToString + Dim nrbehandlung As Integer = db.dsDaten.Tables(0).Rows(0).Item("nrbehandlung").ToString + Dim f As New Patient + f.MdiParent = Me.MdiParent + f.Show() + f.PatientNr = Key + f.Behandlung1.PatientNr = Key + f.SuperTabControl1.SelectedTabIndex = 3 + f.Behandlung1.treebehandlungen.SelectedNode = Globals.FindNode(f.Behandlung1.treebehandlungen.Nodes, nrbehandlung, nrbehandlung) + + + Cursor = Cursors.Default End Select Catch End Try @@ -107,6 +123,10 @@ Public Class frmSuche If Globals.License.DMS = False Then Me.SuperTabControl1.Tabs(4).Visible = False End If + If Globals.Applicationtype = ApplicationTypes.Projektabrechnung Then + Me.SuperTabItem1.Text = "Kunde" + Me.SuperTabItem2.Visible = False + End If End Sub @@ -263,4 +283,16 @@ Public Class frmSuche End Try End Sub + + Private Sub btnSucheFreitext_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles btnSucheFreitext.Click + Dim db As New clsDB + db.Get_Tabledata("Freitextsuche", "", db.Get_SQL(40), Me.txtsucheFreitext.Text) + Me.C1Daten.DataSource = Nothing + Me.C1Daten.DataSource = db.dsDaten.Tables(0) + Me.C1Daten.DataMember = db.dsDaten.Tables(0).TableName + End Sub + + Private Sub txtsucheFreitext_KeyDown(sender As Object, e As KeyEventArgs) Handles txtsucheFreitext.KeyDown + If e.KeyCode = Keys.Enter Then btnSucheFreitext_Click(sender, e) + End Sub End Class \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/app.config b/DPM2016/app.config index 1b28462..67adaa1 100644 --- a/DPM2016/app.config +++ b/DPM2016/app.config @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ - + -
+
@@ -10,23 +10,23 @@ - + - + - + - + @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ h:\dpm\docarchiv - data source=shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 + data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 - data source=shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 + data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 BgWSbwCNM3pEiCxgIlDEyD7HFpUgKPeL8OPDqH9n @@ -60,21 +60,36 @@ PADM + + True + + + 1800 + + + 1200 + + + 1600 + + + 1000 + - - + + - - + + - - + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/36_20245202105233_170419275371665_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/36_20245202105233_170419275371665_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd0b6cc Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/36_20245202105233_170419275371665_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/40_20234529114531_170385033278584_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/40_20234529114531_170385033278584_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/40_20234529114531_170385033278584_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/40_20234529114546_17038503472512_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/40_20234529114546_17038503472512_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/40_20234529114546_17038503472512_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114000_170385000171665_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114000_170385000171665_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114000_170385000171665_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114024_170385002454452_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114024_170385002454452_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114024_170385002454452_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114041_170385004259062_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114041_170385004259062_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114041_170385004259062_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114051_170385005130066_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114051_170385005130066_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114051_170385005130066_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114058_170385005931305_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114058_170385005931305_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234029114058_170385005931305_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234229114248_170385016871665_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234229114248_170385016871665_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234229114248_170385016871665_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234229114256_170385017754452_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234229114256_170385017754452_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234229114256_170385017754452_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234329114306_170385018659062_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234329114306_170385018659062_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234329114306_170385018659062_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234329114317_170385019830066_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234329114317_170385019830066_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234329114317_170385019830066_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234429114440_170385028131305_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234429114440_170385028131305_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234429114440_170385028131305_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234529114559_170385036077182_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234529114559_170385036077182_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234529114559_170385036077182_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234629114613_170385037382559_QR.png b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234629114613_170385037382559_QR.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8a089 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/BMDruck/QR_Images/41_20234629114613_170385037382559_QR.png differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.C1Excel.4.6.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.C1Excel.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e4c4b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.C1Excel.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Data.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Data.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1955c40..0000000 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Data.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.6.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..426409b Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.8.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d7e14e Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.8.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.8.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d76de14 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29362 @@ + + + + C1.Win.4.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Represents the dropdown editor for type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for ColorPickerForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + Represents the editor for the value. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the form used as the color picker. + The form must expose the public property Color Color {get;set;}. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor dialog box. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a format string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show null text or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a null text. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor for the format string. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor dialog box. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a input mask string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the underlying datasource should be updated with the literals in the mask. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the "Update with Literals" prompt is visible. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor for the mask of input editor. + + + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates that the "Update with Literals" prompt is visible. + + + + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + Provides extension methods for the control. + + + + + Draws a text in the client area. + + The in which the text is drawn. + The object used to paint. + The text to be drawn. + The foreground color of the text. + The background color of the text. + + This method is used to draw placeholder text or the text of a disabled text box. + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessible control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets a default name of this . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that hosted on drop down form and can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessile element. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Gets the associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the accessible object associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the role of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the accessible children collection. + + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. + + + + + Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. + + + + + Sets input focus to the accessible object. + + + + + Represents the object that provides objects for the class. + + + + + Gets the accessible elements collection. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. The default value is Transparent. + + If this property is not set, the actual color will be inherited from the parent container foreground color. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. The default value is Transparent. + + This property doesn't apply to C1BitmapIcon. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon background color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + If this property is not set, then icon will be resized according to the parent container size. + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The property name. + + + + Fires when property value was changed. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Describes how content is resized to fill its allocated space. + + + + + The content preserves its original size. + + + + + The content is resized to fill the destination dimensions. The aspect ratio is not preserved. + + + + + The content is resized to fit in the destination dimensions while it preserves its native aspect ratio. + + + + + Describes how bitmap content is recolored. + + + + + The bitmap should use original colors. + + + + + The bitmap should be always shown as monochrome. + + + + + The bitmap coloring should be defined by the parent element. + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image list which should be used to retrieve the image. + The index of image in the image list. + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon background color. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + If this property is not set, then icon stretches according to the property value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. The default value is Transparent. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets the list of icons that will be rendered. + + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents the set of icons of different sizes to use in a single UI element. + + + + + Gets the next available icon of the requested size. If the icon of requested size is available in the icon set, it will be returned. + Otherwise, the icon of the next bigger size will be returned (or the biggest one icon of requested size is too big). + + The requested size + The icon of the next available size. + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon set definition. + The string to use as a postfix part of the iconSet name. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon set definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a deep copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a deep copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and contains the same + set of icons as this icon set. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and ontains the same + set of icons as this icon set; otherwise, false + + + + This factory class returns the most common predefined icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The function that creates the icon. New instances must be created every time. + + + + Creates a new icon. + + + + + Creates a new icon with specified size. + + The icon size. + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a global navigation button. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the left. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the right. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing west. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing south east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing north east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a 5-pointed star. + + + + + Gets the path for the Checked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unchecked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grayed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Collapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Expanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBCursor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBAdd icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoCircle icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoMark icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilterEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilteredColumn icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ExpressionEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailExpanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailCollapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Pin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unpin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker tool icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker search icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker clear icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxRect icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxIndeterminate icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioChecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioUnchecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the More icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Minus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowUp2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowDown2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowRight icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the True Type font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the OpenType font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the Delete icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Up icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Down icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Bold icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Italic icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Underline icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Strikeout icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ForeColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BackColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BorderColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grid icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DownArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the UpArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Transparent icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Edit1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Align icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTop icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottom icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Histogram icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Gradient icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowLeft icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the FirstRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the LastRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the Cancel icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the Refresh icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon in vertical orientation. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the CloseButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the RestoreButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MinimizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MaximizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the HelpButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the list of that will be rendered. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + + + + Gets or sets flags used to render text. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + Override it to provide custom initialization. + Always call base class implementation to reset dirty flag. + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Notifies C1Icon element that UI should be re-initialized for the next drawing operation. + + Call this method from property setters to make sure that new property value is nohored at drawing. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Returns rectangle (in the icon coordinates) to render icon. + + Returned rectangle honors property value. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Gets the image represented by this . + + + + + True if returned bitmap should be disposed when no longer needed; False otherwise. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. Returns False. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. Returns False. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Renders content into the given rectangle. + + + + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element pproperties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper elemen intitialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Gets the geometry of the vector. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle (in the icon coordinates) which will determine image placement. + + Don't set this property if you want to autosize icon according to the element bounds. + + + + The stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + The stroke color. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Returns the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + Returns the property value. + If the property is not set, returns graphic path bounds. + + + + Updates element properties when icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represent an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Present an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Gets a default value of dpi. + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + This property doesn't apply to BitmapIconRenderer. + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + Gets the size of icon after scaling by . + + + + + Gets or sets the cached icon image. + + + + + Resets cached image. + + + + + Gets the image that the icon was rendered into. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + + + + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to use a fill for the shape. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the shape has a stroke. + + + + + Creates a path for rendering an icon. + + + + + + + + Simple button with text and image. + + + + + Occurs when the element is clicked. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the to display. + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the value to show as element tooltip. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + Returns drop-down button image. + + + + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Repeat button (fires repeatedly, like scrollbar buttons). + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between clicks when the button is kept pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the button is kept pressed, + in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the mouse hovers over + the button, in milliseconds. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Check (toggle) button. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display chich box mark. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the CheckBox element within the button. + + + If there is no CheckBox element, this property returns -1. Setting the property to -1 removes the CheckBox element. + Setting this property value greater than the number of children does not throw an exception. In this case, the + maximum valid value (Children.Count) is used instead (e.g. CheckBoxIndex = 1000). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the button's CheckState (can be checked, unchecked, or indeterminate). + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the specified checkbox state. + + A value from the enumeration. + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + Override this method to provide your own images for checkboxes in various states. + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the current checkbox state. + + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Radio button with text and image. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + that hosts a WinForms . + + + In principle, this class allows hosting any WinForms control. In practice, + not all controls work well in this scenario. For example, some controls cannot be freely + resized, so the element should account for that. + ** Important Note: to allow hosting generic controls, this class stores a reference + to itself in the contained control's Tag property. That means hosted controls cannot + use their Tag property for anything else. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and control to host. + + The object to use. + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified control to host. + + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this element is hosting. + + + + + Copies style attributes from the element to the hosted control. + + + + + If overriden in nested classes and returns not null, + InputPanel will use the HostPanel to make scrollable withing the element. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's bounds. + + + + + Override to get text change notifications. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Element equivalent to a WinForms control. + + + This element has two styles: the regular () is used + to paint the element background; the is used to paint the + progress indicator. + If either style is set to null (the default value), then the background and/or + progress indicators are rendered using system's current visual theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given . + + used to paint the element's background. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the progress bar. + + + If this property is set to null, then the progress is painted using the + system's current visual theme. + + + + + Panel that knows how to scroll child elements bigger than itself. + + + The child elements are clipped to the bounds of the ScrollablePanel; + scrolling is done by setting the property, + which works like the ScrollPosition in the control. + This class only implements the scrollable (client) area of a scrollable + control. It doesn't have scrollbars or buttons. For that, use the + or classes + (or implement your own scrollable panel). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the pecified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Negative pixel offset (like the control). + + + + + that contains the content to be scrolled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the panel to scroll its contents + in steps when the property changes. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change applied + when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Event that occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Panel that plays the role of a ). + + + This element contains a that contains the + content to display and two objects that are displayed + as needed and control the scroll position on the main panel. + If the panel contains an that is , + then it will honor the mouse wheel in addition to the scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new ScrollBarPanel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets which scrollbars should be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrollbars defined by the + property should remain visible even if they are not needed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the scrollbar buttons. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Returns reference to the vertical element. + + + + + Returns reference to the horizontal element. + + + + + Panel that contains two scroll buttons (, + ) and a with + content that can be scrolled by clicking the buttons. + + + To use this class, assign the that contains the + scrollable content should be assigned to the + property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll position (negative pixel offset, like the control). + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll step, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing while pressed, in milliseconds + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing when the mouse hovers over them + (even without pressing them) + + + Set to zero or any negative value to disable the hover scroll feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the time between scroll steps while buttons are pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scroll buttons should be visible even when they are not needed. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to previous elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to next elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining height and width in pixels of navigation buttons. + + + + + + Element that looks and behaves like a WinForms . + + + If no is assigned to this element, it will render itself + using Windows Visual Styles. + + Use the property to control whether + the ScrollBarElement should be rendered as a vertical or horizontal + scrollbar. + + + + + Specifies the command being executed by the ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a without a . + + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical without a . + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the + scroll box on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a small distance (one 'line'). + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a large distance (one 'page'). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the thumb size should reflect the ratio of the scroll bar + size to its range. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale factor (used with Gc/C1Zoom). + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the scroll box ('thumb' element). + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the thumb and line up/down buttons in the scroll direction. + + + By default, the scroll buttons are square. This property allows you to set the + button height in vertical scrollbars or the button width in horizontal scrollbars. + Set this property to a value less than 1 to restore the default (square) sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the control to scroll in steps. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change + applied when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Fires when the property has been changed. + + + + + Buttons at either end of the scrollbar (line up/down) + + + + + Area between the buttons and the thumb (page up/down) + + + + + Thumb (track) + + + + + Tab pages are represented by TabPageElement elements in the + tab.TabArea.Children collection. + + + + + Gets the RowPanel that contains the tabs. + + + + + Gets the element that is currently displayed in the content area. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected TabPageElement. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements that represent the tab pages. + + + + + Removes all tabs and content from the TabElement. + + + + + Gets the TabPageElement that contains a given child element. + + Child element in the Tab. + The TabPageElement that contains the given child element, or + null if the element does not belong to any tab pages. + + + + + + + + + that hosts a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current text. + + + + + Returns the reference to the hosted control. + + + + + Updates the alignment of the text box control to reflect the current . + + + + + Gets the number of lines in the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual cue, or tip, that is displayed by TextBox to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a tree panel with rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets visible of the checkbox for a tree row. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset value for a tree row. + + + Used in the * formula. + + + + + Gets the settings for the tree lines. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a list of settings for tree lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of dashed lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating displays lines or not. + + + + + Represents a base collection for and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent element of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent element of this collection. + + + + + Creates and adds an object to the end of the . + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree panel of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree row of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent tree row of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a tree panel row element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the parent tree panel of this . + + + + + Gets the parent row of this . + + + + + Gets the level of this . + + + + + Gets the button to change the expanded state for this . + + + + + Gets the checkbox for this . + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded state value for this . + + + + + Gets the collection of child rows for this . + + + + + Returns a collection with this row, all of its child rows, and all of the child rows of child rows. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a button instance for property. + + + + + Returns a checkbox instance for property. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with icon for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the for the expanded state of the row. + + + + + Gets the for the collapsed state of the row. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with checkbox for . + + + + + Event raised when checked/unchecked + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the for the checked state of the checkBox. + + + + + Gets the for the unchecked state of the checkBox. + + + + + + + + + + + Updates icon element + + + + + Base class for all object that contain child elements. + + + This class extends and implements the property. + This class acts like a static canvas. It has no layout logic other than sizing itself to fit its children. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + object used to measure and render this . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Abstract class for elements that display text or images. + + Derived classes should override method to + provide the content (text, images, formatted values). + + This class does not have child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets the value represented by this . + + Object to be rendered as this element's content. + + The value is an object that the class can measure and render, usually a string, + an , or an object. + + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + The is a layout panel, that layouts children elements to the left, right, top, bottom or center of the panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Adds child element with the specified option. + + The to add. + The option to use for the added child element. + + + + Changes the option for the specified child element. + + The to change. + The new option to use. + + + + Returns the option used for the specified child element. + + The child to check. + The new option used for the specified child element. + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Interface implemented by WinForms controls hosted in X elements. + + + This interface allows the control to manage WinForms controls + contained in C1.Framework elements. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that this is hosting. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's current bounds. + + + + + Interface implemented by Elements that want to display tooltips when seen + in an XView. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that appears as a ToolTip for this . + + + + + Interface implemented by elements that can process mnemonics. + + + + + Method that gets called when the user presses the hot key that corresponds to this . + + True if the hot key was handled by the element, false otherwise. + + + + Base class for all elements, handles layout and styles. Instances of this + class have no content and no children. + + Elements with content (and no children) derive from . + + Elements with children derive from . + + This class doesn't do much by itself except call virtual methods that can + be overridden in derived classes. It can draw a background and borders with + no content, so it can be used to implement things like bars and spacers. + + It is designed to be very light-weight, since typical documents may create + thousands of these. Additional elements should be added to not-so-common derived + classes. + + + + + Flags that represent the state of an . + + + + + Element should be laid out before it is rendered. + + + + + Element is visible. + + + + + The width of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The height of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The element is enabled and may receive mouse and keyboard messages. + + + + + The element recognizes mouse messages. + + + + + The element recognizes keyboard messages. + + + + + The element should display a focus rectangle when it has the focus. + + + + + The element can receive the focus when the tab key is pressed. + + + + + The mouse is over the element. + + + + + The mouse is over the element and the left button is pressed. + + + + + The Hot state does not propagate automatically to the parent element. + + + + + Flow child elements in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Used for international applications where the language is written from right to left. + + + + + Indicates if the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Indicates if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Flags that represent the line-breaking behavior caused by an element when it is contained + in a paragraph. + + + + + The element does not cause line breaks. + + + + + Insert line breaks before the element. + + + + + Insert line breaks after the element. + + + + + The parent . + + + + + The that defines the position of the within its parent. + + + + + The object that defines the appearance of this . + + + + + An value that defines the behavior of this . + + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + + + + Gets the element's parent, or null if this is the root element. + + + + + Gets the element's top-level parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style object used to render this Element. + + + + + Gets the element's style, or a default style if the element doesn't have one. + This never returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is visible. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is enabled (can receive mouse and keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is hit-testable (receives mouse messages). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is focusable (receives keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element can currently receive the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should display a focus rectangle when it has focus. + + + + + Sets the focus to the host control and to this within the host control. + + True if the focus was set successfully. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this or one of its children has the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Hot style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Pressed style. + + + + + Gets or sets the element's bounds (size and location) within its parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the element. + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + Whether to return the element's outer bounds or content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle to the ancestor's content area. + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + Client rectangle, in pixels. + This discounts margins, borders, and padding. + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Element height. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Adjusts the location of this element by the specified amount. + + Offset in the horizontal direction. + Offset in the vertical direction. + + + + Gets a value that indicates this element needs to be laid out. + + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + Whether ContentElements (e.g. elements without children, such as + , ) also need to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + + + + Gets the portion of the element that renders below the baseline. + Usually non-zero only for text elements, depends on font. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Gets a list of child elements. + + + The base class always returns null; panel elements should be based on . + + + + + Gets a value that indicates the element has a non-empty collection. + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Lays out this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Perform layout using host control's object. + + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Render this element's content (no children). + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle to render into. + + + + Returns the element at a given point. + + Point to check. + The element at the point. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + Type of element we're looking for. + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Returns the scroll origin (override to implement non-scrolling areas). + + + + + + Determines whether this element is a child of another element. + + Parent element to investigate. + True if contains this element. + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + Whether to repaint the host control immediately after invalidation. + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Handles MouseWheel events. + + that contains the event data. + True if the event was handled by this element, false otherwise. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse moves over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user double-clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the element is about to lose focus. + + + + + + Called by the host control after the element has been validated. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + Key that was pressed and needs to be checked. + true if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a character key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface with the specified style. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Gets a that covers only the borders (hollow, used to renders the borders). + + the of the rendered . + the bounds of the rendered . + the border of the rendered . + + + + + Executes TextRenderer.DrawText. Do not use it in any way other than as protected. + + + + + Gets the value specifying whether element size is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element width is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element height is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets an from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the image. + An stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Gets a from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the bitmap. + A stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Finds the that is represented by a given hot key. + + to search (including all its children). + Hot key to search for. + The that is represented by the given hot key. + + + + Computes the location of the specified screen point into client coordinates. + + The screen coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in client coordinates. + + + + Computes the location of the specified client point into screen coordinates. + + The client coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in screen coordinates. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the is currently being displayed. + + + Returns if has no . + + + + + Scales the instance uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The style for scaling. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Contains a list of Elements that belong to a parent element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified owning element. + + The which owns this list. + + + + Gets a reference to the that owns this . + + + + + Adjusts the location of all objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Adjusts the location of some objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + Index of the first to be offset. + Number of elements to offset. + + + + Called when elements are added or removed from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the element to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new object in the list. + + + + Inserts an at a specified index. + + Index where the will be inserted. + to add to the list. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the list at the specified index. + + Index where the elements will be inserted. + whose elements will be inserted. + + + + Removes the at the specified index from the list. + + The index of the to remove. + + + + Removes a range of elements from the list. + + Index of the first element to remove from the list. + Number of elements to remove. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + Index where the reversal should start. + Number of elements to reverse. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + + + + Removes all elements from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the last on the list. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and orientation. + + The object to use. + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the of the specified orientation. + + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Specifies the value to use for layout children. + + + + + Represents a base drop down form for the drop down control. + + + + + The popup form on the top (if any exist). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner drop down control. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, + with Esc key or using the CloseForm method, and implicit cancellation + (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + This flag is True when we should not close the popup Form from the Deactivate event. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicates that can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating if the drop down form has a shadow displayed. + + + + + This flag is set when the user clicks the drop-down button in menu while this drop-down is already open. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If true, the form will not be closed when the user clicks some item on this form or on a child form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that hosted on this dropd down form. + + + + + Gets the drop-down owner. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Prepares location of drop down form. + + + The overridden method may return 'true' to avoid further processing. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Refreshes bounds of the drop down form. + + + + + Returns the initial size for drop down form. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Closes the drop down form. + + + + + Closes this and all child dropdown forms. + + + + + Handles a click on an item on a dropdown form. + + + + + Returns a parent form of the drop down control. + + + + + Applies the align to the dropdown form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Hides all the popped up forms till the specified parent form. + + + + + Don't pass 'this' in the formToBeActivated parameter + + + + + Represents the methods, events and properties of drop down from. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that form can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the form has been disposed of. + + + + + Applies the style to drop down form. + + Style of drop down form. + DPI of parent control. + + + + Closes the form. + + + + + Closes the drop down form and activates the parent form. + + + + + Opens the drop down form at the top of other windows. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets a value that determines the alignment of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets a distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the right-to-left mode value for the owner dropdown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating that the dropdown form closes itself and all child forms. + + + + + Gets the dropdown form. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to stick the drop-down form to the side border. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Returns the that has input focus then the is true. + + + + + Handles the DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Handles the DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Fires when item was clicked on dropdown form. + + + + + Represents extended the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Alignment of the drop-down portion of the drop down control. + + + + + Use the default alignment rules. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its left side. + + + + + The drop down form is centered. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its right side. + + + + + This class is an accessor for getting and setting elements at intersections + of grid rows and columns. The actual elements are stored in the rows. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The owning element. + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Gets or sets the displayed in this grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of rows that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of columns that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Keeps track of column widths and positions + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + GridColumn collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridColumn objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Return the reference to the owning grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the grid column to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a grid with rows and columns. + At each intersection there is a cell object that contains an element. + Cells may span rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns and style settings. + + The object to use. + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns. + + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Returns the object displayed in the specified row and column. + + The row number. + The column number. + The object. + If the object with specified row and column numbers doesn't exist when this property is called, it is created. + Also this property call migh create missing rows and columns if required. + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value, specifying size in pixels of empty space between adjucent grid cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all columns should have the same width. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all rows should have the same height. + + + + + Keeps track of row heights and positions, stores cells in Children member. + + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Creates the object with the specified column index. + + The column number. + + + + + Returns the value specifying the index of this row in the owning grid. + + + + + GridRow collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridRow objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the row to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds a to the list. + + The to add to the list. + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + Adds a new to the list. + + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + + + + + + Element that displays an . + + Alignment and scaling are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image and style options. + + The object to use. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image. + + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object to show. + + + + + The content of this element is the image. + + + + + + No descent for images. + + + + + that displays paragraphs. + + + This class is a panel that wraps and aligns its child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically into a single line. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation and style options. + + The object to use. + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation. + + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which child elements are stacked. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Encapsulates a Brush for painting background. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush obtained from the method should be disposed after use. + + + + + Returns a brush for the specified rectangle. + + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Class that encapsulates objects used to paint element backgrounds. + It exposes properties that can be used to create and serialize , + , and objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the for this . + + + + + Gets or sets whether gamma correction is applied to the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the main color (used when is set to None). + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color (used when is set to a value other than None). + + + + + Gets or sets the used to create the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a object that may be something other than a . + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush should be disposed after use. + + + + + Gets an updated that can be used to fill a given . + + Rectangle used to build the gradient brush if the + property is set to a value other than None. + A that can be used to paint an element's background. + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Gets a clone of this . + + A clone of this . + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + The object is converted to a string with the following format: + [p1],[f1];[p2],[f2];...;[pn],[fn] + Where the 'pi' are positions between 0 and 1 along the blend line and + 'fi' are factors between 0 and 1 that correspond to the amount of the + secondary color in the blend. + The positions must be increasing, and the last one must be 1. + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + These are some simple blend strings: + "0,0;1,1": default blend, starting with color1 (0,0) and finishing with color2 (1,1). + "0,1;1,0": reverse blend, starting with color2 (1,0) and finishing with color1 (0,1). + "0,0;.5,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 halfway, then back to color1. + "0,0;.1,1;.9,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 at 10%, continues with color2 up to 90%, then switches back to color1. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + + + Class that stores colors for individual border edges. + + + In most cases, borders have a single color and this class is not used at all. + If the members of this class are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified + colors are used to paint over specific edges. + This class paints the borders with a bevel so they line up at the corners, but + it does not handle corners at all, so only rectangular elements can have multi-colored + borders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that owns the new instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets a value that determines if colors have been specified for any of the edges. + + + + + Gets a clone of this object. + + A clone of this object. + + + + Returns true if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + This is important when handling persistence and comparing to the default value. + + to compare to this object. + True if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + + Serves as a hash function for a object. + + An integer that serves as a hash function for a object. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + border thickness. + brush which should be used for left border. + brush which should be used for right border. + brush which should be used for top border. + brush which should be used for bottom border. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns this object. + + + + + Notifies the owner that this object has changed. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + + + Represents corners associated with a user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of the left top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the left bottom corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right bottom corner, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of all corners, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left bottom corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right bottom corner. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Swaps corners for RightToLeft layout. + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Specifies the background gradient mode. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Specifies the text direction (horizontal or vertical). + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + + Specifies flags for the style. + + + + + No special flags. + + + + + Add a page break before this element. + + + + + Add a page break after this element. + + + + + Enables or disables the text font decorations, such as Underline or Strikeout. + + + + + No changes to font style. + + + + + Enables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Disables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Enables the Underline effect. + + + + + Disables the Underline effect. + + + + + Provides data for a dynamic style. + + + + + The default empty dynamic style. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + The parent style object. + + + + Gets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets the style owner object, such as XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the right-to-left mode is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Underline or Strikeout effects should be used or not used when drawing the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + The class contains display attributes that + determine the appearance of content on the screen/printer. + It includes most elements found in Css styles. + The class also contains methods for rendering + and measuring content (strings and images) based on the style settings + (fonts, margins, etc). + The objects are not hierarchical in the sense + that they don't have parent styles and don't inherit attributes + from the parent style. To create a new style based on an existing one, + you would clone the original style, then apply whatever attributes + you want to the new style. + The objects are hierarchical in the sense that + two style attributes ( and ) don't + need to be set. If these attributes are not set, they are inherited, + but not from a parent object. Rather, these attributes + are inherited from the parent UI object. + This type of inheritance make it easy to define a font on + a associated with a parent UI object and have that + font be automatically applied to all UI objects contained in the parent. + By contrast, a attribute is not explicitly inherited. + Instead, the parent UI object paints its client area with a brush, + and child UI objects have a transparent background by default, + so the parent background shows through by default. Other attributes such + as alignment, margins, padding, etc are also not inherited. + + + + + The size of shadow. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The name of the new object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The owner object for the new . + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style is locked and cannot be modified. + + + This property is useful when you want to prevent code from accidentally + modifying 'stock' styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to paint text within the element. + + + If this property is set to null, the text will be painted using the font + specified by the parent element's font. + + + + + Gets the part of the font below the baseline. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the text within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the border around the element. + + + + + Gets object that defines the colors used to paint each edge of the borders. + + + Normally, this property is empty, and the border is drawn using the color specified by the + property. + If any of the members of this property are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified color + is used to paint the specific border. + This property is only applicable if the are set to zero. + + + + + Gets or sets the radii of the element corners. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the margins around the element. + + + + + Returns margins which honor current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text content should be clipped to the element area. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text bounding rectangle should include padding. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the vertical direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be aligned within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be scaled within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be allowed to wrap within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how to trim characters that do not fit in the space available. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string used to convert the element value into a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation for the first text element. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between child elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the style width (set to -1 to use the default width). + + + + + Gets or sets the style height (set to -1 to use the default height). + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that should be displayed when the mouse is over elements with this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining how to display hot keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which text is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be rendered from right to left, such as in Arabic or Hebrew. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the value of Style.RightToLeft property must be applied to Element. + + This property can be set when reading css styles from dir attribute. + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot and pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the display as block or inline of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style includes a shadow. + + + + + Gets a reference to the default style. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient background in percentage units. + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color used to build the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to apply gamma correction to the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the style flags. + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (DrawString). + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (TextRenderer). + + + + + Forces the dynamic style to freeze. + + + + + "Frozen" dynamic style. + + + + + Gets the owner object, such an XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the background image can be flipped for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be flipped horizontally for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns back image padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element border is an ellipse (for the dynamic styles only). + + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + A height to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Inflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to inflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + A height to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Deflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to deflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical + to the current (except for the property, + which is always false for clones). + + The copy of the current . + + + + Copies all attributes from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between this method and is that Clone returns a new + object, while Copy modifies the attributes in an existing style. + + + + + Copies attributes set to non-default values from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between and Merge is that Merge will not copy + attributes that are set to their default values in the . + + + + + Converts value to string according to property value. + + A value to convert. + The string value of the current instance. + + + + Releases all resources. + + + + + Fires when any elements of the change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets whether this style or any of its sub-styles has a shadow. + + True if style or its sub-styles have shadow; False otherwise. + + + + Returns if specified brush is a or otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns new if specified color is not or null otherwise. + + + + + + + Class that contains a keyed collection of objects and methods + to serialize the styles into Xml files and streams. + + + The Theme class is a named/keyed collection of objects. + The class is designed to be used as a base class for components that need + to add custom elements to themes in addition to a style collection. + Inheritors should override the following methods: + + // specify the name of the component that will use this theme + protected virtual string ComponentType + + // save component-specific elements to xml + protected virtual void WriteCustomData(XmlWriter writer) + + // load component-specific elements from xml + protected virtual void ReadCustomData(XmlNode node) + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Name of the new theme. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the theme name (e.g. "RedMoon"); + + + + + Saves a collection of themes into an Xml file. + + Array containing objects. + Name of the Xml file where the themes will be saved. + + Use the method to load the saved themes. + + + + + Loads a collection of themes from an Xml file. + + Name of the Xml file that contains the themes. + An array containing the themes loaded from the file. + + Use this method to load themes saved with the method. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the theme definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme definition. + + + + Writes this into an Xml file. + + Name of the file where the theme will be saved. + + + + Writes this into an Xml . + + where the theme will be saved. + + + + Reads this from an Xml file. + + File that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml . + + that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml string. + + String that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the component that owns the theme + (e.g., "C1Schedule", "C1Calendar" or "C1Ribbon"). + + + + + Writes component-specific data into the theme. + + where custom theme data is saved. + + Derived classes should override this method to save any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Reads component-specific theme data. + + that contains the theme data. + + Derived classes should override this method to read any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Saves an image into the Xml output stream. + + that contains the theme definition. + Name of the node where the image will be stored. + that will be saved in the stream. + + The default implementation keeps a list of the images that have been saved. If any + images are saved more than once, only the index is stored for the repeated instances. + For example: + + SaveImage(writer, "MyImageProperty", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAgain", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAndAgain", img); + + [MyImageProperty]base64data[/MyImageProperty] + [MyImagePropertyAgain index="0"/] + [MyImagePropertyAndAgain index="0"/] + + + + + + Loads an image from the Xml stream. + + that contains the image information. + An object. + + The first instance of each image is stored as node data (base 64-encoded). When this + instance is loaded for the first time, the image is stored in an internal image list. + Subsequent instances of the same image are not stored in the node as binary data; + an "index" attribute is used instead that specifies the index of the image in the + internal image collection. + + + + + Styles are indexed by style name. + + Collection member. + Style name (must be unique within collection). + + + + Saves a into an . + + that will receive the style data. + that will be saved. + List of images whose indices will be saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being saved. + + To save space, the following rules apply: + Properties of the main style are saved only if they are set to values different from the default. + Properties of substyles (hot, pressed, etc) are saved only if they are different from the main style. + Images are saved in a separate list, and only references are saved in the styles. + + + + + Loads a from an . + + that contains the style data. + List of images whose indices were saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being loaded. + + + + + Represents padding, border or margin information associated with a + user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the top edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the right edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the bottom edge, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left and right edges, in pixels. + Thickness of the top and bottom edges, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of all edges, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the left edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the top edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the right edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the bottom edge. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the top and bottom edges. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the right and left edges. + + + + + Inflates the current by the specified values. + + The inflate size for vertical edges. + The inflate size for horizontal edges. + The new . + + + + Inflates the current by the specified size. + + The size. + The new . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Swaps the values of the Left and Right properties. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Element that displays a string. + + Alignment and formatting are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style and contents. + + used to measure and render the , + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style. + + used to measure and render the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given text. + + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of an empty . + + + + + Gets or sets the string displayed by this . + + + + + Gets the string represented by this . + + The string represented by this . + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Class with static methods used for enumerating and retrieving application + resources. + + + + + Returns all images from the entry assembly. + + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Returns all images from the specified assembly. + + An to load images from. + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the specified assembly. + + An to load resource from. + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Decodes an image from a base-64-encoded string. + + String that contains the encoded image data. + The encoded in the string. + + + + Element that displays a simple value (numbers, dates, etc). + + The element's is responsible for formatting the value + (with ). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value and style settings. + + The object to use. + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. + + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value. + + + + + Specifies how to scale (or flow) the element to fit the pages. + + + + + Render element as it appears on the screen. + + + + + Scale element so its width fits on a page. + + + + + Scale element to fit on a single page. + + + + + Flow element to fit the available page width. + + + + + Class that extends to print objects. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of host control for C1Framwork elements. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets the element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Causes the control to redraw the invalidated regions within its client area. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Defines an abstract base class for controls that support auto-scrolling behavior. + + + + + Initializes the properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme scroll bars. + + + The theme scroll bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the document. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should scroll as the user drags the scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining + the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when + the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Override this method to get notifications when the control scrolls. + + + + + + This property is used to set the scroll page size. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + This method is used to set the scroll rectangle. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + + + + Handles scroll messages. + + + + + + This member overrides . + Override this method to account for scrollbars size. + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether th Control supported rtl scroll or not. + + + + + Gets a value determining behavior of scroll in rtl mode. + + + + + Gets the state of vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the state of scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to move a scroll bar in response to + a small scroll command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether control shows scroll bars. + + + + + Retrieves the specified scroll bar range. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll position of the specified scroll bar. + + The int value of scroll bar + + + + + Gets the immediate position of the specified scroll box that the user is dragging. + + + + + + + Sets the position of the specified scroll bar. + + + Specifies the new position of the scroll box. + The position must be within the scrolling range. + The previous position of the scroll box indicates success. + Zero indicates failure + + + + Changes horizontal scroll position if needed. Uses for support RTL. + + + + + Specifies how the XView control should size the element it contains. + + + + + No autosizing. + + + + + Auto size element by client area width. + + + + + Auto size element by client area height. + + + + + Auto size element by client area size. + + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + The control has an property that gets or + sets the element to be displayed. + + The control is responsible for displaying the element, providing + scrolling, and routing mouse and keyboard events to the hosted element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets or sets how the should resize the hosted element to match its size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should show draw a focus rectangle around + the element with focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that controls anti-aliasing. + + + + + Gets or sets the that controls text rendering quality. + + + + + Creates a object for the control. + + A object for the control. + + The object returned by this method reflects the current + settings for the and + properties. + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks whether a given element is in the main element's scrolling area. + + to check. + True if the whole element is within the main element's scrolling area. + + The main element's scrolling area is the area below and to the right of the point + returned by the method. + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Scrolls a given element into view. + + Element to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given point into view. + + Point to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given rectangle into view. + + Rectangle to scroll into view. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The left to be scaled. + The top to be scaled. + The right to be scaled. + The bottom to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Occurs when an external C1SuperTooltip is attached or detached. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a collection of public components contained in this control. + This is used by the XViewDesigner designer. + + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or + a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns True if the mouse pointer is inside the XView control. + + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Gets the element that hosted the . + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the scroll rectangle. + + Amount to scroll in the x direction, in pixels. + Amount to scroll in the y direction, in pixels. + + + + + + + + + + + Element that serves as an interface between the host IXView control and the content elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Calls methods to rescale of the element tree when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Control that hosts control. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + Indicates whether the method call comes from a Dispose method or from a finalizer. + + + + Gets the that this control is hosting. + + + + + Initializes the hosted in this control. + + Uses to override the default . + + + Uses to override IsInputKey(Control, Keys) when this control uses as children of other control. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.GotFocus event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Update bounds of hosted controls. + + + + + Remove all controls that belong to elements which have either become invisible or now belong to a different owner from the Controls collection. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Handle the tab key by moving the focus to the next focusable element. + + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + Render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Gets scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + + + + + + Message filter to detect mouse events while the popUp is shown and + close the form when a mouse click outside the popUp occurs. + + + + + Checks the message loop for mouse messages while the popUp is displayed. + If one is detected the position is checked to see if it is outside the form, + in which case the owner is notified. + + + + + The default word-break rules are used. Words usually are not break or are break only in places + where the break is explicitly specified (for example, using the <br> tag). + + + + + Line wrap is added automatically so that the word fits within the specified block width. + The value does not work for Chinese, Korean, Japanese or Arabic text. + + + + + Does not allow word-break in Chinese, Korean, or Japanese. + For other languages, it acts as 'Normal'. + + + + + Adds a StyleAttribute to a table based on a name and value. + + + + + Class that represents Html DIV tags. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted after + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + True if a line break should be inserted after the given element. + + + + Gets the amount of space, in pixels, to be added between two elements. + + Element above the space. + Element below the space. + Amount of space, in pixels, to be added between the two elements. + + + + Adds a string with a given style to this paragraph. + + used to render the new string. + String to add to this paragraph. + Indicates if the text element can be wrapped to new line. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Like a , but with an adjustable base line offset + (for implementing sub/super scripts) + + + + + Class that represents a generic Html . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + The value of the width of html content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content. + + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Gets or sets the value determining location of the html content to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the html content to display. + + + + + Clears all content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether to show hotkey prefix. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether content should be downloaded at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets the containing image cache. + + + + + Get the value specifying whether the current element contains animated images. + + + + + Selects the image frame with the specified index. + + The frame index. + + + + Class that represents HTML 'FONT' tags. + + + + + Extends Element to provide a horizontal rule across the document. + + + + + Class that represents HTML 'A' tags. + + + + + Invisible elements inserted in the HTML stream to delimit hyperlinks. + To use this, the viewer should handle the MouseDown event, use HitTest to + find the element clicked, then scan the Children collection to determine + whether the click was on a link and what the link parameters are. + + + + + Represents an HTML 'img' tag. + + + + + REVIEW: Replace with 2-column table? + The current setup works but makes the document dirty when it renders... + + + + + Class that represents an item in an ordered or unordered list. + + + + + Utility class with static methods used for loading (and caching) + text and images from the web, from disk, or from app resources. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML form. + + + + + Input types. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML input (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML text area (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML select (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + + The main method in this class is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + The main method is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Helper class used for measuring and rendering HTML. + + + + + Gsts or sets a right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in pixels. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The graphics device context handler. + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + The right-to-left layout. + + + + Gets element width in pixels. + + + + + Gets element height in pixels. + + + + + Gets a metafile image of a piece of the document. + + The rectangle of a image. + The offset of the frame. + The frame bottom calculated value. + The metafile image of a piece of the document. + + + + Represents an HTML span. + + + + + Class that represents some spans. + + + + + HtmlTable derives from HtmlDiv and contains a single GridPanel, exposed by + the property. + HtmlTable does not derive directly from GridPanel for two reasons: + 1) To allow horizontal alignment of the table within the paragraph, and + 2) Because this is simpler than using an interface and different parent classes. + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + + Utility class for reading/writing XML. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Icon objects to and from various other representations. + + The allows to initialize new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Provides a user interface that can edit collection of elements at design time. + + The allows to add new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Creates a new instance of the class using the specified collection type. + + The type of the collection for this editor to edit. + + + + Provides base methods used to measure and render text. + + + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with . + + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI. + + + + + Gets the corresponding to the specified . + + The text layout information. + If true, the text is displayed from right to left. + The display and layout information for text strings. + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI plus. + + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + The interface implemented by the control extended by a super tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips. + + + + + Specialized TextBox used to edit HTML content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Override to change the default. + + + + + Insert a span tag around the current selection. + + Tag to insert (e.g. "b", "i"). + + + + Insert a list at the selection. + + True to insert a numbered list, false to insert a bullet list. + + + + Insert an image at the selection. + + Name of the image to insert. + + + + Editor for class. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperLabel contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner label. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of label text. + + + + + + + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner label properties. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperTooltip contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Updates images in the Images collection and PreviewLabel control. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + When overridden saves the current settings of the tooltip to an internal array. + + + + + When overridden restores the previous tooltip settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner tooltip. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of tooltip text. + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner tooltip properties. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a label that shows static information on a form. + + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a control. + + + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superLabel + c1superLabel.AutoSize = true; + c1superLabel.Text = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + + // attach event handler + c1superLabel.LinkClicked += new C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventHandler(c1superLabel_LinkClicked); + // ... + + void c1superLabel_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands (&) are used to indicate the next character is a hot key. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content. + + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the rows in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the width needed + to display the cell with the widest content: + + int GetMaximumCellWidth(int col) + { + // maximum width is unknown + int maxWidth = -1; + + // scan all rows to find the widest content + for (int row = 0; row < _flex.Rows.Count; row++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure width needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _superLabel.Measure().Width; + + // save maximum width + if (width > maxWidth) + maxWidth = width; + } + return maxWidth; + } + + + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content using specified . + + used to measure. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Measures the height of the control content when rendered with a given width. + + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the columns in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the height needed + to display the cell with the tallest content: + + int GetMaximumCellHeight(int row) + { + // maximum height is unknown + int maxHeight = -1; + + // scan all columns to find the tallest content + for (int col = 0; col < _flex.Cols.Count; col++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure height needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _flex.Cols[col].WidthDisplay; + int height = _superLabel.Measure(width).Height; + + // save maximum height + if (height > maxHeight) + maxHeight = height; + } + return maxHeight; + } + + + + + + Measures the height of the control content using specified when rendered with a given width. + + used to measure. + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Draws the control content into a given object. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + + The example below uses the DrawToGraphics method to render Html in a C1FlexGrid control. + Grid cells containing text that starts with an <html> tag are rendered as Html. Other cells are + rendered by the grid as usual. + + void _flex_OwnerDrawCell(object sender, OwnerDrawCellEventArgs e) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(e.Row, e.Col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // set label back color and content + _superLabel.BackColor = e.Style.BackColor; + _superLabel.Text = text; + + // draw the Html into grid cell + _superLabel.DrawToGraphics(e.Graphics, e.Bounds); + + // cell has been drawn + e.Handled = true; + } + } + + + + + + Draws an HTML string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects, + starting at a given offset within the string. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + Offset of the first line to draw (usually the return value of a previous call to DrawStringHtml). + The offset of the first line that was not printed because it did not fit in the specified rectangle, or the value of + if the entire string was rendered. By default zero. + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Update internal style when RightToLeft property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + True if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the value of the property changes. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. + + + + + Releases resources used by the component + + True to release all resources; false to release unmanaged resources only. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Recreates HTML element using the specified style and UseMnemonic value, + re-parses the text. + + The style to apply. + + + + Parses the Text property into Html. + + + + + Handles auto-sizing when necessary. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event. + + Object that fired the event. + object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that was pressed on the link. + Value of the link's HREF attribute. + Value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + Gets the button that was clicked on the link. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's HREF attribute. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + + Specifies a background gradient for the ToolTip. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies under what conditions the tooltip will remain visible + if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + + + + + The tooltip never remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Control key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Alt key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Shift key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip always remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible while the mouse cursor is hovered over it. + + + + + Represents a pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose + when the mouse hovers over the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a component. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating under what conditions the tooltip will remain + visible if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + Period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible can be set using + the property. + + + This property works only if is true. Otherwise, + the Control behaves as if the property is set to a value . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is currently active. + + + This property allows you to enable or disable the display of + text for all controls that have text specified in this particular C1SuperTooltip. + More than one C1SuperTooltip can be created and assigned to a form; setting the + Active property to false only affects the specified C1SuperTooltip. + You can allow users to set the value of this property in a form that provides + application options to provide the ability for the user to enable or disable the display + of C1SuperTooltips in your application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip follows the cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic delay for the . + + + The AutomaticDelay property enables you to set a single delay value which + is then used to set the values of the , , + and properties. Each time the AutomaticDelay property is set, + the following values are set by default. + AutoPopDelay: 10 times the AutomaticDelay property value. + InitialDelay: Equal to the AutomaticDelay property value. + ReshowDelay: 1/5 of the AutomaticDelay property value. + These properties can also be set independently once the AutomaticDelay property has been set. + For more information, see the , , and + properties. This property is typically used to provide a consistent + delay pattern for your windows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip should display ToolTipText of Microsoft's ListView items or Microsoft's DataGridView cells. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (10 * ). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default ( / 5). + + + + Gets or sets the period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible if the + mouse pointer is stationary within a control. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + window is displayed when the mouse pointer is over a control. For example, if you display + extensive help in a C1SuperTooltip window, you can increase the value of this property + to ensure that the user has sufficient time to read the text. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your C1SuperTooltip windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property + sets the AutoPopDelay, , and + properties to initial values based on a single value. Every time the + property is set, the AutoPopDelay property is set to 10 times the AutomaticDelay + property value. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently + set the AutoPopDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a window is displayed even + when its parent control is not active. + + + + This property enables you to display a C1SuperTooltip window even when the container + of the tooltip is not active. + + You can use this feature in a modeless window application to enable C1SuperTooltip + windows to be displayed regardless of which modeless window is active. This feature is also + useful when creating a control using the UserControl that contains a number of + controls that display tooltips. Since the UserControl is often not the active + window on a form, setting this property to true enables the controls within the + UserControl to display windows at any time. + + + + + + Gets or sets the time that passes before the tooltip appears. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + waits before displaying a tooltip window. If the value of the + property is set to a value that is too long in duration, the user of your application + may not know that your application provides C1SuperTooltip help. You can use this + property to ensure that the user has tooltips displayed quickly by shortening the time + specified. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , , and InitialDelay properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of time that must transpire before subsequent windows appear + as the mouse pointer moves from one control to another. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the C1SuperTooltip + waits before displaying a tooltip window after a previous tooltip window is displayed. + The first time a tooltip window is displayed the value of the + property is used to determine the delay to apply before initially showing the tooltip + window. When a tooltip window is currently being displayed and the user moves the cursor + to another control that displays a tooltip window, the value of the + property is used before showing the tooltip for the new control. The tooltip window from + the previous control must still be displayed in order for the delay specified in the + ReshowDelay property to be used; otherwise the property + value is used. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , ReshowDelay, and properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified component. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified control. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified . + + + + + Removes all tooltip text currently associated with the component. + + + You can use this method to remove all tooltip text that is associated with the + component. To disable the display of text instead of removing all + tooltip text from the C1SuperTooltip control, use the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the default font used to display the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a solid border. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the color of the border drawn around the tooltip when the property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip is shown in a balloon shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window has rounded corners. + + + This property has no effect if is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands in the text should be hidden. + + + Ampersands should be encoded in HTML as '&amp;' or '&#38;'. + Ampersands that are not properly encoded will not be hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether a fade effect should be used when displaying the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient for the tooltips. + + + When the BackgroundGradient is set to a value other than none, the gradient + is used instead of the image specified by the property. + If you want to use a gradient different from the built-in ones, create an image + and assign it to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the tooltips. + + + The displays Html text. If the tip contains a lot + of text without Html tags that cause line breaks (such as <br> or <p> + for example), then the text will not wrap and the tooltip window may be too wide. + Use this property to force text to wrap within the tooltip so it fits in the + given width, even without Html line break tags. + Values less than or equal to zero disable the property and cause the tip text + to wrap only at the specified Html break tags. + + The code below forces all super tooltips to be less than or equal to 200 pixels + wide. + + c1SuperTooltip1.MaximumWidth = 200; + + + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of the tooltips. + + + This property should be set to a value between zero (totally transparent) + and one (totally opaque). + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the tooltip can be clicked. + + + This property is set to false by default, so the tooltip is invisible to + the mouse. All mouse events are passed on to the control under the tooltip. + Set this property to true if you want to add clickable areas to the tooltip, + such as hyperlinks. In this case, the tooltip becomes visible to the mouse handles + the mouse events itself instead of passing them to the control under the tooltip. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the tooltip should be displayed in right-to-left mode. + + + + + Fires before the is displayed. + + + This event allows you to modify the location of the tooltip (by adjusting the + parameter), or to prevent the tooltip from being displayed (by setting the parameter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a . + + + By default, tooltips are invisible to the mouse and therefore cannot be clicked. + You must set the property is to true in order to make the + tooltip visible to the mouse (and clickable). + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superTooltip + c1superTooltip.HitTestVisible = true; + var tipText = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + c1superTooltip.SetToolTip(someControl, tipText); + + // attach event handler + c1superTooltip.LinkClicked += c1superTooltip_LinkClicked; + // ... + + void c1superTooltip_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified control. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + The that the is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified . + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + that the tooltip is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS ListViewItem placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS ListView control. + MS ListViewItem ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS DataGridView placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS DataGridView control. + MS DataGridView Cell ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + If Cell ToolTipText is empty then column ToolTipText will be assumed as Cell ToolTipText. + TopLeftHeaderCell, row HeaderCell or column HeaderCell ToolTipText also can be obtained. + + + + + Returns value specifying that there is currently opened hit testable tooltip window and Ctrl key is pressed. + + If this property returns true, tooltip should not be closed on mouse movements. + + + + Proxy control to allow adding tooltips to ToolStripItems. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event. + + object that fired the event. + that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + that contains the tooltip. + that contains the tooltip text. + that specifies the top left corner of the tooltip. + String that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + Gets a reference to the that contains the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text and location. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text. + + + The can be used to display information about controls + or ToolStrip items. If the tooltip is displaying information about a control, then this property + returns null. If it is displaying information about a , then + this property returns a reference to that item. + + + + + Gets or sets the location where the tooltip will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Popup control that shows the tooltip content + + + + + Collection of images to be displayed in or + components. + + + + + String containing all common image extensions, used as a filter for an open file dialog. + + + + + Occurs when list items are added, removed, or changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Component that owns the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + String used to retrieve the image from the collection. + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Adds all images in an component to the collection. + + component that contains the images to add to the collection. + + + + Inserts an at a specified position in the collection. + + Position where the will be inserted. + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Removes an from the collection. + + to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index in the . + + Index of the image to get or set. + The at the specified index. + + + + Gets the index of a given in the collection. + + to locate in th collection. + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + to locate in the collection. + True if the collection contains , false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the with the specified key . + + String that identifies the . + The with the specified key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + String that identifies the . + True if the collection contains an associated with the given key, false otherwise. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the index of the with a given key. + + String that identifies the . + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the instance. + + + + + Entry in a . + + + Each entry contains an and its associated . + Entries may be retrieved from the collection by index or by key. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + Image associated with the key. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image from the . + + The key value is not case-sensitive. + + + + in the . + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + used to persist objects. + + + This converter causes Visual Studio to persist the type in code-behind, which is version-neutral. + Without this, the objects would be persisted as binary resources, + along with their specific version, so upgrading the component version would break projects + created with previous versions. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object can be converted to a specified data type. + + The context. + The data type. + True if the conversion is supported, false otherwise. + + + + Converts the object into the specified data type. + + The context. + The culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + + Allows to redefine default end user localize options for property, field or class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Defines the list of properties that should be localized. + + + + + Defines a list of members of control that should be excluded from localization. + Currently used only AddControlToResources application for automatically generating + control resources. + + + + + If true then class, property or field will be not displayed for + enduser localization. + + + + + Gets the description of string that will be displayed in the + end user localizer in design-time. + + + + + Gets or sets type providing string used to localize . + + + + + Gets or sets resource key containing localized string for . + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + Argument for formatDescription parameter. + + + + Returns localized description text if it is available or default value + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific category. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Looks up the localized name of the specified category. + + The identifer for the category to look up. + The localized name of the category, or null if a localized name does not exist. + + + + The utility class which handles localization tasks. + + + + + Returns ResourceStream for "official" resources + that provided only by C1, typicallly those resources contains + design-time strings. + Those resources can be only in main control assembly like C1.C1Preview.2.dll + and name of resource should have following format: + CulturePrefix.StringsTypeName + for example: + ja.C1.C1Preview.Design.DesignStrings.resx + + + + + + + + + Searches for standard resources which looks like BlaBla.Strings.CultureName.resx, + like C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.zh.resx or C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.resx etc. + Ensures that resource is not *C1* built-in resource, i.e. its name DOES NOT HAVE format + like + CultureName.BlaBla.Strings.resx, otherwise bug can occur if entry assembly + have C1 builtin resources as in case of C1 executables like C1ThemeDesigner or C1FlexReportDesigner. + For example C1ThemeDesigner have ja.C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx resource + and this resource *SHOULD BE IGNORED* if resouceName is "C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx" and + cultureName is "" (invariant). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the parent of the CultureInfo passed in. Differs from ci.Parent + in that while ci can be equal to ci.Parent, this method it never returns + the passed ci itself, rather it would return null. + Also this function has special handling for chinese culture. + Under NET2 it returns "zh" culture name for + neutral "zh-Hans" and "zh-Hant" chinese cultures, under + NET2 "zh" is not exists. + + The culture name to get parent for. + The parent of the culture info, or null. + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Gets the "Warning" string. + + + + + Gets the "Question" string. + + + + + Gets the "None" string. + + + + + Gets the "Error" string. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings for the root group. + + + + + Gets the "overwrite a readonly file?" format string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "errors while saving resources" format string. + + + + + Contains strings designer strings. + + + + + Gets the "All" string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localizer can be used under MS Visual Studio only." string. + + + + + Contains localizer strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localize..." string. + + + + + Gets the "Culture [{0}] already added to the current translation." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Exception occurs during loading strings from resource file:\r{0}\rException message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Gets the "The translation has been changed, save?" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select product to translate" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select project to store translation" string. + + + + + Gets the "Resource image with name [{0}] is not found." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Invariant culture" string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} culture to delete, there are {1} strings of this culture. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} cultures to delete, there are {1} strings of these cultures. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't create the [{0}] folder in the project.\rError message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Contains the open translation dialog strings. + + + + + Gets the "Solution '{0}'" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't build list of cultures" string. + + + + + Represents a localization . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The designed component. + The component designer. + + + + Returns the list of associated action items. + + The list containing the "Localize" item. + + + + Performs localizaion. + + + + + Performs localizaion. + + The designer to localize. + + + + Create the new translation. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Defines the default rules of enduser localization. + + + + + Returns the list of properties that should be localized + for specified type of control. + + Type of control. + The EndUserLocalizeOptionsAttribute specified for type. + Returns the list of properties' names or null if control should no localized. + + + + Gets the list of projects containing this product. + + + + + Base class for store properties of visual controls, position of form for example. + + + + + Collection of ResourceItem objects. + + + + + Fills a list with all ResourceString objects containing + in this collection and all its nested collections. + + + + + Returns true if collection or any of its children + has changed items. + + + + + Represents the resource string for all cultures. + + + + + Contains values for each culture. + + + + + Represents the group of resource strings. + + + + + Represents the group of resources containing the + strings for localizing the visual controls + (forms, user controls, controls on forms, etc). + + + + + Represents the group of resource string containing the + strings for localizing the separate control. + + + + + Represents the root resource group containing all other resources. + + + + + Gets the list of all cultures in the resources. + + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + if set to true invert horizontal scrolling handling. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is use. + + + true if use; otherwise, false. + + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + if set to true [force horizontal scroll bar]. + + + + Resets the scroll bars style. + + + + + Returns true if the vertical scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Returns true if the horizontal scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Gets the width of the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets the height of the horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of scroll bars to display for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Sets the size of the scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Handles NcCalcSize message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcHitTest message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Draws scrollbars in the non-client area of the control. + + The handle to the device context. + + + + Handles NcMouseHover message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles MouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseLeave message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcLButtonDown message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles LButtonUp message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border. + + + + + In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + + + In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In a title bar. + + + + + In a client area. + + + + + In a Close button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + + + In a Help button. + + + + + In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a menu. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). + + + + + In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + + + In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + + + In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + + + In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + + + In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + + + In the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + Values to pass to the GetDCEx method. + + + DCX_WINDOW: Returns a DC that corresponds to the window rectangle rather + than the client rectangle. + + + DCX_CACHE: Returns a DC from the cache, rather than the OWNDC or CLASSDC + window. Essentially overrides CS_OWNDC and CS_CLASSDC. + + + DCX_NORESETATTRS: Does not reset the attributes of this DC to the + default attributes when this DC is released. + + + DCX_CLIPCHILDREN: Excludes the visible regions of all child windows + below the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_CLIPSIBLINGS: Excludes the visible regions of all sibling windows + above the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_PARENTCLIP: Uses the visible region of the parent window. The + parent's WS_CLIPCHILDREN and CS_PARENTDC style bits are ignored. The origin is + set to the upper-left corner of the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_EXCLUDERGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is excluded + from the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_INTERSECTRGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is + intersected with the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_EXCLUDEUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_LOCKWINDOWUPDATE: Allows drawing even if there is a LockWindowUpdate + call in effect that would otherwise exclude this window. Used for drawing during + tracking. + + + DCX_VALIDATE When specified with DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE, causes the DC to + be completely validated. Using this function with both DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE and + DCX_VALIDATE is identical to using the BeginPaint function. + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + + + Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + + + Hides the window. + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or repositioned. + + + Retains the current position (ignores the x and y parameters). + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Displays the window. + + + + The services requested. This member can be a combination of the following values. + + + + + The caller wants to cancel a prior tracking request. The caller should also specify the type of tracking that it wants to cancel. For example, to cancel hover tracking, the caller must pass the TME_CANCEL and TME_HOVER flags. + + + + + The caller wants hover notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSEHOVER message. + If the caller requests hover tracking while hover tracking is already active, the hover timer will be reset. + This flag is ignored if the mouse pointer is not over the specified window or area. + + + + + The caller wants leave notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSELEAVE message. If the mouse is not over the specified window or area, a leave notification is generated immediately and no further tracking is performed. + + + + + The caller wants hover and leave notification for the nonclient areas. Notification is delivered as WM_NCMOUSEHOVER and WM_NCMOUSELEAVE messages. + + + + + The function fills in the structure instead of treating it as a tracking request. The structure is filled such that had that structure been passed to TrackMouseEvent, it would generate the current tracking. The only anomaly is that the hover time-out returned is always the actual time-out and not HOVER_DEFAULT, if HOVER_DEFAULT was specified during the original TrackMouseEvent request. + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets objects used to paint backgrounds. + + + + + Gets the new object that matches the current style if it is possible. + + + + + Applies style to destination object if it is possible. + + destination style. + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + Specified style. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + static class helping to work with BackgroundBrushProvider + + + + + Copies properties of the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + the target BackgroundBrushProvider. + the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + + + Base style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the root directory in C1Theme. + + + + + Gets theme provider of the current theme. + + + + + Resets style to it default value according to the applied theme. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + Resets to this value if can't reset automatically. + + + + Gets a style that contains the default values for current style. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + Applied C1Theme + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + specified style. + + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical to the current + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the style is default. + + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Sets font property of the style. + + Specified font. + + + + Base theme. For internal use only. Use BaseStyle instead. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + theme provider. + theme name. + theme properties + + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Gets the current C1Theme. + + + + + Gets an empty theme. + + + + + Gets the default theme. + + + + + Gets the current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets owner control. + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the current theme is updating now. Deny events until the end of the operation. + + + + + Start editing the current theme. + + + + + Stop editing the current theme. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + C1Theme to apply. + + + + Creates a new instance of an current empty theme. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Obsolete property. Use Control property instead. + + + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties. Represents non-public styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Add auto property only for public real properties. + Non-public properties shuold be added manually as "props" of the constructor, + in case this is styled properties. + + + Non-public auto properties greatly affects performance. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets collection owner. + + + + + Gets top owner of the collection. + + + + + Start editing the collection. + + + + + Stop editing the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection contains a property with the specified name. + + Specified property name. + True if property exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the a specified property is initialized. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Gets value of the specified styled property. + + Styled property name. + Styled property value. + + + + + + Tries to get value of the specified styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if success. + + + + Gets value of the styled property with the specified type. + + + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + + + Gets the parent collection. If some properties are reset or not initialized, + the collection will search for them from the parent. + + + + + + Completely resets specified property (make it uninitialized, initialization required after that). + + Specified property name. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The exception that is thrown when trying to use uninitialized . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + Gets the name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + + A property with this attribute will be excluded from the styled properties + when default constructor is used. + + + + + Gets styled image with specified color. + + If the color is different from Transparent than control tries to recolor + the ToolIcon image according to that color otherwise it uses the original colors. + Property name. + Specified color. + + + + Sets styled image property. Use " instead. + + Property name. + Image to set. + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. Obsolete: use instead. + + Styled property name. + Property value. + Returns True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + Contains information about styled property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Property name. + Property type. + + + + Gets property type. + + + + + Gets property name. + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to C1Framework's ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Stores the scroll bar element styles. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Restores the scroll bar element styles. + + + + + Applies the scroll bar element styles. + + The scroll bar element. + if set to true [clone]. + + + + Assembly helper routines. + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns targeted .NET version for the specified control's assembly. + + Assembly + String containing .NET version, e.g. 4.8. + + + + Utility class for binary serialization. + + + + + Converts an image into the base 64 string. + + The image to convert. + The string representation, in base 64, of the contents of an image. + + + + Converts the specified string, which encodes binary data as base-64 digits into the object. + + The string to convert. + The image. + + + + Saves an image into the specified . + + that will receive the object data. + An image to write. + + + + Loads an image from the specified . + + A which contains the object data. + The image. + + + + Helper class for scaling coordinates and images according to DPI scaling. + + + + + Default DPI value. + + + + + Gets the DPI value set in Windows for the primary screen. + + + + + Scales a int value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a int value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales the instance to the dpi. + + The style for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a logical bitmap value to it's equivalent device unit value. + + The bitmap to scale. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the vertical scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the horizontal scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the width of the horizontal scroll bar arrow bitmap in pixels for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default size, in pixels, of the border for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Provides a method for replacing colors in the source image + with the specified new colors in the destination image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Black in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace White in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Blue in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + + Copies the source image to the destination image with replacing colors. + + The source image using Format32bppArgb as pixel format. + The destination image using Format32bppPArgb as pixel format. + The width of the source and destination images. + The height of the source and destination images. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Helper class extends structure. + + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction around specified point. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The X coordinate of the point. + The Y coordinate of the point. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether specified Color value represents + some "visible" value, for example, this function returns false for + transparent color. + + + + + + + Returns true if two colors are equal. + + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has BBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has AABBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Represents transformation matrix. + + + + + Gets the identity matrix. + + The identity matrix. + + + + Element (1,1) + + + + + Element (1,2) + + + + + Element (2,1) + + + + + Element (2,2) + + + + + Element (3,1) + + + + + Element (3,2) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The value to assign at row 1 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 1 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 2 of the matrix. + + + + Returns string representation of this instance. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an identity matrix. + + + true if this instance is an identity matrix; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The original point to apply the transformation. + The result of the transformation for the input point. + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The x coordinate of the point. + The y coordinate of the point. + The result of the transformation for the point. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter, + returns the resulting matrix in the output parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Represents an ordered pair of double X and Y coordinates that defines a point + in a two-dimensional plane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal position of the point. + The vertical position of the point. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current to a human readable string. + + A string that represents the current structure. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + double coordinates to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating + the values of the Point object. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Offsets the current structure by the specified values. + + The horizontal offset. + The vertical offset. + + + + Converts the current structure to a . + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current is empty. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores a set of four double values that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The location (coordinates of the top left corner) of the rectangle. + The size of the rectangle. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle. + The Y coordinate of the top side of the rectangle. + The width of the rectangle. + The height of the rectangle. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure that is exactly + large enough to contain the two specified points. + + + + The first point that the new rectangle must contain. + The second point that the new rectangle must contain. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Deflates the current by the specified amounts provided as . + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the specified rectangle is entirely contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is completely contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a point specified by its coordinates is contained within the current . + + The X coordinate of the point to test. + The Y coordinate of the point to test. + true if the specified point is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Inflates the current by the specified amounts on four sides. + + The amount to add on the left. + The amount to add at the top. + The amount to add on the right. + The amount to add on the bottom. + + + + Inflates the current by a specified . + + The to inflate the current rectangle by. + + + + Inflates the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The amount to add on the left and right of the current . + The amount to add at the top and bottom of the current . + + + + Replaces the current structure with the intersection + of itself and another . + + The to intersect the current one with. + + + + Tests whether the current intersects with another. + + The to test. + true if the current intersects with , false otherwise. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The horizontal offset to apply. + The vertical offset to apply. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by horizontal and vertical amounts specified by a . + + The specifying the horizontal and vertical offsets to apply. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Creates a structure based on the coordinates + of its top-left and bottom-right corners. + + The X coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The X coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure from another RectangleD, + inflated by the specified amounts vertically and horizontally. + + The a copy of which is created and inflated. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle horizontally. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle vertically. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the intersection + of two RectangleD structures. + (The intersection may be empty, in which case is returned.) + + The first to intersect. + The second to intersect. + The newly created structure. + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + The rectangle to adjust. + Amount to offset the location. + The adjusted rectangle. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the smallest possible + rectangle containing the two specified rectangles. + + The first to combine. + The second to combine. + The newly created structure. + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the left edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the top edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the right edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the bottom edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the current structure. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the and + properties of the current structure have zero values. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores an ordered pair of double values, typically the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal component of the . + The vertical component of the . + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + width and height to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating the + width and height to integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal component of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical component of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether of the current has zero and . + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Describes the thickness of a frame around a rectangle. Four double + values describe the , , + , and sides + of the rectangle, respectively. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Initializes a structure that has the specified + uniform length on each side. + + The uniform length applied to all four sides of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Initializes a Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure that has specific lengths + (supplied as a System.Double) applied to each side of the rectangle. + + The thickness for the left side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the upper side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the right side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the lower side of the rectangle. + + + + Compares two structures for inequality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are not equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the value of two structures for equality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the lower side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the left side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the right side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the upper side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another System.Object + for equality. + + The object to compare. + true if the two objects are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another + structure for equality. + + An instance of to compare for equality. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance of . + + + + Returns the string representation of the structure. + + A string that represents the value. + + + + UI Automation extension + + + + + Raises UIA common event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA property-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA structure-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Converts Rectangle to array of double. + + Rectangle value + array of double values + + + + Converts Rectangle to Windows.Rect. + + Rectangle value + Rect value + + + + Converts Windows.Rect to Rectangle. + + Windows.Rect value + Rectangle value + + + + Defines a key/value pair that can be set or retrieved. + + The type of the key. + The type of the value. + + + + Gets the key in the key/value pair. + + + + + Gets the value in the key/value pair. + + + + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Represents a generic collection of key/value pairs that provides notifications when items get added, removed, + changed or when the whole list is refreshed. + + The type of keys in the dictionary. + The type of values in the dictionary. + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the . + + The object to use as the key of the element to add. + The object to use as the value of the element to add. + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + + + + Determines whether the contains an element with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + true if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + true if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if key was not found + in the original . + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + The key whose value to get. + When this method returns, the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, + the default value for the type of the value parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + true if the object that implements contains an element with the specified key; + otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an containing the values in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + The element with the specified key. + + + + + + + Occurs when a item value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + + Gets a changed item. + + + + + Defines events and methods for integration with the C1RulesManager control. + + + + + Fires after any data change notifications. + + + + + Occurs when you need to format the contents of an item to display. + + + + + Called when conditional formatting has been changed and view need to be redrawn. + + + + + Gets a names of fields. + + + + + Gets a count of data items. + + + + + Returns the value of the specified item. + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + + Represents item conditional formatting style. + + + + + Text font style. + + + + + Alignment of the text. + + + + + Cell icon. + + + + + Text color. + + + + + Text background color. + + + + + Cell border color. + + + + + Represents a Histogram. + + + + + Contains data for the conditional formatting event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the formatted cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the index of the item to be formatted. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the current field of the formatted element. + + + + + Provides various tool methods for design time. + + + + + Determines if the debugger is running for the specified IDesignerHost. + + + + + Determines whether code is executing inside Visual Studio designer. + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Describes arguments for the event fired periodically by a potentially + long operation. Allows to provide feedback to the user and may also + allow to cancel the operation. + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with default + properties (Complete=0, CanCancel=false). + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete value and CanCancel=false. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete and CanCancel values. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified CanCancel value and Complete=0. + + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Gets the approximate completed ratio, from 0 (0% complete) to 1 (100% complete). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the event handler can cancel the current long operation + by setting the property to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current long operation + should be cancelled. (This property is ignored if is false.) + + + + + Represents a method that can handle a long operation event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A control that mimics the horizontal scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1HScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the vertical scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1VScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the standard scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1ScrollBar. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the style object with constants, brushes, colors, and glyphs. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating whether this is a vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the scrollbar should be drawn using the system style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether moving from one state to another should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by a mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Resets the width or height of a C1ScrollBar to its default value. + + + + + Paints the scrollbar. + + + + + Raises the VisibleChanged event. + + + + + Handles the size of scrollbar is changed. + + + + + Raises the EnabledChanged event. + + + + + Raises the RightToLeftChanged event. + + + + + Returns the bounds to use when the scrollbar is scaled by a specified amount. + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Raises the MouseMove event. + + + + + Use internal only for theming support. + + The new theme to be applied. + + + + Applies a C1Theme to the scrollBar. + + + + + A customizable set of appearance settings. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the set of named integer constants. + + + + + Gets the set of named brushes. + + + + + Gets the set of named colors. + + + + + Gets the set of named glyphs. + + + + + Occurs when a is changed. + + + + + Maintains performance while is being changed. + + + + + Resumes processing after it has been suspended by a call to . + + + + + Loads a predefined theme into the object. + + + + + Represents the set of integer constants that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets an integer value associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known brushes that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets a Color for the case of a solid brush. + + + + + Sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Sets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Gets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known colors that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Pen associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known glyphs that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets an image associated with the specified . + + + + + Updates the image associated with the specified + and determines whether the new image can be disposed from this + , i.e. the glyph set owns the image. + + + + + Returns a glyph image that is drawn using the specified foreground color. + + + + + Returns the size of the specified glyph image. + + + + + Named style constants of System.Int32 type. + + + + + Named style brushes. + + + + + Named style colors. + + + + + Named style glyphs. + + + + + Implements the extrapolation of a manipulation's position and orientation. + + + + + Represents a 2D manipulator at an instant in time. + + + + + The unique ID for this manipulator. + + + + + The x-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + The y-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + Creates a new Manipulator object with the specified properties. + + + + + Implements a multiple-input, single-output compositor for two-dimensional (2-D) transformations. + + + + + Implemented by an area of the Control that needs to receive touch notifications. + + + + + Executes before a new manipulation starts. + + + You can update mp.Configuration from this method. + + + + + Executes when the next manipulation occurs, including the inertia. + + + + + Represents the possible affine two-dimensional (2-D) manipulations. + + + + + No manipulations. + + + + + A translation in the x-axis. + + + + + A translation in the y-axis. + + + + + A translation in the x and/or y axes. + + + + + A scale in both directions. + + + + + A rotation. + + + + + All available manipulations. + + + + + Represents a result of the touch manipulation. + + + + + Gets the parameters of the touch interaction. + + + + + Gets the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the new x-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the new y-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Indicates the start of an interaction. + + + + + Indicates if the interaction has triggered inertia. + + + + + Indicates the end of an interaction (including inertia). + + + + + Indicates if the panning feedback offset is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the horizontal end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the vertical end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Specifies parameters for the manipulation and inertia processors. + + + + + Gets or sets the current set of supported manipulations. + + + + + Indicates that motions off the primary axis of motion are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the displacement before applying rails. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the translation deceleration of an inertia processor, in DIPs per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the angular deceleration of an inertia processor, in radians per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum radius, in DIPs, necessary for a manipulator to participate in scaling and rotation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control shows a visual cue when a user + reaches the end of a pannable area. + + + To enable panning feedback you should update the OverpanOffsetX + and OverpanOffsetY properties of the TouchOutput object in the + ITouchDestination.ProceedInteraction() method. + + + + + Indicates whether the control positioning reset should incorporate + a smooth animation after showing panning feedback. Set this + property to false if the original position of the control needs + to be restored immediately. + + + + + Represents the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the translation along the x-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the translation along the y-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the scale factor. + + + + + Gets the amount of expansion, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the amount of rotation, in radians. + + + + + Represents a delegate that hit-tests touch destinations. + + + + + Provides data for touch events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a TouchEventArgs. + + + + + Gets the contact's X coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Gets the contact's Y coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Provides data for the QueryStatus event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a QueryStatusEventArgs. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the event came from the stylus pen. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the press and hold (right-click) gesture is supported. + + + + + Accepts input from a touch device. + + + + + Indicates if the Windows Touch Technology is available on this platform. + + + + + Indicates if the application is running on Windows 8 or upper OS. + + + + + Indicates that the system is not drawing the cursor because the user + is providing input through touch or pen instead of the mouse. + + + This property always returns false on Windows 7. + + + + + Indicates whether cursor is hidden because the end-user uses touch or pen instead of mouse. + + True is cursor is visible; False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the timestamp in 100-nanosecond units. + + + + + Creates an instance of TouchProcessor for the given control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible displacement allowable for a tap, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable duration for a tap, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the animation timer should be created for processing inertia (true by default). + + + Call the ProcessTimerTick method for processing inertia when this property is set to False. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the touch processor is enabled. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the inertia is currently processed. + + + + + Occurs before processing any manipulations from touch device. + + + + + Occurs before the control starts processing input from + touch device or pen at the given point. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control. + + + + + Occurs if the user taps the control but the touch duration + exceeded MaxTapDuration or the touch point was moved. + + + + + Occurs as a result of the Press and Hold action. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control twice. + + + + + Sets the dots per inch (DPI) for the touch processor. + + Specifies the horizontal DPI of the touch processor. + Specifies the vertical DPI of the touch processor. + + + + Processes touch-related Windows messages. + + + It must be executed from the owner control's WndProc() method. + + The Message to process. + + Returns true if the message is handled and the owner control's + WndProc() shouldn't call base.WndProc(). + + + + + Tries to guess whether the mouse event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + The Point in client coordinates passed as Location to + the mouse event. + + + The optional timestamp of the check. + + + + + Tries to guess whether the scroll event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + + + Processes inertia animation for the specified timestamp. + + + + + Forces to complete the currently running manipulations for the given destination. + + + + + Forces all currently running manipulations to complete. + + + + + Represents range of character codes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + Adding character. + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + The first character code. + The last character code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether is high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is high code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is low code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is low code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text as character's array for test. + The index of array. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Convert surrogate pair to UTF32 code. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert text's character (maybe with surrogate pairs) to UTF32 code. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert form code point to text. + The code point value. + The text as one or two characters. + + + The begin code of character. + + + The end code of character. + + + + Represents collection of unique objects. + All CodeRange objects within collection not intersect and sorted + by First field. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds object to current without any check, typically used during deserialization. + + to add. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the array of chars contained in this list of code ranges. + + Array of char + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection + contains all characters from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + + + + + + Unique identifier of font in various font + processing algorithms of C1Preview: + - font substitution + - font embedding + + + + Bold constant. + + + Italic constant. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets name of the font. + + + + + Gets flags of the font. + + + + + Gets bold flag of the font. + + + + + Gets italic flag of the font. + + + + + Gets style of the font. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The glyph metrics for the font subset. + + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets glyph index. + + + Gets or sets glyph width. + + + Gets empty flag for this structure. + + + Gets empty glyph metrics. + + + Provides additional information on the glyph. + + + + No additional info. + + + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a code point run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + + + Non-joining glyph form that does not join on either side. + + + + + Right-joining glyph form. + + + + + Left-joining glyph form. + + + + + Dual-joining (medial) glyph form that joins on both left and right. + + + + + Mask for testing Arabic joining glyph forms. + + + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + + + The baseline used by simple alphabetic scripts such as Latin, Cyrillic and Greek. + + + + + The baseline used by ideographic characters. + + + + + The baseline about which mathematical characters are centered. + + + + + The hanging baseline from which syllables seem to hang in Tibetan and other scripts. + + + + + The bit mask for the baseline values. + + + + + Unclassified or Component glyph. + + + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + + The bit mask for determining glyph class. + + + + + The glyph is not visible and has no advance. + + + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + + + Contains index of the glyph and its mapping to the corresponding code point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Caches the GSUB or GPOS LangSysTable. + + + References the next glyph in a sequence. + + + References the previous glyph in a sequence. + + + Index of the first code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Index of the last code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Number of additional code points. + + + First glyph with non-empty ExitAnchor in a sequence. + + + The base glyph or ligature for a mark glyph. + + + Ligature glyph ID for the attached mark glyph. + + + Index of the ligature component for a mark glyph. + + + Index of the font glyph (glyphID), maybe 0. + + + Glyph advance width (for horizontal direction) or height (for vertical direction). + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Various glyph flags. + + + Specifies the resolved bidi level of the glyph. + + + Gets a value indicating if the glyph should appear from right to left. + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + The font object for build subsets. + + + + Indicates that this is a special font like Windings etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + + Returns true if current font contains glyph for character with specified code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets width of the glyph index from font data. + + The glyph index. + Gets width of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The code (Unicode) of character. + The vertical mapping flag. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Counts the number of chars in that do have + corresponding glyphs in this font. + + + + + + + Returns true if current FontSubSetBase object can show + all chars in specified string excluding control chars (chars for that char.IsControl() == true). + + + + + + + Gets the char for the glyph index. + + The glyph index. + Returns character for glyph index. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + Output calculated widths for each character. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + Gets code points count for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets cluster map for shaping/ + + + Calculates the new capacity of the internal buffers based on the required capacity. + + + + Initializes the array of CodePointFlags elements for the given code points. + + + + Resolves characters with ambiguous East Asian width to either narrow or wide. + The source and destination array of CodePointFlags elements. + Number of code points. + + + Initializes the array of BidiClass elements for the given code points. + + + Initializes the array of ScriptCode elements for the given code points. + + + Resolves the Inherited, Common, and Unknown script codes, if possible. + The source and destination array of ScriptCode elements. + Number of UTF-32 code points in the analyzed range. + + + Converts ScriptCode elements to ScriptTag elements. + + + + Calculates "panse index" (panoseIndex) and count of chars that can be displayed by fss. + panoseIndex represents difference between + current FontSubSetBase object and fss object. + Minimal number defines minimal difference, i.e. 0 means that current FontSubSetBase object and fss very similar. + -1 means that fss can not be used as alternative for current object to display s. + + + + + + + + + Search best alternative for text in font subset array. + + The text for substitution. + The font subset list. + The index of best alternative font (font subset). + + + + Calculate diff panose index. + + + + + + + Gets "original" font name that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" font style that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Bold that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Italic that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets font name that was read from font's data, see also . + + + + + Gets font family name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create GDI and GDI+ fonts. + + + + + Gets base font name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create PDF fonts. + + + + + Gets family class. + + + + + Gets or sets font key (font identifier). + + + + + Gets Font.Bold that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets Font.Italic that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font must obfuscate. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can use as subset of the font's data. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating that this object + invalid (error occurs during getting font's data) and can not be used. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font object. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font name. + The bold flag of the font. + The italic flag of the font. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font key object. + The object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + The exist object. + + + + Font name information from the font subset. + + + + + The platform identifier. + + + + + The platform encoding code (identifier). + + + + + The language identifier. + + + + + The text name of the font or font family. + + + + + False is the name is empty, true otherwise. + + + + Contains information for vertical or horizontal text, and can contain kerning values or minimum values. + + + Number of kerning pairs. + + + The left-hand glyph and the right-hand glyph in the kerning pairs: (leftGlyphID << 16) | rightGlyphID. + + + The kerning value for the above pair, in FUnits. + + If this value is greater than zero, the characters will be moved apart. If this value is less than zero, the character will be moved closer together. + + + + If set, the table has horizontal data, if not set, it has vertical data. + + + If set, the table has minimum values, if not set, the table has kerning values. + + + If set, kerning is perpendicular to the flow of the text. + + + If set, the value in this table should replace the value currently being accumulated. + + + Returns the index of a given key pair, or -1. + + + Identifies language-system features used to render the glyphs in a script. + + + Identifies the language system. + + + Index of a feature required for this language system, -1 if no required features. + + + Array of indices into the FeatureList. + + + Contains script and language-system data. + + + Identifies the script. + + + Defines the set of features that regulate the default behavior of the script. + + + All language systems (excluding the default) that use the script. + + + Сlass values for the GlyphClassDef table. + + + The class zero for unclassified glyphs. + + + Base glyph (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + Component glyph (part of single character, spacing glyph). + + + Identifies features providing information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Unknown feature (not applicable). + + + Access All Alternates + + + Above-base Forms + + + Above-base Mark Positioning + + + Above-base Substitutions + + + Alternative Fractions + + + Akhands + + + Below-base Forms + + + Below-base Mark Positioning + + + Below-base Substitutions + + + Contextual Alternates + + + Case-Sensitive Forms + + + Glyph Composition / Decomposition + + + Conjunct Form After Ro + + + Conjunct Forms + + + Contextual Ligatures + + + Centered CJK Punctuation + + + Capital Spacing + + + Contextual Swash + + + Cursive Positioning + + + Character Variant 1 + + + Character Variant 2 + + + Character Variant 3 + + + Character Variant 4 + + + Character Variant 5 + + + Character Variant 6 + + + Character Variant 7 + + + Character Variant 8 + + + Character Variant 9 + + + Character Variant 10 + + + Character Variant 11 + + + Character Variant 12 + + + Character Variant 13 + + + Character Variant 14 + + + Character Variant 15 + + + Character Variant 16 + + + Character Variant 17 + + + Character Variant 18 + + + Character Variant 19 + + + Character Variant 20 + + + Character Variant 21 + + + Character Variant 22 + + + Character Variant 23 + + + Character Variant 24 + + + Character Variant 25 + + + Character Variant 26 + + + Character Variant 27 + + + Character Variant 28 + + + Character Variant 29 + + + Character Variant 30 + + + Character Variant 31 + + + Character Variant 32 + + + Character Variant 33 + + + Character Variant 34 + + + Character Variant 35 + + + Character Variant 36 + + + Character Variant 37 + + + Character Variant 38 + + + Character Variant 39 + + + Character Variant 40 + + + Character Variant 41 + + + Character Variant 42 + + + Character Variant 43 + + + Character Variant 44 + + + Character Variant 45 + + + Character Variant 46 + + + Character Variant 47 + + + Character Variant 48 + + + Character Variant 49 + + + Character Variant 50 + + + Character Variant 51 + + + Character Variant 52 + + + Character Variant 53 + + + Character Variant 54 + + + Character Variant 55 + + + Character Variant 56 + + + Character Variant 57 + + + Character Variant 58 + + + Character Variant 59 + + + Character Variant 60 + + + Character Variant 61 + + + Character Variant 62 + + + Character Variant 63 + + + Character Variant 64 + + + Character Variant 65 + + + Character Variant 66 + + + Character Variant 67 + + + Character Variant 68 + + + Character Variant 69 + + + Character Variant 70 + + + Character Variant 71 + + + Character Variant 72 + + + Character Variant 73 + + + Character Variant 74 + + + Character Variant 75 + + + Character Variant 76 + + + Character Variant 77 + + + Character Variant 78 + + + Character Variant 79 + + + Character Variant 80 + + + Character Variant 81 + + + Character Variant 82 + + + Character Variant 83 + + + Character Variant 84 + + + Character Variant 85 + + + Character Variant 86 + + + Character Variant 87 + + + Character Variant 88 + + + Character Variant 89 + + + Character Variant 90 + + + Character Variant 91 + + + Character Variant 92 + + + Character Variant 93 + + + Character Variant 94 + + + Character Variant 95 + + + Character Variant 96 + + + Character Variant 97 + + + Character Variant 98 + + + Character Variant 99 + + + Petite Capitals From Capitals + + + Small Capitals From Capitals + + + Distances + + + Discretionary Ligatures + + + Denominators + + + Dotless Forms + + + Expert Forms + + + Final Glyph on Line Alternates + + + Terminal Forms #2 + + + Terminal Forms #3 + + + Terminal Forms + + + Flattened accent forms + + + Fractions + + + Full Widths + + + Half Forms + + + Halant Forms + + + Alternate Half Widths + + + Historical Forms + + + Horizontal Kana Alternates + + + Historical Ligatures + + + Hangul + + + Hojo Kanji Forms (JIS X 0212-1990 Kanji Forms) + + + Half Widths + + + Initial Forms + + + Isolated Forms + + + Italics + + + Justification Alternates + + + JIS78 Forms + + + JIS83 Forms + + + JIS90 Forms + + + JIS2004 Forms + + + Kerning + + + Left Bounds + + + Standard Ligatures + + + Leading Jamo Forms + + + Lining Figures + + + Localized Forms + + + Left-to-right alternates + + + Left-to-right mirrored forms + + + Mark Positioning + + + Medial Forms #2 + + + Medial Forms + + + Mathematical Greek + + + Mark to Mark Positioning + + + Mark Positioning via Substitution + + + Alternate Annotation Forms + + + NLC Kanji Forms + + + Nukta Forms + + + Numerators + + + Oldstyle Figures + + + Optical Bounds + + + Ordinals + + + Ornaments + + + Proportional Alternate Widths + + + Petite Capitals + + + Proportional Kana + + + Proportional Figures + + + Pre-Base Forms + + + Pre-base Substitutions + + + Post-base Forms + + + Post-base Substitutions + + + Proportional Widths + + + Quarter Widths + + + Randomize + + + Required Contextual Alternates + + + Rakar Forms + + + Required Ligatures + + + Reph Forms + + + Right Bounds + + + Right-to-left alternates + + + Right-to-left mirrored forms + + + Ruby Notation Forms + + + Required Variation Alternates + + + Stylistic Alternates + + + Scientific Inferiors + + + Optical size + + + Small Capitals + + + Simplified Forms + + + Stylistic Set 1 + + + Stylistic Set 2 + + + Stylistic Set 3 + + + Stylistic Set 4 + + + Stylistic Set 5 + + + Stylistic Set 6 + + + Stylistic Set 7 + + + Stylistic Set 8 + + + Stylistic Set 9 + + + Stylistic Set 10 + + + Stylistic Set 11 + + + Stylistic Set 12 + + + Stylistic Set 13 + + + Stylistic Set 14 + + + Stylistic Set 15 + + + Stylistic Set 16 + + + Stylistic Set 17 + + + Stylistic Set 18 + + + Stylistic Set 19 + + + Stylistic Set 20 + + + Math script style alternates + + + Stretching Glyph Decomposition + + + Subscript + + + Superscript + + + Swash + + + Titling + + + Trailing Jamo Forms + + + Traditional Name Forms + + + Tabular Figures + + + Traditional Forms + + + Third Widths + + + Unicase + + + Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vattu Variants + + + Vertical Writing + + + Alternate Vertical Half Metrics + + + Vowel Jamo Forms + + + Vertical Kana Alternates + + + Vertical Kerning + + + Proportional Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vertical Alternates and Rotation + + + Vertical Alternates for Rotation + + + Slashed Zero + + + Language system tags identify the language systems supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system tag. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Identifies the language system supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Script tags generally correspond to a Unicode script, the associations between them may not always be one-to-one. + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Bengali v.2 + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Byzantine Music + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Canadian Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot Syllabary + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Devanagari v.2 + + + + + Devanagari + + + + + Deseret + + + + + Duployan + + + + + Egyptian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Gujarati v.2 + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi v.2 + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Hangul + + + + + CJK Ideographic + + + + + Hanunoo + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Old Hungarian + + + + + Old Italic + + + + + Hangul Jamo + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Hiragana & Katakana + + + + + Kharosthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Kannada v.2 + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Lepcha + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam v.2 + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Mro + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Musical Symbols + + + + + Myanmar v.2 + + + + + Myanmar + + + + + Old North Arabian + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Odia v.2 (formerly Oriya v.2) + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Miao + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + Sign Writing + + + + + Shavian + + + + + Sharada + + + + + Siddham + + + + + Khudawadi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu v.2 + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tifinagh + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Tamil v.2 + + + + + Ugaritic Cuneiform + + + + + Vai + + + + + Warang Citi + + + + + Old Persian Cuneiform + + + + + Sumero-Akkadian Cuneiform + + + + + Yi + + + + Provides information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Identifies the specific feature. + + + The Feature Parameters table, specific to a particular feature. + + + Array of offsets to Lookup tables from beginning of LookupList. + + + Base class for the Feature Parameters tables. + + + The parameters table for the Character Variant features. + + + The Unicode Scalar Value of the characters for which this feature provides glyph variants. + + + Number of named parameters (may be zero). + + + The first ‘name’ table name ID used to specify strings for user-interface labels for the feature parameters. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) that an application can use for tooltip text for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies sample text that illustrates the effect of this feature. + + + + The parameters table for the Stylistic Set features. + + + + The 'name' table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + Identifies the typographic feature in the OpenType font. + + + Initializes a new instance of , enabled by default. + + + Initializes a new instance of with a value indicating whether the feature is enable or disabled. + + + Initializes a new instance of with the specified 1-based position of alternate glyph ID. + + + The OpenType name identifier of the feature. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the feature should be enabled. + + + Specifies 1-based position of the alternate glyph ID in Alternate Substitution lookup. + + + Indicates whether the last alternative should be applied if the specified position exceeds the number of alternatives. + + + Defines constants that specify the decorations applied to text. + + + No text decorations are applied. + + + Strikethrough is applied to the text. + + + Underline is applied to the text. + + + Line-breaking and justification conditions; East Asian width category for the code point. + + + Indicates that none of the flags are set. + + + Indicates the start of a Grapheme Cluster. + + + Indicates the start of a word. + + + Whether the glyphs are rotated on their side. + + + Indicates if characters should be displayed upright if transformed with the 'vert' or 'vrt2' GSUB features. + + + Combination of the Sideways and UprightIfTransformed flags. + + + Indicates that the character is some form of whitespace, which may be meaningful for justification. + + + Indicates the character tabulation. + + + Bit mask for the character tabulation and whitespaces. + + + Indicates that the character is a replacement for inline object. + + + Indicates that the character is a soft hyphen, often used to indicate hyphenation points inside words. + + + Indicates that there should be no line break after this code point. + + + Indicates that a line break is allowed after this code point. + + + Indicates that the line break must happen after this code point. + + + Mask for testing the line-breaking behavior. + + + Ambiguous characters + + + East Asian Narrow + + + East Asian Wide (and emoji) + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + Mask for testing East Asian character width category. + + + Represents text formatting attributes such as font, language, colors, decorations and so on. + + + + Returns the Language value corresponding to a given . + + The corresponding value, or the Language.Default if a specific value could not be found. + + + + Converts a value to the corresponding . + + A value to convert. + Indicates whether the following scripts should be converted to old tags: Bengali, Devanagari, Gujarati, Gurmukhi, Kannada, Malayalam, Myanmar, Odia, Tamil, Telugu. + The converted value. + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Gets or sets a Font used by this format. + If not null, this value overrides the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a font family name. + This value is used only if the property is null. + This value is case insensitive. + + + + Provides access to a set of Microsoft OpenType typography properties. + + + Gets or sets a value identifying the language system. + + + Gets or sets an OpenType script tag. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating which decorations are applied to the text. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is underlined. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strikethrough style is applied to the text. + + + + Gets or sets the logical font size, in points or in graphic units. + The defalut value is 12. + See also the description of the property. + + + + /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether specifies the font size in graphic units or in points. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating the desired or emulated style of the font. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font should be bolded. + + + Gets or sets whether the font should be italicized. + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor for the glyph advance value.Valid values are from 0.5 up. The default is 1. + + + Gets or sets the offset of the text in the orthogonal direction, in graphic units.The default is 0. + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the explicit line gap (if not null), in graphic units. + + + Gets or sets the text foreground color. The default is black. + + + Gets or sets the text background color. The default is transparent. + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary custom data associated with this . + + + + Copies the current text format settings to another object. + + The destination TextFormat object. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + When this flag is set, the last glyph in a given sequence to which the cursive attachment lookup is applied, will be positioned on the baseline. + + + If set, skips over base glyphs. + + + If set, skips over ligatures. + + + If set, skips over all combining marks. + + + If set, the layout engine skips over all mark glyphs not in the mark filtering set indicated. + + + If not zero, skips over all marks of attachment type different from specified. + + + Index (base 0) into GDEF mark glyph sets structure. This field is only present if bit UseMarkFilteringSet of lookup flags is set. + + + Type of the substitution. + + + Format identifier for the substitution subtable. + + + For each covered glyph, specifies all the ligature strings that begin with the covered glyph. + + + Define the glyphs in each ligature. + + + Glyph IDs corresponding to the components of the ligature. + + + The glyph ID of the output ligature glyph. + + + Checks if the specified glyph is in the subset. + + + Defines any combination of X and Y values (in design units) to add to the placement and advance values provided in the font. + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Horizontal adjustment for advance. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for advance. + + + Specifies the positioning data in all contextual positioning subtables. + + + Indicates where the positioning operation will occur in the glyph sequence. + + + Identifies the lookup to be applied at the glyph position specified by the SequenceIndex. + + + Type of the positioning. + + + Format identifier for the positioning subtable. + + + Adjusts the position of a single glyph, such as a subscript or superscript. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning value applied to all glyphs in the Coverage table. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning values applied to glyphs. + + + Used to adjust the positions of two glyphs in relation to one another, for instance, to specify kerning data for pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Positioning data for one or more specific pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Assigns class values to all the first glyphs in all pairs. + + + Assigns class values to all the second glyphs in all pairs. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef1Classes. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef2Classes. + + + ValueRecords, one for the first glyph in a class pair (Value1) and one for the second glyph (Value2). + + + Specifies a pair of ValueRecords. + + + Positioning data for the first glyph/class in the pair. + + + Positioning data for the second glyph/class in the pair. + + + Specifies the second glyph in a pair and defines a ValueRecord for each glyph. + + + Glyph ID of second glyph in the pair, first glyph is listed in the Coverage table. + + + + Describes how to connect the glyphs by aligning two anchor points: the designated exit point of a glyph, and the designated entry point of the following glyph. + + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Anchor tables that identify the entry point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Anchor tables that identify the exit point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Used to position one glyph with respect to another. + + + Horizontal value, in design units. + + + Vertical value, in design units. + + + Index to glyph contour point. + + + + + + + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the base glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the BaseCoverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Classes of the mark. + + + Data for each mark class. + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to ligature base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Ligature glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Lists the LigatureAttach table, one for each ligature glyph listed in the LigatureCoverage table. + + + + One for each ligature glyph listed in the MarkToLigatureAttachmentPositioningSubtable.LigatureCoverage table. + + + + Count of the component glyphs in a ligature. + + + Stores the component records in the same order as the components in the ligature, defines all the attachment points ordered by class. + + + Defines the position of one mark relative to another mark. + + + + + + Lists all the Mark1 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Mark2 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in Mark1Array. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by Mark1Coverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the Mark2Coverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context so a text-processing client can adjust the position of one or more glyphs within a certain pattern of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Identifies the remaining glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + Defines the class values of all glyphs in the input contexts that the subtable describes. + + + + + + Each position in the sequence may specify a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + The PosRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat1. + + + Glyph IDs to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + The PosClassRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat2. + + + Classes to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context with an ability to look back and/or look ahead in the sequence of glyphs. + + + + + + Lists the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Defines the rest glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + The backtrack sequence context. + + + The input sequence context. + + + The lookahead sequence context. + + + + + + Each position in the backtracking sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the input sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the lookahead sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + ChainPosRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat1. + + + Array of backtracking glyph IDs. + + + Array of input glyph IDs. + + + Array of lookahead glyph IDs. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + ChainPosClassRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat2. + + + Array of backtracking classes. + + + Array of input classes. + + + Array of lookahead classes. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + + TTF files are stored in big-endian format, we need special + readers and writers + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Big endian binary writer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raw (binary font data or file path name) font subset. + + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The path for raw font file. + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The raw font data. + + + + Gets font subset for font file name with path. + + The path for font file. + The font subset object. + + + + Gets font subset for raw font data. + + The raw font data. + The font subset object. + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + Read table block locations. + + + + The font subset builder. + + + + The simple table of font's names. + + + The table with CMAP of font's names. + + + + + + + + + Gets full font data for a font subset object. + + The font subset object. + THe full font data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets full code range of this font. + + + + + Class for support character shaping (Arabic, Indic etc.). + + + + Left-to-right + + + Left-to-Right Embedding + + + Left-to-Right Override + + + Right-to-Left + + + Right-to-Left Arabic + + + Right-to-Left Embedding + + + Right-to-Left Override + + + Pop Directional Format + + + European Number + + + European Number Separator + + + European Number Terminator + + + Arabic Number + + + Common Number Separator + + + Non-Spacing Mark + + + Boundary Neutral + + + Paragraph Separator (Break) + + + Segment Separator + + + Whitespace + + + Other Neutrals + + + Unknown + + + Bidi order for right to left characters. + + + + The algorithm. Does not include line-based processing (Rules L1, L2). + These are applied later in the line-based phase of the algorithm. + + + + + 1) determining the paragraph level. + Rules P2, P3. + At the end of this function, the member variable paragraphEmbeddingLevel is set to either 0 or 1. + + + + + Process embedding format codes. + Calls processEmbeddings to generate an embedding array from the explicit format codes. + The embedding overrides in the array are then applied to the result types, and the result levels are initialized. + + + + + + Rules X9. + Remove explicit codes so that they may be ignored during the remainder of the main portion + of the algorithm. The length of the resulting text is returned. + + The length of the data excluding explicit codes and BN. + + + + Reinsert levels information for explicit codes. + This is for ease of relating the level information to the original input data. Note that the levels + assigned to these codes are arbitrary, they're chosen so as to avoid breaking level runs. + + The length of the data after compression. + The length of the data (original length of types array supplied to constructor). + + + + 2) determining explicit levels (Rules X1 - X8) + The interaction of these rules makes handling them a bit complex. This examines resultTypes but does + not modify it. It returns embedding and override information in the result array. The low 7 bits are + the level, the high bit is set if the level is an override, and clear if it is an embedding. + + The bidi types. + + + + + + 3) resolving weak types (Rules W1-W7.) + Note that some weak types (EN, AN) remain after this processing is complete. + + + + + + + + + + 6) resolving neutral types (Rules N1-N2.) + + + + + + + + + + 7) resolving implicit embedding levels (Rules I1, I2.) + + + + + + + + + + Output. + + + + + + Return levels array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. (Rule L1.) + The returned levels array contains the resolved level for each bidi code passed to the constructor. + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The resolved levels of the text. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The resolved levels of the text. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the + fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of the + second line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. + The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value + must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of thesecond line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The levels array. + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The multiline reordering array for a given level array with reordering does not occur across a line break. + + + + Reorders a single line. The reordering is a visual to logical map. For example: + the leftmost char is string.CharAt(order[0]) (Rule L2.) + + + The reordering array for a given level array. + + + + Gets base level of the paragraph. + + The base level of the paragraph. + + + + Return true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + + Return the strong type (L or R) corresponding to the level. + + + + + + + Checks the value at index, and will return index if that value is not in validSet. + + + + + The limit of the run starting at index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Assumes the value at index is valid, and does not check it. + + + + The start of the run including index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Sets resultTypes from start up to (but not including) limit to newType. + + + + + + + + Sets resultLevels from start up to (but not including) limit to newLevel. + + + + + + + + Throw exception if paragraph embedding level is invalid. Special allowance for -1 so that + default processing can still be performed when using this API. + + + + + + Throw exception if line breaks array is invalid. + + + + + + + Right to left shaping without arabic. + + + + + + + + Gets mirroring right to left text. + + The text for mirroring. + The start right to left flag. + The mirroring right to left text. + + + Various methods working with bit strings. + + + ISO 15924 Script Codes. + + + + Inherit script from a preceding base character. + + + + + Characters that may be used with multiple scripts. + + + + + Unassigned, private-use, noncharacter, and surrogate code points. + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Afaka + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom, Tai Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Arabic (Nastaliq variant) + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali (Bangla) + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Blissymbols + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Cirth + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Cyrillic (Old Church Slavonic variant) + + + + + Devanagari (Nagari) + + + + + Dogra + + + + + Deseret (Mormon) + + + + + Duployan shorthand, Duployan stenography + + + + + Egyptian demotic + + + + + Egyptian hieratic + + + + + Egyptian hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic (Geʻez) + + + + + Khutsuri (Asomtavruli and Nuskhuri) + + + + + Georgian (Mkhedruli and Mtavruli) + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gunjala Gondi + + + + + Masaram Gondi + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Han with Bopomofo (alias for Han + Bopomofo) + + + + + Hangul (Hangŭl, Hangeul) + + + + + Han (Hanzi, Kanji, Hanja) + + + + + Hanunoo (Hanunóo) + + + + + Han (Simplified variant) + + + + + Han (Traditional variant) + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Hiragana + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs (Luwian Hieroglyphs, Hittite Hieroglyphs) + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Japanese syllabaries (alias for Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) + + + + + Indus (Harappan) + + + + + Old Italic (Etruscan, Oscan, etc.) + + + + + Jamo (alias for Jamo subset of Hangul) + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Japanese (alias for Han + Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Jurchen + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Katakana + + + + + Kharoshthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Khitan large script + + + + + Khitan small script + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Korean (alias for Hangul + Han) + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin (Fraktur variant) + + + + + Latin (Gaelic variant) + + + + + Latin + + + + + Leke + + + + + Lepcha (Róng) + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Loma + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mayan hieroglyphs + + + + + Medefaidrin (Oberi Okaime, Oberi Ɔkaimɛ) + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi, Moḍī + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Moon (Moon code, Moon script, Moon type) + + + + + Mro, Mru + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Myanmar (Burmese) + + + + + Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa, Newar, Newari, Nepāla lipi + + + + + Nakhi Geba ('Na-'Khi ²Ggŏ-¹baw, Naxi Geba) + + + + + N’Ko + + + + + Nüshu + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki (Ol Cemet’, Ol, Santali) + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Oriya (Odia) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Book Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Klingon (KLI pIqaD) + + + + + Miao (Pollard) + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Reserved for private use (start) + + + + + Reserved for private use (end) + + + + + Rejang (Redjang, Kaganga) + + + + + Rongorongo + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Sarati + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + SignWriting + + + + + Shavian (Shaw) + + + + + Sharada, Śāradā + + + + + Siddham, Siddhaṃ, Siddhamātṛkā + + + + + Khudawadi, Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Soyombo + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac (Estrangelo variant) + + + + + Syriac (Western variant) + + + + + Syriac (Eastern variant) + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri, Ṭākrī, Ṭāṅkrī + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tengwar + + + + + Tifinagh (Berber) + + + + + Tagalog (Baybayin, Alibata) + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Ugaritic + + + + + Vai + + + + + Visible Speech + + + + + Warang Citi (Varang Kshiti) + + + + + Woleai + + + + + Old Persian + + + + + Cuneiform, Sumero-Akkadian + + + + + Yi + + + + + Zanabazar Square (Zanabazarin Dörböljin Useg, Xewtee Dörböljin Bicig, Horizontal Square Script) + + + + + Code for inherited script + + + + + Mathematical notation + + + + + Symbols (Emoji variant) + + + + + Symbols + + + + + Code for unwritten documents + + + + + Code for undetermined script + + + + + Code for uncoded script + + + + + Bidirectional character types. + + + + + Right-to-Left Arabic (Strong). + + + + + Arabic Number (Weak). + + + + + Paragraph Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Boundary Neutral (Weak). + + + + + Common Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number (Weak). + + + + + European Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number Terminator (Weak). + + + + + First Strong Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right (Strong). + + + + + Left-to-Right Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Nonspacing Mark (Weak). + + + + + Other Neutrals (Neutral). + + + + + Pop Directional Format (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Pop Directional Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left (Strong). + + + + + Right-to-Left Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Segment Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Whitespace (Neutral). + + + + + Arabic joining groups. + + + + + AFRICAN FEH + + + + + AFRICAN NOON + + + + + AFRICAN QAF + + + + + AIN + + + + + ALAPH + + + + + ALEF + + + + + BEH + + + + + BETH + + + + + BERUSHASKI YEH BARREE + + + + + DAL + + + + + DALATH RISH + + + + + E + + + + + FARSI YEH + + + + + FE + + + + + FEH + + + + + FINAL SEMKATH + + + + + GAF + + + + + GAMAL + + + + + HAH + + + + + HE + + + + + HEH + + + + + HEH GOAL + + + + + HETH + + + + + KAF + + + + + KAPH + + + + + KHAPH + + + + + KNOTTED HEH + + + + + LAM + + + + + LAMADH + + + + + MALAYALAM BHA + + + + + MALAYALAM JA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLLA + + + + + MALAYALAM NGA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNNA + + + + + Malayalam_NYA + + + + + MALAYALAM RA + + + + + MALAYALAM SSA + + + + + MALAYALAM TTA + + + + + MANICHAEAN ALEPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN AYIN + + + + + MANICHAEAN BETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DALETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DHAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN FIVE + + + + + MANICHAEAN GIMEL + + + + + MANICHAEAN HETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN HUNDRED + + + + + MANICHAEAN KAPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN LAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN MEM + + + + + MANICHAEAN NUN + + + + + MANICHAEAN ONE + + + + + MANICHAEAN PE + + + + + MANICHAEAN QOPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN RESH + + + + + MANICHAEAN SADHE + + + + + MANICHAEAN SAMEKH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN TEN + + + + + MANICHAEAN TETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN THAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TWENTY + + + + + MANICHAEAN WAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN YODH + + + + + MANICHAEAN ZAYIN + + + + + MEEM + + + + + MIM + + + + + No_Joining_Group + + + + + NOON + + + + + NUN + + + + + NYA + + + + + PE + + + + + QAF + + + + + QAPH + + + + + REH + + + + + REVERSED PE + + + + + ROHINGYA YEH + + + + + SAD + + + + + SADHE + + + + + SEEN + + + + + SEMKATH + + + + + SHIN + + + + + STRAIGHT WAW + + + + + SWASH KAF + + + + + SYRIAC WAW + + + + + TAH + + + + + TAW + + + + + TEH MARBUTA + + + + + TEH MARBUTA GOAL / HAMZA ON HEH GOAL + + + + + TETH + + + + + WAW + + + + + YEH + + + + + YEH BARREE + + + + + YEH WITH TAIL + + + + + YUDH + + + + + YUDH HE + + + + + ZAIN + + + + + ZHAIN + + + + + Arabic joining types. + + + + + Join_Causing + + + + + Dual_Joining + + + + + Left_Joining + + + + + Right_Joining + + + + + Transparent + + + + + Non_Joining + + + + + Provides the most general classification of the code point. + + + + + Uppercase letter. + + + + + Lowercase letter. + + + + + Digraphic character, with first part uppercase. + + + + + Modifier letter. + + + + + Other letters, including syllables and ideographs. + + + + + Nonspacing combining mark (zero advance width). + + + + + Spacing combining mark (positive advance width). + + + + + Enclosing combining mark. + + + + + Decimal digit. + + + + + Letterlike numeric character. + + + + + Numeric character of other type. + + + + + Connecting punctuation mark, like a tie. + + + + + Dash or hyphen punctuation mark. + + + + + Opening punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Closing punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Initial quotation mark. + + + + + Final quotation mark. + + + + + Punctuation mark of other type. + + + + + Symbol of mathematical use. + + + + + Currency sign. + + + + + Non-letterlike modifier symbol. + + + + + Symbol of other type. + + + + + Space character (of various non-zero widths). + + + + + U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR only. + + + + + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR only. + + + + + C0 or C1 control code. + + + + + Format control character. + + + + + Surrogate code point. + + + + + Private-use character. + + + + + Reserved unassigned code point or a noncharacter. + + + + + Line breaking classes of the Unicode characters. + + + + + Mandatory Break + + + + + Carriage Return + + + + + Line Feed + + + + + Combining Mark + + + + + Next Line + + + + + Surrogate + + + + + Word Joiner + + + + + Zero Width Space + + + + + Non-breaking (“Glue”) + + + + + Space + + + + + Zero Width Joiner + + + + + Break Opportunity Before and After + + + + + Break After + + + + + Break Before + + + + + Hyphen + + + + + Contingent Break Opportunity + + + + + Close Punctuation + + + + + Close Parenthesis + + + + + Exclamation/Interrogation + + + + + Inseparable + + + + + Nonstarter + + + + + Open Punctuation + + + + + Quotation + + + + + Infix Numeric Separator + + + + + Numeric + + + + + Postfix Numeric + + + + + Prefix Numeric + + + + + Symbols Allowing Break After + + + + + Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) + + + + + Alphabetic + + + + + Conditional Japanese Starter + + + + + Emoji Base + + + + + Emoji Modifier + + + + + Hangul LV Syllable + + + + + Hangul LVT Syllable + + + + + Hebrew Letter + + + + + Ideographic + + + + + Hangul L Jamo + + + + + Hangul V Jamo + + + + + Hangul T Jamo + + + + + Regional Indicator + + + + + Complex Context Dependent (South East Asian) + + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default character orientation categories. + + + + + Characters which are displayed upright, with the same orientation that appears in the code charts. + + + + + Characters which are displayed sideways, rotated 90 degrees clockwise compared to the code charts. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph upright. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + East Asian character width categories. + + + + + Ambiguous characters + + + + + East Asian Fullwidth + + + + + East Asian Halfwidth + + + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + + + East Asian Narrow + + + + + East Asian Wide + + + + + Determines default boundaries between user-perceived characters. + + + + + Determines default boundaries between words. + + + + + Searches a resource with name which end matches a specified string. + + The assembly where to search a resource. + The string which should be at end of resource name. + + + + + Returns a paired bracket for the given one (negative for close bracket, zero for none-bracket). + + + + + EMF+ brush types + + + + + For internal use only. + Abstract base class used to enumerate metafiles. + Used to convert metafiles to various formats such as PDF, Word etc. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Get GDI+ approximate font for this meta font. + + + + + Get angle for this meta font. + + + + + Get width coefficient for this meta font. + + + + + Convert implicitly to GDI+ font. + + The mate font object. + GDI+ approximate font for meta font. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Fields of DEVMODE structure. + + + + + GetDeviceCaps() constants + + + + + Sorting IDs. + + + + + Primary language IDs. + + + + + Sublanguage IDs. + + The name immediately following SUBLANG_ dictates which primary + language ID that sublanguage ID can be combined with to form a + valid language ID. + + + + + Locale Types. + + + + + usage: + using (FixFpu ff = new FixFpu()) + { do printer stuff } + or + do printer stuff + FixFpu.Doit(); + + + + + Retrieves the low-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order word of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND + WM_SETCURSOR + WM_ACTIVATE + WM_MENUCHAR + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - SB_THUMBPOSITION or SB_THUMBTRACK + + + + + Retrieves the high-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order word of the specified value. + + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - current position of the scroll box + + + + + Retrieves the signed x-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for LOWORD because LOWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the signed y-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for HIWORD because HIWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the wheel-delta value from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the high-order word representing the wheel-delta value. + It indicates the distance that the wheel is rotated, expressed in multiples or divisions of WHEEL_DELTA, which is 120. A positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated forward, away from the user; + a negative value indicates that the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - zDelta + + + + + Retrieves the state of certain virtual keys from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the low-order word representing the virtual key state. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - fwKeys + + + + A field type invalid or not found. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor. + The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure. + The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. The MONITORINFOEX structure adds a string member to contain a name + for the display monitor. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of the structure. Set this member to sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) (72) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. + Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor that can be used by applications, + expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Windows uses this rectangle to maximize an application on the monitor. + The rest of the area in rcMonitor contains system windows such as the task bar and side bars. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + The attributes of the display monitor. + + This member can be the following value: + 1 : MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, + and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + + Aligns the window's client area on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + Aligns the window on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + + Allocates one device context to be shared by all windows in the class. + Because window classes are process specific, it is possible for multiple threads of an application to create a window of the same class. + It is also possible for the threads to attempt to use the device context simultaneously. When this happens, the system allows only one thread to successfully finish its drawing operation. + + + + Sends a double-click message to the window procedure when the user double-clicks the mouse while the cursor is within a window belonging to the class. + + + + Enables the drop shadow effect on a window. The effect is turned on and off through SPI_SETDROPSHADOW. + Typically, this is enabled for small, short-lived windows such as menus to emphasize their Z order relationship to other windows. + + + + Indicates that the window class is an application global class. For more information, see the "Application Global Classes" section of About Window Classes. + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the width of the client area. + + + Disables Close on the window menu. + + + Allocates a unique device context for each window in the class. + + + + Sets the clipping rectangle of the child window to that of the parent window so that the child can draw on the parent. + A window with the CS_PARENTDC style bit receives a regular device context from the system's cache of device contexts. + It does not give the child the parent's device context or device context settings. Specifying CS_PARENTDC enhances an application's performance. + + + + + Saves, as a bitmap, the portion of the screen image obscured by a window of this class. + When the window is removed, the system uses the saved bitmap to restore the screen image, including other windows that were obscured. + Therefore, the system does not send WM_PAINT messages to windows that were obscured if the memory used by the bitmap has not been discarded and if other screen actions have not invalidated the stored image. + This style is useful for small windows (for example, menus or dialog boxes) that are displayed briefly and then removed before other screen activity takes place. + This style increases the time required to display the window, because the system must first allocate memory to store the bitmap. + + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the height of the client area. + + + + Flags for TrackPopupMenu + + + + + WM_SETICON / WM_GETICON Type Codes + + + + + System Menu Command Values + + + + + Bits used in dwFlags of DTTOPTS + + + + + SetWindowPos flags. + + + + + Flags for ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + Color table identifiers for CreateDIBSection(). + + + + + Return values of the ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + CB_XXX - ComboBox Commands + + + + + Windows messages. + + + + + wParam of report message WM_IME_NOTIFY. + + + + + The WM_UPDATEUISTATE message parameters. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + Window theme parts + + + + + EditControl window messages. + + + + + WM_HSCROLL and WM_VSCROLL notifications codes. + + + + + SCROLLBARPARTS. + + + + + BM_GETSTATE flags. + + + + + BM_XXX flags. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT control types. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT drawing actions. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT visual states. + + + + + ComponentOne constants. + + + + + Specifies a raster-operation code, used by BitBlt function and other. + + + + + ShowWindow() function codes. + + + + + WM_PRINT drawing options. + + + + + Rich edit data format types. + + + + + Rich edit data format replacement options. + + + + + EM_SETCHARFORMAT / EM_GETCHARFORMAT flags. + + + + + EM_SETPARAFORMAT / EM_GETPARAFORMAT flags. + + + + + CHARFORMAT mask values. + + + + + CHARFORMAT effects. + + + + + EM_SETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS flags. + + + + + Text Alignment Options. + + + + + GetDCEx() flags. + + + + + GetWindow() Constants. + + + + + GetAncestor() constants. + + + + + ExtTextOut() flags. + + + + + SetBkMode modes. + + + + + GetObjectType() returning values. + + + + + TEXTMETRIC tmPitchAndFamily flags. + + + + + Values for NETTEXMETRIC.ntmFlags. + + + + + OLE constants. + + + + + CreateWindow() flags. + + + + + Extended Window Styles + + + + + CreateWindow() flags for edit controls. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), type of frame control to draw. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), state of control. + + + + + CreatePen() flags + + + + + Class field offsets for GetClassLong(). + + + + + SetWindowLong() flags. + + + + + GetGuiResources() flags. + + + + + ExtSelectClipRgn() flags. + + + + + ScrollWindowEx flags + + + + + MapVirtualKey map types + + + + + WM_MOUSEACTIVATE Return Codes + + + + + GetSystemMetrics() codes + + + + + Constants for TITLEBARINFOEX + + + + + Constants for SetROP2 + + + + + Constants for the biCompression field of BITMAPINFOHEADER. + + + + + ARROWBTNSTATES. + + + + + SCROLLBARSTYLESTATES. + + + + + Defines ASSOCF values for AssocQueryString method's first parameter (flags). + + + + + Defines ASSOCSTR values for AssocQueryString method's second parameter (str). + + + + + Gets file-association string from the registry. + + Use constants. + Use constants. + + + + + An success/error code. + + To get associated exe's length/exe: + + uint assocLen = 0; + AssocQueryString(ASSOCF.ASSOCF_INIT_DEFAULTTOSTAR,ASSOCSTR.ASSOCSTR_EXECUTABLE,Path.GetExtension(OutputFileName),"open",null,ref assocLen); + + For existing files, another option is FindExecutable. + + + + + Name of Atom create by GDI+ for current thread. + + + + + Gets true if GDI+ currently shutdown. + + + + + This function avoids BUG with API GetLocaleInfo function under Win9X + + + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Parses the specified string into a collection of path segments. + + A containing path data. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if and contains relative coordinate values, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is an opportunity to transform the brush. + + specified brush. + + + + + Transformation the brush. + + specified brush to transform. + new brush rectangle. + the angle of rotation. + whether the brush should be mirrored horizontally. + whether the brush should be mirrored vertically. + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 62c7660..0000000 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.4.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.Bitmap.4.6.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.Bitmap.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52ed765 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.Bitmap.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07417f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d40cc43 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19310 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Command.4.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Represents a main customization form. + + + + + A TabPage, describing toolbars. + + + + + A TabPage, describing available commands. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + A button for adding a new toolbar. + + + + + A button for deleting toolbar. + + + + + A list of all command categories. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A button for saving toolbar layout. + + + + + A button to restoring toolbar layout. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A StatusBar control. + + + + + A StatusBarPanel control. + + + + + A button to reset toolbar layout. + + + + + A list of all customizable toolbars. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox switching visibility of Customize link in the selected toolbar. + + + + + A TabControl control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A TabPage control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A button to call Font dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A Font dialog. + + + + + A Color dialog. + + + + + A NumericUpDown control. + + + + + A CheckedListBox control. + + + + + A ComboBox control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CustomizerForm class. + + + + + The form, which is owner for this form. + + + + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Finds first command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + Finds next command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + Represents dialog for entering a new toolbar name. + + + + + The Textbox control + + + + + The Label control + + + + + OK button + + + + + Cancel button + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NewToolbarForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1NewToolbarForm. + + + + + + The name of new toolbar + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Provides AboutBox designer verb. + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandDockDesigner. + + + + + C1CommandLinksEditor + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + When glyph is under mouse. + + + + + When glyph or one of its children is under mouse. + + + + + Exists if glyph is visible. + + + + + Base class for all glyphs and all designers who implemented IFloatieService + + + + + Specifies the area of glyph, all coordinates specified + relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Last area that was found in the GetHitTest method, + can be interpretated as area currently under mouse, use + Areas[_lastArea] to get r of this area. + + + + + The clipping rectangle for this glyph, + this rectangle is used in GetHitTest and painting. + Coordinates are specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Returns the clipping rectangle that should be defined + before painting of this glyph, coordinates + should be specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Returns the array of rectangles representing the content of the glyph, + this array will be stored in the Areas property, coordinates + should be specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Gets the text to show in the "status glyph" (as a prompt to the user). + + + + + Glyph used to highlight some area on the designer + (but does not yet have any customize buttons/floaties). + + + + + Glyph highlights its area on the designer, and also + pops up a floatie allowing to invoke dialogs etc. + + + + + Called when the mouse enters the glyph. + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the glyph. + + + + + Glyph corresponding to an entire control. + + + + + Implements all interactions with glyphs. + + + + + Displays the drop-down menu at specified screen position. + + + + + Displays the drop-down MODAL form at specified position, + the position should be specified relative to top-left corner of screen. + + + + + Displays the drop-down form at specified position, + the position should be specified relative to top-left corner of screen. + + + + + Displays the drop-down form at specified position, + the dropDownButtonBounds rectangle should be specified + relative to top-left corner of adorner window, + the form will be aligned to fit into screen and + not overlap the dropDownButtonBounds. + + + + + Returns true if point is within some of system glyps, that not should be ignored. + + + + + Contains some utils to draw the design-time glyphs. + + + + + This property is used to change edited element on-the-fly + It is useful for typed collections, where we want to edit a property + + + + + ShortcutPicker + Uses the Dock UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick Dock settings + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + ImageIndexPicker + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the drop-down list style. + + + + + Gets or sets drop-down image index within the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the collection. + + + + + + + + IconPicker + Uses the Image UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick icons + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the drop-down list style. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the drop-down list . + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Fully refreshes a form's controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the GlyphBase object creating this form. + + + + + sets a flag + + the property name (must be [Flags]enum) + specific flag constant + the new value for the flag + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + ImageIndexEditor with property to define ImageList manually + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + NavBarPanelsEditor + + + + + Summary description for NewCommandTypeDlg. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + RadialMenuItemCollectionEditor + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + The C1CommandDock control provides docking and floating capabilities to C1Command toolbars (class C1ToolBar) and + tab controls (class C1DockingTab). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDock class. + + + + + For internal use only. + + Runtime key. + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandDock. + + + + + + Docs or floats the specified control. + + The child control. + The x- and y-coordinates of the point where the child control will be moved. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the left. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the top. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the right. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the bottom. + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating C1ToolBar and C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Sets or returns whether the dock automatically adjusts its size. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + Allows to customize docking behavior for associated C1DockingTab or C1DockingTabPage control. + + + + + Initializes new instance of + + + + + Initializes new instance of + + + + + + + Gets of sets parent Form, associated with the docking manager. + + + + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating. + + + + + Defines the form resizing mode. ResizingMode.Proportional value makes all controls of the form resize proportionally. + + + + + Gets or sets a value which determines whether and how to adjust the control sizes after dragging. + + + If is set to , + then the size of the controls will be adjusted proportionally, + otherwise the sizes remain unchanged after dragging. + + + + + Specifies floating windows options. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Notifies that a or a changed state to floating. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Notifies that a or a is changing state to floating. Can + be canceled. + + + By default, the of the floating window is , hence only "Close" button is shown in the window's caption. + It is possible to change the floating window border style and visibility of Maximize box using event handler. + + + This example sets sizable FormBorderStyle and shows Maximize box for each floating window shown. + + private void c1DockingManager1_Floating(object sender, FloatingEventArgs e) + { + e.FormBorderStyle = FormBorderStyle.Sizable; + e.MaximizeBox = true; + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs during a docking operation and enables the source to determine whether it can be dropped into the target + place. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs during a docking operation and enables the source to determine docking anchors that should be disabled. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs after a page has been closed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when a tab is moved by the user. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user starts to drag a or a . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user starts to resize a or a using a splitter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user releases the splitter after resizing a or a . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs after or is dragged. + + + You can change size value here, + depending on your needs. Which will allow you to enable or disable + automatic resizing whenever you need it. Or you can manually set + the value for the dragged control. + + private void c1DockingManager1_Dragged(object sender, DraggedEventArgs e) + { + switch(e.DockingTab.Dock) + { + case DockStyle.Left: + case DockStyle.Right: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Proportional; + break; + case DockStyle.Top: + case DockStyle.Bottom: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Default; + e.DockingTab.Height = 100; + break; + default: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Default; + break; + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + This class implements the familiar tab control interface: several overlaying pages (each of which can + contain arbitrary controls) accessible via tabs at the side of the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTab class. + + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + Runtime key + + + + Occurs when the page header of DockingTab is clicked. + + + + + Event fires when the AutoHiding property is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Fired when a new C1DockingTab is automatically created in response to user actions (e.g. tearing off a tab and dropping it elsewhere). + + + + + Occurs when the Alignment property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AutoHiding property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanAutoHide property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanCloseTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabList property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanMoveTabs property is changed. + + + + + Allows to override the standard drawing of the tabs with custom drawing. + + + + + Occurs when the HotTrack property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Indent property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ItemSize property is changed. + + + + + Allows to arbitrarily change the size of the tabs. + + + + + Occurs when the MultiLine property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Padding property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the index of the currently selected page is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when the SelectedIndex property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedTab is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowSingleTab property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowCaption property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLook property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLayout property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after a page has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabSizeMode property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AlignTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabStyle property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Floating property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the RightToLeftLayout property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a tab is moved by the user. + + + + + List of controls whose children are excluded from SaveLayout / RestoreLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the alignment of a text shown on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Gets or sets position of close box. + + + This property has effect only if is True. + + + + + Gets or sets modifier key which, if pressed, will prevent the floating control from docking when it is moved around at runtime. + + + If several modifier keys are specified, pressing any one will work. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode used to draw window outline while moving the window. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of tab pages in this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the currently selected page. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the image list used to provide images to show on the control’s tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the look of the tabs (whether to show text, image or both). + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and images on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space around images and text shown on the tabs. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the area of the control (top, bottom, left or right) where the tabs are aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the way in which the tabs are sized. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rearrange tabs by dragging them around at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rename tabs by double clicking on the tab's text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control's tabs change in appearance when the mouse passes over them. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how tabs are aligned along the side of the page content area. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when showing or hiding the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more than one row of tabs can be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of tab rows for multi-line docking tab control. + + + Works only when property is set to true. + When this property is assigned a negative value or 0, the maximum number of rows is unlimited. + + + + + Gets the text of the currently selected tab (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the number of pages in the control. + + + + + Gets the number of tab rows (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation of the first tab from the side of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the tabs (if empty, the size is calculated automatically based on content). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether tabs scrolling arrows are currently shown (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the pages of the tab control are in auto-hiding mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab will be shown when there is only one page in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether individual tab pages can be closed by the end user. If CanCloseTabs is true, a close icon appears either in the caption area (if ShowCaption is true), or in the tabs area otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab page closed by the end user should be kept in an internal array (used when a previously saved tabs layout is restored). The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the pages can auto-hide (if both CanAutoHide and ShowCaption are true, a pin icon appears in the caption area). + + + + + Gets or sets the width of automatic splitters drawn between pages of the control when page docking is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text drawn on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the docking of the control in the parent container. Can be specified only for controls not parented in a C1CommandDock. + + + + + Indicates the border style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Indicates the tab style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs can receive focus on mouse click. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control handles Ctrl-Tab and Ctrl-Shift-Tab keys. + + + + + Gets the C1DockingTab which automatically created this instance in response to user actions. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab area. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the C1DockingTab is currently floating (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw border around the tab area. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance between tabs (may be negative to overlap tabs). + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the edge of the tab area and the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw selected tab text with bold font. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show a button with dropdown list of all tabs (ignored in multiline mode). + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs area is displayed within the . + + + Use the ShowTabs property to control the display of the tabs. + If this property is set to false, the tabs area is not displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. + + + + + + + + + + + Fires the AutoHidingChanging event. + + + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Returns true if the specified tab is in the hot state, otherwise false. + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Closes the tab page specified. + + + + + + Hides the page by sliding it to the side. + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + Returns the page with the specified tab text. + + + + + + + Scrolls the tabs if necessary so that the tab of the currently selected page is visible. + + + + + Returns the collection of all C1DockingTab components that were automatically + created as the result of user interaction with the current C1DockingTab + (e.g. when a page is teared off and dropped to float outside of the form). + + The array of automatically created C1DockingTab controls. + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + returns true if docking tab has some visible pages + + + + + Sets the SelectedIndex property + + The index to be set (-1, 0..TabPages.Count - 1) + Force re-setting/re-drawing if new value same as current + Animate if sliding page. + Fire index change events. + + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with TabVisible page + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the stream. + + + + Additional property names of the C1DockingTabPage that you would like to store. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the specified file. + + + + Additional property names of the C1DockingTabPage that you would like to store. + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the stream. + + + + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the specified file. + + + + + + + Floats the page out from the form. + + The tab page to float out. + + Floats out the page to a default position. + + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The position. + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Returns the row and column of the specified tab in the tabs of the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the ShowToolTips property is changed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A object. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tool tip is shown when the mouse passes over the tab. + + + + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a single tab page in a C1DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPage class. + + + + + Occurs when the page header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the caption text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the visibility of the tab changes. + + + + + + + + Event fired when the page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after the page has been closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the tab image in the tab control's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the tab. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the text in the caption area of the page. If not specified, defaults to the value of the Text property. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip text for the tab. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether this page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the tab is visible. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Returns the tab bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the selected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the nonselected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the selected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over tab area of the page. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse is pressed on tab area of the page. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to a default position. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified position. + + The position. + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified coordinates. + + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Docks the page to the another target page. + + The target page. + + The page becomes the next page after the target page. + If you want to Dock this page the first use DockTo(C1DockingTab)/> + + + + + Docks the page to the target DockingTab. + + The target docking tab. + + The page becomes the first page at the target DockingTab. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTabPage. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the HandleCreated event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of C1DockingTabPage elements. + + + + + Returns number of pages where TabVisible property is True. + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a dockingtab page with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1DockingTabPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + Describe what kind of controls are contained in the commanddock + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The created Form. + + + + + A method template that is used to handle event. + + The source of an event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The floated . + + + + + The floated . + + + + + Gets or sets border style of the floating window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Maximize button is displayed in the caption bar of the floating window. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The docking tab that was dragged. + + + + + The command dock from which the or were dragged. + + + + + The command dock that the or were dragged to. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The control that is being resized. + + + + + The side of the control that is being resized. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The or control that is being resized. + + + + + The side of the control that is being resized. + + + + + The new size of the control. + + + + + The neighbor control. + + + Null if no neighbor control exists. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + Gets source docking tab. + + + + + Gets source docking tab page. + + + + + Gets target command dock. + + + + + Gets target docking tab. + + + + + Gets target bounds. + + + + + Gets target docking style. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + + The source of an event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Represents docking anchors. + + + + + No anchors is selected. + + + + + Left anchor. + + + + + Top anchor. + + + + + Right anchor. + + + + + Bottom anchor. + + + + + Diamond-center anchor. + + + + + Diamond-left anchor. + + + + + Diamond-top anchor. + + + + + Diamond-right anchor. + + + + + Diamond-bottom anchor. + + + + + All diamond anchors. + + + + + All anchors are selected. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + Get or sets allowed anchors. + + + + + Gets source docking tab. + + + + + Gets source docking tab page. + + + + + Gets the screen point. + + + + + Returns a that is under the cursor. + + + + + Returns a that is under the cursor. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the a docking operations event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Returns true if HitTest returns the control button. + + A result of processing the WM_NCHITTEST. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AllDockingTabs class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + stores all C1DockingTab-s that is not in C1CommandDock + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDockReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the the background color for the . + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabReflector class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide size for the owner. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPageReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Defines a name/value property pair that can be set or retrieved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure + with the specified name and value. + + The property name. + The property value serialized to a string. + + + + The property name. + + + + + The property value serialized to a string. + + + + + Draw a rectangular area with parameters. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Draws the rectangle with parameters. + + A object that encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + The rectangle area to paint. + A object to fill the rectangle. + The color of the border of the rectangle. + Radius of all rectangle corners, in pixels. + + + + Draws the rectangle with parameters. + + A object that encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + The rectangle area to paint. + A object to fill the rectangle. + A structure that represents the border starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the border ending color for the gradient. + The tab bottom line color. + Radius of all rectangle corners, in pixels. + A structure that specifies the locations of the tabs in a tab control. + + + + + Summary description for DockingTabPaint. + + + + + Inflated distance between borders and client area of dockingtab + + + + + + + + Indent between edge of whole dockingtab and it's first visible tab + + + + + + Indent between edge of whole dockingtab and it's last visible tab + + + + + + Space between neighboring tabs + + + + + + Margins between edge of tab and it's "client" area + + height of tabs area - for calculating margin + + + + + The font owner interface. + + + + + Gets the owner font. + + + + + Draws tab slide. + + + + + Draws tab. + + + + + Draws borders. + + + + + Draws tab area. + + + + + Draws tab area border. + + + + + Draws scroll buttons. + + + + + Draws close button on tab area. + + + + + Draws list button on tab area. + + + + + Draws tab button. + + + + + Inflated distance between borders and client area of docking tab + + + + + Indent between edge of whole docking tab and it's first visible tab + + + + + Indent between edge of whole docking tab and it's last visible tab + + + + + Space between neighboring tabs + + + + + Margins between edge of tab and it's "client" area + + height of tabs area - for calculating margin + + + + Draws focus rectangle; + + + + + Draws tab caption. + + + + + Draws close button on caption. + + + + + Draws pin button. + + + + + Draws list button on caption. + + + + + Draws page background. + + + + + Specifies floating windows options. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a single page or the floating window should be closed on the window's close button click. + + + + + Gets or sets border style of the floating window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Maximize button is displayed in the caption bar of the floating window. + + + This property has effect only if property is set to value. + + + + + All possible states + + + + + All possible caption states + + + + + Summary description for Popup. + + + + + Fills the _ctrlRects array with all currently visible controls and their bounds. + + + The control that will not be added to the _ctrlRects + (usually this is the control that the user moved, so it's size and location are + to be given higher priority). + + + + + Used to adjust the content sizes after autocreated command dock is added. + Adjustment is made according to the specified ResizingMode. + + Content size offset. + Resizing mode. + DockStyle of the autocreated command dock. + + + + Resizing mode of + + + + + Default mode + + + + + Proportional mode + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert TabStyleEnum objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EnumConverter class for the given type. + + A Type that represents the type of enumeration to associate with this enumeration converter. + + + + + + + + + + Type of topic bar element at a specific point on the control. + + + + + The point is out of the C1TopicBar's area. + + + + + The point is in the C1TopicBar's empty area. + + + + + The point is on empty space of a page title area (not over a text, image or expand/collapse indicator). + + + + + The point is on expand/collapse indicator of a page title. + + + + + The point is on image of a page title. + + + + + The point is on text of a page title. + + + + + The point is on a page body (but not on a link). + + + + + The point is on empty space of a link (not over a text or image). + + + + + The point is on image of a link. + + + + + The point is on text of a link. + + + + + Contains information, such as the page and the link + in the control. + + + Use the method to obtain a value. + + + + + Gets a that describes the type of element described by a . + + + This property allows you to determine whether the point corresponds to a topic link or + to special elements such as title image or text, and so on. + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in design-time. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value for the specified key. + + The key of the string. + The string corresponding to the specified key. + + + + Used for serialization of strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the description shown in Properties window in the IDE. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Return or create commandholder for a control + + + + + + + Return true if any toolbar, menu or popupmenu has embedded control (in commandcontrol) + which has input focus + + + + + + Start to calculate layout, prevent painting + + + + + End to calculate layout, resume painting + + + + + Commandlink is in process being current active link or not + + + + + Bar in customize mode or not + + + + + Return the size of given text using current font and current text format + + + + + + + + Padding between text and left or right link edge + + + + + Padding between text and top or bottom link edge + + + + + Standard link size (height) in this bar and with current bar font + + + + + String format for painting text in commandlinks, individual for each bar + + + + + Calculate size and location of bar and command links on it + + + + + Calculate padding using current VisualStyle + + + + + + Return if bar is horizontal or not. + + + + + Handler for ParentChanged event + + + + + + Restore active control after popup menu is closed + + + + + + + Save current active control before popup menu will shown + + + + + + Return true if mouse cursor is over embedded control in commandlink + + + + + + + Actions performed before commandlink is started to drag + + + + + + + + Check if mouse coordinates are really changed + + + + + + Actions performed on mouse down + + + + + + Actions performed om mouse up + + + + + + Find a link with given Alt+char and invoke it + + + + + + + Select first link as current + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Down key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Up key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Right key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Left key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Down key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Up key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Right key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Left key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Home key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when End key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Tab key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Shift+Tab key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Enter key is pressed + + + + + Pop down all submenus in current stack + + + + + + Pop down top submenu in current stack + + + + + + Pop down all child submenus in current stack + + + + + Indicates whether any sub-menu is open. + + + + + Execute linked command or open submenu for given commandlink + + + + + + + Open menu as submenu for given commandlink + + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + + Highlight given commandlink as current link + + + + + + Return commandlink with given embedded control + + + + + + + Show tooltip for given commandlink + + + + + + + Start timer for given commandlink in bar + + + + + + + Execute actions when timer event is occured: + invoke commandlink or pop down all children or scroll links in menu + + + + + + + The base for specialized commands such as button (a plain button, the only action is invoke), + submenu (points to a menu or a toolbar), textbox (text entry), list, combo etc. etc. + + + + + Empty command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Command class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Command. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + + + + Returns ImageTransparentColor with additional conditions. + When ImageTransparentColor is empty then need check the left-bottom pixel of image + or get ImageTransparentColor from owner C1CommandHolder. + + + + + Returns true if this ImageTransparentColor property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + + Resets the ImageTransparentColor property to its default value. + + + + + C1CommandHolder containing this command. + + + + + Default text for new items of this type. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip text. + + + + + Gets or sets the command category. + + + + + Gets or sets the command visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command has a drop down arrow when it is in a toolbar. + + + + + If true, the Checked property value is toggled automatically when this command is invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard shortcut associated with the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut text associated with the command. + + + >Use this property to localize shortcuts. + If property is empty or is False, then the has no any effect. + If property is empty, then default value is used for the shortcut. + + + + + Indicates whether the shortcut for this command will be shown. + + + + + Indicates whether this command's text will be shown as tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the command icon. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the command image (in C1CommandHolder.ImageList). + + + + + Gets or sets the command image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Arbitrary data that can be associated with the command. + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Returns the value of the mnemonic character, or the character following the ampersand, to be used as an access key. + + + + + Gets or sets the C1ContextMenu component associated with this command. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Generates a click event for the C1Command. + + + + + Raises the Select event for the C1Command. + + + + + Fires the CommandStateQuery event, updates any changed properties. + + + + + Event fired when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the command is selected by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the Checked property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Pressed property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the command state has to be verified. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was linked to this command. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was unlinked from this command. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Image or ImageIndex or Icon property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Enabled property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Visible property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Category property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowShortcut property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowTextAsToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the drop down arrow is clicked on the toolbar button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Returns true if the command has focus and "firmly" keeps it + (e.g. if it is C1CommandControl and user clicked inside the control). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Copy another command properties to this command + + + + + + Returns true if the change has actually been made + and the control is not initializing (i.e. on change should be fired) + + + + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TypeConverter class. + + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A CultureInfo object. + The Object to convert. + The Type to convert the value parameter to. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1Command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Commands class. + + + + + + Add or remove command to commands collection in commandholder (owner) + + + + + + + Remove command from owner (commandholder) + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a command with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1Command with the specified key. + + + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + Interface for controls using visual styles for drawing + + + + + Interface for commandbars (was separated from IBarInternal to implement user's drawing, but this is not completed) + + + + + Interface for all bars (toolbars, mainmenu, commandmenu) + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1Toolbar/C1MainMenu/C1ContextMenu.The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Tells bar to pop itself up. + + Parent bar or null + Command link which caused the bar to pop up + + + + Returns the master form which the menu is serving + + + + + Returns the master form which the menu is serving or master container (parent) if form + is absent, for example in usercontrols when they are opened in IDE as designers + + + + + Returns the popup form created by the menu (or null for main menu) + + + + + Returns the Windows activation owner of the bar control. + + + + + Returns true between MouseEnter and MouseLeave + + + + + Top command bar in bar's hierarchy or itself for toolbars and mainmenu + + + + + Arbitrary controls can be contained in toolbars. This functionality is provided by the class C1CommandControl, derived from C1Command. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandControl class. + + + + + Return a single comandlink which is linked to this commandcontrol + + + + + Event fired when the Control property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the CommandActive property of command is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the arbitrary control attached to the command. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the command link can be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the embedded control receives the Return key. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how the hot frame around the link is drawn. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Link external control to this commandcontrol (added event handlers to control) + + + + + + Remove event handlers from embedded control + + + + + Remove embedded control from this commandcontrol + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Called when focus is moved to the embedded control + Prevent usual event handling in the bar + + + + + Called when focus is moved out from the embedded control + Resume usual event handling in the bar + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + + Holds C1Command objects defined on the form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandHolder class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + Runtime key. + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandHolder. + + + + + + Creates a command holder and initializes it. + + Form for which the command holder is created. + The command holder created. + + + + Returns the command holder for the specified form, if it exists. + + Form whose command holder is returned. + The command holder for the specified form, or null. + + + + Gets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to retrieve the context menu. + + + + + Sets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to set the context menu. + The context menu to attach to the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Determines the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + Set the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the control which is the owner of this command holder. Normally this property is set automatically and should not be changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of commands. + + + + + Returns the main menu for the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list for command images. + + + + + Gets or sets the transparent color for images not in image list. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbars layout; To enable automatic layout persistence, add this property to dynamic properties. + + + + + Gets or sets a name of layout dynamic key in application config file. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to automatically save the toolbars layout (for this to work, Layout must be added to dynamic properties). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to update commands' status when idle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to the CommandLink using keys when the Command is disabled. + + + + + Draw smooth images for currently unselected items. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of all C1Command controls on the form (can be overridden by individual controls). + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer's new toolbar dialog form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the MDI child selection dialog form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how many times the app must be run before rarely used menu items start hiding. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold (in percent) for an item to be considered rarely used. The higher the value, the more items are hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay (in seconds) for the mouse to hover over the parent menu item in order to show all rarely used item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible menu and toolbar items are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation in menus. + + + + + Gets the C1Command associated with the shortcut. + + The shortcut keys associated with the command. + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + + Invokes toolbar customizer. + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be loaded from app config file. + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be saved in app config file. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode starts. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode finishes. + + + + + Occurs when a new toolbar is added or a hidden toolbar becomes visible during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a visible toolbar is hidden during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a new command link is added to an existing toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a command link is removed from a toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowNonRecentLinksHoverDelay property changes. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + called for restoring layout of a single toolbar + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Sets the current layout to be the default (the one the customizer's reset button reverts to). + + + + + Saves the layout data into the application config file. + + + + + Loads layout data from the application config file. + + + + + Reset layout. + + + + + Called for restoring layout of a single toolbar. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + C1CommandLink serves as a link to a C1Command component. + C1CommandLink can be added to menu/tool bars and customized as needed. + The actual action is performed by the C1Command proxy points to. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandLink. + + + + + + Gets the accessibility object instance. + + The accessibility object instance. + + + + Gets the . + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Command property of the command link changes. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Delimiter property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ButtonLook property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the AlwaysRecent property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeType property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeOrder property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the NewColumn property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Fired before the link is invoked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the linked command. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + If set, overrides the Command text. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If set, overrides the Command tooltip text. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is default in a dropdown or context menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is owner-drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a delimiter should be drawn before this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns true if the Padding has changed; otherwise, returns false. + The designer writes code to the form only if true is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this link starts a new column in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value controlling how to show the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of this menu item when its menu is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the relative position of the menu item when it is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining the relative position of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the item is always recent (is never hidden when hiding non-recent links is on) + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Enabled property. + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Visible property. + + + + + Returns true if the linked command is enabled and contains a submenu. + + + + + Gets the object (menu, toolbar etc.) containing this command link. + + + + + Gets the current state of the command link (normal, hot, pressed, open). + + + + + Gets the current index in CommandLinks collection for recent links. + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a service link (more, customize, scroll button). + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a More link. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Opens a submenu for linked . + + True - opens all the tree of menu. False - opens only the current submenu. + Opens a submenu, if the linked command is of type. Otherwise, does nothing. + + + + Closes a submenu for linked . + + + + + C1VisibleLinks + + + + + C1CommandLinks + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Move all links from More submenu to visible links, removes all elements from the collection, etc. + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + Removes the element. + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + Moves an element to the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + This method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate method is called. + + + + + Resumes painting after painting is suspended by the BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Resets all counters stored for recent link showing + + + + + C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMdiList class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + + Occurs before the Select Window dialog is shown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Sets or returns the maximum number of menu items created. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to list hidden windows. + + + + + This method should not be called directly, as there is no clear meaning in invoking a command which is actually a placeholder for commands created on the fly. + + + + + + Populates and shows the popup window with the list of all currently available MDI child windows. + + + + + Returns true if there are currently no items in the list. + + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandMenu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + The background image layout in the menu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMenu. + + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs before the command's submenu is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after the command's submenu is closed. + + + + + Event fired when the LargeMenuDisplay property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Font property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Width property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SideCaption property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowToolTips property of menu is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the HideNonRecentLinks property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ContextMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the image/checkbox bar in the menu. If set to 0, the width is calculated automatically. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the way large menus (when all items cannot fit in one column) are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to hide rarely used menu items. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show check marks instead of images or in a separate bar. + + + + + Allows to specify a caption (text and/or image) to be shown alongside the left edge of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to close the menu when an item is clicked. + + + + + Specifies a value indicating whether the text appears from right to left, such as when using Hebrew or Arabic fonts. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Context menu. + + + + + + A context menu. + + + + + For internal use. + + Runtime key. + + + + Shows the menu at the specified location. + + The control where the context menu is to be shown. + The point in the control client area where the context menu is to be shown. + + + + Closes the currently open context menu if there is one. + + + + + Gets the control that is displaying the shortcut menu. + + + This property enables you to determine which control currently displays the shortcut menu defined in the . + If the shortcut menu is not currently displayed, you can use this property to determine which control last displayed the shortcut menu. + You can use this property in the event to ensure that the control displays the proper menu items. + You can also use this property to pass a reference to the control to a method that performs the tasks associated with a menu command displayed in the shortcut menu. + + + The following code example creates an event handler for the event of the . + The code in the event handler determines which of two controls a PictureBox named pictureBox1 and a TextBox named textBox1 is the control + displaying the shortcut menu. + + Depending on which control caused the to display its shortcut menu, the control shows or hides the appropriate + menu items of . + + This example requires that you have an instance of the class, + named c1ContextMenu1, defined within the form. c1ContextMenu should have "Copy", "Find", "Change Picture" menu items. + This example also requires that you have a TextBox and PictureBox added to a form and that the C1ContextMenu property of these controls is set to c1ContextMenu1. + + + private void c1ContextMenu1_Popup(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + Control c = c1ContextMenu1.SourceControl; + // Copy and Find is dispayed for textBox1 + c1CommandCopy.Visible = (c == textBox1); + c1CommandFind.Visible = (c == textBox1); + // Change Picture is dispayed for pictureBox1 + c1CommandChangePicture.Visible = (c == pictureBox1); + } + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Window's main menu control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1MainMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1MainMenu. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the filter main menu access keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CanMerge property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when it is necessary to measure the owner-drawn link. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1CommandLink should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn menu should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when an OwnerDraw command link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1MainMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command holder. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the menu or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to merge MDI child menu with MDI parent menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the property value changes. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Summary description for C1SelectMdiChildForm. + + + + + The list of available existing windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SelectMdiChildForm class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + A list of available forms + + + + + A form being selected. + + + + + A ListBox control for displaying available windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Represents one window in the window list + + + + + A Form control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WindowItem class. + + + + + + Converts WindowItem to it's string representation. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a class for SideCaption property of a C1CommandMenu + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SideCaption class. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction (horizontal, vertical, forward diagonal, or backward diagonal) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment (near, far, or center) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text layout for the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the beginning color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ending color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image for the SideCaption in C1CommandHolder.ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption icon. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + MouseMoveTimer + avoid multiple calls to set_Enabled before one call is completed + (from Bernardo, who says it is from MS origianlly). + + + + + A timer that triggers an event starting at the DefaultInterval and getting + faster each tick (but not below the MinInterval value). + + + + + Gets or sets whether to trigger the event when the timer starts. + + + + + Gets or sets the default interval. + The Interval property is updated by DefaultInterval when the timer starts. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum Interval value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value by which the Interval property is reduced each time the event is triggered. + + + + + helper methods for colors handling. + + + + + Colors used to draw a button (some colors are start/end of gradients). + + + + + Remove link to _controlBar tfs 19468 memory leak + + + + + Calculates and returns the cursor position for the tooltip with a vertical offset. + + + + + Returns the first object in the hierarchy or null. + + + + + Members of this enumeration are used to determine the value of the ClickSource property in the ClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Click source undefined. + + + + + Click source is a menu. + + + + + Click source is a shortcut key. + + + + + Click source is external. + + + + + Describes data related to the invokation of a context menu + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ContextInfo class + + The control where the context menu was shown. + The location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + Returns the control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Return the location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Arguments for the command Click event handler. + + + + + ClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClickEventArgs class + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + + + + + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + + + + + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a Click event. + + The source of the event. + A ClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the CommandClick event handler. + + + + + CommandClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + Determines what caused the click event to occur. + Gets the command link which was clicked by the user. + Gets the context info for events fired from a context menu. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the command clicked. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandClick event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the check auto toggle event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckedChangedEventArgs class + + A new value of Checked property. + + + + Returns a new value of Checked property. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CheckedChanged event. + + The source of the event. + A CheckedChangedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the command status query event handler. + + + + + Determines whether the command is visible. + + + + + Determines whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Determines whether the command is checked. + + + + + Determines whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandStateQuery event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandStateQueryEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the before select MDI child window event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs class + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a BeforeSelectWindow event. + + The source of the event. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeToolBar event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeToolBarEventArgs class + + The tool bar just customized + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeToolBar event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeToolBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeLink event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeLinkEventArgs class + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + Gets the command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeLink event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DropDown event. + + + + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + + + + + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownEventArgs class + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DropDown event. + + The source of the event. + A DropDownEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureLink event. + + + + + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + Specifies the width of the link. + + + + + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + Specifies the width of the link. + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureLink event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the LayoutLink event. + + + + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + + + + + Text rectangle layout. + + + + + Image rectangle layout. + + + + + The location of the nested control (valid only if the command is a C1CommandControl). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LayoutLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + Text rectangle layout. + Image rectangle layout. + The location of the nested control + + + + Represents the method that will handle a LayoutLink event. + + The source of the event. + A LayoutLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawLink event. + + + + + The command link to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the link. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawLinkEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The command link to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the link. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawLink event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawBar event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + The graphics path bounding the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawBarEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the bar + The graphics path bounding the bar + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawBar event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasurePage event. + + + + + The C1OutPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the page caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasurePageEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1OutPage object to measure. + The height of the page caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasurePage event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasurePageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawPage event. + + + + + The page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the page. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the page. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PageClick event. + + + + + The page clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The page clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A PageClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureTab event. + + + + + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The width of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureTabEventArgs class. + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + The width of the tab.. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureTab event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + + + + Gets the new DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs class + + The new DockingTab. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + The source of the event. + A AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawTab event. + + + + + The tab page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The tab page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawTab event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawArrow event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + + + + + Gets the value if button is enabled. + + + + + Gets the value if button is pressed. + + + + + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawArrowEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + Gets the value if button is enabled. + Gets the value if button is pressed. + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawArrow event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawArrowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the floating caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + The height of the floating caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data.. + + + + Provides data for the CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandLinkEventArgs class + + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the SelectedIndexChanging event. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + + + + + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs class + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a SelectedIndexChanging event. + + The source of the event. + A SelectedIndexChanging object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageMoved event. + + + + + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the moved tab page. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageMovedEventArgs class + + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + Indicates the tab page. + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageMoved event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageMovedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates the tab page index. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageRemovedEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + Page index. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PanelEventArgs class + + Indicates the navbar panel. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the nav bar panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePanelCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the nav bar panel + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + A class that contains C1TopicBar page event data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object. + + + + The object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles page expanded and collapsed events. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A class that contains C1TopicBar click event data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object. + The object. + + + + The object. + + + + + The object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles C1TopicBar click event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + + + + + used if cl == null for positioning + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + ShortcutHelper. Keyboard shortcut handling. + + + + + #49566 lock for image processing + + + + + Represents an Outlook-style navigation bar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBar class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the collection of panels in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the currently visible panel in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the string defining the order and visibility for buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the string with the default order and visibility options for the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of buttons displayed in the stack (-1 shows all buttons). + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of buttons in the stack (unlimited if -1). + + + + + Gets or sets index of the selected button in the Buttons collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the button, which is currently selected in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button to be selected when the form opens. + + + + + Returns the number of visible buttons in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the close button is shown in panel caption, and what is closed when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the runtime options menu is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the vertical text is displayed in collapsed C1NavBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapse button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the direction in which to collapse the control. + + + + + Gets or set the value indicating whether the control is currently in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the navigation bar panels' header. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in panel headers. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the section header within the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in section headers. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of images displayed on stack buttons (24 x 24 pixels by default). + + + + + Gets or sets the space before the image on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the image and the text on a stack button. + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. The property is obsolete. Use PanelStyle property instead. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the button strip at the bottom of the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the style of C1NavBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the Style property to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the auto-scroll margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the wait cursor for the current control and all child controls. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the user presses the button on the C1NavBar. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Occurs when the close button on the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the collapse button on the panel header is clicked. Allows to cancel collapsing. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header image is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after a panel has closed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowOptionsMenu property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AllowCollapse property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CollapseDirection property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CloseButton property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be changed. Allows to cancel changing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the selected panel is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Save current order and visibility options as the default button arrangement. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with Button.Visible panel + + + + + Get the value of size for control in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a method that handle to cancel NavBar changing events. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new index for the selected panel. + The new selected . + True to cancel the event; otherwise, false. + + + + The new index for the selected panel. + + + + + The new selected . + + + + + The button of C1NavBar panel. + + + + + The type converter. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarButton class. + + + + + Gets the unique identifier, which is the same for the corresponding button and panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the small image that is displayed in the button strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in Image and SmallImage images. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the stack button, or in a tooltip when the button is in the bottom strip. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the panel header. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the button. + + + + + + + + The collection of buttons in navigation bar. + + + + + Creates a new button, puts the button into the collection, returns the created button. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the button with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such button exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + Copies the ButtonCollection to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + C1NavBar options form. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents the panel of navigation bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarPanel class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the panel is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the corresponding button for this panel. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The collection of navigation bar panels. + + + + + Looks for the panel in the collection with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Panel with the specified ID, or null if no such panel exists. + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the panel with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such panel exists. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a C1NavBarPanel with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1NavBarPanel with the specified key. + + + + + + + The section header class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarSectionHeader class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the horizontal rule control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarHorizontalRule class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Windows Classic style. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the default blue color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Olive Green color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Silver color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Media Center style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule in C1NavBar section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule between C1NavBar sections. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Border color. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + C1NavBar base style. + + + + + Gets the owner. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + The property to compare with default value. + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Raise the event. + + + + + + + + Represents C1NavBar button base style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button. + + + + + Represents background color or 1st background gradient color of button. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of button. + + + + + Represents the inner border's color of button. + + + + + Represents the outer border's color of button. + + + + + Represents C1NavBar button common style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Gets or sets the more button image. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the margins. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents style of normal button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of highlighted button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of checked button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of pressed button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents C1NavBar grip style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Gets or sets the grip height. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip margins. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents the C1NavBar header style. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar header panel style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar panel header section style. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Represents style of grip. + + + + + Represents style of buttons. + + + + + Represents style of panels. + + + + + Represents style of sections. + + + + + Represents style of separator. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar panel style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Represents style of panel header. + + + + + Gets style for the panel border. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar section style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents style of section header. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar border style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents color of border. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar separator style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents light color of separator. + + + + + Represents normal color of separator. + + + + + Outlook-style container/tab control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutBar class + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Returns the index of the page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the pressed state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the hot state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar up. + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar down + + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the PageTitleHeight property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Allows owner draw of C1OutBar's page scrolling arrows. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1OutPage should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the page title is clicked. + + + + + Fires when a C1OutBar's page caption must be measured. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changing. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedPage property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the PageLayout property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of outbar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected page. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the height of each page title. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the title. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the highlighted title. + + + + + Gets text format of caption string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether scroll buttons for scrolling toolbar links are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages are shown at design time. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with PageVisible page + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a single page in a C1OutBar. + + + + + Represents a collection of control objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPageControlCollection class. + + + + + + Adds the specified Control object to the collection. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPage class. + + + + + Occurs when the PageVisible property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Returns the caption bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets the pressed state of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the title of this page is owner-drawn. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns true if the page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over caption area of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page image in the outbar's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the page image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + The collection of outbar pages. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets an outpage with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1OutPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + Represents a a base class for page collections of a paged-like control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePagedControlsCollectionBase class. + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + Copies the PagedControlsCollectionBase to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Represents a radial menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RadialMenu class. + + + + + Occurs when a public property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the menu is expanding. + + + + + Invokes the MenuExpanding event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is collapsing. + + + + + Invokes the MenuCollapsing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is opening. + + + + + Invokes the MenuOpening event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is closing. + + + + + Invokes the MenuClosing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is expanded. + + + + + Invokes the MenuExpanded event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is collapsed. + + + + + Invokes the MenuCollapsed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is opened. + + + + + Invokes the MenuOpened event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is closed. + + + + + Invokes the MenuClosed event. + + Event arguments. + True if a handler exists and was called, false if no handler exists. + + + + Occurs when a menu item is clicked. + + + If the clicked item has its own Click event associated with it, + that event occurs immediately before this one. + + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + + + + + Gets or sets the menu radius in the expanded state. + The default value is 160. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius of the central button. + The default value is 28. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius separating the area filled with items' background color on the outside + from the inner area filled with radial menu's own background. + The default value is 70. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the radial menu's outer border. + The default value is 24. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tooltip relative to the radial menu. + The default value is "left". + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu should use animation effects. + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the image shown in the radial menu's center button. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor used by the radial menu. + The default value is "hand". + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu should automatically hide + on certain events (such as lost focus etc). + The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu is enabled. + The default is true. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the screen coordinates of the menu's center. + If the menu is currently invisible ( is false), + setting this property throws an exception. + + + + + Shows the radial menu at the specified screen point. + If the menu is currently visible at another location, it is hidden first. + + The owner form. + The radial menu center's screen coordinates. + Indicates whether the menu should show initially expanded. + + + + Hides the radial menu if it is currently visible. + + + + + Moves the radial menu if it is currently visible, + does nothing otherwise. + + The X offset. + The Y offset. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Interface representing the root menu to a which visualizes it. + + + + + Interface between a logical menu and a which visualizes it. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent item (may be null). + Parents are not supposed to be provided by the logical menus, + instead a submenu's parent is set via this property on the fly + by the window implementation when the submenu is opened. + + + + + Gets a name used to identify the item. + + + + + Gets the item text. + + + + + Gets the item tooltip. + + + + + Gets the item image. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets the number of child items. + + + + + Gets the specified item. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the item can handle a click. + This is relevant only for items with children (i.e. sub-menus): + if this property returns true, click within the sector (not on the border) + invokes the Click action rather than opens the sub-menu. + Otherwise (if this returns false), click anywhere in the sector opens the sub-menu. + + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + + + + + Gets the item-specific style. May return null for default style. + + + + + Gets the known to user item that the proxy represents, + such as a RadialMenuItem or a C1CommandLink. + This is the Item in RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs. + + + + + Proxy representing the root menu () and used by a + to visualize it. + + + + + Proxy representing a + associated with a , + and used by a to visualize it. + + + + + Ctor. + + The link corresponds to the item for which this proxy is being created. + + + + Identifies parts of a round menu window. + + + + + The center button (only part visible in collapsed mode). + + + + + Area around the center button - clicks here are associated with the button. + + + + + Center area mask. + + + + + Inner area of a segment (within InnerRadius, bordering on CenterSurround). + + + + + Outer area of a segment (outside InnerRadius, but not in the border). + + + + + Border area of a segment. + + + + + Sector proper mask (inner or outer but NOT border). + + + + + Sector mask (inner, outer or border). + + + + + Specifies the possible actions on a mouse click. + + + + + No action. + + + + + Click center button. + + + + + Click item. + + + + + Expand item with a sub-menu. + + + + + Specifies current geometry while animating. + + + + + The outer radius. + + + + + The start angle. + + + + + The outer border width. + + + + The root menu. + + + The current associated menu. + + + The visual style. + + + Menu center's SCREEN coordinates. + + + outer circle's radius: + + + small center circle's radius: + + + radius of the area around the center button still associated with the button. + + + inner radius of items' own background color. + + + thickness of the outer "border" (where the submenu arrows are): + + + Padding between bounds and current circle rectangle (changes when Expanded changes). + + + Whether to use animation. + + + Whether the "click" event is generated on mouse down (default is mouse up). + + + current (while animating, target) state: + + + while true, _expanded indicates the TARGET state: + + + Whether/where to show tooltips. + + + Max tooltip width (pixels). + + + Gap between the inner tooltip side and outer menu radius. + + + Tooltip display rectangle. + + + Animation interval (msec). + + + The number of animation frames when expanding or contracting. + + + The number of animation frames when switching between menus. + + + Expanding/contracting animation rotation angle. + + + number of segments: + + + start angle for segment 0, relative to 3 o'clock counterclockwise: + + + Gap between nearby segments: + + + True when (mouse) cursor is over the window. + + + Part of the window under the (mouse) cursor. + + + If cursor is over a sector, the sector's index. + + + True when (mouse) button is down. + + + String format for menu items' text. + + + String format for menu tooltips. + + + + Gets or sets the outer (expanded) radius. + + + + + Gets the center position in screen coordinates. + + + + + Gets or sets the center button's radius, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner radius of the area filled with item background color. + Set to 0 fill the whole area, set to -1 to ignore. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu is expanded. + Unless animating, Expanded means Bounds are set for expanded, + otherwise for center. While animating, bounds are set for expanded. + + + + + Gets the center button rectangle relative to Bounds.Location. + + + + + Gets the outer circle rectangle relative to Bounds.Location. + Call only valid for Expanded state. + + + + + Sets the physical window bounds according to the specified radius. + We only change bounds between fully expanded and fully collapsed states, + and do NOT constantly update bounds while animating. + + + + + + Transforms the window from one state to another: + expands, contracts, or changes the current menu. + Animation is used if is true, + otherwise the transformation is immediate. + + If true, the window (which must be expanded already) is redrawn + for the current menu. + + + + Gets the type of action that would be performed depending on the current '_hover*' values + and the item under hover, if any. + + The action that would be performed on click. + + + + Gets the center button's style to use. + + OUT: center button image; if non-null, should override the one specified with the style. + The style to use (possibly with Image overridden by ). + + + + Called when the part currently under mouse has changed. + + + + + Calculates the point around which the biggest circle within a segment can be drawn. + + The outer radius. + The segment's angle. + Distance from center to the point. + + + + Draws center image - radial menu's Image for root, or back arrow for sub-menus. + + The target graphics. + The button image. + + + + Sets clip on graphics. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills an arc with the specified brush. + + Target graphics. + The brush to use, or null to do nothing. + Frame - square that specifies only the center of the circle the arc is part of. + The radius of outer or inner (depending on sign of ) edge of the arc. + The arc's thickness - may be negative, then is the inner edge of the arc. + Start angle. + Sweep angle. + + + + Draws a segment (menu item). + + Segment's index (zero is at 12:00). + Graphics to draw on. + The outer circle's (square) rectangle. + The outer border's width (band where the submenu arrows are). + Starting angle for the segment's middle (relative to 15:00, counterclockwise). + Segment's angular width. + Radius of the "middle circle" - where to center text and image. + + + + Measures the passed tooltip and adjusts geometry + (_outerPadding, Bounds and _tooltipRect) accordingly. + + + + + + Checks whether a point is within the window. + + The point to test, in screen coordinates. + OUT: window part containing the point. + OUT: index of the sector containing the point, or -1. + True if the point is within the window, false otherwise. + + + + THE method - draws the content of the round window. + + + + + + + + Base path, must end with delimiter. E.g. "/Button/Collapsed/Normal/" + Fallback (similar) style for props not set on this one. May be null. + + + + Sets a property of the ThemeBrushHelper type. + If the new value is null, the property is removed (i.e. a fallback will be used if available). + Otherwise, the new value is set on this style. + + The property name (type must be ThemeBrushHelper). + The theme proxy. + The path to the background specifying the brush. + + + + Arguments for the RadialMenuItemClickEventHandler event handler. + + + + + Gets the item that was clicked. + This may be either an object of a type derived from , + or a . + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that item; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that link; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs class. + + The item that was clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a RadialMenuItemClick event. + + The source of the event. + A RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Specifies where to show menu tooltips relative to the radial menu. + + + + + Tooltips are not shown. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the left of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown above the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the right of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown below the menu. + + + + + Abstract base class for items in a radial menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the name used to identify the item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is checked. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is enabled. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the parent menu. + The parent is not serialized, instead it is set on the fly + when a child menu is shown. + + + + + Gets the child items' count. + + + + + Gets the specified child item. + + Child item's index. + The requested item, or null. + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + Return true to indicate that the item can process a click. + Return false to indicate that the item cannot process a click + (useful for sub-menus only - opens a sub-menu if one exists in that case). + + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item, possibly with a sub-menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItem class. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu item. + + + + + Occurs when the menu item is clicked. + + + + + Invokes the Click event. + + + + + + Gets the parent of this menu item (which may be either a , + or another ). + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the background color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item background specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the highlight color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item highlight color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the check mark color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item check mark color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the non-expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item non-expandable border color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the hot expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that style specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object that can be associated with this menu item. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item associated with a . + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the text shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the text + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the tooltip shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the tooltip + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the image shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the image + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + The collection of radial menu items. + + + + + Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + The item to locate in the . + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The to insert. + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Adds an object to the end of the . + + The to be added to the end of the . + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + + Determines whether an element is in the . + + The item to locate in the . + True if item is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Copies the entire System.Collections.Generic.List`1 to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from . + The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The item to remove from the . + True if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns + false if item was not found in the . + + + + Gets the enumerator of the . + + The enumerator of the . + + + + Occurs when the changes, either by adding or removing an item. + + + see + + + + + Raise CollectionChanged event to any listeners. + Properties/methods modifying this will raise + a collection changed event through this virtual method. + + + + + Helper to raise CollectionChanged event to any listeners + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the . + + The object to be added to the end of the . + The index of last element in collection if value is not null; -1 otherwise. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the . + + The object to locate in the . + True if item is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + The object to locate in the . + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The object to remove from the . + True if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns + false if item was not found in the . + + + + Copies the entire System.Collections.Generic.List`1 to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from . + The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + + A themeable control that contains one or more buttons. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ToolBar class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ToolBar. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Event fired when Reset command from Customize dialog is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonAlign property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonWidth property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the MinButtonSize property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CustomizeButton property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Border property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ToolBarStyle property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Horizontal property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be measured. Allows to customize the toolbar's size. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be drawn. Allows to owner draw the caption. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the WrapText property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ToolBar. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + The to apply to the text displayed by the control. The default + is the value of the property. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command holder. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is floating. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar can be moved by the user. + + Only works when is placed on C1CommandDock control. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets true if dragger should draw; the only difference from Movable is that it returns true + if !Parent.Enabled but other conditions are true. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size (width and height) of button in toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the width for all buttons (applies to horizontal toolbars only; if 0, buttons are individually sized). + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of customize button. + + + + + Test whether the toolbar can be made customizable (i.e. is on a C1CommandDock). + (If there is no parent, true is returned.) + + True if the toolbar can be customizable. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookHorz. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookVert. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets the current layout of the buttons. + + + + + Gets the default look of the buttons in the current toolbar orientation. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookCurrent. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance of the toolbar’s border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar automatically adjusts it size to fit all items. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment for vertical toolbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating what can be customized in this toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the toolbar or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap text in links when ButtonWidth is greater than zero and text doesn't fit. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is in customize mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of links or commands organized into various groups, mimicking the navigation bar seen in Windows XP. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the topicbar pages caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use animation when collapsing/expanding pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding between a page border and a link. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between pages. + + + + + Gets the collection of topic bar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages and links are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the LinkStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the style of the pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the PageStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether pages and links should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Returns information about the control at at the current mouse position. + + A object that contains information about the point. + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + The horizontal position of the client coordinate. + The vertical position of the client coordinate. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + in client coordinates. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + The code below shows hit test information whenever the user moves the mouse: + + Private Sub C1TopicBar1_MouseMove(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs) Handles C1TopicBar1.MouseMove + Dim ht As C1.Win.C1Command.C1TopicBarHitTestInfo = C1TopicBar1.HitTest(e.Location) + Label1.Text = ht.Type.ToString() + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Page)) Then + Label2.Text = ht.Page.Text + Else + Label2.Text = "" + End If + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Link)) Then + Label3.Text = ht.Link.Text + Else + Label3.Text = "" + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Collapses the all pages + + + + + Expands the all pages + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified text, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns index of the first page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when a link on this topic bar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when a page is expanded. + + + + + Occurs when a page is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs when the LinkStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the PageStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the Style property of the C1Border class. + + + + + No border. + + + + + Flat border at dark color. + + + + + Grooved border. + + + + + Ridged border. + + + + + Inset border. + + + + + Outset border. + + + + + This class allows you to add borders to a C1ToolBar object. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Border objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the border style. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width in pixels. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a left edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a top edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a right edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a bottom edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Sets full border around toolbar or removes border. + + If True, sets all borders, otherwise removes them + + + + Checks if border is full and visible. + + + + + + Checks if border is not visible. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Reset all private variables to initial values + + + + + Return true if all private variables have their initial values. + + + + + + Get or set a Control with border around it + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Recreate pens and brushes + + + + + Check width of border accordingly with other properties + + + + + Perform actions when border properties are changed + + + + + Represents a topic bar link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link to assign. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + The index of the image in the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + The index of the image in the . + The arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the link image in the ImageList of the page. + + + + + Index of this link in the topic page. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is visible. + + + + + Gets the owner topicpage. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link was pressed. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicLink objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicLinkCollection class. + + + + + Gets or sets the link at the specified index. + + + + + Adds the specified link to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified link and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the link into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified link from the collection. + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for CTopicPage. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPage class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + The value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + The value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + The arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + Gets the index of this page in the topic bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page has a special dark title. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the expand/collapse button is shown on the page title. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page title image in the topic bar’s ImageList. + + + + + Gets the collection of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether wide link texts wrap. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Collapses the page + + + + + Expands the page + + + + + Calls when page expanded. + + + + + Calls when page collapsed. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicPage objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPageCollection class. + + + + + Gets or sets the page at the specified index. + + + + + Adds the specified page to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified page and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the page into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified page from the collection. + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the TopicBar pages style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The normal . + The topic . + + + + Gets the style of page. + + + + + Gets the style of special page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic bar style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Normal font. + Normal ForeColor. + The mouse over font. + The mouse over ForeColor. + The disabled font. + The disabled font ForeColor. + The pressed font. + The pressed font ForeColor. + + + + Gets the style of the links on page. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on page with special style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic bar style converter. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic link states style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Normal font. + Normal ForeColor. + The mouse over font. + The mouse over ForeColor. + The disabled font. + The disabled font ForeColor. + The pressed font. + The pressed font ForeColor. + + + + Gets the style of the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the link when mouse cursor is over link. + + + + + Gets the style of the disabled link. + + + + + Gets the style of the pressed link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic link style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The font to assign. + The forecolor to assign. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic page caption style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The forecolor. + The font. + The background color. + The arrow color. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrow. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic page style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The normal title. + The mouse over title. + The pressed title. + The background color. + The border color. + + + + Gets the style of caption page. + + + + + Gets the style of caption page when mouse cursor is over caption of page. + + + + + Gets the pressed style of caption page. + + + + + Gets the background color of page. + + + + + Gets the border color of page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Simple stack with indexed access, based on System.Collections.ArrayList + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the ArrayList. + + The to be added to the end of the . + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the ArrayList. + + The number of elements actually contained in the . + + + + Gets the last element in ArrayList. + + The last element in . + + + + The last element in . + + + + + The number of elements actually contained in ArrayList. + + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + Returns true if the ArrayList is empty, false otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the index of an item is in the bound of indexes of the ArrayList. + + Specified index. + True if the specified index is in the range from zero to the last index of the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the values of ButtonLook, ButtonLookHorz, + and ButtonLookVert properties of the C1CommandLink class. + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + + Use the default value for the toolbar. + + + + + Show button text. + + + + + Show button image. + + + + + Show button text and image. + + + + + Show only child control. C1CommandLink border and background will not drawn. + + + You can also use ( Control | Image | Text ) to show Text or Image without drawing C1CommandLink border and background. + + + + + Specifies the relative location of text and image on toolbar buttons. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the ButtonLayoutHorz and ButtonLayoutVert properties of C1Toolbar. + + + + + + Text is on the right of the image. + + + + + Text is on the left of the image. + + + + + Text is below the image. + + + + + Text is above the image. + + + + + Specifies position of close box in locked mode. + + + + + Default position of close box. + + + + + Close box on the active tab. + + + + + Close boxes on the all tabs. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Closes the and removes it from collection. + + + + + Set the property to false. + + + + + Specifies the current state of a menu or toolbar item. + + + + + Normal (default) state. + + + + + Mouse is currently over the item. + + + + + Item has been pressed (either by the left mouse button or by the space key). + + + + + Item contains a submenu, which is currently open. + + + + + Item is being dragged during customizing or at design-time. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu when all its items do not fit on the screen. + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the value of the LargeMenuDisplay property in the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is wrapped. + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is scrolled. + + + + + Enumerates customizable user interface strings. + Elements of this enumeration can be used to index strings in the UIStrings array. + + + + + Text of the "More..." command. + + + + + Text of the "Toolbar Options" command. + + + + + Text of the "Add or Remove Buttons" command. + + + + + Text of the "Reset" command. + + + + + Text of the "Customize..." command. + + + + + Text of the Rename toolbar dialog command. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the "duplicate toolbar" message in the customizer. + + + + + Text of the "More Windows" menu item created by C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + 'Allows to translate/customize the "confirm toolbar delete" question in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Tooltip for the close C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the auto hide C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll right C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll left C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the tab list C1DockngTab button. + + + + + Show item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Hide item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Options item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Cancel button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Label text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + MoveDown button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + MoveUp button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Ok button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Reset button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Add/remove item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Customize item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Collapsed bar text in the NavBar. + + + + + Specifies the style of the toolbar. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the ToolBarStyle property of a C1ToolBar. + + + + + + Specifies a toolbar in the default state. + + + + + Specifies drawing toolbar like DropDownMenu. + + + + + Specifies which customization options are available at runtime. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the CustomizeOptions property of a C1ToolBar. + + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + + Nothing is allowed. + + + + + Toolbars can be deleted. + + + + + A new C1CommandLink can be added to a toolbar. + + + + + Command links in toolbar can be removed. + + + + + Customize button can be enabled or disabled. + + + + + Hides Customize menu item from Add and Remove Buttons menu. + + + + + Allow all actions. + + + + + Specifies the text direction. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabTextDirection property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + + + The default direction: Horizontal for tabs on the top or bottom, VerticalLeft for tabs on the left, VerticalRight for tabs on the right. + + + + + Text is drawn horizontally. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees counter-clockwise. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + Specifies how tabs of a C1DockingTab are sized. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabSizeMode property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + If is set to "Default", it will be overridden with Theme's TabSizeMode on Theme applying. + If is set to any other value, Theme's TabSizeMode won't be applied. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + If is set to "Default", + it will be overridden with Theme's TabSizeMode on Theme applying. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + + + All tabs are squeezed to fit into the width of the tab control. + + + + + Tabs are stretched to take the whole width of the tab control. + + + + + The user can specify the tab size in the MeasureTab event. + + + + + Specifies how the tabs of a C1DockingTab control look. + + + + + Classic look. + + + + + Tabs are sloped on one side. + + + + + Tabs are rounded. + + + + + Rectangular tabs. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2007 style. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2010 style. + + + + + Specifies how the window outline is drawn when the window is being moved. + + + + + Draws the outline with a checkered pattern of black and transparent pixels. + + + + + Draws a reversible line with a complimentary color. + + + + + Specifies how the hot frame is drawn on a command link with an embedded control. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the HotFrame property of a C1CommandControl. + + + + + + The frame encloses the whole link. + + + + + The frame encloses just the control. + + + + + Hot frame/selection is not drawn. + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + Default float hide behavior. + + + Same to float hide behavior. + + + + + Hides floating docking tabs when the application loses focus. + + + + + Never hides floating docking tabs. + + + + + Enumerates the Outlook-style navigation bar buttons. + + + + + Unspecified button. + + + + + Custom button. + + + + + Mail button. + + + + + Calendar button. + + + + + Contacts button. + + + + + Tasks button. + + + + + Notes button. + + + + + Folder button. + + + + + Shortcut button. + + + + + Journal button. + + + + + Specifies the visibility and function of the navigation bar's close button. + + + + + The close button is not shown. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the currently selected panel. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the whole navigation bar. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which the navigation bar is collapsed. + + + + + The direction in which the bar collapses is determined by the value of the control's Dock property. + + + + + The bar collapses to the left. + + + + + The bar collapses to the right. + + + + + The bar collapses to the top. + + + + + The bar collapses to the bottom. + + + + + Specifies how it is determined whether to animate the menus or not. + + + + + Animation is determined by the system-wide setting. + + + + + Animation is off. + + + + + Animation is on. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Classic color scheme. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Default docking style. + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2005 - like docking style. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2008 - like docking style. + + + The VS2008 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2008, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2010 - like docking style. + + + The VS2010 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2010, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2012 - like docking style. + + + The VS2012 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2012, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu item when it is merged with items in another menu. + Note: it`s MS "System.Windows.Forms.MenuItem.MenuMerge" enumeration analogue for .NET5 compatibility. + + + + + The MenuItem is added to the collection of existing menu item objects in a merged menu. + + + + + The menu item replaces an existing menu item at the same position in a merged menu. + + + + + All submenu items of this menu item are merged with those of existing menu item objects at the same position in a merged menu. + + + + + The menu item is not included in a merged menu. + + + + + Represents the data. + + + + + The first object. + + + + + The second object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The first object. + The second object. + + + + Additional stuff required (so far - Aug 2006) for C1Command only. + + + + + Gets the control that is to be used instead of the real parent + when checking that the parent is in focus etc. + Used for popup menus. + + + + + Gets the designer component if it is distinct from what + is returned by Control property. + + + + + This method MUST be called by the inheritor's ctor before exiting! + + + + + Returns false if the floatie should not be shown for reasons such as: + - the designer is hidden; + - ??? + Returning true does not mean that the floatie must show, only that it can. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the caller process owns + the current foreground window. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the timespan between the moment the floatie is ready to be shown + and the moment it is actually shown. + + + + + ctor for inherited classes + + + + + Updates the region to include just the toolbar and the help label. + This helps avoid flickering due to whole form resizing when help string changes. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + UITypeEditorControl + + + + + ColorPicker + Uses the Color UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick colors + + + + + FileNamePicker + Uses the FileName UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick filenames + + + + + ImagePicker + Uses the Image UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick images + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + DockPicker + Uses the Dock UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick Dock settings + + + + + AnchorPicker + Uses the Anchor UITypeEditor to show a form where users can Anchor settings + + + + + ExternalEditorWrapper + Wraps an external UITypeEditor. + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + Represents the one value in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the EnumValueDescCollection collection containing this object. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's type. + + + + + Gets the count of significant bits in EnumValue. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's value. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's value as long unsigned integer. + + + + + Collection of the EnumValueDesc objects. + + + + + Represents the editor of enum properties with FlagsAttribute attribute. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the method. + The override for returns . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether drop-down editors should be resizable by the user. + The override for returns true; + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style + indicated by the method. + + + + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1CommandMenu... + { + public C1CommandMenu() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + A helper class for implementing an ambient property on a control. + + + Usage: + An instance of AmbientPropertyMonitor must be created by the host control with the reference + to that host as the parameter. + The AmbientPropertyMonitor subscribes to the following events: + + ParentChanged on the host and the whole parents' chain; + + (ambient property name)Changed or INotifyPropertyChanged on the host and all parents in the chain. + NOTE: For the AmbientPropertyMonitor to work correctly, all controls that have the target property declared + must also provide either a property changed event, or implement INotifyPropertyChanged and fire + it at appropriate moments. + + + The AmbientPropertyMonitor monitors changes of the ambient property value on the host and all parents, + and if a change occurs applies the value of the ambient property on the closest parent + to that property on the host control, unless it has been changed independently of the AmbientPropertyMonitor + (AmbientPropertyMonitor assumes that when it is created, the ambient property on the host has default, + unchanged value). + + It is recommended that all controls declaring the target property also provide + the Reset(property) and ShouldSerialize(property) methods, calling the + and methods as needed. + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + At all times, should contain the up-to-date parent chain, + starting with the host itself. Needed to keep track of + parent changes, and changes of ambient property on the parents. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1OutBar... + { + public C1OutBar() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b9b0811..0000000 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Command.4.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1DX.4.6.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1DX.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f9a48d Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1DX.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7d22872..0000000 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96b5535 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fee8105 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42698 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Input.4.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Define interface for IFELanguage com object. + + + + + Represents the IFELanguageWrapper class. + + + + + Indicates the GUID string forthe IFELanguage. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Handles the ApplicationExit event of the Application control. + + + An object indicates the event sender. + + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + Creates the IFE lan. + + + A string value indicates the ime mode. + + + A object indicate the IFELanguage com object created. + + + + + Gets the conversion mode caps. + + + The IME mode. + + + + + + Gets the conversion list. + + + The IME mode. + + + The request. + + + The mode. + + + The STR input. + + + + + + This class define the internal code access authorization for GrapeCity product. + + + + + Validate whether the calling assembly is an authorization assembly. + + + If the calling assembly has same PublicKeyToken with this main assembly, we think + this assembly is a authorization by now. + So the snk file is very important If hacker get the snk file, then he can forge an + authorization assembly. I think the pfx file is more secure. + + + + + The calling assembly. eg, + "System.Reflection.Assembly.GetCallingAssembly()". + + + Return a bool value. true is an authorization assembly; otherwise,false. + + + + + Determines how to handle the IME candidate window. + + + + + Clears the composition string and set the status to no composition string. + + + + + Converts the composition string and show the candidate window. + + + + + Converts the composition string and pick the first in the candidate window. + + + + + This delegate enables asynchronous calls for getting ime is converting status. + + + + + Represents a simple wrapper of window handle. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + Indicates the owner GcIme component. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An component which is the owner of the wrapper. + + + + + Gets the hook handle from the FactWindow. + + + Returns the hook handle. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Defines a class used to convert ImeMode to ImeConversionMode or convert ImeConversionMode to ImeMode. + + + + + Defines a Japanese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Korean conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Chinese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a empty conversion table. + + + + + Gets the conversion table by current input language. + + + The conversion table based on the language. + + + + + Saves the conversion bits. + + + + + Gets the conversion bigs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be set. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be cleared. + + + + + Save the data of the extended properties. + + + + + Defines the default value of the . + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Overridden, check whether the given object equals this instance. + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An int indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Initialize an instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The dummy1. Please set it to null. + + + The dummy2. Please set it to null. + + + These two parameters is used to differentiate the internl constructor from the pulic one. + + + + + Initialize component. + + + + + Save all the data of extended properites of controls. + + + + + Save furigana service - associated control references. + + + + + Save the virtual window used to access with the + + + + + Saves the cached the ime sentence mode. + + + + + Saves the ime device. + + + + + Caches the result string event args for firing event. + + + + + The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use + by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. + + + + + The default alphabet to reading string mappings. + + + + + The user-set alphabet to reading string mappings. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether IME is available for the current keyboard layout. + + + if the IME is available; otherwise, . + + + + + Checks whether there's any IME associated to the specified window. + + + A value indicating the window handle. + + + if the window has an IME context associated with it; otherwise, . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether ime is converting in current Application. + + + if ime is converting in current Application; otherwise, . + + + This property is used for retrieve the state of IME converting status. + + + + + Gets the IME is converting on the focused window. + + + A value, if ime is converting, otherwise, . + + + + + Gets whether ime is converting in given form. + + + A object specify the target form for checking the ime converting state. + + + A value, if ime is converting, otherwise, . + + + + + Specifies whether this object can provide its extender properties to the specified object. + + + The object to receive the extender properties. + + + if this object can provide extender properties to the specified object; + otherwise, . + + + + + Retrieves the IME sentence mode associated with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + With the GetImeSentenceMode method, + you can retrieve the for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the IME sentence mode with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the Ime sentence mode for a control. + To get the information about Ime sentence mode, use the method. + + The control is . + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + Indicates whether the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode should be serialized. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + If the ImeSentenceMode property should be serialized, return ture, otherwise return false. + + + + + Reset the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode associated to special control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Retrieves the AutoShowSoftKayboard associated with the specified control. + + + A , the AutoShowSoftKayboard is associated on it. + + + A indicates whether open soft keyboard when control get focus or lose. + + + With the GetAutoShowSoftKeyboard method, you can retrieve the setting about show soft keyboard automatically or not for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. +
+ This method is obsoleted in this version. +
+ The control is . +
+ + + Associates the AutoShowSoftKayboard with the specified control. + + + A , the AutoShowSoftKayboard is to be associated on it. + + + A indicates whether open soft keyboard when control get focus or lose. + + + You can also use this method to specifying whether to show the soft keyboard automatically or not for a control. + To get the information about showing the soft keyboard automatically, use the method. +
+ This method is obsoleted in this version. +
+ The control is . +
+ + + Retrieves the associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates what is the output manner of the reading string. + + + With the GetReadingStringOutput method, you can retrieve the value of for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the ReadingStringOutPut with the specified control. + + + A , the is to be associated on it. + + + A value indicates what is the output manner of the reading string. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the reading string output for a control. + To get the information about the reading string output, use the method. + + The control is . + The control isn't valid. + + + + Indicates whether the value of extended property ReadingStringOutput should be serialized. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + If the ReadingStringOutput property should be serialized, return ture, otherwise return false. + + + + + Reset the value of extended property ReadingStringOutput associated to special control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Retrieves the CausesImeEvent associated with the specified control. + + + A , the CausesImeEvent is associated on it. + + + A indicates whether the control cause the ime event. + + + With the GetCausesImeEvent method, you can retrieve the setting about enable to raise the event or not for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. + The result string event will never occurs if this property is not set to on the control that handling IME input. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the CausesImeEvent with the specified control. + + + A , CausesImeEvent is to be associated on it. + + + A indicates whether the control cause the ime event. + + + You can also use this method to specifying whether to causes the Ime event or not for a control. + To get the information about whether to cause the Ime events, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Gets candidate list from a specified reading string. + + + A string which represents the reading string. + + + A string array which represents the candidate list. + Returns string[0] if readingString is or . + + + User can retrieve a array from the candidate list by using this method. + + The control is . + + + + + Get reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A string which represents the result string. + + + A string array which represents the reading strings. + Returns string[0] if resultString is or + + + User can retrieve a array from the candidate list by using this method. + + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + A value to be convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + User can use this method to convert a string by a . + + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + A the convert based on it. + + + A value to be convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + User can use this method to convert a string by a for on a specified control. + + + + + + Retrieves the kana mode setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates the format of reading string output will convert to. + + + With the GetKanaMode method, you can retrieve the for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the kana mode setting associated to the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates the format of reading string output will convert to. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the kana mode for a control. + To get the information about the kana mode, use the method. + + The control is . + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + Dispose the unmanged and manged resource. + + + A indicates whther the dispoing action is not caused by finalizer. + + + Call when you are finished using the . + The Dispose method leaves the in an unusable state. + After calling , you must release all references to the + so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. + + + + + Updates the IME sentence mode when control has focus and change the ImeSentenceMode of it or its parent. + + + The focused control. + + + A value, if set to we will cache the IME sentence mode before set new one, otherwise, . + + + + + Retrieves the IME sentence mode associated with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Addes a control into the data. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Attaches events for a specified control and its child controls. + + + The specified . + + + + + Removes a control from the data. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Detaches events for a specified control and its child controls. + + + The specified . + + + + + Processes the GotFocus message of the associated control. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the message. + + + + + Processes the LostFocus message of the associated control. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the message. + + + + + Processes the CompositionChanged event of the ime. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Recieves the Opening of the status window. + + + An object indicates the sender of the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Receives the Closing of the status window. + + + An object indicates the sender of the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Start up the controling of sentence mode of ime device. + + + + + Finish the controling of sentence mod of the ime device. + + + + + Start up the controling of soft keyoard. + + + + + Finish the controling of the softKeyoard. + + + + + Handles the Disposed event of the TargetControl control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Set the special sentence mode to ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Get the sentence mode from the ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Gets the IME mode from the ime device.. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + The ImeMode status. + + + + + Sets the ime mode to the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime mode. + + + + + Converts the string based on the required KanaMode. + + The text need to convert, . + The kana mode to which is want to convert. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the DBCS space character. + + + + + Occurs when there is a result string available during the input process by IME. + + + This event is raised when there is a result string during IME input in any input controls on the form. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + An that contains the + event data. + + + + + Retrieves the input scope setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + One of the enumeration value, indicates the input scope of the associated control. + + + With the GetInputScope method, you can retrieve the for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + + The control is . + + + + + Associates the input scope setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + One of the enumeration value, indicates the input scope of the associated control. + + + With the SetInputScope method, you can change the for any control. To retrieve the setting, use the method. + + + The control is . + + + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + + Resets the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode associated with the specified control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + A class is used to control the output behavior of the reading string. + + + + + Gets a empty output. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + A value, indatates whether alphabet character should be converted to reading. + + + + + Gets or sets a control used to receive the output. + + + A indicates the target control. + + + + + Gets or sets an object used to receieve the output string. + + + An object indicates the output target. + + + To make sure the string could be receieved, the output target object should either have a public property named 'Text' or 'Value'. + In addition, a string typed property is valid. + + + + + Gets or sets the output mode. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Gets or sets whether or not enable converting alphabets to its reading. + + + A bool value, indicates the alphabets will convert to its reading, + according to the default mapping table or user defined mapping rules; otherwise, . + + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + Another object to compare to. + + if obj and this instance are the same type and represent the same value; otherwise, . + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Defines the type converter for the class. + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given + destination type using the context. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, + . + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type + using the specified context and arguments. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + A that provides the language to convert to. + + + The to convert. + + + The to which to convert the value. + + + An Object that represents the converted value. + + + The destinationType is a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) + to create a new value, using the specified context. + + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + + + true if changing a property on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) + to create a new value; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates an instance of the type that this System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter + is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property + values for the object. + + + An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values. + + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + + + An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or + null if the object cannot be created. This method always returns null. + + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the + value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + An that specifies the type of array for which to get + properties. + + + An array of type that is used as a filter. + + + A with the properties that + are exposed for this data type, or a null reference if there are no + properties. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + if should be called to find the + properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + + Indicates the output mode of the reading string. + + + + + Adds the new text at the end of the old text. + + + + + Replaces all text of the target control. + + + + + Maintain the reading string output automatically. + + + + + Provides the data for the ResultString event. + + + The ResultString takes place when there has been changes + made in the IME conversion window. + + + + + Indicates the reading string. + + + + + Indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + + + Gets the control that creates the reading string. + + + A indicates the source control. + + + + + Gets the reading string. + + + A value indicating the reading string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified reading string. + + + A indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + A string indicates the specified reading string. + + + + + Stores the alpha-reading string mapping data. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The alphabet. + The reading. + + + + Gets the alphabet. + + The alphabet. + + + + Gets the reading. + + The reading. + + + + Specifies the input scope name which modifies how input from alternative input methods is interpreted. + + + + + The text input pattern for alphanumeric full-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for alphanumeric half-width characters. + + + + + The default handling of input commands. + + + + + The text input pattern for a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) email address. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hanja characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hangul full-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hangul half-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for the Hiragana writing system. + + + + + The text input pattern for full-width Katakana characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for half-width Katakana characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for a number. + + + + + The text input pattern for a full-width number. + + + + + The text input patternf or a search query. + + + + + The text input pattern for a telephone number. + + + + + The text input pattern for a Uniform Resource Locator (URL). + + + + + Represents a CollectionBase class, which is a base class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + containing the elements of the specified source collection. + + + A with which to initialize the collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + containing the specified array of objects. + + + An array of objects with which to initialize the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index in the collection. + + + A at each valid index. + + + The zero-based index of the collection to access. + + + The index parameter is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is locked. + + + true if this instance is locked; otherwise, false. + + + + + A object that indicates the handler of the CollectionChanging event. + + + + + A object that indicates the handler of the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Adds the specified to the collection. + + + The index at which the new element was inserted. + + + The to add. + + + + + Copies the elements of the specified array to the end of the collection. + + + An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the collection contains the specified . + + + true if the collection contains the specified object; otherwise, false. + + + The to search for in the collection. + + + + + Copies the collection objects to a one-dimensional instance beginning at the specified index. + + + The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from the collection. + + + The index of the array at which to begin inserting. + + + The array parameter is null. + + + The index parameter is less than the target array's minimum index. + + + The destination array is multidimensional.-or- The number of elements in the is greater than + the available space between the index of the target array specified by the index parameter and the end of the target array. + + + + + Gets the index in the collection of the specified , if it exists in the collection. + + + The index in the collection of the specified object, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + The to locate in the collection. + + + + + Inserts the specified into the collection at the specified index. + + + The to insert. + + + The zero-based index where the specified object should be inserted. + + + + + Removes the specified from the collection. + + + The to remove from the collection. + + + The specified object is not found in the collection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the specified array to the end of the collection. + + + An array of type that contains the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element array into the instance. + + + The new value of the element array. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element array into the instance. + + + The new value of the element. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element into the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which to insert the value. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when removing an element from the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which the value can be found. + + + The value of the element to remove from the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before setting a value in the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + + + The value to replace with newValue. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which to insert the value. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which the value can be found. + + + The value of the element to remove from the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + + + The value to replace with newValue. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The instance that contains the event data. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The instance that contains the event data. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when validating a value. + + + The object to validate. + + value is null. + The collection is locked. + + + + Locks this instance. + + + + + Unlocks this instance. + + + + + Represents a default predicate. + + + A bool value. + + + + + Determines whether the contains elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + true if the contains one or more elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the contains elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + true if the contains one or more elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the elements to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for a that matches the specified type TTarget, + and returns the first occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The first that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + + + Searches for a that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the first occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The first that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Retrieves all the that match the specified type TTarget. + + + A that contains all the that + match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, an empty . + + + + + Retrieves all the that match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + A that contains all the that + match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, an empty . + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Searches for an that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the last occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The last that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + + + Searches for an that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the last occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The last that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based + index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the range of elements in the that extends from the specified index to the last element. + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The zero-based starting index of the search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + startIndex is outside the range of valid indexes for the . + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the range of elements in the that starts at the specified index and contains the specified number of elements. + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The number of elements in the section to search. + + + The zero-based starting index of the search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + count is less than 0. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns + the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, + if found; otherwise, false. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the + zero-based index of the last occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, + if found; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the range of elements in + the that extends from the first + element to the specified index. + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions + defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The zero-based starting index of the backward search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + startIndex is outside the range of valid indexes for the . + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the range of elements in the + that contains the specified number of + elements and ends at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions + defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The number of elements in the section to search. + + + The zero-based starting index of the backward search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + count is less than 0. + + match is null. + + + + Specifies how to position and align the attached element + to the core element. + + + This is used when alignment and positioning needs to take + place between 2 elements, such as an image and a text. + Usually, the text will become the core element + with the image being the attached element in this case. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's top edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's center points have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's bottom edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's left edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's center points have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's right edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's top edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's center points have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's bottom edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's left edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's center points have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's right edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + Defines what kind of space is allowed in the text. + + + + + No space character is allowed. + + + + + Only SBCS space character is allowed. + + + + + Only DBCS space char character allowed. + + + + + Both DBCS and SBCS space characters are allowed. + + + + + Specifies the type of 12-hour mode. + + + + + 12-hour mode ranges from 00:00:00 to 11:59:59. + + + + + 12-hour mode ranges from 01:00:00 to 12:59:59. + + + + + Represents the different year digit type. + + + + + The FourDigitYear mode ranges from 0000 - 9999. + + + + + The TwoDigitYear mode ranges from 00 - 99. + + + + + Specifies the validate type of input. + + + + + No validate mode, fields behavior independent. + + + + + Normal validate mode, fields behavior independent checking. + + + + + Specifies the input validation type. + + + + + Specifies no validate mode, field behavior is independent. + + + + + Specifies normal validate mode, field behavior uses independent checking. + + + + + Specifies extended validate mode, adjusts when needed. + + + + + Defines the number spin mode. + + + + + Spins by the field. + + + + + Spins by the specified field value. + + + + + Spins by digits. + + + + + Defines the date spin increment mode. + + + + + Specifies to spin using the field. + + + + + Specifies to spin using the value of the specified field. + + + + + Specifies how the literal in the content is handled in the clipboard. + + + Inserting or replacing text includes or excludes literals. + + + + + Specifies that literals are included. + + + + + Specifies that literals are excluded. + + + + + Represents how to wrap the line when it is beyond the width of the view. + + + + + Does not wrap. + + + + + Wraps the text by words. + + + + + Wraps the text by characters. + + + + + Specifes the edit mode. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to control the INSERT or REPLACE mode of the editor. + + + + + Indicates the Insert mode. + + + + + Indicates the Overwrite mode. + + + + + Indicates the fixed Insert mode. + + + + + Indicates the fixed Overwrite mode. + + + + + Highlights the type of text selection in the control. + + + After getting focus, none, specified fields, or all text in the editor is highlighted. + + + + Specifies no highlight. + + + Highlights the specified field. + + + Highlights all the text. + + + + Specifies how the literals are displayed during user input. + + + + Always show the literals. + + + The literals are post displayed as the user types. + + + The literals are displayed before the user types. + + + + Specifies the key groups. + + + + + Reresents the number input keys. + + + + + Represents the memory operation keys. + + + + + Represents the math operation keys. + + + + + Represnts the reset keys. + + + + + Represents the keys for editing. + + + + + Represents the key for output. + + + + + Represents the indicator keys. + + + + + Specifies how the tab key works. + + + The Tab key moves focus among controls or fields. + + + + + Used to move focus between controls. + + + + + Used to move the cursor position between fields in the control. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed in the DateEraField. + + + + + Displays a full era name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated era name. + + + + + Displays a symbol. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed. + + + + + Displays a full month name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated month name. + + + + + Displays a number. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed in the DateAmPmField. + + + + + Displays a full AMDesignator or PMDesignator. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated AMDesignator or PMDesignator. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed. + + + + + Displays a full weekday name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated weekday name. + + + + + Determines what sign the value is. + + + + + Indicates not control sign of value. + + + + + Indicates keep value positive. + + + + + Indicates keep value negative. + + + + + Represent the sign type. + + + + + Represent there is none sign. eg, value == . + + + + + Represent the value is positive. eg, value = +0. + + + + + Represent the value is negative. eg, value = -0. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of a control. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears flat. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears flat until the mouse pointer moves over it, at which point + it appears three-dimensional. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears three-dimensional. + + + + + Specifies that the appearance of the control is determined by the user's operating system. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the active flat style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the professional appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 blue appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 black appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 silver appearance style. + + + + + Represents an enumeration that defines the ellipsis mode. + + + + + Specifies no ellipsis trim. + + + + + Specifies to trim the end of the string with characters. + + + + + Specifies to trim the center of the string with charactors. + + + + + Specifies the effect for how the text is drawn on a graphics surface, such as: Flat, 3D, and so on. + + + + + Text is drawn with no 3D effect (default). + + + + + Text is drawn with a heavy inset effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a heavy raised effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a light inset effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a light raised effect. + + + + + Represents useful symbols. + + + + + Specifies an empty symbol. + + + + + Specifies an arrow. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with an underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a double underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a thick underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with an over line. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a double over line. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a thick over line. + + + + + Specifies a double arrow. + + + + + Specifies a dot. + + + + + Specifies a zoom in symbol. + + + + + Specifies a zoom out symbol. + + + + + Represents the direction of the symbol. + + + + + Specifies the left direction. + + + + + Specifies the up direction. + + + + + Specifies the right direction. + + + + + Specifies the down direction. + + + + + Specifies the side button position. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the side buttons' + position when both buttons are inside or outside of the control border. + The left or right information is defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Side buttons are at the left side and inside the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the left and outside the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the right and inside of the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the right and outside of the border. + + + + + Specifies the visibility of side buttons. + + + The members of this enumeration allow users to set the timing of spin and + drop-down button visibility. + + + + + Side buttons are not shown. + + + + + Side buttons are always shown. + + + + + Side buttons are shown when the button container gets focus. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which a drop-down + control is displayed relative to its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed above and to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed above and to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed below and to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed below and to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and specifies that the drop-down control + is displayed to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and specifies that the drop-down control + is displayed to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and responds to the + setting, specifying either + or accordingly. + + + + + Specifies how to show the scroll bar(s). + + + + + Specifies that scroll bars are always shown. + + + + + Specifies that scroll bars are shown when the content is out of range. + + + + + Specifies the mode of display data. + + + + + Show item as text + + + + + Shown item as image + + + + + Represents the status of the field. + + + + + Without input, the field is empty. + + + + + With input, but not finished yet. + + + + + The input is finished. + + + A field status of full does not mean the field cannot accept input. + There is a case where the field is full, but the field has not reached the maximum limit and can still accept input. + + + + + The IP address input mode + + + + + IPv4 Mode + + + + + IPv6 Mode + + + + + Mixed IPv6 Mode + + + + + Specifies the action of shortcut keys + + + + + Moves the focus to the next control. + + + + + Moves the focus to the previous control. + + + + + Moves the cursor to the next field. + + + + + Moves the cursor to the previous field. + + + + + Clears the content of the control. + + + + + Shows the dropdown window of the control + + + + + Do spin up + + + + + Do spin down + + + + + Sets the control's value to current date and time. + + + + + Adds three zeros. + + + + + Shows the popup calculation window. + + + + + Specifies the type of dates that can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that any dates can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that only workdays can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that only holidays and weekend days can be selected. + + + + + Defines the type of the calendar. + + + + + Shows the calendar by Month-Day type. + + + + + Shows the calendar by Year-Month type. + + + + + Specifies the display type of the calendar. + + + + + Displays as the normal year. + + + + + Displays as the Fiscal year. + + + + + Specifies the month of a year. + + + + + Indicates the month is not defined + + + + + Indicates January + + + + + Indicates February + + + + + Indicates March + + + + + Indicates April + + + + + Indicates May + + + + + Indicates June + + + + + Indicates July + + + + + Indicates August + + + + + Indicates September + + + + + Indicates October + + + + + Indicates November + + + + + Indicates December + + + + + Defines the type of days (workday, holiday, etc.) + + + + + Indicates a normal non-holiday day. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears yearly. + + + + + Indicates a normal day which originally was a holiday. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears for a + specific date. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears when a holiday + lands on a weekend and automatically moves onto the next day. + + + + + Indicates the weekday is a holiday. + + + + + Defines how a holiday is handled when it lands on a weekday + that is specified as a holiday. + + + + + No holiday override takes place. + + + + + Holiday overrides to the next day. + + + + + Holiday overrides to the next work day. + + + + + Specifies the type of the selection indicator. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as a focus rectangle. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as a box. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as 3D (reverse). + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as 3D when the mouse moves over the focus item; otherwise, shown as flat. + + + + + Specifies the position of the navigation bar in a calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the left side of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the top of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the right side of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the bottom of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies how to show the empty week rows in the . + + + + + Specifies that the empty rows appear at the beginning. + + + + + Specifies that all empty rows are at the end. + + + + + Specifies which type of navigator bar is shown in the control. + + + + + Specifies that no navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the button style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the scroll bar style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the outlook style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Defines flags for the different weeks. + + + + + Specifies no weeks. + + + + + Specifies the first week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the second week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the third week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the fourth week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the fifth week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the last week in the month. + + + + + Specifies all weeks in the month. + + + + + Specifies the style of the template. + + + + + Specifies the outlook style. + + + + + Specifies the MonthCalendar style. + + + + + Specifies the System style. + + + + + Specifies which type of PickDays to use. + + + + + Specifies only the days in the current month. + + + + + Specifies to include the trailling days in the view. + + + + + Specifies the minimum or maximum day. + + + + + Specifies the day of the week. + + + + + Indicates the weekday is not defined. + + + + + Indicates Sunday. + + + + + Indicates Monday. + + + + + Indicates Tuesday. + + + + + Indicates Wednesday. + + + + + Indicates Thursday. + + + + + Indicates Friday. + + + + + Indicates Saturday. + + + + + Specifies the position and manner in which a toolbar is docked. + + + + + The toolbar's left edge is docked to the left edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's right edge is docked to the right edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's top edge is docked to the top edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's bottom edge is docked to the bottom edge of its containing control. + + + + + Specifies the action that the toolstirp action button perform. + + + + + Copies the richtextbox text to clipbord. + + + + + Pastes the clipbord content to richtextbox. + + + + + Cuts the selction of richtextbox. + + + + + Deletes the selction of richtextbox. + + + + + Performs the undo operation. + + + + + Performs the redo operation. + + + + + Inserts a iamge. + + + + + Alignments to the left. + + + + + Ailgnments to the center. + + + + + Ailgnments to the right. + + + + + Bullet style. + + + + + Indent increasement. + + + + + Indent decreasement. + + + + + Bold style. + + + + + Italic style. + + + + + Unerline style. + + + + + Strikeout style. + + + + + Loads file style. + + + + + Saves file style. + + + + + No operation. + + + + + Enumerate all system sound types. + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + Specifies the operator of compare action. + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value equals difference value. + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value not equals difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value greater than difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value greater than or equals difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value smaller than difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value smaller than or equals difference value + + + + + Specifies the position of the scroll tip window within the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the default location. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the top or left side of the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the bottom or right side of the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the center of the control. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a TextElment when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Defines the ValueProcessOption enumeration. + + + + + Keeps the current value. + + + + + Clears the current. + + + + + Restores the previous value. + + + + + Defines the FieldsEditMode enumeration. + + + + + Specifies the input is from the left side in each field. + + + + + Specifies the input is from the right side in each field. + + + + + Specifies that the field does not show the empty prompt character, but the width of the field is fixed. + + + + + Defines the DisplayAlignment enumeration. + + + + + Specifies to never make a horizontal alignment effect. + + + + + Specifies that the alignment is distributed. + + + + + Specifies that the alignment is distributed with white space. + + + + + Defines the dropdown animation. + + + + + Indicates no animation. + + + + + Indicates the scroll animation. + + + + + Indicates the slide animation. + + + + + Indicates the fade animation. + + + + + Indicates the center animation. + + + + + Indicates the extend animation. + + + + + Indicates the drag animation. + + + + + Defines the Japanese char converting mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Half Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Convert the Japanese character to the Full Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Hiragana mode. + + + + + Defines the CrLf mode which describes how to process the CrLf char. + + + + + Accepts all CrLf characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Removes all CrLf characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Cuts the following strings from the first CrLf character in copied, cut, and pasted strings. + + + + + Specifies the style of dashed liness + + + + + Specifies no line. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies the round pattern of the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the largest integer less than or equal to the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the nearest number that is away from zero. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the nearest even number. + + + + + Defines how to process the GcDateTime.Value, + + + + + Adjusts the value to the valid range between the minimum and maximum. + + + If the value is less than the minimum, adjusts to the minimum. If the Value is greater than the maximum, adjusts to the maximum. + + + + + Clears the value to . + + + + + Restores the backup value to the specified property. + + + + + Cancels the last input and holds the old text. + + + + + Keeps the last input and holds the old text. + + + + + Helper method for validating Enum. + + + the type of the Enum. + + + the validating value. + + + valid value of Enum. + + + + + Defines the Tab character mode which describes how to process the Tab character. + + + + + Accepts all Tab characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Removes all Tab characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Cuts the following strings from the first Tab character in copied, cut, and pasted strings. + + + + + Defines behavior used when click SideButton. + + + + + No specific behavior. + + + + + SideButton will do spin up behavior. + + + + + SideButton will do spin down behavior. + + + + + Defines how to show the TouchToolBar when touch tap target control. + + + + + Not show the TouchToolBar by touch device. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar to take place of showing or when executing touch PressAndHolder operation. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar by tap the selection region of target control. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar by tap the selection gripper. + + + + + Represents the mode of revealing the typed password in the password protected editor. + + + + + Never reveal the typed password. + + + + + Shows an eye button and press it to reveal the typed password. + + + + + Shows the last typed char for a short period and then hidden with password char. + + + + + Repesents the decimal part of the numeric value handling mode. + + + + + The decimal point will be filtered. + + + + + Cut off the decimal part, only kepts the integer part value. + + + + + Defines the CompareStringOperator enumeration. + + + + + The difference of string value and related control value equals difference value. + + + + + The difference of string control value and related control value not equals difference value + + + + + The control value contain the string + + + + + The control value starts with the string + + + + + The control value end with the string + + + + + Defines the action options of hide the touch keyboard when user opens the drop-down window. + + + + + Not hide the touch keyboard. Both dropdown and touch keyboard are shown. + + + + + The touch keyboard will be hidden when the drop-down window is shown. + + + + + The touch keyboard will be hidden when the drop-down window is shown, and it will be shown again after the drop-down window is closed. + + + + + Represnts a Field class to define a base field. + + + This class will implement view function for single segment. And some input behavior will exposed to user, too. + This is final interface for our user. + When a field is created, it will create a segment and value module for it. Then configuration will be done on the + segment and the value module. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A object indicates the name property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object. + + + A value indicating the name of the object. +
The default is . +
+
+ + + Defined the mask format lexicons. + + + + + A patter used to parse define character sub set. + + + + + Indicates the keywords. + + + + + Indicates the content of the keyowrds. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the + + + Indicates the keywords. + + + Indicates the content of the keyowrds. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse hex AscII. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a hex digital + + + the character + + + if the character is hex digital return true,else return false + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse hex Unicode. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a hex digital + + + the character + + + if the character is hex digital return true,else return false + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse octal AscII + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a octal digital + + + the character + + + if the character is octal digital return true,else return false + + + + + Defines the keywords form mask format. + + + + + Defines the escape character. + + + + + Defines the hyphen character. + + + + + Defines the vertical bar character. + + + + + Defines the comma character. + + + + + Defines the arrow character. + + + + + Defines the literials id. + + + + + Defines the separator id. + + + + + Defines the hyphen id. + + + + + Defines the char subset id. + + + + + Defines the quantifier id. + + + + + Defines the enum group id. + + + + + Defines the defined char id. + + + + + Defines the unknow id. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the maske format. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the character subset. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the quantifier. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the enum group. + + + + + Creates the lexicons. + + + + + Defined the mask pattern collection. + + + + + Represents a builder to build some specify the by a format. + + + + + To analyse the quantifier string. + + + the pattern string + + + return the quantifier minimum + + + return the quantifier maximum + + + the subset string is a string that start with '{' character and end with '}'character. + And maximum and minimum are split by ',' character. + + + + + Defined a character filter builder to builder a specify character filter with a pattern. + + + + + A class use to parse the char sub set. + + + + + Save the filters. + + + + + Save the include characters. + + + + + Indicates if the helper is working. + + + + + Cache a character. + + + + + Indicates if has cached a character. + + + + + Indicates if has cached a Hyphen. + + + + + Begin the parsing + + + + + Feed a Hyphen to the helper. + + + + + Feed a character to the helper. + + + The character. + + + + + Process the character saved in the cache. + + + + + Adds a include character into the include. + + + The included character. + + + + + Feed a filter. + + + The filter. + + + + + Ends the paraing. + + + Returns the filters saved in the helper. + + + + + Builds a character filter with the specified pattern. + + + The specify format defined by MaskPatternField. + + + A object indicate the build result. + + + + + Create the character filter by special char subset pattern. + + + The apecial char subset pattern. + + + The character filter. + + + + + Create the filter by defined char. + + + The defined character. + + + The character filter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A value indicates the pattern. + + An value indicates the minimum length. + + + An value indicates the maximum length. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum length of the . + + + An value indicates the minimum length. +
The default is 1. +
+ + The property determines the minimum length of input characters. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum length of the . + + + An value indicates the maximum length. +
The default is . +
+ + The property determines the maximum length of input characters. + +
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field can auto convert. + + + if can perform auto convert; otherwise, . + + + If set the AutoConvert property to , all convertible characters will be + automatically converted accordingly to the input mask. For example, if set + the input mask to "A", by hitting a lower case character the control automatically + converts the character into an upper case. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A value indicates the literal. + + + + + Gets or sets the literal text of the field. + + + A value indicates the literal text of the field. +
The default is White-Space char. +
+ + The property retrieves the text of the . + +
+ + + Defines an interface that abstractes a window, user can add message processors to it. + + + + + Addes the an into the . + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + Last added processor has the hightest priority. + A duplicate processor or null will cause an exception. + + + + + Removes the an from the . + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + A no found processor or null will cause an exception. + + + + + Defines the message processor interface. + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + A bool value indicates whether the message will be processed by other processors. + true the message will not be process any. + false otherwise. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + Save the fact window object. + + + + + Saves the processors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the fact window. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + A event raised when the value of property is changed. + + + + + Add a message proccessor to the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Remove a message processor from the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Gets the handle of the vritual window. + + + An indicates the handle of the virtual window. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Hang up the link between this class and the Application. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + A hook used to accept the window message. + + + + + Saves the owner. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the owner. + + + + + Process the message. + + + + + Detach the owner to prevent msg process again. + + + This method is often used when its owner is been destroyed. + And this method will break relationship with its owner. + + + + + Save the fact window object. + + + + + A dictionary keeps all of the related hook window wrappers. + + + + + Saves the processors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the fact window. + + + + + Gets the associated window handle that related to the FactWindow instance. + + + The associated window handle related to the FactWindow instance. + + + + + Gets the hook handle from the FactWindow. + + + Returns the hook handle. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + A event raised when the value of property is changed. + + + + + Add a message proccessor to the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Remove a message processor from the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Gets the handle of the vritual window. + + + An indicates the handle of the virtual window. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Hang up the link between this class and the Application. + + + + + Defines the window that implements the IWin32Window interface. + + + + + Saves the handle of the window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + Gets the handle of the window. + + + + + Defines the type of the ime device. + + + + + User can control the ime device, but can not receive the event from ime device. + + + + + User can not only control the ime device, but also receive the event from ime device. + + + + + Defines the hot keys for ime. + + + + + + + + + + For simplified Chinese, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For simplified Chinese, toggles the symbol conversion mode of IME. + Symbol mode indicates that the user can input Chinese punctuation and symbols + by mapping to the punctuation and symbols on the keyboard. + + + + + For Japanese, alternately opens and closes the IME. + + + + + For Korean, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For Korean, switches to Hanja conversion. + + + + + Switches to from Korean to English. + + + + + + + + + + For traditional Chinese, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For traditional Chinese, toggles the symbol conversion mode of IME. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines the ime device that is a bridge between application and ime. + + + + + Defines the ime context for all ime operations. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Saves the handle of the ime window. + + + + + Saves the orignal handle of ime window. + + + + + Saves a flag indicating whether the ime context is used by ime device. + + + + + Saves a flag indicating whether the ime context have beed modified by ourself. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Ensure to release + + + + + Gets the device of the ime context. + + + An indicates the ime device that is owner of the ime context. + + + + + Gets the handle of the ime context. + + + An indicates the handle of the ime. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating whether the ime context is valid. + + + A bool indicates whether this context is valid. + + + + + Release the handle of the ime context. + + + + + Release the handle of the ime context. + + + Ignore this params, this method use to ensure release handle of the ime context. + + + + + Gets or sets wehther the ime context is used by ime device. + + + true, the ime context is used by ime device. + false, the ime context is not used by ime device. + + + + + Defines the ime status. + + + + + Indicates the ime function is closed. + + + + + Indicates the ime function is opened. + + + + + Defines the conversion mode + + + + + Language mask. + + + + + Alphanumeric mode + + + + + Native mode + + + + + Chinese mode + + + + + Hangeul mode + + + + + Hangul mode + + + + + Japanese mode + + + + + Katakana mode + + + + + Full shape mode + + + + + Roman input mode + + + + + Character code input mode + + + + + Hanja convert mode + + + + + Soft Keyboard mode + + + + + Prevent processing of conversions by IME + + + + + Eudc conversion mode + + + + + Symbol conversion mode + + + + + Defines the sentence mode + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME carries out conversion processing in single-character mode. + + + + + The IME carries out conversion processing in automatic mode. + + + + + The IME uses phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + Defines the base class of all ime window. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets the device of the ime window. + + + An indicates the ime device that is owner of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicates whether the window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates the position of the ime window. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Shows the ime window. + + + + + Hides the ime window. + + + + + Defines the ime status window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicats whether the ime window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates position of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets a indicating the ime is opened or closed. + + + A indicates the status of the ime. + + + + + Gets or sets the conversion mode. + + + An indicates the conversion mode of the ime. + + + + + Gets or sets the sentence mode. + + + An indicates the sentence mode of the ime. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + When the ime window is about created. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is about closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ConversionMode is changed by user from ime bar. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the SentenceMode is changed by user from ime bar. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the Status is changed by user from ime bar or by code. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + An enum indicates the details of the composition. + + + + + The reading string of the current composition. + + + + + The attributes of the reading string of the current composition. + + + + + The clause information of the reading string of the composition string. + + + + + The current composition string. + + + + + The attribute of the composition string. + + + + + The clause information of the composition string. + + + + + The cursor position in composition string. + + + + + The starting position of any changes in composition string. + + + + + The reading string. + + + + + The clause information of the reading string. + + + + + The string of the composition result. + + + + + The clause information of the result string. + + + + + Define a class used for the arguments of the CompositionChanged event. + + + + + Saves the value of the property. + + + + + Saves the value of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the lastest change to + the composition string. + + + A indicates the detials of the composition. + + + + + Gets the lastest change to the composition string. + + + A char indicates the lastest change to the composition string. + + + + + Gets the detials of the composition. + + + An indicates the detials of the composition. + + + + + Defines a the deleget for handling the ime CompositionChanged event. + + + A object indicates the event sender. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Defines the attribute of the characthers in the ime composition. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a clause of the composition. + + + + + Saves the start of the clause. + + + + + Saves the length of the clause. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An int indicates the start of the clause. + + + An int indicates the end of the cluase. + + + + + Gets an int indicating the start of the clause. + + + An int indicating the start of the clause. + + + + + Gets an int indicating the start of the clause. + + + An int indicating the start of the clause. + + + + + Gets the string of the clause from the given composition string. + + + A string indicates the composition string. + + + Return the string of the clause. + + + + + Defines the ime composition window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates the position of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets the work area of the composition window. + + + A indicates the work area. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating whether the composition window is floating. + + + A bool indicates whther the composition window is int floation window. + + + + + Gets whether the compsition form is single line or not. + + + + + Gets the cursor position. + + + An int indicates the caret position of the composition window. + + + + + Gets the delta start. + + + An int indicate the start of the composition window. + + + + + Gets or sets the string + + + A string indicates the composition string. + + + + + Gets or sets the reading string + + + A string indicates the reading string. + + + + + Gets the result string + + + A string indicates the result string. + + + + + Gets the result reading string + + + A string indicates the result reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition attributes. + + + An array indicates the attributes of the composition string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition reading attributes. + + + An array indicates the attributes of the reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the composition string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition reading clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition result clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the result string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition result reading clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the result reading string. + + + + + Makes composition sit at a floating window. + + + + + Gets the composition string by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A string is the result. + + + + + Gets the composition attributes by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A ImeCompositionAttribute array is the result. + + + + + Gets the composition clauses by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A ImeCompositionClause array is the result. + + + + + Clear the composition string and set the status to no composition string + + + + + Set the composition string as the result string. + + + + + Convert the composition string. + + + + + Cancel the current composition string and set the composition string to be the unconverted string. + + + + + Gets or sets the logical font. + + + + + A bool indicates whether the ime can do reconverting now. + + + + + Provides support for IME reconversion. + + + A string to be reconverted. + + + Return a bool indicates whether the reconverting is successful. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Adjustes the window position. + + + A indicates the position of the window. + + + + + Adjustes the window position, and workArea. + + + A indicates the position of the window. + + + A indicates the work area of the window. + + + + + When the ime window is opened. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised immediately before the ime generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the IME ends composition. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the composition is changed. + + + + + Defines the style of the candidate list. + + + + + Candidates are in a style other than listed here. + + + + + Candidates are in same reading. + + + + + Candidates are in a code range. + + + + + Candidates are in same meaning. + + + + + Candidates use same radical character. + + + + + Candidates are in same number of strokes. + + + + + Defines a indicates the candidate list. + + + + + Defines a empty . + + + + + Saves the date of the + + + + + Saves the candidates. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the style. + + + A string array indicates the candidates. + + + + + Gets the style of the candidate list. + + + A indicates the style. + + + + + Gets the count of the candidates. + + + An int indicates the count of the candidates. + + + + + Gets the candidate at given index. + + + An int indicates the given index. + + + A string indicates the candidate. + + + + + Defines the ime candidate window. + + + + + Saves the index of the candidate window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + An int indicates the index of the candidate window. + + + + + Gets the index of the candidate window. + + + An indicates the index of the candidate window. The valid range is 0-3. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the candidate window. + + + A indicates the position of the candidate window. + + + + + Gets or sets the visible of the candidate window. + + + A bool indicats whether the candidate window is visible. + + + + + Gets the candidate list of the candidate window. + + + An contains the candidates. + + + + + Gets the page start. + + + An int indicates the page start. + + + + + Gets the page size. + + + An int indicates the page size. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected candidate index. + + + An int indicates the index of the selected candidate. + + + + + A private methods used get the information from the system. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + When the ime window is about created. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is about closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when an ime is about to change the content of the candidate window. + + + + + Define a class used for the arguments of the ImeCandidateWindowsEventHandler event. + + + + + Saves the index of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An int array indicates the indices of the . + + + + + Gets an int array indicating the indices of the . + + + An int array indicating the indices of the . + + + + + Defines a the deleget for handling the ime events of ImeCandidateWindows event. + + + A object indicates the event sender. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Defines the collection of the candidate window. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets the candidate window by the given index. + + + An int indicates the index.(0-3) + + + Returns an . + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime candidate windows are about opened. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime candidate windows is closing. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when an ime is about to change the content of the candidate window. + + + + + Defines a class used to listen the message of ime host. + + + Just used to dispatch the message to Ime. + + + + + Saves the ime device. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + + + Saves the window that uses the ime device. + + + + + Saves the type of the ime device. + + + + + A bool indicates whether the device is disposed. + + + + + A processor. + + + + + Saves the status window. + + + + + Saves the composition window. + + + + + Saves the candidate windows. + + + + + Saves the candidate window collection. + + + + + Saves the ime context. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the window that uses the ime device. + + + The device type is ImeType.Unidirection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the window that uses the ime device. + + + An indicates the device type user hoped. + + + If can created the device as the special type, is decided by imhost. + + + + + Gets the type of the ime device. + + + + + Gets or sets the language of the ime device. + + + A indicates the language of ime device. + + + + + Gets a bool indicates the ime device is active. + + + A bool indicates whether the ime device is active. + + + + + Gets a flag indicates whether the ime is opening and has inputed string. + + + true, indicates the ime is opening and has inputed string, otherwise, false; + + + + + Gets the status window of current ime device. + + + A indicates the status window. + + + + + Gets the composition window of current ime device. + + + A indicates the composition window. + + + + + Gets the collection of candiate window. + + + A indicates the candidate windows. + + + + + Gets or sets the enable status of the ime device. + + + + + Fetch the result strings from a specified reading string. + + + A string which represents the reading string. + + + A string array which represents the candidate list. + + + + + Fecth reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A string which represents the result string. + + + A string array which represents the reading strings. + + + + + Wraps the API method ImmGetConversionList to provide the function + getting candidate list from a specified reading string or getting + reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A source string which can be result string or reading string. + + + A flag which indicates whether to get the candidate list from a + reading string or to get the reading strings from a result string. + + + A string array that contains the candidate list or reading strings. + + + + + Simulates the specified IME hot key, causing the same response as if the user + had pressed the hot key in the related window. + + + Specifies the identifier of the IME hot key + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + A bool value indicates whether the message will be processed by other processors. + true the message will not be process any. + false otherwise. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + + + Dispose the . + + + + + Raise the event. + + + An indicates the event arguments. + + + + + An event raised when the ime has been activated. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + An indicates the event arguments. + + + + + An event raised when the ime has been deactivated. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + Determines how to handle the IME candidate window. + + + + + Clear the composition string and set the status to no composition string. + + + + + Convert the composition string and show the candidate window. + + + + + Convert the composition string and pick the first in the candidate window. + + + + + A helper class is used to provides some the helps. + + + + + Defines a class used to convert ImeMode to ImeConversionMode or convert ImeConversionMode to ImeMode. + + + + + Defines a Japanese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Korean conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Chinese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a empty conversion table. + + + + + Gets the conversion table by current input language. + + + The conversion table based on the language. + + + + + Saves the conversion bits. + + + + + Gets the conversion bigs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be set. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be cleared. + + + + + Gets the IME mode from the ime device.. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + The ImeMode status. + + + + + Sets the ime mode to the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime mode. + + + + + Set the special sentence mode to ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Get the sentence mode from the ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + A string to convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + + + Defines the native methods based on Win32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures + and constants, which is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + Windows Message. + + + + + The SIZE structure specifies the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Constructs the SIZE structure. + + Specifies the size's width. + Specifies the size's height. + + + + Add this methods in order to recudce the warning count of Fon32 class. + + + + + make long method. + + + + + + + + KeyState, bool indicate pressed + + + + + + + Get the lower word from a unsigned integer value. + + The unsigned integer value. + The lower word as result. + + + + Get the higher word from a unsigned integer value. + + The unsigned integer value. + The higher word as result. + + + + Get the lower word from a integer value. + + The integer value. + The lower word as result. + + + + Get the higher word from a integer value. + + The integer value. + The higher word as result. + + + + The POINT structure defines the x and y coordinates of a point. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + A point whith another type. + + + + + The RECT structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle + + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + + The horizontal offset. + + + The vertical offset. + + + + + Gets the width. + + + The width of RECT. + + + + + Gets the height. + + + The height of RECT. + + + + + The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. + All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on + the current mapping mode of the display context. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + The MSG structure contains message information from a thread's message queue. + + + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure receives the message. + + + + + Specifies the message identifier. Applications can only use the low word; + the high word is reserved by the system. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies the time at which the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, x direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, y direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command + item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message + to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. + + + + + The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private + messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form + WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. + + + + + The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained + the keyboard focus. + + + + + The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. + + + + + This message filters for keyboard messages. + + + + + The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by + the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. + + + + + An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple- + document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client + window to activate a different MDI child window. + + + + + The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, + or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the + SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. + + + + + The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button + while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, + the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is + posted to the window that has captured the mouse. + + + + + The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. + If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, + the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. + + + + + The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. + It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. + This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. + During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. + + + + + An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn + or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. + + + + + The WM_RBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + The WM_RBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + The framework calls this member function when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. + + + + + The WM_XBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + This messgae indicates the theme of current application is changed. + + + + + This WM_CONTEXTMENU is sent when the control need show contextmenu. + + + + + This message indicates clear the selected text. + + + + + This message indicates mouse left button down on NC area. + + + + + Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + + + + + Gets a int value from the IntPtr'LoWord. + + + + + Indicates the result is OK. + + + + + Indicates the reuslt has some problem. + + + + + The Handle of target control + + + + + The client rectangle of target control. + + + + + Word Descriptor + + + + + implementation-defined + + + + + The CharFormat2 sturcut. + + + + + The CHARFORMATA class. + + + + + The ScrollBarTypes enum. + + + + + The ScrollBarInfoFlags enum. + + + + + The SCROLLINFO struct. + + + + + This message is used for show selction text. + + + + + This message is used for set char format. + + + + + This message is used for get char format. + + + + + This message is used for get parafomat. + + + + + AlignmentLeft. + + + + + AlignmentRight. + + + + + AlignmentCenter. + + + + ParaFormat + + + + The inputScope enumeration contains values that specify which input scope(s) are applied to a given field. + + + + If the calling thread and the thread that owns the window are attached to different input queues, + the system posts the request to the thread that owns the window. This prevents the calling thread from + blocking its execution while other threads process the request. + SWP_ASYNCWINDOWPOS + + + Prevents generation of the WM_SYNCPAINT message. + SWP_DEFERERASE + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + SWP_DRAWFRAME + + + Applies new frame styles set using the SetWindowLong function. Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to + the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE + is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + SWP_FRAMECHANGED + + + Hides the window. + SWP_HIDEWINDOW + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the + top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter + parameter). + SWP_NOACTIVATE + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid + contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or + repositioned. + SWP_NOCOPYBITS + + + Retains the current position (ignores X and Y parameters). + SWP_NOMOVE + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + SWP_NOOWNERZORDER + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to + the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent + window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must + explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + SWP_NOREDRAW + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + SWP_NOREPOSITION + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + SWP_NOSENDCHANGING + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + SWP_NOSIZE + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + SWP_NOZORDER + + + Displays the window. + SWP_SHOWWINDOW + + + + The KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT structure contains information about a low-level keyboard input event. + + + + + Specifies a virtual-key code. The code must be a value in the range 1 to 254. + + + + + Specifies a hardware scan code for the key. + + + + + Specifies the extended-key flag, event-injected flag, context code, and transition-state + flag. This member is specified as follows. An application can use the following values + to test the keystroke flags. Value Purpose + LLKHF_EXTENDED Test the extended-key flag. + LLKHF_INJECTED Test the event-injected flag. + LLKHF_ALTDOWN Test the context code. + LLKHF_UP Test the transition-state flag. + 0 : Specifies whether the key is an extended key, such as a function key or a key on + the numeric keypad. The value is 1 if the key is an extended key; otherwise, it is 0. + 1-3: Reserved. + 4 : Specifies whether the event was injected. The value is 1 if the event was injected; + otherwise, it is 0. + 5 : Specifies the context code. The value is 1 if the ALT key is pressed; otherwise, it is 0. + 6 : Reserved. + 7 : Specifies the transition state. The value is 0 if the key is pressed and 1 if it is + being released. + + + + + Specifies the time stamp for this message, equivalent to what GetMessageTime would return for this message. + + + + + Specifies extra information associated with the message. + + + + + The MSLLHOOKSTRUCT structure contains information about a low-level keyboard input event. + + + + + Specifies a POINT structure that contains the x- and y-coordinates of the cursor, + in screen coordinates. + + + + + If the message is WM_MOUSEWHEEL, the high-order word of this member is the wheel + delta. The low-order word is reserved. A positive value indicates that the wheel + was rotated forward, away from the user; a negative value indicates that the wheel + was rotated backward, toward the user. One wheel click is defined as WHEEL_DELTA, + which is 120. + If the message is WM_XBUTTONDOWN, WM_XBUTTONUP, WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK, WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN, + WM_NCXBUTTONUP, or WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK, the high-order word specifies which X button + was pressed or released, and the low-order word is reserved. This value can be one + or more of the following values. Otherwise, mouseData is not used. + + XBUTTON1 + The first X button was pressed or released. + XBUTTON2 + The second X button was pressed or released. + + + + + Specifies the event-injected flag. An application can use the following value to + test the mouse flags. + Value Purpose + LLMHF_INJECTED Test the event-injected flag. + 0 : Specifies whether the event was injected. The value is 1 if the event + was injected; otherwise, it is 0. + 1-15 : Reserved. + + + + + Specifies the time stamp for this message. + + + + + Specifies extra information associated with the message. + + + + + Defines the methods based on Win32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is + given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + The ShowWindow Function. + + + + + The DrawFrameControl function draws a frame control of the specified type and style. + + + Handle to the device context of the window in which to draw the control. + + + Pointer to a RECT structure that contains the logical coordinates of the + bounding rectangle for frame control. + + + Specifies the type of frame control to draw. + + + the initial state of the frame control. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + Draws the background image defined by the visual style for the specified control part. + + + [in] Handle to a window's specified theme data. Use OpenThemeData to create an HTHEME. + + + [in] Handle to a device context (HDC) used for drawing the theme-defined background image. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the part to draw. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the state of the part to draw. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that contains the rectangle, in logical coordinates, + in which the background image is drawn. + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that contains a clipping rectangle. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Draws the part of a parent control that is covered by a partially-transparent or alpha-blended child control. + + + [in] Handle of the child control. + + + [in] Handle to the child control's device context (DC). + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that defines the area to be drawn. + The rectangle is in the child window's coordinates. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves whether the background specified by the visual style has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + + + [in] Handle to a window's specified theme data. Use OpenThemeData to create an HTHEME. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the part. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the state of the part. See Parts and States. + + + TRUE : The theme-specified background for a particular iPartId + and iStateId has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + FALSE : The theme-specified background for a particular iPartId + and iStateId does not have transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + + + + + This function loads an icon, cursor, or bitmap. + + + Handle to an instance of the module that contains the image to be loaded. + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of the image resource + in the hinst module that identifies the image to load. + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. This parameter can be one of the following + values. + + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero, the function uses the + SM_CXICON or SM_CXCURSOR system metric value to set the width. If uType is IMAGE_BITMAP, this parameter + must be zero. + + + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero, the function uses the + SM_CYICON or SM_CYCURSOR system metric value to set the height. If uType is IMAGE_BITMAP, this parameter + must be zero. + + + Set to zero. + Windows CE behaves as though the LR_DEFAULTCOLOR and LR_DEFAULTSIZE values are set. LR_DEFAULTCOLOR + means not monochrome. LR_DEFAULTSIZE means that the system uses the width or height specified by the system + metric values for cursors or icons if the cxDesired or cyDesired values are set to zero. If the resource + contains multiple images, the function uses the size of the first image. + + + + + + The ValidateRgn function validates the client area within a region by removing the region from the current update region of the specified window. + + + Handle to the window whose update region is to be modified. + + + Handle to a region that defines the area to be removed from the update region. If this parameter is NULL, the entire client area is removed. + + + + + + The SetLayeredWindowAttributes function sets the opacity and transparency + color key of a layered window. + + + Handle to the layered window. + + + COLORREF structure that specifies the transparency color key to be used + when composing the layered window. All pixels painted by the window in + this color will be transparent. + + + Alpha value used to describe the opacity of the layered window. + + + Specifies an action to take. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + Sets the stretch BLT mode. + + The HDC. + The stretch mode. + + + + The BitBlt Function. + + + The StretchBlt Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The IsWindow Function. + + + The SetWindowPos Function. + + + The DestroyWindow Function. + + + The SetCapture Function. + + + The ReleaseCapture Function. + + + The InvalidateRect Function. + + + The InvalidateRgn Function. + + + The SetTextColor Function. + + + The GetTextColor Function + + + The SetBkColor Function. + + + The SetBKMode Function. + + + The GetBkColor Function + + + + Reals the child window from point. + + The HWND parent. + The point. + the handle at the point. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The CreateRectRgn Function. + + + The GetClipRgn Function. + + + The SelectClipRgn Function. + + + The OpenThemeData Function. + + + The CloseThemeData Function. + + + The IsThemeActive Function. + + + The SystemParametersInfo Function. + + + The GetDC Function. + + + + PatBlt method. + + + + + + + + + + + + The GetScrollInfo function retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, + the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb). + + + [in] Handle to a scroll bar control or a window with a standard scroll bar, depending on the value of the fnBar parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the type of scroll bar for which to retrieve parameters. This parameter can be one of the following values. + SB_CTL + Retrieves the parameters for a scroll bar control. The hwnd parameter must be the handle to the scroll bar control. + SB_HORZ + Retrieves the parameters for the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. + SB_VERT + Retrieves the parameters for the window's standard vertical scroll bar. + + + [in, out] Pointer to a SCROLLINFO structure. Before calling GetScrollInfo, set the cbSize member to sizeof(SCROLLINFO), + and set the fMask member to specify the scroll bar parameters to retrieve. + Before returning, the function copies the specified parameters to the appropriate members of the structure. + The fMask member can be one or more of the following values. + SIF_PAGE + Copies the scroll page to the nPage member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_POS + Copies the scroll position to the nPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_RANGE + Copies the scroll range to the nMin and nMax members of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_TRACKPOS + Copies the current scroll box tracking position to the nTrackPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi + + + If the function retrieved any values, the return value is nonzero. + If the function does not retrieve any values, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + The SetFocus Function. + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + [in] Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; + but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + [in] Specifies the message to be sent. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + The return value specifies the result of the message processing; it depends on the message sent. + + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + [in] Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; + but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + [in] Specifies the message to be sent. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + The return value specifies the result of the message processing; it depends on the message sent. + + + + + The LockWindowUpdate function disables or enables drawing in the specified window. Only one window can be locked at a time. + + + [in] Specifies the window in which drawing will be disabled. If this parameter is NULL, drawing in the locked window is enabled. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero, indicating that an error occurred or another window was already locked. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + The GetWindow function retrieves a handle to a window that has the specified relationship (Z-Order or owner) to the specified window. + + + [in] Handle to a window. The window handle retrieved is relative to this window, based on the value of the uCmd parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the relationship between the specified window and the window whose handle is to be retrieved. This parameter can be one of the following values. + GW_CHILD + The retrieved handle identifies the child window at the top of the Z order, if the specified window is a parent window; + otherwise, the retrieved handle is NULL. The function examines only child windows of the specified window. It does not examine descendant windows. + GW_ENABLEDPOPUP + Windows 2000/XP: The retrieved handle identifies the enabled popup window owned by the specified window (the search uses the first such window found using GW_HWNDNEXT); + otherwise, if there are no enabled popup windows, the retrieved handle is that of the specified window + GW_HWNDFIRST + The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is highest in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window that is highest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window that is highest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window that is highest in the Z order. + GW_HWNDLAST + The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window that is lowest in the Z order. + GW_HWNDNEXT + The retrieved handle identifies the window below the specified window in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window below the specified window. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window below the specified window. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window below the specified window. + GW_HWNDPREV + The retrieved handle identifies the window above the specified window in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window above the specified window. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window above the specified window. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window above the specified window. /// + GW_OWNER + The retrieved handle identifies the specified window's owner window, if any. For more information, see Owned Windows. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a window handle. If no window exists with the specified relationship to the specified window, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + The ImmIsIME function determines whether the specified input locale has an IME. + + + Input locale identifier. + + + If the specified hKL has an IME, the return value is a nonzero value. + Otherwise the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetKeyboardLayout function retrieves the active input locale identifier + (formerly called the keyboard layout) for the specified thread. If the idThread + parameter is zero, the input locale identifier for the active thread is returned. + + + Identifies the thread to query or is zero for the current thread. + + + The return value is the input locale identifier for the thread. The low word + contains a Language Identifier for the input language and the high word + contains a device handle to the physical layout of the keyboard. + + + + + The ImmGetDefaultIMEWnd function retrieves the default window handle + for the IME class. + + + Handle to the window for the application. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the default window handle + to the IME class. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The FindWindow function retrieves a handle to the top-level window whose + class name and window name match the specified strings. This function + does not search child windows. This function does not perform a case- + sensitive search. + + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the class name or + a class atom created by a previous call to the RegisterClass or + RegisterClassEx function. The atom must be in the low-order word of + lpClassName; the high-order word must be zero. + If lpClassName points to a string, it specifies the window class name. + The class name can be any name registered with RegisterClass or + RegisterClassEx, or any of the predefined control-class names. + If lpClassName is NULL, it finds any window whose title matches the + lpWindowName parameter. + + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the window name + (the window's title). If this parameter is NULL, all window names match. + + + + + + The IsWindowVisible function retrieves the visibility state of the + specified window. + + + Handle to the window to test. + + + If the specified window, its parent window, its parent's parent window, + and so forth, have the WS_VISIBLE style, the return value is nonzero. + Otherwise, the return value is zero. + Because the return value specifies whether the window has the WS_VISIBLE + style, it may be nonzero even if the window is totally obscured by other + windows. + + + + + The PostMessage function places (posts) a message in the message queue + associated with the thread that created the specified window and returns + without waiting for the thread to process the message. + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure is to receive the message. + The following values have special meanings. + HWND_BROADCAST + The message is posted to all top-level windows in the system, including + disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up + windows. The message is not posted to child windows. + NULL + The function behaves like a call to PostThreadMessage with the dwThreadId + parameter set to the identifier of the current thread. + + + Specifies the message to be posted. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + + + + The GetFocus function retrieves the handle to the window that has the keyboard + focus, if the window is attached to the calling thread's message queue. + + + The return value is the handle to the window with the keyboard focus. + If the calling thread's message queue does not have an associated window + with the keyboard focus, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The IsChild function tests whether a window is a child window or descendant + window of a specified parent window. A child window is the direct descendant + of a specified parent window if that parent window is in the chain of parent + windows; the chain of parent windows leads from the original overlapped or + pop-up window to the child window. + + + Handle to the parent window. + + + Handle to the window to be tested. + + + + + + The keybd_event function synthesizes a keystroke. The system can use such a + synthesized keystroke to generate a WM_KEYUP or WM_KEYDOWN message. + The keyboard driver's interrupt handler calls the keybd_event function. + + + Specifies a virtual-key code. The code must be a value in the range 1 to 254. + + + This parameter is not used. + + + Specifies various aspects of function operation. This parameter can be one + or more of the following values. + KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY + If specified, the scan code was preceded by a prefix byte having the value 0xE0 (224). + KEYEVENTF_KEYUP + If specified, the key is being released. If not specified, the key is being depressed. + + + Specifies an additional value associated with the key stroke. + + + + + The GetKeyState function retrieves the status of the specified virtual key. + The status specifies whether the key is up, down, or toggled + (on, off��alternating each time the key is pressed). + + + Specifies a virtual key. If the desired virtual key is a letter or digit + (A through Z, a through z, or 0 through 9), nVirtKey must be set to the ASCII + value of that character. For other keys, it must be a virtual-key code. + If a non-English keyboard layout is used, virtual keys with values in the + range ASCII A through Z and 0 through 9 are used to specify most of the + character keys. For example, for the German keyboard layout, the virtual key + of value ASCII O (0x4F) refers to the "o" key, whereas VK_OEM_1 refers to the + "o with umlaut" key. + + + The return value specifies the status of the specified virtual key, as follows: + If the high-order bit is 1, the key is down; otherwise, it is up. + If the low-order bit is 1, the key is toggled. A key, such as the CAPS LOCK key, + is toggled if it is turned on. The key is off and untoggled if the low-order bit + is 0. A toggle key's indicator light (if any) on the keyboard will be on when + the key is toggled, and off when the key is untoggled. + + + + + The GetTextMetrics function fills the specified buffer with the metrics for the currently selected font. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Pointer to the TEXTMETRIC structure that receives the text metrics. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + This function selects an object into a specified device context. The new object replaces the previous object of the same type. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Handle to the gdi object to be selected. + + + If the selected object is not a region, the handle of the object being replaced indicates success. + If the selected object is a region, one of the following values indicates success. + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + | Value | Description | + |-----------------------------------------------------------------| + | SIMPLEREGION | Region consists of a single rectangle. | + | COMPLEXREGION | Region consists of more than one rectangle. | + | NULLREGION | Region is empty. | + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + NULL indicates that an error occurred and the selected object is not a region. Otherwise, a GDI_ERROR value is returned. + + + + + The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, + freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + + + Handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. + When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + + + + + The PeekMessage function dispatches incoming sent messages, checks the thread message queue for a posted message, + and retrieves the message (if any exist). + + + Pointer to an MSG structure that receives message information. + + + Handle to the window whose messages are to be examined. + The window must belong to the current thread. If hWnd is NULL, PeekMessage retrieves messages for any window that + belongs to the current thread. If hWnd is INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, PeekMessage retrieves messages whose hWnd value + is NULL, as posted by the PostThreadMessage function. + + + Specifies the value of the first message in the range of messages to be examined. Use WM_KEYFIRST to specify + the first keyboard message or WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. If wMsgFilterMin and wMsgFilterMax + are both zero, PeekMessage returns all available messages (that is, no range filtering is performed). + + + Specifies the value of the last message in the range of messages to be examined. Use WM_KEYLAST to specify the last + keyboard message or WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. If wMsgFilterMin and wMsgFilterMax are both + zero, PeekMessage returns all available messages (that is, no range filtering is performed). + + + Specifies how messages are handled. This parameter can be one of the following values. + PM_NOREMOVE + Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + PM_REMOVE + Messages are removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + You can optionally combine the value PM_NOYIELD with either PM_NOREMOVE or PM_REMOVE. This flag prevents the system from releasing any thread that is waiting for the caller to go idle (see WaitForInputIdle). + + By default, all message types are processed. To specify that only certain message should be processed, specify one or more of the following values. + + PM_QS_INPUT + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process mouse and keyboard messages. + PM_QS_PAINT + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process paint messages. + PM_QS_POSTMESSAGE + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process all posted messages, including timers and hotkeys. + PM_QS_SENDMESSAGE + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process all sent messages. + + + If a message is available, the return value is nonzero. + If no messages are available, the return value is zero. + + + + + This function draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the rectangle has the focus. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Long pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the logical coordinates of the rectangle. + + + true indicates success. false indicates failure. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + DrawFocusRect works only in MM_TEXT mode. + Because DrawFocusRect is an XOR function, calling it a second time with the same rectangle removes the rectangle from the screen. + This function draws a rectangle that cannot be scrolled. To scroll an area containing a rectangle drawn by this function, + call DrawFocusRect to remove the rectangle from the screen, scroll the area, and then call DrawFocusRect again to draw the rectangle in the new position. + Windows XP: The focus rectangle can now be thicker than 1 pixel, so it is more visible for high-resolution, + high-density displays and accessibility needs. This is handled by the SPI_SETFOCUSBORDERWIDTH and SPI_SETFOCUSBORDERHEIGHT in SystemParametersInfo. + + + + + The GetWindowOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the specified device context. + + + The HDC.Handle to the device context. + + + Pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates, in logical units, of the window origin. + + + A bool value, true if the operation succeeds, otherwise, false. + + + + + The SetWindowOrgEx function specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0). + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical units, of the new window origin. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical units, of the new window origin. + + + Pointer to a POINT structure that receives the previous origin of the window, in logical units. If lpPoint is IntPtr.Zero, this parameter is not used. + + + A bool value, true if the operation succeeds, otherwise, false. + + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + Specifies the message to be sent. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + + + + Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + The return value is the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + Until the thread terminates, the thread identifier uniquely identifies + the thread throughout the system. + + + + + The Ellipse function draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. + The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + + Retrieves the name of the current visual style, and optionally retrieves the color scheme name and size name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the theme path and file name. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the theme file name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the color scheme name. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the color scheme name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the size name. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the size name. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If you are retrieving a pointer or a handle, this function supersedes the GetWindowLong function. + (Pointers and handles are 32 bits on 32-bit Microsoft Windows and 64 bits on 64-bit Windows.) + To write code that is compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows, use GetWindowLongPtr. + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If you are retrieving a pointer or a handle, this function supersedes the GetWindowLong function. + (Pointers and handles are 32 bits on 32-bit Microsoft Windows and 64 bits on 64-bit Windows.) + To write code that is compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows, use GetWindowLongPtr. + + + + + The x86 os will not support GetWindowLongPtr in user32. So this method is needed. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This method is provided because of in x86 os, the user32 does not support SetWindowLongPtr function. + + + + + This function converts a string generated by the StringFromCLSID function back into the original class identifier. + + + Long pointer to the null-terminated string that represents the class identifier. + + + Pointer to the class identifier on return. + + + + + This function creates on the local system a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified class identifier. + + + Class identifier associated with the data and code that are used to create the object. + + + If NULL, indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL, pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown). + + + Specifies the context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The only valid value for this parameter is CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER. This is from the enumeration CLSCTX. Any other value results in a return value of E_NOTIMPL. + + + Reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object. + + + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL + + + If return value is S_OK, an instance of the specified object class was successfully created. + if return value is REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG, a specified class is not registed. + + + + + Initializes the COM library on the current thread and identifies the concurrency model as single-thread apartment (STA). + Applications must initialize the COM library before they can call COM library functions other than CoGetMalloc and memory allocation functions. + + + Reserved; must be NULL. + + + + + + Closes the COM library on the current thread, unloads all DLLs loaded by the thread, + frees any other resources that the thread maintains, and forces all RPC connections on the thread to close. + + + + + This method used to get richedit contrl's charformat. + + + The h WND. + + + The MSG. + + + The w param. + Specifies the character formatting that applies to the control. It can be one of the following values. + SCF_DEFAULT + Gets the default character formatting. + SCF_SELECTION + Gets the current selection's character formatting. + + + The l param. + Pointer to a CHARFORMAT structure. If the selection formatting is being retrieved, + the structure receives the attributes of the first character and the dwMask member specifies which attributes are consistent throughout the entire selection. + Microsoft Rich Edit 2.0 and later: This parameter can be a pointer to a CHARFORMAT2 structure, which is an extension of the CHARFORMAT structure. + Before sending the EM_GETCHARFORMAT message, set the structure's cbSize member to indicate the version of the structure. + + + This message returns the value of the dwMask member of the CHARFORMAT structure. + + + + + Sends the message to get richeidt control's paraformat. + + + The h WND. + + + The MSG. + + + This parameter is not used; it must be zero. + + + Pointer to a PARAFORMAT structure that receives the paragraph formatting attributes of the current selection. + If more than one paragraph is selected, + the structure receives the attributes of the first paragraph, + and the dwMask member specifies which attributes are consistent throughout the entire selection. + Microsoft Rich Edit 2.0 and later: This parameter can be a pointer to a PARAFORMAT2 structure, + which is an extension of the PARAFORMAT structure. + Before sending the EM_GETPARAFORMAT message, set the structure's cbSize member to indicate the version of the structure. + + + This message returns the value of the dwMask member of the PARAFORMAT structure. + + + + + The GetWindowDC function retrieves the device context (DC) for the entire window, including title bar, menus, and scroll bars. + A window device context permits painting anywhere in a window, because the origin of the device context is the upper-left corner of the window instead of the client area. + + + Handle to the window with a device context that is to be retrieved. + If this value is NULL, GetWindowDC retrieves the device context for the entire screen. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a device context for the specified window. + If the function fails, the return value is NULL, indicating an error or an invalid hWnd parameter. + + + + + The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. + The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs. + + + Handle to the window whose DC is to be released. + + + Handle to the DC to be released. + + + The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. + If the DC was not released, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetWindowRect function retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the specified window. + The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the upper-left corner of the screen. + + + Handle to the window. + + + Indicates the structure that receives the screen coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of the window. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The MapVirtualKey function translates (maps) a virtual-key code into a scan code or character value, or translates a scan code into a virtual-key code. + + + [in] Specifies the virtual-key code or scan code for a key. How this value is interpreted depends on the value of the uMapType parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the translation to perform. The value of this parameter depends on the value of the uCode parameter. + + + The return value is either a scan code, a virtual-key code, or a character value, depending on the value of uCode and uMapType. If there is no translation, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetKeyboardState function copies the status of the 256 virtual keys to the specified buffer. + + + [in] Pointer to the 256-byte array that receives the status data for each virtual key. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The ToAscii function translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding character or characters. The function translates the code using the input language and physical keyboard layout identified by the keyboard layout handle. + + + [in] Specifies the virtual-key code to be translated. + + + [in] Specifies the hardware scan code of the key to be translated. The high-order bit of this value is set if the key is up (not pressed). + + + [in] Pointer to a 256-byte array that contains the current keyboard state. Each element (byte) in the array contains the state of one key. If the high-order bit of a byte is set, the key is down (pressed). + The low bit, if set, indicates that the key is toggled on. In this function, only the toggle bit of the CAPS LOCK key is relevant. The toggle state of the NUM LOCK and SCROLL LOCK keys is ignored. + + + [out] Pointer to the buffer that receives the translated character or characters. + + + [in] Specifies whether a menu is active. This parameter must be 1 if a menu is active, or 0 otherwise. + + + If the specified key is a dead key, the return value is negative. Otherwise, it is one of the following values. + + + + + The GetCapture function retrieves a handle to the window (if any) that has captured the mouse. + Only one window at a time can capture the mouse; this window receives mouse input whether or not the cursor is within its borders. + + + The return value is a handle to the capture window associated with the current thread. + If no window in the thread has captured the mouse, the return value is NULL. + + + + + Sets an input scope for the specified window. + + + The window to set the scope on. + + + The input scope to associate with the window. To remove the input scope association, pass IS_DEFAULT to this parameter. + + + Return S_OK if the method was successfully executed. + + + + + namespace = default namespace + folder + [class name = resource file name] + + + + + Represents the basic functionality used to get string information this assembly resource. + + + + + Sets the description visual designers can display when referencing an event, extender, or property. + + + + + The flag used to indicated whether the description string been replaced. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SRBaseDescriptionAttribute class, using the specified description. + + + The application-defined description text. + + + + + Gets description text associated with the item monitored. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, gets a unique identifier for this . + + + + + An that is a unique identifier for the attribute. + + + + + Specifies the category in which the property or event will be displayed in a visual designer. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SRBaseCategoryAttribute class, using the specified category. + + + The application-defined category text. + + + + + Looks up the localized name of a given category. + + + The name of the category to look up. + + + The localized name of the category. + + + + + Defines a enumerator for browsing the . + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + Defines a character set, all the characters in it may be converted each other. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the character set. It also is the start point of the converting. + + + A char array indicates a item in the character set. + + + + + Gets the key item in the character set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Overridden, Determines whether the specified Object is equal to the current Object. + + + The Object to compare with the current Object. + + + true if the specified Object is equal to the current Object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms + and data structures like a hash table. + + + A hash code for the current Object. + + + + + Defines the "==" operator, for class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + If two operands are equal,return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Defines the "!=" operator, for class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + If two operands are equal,return false, otherwise, return true. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A char indicates the special character. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A char indicates the special character. + + + A char indicates a character that follows the special character. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A string indicates the string. + + + A int indicates a special character in the string. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character + in the string. + + + + + Defines the converted character set for alphabet. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for AlphabetConvertedCharSet. + + + + + A enumeration indicates the converted states. + + + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + A char array indicates current state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AlphabetConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a alphabet character. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Defines the converted character set for the kana characters. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for the KanaConvertedCharSet. + + + + + Indicates the characters. + + + + + A indicates the current step index in the character array. + + + + + Add the items for Hiragana. + + + + + Add the items for Full Katakana. + + + + + Add the items for Half Katakana. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSetEnumerator + + + Indicates the owner of the KanaConvertedCharSetEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a kana character. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a kana character. + + + A char indicates a character that follows the kana character.. + + + + + Initializes the result of the current instance. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + I choose the Upper Hiragana as the key. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Defines the enumerator of Normal character set. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for NormalConvertedCharSet. + + + + + A enumeration indicates the converted states. + + + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + A char array indicates current state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AlphabetCharacterGroupEnumerator class. + + + A char indicates a alphabet character. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Summary description for Filter class. + + + + + Indicates whether the character type is included. + + + + + A bool value indicates whether the char can be auto converted automatically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Filter class. + + + + + Gets or sets the include for the filter. + + + A bool value that indicates whether the character type is included. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the char can be converted automatically. + + + A bool value, true if the char can be converted automatically; otherwise, false. + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The character to be checked. + + + The value indicating whether the character is valid. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is valid. + + The string contains the checked character. + The character index in the string. + The character real length whose unit is . + + if the specified text is valid; otherwise, . + + + Example for : + 1. 'A', length is 1. + 2. Emoji [U+0023 U+20E3], length is 2. + 3. IVS [U+845B U+E0100], length is 3. + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The string to be checked. + + + The character index in the string. + + + The convert string. + + + This method hold on old policy + When return, If operatoin succsss(return value isn't string.Empty), the should be updated to the next character position; + Otherwise(return value is string.Empty), the will hold on old value; + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The string to be checked. + + + The character index in the string. + + + Indicates the length of the checked character. + + + The convert string. + + + This method used new policy: + When return, the should be updated to the next character position. + + + + + Convert the character in the special index. + + + The string to be converted. + + + The character index in the string. + + + Indicates the characters number used to converted. + + + The convert string. + + + The character, which is invoked by this method, is an invalid character, so need to convert. + + For , if converted success(returned value isn't string.Empty), when return, the index is updated to the next character position; + Otherwise, it holds on the current position. + + Case: "ギ" --> "ぎ" + the checked character length is 1 ('キ'), but when convert, we must convert 'キ' + '゙' to 'ぎ'. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Emoji character or not. + + A string. + The character position in s. + The Emoji character length which unit is . + + true if the character at position index in s is a Emoji + character; otherwise, false. + + + If not Emoji character, is 0. + + + + + The filter for FullWidthFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DBCSField class. + + + + + The filter for FullWidthKatakanaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FullWidthKatakanaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for DBCSSymbolsFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DBCSSymbolsFilter class. + + + + + The filter for HalfWidthFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBCSField class. + + + + + The filter for HalfWidthKatakanaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HalfWidthKatakanaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for SBCSSymbolsFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBCSSymbolsFilter class. + + + + + The filter for HiraganaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HiraganaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for IntersectFilter class + + + 2004.04.06 Added by Hannah for the new feature 0029 in V3.0 Forbidden charactor with Format + + + + + Indicates a filter group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IntersectFilter class. + + + The filters. + + + + + Represents the IVS char definition table form Unicode.org + + + Please visit http://www.unicode.org/ivd/ for the newest definition table if needed. + And current used version is 2012-03-02. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a IVS element or not. + + A string. + The character position in s. + The IVS element length which unit is . + + true if the character at position index in s is a IVS + character; otherwise, false. + + + If not IVS character, is 0. + + + + + This class is used to determine whether given char(s) is of specified JIS encoding. + + + + + Represents the 'Kuten' range defined by the JISX standard. + + + + + The constructor of JISRegionRange class. + + The lower bound. + The upper bound. + The region ID. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of Shift JIS encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of Shift JIS encoding. + + The char list of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if all the chars within the given list is of Shift JIS encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0208 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0208 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0208 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + The JIS X 0208 region ID of the given char. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0208 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0201 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0201 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + The filter for LimitedFilter class + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is included. + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is excluded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LimitedFilter class. + + + A string value include the chars that can be accepted. + + + A string value include the chars that can not be accepted. + + + + + The filter for Filters.RangeFilter class + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is included. + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is excluded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LimitedFilter class. + + + A char value indicates the start char of the range. + + + A char value indicates the end char of the range. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + This filter used to filter the surrogate char. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + + + Indicates the character type. + + + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + A CharType indicates which type is allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string. + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Gets whether the filter allow DBCS. + + + A bool flag indicates whether the filter allow DBCS. + + + + + Gets whether the filter allow SBCS. + + + A bool flag indicates whether the filter allow SBCS. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is upper case. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is upper case, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is lower case. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is lower case, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a number. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a number, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a binary character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a binary character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a hex character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a hex character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a symbol character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a symbol character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a number symbol character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a number symbol character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a katakana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a katakana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a hiragana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a hiragana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a DBCS character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a DBCS character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a SBCS character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a SBCS character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a upper case katakana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a upper case katakana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + Compare with , it supports normal character. + + + + + Indicates all keyword characters in format. + + + + + Stores all normal characters defined in format. + + + + + Indicates whether the format only includes normal character or not. + + + + + Gets the normal character list. + + The normal character list. + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Determines whether the character is normal character or space character or not. + + + The specific character. + + + true if the character is normal character or space character; otherwise, false. + + + Reture false means the character is: + Keyword, '^' or '\'. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + Compare with IM5 , it supports include format and exclude format at the same time. + + + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Indicates the include TextFilter. + + + + + Indicates the exclude TextFilter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string. + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Gets or sets the include TextFilter. + + The include TextFilter. + + + + Gets or sets the exclude TextFilter. + + The exclude TextFilter. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has include TextFilter or not. + + + true if this instance has include TextFilter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has exclude TextFilter or not. + + + true if this instance has exclude TextFilter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Splits the format to include format and exclude format. + + + The entire format string. + + + The include format string. + + + The exclude format string. + + + + + Creates the sub text filter by the given format. + + + A string value indicates the format string. + + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Convert the specific IVS character to non-IVS or non-IVS character to IVS. + + Indicates the string to be converted. + The character index in the string. + Indicates the characters number used to converted. + + + + + 1. The return value is only contains the converted result from the specific converted charcter. + Other text in the input will not contained. + 2. If input is IVS character, converted and return the related non-IVS character. + 3. IF input is not IVS character, converted and return the related IVS character. + + + + + The filter for UnionFilter class + + + + + Indicates a filter group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UnionFilter class. + + + The filters. + + + + + The filter for distinguish the Upper and Lower kana. + + + This filter will be used with the HalfWidthKatakanaFilter, FullWidthKatakanaFilter and HiraganaFilter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HiraganaFilter class. + + + + + An const char value indicates the DBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS back slash character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS caret character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the horizontal tab character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the new line character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the carriage return character. + + + + + Base class for C1ColorPicker and C1FontPicker controls. + + + + + This struct is for internal use only. + + + + + This struct is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1BasePicker class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Should be overridden in deviced class and convert string to value. + + + + + + + Should be overridden in derived class and convert value to string. + + + + + + + Represents a Windows button control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Button class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Button. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines if the foreground is drawn using visual + styles, if supported. + + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Represents a Windows checkbox control supporting data binding to data source fields of Boolean, String, or Integer types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CheckBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CheckBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the checkbox should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the ValueChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the CheckStateChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the C1CheckBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Default C1CheckBox path in Theme xml file. + + + + + Default C1Button path in Theme xml file. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Value for Checked state. + + + + + Value for Unchecked state. + + + + + Value for Indeterminate state. + + + + + Determines if DbNull is used for indeterminate state of check box. + + + + + List of colors defined by Items property in format ColorValue;Alias. + + + + + System colors. + + + + + Named colors. + + + + + Represents a Windows color picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPicker class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the transparent color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the empty color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color. + + + + + Gets or sets a caption for the empty color. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down color picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a composite control combining a textbox and a drop-down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ComboBox class. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how candidates searching works in auto-suggest mode. + + + works together with and properties. + The works only if CustomSource"/> or ListItems value is used in . + The property does not have any effect if is any of AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, FileSystemDirectories, HistoryList, None, RecentlyUsedList, HistoryList. + The property does not have any effect if is any of Node or Append. + + Items in Auto-Suggest mode are shown without images and formatting as a plain text. + + + enters in Auto-Suggest mode when user types a character sequence that matches the filtering criteria. + + + This sample shows how to use the AutoSuggestMode property. + + C1ComboBox comboBox = new C1ComboBox(); + comboBox.AutoCompleteMode = AutoCompleteMode.Suggest; + comboBox.AutoCompleteSource = AutoCompleteSource.ListItems; + comboBox.AutoSuggestMode = AutoSuggestMode.Contains; + comboBox.Items.AddRange(new string[] + { + "January", + "February", + "March", + "April", + "May", + "June", + "July", + "August", + "September", + "October", + "November", + "December" + }); + + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the first item when it reaches the last, or to the last when it reaches the first. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern to build HTML representation of combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item in the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the combobox items. + + + + + Gets the style of the drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the initially selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for items of this C1ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to display items for this C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the actual value for the items in the C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the image for the items in the C1ComboBox. + + + + + Keeps property synchronized with . + + + does not have any effect if value is not a . + + + + + Translates to using items data source. + + + + + + + + Gets whether the selected index changes immediately when the drop-down form is open or after the form is closed by pressing the 'enter' key. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the . + + + When MaxDropDownItems is 0, the height of DropDown is half of screen height. + If MaxDropDownItems does not fit screen height then the result height fit the maximum available space on screen. + The default height of item is height of first item of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected item changes using the mouse wheel when the isn't dropped down. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the handles the scrolling of the parent control or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a tooltip for the highlighted drop-down list item or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether should preload items into the dropdown form after setting the data source. + The default value is false which means that all items will be loaded at first drop-down opening. + + + Set this value to true if you want to optimize drop-down opening time for a lot of items. Keep default value if you want to optimize form loading time. + The does not support preloading items when the property is set for .
+ If you change these properties, then will clear the preloaded items: , , , + , , . +
+
+ + + Gets or set the width of the drop down box in a combo box. + + + To enable autosizing, set this properties to -1. + + + + + Sets items data source and data member for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + + + + Sets items data source, data member and initially selected item index for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + Initially selected item index. + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs before a tooltip is displayed for a highlighted drop-down list item. + Allows to set tooltip options or cancel the tooltip display. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the item collection. + + A that represents the new item collection. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Clears selected item and index without changing Text or Value. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ComboBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Specifies how the visual representation of combo box items is building. + + + + + C1ComboBox displays text of combo box item in the drop drown list. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML. parses the HTML fragment and displays it as the drop down items. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML defined by property. + parses the HTML pattern and replaces any of "{FieldName}" entires with the combo box item field value. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Specifies the style. + + + + + Text portion of the drop down control is editable and the drop down is displayed by clicking + the down arrow. + + + This means that the user can enter a new value and is not limited to selecting an existing value. + + + + + The drop down of the is displayed by clicking + on either the text portion of the control or drop down button. The text portion is not editable. + + + This means that the user cannot enter a value not existing in the drop down. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically and also honor sizing options for individual items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + The item width to use at layout. If -1 - use width returned by item layout. + + + + + The minimum allowed item hight. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the number of items contained in the instance. + + + + + Adds an item to the . + + The to add to the . + + + + Adds items of the specified collection to the end of the . + + The specified collection of items. + + + + Removes all items from the . + + + + + Determines whether an item is in the . + + The item to locate in the collection. + + + + Searches for the specified item and returns the zero-based index. + + The specified item. + + + + Inserts item into the at the specified index. + + Index of the item. + The specified item. + + + + Inserts items into the at the specified index. + + Index of the item. + The specified collection of items. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified item from the collection. + + The specified item. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index of the collection. + + The specified index. + + + + Removes all the items that match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + + + Removes a range of elements from the . + + Index of the item. + The number of items to remove. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the . + + + + + Occurs when the changes, either by adding or removing an item. + + + see + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether selected item was set after form was initialized. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Style for drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Background color of the drop down form. + + + + + Color of border of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the drop down form. + + + + + Default font of the combo box items. + + + + + Space around the textual parts of the combo box items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that whether text should be allowed to wrap within the combo box items. + + + This property applies to an item when the property is . + + + + + Default text color of the combo box items. + + + + + Text color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Border color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Background color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Resets the style to default value. + + + + + TFS 73648 [C1ComboBox] C1ComboBox cannot search items when DropDownStyle is DropDownList. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the highlighted drop-down list item. + HTML content to be displayed in the tooltip. + Highlighted drop-down list item bounds (size and location of element) within its parent element, in pixels. + The X coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The Y coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. The default value is 0 (the tooltip is always visible after display). + object for setting tooltip options. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled. + + + + + Gets the index of the highlighted drop-down list item. + + + + + Gets or sets the HTML content to be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Gets the highlighted drop-down list item bounds (size and location) within it`s parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The coordinate is counted from the upper left corner of the drop-down window. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The coordinate is counted from the upper left corner of the drop-down window. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets the object for setting tooltip options. + + + + + This is a legacy control; use C1.Win.Calendar.C1DateEdit instead. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the . + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Determines the date-time field position when a control receives input focus. Default: . + + + If this property is set to , control used InitialSelection algorithm defined in the property. + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the when it reaches the , or to the when it reaches the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to retain the current time value when the date is changed via the drop down calendar. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calendar object. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed when day field selected and increments value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed when day field selected and decrements value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Updates selection of the text according to the property. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar. + + + + + Creates the instance of the class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Gets or sets the current month display offset. + + + This example shows current month at the center of the multi-dimensional + drop down calendar. + + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CalendarDimensions = new Size(3, 1); + // Display current month at the center of the calendar. + // Other possible values: + // 0 - (Default) - at the Right + // 1 - Center + // 2 - Left + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CurrentMonthDisplayOffset = 1; + + + + + + Gets or sets VisualStyle. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by DateEditMonthCalendar as today's date. + The default value is the current system date. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum allowable date. The default value is DateTime.MinValue (01/01/0001). + + + The value is greater than the . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable date. + + + The value is less than the . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating that no date is currently selected in the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection foreground color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection background color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrows. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border around the current date. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the color of days in months that are not + fully displayed in the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names' text color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the background color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the foreground color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the first day of the first fully shown month. + + + + + Gets the last day of the last fully shown month. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of the week as displayed in the month calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the format to use for the calendar caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of day names. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the title font. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names font. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which nonrecurring dates are displayed in bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which annual days are displayed in bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which dates are disabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date represented by the TodayDate property is displayed at the bottom of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether today's date is circled. + + + + + Determines if the Today button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Determines if the Clear button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Today" button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Clear" button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies which rule is used to determine the first calendar week of the year. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the month calendar control displays + week numbers (1-52) to the left of each row of days. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is laid out from right to left. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when Today button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Today button visibility is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Clear button visibility is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Date property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a value for the Date property. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RightToLeftLayout property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the month change in the Dropdown calendar in C1DateEdit. + Occurs when the value of the or property changes. + + + Can be used to set some dates in the month to bold as user scrolls through the months. + + + This example sets a new bolded date in the selected month. + + private void c1DateEdit1_Calendar_MonthChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + DateTime dt = c1DateEdit1.Calendar.FirstMonth; + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.AddBoldedDate(new DateTime(dt.Year, dt.Month, dt.Month)); + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + Calls SuspendLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + + + + Calls ResumeLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + Indicates whether to invoke the layout logic now. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on an annual basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be displayed in bold in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be disabled in the month calendar. + + The date to be disabled. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on a monthly basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Removes all the annually bold dates. + + + + + Removes all the nonrecurring bold dates. + + + + + Removes the all disabled dates. + + + + + Removes all the monthly bold dates. + + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of annually bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of nonrecurring bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of disabled dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of monthly bolded dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + + + + Sets a date as the currently selected date. + + The date to be selected. + + + + Retrieves date information that represents the low and high limits of the displayed dates of the control. + + true to retrieve only the dates that are fully contained in displayed months; otherwise, false. + The begin and end dates of the displayed calendar. + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + + + + Returns an object with information on which portion of a month calendar control + is at a location specified by a System.Drawing.Point. + + A System.Drawing.Point containing the System.Drawing.Point.X and System.Drawing.Point.Y + coordinates of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + Returns a System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo with information + on which portion of a month calendar control is at a specified x- and y-coordinate. + + The System.Drawing.Point.Y coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + The System.Drawing.Point.X coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the layout for the BackgroundImage. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode supported by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the edges of a control and its contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to display. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Get or sets current culture for the calendar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select a date using a visual monthly calendar display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents how the user changed the date. + + + + + No changes (default value). + + + + + Date changed by mouse click. + + + + + Date changed by keyboard input. + + + + + Represents data for delegate. + + + + + Represents how the user changed the date. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The to assign. + + + + Represents the method that handle the user modified date event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when user modified the date. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when selected date changed. + + + + + Raises the event when selected date changed. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when month changed. + + + + + Raises the event when month changed. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Returns Sunday-based day of week index (0 for Sunday, 1 for Monday etc.) + + Day of week to test. + 0-based absolute day of week index. + + + + Gets or sets today's date. + + + + + Gets or sets the month shown by the calendar. + The day/time parts of the DateTime value are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. The selected date determines the + "main" month shown by the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether leading days should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether trailing days should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets whether to show week numbers. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of today's date. + + + + + Gets or sets the trailing text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names color. + + + + + Gets or sets the first of week. + + + + + Gets or sets the title format. + + + + + Gets or sets the title . + + + + + Gets or sets the day names . + + + + + Gets or sets the day name length. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + Gets or sets the bolded font. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date for the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date for the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of disabled dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of annually bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of monthly bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to show a circle around today's date. + + + + + Gets the first visible day. + + + + + Gets the last visible day. + + + + + Determines whether the specified date is in the current month. + + The . + True if specified date is in the current month; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the specified date is shown in bold on the calendar. + + The . + True if specified date is shown in bold on the calendar; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the specified date is enabled in the calendar. + + The . + True if specified date is enabled in the calendar; otherwise, false. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar form. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Used to defer creating the calendar till really needed. + + + + + Calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Helper static class that contains AddJapaneseEra function. + + + + + Clears the all Japanese Eras. + + + + + Adds era to the Japanese calendar. + + Era numeric id. + Start day of the era. + End day of the era. + Japanese name of the era. + Short Japanese name of the era. + Era name in English. Optional. + One Latin symbol era name. + + + + Reads eras info from the GC configuration file. + + Section name. + + + + Represents a data bound control supporting convenient navigation over data source rows and common data actions such as updating the data source and refreshing data. + + + + + if true, "Row: X of N" is shown (label + textbox + label) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DbNavigator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DbNavigator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets value of the Position textbox. + + + If the Position textbox is not visible, it returns empty string. + If you set the Text property when the Position textbox is not visible, + the action has no effect. + Changing the Text property causes the data source position change. + + + + + Occurs when the Text property value changes. + + + + + Raises the TextChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains event data. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + If True, navigator buttons show color bitmaps when the mouse hovers over them. + + + + + Navigator border style. + + + + + Navigator button style. + + + + + Vertical alignment of navigator buttons. + + + + + Vertical margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Horizontal margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images without highlighting. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images in highlighted state. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltips are shown for the buttons. + + + + + This member overrides Control.ForeColor. + + + + + This member overrides Control.BackColor. + + + + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds after pressing Next/Previous button before automatic scrolling begins. + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds between row moves in automatic scrolling. + + + + + Number of rows to skip when the user presses PageUp/Down. + + + + + Specifies whether the editable row position field and row captions are visible in the navigator. + + + + + This member overrides Control.TabStop. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are visible. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are enabled. + + + + + Whether a confirmation dialog is shown before deleting a record. + + + + + Whether the control in focus should be validated before a button click is handled by the navigator. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + "For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + + Returns the number of rows in the table. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position in the table (from 0 to RowCount - 1). + + + + + Gets or sets the CurrencyManager object navigated by the control. + + + + + The size of navigator buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Controls how the text is positioned relative to the image in navigator buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the texts displayed on the buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The string collection defining navigator button tooltips. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the current data row. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over the navigator buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Raises event. + + The event data object. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs the action associated with a navigator button. + + The button whose action is performed. + + + + Sets the DataSource and DataMember properties at run time. + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Position has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the current row has been modified, some of its fields changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when a button is clicked, before the action is executed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Add button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Delete button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Edit button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Update button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Refresh button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when a navigator button has been pressed, after the button action is performed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when an exceptions is thrown performing an action on button click. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Changes the theme. + + New theme. + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons + + + + + First button. + + + + + Previous button. + + + + + Next button. + + + + + Last button. + + + + + Add button. + + + + + Delete button. + + + + + Edit button. + + + + + Apply button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Update button. + + + + + Refresh button. + + + + + Position text box + + + + + Represents the method that handles a BeforeAction event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorBeforeActionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a BeforeAction event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Current row index in the data source (only for Delete and Edit buttons). + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will skip the standard action associated with the button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Adding event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorAddingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Adding event. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort adding a new row. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Deleting event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorDeletingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Deleting event. + + + + + The index of the row being deleted. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort deleting. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Editing event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorEditingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Editing event. + + + + + The index of the row being edited. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ButtonClick event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Error event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for an Error event. + + + + + The clicked C1DbNavigator button. + + + + + Exception that occurred while performing the button action. + + + + + This argument is set to true by default. If it is set to False by event code, the standard message box is not shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box. + + + + + The caption of the standard message box. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonStyle property. + + + + + Flat buttons showing "mouse hover". + + + + + Standard 3D-buttons. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VerticalAlign property. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the top of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the center of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the bottom of the control. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonTextAlign property. + + + + + Text appears to the right of the image. + + + + + Text appears underneath the image. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VisibleButtons property. + + + + + No buttons. + + + + + Moves to the first row. + + + + + Moves to the previous row. + + + + + Moves to the next row. + + + + + Moves to the last row. + + + + + Adds a new row to the table. + + + + + Deletes the current row. + + + + + Fires the Editing event. + + + + + Ends edit mode for the current row. + + + + + Cancels (reverts) modifications in the current row. + + + + + Fires the UpdateData event. + + + + + Fires the RefreshData event. + + + + + First + Previous + Next + Last buttons + + + + + All buttons. + + + + + Represents a base drop-down control supporting up/down buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DropDownControl class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DropDownControl. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to open the combo box when the control receives the focus. + + + + + Determines the time when drop down form is created. + + + + + Has valid value only if ShowValueImage returns true. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the combo box. + + + The DropDownStyle property specifies whether the text portion can be edited. + + If the value is Default, the text is editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking the down arrow. + + + If the value is DropDownList, the text is not editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking any part of the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets the button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the image padding. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which buttons are visible. The default is (UpDown Or DropDown). + + + + + Determines if the dropdown button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons are visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons intercept and handle Up and Down arrow keys. + + + + + Specifies the class name of a Form serving as the dropdown window. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns dropdown form instance associated with the control. + + + + + Specifies form class that is used by default as the dropdown for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Run-time read-only property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Specifies the button width instead of using the default width. + + + + + Distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the mouse click event is consumed or passed through after closing the dropdown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the control. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over a button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the images for buttons + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the spin button. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit or DropDownList mode. If the control is not in edit or DropDownList mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + + Performs the spin up action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the up key. + + + + + + Performs the spin down action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the down key. + + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when UpDown buttons are clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Modal button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Custom button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownFormAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of Multiline property is changed. + + + + + + + + Called when a drop down form is created. + + The new dropdown form. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns image size. + + The size object. + + + + Determines if image should be shown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Device context. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Default path + + + + + Resets the style properties to their default values + + + + + Used by C1DropDownControl.VisibleButtons properties. + + + + + Show without any button + + + + + Show up/down buttons. + + + + + Show dropdown button. + + + + + Show button to start a modal dialog. + + + + + Show a custom button. + + + + + Show all buttons + + + + + Represents the method that handles a UpDownButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + An UpDownButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a UpDownButtonClick event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UpDownButtonClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Set to 1 if Up button is pressed, to -1 if Down button is pressed. + + + + + Set to true in the user's UpDownButtonClick event handler. No built-in processing is done. This allows the user to override the default behavior of the buttons. + + + + + Provides data for a DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Returns True if a value is selected in dropdown dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownClosedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents the method that handles a DropDownClosed event. + + The source of the event + A DropDownClosedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Images for C1DropDownControl buttons + + + + + TypeConverter class for ButtonImages + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + Clears all custom images and returns standard images for C1DropDownControl buttons. + + + + + Returns True if any custom image is assigned + + + + + + Image for Up button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Down button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for DropDown button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Modal button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Custom button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Used by DropDownForm.Options property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the options are set. + + + + + Indicates that DropDownForm can contain focus. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the width of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the height of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, with Esc key + or using the CloseDropDown method, and implicit cancellation (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + If set, the dropdown form width is automatically adjusted to the width of the owner control + before the form is shown. + + + + + = FixedWidth + FixedHeight + + + + + Base class for custom dropdown forms. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownForm. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether theme should be applied to dropdown form + when it applied to . This property returns true + by default. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determine various behavioral options of the dropdown form. + + + + + Determines the control on the form that gets input focus when the form is shown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the owner control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Value property of the OwnerControl is updated by the dropdown form. + + + + + Fires the PostChanges event. + + Contains arguments describing the event. + + + + Occurs when changes made by dropdown form are cancelled. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when dropdown form is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Text property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Value property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + + Represents a Windows font picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPicker class. + + + + + Gets a collection of fonts installed on system. + + + + + Gets or sets a width of drop down list of fonts. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can set an incorrect string as 's Value or not and provides additional settings for processing incorrect input. + + A string is incorrect as 's Value if there is no installed font with such FontFamily.Name. + Setting to true will set TextDetached property to true. Don't use + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down font picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + The class represents the settings for property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can set an incorrect string as 's Value or not. + + An incorrect string is non-empty string that isn't the FontFamily name of any of the installed fonts. + + + + Gets or sets a FontFamily name of one of the installed fonts that will be returned as 's Value for any incorrect input. + + Default value is SystemFonts.DefaultFont.FontFamily.Name. + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the 's editor for any incorrect input. + + Set it to string.Empty to show the user input in the 's editor. + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Determines should be instance serialized or not. + + True if instance should be serialized, otherwise false. + + + + Reset all to default properties. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Compares two values of property and raises an event if they are different. + + Type of property. + The previous value of property. + The new value of property. + The name of property. + true - if values are different. + + + + SelectedFontFamily TypeConverter for PropertyGrid + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used by ErrorInfo.ErrorAction property. + + + + + Control value remains as the user typed it. + + + + + Control value is set to ValueOnError. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode, and an exception is thrown. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling. + + + + + If True, the control beeps signaling an error. Default: False. + + + + + If True (default), the standard error message is shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + The text to display in the title bar of the error message box. + + + + + Enumerated value that determines what action is performed on the control value when an error occurs. + + + + + Determines whether or not the control is allowed to lose focus after the error. Works only if the ErrorAction is set to SetValueOnError or ResetValue. + + + + + Value used to reset the control if ErrorAction = SetValueOnError. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Boolean property used to set ValueOnError to DbNull (only necessary at design time). + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an C1SuperErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Run-time-only read-only property returning the original exception object that caused the error. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Resets whole ErrorInfo property in base control + + + + + Represents the method that handles a FormatError event. + + The source of the event. + A FormatErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a FormatError event. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The text to show in the control. Your code in FormatError event can set this argument to a text + you want to show in the control in case of a formatting error. + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Error description shown as the tooltip in the ErrorProvider icon, if ErrorInfo.ErrorProvider property is set. + + + + + Used by ValidationErrorEventArgs.Reason and ValidationException.Reason properties. + + + + + All validation checks were successful. + + + + + Value does not match the edit mask. + + + + + Value was rejected before parsing (in PreValidation). + + + + + Parsing failed. + + + + + Value rejected after parsing (in PostValidation). + + + + + Value rejected by the data source, setting the data source field to that value failed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ValidationError event. + + The source of the event. + A ValidationErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ValidationError event. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + If Reason = ErrorReasonEnum.PostValidationError, this is the value that caused the error. Otherwise, this property is null or DBNull. + + + + + Error information. + + + + + An exception that follows the ValidationError event if ValidationErrorEventArgs.ErrorInfo is set to ErrorActionEnum.ThrowException. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + + Control that fired the exception. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + The typed value that caused the error. + + + + + An exception thrown by C1Input when a control's Value property is set, but the new value is rejected by the data source, + setting the data field to that value is cancelled by the data source throwing an exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + + Control that caused the exception. + + + + + Current value in the control that caused the exception. + + + + + Used by FormatInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CalendarType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that values of FormatType, CustomFormat, NullText, EmptyAsNull, TrimStart, TrimEnd, CalendarType properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by FormatEventArgs.Target property. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is not in edit mode. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is in edit mode. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Formatting or Formatted events. + + The source of the event. + A FormatEventArgs object that contains the event data + + + + Provides data for Formatting or Formatted events. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The out parameter for the resulting string (in Formatting), or the in parameter for the formatted string (in Formatted). + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + The out parameter for specifying error description if Succeeded is set to False. + + + + + Formatting result (assigned in the event code in Formatting). Default: True + + + + + Settings for data formatting, converting data to string. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the FormatInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole FormatInfo property of base control + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string. + Format method or specifier used for conversion. + Culture used for conversion. + + + + + Contains edit mask settings. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Manages inheritance of the MaskInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if comparison with mask literals is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, text copied to the clipboard includes literals. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or if an exception occurs. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, focus automatically moves to the next control when the mask is filled. + + + + + Character displayed on empty mask positions in edit mode. + + + + + If True (default), optional mask positions are automatically skipped until the first position allowing the typed character. + + + + + If True (default), the stored text includes literals. + + + + + If True, the stored text includes blank positions as StoredEmptyChar. + + + + + Character stored in empty mask positions. + + + + + Literal display method. + + + + + The collection of user-defined mask characters. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns the number of editable positions in the edit mask. + + + + + Text entered by the user without literals (mask literals stripped). + + + + + Text in a readable format, with literals and without blanks. + + + + + The stored string obtained from the user input string. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Returns True if EditMask is non-empty and the control is in edit mode. + + + + + + Indicates when used MaskedMode with edit mask + + + + + Resets whole MaskInfo property of base control + + + + + Resets the text to the string representing a DBNull value. + + + + + Returns a string formatted for display using edit mask. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + If set to True, the result will omit blank positions. If set to False, the resulting text will contain PromptChar on blank positions + + + + + Returns the string that will be stored in the database, in accordance with current values of SaveLiterals, SaveBlanks and StoredEmptyChar properties. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + + + + Returns the string containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + Text to parse. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveLiterals property. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveBlanks property. + Same as MaskInfo.StoredEmptyChar property + + + + + Returns True if the input string is valid with respect to the edit mask. + + + + + + Replace custom keywords with literals diapasone to build correct pattern for MS Regex. + + A regexp mask to convert. + + + + Indicates when used MaskedMode with MS Regex + + + + + Gets ot sets a value that indicate of the mask in regular expression style. + + + + is mask based on MS Regex with support of custom RegexpEditMask keywords. It is only validated on exit from edit mode. + + + is regular expression mask based on custom regex parser. It can be validated during entering text. + + + + + + A representing the mask in regular expression style with custom keywords. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether the mask pattern in regular expression style was succesfully recognized or not. + + True when or pattern was recognized successfully or empty, false otherwise. + + + + Used by MaskInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by MaskInfo.ShowLiterals property. + + + + + The whole mask is shown when editing begins (empty spaces filled with PromptChar). + + + + + The mask is validated on exit (no literals or prompt chars displayed automatically). + + + + + The literals will be inserted after the user enters the first character of the field that follows the literals. + + + + + Literals that follows the input mask will be inserted after the user enters the last character in the current field. + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Only single byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Only double byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Letters allowed. + + + + + Numbers are allowed. + + + + + Symbols are allowed. + + + + + Only upper case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only lower case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only katakana is allowed. + + + + + Only hiragana is allowed. + + + + + Only big kana letters are allowed. + + + + + Auto conversion if possible. + + + + + Used to determine the way of the RegexpEditMask pattern processing and validation. + + + + based on MS Regex with some restrictions for avaliable keywords. It will not provide any edit mask. It can be validated on exit from edit mode only. + + + uses custom parser. It don't support complicated regular expressions. It provides edit mask for user input. It can be validated during entering text. + + + Both types allows to use custom RegexpEditMask keywords for Japanese and half-width/double-width characters sets. + + + + + + The new style of regular expression mask based on MS Regex with support of custom RegexpEditMask keywords. It is only validated on exit from edit mode. + + + + Regular expression with custom RegexpEditMask keywords for Japanese and half-width/double-width characters sets is preprocessed to get the pattern string for standart MS Regex. + + + It is only validated on exit from edit mode. It don't provides editmask for input field and supports ShowLiterals = ShowLiteralsEnum.FreeFormatEntry only. + + + + + + The old style of regular expression mask based on custom regex parser. It can be validated during entering text. + + + C1RegexpEditMask supports online checking user input and builds editmask for input field. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.NumericInputKeys property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the Input Keys are used. + + + + + Indicates that F2 enters negative infinity (-Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F3 enters positive infinity (+Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F4 enters the "not a number" value (NaN). + + + + + Indicates that F9 toggles the sign of the displayed number. + + + + + Indicates that '-' makes the displayed number negative. + + + + + Indicates that '+' makes the displayed number positive. + + + + + Indicates that Decimal key enters a decimal separator regardless of culture settings. + + + + + Indicates that the X key starts entry of the exponent part in scientific-notation numbers. + + + + + This value is a combination of the F9, Minus, Plus, Decimal, and X values. + + + + + This value is a combination of all enum values + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.NumberStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the bit styles are allowed. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string is parsed as currency if it contains a currency symbol; otherwise, it is parsed as a number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a decimal point. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can be in exponential notation. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have notation that signifies that the number is hexadecimal. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a leading sign. + + + + + Indicates that a leading white-space character is ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have one pair of parentheses enclosing the number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have group separators. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a trailing sign. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white-space character must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that all the AllowXXX bit styles are used. + + + + + Indicates all styles except AllowExponent and AllowHexSpecifier. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowExponent styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowHexSpecifier styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowLeadingSign styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowTrailingSign, AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowThousands styles are used. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.DateTimeStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that the default formatting options must be used. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters in the middle of the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that leading white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters anywhere in the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that, if the parsed string contains only the time and not the date, the parsing methods + assume the Gregorian date with year = 1, month = 1, and day = 1. If this value is not used, the current date is assumed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Parsing or Parsed events. + + The source of the event. + A ParseEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for Parsing or Parsed events. + + + + + Source string for parsing. + + + + + Data type to convert the string to. + + + + + Parse result (assigned in the event code in Parsing). Default: True + + + + + Property to save the result to (in Parsing) or to get the resulting value from (in Parsed). + + + + + Error information in case of parsing failure. Can be set in event code in Parsing. + + + + + ParseInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Contains settings affecting parsing, that is, converting a string to the required data type. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the ParseInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The format used for parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Custom format specifier (in parsing used for DateTime and Boolean types only). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The string representing DbNull value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing numbers. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing date/time. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole ParseInfo property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the argument represents a null value (DBNull). + + The string to parse. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to a Decimal value using a fixed numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to a Double value using a float numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to Int64 value using an integer numeric format. + + + + + + + + + Converts the text to a Boolean value. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts text to a value using one of DateTime formats. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts text to the specified data type. + + The string to parse. + Type to which the string is converted. + Conversion result. + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Validation property. + + + + + Validation using Values and Intervals. + + + + + Using the PostValidating event. + + + + + Represents the method that handles PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PostValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + + + + The value to validate. + + + + + PostValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PostValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PostValidating). Default: True + + + + + An interval in a collection of intervals of possible values used in post-validation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + ValueInterval Constructor. + + MinValue property value. + MaxValue property value. + IncludeMin property value. + IncludeMax property value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + + + The type of lower and upper bounds (taken from the control’s DataType). + + + + + Lower bound. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Upper bound. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + If False (default), the lower bound is negative infinity. + + + + + If False (default), the upper bound is positive infinity. + + + + + If True (default), the lower bound is included. + + + + + If True (default), the upper bound is included. + + + + + A collection of ValueInterval objects used by a PostValidation object. + The collection is used if the Validation = PostValidationTypeEnum.ValuesAndIntervals + or if the user calls the ValidateValuesAndIntervals method. + + + + + Gets the collection element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an array to the end of the collection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Adds a new value interval to the collection. + + The ValueInterval to add. + + + + Inserts a new value interval to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which ValueInterval should be inserted. + The ValueInterval to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + Returns True if the collection contains the specific value interval, False otherwise. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + Determines the index of a specific value interval in the collection, return -1 if this item not found. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + Removes a specific value interval from the collection. + + The ValueInterval to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Validating the typed value after parsing, after the input string has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Determines whether it is possible to enter DbNull value in the control. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PostValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Predefined values used for matching the input value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + List of values that are not permitted as input value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Collection of intervals. The input value must belong to one of these intervals. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Resets whole PostValidation property of base control + + + + + Performs validation of the value against the collections of Values, ValuesExcluded and Intervals. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Performs validation using the current settings of the PostValidation object. Returns true if vaidation was successful. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Validation property. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of possible values separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + Using the PreValidating event. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of wildcard patterns separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a regular expression. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.RegexOptions property. + + + + + Specifies that no options are set. + + + + + Enables ECMAScript-compliant behavior for the expression. This flag can be used only + in conjunction with the IgnoreCase, Multiline, and Compiled flags. + + + + + Specifies that the only valid captures are explicitly named or numbered groups of the form. + + + + + Eliminates unescaped white space from the pattern and enables comments marked with #. + + + + + Multiline mode. Changes the meaning of ^ and $ so they match at the beginning and end, + respectively, of any line, and not just the beginning and end of the entire string. + + + + + Specifies that the search will be from right to left instead of from left to right. + + + + + Specifies single-line mode. Changes the meaning of the dot (.) so it matches every character (instead of every character except \n). + + + + + Represents the method that handles PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PreValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + + + + The text to validate. + + + + + PreValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PreValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PreValidating). Default: True. + + + + + Validating the input string entered by the user, before parsing. + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PreValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + String containing the validation pattern. + + + + + String separating list items in PatternString. + + + + + The collection of user-defined characters to use in a wildcard pattern. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Settings affecting regular expression matching. + + + + + Resets whole PreValidation property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches one of the exact list items specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the specified wildcard pattern passed as argument. + + The input string to match. + The wildcard pattern. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches at least one of the wildcard patterns specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the regular expression pattern specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the text successfully passes validation using the current settings of the PreValidation object. + + The input string to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Represents the method that handles DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + The source of the event. + A NullableDateTimeEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + + + + The date value. + + + + + Set to True if the date value is null. + + + + + Determines when drop down form will be created. + + + + + At the host control creation time. + + + + + On first call of the drop down form. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + Conversion using TypeConverter.ConvertToString(). + + + + + Conversion performed by user code in the Formatting (or Parsing) event. + + + + + Formatting uses the string assigned to the CustomFormat property. + Parsing uses NumberStyle, DateTimeStyle, and CustomFormat properties. + + + + + The number is converted to the most compact decimal form, using fixed point or scientific notation. + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a currency amount. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form “-ddd.ddd…” where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d,ddd,ddd.ddd…", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a percent as defined by the property + or the property. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d.ddd…E+ddd" or "-d.ddd…e+ddd", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The round-trip specifier guarantees that a numeric value converted to a string will be parsed back + into the same numeric value. This format is supported by floating-point types only. + + + + + Displays number as a string that contains the value of the number in Decimal (base 10) format. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of hexadecimal digits. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows No for false, Yes for true. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows True or False. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows Off for false, On for true. + + + + + General date/time pattern (short time). + + + + + Displays a date according to specified CultureInfo's long date format. + + + + + Displays a date using the medium date format ("dd-MMM-yy"). + + + + + Displays a date using specified CultureInfo's short date format. + + + + + Displays a time using your locale's long time format; includes hours, minutes, seconds. + + + + + Displays time in 12-hour format using hours and minutes and the AM/PM designator ("hh:mm tt"). + + + + + Displays a time using the 24-hour format, for example, 17:45. + + + + + Displays the long date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the long date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the month and the day of a date. + + + + + Formats the date and time as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). + + + + + Formats the date and time as a sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time as a GMT sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time with the long date and long time as GMT. + + + + + Formats the date as the year and month. + + + + + This enum is for internal use only + + + + + Any type of data. + + + + + Only number data type. + + + + + Only DateTime data type. + + + + + Used by and properties. + + + + + In a , the alignment of the dropdown form is determined by the + property of the drop down form. + + + + + Left alignment. + + + + + Center alignment. + + + + + Right alignment. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + Text is aligned with the top of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the center of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the bottom of the enclosing control. + + + + + Used by and properties. + + + + + No daylight-saving time adjustments. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property corresponds to the standard time offset. + For the daylight-saving time GMTOffset should be advanced by an hour. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property is set to the daylight time offset. + So, for the standard time it should be set back by an hour. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + The whole text is selected. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the beginning of the text. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the end of the text. + + + + + Control uses the behavior of a base text box. + + + + + Used by property and method. + + + + + Used the default date-time field. + + + uses this value to use the + instead of the property to specify initial selection. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the DayOfMonth part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Month part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Year part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Era part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the AMPM part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Hour part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Minute part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Second part of the value. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.ValueChangedBehavior. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired only when the Value property changes. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired on any text change. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a CultureInfoSetup event. + + The source of the event. + A CultureInfoSetupEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a CultureInfoSetup event. + + + + + Regional settings. + + + + + Represents the four margins around a control’s content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the left margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in pixels. + + + + + Creates an identical copy of the current Margins. + + + + + + Overloaded. Determines whether two Object instances are equal. + + + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + + Converts this Margins to a human readable string. + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + Sets all margins to zero. + + + + + Returns true if at least one margin differs from the default zero value. Otherwise, returns false. + + + + + + Custom user-defined characters (placeholders) used in edit mask and in wildcard patterns in pre-validation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + + + The special character used as a user-defined placeholder. + + + + + True if character is optional and can be omitted. + + + + + The list (string) of characters matching the placeholder (see also Excluding). + + + + + True if string comparison is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Specifies whether the LookupChars are interpreted as allowed or disallowed characters. + + + + + A collection of CustomPlaceholder objects. + + + + + Occurs when PlaceholderCollection is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the the special character at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + + + + Adds the special characters of an ICollection to the end of the PlaceholderCollection. + + The ICollection whose elements should be added. + + + + Checks validity of the placeholder + + + + + + Adds a new special character to the collection. + + The CustomPlaceholder to add. + + + + Inserts a new special character to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which CustomPlaceholder should be inserted. + The CustomPlaceholder to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Determines whether a character is in the placeholder collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + Returns the index of a character in the placeholder collection, or –1 if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + Removes a specific character from the collection. + + The character to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the CustomPlaceholder object corresponding to the character argument, or null if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows read-only data bound control displaying formatted data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Label class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Label. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid. + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, the control�s stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property. + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes (used only if CurrentTimeZone = False). + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + The current text in the control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DbNull. + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding within the control. + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + Error occured while formatting the stored value. + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for design-time UI localization. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for run-time UI localization. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value for the specified key. + + The key of the string. + The string corresponding to the specified key. + + + + Used for serialization of strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the description shown in Properties window in the IDE. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + The calculator used as a dropdown in the C1NumericEdit control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericEditCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the NumericEditCalculator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display a decimal separator when typing a number if no decimal part of the number is entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Determines the style of the dropdown calculator buttons. + + + + + // patch: localization: added after StringTables.cs was created + + + + + Custom format specifier used to format the stored value of the dropdown calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets whether StoredFormat should be applied to the value entered in the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The collection of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Static Memory context menu should appear for the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.FontChanged event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the upper limit that GetPreferredSize can specify. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that GetPreferredSize can specify. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + Base visual style. + + + + Represents a composite control combining a NumericUpDown and a drop-down calculator for easy numeric values editing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NumericEdit class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Indicates the amount to increment/decrement when the user clicks up/down buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calculator object. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + property is used to define the increment. + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + property is used to define the decrement. + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents the class of dropdown calculator form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownCalculator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The calculator used in a DropDownCalculator form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows PictureBox control supporting data binding to data source fields containing image data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1PictureBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1PictureBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be put into the data source right after the Image property has been changed or it shouldn't be put there until the following call of the CurrencyManager.EndCurrentEdit() method. + + + + + The image displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the picture box receives focus when clicked. + + + + + Returns the contents of an image. + + Image to return as a byte array. + Format in which to return the image contents. + + + + + Converts a byte array to an image. + + The contents of an image. + + + + + Copies the image currently in the control to the clipboard. + + + + + If the clipboard contains an image, this method replaces the contents of the Image property of the control + + + + + Occurs when Image is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Image is stored in the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Image changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows range slider control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RangeSlider class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1RangeSlider. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the current lower magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current upper magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the LowerValue or UpperValue properties when the lower value thumb or upper value thumb is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the LowerValue or UpperValue properties when the lower value thumb or upper value thumb is moved a large distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether C1RangeSlider bar should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical orientation of the C1RangeSlider. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of increasing value. + + + + + Gets or sets how thumbs will be moved when mouse click will be performed outside selected area. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for lower value. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for upper value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets color of selected area. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets corner radius of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when any of the properties: LowerValue or UpperValue changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseWheel event. + This method is for internal use only. + + A System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Represents a composite button control supporting additional visual styles and drop down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SplitButton class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1SplitButton. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the style of components on this button. + + This property works when the property is set to . + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets the collection of components on this button. + + + + + The ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the default drop down item. + + + + + Occurs when a is clicked. + + + + + Raises event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the control is currently in design mode. + + + + + Run-time property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Reapply the current theme to all input components. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified indexed location in the collection. + + The indexed location of the item in the collection. + An that represents the item at the specified indexed location. + + + + Adds the specified item to the end of the collection. + + The to be added to the end of the collection. + The zero-based index value of the added to the collection. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a value in the list. + + The item to locate in the list. + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of value within the entire list, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified location. + + The indexed location within the collection to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + + + + Indicates whether the collection contains a specific . + + The object for which to search. + Whether the collection contains the specific object. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting an + into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an + from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting an + in the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Represents drop down item for control. + + + + + Creates an instance of DropDownItem class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownItem. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the that this belongs to. + + + + + Gets the collection of child items in that is associated with this DropDownItem. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item should toggle its pressed state when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the component. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the dialog-box result produced in a modal form by clicking the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the . + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image in the ImageList. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the image key in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image that will be displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the bounds specified by the property. + + + The value of this property is only used if = Clip and + exceeds the original size of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets how the image will be scaled to fit within the bounds specified by the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the component has been disposed. + + + + + Fires when the drop-down portion of this element is shown. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates that the drop-down portion of this element has closed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component is clicked. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when a key is released while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when the component receives the focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component loses the focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component is double-clicked. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + The class represents the styles for the component. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the image bar background. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text of seleced item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background of seleced item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text of disabled item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the arrow. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the image bar separator. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Base class for all panes that appear in a drop-down. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Internal element for the drop-down pane of the InputMenu component. + + + + + Menu timer with threading support. Opens the submenu items of the selected(hovered) object with a delay. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Internal element for the InputButton component. + + + + + Internal button element for the XInputButton. + + + + + The base class for all input button elements. + + + + + A repeat button that can be pressed when the host application is inactive. + + + + + A dock panel that can fire the HotChanged event. + + + + + A TextElement that supports AutoEllipsis. + + + + + This element incapsulates the TextBox control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Adds the sizing/alignment/scaling features to the ImageElement. + + + + + Base class for all elements with the drop-down. + + + + + Internal drop-down button element for the XInputDropDown. + + + + + Base class for internal elements of the input panel components. + + + + + Derived classes may override this method to dispose unmanaged resources. + + + + + Internal element for the InputMenu component. + + + + + Internal drop-down button element for the XInputMenu. + + + + + Internal element for the InputSeparator component. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the BasePopupForm. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Defines style elements that override the defaults provided by the VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets the used by the . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should use padding to avoid text clipping. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to display text in the . + + + + + Gets or sets how content is horizontally aligned within the . + + + + + Gets or sets how content is vertically aligned within the . + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + An instance for each VisualStyle is stored (with all images). + So we should not dispose images obtained using this class. + + + + + Returns the saved dropdown arrow image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Returns the saved image for the ImageCell of the specified style. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + + Returns the saved background image. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + Returns the saved separator image. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + Returns the saved submenu arrow image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Returns the saved toggle button image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the layout should break the flow after the component. + + + + + The layout should not break the flow after the component. + + + + + Causes next component to be placed in a new row within the flow. + + + + + Creates a new column after this component. + + + + + Creates a new row starting below the current component, at the left edge of the current group. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Determines whether the user can edit a value in the text portion of the . + + + + + The text portion is editable. + + + + + The user cannot directly edit the text portion. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment on the input components. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image in a rich tooltip. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling on the input components. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Edit' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + The 'Save Data' button. + + + + + The 'Reload Data' button + + + + + A set of navigator items. + + + + + No items are in the set. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The input box that changes the current position. + + + + + The text label that displays the total number of items. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + Includes all available items. + + + + + Specifies the display state of a component. + + + + + Display the component. + + + + + Do not display the element, but reserve space for the element in layout. + + + + + Do not display the element, and do not reserve space for it in layout. + + + + + Implemented by the C1InputPanel control and its components. + + + + + This is a marker interface that indicates the component supports + accelerator keys. + + + + + Passes the owner element properties to the ButtonImageElement. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. + + + + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownItemClickedEventArgs class for the specified control. + + The to store in this event. + + + + Returns the clicked item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the should close the dropdown after the item is clicked or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value which determines the filtering criteria for items which appear in the dropdown that is displayed when the AutoCompleteMode property is set to 'Suggest' or 'SuggestAppend'. + + + The search is case-insensitive. + + + + + Default filtering method. Same to . + + + + + Beginning of a candidate string matches the entered string. + + + + + A candidate string contains the entered string. + + + + + The main data bound control used for entering and editing information in a text form. + Supports data formatting for all data types, including special features for date-time formats. + Also supports edit mask, data validation and other features. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TextBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1TextBox. + + + + + + Makes Fixed3D borders old-style looking (flat) + for System VisualStyle. + This property is only for compatibility with legacy applications only. + + + + + Draws a red dotted line if Value is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual place holder, that is displayed by to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the floating placeholder is enabled. + + + The floating placeholder allows the placeholder text to be displayed above the editor text. + However, the floating placeholder will only be displayed if the control has sufficient height. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the disabled control. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control which contains negative value. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is not in edit mode (does not have input focus or is read-only). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is in edit mode (has input focus and is not read-only). + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Settings affecting parsing, that is, converting the string entered by the user to the data type. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + + + The number of characters or bytes (determined by the + LengthAsByte property) + that can be entered into the control.
The default is zero. +
+ + The MaxLength property allows you to limit the number of characters + a user can enter in the control. The default value is 0, + which does not limit the number of characters. Any number greater than 0 indicates + the maximum number of characters. + The effects the displayed result along with the MaxLength property. + + + If value is less than zero, an ArgumentOutOfRangeException is thrown. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum number of lines. + + + An int value that indicates the maximum number of lines. +
The default is zero. +
+ + MaxLineCount limits the acceptable lines of text when the + property is . + + + This property does not work with wrapped lines, so preferrable is to use MaxLineCount when + property is . + + + The default value of this property, zero, means no limit. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the maximum number of characters that fit in the control + are handled based on bytes, characters, or text elements. + + + Determines the unit for counting for the property. + The value LengthUnit.Byte means the MaxLength is counted by Byte. + The value LengthUnit.Char means the MaxLength is counted by Char. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. Default: False + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DBNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DBNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + Sets or gets a value indicating whether a special edit mode is used for numeric values. + + + + + Enables/disables the special keys used when NumericInput = True. Default: NumericInputKeyFlags.Standard. + + + + + Whether or not a special edit mode is applied to DateTime values. + + + + + If True, the control's stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + If this property is False the month will be automatically incremented when the user spins the date past the end of the month. The same about other parts of the date/time value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the caret is automatically moved to the first field when the last field is filled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the character is automatically changed + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes. Default: NoAdjustments. + + + + + The minimum year that can be entered without leading zeros. + + + + + Validation rules applied before parsing, that is, before converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (raw string validation). + + + + + Validation rules applied after parsing, that is, after converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (typed validation). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation (i.e. calls Validated and Validating events) + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control. + + + + + The lines of text in a multiline control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DBNull. + + + + + For internal use. + Works same as property but does not cause an exception + if entered text can not be parsed. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling in the control. + + + + + Indicates if the Escape key that cancels modified value is handled by the control without passing it to the owner form (AcceptsEscape=True), or it is then passed to the form and can close it if the form has CancelButton (AcceptsEscape=False). + + + + + Indicates if Tab and Shift+Tab keys are accepted by control and move the focus to the next (previous) group of input characters in edit mask and in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the control has been modified by the user since the control received the input focus or its Value last set. + + + + + Returns True, if the control has input focus and TextDetached = False. + + + + + Label control associated with this input field. + + + + + Determines the selection position when a control receives input focus. Default: InitialSelectionEnum.SelectAll. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text box should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Specifies whether a focus rectangle should be displayed around the client area when the control has the input focus. + + + + + Specifies whether the context menu can be displayed for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the height of the control automatically adjusts when the font assigned to the control is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in the control. The default is VerticalAlignEnum.Top. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the input control content and its edges, in pixels. Default: all margins are set to 0. + + + + + Allows backward compatibility with the old behavior, when the ValueChanged event previously fired on any text change. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the next control in the tab order receives the focus as + soon as the control is filled at the last character. + + + if the focus is moved to the next control in the tab order as soon as the control + is filled at the last character defined by the input control; otherwise, . +
+ The default is . +
+ + The input focus moves to the next control when the last entered character causes the text to exceed the limit of the control. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the focus automatically moves to the previous or next control in the tab order when pressing the left or right arrow keys. + + + One of the enumeration values. +
+ The default is . +
+ + The value of this property indicates the key which moves the input focus to the next control. + When the caret is at the last character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the right arrow key. + When the caret is before the first character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the left key. + + +
+ + + Gets a value indicating that the method was called and the method was not called. + + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit mode. If the control is not in edit mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + This method temporarily disables numeric input mode + + True to suspend numeric input, False to resume it + If True, control's Value is updated, obtained from the current control text. + + + + Parses the Text string. + + Output parameter: Parsing result + Output parameter: Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Checks the result of the ParseContent method. + + Value indicating the reason of validation failure + Parsed value of type DataType that was undergoing validation + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred + + + + + Triggers parsing of the Text property and updating the Value. + + + + + + Increments the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Decrements the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Validates current Text property in the same manner as it usually validated after the control loses focus. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Moves the selection to the specified date-time field. Works only if the property + is set to and the date-time input is active. + + Field to select. + a value that determines whether the text should be updated. + returns true if success. + + Can be used in the method to customize initial selection if the value type is date-time. + + + + + Updates selection of the text according to the property. + + + + + Handle Win11 borders. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the disabled back color. + + + + + Indicates whether the placeholder should be drawn. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the control receives data that cannot be formatted according to the current format and edit mask settings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic parsing of the input string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic input string validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been validated. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic typed value validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the typed value has been validated + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Error occurred while parsing or validating the input string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Value is stored in the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the VerticalAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Margins property or one of the margins has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + An that contains the event editor. + + + + + Occurs when invalid character is in input. + + + + + + + + Raises the ModifiedChanged event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Updates the control's Text with the current Value. + + + + + + + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + _displayFormat + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Use this method for overriding in inherited control. + + New theme. + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Calculates and returns the desired size (incl. borders etc.). + + The desired size. If Size.Empty is returned, + the toolbar does not contain any visible buttons and can be hidden. + + + + + For testing. Indicates whether the theme is actually applied + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use button images + from ImageListHi to highlight the hot button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Calendar used with C1DateEdit. + + + + + Represents default calendar. + + + + + Represents Chinese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents East Asian Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Gregorian Calendar + + + + + Represents Hebrew Calendar + + + + + Represents Hijri Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Julian Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Thai Buddhist Calendar + + + + + Represents UmAlQuraCalendar + + + + + Represents the Persian calendar. + + + + + Specifies how thumbs will be moved when mouse click will be performed outside selected area. + + + + + Both thumbs will not move. + + + + + Closest thumb will be moved to direction of mouse by a large distance. + + + + + Both thumbs will be moved to direction of mouse by a large distance. + + + + + Specifies alignment of spin button of a . + + + + + Vertically stacked Up and Down buttons. + + + + + Up button on the left and down button on the right. + + + + + Up button on the right and down button on the left. + + + + + Represents the helper class for System.Windows.Forms.Control. + + + + + Move focus to other control from focus control. + + + The focus control. + + + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + + + true if a control was activated; otherwise, false. + + + + + Check to see if a flags enumeration has a specific flag set. + + Flags enumeration to check + Flag to check for + + + + + Returns true if running under Windows XP or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running under Vista OS or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running in 120DPI mode. + + + + + Returns true if the specified object has any properties which should be serialized. + + + + + Defines the category of a Unicode character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is not of a particular category. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a control code. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a numeric digit. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a mathematical symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a punctuation. ( Open & Close ) + + + + + Indicates that the character is a space character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is an upper case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a lower case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Katakana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Hiragana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a CJK punctuation. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Hangal character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is of full width. + + + + + Provides a set of static methods to work with Japanese encodings. + + + Shows how to use in event handler for conditioning filtering inputs. + + + private void c1TextBox1_KeyPress(object sender, KeyPressEventArgs e) + { + if (CharHelper.IsKatakana(e.KeyChar)) + e.KeyChar = CharHelper.ToHiragana(e.KeyChar); + } + + + + + + Defines the Null char. + + + + + Defines the control char: Backspace + + + + + Defines the control char: Tab. + + + + + Defines the control char: Space. + + + + + Character groups (character codes) based on Unicode 3.1. + + + + + Character blocks categorized base on the Unicode standard. + + + + + Table of multi-width character blocks. + + + + + Type of multi-width characters. + + + + + Mapping table of full width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table of half-width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table for accents for the Japanese language. + + + + + Represents the smallest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Represents the largest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Retrieves the type of character. + + A Unicode character. + + A CharType representing the type of character of c. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is of the + specified type. + + A Unicode character. + A CharType type. + + true if specified c and type matches the type of the + character; otherwise false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a multi-width character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a multi-width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in a specified string is categorized as a multi-width + character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a multi-width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is a + full width character. Usually CJK characters are considers + as full widths. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a full width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a full width character. Usually + CJK characters are considers as full widths. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a full width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether a Unicode character doesn't belong to + any specific letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is doesn't a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a control code. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a control code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a control code. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a control + code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Katakana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Katakana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Katakana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Hiragana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Hiragana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Hiragana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Hiragana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Numeric character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Punctuation character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Punctuation character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Punctuation character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Punctuation + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a mathematical symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a mathematical character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a mathematical symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a mathematical + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Symbol character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Symbol character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Symbol + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Lowercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Lowercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Lowercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Lowercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Uppercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Uppercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Uppercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Uppercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a numeric or symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + or a Math symbol; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter or digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter or digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a upper (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a big (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a lower (normal) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana lower (normal) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the related kana has a related lower case. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c has a related lower case kana; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and Hangul + characters. + + A Unicode character. + + Full width character of c, otherwise original character + returned. + + + + + Tansforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. This method differs from the other where it + takes on an array of characters. In FarEast country there + are times when multiple half width characters make a one + full width character. + + An array of characters. + + When the soundex character is processed a true is + returned; otherwise, a false returned. + + + Full width character of c, otherwise the original character + is returned. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's half + width equivalent. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and + Hangul characters. + + A Unicode character. + + The half width equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a half + width or not a multi-width character. + + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a half width character + if possible. This method differs from the ToHalfWidth method + where it tries to return the accurate half width character - + which most likely happens in FarEast countries. + + A Unicode character. + + A character array representing c in half width form. In most + cases this array will have only one element. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent with an optional setting of + full or half width. Special character handling for + the Japanese language + + + A Unicode character. + + + true to return a full width Katakana, and + false to return a half width Katakana. + + + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Hiragana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Hiragana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Hiragana or not Katakana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent. + + A Unicode character. + + An Ansi character equivalent of c in the current culture. + + + Encodes the specified Unicode character to an ANSI + character using the current culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent using the specified culture information. + + A Unicode character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Ansi character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a JIS (Japanese encoding) character + to it's Shift-JIS equivalent. + + A JIS character. + + The Shift-JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a JIS character to it's equivalent Shift-JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Shift-JIS (Japanese encoding) + character to it's JIS equivalent. + + A Shift-JIS character. + + The JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a Shift-JIS character to it's equivalent JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToSJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of an ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent. + + An ANSI character. + + A Unicode character equivalent of c. + + + + + Converts the value of a ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent using the specified culture information. + + An ANSI character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Unicode character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts an lower (normal) case kana into a upper (capital) case. + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana upper case character. + + + + Converts an upper (capital) case kana into a lower case (normal). + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana lower case character. + + + + Retreives the Unicode character block the specified character + belongs to. Current version supports a range from '\u000' + through '\uffff'. + + A Unicode character. + + A Unicode block the specified character belongs to. + + + + + Returns further detail information of the character, since + it lies in a range where it holds a fixture of different + character widths. + + A Unicode character. + + An CharType describing the type of the character, and also + the width whether it's full or half. + + + + + Determines whether the specified block has to do with + CJK... ( only CJK have concepts of wide ) + + A unicode char block. + + A to process. + + + true if the block is related to CJK; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a byte array into a char type. (Internal usage) + + A byte array. + + A character equivalent of value. + + + + + Converts a single character into a byte array. (Internal usage) + + A character. + + A byte array equivalent of c. + + + + + Conversion between half and full width characters for Japanese + special characters. + + A character. + + true to convert to full width; otherwise, false. + + + The converted character. means conversion + didn't take place. + + + + + Gets the byte length of the specifed string segment. + + + A string indicates the whole string. + + + An int indicates the start of the string segment. + + + An int indicates the length of the string segment. + + + The byte length of string segement. + + + + + Gets the byte length of the specifed string. + + + A string indicates the whole string. + + + The byte length of string segement. + + + + + Returns true if running under Windows XP or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running under Vista OS or better OS. + + + + + Flattens all possible Office 2007 textbox control states. + + + + + Defines the sub-style of buttons. + + + + + Like buttons in office comboboxes. + + + + + Like buttons in office toolbars. + + + + + Flattens all possible Office 2007 button states. + + + + + Colors used to draw a button (some colors are start/end of gradients). + + + + + Interface providing visual style rendering capabilities. + NOTE: implementing classes must not cache any information about the control + being rendered. A single instance of IVisualStyleRenderer may be created + for a class of controls. + + + + + Gets the visual style associated with the renderer. + + + + + Gets the list of properties that are set by this style + + + + + Updates the target properties if needed. Should be called by the styled control + when its state changes in a way that could concievably cause the need to change + styled properties such as colors (e.g. the control became disabled). + + The styled control. + + + + Resets styled properties to their default values. + Should be called e.g. when an office 2007 style is changed to custom. + + + + + + Tests whether the property is set by the visual style. + It is the responsibility of the styled control to call this before trying to change any + property that might be affected by a style. + + The name of the property to test. + True if the property is set by the style, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the current property value was set by the visual style. + + The styled control. + The name of the property to test. + The value of the property to test. + True if the property has value set by the style, false otherwise. + + + + Defines a "Custom" visual style renderer. + + + A custom style consists of a base style (which can NOT be custom, + but can be any other style), with some style related properties + overridden by the user. + + The base style is persisted in the host class (control) + as VisualStyleBaseStyle (hidden from users). + + + + + + + + Indicates that the button or its host control is acive (hovered or focused). + + + + + fills style props with values from the specified path + + + + + + + + + + + reference to the framework style, for which hot style should be applied + xml path to the hot style + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1CommandMenu... + { + public C1CommandMenu() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + A helper class for implementing an ambient property on a control. + + + Usage: + An instance of AmbientPropertyMonitor must be created by the host control with the reference + to that host as the parameter. + The AmbientPropertyMonitor subscribes to the following events: + + ParentChanged on the host and the whole parents' chain; + + (ambient property name)Changed or INotifyPropertyChanged on the host and all parents in the chain. + NOTE: For the AmbientPropertyMonitor to work correctly, all controls that have the target property declared + must also provide either a property changed event, or implement INotifyPropertyChanged and fire + it at appropriate moments. + + + The AmbientPropertyMonitor monitors changes of the ambient property value on the host and all parents, + and if a change occurs applies the value of the ambient property on the closest parent + to that property on the host control, unless it has been changed independently of the AmbientPropertyMonitor + (AmbientPropertyMonitor assumes that when it is created, the ambient property on the host has default, + unchanged value). + + It is recommended that all controls declaring the target property also provide + the Reset(property) and ShouldSerialize(property) methods, calling the + and methods as needed. + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + At all times, should contain the up-to-date parent chain, + starting with the host itself. Needed to keep track of + parent changes, and changes of ambient property on the parents. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1OutBar... + { + public C1OutBar() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Represents the era info. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The era. + The start time. + The end time. + Name of the era. + Name of the abbreviated era. + Name of the English era. + Name of the symbol era. + + + + Gets the era. + + The era. + + + + Gets the start time. + + The start time. + + + + Gets the end time. + + The end time. + + + + Gets the name of the era. + + The name of the era. + + + + Gets the name of the abbreviated era. + + The name of the abbreviated era. + + + + Gets the name of the English era. + + The name of the English era. + + + + Gets the name of the symbol era. + + The name of the symbol era. + + + + Determines whether the specified date time is valid. + + The date time. + + true if the specified date time is valid; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + + This class implement a calendar extend in order to we can configure era information. + + + + + Save the data of eras info. + + + + + Save the data of max supported date time property. + + + + + Save the data of min supported date time property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the eras information of this calendar. + + + Return a array. + + + + + Gets the list of eras in the . + + + An array of integers that represents the eras in the . + + + + + Gets the specify era information. + + + The specify era id. + + + Return a value. + + + + + Gets the specify era information. + + + The specify date time value. + + + Return a value. + + + + + Gets the Gregorian year from a era and a era year. + + + The specify era year. + + + The specify era. + + + if set to true throw error when don't fit the condition. + + + Return a int year value. + + + + + Gets the Gregorian year from a era and a era year. + + + The specify era year. + + + The specify era. + + + Return a int year value. + + + + + Determines whether [is valid year] [the specified year]. + + The year. + The era. + + true if [is valid year] [the specified year]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the max era. + + A max era. + + + + Gets the min era. + + A min era. + + + + Gets the max era year. + + The era. + A max era year. + + + + Gets the min era year. + + The era. + A min era year. + + + + Gets the max era year. + + The date time. + + + + + Gets the min era year. + + The date time. + + + + + Gets the max year. + + The date time. + An int max year value. + + + + Gets the min year. + + The date time. + An int min year value. + + + + Gets the max month. + + The date time. + An int max month value. + + + + Gets the min month. + + The date time. + An int min month value. + + + + Gets the max day. + + The date time. + An int max day value. + + + + Gets the min day. + + The date time. + An int min dayr value. + + + + Converts the specified two-digit year to a four-digit year by using + the + property to determine the appropriate century. + + + A two-digit integer that represents the year to convert. + + + A int value indicates the two digit year max. + + + An integer that contains the four-digit representation of year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar or + twoDigitYearMax large than 99 or twoDigitYearMax less than 9999. + + + + + Gets the latest date and time supported by the current object. + + + The latest date and time supported by the type, + which is equivalent to the last moment of December 31, 9999 C.E. in the Gregorian calendar. + + + + + Gets the earliest date and time supported by the current object. + + + The earliest date and time supported by the type, + which is equivalent to the first moment of September 8, 1868 C.E. in the Gregorian calendar. + For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Removes all eras from the era list. + + + + + Gets the default eras info. + + The default eras info. + + + + Extended Japanese calendar. + + + + + An array indicates the global eras info. + + + + + The default instance. + + + + + The default two digit year max value. + + + + + Save the data of prototype calendar property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the default eras infomations. + + + + + Gets a prototype calendar. + + + Always return the value. + + + + + Gets or sets the last year of a 100-year range that can be represented by a 2-digit year. + + + + The last year of a 100-year range that can be represented by a 2-digit year. + + + The current object is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current calendar is solar-based, lunar-based, or a combination of both. + + + Always returns the value. + + + + + Gets the calendar id. + + + Always return the int value 3. + + + + + Returns a that is the specified number of months away from + the specified . + + + The that results from adding the specified number of months + to the specified . + + + The number of months to add. + + + The to which to add months. + + + months is less than -120000.-or- months is greater than 120000. + + + The resulting is outside the supported range. + + + + + Returns a that is the specified number of years away from + the specified . + + + The that results from adding the specified number of years to + the specified . + + + The to which to add years. + + + The number of years to add. + + + time is outside the supported range of the type. + -or-years is less than -10,000 or greater than 10,000. + + + The resulting is outside the supported range. + + + + + Returns the day of the month in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day of the month in the + specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the day of the week in the specified . + + + A value that represents the day of the week + in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the day of the year in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 366 that represents the day of the year in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the number of days in the specified month in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The number of days in the specified month in the specified year in the specified era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the number of days in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The number of days in the specified year in the specified era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the era in the specified . + + + An integer that represents the era in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Calculates the leap month for a specified year and era. + + + The return value is always 0 because the type + does not support the notion of a leap month. + + + An era. + + + A year. + + + year or era is outside the range supported by the type. + + + + + Returns the month in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the number of months in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The return value is always 12. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the week of the year that includes the date in the specified object. + + + A 1-based integer that represents the week of the year that includes the date in the time parameter. + + + One of the values that defines a calendar week. + + + One of the values that represents the first day of the week. + + + The object to read. + + + time or firstDayOfWeek is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- rule is not a valid value. + + + + + Returns the year in the specified . + + + An integer that represents the year in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Determines whether the specified date in the specified era is a leap day. + + + true, if the specified day is a leap day; otherwise, false. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- day is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Determines whether the specified month in the specified year in the specified era is a leap month. + + + This method always returns false, unless overridden by a derived class. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Determines whether the specified year in the specified era is a leap year. + + + true, if the specified year is a leap year; otherwise, false. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns a that is set to the specified date and time in the specified era. + + + The that is set to the specified date and time in the current era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer from 0 to 999 that represents the millisecond. + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day. + + + An integer from 0 to 59 that represents the minute. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + An integer from 0 to 23 that represents the hour. + + + An integer from 0 to 59 that represents the second. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- day is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- hour is less than zero or greater than 23. + -or- minute is less than zero or greater than 59.-or- second is less than zero or greater than 59. + -or- millisecond is less than zero or greater than 999.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Adds a Japanese era in the calendar. + + Index of the era + Era start date + Era end date + Japanese era name + Abbreviated Japanese era name + English era name + Symbolic era name + + + + Helper static class that contains AddJapaneseEra function. + + + + + Clears the all Japanese Eras. + + + + + Adds era to the Japanese calendar. + + Era numeric id. Must be non-negative integer + Start day of the era. + End day of the era. + Japanese name of the era. + Short Japanese name of the era. + Era name in English. Optional. + One Latin symbol era name. + + + + + Reads eras info from the GC configuration file. + + Section name. + + + + Defines the category of a Unicode character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is not of a particular category. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a control code. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a numeric digit. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a mathematical symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a punctuation. ( Open & Close ) + + + + + Indicates that the character is a space character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is an upper case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a lower case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Katakana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Hiragana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a CJK punctuation. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Hangal character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is of full width. + + + + + Represents the extension functions to the standard .NET Char type. The purpose for this is to provide better + CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean ) character support. + + + + + Defines the Null char. + + + + + Defines the control char: Backspace + + + + + Defines the control char: Tab. + + + + + Defines the control char: Space. + + + + + Character groups (character codes) based on Unicode 3.1. + + + + + Character blocks categorized base on the Unicode standard. + + + + + Table of multi-width character blocks. + + + + + Type of multi-width characters. + + + + + Mapping table of full width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table of half-width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table for accents for the Japanese language. + + + + + Represents the smallest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Represents the largest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Retrieves the type of character. + + A Unicode character. + + A CharType representing the type of character of c. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is of the + specified type. + + A Unicode character. + A CharType type. + + true if specified c and type matches the type of the + character; otherwise false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a multi-width character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a multi-width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in a specified string is categorized as a multi-width + character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a multi-width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is a + full width character. Usually CJK characters are considers + as full widths. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a full width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a full width character. Usually + CJK characters are considers as full widths. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a full width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether a Unicode character doesn't belong to + any specific letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is doesn't a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a control code. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a control code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a control code. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a control + code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Katakana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Katakana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Katakana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Hiragana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Hiragana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Hiragana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Hiragana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Numeric character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Punctuation character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Punctuation character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Punctuation character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Punctuation + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a mathematical symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a mathematical character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a mathematical symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a mathematical + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Symbol character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Symbol character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Symbol + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Lowercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Lowercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Lowercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Lowercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Uppercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Uppercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Uppercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Uppercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a numeric or symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + or a Math symbol; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter or digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter or digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a upper (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a lower (normal) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana lower (normal) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the related kana has a related lower case. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c has a related lower case kana; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and Hangul + characters. + + A Unicode character. + + Full width character of c, otherwise original character + returned. + + + + + Tansforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. This method differs from the other where it + takes on an array of characters. In FarEast country there + are times when multiple half width characters make a one + full width character. + + An array of characters. + + When the soundex character is processed a true is + returned; otherwise, a false returned. + + + Full width character of c, otherwise the original character + is returned. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's half + width equivalent. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and + Hangul characters. + + A Unicode character. + + The half width equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a half + width or not a multi-width character. + + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a half width character + if possible. This method differs from the ToHalfWidth method + where it tries to return the accurate half width character - + which most likely happens in FarEast countries. + + A Unicode character. + + A character array representing c in half width form. In most + cases this array will have only one element. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent with an optional setting of + full or half width. Special character handling for + the Japanese language + + + A Unicode character. + + + true to return a full width Katakana, and + false to return a half width Katakana. + + + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Hiragana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Hiragana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Hiragana or not Katakana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent. + + A Unicode character. + + An Ansi character equivalent of c in the current culture. + + + Encodes the specified Unicode character to an ANSI + character using the current culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent using the specified culture information. + + A Unicode character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Ansi character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a JIS (Japanese encoding) character + to it's Shift-JIS equivalent. + + A JIS character. + + The Shift-JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a JIS character to it's equivalent Shift-JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Shift-JIS (Japanese encoding) + character to it's JIS equivalent. + + A Shift-JIS character. + + The JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a Shift-JIS character to it's equivalent JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToSJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of an ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent. + + An ANSI character. + + A Unicode character equivalent of c. + + + + + Converts the value of a ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent using the specified culture information. + + An ANSI character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Unicode character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts an lower (normal) case kana into a upper (capital) case. + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana upper case character. + + + + Converts an upper (capital) case kana into a lower case (normal). + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana lower case character. + + + + retrieves the Unicode character block the specified character + belongs to. Current version supports a range from '\u000' + through '\uffff'. + + A Unicode character. + + A Unicode block the specified character belongs to. + + + + + Returns further detail information of the character, since + it lies in a range where it holds a fixture of different + character widths. + + A Unicode character. + + An CharType describing the type of the character, and also + the width whether it's full or half. + + + + + Determines whether the specified block has to do with + CJK... ( only CJK have concepts of wide ) + + A unicode char block. + + A to process. + + + true if the block is related to CJK; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a byte array into a char type. (Internal usage) + + A byte array. + + A character equivalent of value. + + + + + Converts a single character into a byte array. (Internal usage) + + A character. + + A byte array equivalent of c. + + + + + Conversion between half and full width characters for Japanese + special characters. + + A character. + + true to convert to full width; otherwise, false. + + + The converted character. means conversion + didn't take place. + + + + + Represents the helper class for Validating whether an object is valid or not + + + + + Count the total bit of value tested + + + An unit indicate the test value + + + An int indicate the valid bit count (total number of 1 as sample) of value + + + Get the bit count from special bit value. + For example, here is a bit value 0x5f, it bit count is 6. (0x5f = 10101111) + + + + + Check current value is a valid Enum type + + + An int indivate the value you want to check + + + An int indicate the minimum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the maximum value of your enum type + + + A bool indicate the check result, if current value is a valid enum type, return true; + otherwise false + + + This method is applicable to check a Sequential defined not-flag-style enum type + + + + + Check current value is a valid Enum type + + + An int indivate the value you want to check + + + An int indicate the minimum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the maximum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the max count of bit for test enum value + + + A bool indicate the check result, if current value is a valid enum type, return true; + otherwise false + + + This method is applicable to check a Sequential defined flag-style enum type + + There is a enum value you want to test is 0x5f, in this enum type, the min value is 0x0f, + and max value is 0x100, then this method called below can test its validation: + + EnumHelper.IsValid(0x5f, 0x0f, 0x100, 8); + + In this scenario, the four parameter is 8, because the max value is 0x100(Binary as 100000000), + the max bits on value is 0xff (Binary as 11111111), it's the max number of bits on + + + + + + Represents nn expression that indicates the quotient of two quantities. + + + + + The number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + The number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A double that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + A double that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Gets or sets the numertor of the fraction. + + + A double that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the denominator of the fraction. + + + A double that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Defines the unary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "+" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the "!" operator. Note: "!" is used as simplify in here. + + + + + Converts the fraction to double. + + + + + Converts the double to fraction. + + + + + Reverse the fraction. + + + + + Simplify the fraction. + + + + + Represents nn expression that indicates the quotient of two quantities. + + + Indicate the type of numerator and denominator. + + + + + The number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + The number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + A that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the numertor of the fraction. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the denominator of the fraction. + + + A that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Defines the unary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "+" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the "!" operator. Note: "!" is used as simplify in here. + + + + + Converts the fraction to double. + + + + + Converts the fraction to float. + + + + + Converts the double to fraction. + + + + + Converts the float to fraction. + + + + + Reverse the fraction. + + + + + Simplify the fraction. + + + + + Provides constants and static methods for trigonometric, logarithmic, and other common mathematical functions. + + + This class is used to reinforce the function of + + + + + Calculate the Greatest Common Divisor of oneNumber and anotherNumber. + + + An int indicate the one number. + + + An int indicate another number. + + + An int indicate the Greatest Common Divisor. + + + + + Calculate the Lease Common Multiple of oneNumber and anotherNumber. + + + An int indicate the one number + + + An int indicate another number + + + An int indicate the Lease Common Multiple. + + + + + Convertes the relative percentage to absolute percentage. + + + An double value (>= -1.0) that indicates the relative percentage. + + + A double value that represents the absolute percentage. + + + + + Convertes the relative percentage to absolute percentage. + + + An double value (>= 0.0) that indicates the absolute percentage. + + + A double value that represents the relative percentage. + + + + + Returns the number nearest the specified value. + + + A decimal number to be rounded. + + + The number of significant fractional digits (precision) in the return value. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to decimals. + + + + + To make a round mathematic operation for float type number + + + A float number to be rounded. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to float. + + + + + To make a round mathematic operation for double type number. + + + A double number to be rounded. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to double. + + + + + Define a class that represents the matrix in mathematics. + + + + + A two dimension double array used to save the data. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A int indicates the number of row. + + + A int indicates the number of column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A two dimension double array used to save the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A bool indicates whether the direction of vectors is vertical. + + + A array indicates the vectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special location. + + + A double indicates the element value. + + + Note: The row and column are base on zero. + + + + + Gets the elements of the matrix. + + + A two dimension double array save the elements. + + + + + Get the column number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the width of the matrix. + + + + + Get the row number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the height of the matrix. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Matrix object is the identity matrix. + + + This property is true if this Matrix is identity; otherwise, false. + + + | 1, 0, 0 | + | 0, 1, 0 | + | 0, 0, 1 | + + + + + Get the vectors from the column direction. + + + A array indicates the columns of the matrix. + + + + + Get the vectors from the row direction.. + + + A array indicates the rows of the matrix. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A bool value indicates the check mode. true for the multiply operation. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the add operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the binary nimus operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the unary nimus operation result of operand. + + + + + Defines the * operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the multiplication operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the transpose operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the transpose operation result of operand. + + + + + Use the explicit convertion to get a value of matrix. + + + A indicates the matrix will calculate value of it. + + + A double indicates the value of the speical matrix. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left does not equals right. + + + + + Adds a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Left multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Right multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Convertes this to it's transpose matrix. + + + + + Gets the value of the current matrix. + + + A double indicates the value of the this matrix. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current matrix. + + + A string that represents the current matrix. + + + + + Define a class that represents the matrix in mathematics. + + + + + All supported type of T. + + + + + C#: double + + + + + C#: float + + + + + A two dimension T array used to save the data. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Saves the type of T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A int indicates the number of row. + + + A int indicates the number of column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A two dimension double array used to save the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A bool indicates whether the direction of vectors is vertical. + + + A array indicates the vectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special location. + + + A T indicates the element value. + + + Note: The row and column are base on zero. + + + + + Gets the elements of the matrix. + + + A two dimension T array save the elements. + + + + + Get the column number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the width of the matrix. + + + + + Get the row number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the height of the matrix. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Matrix object is the identity matrix. + + + This property is true if this Matrix is identity; otherwise, false. + + + | 1, 0, 0 | + | 0, 1, 0 | + | 0, 0, 1 | + + + + + Get the vectors from the column direction. + + + A array indicates the columns of the matrix. + + + + + Get the vectors from the row direction.. + + + A array indicates the rows of the matrix. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A bool value indicates the check mode. true for the multiply operation. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the add operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the binary nimus operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the unary nimus operation result of operand. + + + + + Defines the * operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the multiplication operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the transpose operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the transpose operation result of operand. + + + + + Use the explicit convertion to get a value of matrix. + + + A indicates the matrix will calculate value of it. + + + A double indicates the value of the speical matrix. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left does not equals right. + + + + + Adds a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Left multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Right multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Convertes this to it's transpose matrix. + + + + + Gets the value of the current matrix. + + + A T indicates the value of the this matrix. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current matrix. + + + A string that represents the current matrix. + + + + + A table used to convert value between the different measure units. + + + + + Gets the inch per millimeter. [1 millimeter = 6/127 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per document. [1 document = 1/300 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per display. [1 document = 1/75 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per point. [1 point = 1/72 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per twips. [1 document = 1/1440 inch] + + + + + Gets the millimeter per inch. + + + + + Gets the document per inch. + + + + + Gets the display per inch. + + + + + Gets the point per inch + + + + + Gets the twips per inch. + + + + + Define a Vector class that represents the mathematic vector. + + + + + Saves the data of this vector. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + The dimension of the vector must be bigger than or equal zero. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A double array indicates the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the dimension of the vector. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + As soon as a Vector instance is created, it's dimension is fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special index. + + + A double indicates the element value. + + + Note: The index is base on zero. + + + + + Gets the all elements in the vector. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is zero vector. + + + If this Vector object is zero vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is indentity vector. + + + If this Vector object is indentity vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the add result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) + (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 + m1, n2 + m2, n3 + m3) + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the binary minus result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) - (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 - m1, n2 - m2, n3 - m3) + + + + + Defines the unary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A that is the unary minus result of the operands. + + + -(n1, n2, n3) = (-n1, -n2, -n3) + + + + + Defines the * operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) * (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 * m1, n2 * m2, n3 * m3) + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left dose not equals right. + + + + + Defines the descarts multiplication operation for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the descarts multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + | i, j, k | + (n1, n2, n3) X (m1, m2, m3) = | n1, n2, n3| = (?, ?, ?) + | m1, m2, m3| + + + + + Get the modul of the special vector. + + + A indicates the vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Add a special vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Dot multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Cross multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Get the modul of the this vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current vector. + + + A string that represents the current vector. + + + + + Define a Vector class that represents the mathematic vector. + + + + + All supported type of T. + + + + + C#: double + + + + + C#: float + + + + + Saves the data of this vector. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Saves the type of T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + The dimension of the vector must be bigger than or equal zero. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the dimension of the vector. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + As soon as a Vector instance is created, it's dimension is fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special index. + + + A indicates the element value. + + + Note: The index is base on zero. + + + + + Gets the all elements in the vector. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is zero vector. + + + If this Vector object is zero vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is indentity vector. + + + If this Vector object is indentity vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the add result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) + (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 + m1, n2 + m2, n3 + m3) + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the binary minus result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) - (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 - m1, n2 - m2, n3 - m3) + + + + + Defines the unary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A that is the unary minus result of the operands. + + + -(n1, n2, n3) = (-n1, -n2, -n3) + + + + + Defines the * operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) * (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 * m1, n2 * m2, n3 * m3) + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left dose not equals right. + + + + + Defines the descarts multiplication operation for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the descarts multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + | i, j, k | + (n1, n2, n3) X (m1, m2, m3) = | n1, n2, n3| = (?, ?, ?) + | m1, m2, m3| + + + + + Get the modul of the special vector. + + + A indicates the vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Add a special vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Dot multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Cross multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Get the modul of the this vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current vector. + + + A string that represents the current vector. + + + + + Translates number between different types. + + + + + Get the lower word from a unsigned integer value. + + + An uint indicates the unsigned integer value. + + + Return the lower word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a unsigned integer value. + + + An unint indicates the unsigned integer value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the lower word from a integer value. + + + An int indicates the integer value. + + + Returns the lower word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a integer value. + + + An unint indicates the integer value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a value. + + + An unint indicates the value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a value. + + + An unint indicates the value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Make a double word by low and high word. + + + An ushort indicates the low word of the long. + + + An ushort indicates the high word of the long. + + + An uint indicates the long. + + + + + Make a double word by low and high word. + + + A short indicates the low word of the long. + + + A short indicates the high word of the long. + + + An int indicates the long. + + + + + Represents the basic functionality used to get string information from assembly resource. + + + The type to provide the assembly information. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource with the specified name in the assembly indicated by the template type. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + The value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource with the specified name in the assembly indicated by the template type + and returns the formated string that replaced the format specification in the String + with the textual equivalent of the value of a corresponding Object instance in a specified array. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + An Object array containing zero or more objects to be formatted. + + + The formated value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource localized for the specified culture with the specified name in the assembly + indicated by the template type. + + + The CultureInfo object that represents the culture for which the resource is localized. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + The value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource localized for the specified culture with the specified name in the assembly + indicated by the template type and returns the formated string that replaced the format specification in the + String with the textual equivalent of the value of a corresponding Object instance in a specified array. + + + The CultureInfo object that represents the culture for which the resource is localized. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + An Object array containing zero or more objects to be formatted. + + + The formated value of a resource. + + + + + If the dpi is larger than 150% and there is a bigger size image, this method will return the bigger image with scaled. + + Resource name. + The bigger image with scaled in the resource. + + + + Gets the image of the resource with the specified name in the assembly. + + Resource name. + The image in the resource. + + + + Defines an exception class to handle the system error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The message that describes the error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.SystemException class with a specified + error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of + this exception. + + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException + parameter is not a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic), the current + exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + + + Gets the error code created by last error API. + + + An int indicates the error code. + + + + + Gets the description of the error. + + + An int indicates the code of the error. + + + A string indicates the description. + + + + + This class is used to trace the gdi problems(such as: gdi leak). + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + Represents the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + The number of bits-per-pixel is specified or is implied by the JPEG or PNG format. + + + + + Each bit in the bitmap array represents a pixel. the items member of color table contains two entries. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 16 colors, the items member of color table contains up to 16 entries. + Each pixel in the bitmap is represented by a 4-bit index into the color table. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 256 colors, and the items member of color table contains up to 256 entries. + Each byte in the array represents a single pixel. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^16 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each word in the bitmap array represents a single pixel + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^24 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each 3-byte triplet in the bitmap array represents the relative + intensities of blue, green, and red, respectively, for a pixel. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^32 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each double-word in the bitmap array represents the relative intensities + of blue, green, and red, respectively, for a pixel. + + + + + Represents the gid bitmap. + + + + + Saves the width of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the height of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the planes of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size. + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1. + + + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + + The pattern data array. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified object and size. + + + A object. + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A that indicates the handle of the bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + A structure that specifies the background color. This + parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + + + + + Gets the width and height of this object. + + + A structure that represents the width and height + of this object. + + + + + Gets the height of this object. + + + + + Gets the width of this object. + + + + + Gets the planes of the Bitmap. The value is always 1. + + + + + Gets the data of the bitmap. + + + + + Gets the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Creates a GDI+ Bitmap from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + + + A indicates the GDI bitmap. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + + + Represents the base class of all kinds of brush + + + This is an abstract class, which is just details that it's ranged to Brush. + To use a , you should create an instance from its inherited class. + Refer to , , + + + + + Fills the rectangle on deviceContext by using the current brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Represents the brush which always solid draw + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Place holder for the Color property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + + The Color property is set to + (default) and the Width property is set to 1 (default). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified color. + + + A structure that indicates the color + of this object. + + + The property is set to the color specified + by the color parameter. The Width property is set + to 1 (default). + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the color of this object. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Represents the hatch style of the . + + + + + Horizontal hatch + + + It seems like: + | ==== | + | ==== | + + + + + Vertical hatch + + + It seems like: + | |||| | + | |||| | + + + + + A 45-degree downward, left-to-right hatch + + + It seems like: + | \\\\ | + | \\\\ | + + + + + A 45-degree downward, left-to-right hatch + + + It seems like: + | //// | + | //// | + + + + + Horizontal and vertical cross-hatch + + + It seems like: + | ++++ | + | ++++ | + + + + + 45-degree crosshatch + + + It seems like: + | \/\/ | + | /\/\ | + + + + + Represents the brush which draw with + + + + + Save the of this brush + + + + + Save the foreground color of this brush + + + + + Save the background color of this brush + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + A indicate the foreground color of the device on which be drawed + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + A indicate the foreground color of the device on which be drawed + + + A indicate the backgound color of the device on which be drawed + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the foreground color of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the background color of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the . + + + A indicates the line style of the brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given hatch brush. + + + A object that represents the device context. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + Represents the brush which draw nothing + + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Defines a brush with a pattern. + + + + + Gets the Horizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the Vertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the ForwordDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the BackwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the DiagonalCross pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent5 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent10 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent20 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent25 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent30 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent40 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent50 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent60 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent70 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent75 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent80 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent90 pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the WideDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the WideUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the NarrowVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the NarrowHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallConfetti pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeConfetti pattern. + + + + + Gets the ZigZag pattern. + + + + + Gets the Wave pattern. + + + + + Gets the DiagonalBrick pattern. + + + + + Gets the HorizontalBrick pattern. + + + + + Gets the Weave pattern. + + + + + Gets the Plaid pattern. + + + + + Gets the Divot pattern. + + + + + Gets the DottedGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the DottedDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the Shingle pattern. + + + + + Gets the Trellis pattern. + + + + + Gets the Sphere pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallCheckerBoard pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeCheckerBoard pattern. + + + + + Gets the OutlinedDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the SolidDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the Hollow pattern. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Caches the handle of the bitmap that presents the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + A that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + A that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + A that indicates the background color of the pattern. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the pattern. + + + A structure that indicates the background color of the pattern. + + + If the value is Color.Empty the background color is the currrent background color of the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the pattern. + + + A structure that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + If the value is Color.Empty the foreground color is the currrent foreground color of the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern mask. + + + A int array that indicates the pattern. + Each bit represents a pixel. + 0 - indicates to fill the pixel with foreground color. + 1 - indicates to fill the pixel with background color. + + + If the Pattern is null or empty, all pixel will be filled with background color. + + + + + Returns a handle to this GdiObject object. + + + A Windows handle to this GdiObject object. + + + + + Delete the old handle and Create the new handle when the + + + + + Create the handle by the current value of Patterns property. + + + The handle of the pattern bitmap + + + Returns the handle of the pattern brush. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given pattern brush. + + + A object that represents the device context. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + Defines the filling action. + + + + + Adds the colors to the filling action. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + The original filling action. + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + Represent a texture brush be used to fill with texture + + + + + A indicate the texture + + + + + Initialize a new istance of + + + A indicate an unit of the texture + + + + + Create the handle by the current value of bitmap. + + + The handle of the pattern bitmap + + + Returns the handle of the pattern brush. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this TextureBrush object. + + + A new which properties same as current brush + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + An represents the gradient direction. + + + + + Towards to left. + + + + + Towards to right. + + + + + Towards to up. + + + + + Towards to down. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the inherited class of is always IntPtr.Zero, + so it can not be used to . + + + + + Get the reverse order colors + + + A array indicates the original colors. + + + A array indicates the reverse order colors. + + + + + Combines the colors. + + + A array indicates the colors. + + + A array indicates the combined colors. + + + + + Fills triangle with specified colors. + + + A indicates the dc. + + + A indicates the vertex1 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex2 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex3 of triangle. + + + A array indicates the gradient colors. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Fills the specified pie on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that just contains the ellipse. + + + + + Fills the specified pie on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fills the specified polygon on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + An array of that indicates the vertexes of polygon. + + + + + Fills the specified region on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the region. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this BoxGradientBrush object. + + + The BoxGradientBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient direction. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient colors. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction. + + + A that indicates the gradient direction. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the rectangle. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient colors. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the rectangle. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this LinearGradientBrush object. + + + The LinearGradientBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Defines a brush that has a solid color. + + + This brush has the same funtion as in painting. + This brush will not consume gdi handle. In other word, the Handle property is always IntPtr.Zero. So it + can not be used to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the brush. + + + A indicates the color of the brush. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this ColorBrush object. + + + The ColorBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Fills the rectangle on deviceContext by using the current brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + Each property of the SystemBrushes class is a object that is the color of + a Windows display element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + A object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + A object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + A object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the desktop. + + + A object that is the color of the desktop. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color + in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color in the color + gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + A object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + A object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + A object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to highlight menu items + when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + A object that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a window frame. + + + A object that is the color of a window frame. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + + + Saves the state of the . + + + + + A handle that represents the state of this . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A handle that represents the state of this . + + + + + Represents the raster operation code. + + + + + Inverts the destination rectangle. + + + + + Fills the destination rectangle using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. + (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + + + Fills the destination rectangle using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. + (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + + + Copies the source rectangle directly to the destination rectangle. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean XOR operator. + + + + + Combines the inverted colors of the destination rectangle with the colors of the source rectangle + by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Copies the inverted source rectangle to the destination. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean OR operator + and then inverts the resultant color. + + + + + Merges the colors of the source rectangle with the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Merges the colors of the inverted source rectangle with the colors of the destination rectangle + by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Copies the brush currently selected in hdcDest, into the destination bitmap. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, with the colors of the inverted source rectangle + by using the Boolean OR operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination + rectangle by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean XOR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean And operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Inverts the destination rectangle. + + + + + Represents the mode of the background. + + + + + Background remains untouched. + + + + + Background is filled with the current background color before the text, hatched brush, or pen is drawn. + + + + + Represents the circum-direction. + + + + + Figures drawn counterclockwise + + + + + Figures drawn clockwise. + + + + + Enumerate the fill mode for region + + + + + Selects alternate mode (fills the area between odd-numbered and even-numbered polygon sides on each scan line). + + + + + Selects winding mode (fills any region with a nonzero winding value). + + + + + Define a enumeration indicates the graphics mode. + + + + + The current graphics mode is the compatible graphics mode, a mode + that is compatible with 16-bit Windows. In this graphics mode, an + application cannot set or modify the world transformation for the + specified device context. The compatible graphics mode is the + default graphics mode. + + + + + Windows NT/2000/XP: The current graphics mode is the advanced + graphics mode, a mode that allows world transformations. In this + graphics mode, an application can set or modify the world + transformation for the specified device context. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: This mode is not supported. + + + + + Defines the unit of measure used to transform page-space units into device-space units, and also defines + the orientation of the device's x and y axes. + + + + + Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with arbitrarily scaled axes. + Use the WindowExtent and ViewportExtent properties to specify the units, orientation, and scaling. + + + + + Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with equally scaled axes; that is, one unit along the x-axis is + equal to one unit along the y-axis. + Use the WindowExtent and ViewportExtent properties to specify the units and the orientation of the axes. + Graphics device interface (GDI) makes adjustments as necessary to ensure the x and y units remain the same size + (When the window extent is set, the viewport will be adjusted to keep the units isotropic). + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to one twentieth of a printer's point (1/1440 inch, also called a twip). + Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.001 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.1 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to one device pixel. Positive x is to the right; positive y is down. + + + + + Specifies the text alignment by using a mask of the values in the following list. + Only one flag can be chosen from those that affect horizontal and vertical alignment. + + + + + The reference point will be on the left edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the right edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be aligned horizontally with the center of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the top edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the bottom edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the base line of the text. + + + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + The default text format is "Top|Left". + + + + + Justifies the text to the top of the rectangle. + + + + + Centers text vertically. This value is used only with the SingleLine value. + + + + + Justifies the text to the bottom of the rectangle. This value is used only with the SingleLine value. + + + + + Aligns text to the left. + + + + + Centers text horizontally in the rectangle. + + + + + Aligns text to the right. + + + + + For displayed text, if the end of a string does not fit in the rectangle, it is truncated and + ellipses are added. If a word that is not at the end of the string goes beyond the limits of + the rectangle, it is truncated without ellipses. + + + + + Truncates any word that does not fit in the rectangle and adds ellipses. + + + + + For displayed text, replaces characters in the middle of the string with ellipses so that the result + fits in the specified rectangle. If the string contains backslash (\) characters, PathEllipsis + preserves as much as possible of the text after the last backslash. + + + + + Turns off processing of prefix characters. + + + + + Ignores the ampersand (&) prefix character in the text. The letter that follows will not be underlined, + but other mnemonic-prefix characters are still processed. + + + + + Draws only an underline at the position of the character following the ampersand (&) prefix character. + + + + + Draws without clipping. + + + + + Includes the font external leading in line height. Normally, external leading is not included in the + height of a line of text. + + + + + Duplicates the text-displaying characteristics of a multiline edit control. Specifically, the average + character width is calculated in the same manner as for an edit control, and the function does not + display a partially visible last line. + + + + + Layout in right-to-left reading order for bi-directional text when the font selected into the device context + is a Hebrew or Arabic font. The default reading order for all text is left-to-right. + + + + + Displays text on a single line only. Carriage returns and line feeds do not break the line. + + + + + Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the + pecified rectangle. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line. + + + + + Prevents a line break at a DBCS (double-wide character string), so that the line breaking rule is equivalent + to SBCS strings. + + + + + Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. + + + + + Represents the GDI device conext. + + + + + Saves the handle of the device context. + + + + + Deletes this , and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the object + to be reallocated for other purposes. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Gets or [protected] sets the handle of the device context. + + + A that indicates the handle of the device context. + + + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + + + An System.IntPtr representing the handle of a device context. + + + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + + + Selects an object into the specified device context(DC). The new object replaces the previous + object of the same type. + + + A that indicates the handle to the gdi object to be selected. + + + Returns the handle of the previous gdi object of the same type. + + + Note: When the handle of a gdi object is selected to , the properties + of the gdi object can not changed and the gdi object can not be disposed. + + + + // + // Paints a rectangle that is single black border and filled with white. + // + using (Pen pen = new SolidPen(Color.Black)) + { + using (Brush brush = new SolidBrush(Color.Wheat)) + { + DeviceContext dc = DeviceContext.Screen; + IntPtr defaultPenHandle = dc.SelectObject(pen.Handle); + IntPtr defaultBrushHandle = dc.SelectObject(brush.Handle); + + dc.PaintRectangle(new Rectangle(0, 0, 100, 100)); + + dc.SelectObject(defaultPenHandle); + dc.SelectObject(defaultBrushHandle); + } + } + + + + + + Deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. + After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + + + Handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. + When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + + + If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, it would throw a . + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the background of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the color of the background of the device context. + + + + If the background mode is is , + the background color is used to fill gaps between styled lines, gaps between hatched lines in brushes, and + character cells. The background color is also used when converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + + Sets the color of the background of the device context. + + + Returns the previous color of the background of the device context. + + + If the background mode is is , + the background color is used to fill gaps between styled lines, gaps between hatched lines in brushes, and + character cells. The background color is also used when converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + The Color is used to draw the face of each character written by the TextOut and ExtTextOut functions. + The Color is also used in converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Sets the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + Returns the previous color of the foreground of the device context. + + + The Color is used to draw the face of each character written by the TextOut and ExtTextOut functions. + The Color is also used in converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Gets or sets the background mode of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the background mode of the device context. + + + + The BackgroundMode affects the line styles for lines drawn using a pen created + by the CreatePen GDI API function. The BackgroundMode does not affect lines drawn using a pen created + by the ExtCreatePen GDI API function. + + + value parameter can also be set to driver-specific values. + GDI passes such values to the device driver and otherwise ignores them. + + + + + + Sets the background mode of the device context. + + + Returns the previous foreground mode of the device context. + + + + The BackgroundMode affects the line styles for lines drawn using a pen created + by the CreatePen GDI API function. The BackgroundMode does not affect lines drawn using a pen created + by the ExtCreatePen GDI API function. + + + backgroundMode parameter can also be set to driver-specific values. + GDI passes such values to the device driver and otherwise ignores them. + + + + + + Saves the current state of this object and + identifies the saved state with a handle. + + + This methods returns a state that saves current state of this + object. + + + + + Restores the state of this object to the + state represented by a handle. + + + A that represents the state to which to restore this + object. + + + + + Gets or sets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The CircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The SetCircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + A indicates the previous circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The SetCircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Get or set the current foreground mix mode.GDI uses the foreground mix mode to combine pens and interiors of filled + objects with the colors already on the screen. The foreground mix mode defines how colors from the brush or pen + and the colors in the existing image are to be combined. + + + Specifies the mix mode. This parameter can be one of the following values. + + + Mix modes define how GDI combines source and destination colors when drawing with the current pen. + The mix modes are binary raster operation codes, representing all possible Boolean functions of two variables, + using the binary operations AND, OR, and XOR (exclusive OR), and the unary operation NOT. The mix mode is for + raster devices only; it is not available for vector devices. + + + + + retrieves the foreground mix mode of the specified device context. The mix mode specifies how the pen or interior + color and the color already on the screen are combined to yield a new color. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value specifies the foreground mix mode. otherwise zero indicates failed. + + + + + Sets the current foreground mix mode. GDI uses the foreground mix mode to combine pens and interiors of filled + objects with the colors already on the screen. The foreground mix mode defines how colors from the brush or pen + and the colors in the existing image are to be combined. + + + Specifies the mix mode. This parameter can be one of the following values. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value specifies the previous mix mode. otherwise, zero indicates failed + + + Mix modes define how GDI combines source and destination colors when drawing with the current pen. + The mix modes are binary raster operation codes, representing all possible Boolean functions of two variables, + using the binary operations AND, OR, and XOR (exclusive OR), and the unary operation NOT. The mix mode is for + raster devices only; it is not available for vector devices. + + + + + Draws a line segment and an arc. + The line segment is drawn from the position which is defined by radius and startAngle. + The arc is drawn along the perimeter of a circle with the given radius and center. + The length of the arc is defined by the given start and sweep angles. + + + A specifies the center of the circle. + + + A uint specifies the radius of the circle. This value must be positive. + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draws an elliptical arc. + + + A specifies the bounding rectangle. + + + A specifies the ending point of the radial line defining the starting point of the arc. + + + A specifies the ending point of the radial line defining the ending point of the arc. + + + The rectangle specify the bounding rectangle. An ellipse formed by the specified bounding rectangle + defines the curve of the arc. The arc extends in the current drawing direction from the point where it intersects + the radial from the center of the bounding rectangle to the firstRadial point. The arc ends where + it intersects the radial from the center of the bounding rectangle to the secondRadial point. + If the starting point and ending point are the same, a complete ellipse is drawn. + + + + + + Draws the special line by using the current pen of the device context. + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the specified array. + + + A array indicates the line segments. + + + + The lines are drawn from the first point through subsequent points by using the current pen. + Windows 95/98/Me: DrawPolyLine cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawPolyBezier draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + The lines are drawn from the first point through subsequent points by using the current pen. + Windows 95/98/Me: DrawPolyBezier cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Gradient fills the rectangle with colors. + + + structure that represents the start color + of gradient. + + + structure that represents the end color of + gradient. + + + structure that represents the rectangle + to fill. + + + A bool indicates the fill direction. + false is horizontal direction. true is vertical direction. + + + + + Gradient fills the triangle with specified colors. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex1. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex2. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex3. + + + A indicates the vertex1 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex2 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex3 of triangle. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle by using the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle by using the current brush of device context. + + + A indicates the rectangle to fill. + + + A indicates the rester operation code. + + + Not all devices support the this function. For more information, see the description of + the RC_BITBLT capability in the GetDeviceCaps function. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + + + + Draws a border around the specified region by using the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + A that specifies the width of vertical brush strokes and + the height of the horizontal brush strokes. + + + + + + Paints a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). + The chord is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the first radial. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the second radial. + + + + The curve of the chord is defined by an ellipse that fits the specified bounding rectangle. + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. The chord is closed by drawing a line from + the intersection of the first radial and the curve to the intersection of the second radial and the curve. + + + If the starting point and ending point of the curve are the same, a complete ellipse is drawn. + + + + + + + Paints an ellipse. + The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. + The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Paints a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials. + The pie is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the first radial. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the second radial. + + + The curve of the pie is defined by an ellipse that fits the specified bounding rectangle. + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Paints a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + The polygon is closed automatically by drawing a line from the last vertex to the first. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: PaintPolygon cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle by using the current pen of the device context and fill the rectangle by using + the current brush of the device context. + + + A indicate the rectangle to paint. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + If a is used, the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Paints a rectangle with rounded corners. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using + the current brush. + + + A indicates the rectangle to paint. + + + An int indicates the width of the ellipse used to draw the rounded corners. + + + An int indicates the height of the ellipse used to draw the rounded corners. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination DeviceContext object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the upper-left corner of source rectangle. + The width and height of source rectangle are same as the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the raster operation code. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, Copy will throw + a . If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching + transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context + is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. + + + If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the Copy function converts + the source color format to match the destination format. + + + When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies + an enhanced-metafile device context. it means a would be throw out. + + + Not all devices support the Copy function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry + in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. + + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination DeviceContext object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the raster operation code. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + + + + + Displays bitmaps that have transparent or semitransparent pixels. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + + + Displays bitmaps with a constant transparent value. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A byte indicates the constant alpha value of source. + + + + + Inverts a rectangle in a window by performing a logical NOT operation on the color values for each pixel + in the rectangle's interior. + + + A structure that contains the logical coordinates of the rectangle to be inverted. + + + On monochrome screens, InvertRectangle makes white pixels black and black pixels white. On color screens, + the inversion depends on how colors are generated for the screen. Calling InvertRectangle twice + for the same rectangle restores the display to its previous colors. + + + + + + Inverts the colors in the specified region. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + On monochrome screens, the InvertRegion function makes white pixels black and black pixels white. + On color screens, this inversion is dependent on the type of technology used to generate the colors for the screen. + + + + + + retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates. + + + Specifies the coordinate, in logical units, of the pixel to be examined. + + + The return value is the RGB value of the pixel. If the pixel is outside of the current clipping region, + the return value is Color.Empty. + + + + + Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color. + The point must be in the clipping region and the visible part of the device surface. + + + Specifies the color to be used to paint the point. + + + Specifies the coordinate, in logical units, of the point to be set. + + + + + Gets or sets the handle of the current clipping region of the device context. + + + A that indicates the handle of the clipping region. + + + + Note: + [Get] The getting region is a copy of the current region. + [Set] Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a IntPtr.Zero region handle. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + + Combines the specified region with the current clipping region using the specified mode. + + + A that indicates handle to the region to be selected. + This handle can only be IntPtr.Zero when the CombineMode.Replace mode is specified + + + A that indicates the combine mode. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + Moves the clipping region of a device context by the specified offsets. + + + Specifies the number of logical units to move left or right. + + + Specifies the number of logical units to move up or down. + + + + + Clips the device context by the specified rectangle and operation mode. + + + A indicates the rectangle. + + + A indicates operation mode. + + + The coordinate of rectangle is base one the space page. + + + + + Clips the device context by the specified rectangle and operation mode. + + + A indicates the rectangle. + + + A indicates operation mode. + + + The coordinate of rectangle is base one the space page. + + + + + Retrieves the dimensions of the tightest bounding rectangle that can be drawn around the current + visible area on the device. The visible area is defined by the current clipping region or clip + path, as well as any overlapping windows. + + + A indicates the dimensions, in logical units. + + + + + Gets or sets a indicating whether use the world transform in this DC. + + + A indicates the graphics mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the world transform. + + + + An array of float that includes six elements. + + + | M11, M12, 0 | + | M21, M22, 0 | + | Dx, Dy, 1 | + + + The order is [M11, M12, M21, M22, Dx, Dy]. + + + + Notes: The length of the array must be six. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-extent and y-extent of the current window for the device context. + + + A indicates the x-extent and y-extent of the current window for the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context + + + A indicates the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context. + + + + + Modifies the window origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + An int specifies the horizontal offset. + + + An int specifies the vertical offset. + + + + + Modifies the window for a device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current vertical extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current vertical extent. + + + + + Gets or sets the mapping mode of the device context. + + + A indicates the value of the mapping mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. + + + A indicates the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context + + + A indicates the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context. + + + + + Modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + An int specifies the horizontal offset. + + + An int specifies the vertical offset. + + + + + Modifies the viewport for a device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current vertical extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current vertical extent. + + + + + Gets the number of pixels per logical inch along the screen width. + In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors. + + + + + Gets the number of pixels per logical inch along the screen height. + In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors. + + + + + converts logical coordinates into device coordinates. The conversion depends on the mapping mode of the device + context, the settings of the origins and extents for the window and viewport, and the world transformation. + + + An array of structures. + The x- and y-coordinates contained in each structure will be transformed. + + + An array of structures indicate the point which is converted to Device coordinates + + + + + + + converts device coordinates into logical coordinates. The conversion depends on the mapping mode of the device + context, the settings of the origins and extents for the window and viewport, and the world transformation. + + + An array of structures. + The x- and y-coordinates contained in each structure will be transformed. + + + An array of structures indicate the point which is converted to Logical coordinates + + + + + + + Width, in millimeters, of the physical screen. + + + + + Width, in pixels, of the screen. + + + + + Height, in millimeters, of the physical screen. + + + + + Height, in raster lines, of the screen. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-alignment flags for this device context. + + + A that specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Sets the text-alignment flags for this device context. + + + A that specifies the new text alignment. + + + A that specifies the previous text alignment. + + + + + Writes a character string at the specified location, using the currently selected + font, background color, and text color. + + + A string that saves the characters to be written. + + + A that indicates the reference point that the system uses to align the string. + + + + + Computes the width and height of the specified string of text. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + + + + + Retrieves the number of characters in a specified string that will fit within a specified space and + fills an array with the text extent for each of those characters. + + + A string for which extents are to be retrieved. + + + Specifies the maximum allowable width, in logical units, of the formatted string. + + + Receives a count of the maximum number of characters that will fit in the space specified by the + maxExtent parameter. + + + Pointer to an array of integers that receives partial string extents. + Each element in the array gives the distance, in logical units, between the beginning of the string + and one of the characters that fits in the space specified by the maxExtent parameter. + This array must have at least as many elements as character count in text. The function fills the + array with valid extents for as many characters as are specified by the fitCharNumber parameter. + + + Receives the dimensions of the string, in logical units. + + + + + Writes a character string at a specified location, expanding tabs to the values specified in an array of + tab-stop positions. Text is written in the currently selected font, background color, and text color. + + + A string that saves the characters to be written. + + + A that indicates the reference point that the system uses to align the string. + + + Pointer to an array containing the tab-stop positions. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. If this parameter is null, tabs are expanded + to eight times the average character width. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the starting position from which tabs are expanded. + + + Returns the dimensions, of the string. + + + + + The TabbedTextExtent method computes the width and height of a character string.If the string contains + one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. + The TabbedTextExtent method uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + An array containing the tab-stop positions, in device units. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. + + + If the function succeeds, the value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + Else the value is Size.Empty. + + + Retrun a value indictaes whether this function succeed or not. + + + + + The TabbedTextExtent method computes the width and height of a character string.If the string contains + one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. + The TabbedTextExtent method uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + An array containing the tab-stop positions, in device units. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + + Ted changed this function's modifier as private in 2007.07.14, + And provide a new interface fucntion. + + + + Specifies the amount of space the system should add to the break characters in a string of text. + The space is added when an application calls the TextOut method. + + + Specifies the total extra space, in logical units, to be added to the line of text. + + + Specifies the number of break characters in the line. + + + + + Gets or sets the current intercharacter spacing for the device context. + + + Specifies the amount of extra space to be added to each character. + + + + + Sets the current intercharacter spacing for the device context. + + + Specifies the amount of extra space to be added to each character. + + + Returns the previous intercharacter spacing. + + + + + Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. + + + The string that specifies the text to be drawn. + + + Contains the rectangle in which the text is to be formatted. + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. + + + The string that specifies the text to be drawn. + + + Contains the proposed size in which the text is to be formatted. + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + Represents a wrapper of the gid device context handle. + + + The handle will not be released when RawDeviceContext is disposed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + An that indicates the handle of the device context. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the RawDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context that created by gdi+ Graphics. + + + The Graphics will be locked, until the is disposed. + + + + + Saves the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Gets the local cached Gdiplus . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a window. + + + + + Saves the window handle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of a window. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the WindowDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the control. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from the desktop. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a gdi+ image. + + + + + Saves the local cache. + + + + + Gets the local cached image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the gdi+ image. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context that used as a dummy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly another device context. + It has the same format as the another device context. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of a window. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the WindowDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a GDI font object. + + + + + Indicates the static default Gdi font. + + + + + Gets the default of the control. + + + The default of the control. + + + + + Indicates the DPIs for 96DPI(Small font) or 120DPI(Big font). + + + + + Gets the screen the DPIs for 96DPI(Small font) or 120DPI(Big font). + + + The DPIs of current . + + + + + Indicates the graphics unit for converting between and . + + + + + A Indicates the style. + + + + + A string indicate the face name of the + + + + + A byte value that specifies the character set that this + + + + + An int indicate the height of this + + + + + Saves the base information of this font. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified Font object and special style + + + Special from which is used to create new font + + + A indicate the special style + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified Font object and special style + + + Special from which is used to create new font + + + The size of the new object. + + + + this is used to create a new from template font which is given by parameter Font, + the parameter size show you a chance to redefine the . + + + if you want to zoom , you can get the size from your template font, and multiply it + with the zoom factor you expected, which a new size you will got, for example named new size variable newSize, + then use this constructor to create new : + + Font newFont = new Font(templateFont, newSize); + + + + This is a simple WinForm program which draw two line text on special position of form. + The first line, a string was drawed with winForm default font: Microsoft Sans Serif, 8.25pt, + The second line, a sting was drawed with Font whic size is as twice as fiest line + + public class TestForm : Form + { + protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) + { + base.OnPaint(e); + + IntPtr hDc = e.Graphics.GetHdc(); + // create a font from default Form.Font (Microsoft Sans Serif, 8.25pt), size = 8.25 + Gdi.Font font = new Gdi.Font(this.Font); + IntPtr oldFont = SelectObject(hDc, font.Handle); + string test1 = "1. This is drawing by GDI with GdiFont"; + TextOut(hDc, 50, 50, test1, test1.Length); + SelectObject(hDc, oldFont); + + // here I want to a font which size is as twice as current's + Drawing.Gdi.Font font2 = new Drawing.Gdi.Font(font, 2 * font.Size); + oldFont = SelectObject(hDc, font2.Handle); + string test2 = "2. This is drawing by GDI with GdiFont"; + TextOut(hDc, 50, 100, test2, test2.Length); + font.Dispose(); + font2.Dispose(); + SelectObject(hDc, oldFont); + e.Graphics.ReleaseHdc(hDc); + } + + [DllImport("gdi32.dll", EntryPoint = "SelectObject")] + public static extern IntPtr SelectObject( + IntPtr hdc, + IntPtr hObject + ); + + [DllImport("gdi32.dll", EntryPoint = "TextOut")] + public static extern int TextOut( + IntPtr hdc, + int x, + int y, + string lpString, + int nCount + ); + } + + + + + + + Initializes a new object using the specified font attributes. + + + A string representation of the object for the new object. + + + The size of the new object. + + + + + Initializes a new object using the specified settings. + + + A string representation of the object for the new object. + + + The size of the new object. + + + The enumeration to be applied to the new object. + + + A Byte that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + + + + Initializes a new from a + + + A LOGFONT indicate the font proerties + + + + + Gets the face name of this object. + + + A string representation of the face name of this object. + + + + + Gets style information for this object. + + + A indicate that contains style information for this object. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font object is bold. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is bold; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font + object is italic. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is italic; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font + object is underlined. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is underlined; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font object + specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + + This property is true if this Font object has + a horizontal line through it; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the character set that this Font object uses. + + + A byte value that specifies the character set that this Font object uses. + + + + + Gets the height of this Font object. + + + The height of this Font object in current graphics units. + + + + + Gets the size, in points, of this Font object. + + + The size, in points, of this Font object. + + + + + Gets basic information about this font. All sizes are specified in pixels. + + + The basic information about this font. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Initialize a new from a existed font handle + + + A font handle that defines to instance the object. + + + + + Creates a from existed handle + + + A font handle that defines to create the object. + + + A contains the font information + + + + + Creates a new object from the specified object. + + + The font is defined in .NET. + + + This constructor creates a new object from a Gdiplus object. + + + + + Creates a GDI+ .NET object from this object instance. + + + A indicate the Gdi Font + + + A object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the basic information about a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + Represents a class that is used to builder some complex fonts. + + + + + Saves the height of font. + + + + + Saves the width of font. + + + + + Saves the escapement of font. + + + + + Saves the orientation of font. + + + + + Saves the weight of font. + + + + + Saves the italic of font. + + + + + Saves the underline of font. + + + + + Saves the strike out of font. + + + + + Saves the char set of font. + + + + + Saves the output percision of font. + + + + + Saves clipping precision of font. + + + + + Saves the quality of font. + + + + + Saves the pitch of font. + + + + + Saves the family of font. + + + + + Saves the face name of font. + + + + + Initialize a new from a + + + A indicate the template + + + + + Initialize a new from a + + + A indicate the template + + + + + Initialize a new + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If width is zero, + the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts + to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + + + Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. + If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined for convenience. + + + Specifies an italic font if set to true. + + + Specifies an underlined font if set to true. + + + Specifies a strikeout font if set to true. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + Specifies the character set. + + + Specifies the output precision. The output precision defines how closely the output must match + the requested font's height, width, character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + Specifies the clipping precision. The clipping precision defines how to clip characters + that are partially outside the clipping region. It can be one or more of the following values. + + + Specifies the output quality. The output quality defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) + must attempt to match the logical-font attributes to those of an actual physical font. + + + Specifies the pitch of the font + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName and height + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family and height + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + Specifies the pitch of the font + + + + + Get or set the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height + value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. + + + An int indicate the height + + if value larger than zero, the font mapper transforms this value into device units and matches it + against the cell height of the available fonts. + + + if value equal zero, the font mapper uses a default height value when it searches for a match. + + + if value less than zero, the font mapper transforms this value into device units and matches + its absolute value against the character height of the available fonts. + + + + + + Get or set the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. + If value is zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of + the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + + + An int indicate the average width + + + + + Get or set the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + An int indicate the escapement vector + + + + Windows NT/2000/XP: When the graphics mode is set to GM_ADVANCED, you can specify the escapement angle + of the string independently of the orientation angle of the string's characters. + + + When the graphics mode is set to GM_COMPATIBLE, Escapement specifies both the escapement and orientation. + You should set Escapement and Orientation to the same value. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The Escapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. + You should set Escapement and Orientation to the same value. + + + + + + Get or set the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Get or set the weight of the font. + + + An int indicate the weight of font, which is in the range 0 through 1000. + For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is italic + + + A bool which indicate whether the font is italic + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is underline + + + An bool which indicate whether the font is underline + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is strikeout + + + An bool which indicate whether the font is strikeout + + + + + Get or set the CharSet of font + + + A byte indicate the charset of font + + + Fonts with other character sets may exist in the operating system. If an application uses a font with + an unknown character set, it should not attempt to translate or interpret strings that are rendered with that font. + + + + + Get or set the output precision. + + + The value defines how closely the output must match the requested font's height, width, + character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + + + Get or set the clipping precision. + + + The value defines how to clip characters that are partially outside the clipping region. + + + + + Get or set the output quality. + + + The value defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) must attempt to match the logical-font + attributes to those of an actual physical font. + + + + + Get or set the pitch of the font. + + + The value describe the look of a font in general way with corporated with Family + + + + + Get or set the font family + + + The value describe the look of a font in a general way. + + + + + Get or set a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + + + A string value specifies the typeface name of the font. + + + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + If value is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Create a new from current + + + A istance which its properties provided by + + + + + Create a new istance which its properties provided by + + + A instance would be create + + + + + Zoom current with zoom factor + + + Indicate the Font you want to zoom + + + Indicate the zoom factor + + + A with special size + + + + + Create a bold from current font + + + Indicate the Font you want to bold + + + A with bold style + + + + + Create a FontBuilder frome the native logical font. + + + A native logical font. + + + The FontBuilder. + + + + + Create a native logical font frome the FontBuilder. + + + A FontBuilder. + + + The native logical font. + + + + + Represents the weight values of logical font. + + + + + Indicates the default font weight. + + + + + Indicates the thin font weight. + + + + + Indicates the extra light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the ultra light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the normal font weight. + + + + + Indicates the regular font weight. + + + + + Indicates the medium font weight. + + + + + Indicates the semi bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the demi bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the extra bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the ultra bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the heavy font weight. + + + + + Indicates the black font weight. + + + + + Represents the out precision of logical font. + + + The output precision defines how closely the output must match the requested font's height, + width, character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + + + Specifies the default font mapper behavior. + + + + + This value is not used by the font mapper, but it is returned when raster fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Not used. + + + + + This value is not used by the font mapper, but it is returned when TrueType, other outline-based fonts, + and vector fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a TrueType font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a Device font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a raster font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose from only TrueType fonts. If there are no TrueType fonts installed in + the system, the font mapper returns to default behavior. + + + + + This value instructs the font mapper to choose from TrueType and other outline-based fonts. + + + + + [This is a no document value.] + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose from only PostScript fonts. If there are no PostScript fonts installed in + the system, the font mapper returns to default behavior. + + + + + Represents the clip precision of font. + + + The clipping precision defines how to clip characters that are partially outside the clipping region. + + + + + Specifies default clipping behavior. + + + + + Not used. + + + + + Not used by the font mapper, but is returned when raster, vector, or TrueType fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Not used. + + + + +

+ When this value is used, the rotation for all fonts depends on whether the orientation of the + coordinate system is left-handed or right-handed. +

+

+ If not used, device fonts always rotate counterclockwise, but the rotation of other fonts is dependent + on the orientation of the coordinate system. +

+
+
+ + + Not used. + + + + + Windows XP SP1: Turns off font association for the font. + Note that this flag is not guaranteed to have any effect on any platform after Windows Server 2003. + + + + + Windows 2000: Turns off font association for the font. This is identical to DefaultDisable, + but it can have problems in some situations; the recommended flag to use is DefaultDisable. + + + + + You must specify this flag to use an embedded read-only font. + + + + + Represents the quality of font. + + + The output quality defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) must attempt to match + the logical-font attributes to those of an actual physical font. It can be one of the following values. + + + + + Appearance of the font does not matter. + + + + + Appearance of the font is less important than when Draft is used. + For GDI raster fonts, scaling is enabled, which means that more font sizes are available, + but the quality may be lower. Bold, italic, underline, and strikeout fonts are synthesized if necessary. + + + + + Character quality of the font is more important than exact matching of the logical-font attributes. + For GDI raster fonts, scaling is disabled and the font closest in size is chosen. + Although the chosen font size may not be mapped exactly when Proof is used, the quality of the font + is high and there is no distortion of appearance. Bold, italic, underline, and strikeout fonts are + synthesized if necessary. + + + + + Font is never antialiased. + + + + + Font is always antialiased if the font supports it and the size of the font is not too small or too large. + + + + + If set, text is rendered (when possible) using ClearType antialiasing method. + + + + + [No document] + + + + + Represents the pitch of font. + + + The two low-order bits specify the pitch of the font and can be one of the following values. + + + + + Indicates the default pitch. + + + + + Indicates the fixed pitch. + + + + + Indicates the variable pitch. + + + + + Represents the family of logical font + + + Describe the look of a font in a general way. + + + + + Use default font. + + + + + Fonts with variable stroke width (proportional) and with serifs. MS Serif is an example. + + + + + Fonts with variable stroke width (proportional) and without serifs. MS Sans Serif is an example. + + + + + Fonts with constant stroke width (monospace), with or without serifs. + Monospace fonts are usually modern. Pica, Elite, and CourierNew are examples. + + + + + Fonts designed to look like handwriting. Script and Cursive are examples. + + + + + Novelty fonts. Old English is an example. + + + + + Represents the common base of the gid objects. + + + + + Saves the handle of this gdi object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns a handle to this GdiObject object. + + + A Windows handle to this GdiObject object. + + + + + Deletes this GdiObject, and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this GdiObject object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the + GdiObject object to be reallocated + for other purposes. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents a wrapper of the gid object handle. + + + The handle will not be released when RawGdiObject is disposed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle object gdi object. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the gdi graphics object that handles the gdi device context. + + + + + A static used to measure geometries. + + + + + Saves the device context. + + + + + Used to lock the device context. + + + + + To to be runed in Dispose method. + + + + + Gets the of the . + + + A that indicates the device context of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An DeviceContext indicates the device context. + + + + + Deletes this Graphics, and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the + object to be reallocated for other purposes. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Gets the structure that bounds the clipping region of this object. + + + This property indicates a structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping + region of this object. + + + How to judge a Grphics's clip is empty? + + bool isClipEmpty = (graphics.ClipBound == Rectangle.Empty); + + + + + + Gets the region of the current clipping region of graphics. + + + A that indicates the clipping region. + + + + Note: The getting region is a copy of the current region. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to the intersection of the current clip region and + the specified structure. + + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + This method assigns to the Clip property of this object the area represented by the + intersection of the current clip region and the rectangle specified by the rectangle parameter. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to the intersection of the current clip region and + the specified object. + + + object to intersect with the current region. + + + This method assigns to the Clip property of this object the area represented by the + intersection of the current clip region and the region specified by the region parameter. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to exclude the area specified by a + structure. + + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + This method excludes the area specified by the rectangle parameter from the current clip region and assigns + the resulting area to the Clip property of this object. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to exclude the area specified by a + object. + + + object that specifies the region to exclude from the clipping region. + + + This method excludes the area specified by the region parameter from the current clip region and assigns + the resulting area to the Clip property of this object. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the Replace combining + the current clip region and the specified object. + + + object to combine. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object + to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the specified operation combining + the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + + structure to combine. + + + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the specified operation combining + the current clip region and the specified object. + + + object to combine. + + + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this Graphics object by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + + + An int indicates the x component of the translation. + + + An int indicates the y component of the translation. + + + + + Draw the special line by using given pen + + + A indicate the pen used to draw + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on current Graphics. + + + A indicate the pen used to draw + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of rectangle + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw + + + + + Draw the special ellipse by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of ellipse + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of arc + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on current Graphics by using the special pen. + + + A indicate the draw-style of lines + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draw the special Bezier curve on current Graphics by using the special pen. + + + A indicate the draw-style of Bezier curve + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given brush. + + + A object used to fill the rectangle. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the ellipse. + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the special pie on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the pie. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill the special polygon on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the polygon. + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fill the special region on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the region. + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination Graphics object. + + + A indicate the source Graphics object + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the upper-left corner of source rectangle. + The width and height of source rectangle are same as the destination rectangle. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, Copy will throw + a . If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching + transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context + is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. + + + If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the Copy function converts + the source color format to match the destination format. + + + When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies + an enhanced-metafile device context. it means a would be throw out. + + + Not all devices support the Copy function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry + in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. + + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination Graphics object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + + + + + Creates a new gdi+ graphics from a gdi graphics. + + + A indicates the gdi graphics. + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Creates a new gdi graphics from a gdi+ graphics. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi graphics. + + + + + Creates a new gdi graphics from a gdi+ graphics. + This method kept the clip region, but remains low performance, when is set to true. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + A bool indicate whether kept original clip region of gdip graphics + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi graphics. + + + + + Moves the specified rectangle by offfset values. + + + An int indicates the x offset. + + + An int indicates the y offset. + + + A structure that indicates the rectangle to be moved. + + + [The current implementation is a time consumer, to be re-write.] + + + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this object. + + + x component of the translation. + + + y component of the translation. + + + + + Gets or sets the world transformation for this object. + + + This property specifies a object that represents the world transformation + for this object. + + + + + A indicate the page unit of current + + + + + A float + + + + + A indicate the window extent + + + + + A indicate the viewport extent + + + + + A indicate the mapping mode of current graphics + + + + + A sentinel for current graphics unit + + + if the device context has changed the WindowExtent, WindowOrigin, ViewportExtent, return false; + otherwise return true, as there is no changed. + + + + + Sync the cache with its device context + + + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this object. + + + One of the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this object. + + + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for + this object. + + + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this Graphics object. + + + This property indicates a value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this Graphics object. + + + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this Graphics object. + + + This property indicates a value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this Graphics object. + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified + Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to draw. + + + Font object that defines the text format of the string. + + + Brush object that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + + Point structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + StringFormat object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, + that are applied to the drawn text. + + + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified + Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to draw. + + + Font object that defines the text format of the string. + + + Brush object that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + + Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + StringFormat object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, + that are applied to the drawn text. + + + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified Font object and formatted with the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to measure. + + + Font object defines the text format of the string. + + + Size structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + + StringFormat object that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + + The MeasureString method is designed for use with individual strings and includes a small amount + of extra space before and after the string to allow for overhanging glyphs. Also, the DrawString + method adjusts glyph points to optimize display quality and might display a string narrower than + reported by MeasureString. + + + + + A helper methods used to get the coordinate TextFormat of the StringFormat + + + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + + + Specifies the complex unit as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. + Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + + + Represents the base class of all kinds of pen + + + This is an abstract class, which is just details that it's ranged to Pen. + To use a , you should create an instance from its inherited class. + Refer to , + + + + + Draws the special line on deviceContext by using the current pen + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on deviceContext. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + That means the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Draw the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Represents the dash style of the pen. + + + + + End caps are round. + + + + + End caps are flat. + + + + + End caps are square. + + + + + Represents the join style of the pen. + + + + + Joins are beveled. + + + + + Joins are mitered when they are within the current limit set by the SetMiterLimit function. + If it exceeds this limit, the join is beveled. + + + + + Joins are round. + + + + + Represents the line style of the standard pen. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + The pen has alternating dashes and double dots. This style is + valid only when the pen width is one or less in device units. + + + + + Represents the pen which always draw with solid line. + + + Inherited from . + An would always draw with Solid line + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the custom pen that has the styles defined by user. + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Saves the style of the line which is painted + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the pen. + + + A indicates the line style of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the custom pen that has custom style which is defined by a pattern. + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as . + the PatternPen would always draw solid one pixel and zero pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel and one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid one pixel and one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel, + and one pixel space, then one pixel solid, one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel, + and one pixel space, then one pixel solid, one pixel space, one pixel solid, one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 9_3 pattern ('111111111000') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 3_1 pattern ('1110''1110') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 9_3_3_3 pattern. ('111111111000111000') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 3_3_3_3_9_3 pattern. ('111000111000111111111000') for + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Saves the pattern of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int array indicate the pattern of current pen + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern of the pen. + + + An array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the hollow pen that would draw nothing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Defines a brush that has a solid color. + + + This pen has the same funtion as in painting. The width of is always 1. + This pen will not consume gdi handle. In other word, the Handle property is always IntPtr.Zero. So it + can not be used to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this ColorPen object. + + + The ColorPen object that this method creates. + + + + + Draws the special line on deviceContext by using the current pen + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on deviceContext. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + That means the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Draw the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Pens for all the standard colors. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + Each property of the SystemPens class is a object that is the color of + a Windows display element and that is a width of 1. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + A object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + A object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + A object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the desktop. + + + A object that is the color of the desktop. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color + in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color in the color + gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + A object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + A object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + A object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to highlight menu items + when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + A object that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a window frame. + + + A object that is the color of a window frame. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + + + A data package save the data of a object. + + + + + Saves the region data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of the byte value that saves raw data of the object. + + + + + Gets the region data. + + + An array of the byte value that saves raw data of the object. + + + + + Represent the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles. + + + + A region is scalable because its coordinates are specified in world coordinates. On a drawing surface, however, + its interior is dependent on the size and shape of the pixels representing it. An application can use regions + to clamp the output of drawing operations. The window manager uses regions to define the drawing area of these + regions are called clipping regions. An application can also use regions in hit-testing operations, + such as checking whether a point or a rectangle intersects a region. An application can fill a region by + using a object. + + + + This class uses the Win32 GDI API's for handling regions. The GDI+ version + class just seems to be buggy and too slow. + + + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + + This constructor initializes a new object with infinite interior. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified structure. + + + A structure that defines the interior of the new object. + + + This method creates a new object with a rectangular interior. + The interior is defined by the rectangle parameter. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the object. + + + A data package save the data of a object. + + + A newly created Windows region handle. + + + + + Create a new region from existed region handle + + + A that indicats the handle of the gdi region. + + + + + Creates a Windows region handle using the specified structure. + + + A structure. + + + A newly created Windows region handle. + + + + + + Retieves the rectangle information that makes up this instance + of the object. + + + A byte array holding the region information. + + + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle + that bounds this object. + + + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle + for this object. + + + + + Updates the specified rectangle with the region in this + object using the specified mode. + + + The structure to process. + + + A region operation. (RGN_XOR, RGN_AND, RGN_DIFF, RGN_COPY, RGN_NOT) + + + + + Updates the specified region with the region in this object using the specified mode. + + + A Windows region handle to process. + + + A region operation. (RGN_XOR, RGN_AND, RGN_DIFF, RGN_COPY, RGN_NOT) + + + + + Updates this object to contain the portion of the specified + structure that does not intersect with this object. + + + The structure to complement this object. + + + + + Updates this object to contain the portion of the specified Region object + that does not intersect with this Region object. + + + The object to complement this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the intersection of itself + with the specified structure. + + + The structure to intersect with this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the intersection of itself with the specified Region object. + + + The object to intersect with this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the portion of its interior + that does not intersect with the specified structure. + + + The structure to exclude from this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the portion of its interior + that does not intersect with the specified Region object. + + + The object to exclude from this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union of itself and the + specified structure. + + + The structure to unite with this + object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union of itself and the specified Region object. + + + The object to unite with this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union minus the intersection of itself with + the specified strcuture. + + + The structure to XOR with this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union minus the intersection of itself with + the specified Region object. + + + The object to XOR with this Region object. + + + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained + within this object. + + + The structure to test. + + + This method returns true when point is contained within this object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure + is contained within this object. + + + The structure to test. + + + This method returns true when any portion of rectangle is contained + within this object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Tests whether this object has an empty interior. + + + This method returns true if the interior of this object is empty; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes this object to an empty interior. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Offsets the coordinates of this object by + the specified amount. + + + The amount to offset this object horizontally. + + + The amount to offset this object vertically. + + + + + Tests whether the specified object is identical to this Region object. + + + The object to test. + + + This method returns true if the interior of region region + is identical to the interior of this region; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + A indicate the matrix for transforming this region + + + + + Get or set the transform matrix + + + + + Get a handle which is being transformed to this Region object. + + + A Windows handle to this Region object. + + + + + Get a handle to this Region object + + + + + Returns an array of structures that + approximate this object. + + + A object to be scaned. + + + An array of structures that approximate this object. + + + + + Create a new gdi region that is same as the gdi+ region. + + + A object that indicates the gdi+ region. + + + A object that indicates the new gdi region. + + + + + Creates a new gdi+ object from the gdi object. + + + A object that indicates the new gdi region. + + + A object that indicates the gdi+ region. + + + + + Creates a rectangular with rounded corners. + + + A structure that defines the interior of the new object. + + + Specifies the width of the ellipse used to create the rounded corners in logical units. + + + Specifies the height of the ellipse used to create the rounded corners in logical units. + + + A indicates the region with rounded corners. + + + + + Create a ellipse region. + + + A that just contains the ellipse. + + + A indicates the ellipse region + + + + + Create a pie region. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + A indicates the pie region. + + + + + Implementation. + + + + + + 6 + 5---------7 + | | | + 4 | ---|--- | 0 + | | | + 3---------1 + 2 + + + + + + Creates a chord region (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + A indicates the chord region. + + + + + Create a polygons region from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Create a polygons region from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + Indicates the poly fill mode is "alternate" or "winding" + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Create a polygons region handle from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + Indicates the poly fill mode is "alternate" or "winding" + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + + + No any flags. + + + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. + By default layout continues until the end of the text, + or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, + whichever comes first. + Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially + obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple + of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, + specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle + at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + + + Shows string on one or more lines. + + + + + Disables wrapping of text between lines when formatting within a rectangle. + This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, + or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + + + Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the + pecified rectangle. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line. + + + + + Specifies that text is right to left. + + + + + Specifies that text is vertical. + + + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside + the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. + By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting + rectangle are clipped. + + + + + Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. + In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. + In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. + In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. + In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, + and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is + inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. + The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies the unit of the tab stops or offset. + + + + + The unit of the tab stops or offset is base on logical point of the display surface. + + + + + The unit of the tab stops or offset are base on the character number. + + + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment and line spacing), + display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) + and OpenType features. + + + Many common formats are provided through the enumeration. + StringFormat objects can be changed. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + + + + Initializes a new object with the specified + enumeration. + + + The enumeration for the new + object. + + + + + Initializes a new object with the specified + and enumeration. + + + A that represents the horizontal alignment. + + + A that represents the vertical alignment. + + + The enumeration for the new + object. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified + existing StringFormat object. + + + The object from which to initialize the new + StringFormat object. + + + + + Gets or sets text alignment information. + + + A StringAlignment enumeration that specifies text alignment information. + + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment. + + + A StringAlignment enumeration that represents the line alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + A StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + + + Gets or sets the HotkeyPrefix object for this StringFormat object. + + + The HotkeyPrefix object for this StringFormat object. + + + + + Gets or sets the StringTrimming enumeration for this StringFormat object. + + + A StringTrimming enumeration that indicates how text drawn with + this StringFormat object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + + + Gets the tab stops for this StringFormat object. + + + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + + + The unit of the tab stops and offset. + + + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + + + Sets tab stops for this StringFormat object. + + + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + + + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + The unit of the tab stops and offset. + + + + + Creates a copy of the object. + + + Returns a copy of the object. + + + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + Matrix transform operations are not necessarily commutative. + The order in which they are applied is important. + + + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + + + The TransformMatrix class contains the transform info for transforming + between world-space and page-space in GDI. + + + TransformMatrix is a 3x3 matrix, but we only use M11, M12, M21, M22, Dx and Dy. + | M11, M12, 0 | + | M21, M22, 0 | + | Dx, Dy, 1 | + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M11. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M12. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M21. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M22. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Dx. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Dy. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of the specified angle about the origin to this Matrix object. + + + A float indicates the clockwise angle. + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector (offsetX and offsetY) to this Matrix object + by prepending the translation vector. + + + The x value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + The y value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this Matrix object by prepending the shear transform. + + + The horizontal shear factor. + + + The vertical shear factor. + + + + + Applies the x-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the y-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the slash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the backslash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of the specified angle about the origin to this Matrix object. + + + A float indicates the clockwise angle. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the rotation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector (offsetX and offsetY) to this Matrix object + by prepending the translation vector. + + + The x value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + The y value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the translation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the scaling is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this Matrix object by prepending the shear transform. + + + The horizontal shear factor. + + + The vertical shear factor. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the shearing is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the x-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the y-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the slash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the backslash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Transform a object to a new object. + + + A object indicats the old value. + + + A object indicats the new value. + + + x' = x * M11 + y * M21 + Dx + y' = x * M12 + y * M22 + Dy + + + + + Inverse transform a object to a new object. + + + A object indicats the old value. + + + A object indicats the new value. + + + x = ((x' - Dx) * M22 - (y' - Dy) * M21) / (M11 * M22 - M12 * M21) + y = ((y' - Dy) * M11 - (x' - Dx) * M12) / (M11 * M22 - M12 * M21) + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this Matrix object around the point + specified in the point parameter, and by prepending the rotation + + + A class that represents the center of the rotation. + + + The angle (extent) of the rotation. + + + + + Applies the reflecting by speical line to this Matrix object. + + + A object indicate the start point of the line. + + + A object indicate the end point of the line. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector at speical point. + + + A class that represents the center of the scale. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this Matrix object around the point + specified in the point parameter, and by prepending the rotation + + + A class that represents the center of the rotation. + + + The angle (extent) of the rotation. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the rotation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the reflecting by speical line to this Matrix object. + + + A object indicate the start point of the line. + + + A object indicate the end point of the line. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector at speical point. + + + A class that represents the center of the scale. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the scaling is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Explicit convert a TransformMatrix object to a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object. + + + A value that will be convert to a object. + + + A object indicates the converted object. + + + + + Explicit convert a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object to a TransformMatrix object. + + + A object that will be convert to a object. + + + A value indicates the converted object. + + + + + Gets the unit matrix. + + + + + Defines a class the represents the coordinate concept in mathematics. + + + Coordinate: Any of a set of two or more numbers used to determine the position + of a point, line, curve, or plane in a space of a given dimension with respect + to a system of lines or other fixed reference. + + + + + Indicates a new instance of the class. + + + A float value indicate the value of x-coordinate + + + A float value indicate the value of x-coordinate + + + + + Gets or sets the value of x-coordinate. + + + A float value indicates the x-coordinate. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of y-coordinate. + + + A float value indicates the y-coordinate. + + + + + Implicit convert a Point value to a Coordinate object. + + + A value that will be convert to a object. + + + A object indicates the converted object. + + + The reason of providing implict converting is that Point and Coordinate is same conception in drawing. + + + + + Implicit convert a Coordinate value to a Point object. + + + A object that will be convert to a object. + + + A value indicates the converted object. + + + + + Represents a subclass window wrapper class. + + + + + Indicates the window proc ptr of the attached window. + + + + + Indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + A bool value indicates whether or not re-register GC for finialize. + + + + + Indicates the default window proc ptr of a window. + + + + + Catches the window proc ptr for current window proc. + + + + + Delegate to current window proc. + + + + + Used to keep current object alive. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Attaches handle to target window. + + + The handle of target window. + + + + + Releases the handle. + + + + + Notifies that the handle is changed. + + + + + Notifies inner exception occurs when processing window message. + + + A object indicates the inner exception. + + + + + Invokes the window procedure associated with this window. + + + A . that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + + Invokes the default window procedure associated with this window. + + + A . that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + + Release the window handle. + + + if obviously performs unsubclass operation; otherwise, . + + + + + Remove attached subclass. + + + + + WndProc callback that attached to the target window to performs subclass. + + + An value indicates the handle of the target window. + + + An value indicates the message ID. + + + An value indicates the wParam for the windows message. + + + An value indicates the lParam for the windows message. + + + An value indicates the return value of processing the message. + + + + + Gets the handle to the window represented by the . + + + A handle to the window represented by the . + + + + + Defines the native methods base on Gdi32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures and constants, which + is given in Gdi32 SDK. + + + Defines the native methods base on Win32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures and constants, which + is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + The RECT structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle + + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + + The horizontal offset. + + + The vertical offset. + + + + + Gets the width. + + + + + Gets the height. + + + + + Explicity convertes a to . + + + A indicates the value of the . + + + Returns a as the result of the converter. + + + + + The LOGBRUSH structure defines the style, color, and pattern of a physical brush. + It is used by the Windows CreateBrushIndirect and ExtCreatePen functions. + + + + + Specifies the brush style. + + + + + Specifies the color in which the brush is to be drawn. + + + + + Specifies a hatch style. The meaning depends on the brush style defined by Style. + + + + + The XFORM structure contains information for a world-space to page-space transformation. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the XFORM structure. + + + + + Add this methods in order to recudce the warning count of Fon32 class. + + + + + The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles + that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, + left to right. They do not overlap. + + + + + The members of this structure specify the type of region + (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles + that make up the region, the size of the buffer + that contains the rectangle structures, and so on. + + + + + Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures + that make up the region. + + + + + The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function. + + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the header. + + + + + Specifies the type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES. + + + + + Specifies the number of rectangles that make up the region. + + + + + Specifies the size of the buffer required to receive the RECT structure + that specifies the coordinates of the rectangles that make up the region. + If the size is not known, this member can be zero. + + + + + Specifies a bounding rectangle for the region in logical units. + + + + + The POINT structure defines the x and y coordinates of a point. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + A point whith another type. + + + + + The SIZE structure specifies the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Constructs the SIZE structure. + + Specifies the size's width. + Specifies the size's height. + + + + The COMPOSITIONFORM structure contains style and position information + for a composition window. + + + + + Indicates position style. + + + + + A POINT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left corner of the composition window. + + + + + A RECT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left and lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + Constructs the COMPOSITIONFORM structure. + + + Specifies the position style. + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left corner + of the composition window + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left and + lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + The CANDIDATEFORM structure contains style and position information + for a composition window. + + + + + Indicaes the index of the candidate form. + + + + + Indicates position style. + + + + + A POINT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left corner of the composition window. + + + + + A RECT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left and lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + Constructs the CANDIDATEFORM structure. + + + Specifies the index of the candidate. + + + Specifies the position style. + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left corner + of the composition window + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left and + lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + The MSG structure contains message information from a thread's message queue. + + + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure receives the message. + + + + + Specifies the message identifier. Applications can only use the low word; + the high word is reserved by the system. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies the time at which the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, x direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, y direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + The NCCALCSIZEPARAMS structure contains information that + an application can use while processing the WM_NCCALCSIZE message + to calculate the size, position, and valid contents of + the client area of a window. + + + + + The rectangle contains the new coordinates of + a window that has been moved or resized. + + + + + The rectangle contains the coordinates of + the window before it was moved or resized. + + + + + The rectangle contains the coordinates of + the client area of a window before it was moved or resized. + + + + + Points to a WINDOWPOS structure that contains the size and + position values specified in the operation that caused + the window to be moved or resized. + + + + + The PAINTSTRUCT structure contains information for an application. + This information can be used to paint the client area of a window + owned by that application. + + + + + Handle to the display DC to be used for painting. + + + + + Specifies whether the background must be erased.This value is + nonzero if the application should erase the background. + The application is responsible for erasing the background + if a window class is created without a background brush. + For more information, see the description of the hbrBackground member of + the WNDCLASS structure. + + + + + Specifies a left value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a top value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a right value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a bottom value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + The WINDOWPOS structure contains information about the size and position of a window. + + + + + Handle to the window. + + + + + Specifies the position of the window in Z order (front-to-back position). + + + + + Specifies the position of the left edge of the window. + + + + + Specifies the position of the top edge of the window. + + + + + Specifies the window width, in pixels + + + + + Specifies the window height, in pixels. + + + + + Specifies the window position. + + + + + The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. + All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on + the current mapping mode of the display context. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + The TRACKMOUSEEVENT structure contains information for TraceMouseEvent function. + + + + + Specifies the structure size, in bytes. + + + + + Specifies the services requested. + + + + + Specifies a handle to the window to track. + + + + + Specifies the hover time-out (if TME_HOVER was specified in dwFlags), in milliseconds. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure. + + Specifies the services requested. + Specifies a handle to the window to track. + Specifies the hover time-out, in milliseconds. + + + + The RECONVERTSTRING structure defines the strings for + IME reconversion. It is the first item in a memory + block that contains the strings for reconversion. + + + + + Specifies the size of this structure and the memory block it heads. + + + + + Specifies the version number. Must be zero. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that contains the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset from the start position of this structure. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that will be the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset of the string that will be the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that is related to the target clause + in the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset of the target string. + + + + + Defines animation parameters for the BP_PAINTPARAMS structure used by BeginBufferedPaint + + + + + The size, in bytes, of this structure. + + + + + Flag that describes the characteristics of the animation. + The following value is the only one currently defined. + BPAF_NONCLIENT Indicates that the device context (DC) is a window DC instead of a client DC, + so that painting is allowed in the non-client area of the window. + + + + + A member of the BP_ANIMATIONSTYLE enumeration that states animation options. + + + + + Length of the animation, in milliseconds. + + + + + Defines paint operation parameters BeginBufferedPaint function. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of this structure. + + + + + One or more of the following values. + BPPF_ERASE: Initialize the buffer to ARGB = {0, 0, 0, 0} during BeginBufferedPaint. + BPPF_NOCLIP: Do not apply the clip region of the target device context (DC) to the double buffer. + If this flag is not set and if the target DC is a window DC, then clipping due to + overlapping windows is applied to the double buffer. + BPPF_NONCLIENT: A non-client DC is being used. + + + + + Pointer to exclusion RECT structure. + This rectangle is excluded from the clipping region. May be NULL for no exclusion rectangle. + + + + + Pointer to BLENDFUNCTION structure, which controls blending by specifying the blending functions + for source and destination bitmaps. If NULL, the source buffer is copied to the destination with + no blending. + + + + + Define the buffer format. + + + + + Compatible bitmap. + + + + + Device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Top-down device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Top-down monochrome device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Define the animation style. + + + + + No animation + + + + + Linear fade animation + + + + + Cubic fade animation + + + + + Sinusoid fade animation + + + + + A NULL-terminated ANSI character-set character string containing + a carriage return and a linefeed character at the end of each line. + + + + + A device-dependent bitmap. + + + + + A "metafile picture" based on the old metafile support of Windows. + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Microsoft "Symbolic Link" format. + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Data Interchange Format (DIF). + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Tag Image File Format (TIFF). + + + + + A memory block containing text data (similar to CF_TEXT) but using + the OEM character set. + + + + + A memory block defining a device-independent bitmap. + + + + + A handle to a color palette. + + + + + Used in conjunction with the pen extensions to Windows. + + + + + Multimedia data in the Resource Interchange File Format. + + + + + A sound (waveform) file. + + + + + A memory block containing Unicode text. + + + + + A handle to an enhanced metafile supported under the 32-bit versions of Windows. + + + + + Allocates fixed memory. The return value is a pointer. + + + + + Allocates movable memory. Memory blocks are never moved in physical + memory, but they can be moved within the default heap. + + + The return value is a handle to the memory object. To translate the + handle into a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. + This value cannot be combined with GMEM_FIXED. + + + + + Initializes memory contents to zero. + + + + + Combines GMEM_MOVEABLE and GMEM_ZEROINIT. + + + + + Combines GMEM_FIXED and GMEM_ZEROINIT. + + + + + The WindowProc function is an application-defined function that processes messages sent to a window. + The WNDPROC type defines a pointer to this callback function. WindowProc is a placeholder for the + application-defined function name. + + + Handle to the window. + + + Specifies the message. + + + Specifies additional message information. The contents of this parameter depend on the value + of the parameter. + + + Specifies additional message information. The contents of this parameter depend on the value + of the parameter. + + + + + + Windows Class styles. + + + + + Windows Message. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MOUSEENTER. + + + + + The WM_MOUSEENTER messsage registered by .NET framework. + + + + + Register a window message for notify the control not lost focus. + Set the LParam of this message to Not zero to notify window to prevent all focus message (WM_SETFOCUS, WM_KILLFOCUS) + Set the LParam of this message to zero to notify window to process all focus message. + + + This message is registered for prevent the focus message when SizeGrip is mouse dragged to resize frame size. + + + + + Windows message is registered for notifing the control prevent process deactivate message. + + + + + The DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure contains extended formatting options for the DrawTextEx method. + + + + + Specifies the structure size, in bytes. + + + + + Specifies the size of each tab stop, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Specifies the left margin, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Specifies the right margin, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Receives the number of characters processed by DrawTextEx, including + white-space characters. The number can be the length of the string or + the index of the first line that falls below the drawing area. + Note that DrawTextEx always processes the entire string if the DT_NOCLIP + formatting flag is specified. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure. + + + Specifies the size of each tab stop. + + + Specifies the left margin. + + + Specifies the right margin. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MSIME_RECONVERT. + + + + + The WM_MSIME_RECONVERT messsage registered by .NET framework. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MSIME_RECONVERT. + + + + + The WM_ATOK_RECONVERT messsage registered by ATOK. + + + + + Defines the unsafe native methods base on Gdi32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is given in Gdi32 SDK. + + + Defines the unsafe native methods base on Win32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + The DeleteDC Function. + + + The DeleteObject Function. + + + The Ellipse Function. + + + The Pie Function. + + + The GetPixel Function. + + + The SetPixelV Function. + + + The GetGraphicsMode Function. + + + The SetGraphicsMode Function. + + + The GetWorldTransform Function. + + + The SetWorldTransform Function. + + + The GetCharWidth32 Function. + + + The GetTextMetrics Function. + + + The GetRegionData Function. + + + The FrameRgn Function. + + + The SelectObject Function. + + + The GetCurrentObject Function. + + + The SetBKMode Function. + + + The SetBkColor Function. + + + The SetTextCharacterExtra Function. + + + The TextOut Function. + + + The GetBitmapBits Function + + + The TabbedTextOut Function. + + + The GetROP2 Function. + + + The SetROP2 Function. + + + The GetDCOrgEx Function. + + + The SelectClipRgn Function. + + + The GetClipRgn Function. + + + The SetTextColor Function. + + + The GetTextColor Function + + + The Rectangle Function. + + + The FillRgn Function. + + + The StretchBlt Function. + + + The ScaleViewportExtEx Function. + + + The OffsetViewportOrgEx Function. + + + The ScaleWindowExtEx Function. + + + The OffsetWindowOrgEx Function. + + + The Arc Function. + + + The AngleArc Function + + + The Chord Function + + + The PolyBezier Function + + + The PolyBezier Function + + + The SetArcDirection Function. + + + The GetArcDirection Function. + + + The BeginPath Function. + + + The BitBlt Function. + + + The CloseFigure Function. + + + The CombineRgn Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateCompatibleBitmap Function. + + + The CreateCompatibleDC Function. + + + The CreateDIBPatternBrushPt Function. + + + The CreateDIBSection Function. + + + The CreateDIBSection Function. + + + The CreateDIBitmap Function. + + + The CreateFontIndirect Function. + + + The CreateHalftonePalette Function. + + + The CreatePatternBrush Function. + + + The CreatePen Function. + + + The CreateRectRgn Function. + + + The CreateEllipticRgnIndirect Function. + + + The CreatePolygonRgn Function. + + + The CreateRoundRectRgn Function. + + + The CreateSolidBrush Function. + + + The CreateHatchBrush Function + + + The CreateBrushIndirect Function + + + The GetBitmapBits Function + + + The MoveToEx Function + + + The GetBkColor Function + + + The GetBkMode Function + + + The GetTextAlign Function + + + The SetTextAlign Function + + + The SetTextJustification Function + + + The ExtTextOut Function + + + The GetTextCharacterExtra Function + + + The RegisterWindowMessage Function. + + + The AdjustWindowRectEx Function. + + + The CreateWindowEx Function. + + + The SetWindowLong Function. + + + The SetWindowPos Function. + + + The SetWindowRgn Function. + + + The SetWindowRgn Function. + + + The IsWindowEnabled Function. + + + The IsWindowVisible Function. + + + The WindowFromPoint Function. + + + The ShowWindow Function. + + + The MoveWindow Function. + + + The UpdateWindow Function. + + + The IsWindow Function. + + + The GetActiveWindow Function. + + + The GetForegroundWindow Function. + + + The EnableWindow Function. + + + The GetTopWindow Function. + + + The GetWindowDC Function. + + + The GetDesktopWindow Function. + + + The SetActiveWindow Function. + + + The GetWindow Function. + + + The DestroyWindow Function. + + + The ChangeClipboardChain Function. + + + The ClientToScreen Function. + + + The CreateCaret Function. + + + The DestroyCaret Function. + + + The ShowCaret Function. + + + The HideCaret Function. + + + The GetCaretPos Function. + + + The SetCaretPos Function. + + + The GetCaretBlinkTime Function. + + + The SetCaretBlinkTime Function. + + + The DrawFocusRect Function. + + + The DrawFrameControl Function. + + + The DrawIcon Function. + + + The DrawText Function. + + + The DrawTextEx Function. + + + The MsgWaitForMultipleObjects Function. + + + The GetSysColor Function. + + + The ScreenToClient Function. + + + The BeginPaint Function. + + + The EndPaint Function. + + + The GetCapture Function. + + + The GetClientRect Function. + + + The GetCursorPos Function. + + + The GetDC Function. + + + The GetDoubleClickTime Function. + + + The GetFocus Function. + + + The GetKeyState Function. + + + The GetTabbedTextExtent Function. + + + The GetWindowRect Function. + + + The FillRect Function. + + + The InvertRect Function + + + The InvalidateRect Function. + + + The InvalidateRgn Function. + + + The GetUpdateRect Function. + + + The LoadCursor Function. + + + The LoadCursor Function. + + + The MapWindowPoints Function. + + + The PeekMessage Function. + + + The ReleaseCapture Function. + + + The ReleaseDC Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The PostMessage Function. + + + The PostMessage Function. + + + The SystemParametersInfo Function. + + + The TranslateMessage Function. + + + The SetCapture Function. + + + The SetCursor Function. + + + The SetFocus Function. + + + The TrackMouseEvent Function. + + + The SendMessageTimeOut Function. + + + The SendMessageTimeOut Function. + + + The keybd_event function synthesizes a keystroke. + + + The SetParent Function. + + + The ChildWindowFromPoint Function. + + + The GetIconInfo Function + + + + The OpenClipboard function opens the clipboard for examination and prevents + other applications from modifying the clipboard content. + + + Handle to the window to be associated with the open clipboard. If this + parameter is NULL, the open clipboard is associated with the current task. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function + fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The CloseClipboard function closes the clipboard. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard and frees handles to data + in the clipboard. The function then assigns ownership of the clipboard to + the window that currently has the clipboard open. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The SetClipboardData function places data on the clipboard + in a specified clipboard format. + + + Specifies a clipboard format. This parameter can be a registered format + or any of the standard clipboard formats. + + + Handle to the data in the specified format. This parameter can be NULL, + indicating that the window provides data in the specified clipboard + format (renders the format) upon request. If a window delays rendering, + it must process the WM_RENDERFORMAT and WM_RENDERALLFORMATS messages. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the data. + If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The IsClipboardFormatAvailable function determines whether the clipboard + contains data in the specified format. + + + Specifies a standard or registered clipboard format. + + + If the clipboard format is available, the return value is nonzero. + If the clipboard format is not available, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetClipboardData function retrieves data from the clipboard in a + specified format. The clipboard must have been opened previously. + + + Specifies a clipboard format. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a clipboard object + in the specified format. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The SetClipboardViewer function adds the specified window to the chain + of clipboard viewers. Clipboard viewer windows receive a WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD + message whenever the content of the clipboard changes. + + + Handle to the window to be added to the clipboard chain. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the next window in + the clipboard viewer chain. If an error occurs or there are no other + windows in the clipboard viewer chain, the return value is NULL. + + + + The GetTickCount Function. + + + The IsDBCSLeadByte Function. + + + The FormatMessage Function. + + + The LocalFree Function. + + + + Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + The return value is the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + Until the thread terminates, the thread identifier uniquely identifies + the thread throughout the system. + + + + + Maps a character string to a wide-character (Unicode) string. + The character string mapped by this function is not necessarily from a multibyte character set. + + + + + maps a wide-character string to a new character string. The new character string is not necessarily from a multibyte character set. + + + + + The GlobalAlloc function allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. + + + Memory allocation attributes. + + + Number of bytes to allocate. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated + memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The GlobalFree function frees the specified global memory object and + invalidates its handle. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL. If the function fails, + the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. + + + + + The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and returns a pointer + to the first byte of the object's memory block. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte + of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The GlobalUnlock function decrements the lock count associated with a memory + object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE. This function has no effect on + memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return + value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GlobalSize function retrieves the current size of the specified + global memory object, in bytes. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified + global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or + if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. + + + + The OpenThemeData Function. + + + The CloseThemeData Function. + + + The IsThemeActive Function. + + + The IsAppThemed Function. + + + The IsThemePartDefined Function. + + + The IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent Function. + + + The DrawThemeBackground Function. + + + The DrawThemeParentBackground Function. + + + The GetThemeFilename Function. + + + The GetCurrentThemeName Function. + + + The GetThemeColor Function. + + + The GetThemeBackgroundContentRect Function. + + + The GetThemeRect Function. + + + The GetThemePartSize Function. + + + + The BeginBufferedAnimation Function. + + + + + Gets the duration for the specified transition. + + + + + The BufferedPaintRenderAnimation Function. + + + + + Renders the first frame of a buffered animation operation and starts the animation timer. + + + + + Initialize the buffered paint API for the current thread. + + + + + Uninitialize the buffered paint API for the current thread. + + + + + Stops all buffered animations for the given window. + + + + + Clears a specified rectangle in the buffer to ARGB = {0,0,0,0}. + + + + The AlphaBlend Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + + Define the relation direction. + + + A relation is a line link two terminal points: start point and end point.So the line has three directions: + 1. from start to end; + 2. from end to start; + 3. from start to end or from end to start. + + + + + The direction is form start to end. + + + + + The direction is form end to start. + + + + + The direction is bidirectional. + + + + + Abstract a general relation. + + + A realtion contains tow terminal points and direction + + + + + Gets the start point. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + + + Gets the end point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Gets the relation direction. + + + A indicates the direction. + + + + + Define a relation collection. + + + + + Indicates the constraints. + + + + + Gets the constraints; + + + A used to save the relations. + + + + + Add a relation to the collection. + + + The relation to be added. + + + + + Remove the relation form the collection. + + + The relation to be removed. + + + + + Form the start set to end set. + + + The start points set. + + + return the end points set. + + + + + Form the end set to the start set. + + + The end points set. + + + return the start points set. + + + + + A general implementation for the interface. + + + + + Indicates the start point. + + + + + Indicates the end point. + + + + + Indicates the direction. + + + + + Constructor. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Constructor. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + A RelationDirections indicates the direction. + + + + + Gets the start. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + + + Gets the end. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Gets the direction. + + + A RelationDirections indicates the direction. + + + + + Defines the IPattern interface. + + + Pattern can match a word in the text. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines the ITextFilter interface. + + + A text filter used to convert special text to other text. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + Defines the StringPattern class. + + + used to match a pecial string in the text. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The text. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match a repeated string in the text. + minimum indicates the mininum repeated times. + maximum indicates the maxinum repeated times. + + + + + Indicates the repeated text. + + + + + Indicates the minimum repeated times. + + + + + Indicates the maximum repeated times. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The repeated text. + + + The minimum repeated times. + + + The maximum repeated times. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match the quatation bracket witch a pair of character. + + + + + Indicates the escape; + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol + + + + + Indicates if the text include the escape. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The text include symbol. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The text include symbol. + + + The text include escape. + + + Indicates if the text include the escape. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filtering. + + + Returns the text after filtering. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match key work with a sub lexicon. + + + + + Indicates the escape; + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the content. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The content. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filtering. + + + Returns the text after filtering. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to exclude special string form the text. + As soon as it find the special string, it will throw a exception. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Indicates the message. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The text item used to exclude during the matching. + + + The message if for throwing exception when find matched word in the text list. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines a serial of matched switches. + + + Use this enumeration can control the parse process. + + + + + Indicates no switch. + + + + + This pattern will be matched before other patterns and escape. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + Attached a id with a pattern. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The id. + + + The pattern. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The id. + + + The pattern. + + + The switches. + + + + + Indicates the id. + + + + + Gets the id. + + + A object used as id of the item. + + + + + Indicates the pattern. + + + + + Gets the pattern. + + + A used to match. + + + + + A used to control the matching. + + + + + Gets the matching switches + + + + + + + Defines the Lexicon class. + + + Provides a tool, that can parse the key word form the text. + Each key word take effecting by a IPattern interface, lexicon will try to find it by the order. + The find is described by . + You also can set the two kinds of relation ship: Repellency and Dependency. + Repellency, make a pattern not take effecting, when a pattern has been matched. + Dependency, make a pattern not take effecting, until a pattern has been matched. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + A match indicates the finding of special pattern during the parse processing. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + Indicates the literals between the two pattern finding. + + + + + Indicates the next matched length. + + + + + Indicates whether exit literals. + + + + + Indicates the verion. + + + + + Construtor. + + + The owner. + + + The orignal text. + + + If exit escapes. + + + Next matched length. + + + + + Gets the text. + + + A string indicates the matched text. + + + + + Gets the ID. + + + A object indicates the matched id. + + + + + Gets the next match. + + + A next . + + + + + Indicates the owner. + + + + + Indicates the start index. + + + + + Indicates the length. + + + + + Indicates the matched item. + + + + + Indicates the previous match. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Construtor. + + + The owner. + + + The orignal text. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether is a sucess match. + + + A bool indicates a sucess match. + + + + + Gets the id. + + + A object indicates the matched id. + + + + + Gets the mathed text. + + + A string indicates the matched text. + + + + + Gets the next match. + + + A next . + + + + + Check the relation. + + + The id need be checked. + + + Return true, if the id is allow by the relation, otherwise, return false + + + + + Defines the match collection. + + + Used to saves and gets a serial matches. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The matches. + + + + + Gets the match by special index. + + + The item at index. + + + + + Indicates the id of the literals. + + + + + Indicates the assertion id. + + + + + Indicates the esacpe char. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The literals id. + + + + + Indicates the escape. + + + + + Indicates the version. + + + + + Indicates the inner list. + + + + + Indicates the literals id. + + + + + Gets or sets the item by speical index. + + + The at the index. + + + + + Gets the item count. + + + A int value indicates the count in the collection. + + + + + Adds a item into the collection. + + + The items. + + + + + Remove a item form the collection. + + + The item. + + + + + Creates the first match. + + + The text to be parsed. + + + The first match. + + + + + Indicates the repellency item set. + + + + + Indicates the dependency item set. + + + + + Gets the repellency set. + + + A used to save the repellency relations. + + + + + Gets the dependency set. + + + A used to save the dependency relations. + + + + + Gets the matches collection. + + + The text to be parsed. + + + A contains the all matches. + + +
+
diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 70c2413..0000000 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1Input.4.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 192ea12..0000000 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.4.6.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3005954 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Excel.4.6.2.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Excel.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a903d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.Excel.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Zip.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Zip.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b16b9d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/C1.Zip.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6091163 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13439 @@ + + + + DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sends ChangedEvent for the CategoryColor property + + Old CategoryColor + New CategoryColor + + + + Handles control MouseDown events + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Determines if it is a simple, single-click MouseDown + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CalendarItem instance + + + + Occurs when CategoryColor has changed + + + + + Occurs when StartTime has Changed + + + + + Occurs when EndTime has Changed + + + + + Occurs when IsSelected has Changed + + + + + Occurs when CollateId has Changed + + + + + Gets or sets the CollateId used for TimeLine row collation. + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarItem Start time. + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarItem End time. + + + + + Gets or sets the category color used for TimeLine CondensedView markers. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the category color for example Appointment.CategoryRed. + + + + + Gets and sets the Model item + + + + + Gets and sets the Root Model item + + + + + Gets and sets the IsRecurring item status + + + + + Gets and sets the selection state + + + + + Gets and sets the last hit area + + + + + IsMarkupSupported + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Handles StartTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Handles EndTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + DisplayTemplateText + + + + true is displayed + + + + GetDisplayTemplateText + + + Templatized text + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Gets the item text and image bounds + + + + + + + + + DrawContentImage + + + + + + + + + Initiates the drawing of the appointment Time Marker + + Graphics + Appointment rectangle + Corner radius + + + + RenderMarker + + + Brush + Rectangle + Corner + + + + Creates a left rounded rectangle path to be + used for the Time Marker + + Appointment rectangle + Corner radius + Graphics path + + + + Gets the appointment BackGround brush + + Bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the appointment TimeMarkerBrush + + Bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the view Appointment + + + + + Gets and sets the appointment color + + + + + Gets and sets the view font + + + + + Gets whether the Appointment display Text is clipped + + + + + BaseView + + + + + Image + + + + + Gets the border color for the Category + + + + + Gets the border pen + + + + + Gets the selected border pen + + + + + Gets the Text color for the Category + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Handles StartTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Handles EndTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + DrawContentText + + + + + + + Gets the view rect for the appointment + + Corner radius + View rect + + + + Gets a path defining the item + + + + + + + + + Draws the resize gribits for the view + + + View rectangle + + + + Handles mouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Gets the HitArea from the current + mouse position + + + + + + + Gets whether the appointment is mutable + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Gets and sets View MonthWeek + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Handles StartTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Handles EndTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Gets the initial starting DayColumn col and max col + for the given date + + Selection date + Column + Max col + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Gets the view rect for the appointment + + View rect + + + + DrawContent + + + + + + + Draws the content text + + + + + + + Draws the resize handles for the view + + + View rectangle + + + + Handles mouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Gets the HitArea from the current + mouse position + + + eHitArea + + + + Gets and sets View DayColumn + + + + + Gets and sets View AllDayPanel + + + + + Gets the default horizontal padding + + + + + Gets whether the appointment is mutable + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + OnCalendarColorChanged event propagation + + + + + SelectedItemChanged event propagation + + + + + Hooks and unhooks our object events + + True - hook, false - unhook + + + + DateSelectionEndChanged + + + + + + + DateSelectionStartChanged + + + + + + + ModelChanged + + + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Draws horizontal tab layout + + + + + + Draws the background border around + the entire control view + + + + + + + Draws the tab - border and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Tab text + Text measured width + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the tab graphics path + + Tab width + GraphicsPath + + + + Draws vertical tab layout + + + + + + Draws the tab - border and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Tab text + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the tab graphics path + + Tab width + GraphicsPath + + + + Draws the tab - border and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Tab text + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the tab graphics path + + Tab width + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the multiuser tab path + + + + + + + Determines if the given Point is + within the View tab area + + Point in question + true if the Point is in the tab + + + + MouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + MouseMove processing + + + + + + MouseUp processing + + + + + + Clears all mouse related state flags + + + + + Initiates dragging of a copy of the + current selectedItem - if the ctrl-key is pressed + + + + + + Updates associated appointment reminders + after an appointment has been moved + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Gets the appointment view created for an appointment in this view + + The appointment + Reference to AppointmentView or null if no view is found + + + + Gets the CustomCalendarItem created for this view + + Reference to CustomCalendarItem or null if none found + + + + Invalidates the given rectangle + + + + + Invalidates the entire calendar + bounding rect area + + NeedRecalcSize flag + + + + Invalidates the entire calendar + bounding rect area + + + + + Invalidates the given rectangle + + Rectangle to invalidate + NeedRecalcSize flag + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previously selected CalendarItem + New CalendarItem to select + Base selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates each monthWeeks DayRects to reflect + the date selection start and end values + + + + + AutoSync our view start date + + + + + + Extends the selection if the shift-key + is pressed with selection + + + + + + + Pos window update + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the BaseView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New BaseView instance + + + + Occurs when SelectedItem has Changed + + + + + Occurs when CalendarColor has Changed + + + + + Gets the Bold display font + + + + + Gets and sets the view bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the DisplayedOwnerKey + + + + + Gets and sets the DisplayedOwnerKeyIndex + + + + + Gets and sets the view Owner Key + + + + + Gets and sets the view Display Name + + + + + Gets and sets the display start date + + + + + Gets and sets the display end date + + + + + Gets and sets the date selection start + + + + + Gets or sets the end date of selection. + + + + + Gets and sets the CalendarColorTable + + + + + Gets and sets the display calendar color scheme + + + + + Get and sets the calendar font. + + + + + Gets and sets the currently selected CalendarItem + + + + + Gets the selected state of the view + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection of the + currently selected appointments for the view + + + + + Gets the View CalendarModel + + + + + IsMouseDown + + + + + IsStartResizing + + + + + IsEndResizing + + + + + IsResizing + + + + + IsMoving + + + + + IsTabMoving + + + + + IsConMoving + + + + + CanDrag + + + + + Pre-move/resize StartTime + + + + + Pre-move/resize EndTime + + + + + Sets local view cursor + + + + + Gets CalendarView default cursor + + + + + Gets and sets the view position window + + + + + Gets the CalendarView + + + + + Gets the ECalendarView + + + + + Gets and sets the ModelViewConnector + + + + + Gets the DayOfWeekHeader height + + + + + IsCopyDrag + + + + + OldOwnerKey + + + + + Gets the MultiUserTabHeight + + + + + Gets the MultiUserTabWidth + + + + + Gets the Appointment height + + + + + Gets and sets the date selection anchor + + + + + Gets and sets the Days of the week object + + + + + Gets and sets the selecting status + + + + + Gets and sets recalc layout need + + + + + Gets and sets the view client rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the DateRangeChanged state + + + + + Gets and sets the base non-client data + + + + + Constructor + + Tab Orientation + Tab border color + Tab foreground color + Tab background color + Tab content background + Tab selected foreground + Tab selected background + + + + SelectedItemChangedEventArgs + + + + + Generic ValueChangedEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + CalendarColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + This is the main container panel for all + BaseView and TimeRulerPanel objects + + CalendarView + + + + Handles SelectedView changes + + + + + + + Performs object recalc processing + + + + + Recalculates all WeekDay views + + + + + Configures the CalendarPanel subItems + + View count + TimeRuler width + Vert Scrollbar width + + + + Recalculates Month views + + + + + Configures the CalendarPanel subItems + + View count + + + + Recalculates all Year views + + + + + Configures the CalendarPanel subItems + + View count + Vert Scrollbar width + + + + Recalculates TimeLine views + + + + + Configures TimeLine view items + + + + + + Configures default view horizontal scrollBar + + + + + + + + + + Sets up default view horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Updates default view horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Processes default view horizontal + scrollbar value changes + + + + + + + Configures TimeLine View vertical scrollbar + + + + + + + + Sets up TimeLine vertical scrollbar + + + + + Updates our vertical scrollbar + + + + + + + Processes TimeLine vertical scrollbar changes + + + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Paints the non-BaseView items + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Paints the BaseView items + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CalendarPanel instance + + + + CalendarView constructor + + + + + SelectedViewChanged event propagation + + + + + Propagates FixedAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + Old value + New value + + + + Propagates MaximumAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + Old value + New value + + + + Propagates MinimumTimeSlotHeightChanged events + + Old value + New value + + + + OnTimeSlotDurationChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIs24HourFormatChanged event propagation + + + + + OnLabelTimeSlotsChanged event propagation + + + + + OnShowOnlyWorkDayHoursChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIsMonthSideBarVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIsMonthMoreItemsIndicatorVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIsTimeRulerVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnEnableDragDropChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewAllowDateSelectionChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewAppointmentLinkChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewNonAppointmentLinkChanged event propagation + + + + + YearYearViewLinkViewChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewLinkActionChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewLinkStyleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnYearViewShowGridLinesChanged event propagation + + + + + OnWeekDayCanExtendRangeChanged event propagation + + + + + OnModelChanged event propagation + + + + + OnDateSelectionStartChanged event propagation + + + + + OnDateSelectionEndChanged event propagation + + + + + Sends DayViewDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends WeekViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends WeekViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends MonthViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends MonthViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends MonthViewHorizontalPaddingChanged events + + Old padding + New padding + + + + Sends OnYearViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends OnYearViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends TimeLineViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends TimeLineViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Updates the TimeLine scroll value + + Value + + + + Sends TimeLineViewScrollDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Calculates number of TimeLine columns + + + + + + Sends TimeLineColumnWidthChanged event + + Old width + New width + + + + Sends TimeLineHorizontalPaddingChanged events + + Old padding + New padding + + + + Sends TimeLineMaxColumnCountChanged event + + Old width + New width + + + + Sends TimeLineIntervalChanged events + + + + + + + Coerces the user supplied interval period into + an evenly divisible duration + + Original value + Validated value + + + + Gets a valid minute interval from the + given user supplied value + + Supplied value + Valid interval + + + + Gets a valid hour interval from the + given user supplied value + + Supplied value + Valid interval + + + + Updates the BaseInterval value (interval total minutes) + + + + + Sends TimeLineIntervalPeriodChanged events + + + + + + + Updates the view end date period given the + new base interval + + + + + Sends TimeLineShowPeriodHeaderChanged event + + + + + + + Sends TimeLineShowIntervalHeader event + + + + + + + Sends TimeLineShowPageNavigationChanged event + + + + + + + Sends OnTimeLineCondensedViewVisibilityChanged event + + + + + + + Sends OnTimeLineCondensedViewHeightChanged event + + + + + + + Refreshes the deselected and newly selected tabs + + Old tab index + New tab index + + + + Invalidates the given view tab + + + + + + + Invalidates the given view tab + + + + + + + InvalidateCondensedViews + + + + + + InvalidateTimeIndicators + + + + + + Invalidates TimeIndicator display area + for the given view DateTime + + + + + + + + Propagates SelectedOwnerChanged events + + Old index + New index + + + + Navigates the current calendar view to show the given date + + Date to show in the calendar view + + + + Navigates the given view to show date + + View to navigate + Date to navigate to + + + + Scrolls the Day/Week calendar view to the + specified hour and minute + + Hour to scroll to + Minute to scroll to + + + + Ensures that the given Appointment is visible + in the current view. It will change the view date and + scroll as necessary to ensure the appointment is visible + + Appointment to bring into view + + + + Ensures that the given CustomCalendarItem is visible + in the current view. It will change the view date and + scroll as necessary to ensure the item is visible + + Appointment to bring into view + + + + Ensures that the given calendarItem is visible + in the current view. It will change the view date and + scroll as necessary to ensure it is visible + + Item start time + Item end time + + + + Gets the AppointmentView in the current displayed + view that was created for the given appointment + + Reference to AppointmentView or null if not found + + + + Gets the default date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + [out] Start date + [out] End date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Gets the View that contains the given point + + Point in question + BaseView containing the given point, or null + + + + Gets the current selected BaseView + + + + + + Hooks needed events + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + ReminderNotification + + + + + + + Dispatches ReminderNotification to UI thread + + + + + + AppointmentStartTimeReached + + + + + + + Dispatches AppointmentStartTimeReached to UI thread + + + + + + AppointmentCategoryColorCollectionChanged + + + + + + + TimeIndicatorCollectionChanged + + + + + + + Processes TimeIndicatorColorChanged events + + + + + + + Processes TimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + + InitDefaultViews + + + + + Sets the selected view + + View to select + + + + Installs single-user calendar + + eCalendarView + + + + Installs multi-user calendar + + + + + + Installs multi-user DayView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user WeekView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user MonthView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user YearView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user TimeLineView calendar + + + + + Installs the TimeRulerPanel + + + + + Release the TimeRulerPanel + + + + + Release the TimeLineHeaderPanel + + + + + Installs the TimeLine Horizontal Scroll Panel + + + + + Handles Scroll Panel updates + + + + + + + Releases the Horizontal Scroll Panel + + + + + Installs the given View into the CalendarPanel + + View to install + + + + Routine to initiate the OnChange user events + + Affected item + + New start time + New end time + Move, resize, etc + + + + + + Routine to initiate the BeforeAppointmentViewChange event + + BaseView + Affected item + Move, resize, etc + + + + + OnBeforeAppointmentViewChange event propagation + + + + + OnAppointmentViewChanging event propagation + + + + + DoAppointmentViewChanged event propagation + + + + + DoGetDisplayTemplateText event propagation + + + + + DoGetDisplayTemplateText event propagation + + + + + Handles DoAppointmentViewPreRender events + + + + + Handles DoAppointmentViewPostRender events + + + + + DoDetailSortEvent + + + + + Handles invocation of DoTimeLineViewRenderPeriodHeader event + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of DoTimeLineViewPreRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of DoTimeLineViewPostRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + DoTimeLineViewRenderSlotBorder + + + + + + + + + + + + + + DoTimeLineViewRenderViewBorder + + + + + + + + + + + + DoTimeLineGetRowHeight + + + + + + DoTimeLineGetRowCollateId + + + + + + DoTimeLineGetHeaderText + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of PageNavigatorClick events + + + + + + Handles invocation of DoYearViewLinkSelected event + + + + + Handles invocation of YearViewDrawDayBackground event + + + + + Handles invocation of YearViewDrawDayText event + + + + + Handles invocation of MonthViewPreRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of MonthViewPostRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of RenderDaySlotAppearanceText events + + + + + Handles invocation of RenderTabBackground event + + + + + Handles invocation of RenderTabContent events + + + + + DoRenderViewBorder + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of ViewLoadComplete events + + + + + Handles invocation of MonthMoreItemsIndicatorClick events + + + + + + This routine is called after an element has been + added to the DisplayedOwners list. It is responsible + for updating the MultiCalendar views accordingly. + + + + + This routine is called after an element has been + removed from the DisplayedOwners list. It is responsible + for updating the MultiCalendar views accordingly. + + Starting index to remove + Ending index to remove + + + + Removes individual views + + Index to remove + + + + This routine is called after an element has been + reset in the DisplayedOwners list. It is responsible + for updating the MultiCalendar views accordingly. + + + + + + Gets the view index from a given Point + + Point + + + + + Reorders views in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + SelectedViewChanged event propagation + + + + + Reorders Day view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders Week view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders Month view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders Year view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders TimeLine view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders the DisplayedOwner list + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Creates a new calendar base view of + the given type + + Type of view to create + DisplayedOwner index + Created view + + + + Creates new DayViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created DayView + + + + Creates new WeekViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created WeekView + + + + Creates new MonthViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created MonthView + + + + Creates new YearView + + DisplayedOwner index + Created YearView + + + + Creates new TimeLineViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created WeekView + + + + Completes the setup of the created view + + Newly created view + DisplayedOwner index + + + + Gets the default eCalendarColor for the view + + View in question + Index of view + View color + + + + Updates all view CalendarColor settings + + New color + Multi-user index + + + + Mouse Wheel support + + Window handle + wParam + lParam + false + + + + OnMouseDown + + + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + + + Control resize processing + + + + + + OnCursorChanged + + + + + + Occurs when CalendarModel has changed + + + + + Occurs when DateSelectionStart has changed + + + + + Occurs when DateSelectionEnd has changed + + + + + Occurs when the Day, Week, or Month view date(s) have changed + + + + + Occurs when SelectedView has Changed + + + + + Occurs when SelectedOwner has Changed + + + + + Occurs when EnableDragDrop has changed + + + + + Occurs when DisplayedOwners has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeIndicators has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator time has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator Color has changed + + + + + Occurs when ViewDisplayCustomizations have changed + + + + + Occurs when a Tab's background needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a Tab's content (text, etc) needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a View Border needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a view load/reload has occurred + + + + + Occurs when a View date is changing + + + + + Occurs before an AppointmentView is about to change + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView is changing + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView has changed + + + + + Occurs when Appointment Reminder has been reached.")] + + + + + Occurs when Appointment StartTime has been reached.")] + + + + + Occurs when Appointment DisplayTemplate text is needed + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView has been rendered + + + + + Occurs when Appointment GroupId is needed (used to logically group + appointments together when displayed in the WeekDay view) + + + + + Occurs when two CalendarItems need detail sorting. + When items are of equal sort value, based upon their calendar time, this + event will be raised to give the user the ability to perform more detailed + sorting as needed - such as via Subject and/or Description, etc). + + + + + Occurs when DayViewDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when WeekViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when WeekViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when LabelTimeSlots has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeSlotDuration has changed + + + + + Occurs when Is24HourFormat has changed + + + + + Occurs when FixedAllDayPanelHeight has changed + + + + + Occurs when MaximumAllDayPanelHeight has Changed + + + + + Occurs when MinimumTimeSlotHeight has Changed + + + + + Occurs when IsTimeRulerVisible has changed + + + + + Occurs when ShowOnlyWorkDayHours has changed + + + + + Occurs when DaySlotAppearance Text needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when WeekDayCanExtendRange has changed + + + + + Occurs when the WeekDay header is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when the WeekDay header has been rendered + + + + + Occurs when MonthViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when MonthViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when IsMonthSideBarVisible has changed + + + + + Occurs when IsMonthMoreItemsIndicatorVisible has changed + + + + + Occurs when a MonthView Slot Background is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when a MonthView Slot Background has just been rendered + + + + + Occurs when a MonthView 'MoreItemsIndicator' has been clicked + + + + + Occurs when the MonthView header is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when the MonthView header has been rendered + + + + + Occurs when MonthViewHorizontalPadding has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewShowGridLines has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewAllowDateSelection has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLinkView has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewAppointmentLink has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLinkAction has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewNonAppointmentLink has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLinkStyle has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLink has been selected + + + + + Occurs when YearView Day Background needs drawn + + + + + Occurs when YearView Day Text needs drawn + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineViewViewScrollDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineInterval has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineIntervalPeriod has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineColumnWidth has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineMaxColumnCount has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineHorizontalPadding has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineShowPeriodHeader has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineShowIntervalHeader has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineShowPageNavigation has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineCondensedViewVisibility has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineCondensedViewHeight has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineView Period Header needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Slot Background is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Slot Background has just been rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Slot Border needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Border needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineView needs to get the Appointment row height + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineView needs to get the row collate Id (used to group rows). + + + + + Occurs when a PageNavigator control button has been clicked + + + + + Occurs when the TimeLineView needs Date Header Text for a column + + + + + Gets and sets whether the control will permit + tab reordering via the user interface + + + + + Gets or sets whether view dates are automatically + synced to the currently viewed date range + + + + + Gets and sets the default appointment border width + + + + + Gets or sets how DayView "AllDay" appointments are displayed + + + + + Gets or sets whether Appointment text-markup support is enabled + + + + + Gets and sets the selected calendar view + + + + + Gets and sets the fixed (constant) AllDayPanel + height for all WeekDay views. Setting this value to -1 + will let the height change dynamically + + + + + Gets or sets whether the current calendar day is highlighted + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum height of the All Day Appointment panel + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum height of the WeekDay time slots + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar multi-user tab height + + + + + Gets or sets the default TimeIndicator + + + + + Gets and sets the Time slot duration for all Day and Week views. + This value, in minutes, must be greater than 0 and less than or + equal to 30. Set values must also evenly divide the hour. This means + that values like 6, 10 and 20 are valid values, whereas 7, 11 and 31 are not + + + + + Gets and sets the 12 or 24 hour + formatting that is used in the Day and Week views + + + + + Gets and sets whether time slot labels are + displayed in the Day and Week view TimeRulerPanel + + + + + Gets and sets whether only WorkDay hours are + displayed in the Day and Week views + + + + + Gets and sets multi-user tab visibility + + + + + Gets and sets the default Month view SideBar visibility + + + + + Gets and sets the Month view 'More Items' indicator visibility + + + + + Gets and sets whether the Week/Day view TimeRuler is visible + + + + + Gets and sets whether DragDrop across calendar views is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets whether a new copy of an item will be + created when holding the Control-Key while dragging it. + + + + + Indicates whether touch support for scrolling is enabled. + + + + + Gets and sets whether date selection is permitted + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView Appointment Link mode. This defines the + interaction between the mouse and YearView days that contain appointments. + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView Non-Appointment Link mode. This defines the + interaction between the mouse and YearView days that do not contain appointments. + + + + + Gets or sets the Link Calendar View. This defines the + View that is activated when a YearView date 'link' is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the Link action. This defines the + action that is taken when a YearView date 'link' is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the AppointmentLink display style. This defines the + style that is used when 'highlighting' YearView date links. + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView grid lines visibility + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Week or Day View Start and End dates can be + can be automatically extended by the control when the user presses + the left or right arrow keys. + + + + + Gets and sets the calendar Model + + + + + Appointment CategoryColors + + + + + Gets the collection of user defined custom + CalendarItems + + + + + Gets or sets the selection start date + + + + + Gets or sets the end date selection + + + + + Gets the Day View + + + + + Gets and sets the DayView date + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar Multiuser Horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Gets the Week View + + + + + Gets and sets the week start date + + + + + Gets the week end date + + + + + Gets the Month View + + + + + Gets and sets the month start date + + + + + Gets the month end date + + + + + Gets and sets the horizontal padding used between + items displayed in the Month view + + + + + Gets the Year View + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView start date + + + + + Gets the YearView end date + + + + + Gets the TimeLine View + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeLine start date + + + + + Gets or sets the TimeLine end date + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeLine Scrolled start date + + + + + Gets the TimeLine Scrolled end date + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineColumnWidth + + + + + Gets and sets the horizontal padding used between + items displayed in the TimeLine view + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeLine Interval Header height + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment for the TimeLineView Period Header text + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for the + TimeLineView Period Header text + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineMaxColumnCount + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineInterval + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLinePeriod + + + + + Gets or sets the TimeLine period header height. Set to -1 for default. + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineHeight + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineShowPeriodHeader + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineShowIntervalHeader + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineShowPageNavigation + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Horizontal TimeLine scroll bar is shown + + + + + Gets and sets the Condensed View visibility + + + + + Gets and sets the Condensed View height + + + + + Gets or sets whether the row height is stretched + to fill the TimeLine appointment content area + + + + + Gets or sets how the row height is stretched to fill the TimeLine + appointment content area (TimeLineStretchRowHeight must be set to true). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TimeLine Start and End dates can be + can be automatically extended by the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TimeLine view will draw collate lines + between each group of collated rows (see TimeLineViewGetRowCollateId event) + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLine horizontal tab width + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLine horizontal tab orientation + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar TimeLineView PageNavigator TodayTooltip + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar TimeLineView PageNavigator PreviousPageTooltip + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar TimeLineView PageNavigator NextPageTooltip + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineView Minimum Appointment Width + + + + + Gets the multiCalendar state or mode + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarDayViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarWeekViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarMonthViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarYearViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarTimeLineViews collection + + + + + Gets the DisplayedOwners collection + + + + + Gets and sets the current selected multi-user owner + + + + + Gets and sets the current selected multi-user owner + using a DisplayedOwner index + + + + + Gets the read-only collection of currently selected + appointments in the current view + + + + + TimeIndicators + + + + + Gets the CalendarView ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar ViewWidth + + + + + Gets the Calendar Multiuser Vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets the WeekDay Vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the CalendarView + + + + + Gets the default (cycling) color scheme + + + + + Gets the CalendarPanel object + + + + + Gets the width of a vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets the height of a horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Gets and sets the AutoSyncDate + + + + + Gets whether any CategoryColors have been defined + + + + + Gets the default TimeSlice height + + + + + Gets the number of WeekDay time slices + + + + + Gets the NumberOfActiveSlices + + + + + WeekDay starting Slice + + + + + Gets the number of slots per hour + + + + + Gets the WeekDay Vertical Scroll panel + + + + + Gets the Year Vertical Scroll panel + + + + + Gets the AllDay panel height + + + + + Gets the TimerRuler width + + + + + Gets the base interval (total minutes) + + + + + Gets the TimeLine column count + + + + + Gets the TimeLine Horizontal Scroll panel + + + + + Gets whether the user has defined any ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + Sets the local view cursor + + + + + Gets the default cursor + + + + + Defines the available view operations + + + + + Defines views available on CalendarView control. + + + + + Defines TimeLine interval period + + + + + Defines TimeLine interval period + + + + + Row height is partially stretched, based upon the + number of overlapping rows. + + + + + Row height is extended fully (if possible), irrespective of the + number of overlapping rows. + + + + + Defines Condensed View visibility + + + + + Defines link mode for YearView dates containing appointments + + + + + Defines link action for YearView dates containing Appointments or CalendarItems + + + + + Defines link mode for YearView dates containing appointments + + + + + Defines the "display state" (work, inactive, selected) of the slot + + + + + Defines how All "All Day" appointments are displayed + + + + + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + + ModelEventArgs + + + + + DateSelectionEventArgs + + + + + LabelTimeSlotsChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeSlotDurationChangedEventArgs + + + + + Is24HourFormatChangedEventArgs + + + + + IsMonthSideBarVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + IsMonthMoreItemsIndicatorVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + IsTimeRulerVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + BeforeAppointmentViewChangeEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem being affected + + + + + Gets the operation to be performed + + + + + Gets whether the operation is being + performed on a drag created copy item + + + + + AppointmentViewChangingEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem being changed + + + + + Gets the OwnerKey to be applied. + This value will be null if no new OwnerKey is to be applied. + + + + + Gets the new StartTime to be applied + + + + + Gets the new EndTime to be applied + + + + + Gets the operation to be performed + + + + + Gets whether the operation is being + performed on a drag created copy item + + + + + AppointmentViewChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem that was changed + + + + + Gets th old, previous OwnerKey + + + + + Gets th old, previous start time + + + + + Gets the old, previous end time + + + + + Gets the operation that was performed + + + + + Gets whether the operation is being + performed on a drag created copy item + + + + + AppointmentViewPostRenderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem being changed + + + + + Gets the associated Graphics object. + + + + + Gets the associated GraphicsPath. + This item may be null, based upon appointment style. + + + + + Gets the item bounding rectangle + + + + + AppointmentViewPreRenderEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel + further item rendering. + + + + + GetAppointmentGroupIdEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem that was changed + + + + + Gets or sets the GroupId + + + + + GetDisplayTemplateTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem that was changed + + + + + Gets the DisplayTemplate + + + + + Gets or sets the Display Text for the given DisplayTemplate + + + + + DateChangeEventArgs + + + + + ViewDateChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the View + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView + + + + + Gets th old, previous start time + + + + + Gets the old, previous end time + + + + + Gets or sets the new start time + + + + + Gets or sets the new end time + + + + + DateViewChangingEventArgs + + + + + Gets the View + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView + + + + + Gets th old, previous start time + + + + + Gets the old, previous end time + + + + + Gets or sets the new start time + + + + + Gets or sets the new end time + + + + + CalendarItemEventArgs + + + + + Gets the View + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView + + + + + Gets item1 comparison element + + + + + Gets item2 comparison element + + + + + + SelectedOwnerChangedEventArgs + + + + + + FixedAllDayPanelHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + + MaximumAllDayPanelHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + + MinimumTimeSlotHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + + TimeLineIntervalChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineIntervalPeriodChangedEventArgs + + + + + EnableDragDropChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineColumnWidthChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineMaxColumnCountChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineHorizontalPaddingChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineShowPeriodHeaderChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineShowIntervalHeaderChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineShowPageNavigationChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineCondensedViewVisibilityChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineCondensedViewHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineRenderPeriodHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the Period Header + + + + + Gets the Bounding Text Rectangle + + + + + Gets the visible display StartTime + + + + + Gets the visible display EndTime + + + + + Gets or sets the header Text + + + + + TimeLinePreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + TimeLinePreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets the slot bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets the slot StartTime + + + + + Gets the slot EndTime + + + + + Gets the slot display state + + + + + Gets the associated View + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the event should be canceled + + + + + TimeLineRenderSlotBorderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets whether the border if an hourly border + + + + + Gets the slot display state + + + + + Gets the slot Starting Time + + + + + Gets the slot starting Point + + + + + Gets the slot ending Point + + + + + Gets the slot border Color + + + + + TimeLineRenderViewBorderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets the starting column + + + + + Gets the ending column + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the default border Pen + + + + + ShowOnlyWorkDayHoursChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineGetRowHeightEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets the Height + + + + + Gets the associated CalendarItem + + + + + TimeLineGetRowCollateIdEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets the row CollateId + + + + + Gets the associated CalendarItem + + + + + PageNavigatorClickEventArgs + + + + + Gets the PageNavigator + + + + + Gets the associated CalendarView + + + + + Gets which button was clicked + + + + + Gets or sets the time to navigate to + + + + + AllowDateSelectionChangedEventArgs + + + + + DayLinkChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewActionChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewStyleChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewSelectedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the selected StartDate + + + + + Gets the selected EndDate + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView to activate + + + + + ShowGridLinesChangedEventArgs + + + + + YearViewDrawDayBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the YearMonth + + + + + Gets the date to draw + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the Appointment Link style + + + + + YearViewDrawDayTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the YearMonth + + + + + Gets the date to draw + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + RenderDaySlotAppearanceTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the DaySlotAppearance + + + + + Gets the start DateTime + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the end DateTime + + + + + Gets whether the area is selected + + + + + Gets or Sets the Text to render + + + + + MonthViewPreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + MonthViewPreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + MonthViewHorizontalPaddingChangedEventArgs + + + + + RenderTabBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the tab GraphicsPath + + + + + Gets the tab BaseView + + + + + Gets whether the tab is selected or not + + + + + RenderTabBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets the tab text + + + + + RenderViewBorderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + ViewLoadCompleteEventArgs + + + + + Gets the tab BaseView + + + + + MonthMoreItemsIndicatorClickEventArgs + + + + + Gets the associated MonthView + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView to select + + + + + Gets or sets the starting time to navigate to + + + + + TimeLineGetHeaderTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the associated TimeLineHeaderPanel + + + + + Gets the Header date / time + + + + + Gets or sets the Header Text + + + + + WeekDayCanExtendRangeChangedEventArgs + + + + + PostRenderWeekDayHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the WeekDayView + + + + + Gets the DayColumn index + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + PreRenderWeekDayHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel default rendering + + + + + PostRenderMonthHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the MonthView + + + + + Gets the column index + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + PreRenderMonthHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel default rendering + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarView + + + + Locates the view index from the given + DisplayedOwner text + + DisplayedOwner + View index, or -1 if not found + + + + Returns the given view at the specified index. + + This routine will initiate the creation + of the view if it has not previously been created. + + Index + Requested view + + + + Gets the count of items in the collection + + + + + Gets the view at the given index + + Index + Requested view + + + + Gets the view for the given DisplayedOwner + + DisplayedOwner + Requested view + + + + Gets the collection view list + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarView + + + + Adds a range of Owners to the DisplayedOwner collection + + Array of Owners to add + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + Text to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + Text to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Gets and sets the SuspendUpdate state + + + + + ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + + Handles DaySlotBackgrounds CollectionChanged events + + + + + + + Retrieves the DaySlotAppearance from the given criteris + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given slot is a valid + day and time slot + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given slot is a valid time slot + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given slot is a valid time slot + + + + + + + + Determines if the given owner key is valid for the slot + + + + + + + + Occurs when the ViewDisplayCustomizations have changed + + + + + DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + Removes the DaySlotBackground for the given DateTime + + + + + + Removes the DaySlotBackground for the given DayOfWeek + + + + + + Adds a range of DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + Text to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + Text to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Handles collection change notification + + + + + Occurs when the DaySlotBackgrounds collection changes + + + + + Gets and sets the SuspendUpdate state + + + + + DaySlotBackground + + + + + Processes OwnerKeys_CollectionChanged events + + + + + + + Handles collection change notification + + + + + Occurs when the DaySlotBackground collection changes + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance + + + + + Gets or sets the DateTime + + + + + Gets or sets the DayOfWeek + + + + + Gets or sets the OwnerKeyCollection + + + + + Gets or sets the DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + HasOwnerKeys + + + + + DaySlotAppearance + + + + + Gets or sets the BackColor + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance end time + + + + + Gets or sets the DaySlot Font + + + + + Gets or sets the HalfHourBorderColor + + + + + Gets or sets the HourBorderColor + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Text is on top of the borders + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance start time + + + + + Gets or sets the Text + + + + + Gets or sets the Text Alignment + + + + + Gets or sets the Text Color + + + + + Gets or sets the Selected Text Color + + + + + Gets or sets wheter the Text is displayed when cells are selected + + + + + OwnerKeyCollection + + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + Text to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + Text to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Handles collection change notification + + + + + Occurs when the OwnerKeyCollection changes + + + + + AppointmentCategoryColor + + Color name + Text Color + Border Color + Background Color + + + + AppointmentCategoryColor + + Color name + + + + Occurs when AppointmentCategoryColorCollection has changed + + + + + Color name + + + + + Text Color + + + + + Border Color + + + + + Background Color + + + + + AppointmentCategoryColorCollection + + + + + Adds a AppointmentCategoryColor to the collection + + + + + + Removes an entry from the collection, by color name + + Color name + + + + Removes an entry from the collection, by AppointmentCategoryColor + + AppointmentCategoryColor + + + + Clears the AppointmentCategoryColor collection + + + + + CategoryColorChanged + + + + + + + OnAppointmentCategoryColorCollectionChanged + + + + + Occurs when AppointmentCategoryColorCollection has changed + + + + + Gets the Count of items defined + + + + + Gets the entire list of added AppointmentCategoryColor items + + + + + Gets the AppointmentCategoryColor from the given + color name string index + + + + + + + Appointment parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + eCalendarColor + + + + Gets the Color of the calendar part + + Calendar part + Color + + + + Gets the ColorDef of the part + + Calendar part + Part ColorDef + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush from the given part + + Color part + Gradient Rectangle + Created Brush + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush from the given ColorDef + + ColorDef + Gradient Rectangle + Created Brush + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush from the given ColorDef + + ColorDef + Gradient Rectangle + Gradient angle + Created Brush + + + + Creates a ColorBlend from the given ColorDef + + ColorDef for blend + ColorBlend + + + + Gets the array of color positions + + + + + + + Gets and sets ColorTable + + + + + Gets and sets calendar color scheme + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Month calendar parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + Default color + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + View calendar parts enum + + + + + Defines available custom calendar color + + + + + Constructor + + Default color + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Week/Day calendar parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + Default color + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Week/Day calendar parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Sends ChangedEvent for the OwnerKey property + + Old OwnerKey + New OwnerKey + + + + Sends ChangedEvent for the Locked property + + Old OwnerKey + New OwnerKey + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CustomCalendarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CustomCalendarItem instance + + + + Occurs when the OwnerKey has changed + + + + + Occurs when Locked has changed + + + + + Gets or sets the CollateId used for TimeLine row collation. + + + + + Gets and sets the item OwnerKey + + + + + Gets and set whether modification is enabled + through the user interface" + + + + + Base CalendarItem + + This property holds the base CalendarItem from which + each displayed CustomItem (of this type) is based. + + In order to keep all displayed items "in-sync", it is necessary + to propagate data to and from the base CalendarItem. This is + accomplished via hooking those members you are interested in, at + both the item (HookEvents) and BaseCalendarItem (HookBaseEvents) + level. + + + + + + Gets or sets the category color used for TimeLine CondensedView markers. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the category color for example Appointment.CategoryRed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item is selected. + + + + + Gets and sets the item Visibility + + + + + OwnerKeyChangedEventArgs + + + + + + LockedChangedEventArgs + + + + + + CategoryColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + + Adds a range of CustomCalendarItems to the collection + + Array of items to add + + + + Removes a CustomCalendarItem from + the collection. + + Item to remove + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + CustomCalendarItem to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + CustomCalendarItem to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Hooks needed system events + + + + + + + Processes OwnerKeyChanged events + + + + + + + Processes StartTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Processes EndTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Processes ItemCategoryColorChanged events + + + + + + + Processes ItemVisibleChanged events + + + + + + + Processes ItemCollateIdChanged events + + + + + + + Propagates CollectionChanged events + + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Occurs when the collection has changed + + + + + Returns the date that is 30 minutes before or after input date if input date minute is 0 or 30. Otherwise it returns next increment to 0 or 30. + + Date and time. + Indicates whether to add or subtract minutes. + New date time. + + + + Returns date that starts with the day. If passed date is not on the requested date function returns first date with day that is before passed date. + + Date to inspect. + Day of week + Date that starts on given day of week. + + + + Returns whether two days fall on same month and year. + + First date + Second date + true if dates are on same month and year + + + + Returns true if time periods overlap. + + Start of first period. + End of first period. + Start of second period. + End of second period. + true if periods overlap + + + + Gets the abbreviated month name for + the given date + + Date + Abbreviated name + + + + Gets the abbreviated day name for + the given date + + Day of week + Abbreviated name + + + + Represents date-navigation control that is used with CalendarView to provide calendar date navigation. + + + + + Handles CalendarView ViewDateChanged events + + + + + + + Handle CalendarView SelectedViewChanged events + + + + + + + Handles CalendarView_TimeLineViewScrollDateChanged events + + + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Handles NavigateForward button clicks + + + + + + + Handles NavigateBack button clicks + + + + + + + Navigates forward + + + + + NavigateDayForward + + + + + NavigateWeekForward + + + + + NavigateMonthForward + + + + + NavigateYearForward + + + + + NavigateTimeLineForward + + + + + Gets the next forward TimeLine Period Date + + Current date + Next Period Date + + + + Navigates back + + + + + NavigateDayBack + + + + + NavigateWeekBack + + + + + NavigateMonthBack + + + + + NavigateYearBack + + + + + NavigateTimeLineBack + + + + + Gets the next back TimeLine Period Date + + Current date + Next back Period Date + + + + CountMonthSpan + + + + + + + + Updates the Date Label text + + + + + Updates the DayView display + + + + + + + Updates the WeekView display + + + + + + + + Updates the MonthView display + + + + + + + + Updates the YearView display + + + + + + + + Updates the TimeLineView display + + + + + + + + Updates the button images + + + + + Gets image fore color + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when a date Navigation is occurring + + + + + Occurs when a date Navigation has occurred + + + + + Occurs when the DateNavigator needs a formatted date label + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarView date navigation will be applied to. + + + + + Gets or sets the current Day format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, same Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, same Year, end format label + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current Month, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Month, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Year, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Hour format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, same Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, same Year, end format label + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Year, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets whether in Week View week-days navigation is enabled. Default value is true. When week-days navigation is enabled + and start date points to Monday and end date points to Friday, navigating to next day will navigate to next Monday-Friday view. + + + + + DateChangingEventArgs + + + + + DateChangingEventArgs + + + + + Gets the navigation direction + + + + + Gets the old navigation start date + + + + + Gets the old navigation end date + + + + + Gets or sets the new navigation start date + + + + + Gets or sets the new navigation end date + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel the operation + + + + + GetDateLabelEventArgs + + + + + Gets the formatted DateLabel + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + Day of the week + Count of days + + + + Loads the DayText arrays + + Starting day of week + Count of days + + + + Measures the day text + + Graphics + Text font + + + + Gets the DayText string arrays + + + + + Gets the DaySize Size arrays + + + + + Day text NeedsMeasured flag + + + + + DayRect array management class + + + + + Constructor + + + Rectangle array length + + + + Gets the Rectangle array + + + + + Gets and sets a specific array Rectangle + + Rectangle index to get + Rectangle + + + + Simple DayRect class + + + + + Constructor + + BaseItem + + + + Invalidates the given rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the bounding rect + + + + + Gets and sets the rect selection status + + + + + Represents base class for the model to view connectors. + + + + + Connects View to a model. + + + + + Disconnects view from model. + + + + + Gets whether connector has connected model to a view. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner key of the owner of the appointments displayed on the view. + + + + + Represents an calendar appointment. + + + + + Defines an interface for property notification change. + + + + + Occurs when property on object or its sub-objects has changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment end time + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment end time + Appointment owner key + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment duration in minutes + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment duration in minutes + Appointment owner key + + + + Called when Visible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Moves the appointment to the specified date and time while keeping its duration constant. + + New start date and time for appointment. + + + + Raises the StartTimeReached event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates an copy of the appointment. + + Appointment copy. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Occurs when system time reaches the appointment start time and StartTimeAction is set to fire event. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment is 'private'. This only has + meaning in ICS import/export procesing. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment is visible in user interface views. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip that is assigned to the appointment view. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment category color string based key that is used to lookup for appointment background and border colors. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the category color for example Appointment.CategoryRed. + + + + + Gets or sets how the time used by appointment is marked on calendar. For example Free, Tentative, Busy etc. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the time marker for example Appointment.TimeMarkerBusy + + + + + Gets the collection of reminders associated with this Appointment. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment subject. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment description. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment display template. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment is selected in the user interface. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment modification through user interface is disabled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment start time. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment end time. + + + + + Gets or sets the time-zone this appointment is defined in. Default value is null which indicates that appointment is + in current system time zone. Note that setting the time zone will affect StartTime and EndTime of appointment if set. + It will convert them to the TimeZone you set but as absolute values meaning that 10:00 AM in previous time zone + will become 10:00 AM in TimeZone you just assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the StartTime of appointment in local, display time-zone. + + + + + Gets or sets the StartTime of appointment in local, display time-zone. + + + + + Gets the UTC Start Time of appointment. + + + + + Gets the UTC End Time of appointment. + + + + + Gets the calendar appointment is associated with. + + + + + Gets or sets the action performed when StartTime of appointment is reached. Default is none. + + + + + Gets whether this appointment is the recurring appointment instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the root appointment if this instance is an recurring appointment instance (IsRecurringInstance=true). + + + + + Gets or sets additional data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the appointment recurrence definition object which defines + recurring appointment properties and range. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner of the appointment. Default value is empty string which indicates default owner. + + + + + Gets whether appointment is all day event or whether it spans multiple days. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment identifier. This property is provided for your usage in serialization scenarios. It is not set by the control. + + + + + Gets the automatically generated identifier that identifies appointment. + + + + + Gets or sets the image key for the image displayed on appointment view. ImageList property on CalendarView must be set for this property to work. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the appointment view content. Default value is TopLeft. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Provides more information about the time change for appointment StartTime and EndTime property changes. + + + + + Gets the old value. + + + + + Gets the new value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentTimePropertyChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Represents appointment recurrence definition. + + + + + Called when IndependentVisibility property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the range type for the recurrence. Default value is no end date for recurrence. + + + + + Gets or sets the recurrence end date. To specify the end date for recurrence set this property and RangeLimitType property to RangeEndDate. + + + + + Gets or sets number of occurrences after which recurrence ends. To specify limited number of recurrences + set this property and set RangeLimitType to RangeNumberOfOccurrences. + + + + + Gets or sets additional data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the recurring frequency for appointment i.e. daily, weekly, monthly or yearly. + Default value is Daily. + + + + + Gets reference to appointment recurrence is assigned to. + + + + + Gets the settings for Daily recurrence type. + + + + + Gets the settings for Weekly recurrence type. + + + + + Gets the settings for monthly recurrence type. + + + + + Gets the settings for yearly recurrence type. + + + + + Gets or sets the recurrence start date. Default value is DateTime.MinValue which indicates that recurrence starts after + the appointment ends. + + + + + Gets or set the list of dates on which the recurrences are skipped. + + + + + Gets or sets whether generated recurring appointments have independent Visible property setting from root Appointment. + When set to true recurring appointment instances will not by default have Visible property set to the Visible property of root appointment. + Default value is false which means recurring instances by default have Visible property set to the root appointment Visible property. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Represents subset of appointments collection. + + + + + Represents custom collection with INotifyPropertyChanged and INotifyCollectionChanged interface support. + + + + + + Represents collection changed notification interface. + + + + + Occurs when collection changed. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + List to initialize collection with. + + + + Add item to collection. + + Item to add. + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Checks whether collection contains item. + + Item to look for. + true if item is in collection. + + + + Copy collection to array. + + Array to copy to. + Index to copy from. + + + + Gets enumerator for collection. + + Enumerator. + + + + Returns index of an item. + + Reference to item. + Index of item. + + + + Insert item at specified location. + + Index to insert item in. + Item to insert. + + + + Inserts item. + + Index to insert item at. + Reference to item. + + + + Removes item from collection. + + Item to remove. + true if item was removed. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Set item on location. + + Index + Item to assign. + + + + Returns items directly without checks. + + List of items. + + + + Occurs when collection is read. + + + + + Occurs when collection property has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Blocks the collection re-entrancy. + + IDisposable to end re-entrancy + + + + Checks whether call creates re-entrancy. + + + + + Called when collection has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Returns number of items in collection. + + + + + Returns item at index. + + Index of item. + Item at index. + + + + Returns the IList interface for items in collection. + + + + + Occurs when collection has changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentSubsetCollection class with appointments between given start and end date. + + + + + + + + Invalidates collection content due to the change to appointments or some other condition. Invalidating collection + content causes the collection elements to be re-generated on next collection read access. + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with this collection. + + + + + Defines a working day. + + + + + Called when WorkStartTime has changed. + + Old property value. + New property value. + + + + Called when WorkEndTime has changed. + + Old property value. + New property value. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the work start time. + + + + + Gets or sets the work end time. + + + + + Gets the calendar work day is associated with. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Represents the calendar model control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalendarModel class. + + + + + Gets reference to the Day object which represents day in calendar. + + Date to retrieve day for. + Returns reference to Day object. + + + + Returns true if appointment overlapps with one or more of the appointments in the model. + + Appointment to check overlap for. + true if there are appointments overlapping appointment otherwise false. + + + + Finds appointments that overlap with the parameter appointment. + + Appointment to use to find overlapps + Array of appointments that overlap parameter. + + + + Returns the calendar date time which has seconds part set to 0. + + + + + + + Raises the AppointmentRemoved event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the AppointmentAdded event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invalidates appointments cache store and causes recurrences to be regenerated when requested. + + + + + Suspends internal control updates to the cache structures etc. When making changes on multiple appointments + time related properties or when adding multiple appointments before doing so call BeginUpdate and after + updates are done call EndUpdate method to optimize performance. + Calls to BeginUpdate method can be nested and only last outer most EndUpdate call will resume internal control updates. + + + + + Resumes internal control updates that were suspended using BeginUpdate call and invalidates internal cache. + + + + + Raises AppointmentStartTimeReached event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises ReminderNotification event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Occurs when an appointment has been added to the model. + + + + + Occurs when an appointment has been removed from the model. + + + + + Occurs when AppointmentStartTime has been reached. This event can be used to trigger appointment reminders. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Occurs when Reminder's ReminderTime has been reached. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Occurs when Appointments collection has been cleared. + + + + + Gets appointments associated with this calendar. + + + + + Gets owners of appointments associated with this calendar. + + + + + Gets working days associated with this calendar. + + + + + Gets the calendar/date based working days collection. This collection allows you to specify working time for specific dates. Values specified here take precedence over working hours set through WorkDays collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Appointment StartTime and EndTime values retain seconds and milliseconds. When + set to false seconds and milliseconds are discarded. When set to true the DateTime set to appointment + StartTime and EndTime is used as is including seconds and milliseconds. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets whether internal control update is suspended due to the call to BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Gets or sets the default display time zone used for the appointments. Default value is null which indicates that system time-zone is used. + Display Time zone can also be set for each Owner on Owner object. Value set here is used if specific display time-zone is not set on user. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Gets the collection of custom reminders that are not associated with appointments. + + + + + Defines arguments for appointment related events. + + + + + Gets the appointment referenced by this event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents specific date based work day. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + Date this work-day represents + + + + Called when Date property has changed. + + Old property value. + New property value. + + + + Gets or sets the date this day represents. + + + + + Represents collection of calendar work days. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalendarWorkDayCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the Owner of work-day collection. + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Gets the item based on the Key assigned to the item + + Date to retrieve data for. + Reference to CalendarWorkDay or null if no day in collection. + + + + Defines the daily recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DailyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Called when ExplicitDailyRecurrence property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the days of week on which appointment is repeated. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. Setting this value to for example 3 means that + recurrence is repeated every 3 days. + + + + + Indicates whether appointment is explicitly repeated every day regardless of its end time. By default end time of appointment + 1 day is considered as next + starting point for appointment. When this property is set to true appointment start time + 1 day is used as next starting point of recurrence. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Returns number of weekdays (Monday-Friday) between two dates. + + Start date + End date + Total number of weekdays between two dates + + + + Return total number of days specified by day parameter between two dates. + + Start date. + End date. + Day of week + Number of days between two dates + + + + Returns the date/time that represents end of the day value. + + + + + + + Returns the date/time that represents beginning of the day value. + + + + + + + Returns true if date falls at begging of the day 12:00 AM + + + + + + + Gets greater date between two dates. + + Date 1 + Date 2 + Greater date. + + + + Returns true if both dates are on same day and year. + + First date + Second date + true if dates are on same day and year + + + + Returns true if time periods overlap. + + Start of first period. + End of first period. + Start of second period. + End of second period. + true if periods overlap + + + + Represents the calendar day. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Day class. + + + + + + + Invalidate the day appointments + + + + + Gets appointments that start on this day. + + + + + Gets the date this day represents. + + + + + Gets the Calendar this day is part of. + + + + + Specifies notification type when appointment start time has been reached. + + + + + No action is taken. + + + + + StartTimeReached event is fired. + + + + + StartTimeCommand is executed. + + + + + Both event and command are performed. + + + + + Specifies notification type when reminder time has been reached. + + + + + No action is taken. + + + + + Reminder event is fired. + + + + + Reminder Command is executed. + + + + + Both event and command are performed. + + + + + Specifies the recurrence range type. + + + + + Recurrence range has no end date specified. + + + + + Recurrence ends on date specified by RangeEndDate property. + + + + + Recurrence ends after specified number of repeats by RangeNumberOfOccurrences property. + + + + + Specifies the pattern type for appointment recurrence. + + + + + Appointment recurs daily. + + + + + Appointment recurs weekly. + + + + + Appointment recurs monthly. + + + + + Appointment recurs yearly. + + + + + Specifies the relative day in month for recurrence. + + + + + No value specified. + + + + + The first occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The second occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The third occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The fourth occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The last occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + Specifies on which day the appointment is repeated. + + + + + Specifies on which days daily recurrence is repeated. + + + + + Appointment is repeated on all days. + + + + + Appointment is repeated on week-days only, Monday-Friday. + + + + + Appointment is repeated on weekend-days only, Saturday-Sunday. + + + + + Specifies on which month monthly appointment recurrence is repeated. + + + + + Represents collection of holidays. + + + + + Constructor + + Text line start + Text line end + + + + Attributes + + + + + Id + + + + + LineEnd + + + + + LineStart + + + + + Value + + + + + Constructor + + Id + Value + + + + Gets or sets the attribute Id + + + + + Gets or sets the attribute value + + + + + Export DNB internal Model/Appointment data layout into + ICS (Internet Calendaring and Scheduling - RFC5545) format file. + + + + + IcsExporter + + + + + IcsExporter + + + + + + Exports Appointment data in the iCalendar format + + Array of OwnerKeys + Array of CalendarNames + Export StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments to the given export file. + + Output file path + + + + Exports all appointments to the given export stream. + + Output StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export file. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Output file path + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export stream. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Output StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export file, using the specified calendar name. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Associated Calendar Name + Output file path + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export stream, using the specified calendar name. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Associated Calendar Name + Output StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey array to + the given export file, using the specified associated calendar name array. + + Array of OwnerKeys + Array of 1:1 associated Calendar Names + Output file path + + + + Exports model data for each requested OwnerKey + + + + + Exports the beginning calendar sequence + + + + + + Exports the ending calendar sequence + + + + + Exports a calendar event (appointment) + + + + + + Exports the appointment Recurrence Rule + + + + + + ExportDailyRRule + + + + + + ExportWeeklyRRule + + + + + + ExportMonthlyRRule + + + + + + ExportYearlyRRule + + + + + + AddRRuleByDay + + + + + + + AddRRuleByDay + + + + + + + AddRRuleByDay + + + + + + + + AddRRuleInterval + + + + + + + AddRRuleRangeInfo + + + + + + + ExportExDate + + + + + + ExportAlarms + + + + + + GetDuration + + + + + + + GetUtcDate + + + + + + + Adds escape chars to text meta data + + + + + + + Exports a line + + + + + + Performs line wrapping (aka folding) + + Text to wrap + Wrapping length + + + + + Determines where to break a line of text + + Text + Current text pos + Max line length + + + + + Determines if a char is a break char + + + true if break char + + + + GetDefaultOwnerKeys + + A list of all defined model OwnerKeys + + + + GetUniversalTime + + + + + + + Determines if an appointment is visible + with respect to the given ownerKey + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar Product Id. + + + + + CalendarModel + + + + + ICS (Internet Calendaring and Scheduling - RFC5545) import into + corresponding DNB internal Model/Appointment data layout + + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file's + calName array Calendar entries, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey array entries. + + Array of Calendar names + Array of associated OwnerKeys + Import file path. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given input file. + + Input file + + + + Imports all appointments from the given input stream. + + Input file StreamReader + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file + calName Calendar entry. + + Calendar entry name + Import file path. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export stream + calName Calendar entry. + + Calendar entry name + Import file StreamReader. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file + calName Calendar entry, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey. + + Calendar entry name + Associated OwnerKey + Import file path. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export stream + calName Calendar entry, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey. + + Calendar entry name + Associated OwnerKey + Import file StreamReader. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file + calName array Calendar entries, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey array entries. + + Array of Calendar names + Array of associated OwnerKeys + Import file path. + + + + Initiates the processing of each calendar component entry + + + + + + Processes individual calendar component entries + + + + + Processes final Calendar component termination + + + + + + Processes Calendar Scale (Gregorian only support) + + + + + + Processes Calendar version entries + + + + + + Processes Event components for the given OwnerKey + + Associated OwnerKey + + + + Processes Event termination + + + + + + + + ProcessEventEndEx + + + + + + + + + Processes Daily recurrences + + + + + + + + Processes Weekly recurrences + + + + + + + + Processes Monthly recurrences + + + + + + + + SetNewByDayAppStartTime + + + + + + + + Processes Yearly recurrences + + + + + + + + Processes event reminders + + + + + + Processes RecurrenceId events + + + + + + + + Processes Recurrence range values + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a valid + SkippedRecurrence date. + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a skippable + byMonthDate + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a skippable ByMonth date + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a skippable ByDays date + + + + + + + + ProcessRDateRange + + + + + + + + Processes event Class values + + + + + + + + Processes Attribute date values + + + + + + + + Processes attribute DateTime values + + + + + + + + Processes Value=Date entries + + + + + + + + Processes TxId attribute DateTime values + + + + + + + + + GetTzIdDelta + + + + + + + + GetLastPartDate + + + + + + + + GetTimeZone + + + + + + + Processes event Description values + + + + + + + + Processes event Duration values + + + + + + + + Gets the int value from the given Regex Match + + + + + + + + + Processes event ExDate values + + + + + + + Processes ExDate Value=Date values + + + + + + + Processes ExDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + Processes ExDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + + Combines the main evData exDates list with a secondary + accumulated exDates list + + + + + + + Processes RDate attributes and values + + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=Date values + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=Period values + + + + + + + Combines RDate values + + + + + + + + Processes RecurrenceId entries + + + + + + + Processes RRule entries + + + + + + + Processes ByDay= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes individual ByDay.WeekDay entries + + + + + + + + + Processes ByMonth= and ByMonthDay= attribute entries + + + + + + + + + + + Processes RRule Count attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Freq= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Interval= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Until= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Summary entries + + + + + + + + Processes UID entries + + + + + + + + Processes VAlarm component entries + + + + + + Processes VAlarm Trigger properties + + + + + + + Processes DNB CategoryColor entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB DisplayTemplate entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB specific ImageAlign entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB ImageKey entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB Locked entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB RecStartDate entries + + + + + + + Processes DNB StartTimeAction entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB TimeMarkedAs entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB ToolTip entries + + + + + + + + Processes VTimeZone components + + + + + Processes TxId values + + + + + + + Processes TzOffset values + + + + + + + ProcessVTimezoneEnd + + + + + + + Processes VTimeZone parts (DayLight, Standard) + + + + + + + Processes VToDo entries + + + + + + Processes X-WR-CALNAME entries + + + + + + + Skips the given component block (until it reaches + the corresponding ctkn:END value) + + + + + + Gets the token associated with the given text + + Token registry + Token text + Token, or -1 if not found + + + + Gets the first CalendarEntry + + + + + + Gets the next CalendarEntry + + + + + + Gets the enum value, given the token type and text + + + + + + + + Initiates the parsing of the given import file + + + + + + Gets the next logical line of text + + + + + + + + + Initiates the syntactic parsing of the given line + + + + + + + + Determines if the given line is blank + + + + + + + Parses the Id portion of the given line + + + + + + + + Initiates the parsing of the line attributes + + + + + + + Parses line attribute data + + + + + + + Parses the value portion of the given line + + + + + + + Removes Meta data from the value text + + + + + + + Gets the eRelativeDayInMonth from the given dayOfWeek + + + + + + + Gets the DayOfWeek from the given eDayOfWeekRecurrence + + + + + + + Determines if the given Calendar (by it's name) is + a valid calendar to import + + + + + + + Gets the OwnerKey based upon the + given Calendar name + + + + + + + Reports encountered import errors + + + + + + + Ignore import Errors + + + + + Gets or sets the iCalendar components to include in the import. + + + + + CalendarModel + + + + + Defines event arguments for SubPropertyChanged event. + + + + + Reference to PropertyChangedArgs of changed property. + + + + + Reference to the source object of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SubPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the calendar month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Month class. + + + + + + + Gets collection of days in this month. + + + + + Gets the month year. + + + + + Gets the month. + + + + + Gets the Calendar this day is part of. + + + + + Defines monthly recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthlyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the day of month on which appointment is repeated. + When RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth property is set to value other than None value of this property is not used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment should repeat on first, second, third, fourth or last day in month as specified + by RepeatOnDayOfMonth property. Property applies only for RecurrenceType Monthly or Yearly. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. + + For example, setting RepeatInterval to 2 means that appointment will recur every 2 months. + + + + + + Gets or sets the day of week on which relative repeat as specified by RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth is effective. + For example setting RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth to First and RelativeDayOfWeek to Monday will repeat the appointment on first + Monday in a month. + + + + + Gets or sets the months on which appointment is repeated. This property is represented by bit-flag enum + which means that you can combine the values from eMonthRecurrence enum using OR operator to specify multiple values. + Default value is All. + + For example you could set this property to eMonthRecurrence.January | eMonthRecurrence.July to repeat appointments on January and July only. + + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NotificationRequest class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets requested notification time. + + + + + Gets the callback handler for notification when notification time is reached. + + + + + Provides notification support for appointments. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NotificationServerEventArgs class. + + + + + + Gets the time notification is sent on. + + + + + Gets or sets the next requested notification time by the handler of the event. + Handler of event must set this to the desired next notification time in order to be notified. + The value recorded will be the lowest value set by all handlers. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets working days associated with this owner. If empty WorkDays from CalendarModel are used instead. + + + + + Gets date based working days associated with this owner. Date specific working days take precedence over days specified in WorkDays collection. If empty WorkDays on owner or from CalendarModel are used instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the unique key that identifies the owner. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner description. For example if owner represents person, it would be person name or if owner represents resource + like room it would be the room name. + + + + + Gets or sets custom data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets the calendar owner is associated with. + + + + + Gets or sets the display time-zone for this owner. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner color scheme used to represent owner data in user interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the display name for the owner. Display name is used in User Interface to identify the owner. + If not specified the Key is used instead in UI. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Gets the item based on the Key assigned to the item + + + + + + + Defines change actions. + + + + + Items were added. + + + + + Items were removed. + + + + + Items were replaced. + + + + + Items were moved. + + + + + Collection was reset. + + + + + Defines delegate for collection notification events. + + Event sender. + Event arguments. + + + + Defines collection change notification event arguments. + + + + + Create new instance of object. + + Action + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + List of changed items. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + Item that was changed. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New items in collection. + Old items in collection. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + List of changed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + Index of change + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New item + Old item + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New items. + Removed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed items + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New item + Old item + New index + + + + Gets the type of the collection change action. + + + + + Gets list of newly added items. + + + + + Gets new starting index. + + + + + Gets list of removed items. + + + + + Old starting index. + + + + + Generates Daily recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Daily recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Weekly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Weekly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Monthly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Monthly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + + Generates Daily recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Daily recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Weekly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Weekly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Monthly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Monthly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Yearly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Monthly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Represents an appointment reminder. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Reminder class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Reminder class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Reminder class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the date and time reminder will be executed at. + + Unless you mark reminder as inactive by setting the IsActive=false the reminder will occur next time + notifications are updated or when appointment data is loaded. + + + + + + Gets or sets the action performed when reminder time is reached. Default value is Event and Command. + + + + + Snoozes reminder so it occurs at specified notification time. This method should be used instead of the SnoozeDateTime property and it will + set the SnoozeDateTime property to the next notification time. + + Next reminder notification time. + + + + Runs the ReminderNotification as if the reminder time has been reached. + This method is automatically called by reminder once ReminderTime has been reached. + + + + + Raises the ReminderNotification event. + + + + + + Creates an copy of the reminder. + + Reminder copy. + + + + Occurs when ReminderTime has been reached. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Gets or sets whether reminder will be active for appointments that are in the past. Default value is true. + This property is useful if you are creating recurring appointments with reminders that start in past but don't want reminders + for past instances of appointment to be active. + + + + + Gets or sets the reminder description. + + + + + Gets or sets additional data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets the Appointment reminder is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether reminder is active. Active reminders fire events or execute commands when + reminder time has been reached. Set this value to false to dismiss the reminder. + + + + + Gets or sets the next snooze time for the reminder. Use the Snooze method if you want to snooze the reminder correctly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this reminder is snooze reminder usually created by Reminder dialog when user hits the Snooze button. + Default value is false. + + + + + Defines arguments for reminder related events. + + + + + Gets the reminder referenced by this event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReminderEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents collection of reminders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReminderCollection class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReminderCollection class. + + + + + + Gets parent appointment. + + + + + Gets parent model if collection is custom reminders collection. + + + + + Defines weekly recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeeklyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the days of week on which appointment is repeated. This property is represented by bit-flag enum + which means that you can combine the values from eDayOfWeekRecurrence enum using OR operator to specify multiple values. + Default value is All. + + This property value cannot be set to eDayOfWeekRecurrence.None. + + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. + + For example, setting RepeatInterval to 2 means that appointment will recur every 2 weeks. + + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Represents working day in calendar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the day of week this instance represents. + + + + + Represents collection of working days. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDayCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the Owner of work-day collection. + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Gets the item based on the Key assigned to the item + + Day of week to retrive data for. + Reference to WorkDay or null if no day in collection. + + + + Represents a work time. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkTime structure. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the hour from 0 to 23 this time instance represents. + + + + + Gets or sets the minute from 0 to 59 this time instance represents. + + + + + Determines if the WorkTime is Empty + + + + + Represents the calendar year. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Year class. + + + + + + + Returns read-only collection of months in year. + + + + + Defines yearly recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearlyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. + + For example, setting RepeatInterval to 2 means that appointment will recur every 2 years. + + + + + + Gets or sets the day of month on which appointment is repeated. + When RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth property is set to value other than None value of this property is not used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment should repeat on first, second, third, fourth or last day in month as specified + by RepeatOnDayOfMonth property. Default value is None. + + + + + Gets or sets the day of week on which relative repeat as specified by RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth is effective. + For example setting RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth to First and RelativeDayOfWeek to Monday will repeat the appointment on first + Monday in a month. + + + + + Gets or sets the month the appointment is repeated on every year. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc MonthView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Severs the Model/MonthView connection + + + + + Clears individual MonthWeek view connections + + MonthWeek + + + + Loads Model/MonthView connection data + + + + + Refreshes the data in a previously established + and loaded connection + + + + + Gets a new appointment view + + Appointment + New view + + + + Gets a new CustomItem + + + + + + + Returns the Month view + + + + + + Verifies the Model and MonthView are valid + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Constructor + + Parent CalendarView + + + + OnIsSideBarVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + Hooks (or unhooks) needed events + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes CalendarView SelectedViewChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView IsMonthSideBarVisibleChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Handles selected item changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previous CalendarItem + New CalendarItem to select + Base selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates each monthWeeks DayRects to reflect + the date selection start and end values + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Updates our CalendarItems list + + + + + Sorts the provided CalendarItems + + Sorted CalendarItems + + + + Calculates the display bounds for the AppointmentView + + CalendarItem + Week associated with the view + Row accumulator + + + + Gets the starting day index for the given appointment + + Week index + CalendarItem + Day of week index (0-6) + + + + UpdateMoreItems + + + + + + + + Calculates display info for the MonthWeek data + + Start date + End date + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Calculates the range of days needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Day start index + [out] Day end index + Day range count (end - start) + + + + Calculates the range of weeks needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Week start index + [out] Week end index + Week range count (end - start) + + + + Draws the top Day of the week header + + ItemPaintArgs + Start day index + End day index + + + + Draws day header and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Week start index + Week end index + Day start index + Day end index + + + + DrawDayBackground + + + + + + + + + Draws the day content + + + Week index + Day index + Pen + + + + GetSlotState + + + + + + Gets the content calendar part for the given + week and dayMonth + + + + + + Draws day header + + + Week index + Day index + Text pen + + + + GetDayHeaderText + + + + + + + Initiates the drawing of weekly appointments + + ItemPaintArgs + Week start index + Week end index + + + + Gets the More image path + + + + + + Draws the SideBar header + + ItemPaintArgs + Week start index + Week end index + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + CalendarItem left mouseDown processing + + Week index + Day index + + + + Handles MonthView left MouseDown events + + Week index + Day index + + + + ProcessMoreButtonDown + + + + + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Initiates a user "DragDrop" operation - if enabled + + + True if operation started + + + + Drags the given appointment from one view to another + + Previous view + AppointmentView + Point + + + + Processes MonthView mouseMove events + + + + + + + ProcessMoreMouseMove + + + + + + + + Processes CalendarItem mouseMove events + + Week index + Day index + + + + Gets the CalendarItems current week/day range + + CalendarItem + [out] Start week index + [out] End week index + Day index + + + + Processes CalendarItem left resizing + + Week index + Day index + + + + Processes CalendarItem right resizing + + Week index + Day index + + + + Gets the week and day index item for + the given point + + Point + [out] Week index + [out] Day index + Success or failure + + + + Gets the week index for the given point + + Point + Week index + + + + Gets the day index for the given point + + Point + Week index + Day index + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Up and Down Key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right key events + + + + + + + Processes Hoe key events + + + + + + Processes End key events + + + + + + Gets the week containing the given date + + + Week or -1 + + + + Gets the Home and End week from the + current selection range + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the MonthView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MonthView instance + + + + Gets and sets the SideBar visibility + + + + + Gets the sidebar width + + + + + Gets the DayHeader height + + + + + IsSideBarVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Calculates the day rectangles for the + current bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets array of CalendarItems + + + + + Gets the first day of the week + + + + + Gets and sets the week bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets the day Rectangles + + + + + Gets the MoreItems + + + + + Gets the week day range text + + + + + Gets day height + + + + + Gets day width + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Updates the posWin + + View rectangle + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets and sets the window content text + + + + + Gets the calculated window height + + + + + Gets the Culture used by the date time input and month calendar controls + + reference to CultureInfo + + + + Gets or sets the CultureInfo for the culture used by the DateTime and Numeric Input controls. + Default value is null which indicates that controls will use CurrentUICulture. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether the indicator is visible + + + + + + Gets whether the indicator is visible + in the given view + + + + + + + + Handles ColorDefChanged events + + + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorChanged propagation + + + + + Handles OnTimeIndicatorColorChanged propagation + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorTimeChanged propagation + + + + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Occurs when the collection has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator time has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator Color has changed + + + + + Gets the Indicator display time. + + The DisplayTime is the addition of the IndicatorTime + and IndicatorTimeOffset. + + + + + Gets or sets whether we are in design mode + + + + + Gets or sets whether the timer indicator + is protected (can't be deleted) + + + + + Gets or sets the leading edge border color + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic time updates are enabled. + This property, whose default is true, is only utilized when + the IndicatorSource is set to eTimeIndicatorSource.SystemTime + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator Display Area. + + This property determines where the Indicator is + drawn: in the Time Header, View Content, or both. + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator color + + + + + Gets or sets the IndicatorTime display level + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator time + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator time offset. + + This value is added to the current IndicatorTime + before displaying the indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator visibility + + + + + Gets or sets the User defined data associated with the object + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the Indicator + + + + + Gets or sets the IndicatorTime source + + + + + TimeIndicatorConvertor + + + + + Specifies the source for the IndicatorTime + + + + + Specifies the Indicator visibility + + + + + Specifies the Indicator display area + + + + + Specifies the Indicator display level + + + + + Adds a range of TimeIndicators to the collection + + Array of items to add + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + TimeIndicator to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + TimeIndicator to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + IndicatorCollectionChanged + + + + + + + IndicatorColorChanged + + + + + + + IndicatorTimeChanged + + + + + + + Propagates TimeIndicatorCollectionChanged events + + + + + Propagates OnTimeIndicatorColorChanged events + + + + + + Propagates OnTimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + Updates our system timer use + + + + + Determines if a system timer is needed + + true if needed + + + + Handles our timer tick events + + + + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Occurs when the TimeIndicator collection has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator time has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator Color has changed + + + + + TimeIndicatorTimeChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator being affected + + + + + Gets the old DateTime + + + + + Gets the new DateTime + + + + + TimeIndicatorColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator being affected + + + + + Gets and sets work start time + + + + + Gets and sets work end time + + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc TimeLineView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Handles CustomItemCollection change events + + + + + + + Severs the Model/TimeLineView connection + + + + + Clears TimeLine view items + + + + + Loads Model/TimeLineView connection data + + + + + Loads the view data + + Forceful reload + Validation needed + + + + Loads the Period data (visible view range) + + Forceful reload + + + reload flag + + + + Loads the TimeLine appointment data + + + + + + Refreshes the data in a previously established + and loaded connection + + + + + Gets the range of appointment dates + + + + + + + Updates the TimeLine view + + + + + + Updates the TimeLine CustomItems + + + + + Updates the WorkDay details array + + + + + Removes Outdated Views + + + + + + Determines if the provided view is valid, given + the current list of Appointments + + + + + + + + Removes out dated CustomItems + + + + + Determines if the given CustomItem is valid + for the current view + + + + + + + Gets the AppointmentView from the timeline + + + AppointmentView or null + + + + Gets the CustomCalendarItem from the timeline. + + + CustomCalendarItem or null + + + + Gets a new appointment view + + Appointment + New view + + + + Gets a new CustomCalendarItem + + + CustomCalendarItem + + + + Returns the view + + + + + + Verifies the Model and MonthView are valid + + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Gets the + + + + + Gets the DayInfo array + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + TimeLineIntervalPeriod Change notification + + + + + + + TimeLineInterval Change notification + + + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorCollectionChanged events + + + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Horizontal Scroll Panel change notification + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse point + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the IntervalHeader Start Date under the given mouse point + + Point + ref to interval start date. + 'true' if valid date is returned. + + + + Paint processing routine + + + + + + Draws the encompassing Date header + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Determines if a date period change has occurred + + Initial date + Current date + Current column + + + + + Draws a given date period or range + + + Starting column + Ending column + + + + + + Aligns the MarkUp text + + + + + + + Renders the current MarkUp + + + + + + + Gets the default Period text + + + + + + + + Draws the time interval header + + ItemPaintArgs + Starting column + Ending column + + + + DrawBackground + + + + + + + Draws view TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + + Draws individual view TimeIndicator + + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + CalcIndicatorRect + + + + + + + + + DrawContent + + + + + + + + + Gets the interval text + + DateTime + Interval text + + + + Gets minute interval text + + DateTime + Interval text + + + + Gets Day interval text + + + Interval text + + + + Gets year interval text + + + Interval text + + + + Calculates the range of days needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + Clip rectangle + [out] Column start index + [out] Column end index + Day range count (end - start) + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the TimeLineHeaderPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New TimeLineHeaderPanel instance + + + + Gets the ColumnWidth + + + + + Gets the TimeLineColumnCount + + + + + Gets the ShowPeriodHeader property + + + + + Gets the ShowIntervalHeader property + + + + + Interval header height + + + + + Period header height + + + + + Header font + + + + + TimeLine start date + + + + + Gets and sets the view color + + + + + IsMarkupSupported + + + + + Constructor + + _CalendarView + + + + Hooks our ScrollBar events + + + + + + Hooks our PageNavigator events + + + + + + ScrollBar Scroll event handler + + + + + + + Processes ScrollBar ValueChanged events + + + + + + + Navigates to the previous page + + + + + + + Navigates to Today + + + + + + + Navigates to the Next page + + + + + + + Increases timeline EndDate + + Amount to add + + + + Increases timeline EndDate + + Amount to add + + + + Decreases the timeline StartDate + + Amount to del + + + + Decreases the timeline StartDate + + Amount to del + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Performs panel setup + + + + + Sets-up the PageNavigator + + + + + + Updates the panel + + + + + Updates the PageNavigator + + + + + Updates our ScrollBar + + + + + Passes the scroll onto others + + + + + Performs control recalc + + + + + Returns copy of the item + + + + + Copies the TimeLineHScrollPanel specific properties to + new instance of the item + + New PageNavigatorItem instance + + + + Gets and sets the display bounds + + + + + Gets and sets the visible status + + + + + Gets the ScrollBar + + + + + Gets the scrollBar SmallChange value + + + + + Gets the scrollBar LargeChange value + + + + + Gets the scrollBar Maximum value + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes view changes + + object + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Handles IntervalPeriodChange notification + + + + + + + Handles IntervalChange notification + + + + + + + Handles ScrollPanel change notification + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Handles selected item changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previous CalendarItem + New CalendarItem + New selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates our slice selection range to reflect + the given date selection start and end values + + + + + Processes the selection time column range + + Column range start + Column range end + Column start limit + Column end limit + + + + Gets an array of column selection values + over the given range of columns + + Column start limit + Column end limit + Slice range start + Slice range end + Array of selection values + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Updates our CalendarItems list + + + + + Sorts the provided CalendarItems + + Sorted CalendarItems + + + + Calculates normal appointment bounds + + Accumulated ColumnList + + + + + + Get the RowHeight for the given CalendarItem + + CalendarItem + Calculated height + + + + + Updates the condensed view column list + + + + + Determines if an appointment is visible + for the given DisplayOwner + + + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Initiates the drawing of the TimeLine + + Graphics + Starting column + Ending column + + + + Draws the content area of the TimeLine + + + Starting column + Ending column + + + + + GetSlotState + + + + + + + Gets the background content brush + for the given time slice + + Background brush + + + + Determines if the given time is tagged as a "Work time" + + Day of week + WorkTime to test + true if specified "time" is a Work time + + + + Draws the TimeLine border + + + Starting column + Ending column + + + + + DrawHalfHourBorders + + + + + + + + + + DrawHourBorders + + + + + + + + + + Draws view TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Draws individual view TimeIndicator + + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator Rectangle + + + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator Rectangle + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator Rectangle for the given date + + + + + + + + Draws the condensed TimeLine + + + + + + Draws the Condensed Content area + + + + + + + + Gets the condensed view display path + + Scale factor + Condensed view rect + Path + + + + Draws condensed appointments + + Graphics + Scale factor + + + + Gets the appointments condensed pen + + Appointment object + + + + + GetCategoryPen + + + + + + + Draws TimeLine appointments + + + + + + Calculates the range of columns needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Column start index + [out] Column end index + Column range count (end - start) + + + + Gets the display rectangle for the given column + + Column + Display rectangle + + + + Gets the CondensedView rectangle + + CondensedView rectangle + + + + Gets the absolute column value for the given date + + Selection date + Absolute column + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + Handles CondensedView Left Button Down events + + + + + + Processes CondensedView point selection + + + + + + CalendarItem left mouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Handles TimeLineView left MouseDown events + + Column index + + + + MouseUp event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Handles CondensedView mouse moves + + + + + + Processes content mouse moves + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Initiates a user "DragDrop" operation - if enabled + + + True if operation started + + + + Drags the given appointment from one view to another + + Previous view + Item to drag + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Processes user MouseMove + + DayColumn + + + + + Processes TimeLineView mouseMove events + + Column + + + + Processes CalendarItem mouseMove events + + Column + MouseEventArgs + + + + Processes CalendarItem left resizing + + Column + + + + + Processes CalendarItem right resizing + + Column + + + + + Initiates the resize of the selected item + + + + + + + Gets the change from the last offset (in minutes) + + Column + Are we going left or right + MouseEventArgs + Change in mnutes + + + + Gets the change from the last offset (in years) + + Column + Are we going left or right + MouseEventArgs + Change in years + + + + Routine to enable or disable view scrolling + + true to enable + + + + Cancels the view scroll timer + + + + + Determines the amount to scroll (which is + based loosely upon the delta magnitude) + + Point delta + Scroll amount + + + + Handles view scroll timer ticks + + object + EventArgs + + + + Gets the item column at the given point + + Point in question + [out] Column + True if partial hits are ok + True if valid item + + + + Determines if a given column is visible + + Display rectangle + True if partial visibility is ok + True if visible + + + + Determines if the given point in in + the CondensedView area + + + + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Left and Right Key events + + + + + + + Handles Home key events + + + + + + Processes End key events + + + + + + Gets array of CalendarItems + + + + + Start date - readonly + + + + + End date - readonly + + + + + Gets the ColumnWidth + + + + + Gets the BaseInterval (interval in total minutes) + + + + + Gets the number of Columns + + + + + Gets the MinAppointmentWidth + + + + + Gets the CondensedView visibility state + + + + + Gets and sets the Work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Off-hours work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the selected brush + + + + + Gets the first visible timeline column + + + + + Gets the condensed time line height + + + + + Gets and sets the model reload state + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Performs scrollBar setup + + + + + Updates our scrollbar + + + + + Disables the scrollbar + + + + object + EventArgs + + + + Passes the scroll onto others + + + + + Gets and sets the panel Bounds + + + + + Gets and sets the control visibility + + + + + Gets the scrollBar + + + + + Gets the scrollBar SmallChange value + + + + + Gets the scrollBar Maximum value + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Gets the ScrollBar SmallChange value + + + + + Gets the ScrollBar Maximum value + + + + + Constructor + + WeekDayView + + + + Performs panel recalc support + + + + + Sorts the CalendarItems + + + + + Calculates the display bounds for the AppointmentView + + CalendarItem + Row accumulator + + + + Gets the starting day index for the given appointment + + Day of week index (0-6) + + + + Updates our vertical scrollbar + + + + + Processes Extended appointments scrollBar changes + + object + EventArgs + + + + Resets the AllDayPanel view + + + + + Updates the AllDayPanel view + + + + + Draws extended appointments + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the AllDayPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New AllDayPanel instance + + + + Gets and sets the panel bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the DayPanel Height + + + + + Gets the panel's CalendarItem list + + + + + Gets WeekDayView + + + + + gets the Fixed AllDayPanel height + + + + + gets the Maximum AllDayPanel height + + + + + Gets the Appointment height + + + + + Gets the width of a vertical scrollbar + + + + + Adds a CalendarItem to the running slot list + + CalendarItem to add + Slot level to add the item to + The added slot item + + + + Returns the SlotItem (if present) in the given list for + the CalendarItem in question + + CalendarItem + Slot level to scan + SlotItem, if found + + + + Counts the number of columns for + each column zero entry slot lists + + + + + Gets the max column count from all + zero level slot paths + + Initial SlotItem + Running level count + + + + + Sets all column entry counts to the given + count + + Initial SlotItem + Count + + + + Clears the Column slot list + + + + + Gets the column slot Id + + + + + Gets the column slot list + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarItem + + + + Adds a slot to the peer SlotItem list + + SlotItem to add + Slot column + + + + Gets and sets the slots CalendarItem + + + + + Gets the peer SlotItem list + + + + + Gets and sets the peer level count + + + + + Gets and sets the peer column + + + + + Constructor + + Slice height + + + + Offsets the bounding rectangles for the + DayColumn's non-extended appointments + + Amount to offset + + + + Determines if the given time is tagged as a "Busy time" + + WorkTime to test + true if specified "time" is a Busy time + + + + Determines if the given time is tagged as a "Work time" + + WorkTime to test + true if specified "time" is a Work time + + + + Gets and sets the week bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the column date + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeSlice height + + + + + Gets and sets the busy time start + + + + + Gets and sets the busy time end + + + + + Gets and sets the work time start + + + + + Gets and sets the work time end + + + + + Gets the column CalendarItems list + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarView + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes view changes + + object + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes DayViewDate changes + + + + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Handles TimeSlotDurationChanged events + + object + TimeSlotDurationChangedEventArgs + + + + Handles FixedAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + + + + + + Handles MaximumAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + + + + + + Handles ScrollBarChanged events + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Gets the bounding display rectangle for the given date/time. + + The date/time + Bounding display rectangle + + + + Gets the bounding display rectangle for the given + starting and ending date/time range. + + Start date + End date + Bounding display rectangle + + + + Handles selected item changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Updates our slice selection range to reflect + the given date selection start and end values + + + + + Gets the absolute slice value for the given date + + Selection date + Absolute slice + + + + Processes the selection time slice range + + Slice range start + Slice range end + Slice start limit + Slice end limit + + + + Gets an array of slice selection values + over the given range of column slices + + Slice start limit + Slice end limit + Column + Slice range start + Slice range end + Array of selection values + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Allocates out DayColumns + + + + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Updates our AllDayPanel items + + + + + Calculates and updates DayColumn bounds + + Start date + End date + + + + Updates our CalendarItems list + + + + + Sorts the DayColumn CalendarItem list + + DayColumn index + + + + Calculates normal appointment bounds + + DayColumn column + Accumulated ColumnList + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Calculates the range of days needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Day start index + [out] Day end index + Day range count (end - start) + + + + Calculates the range of slices needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Slice start index + [out] Slice end index + Slice range count (end - start) + + + + Draws the top Day of the week header + + ItemPaintArgs + Start day index + End day index + + + + DrawColumnHeader + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the index for our day of the week text + + Graphics handle + Index to header text + + + + Draws Normal Appointment time slices + + ItemPaintArgs + Start slice + End slice + Day start + Day end + + + + Gets the array of DaySlot information + + + + + + array of DaySlots + + + + Time slice content drawing + + Graphics + Start slice + End slice + Day start + Day end + + + + + Gets the background content brush + for the given time slice + + + Column index + Time slice + Background brush + + + + Initiates DaySlot drawing + + + + + + + + On top of borders + + + + Flushes out pending DaySlot drawing + + + + + Display rect + + + + + Draws the DaySlot Text + + + + + + + + + + Draw view TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Draws individual view TimeIndicator + + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator rectangle + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator rectangle for the + given DataTime + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + Draws time slice borders + + Graphics + Start slice + End slice + Day start + Day end + + + + + Draws horizontal borders + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the vertical borders + + + + + + + + + + Draws the Current-Day Now border + + + + + + + + Initiates the drawing of weekly appointments + + ItemPaintArgs + Day start index + Day end index + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + CalendarItem left mouseDown processing + + DayColumn col index + MouseEventArgs + + + + Handles DayView left MouseDown events + + DayColumn col index + Time slice + + + + MouseUp event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Determines if the mouse is in the + panel resize area + + Mouse location + true if in the resize area + + + + Processes the actual panel resizing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Processes content mouse moves + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Initiates a user "DragDrop" operation - if enabled + + + True if operation started + + + + Drags the given appointment from one view to another + + Previous view + Item to move + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Processes user MouseMove + + DayColumn + Slice + + + + + Processes DayView mouseMove events + + DayColumn col index + Time slice + + + + Processes CalendarItem mouseMove events + + DayColumn col index + Time slice + + + + + Processes CalendarItem left resizing + + Time slice + + + + + Processes CalendarItem right resizing + + Time slice + + + + + Initiates the resize of the selected item + + + + + + + + Gets the changes in minutes + from the last mouse operation (move or resize) + + Current slice + Flag denoting top or bottom delta + MouseEventArgs + Delta minutes + + + + Invalidates altered DayColumns + + Current column + + + + Routine to enable or disable view scrolling + + true to enable + + + + Cancels the view scroll timer + + + + + Determines the amount to scroll (which is + based loosely upon the delta magnitude) + + Point delta + Scroll amount + + + + Handles view scroll timer ticks + + object + EventArgs + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Up and Down key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right key events + + + + + + + Processes Home key events + + + + + + Processes End Key events + + + + + + Processes Page Up and Down key events + + + Paging direction (-1, 1) + + + + Gets the Home and End column from the current + selection range + + + + + + Gets the view column from the given date + + + The DayColumns index, or -1 if invalid. + + + + Ensures the given selection is visible + + + + + Ensures the given date is visible + + + + + + + Gets the column and slice index item for + the given point + + Point + [out] DayColumn column + [out] Time slice + + Item visible state + + + + Determines if a given slice is visible + + DayColumn + Slice in question + Partially visible is ok + Slice visibility + + + + Gets the given slice rectangle + + Column + Slice + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the col index for the given point + + Point + Column + + + + Gets the slice index for the given point + + Point + + Slice index + + + + Gets the DateTime adjusted by the given + slice and minutes delta + + + + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the WeekDayView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New WeekDayView instance + + + + Gets the view DayColumns + + + + + Gets the view's number of DayColumns + + + + + Gets the WeekDay vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets the Sub-Day view rectangle + + + + + Gets the CalendarColor + + + + + Gets the local StartSlice + + + + + Gets the local NumberOfSlices + + + + + Gets the view's AllDayPanel + + + + + Gets the DayColumnWidth + + + + + Gets the maximum AllDayPanel height + + + + + Gets the TimeSlotDuration + + + + + Gets the default Time Slice height + + + + + Gets the SlotsPerHour + + + + + Gets the NumberOfSlices + + + + + Gets the NumberOfActiveSlices + + + + + Gets the StartSlice + + + + + Gets and sets the Busy time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Off-hours work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Off-hours work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the selected brush + + + + + Gets the WeekDay vertical scroll panel + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc WeekDayView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Severs the Model/WeekDayView connection + + + + + Clears individual DayColumn view connections + + DayColumn + + + + Loads Model/WeekDayView connection data + + + + + Refreshes the data in a previously established + and loaded connection + + + + + Updates DayColumn workday details + + DayColumn to update + + + + GetCalendarWorkDays + + + + + + + + GetWorkDays + + + + + + + + Gets a new appointment view + + Appointment + New view + + + + Returns the view + + + + + + Verifies the Model and MonthView are valid + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes LabelTimeSlotsChanged events + + + + + + + Processes Is24HourFormatChanged events + + + + + + + Processes TimeSlotDurationChanged events + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView_TimeIndicatorsChanged events + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView_TimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Paint processing routine + + + + + + Calculates the range of slices needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Slice start index + [out] Slice end index + Slice range count (end - start) + + + + Gets the given slice rectangle + + Slice + Bounding rectangle + + + + Draws the TimeRuler + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + + + DrawBackGround + + + + + + Draws TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Draws individual TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + GetViewDates + + + + + + + GetIndicatorRect + + + + + + + Draws the time text + + + + + + + + Gets the hourly display text + + Hour + Hourly text + + + + Gets the minute display text + + Hour + Minute + Minute text + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the TimeRulerPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New TimeRulerPanel instance + + + + Gets the TimeRuler font + + + + + Gets the TimeRuler font (small) + + + + + Gets the default Time Slice height + + + + + Gets the TimeSlotDuration + + + + + Gets the SlotsPerHour + + + + + Gets the NumberOfSlices + + + + + Gets the starting Time Slice + + + + + Gets the culturally correct AM time designator + + + + + Gets the culturally correct PM time designator + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Processes Up and Down key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right Key events + + + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + + A handle to the window. + + + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Options available when a form is tested for mose positions. + + + HTERROR: On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows + (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system + beep to indicate an error). + + + HTTRANSPARENT: In a window currently covered by another window in the + same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread + until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + HTNOWHERE: On the screen background or on a dividing line between + windows. + + + HTCLIENT: In a client area. + + + HTCAPTION: In a title bar. + + + HTSYSMENU: In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + HTGROWBOX: In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + HTMENU: In a menu. + + + HTHSCROLL: In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + HTVSCROLL: In the vertical scroll bar. + + + HTMINBUTTON: In a Minimize button. + + + HTMAXBUTTON: In a Maximize button. + + + HTLEFT: In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTRIGHT: In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTTOP: In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + HTTOPLEFT: In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + HTTOPRIGHT: In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + HTBOTTOM: In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the + user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + HTBOTTOMLEFT: In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBOTTOMRIGHT: In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBORDER: In the border of a window that does not have a sizing + border. + + + HTOBJECT: Unknown...No Documentation Found + + + HTCLOSE: In a Close button. + + + HTHELP: In a Help button. + + + HTSIZE: In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). (Same as GrowBox). + + + HTREDUCE: In a Minimize button. (Same as MinimizeButton). + + + HTZOOM: In a Maximize button. (Same as MaximizeButton). + + + + Hides the window and activates another window. + + + + + Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when displaying the window + for the first time. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. + + + + + Maximizes the specified window. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. + + + + + Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value + is similar to , except + the window is not actived. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. + + + + + Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level + window in the Z order. + + + + + Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to + , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is + similar to , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. + + + + + Sets the show state based on the SW_* value specified in the + STARTUPINFO structure passed to the CreateProcess function by the + program that started the application. + + + + + Windows 2000/XP: Minimizes a window, even if the thread + that owns the window is not responding. This flag should only be + used when minimizing windows from a different thread. + + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc YearView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Severs the Model/MonthView connection + + + + + Loads Model/YearView connection data + + + + + UpdateCustomItems + + + + + + Handles CustomItemCollection change events + + + + + + + GetFirstAppointment + + + + + + + GetFirstCustomItem + + + + + + + Returns the Month view + + + + + + ResetModelData + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Calculates the control's Bounding Rects + + + + + Calculates the day rectangles for the + current bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the month date from the given day index + + + + + + + Gets the month date from the given Point + + + + + + + + Gets the month view area from the given Point + + + + + + + Gets the normalized month date for the given dayIndex + + + + + + + Gets the month dayIndex from the given Point + + + + + + + Gets the month dayIndex from the given date + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is contained in the month + + + + + + + Determines if the given day of the month has + Appointments or CustomItems associated with it + + Day of the month + true, if there are Appointments associated with this day + + + + Determines if the given dayIndex has + Appointments or CustomItems associated with it + + + + + + + Determines if the given day of the month is selected + + Day of the month + true if selected + + + + Updates the date selection for the month + + + + + ClearSelection + + + + + Gets the Preferred control size for the month + + + + + + Paint + + + + + + + DrawContent + + + + + + DrawBackground + + + + + + DrawDayContent + + + + + + DrawDayContentBackground + + + + + + + + + + DrawDayContentText + + + + + + + + Draws the day highlight + + + + + + + + + + DrawGridLines + + + + + + DrawNowHighlight + + + + + + DrawMonthHeader + + + + + + + DrawDayOfWeekHeader + + + + + + + DrawBorder + + + + + + + GetDaysOfTheWeekType + + + + + + + Appointment (and CustomItem) bit array + + + + + DayOfWeekHeaderHeight + + + + + Gets the day Rectangles + + + + + MonthHeaderHeight + + + + + Gets and sets the week bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets the number of Days in the Month + + + + + Gets or sets the month starting date + + + + + Gets the month end date + + + + + Gets the parent YearView + + + + + Constructor + + Parent CalendarView + + + + Hooks (or unhooks) needed events + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes CalendarView SelectedViewChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Handles YearViewAllowDateSelectionChanged events + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView YearViewShowGridLinesChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Handles ScrollBarChanged events + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Updates each monthWeeks DayRects to reflect + the date selection start and end values + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Performs all necessary recalc operations + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Calculates display info for the YearMonth data + + Start date + End date + + + + Performs size and positioning layout for the control + + + + + + Gets the preferred size of the control + + + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Draws YearMonth header and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Row start index + Row end index + Col start index + Col end index + + + + Calculates the range of columns needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Col start index + [out] COl end index + Col range count (end - start) + + + + Calculates the range of rows needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Row start index + [out] Row end index + Row range count (end - start) + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Processes view mouseMove events + + + + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + Handles MonthView left MouseDown events + + Month index + Day index + + + + Handles InternalMouseUp events + + + + + + Process mouse up events + + + + + + + Performs a day link selection + + + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Up and Down Key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right key events + + + + + + + Processes Hoe key events + + + + + + Processes End key events + + + + + + Gets the month containing the given date + + + MonthIndex or -1 + + + + Gets the Home and End month from the + current selection range + + + + + + InternalKeyUp + + + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Gets the month and dey index for the given Point + + + Month index + Day index + Normalized day index + + + + + Gets the month index from the given point + + Point + month index or -1 + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the YearView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New YearView instance + + + + Gets whether date selections are permitted + + + + + Gets the default day cell size + + + + + Gets whether Grid lines are to be displayed + + + + + Gets the Appointment Link click style + + + + + Gets the non-Appointment Link click style + + + + + Gets the Month Color table + + + + + Gets the Year vertical scroll panel + + + + + Gets or sets the display font + + + + + Gets the array of YearMonths + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f06eb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79349 @@ + + + + DevComponents.DotNetBar2 + + + + + Represents advanced multi-column Tree control. + + + + + Specifies the notification interface that node uses to communicate status changes to it's parent tree. + + + + Called when Node.Expanded property has changed. + Node which Expanded property has changed. + + + Called before node is collapsed + Context information. + + + Called before node is expanded + Context information. + + + Called after node is collapsed. + Context information. + + + Called after node is expanded + Context information + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Raises Render event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the current renderer used by the control. + + Reference to the TreeRenderer used by the control. + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Invalidates node bounds on canvas. + + Reference node. + + + + Invalidates node bounds on canvas. + + Reference node. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.Name property. + + Name of the node to find. + Reference to a node with given name or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.DataKey property. + + Data key to look for. + Reference to a node with given key or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.BindingIndex property. + + Index to look for. + Reference to a node with given key or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Partial text to look for + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node where each Node.Cell[0:n].Text value starts with the + respective value found in the comma delimited 'text' string. + + Comma delimited partial text to look for + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Partial text to look for + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node where each Node.Cell[0:n].Text value starts with the + respective value found in the comma delimited 'text' string. + + Comma delimited partial text to look for + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Partial text to look for + Reference node to start searching from + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node where each Node.Cell[0:n].Text value starts with the + respective value found in the comma delimited 'text' string. + + Comma delimited partial text to look for + Reference node to start searching from + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Indicates whether SelectionBoxFillColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets SelectionBoxFillColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandBorderColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandBorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandBackColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandBackColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandBackColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandBackColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandLineColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandLineColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandBackColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandBackColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandBackColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandBackColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandForeColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandForeColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandMouseOverBackColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandMouseOverBackColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandMouseOverBackColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandMouseOverBackColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandMouseOverForeColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandMouseOverForeColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Returns the zero based flat index of the node. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Reference to the node to return index for. + Zero based node index or -1 if index cannot be determined. + + + + Returns node based on the flat index. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Index to return node for. + Reference to a node or null if node at specified index cannot be found. + + + + Returns color scheme part color if set otherwise returns color passed in. + + Color. + Color scheme part. + Color. + + + + Collapses all nodes in a tree. + + + + + Expands all the tree nodes. + + + + + Paints control to canvas. This method might be used for print output. + + Graphics object to paint control to. + Indicates whether to paint control background. + + + + Paints control to canvas. This method might be used for print output. + + Graphics object to paint control to. + Indicates whether to paint control background. + Indicates clipping rectangle. Nodes outside of clipping rectangle will not be painted. You can pass Rectangle.Empty and all nodes will be painted. + + + + Processes the keyboard character and executes the search through the nodes. + + Character to process. + + + + + Raises ColumnResized event. + + ColumnHeader that was resized. + Event arguments + + + + Raises ColumnMoved event. + + ColumnHeader that was moved. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ColumnResizing event. + + Column being resized + Event arguments + + + + Deselect specified node. Use this method when multiple node selection is enabled to deselect single node or all nodes. + + Reference to node to select or null to deselect all selected nodes. + Action that is selecting the node. + + + + Raises SelectionChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises CellSelected event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises CellUnselected event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Selected specified node. + + Node to select. + Action that is selecting the node. + + + + Invalidates the size for all top-level nodes and their sub-nodes. + + + + + Invalidates the size for a node and its sub-nodes. + + Node to invalidate size for. + + + + Ensures that selected node is visible i.e. that all parents of the selected node are expanded. If not selects the first parent node not expanded. + + + + + Starts editing specified cell, places the cell into the edit mode. + + Cell to start editing. + Action that is a cause for the edit. + + + + Starts editing specified cell, places the cell into the edit mode. + + Cell to start editing. + Action that is a cause for the edit. + Specifies the text to be edited instead of the text of the cell. Passing the NULL value will edit the text of the cell. + + + + Called just before cell editor is released for editing. + + Reference to the cell being edited. + Reference to the editor control. + + + + Raises the ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Ends cell editing. + + Specifies which action is cause for end of the editing. + Returns true if edits were applied to the cell or false otherwise. + + + + Ends cell editing. + + Specifies which action is cause for end of the editing. + Returns true if edits were applied to the cell or false otherwise. + + + + Raises the AfterCellEditComplete event. + + Provides information about event. + + + + Cancels the cell editing if it is in progress. + + Specifies which action is cause for canceling of editing. + + + + Raises BeforeNodeInsert event + + Node that is about to be inserted + Source of the event + + + + Raises AfterNodeInsert event + + Node that is inserted + Source of the event + + + + Raises BeforeNodeRemove event + + Node that is about to be removed + Source of the event + + + + Raises AfterNodeRemove event + + Node that is removed + Source of the event + + + + Called after node has been removed + + Node that is removed + Source of the event + + + + Invokes BeforeNodeDrop event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes AfterNodeDrop event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseDown event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseUp event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseMove event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeClick event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeDoubleClick event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseEnter event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseLeave event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseHover event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Save nodes to XmlDocument. New Node AdvTree is created and nodes are serialized into it. + + Reference to an instance of XmlDocument object + + + + Saves nodes to a file. + + File name to save nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to specified stream. + + Stream to save nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to specified writer. + + Writer to save nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to specified writer. + + Writer to save nodes to. + + + + Load nodes from file. + + File to load nodes from + + + + Load nodes from stream. + + Stream to load from + + + + Load nodes from reader. + + Reader to load from. + + + + Load nodes from reader. + + Reader to load from. + + + + Load nodes from an XmlDocument object. + + Document to load Nodes from. + + + + Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself + and any child controls. Note however that this method will node do anything if refresh + is suspended as result of call to BeginUpdate method without corresponding EndUpdate + call or if SuspendPaint property is set to true. + + + + + Disables any redrawing of the tree control. To maintain performance while items + are added one at a time to the control, call the BeginUpdate method. The BeginUpdate + method prevents the control from painting until the + EndUpdate method is called. + + + + + Enables the redrawing of the tree view. To maintain performance while items are + added one at a time to the control, call the BeginUpdate + method. The BeginUpdate method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate + method is called. + + + Call to EndUpdate will enable the layout and painting in tree control. If there + are any pending layouts the EndUpdate will call + RecalcLayout method to perform the layout and it will + repaint the control. + + + + + Enables the redrawing of the tree view. To maintain performance while items are + added one at a time to the control, call the BeginUpdate + method. The BeginUpdate method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate + method is called. + + Gets or sets whether layout and refresh of control is performed if there are no other update blocks pending. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The Node at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Whether to enumerated displayed nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the y parameter. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + + + + Retrieves the node cell that is at the specified location. + + The Point to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Cell at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + + + Retrieves the node cell that is at the specified location. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Cell at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + + + Retrieves the node cell that is at the specified location. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + Whether to enumerated displayed nodes only. + The Cell at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + + Applies any layout changes to the tree control. + + Layout will not be performed if BeginUpdate is called. Any calls to the + RecalcLayout will return without executing requested layout operation. + + + + + Recalculates layout for the tree control. Not affected by BeginUpdate call. + + + + + Returns translation matrix for current Zoom. Translation matrix is used to translate internal node coordinates to screen + coordinates when Zoom is not set to 1. + + Returns new instance of Matrix object. + + + + Returns layout based rectangle from screen rectangle. Layout based rectangle will be different + from screen rectangle when Zoom is not set to 1. This method will translate the screen rectangle enlarged by Zoom + to layout rectangle which does not have Zoom applied. + + Screen rectangle + Layout rectangle + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + Mouse event arguments + Returns translated position + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + Mouse position + Returns translated position + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + + + + + Returns rectangle translated to screen rectangle if Zoom is not equal 1. + + Rectangle to translate + Screen Rectangle + + + + Returns size translated to screen dimension if Zoom is not equal 1. + + Size to translate + Screen Size + + + + Raises ColumnHeaderMouseUp event. + + Reference to ColumnHeader + Event arguments + + + + Raises ColumnHeaderMouseDown event. + + Reference to ColumnHeader + Event arguments + + + + Calls OnBeforeCheck method which fired + OnBeforeCheck event. + + Event arguments. + + + Raises the BeforeCheck event. + + A AdvTreeCellBeforeCheckEventArgs that contains the event + data. + + + + + Calls OnAfterCheck method which fired + AfterCheck event. + + Event arguments. + + + Raises the AfterCheck event. + + A AdvTreeEventArgs that contains the event + data. + + + + + Invokes CommandButtonClick event. + + Context node. + Event arguments. + + + + Invokes DeserializeNode event. + + Provides more information about the event + + + + Invokes SerializeNode event. + + Provides more information about the event + + + + Invokes the MarkupLinkClick evcent. + + Sender of the event, usually instance Cell object. + Event arguments + + + + Raises the NodeDragFeedback event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Processes drag over event. + + Drag event arguments. + + + + Raises the NodeDragStart event. + + Reference to node being dragged. + Event parameters + + + + Raises BeforeNodeDragStart event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns the display root node. + + Instance of node or null if there is no display root node. + + + + Returns reference to the node involved in drag-drop operation if any. + + Reference to node object or null if there is no drag node. + + + + + This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be + used directly from your code. + + + + + This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be + used directly from your code. + + + + + Raises FormattingEnabledChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatStringChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatInfoChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + Disposes all nodes in Nodes collection and clears it. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the specified array of objects in a collection in the derived class. + + An array of items. + + + + Raises the DataColumnCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates a new node for the data item. + + Item to create node for. + New instance of the node. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the object with the specified index in the derived class. + + The array index of the object. + The object. + + + + Called when ParentFieldName property has changed. + + + + + Called when GroupingMembers property has changed. + + + + + Raises the Format event. + + Event parameters + + + + Clears internal property descriptors cache when data-binding is used. In most cases it is not needed that you call this method. Do so only if instructed by DevComponents support. + + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueMemberChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Called when TouchEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs just before cell editor is released for editing. It allows you to customize any properties on edit control. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over the column header. + + + + + Occurs after the cell check box is checked. + + + + + Occurs before the cell check box is checked and provides opportunity to cancel the event. + + + + + Occurs after the tree node is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs before the tree node is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs after the tree node is expanded. + + + + + Occurs before the tree node is expanded. + + + + + Occurs when command button on node is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before cell is edited. The order of the cell editing events is as follows: + BeforeCellEdit, CellEditEnding, AfterCellEdit, AfterCellEditComplete. + + + + + Occurs just before the cell editing is ended. The text box for editing is still visible and you can cancel + the exit out of editing mode at this point. The order of the cell editing events is as follows: + BeforeCellEdit, CellEditEnding, AfterCellEdit, AfterCellEditComplete. + + + + + Occurs after cell editing has ended and before the new text entered by the user is assigned to the cell. You can abort the edits in this event. + The order of the cell editing events is as follows: + BeforeCellEdit, CellEditEnding, AfterCellEdit, AfterCellEditComplete. + + + + + Occurs after cell editing has been completed. This event cannot be canceled. + + + + + Occurs after node selection has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. Event can be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs after node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. + + + + + Occurs after node has been deselected by user or through the SelectedNode or SelectedNodes properties. + + + + + Occurs before node has been removed from its parent. + + + + + Occurs after node has been removed from its parent. + + + + + Occurs before node is inserted or added as child node to parent node. + + + + + Occurs after node is inserted or added as child node. + + + + + Occurs when node drag & drop operation is initiated. + + + + + Occurs before internal node drag & drop support is initiated and allows you to cancel the drag & drop. + + + + + Occurs before Drag-Drop of a node is completed and gives you information about new parent of the node that is being dragged + as well as opportunity to cancel the operation. + + + + + Occurs while node is being dragged. You can handle this event to disable the drop at specific nodes or to even change the + drop location for the node by modifying event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Drag-Drop of a node is completed. This operation cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse enters the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse leaves the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse hovers over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the node is clicked with left mouse button. If you need to know more information like if another mouse button is clicked etc. use + NodeMouseDown event. + + + + + Occurs when the node is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs after an node has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data associated with the node and load it back up in DeserializeNode event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeNodeEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an node has been de-serialized (loaded) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrieve any data you saved in SerializeNode event. + + + + + Occurs when hyperlink in text-markup is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when cell with custom editor type is about to be edited by user. Handle this event to provide + custom editors. + + + + + Occurs when the DataSource changes. + + + + + Occurs when the DisplayMembers property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the control is bound to a data value that need to be converted. + + + + + Occurs when FormattingEnabled property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatString property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatInfo property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a Node for an data-bound object item has been created and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when a group Node is created as result of GroupingMembers property setting and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when value of ValueMember property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when ColumnHeader is automatically created by control as result of data binding and provides you with opportunity to modify it. + + + + + Occurs after column has been resized by end-user. + + + + + Occurs while column is being resized by end-user. + + + + + Occurs after cell has been selected. + + + + + Occurs after cell has been unselected. + + + + + Occurs after users has moved the column. + + + + + Occurs while tree control is being rendered. + + + + + Indicates whether nodes are disposed when control is disposed. + + + + + Indicates whether sorting of node collection sorts child nodes as well. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the cell when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Gets the column header control which renderes the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the proposed size of the tile in Tile view. The size of the tile might be larger than specified if Style assigned to node, cells adds padding, margins etc. or if Node.Image or font is greater than width or height specified here. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected tree node remains highlighted even when the tree control has lost the focus. + + + + + Gets whether keyboard focus is within the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell editing is completed when control loses input focus. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to DotNetBar ContextMenuBar component which is used to provide context menu for nodes. This property + is automatically maintained by AdvTree. + + + + + Gets or sets zoom factor for the control. Default value is 1. To zoom display of the nodes for 20% set zoom factor to 1.2 + To zoom view 2 times set zoom factor to 2. Value must be greater than 0. Zoom is supported only when non-column tree setup is used. + Please note that Zoom functionality is designed only for very special use cases and only for + plain tree control setup which does not use editing, alternating row colors, drag & drop or any other + advanced functionality. + + + + + Gets the size of the tree. + + + + + Gets or sets custom node renderer. You can set this property to your custom renderer. When set the RenderMode should be set to Custom to enable + your custom renderer. To choose one of the system renderer use RenderMode property. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the render mode used to render all nodes. Default value is eNodeRenderMode.Default which indicates that system default renderer is used. + Note that if you specify custom renderer you need to set AdvTree.NodeRenderer property to your custom renderer. + + + + + Gets the style for the background of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets internal layout cell horizontal spacing. This property is for advanced internal use and you should not set it. + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic drag and drop is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting the tree. + + + + + Gets or sets the delimiter string that the tree node path uses. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can resize the columns. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can reorder the columns. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets the collection of column headers that appear in the tree. + + + By default there are no column headers defined. In that case tree control + functions as regular tree control where text has unrestricted width. + If you want to restrict the horizontal width of the text but not display + column header you can create one column and set its width to the width desired and + set its Visible property to false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column headers are visible if they are defined through Columns collection. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the collection of all style elements created for the tree. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when mouse is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when mouse is over the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when cell is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when cell is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node when node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for all nodes where style is not specified + explicity. + + + Name of the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for the node when node is selected. Note that this style is applied to the default node style. + + + Reference to the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for the node when mouse is over node. Note that this style is applied to the default node style. + + + Reference to the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets the collection of tree nodes that are assigned to the tree view control. + + + A NodeCollection that represents the tree nodes + assigned to the tree control. + + + The Nodes property holds a collection of Node objects, each of which has a + Nodes property that can contain its own NodeCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between nodes in pixels. Default value is 3. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between nodes in pixels when control is in Tile layout. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal grid lines between each row are displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column can be resized when mouse is over the column grid line and outside of the column header. + GridColumnLines must be set to true to make column lines visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether grid lines are displayed when columns are defined. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid lines color. + + + + + Gets or sets the alternate row color applied to every other row. Default value is Color.Empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the background style for the child nodes columns. Background style defines the appearance of the column header background. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the column header. + + + + + Gets or sets the background style for the columns. Background style defines the appearance of the column header background. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the column header. + + ColumnStyleNormal Property + ColumnStyleMouseDown Property + ColumnStyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the default style class assigned to the column headers. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the column header. + + + When style is not set on ColumnHeader objects then style setting from this property is used instead. + + ColumnStyleMouseDown Property + ColumnStyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets default style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse + button is pressed over the header. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column. + + + When style is not set on ColumnHeader objects then style setting from this property is used instead. + + ColumnStyleNormal Property + ColumnStyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets default style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse is + over the column. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column. + + + When style is not set on ColumnHeader objects then style setting from this property is used instead. + + ColumnStyleNormal Property + ColumnStyleMouseDown Property + + + + Gets collection that holds definition of column headers associated with nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the tree node that is currently selected in the tree control. + + + If no Node is currently selected, the + SelectedNode property is a null reference (Nothing in Visual + Basic). + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of currently selected nodes in tree control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multi-node selection is enabled. Default value is false. When + multi-selection is enabled use SelectedNodes property to retrive collection of selected nodes. + Use MultiSelectRule property to change the multi-node selection rule. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule that governs the multiple node selection. Default value indicates that only nodes + belonging to same parent can be multi-selected. + + + + + Returns reference to node layout object. + + + + + Returns reference to node display object. + + + + + Gets whether layout is suspended for tree control. Layout is suspended after + call to BeginUpdate method and it is resumed after the + call to EndUpdate method. + + + + + Gets whether control has layout operation pending on next paint or update. + + + + + Gets or sets whether paint operations are suspended for the control. You should use this method + if you need the RecalcLayout operations to proceed but you want to stop painting of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the Image objects used by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box in cell is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box in cell is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box in cell is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the NodeConnector object that describes the type of the connector used for + displaying connection between nested nodes. RootConnector property specifies the connector + between root node and it's imidate nested nodes. This property specifies connector for all other nested levels. + Default value is null. + + + You can use + Node.ParentConnector + property to specify per node connectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the NodeConnector object that describes the type of the connector used for + displaying connection between linked nodes. Connector specified here is used to display the connection + between nodes that are on the path to the selected node. When set you can use it to visually indicate the path to the currently selected node. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cells inside the node. Default value is Horizontal layout which + means that cell are positioned horizontally next to each other. + + + You can specify cell layout on each node by using + Node.CellLayout + property. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cells inside the node. Default value is Horizontal layout which + means that cell are positioned horizontally next to each other. + + + You can specify cell layout on each node by using + Node.CellLayout + property. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme style. Color scheme provides predefined colors based on popular visual styles. + We recommend that you use "SchemePart" color settings since they maintain consistant look that is + based on target system color scheme setting. + + + + + Gets the reference to the color scheme object. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the content of the control is centered within the bounds of control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether per cell selection mode is enabled. In cell selection mode the selection box is drawn over selected cell only + instead of all cells in the node. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection appearance changes depending on whether control has input focus. Default value is true. Setting this value to false causes selection box to be rendered as if control has focus all the time. + + + + + Gets or sets the node selection box style. + + SelectionBox Property + SelectionBoxSize Property + SelectionBoxFillColor Property + SelectionBoxBorderColor Property + + + + Gets or sets the value that indicates whether selection box is drawn around the + selected node. Default value is true. Another way to provide the visual indication that + node is selected is by using selected state style properties like + NodeStyleSelected + and + CellStyleSelected. + + CellStyleSelected Property + NodeStyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the size/thickness in pixel of the selection box drawn around selected + node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is selected when mouse is pressed anywhere within node vertical bounds. Default value is true. + + + When set to false the node is selected only when mouse is pressed over the node content. + + + + + Gets or sets the total node expand area width in pixels. The expand button with ExpandButtonSize is fitted into this area. Default value is 24. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the expand button that is used to expand/collapse node. Default value is 8,8. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button border color. Note that setting ExpandBorderColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandBorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandBorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button back color. Note that setting ExpandBackColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button target gradientback color. Note that setting ExpandBackColor2SchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme target gradient back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button line color. Note that setting ExpandLineColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme line color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandLineColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandLineColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button image which is used to indicate that node will be expanded. To use images as expand buttons you also need to set ExpandButtonType=eExpandButtonType.Image. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button image which is used to indicate that node will be collapsed. To use images as expand buttons you also need to set ExpandButtonType=eExpandButtonType.Image. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the expand button used to expand/collapse nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the display root node. Setting this property allows you to use any + Node as root display node. Default value is Null which means that first node from + AdvTree.Nodes collection is used as display root node. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the command button. Default value is 10 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets command button back color. Note that setting CommandBackColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button target gradient back color. Note that setting CommandBackColor2SchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme target gradient back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button foreground color. Note that setting CommandForeColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme foreground color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandForeColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandForeColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the command button background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over back color. Note that setting CommandMouseOverBackColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme mouse over back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandMouseOverBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandMouseOverBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over target gradient back color. Note that setting CommandMouseOverBackColor2SchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over color scheme target gradient back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandMouseOverBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandMouseOverBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over foreground color. Note that setting CommandMouseOverForeColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over color scheme foreground color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandMouseOverForeColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandMouseOverForeColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the command button mouse over background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label text of the node cells can be edited. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns whether cell editing is in progress. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard incremental search through Node.Text property is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard search buffer expiration timeout. Default value is 1000 which indicates that + key pressed within 1 second will add to the search buffer and control will be searched for node text + that begins with resulting string. Setting this value to 0 will disable the search buffer. + + + + + Indicates whether search buffer is auto-cleared regardless of the expiration timeout if node is not found using current buffer content. + + + + + Gets or sets whether double-clicking the node will toggle its expanded state. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is highlighted when mouse enters the node. Default value is false. + + + There are two ways to enable the node hot-tracking. You can set the HotTracking property to true in which case the + mouse tracking is enabled using system colors specified in TreeColorTable. You can also define the NodeStyleMouseOver + style which gets applied to the node when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets whether tree is in process of moving the column in response to user finishing the column move action. + + + + + Gets or sets how control positions the items. Default value is standard TreeView layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the group divider line when in tile view. + + + + + Returns the reference to the node mouse is currently over or null (Nothing) if mouse is not over any node in tree. + + + + + Specifies the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the cell. Default value + is null which means that default control cursor is used. + + + To specify cursor for each individual cell use + Cell.Cursor property. + + + + + Gets reference to array of Cell objects that have HostedControl property set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hosted controls are clipped so they don't overlap the control borders. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control border needs to be updated by calling UpdateControlBorderPanel() + + + + + Gets the reference to internal vertical scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Vertical Scroll-bar is shown if needed because content of the control exceeds available height. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Horizontal Scroll-bar is shown if needed because content of the control exceeds available width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal horizontal scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree control enables the user to scroll to any nodes placed outside of its visible boundaries. + This property is managed internally by AdvTree control and should not be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. Returns a Size that represents the minimum height and width of the scrolling area in pixels. + This property is managed internally by AdvTree control and should not be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Gets the list of all checked nodes in tree including child nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset in pixels from node's X position that is used during drag & drop operation to indicate that + dragged node is dropped as child node of the parent's node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag & drop internal implementation allows the copying of the node being dragged when CTRL key is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control accepts the dragged nodes from other AdvTree controls. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to indent each of the child tree node levels. Default value is 16. + + + + + Indicates whether drop marker is displayed during drag-drop operation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag and drop operation is in progress. This member supports + the AdvTree infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your + code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether number of nodes being dragged is displayed on drag node preview. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multiple nodes drag & drop is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether AutoScrollPosition is reset to 0,0 when all nodes are cleared from the tree. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the comma separated list of property or column names to display on popup tree control. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMembers property of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the format-specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated field or property names that holds the value that is used to identify node and parent node. Format expected is: FieldNodeId,ParentNodeFieldId. For example if your table represents departments, you have DepartmentId field which uniquely identifies a department and ParentDepartmentId field which identifies parent of the department if any you would set this property to DepartmentId,ParentDepartmentId. + Note that you can only use ParentFieldNames or GroupingMembers property but not both. If both are set ParentFieldName take precedence. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated list of field or property names that are used for grouping when data-binding is used. Note that you can only use ParentFieldName or GroupingMembers property but not both. If both are set ParentFieldName take precedence. + + + + + Gets or sets style for automatically created group nodes when data-binding is used and GroupingMembers property is set. + + + Name of the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in the control. Applies to data-binding scenarios. SelectedValue property will return the value of selected node as indicated by this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the ValueMember property. + + + + + Indicates whether control changes the CurrencyManager.DataPosition when selected node is changed during data binding. + Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether touch support for scrolling is enabled. + + + + + Static class that holds AdvTree settings that are not commonly used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tree control is scrolled horizontally so selected node is brought into the view. Default value is false. + You can set this property to false to disable the horizontal scrolling of tree control when selected node has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether AdvTree node comparer that provides column sorting uses standard text comparer instead of default + hybrid alpha-numeric comparer. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines an interface for cell edit control that allows custom controls to be used as cell editors. AdvTree control + expects that editing control inherits from System.Windows.Forms.Control. + + + + + Called when edit operation is started. The AdvTree control will first set CurrentValue, then call BeginEdit and will call EditComplete once + editing is completed. + + + + + Called when edit operation is completed. + + + + + Gets or sets current edit value. + + + + + AdvTree control subscribes to this event to be notified when edit operation is completed. For example when Enter key is + pressed the edit control might raise this event to indicate the completion of editing operation. + + + + + AdvTree control subscribes to this event to be notified that user has cancelled the editing. For example when Escape key is + pressed the edit control might raise this event to indicate that editing has been cancelled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell requests the word-wrap based on the current cell style. If your editor does not support + word-wrap functionality this can be ignored. + + + + + Defines delegate for PrepareCellEditor event. + + + + + + + Event arguments for PrepareCellEditor event. + + + + + Gets reference to the cell being edited. + + + + + Gets reference to the cell editor control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PrepareCellEditorEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for PrepareCellEditor event. + + + + + + + Event arguments for AdvTree.Render event. + + + + + Indicates the rendering operation being performed. + + + + + Indicates graphics canvas to render on. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvTreeRenderEventArgs class. + + Specifies rendering type + Specifies graphics canvas to render on + + + + Specifies the rendering type being performed on AdvTree control Render event. + + + + + Control background is being painted. + + + + Represents a cell assigned to the Node. + + The Cell with Index 0 (zero) always exists for a Node and it is a cell that + you can interact with through the properties on a node, which are forwarding to the + Cell(0), or you can go directly to the Cell(0). + When Node has multiple columns defined each column corresponds to Cell in + Node's Cells collection. The first Column has Index 0, second Column Index 1 and so + forth. + Note that there is always at least one Cell in a Node even if multiple + columns are not used. + + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + Cell text. + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + Cell text. + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + Cell text. + + + + Releases the resources used by the Component. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Occurs after Tooltip text has changed. + + + + + Called when tooltip is shown and hidden. + + true if tooltip is being shown otherwise false. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the cell. + + New cell bounds. + + + + Sets the bounds of the image inside of the cell. + + New cell bounds. + + + + Sets the bounds of the check box inside of the cell. + + New cell bounds. + + + + Sets whether cells is visible or not. This is set by node layout manager and it is based on column visibility. + + True if visible otherwise false. + + + + Sets the parent of the cell. + + Parent node. + + + + Occurs after text has changed. + + + + + Sets the Images to the new CellImages object. + + CellImages object. + + + + Returns whether Images property should be serialized. Used internally for windows forms designer support. + + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets the mouse over flag. + + true if mouse is over the cell otherwise false. + + + + Sets the mouse down flag. + + true if left mouse button is pressed while over the cell otherwise false. + + + + Returns effective editor type used for cell editing. + + Editor type. + + + Makes a copy of a Cell. + + + + Ensures that the cell is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + + + + Occurs when any image property for the cell has changed. + + + + + Invokes AfterCheck event on AdvTree + control. + + + + + Invokes BeforeCheck event on AdvTree + control. + + + + + Called just before cell layout is to be performed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the cell. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the cell when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell content is editable when cell editing is enabled on tree control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether cell can be edited. Cell can be edited if both Editable property is set to true and ColumnHeader.Editable property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the item hosted inside of the cell. Only items that do not generate + popups are supported. Note that cell can only host either HostedItem or HostedControl but not both. + + + + + Gets or sets the control hosted inside of the cell. Note that cell can only host either HostedItem or HostedControl but not both. + + + When control is hosted inside of the cell, cell size is determined by the + size of the control hosted inside of it. The cell will not display its text but it will display any image assigned + or check box when control is hosted inside of it. The Style settings like Margin + and Padding will still apply. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hosted control size change event is ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the hosted control size. Property is used to correctly scale control when AdvTree.Zoom is used to zoom view. + + + + + Returns name of the cell that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Gets the relative bounds of the cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the available content bounds for the text. Text will fitted into these bounds + but it's true location can be obtained only after it is displayed. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the text inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the relative bounds of the image inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the check box inside of cell. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the cell is in an editable state. true if the cell is in editable state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the cell is in the selected state. true if the cell is in the selected state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the cell is visible. Cell is considered to be visible when it's parent column is visible. + + + + + Gets the parent node of the current cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the cell. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the cell. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the format that is applied to the value of Text property for display purposes. See "Formatting Overview" in MSDN + for description on available format strings. For example you can specify "C" to format text as currency, or "D" to format text as decimal number etc. + + + + + + Gets the formatted display text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed in the cell. + + + + + Gets the parent tree control that the cell belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the cell. Null value indicates that + default style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null (VB Nothing) indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null (VB Nothing) the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleNormal on AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleNormal property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class that is to when cell is selected. Null value indicates that + default style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is null value. + + + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleSelected on AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the selected style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleSelected property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled style class assigned to the cell. Null value indicates + that default style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleDisabled on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the disabled style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleDisabled property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the cell which is applied when mouse + button is pressed while mouse is over the cell. Null value indicates that default + style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null value style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleMouseDown on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseOver Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the mouse down style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleMouseDown property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the cell which is applied when mouse is + over the cell. Null value indicates that default style is used as specified on cell's + parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleMouseOver on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleMouseOver property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell is enabled or not. + + + + + Gets the reference to images associated with this cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the text displayed by cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the checkbox alignment in relation to the text displayed by cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box is visible inside the cell. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the check box is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the cell. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed while over the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cell parts like check box, image and text. Layout can be horizontal (default) + where parts of the cell are positioned next to each other horizontally, or vertical where + parts of the cell are positioned on top of each other vertically. + Alignment of the each part is controlled by alignment properties. + + ImageAlignment Property + CheckBoxAlignment Property + + + + Specifies the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell wrapped the text during the layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the editor type used to edit the cell. Setting this property to value other than Default + overrides the cell editor type specified on column cell belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell can be selected by user by clicking it with the mouse or using keyboard. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether cell can be selected. Cell must be Visible, Enabled and Selectable in order for it to be selected. + + + + + Returns ColumnHeader cell is under if one is defined and cell is already parented to the tree. Otherwise it returns null/nothing. + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Gets the cell based on the column name. Node must be able to reach AdvTree control for this method to work. + + Column name. + Cell object or null. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Cell array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + Cell that is parent of this collection. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. Returns null/nothing if cell with given name is not found. + + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Represents event arguments for cell editing events. + + + + + Indicates the action that caused the event. + + + + + Indicates the cell that is affected. + + + + + Indicates new text that will be assigned to the cell if one is appropriate for given event. + + + + + Indicates whether the current action is cancelled. For BeforeCellEdit event setting this + property to true will cancel the editing. For AfterCellEdit event setting this property to + true will cancel any changes made to the text and edits will not be accepted. For CellEditEnding + event setting this property to true will keep the cell in edit mode. + + + + + Indicates whether editing operation was canceled by the end user, usually by pressing ESCAPE key. + + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + Indicates whether action is canceled by the end user. + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + Indicates whether action is canceled by the end user. + + + + Gets reference to the cell editor control. + + + + + Represents class that holds images for a cell. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Initializes new instance of CellImages class. + + Reference to parent cell. + + + + Resets Image property to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Resets ImageMouseOver to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Resets ImageDisabled to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Resets ImageExpanded to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + Makes a copy of a CellImages object. + + + + Changes the image and invokes largest image size calculation if the + image size truly changed. + + + + + + + Returns image from image list based on the image index. + + Index of the image to return. + Image object from image list. + + + + Returns image from image list based on the image key. + + Key of the image to return. + Image object from image list. + + + + Gets or sets default cell image. Setting this property to valid image will + override any setting of ImageIndex property. + + + The image set through this property will be serialized with the cell. If you + plan to use ImageList then use ImageIndex + property. + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format + which supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 + do not support alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Image object or null (Nothing) if no image is assigned. + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed when mouse is over the cell. Setting + this property to valid image will override any setting of ImageMouseOverIndex + property. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writting .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed when cell is disabled. If not assigned + disabled image is created from default cell image. Setting this property to valid image + will override any setting of ImageDisabledIndex property. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is displayed when Node that this cell belongs to is + expanded. Setting this property to valid image will override any setting of + ImageExpandedIndex property. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets the Index of default cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree + control. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the default cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree control. + + + + + Property Editor support for ImageIndex selection + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the Index of cell image when mouse is over the cell from ImageList + specified on AdvTree control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the key of cell image when mouse is over the cell from ImageList + specified on AdvTree control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the Index of disabled cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree + control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the key of disabled cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree + control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the Index of cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree control + that is used when Node associated with this cell is expanded + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the key of cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree control + that is used when Node associated with this cell is expanded + + + + + Gets or sets the parent node of the cell. + + + + + Gets whether CellImages object should be serialized or not. If object has all + default values then this property will return false. + + + + + Returns largest image size in this set of images. + + + + + Indicates whether assigned images are automatically disposed when the cell and node are disposed. Default value is false. + + + + Represents the node or tree ColumnHeader. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with text. + + Text to initialize object with. + + + + Makes a copy of ColumnHeader object. + + Returns new instance of column header object. + + + + Sets the column bounds. + + + + + Resets Image property to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Called when DataFieldName property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when SortingEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SortDirection property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Invalidates the appearance of column header. + + + + + Occurs after Tooltip text has changed. + + + + + Called when tooltip is shown and hidden. + + true if tooltip is being shown otherwise false. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Automatically sets the column width (Width.Absolute) property based on the content of the column. + This will perform the one-time auto sizing of the column. To make column auto-size all the time + set Width.AutoSize=true. + + + + + Raises MouseMove event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MouseEnter event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MouseLeave event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MouseHover event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Sort first level nodes that belong directly to this column. Calling this method repeatedly will + alternate between A-Z and Z-A sorting. + + + + + Sort first level nodes that belong directly to this column. + + true to use reverse Z-A sorting, false to sort from A-Z + + + + Called when SortComparer property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SortComparerReverse property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when header size has changed due to the user resizing the column. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when header is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when header is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cells content in this column is editable when cell editing is enabled on tree control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste when editing cells in this column. + + + + + Returns name of the column header that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Returns rectangle that this column occupies. If the layout has not been performed on the column the return value will be Rectangle.Empty. + + + + + Gets the reference to the object that represents width of the column as either + absolute or relative value. + + + Set Width using Absolute or Relative properties of ColumnWidth object. + + Absolute Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.ColumnWidth) + Relative Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.ColumnWidth) + + + + Gets or sets the minimum column width in pixels that is enforced when user is resizing the columns using mouse. + Default value is 0 which indicates that there is no minimum size constraint. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column is stretched to fill any empty space horizontally in tree when all columns consume less width than available. + Only one column in tree may have this property set to true and only last column with this property set will be stretched. + You should always set the Width for the column since Width will be used when columns consume more space in tree horizontally than available. + Applies to top-level columns only. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the column. Empty value indicates that + default style is used as specified on cell's parent's control. + + + Name of the style assigned to the cell or an empty string indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is empty string. + + + When property is set to an empty string the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. ColumnStyleNormal on AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse + button is pressed over the header. Empty value indicates that default + style is used as specified on column's parent. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column or an empty string indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is empty string. + + + When property is set to an empty string the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. ColumnStyleMouseDown on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse is + over the column. Empty value indicates that default style is used as specified on column's + parent control. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column or an empty string indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is empty string. + + + When property is set to an empty string the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. ColumnStyleMouseOver on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleMouseDown Property + + + + Gets or sets the name of the column in the ColumnHeaderCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the column caption. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column is visible. Hiding the header column will also hide corresponding data column. + + + + + + Gets or sets Image alignment inside of column. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the data-field or property name that is used as source of data for this column when data-binding is used. + + + + + Gets or sets additional custom data associated with the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the cells background for this column. + + + + + Gets or sets display index of the column. -1 indicates default value and is modified to actual display index when the column is added to a ColumnHeaderCollection. + + + A lower display index means a column will appear first (to the left) of columns with a higher display index. + Allowable values are from 0 to num columns - 1. (-1 is legal only as the default value and is modified to something else + when the column is added to a AdvTree's column collection). AdvTree enforces that no two columns have the same display index; + changing the display index of a column will cause the index of other columns to adjust as well. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can sort by this column by clicking it. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort direction. Sort direction can be changed by clicking the column header if SortingEnabled=true. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the cell. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the cell when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Returns reference to AdvTree control this column belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column is automatically sized to the content when user double-clicks the column + on the column resize line. Column resizing must be enabled in order for this property to function. + Default value is true which indicates that column will be auto-sized to content when user double-clicks the + column resize marker. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column size has changed and it's layout needs to be recalculated. + + + + + Gets whether mouse left button is pressed on the column. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the column. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moving over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the editor type used to edit the cell. Setting this property to value other than Default + overrides the cell editor type specified on column cell belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets ascending (A-Z) column comparer used to sort nodes when this column is clicked. Your comparer will be passed to NodeCollection.Sort method and should know how to sort by appropriate column. + + + + + Gets or sets descending (Z-A) column comparer used to sort nodes when this column is clicked. Your comparer will be passed to NodeCollection.Sort method and should know how to sort by appropriate column. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel internal sorting performed by AdvTree. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header being sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets the IComparer used for sorting. + + + + + Defines column related event arguments. + + + + + Gets reference to the column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ColumnMoved event. + + + + + Defines column moved event arguments. + + + + + Gets the column display index before the column was moved. + + + + + Gets the column display index before the column was moved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnMovedEventArgs class. + + Column affected + Old display index + New display index + + + + Represents collection for ColumnHeader objects. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + ColumnHeader that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Name of column to return index for. + Index of the column or -1 if column not found. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection based on column DataFieldName. + + DataFieldName of column to return index for. + Index of the column or -1 if column not found. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection based on column DataFieldName. + + DataFieldName of column to return index for. + Index of the column or -1 if column not found. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Called when SortDirection property on column header is set to value other than None. + + Ref to column header + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the ColumnHeader array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets the display index for specified column. + + Column that is part f ColumnHeaderCollection + Display index or -1 column is not part of this collection. + + + + Returns the column that is displayed at specified display index.. + + 0 based display index. + ColumnHeader + + + + Invalidates the display indexes and causes them to be re-evaluated on next layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Occurs before the cells are sorted. + + + + + Gets whether a column that is part of this collection has SortDirection set. + + + + + A map of display index (key) to index in the column collection (value). Used to quickly find a column from its display index. + + + + + Gets reference to last visible column or null if there is no last visible column. + + + + + Gets reference to first visible column or null if there is no first visible column. + + + + + Gets the column header rendering bounds. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IndexToDisplayIndex class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnHeaderControl class. + + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + + + + + Gets or sets the column move marker that marks insertion point for column that is dragged. Marker is drawn before the column specified by this index. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header collection to be rendered. + + + + + Represents the width of the Column. Supports absolute width in Pixels and + relative width as percentage of the width of parent control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets relative width expressed as percentage between 1-100. 0 indicates that + absolute width will be used. + + + Relative width is expressed as percentage between 1-100 of the parent controls + width. 0 indicates that absolute width will be used. Absolute width always takes + priority over relative width. For example value of 30 assigned to this property + indicates that width of the column will be 30% of the total client width of the + control. + + + + Gets or sets the absolute width of the column in pixels. + + Absolute width always takes precedence over the relative width of the + column. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column width is automatically set based on the column's content. Default value is false. + When set absolute and relative size values are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column auto-width is set to minimum of the column header text width. Applies to AutoSize=true only. + + + + + Gets the auto-size calculated width of the column after tree layout is performed and column has AutoSize=true. + + + + + Provides event arguments for command button events. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Action type. + Context node. + + + + Indicates the action type that caused the event. + + + + + Indicates the node action is peformed on. + + + + + Represents collection of connector points for a node. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + Node that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds range of objects to the array. + + Array to add. + + + + Copies objects of the collection to the array. + + + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the ColumnHeader array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Control for input of the integer value. + + + + + Represents an control that allows numeric input. + + + + + Closes all popups managed by the owner control. + + + + + Defines interface that should be implemented by controls that support per control renderers. + + + + + Gets the renderer control will be rendered with. This can be either custom renderer set on the control or the + Rendering.GlobalManager specified renderer. + + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Defines interface for internal accessibility support for DotNetBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accesibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Provides support for custom localization. + + + + + Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified AccessibleEvents for the specified child control. + + The AccessibleEvents object to notify the accessibility client applications of. + The child Control to notify of the accessible event. + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Sets up timer that watches when active window changes. + + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Releases and disposes the active window watcher timer. + + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Control is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets button Color Scheme. ColorScheme does not apply to Office2007 styled buttons. + + + + + Specifies whether button is drawn using Windows Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Themes should be used to draw the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Gets or sets the form button is attached to. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Resets the input position so the new input overwrites current value. + + + + + Called when InputHorizontalAlignment property value has changed. + + Old value. + New Value. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Selects next input field if possible. + + true if next input field was selected otherwise false. + + + + Selects previous input field if possible. + + true if previous input field was selected otherwise false. + + + + ISupportInitialize.BeginInit implementation. While initialization is in progress ValueChanged events will not be fired. + + + + + ISupportInitialize.EndInit implementation. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control system buttons are rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during painting OnPaintBackground on base control is called when BackColor=Transparent. + + + + + Gets whether watermark text should be rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel affects the input control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether keyboard focus is within the control. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal visual item used as the root visual for the control. Using this property is in all cases not necessary except for some + very advanced usage scenarios. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed if set for the input items. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed on the input control when control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the preferred height of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the keys used to navigate between the input fields provided by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control background color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that background is not changed when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the control text color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that background is not changed when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the system colors used by the control. + + + + + Defines an interface for the object that knows how to invoke a command. + + + + + Gets or sets the command that will be executed when the command source is invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericInputBase class. + + + + + Raises the LockUpdateChanged event. + + Provides event data./ + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. + The value can be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Decreases value of the control. + + + + + Increases the value of the control. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. + + This event is not raised when the entered date is earlier than MinDateTime or later than MaxDateTime. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. This event occurs at the same time and has same function as ValueChanged event. It is provided for binding support. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ShowCheckBox property is set to true and user changes the lock status of the control by clicking the check-box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set to true the input part of the control becomes read-only and does not allow the typing. However, drop-down and up/down buttons part if visible still allows user to possibly change the value of the control through the method you can provide on drop-down or through up/down buttons. Use this property to allow change of the value through drop-down or up/down buttons only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to the left of the input value. + Set to true if a check box is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property + to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that displays popup calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format the numeric value entered for display purpose. Read more about + available formats in MSDN under "Standard Numeric Format Strings" and "Custom Numeric Format Strings" topics. + + The format specified here indicates the format for display purpose only, not for the input purpose. + For example to display the number in system Currency format set the DisplayFormat to 'C'. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is true which means that IsEmpty property + may return true if input value is resets or ValueObject set to null/nothing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is empty i.e. it does not hold a valid value. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of ValueChanged event triggering. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard key that will toggle FreeTextEntryMode. Default value is Keys.None. + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that value to the + value control expects. + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked and allows you to cancel its default action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be auto-resolved to dates like Today to today's date or Now to date and time now etc. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Decreases value of the control. + + + + + Increases the value of the control. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Raises the ParseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when ValueObject property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel increases or decreases the input value when used. + + + + + Gets or sets the value displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the control as an object. This property allows you to bind to the database fields and supports + null values. Expected value is int type or null. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Control for input of the integer value. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Raises the ParseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Decreases value of the control. + + + + + Increases the value of the control. + + + + + Occurs when ValueObject property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel increases or decreases the input value when used. + + + + + Gets or sets the value displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the control as an object. This property allows you to bind to the database fields and supports + null values. Expected value is int type or null. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeInput class. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the default date-time values that are used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control (up-down control) is used to adjust the date/time value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. + The date and time can be adjusted by selecting each element individually and using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets Value property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Raises the ParseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the Culture used by the date time input and month calendar controls + + reference to CultureInfo + + + + Raises the LockUpdateChanged event. + + Provides event data./ + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Called when DateTimeSelectorVisibility property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeSelectorType property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. + + This event is not raised when the entered date is earlier than MinDateTime or later than MaxDateTime. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. This event occurs at the same time and has same function as ValueChanged event. It is provided for binding support. + + + + + Occurs when the Format property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ValueObject property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Occurs when ShowCheckBox property is set to true and user changes the lock status of the control by clicking the check-box. + + + + + Gets whether popup calendar is open. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected date on popup calendar can be changed using keyboard arrow keys. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to the left of the selected date. + Set to true if a check box is displayed to the left of the selected date; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed to the left of the date in the control. When the check box is selected, the date/time value can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the date/time value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property + to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets the date time value of the control. You can use IsEmpty property to check whether control holds an empty value. + Setting this property to System.DateTime(0) will also make the control Empty if AllowEmptyState=true. + + + + + Gets or sets the date/time value of the control as an object. This property allows you to bind to the database fields and supports + null values. Expected value is DateTime object or null to indicate no date selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the values of the nested DateTimeGroup items. + + When nested date-time groups are used note that some of the features of the control are disabled, notably minimum and maximum values + for nested date-times. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is true which means that IsEmpty property + may return true if input value is resets or ValueObject set to null/nothing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is empty i.e. it does not hold a valid DateTime value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the format date/time is displayed in. To specify custom format set this value to Custom and specify custom format using CustomFormat property. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. + + + + To display string literals that contain date and time separators or format strings listed below, + you must use escape characters in the substring. For example, to display the date as "June 15 at 12:00 PM", + set the CustomFormat property to "MMMM dd 'at' t:mm tt". If the "at" substring is not enclosed by escape characters, + the result is "June 15 aP 12:00PM" because the "t" character is read as the one-letter A.M./P.M. format string (see the format string table below). + + + To display single quote in custom format use two single quotes characters like so '' after each other and they will be displayed as single quote. + + The following list shows all the valid format strings and their descriptions: + + + Format String + Description + + + d + The one- or two-digit day. + + + dd + The two-digit day. Single-digit day values are preceded by a 0. + + + ddd + The three-character day-of-week abbreviation. + + + dddd + The full day-of-week name. + + + jjj + The three-digit day-of-year day. Single and two-digit values are preceded by 0. + + + j + The three-digit day-of-year day. + + + h + The one- or two-digit hour in 12-hour format. + + + hh + The two-digit hour in 12-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + H + The one- or two-digit hour in 24-hour format. + + + HH + The two-digit hour in 24-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + m + The one- or two-digit minute. + + + mm + The two-digit minute. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + M + The one- or two-digit month number. + + + MM + The two-digit month number. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + MMM + The three-character month abbreviation. + + + MMMM + The full month name. + + + s + The one- or two-digit seconds. + + + ss + The two-digit seconds. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + t + The one-letter A.M./P.M. abbreviation (A.M. is displayed as "A"). + + + tt + The two-letter A.M./P.M. abbreviation (A.M. is displayed as "AM"). + + + y + The one-digit year (2001 is displayed as "1"). + + + yy + The last two digits of the year (2001 is displayed as "01"). + + + yyyy + The full year (2001 is displayed as "2001"). + + + { + Starts the nested date-time group inside of the control. Note that nested groups must always be closed. + Nested date-time groups can be used to represent range of input date/time values in the control + To access nested values use Values property. For example to have control represent the input from two time values you could set + CustomFormat to 'from' {HH:mm} 'to' {HH:mm} which will create two nested date/time groups that represent the time value. Entered + time values can be accessed through Values property which return an array of all input values. + + + } + Ends the nested date-time input group. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the CultureInfo for the culture used by the DateTime Input controls and Month Calendar controls. + Default value is null which indicates that controls will use CurrentUICulture. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down calendar when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set to true the input part of the control becomes + read-only and does not allow the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows user to change the value of the control + Use this property to allow change of the value through drop-down picker only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty input values (year, month or day) are set to defaults while user is entering data. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal MonthCalendarItem control which is used to display calendar when drop-down is open. + + + + + Gets or sets whether first day in month is automatically selected on popup date picker when month or year is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input focus is automatically advanced to next input field when input is complete in current one. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets the date-time selectors visibility on popup. Default value is Auto which will select selector visibility based on Format property setting. + + + + + Returns reference to internal time selector item which is used on drop-down to select time when control is used in time entry mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup time selector time format used to present time by the selector i.e. 12H or 24H format. + + + + + Indicates the type of popup time selector used. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that value to the + value control expects. + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked and allows you to cancel its default action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be auto-resolved to dates like Today to today's date or Now to date and time now etc. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeCellEditor class. + + + + + Represents cell display class. + + + + + Represents information necessary to paint the cell on canvas. + + + + + Initializes the tree color tables. + + + + + Provides data for RenderColumnHeader event. + + + + + Gets the column header that is rendered. + + + + + Target Graphics canvas. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the column header. + + + + + Gets the effective style for the column. + + + + + Gets the AdvTree control header is rendered for. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column sort indicator. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnHeaderRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnHeaderRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + + Represents helper class for node connector display. + + + + + From node reference. + + + + + From node style reference. + + + + + To node reference. + + + + + To node style reference. + + + + + Graphics object used for drawing. + + + + + Node offset since some node coordinates are relative. + + + + + Indicates whether from node is a root node. + + + + + Reference to node connector object that describes connector type. + + + + + Gets or sets whether connector is link connector. + + + + + Reference to the collection of the connector path points. Default value is null indicating there are no path points. + + + + + Provides data for the NodeRenderer.RenderDragDropMarker event. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection bounds. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DragDropMarkerRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DragDropMarkerRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the line connector display class. + + + + + Base class for drawing node connectors. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Draws connector line between two nodes. + + Connector context information. + + + + Returns new instance of pen object for node connector line. Caller is responsible for + disposing of this object. + + Node connector display info. + New instance of Pen object. + + + + Draws connector line between two nodes. + + Connector context information. + + + + Provides information for cell rendering methods and events. + + + + + Summary description for NodeRendererEventArgs. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Node object being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the absolute node bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to element style for rendered node or cell. Style provided here is the style + for current node or cell state. + + + + + Gets or sets color that is passed to renderer. May be Color.Empty. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets absolute cell bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the internal cell offset. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + Reference to context node. + Reference to node bounds + Reference to cell style + Reference to cell + Reference to cell bounds + + + + Represents custom connector path info. + + + + + Summary description for NodeDisplay. + + + + Creates new instance of the class + Object to initialize class with. + + + + Paints the layout on canvas. + + + + + Sets locked offset to specific value. Point.Empty means there is no locked offset set. + + New locked offset. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the offset of the tree content relative to the size of the container control. + + + + Gets or sets whether offset is locked, i.e. cannot be changed. + + + + Returns the default offset for the tree content relative to the size of the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the tree control managed by display class. + + + + + Base class for node expand button display. + + + + Creates new instance of the class + + + Draws expand button. + Context parameters for drawing expand button. + + + + Represents class that paints elliptical expand button. + + + + Draws ellipse type expand button. + Expand context drawing information. + + + + Represents expand button display using predefined images. + + + + + Draws image type expand button. + + Expand context information + + + + Represents event arguments for RenderExpandPart event. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Node object being rendered. + + + + Expand part bounds + + + Expand part border color + + + Expand part line color + + + Expand part background color + + + Expand part target gradient background color + + + Gradient angle + + + Expand part image when node is expanded + + + Expand part image when node is collapsed + + + Internal support for expand button types + + + Gets whether mouse is over expand part + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + + + + Represents class that paints rectangular expand button. + + + + + Draw rectangular type expand button. + + Expand button context information. + + + + Draw triangular type expand button. + + Expand button context information. + + + + Represent class that paints selection around node. + + + + + Represents default system node and cell renderer. + + + + + Represents abstract renderer class for node objects. + + + + + Draws node background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderNodeBackground event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Draws node expand part. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeExpandPart method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderNodeExpandPart event. + + + + + + Draws cell background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellBackground event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws cell check box. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellCheckBox method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellCheckBox event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws cell image. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellImage method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellImage event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws cell text. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellText method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellImage event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws selection for SelectedNode. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSelection method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderSelection event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws hot-tracking marker for mouse over node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderHotTracking method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderHotTracking event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws connector between nodes. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderConnector method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderConnector event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws the tree background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTreeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderTreeBackground event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws the drag & drop marker that indicates the insertion point for the node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderDragDropMarker method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderDragDropMarker event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws the column header. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColumnHeader method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderDragDropMarker event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws node group line when in tile view. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTileGroupLine method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderNodeBackground event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when node background is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when node expand part is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell background is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell check-box is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell image is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell text is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when node selection marker is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when node hot-tracking marker is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when node connector is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when tree background is rendered. + + + + + + Renders the Column Header. + + + + + Occurs when node group line is being rendered while control is in tile view. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used by the renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used by the renderer. + + + + + Returns ElementStyleDisplayInfo class that provides information for ElementStyle rendering. + + Reference to style. + Reference to graphics object. + Style bounds + New instance of ElementStyleDisplayInfo + + + + Draws node background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws node expand part. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeExpandPart method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell check box. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellCheckBox method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell image. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellImage method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell text. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellText method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws selection for SelectedNode. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSelection method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws hot-tracking marker for mouse over node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderHotTracking method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws connector between nodes. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderConnector method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws the tree background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTreeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws the drag & drop marker that indicates the insertion point for the node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderDragDropMarker method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws the column header. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom renderer. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColumnHeader method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws node group line when in tile view. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTileGroupLine method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Summary description for NodeTreeDisplay. + + + + Creates new instance of the class + Object to initialize class with. + + + + Paints the tree on canvas. + + + + + Defines the color table for tree selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border for the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border corner radius. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border for the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection text color. + + + + + Data form RenderSelection event. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to selected Node object. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the node selection box style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tree control is active, focused. + + + + + Provides data for tree background rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas tree background is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to AdvTree control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + + + + Defines the Tree color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used for the node selection display. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for node drag & drop marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tree expand button type of rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tree expand button type of Ellipse. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tree expand button type of Triangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for tree grid lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column sort indicator which is rendered on columns when sorted. + + + + + Defines the color table for node expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Defines the color table for tree selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for FullRowSelect selection type. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for FullRowSelect selection type when tree control is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for HighlightCells selection type. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for HighlightCells selection type when tree control is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for NodeMarker selection type. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for NodeMarker selection type when tree control is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used for node hot-tracking. + + + + + Creates the pen for the border. + + Returns pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Gets or sets the border width. Default value is 0. + + + + + Represents Collection for the ColorStop objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the ColorStop array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Creates ColorBlend object based on the members of the collection. ColorBlend object will be valid only if all members of the collection + represents relative/percentage based color blends. + + + + + + Adds the ColorStop objects from the collection. + + Collection to copy objects from + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Start color. + End color. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Defines single color blend point for the multicolor gradient fills. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. When defining multicolor gradient blends and using the percentage positions the positions created + must start with 0f and end with 1f. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initialize it with default values. + + + + + Gets or sets Color to use in multicolor gradient blend at specified position. + + + + + Gets or sets the color position in multicolor gradient blend. Values less or equal to 1 are used as percentage specifing percentages of distance along the gradient line. + Values greater than 1 are used as absolute pixel values of distance along the gradient line. + + + + + Represents BackgroundColorBlend object converter. + + + + + Creates the brush for fill. + + Bounds for the brush + Returns brush or null if brush cannot be created for given bounds or colors are not set. It is responsibility of caller to Dispose the brush. + + + + Creates a pen based on fill parameters. + + Width of the pen to create + new instance of pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + Creates the brush for fill. + + Bounds for the brush + Returns brush or null if brush cannot be created for given bounds or colors are not set. It is responsibility of caller to Dispose the brush. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Creates a pen based on fill parameters. + + Width of the pen to create + new instance of pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient fill color. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multicolor gradient background. + + + Setting this property creates a multicolor gradient with one color at each position along the gradient line. Setting this property nullifies all previous color, position, and falloff settings for this gradient fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient fill angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Defines a visual shape. + + + + + Renders shape on canvas. + + Target graphics to render shape on. + Shape bounds. + + + + Gets or sets the single piece of content inside of the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to clip the Content of this shape. Default value is false. + + + + + Renders rectangle on canvas. + + Target graphics to render shape on. + Shape bounds. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets shape border. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the CornerRadius. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidBorder class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidBorder class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidBorder class. + + + + + Creates the pen for the border. + + Returns pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidFill class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidFill class. + + + + + Creates the brush for fill. + + Bounds for the brush + Returns brush or null if brush cannot be created for given bounds or colors are not set. It is responsibility of caller to Dispose the brush. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill color. + + + + + Specifies layout of the items in AdvTree control. + + + + + Standard TreeView layout. + + + + + ListView style tile layout. + + + + Specifies the way background image is displayed on background. + + + Image is stretched to fill the background + + + Image is centered inside the background + + + Image is tiled inside the background + + + + Image is drawn in top left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom right corner of container space. + + + + Indicates alignment of a part of the cell like image or check box in relation to the text. + + + + Part is aligned to the left center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the right center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the top left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned above the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the top right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned below the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part has default alignment that depends on the parent control view. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a text that does not completely fit into a element's shape. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Indicates absolute vertical alignment of the content. + + + + + Content is aligned to the top + + + + + Content is aligned in the middle + + + + + Content is aligned at the bottom + + + + + Indicates absolute horizontal alignment + + + + + Content is left aligned + + + + + Content is centered + + + + + Content is right aligned + + + + + Indicates prefered node layout position on Map tree layout when node is the child node of the top-level root node. + + + + + Node is positioned based on default algorithm. + + + + + Sub-root node and all nodes after it are positioned to the left of the root. + + + + + Sub-root node and all nodes before it are positioned to the right of the root. + + + + + Specifies the column header visibility for the node. + + + + + Column header is automatically shown/hidden based on the node's position in the tree. When + Node is first child node i.e. with index=0 the header will be shown, otherwise header will + be hidden. + + + + + Column header is always displayed regardless of node's position. + + + + + Column header is always hidden regardless of node's position. + + + + + Indicates the part of the node. + + + + + Bounds of complete node content except expand button. This also includes the child node bounds if node is expanded. + + + + + Bounds of the expand button which collapses/expands the node. + + + + + Hit test bounds of the expand button which collapses/expands the node used by mouse routines to trigger node expansion/collapse. + + + + + Bounds of all child nodes of give node. + + + + + Bounds for cells inside a node. + + + + + Complete node bounds including expand button. + + + + + Bounds of the command button. + + + + + Bounds of child node columns if node has columns defined. + + + + + Indicates the part of the cell. + + + + + Bounds of check box or Rectangle.Empty if there is no check-box. + + + + + Bounds of image inside the cell or Rectangle.Empty if there is no image. + + + + + Text bounds inside of cell. + + + + + Cell bounds + + + + + Indicates part of the node mouse is placed over. + + + + + Mouse is not over any node part. + + + + + Mouse is placed over the node. + + + + + Mouse is placed over node expand button. + + + + + Mouse is placed over the cell. + + + + + Mouse is placed over the command button. + + + + + Indicates the visibility of node expand part which allows user to expand/collaps node. + + + + + Default setting which indicates that when node has child nodes expand part is visible otherwise it is hidden. + + + + + Expand part is always visible regardless of whether child nodes are present or not. + + + + + Expand part is always hidden regardless of whether child nodes are present or not. + + + + + Specifies the action that raised a AdvTreeEventArgs event + + + + + The event was caused by a keystroke. + + + + + The event was caused by a mouse operation. + + + + + The event was caused by the Node collapsing. + + + + + The event was caused by the Node expanding. + + + + + The event is caused programmatically from user code. + + + + + Specifies node connector type. Node connector is the type of the line/connection that is drawn to connect child node to it's parent node. + + + + + Straight line connector type. + + + + + Specifies the layout type used to position the cells within the nodes. + + + + + Specifies that default setting is to be used for cell layout. Default is Horizontal. When set to default on the Node, setting from Tree control is used. + + + + Horizontal layout positions the cells horizontally next to each other. + + + + Vertical layout positions cell vertically on top of each other. + + + + + Specifies the layout type used to position the parts of the cell like image, checkbox and text. + + + + + Specifies that default setting is to be used for cell parts layout. Default is Horizontal. When set to default on the Cell, setting from Tree control is used. + + + + Horizontal layout positions the parts of the cell horizontally next to each other. + + + + Vertical layout positions parts of the cell vertically on top of each other. + + + + + Specifies the color scheme loaded by ColorScheme object. + + + + + Indicates Office 2003 like color scheme. + + + + + Indicates VS.NET 2005 like color scheme. + + + + + Indicates Office 2007 like color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the currently selected system color scheme if running on Windows XP. + + + + + Color scheme cannot be determined. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Olive green color scheme. + + + + + Silver color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the flow of diagram layout related to the root node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from left to right with root node being the left-most node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from right to left with root node being the right-most + node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from top to bottom with root node being the top node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from bottom to top with root node being bottom node. + + + + + Specifies the flow of the map layout. + + + + + Nodes are arranged around the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged from below the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged above the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged to the right of the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged to the left of the root node. + + + + + Specifies the type of the expand button. + + + + + Indicates elliptical expand button. + + + + + Indicates rectangular expand button. + + + + + Indicates that images are used for expand button. + + + + + Indicates the Windows Vista style expand button. + + + + + Specifies the visual style for the tree control. + + + + + Indicates default visual style. + + + + + Specifies the layout type for the nodes. + + + + + Nodes are arranged around root node in map format. + + + + + Nodes are arranged from left-to-right in diagram format. + + + + + Specifies renderer type used to render nodes. + + + + + Specifies default renderer which allows most customization through AdvTree + properties. Default renderer integrates with the Style architecture to provide + customization on renderer behavior. + + + + + Specifies that custom renderer is used. When set you must also set NodeRenderer + to renderer you want to use. + + + + + Specifies the node selection style. + + + + + Node selector highlights the complete node row when node is selected. + + + + + Node selector draws the rectangle that highlights the node content. Appearance similar to system tree view in Windows Vista. + + + + + Node selector draws hollow selection rectangle around the node. + + + + + Specifies the rule for multi-node selection. + + + + + Allows multiple selection of nodes with same parent node only. + + + + + Allows multiple selection of any node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment inside of column header. + + + + + Image is left aligned. + + + + + Image is right aligned. + + + + + Specifies the editor type used when cell is edited. + + + + + Indicates default, text based editor. + + + + + Indicates that Integer numeric editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that Double numeric editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that Currency numeric editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that date editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that time editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that date and time editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that cell will use custom editor that you provide by handling AdvTree.ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + + + + Specifies the sort direction for the column header. + + + + + No sort is specified. + + + + + Ascending sorting is in effect, i.e. A-Z + + + + + Descending sorting is in effect, i.e. Z-A + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree cell based action events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree cell based action events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree node based action events that can be cancelled. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree node based action events. + + + + + Defines delegate for Command button events. + + + + + Defines delegate for label editing events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree node based action events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for BeforeNodeDrop and AfterNodeDrop events + + + + + Defines the delegate for NodeDragFeedback event. + + + + + Defines the delegate for mouse based node events + + + + + Defines delegate for node rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for cell rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderExpandPart event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderExpandPart event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderConnector event. + + + + + Defines delegate for TreeBackgroundRenderer events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderDragDropMarker event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderColumnHeader event. + + + + + Provides data for the ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell editor. You must set this property in your event handler to the custom + editor to be used for cell editing. + + + + + Gets the cell editor will be used for. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomCellEditorEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + + + + Provides more information about MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Gets the value of href attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Gets the value of name attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Value of name attribute. + Value of href attribute. + + + + Defines delegate for MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Represents arguments for SerializeNode event which allows you to add custom serialization data to definitions saved by control. + + + + + Gets reference to the node being serialized or de-serialized. + + + + + Gets reference to instance of XmlElement that item is serialized to or is being de-serialized from. You should not change any data directly on this element. + + + + + Gets the reference to XmlElement that you can serialize to or de-serialize any custom data from. You can add child elements or set the attributes on + this XmlElement when handling SerializeItem event. When handling DeserializeItem event you can load your data from this element. + + + + + Defines delegate for SerializeItem event. + + + + + Represents the table header. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Gets the reference to the collection that contains the columns associated with header. + + + + + Gets or sets the name associated with this header definition. + + + + + Represents collection for HeaderDefinition objects. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + HeaderDefinition that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the HeaderDefinition array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Provides WinApi functions to rest of the application. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer for specified control. + + + + + Provides AdvTree Keyboard handling. + + + + + Represents class for Node's cell layout. + + + + + Offset cell bounds, check box bounds, image bounds and text bounds by specified offset. + + Cell to offset. + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Returns spacing between check box and image if both are displayed + + + + + Returns spacing between image or checkbox and text + + + + + Returns vertical spacing between cells in a node + + + + + Spacing between different parts of the cell, like image, option button, text and expand button area + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CellTileLayout class. + + + + + Class that is used to layout column header. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between nodes in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between nodes in pixels. + + + + + Returns horizontal spacing between cells in a node + + + + + Returns width of the expand button area. Default is 24 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the expand part that is expanding/collapsing the node. Default value is 8,8. + + + + + Gets or sets width of command button area. Default is 8 pixels. + + + + + Summary description for NodeLayout. + + + + + Performs layout of the nodes inside of the tree control. + + + + + Performs layout for single unassigned node. Node does not have to be part of the tree control. + + Node to perform layout on. + + + + Resizes all styles and prepares them for layout. + + + + + Returns default top-level columns for tree control. + + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects. + + + + Returns column information for a given node. + + Node to return column information for + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects or null if there are no columns defined. + + + + Returns column header collection for the given column template name. + + Name of the column template. + Column header collection or null if template name cannot be found. + + + + Sets the position and size of the node command button. + + Node layout context information + + + + Determines the rectangle of the +/- part of the tree node that is used to expand node. + + Node layout context information + + + + Returns the size of the node expand part. + + Size of the expand part, default 8,8. + + + + Provides the layout for single node. + + Layout information. + + + + Returns true if given node has expand part. + + Layout context information. + + + + + Returns whether given node has command part. + + Layout context information. + True if command part should be drawn otherwise false. + + + + Returns class responsible for cell layout. + + Cell layout class. + + + + Offsets node location and location of it's child nodes bounds. + + Node to offset. + Horizontal offset. + Vertical offset. + + + + Gets or sets layout settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the child node indent in pixels. + + + + + Returns true if root node should have expanded part + + + + + Returns true if expand part space should be accounted for even if they expand part is not visible or need to be displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NodeColumnInfo structure. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the list of column info object for the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets whether columns have auto-size column. + + + + + Used to pass node contextual information used for layout of the node. + + + + + Performs ListView Tile style layout. + + + + + Returns default top-level columns for tree control. + + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects. + + + + Gets whether the expand part of the node +/- is aligned to the left of the node in left-to-right layout. + + Node to get expand part alignment for + true if node expand part is aligned to the left in left-to-right layout. + + + + Returns column information for a given node. + + Node to return column information for + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects or null if there are no columns defined. + + + + Returns true if given node has expand part. + + Layout context information. + + + + + Returns class responsible for cell layout. + + Cell layout class. + + + + Returns true if expand part space should be accounted for even if they expand part is not visible or need to be displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether parent/child node relationship is displayed as groups. + + + + + Performs classic TreeView layout. + + + + + Gets whether the expand part of the node +/- is aligned to the left of the node in left-to-right layout. + + Node to get expand part alignment for + true if node expand part is aligned to the left in left-to-right layout. + + + + Returns true if expand part space should be accounted for even if they expand part is not visible or need to be displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Represents the Node in Tree control. + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + Creates node and initializes its text. + + + + + Creates node and initializes its text and Style property. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the node. + + New location and size of the node. + + + + Sets the content bounds of the node. Content bound is bound for the the cells inside the node + and it excludes the expand rectangle. Bounds also include the node style padding and + reflect node margin. + + New location and size of the node. + + + + Sets cell bounds. + + New cells bounds. + + + + Sets node parent. + + Parent node object. + + + + Called when Parent of the node has changed. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the expand part. + + New part bounds. + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets whether node is in edit mode or not. + + True indicating that node is in edit mode false otherwise. + + + + Sets selected cell and provides information on the action that caused the selection change. + + New selected cell. + Action source. + + + + Resets image to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets image to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets ImageMouseOver to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets ImageExpanded to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Called after node has been deselected. + + Provides information on how selection was performed + + + + Called after node has been selected. + + Provides information on how selection was performed + + + + Returns cell within a node which contains specified coordinates. + + + + Cell which contains specified coordinates or null/nothing if no cell contains coordinates. + + + + Invalidates the layout for this node and causes the layout to be performed on next layout request. + + + + + Invalidates the layout for this node and causes the layout to be performed on next layout request. + + Indicates whether to invalidate layout for all child nodes as well. + + + + Invalidates node and causes a paint message to be sent to the tree. + + + + Initiates the editing of node text. + + This method by default edits text stored in Node.Text. Call to this method is + same as calling the overload method BeginData(0) with zero as parameter. Use BeginData + overload method to begin editing the specific column for multi-column nodes. + + + + Initiates the editing of node text. + + The initial text to be entered into the edit TextBox. Specify null to use existing text. + + + + Initiates text editing of certain Node column. + + Zero based index of a column to begin editing for. Column 0 always corresponds to + Node.Text property. + + + + Initiates text editing of certain Node column. + + Zero based index of a column to begin editing for. Column 0 always corresponds to + Node.Text property. + + + The initial text to be entered into the edit TextBox. Specify null to edit existing text. + + + + + Creates new instance of the node for the Copy() and DeepCopy() methods. Allows you to returns your own node type copy if you inherit from node to add custom properties. + + New instance of a node. + + + Makes a "shallow" copy of a Node. + + Shallow copy of a Node is a exact copy of Node but without copy + of all child nodes in Nodes collection. + + + + + Copies this node properties to a node. + + Node top copy properties to. + + + Makes a "deep" copy of a node. + + Deep copy of Node is a exact copy of Node including exact copies of all child nodes + in this node's Nodes collection. + + + + + Collapses the tree node. + + + + + Collapses the tree node. + + Action that caused the event + + + + Collapses all the child tree nodes. + + + + + Ends the editing of the node text or column. + + true if the editing of the tree node label text was canceled without being saved; otherwise, false. + + + + Ensures that the node is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + + + + Ensures that the node is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + Indicates the position within a tree visible area node is scrolled to + + + + Expands the node. + + + The Expand method expands the current Node down to the next level of nodes. + The state of a Node is persisted. For example, if the next level of child nodes was not collapsed previously, when the Expand method is called, the child nodes appear in their previously expanded state. + + + + + Expands the node. + + + The Expand method expands the current Node down to the next level of nodes. + The state of a Node is persisted. For example, if the next level of child nodes was not collapsed previously, when the Expand method is called, the child nodes appear in their previously expanded state. + + Action that caused the event. + + + + Expands all the child tree nodes. + + + + + Expands all the child tree nodes. + + + + + Removes the current node from the control. + + + When the Remove method is called, the node and any child nodes assigned to the Node are removed from the Tree. The removed child nodes are removed from the Tree, but are still attached to this node. + + + + + Removes the current node from the control and provides information about source of action + + + When the Remove method is called, the node and any child nodes assigned to the Node are removed from the Tree. The removed child nodes are removed from the Tree, but are still attached to this node. + + + + + Toggles the node to either the expanded or collapsed state. + + + + + Toggles the node to either the expanded or collapsed state. + + Action that caused the event. + + + Returns string representation of the Node. + + + + Called after new cell has been added to Cells collection. + + Reference to the new cell added. + + + + Called after cell has been removed from Cells collection. + + Reference to the removed cell. + + + + Occurs when property on the node has changed that influences the size of the node. + + + + + Occurs when any image property for the cell has changed. + + + + + Occurs when size of the child nodes has changed. + + + + + Called before Expanded state of the node has changed. + + New Expand State + Action Source + + + + Called when visual part of the node has changed due to the changes of its properties or properties of the cells contained by node. + + + + + Called after new node has been added to Nodes collection. + + Reference to the new node. + + + + Called after node has been removed from Nodes collection. + + Reference to the node that is removed. + + + + Creates new cells based on the columns defined on either parent node or the columns in tree control. Node + must be parented so it can get reference to a parent tree control. + + + + + Raises the Click event on node and parent tree if available. + + + + + Provides implementation for IComparable interface. This is used for sorting and it compares the Text property on nodes. + + + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse enters the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse leaves the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse hovers over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the node is clicked with left mouse button. If you need to know more information like if another mouse button is clicked etc. use + NodeMouseDown event. + + + + + Occurs when the node is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs when hyperlink in text-markup is clicked. + + + + + Gets whether node has child nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu assigned to this node. Standard Context Menus, VS.NET 2005 Context Menus and DotNetBar Suite context menus are supported. + Default value is null (Nothing) which indicates that no context menu is assigned. + + + + + Gets whether any of the cells inside the node has HostedControl property set. + + + + + Gets or sets custom node renderer. You can set this property to your custom renderer. When set the RenderMode should be set to custom to enable + your custom renderer. To choose one of the system renderer use RenderMode property. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the render mode used to render the node. Default value is eNodeRenderMode.Default which indicates that system default renderer is used. + Note that if you specify custom renderer you need to set either AdvTree.NodeRenderer or Node.NodeRenderer property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is expanded. Expanded node shows it's child nodes. + + + + + Returns name of the node that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node can be dragged and dropped. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of the expand button. Default value is Auto meaning that + expand button is displayed only if node has at least one child node. + + + You can use this property for example to dynamically load the child nodes when user + tries to expand the node. You could for example handle BeforeExpand event to load child + nodes into the node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether any operation on the node has been performed that would affect node's size. Size changed flag + internally indicates that node's size needs to be recalculated because it has changed + due to the changes in data. + + + + + Gets the relative bounds of the tree node including the expand part of the node. + + + + + Gets the absolute bounds of the tree node including the expand part of the node. + + + + + Gets the node content bounds. + + + + + Gets the bounds for all the cells inside the node. The bounds do not include the expand part. + + + + + Gets the bounds for all the cells inside the node. The bounds do not include the expand part. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of child nodes. + + + + + Gets the expand part rectangle. Expand part is used to expand/collapse node. + + + + + Gets the expand part rectangle. Expand part is used to expand/collapse node. + + + + + Indicates vertical alignment within the node bounds of expand part of the node, if one is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the Command part bounds if command part is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree node is in a checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets the checkbox alignment in relation to the text displayed by first default cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box is visible inside the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether first cell content is editable when cell editing is enabled on tree control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. The path consists of the labels of all the tree nodes that must be navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the PathSeparator property of the Tree control that contains this node. + + + + + Gets the zero based index of position of the tree node in the tree node collection. -1 is returned if node is not parented. If node is root node + the index of node in AdvTree.Nodes collection is returned. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is in an editable state. true if the tree node is in editable state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on any cell contained by this node. + + + + + Gets whether mouse cursor is over on any cell contained by this node. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is in the selected state. true if the tree node is in the selected state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node can be selected by user by clicking it with the mouse or using keyboard. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether node can be selected. Node must be Visible, Enabled and Selectable in order for it to be selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a cell that is in selected state otherwise it returns null. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is visible. Node is considered to be visible when it's Visible property is set to true and path to the node is available i.e. all parent nodes are expanded. + + + + + Returns whether node is displayed on the screen and visible to the user. When node is outside of the viewable area this property will return false. It will also return false if node is not visible. + + + + + Gets the last child tree node. The LastNode is the last child Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the current tree node. If the Node has no child tree node, the LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the next sibling tree node. The NextNode is the next sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no next tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the zero-based depth of the tree node in the tree control. The root node is considered the first level of nesting and returns 0. + + + + + Gets the collection of Node objects assigned to the current tree node. The Nodes property can hold a collection of other Node objects. Each of the tree node in the collection has a Nodes property that can contain its own NodeCollection. Nesting of tree nodes can make it difficult to navigate a tree structure. The FullPath property makes it easier to determine your location in a tree. + + + + + Gets whether there is at least one child node that has its Visible property set to true. + + + + + Gets the parent tree node of the current tree node. If the tree node is at the root level, the Parent property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the previous sibling tree node. The PrevNode is the previous sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the previous visible tree node. The PrevVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the Binding index in CurrencyManager list if node is bound. You should not change this value directly since + it is used internally by the control for data binding scenarios. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains additional data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + This property has same function as Tag property and provides you with additional separate storage of data. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains additional data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + This property has same function as Tag property and provides you with additional separate storage of data. + + + + + Gets or sets the format that is applied to the value of Text property for display purposes (applies to first cell in a node, i.e. Cells[0]). See "Formatting Overview" in MSDN + for description on available format strings. For example you can specify "C" to format text as currency, or "D" to format text as decimal number etc. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed in the tree node. + + + + + Gets or sets the control hosted inside of the first node cell. + + + When control is hosted inside of the cell, cell size is determined by the + size of the control hosted inside of it. The cell will not display its text but it will display any image assigned + or check box when control is hosted inside of it. The Style settings like Margin + and Padding will still apply. + + + + + Gets or sets the item hosted inside of the first cell. Only items that do not generate + popups are supported. Note that cell can only host either HostedItem or HostedControl but not both. + + + + + Gets the parent tree control that the tree node is assigned to. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cells inside the node. Default value is Horizontal layout which + means that cell are positioned horizontally next to each other. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell alignment when CellLayout=Vertical. Default value is center which means that cells are center aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cell parts like check box, image and text. Layout can be horizontal (default) + where parts of the cell are positioned next to each other horizontally, or vertical where + parts of the cell are positioned on top of each other vertically. + Alignment of the each part is controlled by alignment properties. This property affects only the first cell inside of the node. + Use Cell.Layout property to change the part layout on each cell contained by node. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the cell. + + + + + Gets the collection of all Cells assigned to this node. There should be always at least one cell in a node which is default cell. Default + collection contains a single cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column header for child nodes if defined is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether node has child nodes columns defined. + + + + + Get collection of child node columns. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the cells when node is expanded. + + Reference to the style assigned to the node/cell or null value indicating that + default style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When node is expanded the style specified here will be used on all cells + associated with this node instead of the + Cell.StyleNormal. That way you can give + different appearance to your node's cells when node is expanded. + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. NodeStyleExpanded on + AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleExpanded property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when Node is selected. Default value is NULL (VB + Nothing) + + + + + Gets or sets the selected style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleSelected property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when mouse is over the Node. Default value is NULL + (VB Nothing) + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleMouseOver property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the node style. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the node or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + Style specified by this property will be used as default style for the node. + Each cell within the node can also specify it's own style. Since node contains the + cells using this style property can you for example create a border around all cell + contained by the node. + When this property is set to null value (default value) NodeStyle + property on AdvTree control is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use Style property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the part of the node mouse is over. + + + + + Gets or sets the node horizontal offset from the position determined by the layout manager. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the text displayed by cell. This property affects only first default cell inside the node. + Property with same name is available on each cell and you can use it to affect each cell individually. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is enabled. Default value is true. Setting this value to false will set Enabled=false on all child cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when the tree node is disabled. If image is not specified control will create + gray-scale disabled image automatically. + + + Image specified will be used as image when node is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the disabled image. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when the tree node is in the unselected state. + + + Image specified will be used as a default image for any other node state where + different image is not specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list key value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when mouse is over the tree node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list key value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list key value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when node is expanded. + + + + + Property Editor support for ImageIndex selection + + + + + Gets or sets the NodeConnector object that describes the type of the connector used for + displaying connection between current node and its parent node. + Default value is null which means that settings from AdvTree control are used. + + RootConnector Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.AdvTree) + NodesConnector Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.AdvTree) + + + + Gets or sets whether node is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether command button is visible. Default value is false. + Command button can be used to display for example popup menu with commands for node, + or to display the list of linked nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets internal value that indicates that node is on "path" of the selected node. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether node selection is visible in UI when node is selected. Default value is true. You can + set this value to false to temporary disable the display of selection for a node. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional indent for the child nodes that is added to the AdvTree.Indent value when performing child node layout. Default value i 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Left/Right navigation through the cells when SingleCellSelection on tree is set is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether style background that is applied to the node is drawn across the width of the tree control instead of only + behind the node content. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the child column header height. + + + + + Gets the AccessibleObject assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default action description of the control for use by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is visible to accessibility applications. + + + + + Represents collection for Node objects. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + Node that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new object to the collection and provides information about the source of the command + + Node to add + Source action + + + + + Adds an array of objects to the collection. + + Array of Node objects. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + Action that is causing the event + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Removes specified object from the collection and provides information about source of the command + + Node to remove + Source action + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Node array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Sorts the elements in the entire collection using the IComparable implementation of each element. + + + + + Sorts the elements in the entire collection using the specified comparer. + + The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements.-or- null to use the IComparable implementation of each element. + + + + Sorts the elements in a range of elements in collection using the specified comparer. + + + + + + + + Finds the tree nodes with specified key, optionally searching sub-nodes. + + The name of the tree node to search for. + true to search child nodes of tree nodes; otherwise, false. + An array of Node objects whose Name property matches the specified key. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + Column/Cell index to use for sorting. + + + + Gets or sets the Column/Cell index that is used for sorting. + + + + + Reverse sort nodes. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + Column/Cell index to use for sorting. + + + + Sort by flat node index. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + + + + Represents node connector. Node connector is the line that is drawn to indicate connection between child and parent node. + + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object with specified parameters. + + Connector line width. + Connector type. + + + + Returns true if editor should serialize LineColor property. + + + + + Occurs when appearance of the connector has changed as result of changed settings on the connector. + + + + + Gets or sets the connector line width. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the connector line. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the connector. + + + See eNodeConnectorType enum for list of + available connectors. + + eNodeConnectorType Enumeration + + + + Gets or sets the DashStyle for the connector line. Default value is DashStyle.Dot. + + + + + Represents node operations. + + + + + Returns full path to the given node. + + Node to return path to. + Full path to the node. + + + + Gets the last child tree node. The LastNode is the last child Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the current tree node. If the Node has no child tree node, the LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Last node if found or null if there is no last node. + + + + Returns last rendered node on screen. + + Tree control. + Last rendered node or null + + + + Returns first rendered node on screen. + + Tree control. + Last rendered node or null + + + + Gets first visible node. + + Reference to tree. + Last visible node found or null + + + + Gets last visible node in tree control. + + Reference to tree. + Last visible node found or null + + + + Gets last visible top-level node in tree control. + + Reference to tree. + Last visible node found or null + + + + Gets the next sibling tree node. The NextNode is the next sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no next tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Returns next visible sibling tree node. + + Reference node + Node object or null if next visible node cannot be found + + + + Gets the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is visible. Node is considered to be visible when it's Visible property is set to true and path to the node is available i.e. all parent nodes are expanded. + + + + + + + Returns whether node is displayed on the screen and visible to the user. When node is outside of the viewable area this property will return false. It will also return false if node is not visible. + + + + + + + Gets the zero based index of position of the tree node in the tree node collection. -1 is returned if node is not added to the nodes collection. + + Reference node. + Zero based index or -1 if node is not in collection. + + + + Gets the previous sibling tree node. The PrevNode is the previous sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the previous visible tree node. The PrevVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the previous tree node. The Previous Node can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Returns true if node passed is considered root node for display purposes. + + Reference to the tree control. + Node to test. + true if node is root node for display purposes otherwise false. + + + + Ensures that the cell is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + Cell to be made visible. + + + + Ensures that the node is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + Node to be made visible. + + + + Ensures that the node is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + Node to be made visible. + + + + Returns number of visible child nodes for given node. + + Reference node. + Number of visible child nodes. + + + + Returns true if node has at least single visible child node. + + Reference node. + True if at least single child node is visible otherwise false. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The Node at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + Tree control to find node at. + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + Tree control to find node at. + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Gets the count of visible child nodes (Visible=true) for given node. + + Reference to Node object. + Number of visible nodes. + + + + Gets the first visible child node or returns null if node cannot be found. + + Reference to Node object. + First visible node or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the last visible child node or returns null if node cannot be found. + + Reference to Node object. + Last visible node or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets whether any node from array is child node of parent on any level. + + Reference to parent node. + Reference to child nodes. + + + + + Gets whether node is child node of parent on any level. + + Reference to parent node. + Reference to child node. + + + + + Returns true if child node is child of any parent node at any level. + + Parent nodes array + Child node + true if child otherwise false + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.Name property. + + Reference to a tree control. + Reference to a node with given name or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.DataKey property. + + Reference to a tree control. + Reference to a node with given key or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.BindingIndex property. + + Reference to a tree control. + Index to look for + + + + Returns next visible cell in node. + + Reference to a node + The index at which to start search. + Reference to cell or null if there are no visible cells + + + + Returns previous visible cell in node. + + Reference to a node + The index at which to start search. + Reference to cell or null if there are no visible cells + + + + Returns the zero based flat index of the node. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Reference to parent tree control. + Reference to the node to return index for. + Zero based node index or -1 if index cannot be determined. + + + + Returns node based on the flat index. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Parent tree control. + Index to return node for. + Reference to a node or null if node at specified index cannot be found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Parent tree control. + Partial text to look for + Reference node to start searching from + Gets or sets whether search ignores the letter case + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Returned as information about the node or its column header at given coordinates. + + + + + Defines options for EnsureVisible method which brings node into the view. + + + + + Scrolls the tree so node is displayed at the bottom of the tree, if possible. + + + + + Scrolls the tree so node is displayed in the middle of the tree, if possible. + + + + + Scrolls the tree so node is displayed at the top of the tree, if possible. + + + + + Class that provides predefined styles for the nodes. Styles are defined as static memeber of the class + + + + + Returns Apple element style + + + + + Returns Blue element style + + + + + Returns BlueLight element style + + + + + Returns BlueNight element style + + + + + Returns BlueMist element style + + + + + Returns Cyan element style + + + + + Returns Green element style + + + + + Returns Lemon element style + + + + + Returns Magenta element style + + + + + Returns Orange element style + + + + + Returns OrangeLight element style + + + + + Returns Purple element style + + + + + Returns PurpleMist element style + + + + + Returns Red element style + + + + + Returns Silver element style + + + + + Returns SilverMist element style + + + + + Returns Tan element style + + + + + Returns Teal element style + + + + + Returns Yellow element style + + + + + Returns Gray element style + + + + + Indicates predefined element style. + + + + + Represents the selected nodes collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedNodesCollection class. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection and provides information about the source of the command + + Node to add + Source action + + + + + Adds an array of objects to the collection. + + Array of Node objects. + + + + Represents the text box for editing cell's text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the editing is in word-wrap mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control prevents Beep sound when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + Summary description for TreeAreaInfo. + + + + + Reference to parent node in which child bounds the coordinates are. Can be null if no parent node contains given coordinates. + + + + + Node which contains specified coordinates. Can be null if no node contains coordinates. + + + + + Previous reference node for given coordinates. If coordinates fall between two nodes this will indicate previous node or null. + + + + + Next reference node for given coordinates. If coordinates fall between two nodes this will indicate next node or null. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent node drag node will be added to. When null the drag node is being added as top-level node. + + + + + Gets or sets the insert index of drag node into the parent's node Nodes collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NodeDragInfo class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NodeDragInfo class. + + + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Cell events that can be canceled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Cell events. + + + + + Default constructor for event data. + + Type of the action event is raised for. + Cell that event is raised for. + + + + Indicates the type of the action performed on a cell. + + + + + Indicates the cell that action is performed on. + + + + + Default constructor for event data. + + Type of the action event is raised for. + Cell that event is raised for. + + + + Indicates that event action should be canceled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree.BeforeCheck event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvTreeCellBeforeCheckEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents event arguments for BeforeNodeDrop and AfterNodeDrop events + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Node events that can be cancelled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Node events that can be cancelled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Node events. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Default action + Default node. + + + + Indicates the type of the action performed on a node. + + + + + Indicates the node that action is performed on. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Default action + Default node. + + + + Indicates that event action should be canceled. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Default action + Default node. + + + + Indicates the array of nodes that action is performed on. + + + + + Returns reference to the old parent node. + + + + + Reference to the new parent node if event is not cancelled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag node is being copied instead of moved. + + + + + Gets or sets the new insert position inside of NewParentNode.Nodes collection for the node being dragged. If InsertPosition is -1 + the ParentNode refers to the current mouse over node and drag & drop node will be added as child node to it. + + + + + Defines the data for NodeDragFeedback event. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this drop location is accepted. Default value is true. You can set this to false to disable drop at this location. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent node for the node that is being dragged. This can be null/nothing value to indicate a root top-level node that + is in AdvTree.Nodes collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the new insert position inside of ParentNode.Nodes collection for the node being dragged. If InsertPosition is -1 + the ParentNode refers to the current mouse over node and drag & drop node will be added as child node to it. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + Gets reference to the node being dragged. + + + + + Gets or sets the drop effect for the drag-drop operation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets reference to the node being dragged. + + + + + Represents event arguments for NodeCollection based events, like BeforeNodeInsert, AfterNodeInsert etc. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + Source action + Affected node + Parent of the node if any + + + + Indicates parent node of the affected node. For example if event handled is BeforeNodeInsert parent of the Node is has + not been set yet so this property provides information on the node that will become parent. If this property returns null + then node is being added or removed from the main AdvTree.Nodes collection. + + + + + Represents event arguments for node mouse based events. + + + + + Gets node affected by mouse action. + + + + + Gets which mouse button was pressed. + + + + + Gets the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. + + + + + Gets a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated. A detent is one notch of the mouse wheel. + + + + + Gets the x-coordinate of the mouse. + + + + + Gets the y-coordinate of the mouse. + + + + + Provides means for AdvTree serialization. + + + + + Saves Nodes to specified file. + + AdvTree to save + Target file name + + + + Saves Nodes to stream. + + AdvTree to save + Stream to save nodes to. + + + + Saves Nodes to TextWriter + + AdvTree to save + TextWriter to write nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to XmlWriter. + + AdvTree to save + XmlWriter to write nodes to + + + + + Saves AdvTree to an existing XmlDocument. New node AdvTree is created in document and Nodes are serialized into it. + + AdvTree to serialize + XmlDocument instance. + + + + Serializes AdvTree object to XmlElement object. + + Instance of AdvTree to serialize. + XmlElement to serialize to. + + + + Serializes Node and all child nodes to XmlElement object. + + Node to serialize. + Provides serialization context. + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from file. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + File name. + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from stream. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + Reference to stream + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from reader. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + Reference to reader. + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from reader. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + Reference to reader. + + + + Load AdvTree from XmlDocument that was created by Save method. + + Tree Control to load + XmlDocument to load control from + + + + Load nodes from XmlElement. + + Reference to AdvTree to be populated. + XmlElement that tree was serialized to. + + + + Load single node and it's child nodes if any. + + New instance of node that is populated with loaded data. + Provides deserialization context. + + + + Provides context information for serialization. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to context parent XmlElement when serializing or actual Node element when deserializing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SerializeNode event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DeserializeNode event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Provides access to serializer. + + + + + Represents class for static tree utilities. + + + + + Initializes control with default settings for connectors and nodes. + + Control to initialize. + + + + Initializes control with default settings for connectors and nodes. + + Control to initialize. + Factory to use to create new instances of objects. + + + + Creates new style and adds it to styles collection + + Tree to assign style to + Style factory + + + + + + + + Returns reference to a node that is hosting given control. + + Reference to the AdvTree control instance + Control instance to look for + Reference to a node hosting control or null if node could not be found + + + + Represents internal component factory with design-time support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + Reference to DesignerHost to use for creation of new components. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates component and returns reference to the new instance. + + Type that identifies component to create. + New instance of the component. + + + + Represents class that holds padding information for user interface elements. + + + + + Gets or sets padding on left side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on right side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on top side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on bottom side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Left padding + Right padding + Top padding + Bottom padding + + + + Gets amount of horizontal padding (Left+Right) + + + + + Gets amount of vertical padding (Top+Bottom) + + + + + Gets whether Padding is empty. + + + + + Analog clock control. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockControl class + + + + + Releases all resources used by the class. + + + + + Renders the clock's center cap. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Renders the clock's glass overlay. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Renders the clock's hands. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + True if this is the rending pass after the cap has been rendered. + + + + Renders the clock's numeric hour indicators. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Renders the clock's tick hour/minute indicators. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Called when TimeZone property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Default minimum size. Defaults to 100, 100. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-aliasing is used when rendering the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the state for automatic mode. When true the clock will auto redraw once a second and display the current date/time. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets clock style for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the clock style data elements for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets a the indicator style the clock control. Default value is Ticks. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the time can be changed by moving the clock hands. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the glass overlay on the clock control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the second hand on the clock control. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs while user is dragging the mouse in order to change time. + + + + + Occurs when Value i.e. time clock is displaying has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the current date/time value for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the time-zone string identifier that is used to display the time when AutomaticMode=true and clock is displaying current time. + + + + + Enumeration containing the available hour/minute indicators. + + + + + Control will use ticks for hour/minute indicators. + + + + + Control will use numbers for hour indicators. + + + + + Enumeration containing the available mouse edit states. + + + + + Control is not currently in an edit state. + + + + + Control is currently in an hour edit state. + + + + + Control is currently in an minute edit state. + + + + + Control is currently in an second edit state. + + + + + Provides event arguments for TimeValueChanging event. + + + + + Gets the current time represented by the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TimeValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines delegate for TimeValueChanging event. + + Source of event. + Event arguments + + + + Data storage class for clock hand visual style. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockHand class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockHand class. + + The hand style for this item. + The length of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle + The width of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within the bounds of this hand. + + The bounding rectangle of the parent clock control. + The clockwise angle for this clock hand in degrees from the 12 o'clock position. + A Point that represents the point to test. + + + + + Generates a scaled and rotated graphics path based on the given style, rectangle and angle. + + The bounding rectangle of the parent clock control. + The clockwise angle for this clock hand in degrees from the 12 o'clock position. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hand is drawn over the cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the hand color data for this hand. + + + + + Gets or sets the hand style for this clock hand. Default value is Style1. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle. Default value is 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle. Default value is 0.1. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Enumeration containing the available hand styles. + + + + + Style 1. + + + + + Style 2. + + + + + Style 3. + + + + + Style 4. + + + + + Data storage class for clock visual styles. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockStyle class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockStyle class. + + Predefined style from the PredefinedStyles enum. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockStyle class. + + Predefined style from the PredefinedStyles enum. + + + + Releases all resources used by the class. + + + + + Loads a predefined style + + The predefined style to load. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the PredefinedStyles value for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the clock shape value for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the bezel color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of clock bezel as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the face color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the face background image for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the hour hand style for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the minute hand style for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the second hand style for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the center cap color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the center cap diameter as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the face number color for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the center cap color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the large tick color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the large tick length as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the large tick width as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the small tick color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the small tick length as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the small tick width as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the overlay glass angle, in degrees for this style. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Gets the parent of the style. + + + + + Enumeration containing the predefined clock styles. + + + + + Style 1. Default style, + + + + + Style 2. + + + + + No predefined style. + + + + + Enumeration containing the predefined clock shapes. + + + + + Round clock shape. + + + + + Data storage and utility class for defining gradient colors. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + The gradient angle. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + The scale for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Loads data into the class, called by constructors. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + The scale for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Creates Pen object using the BorderColor and BorderWidth properties. + + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The angle used for the gradients, allowing an override of BrushAngle + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The center point of the gradient as a percentage value typically ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The center point of the gradient as a percentage value typically ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + The angle used for the gradients, allowing an override of BrushAngle + + + + Creates SolidBrushObject using Color1. + + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + + + + Creates a PathGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The center point of the gradient. + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + The scale for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the border color for this item. Default value is white. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width for this item. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush angle for this item. Only applies to Linear and Reflected brush types. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush SigmaBellShape focus for this item. Only applies to Reflected brush types. Default value is 0.5. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush SigmaBellShape scale for this item. Only applies to Reflected brush types. Default value is 0.5. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush type for this item. Default value is Solid. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color for this item. Default value is white. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color for this item. Default value is white. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Enumeration containing predefined brush types for the ColorData class. + + + + + Solid brush. + + + + + Linear gradient brush. + + + + + Centered path gradient brush. + + + + + Reflected linear gradient brush. + + + + + Math helper class + + + + + Converts radians to degrees. + + Value to be converted in radians. + Converted value in degrees. + + + + Converts degrees to radians. + + Value to be converted in degrees. + Converted value in radians. + + + + Raises AnimationCompleted event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Stops animation if one is currently running. + + + + + Sets the method which is called each time value on target object property is set. This method may execute the visual updates on animation client. + + Method to call + + + + Occurs after animation has completed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether animation is auto-disposed once its completed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets whether animation run is complete. + + + + + Gets the animation duration in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets the animation easing function. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of fixed steps animation will perform from star to finish instead of using the easing function in time. + Stepped animation executes specified number of steps always with Duration specifying delays between each step. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AnimationRequest class. + + Target object for animation. + Target property name for animation. + From value. + To value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AnimationRequest class. + + Target object for animation. + Target property name for animation. + From value. + To value. + + + + Target object for animation. + + + + + Animation from value. + + + + + Animation to value. + + + + + Specifies the animation easing function + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Runs all animations from Animations list. + + + + + Returns whether Storyline is disposed. + + + + + Gets the list of animations to run using this storyline. + + + + + Gets or sets number of times storyline is repeated. Default value is 0 which indicates that storyline is run only once meaning not repeated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether storyline is auto-disposed when finished. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Returns the reference to DockContainerItem tab if any under specified coordinates. + + X - client mouse coordinate + Y - client mouse coordinate + Reference to DockContainerItem whose tab is at specified coordinates or null if there is no tab at given coordinates + + + + Sets bars position on the auto-hide panel. + + Bar for which position should be changed. + New indexed position of the bar. + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the timeout in milliseconds for auto hide/show action. + When timeout has elapsed and mouse has left the bar the bar will be automatically hidden. + If mouse is hovering over the collapsed bar and timeout has elapsed the bar will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bars on auto-hide panel are displayed when mouse hovers over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bars that have focus are collapsed automatically or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of auto-hide panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the ColorScheme object used by this panel. Default value is null which means that ColorScheme is + automatically created as specified by Style property. Note that if your DotNetBarManager has UseGlobalColorScheme set to true + ColorScheme from DotNetBarManager will be used. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Indicates the Balloon tip position. + + + + + Tip is on the top. + + + + + Tip is on the left side. + + + + + Tip is on the right side. + + + + + Tip is on the bottom. + + + + + Indicates the style of the balloon. + + + + + Indicates type of Alert animation performed when alert is displayed. + + + + + No animation take place when alert is displayed. + + + + + Alert is animated from bottom to top. (Default) + + + + + Alert is animated from top to bottom. + + + + + Alert is animated from left to right. + + + + + Alert is animated from right to left. + + + + + Delegate for custom paint event handler. + + + + + Summary description for Balloon. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Auto resize balloon to the content. Balloon width is calculated so image and caption text can fit in single line. + + + + + Recalculates layout of the balloon. + + + + + Displays balloon using control to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain control. + + Control used for balloon positioning. + + + + Displays balloon using control to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain control. + + Control used for balloon positioning. + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Displays balloon using rectangle to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain screen region. + + Rectangle in screen coordinates used for balloon positioning. + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Displays balloon using item to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain item. + + Item used for balloon positioning. + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Display balloon. + + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Displays balloon. + + + + + Called when balloon is hidden. + + + + + Hides balloon. + + + + + Occurs when background is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when caption image is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when caption text is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when text is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when close button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when TipPosition property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum balloon width when auto sizing balloon. Default value is 180. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color. + + + + + Gets or sets gradient fill angle. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color.. + + + + + Specifies balloon style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Close button is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation type used to display Alert type balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets whether balloon will close automatically when user click the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after balloon closes automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image for Close Button. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image for Close Button when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image for Close Button when button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption image. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption icon. Icon is used to provide support for alpha-blended images in caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption font. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed in caption. + + + + + Gets or sets color of caption text. + + + + + Gets or set position of the balloon tip. + + + + + Gets or sets tip distance from the edge of the balloon. + + + + + Returns length of the tip. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Balloon is visible. + + + + + Represents a balloon style pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose when the mouse hovers over the control or when controls receives input focus. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BalloonTip class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Retrieves the Balloon Caption text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Associates Balloon Caption text with the specified control. + + The Control to associate the Balloon Caption text with. + The Balloon Caption text to display on the Balloon. + + + + Retrieves the Balloon text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Associates Balloon text with the specified control. + + The Control to associate the Balloon text with. + The Balloon text to display on the Balloon. + + + + Removes all Balloon texts currently associated with the BalloonTip control. + + + + + Removes specific Balloon texts currently associated with the BalloonTip control. + + Control that has Balloon texts associated. + + + + Shows Balloon for specific control. Control must have Balloon already assigned to it. + + Control that has Balloon already assigned. + + + + Closes Balloon control if visible. + + + + + Occurs before balloon is displayed. + + + + + Occurs before balloon is closed and allows to cancel the action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the BalloonTip is currently active. + true if the BalloonTip is currently active; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + + + Returns reference to the control that triggered balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum balloon width when auto sizing balloon. Default value is 180. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Balloon receives input focus when displayed. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the time (in milliseconds) that passes before the BalloonTip appears. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Balloon window is displayed even when its parent form is not active. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the internal Balloon control that is used to display Balloon. + This property will have valid value only during time Balloon is actually + displayed on the screen. Value will also be valid during BalloonDisplaying event. + You can use this property to further customize Balloon control before it is + displayed to the user. You can also set it to your own instance of the Balloon + control (or the control that is inheriting it) for ultimate customization options. + Note that new instance of Balloon control is created each time Balloon needs to be displayed. + Once Balloon is closed control is disposed. + + + + + Specifies balloon style. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation type used to display Alert type balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets whether balloon will close automatically when user click the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after balloon closes automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Balloon is shown after control receives input focus. Default value is false. When set to true Balloon will not be displayed on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Balloon Close button is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets default balloon width. Usually the width of the balloon is calculated based on the width of the caption text. If caption text is not set then this value will be used as default width of the balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Balloon Caption image. + + + + + Gets or sets the Balloon Caption icon. Icon is used to provide support for alpha-blended images in caption. + + + + + Represents bar control. + + + + + Interface used for docking support. + + + + + Returns Minimum docked size of the control. + + + + + Returns Preferrred size of the docked control. + + + + + Sets the dock line for the control. Used internaly by dock manager. + + New Dock line. + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on top dock site. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on bottom dock site. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on left dock site. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on right dock site. + + + + + Indicates whether control can be docked as document i.e. middle (fill) dock site. + + + + + Indicates whether control can be docked as tab to another bar. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be stretched to fill dock site. + + + + + Holds the left position (dock offset) of the control. + + + + + Specifies the dock line for the control. + + + + + Specifies current dock orientation. + + + + + Gets whether control is docked. + + + + + Returns the dock site of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control dock side. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is locked to prevent docking below it. + + + + + Interface implemented by target Bar interested in access to designer. + + + + + Gets or sets the BarBaseControlDesigner instance. + + + + + Desribes interface that provides custom serialization support for items. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Raises BarStateChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Bar class. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Control class. + + Bar Caption + + + + Releases the focus from the bar and selects the control that had focus before bar was selected. If control that had focus could not be determined focus will stay on the bar. + This method is used by internal DotNetBar implementation and you should not use it. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises the PreRender event. + + Provides the event arguments + + + + Raises the PostRender event. + + Provides the event arguments + + + + Drawns bar grab handle if one specified. + + Context information. + + + + Paints bar side bar. + + Reference to graphics object. + + + + Recalculates the layout of the Bar, resizes the Bar if necessary and repaints it. + + + + + Recalculates the layout of the Bar and repaints it. This will not change the size of the Bar it will only force the recalculation of the size for each contained item and it will repaint the bar. To ensure that Bar is resized if necessary as well call RecalcLayout method. + + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Method is called by DotNetBarManager when bar is being moved and Escape key is pressed. + + + + + Called when IsMaximized property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Closes the DockContainerItem with event source set to Code. + + DockContainerItem to close. + + + + Closes the DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to close. + Source of the event. + + + + Raises the ItemClick event. + + Item that was clicked. + Event arguments. + + + + Suspends normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Saves the Bar definition to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Loads the Bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Saves the Bar layout to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Loads the Bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Sets the client size of the bar excluding caption. This method is useful when setting the size of the bars with layout type DockContainer. + + Width of bar in pixels. + Height of bar in pixels. + + + + Sets the client size of the bar excluding caption. This method is useful when setting the size of the bars with layout type DockContainer. + + New bar size + + + + Returns true if Font property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Designer method to reset the property to its default value. + + + + + Resets the ColorScheme property to its default value. + + + + + Called when CanMaximizeFloating property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Makes the Bar display by setting the visible property to true. + + + + + Hides the Bar. + + + + + Returns whether Size property should be serialized. + + + + + Returns the first child item with specified name regardless of it's hierarchy. + + Item name. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns AutoHidePanel that bar is on if in auto-hide state otherwise returns null. + + AutoHidePanel object or null if bar is not in auto-hide state. + + + + Raises BeforeAutoHideDisplayed event. + + + + + + Raises BeforeAutoHideHidden event. + + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Re-docks the floating bar to its previous docking position. + + + + + Invokes CaptionButtonClick event. + + + + + Displays or hides the automatic caption button popup menu. + + + + + Called when DockTabStripHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns the Minimum Size for specified orientation. + + Orientation to return minimum size for. + + + + + Returns the preferred size of the Bar when docked. + + Orientation to return preferred size for. + + + + + Sets the dock line but it does not forces the Bar to change position. The position will be changed on next layout request or when dock site needs to recalculate the layout of the bat. Used internally only. + + + + + ISupportInitialize.BeginInit implementation. + + + + + ISupportInitialize.EndInit implementation. + + + + + Returns Minimum docked size of the control. + + + + + Returns Preferrred size of the docked control. + + + + + Sets the dock line for the control. Used internaly by dock manager. + + New Dock line. + + + + Occurs after bar state has changed, like selected dock tab has changed, bar has closed, bar has been docked or undocked etc. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after Bar is docked. + + + + + Occurs after Bar is undocked. + + + + + Occurs after Bar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when current Dock tab has changed. + + + + + Occurs when bar visibility has changed as a result of user action. + + + + + Occurs when bar auto hide state has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is about to be closed as a result of user clicking the Close button on the bar. + + + + + Occurs when Bar in auto-hide state is about to be displayed. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs before dock tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs when caption button is clicked. Caption button is button displayed on bars with grab handle style task pane. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars when end-user attempts to close the individual DockContainerItem objects using system buttons on dock tab. + Event can be canceled by setting the Cancel property of event arguments to true. This even will occur only after user presses the + X button on tab that is displaying the dockable windows/documents. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars after DockContainerItem is closed by end-user. This action cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Occurs after the TabStrip style which used on dockable windows has changed. This event gives you opportunity to + change the style of the tab strip by accessing Bar.DockTabControl.Style property. + + + + + Occurs before the bar control is rendered. This event is fired once for each part of the bar control being rendered. Check the Part property of the event arguments to identify the part being rendered. + You can cancel internal rendering by setting Cancel property. + + + + + Occurs after the bar control is rendered and allows you to render on top of the default rendering provided by the control. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Gets/Sets the owner of the Bar object. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Returns the reference to the control that last had input focus. This property should be used to + determine which control had input focus before bar gained the focus. Use it to apply + the menu command to active control. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the border of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets whether caption of floating bar will be drawn using themes. + + + + + Gets/Sets the parent item of the Bar. The parents item sub-items are displayed on the bar. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets docked bar caption height. Default value is 0 which means system predefined height is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar when changed over to floating state is hidden instead of shown. This property is used + internally to optimize loading of hidden floating bars. You should not use this property in your code. It is for internal DotNetBar + infrastructure use only. + + + + + Returns true if bar is being moved/dragged by user. + + + + + Gets or sets whether floating dockable window is maximized. + + + + + Specifies the bar behavior when its title is double-clicked + + + + + Returns whether popup bar should display shadow. + + + + + Returns whether popup bar shadow should be alpha-blended. + + + + + Gets/Sets the popup animation that will be applied when popup is shown. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar definition as XML string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether layout changes are saved for this bar when DotNetBarManager.SaveLayout method is used to save layout for all bars. Default value is true which means that layout changes are saved. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar layout as XML string. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Sets/Gets the side bar image structure. + + + + + Gets/Sets the caption of the Bar. This text is displayed in title of the Bar when Bar is floating. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Returns current Bar state. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub-items hosted on the Bar. + + + + + Returns the reference to the container that containing the sub-items. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items that could not be displayed on the non-wrap Bar are displayed on popup menu or popup Bar. + + + + + Gets/Sets the spacing in pixels between the sub-items. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the top edge of the bar and the top of the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the bottom edge of the bar and the bottom of the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the left edge of the bar and the left side of the first item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the right edge of the bar and the right side of the last item. + + + + + Sets/Gets whether bar is menu bar. Menu bar will show system icons + for Maximized forms in MDI Applications. Only one bar can be a Menu bar in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual type of the bar. The type specified here is used to determine the appearance of the bar. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets Caption (Title bar) background color. + + + + + Gets or sets Caption (Title bar) text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether toolbars with appropriate style appear with rounded corners. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the Bar. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items will be wrapped into next line when Bar is full. Applies to both docked and floating Bar states. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items will be wrapped into next line when Bar is full. Applies only to Bars that are docked. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items will be wrapped into next line when Bar is full. Applies only to Bars that are floating. + + + + + Gets/Sets the grab handle style of the docked Bars. + + + + + Gets the grab handle client rectangle. + + + + + Returns CanClose based on the selected dock-container item. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the Bar can be hidden by end-user. Applies to Document docked bars only. + + + + + Indicates whether Maximize button is visible on floating dock windows. + + + + + Gets/Sets border style when Bar is docked. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether floating bar is hidden when application loses focus. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tab navigation buttons are shown for tabbed dockable bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when docked border is a single line. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Bar is visible or not. + + + + + Returns number of items that have Visible property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is valid drop target for end-user bar customization. Default value is true. + When bar is used as dock container then you can use this property to prevent docking of other bars as dock tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items on the Bar can be customized. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar was created by user using Customize dialog. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Bar name used to identify Bar from code. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image size for all sub-items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout type. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all buttons are automatically resized to the largest button in collection. + + + + + Gets or sets rounded corner size for styles that use rounded corners. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled for buttons. Default value is false. Note that Fade effect + will work only when Office2007 style is used. For other styles this property has no effect and fade animation is not used regardless + this property setting. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect should be in use. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bar back color. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bar customize menu (Applies to the bars with LayoutType set to DockWindow only). + + + + + Indicates the auto-hide side of the parent form where bar is positioned. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab text is always visible while bar is in auto-hide state. Default value is false which indicates that only text for the active dock tab is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether Bar is in auto-hide state. Applies to non-document dockable bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the bar when bar is in auto-hide state. + + + + + Indicates whether Bar can be auto hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets the global parent control used as part of Global Items feature when bar is used as context menu bar. This property is used internally by + DotNetBar and should not be set directly. + + + + + Gets or sets how long it takes to play the auto-hide animation, in milliseconds. Maximum value is 2000, 0 disables animation. + + + + + Occurs before the bar in auto-hide state is displayed on popup and allows you to cancel display by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before the bar in auto-hide state is hidden and allows you to cancel display by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Indicates whether dock tabs are visible when bar is acting as dock-container and it needs to display tabs to represents multiple DockContainerItem objects hosted by the bar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets height of the docked bar tab strip which displays docked tabs. + + + + + Returns the reference to internal TabStrip control used to display contained DockContainerItems. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected DockContainerItem if bar represents dockable window. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab (DockContainerItem) index for Bars with LayoutType set to eLayoutType.DockContainer. Index corresponds to the index of the DockContainerItem in Bar.Items collection. + + + + + Indicates Bar background image. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption button menu for bars with grab handle task pane is automatically created. + Caption menu when automatically created will display the list of all items from Items collection + and it will maintain only one item from the list as visible item. + To create custom caption menu that is displayed when user clicks the caption button handle CaptionButtonClick event. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption (text) of the bars with dock container layout is automatically set to the + selected dock container item text. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be undocked. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can tear-off (deattach) the tabs on dockable window. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can reorder the tabs on dockable window. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar or DockContainerItem that is torn-off this bar can be docked + as tab to another bar. Default value is true which indicates that bar can be docked as tab to another bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether dock bar can be moved by dragging its caption using the mouse. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be docked on Top dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be docked on Bottom dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Left dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Right dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be docked as document. Default value is false. See DotNetBarManager.EnableDocumentDocking for more details. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar will stretch to always fill the space in dock site. Applies to the dockable bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Gets/Sets the distance from the far left/top side of the docking site or suggests the order of the docked bar. Upon serialization this property + will contain actual left/top position of the bar. You can use it to re-order the bars docked on the same line. Property value is relative to the other + bars docked on the same line when it is used to change the order. For example setting DockOffset value to 10 will place the bar just after the last bar on the + same line that has DockOffset value less than 10. If there is no bar with DockOffset value less than 10 the bar will be placed in first position. + + + + + Gets/Sets the dock line. + + + + + Gets or sets the dock tab alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected dock tab is closed when Bar caption close button is pressed. Default value is false which indicates that whole bar will be hidden when bars close button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is displayed on each dock tab that allows closing of the tab. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab that shows all dock containers on the bar is visible all the time. By default + tab is hidden when there is only one item displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is locked to prevent docking below it. Applies to undockable bars only. + + + + + Gets/Sets the orientation of the Bar. + + + + + Returns whether Bar is docked or not. + + + + + Returns the Bars dock site. + + + + + Gets/Sets the dock side for the Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the inital floating location. This location will be used when DockSide is set to None. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is selected in designer. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters for menu or toolbar commands are underlined regardless of + current Windows settings. Accelerator keys allow easy access to menu commands by using + Alt + choosen key (letter). Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Indicates whether mnemonic keys, accelerator keys, which are set through item Text property used ampersand character are processed by control. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Top dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Bottom dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Left dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Right dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked as document. Default value is false. See DotNetBarManager.EnableDocumentDocking for more details. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be stretched to fill dock site. + + + + + Holds the left position (dock offset) of the control. + + + + + Specifies the dock line for the control. + + + + + Specifies current dock orientation. + + + + + Gets whether control is docked. + + + + + Returns the dock site of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control dock side. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is locked to prevent docking below it. + + + + + Defines delegate for the PreRender and PostRender Bar control events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PreRender and PostRender Bar control event. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Bar being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle of the part being rendered. Certain parts of bar like the title buttons allow you to set this property to the custom size of your button. + Default value is the system size of the part being rendered. + + + + + Gets the Bar part being rendered. + + + + + When used in PreRender event allows you to cancel the default rendering by setting this property to true. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Graphics object to render the tab on. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Defines the part of the Bar control for custom rendering. + + + + + Indicates the Bar background and border. + + + + + Indicates the Bar caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar close button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar customize button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar caption text. + + + + + Indicates the Bar grab handle. + + + + + Indicates the Bar resize handle. + + + + + Indicates the Bar auto-hide button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar caption task pane. + + + + + Indicates the Bar maximize button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the complete bar area. This part is used for the PostRender event. + + + + + Defines delegate for BarStateChanged event. + + + + + + + Provides event arguments for ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + + + + Gets the Bar that is changed. + + + + + Gets the type of the change that affected the bar. + + + + + Provides any optional context information about the state change. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BarStateChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BarStateChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + Defines bar state changes for BarStateChanged event. + + + + + Indicates that Bar selected dock tab is about to change. + + + + + Indicates that Bar selected dock tab has changed. + + + + + Indicates that bar docking has changed and bar was docked. + + + + + Indicates that bar has been undocked from dock site. + + + + + Indicates that bar dock tab has closed. + + + + + Indicates that bar in auto-hide state has been folded, i.e. returned to collapsed state. + + + + + Indicates that bar in auto-hide state has been open, shown. + + + + + Indicates that bar AutoHide property has changed meaning that bar has been either placed in auto-hide mode or taken out of auto-hide mode. + + + + + Indicates that tab has been moved within a bar tab-strip by end user. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of bar when its title is double clicked. + + + + + Double clicking bar title does not do anything. + + + + + Double clicking bar title when bar is docked will float the bar if CanUndock=true + + + + + Double clicking floating bar title will re-dock it if any of CanDock*** properties is true. + + + + + Double clicking will toggle bar state between float and dock state if all CanDock*** and CanUndock properties allow it. + + + + + Represents base control for bars. + + + + + Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified AccessibleEvents for the specified child control. + + The AccessibleEvents object to notify the accessibility client applications of. + The child Control to notify of the accessible event. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Applies design-time defaults to control. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Called after control has painted its content and allows painting on top of the controls content. + + Paint arguments. + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs after main application form is activated. + + + + + Occurs after main application form is deacticated. + + + + + Occurs on application wide mouse down event. + + + + + Gets or sets the form SideBar is attached to. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the Explorer Bar. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Specifies whether SideBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Represents class for Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Gets accessible role. + + + + + Gets parent accessibility object. + + + + + Returns bounds of the control. + + + + + Returns current accessible state. + + + + + Summary description for BarFunctions. + + + + + Tries to invoke the RecalcLayout method on the control and return true if such method was invoked. + + Reference to the control + Indicates whether to invalidate control if no recalc layout method is found + return true if method is invoked. + + + + Creates copy of a bar to be used as new dock bar. This function is used to create new bar for tabs that are torn off the existing dock bars. + + Original base bar to base the new bar on. + New instance of a bar. Note that bar is not added to the DotNetBarManager.Bars collection and DockSide is not set. + + + + Returns if passed control is ready for painting. + + Control to test. + true if handle is valid otherwise false + + + + XML element is expected to be something like Image data Base64 encoded + + Image data + + + + + Collection of Bar objects. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the Component. + + + + + Adds an Bar to the end of Bars collection. + + The Bar to be added to the end of the Bars collection. + + + + Removes specified bar from collection. + + Bar to remove + + + + Determines whether an Bar is in the collection. + + The Bar to locate in the collection. + true if item is found in the collection; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether bar with given name is in collection. + + Name of the bar + True if bar is part of this collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the Bar in the collection. + + Bar to locate. + + + + + Gets the Bar at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the Bar with the specified name. + + + + + Holds the XML element and attribute names for bar serialization. + + + + + Represents class with static functions that provide commonly used utility functions when working with + Bar objects and items hosted by Bar object. + + + + + Sets Bar visible property and remembers the auto-hide state. + + Bar to set visibility for. + true if visible otherwise false + + + + Sets the visible property of DockContainerItem and hides the bar if the given item is the last visible item on the bar. + It will also automatically display the bar if bar is not visible. + + DockContainerItem to set visibility for. + Indicates the visibility of the item + + + + Creates new instance of the bar and sets its properties so bar can be used as Document bar. + + Returns new instance of the bar. + + + + Sets the properties on a bar so it can be used as Document bar. + + Bar to set properties of. + + + + Changes the MDI Client border edge to remove 3D border or to add it. + + Reference to MDI Client object. + Indicates whether to remove border. + + + + Changes the MDI Client border edge to remove 3D border or to add it. + + Reference to MDI parent form. + Indicates whether to remove border. + + + + Disposes image reference and sets it to null. + + Reference to image to dispose. + + + + Disposes image reference and sets it to null. + + Reference to image to dispose. + + + + Invokes the method asynchronously using the WinForms Timer. + + Method to invoke. + + + + Invokes the method asynchronously using the WinForms Timer. + + Method to invoke. + Time in milliseconds after which method is invoked. + + + + Gets or sets whether Fade Animation is enabled on system level for DotNetBar items which use this. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether StringFormat internally used by all DotNetBar controls to render text is GenericDefault. Default value is false + which indicates that GenericTypographic is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias text rendering hint that will be used to render text on controls that have AntiAlias property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether .NET Framework TextRenderer class is used for text rendering instead of Graphics.DrawString. + Default value is false. + Using TextRenderer will disable the Fade and Animation effects on controls because of issues in TextRenderer when drawing text on transparent + surfaces. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items always generate the Focus accessibility event when mouse enters the item. Default value is false which indicates + that focus event will be raised only when item is on menu bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Application Message Filter that is registered by popup controls + is automatically unregistered when last control is disposed. Default value is false and + in most cases should not be changed. + + + + + Get or sets the text-markup padding for text measurement when running on Japanese version of Windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Image and Icon resources assigned to items and controls are automatically disposed when + control or item is disposed. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines the base class for items that are used by DotNetBar. + + + + + Represents a content block interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content block is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the block margins. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item Name + Item Text + + + + Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Deserialize the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Indicates whether SubItems collection is serialized. Default value is true. + + + + + Called on each item when ScaleControl method of parent control is called and gives opportunity to item to adjust its displayed based on current scaling. + + Scale factor. + + + + Called when item container has changed. If you override this method you must call the base implementation to allow default processing to occur. + + Previous container of the item. + + + + Called when item parent has changed. + + + + + Returns whether item is enabled including the parent control item is on. + + + + + + Returns whether item is enabled including the parent control item is on. + + + + + + Called when size of the item is changed externally. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Called when item Display state has changed. + + + + + Called when item owner has changed. + + + + + Raises SubItemsChanged event. + + + + + + Occurs after an item has been added to the container. This procedure is called on both item being added and the parent of the item. To distinguish between those two states check the item parameter. + + When occurring on the parent this will hold the reference to the item that has been added. When occurring on the item being added this will be null (Nothing). + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Occurs after SubItems Collection has been cleared. + + + + + Occurs before an item is removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Occurs when IsOnCustomizeMenu property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when IsOnCustomizeDialogChanged property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when item enter or exists the design mode. + + + + + Occurs when tooltip is about to be shown or hidden. + + Specifies whether tooltip is shown or hidden. + + + + Occurs after item has received the input focus. + + Item that received the focus. + + + + Occurs after item has lost the input focus. + + Item that lost the input focus. + + + + Indicates whether the item enabled property has changed. + + + + + Called after TopInternal property has changed + + + + + Called after LeftInternal property has changed + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer enters the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer hovers the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when a key is pressed down while the item has focus. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Processes the MouseLeave for the current mouse over item. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Raises the click event and provide the information about the source of the event. + + + + + + Raises the Click event with default source as Code. + + + + + Occurs when the item is double clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Invokes DoubleClick event. + + + + + Occurs when the item receives focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Occurs when the item has lost the focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Sets the input focus to the item. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Releases the input focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Occurs when item container has lost the input focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Occurs when item container receives the input focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Indicates that item size has changed. It must be called by child item to let the parent know that its size + has been changed. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets the current expanded subitem. + + + + + + Gets the item that has input focus. + + Item that has focus or Null (Nothing) if none of the subitems have focus. + + + + Gets the owner of the item. + + DotNetBarManager that owns the item. + + + + Recalculate the size of the item. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the method to + return copy of an item. + + + + + Internal Copy implementation. + + Item to copy to. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + Copy of the item. + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Occurs when Expanded state changes. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Raises ExpandChange event. + + Event arguments + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Releases all resurces used in this control. After calling Dispose() + object is not in valid state and cannot be recovered to the valid state. + Recreation of the object is required. + + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Occurs after text has changed. + + + + + Returns if passed control is valid. + + Control to test. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer. + + + + + Returns true if any subitem is contained on the control with a given handle. + + Container handle to test. + + + + + Occurs after Tooltip text has changed. + + + + + Sets orientation of the item but it does not cause the recalculate layout flag setting on the parent item. + + New orientation value. + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Called when HotSubItem has changed. + + New value. + Old value. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Returns the shortcut string that is displayed on tooltip. + + + + + + Collapses all sub items by setting their Expanded property to false. + + Item to collapse. + + + + Collapses all sub items by setting their Expanded property to false. Enumerates all child items as well. + + Item to collapse. + + + + Collapses whole tree for the item starting with its parent. + + Item to collapse. + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on popup menu or bar. + + Item to get information for. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + Hash code. + + + + Called when DragStartPoint property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Updates data bindings for item and its sub-items in response to binding context change on parent control. + + + + + Executes the specified delegate, on the thread that owns the control's underlying window handle, with the specified list of arguments. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.Invoke and is provided as shortcut convenience property only. + + A delegate to a method that takes parameters of the same number and type that are contained in the args parameter. + An array of objects to pass as arguments to the specified method. This parameter can be null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the method takes no arguments. + An Object that contains the return value from the delegate being invoked, or nullNothingnullptra null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the delegate has no return value. + + + + Executes the specified delegate, on the thread that owns the control's underlying window handle, with the specified list of arguments. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.Invoke and is provided as shortcut convenience property only. + + A delegate to a method that takes parameters of the same number and type that are contained in the args parameter. + An Object that contains the return value from the delegate being invoked, or nullNothingnullptra null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the delegate has no return value. + + + + Executes the specified delegate, on the thread that owns the control's underlying window handle, with the specified list of arguments. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.BeginInvoke and is provided as shortcut convenience property only. + + A delegate to a method that takes parameters of the same number and type that are contained in the args parameter. + An Object that contains the return value from the delegate being invoked, or nullNothingnullptra null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the delegate has no return value. + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when copy of the item is made. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Visible property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Enabled property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Occurs when content of SubItems collection has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is selectable at design-time. Default value is true. + + + + + Control Container (System.Windows.Forms.Control or its descendant) + + + + + Returns the Parent of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Gets or sets Left position of this item + + + + + Gets or sets Top position of this item + + + + + Gets or sets Width of this item + + + + + Gets whether item is in right-to-left layout mode. + + + + + Gets or sets Height of this item + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will auto expand when mouse is over the item or not. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that represents the display area of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Specifies whether this item is visual container or not. For example + Tool Menu is not container since it drops-down its items and they are + not "visualy" contained. Also, the pop-up menus, drop-down Bars etc. are not containers. + + + + + Returns true if this item is currently displayed. This property should not be set directly since it is managed by system and container of the item. + + + + + Gets the mouse down coordinates. + + + + + Gets whether item is on context menu created using ContextMenuBar + + + + + Gets whether RaiseClick method will generate a click event give current item state. + + + + + Indicates whether RaiseClick method collapses parent popups before raising click event. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether item has input focus. + + + + + Indicates that item is recalculating its size. + + + + + Suspends all layout for the item including painting. Use this property carefully and only to improve performace. + + + + + Gets whether item has been disposed through Dispose method call. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Returns count of sub items in SubItems collection that have Visible property set to true. + + + + + Unique ID that indentifies the item. + + + + + Allows the user to associate custom user data with the item. + + + + + Applies new visual style to this the item and all of its sub-items. + + + + + Gets the effective item style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Returns name of the item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the global name of the item that is used to synchronize the Global properties for the item across all instances with same + global name. Note that only instances that belong to the same control are synchronized. GlobalItem must be set to true to perform the synchronization. + You can find more information and list of + properties that are synchronized in help file. + + + + + Gets whether global properties should synchronized. + + + + + Gets orientation within container that is supported by this item. If item does not support certain orientation the container automatically hides it when container switches into that orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. Do not change the value of this property. It is managed by system only. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip for the item is displayed. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the bar this item originated on. This is used to remember the + originating bar when user is moving the items from bar to bar. + + + + + Gets or sets item's original position (index) if item position has changed due to the user customization. + + + + + Gets or sets flag that indicates whether item was customize by the end-user. + + + + + Gets reference to the tooltip control if tooltip is displayed for this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on Customize menu. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on Customize Dialog. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on menu or not. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on menu bar or not. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on bar or not. + + + + + Returns whether item is in design mode or not. + + + + + Get or sets whether item has been changed in a way that it needs its size recalculated. This is internal + property and it should not be used by your code. + + + + + Returns whether item is System item. + + + + + Indicates whether access key processing set using ampersand key in Text is enabled. When enabled, and access key is pressed, item will raise Click event. + + + + + Return Access key for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Returns text representation of shortcut for this item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the design-marker orientation for the item. + + + + + + Specifes the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates whether item will be Serialized. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets the AccessibleObject assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default action description of the control for use by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible to accessibility applications. + + + + + Gets the item state inside of the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that for ButtonItem instances if this property is set to null and command was assigned previously, Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets plain text without text-markup if text-markup is used in Text. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the caller must call an invoke method when making method calls to the item because the caller is on a different thread than the one the item was created on. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.InvokeRequired and is provided as shortcut convinience property only. + + + + + Defines item parent container states. + + + + + State is not set. + + + + + Item in on the NavigationPane in normal size. + + + + + Represents the controller which allows single BaseItem to be hosted on the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BaseItemController class. + + + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Defines class which described single binding. + + + + + Raises Format event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BindingDef class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BindingDef class. + + + + + + + Updates specified item PropertyName with the data from data object property specified by DataMember. + + Item to set PropertyName on. + Data to retrieve DataMember value from. + + + + Updates specified item PropertyName with the data from data object property specified by DataMember. + + CurrencyManager to use + Item to set PropertyName on. + Data to retrieve DataMember value from. + + + + Called when PropertyName property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DataMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FormattingEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FormatString property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FormatInfo property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NullValue property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the property name binding is attached to. + + + + + Gets the reference to BindingMemberInfo created based on DataMember. + + + + + Gets or sets the data member name which holds data that PropertyName is populated with. + + + + + Gets or sets whether type conversion and formatting is applied to the property data. + + + + + Gets or sets format specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + For more information, see Formatting Overview: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/26etazsy%28v=vs.71%29.aspx + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets the Object to be set as the target property when the data source contains a DBNull value. + The data source must contain DBNull for the NullValue property to be correctly applied. + If the data source type is a type such as a string or integer the value of the NullValue property will be ignored. + Also, the NullValue property is ignored if it is set to null. + + + + + Occurs when property on BindingDef object has changed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle converting for bindings. + + + + + + + Gets the reference to the item being converted. + + + + + Get the reference to the name of the field or property on the item that needs conversion. + + + + + Represents BindingDefConverer converter. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Checks whether conversion can be made to specified type. + + Context Information. + Destination type. + + + + + Converts object to specified type. + + Context information. + Culture information. + Object to convert. + Destination type. + Object converted to destination type. + + + + Represents the toolbar control with the magnifying (bubbling) buttons. + + + + + Creates new instance of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + True if property is different than default value otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + True if property is different than default value otherwise false. + + + + Recalculates the layout of the control. This method should be called after all changes to the tabs, buttons are completed so + layout of the control recalculated. + + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns reference to the button at specified location + + x - coordinate + y - coordinate + Reference to the button or null if no button could be found at given coordinates. + + + + Returns reference to the button at specified location + + Location coordinates + Reference to the button or null if no button could be found at given coordinates. + + + + Returns tab at specific location. + + Coordinates to get the tab from. + Reference to the tab object or null if tab cannot be found at specified location + + + + Returns tab at specific location. + + x - coordinate + y - coordinate + Reference to the tab object or null if tab cannot be found at specified location + + + + Invokes BubbleStart event. + + + + + Invokes BubbleEnd event. + + + + + Invokes ButtonClick event on the control. + + Reference to the button that was clicked. + + + + Called after overlay window became inactive. + + + + + Stops the bubble animation effect is one is applied currently. + + + + + Internal processing of MouseMove event. + + Move move event arguments. + + + + Internal processing for MouseLeave event. + + Event arguments + + + + Called after all buttons have been removed. + + Tab from which all buttons were removed. + + + + Called after specified button has been removed. + + Tab from which button was removed. + Button that was removed. + + + + Called after new button is added to the Buttons collection. + + Tab to which button was added. + Reference to the button added. + + + + Called when Visible property of Button has changed. + + Button affected. + + + + Returns the button background rectangle for display purposes. Applies setting for the ButtonBackgroundStretch property. + + Background rectangle. + + + + Called after tab has been removed from the collection. + + Tab that was removed. + + + + Called after tab has been added to the collection. + + Newly added tab. + + + + Called after all tabs are removed from the collection. + + + + + Called after text of a tab has changed. + + Tab which text has changed. + + + + Called after Visible property of the tab has changed. + + Tab affected. + + + + Sets the tab mouse is placed over. + + Tab that mouse is currently over or null if mouse is not over any tab. + + + + Occurs when active tab is about to change. + + + + + Occurs when any of the buttons is clicked. Sender object should be casted to BubbleButton to get the button that was actually clicked. + + + + + Occurs when mouse first enters the control and bubble effect is employed to provide feedback. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the control and bubble effect is ended. + + + + + Gets or sets the bubble button tooltip text color. Default value is White color. + + + + + Gets or sets the bubble button tooltip text outline color. Default value is Black color. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between buttons. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether background for the buttons is stretched to consume complete width of the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the style for the background of the control. + + + + + Gets the style for the background of the buttons. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the buttons back area. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the tabs area. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of animation that is performed when mouse enters a button for the first time or when mouse has left the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bubble animation is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Gets or sets ImageList for images used on buttons. These images will be used as images for the buttons that are not magnified. + Use ImagesLarge to specify the magnified images for the coresponding images based on the index in this list. + + + + + Gets or sets ImageList for large-sized images used on buttons when button is magnified. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the images when button is enlarged, default value is 48 by 48 pixels. Note that you should provide the + images in the same size for the buttons through the image properties on the buttons or through ImagesLarge property. + If the large images are not provided the regular button image will be automatically enlarged. + + + + + Gets or sets the normal image size for the buttons, default value is 24 by 24 pixels. This should be set to the default image size that you will use on the + buttons. If the images specified for the buttons are not of the same size as the size specified here then they will + be automatically resized. Normal size must always be smaller than the size specified by ImageSizeLarge property. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab. + + + + + Gets the reference to the colors that are used when tab is selected. + + + + + Gets the reference to the colors that are used when mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets the collection of all tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Delegate for tab change events. + + + + + Represents the event arguments tab changing events. + + + + + Cancels the operation. + + + + + Specifies the event source. + + + + + Specifies newly selected tab. + + + + + Specifies currently selected tab. + + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + + Represents overlay class to support bubble effects on BubbleBar control. + + + + + Called just before window is shown. + + + + + Called after window is closed. + + + + + Summary description for BubbleBarGroup. + + + + + Represents interface for simple text only tab. + + + + + Returns the font used for tab text. + + Reference to font object. + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is visible. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the tab item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. + + + + + Returns true if tab is selected tab. + + + + + Returns true if mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets the tab alignment. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Container object. + + + + Returns the font for the tab text. + + Reference to the font object. + + + + Sets the parent of the tab. + + Reference to the tab parent object or null. + + + + Called after new button is added to the Buttons collection. + + Reference to the added button. + + + + Called after specified button has been removed. + + Button that was removed. + + + + Called after all buttons have been removed. + + + + + Gets the collection of the buttons associated with the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is visible. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the tab item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. + + + + + Returns true if tab is selected tab. + + + + + Returns true if mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets the tab alignment. + + + + + Returns reference to parent object or null if tab does not have parent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab has design-time focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Represents collection for BubbleBarTab objects. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the IBlock array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Copies contained items to the ISimpleTab array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns next visible tab from the reference tab. + + Reference tab. + Next visible tab or null if next visible tab cannot be determined. + + + + Returns previous visible tab from the reference tab. + + Reference tab. + Previous visible tab or null if Previous visible tab cannot be determined. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents a button used on BubbleBar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of button object. + + + + + Sets the display rectangle of the button. + + New display rectangle of the button. + + + + Sets the magnified display rectangle of the button. + + New magnified display rectangle. + + + + Sets whether mouse is over the button. + + True if mouse is over the button otherwise false. + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Sets whether left mouse button is pressed over this button. + + True if left mouse button is pressed otherwise false. + + + + Sets the parent collection button belongs to. + + Parent collection of the item. + + + + Returns the reference to the BubbleBar that contains this button. + + + + + + Invokes button's Click event. + + Indicates source of the event. + + + + Raises click event. + + Default event arguments. + + + + Occurs when user clicks the button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key to expand/collapse splitter. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the default image used on the button. Note that for improved appearance of the buttons when enlarged + you should set the ImageIndexLarge to the large version of the image specified here. The image size should be the same size + that is specified by the image size properties on BubbleBar object. + + + + + Gets reference to the internal cached image loaded from the ImageIndex. + + + + + Gets reference to the internal cached image loaded from the ImageIndex. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies enlarged the Button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index of the enlarged image for the button. Note that if large image is not specified the + default image will be enlarged which might not result in perfect image appearance. + + + + + Property for Property Editor support for ImageIndex selection. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button is enabled. + + + + + Gets the display rectangle occupied by the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the magnified display rectangle of the button. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on the button. + + + + + Returns name of the button that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Returns the reference to parent tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button has design-time focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse cursor that is displayed when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Represents event arguments for Click event. + + + + + Gets the action that caused the event, event source. + + + + + Represents typed collection of BubbleButton objects. + + + + + Copies contained items to the IBlock array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Creates new instance of the collection. + + Parent of the collection. + + + + Adds new item to the collection but it does not raise internal events. + + New item to add. + Index of newly added item. + + + + Adds new item to the collection at specified location but it does not raise internal events. + + New item to add. + Position to add item to. + + + + Clears the collection but it does not raise internal events. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before setting a value in the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + The value to replace with newValue. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + The value to replace with newValue. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element into the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which to insert value. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which to insert value. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes when removing an element from the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which value can be found. + The value of the element to remove from index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which value can be found. + The value of the element to remove from index. + + + + Removes an item without raising internal events. + + Item to remove. + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of the CollectionBase instance. + + + + + Copies the collection to the ArrayList object. + + Target ArrayList. + + + + Adds new item to the collection. + + New item to add. + Index of newly added item. + + + + Adds new item to the collection at specified location. + + New item to add. + Position to insert item at. Position of -1 will append the item to the end of the collection. + Index of the newly added item. + + + + Inserts new item at the specified position. + + Position to insert item at. + Item to insert. + + + + Returns index of an item. + + Item to return index for. + Item at the specified position. + + + + Returns index of an item with given the item's name. + + Name of the item. + Index of the Item with the specified name or -1 if item is not found. + + + + Returns true if given item is contained by this collection. + + Item to test. + True if item is part of this collection otherwise false. + + + + Returns true if item with given name is part of this collection. + + Item name. + True if item is part of this collection otherwise false. + + + + Removes an item from the collection. + + Item to remove. + + + + Removes an item from collection at specified index. + + Index of the item to remove. + + + + Removes item from the collection with specified name. + + Name of the item to remove. + + + + Adds array of the items to the collection. + + Array of items to add. + + + + Copy the collection to the array. + + Array to copy collection to. + The zero-based relative index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the parent of the collection. + + + + + Accesses items inside of the collection based on the index. + + + + + Accesses items inside of the collection based on the name. + + + + + Represents class for displaying BubbleButton objects on canvas. + + + + + Paints button on given canvas. + + Painting information. + + + + Represents class that holds information for BubbleButton painting. + + + + + Graphics object. + + + + + Button to paint. + + + + + Reference to BubbleBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether magnified version of the button is painted. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment inside of the bar. + + + + + Represents class for default layout of the BubbleButton objects. + + + + + Represents block layout manager responsible for sizing the content blocks. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + Content size available for the block in the given line. + + + + Performs layout finalization + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the graphics object used by layout manager. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Represents class that provides mangification for the BubbleMar control + + + + + Represents the serial content layout manager that arranges content blocks in series next to each other. + + + + + Represents interface for block layout. + + + + + Performs layout of the content block. + + Container bounds to layout content blocks in. + Content blocks to layout. + Block layout manager that resizes the content blocks. + The bounds of the content blocks within the container bounds. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Performs layout of the content block. + + Container bounds to layout content blocks in. + Content blocks to layout. + Block layout manager that resizes the content blocks. + The bounds of the content blocks within the container bounds. + + + + Occurs when X, Y position of next block is calcualted. + + + + + Occurs before new block is layed out. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between content blocks. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are forced to fit the container bounds if they + occupy more space than it is available by container. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are resized to fit the container bound if they + occupy less space than it is available by container. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are resized (Width) to fit container bounds if they + occupy less space than the actual container width. Applies to the Vertical orientation only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are resized (Height) to fit container bounds if they + occupy less space than the actual container height. Applies to the Horizontal orientation only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the content orientation. Default value is Horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the content vertical alignment. Default value is Middle. + + + + + Gets or sets the block line vertical alignment. Default value is Middle. + + + + + Gets or sets the content horizontal alignment. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all content blocks are resized so they have same height which is height of the tallest content block. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether oversized blocks are resized based on the percentage reduction instead of based on equal pixel distribution. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content is wrapped into new line if it exceeds the width of the container. + + + + + Gets or sets whether layout is right-to-left. + + + + + Performs layout of the content block. + + Container bounds to layout content blocks in. + Content blocks to layout. + Block layout manager that resizes the content blocks. + The bounds of the content blocks within the container bounds. + + + + Gets or sets the bubble size for the mouse over item. + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex-1 + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex-2 + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex+1 + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex+2 + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the item mouse is over. + + + + + Gets or sets new X coordinate of the mouse over item when in horizontal layout or Y + coordinate when in vertical layout. + + + + + Summary description for ButtonItem. + + + + + PopupItem Class can pop-up it's subitems on either the popup Bar + or menu. + + + + + Adds neccessary functions to base item so it supports images properly. + If your item implements images you should derive from this class instead of BaseItem + + + + + Create new instance of ImageItem. + + + + + Create new instance of ImageItem and assigns the item name. + + Item name. + + + + Create new instance of ImageItem and assigns the item name and text. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Must be called by any sub item that implements the image when image has changed + + + + + Called after image on an item has changed. + + + + + Refreshes internal image size structure. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Refreshes internal image size structure. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Provides design-time support for DotNetBar items. + + + + + Creates new instance of PopupItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of PopupItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name + + + + Creates new instance of PopupItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Copies the PopupItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Popup location. + + + + Invokes PopupOpen event. + + + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Indicates whether screen position of the menu is verified so the menu always appears on the screen. + + + + Raises PopupShowing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup toolbar. + + Popup location. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup toolbar. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Displays popup container. + + Popup location. + + + + Creates the popup container control which is a parent/holder control for the controls you want to display on the popup. + This method can be used if you do not wish to handle the PopupContainerLoad to add controls to the popup container. + After calling this method you can access PopupContainerControl property to add your controls to be displayed on the popup. + + Indicates whether PopupContainerLoad events are fired. + + + + Displays popup container. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Popup location. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Raises PopupClose event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Queries whether popup can be closed. + + Source of closing request. + true if popup can be closed otherwise false. + + + + Closes the currently open popup. + + + + + Raises PopupFinalized event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Sets the SourceControl for popup menu or toolbar. + + Control that popup menu or toolbar was invoked for. + + + + Occurs when popup container is loading. Use this event to assign control to the popup container. If you want to use same control + that you added to the popup container after popup is closed you must handle the PopupContainerUnload event and remove the control + from the popup container so it is not disposed with the container. + + + + + Occurs when popup container is unloading. Use this event to save any state associated with the control that was contained by the container or + to remove the control from the container so it is not disposed with container. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs while popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs while popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs after popup item has been closed. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Gets the size of the popup before it is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether popup on-screen position is verified and popup location adjusted so it does not cross boundaries of the screen. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates side bar for pop-up window. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of popup in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup offset. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup location. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets the control that is displaying the context menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal host PopupContainerControl control. + + + + + Provides support for personalized menu items. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Called when NotificationMarkText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when NotificationMarkOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when button image has changed. + + + + + Called when container of the item has changed. + + Previous item container. + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Item paint arguments. + + + + Resets ImageFixedSize property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ImageFixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets whether FixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Overridden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Overloaded. Called when size of the item is changed externally. + + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. The pulse effect + continues indefinitely until it is stopped by call to StopPulse method. + + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. Pulse effect + will alternate between the pulse state for the number of times specified by the pulseBeatCount parameter. + + Specifies the number of times button alternates between pulse states. 0 indicates indefinite pulse + + + + Stops the button Pulse effect. + + + + + Indicates whether the item enabled property has changed. + + + + + Provides internal implementation for ButtonItem mouse down events. + + Mouse event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the item is double clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Sets Checked property without firing any events or performing any built-in logic. + + + + + Fires CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Fires OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Returns the shortcut string that is displayed on tooltip. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current font for the button. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Indicates whether images assigned to the button are disposed when button is disposed. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies maximum of 2 character text displayed inside of the notification mark on top of the button. + + + + + Indicates the position of the notification marker within the bounds of the button. + + + + + Specifies diameter of notification mark. When set to 0 system default value is used. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the notification mark. + + + + + Specifies the offset for the notification mark relative to its position. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the corresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabItemColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabItemColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. + Applies to items with Office 2007 style only. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the button. Color specified applies to buttons with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eButtonColor.Default + + + + + Gets/Sets the button style which controls the appearance of the button elements. Changing the property can display image only, text only or image and text on the button at all times. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this property to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Specifies the Button icon. Icons support multiple image sizes and alpha blending. + + + + + Specifies the Button image which is used when button background is black or very dark. Image is used when button text is white. This is provided for Metro style applications. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies the small Button image used by Ribbon control when small image variant is needed because of the automatic button resizing or + because the button is on the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the image size that is used by the button when multiple ImageList controls are used as source for button image. + By default ImageList assigned to Images property of parent control is used. Using this property you can selection ImagesMedium or + ImagesLarge ImageList to be used as source for image for this button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button uses the ImageSmall as source of the image displayed on the button if ImageSmall is set to valid image. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button if ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse is over the item when ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed and ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false and ImageList is used. + + + + + Sets fixed size of the image. Image will be scaled and painted it size specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed size of the button. Both width and height must be set to value greater than 0 in order for button to use fixed size. + Setting both width and height to 0 (default value) indicates that button will be sized based on content. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect is enabled. + + + + + Gets whether Pulse function is enabled. + + + + + Gets whether the button is currently pulsing, alternating slowly between the mouse over and default state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether pulse effect started with StartPulse method stops automatically when mouse moves over the button. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the pulse speed. The value must be greater than 0 and less than 128. Higher values indicate faster pulse. Default value is 12. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button auto-expands on mouse hover when button is used as menu-item and displayed on menu. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether button should popup when clicked automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Checked property is automatically inverted, button checked/unchecked, when button is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Returns shortcut text if any that needs to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the image bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets sub items bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets text bounds. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is underlined when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is italic. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is underlined. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button appears as split button. Split button appearance divides button into two parts. Image which raises the click event + when clicked and text and expand sign which shows button sub items on popup menu when clicked. Button must have both text and image visible (ButtonStyle property) in order to appear as a full split button. + Use AutoExpandOnClick=true if you want to make complete surface of the button display popup when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of padding added horizontally to the button images when not on menus. Default value is 10 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of padding added vertically to the button images when not on menus. Default value is 6 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets an shape descriptor for the button which describes the shape of the button. Default value is null + which indicates that system default shape is used. + + + + + Indicates item's visibility when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse is over the expand part of the button. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse is pressed. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button text is automatically wrapped over multiple lines when button is used on RibbonBar control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether image animation is enabled + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Represents accessible interface for ButtonItem object. + + + + + Represents accessible interface for ButtonItem object. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the checking on NewChecked button. + + + + + Button that will become checked if operation is not canceled. + + + + + Button that is currently checked and which will be unchecked if operation is not canceled. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Stores all information for side bar images that are used by Bar or Popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the side bar image. + + + + + Gets or sets the side bar back color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient staring color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient ending color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient staring color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether image is stretched so it fills the side bar or not if image is smaller than current side bar size. + + + + + Summary description for ButtonItemLayout. + + + + + Arranges the button inner parts when button size has changed externally. + + Button to arrange inner parts for. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Creates new accessibility instance. + + Reference to AccessibleObject. + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. The pulse effect + continues indefinitely until it is stopped by call to StopPulse method. + + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. Pulse effect + will alternate between the pulse state for the number of times specified by the pulseBeatCount parameter. + + Specifies the number of times button alternates between pulse states. 0 indicates indefinite pulse + + + + Stops the button Pulse effect. + + + + + Gets whether ImageFixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Notifies a control that it is the default button so that its appearance and behavior is adjusted accordingly. + + true if the control should behave as a default button; otherwise false. + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Popup location. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets whether the button is currently pulsing, alternating slowly between the mouse over and default state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether pulse effect started with StartPulse method stops automatically when mouse moves over the button. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the pulse speed. The value must be greater than 0 and less than 128. Higher values indicate faster pulse. Default value is 12. + + + + + Sets fixed size of the image. Image will be scaled and painted it size specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Applies only when button text is not composed using text markup. Default value is center. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during painting OnPaintBackground on base control is called when BackColor=Transparent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is focused when pressed using left mouse button. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether command is executed when button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Specifies the Button image which is used when button background is black or very dark. Image is used when button text is white. This is provided for Metro style applications. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of popup in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button appears as split button. Split button appearance divides button into two parts. Image which raises the click event + when clicked and text and expand sign which shows button sub items on popup menu when clicked. Button must have both text and image visible (ButtonStyle property) in order to appear as a full split button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button displays the expand part that indicates that button has popup. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates the way button is rendering the mouse over state. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this button. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mnemonic character assigned to button is processed only if Alt key is pressed. Default value is false which indicate that Alt key is not required. + + + + + + Indicates whether the button will auto-expand when clicked. + When button contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this property to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Checked property is automatically inverted, button checked/unchecked, when button is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets an shape descriptor for the button which describes the shape of the button. Default value is null + which indicates that system default shape is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the corresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. + Applies to items with Office 2007 style only. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the button. Color specified applies to buttons with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eButtonColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode by which the Button automatically resizes itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of spacing between button image if specified and text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the value returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button is expanded (displays drop-down) or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the button. When shortcut key is pressed button Click event is raised. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents class for Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Returns current accessible state. + + + + + Summary description for ThemedButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Represents the Check-box item. Use a CheckBox to give the user an option, such as true/false or yes/no. + + + + + Creates new instance of CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of CheckBoxItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of CheckBoxItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CheckBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CheckBoxItem instance. + + + + Copies the CheckBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CheckBoxItem instance. + + + + Raises the click event and provide the information about the source of the event. + + + + + + Sets the Checked property of the item, raises appropriate events and provides the information about the source of the change. + + New value for Checked property + Source of the change. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Sets the Checked property of the item, raises appropriate events and provides the information about the source of the change. + + New value for Checked property + Source of the change. + + + + Raises CheckState changed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises CheckedBindableChanged changed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Raises the CheckedChanging event. + + + + + Raises the CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Occurs before Checked property is changed and allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed. Action cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs when CheckState property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when CheckedBindable property has changed. + + + + + Gets or set whether the Checked values and the item appearance are automatically changed when the Check-Box is clicked. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the check or radio sign. Default value is 13x13. Minimum value is 6x6. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets or sets the check box position relative to the text. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on the item. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the checking on NewChecked button. + + + + + Check-box that will become checked if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Check-box that is currently checked and which will be unchecked if operation is not cancelled. This property will have only valid values for eCheckBoxStyle.RadioButton style CheckBoxItems. + + + + + Indicates the action that has caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents painter for CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Paints CheckBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents circular progress indicator. + + + + + Creates new instance of circular progress indicator. + + + + + Creates new instance of circular progress indicator and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of circular progress indicator and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when property on CircularProgressBar changes. + + Property Change Arguments + + + + Starts the progress bar loop for endless type progress bar. Progress bar will continue to run until Stop() method is called. + + + + + Stops the progress bar loop for endless type progress bar. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when ProgressTextFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the circular progress bar type. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress percentage text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text that displays the progress bar completion percentage text is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on top of the circular progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether endless type progress bar is running. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the color of progress indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets circular progress indicator diameter in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the text position in relation to the circular progress indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text/label displayed next to the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the suggested text-width. If you want to make sure that text you set wraps over multiple lines you can set suggested text-width so word break is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets text padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text label. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets format string for progress value. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation speed for endless running progress. Lower number means faster running. + + + + + Defines available circular progress bar types. + + + + + Line spokes progress bar. + + + + + Dot type/FireFox progress bar. + + + + + Donut type progress bar. + + + + + Spoke type progress bar. + + + + + Pie type progress bar. + + + + + Summary description for ColorFunctions. + + + + + Provides popup color picker. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the IWindowsFormsEditorService interface used for Windows Forms design time support. + + + + + Gets or sets the ColorScheme object for Scheme colors. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected color. + + + + + Gets the selected color color scheme name if color scheme color is selected otherwise it returns an empty string. + + + + + Returns true if color selection was cancelled. + + + + + Represents the color comb control that allows color choice from pre-defined color comb palette. + + + + + Raises SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Creates new instance of the control. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Raises MouseOverColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when SelectedColor has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the color mouse is currently over. If mouse is not over any color in comb Color.Empty is returned. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. When setting the color note that color must be already present in the color comb otherwise the selected color will be reset to Color.Empty. + + + + + Occurs when MouseOverColor property has changed. + + + + + Represents the color selection control. + + + + + Raises SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedColor has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Represents color item used for color picker control. Color item can only be used as part of the color picker DotNetBar feature. + + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + + Gets or sets the color represented by this item. Default value is Color.Black. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item when displayed. Default value is 13x13 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border drawn around the item. Default value is eColorItemBorder.All which indicates that border is drawn + on all four sides. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Represents the color picker drop down button. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Raises the ColorPreview event. + + Provides the data for the event. + + + + Invokes the ColorPreview event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Indicates whether SubItems collection is serialized. ColorPickerDropDown does not serialize the sub items. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Displays the Colors dialog that allows user to choose the color or create a custom color. If new color is chosen the + SelectedColorChanged event is raised. + + + + + Raises the BeforeColorDialog event. + + + + + + Update the selected color image if the SelectedColorImageRectangle has been set and button is using Image property to display the image. + + + + + Gets collection of ColorItem[] arrays that represent themed colors. Each ColorItem[] array is used to represent single line of theme colors. + + Collection of ColorItem[] arrays. + + + + Returns an array that represents the standard colors. Usually instances of ColorItem are included. + + ArrayList containing objects that describe standard colors. + + + + Invokes SelectedColorChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when color is chosen from drop-down color picker or from Custom Colors dialog box. Selected color can be accessed through SelectedColor property. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moving over the colors presented by the color picker. You can use it to preview the color before it is selected. + + + + + Occurs before color picker dialog is shown. Data property of the event arguments will hold the reference to the Form about to be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the last selected color from either the drop-down or Custom Color dialog box. Default value is + Color.Empty. You can use SelectedColorChanged event to be notified when this property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether theme colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether standard colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets more colors menu item is visible which allows user to open Custom Colors dialog box. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle in Image coordinates where selected color will be painted. Setting this property will + have an effect only if Image property is used to set the image. Default value is an empty rectangle which indicates + that selected color will not be painted on the image. + + + + + Gets whether internal representation of color items on popup has been initialized. + + + + + Gets or sets the Owner Window that will be used as owner for the colors modal dialog when displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as theme colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as standard colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Indicates whether button should popup when clicked automatically. + + + + + Represents custom color blend selection control. + + + + + Raises SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when SelectedColor has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the color selected by the control. Color that is assigned must be visible on the face of the control otherwise the SelectedColor will be set to Color.Empty + + + + + Represents the form in Office style with custom borders and caption. + + + + + Represents the form class that should be used instead of standard Form when form caption is provided by Ribbon control + and custom form look and feel in style of Office 2007 is required. This form does not have standard form caption. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Called when EnableCustomStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether custom form styling is enabled. + + true if custom styling is enabled otherwise false. + + + + Gets the array of LinearGradientColorTable objects that describe the border colors. The colors with index 0 is used as the outer most + border. + + Array of LinearGradientColorTable + + + + Returns form custom region. + + New instance of the custom region. + + + + Gets the form path for the given input bounds. + + Represent the form bounds. + + + + + Paints the non-client area of the form. + + + + + Called when WM_NCACTIVATE message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Invalidates non client area of the form. + + Indicates whether complete form is invalidated. + + + + Redraws the non-client area of the form. + + + + + Called when BackgroundImageUnderCaption property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RenderFormIcon property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RenderFormText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets whether Windows Vista Glass support is enabled when form is running on Windows Vista with Glass support. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the RibbonControl that is hosted by this form. This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets whether Vista glass effect extension over the ribbon control caption is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the form's window state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom style for the form is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets top left rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + Gets or sets top right rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + + Gets or sets bottom left rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + Gets or sets bottom right rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + Gets whether client border is painted in OnPaint method. + + + + + Gets whether ribbon control caption is painted + + + + + Gets or sets whether 3D MDI border is removed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether form uses custom region + + + + + Gets whether Windows Glass effect is rendered on the form when supported by Operating System and enabled using EnableGlass. + + + + + Returns whether form is sizable given form state (maximized, minimized, normal) and FormBorderStyle setting. + + + + + Gets or sets whether non-client area of the form rendering is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether form BackgroundImage is pulled up and rendered under form caption as well. + + + + + Indicates whether form icon is drawn. This is different from ShowIcon property which when set to false also removes the form icon from task-bar. Setting this property to false will keep form icon in task-bar but will hide on the form. + + + + + Indicates whether form Text is rendered in form caption. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Raises TitleTextMarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether custom form styling is enabled. + + true if custom styling is enabled otherwise false. + + + + Invalidates non client area of the form. + + Indicates whether complete form is invalidated. + + + + Called when WM_NCACTIVATE message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Gets the form path for the give input bounds. + + Represents the form bounds. + + + + + Updates the form title bar text. Usually calling this method is not necessary but under certain conditions when form is used as MDI parent form + calling it to update combined text is necessary. + + + + + Called when CloseEnabled property value has changed. + + + + + Paints the non-client area of the form. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + + Occurs when text-markup link in TitleText is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets whether Vista glass effect extension over the ribbon control caption is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon for the form. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form enables auto scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office 2007 Renderer global Color Table. Setting this property will affect all controls in application that are using Office 2007 global renderer. + + + + + Gets whether client border is painted in OnPaint method. + + + + + Gets whether ribbon control caption is painted + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting form caption. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the form system icon. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroForm class. + + + + + Gets the array of LinearGradientColorTable objects that describe the border colors. The colors with index 0 is used as the outer most + border. + + Array of LinearGradientColorTable + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Gets the form path for the given input bounds. + + Represent the form bounds. + + + + + Called when HelpButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SettingsButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises SettingsButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + This property is not applicable for MetroForm. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the HELP button text. + + + + + Gets or sets the SETTINGS button text. + + + + + Occurs when SETTINGS button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when HELP button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the Color scheme used by items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 Blue Color Scheme + + + + + Converts hex string to Color type. + + Hexadecimal color representation. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts hex string to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts hex string to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Specifies Dock Site BackColor. + + + + + Specifies Dock Site BackColor2. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the menu bar background color. + + + + + Specifies the target menu bar gradient background color. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the bar when floating or when docked. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the bar when floating or when docked. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the bar Caption. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the bar Caption. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the color for text of the Caption. + + + + + Specifies the Bar Caption inactive (lost focus) background color. + + + + + Specifies the target background gradient Bar Caption inactive (lost focus) color. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the Bar inactive (lost focus) text color. + + + + + Specifies the background color for popup bars. + + + + + Specifies the border color for popup bars. + + + + + Specifies the border color for docked bars. + + + + + Specifies the color of the grab handle stripes. + + + + + Specifies the border color for floating bars. + + + + + Specifies the item background color. + + + + + Specifies the target item background gradient color. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the item text color. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the item that is disabled. + + + + + Specifies the text color for the item that is disabled. + + + + + Specifies the background color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the text color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the border color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the background color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the text color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the border color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the color for the item group separator. + + + + + Specifies the color for the item group separator shade. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the shadow of expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the text color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the border color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the border color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the text color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the customize item background color. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the customize item target gradient background color. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the customize item background color gradient angle. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the customize item text color. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the color of the menu border. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the menu. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the menu. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the menu background. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Specifies the side bar color for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient side bar color for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the border color for focused design-time item. + + + + + Gets or sets predefined color scheme. By default DotNetBar will automatically change and generate color scheme depending on system colors. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the panel. + + + + + Specifies the target background gradient color of the panel. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the panel background. + + + + + Specifies border color of the panel. + + + + + Specifies color of the text on the panel. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the explorer bar. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the explorer bar. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the explorer bar background. + + + + + Specifies the foreground color of MDI System Item buttons. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the Splitter. + + + + + Specifies the target background gradient color of the Splitter. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the Splitter background. + + + + + Specifies border color of the Splitter. + + + + + Specifies color of the text on the Splitter. + + + + + Indicates auto-hide panel background image if any. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide panel background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide panel background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-hide tab background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tab border. + + + + + Specifies the type of predefined color scheme in ColorScheme object. + + + + + Default value. DotNetBar will automatically change and generate color scheme depending on system colors. + + + + + Blue Office 2003 Color Scheme. This setting specifies that this color scheme will be used regardless of system color setting on user machine. + + + + + Olive Green Office 2003 Color Scheme. This setting specifies that this color scheme will be used regardless of system color setting on user machine. + + + + + Silver Office 2003 Color Scheme. This setting specifies that this color scheme will be used regardless of system color setting on user machine. + + + + + Always use system colors to auto-generate color scheme. + + + + + Specifies a color scheme member. + + + + + Summary description for ColorSchemeEditor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for ColorSchemeVSEditor. + + + + + Represents Color type editor with support for color schemes. + + + + + Edits the value of the specified object using the editor style indicated by GetEditStyle. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. + + + + Gets the editor style used by the EditValue method. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by EditValue. If the UITypeEditor does not support this method, then GetEditStyle will return None. + + + + + Provides command related utility methods that register and unregister commands. + + + + + Connects the Command Source to the Command. + + Command source to connect to the command. + Reference to the command. + + + + Disconnects command source from the command. + + Reference to command source. + Reference to the command. + + + + Unregister command from all subscribers. Called when command is disposed. + + Command to unregister. + + + + Gets an array of Command Sources that are connected with the command. + + Reference to command + An array of command sources. + + + + Gets or sets whether commands use Reflection to find the property names when applying value to the unknown types. Default value is true. + Setting this value to false will increase performance if Unknown types are used but it will at same time disable the + command setting value for these types. + + + + + Gets or sets whether layout on the items of type BaseItem is automatically updated when command text or other property changes which requires layout updated. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents the bound data navigator in current DotNetBar style. + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Adds default items that make up the binding navigation control. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Add New record button. + + + + + Gets or sets the binding source for the navigator. + + + + + Gets or sets the label which represents the items count. + + + + + Indicates the format string for the label which displays the number of items bound. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which deletes current record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to first record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to last record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to next record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to previous record. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-box which shows current position. + + + + + Represents the class for the BaseItem non-popup based control host. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Paints the control focus cues. + + Paint event information. + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Called when visual property of the control has changed so the control can be updated. + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Recalculates the size of the internal item. + + + + + Indicates to control that all further update operations should not result in layout and refresh of control content. + Use this method to optimize the addition of new items to the control. This method supports nested calls meaning + that multiple calls are allowed but they must be ended with appropriate number of EndUpdate calls. + IsUpdateSuspended property returns whether update is suspended. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of BaseItem object hosted by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during painting OnPaintBackground on base control is called when BackColor=Transparent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. + + + + + Gets whether control layout is suspended becouse of the call to BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CircularProgress class. + + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the circular progress bar type. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress percentage text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text that displays the progress bar completion percentage text is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on top of the circular progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether endless type progress bar is running. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the color of progress indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets format string for progress value. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation speed for endless running progress. Lower number means faster running. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CollapsibleSplitContainer class. + + + + + Raises BeforeNearCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises NearCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeFarCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises FarCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when ButtonPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CollapseMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + + Occurs after near collapse button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before far collapse button is clicked and allows you to cancel its action. + + + + + Occurs after far collapse button is clicked. + + + + + Indicates position of buttons inside container. + + + + + Specifies how panels are collapsed when collapse buttons are pressed. + + + + + Defines available positions for buttons inside CollapsibleSplitterContainer. + + + + + Buttons are positioned on left or top side depending on orientation. + + + + + Buttons are positioned in center of container. + + + + + Buttons are positioned on right or bottom side depending on orientation. + + + + + Defines collapse mode for the CollapsibleSplitContainer control. + + + + + When buttons are pressed the splitter is positioned at the PanelMinSize. + + + + + When buttons are pressed associated panel is collapsed through Panel1Collapsed or Panel2Collapsed properties. + + + + + Represents the color picker button control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Displays the Colors dialog that allows user to choose the color or create a custom color. If new color is chosen the + SelectedColorChanged event is raised. + + + + + Raises the ColorPreview event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Indicates whether SubItems collection is serialized. ColorPickerDropDown does not serialize the sub items. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the ColorPreview event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Update the selected color image if the SelectedColorImageRectangle has been set and button is using Image property to display the image. + + + + + Occurs when color is chosen from drop-down color picker or from Custom Colors dialog box. Selected color can be accessed through SelectedColor property. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moving over the colors presented by the color picker. You can use it to preview the color before it is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as standard colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as theme colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Gets whether command is executed when button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Owner Window that will be used as owner for the colors modal dialog when displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets more colors menu item is visible which allows user to open Custom Colors dialog box. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the last selected color from either the drop-down or Custom Color dialog box. Default value is + Color.Empty. You can use SelectedColorChanged event to be notified when this property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether theme colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether standard colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle in Image coordinates where selected color will be painted. Setting this property will + have an effect only if Image property is used to set the image. Default value is an empty rectangle which indicates + that selected color will not be painted on the image. + + + + + Represents enhanced Windows combo box control. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxEx. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Loads all fonts available on system into the combo box. + + + + + Releases the focus from combo box. The control that last had focus will receive focus back when this method is called. + + + + + Called when DropDownColumns property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownColumnsHeaders property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises BeforeMultiColumnPopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataColumnCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises SelectionChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when MultiColumnControlFont property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when drop down portion of combo box is shown or hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is stand-alone control. Stand-alone flag affects the appearance of the control in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + Note that WatermarkText is not compatible with the auto-complete feature of .NET Framework 2.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the combo box background color. Note that in Office 2007 style back color of the control is automatically managed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the BackColor value you set is used instead of the style back color automatically provided by the control. Default + value is false which indicates that BackColor property is automatically managed. Set this property to true and then set BackColor property + to make control use your custom back color. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether system combo box appearance is used. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether the combo box is draw using the Windows XP Theme manager when running on Windows XP or theme aware OS. + + + + + Disables internal drawing support for the List-box portion of Combo-box. Default value is false which means that internal drawing code is used. If + you plan to provide your own drawing for combo box items you must set this property to True. + + + + + Gets or sets whether combo box generates the audible alert when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + The ImageList control used by Combo box to draw images. + + + + + Determines the visual style applied to the combo box when shown. Default style is Office 2007. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ComboBoxEx thumb button that displays drop-down is rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ComboBoxEx border is rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether ItemHeight property is set automatically based on the current font when DrawMode=OwnerDrawFixed + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color table used to render combo-box items + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the text in combo-box when control Enabled property is set to false. + Setting this property is effective only for DropDownList ComboBox style. + + + + + Gets or sets the control background color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that system background color is used when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the window handle that the drop down list is bound to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated list of field names that are displayed on drop down. When set it activates ComboBoxEx multi-column drop-down mode. + DataSource must be set in order for drop-down to display data. + + + + + Indicates custom column names with each column separated by new line, i.e. \r\n escape sequence. + + + + + Occurs before the multi-column popup is opened and it allows canceling of popup by setting CancelEventArgs.Cancel=true. + + + + + Occurs when ColumnHeader is automatically created by control as result of data binding for multi-column drop-down and provides you with opportunity to modify it. + + + + + Occurs before selection on multi-column drop-down has changed and allows canceling of the change. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection change on multi-column drop-down closes the popup. Default value is true. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup size is preserved between popup displays if popup is resized by end-user. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup can be resized by end user. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup close button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multi-column popup window is open. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Gets the reference to the control which is used to display multi-column data on popup. Control is created just before the popup is opened. + + + + + Indicates the font used by the multi-column control on the popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the DropDownChange event. + + + + + Summary description for ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxItem and assigns item name. + + Item Name. + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item Name + Item Text. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Overridden. Releases the input focus. + + + + + Raises the ComboBoxTextChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Occurs when underlining control ComboBox.Text property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when selected item on combo box has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether combo box generates the audible alert when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the combo box label. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the of the drop-down portion of a combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the of the drop-down portion of a combo box. + + + + + Indicates the Width of the combo box part of the item. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically releases its input focus when selection is made using keyboard. + + + + + Returns the reference to the inner combo box control. + + + + + Indicates whether item caption is always shown. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in inner ComboBoxEx. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of a combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the item automatically loads all the fonts available into the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of an item in the combo box. + + + + + Indicates item's visibility when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the item was recently used. + + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item caption text displayed next to the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source whose contents you want to display. When ComboBoxItem is used in DropDown mode + and objects like ComboItem are added to ComboBoxItems.Items collection DisplayMembers should be set to the name of the property you would + like to use as text representation in editable portion of ComboBox. For example in case of ComboItem objects property should be set to Text. + + + + + Specifies whether combo box is drawn using themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + Note that WatermarkText is not compatible with the auto-complete feature of .NET Framework 2.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is stand-alone control. Stand-alone flag affects the appearance of the control in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Summary description for ComboItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns a human-readable string representation of this object. + + A string that represents this object. + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment.. + + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation, tab stops, and clipping) and display manipulations. + + + + + Gets or sets the image horizontal image position. + + + + + Gets or sets the font name used to draw the item text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the item. + + + + + Specifies style information applied to text. + + + + + Gets the em-size of this Font object in design units. + + + + + Gets or sets the image assigned to this item. + + + + + Gets or sets an object that contains data to associate with the item. + + + + + Serves as integration of regular Image class and Icon class + + + + + Specifies orientation of content. + + + + + Indicates Horizontal orientation of the content. + + + + + Indicates Vertical orientation of the content. + + + + + Specifies content horizontal alignment. + + + + + Content is left aligned.UI + + + + + Content is right aligned. + + + + + Content is centered. + + + + + Specifies content vertical alignment. + + + + + Content is top aligned. + + + + + Content is bottom aligned. + + + + + Content is in the middle. + + + + + Represents a extended content block interface for advanced layout information. + + + + + Returns whether element is an container so it receives full available size of parent control for layout. + + + + + Represents event arguments for SerialContentLayoutManager.NextPosition event. + + + + + Gets or sets the block that is layed out. + + + + + Gets or sets the current block position. + + + + + Gets or sets the calculated next block position. + + + + + Cancels default position calculation. + + + + + Represents event arguments for the SerialContentLayoutManager layout events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference block object. + + + + + Gets or sets the position block will assume. + + + + + Cancel the layout of the block, applies only to BeforeXXX layout event. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility index of the block. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Delegate for SerialContentLayoutManager.NextPosition event. + + + + + Delegate for the SerialContentLayoutManager layout events. + + + + + Summary description for ContextExMenuTypeEditor. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the EditValue method. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by EditValue. If the UITypeEditor does not support this method, then GetEditStyle will return None + + + + Represents the context menu bar that provides the context menus for the System.Windows.Forms.Control inherited controls on the form. + + + + + Returns the instance of the BaseItem that is assigned as context menu to the control. + + Control to return context menu for. + Instance of the BaseItem used as context menu for the control. + + + + Assigns the context menu to a control. + + Control to assign the context menu to. + Instance of PopupItem derived class usually ButtonItem to act as context menu for a control. The SubItems collection of the item specified here actually defines the visible context menu items. + + + + Gets/Sets whether Bar is visible or not. + + + + + Summary description for Popups. + + + + + Summary description for ControlContainerItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Overridden. Returns the copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + Copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + + + Overridden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overridden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Called when size of the item is changed externally. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs when container control needs to be assigned to the item. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the control that is managed by the item. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Specifies whether contained control can be automatically resized to fill the item container. + + + + + Represents the Check Box control with extended styles. + + + + + Invokes the CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Invokes CheckedChanging event. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs before Checked property is changed and allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed with extended information. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed. This event is provided for the Windows Forms data binding support. You can use CheckedChangedEx to get extended information about the changed. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed. This event is provided for the Windows Forms data binding support. You can use CheckedChangedEx to get extended information about the changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the check or radio sign. Default value is 13x13. Minimum value is 6x6. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets or sets the check box position relative to the text. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets the underlying CheckBoxItem + + + + + Gets or sets whether mnemonic character assigned to control is processed only if Alt key is pressed. Default value is false which indicate that Alt key is not required. + + + + + Gets or set whether the Checked values and the item appearance are automatically changed when the Check-Box is clicked. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that represents the Checked state of control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty string is consider as null value during CheckValue value comparison. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Indeterminate state of check box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Checked state of check box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Unchecked state of check box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the checking on NewChecked button. + + + + + Check-box that will become checked if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Check-box that is currently checked and which will be unchecked if operation is not cancelled. This property will have only valid values for eCheckBoxStyle.RadioButton style CheckBoxItems. + + + + + Indicates the action that has caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents the combo box like control which shows the AdvTree control on popup. Tree control + can be configured to display multiple columns as well. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TextBoxDropDown class. + + + + + Raises FormattingEnabledChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatStringChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatInfoChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the specified array of objects in a collection in the derived class. + + An array of items. + + + + Raises the DataColumnCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates a new node for the data item. + + Item to create node for. + New instance of the node. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the object with the specified index in the derived class. + + The array index of the object. + The object. + + + + Called when ParentFieldName property has changed. + + + + + Called when GroupingMembers property has changed. + + + + + Raises the Format event. + + Event parameters + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueMemberChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Renders the selected node inside the combo box. + + Graphics reference. + Render bounds. + + + + Updates popup tree size based on its content. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Called when PopupLocation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows popup is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the text alignment in text box has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. Event can be canceled. + + + + + Occurs after node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. + + + + + Occurs when the DataSource changes. + + + + + Occurs when the DisplayMembers property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the control is bound to a data value that need to be converted. + + + + + Occurs when FormattingEnabled property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatString property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatInfo property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a Node for an data-bound object item has been created and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when a group Node is created as result of GroupingMembers property setting and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when value of ValueMember property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when ColumnHeader is automatically created by control as result of data binding and provides you with opportunity to modify it. + + + + + Gets or sets the tree node that is currently selected in the tree control. + + + If no Node is currently selected, the + SelectedNode property is a null reference (Nothing in Visual + Basic). + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection change on popup tree closes the popup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the field name that holds the text that will be displayed in the control for selected item. When not set all items set in DisplayMembers will be displayed in control. + + + + + Gets or sets the field name that holds the text that will be displayed in the control for selected item. When not set all items set in DisplayMembers will be displayed in control. + + + + + Gets or sets the comma separated list of property or column names to display on popup tree control. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMembers property of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the format-specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated field or property names that holds the value that is used to identify node and parent node. Format expected is: FieldNodeId,ParentNodeFieldId. For example if your table represents departments, you have DepartmentId field which uniquely identifies a department and ParentDepartmentId field which identifies parent of the department if any you would set this property to DepartmentId,ParentDepartmentId. + Note that you can only use ParentFieldNames or GroupingMembers property but not both. If both are set ParentFieldName take precedence. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated list of field or property names that are used for grouping when data-binding is used. + + + + + Gets or sets style for automatically created group nodes when data-binding is used and GroupingMembers property is set. + + + Name of the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in the control. Applies to data-binding scenarios. SelectedValue property will return the value of selected node as indicated by this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the ValueMember property. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed if set for the input items. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed on the input control when control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether Enter key when pressed while control has input focus toggles the popup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard incremental search is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during keyboard search selected node can be set to nothing/null if there is no match found. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard search buffer expiration timeout. Default value is 1000 which indicates that + key pressed within 1 second will add to the search buffer and control will be searched for node text + that begins with resulting string. Setting this value to 0 will disable the search buffer. + + + + + Indicates the custom popup location for the ComboTree popup + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal AdvTree control that is displayed on popup Use it to get access to the AdvTree events and properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboTreeBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the width in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboTreeBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the combo box is displaying its drop-down portion. + + + + + Gets the collection of tree nodes that are assigned to the popup tree view control. + + + A NodeCollection that represents the tree nodes + assigned to the tree control. + + + The Nodes property holds a collection of Node objects, each of which has a + Nodes property that can contain its own NodeCollection. + + + + + Gets the collection of column headers that appear in the popup tree. + + + By default there are no column headers defined. In that case tree control + functions as regular tree control where text has unrestricted width. + If you want to restrict the horizontal width of the text but not display + column header you can create one column and set its width to the width desired and + set its Visible property to false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column headers are visible if they are defined through Columns collection. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether grid lines are displayed when columns are defined. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid lines color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal grid lines between each row are displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is highlighted when mouse enters the node. Default value is false. + + + There are two ways to enable the node hot-tracking. You can set the HotTracking property to true in which case the + mouse tracking is enabled using system colors specified in TreeColorTable. You can also define the NodeStyleMouseOver + style which gets applied to the node when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the node selection box style for popup tree control. + + SelectionBox Property + SelectionBoxSize Property + SelectionBoxFillColor Property + SelectionBoxBorderColor Property + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the Image objects used by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the control background color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that system background color is used when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle converting for ComboTree control. + + + + + + + Gets the reference to the item being converted. + + + + + Get the reference to the name of the field or property on the item that needs conversion. + + + + + Defines delegate for data node based events. + + + + + Defines event arguments for data node based events. + + + + + Gets or sets the node that is created for data item. + + + + + Gets the data-item node is being created for. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataNodeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for data column based events. + + + + + Defines event arguments for data column based events. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header that is created for data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataColumnEventArgs class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ControlWithBackgroundStyle class. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Represents the DataGridView control with enhanced Office 2007 style. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Indicates whether control will delay call to OnResize base DataGridView method when control is running on MDI Child which was introduced as workaround to an issue in control. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected column header is highlighted. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether select all sign displayed in top-left corner of the grid is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether enhanced selection for the cells is painted in Office 2007 style. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether BackgroundColor property set on DataGridView is obeyed instead of using system color scheme color. + + + + + GetContentBounds + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Button background + + + + + + + + Paints the button background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Establishes the given rowIndex as the + ActiveRowIndex. + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell button + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Gets whether the Column cells will fully paint + their cell background and content + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether ImageFixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + Processes Button expand changes + + + + + + + ButtonItem_Click + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Gets or sets the active row index + + + + + Gets the Control Button + + + + + Gets or sets the Current row index + + + + + Gets or sets a expanded button + was just closed + + + + + Gets or sets the cell callback state + + + + + Gets or sets whether Checked property is automatically inverted, button checked/unchecked, when button is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether the button will auto-expand when clicked. + When button contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this property to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets button Color Scheme. ColorScheme does not apply to Office2007 styled buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the button. Color specified applies to buttons with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eButtonColor.BlueWithBackground + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the corresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. Applies to items with Office 2007 style only. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Indicates the way button is rendering the mouse over state. Setting the value to + Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Sets fixed size of the image. Image will be scaled and painted it size specified. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of spacing between button image if specified and text. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of popup in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets an shape descriptor for the button + which describes the shape of the button. Default value is null + which indicates that system default shape is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button displays the expand part that indicates that button has popup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button appears as split button. Split button appearance + divides button into two parts. Image which raises the click event when clicked + and text and expand sign which shows button sub items on popup menu when clicked. + Button must have both text and image visible (ButtonStyle property) in order to + appear as a full split button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the button. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default Text to display on the Button + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Applies only when button text is not composed using text markup. Default value is center. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + BeforeCellPaintEventArgs + + + + + RowIndex of cell being painted + + + + + ColumnIndex of cell being painted + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Button background + + + + + + + + Paints the button background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the Content bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + HookEvents + + + + + + CheckBoxItem_Click + + + + + + + CheckBoxItem_DoubleClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Gets or sets the active row index + + + + + Gets the Control Button + + + + + Gets or sets the Current row index + + + + + Gets or sets the MouseDown row index + + + + + Gets or sets the cell callback state + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the check box position relative to the text. + Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Specifies the state of the control, that can be + checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + CheckValue + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Checked state value of the check + box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Indeterminate state of the check + box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Unchecked state value of check + box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is 'N'. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty string is consider as null value + during CheckValue value comparison. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls + Text property. Default value is true. Set this property to false to + display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the default Text to display + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is + Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow + three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is + set to true CheckState property should be used instead of Checked + property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + Click + + + + + + + DrawItem + + + + + + + DropDownChange + + + + + + + MeasureItem + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + ParseFormattedValue + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + + MustRenderVisibleControl + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + HookEvents + + + + + + ComboBoxEx_DataSourceChanged + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_Click + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_DrawItem + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_DropDownChange + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_MeasureItem + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a ComboBox Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when the ComboBox is clicked + + + + + Occurs when a visual aspect of an owner-drawn ComboBox changes + + + + + Occurs when drop down portion of the ComboBox is shown or hidden. + + + + + Occurs each time an owner-drawn ComboBox item needs + to be drawn and when the sizes of the list items are determined + + + + + Gets the underlying ComboBoxEx control + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox CurrencyManager + + + + + Gets or sets a custom System.Collections.Specialized.StringCollection + to use when the AutoCompleteSource property is set to CustomSource. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete strings used for automatic completion. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source that populates the selections for the combo box + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property or column + from which to retrieve strings for display in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether user code or + operating system code will handle drawing of elements in the list. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the drop-down lists of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the flat style appearance of the column's cells. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the format-specifier + characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMember property. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList control used by Combo box to draw images. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the control should resize to avoid showing partial items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is stand-alone control. + Stand-alone flag affects the appearance of the control in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of an item in the combo box. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects used as selections in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items + in the drop-down list of the cells in the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters a user can type into the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the items in the combo box are sorted. + + + + + Determines the visual style applied to + the combo box when shown. Default style is Office 2007. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this control. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property or column + from which to get values that correspond to the selections in the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value + indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text + is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + Note that WatermarkText is not compatible with the auto-complete feature of .NET Framework 2.0. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + DropDownChangeEventArgs + + + + + ColumnIndex + + + + + Expanded state + + + + + RowIndex + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + OnSelectedIndexChanged + + + + + + NotifyDataGridViewOfValueChange + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + ButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + ConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + DoButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + DoConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a DateTimeInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked + and allows you to cancel its default action + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by + the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that + value to the value the control expects + + + + + Gets the underlying DateTimeInput control + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is + allowed. Default value is true which means that IsEmpty property may + return true if input value is resets or ValueObject set to null/nothing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input focus is automatically advanced + to next input field when input is complete in current one. + + + + + Gets or sets whether first day in month is automatically + selected on popup date picker when month or year is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. + When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty input values (year, month or day) are + set to defaults while user is entering data. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the format date/time is displayed in. To specify + custom format set this value to Custom and specify custom format + using CustomFormat property. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set + to true the input part of the control becomes read-only and does not allow + the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows user to change + the value of the control. Use this property to allow change of the value + through drop-down picker only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal MonthCalendarItem control which is used to display calendar when drop-down is open. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is + displayed to the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box + is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed + to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value + can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked + and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control + (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control + is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. The value can + be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Handles OnValueChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + ButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + ConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + DoButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + DoConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a DoubleInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked + and allows you to cancel its default action + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by + the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that + value to the value the control expects + + + + + DoubleInput + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format + the numeric value entered for display purpose. Read more about + available formats in MSDN under "Standard Numeric Format Strings" + and "Custom Numeric Format Strings" topics. + + The format specified here indicates the format for display purpose + only, not for the input purpose. For example to display the number + in system Currency format set the DisplayFormat to 'C'. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the + control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is + displayed to the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box + is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed + to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value + can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked + and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control + (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control + is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. The value can + be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Handles OnValueChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + ButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + ConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + DoButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + DoConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a DateTimeInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked + and allows you to cancel its default action + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by + the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that + value to the value the control expects + + + + + IntegerInput + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format + the numeric value entered for display purpose. Read more about + available formats in MSDN under "Standard Numeric Format Strings" + and "Custom Numeric Format Strings" topics. + + The format specified here indicates the format for display purpose + only, not for the input purpose. For example to display the number + in system Currency format set the DisplayFormat to 'C'. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the + control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is + displayed to the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box + is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed + to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value + can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked + and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control + (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control + is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. The value can + be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Handles OnValueChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a IpAddressInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Gets the underlying IpAddressInput control + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control + is allowed. Default value is true which means that Text property + may return null if there is no input value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically + turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input + is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be + auto-resolved to IP address as host/domain names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be + displayed on popup that is shown when the drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Returns the collection of DropDownItems. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight + the text box when it has input focus and FocusHighlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as + background color to highlight the text box when it has + input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in + free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When + set to true the input part of the control becomes read-only and does + not allow the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows + user to possibly change the value of the control through the method you + can provide on drop-down. Use this property to allow change of the value + through drop-down button only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to + the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box is displayed + to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of + the control when Text is not set and control does not have + input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Control for input of the integer value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IpAddressInput class. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Raises the LockUpdateChanged event. + + Provides event data./ + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + + + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ShowCheckBox property is set to true and user changes the lock status of the control by clicking the check-box. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is true which means that Text property + may return null if there is no input value. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set to true the input part of the control becomes + read-only and does not allow the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows user to possibly change the value of the control + through the method you can provide on drop-down. + Use this property to allow change of the value through drop-down button only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to the left of the input value. + Set to true if a check box is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property + to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets the IP Address value represented by the control. + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that value to the + value control expects. + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked and allows you to cancel its default action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be auto-resolved to IP address as host/domain names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Label background + + + + + + + + Paints the Label background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + CellAlignPoint + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell label + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the SingleLineColor property to its default value. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + LabelItem_Click + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the LabelX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Button FlatStyle + + + + + Button UseColumnTextForButtonValue + + + + + InCallBack + + + + + Gets the Control LabelX + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. + Default value specifies border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the border drawn around the label. + + + + + Specifies label image. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when border is single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical text alignment. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + KeyDown routine forwards all DataGridView sent keys to + the underlying focusable control + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + + MustRenderVisibleControl + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetTextAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a MaskedTextBoxAdv Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Gets the underlying MaskedTextBoxAdv control + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether PromptChar can be entered as valid data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether characters outside of the ASCII character set will be accepted. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the masked text box + control raises the system beep for each user key stroke that it rejects. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture information associated with the masked text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether + literals and prompt characters are copied to the clipboard + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be + displayed on popup that is shown when the drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight + the text box when it has input focus and FocusHighlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as + background color to highlight the text box when it has + input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the prompt characters + in the input mask are hidden when the masked text box loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text insertion mode of the masked text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the input mask to use at run time. + + + + + Gets or sets the character to be displayed in substitute for user input. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to represent the absence of user input. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the parsing of + user input should stop after the first invalid character is reached. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how an input + character that matches the prompt character should be handled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how + a space input character should be handled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating + whether the user is allowed to reenter literal values. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a masked text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals + and prompt characters are included in the formatted string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the operating system-supplied password character should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the data type used to verify the data input by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value + indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of + the control when Text is not set and control does not have + input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBoxAdv class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBoxAdv class using the specified input mask. + + A custom mask language provider, derived from the MaskedTextProvider class. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBoxAdv class using the specified input mask. + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBox class using the specified input mask. + + + + Raises TypeValidationCompleted event. + + + + + Raises the TextAlignChanged event. + + + + + Raises MaskInputRejected event. + + + + + + Raises the MaskChanged event. + + + + + Raises IsOverwriteModeChanged event. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Converts the user input string to an instance of the validating type. + + If successful, an Object of the type specified by the ValidatingType property; otherwise, null to indicate conversion failure. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current masked text box. This method overrides ToString. + + A String that contains information about the current MaskedTextBox. The string includes the type, a simplified view of the input string, and the formatted input string. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows popup is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after the insert mode has changed + + + + + Occurs after the input mask is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user's input or assigned character does not match the corresponding format element of the input mask. + + + + + Occurs when the text alignment is changed. + + + + + Occurs when MaskedTextBox has finished parsing the current value using the ValidatingType property. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal MaskedTextBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether PromptChar can be entered as valid data by the user. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the MaskedTextBox control accepts characters outside of the ASCII character set. + true if only ASCII is accepted; false if the MaskedTextBox control can accept any arbitrary Unicode character. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the masked text box control raises the system beep for each user key stroke that it rejects. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture information associated with the masked text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals and prompt characters are copied to the clipboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider to use when performing type validation. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the prompt characters in the input mask are hidden when the masked text box loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the text insertion mode of the masked text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the input mask to use at run time. The default value is the empty string which allows any input + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether all required inputs have been entered into the input mask. Returns true if all required input has been entered into the mask; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a clone of the mask provider associated with this instance of the masked text box control. Returns masking language provider of type MaskedTextProvider. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether all required and optional inputs have been entered into the input mask. Returns true if all required and optional inputs have been entered; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the character to be displayed in substitute for user input. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to represent the absence of user input in MaskedTextBox. Returns character used to prompt the user for input. The default is an underscore (_). + + + + + Gets or sets whether text in control is read only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the parsing of user input should stop after the first invalid character is reached. Returns true if processing of the input string should be terminated at the first parsing error; otherwise, false if processing should ignore all errors. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how an input character that matches the prompt character should be handled. Returns true if the prompt character entered as input causes the current editable position in the mask to be reset; otherwise, false to indicate that the prompt character is to be processed as a normal input character. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how a space input character should be handled. Returns true if the space input character causes the current editable position in the mask to be reset; otherwise, false to indicate that it is to be processed as a normal input character. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the defined shortcuts are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a masked text box control. + + + + + Gets the length of the displayed text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals and prompt characters are included in the formatted string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the operating system-supplied password character should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the data type used to verify the data input by the user. Returns Type representing the data type used in validation. The default is null. + + + + + Gets the preferred height for a masked text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Button background + + + + + + + + Paints the button background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the content bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + ProgressBarItem_Click + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Button FlatStyle + + + + + Button UseColumnTextForButtonValue + + + + + InCallBack + + + + + Gets the Control ProgressBarX + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color state table for progress bar. Color + specified applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. You can use ColorTable to indicate the state + of the operation that Progress Bar is tracking. Default value is eProgressBarItemColor.Normal. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the default Text to display on the Progress Bar + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text inside the progress bar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Slider background + + + + + + + + Paints the Slider content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Process MouseEnter state + + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + CellAlignPoint + + + + + + + + GetSliderValue + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the content bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell slider + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Gets the type of the underlying data + (i.e., the type of the cell's Value property) + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + SliderItem_Click + + + + + + + SliderItem_ValueChanged + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a Slider Cell is painted + + + + + Gets or sets the active row index + + + + + Gets or sets the DataBindingComplete state + + + + + Gets the Control Slider + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text label position in relationship to the slider. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text label next to the slider is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 38. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the slider. Value must be greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the label text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line track marker is displayed on the slide line. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the slider. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + KeyDown routine forwards all DataGridView sent keys to + the underlying focusable control + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetTextAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Appends text to the current text of a text box. + + The text to append to the current contents of the text box. + + + + Clears all text from the text box control. + + + + + Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. + + + + + Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength + property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. + + The location from which to seek the nearest character. + The character at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location. + + The location to search. + The zero-based character index at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. + + The line for which to get the index of its first character. + The zero-based character index in the specified line. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. + + The zero-based character index in the current line. + + + + Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the control. + + The character index position to search. + The zero-based line number in which the character index is located. + + + + Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. + + The index of the character for which to retrieve the location. + The location of the specified character. + + + + Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. + + + + + Selects a range of text in the text box. + + The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. + The number of characters to select. + + + + Selects all text in the text box. + + + + + Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. + + + + + Replaces the specified selection in the TextBox with the contents of the Clipboard. + + The text to replace. + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a TextBoxDropDown Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Gets the underlying TextBoxDropDown control + + + + + Gets or sets a custom StringCollection to use when + the AutoCompleteSource property is set to CustomSource. + A StringCollection to use with AutoCompleteSource. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls + how automatic completion works for the TextBox. + One of the values of AutoCompleteMode. The values are Append, + None, Suggest, and SuggestAppend. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete strings used for automatic completion. + One of the values of AutoCompleteSource. The options are AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, HistoryList, RecentlyUsedList, CustomSource, and None. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TextBox control + modifies the case of characters as they are typed. + One of the CharacterCasing enumeration values that specifies + whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters. + The default is CharacterCasing.Normal. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be + displayed on popup that is shown when the drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight + the text box when it has input focus and FocusHighlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as + background color to highlight the text box when it has + input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text in + the text box control remains highlighted when the control loses focus. + true if the selected text does not appear highlighted when the + text box control loses focus; false, if the selected text remains + highlighted when the text box control loses focus. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + The number of characters that can be entered into the control. The default is 32767. + + + + + Gets or sets the character to be displayed in substitute for user input. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. + A string that represents the currently selected text in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. + The number of characters selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. + The starting position of text selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a masked text box control. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control. + Returns number of characters contained in the text of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the operating system-supplied password character should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value + indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of + the control when Text is not set and control does not have + input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Represents single line text box control with the drop down button to display custom control on popup and additional custom buttons. + + + + + Raises BeforeMultiColumnPopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TextBoxDropDown class. + + + + + Raises the TextAlignChanged event. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Called when DropDownControl property has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current text in text box. This method overrides ToString. + + A String that contains information about the current TextBox. The string includes the type, a simplified view of the input string, and the formatted input string. + + + + Appends text to the current text of a text box. + + The text to append to the current contents of the text box. + + + + Clears all text from the text box control. + + + + + Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. + + + + + Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. + + The location from which to seek the nearest character. + The character at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location. + + The location to search. + The zero-based character index at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. + + The line for which to get the index of its first character. + The zero-based character index in the specified line. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. + + The zero-based character index in the current line. + + + + Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the control. + + The character index position to search. + The zero-based line number in which the character index is located. + + + + Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. + + The index of the character for which to retrieve the location. + The location of the specified character. + + + + Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. + + + + + Selects a range of text in the text box. + + The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. + The number of characters to select. + + + + Selects all text in the text box. + + + + + Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. + + + + + Replaces the specified selection in the TextBox with the contents of the Clipboard. + + The text to replace. + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows popup is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the text alignment is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Modified property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the popup is opened and it allows canceling of popup by setting CancelEventArgs.Cancel=true. + + + + + Indicates whether all text is auto-selected when control gets input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down is open. + + + + + Indicates whether DropDownControl is automatically focused when popup is open. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal TextBox control. Use it to get access to the text box events and properties. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets the preferred height for a text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a custom StringCollection to use when the AutoCompleteSource property is set to CustomSource. + A StringCollection to use with AutoCompleteSource. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the TextBox. + One of the values of AutoCompleteMode. The values are Append, None, Suggest, and SuggestAppend. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete strings used for automatic completion. + One of the values of AutoCompleteSource. The options are AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, HistoryList, RecentlyUsedList, CustomSource, and None. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. + One of the CharacterCasing enumeration values that specifies whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters. The default is CharacterCasing.Normal. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. + The character used to mask characters entered in a single-line TextBox control. Set the value of this property to 0 (character value) if you do not want the control to mask characters as they are typed. Equals 0 (character value) by default. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a TextBox control. + One of the HorizontalAlignment enumeration values that specifies how text is aligned in the control. The default is HorizontalAlignment.Left. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in the TextBox control should appear as the default password character. + true if the text in the TextBox control should appear as the default password character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text in the text box control remains highlighted when the control loses focus. + true if the selected text does not appear highlighted when the text box control loses focus; false, if the selected text remains highlighted when the text box control loses focus. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + The number of characters that can be entered into the control. The default is 32767. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the text box control has been modified by the user since the control was created or its contents were last set. + true if the control's contents have been modified; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether text in the text box is read-only. + true if the text box is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. + A string that represents the currently selected text in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. + The number of characters selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. + The starting position of text selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control.Returns number of characters contained in the text of the control. + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + Displays the desktop alerts with optional image or symbol. Text on alerts supports text-markup. + + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Specifies alert color. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Specifies alert color. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert at specific screen position. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert position on the screen. + + + + Shows desktop alert at specific screen position. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert position on the screen. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert at specific screen position. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on alert. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color. + Alert position on the screen. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color + Alert position on the screen + Text-markup link click event handler. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color + Alert position on the screen + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Symbol to show on the alert, see http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=1347 + Symbol set to use + Symbol color or Color.Empty to use default text color + Alert color + Alert position on the screen + Duration of alert in the seconds. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Symbol to show on the alert, see http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=1347 + Symbol set to use + Symbol color or Color.Empty to use default text color + Alert position on the screen + Alert color + Duration of alert in the seconds. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Symbol to show on the alert, see http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=1347 + Symbol set to use + Symbol color or Color.Empty to use default text color + Alert position on the screen + Alert color + Duration of alert in the seconds. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on the alert + Alert screen position + Alert color + Duration of alert in seconds + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on the alert + Alert screen position + Alert color + Duration of alert in seconds + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on the alert + Alert screen position + Alert color + Duration of alert in seconds + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Raises BeforeAlertDisplayed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates maximum alert size. + + + + + Specifies default alert screen position. + + + + + Specifies default alert color. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after alert closes automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup can be used in alert text, default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether alert plays exclamation sound when shown. + + + + + Occurs before alert is displayed and allows access to the alert Window through sender. + + + + + Defines predefined desktop alert colors. + + + + + Sets alert size based on its content, it respects MinimumSize and MaximumSize property settings. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TextMarkupEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Raises MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Display balloon. + + Indicates whether alert receives input focus upon showing. + + + + Displays balloon. + + + + + Called when alert needs to be hidden. + + + + + Hides balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Indicates image displayed on alert. + + + + + Indicates optional Alert Id. + + + + + Indicates the method that will be invoked if user clicks the alert. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup can be used in Text property. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets the default alert size. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets whether balloon will close automatically when user click the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after alert closes automatically. + + + + + Specifies the reference control which is used to find which screen the alert is displayed on. If not specified alert is displayed on primary screen. + + + + + Indicates spacing between alerts on the screen + + + + + Indicates the request screen position for the alert + + + + + Indicates spacing in pixels between image and text + + + + + Indicates whether alert plays exclamation sound when shown. + + + + + Indicates whether close button on alert is visible + + + + + Defines the alert positions. + + + + + Top-left screen position. + + + + + Top-right screen position. + + + + + Bottom-right screen position. + + + + + Bottom left screen position. + + + + + Component to display flyout popup. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Called when Content property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when PointerSide property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TargetControl property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DeepControlIntegration property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DisplayMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CloseMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises PrepareContent event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Shows flyout with the Content. + + + + + Returns the flyout size based on Content size. + + Proposed flyout size. + + + + Shows flyout at specified location and with specified size. Size can be empty (0,0) and flyout will be automatically sized based on the content. + + + + + + Raises FlyoutShowing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises FlyoutShown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises QueryShowFlyout event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Shows flyout at specified location and with specified size. Size can be empty (0,0) and flyout will be automatically sized based on the content. + + Screen bounds to display flyout at. + Side of the flyout which will have pointer triangle + Pointer position either x or y depending on which side pointer is displayed on. + Target item for the flyout. + + + + Raises FlyoutClosing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises FlyoutClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Closes the flyout form if it was open. + + + + + Called when ActivateOnShow property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TopMost property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when DropShadow property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Parent property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates a control, usually panel with other controls inside of it, that is displayed on the flyout popup. + + + + + Indicates the side of the flyout triangle pointer is displayed on. + + + + + Indicates the target control for the flyout display and positioning. + + + + + Indicates whether Flyout integrates on item level with DotNetBar controls it recognizes like SuperTabControl, AdvTree etc. + + + + + Specifies when the flyout is displayed. + + + + + Indicates when Flyout is automatically closed. + + + + + Occurs before the flyout is shown for specific target and allows you to prepare Content for it. Sender of event will be the targeted control or item. + + + + + Occurs after flyout has been shown. + + + + + Provides opportunity to cancel showing of the flyout before any objects are created and allocated. This is preferred event to cancel flyout showing. + + + + + Occurs before flyout is closed and allows you to cancel the closing. + + + + + Occurs after flyout is closed. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout is active/focused when its shown, default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout is made top-most window when shown + + + + + Gets or sets the background flyout color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that current color scheme will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the flyout border color. Default value of Color.Empty indicates that color scheme will be used. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout displays drop shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent control for the Flyout. Parent is used to find the parent form so flyout can be closed when form is de-activated. + + + + + Defines delegate for the FlyoutShowing event. + + + + + + + Gets the reference to the flyout form. + + + + + Gets the reference to the flyout target usually TargetControl. + + + + + Allows you to cancel showing of the flyout by setting this value to true. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FlyoutShowingEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines the modes for Flyout display. + + + + + Flyout is displayed manually using flyout.Show() method. + + + + + Flyout is displayed when mouse is over TargetControl. + + + + + Flyout is displayed when mouse is hovering over TargetControl. + + + + + Flyout is displayed when left mouse button is clicked on TargetControl. + + + + + Defines Flyout closing condition. + + + + + Flyout is closed manually using flyout.Close() method. + + + + + Flyout is closed when user clicks outside of flyout bounds. + + + + + Flyout is closed when TargetControl is hidden. + + + + + Flyout is closed when TargetControl loses focus. + + + + + Flyout is closed when parent forms deactivates. + + + + + Defines colors for the Flyout control. + + + + + Specifies Flyout background color. + + + + + Specifies Flyout border color. + + + + + Called when PointerOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when PointerSide property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout displays a drop shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether form is made active/focused when shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the pointer offset from the top-left corner + + + + + Gets or sets the side pointer triangle is displayed on. + + + + + Gets or sets the flyout border color. Default value of Color.Empty indicates that color scheme will be used. + + + + + Defines the side of triangle pointer displayed on flyout popup. + + + + + Represents graphical panel control with support for different visual styles and gradients. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Applies any region related settings from style to control. + + + + + Applies color scheme colors to the style objects. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the current style of the control. + + Instance of ElementStyle object. + + + + Returns the current mouse down style of the control. + + Instance of ElementStyle object. + + + + Returns the current mouse over style of the control. + + Instance of ElementStyle object. + + + + Paints panel using Windows themes. + + Paint event arguments + + + + Prepares paint surface for paint operation. Called as first thing in Paint event. + + + + + + Paints panel given current style. + + Paint event arguments + + + + Paints insides of the control. + + Paint event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether CanvasColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CanvasColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the internal mouse tracking properties that track whether mouse is over the panel and whether is mouse pressed while over the panel. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Applies predefined Panel color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Panel color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Button color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Label color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined lable style to the ElementStyle object. + + Reference to ElementStyle object. + + + + Notifies a control that it is the default button so that its appearance and behavior is adjusted accordingly. + + true if the control should behave as a default button; otherwise false. + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed when control has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas color for the panel. Canvas color will be visible on areas of the control that do not get covered + by the style and it will also be used as a base color for style to be painted on. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse hovers over the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse button is pressed on the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text rectangle painted on panel is considering docked controls inside the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the text rectangle. This property is set by internal implementation and it should not be set by outside code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether painting of the control is suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets the value returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Calls base WndProc implementation + + Describes Windows Message + + + + Gets the ItemPaintArgs which provide information for rendering. + + Reference to Canvas + Returns the new ItemPaintArgs instance + + + + Paints the background of the control + + PaintEventArgs arguments + + + + Converts the client point into the screen point. + + Client point + Client point converted into screen coordinates. + + + + Adjusts the client rectangle for the control. + + Reference to new client rectangle. + + + + Adjusts the border rectangle before the non-client border is rendered. + + Border rectangle + + + + Occurs after non-client area is rendered and provides opportunity to render on top of it. + + Reference to Graphics object. + + + + Gets the reference to the BorderStyle used by the control if any. + + + + + Returns the Windows handle associated with the control. + + + + + Returns width of the control. + + + + + Returns the height of the control. + + + + + Returns whether handled for the control has been created. + + + + + Returns background color of the control. + + + + + Returns background color of the control when Enabled=false. + + + + + Returns whether control is enabled. + + + + + Invalidates non-client area of the control. + + + + + Paints insides of the control. + + Paint event arguments. + + + + Returns the size of the panel calculated based on the text assigned. + + Calculated size of the panel or Size.Empty if panel size cannot be calculated. + + + + Applies color scheme to the panel. + + + + + Applies default group panel style to the control. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Gets or sets the panel color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that appears in title with text. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the title image. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets the scrollbar skining type when control is using Office 2007 style. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether box around the title of the group is drawn. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text rectangle painted on panel is considering docked controls inside the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel automatically provides shadows for child controls. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Defines predefined color schemes for panel control. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom styling (Office 2007 style) is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Recalculates the size of the internal item. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the SingleLineColor property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides additional data about event. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies spacing between label image and text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. Default value specifies border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the border drawn around the label. + + + + + Specifies label image. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when border is single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text vertical alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets text-orientation. Default is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets how vertical text is rotated when TextOrientation = Vertical. + + + + + Gets the underlying LabelItem + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on label instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Indicates whether label text is rendered using bold font unless the Font property is specifically set to different font. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + A single horizontal or vertical line control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Line class. + + + + + Called when StartLineCap property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when StartLineCapSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when EndLineCap property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Specifies the line alignment within control bounds. + + + + + Specifies distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + + + + + Specifies the line dash style. + + + + + Gets or sets the line thickness in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line is drawn. Default value is false which means horizontal line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Indicates the start of the line cap. + + + + + Indicates the size of the start cap. + + + + + Indicates the start of the line cap. + + + + + Indicates end line cap size. + + + + + Defined line end types. + + + + + Provides data for CheckStateConvert event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckStateConvertEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents generic base control for items container control. + + + + + Represents base control for bars. + + + + + Provides interface for controls that support ribbon customization. + + + + + Called when item contained by the container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that was right-clicked. + + + + Creates new accessibility instance. + + Reference to AccessibleObject. + + + + Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified AccessibleEvents for the specified child control. + + The AccessibleEvents object to notify the accessibility client applications of. + The child Control to notify of the accessible event. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Raises BeforeItemDrag event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + + Called when DragInProgress property value has changed. + + + + + Releases the focus from the bar and selects the control that had focus before bar was selected. If control that had focus could not be determined focus will stay on the bar. + This method is used by internal DotNetBar implementation and you should not use it. + + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + Reference to the item that was clicked. + + + + Returns the item at specified coordinates or null if no item can be found. + + X - coordinate to test. + Y - coordinate to test. + + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calcualted height based on content. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns automatically calculated width of the control given current content. + + Width in pixels. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Applies design-time defaults to control. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Indicates to control that all further update operations should not result in layout and refresh of control content. + Use this method to optimize the addition of new items to the control. This method supports nested calls meaning + that multiple calls are allowed but they must be ended with appropriate number of EndUpdate calls. + IsUpdateSuspended property returns whether update is suspended. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates the control layout and forces the control to recalculates the layout for the items it contains on next layout operation invoked using RecalcLayout method. + + + Call to this method is usually followed by the call to + RecalcLayout method to perform the control layout. + + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Sets up timer that watches when active window changes. + + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Releases and disposes the active window watcher timer. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Gets or sets the form SideBar is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters on buttons are underlined. Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + Occurs before an item drag & drop operation is started and allows cancellation. + + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Gets whether control is in menu mode. + + + + + Returns the reference to the control that last had input focus. This property should be used to + determine which control had input focus before bar gained the focus. Use it to apply + the menu command to active control. + + + + + Returns whether control has any popups registered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether internal WM_GESTURENOTIFY handler is enabled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ProcessDialogKey method calls base ContainerControl implementation. + By default base implementation is called but under certain conditions you might want to set + this property to true to receive KeyDown events for Arrow keys. + + + + + Gets or sets whether shortuct processing for the items hosted by this control is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control height is set automatically based on the content. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Specifies whether SideBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Key Tips (accelerator keys) for items are displayed on top of them. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether control layout is suspended becouse of the call to BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image size for all sub-items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by control to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control supports drag & drop. Default value is false. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Defines notification interface for scrollable item controls. + + + + + Indicates that item has been selected via keyboard. + + Reference to item being selected + + + + Gets or sets whether selection is allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected item index. + + + + + Gets or sets the BindingContext. + + + + + Invalidates non-client area of the control. This method should be used + when you need to invalidate non-client area of the control. + + + + + Scrolls the control so that item is displayed within the visible bounds of the control. AutoScroll must be set to true for this method to work. + + Item to ensure visibility for. Item must belong to this control. + + + + Indicates that item has been selected via keyboard. + + Reference to item being selected + + + + Called when an item should be selected as result of the keyboard action. + + Item that is being selected. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Called when TouchEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates whether container responds to keyboard presses and changes the active/mouse over item. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 1. + + + + + Indicates whether control can be scrolled when client area is dragged using mouse. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal vertical scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal horizontal scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control enables the user to scroll to items placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. Returns a Size that represents the minimum height and width of the scrolling area in pixels. + This property is managed internally by control and should not be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all painting in control is suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar for binding support. + + + + + Gets or sets the item template that is repeated for each data-row when using data binding. + + + + + Gets the collection of the binding applied to ItemTemplate visual when using data-binding. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by control to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic drag & drop support is enabled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Occurs when the DataSource changes. + + + + + Occurs when a item for an data-bound object item has been created and provides you with opportunity to modify the created item. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether touch support for scrolling is enabled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ListBoxAdv class. + + + + + Called when CheckBoxesVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ItemHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectionMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Selects or clears the selection for the specified item in a ListBoxAdv. Use this property to set the selection of items in a multiple-selection ListBoxAdv. To select an item in a single-selection ListBox, use the SelectedIndex property. + + The zero-based index of the item in a ListBox to select or clear the selection for. You can pass -1 to clear the selection. + true to select the specified item; otherwise, false. + + + + Selects or clears the selection for the specified item in a ListBoxAdv. Use this property to set the selection of items in a multiple-selection ListBoxAdv. To select an item in a single-selection ListBox, use the SelectedIndex property. + + The zero-based index of the item in a ListBox to select or clear the selection for. You can pass -1 to clear the selection. + true to select the specified item; otherwise, false. + Indicates the source of the change. + + + + Selects next visible list box item. + + + + + Selects previous visible list box item. + + + + + Gets ListBoxItem which represents an object value from Items collection when Items collection contains non ListBoxItem objects. + + Value to get ListBoxItem for. + + + + + Called when DisplayMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CheckStateMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises CheckStateConvert event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when ValueMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Clears internal property descriptors cache when data-binding is used. In most cases it is not needed that you call this method. Do so only if instructed by DevComponents support. + + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that starts with the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that starts with the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to negative one (-1) to search from the beginning of the control. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that exactly matches the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that exactly matches the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to negative one (-1) to search from the beginning of the control. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Raises ItemCheck event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Sets the check state of the item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to set the state for. + One of the CheckState values. + + + + Gets the list of items displayed in list box. + + + + + Indicates whether check-boxes are visible inside list box items. + + + + + Indicates fixed item height. Maybe set to 0 to indicate that each item should be sized based on its content. + + + + + Specifies the selection mode used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based index of the currently selected item in a ListBoxAdv. Negative one (-1) is returned if no item is selected. + + + + + Gets a collection that contains the zero-based indexes of all currently selected items in the ListBoxAdv. Do not modify items in this collection. To select or deselect list items while in multi-selection mode use SetSelected method. + + + + + Gets a collection containing the currently selected items in the ListBoxAdv. Do not modify items in this collection. To select or deselect list items while in multi-selection mode use SetSelected method. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected item. + + + + + Indicates property name which will provide the value to display for this list box when data-binding is used and DataSource is set. + + + + + Indicates property name which will provide the value for CheckState of the list box item when data-binding is used and DataSource is set. + + + + + Occurs when using data-binding with CheckStateMember specified and it allows you to convert a property value to CheckState. + + + + + Returns the enumerator with selected values if any + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the ValueMember property. If ValueMember specifies property that cannot be found on selected object this property returns null. + + + + + Indicates property name which will return the value for the selected item when SelectedValue property is accessed. + + + + + Occurs when CheckState of an ListBoxItem changes and it allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Gets collection of checked items in the list. Modifying this collection does not have any effect on actual checked items. Use SetItemCheckState to set checked state of an item or access ListBoxItem directly and set its CheckState property. + + + + + + Defines selection modes for list control. + + + + + Items cannot be selected. + + + + + Only one item at the time can be selected. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected. A mouse click or pressing the SPACEBAR selects or deselects an item in the list. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected. Pressing SHIFT and clicking the mouse or pressing SHIFT and one of the arrow keys (UP ARROW, DOWN ARROW, LEFT ARROW, and RIGHT ARROW) extends the selection from the previously selected item to the current item. Pressing CTRL and clicking the mouse selects or deselects an item in the list. + + + + + Indicates that CheckState change of the item should be canceled. + + + + + Specifies the ListBoxItem that was changing. + + + + + When data-bound provides the object which was used to generate an ListBoxItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ListBoxAdvItemCheckEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the ListBoxAdv item for internal use. Not for public usage. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ListBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ListBoxItem instance. + + + + Copies the ListBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New item instance. + + + + Called when CheckState property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsSelected property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Sets selected state of the item including the source of the action that caused the change. + + + + + + + Called when HotTracking property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets the mouse state of the check box part of item if visible. + + + + + Indicates check-box state if visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether item changes its background colors when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies image displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the background of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Paints ListBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the ListBoxItem being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines color table for ListBoxItem. + + + + + Specifies default state color table. + + + + + Specifies mouse over state color table. + + + + + Specifies selected state color table. + + + + + Defines single state color table for ListBoxItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeListBoxItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeListBoxItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeListBoxItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + Indicates item text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the back colors gradient angle if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient colors positions if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Paints StepItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Represents the extended ListView control with the Office 2007 Style. + + + + + Called when ColumnHeaderFont property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Resets internal Column Header handler. This method should be called after you change the View property + at run-time. If your control is always in single view there is no need to call this method. This method + will work only when controls handle has already been created. + + + + + Resets the internal color table reference. This method is usually called automatically by + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized by VS.NET designer. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Gets or sets the column header font. Default value is null which means controls Font property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the item foreground color when control or item is disabled. By default SystemColors.Dark is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Specifies the control border style. Default value has Class property set so the system style for the control is used. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + Calculates the size of non-client area of the control. + + + + + Paints the non-client area of the control. + + + + + Draws the non-client area buffered. + + + + + Represents the PageNavigator control + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our control events + + true to hook, false to unhook + + + + Handles NavigatePreviousPage events + + + + + + + Raises the NavigatePreviousPage event + + + + + Handles NavigateToday events + + + + + + + Raises the NavigateToday event + + + + + Handles NavigateNextPage events + + + + + + + Raises the NavigateNextPage event + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs when NavigateNextPage button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigateToday button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigatePreviousPage button is clicked + + + + + DefaultSize + + + + + Gets or sets the layout orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the PreviousPage button of the control + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Today button + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the NextPage button + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. + + + + + PageNavigator buttons + + + + + Previous page + + + + + Today + + + + + Next page + + + + + Represents the PageNavigate item + + + + + Creates new instance of PageNavigateItem + + + + + Creates new instance of PageNavigateItem and assigns the name to it + + Item name + + + + Handles size recalc + + + + + Handles external size changes + + + + + Lays out our control based upon its + vertical / horizontal orientation + + + + + Handles control rendering + + + + + + Draws the PreviousPage button + + Graphics + Office2007ScrollBarColorTable + + + + Gets the PreviousPage bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the PreviousPage bitmap + + + + + + + + Draws the Today button + + Graphics + Office2007ScrollBarColorTable + + + + Gets the Today Bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the Today Bitmap + + + + + + + + Draws the NextPage button + + + + + + + Gets the NextPage Bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the NextPage Bitmap + + + + + + + + Centers the given rect + + + + + + + Processes InternalMouseMove events + + + + + + Returns the HitText area for the given point + + + + + + + Processes Mouse Leave events + + + + + Processes Mouse Down events + + + + + + Processes Mouse Up events + + + + + + Raises the NavigatePreviousPage event + + + + + Raises the NavigateToday event + + + + + Raises the NavigateNextPage event + + + + + Handles timer click events + + + + + + + Enables our click timer + + + + + Disposes of the click timer + + + + + OnTooltipChanged + + + + + Updates the control tooltip + + + + + Returns copy of the item + + + + + Copies the PageNavigatorItem specific properties to + new instance of the item + + New PageNavigatorItem instance + + + + Dispose + + + + + Releases the given bitmap + + Bitmap to release + + + + Occurs when NavigateNextPage button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigateToday button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigatePreviousPage button is clicked + + + + + Gets or sets the MouseOverPart + + + + + Gets or sets the MouseDownPart + + + + + Gets or sets the control orientation. Default value is Horizontal + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated + when mouse button is kept pressed over the item + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event + when mouse button is kept pressed over the item + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the PreviousPage button of the control + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Today button + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the NextPage button + + + + + Defines the PageNavigator item parts + + + + + Indicates no part + + + + + Indicates the PreviousPage button of the control + + + + + Indicates the TodayPage button of the control + + + + + Indicates the NextPage button of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PageSlider class. + + + + + Raises SelectedPageChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when IndicatorVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns array of all pages in control. + + Array of pages. + + + + Removes and disposes all pages within the control. + + + + + Called when SelectedPage property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when AnimationTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectedPagePadding property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when PageSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NextPageVisibleMargin property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Orientation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ScrollBarVisibility property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TouchEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when selected page has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether current page indicator is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates selected page. + + + + + Indicates the animation time in milliseconds for operations that perform visual animation of transition. Set to zero to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets zero based selected page index. If there is no page selected returns -1. + + + + + Gets the total number of pages displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the single page padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the page layout orientation. Default is horizontal. + + + + + Indicates whether page can be dragged using mouse to change currently selected page + + + + + Indicates whether selected page can be changed by using mouse drag on PageSlider client area which is not covered by pages. + + + + + Indicates scrollbar visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets the time in milliseconds that scrollbar is kept visible when there is no activity in control and mouse is over the control. + + + + + Indicates whether native touch support in control is enabled if available on target system. + + + + + Specifies scrollbar visibility. + + + + + Scrollbars are not visible. + + + + + Scrollbars are visible only if mouse is inside of the control. + + + + + Scrollbars are always visible. + + + + + Specifies level of touch enabled on the control. + + + + + Touch is enabled control wide. + + + + + Touch is disabled control wide. + + + + + Touch is enabled but only for the direct control client content. If touch input occurs on any child control it is not processed. + + + + + Called when PageNumber property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets page number. Page number determines the order in which pages are displayed inside of the PageSlider control. + + + + + Represents control which visually indicates current step in a sequence. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepIndicator class. + + + + + Called when StepCount property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CurrentStep property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Orientation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the total number of steps that control will track. Default value is 10. + + + + + Gets or sets the current step in sequence. Current step should be less or equal than StepCount. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the current step indicator. + + + + + Indicates the control orientation. + + + + + Processes the resizing messages. + + The message. + true, if the WndProc method from the base class shouldn't be invoked. + + + + Gets whether popup has been resized by end-user. + + + + + Type of resize mode, grips are automatically drawn at bottom-left and bottom-right corners. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button is visible in fotter. Resize handle must also be visible in order for close button to render. + + + + + Gets resize grip bounds. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ResizeGripColors structure. + + + + + + + + Specifies the popup resize modes + + + + + Raises Closed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Closing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Show control on popup at specified location. + + + + + Shows control on popup at specified location with specified popup resize edges. + + + + + Shows control on popup at specified location and size with specified popup resize edges. + + + + + Hides popup if visible. + + + + + Occurs after popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs before popup is closed and allows canceling. + + + + + Gets whether popup is visible. + + + + + Gets the control displayed on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup padding. + + + + + Gets or sets popup margin. + + + + + Represents the stand-alone progress bar control. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the progress bar's current position. + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text inside the progress bar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of progress bar used to indicate progress. The Standard style displays the progress based on Minimum, Maximum and current Value. + The Marquee type is automatically moving progress bar that is used to indicate an ongoing operation for which the actual duration cannot be estimated. + + + + + Gets or sets the marquee animation speed in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color state table for progress bar. Color specified applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. You can use ColorTable to indicate the state of the operation that Progress Bar is tracking. Default value is eProgressBarItemColor.Normal. + + + + + Gets the underlying ProgressBarItem + + + + + Defines color table for the StepItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state StepItem colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state StepItem colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the StepItem colors when mouse is pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the StepItem colors when Value property is greater than Minimum property value, i.e. item is reporting progress. + Note that only Background color is used when progress indicator is drawn. + + + + + Paints StepItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Paints StepItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Represents the color table for StepItem single state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeStepItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeStepItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeStepItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the step item. + + + + + Gets or sets the back colors gradient angle if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient colors positions if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the step item. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors of the step item. + + + + + Represents the progress steps control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ProgressSteps class. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow pointer width for the StepItem objects hosted within this container. + + + + + Represents a step item which is used to show single step in multi-step progress control. + + + + + Creates new instance of StepItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of StepItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of StepItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the StepItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepItem instance. + + + + Copies the StepItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepItem instance. + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Called when Minimum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Maximum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Value property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinimumSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when HotTracking property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ImageTextSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the render path of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Indicates the image that is displayed next to the item text label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this is first item in StepControl. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this is laste item in StepControl. + + + + + Indicates minimum size of the item + + + + + Specifies whether item changes its appearance when mouse is moved over the item + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on the item. + + + + + Indicates the spacing between image and text. + + + + + Gets or sets padding around content of the item. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the current progress, i.e. Value>Minimum + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the background of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Container for the StepItem objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the StepContainer specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepContainer instance. + + + + Copies the StepContainer specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepContainer instance. + + + + Called when PointerSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the arrow pointer width for the StepItem objects hosted within this container. + + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the Slider item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Represents Range Slider Control. + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises GetRangeTooltipText event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs before Value has changed and allow the cancellation of the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed + + + + + Occurs when control is about to display the range tooltip and it allows you to customize tooltip + + + + + Gets the RangeSliderItem. + + + + + Indicates whether clicking the area outside of the range change buttons moves the range change button to the clicked location if possible thus allowing range change. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Indicates image to be used as maximum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Indicates image to be used as minimum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Specifies minimum absolute range that user can select. Absolute range is defined as Abs(Value.Max-Value.Min) Applies to user performed selection through mouse only. + + + + + Gets current part that is pressed using mouse left button. + + + + + Gets mouse over part. + + + + + Gets bounds of maximum range sliding button. + + + + + Gets bounds of minimum range sliding button. + + + + + Indicates the size of the range change buttons. + + + + + Specifies the height of the range line + + + + + Gets or sets the string that is used to format the range value to be displayed while user moves the range buttons. Value set here is used in string.Format(RangeTooltipFormat, Value.Min, Value.Max). + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the range value. + + + + + Specifies whether range tooltip is shown while user is changing the range + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds. + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds for second marker is visible. + + + + + Specifies the ticks position inside of Range Slider. + + + + + Indicates tick display period + + + + + Indicates whether tick lines are shown + + + + + Gets or sets the range displayed by the control. + + + + + Represents the Rating control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Rating class. + + + + + Raises the ParseRating event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the ParseAverageRatingValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the AverageRatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the RatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises RatingChanging event. + + Event data + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Rating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Rating property is about to be changed and provides opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Indicates number of stars used for the rating. Minium value is 2 stars. + + + + + Gets or sets the rating value represented by the control. Default value is 0 which indicates + that there is no rating set. Maximum value is 5. + + + + + Gets or sets the average rating shown by control. Control will display average rating (if set) when no explicit + Rating value is set through Rating property. Minimum value is 0 and Maximum value is 5. + + + + + Gets or sets the AverageRating property. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets the reference to custom rating images. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether rating can be edited. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of rating control. + + + + + Gets or sets the Rating property value. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between optional text and the rating. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents an image control with built-in reflection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReflectionImage class. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether reflection effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents an single line of text label control with text-markup support and built-in reflection. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets whether reflection effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents control which handles scroll-bars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScrollbarControl class. + + + + + Called when ScrollOverrideControl property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RichTextBoxEx class. + + + + + Raises AcceptsTabChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HideSelectionChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ModifiedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MultilineChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ReadOnlyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises LinkClicked event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Protected event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises SelectionChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HScroll event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HScroll event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Appends text to the current text of a text box + + + + + Determines whether you can paste information from the Clipboard in the specified data format. + + + + + + + Clears all text from the text box control. + + + + + Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. + + + + + Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string. + + + + + + + Searches the text of a RichTextBox control for the first instance of a character from a list of characters. + + + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string with specific options applied to the search. + + + + + + + + Searches the text of a RichTextBox control, at a specific starting point, for the first instance of a character from a list of characters. + + + + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string at a specific location within the control and with specific options applied to the search. + + + + + + + + + Searches a range of text in a RichTextBox control for the first instance of a character from a list of characters. + + + + + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string within a range of text within the control and with specific options applied to the search. + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. + + + + + + + Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location + + + + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. (Inherited from TextBoxBase.) + + + + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. (Inherited from TextBoxBase.) + + + + + + Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + + Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. + + + + + + + Loads a rich text format (RTF) or standard ASCII text file into the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + Loads the contents of an existing data stream into the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + + Loads a specific type of file into the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + + Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the contents of the Clipboard in the specified Clipboard format. + + + + + + Reapplies the last operation that was undone in the control. + + + + + Saves the contents of the RichTextBox to a rich text format (RTF) file. + + + + + + Saves the contents of a RichTextBox control to an open data stream. + + + + + + + Saves the contents of the RichTextBox to a specific type of file. + + + + + + + Scrolls the contents of the control to the current caret position. + + + + + Activates the control. (Inherited from Control.) + + + + + Selects a range of text in the text box. + + + + + + + Selects all text in the text box. + + + + + Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal RichTextBox control. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the AcceptsTab property changes + + + + + Occurs when the value of the HideSelection property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Modified property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Multiline property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ReadOnly property changes. + + + + + Occurs when a hyperlink in the text is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the user takes an action that would change a protected range of text. + + + + + Occurs when the current selection has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the horizontal scroll bar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the vertical scroll bar is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the RichTextBox. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab characters are accepted as input + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic word selection is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets indent for bullets in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether URLs are automatically formatted as links. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag/drop of text, pictures and other data is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection should be hidden when the edit control loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets lines of text in a multi-line edit, as an array of String values. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum number of characters that can be entered into the edit control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text in the control can span more than one line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text in the edit control can be changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets right margin dimensions. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the RichTextBox control, including all rich text format (RTF) codes. + + + + + Gets or sets for multi-line edit control, which scroll bars will be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether shortcuts defined for the control are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection margin is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether lines are automatically word-wrapped. + + + + + Gets or sets current zoom factor for the control content. + + + + + Should be fired when non-client size of the control changes, i.e. when WM_NCCALCSIZE message is received. + + + + + Should be fired when scroll-bar value on child control changes. + + + + + Should be fired when control receives WM_MOVE message. + + + + + Gets whether control is in design mode. + + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Defines arguments for IScrollBarOverrideSupport.ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScrollValueChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines information for IScrollBarOverrideSupport.ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + + + + Defines delegate for IScrollBarOverrideSupport.ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Sender. + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Paints ListBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Paints ListBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Represents SideNav control to create "hamburger" menus. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Updates the control colors from the global color table. + + + + + Maximizes control width so it fills up space to the right of the control. + + Source of the event. + + + + Restores the control to previous size if it was maximized before. + + Source of event. + + + + Opens the control, i.e. expands it, selects specified item and shows its associated panel. + + Item to select. + Source of the event. + + + + Closes the control, i.e. unselects any selected item, hide its associated panel and folds the control. + + Source of the event. + + + + Raises IsMenuExpandedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Expands or collapses the control items menu. + + + + + + Called when AnimationTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises BeforeMaximize event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeRestore event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeClose event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises SelectedItemChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether splitter that is located on right hand side of open control is visible and enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether button which folds/closes the control is visible. + + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is closed, i.e. whether selected item panel is shown or not. When closed + any selected item is unselected and selected panel hidden. + + + + + Indicates whether side menu is expanded, i.e. shows both image and text. When menu is collapsed only image is shown. + + + + + Occurs when IsMenuExpanded property has changed its value. + + + + + Indicates the animation time in milliseconds for operations that perform visual animation of transition. Set to zero to disable animation. + + + + + Occurs before the control is maximized and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before the control is restored and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before the control is opened and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before the control is closed and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Gets currently selected item. Only items with Panel assigned can be selected. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedItem changes. + + + + + Gets reference to internal SideNavStrip control. + + + + + Defines delegate for the CancelSource events. + + + + + + + Event arguments for CancelSourceEventHandler + + + + + Gets the source of the event. + + + + + Gets any optional data that is associated with the event. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Source of event + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Source of event + Optional data associated with the event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTabItem class. + + + + + Selects the tab. + + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets cached image rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets cached text rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel assigned to this tab item. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the background of the item. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the border of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding added around the tab item in pixels. Default value is 0. + + + + + Indicates an optional title for the associated panel. If not set item text is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this item acts as the SideNav control system menu which collapses and expands the SideNav items. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this propert to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the button style which controls the appearance of the button elements. Changing the property can display image only, text only or image and text on the button at all times. + + + + + Provides data for the SideNavItem rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Indicates whether to cancel system rendering of the item. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the ListBoxItem being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines color table for SideNav control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideNavItem + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of SideNav title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the title of SideNav control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the strip which hosts the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the SideNav control. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of panels that are attached to SideNavItem and displayed when SideNavItem is selected. + + + + + Defines color table for SideNavItem + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for Default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MouseOver state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for Pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for Selected state. + + + + + Defines state color table for SideNavItem + + + + + Indicates item text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the back colors gradient angle if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient colors positions if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors for the item. + + + + + Indicates the corner radius. + + + + + Represents a panel which hosts controls for the SideNavItem. + + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets currently selected item. + + + + + Represents the panel which can slide out and into the view. + + + + + Raises IsOpenChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when SlideSide property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsOpen property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Slides panel into the view. + + + + + Waits for current slide animation to finish and then returns control. + + + + + Slides panel out of the view. + + + + + Called when AnimationTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SlideOutButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SlideOutButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Called when SlideOutActiveButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Called when SlideOutButtonStyle property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CenterContent property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when IsOpen property value has changed, i.e. slide-panel is shown or hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets side panel slides into. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel is open. When this property is changed panel will slide in or out of the view. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel uses modal animation, meaning when IsOpen property is set the call is not returned until animation is complete. + + + + + Gets or sets the open panel bounds. When control IsOpen=false and panel is collapsed its original bounds are stored in OpenBounds property and restored once panel is open. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation duration time in milliseconds. Setting this property to 0 will disable slide animation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether slide out button is shown when panel is out of the view and which allows panel to be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide-out buttton size in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets active (mouse over) slide out button size. + + + + + Gets or sets slide-out button style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel centers the Controls inside of it. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol displayed on slideout button. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the slideout button. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Defines the side SlidePanel slides into. + + + + + Represents the slider button that is used by SlidePanel when collapsed to slide it back into the view. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SliderButton class. + + + + + + Called when AutoTopMostEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SliderSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ActiveSliderSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsActive property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsMouseDown property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets whether slider button automatically checks whether its top-most control on the form, i.e. visible at all times on top of other controls + + + + + Gets or sets the slider size in default state. Notice that size specified here applies to Left and Right SlidePanel positions. For Top and Bottom positions the Width and Height are interchaged. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider size in active state. Notice that size specified here applies to Left and Right SlidePanel positions. For Top and Bottom positions the Width and Height are interchaged. + + + + + Gets or sets whether slider button is in active state. + + + + + Gets or sets the style associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Represents the Slider control. + + + + + Raises the IncreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the DecreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the ValueChanging event. + + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Increase button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Occurs when Decrease button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text label position in relationship to the slider. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text label next to the slider is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 38. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the slider. Value must be greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the label text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line track marker is displayed on the slide line. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Increase button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Decrease button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets the SliderItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the control which displays symbol from symbols library. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SymbolBox class. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Raises CommandKeyDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates non-client area of the text box as response to the border changes. + + + + + Calculates and sets the text-box height based on font and style. This method is used internally and should not be used. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Invokes ButtonCustomClick event. + + + + + Invokes ButtonCustomClick2 event. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether internal override for IsInputKey returns true for the Enter key. + + + + + Indicates whether all text is auto-selected when control gets input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control prevents Beep sound when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Occurs during preprocessing to handle command keys. Command keys are keys that always take precedence over regular input keys. Examples of command keys include accelerators and menu shortcuts. Set Handled=true to indicate that you handled the key and that it should not be passed for further processing. + + + + + Gets or sets the scrollbar skinning type when control is using Office 2007 style. + + + + + Specifies the control border style. Default value has Class property set so the system style for the control is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Represents the Vertical Office 2007 Style Scroll Bar control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom styling (Office 2007 style) is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Class represents single token in TokenEditor control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EditToken class. + + Indicates token value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EditToken class. + + Indicates token value + Indicates token text + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EditToken class. + + Indicates token value + Indicates token text + Indicates token image + + + + Called when Value property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Text property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Tooltip property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MouseOverPart property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates the token value, for example an email token has email address as token Value and full name as token Text. + + + + + Indicates the token text, for example an email token has email address as token Value and full name as token Text. + + + + + Gets or sets custom data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the token, if displayed, inside of TokenEditor control. + + + + + Indicates the image that is displayed next to the token + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the token instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates tooltip that is displayed when mouse is over the token and token is selected. + + + + + Gets the part of the token mouse is over. Valid only when token is selected. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the remove button if displayed. Valid only when token is selected. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image if displayed. Valid only when token is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether token is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether token is focused while selected. + + + + + Defines the token parts. + + + + + Identifies no token part. + + + + + Identifies the token body/text. + + + + + Identifies the remove token button. + + + + + Identifies the token image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditor class. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Raises SelectedTokensChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when RemoveTokenButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns the token from SelectedTokens at specified position or null/nothing if no token is at given location. + + Location in client coordinates to test. + EditToken instance or null/nothing + + + + Raises TokenMouseEnter event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseLeave event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseHover event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises RemovingToken event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when ReadOnly property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownWidth property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises AutoCompletePopupOpened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeAutoCompletePopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforePopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValidateToken event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Called when TextSeparator property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CheckBoxesVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the collection of the selected tokens. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedTokens collection changes. + + + + + Gets the collection of the tokens available for selection. + + + + + Indicates whether remove token button is displayed on individual tokens so they can be removed from the selection. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse clicks one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse double clicks one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs before token is removed from the SelectedTokens by end user. + + + + + Indicates whether tokens can be added or removed by end user. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates the height of the auto-complete drop-down. + + + + + Indicates the width of the auto-complete drop-down. + + + + + Indicates whether when token text is entered into the text-box pressing the Enter key attempts to validate the token and converts the text to token. + + + + + Occurs before token auto-complete popup is displayed and allows cancelation of popup display. + + + + + Occurs after auto-complete popup is open. + + + + + Occurs before the auto-complete popup is displayed and allows you to adjust popup location. + + + + + Indicates how tokens are filtered based on the entered text + + + + + Indicates whether auto-complete popup size is preserved between popup displays if popup is resized by end-user. + + + + + Indicates whether auto-complete popup can be resized by end user. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup close button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-complete popup window is open. + + + + + Gets the list of separators which are used to divide entered text into the tokens. + + + + + Occurs when an token is selected from the auto-complete list or when text entry by end user is parsed into token to validate it. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically increases its height as more tokens are selected. MaxHeightLines property controls the maximum number of lines control will grow to before showing scroll-bar. + + + + + Indicates maximum number of lines control will grow to when AutoSizeHeight=true. Set to 0 to indicates unlimited growth. + Default value is 5. + + + + + Gets reference to internal text-box control that is used to input the token text. + + + + + Indicates whether any text entered into the token editor is validated and converted to token when control loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Indicates the character separator that is used to separate tokens when controls Text property is updated or parsed. + + + + + Indicates whether drop-down button which shows available token popup is displayed + + + + + Indicates whether check-boxes are displayed on popup token selection list and used for token selection. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the selected token when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Delegate for the ValidateTokenEvent event. + + + + + Arguments for the ValidateTokenEvent event. + + + + + Indicates whether validated token is valid. Default value is true. When you set this property to false the token being validated will be discared. + + + + + Indicates the Token that will be accepted by the control if IsValid=true. + + + + + Indicates whether token is newly created. When false it means that token was taken from Tokens collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidateTokenEventArgs class. + + + + + + Delegate for RemovingToken event. + + + + + Defines event arguments for RemovingToken event. + + + + + Indicates the Token that will be removed. + + + + + Set to true to cancel removal of the token. + + + + + Indicates the source of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RemovingTokenEventArgs class. + + + + + + Specifies the filter behavior on token editor popup list. + + + + + Token text is searched for the match. + + + + + Token value is searched for the match. + + + + + Both token text and value are searched for the match. + + + + + Delegate for TokenEditor.BeforePopupOpen event. + + + + + Defines event arguments for BeforePopupOpen event. + + + + + Gets or sets the screen location of the popup in relation to the TokenEditor control. + + + + + Gets the suggested popup size. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorPopupEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents the color table for TokenEditor control tokens. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorColorTable class. + + + + + Gets or sets token default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets token mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets token focused state colors. + + + + + Represents the state color table for token in TokenEditor control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenColorTable class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenColorTable class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets token text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color table. + + + + + Represents non-intrusive Warning Box control with Options and Close button. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Raises the CloseClick event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the OptionsClick event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Updates control color scheme based on currently selected Office 2007 Color Table. Usually it is not necessary to + call this method manually. You need to call it to update the colors on control if you customize the Office2007ColorTable.WarningBox values. + + + + + Invokes the MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides additional data about event. + + + + Called when AntiAlias property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when Close button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Options button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when warning text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on close button tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on warning control label. Supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is wrapped on multiple lines if it cannot fit the space allocated to the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed next to the warning label text. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the Options buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Options button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the timeout in seconds after which the control automatically closes itself. Default value is 0 which indicates that auto-close + is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the control's color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Defines available WarningBox control color schemes. + + + + + Represents compact tree bread-crumb control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBar class. + + + + + Finds CrumbBarItem with specified name. + + Name of item to look for + Item or null if no item was found. + + + + Sets the currently selected item in the control. + + Reference to selected item. + Source of the event. + + + + Shows the selected item popup menu if it has menu items. + + true if popup was shown otherwise false + + + + Gets whether an item is in selected path to the currently selected item as either one of the parents of selected item + or selected item itself. + + Item to test. + true if item is in selected path otherwise false. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises the SelectedItemChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedItemChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns full path to the given node. + + Node to return path to. + Full path to the node. + + + + Occurs before SelectedItem has changed and provides opportunity to cancel the change. Set Cancel property on event arguments to true to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after SelectedItem has changed. The change of the selected item at this point cannot be canceled. For that use SelectedItemChanging event. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item. + + + + + Gets collection of items assigned to the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. Default value is Windows Vista style. + + + + + Gets the color table used by the Vista style renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the delimiter string that the tree node path uses. + + + + + Defines delegate for CrumbBar selection events. + + + + + Provides data for CrumbBar selection events. + + + + + Gets or sets newly selected item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarSelectionEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents an item for CrumbBar control. + + + + + Gets whether item is selected item in CrumbBar control. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. The path consists of the labels of all the tree nodes that must be navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the PathSeparator property of the Tree control that contains this node. + + + + + Represents collection of CrumbBarItem buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarItemsCollection class. + + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + CrumbBarItem that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the CrumbBarItem array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Represents a view of CrumbBarItem displayed inside of CrumbBar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarItemView class. + + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Gets the item attached to the view. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item Name + Item Text + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Represents internal CrumbBar view container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarViewContainer class. + + + + + Recalculates the size of the item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Represents collection for Node objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Node array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Provides High DPI support for DotNetBar controls. + + + + + Gets or sets whether scale factor when set is normalized so both Width and Height values are the same. Default value is false. + If using ScaleMode=font the scale factor might not be same for Width and Height so this allows opportunity to keep existing size ratios on the DotNetBar sized controls. + When set to true the scale factor Height will always be set to scale factor Width. + + + + + Indicates whether controls will automatically scale current images based on the current DPI. Depending on scaling this may result in pixalted images. + Best policy is to provide separate images for each DPI level Windows runs on and if you do that you need to set this property to false to disable + automatic size scaling for the images. Default value is true which causes the images to be upscaled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DualButton class. + + + + + Called when ButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Text2 property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MouseOverPart property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when LeftMouseButtonDownPart property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Called when IsSelected property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Font property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the second button part text. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that for ButtonItem instances if this property is set to null and command was assigned previously, Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected part of button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Standalone Calculator control. + + + + + Raises CalculatorDisplayChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates control auto-size and resizes the control if AutoSize is set to true. + + + + + Called when FocusButtonsOnMouseDown property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DisplayVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when a calc button has been clicked + + + + + Occurs when the calculator value has changed + + + + + Indicates whether calculator displays only Integer values. + + + + + Gets or sets whether memory keys are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of the decimal calculator key. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether calculator display is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + ButtonClickEventArgs + + + + + ButtonClickEventArgs + + + + + Gets the calc button that was clicked + + + + + ValueChangedEventArgs + + + + + ValueChangedEventArgs + + + + + + + Gets the input string value + + + + + Gets or sets calculator value + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select time using visual time display. + + + + + Raises SelectedTimeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises OkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthCalendarAdv class. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Invalidates control auto-size and resizes the control if AutoSize is set to true. + + + + + Occurs after SelectedTime changes. + + + + + Occurs when OK button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on OK button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ok button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date time. + + + + + Gets or sets selected time. Returns TimeSpan.Zero if there is no time selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the time format used to present time by the selector. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 12 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 24 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Indicates the type of the selector used to select time. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Clear button only when MonthCalendarStyle is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Hour label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Minute label. + + + + + Represents the Time selector item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TimeSelectionItem class. + + + + + Raises SelectedTimeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises OkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Called when SelectedTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat24H property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat12H property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectedDateTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when OkText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ClearText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when OkButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ClearButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectorType property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when HourText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinuteText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs after SelectedTime changes. + + + + + Occurs when OK button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets selected time. Returns TimeSpan.Zero if there is no time selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 24 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 12 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date time. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on OK button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Clear button only when MonthCalendarStyle is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the time format used to present time by the selector. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ok button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ok button is visible. + + + + + Indicates the type of the selector used to select time. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Hour label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Minute label. + + + + + Defines time selector format. + + + + + Selector uses system format. + + + + + Selector uses 24-hour time format. + + + + + Selector uses 12-hour time format. + + + + + Defines the TimeSelector styles. + + + + + Time selector uses style similar to MonthCalendarStyle. + + + + + Time selector uses the touch style. + + + + + Represents the group of the input items with automatic and manual item focus change. + + + + + Raises the RenderInvalid event. + + + + + Raises the ArrangeInvalid event. + + + + + Raises the ResetMouseHover event. + + + + + Occurs when item arrange becomes invalid. + + + + + Occurs when item appearance becomes invalid and items needs to be repainted. + + + + + Occurs when item needs to signal to parent control that MouseHover needs to be reset usually in response to tooltip hiding. + + + + + Occurs when item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when item is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is Enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether visual is rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the parent of the item. + + + + + Gets the relative location of the element inside of its parent item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item horizontal alignment inside of the parent group. Default value is left. + + + + + Occurs when child item input is complete. Method should be used to forward the input focus onto the different field if desired. + + + + + Occurs when input stack on the child control has changed. + + Control on which input has changed + + + + Occurs when input stack on the child control has changed. + + Control on which input has changed + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing in pixels between the items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether visual is root visual directly parented to the control. + + + + + Gets or sets group vertical alignment. Default value is middle. + + + + + Gets or sets input group horizontal alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Resets the input position so the new input overwrites current value. + + + + + Updates the IsEmpty property value based on the contained input controls. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Tab key is used to navigate between the fields. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Enter key is used to navigate between input fields. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Arrow keys are used to navigate between input fields. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input focus is automatically advanced to next input field when input is complete in current one. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input items are read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input group is empty i.e. it does not hold any value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether current input is the user input. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IPAddressGroup class. + + + + + Describes the Elliptical Shape. + + + + + Returns the shape that fits given bounds. + + Bounds to fit shape in. + GraphicsPath representing shape or null if shape cannot be created. + + + + Returns the inner shape based on the specified border size. + + Bounds to fit shape in. + GraphicsPath representing shape or null if shape cannot be created. + + + + Returns whether shape can be drawn given the bounds. + + Bounds to test. + true if shape can be drawn inside of bounds otherwise false. + + + + Represents EllipticalShapeDescriptor object converter. + + + + + Initializes FormatHelper class. + + + + + Defines an interface that represents the Command associated with an BaseItem instance. + + + + + Executes the command without specifying the source of the command. + + + + + Executes the command and specifies the source of the command. + + + + + Called when CommandSource is registered for the command. + + CommandSource registered. + + + + Called when CommandSource is unregistered for the command. + + CommandSource unregistered. + + + + Sets an property value on the subscribers through the reflection. If subscriber does not have + specified property with value type its value is not set. + + Property name to set. + Property value. + + + + Executes the code associated with the command. + + + + + Provides the opportunity to cancel the execution of the command. This event occurs before the Executed event. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the items that are using command. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Checked property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Visible property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Image property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of small image (ImageSmall) property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Enabled property for items associated with the command. + + + + + Defines an command that is associated with an instance of BaseItem + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class with the specified execute event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class. + + + + + Executes the command. + + + + + Executes the command. + + + + + Raises the Execute event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the PreviewExecuted event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Called when Text property is set. + + + + + Sets the Text property on all subscribers to the command Text. + + + + + Sets an property value on the subscribers through the reflection. If subscriber does not have + specified property with value type its value is not set. + + Property name to set. + Property value. + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Called when CommandSource is registered for the command. + + CommandSource registered. + + + + Called when CommandSource is unregistered for the command. + + CommandSource unregistered. + + + + Executes the code associated with the command when an instance of BaseItem is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before the Executed event and allows you to cancel the firing of Executed event. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text that is assigned to all command sources that are using this command and have Text property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the Checked property that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Checked property. + + + + + Gets whether the command is in process of syncing its state to all subscribers. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the Visible property that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Visible property. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Image property. + + + + + Gets or sets the small image that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have ImageSmall property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Enabled property assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Enabled property. + + + + + Returns name of the node that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Defines an container where you can arrange child elements added to SubItems collection either horizontally or vertically, relative to each other using SetDock and GetDock methods. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ItemDockContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Recalculates the size of the container. Assumes that DisplayRectangle.Location is set to the upper left location of this container. + + + + + Called after TopInternal property has changed + + + + + Called after LeftInternal property has changed + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Retrieves the docking for specified item. + + + + + Sets the docking within container for specified item. + + Item to set docking for. + Docking value. + + + + Returns empty container default design-time size. + + Size of an empty container. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the last child element within a ItemDockContainer stretches to fill the remaining available space. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Provides binding support for ItemPanel control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ItemVisualGenerator class. + + + + + + Called when Bindings property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when VisualTemplate property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the specified array of objects in a collection in the derived class. + + An array of items. + + + + Creates a new item from template for the data. + + Data to create item for. + New instance of the BaseItem. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the object with the specified index in the derived class. + + The array index of the object. + The object. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual template that is generated for each data item. + + + + + + Defines delegate for data visual creation based events. + + + + + Defines event arguments for data visual creation based events. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual that is created for data item. + + + + + Gets the data-item node is being created for. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataNodeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines BorderColors structure used to define border colors. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Uniform BorderColors + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Left BorderColors + Top BorderColors + Right BorderColors + Bottom BorderColors + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Returns hash code for object. + + Hash code + + + + Returns string representation of object. + + string representing BorderColors + + + + Gets string representation of object. + + Culture info. + string representing BorderColors + + + + Returns whether all values are empty. + + + + + Returns whether all values are the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the left BorderColors. + + + + + Gets or sets the top BorderColors. + + + + + Gets or sets the Right BorderColors. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom BorderColors. + + + + + Provides BorderColors TypeConverter. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas light shade color. This property is not directly used but it is provided for reference. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas lighter shade color. This property is not directly used but it is provided for reference. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the base metro color. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of edit controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroAppForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroTab. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for MetroStatusBar. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for MetroToolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used by MetroTile items. + + + + + Gets or sets the metro-part colors that define the metro UI color scheme. These colors are provided for you reference and reuse in your app. + + + + + Represents class that defines parameters for Metro style color scheme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroStyleParameters class. + + Canvas color. + Base color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroColorGeneratorParameters structure. + + Canvas color. + Base color. + User friendly theme name. + + + + Returns array of all predefined Metro color themes. + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Metro canvas. + + + + + Gets or sets the base color for the Metro style. + + + + + Gets or sets the user friendly theme name. + + + + + Initializes the Metro UI color table based on colors specified. + + + + + Defines base set of Metro UI color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the base canvas color, like form background. + + + + + Gets or sets the chrome base color, used for window border, selection marking etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for text displayed over the BaseColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color displayed over the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the lighter text color used for example for inactive non selected tab text etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color used for disabled text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that lighter than canvas color unless canvas is white in which case this will be white as well. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in dark shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in darker shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in light shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in lighter shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the light base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the just a tad lighter base color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for light base color. + + + + + Gets or sets the lighter base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the lightest base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the darker base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the base color analogous color 1 + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color light variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for Analogous color light variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color dark variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color darker variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the off base color button gradient start. + + + + + Gets or sets the off base color button gradient start. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of edit controls. + + + + + Represents the MetroAppForm color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for form when it is running on Windows without Glass effect enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inactive form border colors. + + + + + Represents the MetroForm color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for form when it is running on Windows without Glass effect enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inactive form border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color array for the top-border lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color array for the bottom-border lines. + + + + + Gets or sets status bar background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the resize handle marker light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the resize handle marker color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroTabStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets tab panel background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroTabItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the active form caption text displayed on metro strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the inactive form caption text displayed on metro strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the text formatting for caption text. + + + + + Represents MetroTabItem color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled state tab colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTabItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background style. + + + + + Gets or sets tabstrip background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile check-mark background overlay color. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile check-mark foreground overlay color. + + + + + Gets or sets toolbar background style. + + + + + Initializes the Visual Studio 2012 color scheme Metro color table based on colors specified. + + + + + Gets or sets color hue. Hue is value from 0-1 which determines the degree on color wheel color is on, i.e. 0.5 = 180 degrees + + + + + Gets or sets the color saturation from 0-1, i.e. 0-100%. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of white and black in color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HSVColor structure. + + + + + + + + Gets whether values are close. + + First value. + Second value + true if values are close enough + + + + Gets whether value is zero + + value to check + true if value is considered zero + + + + Gets whether value is not an number. + + value to test + true if value is not an number + + + + Represents the Metro application button used on MetroTab control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroAppButton class. + + + + + Processes the Escape key when Application Button is hosting the backstage tab and uses it to close the tab if open. + This method is called from ProcessDialogKey method of MetroForm. + + Key data + true if key was used to close backstage tab + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control set on BackstageTab property is used on application menu popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the backstage tab that is displayed instead of popup menu. + + + + + Raises PrepareModalPanelBounds event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroForm class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Shows the panel control in the center of the form and covers all non system controls making the panel effectively modal. + + Control to show. + + + + Shows the panel control in the center of the form by sliding it in from specified side and covers all non system controls making the panel effectively modal. + + Panel to show. + Side to slide panel into the view from. + + + + Shows the panel control in the center of the form by sliding it in from specified side and covers all non system controls making the panel effectively modal. + + Panel to show. + Side to slide panel into the view from. + Slide animation speed in milliseconds. + + + + Hides the panel control that was previously shown using ShowModalPanel method. + + Control to hide. + + + + Hides the panel control that was previously shown using ShowModalPanel method by sliding it out of the view to the specified side. + + Control to hide. + Side to slide control into. + + + + Gets effective Border Thickness for the form. + + Thickness + + + + Called when BorderThickness property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when BorderColor property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when WM_NCHITTEST message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Called when WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Called when WM_NCACTIVATE message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Called when WM_NCCALCSIZE message is received. + + Message structure. + true to call base WndProc otherwise false. + + + + Occurs before modal panel is shown and allows change of modal panel bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether MetroShell is pre-rendered when form is shown to make first rendering smoother. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether at least one modal panel is displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether modal panel when displayed shows MetroStatusBar. + + + + + Returns whether Windows Glass effects are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroTab that is hosted by this form. This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether form can be resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the form border thickness. Default value is empty thickness which indicates that thickness is taken from MetroFormColorTable. + + + + + Gets or sets the form border colors. + + + + + Gets whether form is active. + + + + + Indicates the number of pixels subtracted from form's height or width (depending on taskbar position) when form is maximized and taskbar is in auto-hide state. Default value is 4. + + + + + This property is not to be used with MetroForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the border on the edges of the form that when mouse is over allow for form resizing. + + + + + Indicates whether Close button in top-right corner of the form is visible. + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Restore item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Move item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Size item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Minimize item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Maximize item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Close item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BorderOverlay class. + + + + + Delegate for PrepareModalPanelBounds event. + + + + + + + Provides data for PrepareModalPanelBounds event. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds modal panel will occupy when shown. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ModalPanelBoundsEventArgs class. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets whether divider panel that divides message box buttons and text content is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Text supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias setting for text-pane. + + + + + Enumeration of available common system strings. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Loads the items for the customization from MetroTab control. Registered MetroToolbar controls are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + MetroTab control that holds references to known MetroToolbars. + + + + Gets reference to the internal Quick Access Toolbar Customization panel. + + + + + Represents Metro Tab control, usually used as application tab but can be used as standard tab control as well. + + + + + Raises SettingsButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets the name of the QAT Customize Item which is used to display the QAT Customize Dialog box. + + + + + Gets the name of the Add to Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the Remove from Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the QAT placement change context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the label displayed on Quick Access Toolbar customize popup menu. + + + + + Gets the string that is used as starting name for the frequently used QAT menu items created when QAT Customize menu is displayed. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Performs the setup of the MetroTabPanel with the current style of the MetroShell Control. + + Panel to apply style changes to. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab at specified position, creates new associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + Specifies the position of the new tab inside of Items collection. + New instance of the MetroTabItem that was created. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab and associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + New instance of the MetroTabItem that was created. + + + + Recalculates layout of the control and applies any changes made to the size or position of the items contained. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Called when right-mouse button is pressed over MetroTabStrip + + Reference to MetroTabStrip object. + + + + Displays popup customize context menu for given customization object. + + Object that should be customized, usually an instance of BaseItem. + Indicates whether customize menu is displayed over metro tab strip + + + + Removes an item from the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item that is already part of Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + Adds an instance of base type BaseItem to the Quick Access Toolbar. Note that this method creates + new instance of the item or an representation of the item being added and adds that to the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item to add, must be an BaseItem type. + + + + Raises the BeforeCustomizeMenuPopup event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the BeforeAddItemToQuickAccessToolbar event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Shows the quick access toolbar customize dialog. + + + + + Applies the Quick Access Toolbar customization changes made on QatCustomizePanel to the MetroShell Control Quick Access Toolbar. Note that QatCustomizePanel.DataChanged property indicates whether user made any changes to the data on the panel. + + Reference to the QatCustomizePanel + + + + Raises the AfterQatDialogChangesApplied event. + + + + + Returns the Metro Application Button. + + reference to Application Button or null if button is not found. + + + + Registers the MetroToolbar or any other DotNetBar container that implements IOwner interface so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar serialization and customization. + + + + + + Registers the MetroToolbar or any other DotNetBar container that implements IOwner interface so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar serialization and customization. + + + + + + Occurs just before the customize popup menu is displayed and provides the ability to cancel the menu display as well + as to add/remove the menu items from the customize popup menu. + + + + + Occurs before an item is added to the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before an item is removed from the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs when Item on metro tab strip or quick access toolbar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before Quick Access Toolbar dialog is displayed. This event provides the opportunity to cancel the showing of + built-in dialog and display custom customization dialog. You can also set the Dialog property of the event arguments to + the custom dialog you want used instead of the DotNetBar system customization dialog. + + + + + Occurs after the Quick Access Toolbar dialog is closed. + + + + + Occurs after any changes done on the Quick Access Toolbar dialog are applied to the actual Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Occurs after selected Metro tab has changed. You can use + MetroShell.SelectedTab + property to get reference to newly selected tab. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs when SETTINGS button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when HELP button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of the Quick Access Toolbar Frequently used commands. You should add existing buttons to this collection that + you already have on the MetroToolbar controls or on the application menu. The list will be used to construct the frequently used + menu that is displayed when Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu is displayed and it allows end-user to remove and add these + frequently used commands to the QAT directly from this menu. + Note that items you add here should not be items that are already on Quick Access Toolbar, i.e. in MetroShell.QuickToolbarItems collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether Form.Icon is shown in top-left corner. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Context menu bar associated with the this control which is used as part of Global Items feature. The context menu + bar assigned here will be used to search for the items with the same Name or GlobalName property so global properties can be propagated when changed. + You should assign this property to enable the Global Items feature to reach your ContextMenuBar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption and quick access toolbar provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on MetroAppForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected MetroTabItem. MetroTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + MetroTabItem can be selected (Checked) at any given time. + + + + + Returns reference to internal metro tab-strip control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns collection of quick toolbar access and caption items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel scrolls through the Metro tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external implementation for metro toolbar and menu item customization will be used for customizing the control. When set to true + it enables the displaying of MetroToolbar and menu item context menus which allow customization. You are responsible for + adding the menu items to context menu to handle all aspects of item customization. See "MetroShell Control Quick Access Toolbar Customization" topic in help file under How To. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether customize dialog is used to customize the quick access toolbar. You can handle the EnterCustomize event + to display your custom dialog instead of built-in dialog for customization. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the categorization mode for the items on Quick Access Toolbar customize dialog box. Default value categorizes + items by the toolbar they appear on. + + + + + Gets or sets the Quick Access Toolbar layout description. You can use the value obtained from this property to save + the customized Quick Access Toolbar into registry or into any other storage object. You can also set the saved layout description back + to restore user customize layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Quick Access Toolbar has been customized by end-user. You can use value of this property to determine + whether Quick Access Toolbar layout that can be accessed using QatLayout property should be saved. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Metro localization object which holds all system text used by the component. + + + + + Gets or sets the side tab-strip is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SETTINGS button is visible. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SETTINGS button text. + + + + + Gets or sets the HELP button text. + + + + + Gets or sets the font tab items are displayed with. + + + + + Describes the categorization mode used to categorize items on the Customize Metro dialog. + + + + + Items are automatically categorized by the toolbar they appear on. + + + + + Items are categorized by the Category property on each item. Category property should be set on each item. + + + + + Represents Metro-UI Status Bar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroStatusBar class. + + + + + Called when ResizeHandleVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates whether items that cannot fit are displayed on popup. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether resize handle used to resize the parent form is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing between items, default value is 2. + + + + + Defines the internal container item for the ribbon strip control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the parent RibbonStrip control. + + Reference to parent RibbonStrip control + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Called when SettingsButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when HelpButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets reference to internal ribbon strip container that contains tabs and/or other items. + + + + + Gets reference to internal caption container item that contains the quick toolbar, start button and system caption item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Settings button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Help button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the Settings button text. + + + + + Represents Rendering Tab used on Metro Tab Control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTabItem class. + + + + + Selects the tab. + + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets cached image rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets cached text rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab renders its state. Used internally by DotNetBar. Do not set. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding added around the tab item in pixels. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether size of the tab has been reduced below the default calculated size. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of item. Color specified here applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eMetroTabColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the panel assigned to this tab item. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this propert to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the button style which controls the appearance of the button elements. Changing the property can display image only, text only or image and text on the button at all times. + + + + + Specifies predefined color assigned to Metro Tab. + + + + + Represents simple item container which orders items horizontally and support all ItemAlignment settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SimpleItemContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the item specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New instance. + + + + Copies the item specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New instance. + + + + Sets whether container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + true or false to indicate whether container is system container or not. + + + + Called when ItemSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the container. Either Width or Height can be set or both. Default value is 0,0 which means + that size is automatically calculated. + + + + + Returns whether instance of the item container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + + + + Indicates the spacing between items. + + + + + Indicates additional spacing between item when its BeginGroup property is set. + + + + + Specifies the layout orientation + + + + + Indicates whether all items are resized to be of the size equal to largest item in the container + + + + + Represents panel used by MetroTabItem as a container panel for the control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the panel. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets which edges of the control are anchored to the edges of its container. + + + + + Represents Metro-UI TabStrip control. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Returns effective caption height. + + Caption height. + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Called when ShowKeyTips on RibbonBar contained by this Ribbon is set to true + + + + + Forces the control to exit Ribbon Key-Tips mode. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Starts moving of the parent form action which happens when user attempts to drag the form caption. + + + + + Returns true if point is inside the caption area. + + Client point coordinates. + True if point is inside of caption area otherwise false. + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption line provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on Office2007RibbonForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns currently selected MetroTabItem. MetroTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + MetroTabItem can be Checked at any given time. + + + + + Gets whether Ribbon is in key-tips mode including its child controls. + + + + + Indicates whether Form.Icon is shown in top-left corner. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container item for the items displayed in control caption. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container for the ribbon tabs and other items. + + + + + Represents Metro Tile. + + + + + Raises CheckedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises OptionGroupChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates new instance of metro tile. + + + + + Creates new instance of metro tile and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of metro tile and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the MetroTileItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the MetroTileItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MetroTileItem instance. + + + + Called when NotificationMarkText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when NotificationMarkOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Called when TileSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when IsLeftMouseButtonDown property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsMouseOver property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises TitleTextMarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Checked property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CheckBehavior property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CurrentFrame property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when AutoRotateFramesInterval property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DragStartPoint property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies maximum of 2 character text displayed inside of the notification mark on top of the button. + + + + + Indicates the position of the notification marker within the bounds of the button. + + + + + Specifies diameter of notification mark. When set to 0 system default value is used. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the notification mark. + + + + + Specifies the offset for the notification mark relative to its position. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile size. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tile color for default tile frame. + + + + + Specifies the Tile style default tile frame. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the tile instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the tile. + + + + + Gets or sets image alignment in relation to text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed over the tile. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile title text displayed by default in lower left corner. + + + + + Occurs when an hyperlink in title text markup is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets title text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left location of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tile is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic check behavior of metro tile. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Gets the list of tile frames that are displayed when frame animation is enabled using AnimationEnabled property. + + + + + Gets or sets index of currently displayed frame in Frames collection. + + + + + Gets the index of last selected frame, i.e. before CurrentFrame was set with new value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Frame animation is enabled when CurrentFrame has changed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the frames animation duration in milliseconds. Default value is 800. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic tile frame rotation interval in milliseconds. When set it will change the CurrentFrame property so each frame from Frames collection is displayed after interval set here. + + + + + Gets or sets tile background color when Enabled=false. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Specifies how MetroTileItem is checked. + + + + + Metro tile item inherits the check behavior from host control. + + + + + Metro tile item cannot be checked. + + + + + Metro tile item is checked using right mouse button. + + + + + Metro tile item is checked using middle mouse button. + + + + + Metro tile item is checked using left mouse button. + + + + + Defines single frame for metro-tile item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTileFrame class. + + + + + Called when TitleText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises TitleTextMarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when TitleTextFont property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TitleTextColor property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when TitleTextAlignment property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Text property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Color property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FrameDisplayDuration property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Raises MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when TextMarkupEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ImageTextAlignment property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the tile title text displayed by default in lower left corner. + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Occurs when an hyperlink in title text markup is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets title text alignment. + + + + + Gets the effective style for the tile when TileColor property is set to predefined tile color. + + + + + Specifies the Tile style of the item. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the tile instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the tile. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left location of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tile color. + + + + + Gets or sets the frame display duration in milliseconds during metro-tile frame animation. When not set then each frame will stay visible for duration set on MetroTileItem.AutoRotateFramesInterval. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup can be used in Text property. + + + + + Gets or sets image alignment in relation to text. + + + + + Occurs when property on BindingDef object has changed. + + + + + Represents panel for Metro Tiles. + + + + + Represents generic item panel container control. + + + + + Returns first checked top-level button item. + + An ButtonItem object or null if no button could be found. + + + + Adds new item to the ItemPanel based on specified ItemTemplate and sets its Text property. + + Text to assign to the item. + reference to newly created item + + + + Gets or sets default layout orientation inside the control. You can have multiple layouts inside of the control by adding + one or more instances of the ItemContainer object and chaning it's LayoutOrientation property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ButtonItem buttons when in vertical layout are fit into the available width so any text inside of them + is wrapped if needed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items in horizontal layout are wrapped into the new line when they cannot fit allotted container size. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets the list of ButtonItem or CheckBoxItem controls that have their Checked property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets ButtonItem or CheckBoxItem item that have their Checked property set to true. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTilePanel class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control enables the user to scroll to items placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Raises ExpandedChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ExpandedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroStatusBar class. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Registers toolbar with MetroTab so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar operations. + + MetroTab + + + + Unregisters previously registered toolbar from MetroTab and removes it from Quick Access Toolbar operations. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + Reference to the item that was clicked. + + + + Called when AutoCollapse property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when AnimationSpeed property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ExpandDirection property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs before Expanded property has changed, i.e. control expanded or collapsed and allows you to cancel action by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property value has changed, i.e. control was expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing between items, default value is 0. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether toolbar is attempted to be automatically registered with parent MetroShell control so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar operations. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is expanded or not. When control is expanded both main and extra toolbar items are visible. When collapsed + only main items are visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is automatically collapsed, Expanded property set to False, if control was expanded and any button on the control was clicked or mouse is clicked elsewhere, parent form has lost input focus or some other control gains input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation speed duration in milliseconds. Default value is 150 milliseconds. Set to zero, 0 to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand direction for the toolbar. Default value is Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Expand button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control height is set automatically based on the content. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines expand direction behavior for MetroToolbar. + + + + + Expand direction is automatically determined by the position of the control on the form. + + + + + Control is expanded up so bottom of the control is fixed. + + + + + Control sis expanded down so top of the control is fixed. + + + + + Defines the internal container item for the MetroToolbar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the parent RibbonStrip control. + + Reference to parent MetroToolbar control + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Called when ExpandButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets whether Expand button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets reference to container that host items. + + + + + Gets reference to container that hosts extra items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Initializes Office Mobile 2014 color scheme Metro color table based on colors specified. + + + + + Draws the border. + + Graphics canvas. + Bounds for border. + Border thickness. + Border color. + + + + Draws background. + + Graphics canvas. + Background bounds. + Background color + + + + Deflates the rectangle by the border thickness. + + Rectangle. + Border thickness + Rectangle deflated by the border thickness + + + + Summary description for Office2003ButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Summary description for ButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Paints state of the button, either hot, pressed or checked + + + + + + + + Paints state of the button, either hot, pressed or checked + + + + + + + + Represents the painter for the Office 2007 SystemCaptionItem + + + + + Represents the base class for the SystemCaptionItem painter. + + + + + Paints the SystemCaptionItem as icon in left hand corner. + + + + + + Paints the SystemCaptionItem as set of buttons minimize, restore/maximize and close. + + + + + + Paints the background of the button using specified color table colors. + + Graphics object. + Background bounds + Color Table + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Abstract renderer for rendering Metro-UI controls. + + + + + Renders the + + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Renders the MetroTileItem. + + MetroTileItem to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroForm. + + Form to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroForm. + + Form to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroTabItem. + + Form to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroTabStrip + + TabStrip to render. + Paint args + + + + Renders the MetroStatusBar. + + Status bar to render + Paint args + + + + Renders the MetroStatusBar. + + Status bar to render + Paint args + + + + Defines class for passing rendering information to renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets the control to render. + + + + + Gets or sets the paint event arguments to use to render out control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color table. + + + + + Gets or sets default font. + + + + + Gets or sets default plain font. + + + + + Gets or sets right-to-left setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the paint information for items. + + + + + Represents the Office 2007 Ribbon Tab Group painter. + + + + + Paints ribbon tab group. + + Context information + + + + Paints SwitchButton. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines Thickness structure used by borders and margins. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Uniform Thickness + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Left Thickness + Top Thickness + Right Thickness + Bottom Thickness + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Returns hash code for object. + + Hash code + + + + Returns string representation of object. + + string representing Thickness + + + + Gets string representation of object. + + Culture info. + string representing Thickness + + + + Returns whether object holds valid value. + + Specifies whether negative values are allowed. + Specifies whether NaN values are allowed. + Specifies whether positive infinity values are allowed + Specifies whether negative infinity values are allowed + true if object holds valid value + + + + Returns true if two objects are close. + + Thickness to test. + true if values are close. + + + + Returns true if two objects are close. + + Thickness 1 + Thickness 2 + true if values are close. + + + + Returns whether all values are zero. + + + + + Returns whether all values are the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the left Thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the top Thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the Right Thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom Thickness. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal thickness i.e. Left+Right. + + + + + Gets the total vertical thickness i.e. Top+Bottom. + + + + + Provides Thickness TypeConverter. + + + + + Represents the base class each micro-chart implements + + + + + Creates the chart image. + + Rendering information. + Image of the chart. + + + + Defines the style for Area micro chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AreaMicroChartStyle class. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. where zero line is drawn. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart area color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the high point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the low point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the last point dot on chart. + + + + + Defines the style for the bar style micro charts. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum single bar width. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of positive bar value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of negative bar value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether average line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. pivot point that determines negative and positive values. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the lowest value bar on graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highest value bar on graph. + + + + + Defines the style for 100% bar chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PieMicroChartStyle class. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum single bar width. + + + + + Gets the pre-defined slice colors for the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the slice outline. + + + + + Defines the style for the line micro chart. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the chart line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether average line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Gets or sets whether zero-line is drawn on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. where zero line is drawn. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the high point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the low point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the last point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Represents Micro-Chart Control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChart class. + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Raises MouseOverDataPointChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates the chart display and requests the re-paint. + + Indicates whether to animate transition to new chart + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over tooltip for data point is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the index of data point (DataPoints collection) that mouse is over or returns -1 if mouse is not over any data-point. + + + + + Occurs when MouseOverDataPointIndex property changes due to user moving the mouse and pointing it to different data point on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltips for each data-point assigned through DataPoints property. If not set control will automatically + show tooltip based on the data-point value. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart data points. Note that if you are adding or removing points directly from this collection you must call + Refresh() method on the control to refresh the display. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string for the value when it is displayed as tool-tip for data point. + + + + + Gets or sets whether chart is tracking mouse movement to show data-point and its value on tooltip. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether transition animation between same chart with different data-points is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button like mouse over tracking is enabled for whole control. When enabled control looks like a button when mouse is over it. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Line micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Plot micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Column micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Bar micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Win-Lose micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Pie micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Area micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of 100% micro-chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the chart rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for data points. By default maximum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for data points. By default minimum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Gets whether command is executed when control is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TrendInfo structure. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TrendInfo structure. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartRenderInfo structure. + + + + + + + + + Represents the micro-chart item. + + + + + Creates new instance of MicroChartItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of MicroChartItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of MicroChartItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the MicroChartItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MicroChartItem instance. + + + + Copies the MicroChartItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MicroChartItem instance. + + + + Recalculate the size of the item. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Raises MouseOverDataPointChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates the chart display and requests the re-paint. + + Indicates whether to animate transition to new chart + + + + Draws the chart. + + Paint arguments + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when DataMaxValue property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DataMinValue property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the suggested text-width. If you want to make sure that text you set wraps over multiple lines you can set suggested text-width so word break is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string for the value when it is displayed as tool-tip for data point. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart data points. Note that if you are adding or removing points directly from this collection you must call + Refresh() method on the control to refresh the display. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltips for each data-point assigned through DataPoints property. If not set control will automatically + show tooltip based on the data-point value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether transition animation between same chart with different data-points is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether chart is tracking mouse movement to show data-point and its value on tooltip. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button like mouse over tracking is enabled for whole control. When enabled control looks like a button when mouse is over it. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets the index of data point (DataPoints collection) that mouse is over or returns -1 if mouse is not over any data-point. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over tooltip for data point is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs when MouseOverDataPointIndex property changes due to user moving the mouse and pointing it to different data point on chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Line micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Plot micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Column micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Bar micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Win-Lose micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Pie micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Area micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of 100% micro-chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the chart part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the chart part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the chart rendered. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets text-position in relation to the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption/label set using Text property is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets text padding. + + + + + Gets or sets switch margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image position + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for data points. By default maximum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for data points. By default minimum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Indicates item's visibility when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Represents MicroChart hot-points. + + + + + Start angle for pie slice. + + + + + Sweep angle for pie slice. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartHotPoint structure. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartHotPoint structure. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartHotPoint structure. + + + + + + + + + + Defines available MicroChar types. + + + + + Identifies Plot chart. + + + + + Identifies WinLose chart. + + + + + Identifies Area chart. + + + + + Identifies Line chart. + + + + + Identifies Column chart. + + + + + Identifies Bar chart. + + + + + Identifies Pie chart. + + + + + Identifies 100% bar. + + + + + Defines micro-chart text position in relation to the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned to the left of the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned to the right of the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned on top of the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned on bottom of the chart. + + + + + Defines the style for pie chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PieMicroChartStyle class. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets the pre-defined slice colors for the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the slice outline. + + + + + Defines the style for the plot micro chart. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the chart line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether average line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Gets or sets whether zero-line is drawn on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. where zero line is drawn. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the high point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the low point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the last point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Class that tracks lists of all controls that host currently open popups. + + + + + Registers IOwnerMenuSupport popup host in response to host displaying its first popup. + + IOwnerMenuSupport host to register + + + + Unregisters IOwnerMenuSupport popup host in response to host closing its last popup. + + IOwnerMenuSupport host to unregister + + + + Closes all currently open popups. + + + + + Closes all currently open popups excluding specified popup host. + + IOwnerMenuSupport host to exclude from closing or null + + + + Represents custom collection with INotifyPropertyChanged and INotifyCollectionChanged interface support. + + + + + + Represents collection changed notification interface. + + + + + Occurs when collection changed. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + List to initialize collection with. + + + + Add item to collection. + + Item to add. + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Checks whether collection contains item. + + Item to look for. + true if item is in collection. + + + + Copy collection to array. + + Array to copy to. + Index to copy from. + + + + Copy collection to array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets enumerator for collection. + + Enumerator. + + + + Returns index of an item. + + Reference to item. + Index of item. + + + + Insert item at specified location. + + Index to insert item in. + Item to insert. + + + + Inserts item. + + Index to insert item at. + Reference to item. + + + + Removes item from collection. + + Item to remove. + true if item was removed. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Set item on location. + + Index + Item to assign. + + + + Returns items directly without checks. + + List of items. + + + + Occurs when collection is read. + + + + + Occurs when collection property has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Blocks the collection reentrancy. + + IDisposable to end re-entrancy + + + + Checks whether call creates reentrancy. + + + + + Called when collection has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Returns number of items in collection. + + + + + Returns item at index. + + Index of item. + Item at index. + + + + Returns the IList interface for items in collection. + + + + + Occurs when collection has changed. + + + + + Defines change actions. + + + + + Items were added. + + + + + Items were removed. + + + + + Items were replaced. + + + + + Items were moved. + + + + + Collection was reset. + + + + + Defines delegate for collection notification events. + + Event sender. + Event arguments. + + + + Defines collection change notification event arguments. + + + + + Create new instance of object. + + Action + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + List of changed items. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + Item that was changed. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New items in collection. + Old items in collection. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + List of changed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + Index of change + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New item + Old item + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New items. + Removed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed items + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New item + Old item + New index + + + + Gets the type of the collection change action. + + + + + Gets list of newly added items. + + + + + Gets new starting index. + + + + + Gets list of removed items. + + + + + Old starting index. + + + + + Represents advanced property grid control. + + + + + Defines an interface that is used by advanced property grid parser to localize property names. + + + + + Gets localized property name. + + Property name to retrieve localized name for. + Localized Property name or null to use default. + + + + Gets localized category name. + + Category to retrieve localized value for. + Localized Category name or null to use default. + + + + Gets localized message for Tooltip body when error setting the property value has occurred. + + Default system message. + Localized message or null to use default. + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when it is in read-only state. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when its value has changed from the default value for the property. + + + + + Gets the property category style. + + + + + Gets the default style for unchanged value edit cell. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvPropertyGrid class. + + + + + Invokes PropertyValueChanging event. + + Event data. + + + + Invokes PropertyValueChanged event handler. + + Name of the property that has changed. + New property value. + Old property value. + + + + Invokes PropertyValueChanged event. + + Name of property that has changed + + + + Raises ValidatePropertyValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PropertiesLoaded event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Commits any property edits that are currently in progress by applying the current entered value to the property. + Returns true if edit was applied. + + + + + Updates specified property value in property grid. + + Property Name to update value for. + + + + Refreshes the display of all property values in the grid. + + + + + Reloads all properties from selected object. + + + + + Collapses all the categories in the AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Expands all the categories in the AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Raises the PrepareErrorSuperTooltip event. + + Provides information about event. + + + + Sets the property grid column width. + + Column index + Width of column in pixels + + + + Raises the ConvertPropertyValueToString event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ProvidePropertyValueList event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ProvideUITypeEditor event. + + Provides event data + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Find PropertyNode using the property name. + + Property to name + PropertyNode or null if not found + + + + Called when SubPropertiesDefaultSort property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is ending. + + + + + Occurs when property grid needs property names translated for UI. + + + + + Occurs when Super Tooltip that is displayed for the error that occurred when property is being set is being assigned to a property node. + This event allows you to customize the super tooltip displayed. + + + + + Occurs when property value is being converted to text representation for display. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when text entered by user is being converted to typed property value to be assigned to the property. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when property looks for the list of valid values for the property to show on either drop-down or use + in auto-complete list. For example when property type is enum the internal implementation will convert available enum + values into string list and use on drop-down and in auto-complete list. You can use this event to provide + custom value list in combination with ConvertPropertyValueToString, ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue events. + You must set IsListValid=true on event arguments to indicate that list your provided should be used. + + + + + Occurs when property node needs the UITypeEditor for the property. You can handle this event and provide your own UITypeEditor to be used instead of the one specified on the property. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the value of the property in property grid. + + + + + Occurs before property value entered by the user is set on the property. You can cancel internal assignment by property grid by setting Handled=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when users changes the property value and attempts to commit the changes. This even allows you to validate the value and show error message if value is invalid and cancel its application. + + + + + Occurs after properties have been loaded into the property grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected object. + + + + + Gets or sets the browsable attributes associated with the object that the property grid is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property is highlighted to confirm the value update by user. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of property names that are not loaded into property grid regardless of their Browsable attribute setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of category names properties below to that are not loaded into property grid regardless of the property Browsable attribute setting. + + + + + Returns reference to internal SuperTooltip component used by AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Defines the appearance of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the property sorting inside of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the help type that is provided by the control. Default help type is SuperTooltip which shows tooltip over each property + that provides property description. + + + + + Gets reference to the help panel that is displayed below property grid and which provides selected property description. + + + + + Gets reference to the expandable splitter that is displayed above the help panel and allows resizing of the panel. + + + + + Gets reference to internal AdvTree control that displays properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid lines color. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal toolbar control displayed above the property grid. + + + + + Gets or sets whether toolbar is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether search text box that allows property filtering is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets reference to internal TextBoxItem that represents search text box. + + + + + Gets the reference to the property gird localization object which holds all system text used by the component. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Tab key navigates between property nodes. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the password character used by the property values that are marked with PropertyPasswordText attribute. + + + + + Gets or sets the sub property default sorting. Default value is Alphabetical. + + + + + Occurs when property defined by AdvPropertyGrid control has changed. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when it is in read-only state. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when its value has changed from the default value for the property. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property edit cell when its displaying unchanged property value. + + + + + Gets the property category style. + + + + + Defines the sorting for the AdvPropertyGrid properties. + + + + + Specifies help types property grid uses to display help for selected property. + + + + + No help is visible. + + + + + SuperTooltip with property description is displayed when mouse is over the property. + + + + + Panel below property grid is displayed which shows the description for the selected property. + + + + + Defines delegate for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + + + Defines data for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + Gets the property name or category name localization is performed for. Inspect LocalizationType property to get localization type which + determines value specified in this property. + + + + + Gets the localization type being performed. + + + + + Gets or sets the localized value to be used. Set to null or empty string to use default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvPropertyGridLocalizeEventArgs class. + + Key value event is raised for. + Localization Type being performed. + + + + Defines the localization types for AdvPropertyGrid control. + + + + + Property name is localized. + + + + + Category is localized. + + + + + Error super tooltip parts are being localized. + + + + + Defines delegate for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + + + Defines data for PrepareErrorTooltip AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + Gets or sets the SuperTooltipInfo that represent tooltip that will be displayed to provide error information. + + + + + Gets the name of the property tooltip is displayed for. + + + + + Gets reference to the exception that was thrown when property was set. + + + + + Gets the value that was set and caused the error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyErrorTooltipEventArgs class. + + SuperTooltipInfo for error tooltip + Property that caused error + Exception that was raised when property was set + Value that caused the error. + + + + Defines delegate for Convert Value events. + + Sender + Event data. + + + + Defines data for Convert Value events that allows custom value conversion for property grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the string property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the typed property value. + + + + + Gets the property name for which conversion is being done. + + + + + Gets the target component that property is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether converted value is used. You need to set this property to true to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Gets the property descriptor that describes property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ConvertValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + + Defines delegate for Convert Value events. + + Sender + Event data. + + + + Defines data for Convert Value events that allows custom value conversion for property grid. + + + + + Gets the property name value list is needed for. + + + + + Gets the target component that property is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property ValueList provided is valid. You must set this property to true in order for the list to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of valid property values. + + + + + Gets the property descriptor that describes property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyValueListEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + Sender of event. + Event data. + + + + Defines data for PrepareErrorTooltip AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + Gets the property name UITypeEditor is looked for. + + + + + Gets the property descriptor for property UITypeEditor is looked for. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of UITypeEditor to be used for the property. You set this property to the UITypeEditor that you want + used for the property while editing. Note that you must set EditorSpecified = true in order for this value to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value specified in UITypeEditor property is used. You must set this value to true in order for + UITypeEditor property value to be used. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ProvideUITypeEditorEventArgs class. + + Property Name + Property Descriptor + + + + Defines delegate for PropertyValueChanging event. + + Event sender. + Event data. + + + + Defines arguments for PropertyValueChanging event. + + + + + Gets the name of the property which value is changing. + + + + + Gets the new value that is being set on property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether value assignment was handled by your code. Set to true to cancel internal AdvPropertyGrid property value assignment. + + + + + Gets the PropertyDescriptor for the property being changed. + + + + + Gets the full property path up to the selected object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for ValidatePropertyValue event. + + Sender + ValidatePropertyValue event arguments + + + + Defines event arguments for ValidatePropertyValue event. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validation failed. Set to true to cancel property value assignment. + + + + + Gets the name of the property which value is changing. + + + + + Gets the new value that is being set on property. + + + + + Gets the target object on which property value is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the message that is displayed to user if validation fails, i.e. Cancel=true. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatePropertyValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the node highlight when error has occurred while setting property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the node highlight when property update was successful. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for property node. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node when in read-only state. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node when in read-only state. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node edit cell when displaying unchanged property value. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node when in read-only state. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed in property name cell when property value has failed the validation. + + + + + Represents the class that stores text used by property grid control for localization purposes. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets tooltip used by Categorized toolbar button. + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip used by Alphabetical toolbar button. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text used in tooltip when error occurred during property value setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed in search text-box. + + + + + Occurs when property defined by AdvPropertyGridLocalization class has changed. + + + + + Represents the property category in AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Represents check-box style property node in AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Represents a property node in AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Releases the inline editor used by the node. + + + + + Places the node into the editing mode if possible, raises the exception if node is read-only. + + Action that caused the edit mode. + Indicates whether to focus the editor. + + + + Called after property editor is created. + + + + + Exits the editor mode. + + Action that caused the editor mode exit. + + + + Called when visual part of the node has changed due to the changes of its properties or properties of the cells contained by node. + + + + + Cancel the edit changes and applies the old property value. + + + + + Attempts to apply current edit value to the property. + + + + + Returns the full property path to the root of the selected object. + + Full property path. + + + + Starts fade background color style highlight for the property node. + + Specifies the fade background color. + + + + Applies PropertySettings to this node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property text box is read only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets whether node is in editing mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the property settings that are applied to this property node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property node represents property for multiple objects. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property is password property which value is not displayed as plain text. + + + + + Defines delegate that is called after property editor is created. + + PropertyNode sender. + Reference to editor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an date-time editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. Applies to DateTime property types only. + + + + + Defines base attribute for custom AdvPropertyGrid in-line property value editors. + + + + + Creates a control that is used as property value in-line editor. Control must implement IPropertyValueEditor interface. + + PropertyDescriptor for the property being edited. + Target object that owns the property. + Control that represents in-line editor. + + + + Gets or sets pre-defined format for date-time input. + + + + + Gets or sets custom format for date-time input. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drop-down button that shows calendar is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date that control accepts. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date that control accepts. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + Defines an interface that is implemented by the control that will be used by AdvPropertyGrid control to edit property value. + + + + + Focus the edit part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used by the edit part of the control. Font might be used to visually indicate that property value has changed. Implementing this property is optional. + + + + + Gets whether the edit part of the control is focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the value being edited. + + + + + Occurs when EditValue changes. Raising this even will cause the property value to be updated with the EditValue. + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an double type numeric editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. Applies to double property types only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether up/down button is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the display format for the control when control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty state i.e. null/nothing value is allowed when editor is used with nullable types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an integer type numeric editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. Applies to int property types only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether up/down button is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the display format for the control when control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty state i.e. null/nothing value is allowed when editor is used with nullable types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + Defines multiple choice, option or check-boxes, in-line AdvPropertyGrid property value editor. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + + Represents item container that arranges items horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Creates new instance of the ItemContainer object. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Returns empty container default design-time size. + + Size of an empty container. + + + + Gets whether FixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Called when FixedSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Recalculates the size of the container. Assumes that DisplayRectangle.Location is set to the upper left location of this container. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Called after TopInternal property has changed + + + + + Called after LeftInternal property has changed + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Called when item Display state has changed. + + + + + Sets whether container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + true or false to indicate whether container is system container or not. + + + + Called when TitleVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TitleText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TitlePosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Selects first visible item contained by the container by sending mouse over message. + + + + + Sets the new hot-sub item for the container. This method is designed for internal use by the DotNetBar and should not be used. + + Reference to an instance of BaseItem or null. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the container. Either Width or Height can be set or both. Default value is 0,0 which means + that size is automatically calculated. + + + + + Specifies the container background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the item vertical alignment. Default value is Top. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items in horizontal layout are wrapped into the new line when they cannot fit allotted container size. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the suggested fixed size of the container. Width or Height or Both may be set to suggest fixed size for the container. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. Do not change the value of this property. It is managed by system only. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Returns whether instance of the item container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Specifies the title background style. + + + + + Indicates whether TitleText is visible if set. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text for the container. + + + + + Gets or sets position of title text. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Specifes the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Indicates whether container responds to keyboard presses and changes the active/mouse over item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceItemEditor class. + + + + + + + Represents the option list property node for AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Describes the property settings applied to the property on AdvPropertyGrid control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySettings class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySettings class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySettings class. + + + + + + Raises the ConvertPropertyValueToString event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ProvidePropertyValueList event. + + Provides event data + + + + Called when TypeConverter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Occurs when property value is being converted to text representation for display. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when text entered by user is being converted to typed property value to be assigned to the property. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when property looks for the list of valid values for the property to show on either drop-down or use + in auto-complete list. For example when property type is enum the internal implementation will convert available enum + values into string list and use on drop-down and in auto-complete list. You can use this event to provide + custom value list in combination with ConvertPropertyValueToString, ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue events. + You must set IsListValid=true on event arguments to indicate that list your provided should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets read-only property style. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property is in read-only state. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the SuperTooltip that is displayed when property is in read-only state (ReadOnly=true). + + + + + Gets or sets the SuperTooltip that is assigned to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed next to the property name in the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the property name inside of the grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom category node will be placed in instead of category specified by Category attribute. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom property name that is displayed in the grid instead of the real property name. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that is managed by this informational object. If you set PropertyDescriptor than that is the value + that will be used by the control regardless of PropertyName value. + If you set PropertyName but not PropertyDescriptor then all properties with given name + regardless of type will use these settings. + + + + + Gets or sets property descriptor that identifies the property settings apply to. If you set PropertyDescriptor than that is the value + that will be used by the control regardless of PropertyName value. + If you set PropertyName but not PropertyDescriptor then all properties with given name + regardless of type will use these settings. + + + + + Gets or sets default property style. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the UITypeEditor used to edit the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom in-line property value editor. Property value editor is created by inheriting from PropertyValueEditor class. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is visible in property grid. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the property node type that is used to edit this property value. Note that content of property grid would need to be + reloaded to apply any changes to this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the property description that overrides description specified on property through DescriptionAttribute. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets custom TypeConverter assigned to the property which will override any TypeConverter that is returned by the PropertyDescriptor. + + + + + Occurs when property value on the object changes. + + + + + Defines the type of the property node in grid that is assigned to property. + + + + + Specifies default node type for the property. + + + + + Specifies the node type that is constructed as group of option buttons that represent all values for the property. Works best + for smaller set of Enum values. + + + + + Defines exception which is thrown when property value fails the validation in AdvPropertyGrid.ValidatePropertyValue event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InvalidPropertyValueException class. + + + + + Defines Advanced Property Grid Node for Color type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNodeFactory class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyGridInfoCollection class. + + + + + + Gets property info object based on property name. + + Property name. + PropertyGridInfo instance or null if it cannot be found. + + + + Gets property info object based on property descriptor. + + Property descriptor. + PropertyGridInfo instance or null if it cannot be found. + + + + Returns property setting based on property descriptor or name if property descriptor is not set on property settings + Property descriptor takes precedence. + + Property descriptor to look for. + Property Name to look for. + Property settings instance or null + + + + Gets the owner of the collection. + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an slider in-line editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum slider value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum slider value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether slider text label is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider label width. Default value is 18. + + + + + Gets or sets label text color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + Minimum value for slider. + Maximum value for slider. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + + Creates a control that is used as property value in-line editor. Control must implement IPropertyValueEditor interface. + + PropertyDescriptor for the property being edited. + Target object that owns the property. + Control that represents in-line editor. + + + + Defines Radial Menu control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenu class. + + + + + Raises BeforeMenuClose event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeMenuOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MenuOpened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MenuClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets whether radial menu is open. + + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsOpen property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Sets whether radial menu is open and provides the source of the action. + + true to open menu, false to close it. + Source of the action. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Raises ItemAdded event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemRemoved event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseEnter event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseHover event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseLeave event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseDown event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseUp event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseMove event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemClick event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemExpandedChanged event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemTextChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemTooltipShowing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs before menu is closed and allows you to cancel closing. + + + + + Occurs before menu has been opened and allows you to cancel opening + + + + + Occurs after menu has been opened. + + + + + Occurs after menu is closed.Occurs after menu is closed. + + + + + Specifies the width of the sub-menu edge around the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates spacing between sub-menu marking edge and the item. + + + + + Gets or sets radial menu diameter. Minimum value is 64. + + + + + Gets reference to colors used by the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates the size of the back symbol that is displayed on center of radial menu + + + + + Specifies the back button symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates diameter of center button of radial menu. + + + + + Specifies the maximum pie part angle an item will occupy. Maximum is 180, minimum is 1 degree. + + + + + Indicates maximum radial angle single item in menu can consume. By default this property is set to zero which indicates that + radial menu is equally divided between visible menu items. + + + + + Indicates the position of top-left corner of radial menu when shown in screen coordinates + + + + + Indicates image displayed in center of the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates symbol displayed in center of the radial menu. When set, it overrides any Image settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets whether radial menu is open. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether shortcut processing for the items hosted by this control is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether radial menu is closed automatically when app is deactivated. Default value is true, if set to false + you are responsible for closing the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Indicates the radial menu type. eRadialMenuType.Segment menu type allows for display of image, text and any sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular allows only for display of Symbol or Image and it does not display either text or sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular is designed to be used for single level menus only that don't need text. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically scales the items if the parent Form performs scaling due to AutoScale settings. + + + + + Indicates accessibility help string + + + + + Returns whether control has any popups registered. + + + + + Indicates whether shortcuts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Indicates whether items show tooltips. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters on buttons are underlined. Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been added to items collection. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed from items collection. + + + + + Occurs when mouse pointer enters boundaries of an item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse pointer hovers over an item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse pointer leaves boundaries of an item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed on item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released on item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over an item. + + + + + Occurs when an item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when an item is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs when an item Expanded property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when an item Text property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when tooltip for an item is about to be displayed. + + + + + Defines colors used by Radial Menu Component. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Radial Menu button background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu button border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Radial Menu background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Radial Menu border + + + + + Gets or sets the color of border for mouse over state for the radial menu item expand part. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu border for parts where items do not have sub-items, i.e. non-active area of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the expand sign which shows menu item sub-items. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item mouse over background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item mouse over foreground. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item foreground when disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets text color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New RadialMenuItem instance. + + + + Raises Opened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Closed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when OpenState property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Closes currently open popup. + + + + + Called when MaxItemRadialAngle property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Diameter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CenterButtonDiameter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SubMenuEdgeWidth property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SubMenuEdgeItemSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Called when MenuLocation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RadialMenu property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets the current expanded subitem. + + + + + + Called when BackSymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when BackSymbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when BackButtonSymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when MaxItemPieAngle property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MenuType property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Font property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs after radial menu is opened. + + + + + Occurs after radial menu is closed. + + + + + Returns internal popup control for radial menu. + + + + + Indicates maximum radial angle single item in menu can consume. By default this property is set to zero which indicates that + radial menu is equally divided between visible menu items. + + + + + Returns diameter which takes in account current scaling factor. + + + + + Gets or sets radial menu diameter. Minimum value is 64. + + + + + Returns actual center button diameter which takes in account current scale factor. + + + + + Indicates diameter of center button of radial menu. + + + + + Specifies the width of the sub-menu edge around the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates spacing between sub-menu marking edge and the item. + + + + + Indicates the position of top-left corner of radial menu when shown in screen coordinates + + + + + Indicates the size of the back symbol that is displayed on center of radial menu + + + + + Specifies the back button symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Specifies the maximum pie part angle an item will occupy. Maximum is 180, minimum is 1 degree. + + + + + Gets reference to colors used by the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates the radial menu type. eRadialMenuType.Radial menu type allows for display of image, text and any sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular allows only for display of Symbol or Image and it does not display either text or sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular is designed to be used for single level menus only that don't need text. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the item. + + + + + Specifies font for menu items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialSubItemInfo class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuPopupProxy class. + + + + + + Defines available radial menu type. + + + + + Defines Radial Menu Item. + + + + + Raises CheckedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when DisplayPath property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New RadialMenuItem instance. + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TextVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TracksMouse property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Checked property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TextOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises BeforeMenuOpened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeMenuClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when CircularMenuDiameter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Gets display path of the item. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the item. + + + + + Indicates whether text on item is visible. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates whether item changes its appearance when mouse is over it or pressed + + + + + Indicates whether item is in checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional text offset for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Occurs before radial menu item is expanded and its sub-items displayed. + + + + + Occurs before radial menu item is closed + + + + + Control Container (System.Windows.Forms.Control or its descendant) + + + + + Specifies explicit circular menu type diameter. Applies to circular menu type only. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets text color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuPopup class. + + + + + Called when DisplayItem property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Identifies the item displayed by this popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the content image displayed on the window. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Represents rating item control which provides rating functionality. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingItem class. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Raises the AverageRatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the ParseAverageRatingValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Sets the Rating value of the control and provides information about source of the rating change. + + New Rating value. + Source of this change. + + + + Raises RatingChanging event. + + Event data + + + + Raises the RatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the ParseRating event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when Rating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Rating property is about to be changed and provides opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the average rating shown by control. Control will display average rating (if set) when no explicit + Rating value is set through Rating property. Minimum value is 0 and Maximum value is controlled by NumberOfStars property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the AverageRating property. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets or sets the rating value represented by the control. Default value is 0 which indicates + that there is no rating set. Maximum value is controlled by NumberOfStars property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Rating property value. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets or sets whether rating can be edited. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the control background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + + + + + Gets the reference to custom rating images. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between optional text and the rating. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of rating control. + + + + + Indicates number of stars used for the rating. Minium value is 2 stars. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingImage structure. + + + + + + + Defines the custom rating images for Rating control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingImages class. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for unrated rating part. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for unrated rating part when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for rated part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for Average Rated part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for rated part of the control when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Delegate for Rating change events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for Rating change events. + + + + + New Rating value being assigned. + + + + + Previous or current value (if RatingChanging event). + + + + + Indicates the action that has caused the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingChangeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + Represents color table for CrumbBarItemView. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state color table. + + + + + Gets or sets active mouse over color table. + + + + + Gets or sets inactive part mouse over color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed color table. + + + + + Defines state color table for CrumbBarItemView + + + + + Gets or sets foreground/text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color blend collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Represents the color table for Office 2007 Style CalendarView Control. + + + + + Initializes ColorScheme object with the black color scheme. + + ColorScheme object to initialize. + + + + Defines colors for the WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Renders the Range Slider items. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Range Slider Item in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the slider which changes the minimum value of the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the slider which changes the maximum value of the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the tick line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the line which indicates current range value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors of the current range value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the line showing control range. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the line showing control range. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner radius for the range rectangle. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Range Slider Item in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse pressed colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010RangeChangePartColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010RangeChangePartColorTable class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the part border color + + + + + Gets or sets the part border light color + + + + + Represents color table for Office 2010 style. + + + + + Represents color table for Office 2007 style. + + + + + Defines the provider for the element style classes support. + + + + + Returns the instance of the ElementStyle with given class name or null if there is no class with that name defined. + + Class name. See static members of ElementStyleClassKeys class for the list of available keys. + Instance of ElementStyle for given class name or null if class cannot be found. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2007ColorTable class. + + Specifies the color factory for the color table. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the color table and initializes it with custom color scheme. + + Predefined color scheme to be used as starting color scheme. + Color to use as basis for new color scheme + + + + Gets or sets the RibbonBar color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the ItemContainer with BeginGroup property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the Bar object. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the RibbonControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the ColorItem which is used by drop-down Color Picker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the Ribbon Bar dialog launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets the legacy color scheme object that applies to the user interface elements not covered by color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of the system buttons displayed in form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of the close system button displayed in form caption. Applies to Office 2010 styles and later only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the bacgkround colors for the quick access toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tab and tab strip control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tab strip control used on docking windows. When not set TabControl color scheme is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the KeyTips color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll bar colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the application style scroll bar colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the paused ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the error state of ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the galleries. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the NavigationPane control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the Slider item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the Range Slider item. + + + + + Gets the SuperTooltip color table. + + + + + Gets the color table for the ListViewEx control. + + + + + Gets the color table for the ListViewEx control. + + + + + Gets the color table used by SideBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for AdvTree control. + + + + + Gets or sets the CrumBarItem color table. + + + + + Gets the color table used by Schedule control. + + + + + Gets or sets SwitchButton color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the StepItem used in ProgressSteps control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the ListBoxItem used in ListBoxAdv control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the radial menu. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for TokenEditor control tokens. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Flyout control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the SideNav control. + + + + + Returns the instance of the ElementStyle with given class name or null if there is no class with that name defined. + + Class name. See static members of ElementStyleClassKeys class for the list of available keys. + Instance of ElementStyle for given class name or null if class cannot be found. + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a button with Office 2007 style. + The collection by default has elements that are created to + represents the members of eButtonColor enumeration. The name of each color table object is the same as the string + enum representation. You can add custom members to this collection or modify the existing ones. Note that you must specify the + unique name for the new color table elements. Name specified there can be used in ButtonItem.CustomColorName property to specify + custom color table for an ButtonItem. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a button with Office 2007 style when + button is on RibbonBar control. When collection is empty the values from the ButtonItemColors collections are used instead. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a button with Office 2007 style when + button is on menu bar. When collection is empty the values from the ButtonItemColors collections are used instead. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by Ribbon Application Menu Button in Office 2010 style. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by buttons that are on Backstage tab-strip. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by buttons that are on NavigationPane control. Currently used for Office 2010 style only. When empty ButtonItemColors is used. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007RibbonTabItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a ribbon tab with Office 2007 style. + The collection by default has elements that are created to + represents the members of eRibbonTabColor enumeration. The name of each color table object is the same as the string + enum representation. You can add custom members to this collection or modify the existing ones. Note that you must specify the + unique name for the new color table elements. Name specified there can be used in RibbonTabItem.CustomColorName property to specify + custom color table for an ButtonItem. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007RibbonTabGroupColorTableCollection objects the describe colors used by a ribbon tab groups with Office 2007 style. + The collection by default has elements that are created to + represents the members of eRibbonTabGroupColor enumeration. The name of each color table object is the same as the string + enum representation. You can add custom members to this collection or modify the existing ones. Note that you must specify the + unique name for the new color table elements. + + + + + Returns the color scheme table was initialized with. + + + + + Get the reference to the collection that holds system cached styles. In most cases there is no need for you to modify members of this collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images like Start button image, are cloned when painted. This is reduces the performance but is necessary if they can be accessed from multiple threads. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of contextual color tables that are based on items Control container type and other context properties. + When contextual color table is defined it overrides the default color table. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010ColorTable class. + + + + + Gets the color scheme color table is initialized with. + + + + + Defines the color scheme type for the Office2010ColorTable. + + + + + Silver color scheme. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Black color scheme. + + + + + Visual Studio 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + Specifies colors for StepIndicator control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepIndicatorColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepIndicatorColorTable class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets Background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets indicator color. + + + + + Defines the color table for SuperTab states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBoxDefault colors + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBoxMouseOver colors + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBoxPressed colors + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the InsertMarker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the SelectionMarker. + + + + + Gets whether the ColorTable is empty. + + + + + Defines the colors for the SuperTabControlBox states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabControlBoxStateColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the drawn image. + + + + + Defines the color table for SuperTabItem states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabItemColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Default tab color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Left Aligned tab color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom Aligned tab color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Right Aligned tab color settings + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabColorStates is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is not selected, and the mouse is not over it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is selected, but the mouse is not over the it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is not selected, but the mouse is over it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is selected, and the mouse is over it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab + is disabled, is not selected, and the mouse is not over it + + + + + Defines the colors for the SuperTabItem states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabItemStateColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the Close Marker color. + + + + + Gets or sets the Selection Marker color. + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabLinearGradientColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient Colors + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient Color Positions + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient angle + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Gradient will adapt to changes in the TabAlignment + + + + + Gets whether color definition is empty + + + + + Defines the colors for the SuperTabPanel + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabPanelColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Default tab panel color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Left Aligned tab panel color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom Aligned tab panel color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Right Aligned tab panel color settings + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabPanelItemColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageColorTable + + Office2010BackstageColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + GetVS2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlackColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlackColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + GetOffice2007BackstageVistaGlassColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageVistaGlassColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageItemColorTable + + Office2010BackstageItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlueItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlueItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlackItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlackItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2007BackstageVistaGlassItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageVistaGlassItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstagePanelColorTable + + Office2010BackstagePanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBluePanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBluePanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlackPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlackPanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2007BackstageVistaGlassPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageVistaGlassPanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + Defines color table for the SwitchButton control. + + + + + Gets or set the text/caption color. + + + + + Gets or sets the OFF text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ON text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the button border color. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of OFF switch part. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of ON switch part. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch background color when in ON state, i.e. Value=true. When set to Color.Empty SwitchBackColor is always used. + + + + + Gets default disabled color scheme for the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets default Switch Button color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled Switch Button color table. + + + + + Represents the Windows 7 blue style color initialization class. + + + + + Represents color table for Windows 7 style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010ColorTable class. + + + + + Defines the color scheme type for the Office2010ColorTable. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Provides information about the binding for the item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ItemBindingInfo class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the data row item is bound to. + + + + + Gets or sets the data item index. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional data connected to this binding information. + + + + + Represents the slider item which allows you to select a value from predefined range. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises GetRangeTooltipText event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets the range part that is under specified client location. + + Location in parent control client coordinates. + Range part at specified location. + + + + Called when Minimum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Maximum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Sets the range value. + + New Range value. + Source of the value change. + + + + Called when Value property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TicksVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TicksStep property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RangeButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TicksPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinimumAbsoluteRange property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RangeTooltipFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinRangeSliderImage property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MaxRangeSliderImage property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RangeLineHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs before Value has changed and allow the cancellation of the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed + + + + + Gets mouse over part. + + + + + Gets current part that is pressed using mouse left button. + + + + + Occurs when control is about to display the range tooltip and it allows you to customize tooltip + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the range displayed by the control. + + + + + Indicates whether tick lines are shown + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds. + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds for second marker is visible. + + + + + Gets bounds of minimum range sliding button. + + + + + Gets bounds of maximum range sliding button. + + + + + Indicates tick display period + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the range slider in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 140. + + + + + Gets or sets the Height of the range slider in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 24. + + + + + Indicates the size of the range change buttons. + + + + + Specifies the ticks position inside of Range Slider. + + + + + Specifies minimum absolute range that user can select. Absolute range is defined as Abs(Value.Max-Value.Min) Applies to user performed selection through mouse only. + + + + + Gets or sets the string that is used to format the range value to be displayed while user moves the range buttons. Value set here is used in string.Format(RangeTooltipFormat, Value.Min, Value.Max). + + + + + Specifies whether range tooltip is shown while user is changing the range + + + + + Indicates image to be used as minimum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Indicates image to be used as maximum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Specifies the height of the range line + + + + + Indicates whether clicking the area outside of the range change buttons moves the range change button to the clicked location if possible thus allowing range change. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the range value. + + + + + Specifies the ticks position inside of Range Slider. + + + + + Ticks are displayed on top of range sliders. + + + + + Ticks are displayed on bottom of range sliders. + + + + + Ticks are displayed on top and bottom of range sliders. + + + + + Defines value for the range slider controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the range minimum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the range maximum value. + + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the Range Slider item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines delegate for RangeSliderValueChanging event. + + + + + + + Provides information for RangeSliderValueChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments that provide information on source of action. + + + + + Gets the source of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EventSourceArgs class. + + + + + + New range value. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the value changing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeSliderValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines the slider item parts. + + + + + Indicates no part. + + + + + Indicates the minimum range slider button. + + + + + Indicates the maximum range slider button. + + + + + Indicates the track area part of the control. + + + + + Defines delegate for RangeSliderValueChanging event. + + + + + + + Provides information for GetRangeTooltip event. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip to display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeTooltipEventArgs class. + + + + + + Color definition class + + + + + Constructor - solid def + + RGB value + + + + Constructor - solid def + + Color + + + + Constructor - 2 color def + + Start Color + End Color + + + + Constructor - 2 color def + + Start Color + End Color + Gradient angle + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of RGB values + Gradient positions + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of Color values + Gradient positions + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of RGB values + Gradient positions + Gradient angle + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of Color values + Gradient positions + Gradient angle + + + + OnColorDefChanged + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabColorStates is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Color array + + + + + Gets or sets the Color Positions + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient Angle + + + + + IsEmpty + + + + + ColorDefConvertor + + + + + Represents the visual separator line that is displayed between items. + + + + + Creates new instance of Separator. + + + + + Creates new instance of Separator and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets separator padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of separator. Size specified is for separator in Vertical orientation. If orientation changes then the size will be internally switched to respect proper orientation. + + + + + Indicates splitter orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets the separator color. + + + + + Gets or sets the separator shade color. + + + + + Defines an item that allows the toolbar customization. + + + + + Creates new instance of CustomizeItem object. + + + + + Returns copy of CustomizeItem item + + + + + Called when item container has changed. If you override this method you must call the base implementation to allow default processing to occur. + + Previous container of the item. + + + + Occurs when tooltip is about to be shown or hidden. + + Specifies whether tooltip is shown or hidden. + + + + Loads the resources (text) used by this item. + + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Sets the custom system tooltip text for the item. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Gets localized tooltip text for this instance of the item. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Called when mouse hovers over the customize item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Gets whether the mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Customize menu item is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Represents base class for the CalendarMonth and MultiMonthCalendar controls. This class is used internally by DotNetBar and is not intended for public use. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MultiMonthCalendar class. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Paints background of the item. + + Provides painting arguments + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Specifies the container background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Returns name of the item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Specifies the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Defines the visual marking applied to dates through month calendar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateAppearanceDescription class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateAppearanceDescription class. + + + + + + Applies all settings from this object to specified object. + + Reference to object. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn using bold font. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the marked day. + + + + + Gets or sets the background target gradient color for the marked date. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient fill angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the marked date. + + + + + Gets whether any of the appearance values have been changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether day marked is selectable by end user. Default value is true. + + + + + Reverts the input to the last stored value. + + + + + Called when input field is full, i.e. it has an complete entry. If auto-overwrite is enabled the continued typing after input is complete + will erase the existing entry and start new one. + + + + + Resets the input position so the new input overwrites current value. + + + + + Occurs when input on the control has changed. + + + + + Occurs when validation of the input is performed and it allows you to deny the input. + + + + + Occurs when IsEmpty property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether watermark will be drawn in current control state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed on the input control when control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed if set. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input item is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control allows empty input state i.e. does not have an text entered. Default value is true. + + + + + Raises SelectedIndexChanged event + + + + + Occurs when SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is selected by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected index. -1 is returned if nothing is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets custom AM text used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom PM text used. + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select a date using a visual monthly calendar display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthCalendarAdv class. + + + + + Returns the DayLabel at given client coordinates or null/nothing if there is no label at give location. + + X - position in client coordinates. + Y - position in client coordinates. + DayLabel at given coordinates or null/nothing. + + + + Returns the DayLabel that represents the date. + + Date to find label for. + DayLabel object or nothing if date cannot be founds. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all monthly marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MonthlyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all weekly marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the day from the WeeklyMarkedDays. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all annually marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the AnnuallyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all marked dates set through MarkedDates property. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MarkedDates collection. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Repaints the marked dates to reflect the dates set in the lists of marked dates. + Use this method to reflect the changes made to the AnnuallyMarkedDates, MonthlyMarkedDates or MarkedDates properties as well + as change to the marked Colors properties. + + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DateSelected event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanged event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanging event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseDown event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseUp event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseEnter event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseLeave event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseMove event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseHover event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be raised if any value is less than zero or one value is grater than zero and other is zero. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + startDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ startDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ endDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or- endDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+
+ + If the startDate value is greater than endDate property value, the dates are swapped; the endDate value becomes the starting date, and startDate value becomes the end date. + +
+ + + Invalidates control auto-size and resizes the control if AutoSize is set to true. + + + + + Occurs when month displayed by the item has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the month that is displayed is changed. + + + + + Occurs when child label representing days is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an day/week label of the calendar for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedDate property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user makes an explicit date selection using the mouse. + + + This event is similar to the DateChanged event, but it occurs at the end of a date selection made using the mouse. + The DateChanged event occurs during any date selection, whether by mouse, keyboard, or code. You should handle this event + when you enable multiple date selection through MultiSelect property and want to be notified after the date selection has been + made. DateChanged event would fire each time selection changes during the selection of multiple dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to mark using Colors.MonthlyMarker settings. + Make sure to call UpdateMarkedDates() method to update calendar display with marked dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DayOfWeek members that determine which days of week to mark using Colors.WeeklyMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which annual days are marked using Colors.AnnualMarker settings. + Make sure to call UpdateMarkedDates() method to update calendar display with marked dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which non-recurring dates are marked using Colors.DayMarker settings. + Make sure to call UpdateMarkedDates() method to update calendar display with marked dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the first month displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets number of months displayed on the control. + + + + + Gets the calendar colors used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of each day item on the calendar. Default value is 24, 15. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of date navigation buttons on the calendar. Default value is 13, 18. If you increase size of the navigation + buttons change DaySize as well so everything fits. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Specifies the commands container background style. Commands container displays Today and Clear buttons if they are visible. + + + + + Specifies the navigation container background style. Navigation container displays month, year and optional buttons. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed on control. Default value is 0,0 which indicates that + calendar will display as many columns and rows as it is possible to fit into container space available. + + + + + Gets or sets whether weekend days can be selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule used to determine first week of the year for week of year display on calendar. Default value is first-day. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by calendar as today's date. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the TodayDate property has been explicitly set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether today marker that indicates TodayDate is visible on the calendar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether week of year is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days displayed on calendar header. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of week displayed on the calendar. Default value is Sunday. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control uses the two letter day names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar selected date. Note that SelectedDate property should be used only when MultiSelect property is set to false. + When multiple dates can be selected use range selection properties: SelectionStart, SelectionEnd and SelectionRange. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection of multiple dates up to the MaxSelectionCount is enabled. Default value is false which indicates that only + single day can be selected. + + + + + Gets the reference to the bottom container that parents the Today, and Clear system buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Today button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Clear button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Clear button clears the currently selected date. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected in a month calendar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the start date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the end date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected range of dates for a month calendar control. + + Setting this property is functionally equivalent to using the SetSelectionRange method. You can set the start and end dates separately by setting either the SelectionStart or SelectionEnd properties. You cannot change the start and end dates by setting the SelectionRange.Start or SelectionRange.End property values of the SelectionRange property. You should use SelectionStart, SelectionEnd, or SetSelectionRange. + If the Start property value of the SelectionRange is greater than its End property value, the dates are swapped; the End property value becomes the starting date, and Start property value becomes the end date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Year/Century selection is enabled when calendar is displaying single month. + + + + + Indicates whether month selector which is displayed when month label is clicked is using abbreviated month names instead of month number. + + + + + Indicates whether calendar is used in month selection mode which shows only month and year. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Represents the container that presents single calendar month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalendarMonth class. + + + + + Called when MonthSelectionMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Raises the MonthChanged event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanging event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Gets the DayLabel item assigned to the given date. Returns null if there is no label displayed for the date. + + Date to return label for. + DayLabel instance or null if date is not displayed on this calendar. + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Called when DayClickAutoClosePopup property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when month displayed by the item has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the month that is displayed is changed. + + + + + Occurs when child label representing days is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an day/week label of the calendar for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedDate property has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether calendar is used in month selection mode which shows only month and year. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Year/Century selection is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether month selector which is displayed when month label is clicked is using abbreviated month names instead of month number. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of week displayed on the calendar. Default value is Sunday. + + + + + Gets or sets whether trailing days outside of the current displayed month are visible on calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether week of year is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule used to determine first week of the year for week of year display on calendar. Default value is first-day. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of each day item on the calendar. Default value is 24, 15. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of date navigation buttons on the calendar. Default value is 13, 18. If you increase size of the navigation + buttons change DaySize as well so everything fits. + + + + + Gets the calendar colors used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multiple days can be selected by clicking each day. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection of dates using mouse is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar selected date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether weekend days can be selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets default text alignment for the DayLabel items representing calendar days. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control uses the two letter day names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days displayed on calendar header. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets whether header navigation buttons for month and year are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the navigation container background style. Navigation container displays month, year and optional buttons. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets whether today marker that indicates TodayDate is visible on the calendar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by calendar as today's date. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the TodayDate property has been explicitly set. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether clicking the day closes the parent popup if item is on popup. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectoControl class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CenturySelectorControl class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectorContainer class. + + + + + Raises SelectedYearChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectorContainer class. + + + + + Raises SelectedYearChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CenturySelectorControl class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectorContainer class. + + + + + Raises SelectedYearChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Defines the MonthCalendar and SingleMonthCalendar colors for customization. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the todays date. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for selected days. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the trailing days on calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance settings for the labels that show week of year number. + + + + + Gets or sets the days divider line color. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the numeric day of month label. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the weekend days on calendar (Saturday and Sunday). + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the trailing weekend days on calendar (Saturday and Sunday). + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the labels that display day name in calendar header. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.MonthlyMarkedDates property. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.AnnuallyMarkedDates property. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.MarkedDates property. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.WeeklyMarkedDays property. + + + + + Gets the minimum date value of the DateTimePicker control. + + + + + Specifies the maximum date value of the DateTimePicker control. This field is read-only. + + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when Value or IsEmpty property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the date time. + + + + + Gets or sets the values of the nested DateTimeGroup items. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value represented by the group. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum value represented by the group. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input values are set to defaults while user is entering data. Default value is true. + + + + + Defines the date-time selector visibility for DateTimeInput control popup. + + + + + Depending on DateTimeInput.Format property setting either date or time selector is used. + + + + + Only date selector is visible. + + + + + Only time selector is visible on popup. + + + + + Both date and time selectors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of padding added to text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed by the label. + + + + + Defines an interface for the DateTime Part interaction. + + + + + Reverts to the last input value control held. + + + + + Gets or sets the date/time part value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for the date/time part entry. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for the date/time part entry. + + + + + Gets the date time part control represents. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the day in numeric format to display. Allowed values are from -1 to 6. -1 represents an empty state. + 0 represents Sunday and 6 Represents Saturday. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets whether abbreviated day names are used for display instead of full day names. Default value is false. + + + + + Represents a label for the NumericHourInput control that shows whether time is AM or PM. + + + + + Gets or sets custom AM text used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom PM text used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether abbreviated month names are used for display instead of full month names. Default value is false. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel increases or decreases the input value when used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control allows empty input state i.e. does not have an number entered. Default value is true. When control is empty + IsEmpty property returns true and control does not display number. Set to false to always force control to have number displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format the numeric value entered for display purpose. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericDayInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericDayOfYearInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericHourInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericMinuteInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericMonthInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericSecondInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericYearInput class. + + + + + Gets or sets the year display format. Default value is four digit format. + + + + + Defines data for the ParseValue event that allows you to provide custom parsing for values set to ValueObject property. + + + + + Get the value that was set to the ValueObject property and which should be converted to ParsedValue DateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether you have provided ParsedValue. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ParseDateTimeValueEventArgs class. + + Indicates the value object. + + + + /// + Gets or sets the parsed value from ValueObject property. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ParseDateTimeValue event. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DayLabel class. + + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the DayLabel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer enters the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + + Occurs when label is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the date represented by this label. DateTime.MinValue indicates that label is either used as textual day representation + or the week number as specified by the IsWeekOfYear property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this label is used as the label that displays the day name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this label is used as the week of year label. + + + + + Gets whether the label for date represents the trailing date, i.e. date that is from next or previous month for the month displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether left-mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Specifies the item background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label appears as selected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label provides visual indicator when mouse is over the label or pressed while over the label. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label is selectable. IsSelected property returns whether label is selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the label text color. Default value is an empty color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn using Bold font. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flat Office 2007 style is used to render the item. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether date represented by label is marked as todays date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether popup is displayed when mouse is pressed anywhere over the item. Default value is false which indicates + that popup is displayed only if image assigned to the item and mouse is pressed over image. + + + + + Indicates the alignment of the DayLabel part like text or image. + + + + + Provides data for DayLabel painting events. + + + + + Gets the graphics canvas for rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets which parts of the item will be drawn by the system. You can set this to None to completely disable system rendering. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DayPaintEventArgs class. + + Reference to Graphics canvas. + Reference to item being rendered. + + + + Renders the background of the item. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders items image. + + + + + Renders items image. + + + + + Defines delegate for DayLabel painting events. + + Source of the event. + Provides event data. + + + + Specifies the parts of DayLabel control. Members of this enum are intended to be used as flags (combined). + + + + + Specifies no part. + + + + + Specifies the label background. + + + + + Specifies the label text. + + + + + Specifies the label image. + + + + + Specifies all parts. + + + + + Indicates the hour format. + + + + + Indicates Ante Meridiem period, before the middle day. + + + + + Indicates Post Meridiem after the middle day". + + + + + Identifies the date time part. + + + + + Specifies the input fields alignment inside of the control. + + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Specifies the format of the date time picker. + + + + + Indicates that custom format specified by CustomFormat property is used. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the long date format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the short date format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the time format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the short time format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + Specifies the display format of the year in input control. + + + + + Specifies the visual item alignment inside the parent group. + + + + + Specifies the vertical alignment. + + + + + Describes the system button item type. System buttons are buttons created internally by controls. + + + + + Specifies the auto-change item when VisualUpDownButton control is clicked. + + + + + No item is automatically changed. + + + + + Auto-change focused item in parent group + + + + + Auto change first input item before the Up/Down button in parent group. + + + + + Specifies the keys used for navigation between input fields. + + + + + No key is used for the navigation. + + + + + Tab key is used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Arrow keys are used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Enter key is used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Tab, Arrows and Enter keys are used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Describes input button settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InputButtonSettings class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InputButtonSettings class. + + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Copies properties to new instance of the item. + + New InputButtonSettings instance + + + + Gets or sets whether button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the display position index of the button. Buttons are ordered from left to right with button with lowest index appearing as left-most button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the input button face. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual item button references for its action. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key which when pressed triggers button click event or its default function. + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip displayed for the button when mouse hovers over it. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Defines the system colors used by the input controls. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Occurs when color has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of input item part when part has input focus. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that system Highlight color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of input item part when part has input focus. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that system HighlightText color is used. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InputValidationEventArgs class. + + Indicates current input. + + + + Defines delegate for input validation event. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VisualToggleButton class. + + + + + Raises the CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is checked. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LockUpdateCheckBox class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthCalendarItem class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms desginer. + + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + startDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ startDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ endDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or- endDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+
+ + If the startDate value is greater than endDate property value, the dates are swapped; the endDate value becomes the starting date, and startDate value becomes the end date. + +
+ + + Applies current date selection to the control. You are usually not required to make calls to this method directly since it is automatically + done by the control when selection changes. This method returns immediately if MultiSelect + property is set to false or SelectionStart or SelectionEnd properties have DateTime.MinValue. + + + + + Returns the DayLabel at given client coordinates or null/nothing if there is no label at give location. + + X - position in client coordinates. + Y - position in client coordinates. + DayLabel at given coordinates or null/nothing. + + + + Returns the DayLabel that represents the date. + + Date to find label for. + DayLabel object or nothing if date cannot be founds. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all monthly marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MonthlyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all weekly marked days. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MonthlyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all annually marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the AnnuallyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all marked dates set through MarkedDates property. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MarkedDates collection. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Repaints the marked dates to reflect the dates set in the lists of marked dates. + Use this method to reflect the changes made to the AnnuallyMarkedDates, MonthlyMarkedDates or MarkedDates properties as well + as change to the marked Colors properties. + + + + + Raises the MonthChanged event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanging event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseDown event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseUp event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseEnter event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseLeave event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseMove event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseHover event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be raised if any value is less than zero or one value is grater than zero and other is zero. + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DateSelected event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Reloads the localized strings for Today and Clear buttons. + + + + + Called when DayClickAutoClosePopup property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when month displayed by the item has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the month that is displayed is changed. + + + + + Occurs when child label representing days is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an day/week label of the calendar for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedDate property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user makes an explicit date selection using the mouse. + + + This event is similar to the DateChanged event, but it occurs at the end of a date selection made using the mouse. + The DateChanged event occurs during any date selection, whether by mouse, keyboard, or code. You should handle this event + when you enable multiple date selection through MultiSelect property and want to be notified after the date selection has been + made. DateChanged event would fire each time selection changes during the selection of multiple dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected in a month calendar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the start date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the end date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected range of dates for a month calendar control. + + Setting this property is functionally equivalent to using the SetSelectionRange method. You can set the start and end dates separately by setting either the SelectionStart or SelectionEnd properties. You cannot change the start and end dates by setting the SelectionRange.Start or SelectionRange.End property values of the SelectionRange property. You should use SelectionStart, SelectionEnd, or SetSelectionRange. + If the Start property value of the SelectionRange is greater than its End property value, the dates are swapped; the End property value becomes the starting date, and Start property value becomes the end date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection of multiple dates up to the MaxSelectionCount is enabled. Default value is false which indicates that only + single day can be selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to mark using Colors.MonthlyMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DayOfWeek members that determine which days of week to mark using Colors.WeeklyMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which annual days are marked using Colors.AnnualMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which nonrecurring dates are marked using Colors.DayMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the first month displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets number of months displayed on the control. + + + + + Gets the calendar colors used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of each day item on the calendar. Default value is 24, 15. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of date navigation buttons on the calendar. Default value is 13, 18. If you increase size of the navigation + buttons change DaySize as well so everything fits. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Specifies the commands container background style. Commands container displays Today and Clear buttons if they are visible. + + + + + Specifies the navigation container background style. Navigation container displays month, year and optional buttons. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed on control. Default value is 0,0 which indicates that + calendar will display as many columns and rows as it is possible to fit into container space available. + + + + + Gets or sets whether weekend days can be selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule used to determine first week of the year for week of year display on calendar. Default value is first-day. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by calendar as today's date. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the TodayDate property has been explicitly set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether today marker that indicates TodayDate is visible on the calendar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether week of year is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control uses the two letter day names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days displayed on calendar header. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of week displayed on the calendar. Default value is Sunday. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar selected date. Note that SelectedDate property should be used only when MultiSelect property is set to false. + When multiple dates can be selected use range selection properties: SelectionStart, SelectionEnd and SelectionRange. + + + + + Gets the reference to the bottom container that parents the Today, and Clear system buttons. + + + + + Gets reference to internal Today button on calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Today button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Clear button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Clear button clears the currently selected date. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether clicking the day closes the parent popup if item is on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Year/Century selection is enabled when calendar is displaying single month. + + + + + Indicates whether month selector which is displayed when month label is clicked is using abbreviated month names instead of month number. + + + + + Indicates whether calendar is used in month selection mode which shows only month and year. + + + + + Gets or sets the size available for the item currently being arranged. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse is over the host control. + + + + + Gets or sets system colors used by the control. + + + + + Defines data for the ParseValue event that allows you to provide custom parsing for values set to ValueObject property. + + + + + Get the value that was set to the ValueObject property and which should be converted to ParsedValue DateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether you have provided ParsedValue. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ParseDateTimeValueEventArgs class. + + Indicates the value object. + + + + /// + Gets or sets the parsed value from ValueObject property. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ParseValue event. + + + + + + + Defines data for the ParseValue event that allows you to provide custom parsing for values set to ValueObject property. + + + + + Get the value that was set to the ValueObject property and which should be converted to ParsedValue DateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether you have provided ParsedValue. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ParseDateTimeValueEventArgs class. + + Indicates the value object. + + + + /// + Gets or sets the parsed value from ValueObject property. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ParseValue event. + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether button automatically gets Click events repeated when mouse is kept pressed on the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether default button background is rendered when mouse is not over the host control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key which when pressed triggers button click event or its default function. + + + + + Gets or sets the button tooltip. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets or sets the fixed button height. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is pressed on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Raises DecreaseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises IncreaseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Defines data for ConvertFreeTextEntry event. + + + + + Gets the string value that was entered by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the converted ValueEntered into the control's value type. For example for IpAddressInput the value set here + must be of string type and in IP address format. For IntegerInput control the value set here must be an int type. For DateTimeInput + control value set here must be DateTime type. + If you provide ControlValue set ValueConverted=true to indicate so. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ValueEntered has been converted to ControlValue. Set to true to indicate that you have performed conversion. + + + + + Defines delegate for ConvertFreeTextEntry event. + + Source of event. + Provides event data. + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format the numeric value entered for display purpose. + + + + + Specifies trigger types for the value changed events on editor controls. + + + + + ValueChanged event is fired as soon as user types in the value. + + + + + ValueChanged event is fired after control loses input focus. + + + + + ValueChanged event is fired after control loses input focus or user presses the Enter key. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the VisualItem array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents the up down button which allows change of the value in currently focused input control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VisualUpDownButton class. + + + + + Raises the UpClick event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DownClick event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Occurs when Up part of the button has been clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Down part of the button has been clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the default width of the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control automatically tries to increase/decrease the value of the item that has input focus in the same + parent group as the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the item that is automatically changed when buttons are pressed. + + + + + Statis functions for design-time support. + + + + + Summary description for DesignTimeDte. + + + + + Summary description for Display. + + + + + System item that displays the items that could not fit inside the container on popup menu or toolbar. + + + + + Create new instance of DisplayMoreItem object. + + + + + Returns copy of DisplayMoreItem item + + + + + Called when item container has changed. If you override this method you must call the base implementation to allow default processing to occur. + + Previous container of the item. + + + + Overridden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup. + + Popup location. + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup toolbar. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Overridden. Close the popup window if open. + + + + + Adds the items that are not visible to the overflow popup. + + + + + Returns the insertion index for the items removed from overflow popup. Assumes that right-most items are removed first by the layout manager. + + + + + + Removes the items from the overflow and adds them back to the parent item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Returns the fixed size of the item. + + + + + Get or sets whether item has been changed in a way that it needs its size recalculated. This is internal + property and it should not be used by your code. + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is over the item. + + + + + Represents panel that is hosted by DockContainerItem as docked control. + + + + + Represents graphical panel control with support for different visual styles and gradients. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Applies color scheme colors to the style objects. + + + + + Sets the internal mouse down flag which controls appearance of the control. You can use this method to simulate the pressed state for the panel with appropriate StyleMouseDown assigned. + + New value for the mouse down flag. + + + + Sets the mouse over internal flag that tracks whether the mouse is over the control. You can use this method to simulate the mouse over appearance when appropriate StyleMouseOver style is set. + + New value for the mouse over flag. + + + + Indicates whether CanvasColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CanvasColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the internal mouse tracking properties that track whether mouse is over the panel and whether is mouse pressed while over the panel. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Called when AntiAlias property has changed. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Returns the size of the panel calculated based on the text assigned. + + Calculated size of the panel or Size.Empty if panel size cannot be calculated. + + + + Returns the size of the panel calculated based on the text assigned. + + Calculated size of the panel or Size.Empty if panel size cannot be calculated. + + + + Updates the markup size to reflect current position of the scrollbars. You must call this method if you are scrolling control with markup using the AutoScrollPosition property. + + + + + Applies predefined Panel color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Button color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Label color scheme to the control. + + + + + Notifies a control that it is the default button so that its appearance and behavior is adjusted accordingly. + + true if the control should behave as a default button; otherwise false. + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. Note that when ColorSchemeStyle property is set to Office 2007 style the color scheme is always retrived from the GlobalManager.Renderer and any\ + changes made on this property will not have any effect. + + + + + Gets or sets whether paint operations for the control are suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Text supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed when control has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas color for the panel. Canvas color will be visible on areas of the control that do not get covered + by the style and it will also be used as a base color for style to be painted on. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse hovers over the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse button is pressed on the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container will allow the user to scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text rectangle painted on panel is considering docked controls inside the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the text rectangle. This property is set by internal implementation and it should not be set by outside code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text markup if it occupies less space than control provides uses the Style Alignment and LineAlignment properties to align the markup inside of the control. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns reference to internal vertical scroll-bar control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal horizontal scroll-bar control. + + + + + Indicates whether panel uses themed DotNetBar scrollbars. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Creates new instance of the panel. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets which edges of the control are anchored to the edges of its container. + + + + + Defines single color blend point for the multicolor gradient fills. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. When defining multicolor gradinet blends and using the percentage positions the positions created + must start with 0f and end with 1f. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initialize it with default values. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initialize it with default values. + + + + + Gets or sets Color to use in multicolor gradient blend at specified position. + + + + + Gets or sets the color position in multicolor gradient blend. Values less or equal to 1 are used as percentage specifing percentages of distance along the gradient line. + Values greater than 1 are used as absolute pixel values of distance along the gradient line. + + + + + Represents Collection for the BackgroundColorBlend objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the BackgroundColorBlend array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Creates ColorBlend object based on the members of the collection. ColorBlend object will be valid only if all members of the collection + represents relative/percentage based color blends. + + + + + + Adds the BackgroundColorBlend objects from the collection. + + Collection to copy objects from + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Start color. + End color. + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Start color. + End color. + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Solid Color + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents BackgroundColorBlend object converter. + + + + + Represents the cancelable event arguments with integer value. + + + + + Gets or sets the new value that will be used if event is not canceled. + + + + + Indicates the source of the event. + + + + + Defines delegate for cancelable events. + + + + + Represents the cancelable event arguments with object value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CancelObjectValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the data connected to this event. + + + + + Defines delegate for cancelable events. + + + + + Provides data for CheckBoxItem rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to CheckBoxItem being rendered. + + + + + ColorScheme object that is used to provide colors for rendering check box item in legacy styles like Office 2003. Office 2007 style + uses color tables provided by renderers. + + + + + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemPaintArgs reference. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and provides default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to CheckBoxItem + Reference to legacy ColorScheme + Indicates the font for the text. + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + Defines the event arguments class for ColorPickerDropDown ColorPreview event. + + + + + Gets the color that is being previewed. + + + + + Gets the ColorItem if available for the color being previewed. This property can be null if there is no ColorItem connected with the color. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Color being previewed. + ColorItem connected with the color. + + + + Defines delegate for ColorPreview event. + + + + + Delegate for the CancelableEventSource event. + + + + + Represents event arguments that provide information on source of action and allow canceling of action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether event action will be canceled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EventSourceArgs class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CancelableEventSourceArgs class. + + + + + + Provides data for the Navigation Pane rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering bounds. + + + + + Creates new instance of the objects and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Provides data for the ProgressBarItem rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to ProgressBarItem being rendered. + + + + + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and provides default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to ProgressBarItem + Indicates the font for the text. + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + Provides data for the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog events. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel the current operation. When showing the dialog this allows to cancel the showing. When dialog is closed + it allows to cancel the changes made on customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the form that is acting as dialog. You can set this value to your custom form to display it instead of + built-in dialog. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the dialog being used for customization. + + + + Provides data for the Quick Access Toolbar Customize Item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the customize item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Provides data for the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the overflow item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Provides information for ribbon customization events. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the menu popup will be cancelled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object customize menu will be acting on. This could be an ButtonItem or any + BaseItem derived class as well as RibbonBar object. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the popup menu that will be displayed. You can change the members of SubItems collection to add/remove/change + the context menu items that will be displayed. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to context object. + Reference to popup menu item if any. + + + + Provides data for the RenderMdiSystemitem event. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to MdiSystemItem being rendered. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + Reference to MdiSystemItem being rendered. + + + + Represents events arguments for the Ribbon Control rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics control is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to RibbonControl instance being rendered. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Vista Glass is enabled. + + + + + Creates new instance and initializes it with the default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to RibbonControl + + + + Gets or sets whether the closing of the ribbon menu is canceled. + + + + + Gets or sets the source object that was cause of the menu closing. For example this could be reference to an item that was clicked. + Default value is null which indicates that there is no information about the object that caused closing available. + + + Following is the possible list of types that this property could be set to + and causes for closing: + + BaseItem - when an item is clicked the Source will be set to the instance + of the item that was clicked. + RibbonControl - when parent form RibbonControl is on loses the input + focus the Source will be set to the RibbonControl + RibbonTabItem - when tab menu is displayed and user clicks the same tab + to close the menu. The RibbonTabItem with EventSource=Code will be also set as + source when user double-clicks the tab to maximize the ribbon. + Any other type if RibbonControl.PopupRibbon method is called by your + code. + + + + + + Gets or sets the source of the event. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SideBarPanelItemRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SideBarRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the Slider item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines the abstract class for form caption painter. + + + + + Provides data for form caption rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the form caption is rendered for. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the Office 2007 style form caption painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents an item that provides system buttons displayed on form caption. + + + + + Summary description for MDISystemItem. + + + + + Returns copy of CustomizeItem item + + + + + Returns the single button size. + + Size of the button. + + + + MDI System Item can render itself as either Simple icon with system drop down menu or set of + system buttons Minimize, Restore and Close. This item is rendered on the Bar that is designated as + Menu bar and when bar is used on MDI form and MDI Child form is maximized. + + + + + Gets the default size of the system buttons. + + + + + + Gets or sets the custom button size to use instead of system determined size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Minimize button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Restore/Maximize button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether help button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Icon is queried when item is painted. Default value is false. + + + + + Provides data for the RenderSystemCaptionItem event. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics control is rendered on. + + + + + Gets reference to SystemCaptionItem being rendered. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Vista Glass is enabled. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to item being rendered. + Indicates whether Vista Glass effect is enabled. + + + + Represents the line drawn between start and end point. + + + + + Paints the shape on canvas. If overriden base implementation must be called to paint any child shapes. + + Shape paint information. + + + + Returns absolute location of the shape based on parent bounds. + + Parent absolute bounds. + Absolute location of the shape + + + + Returns absolute size of the shape based on the parent bounds. + + Absolute parent bounds. + Absolute size of the shape. + + + + Gets the absolute bounds of the shape. + + Parent bounds. + Absolute bounds of the shape. + + + + Gets the location of the shape. + + + + + Gets the size of the shape. + + + + + Gets the shape padding. Padding is the inside spacing between shape and it's child shapes. + + + + + Gets the collection of child shapes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this shape will set the ShapePaintInfo.ChildContentClip property to the region that represents the inside content of the shape. + This is used when there is inside content of the shape which is not part of the shape itself and calling routine needs + access to the region that defines the shape inside bounds. + + + + + Gets the start point of the line. + + + + + Gets the end point of the line. + + + + + Gets the line border. + + + + + Describes the shape location. + + + + + Gets or sets the X location of the shape relative to it's parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y location of the shape relative to it's parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative X position. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative Y position. + + + + + Describes the relative location. + + + + + Describes the padding for the shape. Padding is the space inside the shape and between it's child shapes. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal padding. + + + + + Gets the total vertical padding. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the rounded corner size. + + + + + Gets the shape border. + + + + + Gets the shape fill. + + + + + Defines the shape border. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Shape array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the end fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color collection blend. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill gradient type. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Gets the shape border. + + + + + Gets the shape fill. + + + + + Describes shape size. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the shape. When RelativeWidth is specified then number specifed here is added to the actual shape width. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the shape. When RelativeHeight is specified the number specified here is added to the actual shape height. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative shape width. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative shape height. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents the class used to create Color objects. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Represents the class used to create Color objects blended based on base color. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts color representation to alpha Color type. + + Color value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Defines the names for the ElementStyle.Class style classes. + + + + + Gets the key for the GalleryContainer background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu outer container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu two column container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu first column container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu second column container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu bottom container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the text box border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the RichTextBox control border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the ItemPanel style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the ListBoxAdv style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the date time input background style class. + + + + + Gets the style key for the Ribbon client panel. + + + + + Gets the style key for the ListView control border style. + + + + + Gets the style key for the Office2007 Status Bar alternative background. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control border and background. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control columns header. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control columns header for the child nodes. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control column. + + + + + Gets the style key for the CrumbBar background style. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridView border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridViewNumeric border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridViewDateTime border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridViewIpAddress border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for SlidePanel slide-out button style. + + + + + Gets the key for the MetroTilePanel style class. + + + + + Gets the key for Metro tile group container title class. + + + + + Gets the style key for the MonthCalendarAdv control. + + + + + Gets the style key for the ProgressSteps control. + + + + + Gets the style key for the SideNavStrip control. + + + + + Represents a static class that maintains the global rendering properties for all controls when eRenderMode is set to global. + + + + + Gets or sets the global renderer used by all controls that have RenderMode set to eRenderMode.Global. + + + + + Represents complex gradient color table. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + Linear gradient angle + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + Linear gradient angle + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend that describes the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient type. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient angle. + + + + + Creates a copy of table. + + A copy. + + + + Represents the color table of linear gradient. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color. + End color. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in hexadecimal representation like FFFFFF. + End color in hexadecimal representation like FFFFFF. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in 32-bit RGB representation. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in 32-bit RGB representation. + End color in 32-bit RGB representation. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in 32-bit RGB representation. + End color in 32-bit RGB representation. + Gradient angle. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color. + End color. + Gradient angle. + + + + Gets or sets the start color. + + + + + Gets or sets the end color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets whether both colors assigned are empty. + + + + + Item container for dockable windows. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Overriden. Returns the copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + Copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Occurs after text has changed. + + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Occurs when container control needs to be assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the contained control. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Specifies the Tab image. Image specified here is used only on Tab when there are multiple dock containers on Bar. + + + + + Specifies the index of the Tab image if ImageList is used. Image specified here is used only on Tab when there are multiple dock containers on Bar. + + + + + Specifies the Button icon. Icons support multiple image sizes and alpha blending. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. Default value is eTabItemColor.Default which means that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab that dock container item is on is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the item in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the item in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the item. When used please note that layout logic for dockable windows expects that + all DockContainerItems that are in particular docking side have exact same minimum size. When setting this property it is + best to set the same value for all DockContainerItem instances you create. + + + + + Gets or sets the default floating size of the Bar that is containing this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the form client area that is tried to maintain when dockable window is resized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns whether item is in design mode or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets the close button behavior on the host Bar. Default value is eDockContainerClose.Inherit which means that Bar.CanHide will control whether DockContainerItem can be closed. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of the close button on host bar for the DockContainerItem. + + + + + Closing of the bar is inherited from the host bar. Bar.CanHide property will control close button visibility. + + + + + Closing of the DockContainerItem is allowed. + + + + + Closing of DockContainerItem is not allowed. + + + + + Summary description for DockingHint. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Update control region based on hint side + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represent the docking information for an control. + + + + + Control dock side. + + + + + Control dock site. + + + + + Docking offset. + + + + + Docking line. + + + + + Docked control width. + + + + + Docked control height. + + + + + Control position. + + + + + Indicates whether to use outline or not + + + + + Indicates that dock site should change it's Z-Order so it maximizes the space it consumes as related to other dock sites. + + + + + Indicates that dock site should change it's Z-Order so it reduces the amount of space it consumes as related to other dock sites. + + + + + When either FullSizeDock or PartialSizeDock is set it indicates the new dock site Z-Order index. + + + + + Returns the bar that mouse is placed over. + + + + + Returns dock side the mouse is indicating user wants to dock bar at. + + + + + Gets the last relative docked to bar. + + + + + Gets the last relative docked to document id. + + + + + Returns side of last docked-to dock site. + + + + + Dock Sites are created by DotNetBar control on each edge of the + DotNetBar container control and are used for docking purposes. + If Dock Site does not contain any controls it will be invisible. + + + + + Creates new instance of DockSite object with specified dock style. + + Specifies the position and manner in which a site is docked. + + + + Creates new instance of DockSite object. + + + + + Returns reference to the DocumentDockUIManager object used for interaction with document docking engine. + + Reference to the DocumentDockUIManager object. + + + + Saves layout for bars contained by dock site. + + Parent XmlElement. + + + + Loads layout for the bars. + + Parent XmlElement that was passed to SaveLayout method to save layout + + + + Suspends normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Docks the bar to the dock site. + + Bar to dock. + + + + Dockes the Bar to dock site at specified position. + + Bar to dock. + Bar insert position. + + + + Relayouts all docked controls in the site. + + + + + Returns the docking information for current position. + + Controls docking provider. + Horizontal assumed docking position. + Vertical assumed docking position. + Docking information. + + + + + Undocks the control from the site. + + Control to undock. + + + + Gets or sets whether painting is disabled on dock site while layout of bars is performed. Default value is true. + You might need to set this property to false if you are expirience vide flashing while using DirectX video animation in Bar controls that are part of the + dock site. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color. + + + + + Gets or sets gradient fill angle. + + + + + Specifies the position and manner in which a site is docked. + + + + + Gets the reference to the DotNetBarManager that uses this dock site. + + + + + Represents class that is a bar container for document docking. + + + + + Represents Document container base class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Resizes the document within specified bounds. + + Area available for the document. + + + + Sets the display bounds. + + New display bounds. + + + + Sets layout bounds. + + New layout bounds. + + + + Resets the layout bounds for the document base container to the empty bounds. + + + + + Resets the layout bounds for the document base container to the empty bounds. + + + + + Sets the parent document. + + Parent container. + + + + Sets the width of the document. + + Width in pixels + + + + Sets the height of the document. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Occurs when width is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Width in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Occurs when height is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Height in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Updates bounds of the item in response to the scrolling of LayoutControl. + + + + + + + Gets the unique ID for the container. + + + + + Returns actual display bounds of the document. + + + + + Returns layout bounds of the document. Layout bounds are proposed bounds of the layout and might not be the same + as DisplayBounds. + + + + + Gets the parent container. + + + + + Gets whether document is visible or not. + + + + + Gets minimum size of the document. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the Bar object. + + Bar to contain on document. + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the bar and propesed width and height. + + Bar to contain on document. + Proposed width of the document in pixels + Proposed height of the document in pixels + + + + Resizes document object. + + Available bounds for the document. + + + + Gets or sets the bar that is contained by this document. + + + + + Gets whether document is visible. + + + + + Gets the minimum size of the document. + + + + + Represents DocumentBarContainer converter. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Checks whether conversion can be made to specified type. + + Context Information. + Destination type. + + + + + Converts object to specified type. + + Context information. + Culture information. + Object to convert. + Destination type. + Object converted to destination type. + + + + Collection of DocumentBaseContainer objects. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new objects to the collection. + + Array of documents to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the DocumentBaseContainer array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents Dock container with either horizontal or vertical layout. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with specified values. + + Array of documents to host in this container. + Container orientation + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Resizes the object inside of the given bounds. + + Available area. + + + + Occurs when width is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Width in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Occurs when height is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Height in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Returns the DocumentBarContainer object for a given bar. + + Bar to search for. + Reference to container or null if bar could not be found + + + + Gets whether document is visible or not. + + + + + Gets the orientation of the container. Default value is Horizontal. + + + + + Returns collection of the documents hosted by this container. + + + + + Returns minimum size of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets splitter size in pixels between the documents docking inside the container. Default value is 3. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the size of the documents is recorded once the layout is calculated. + + + + + Indicates whether the container is allowed to exceed the parent control client size due to inner child windows minimum size constraints. + + + + + Represents DocumentDockContainer object converter. + + + + + Represents class that manages document docking UI interaction. + + + + + + Returns DocumentBaseContainer that holds the reference bar. + + Bar to return document container for. + Returns null if document container cannot be found or reference to the document container. + + + + Docks specified bar by appending it to the container. Bar will be added according to the container's orientation. + + Bar to dock. + + + + Docks specified bar by appending it to the container. Bar will be added according to the container's orientation. + + Bar to dock. + Side to dock bar at. + + + + Adjusts the size of the dock container if needed after a bar has been docked to it. + + Bar object that has been docked. + Indicates that bar was already docked but its Visible property has changed + + + + Processes OnMouseMove events from DockSite. This routine assumes that mouse messages are received only when mouse is actually over + the dock site and not containing bars. This is significant because it will receive messages only if mouse is over the splitter + space between bars. + + Mouse event arguments. + + + + Returns reference to the DocumentDockContainer that contains specified coordinates. Searches through the Documents collection first. + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + + + + + Sets the width of the bar that is managed by this document layout. Width can be set only if parent container has + Horizontal orientation. Note that bar minimum size is respected by this method and + it will be enforced. If width is less than minimum width bar's width will be set to minimum width. + + Reference to bar object. + Desired width. + + + + Sets the height of the bar that is managed by this document layout. Height can be set only if parent container has + vertical orientation. Note that bar minimum size is respected by this method and + it will be enforced. If height is less than minimum height bar's height will be set to minimum height. + + Reference to bar object. + Desired height. + + + + Gets or sets the root document dock container object. + + + + + Gets or sets the splitter width used for mouse hit-testing. + + + + + Gets or sets the container of the document. + + + + + Gets whether document/bar is being resized. + + + + + Represent the menu, toolbar and popup menu structure for the form. + + + + + Raises BarStateChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates new instance of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Creates new instance of DotNetBarManager. + + Container. + + + + Dock bar to the specified side of the form. + + Bar to dock. + Side to dock bar to. + + + + Docks the bar to the specified side of the reference bar. + + Bar to dock. + Reference bar. + Side of the reference bar to dock the bar to. + + + + Docks specified DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to dock. + Side to dock item to. + + + + Docks specified DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to dock. + Reference bar. + Side to dock item to. + + + + Docks specified DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to dock. + Reference bar. + Side to dock item to. + + + + Tear-off specified DockContainerItem and float it. + + Item to float. + + + + Tear-off specified DockContainerItem and float it. + + Item to float. + + + + Make specified bar floating bar, i.e. undock it and place in floating window. + + Bar to float. + + + + Make specified bar floating bar, i.e. undock it and place in floating window and specified location on the screen. + + Bar to float. + Screen coordinates for the floating bar. + + + + Raises the ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Returns the Bar object that contains the item. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Use to remove bar from DotNetBar control. Bar will be undocked if it is docked and + removed from all internal collections. + + Bar to remove. + + + + Forces the loading of the definition specified in DefinitionName property. + By default definition is loaded after parent form handle has been created and form is loaded. + However, under certain circumstances you might need DotNetBar to load definition right away so + you can access bars and items. We recommend moving the code to Form Load event and leaving the loading process for DotNetBar definition as is. + + + + + Loads DotNetBar definition from file. + + File that contains DotNetBar defintion. + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Saves current DotNetBar definition and state to the file. + + File name. + + + + Loads DotNetBar layout from file. + + File that contains DotNetBar defintion. + + + + Saves current DotNetBar layout to the file. + + File name. + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. This method search for items on all Bars, Items collection and ContextMenus collection. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searched, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Specifies that search will be performed through all DotNetBar collections. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This method will searchs for items on all Bars, Items collection and ContextMenus collection. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searced, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Specifies that full search (through all collections) will be performed. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This method will searchs for items on all Bars, Items collection and ContextMenus collection. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searced, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Specifies that full search (through all collections) will be performed. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name with the option to indicate full search of all collections. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searced, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Specifies that all collection will be searched. + + + + + Called before modal dialog is displayed using ShowModal() method. + + + + + Called after modal dialog is closed. + + + + + You must call this procedure if you are implementing custom customize dialog box after your dialog box is closed. + + + + + Registers popup item with DotNetBar. Use this function carefully. The registration is required only if Popup item is created completely from code and it is not added to any DotNetBarManager collection. + + + + + + Un-registers specified popup. See RegisterPopup for more information. + + + + + + Resets the ColorScheme property to its default value. + + + + + Informs the DotNetBarManager that Mdi Child for has been activated. Calling this method is needed only under special + conditions where MDI child system items do not show. + + + + + Resets all usage data collected by DotNetBar in relation to the Personalized menus. + + + + + Occurs after bar registered with DotNetBarManager state has changed, like selected dock tab has changed, bar has closed, bar has been docked or undocked etc. + + + + + Occurs when focused (active) DockContainerItem has changed. You can use ActiveDockContainerItem property to get reference to currently focused DockContainerItem. + + + + + Occurs just before customize popup menu is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is docked. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is Undocked. + + + + + Occurs before dock tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar auto-hide state has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when users wants to reset the DotNetBar to default state. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Customize Dialog is about to be shown. + + + + + Occurs when Customize Dialog is closed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs when current Dock tab has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is about to be closed as a result of user clicking the Close button on the bar. + + + + + Occurs when Bar in auto-hide state is about to be displayed. + + + + + Occurs when user starts to drag the item when customize dialog is open. + + + + + Occurs when users Tears-off the Tab from the Bar and new Bar is created as result of that action. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars when end-user attempts to close the individual DockContainerItem objects using system buttons on dock tab. + Event can be canceled by setting the Cancel property of event arguments to true. This even will occur only after user presses the + X button on tab that is displaying the dockable windows/documents. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars after DockContainerItem is closed. This action cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Occurs when TextBoxItem input text has changed. + + + + + Occurs when color on ColorPickerDropDown is choosen from drop-down color picker or from Custom Colors dialog box. Selected color can be accessed through SelectedColor property. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets docking splitter size. + + + + + Indicates whether Ctrl+Tab keys cycles the currently selected dock tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the Context menu bar associated with the this control which is used as part of Global Items feature. The context menu + bar assigned here will be used to search for the items with the same Name or GlobalName property so global properties can be propagated when changed. + You should assign this property to enable the Global Items feature to reach your ContextMenuBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the form DotNetBarManager is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the user control DotNetBarManager is parented to when on user control and providing popups only. + + + + + Gets currently focused (active) DockContainerItem. Note that only if DockContainer Item has input focus it will be consider active + so there can only be one active DockContainerItem at a time. + + + + + Gets whether component has been disposed. + + + + + Disposed will return true after Dispose method has been executed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether GC.Collect() is called when this component is disposed. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum client size that docking windows will try to maintain for the client area (not occupied by dock windows). + Note that this value is suggested value and cannot be observed when form is resized below the minimum size required for the given layout. + Default value is 48x48 pixels. + + + + + Indicates whether DotNetBar provides docking hints for easy docking of bars. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can control how first bar is docked when using docking hints (default value is True). When enabled (default value) placing the mouse over the middle + docking hint will dock the bar at partial size and using the far docking hint will dock bar at full size. Full size indicates that dock site which hosts the bar + consumes all the space of the parent form while partial size indicates that dock site consumes the full size minus the space of the other dock sites. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether uniform styling is applied to bars docked as documents. Default value is true which means + that bar that will be docked as document will have it's style changed so it fits in default document styling. + Such bars will have GrabHandleStyle=None, DockTabAlignment=Top and AlwaysDisplayDockTab=true. + Set this property to false to have bars keep these properties once they are docked as documents. + Value of these properties will be returned back to the default values once bar is not docked as document. + + + + + Gets the collection of the Bar objects associated with DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets whether definition is loaded. + + + + + Gets the collection of all items that are used for end-user design-time customization. + + + + + Gets the collection of all popup menus managed by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys that are automatically dispatched to the control that has focus even if they are handled and used by one of the items. This gives you fine control over which shortcuts are passed through the system and which ones are marked as handled by DotNetBar. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Suspends the bar layout for all bars. + + + + + Specifes whether drop shadow is displayed for Menus and pop-up Bars. OfficeXP Style only. + + + + + Specifes whether to use Alpha-Blending shadows for pop-up items if supported by target OS. Disabling Alpha-Blended shadows can improve performance. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Returns whether definition is being currently loaded. + + + + + Gets or sets whether document bars are saved in definition file. Default value is false which means that document + bars are not saved as part of definition file. You can set this value to true to save document bar to definition file and + be able to load them. + + + Note that by default Document bars that you created during design-time get member + variables assigned to them by Windows Forms designer. If you decide to save definition + of such bars and load definition back member variables will not point to correct bar + instances since loading definition recreates all bars from scratch. You should always + use Bars collection to access bars when saving and loading definitions. + + + + + Gets or sets the DotNetBar definition string. + + + + + Gets or sets the DotNetBar layout string. + + + + + Gets whether DotNetBarManager is loading layout. + + + + + Specifies that custom customize dialog will be used. Use EnterCustomize event to show your custom dialog box. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Top dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Bottom dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Left dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Right dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Top dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Left dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Right dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Fill dock site used by DotNetBarManager. Fill dock site is most commonly used as dock site + for document type docking. + + + + + Specifies whether bars are drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Sets the style of all items in DotNetBar Manager. + + + + + Gets or sets Color scheme for all bars. Note that you need to set UseGlobalColorScheme to true to indicate + that this ColorScheme object will be used on all bars managed by this instance of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ColorScheme object on DotNetBarManager is used as a default ColorScheme for all bars managed by DotNetBarManager. + Default value is false which indicates that ColorScheme on each Bar is used. + When set to true each bar will use the ColorScheme settings from DotNetBarManager and it will ignore any + setting on the Bar.ColorScheme object. + + + + + Indicates whether the Personalized menu setting is ignored and full menus are always shown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters for menu or toolbar commands are underlined regardless of + current Windows settings. Accelerator keys allow easy access to menu commands by using + Alt + choosen key (letter). Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + Returns whether theme support is enabled on the OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Indicates whether the CustomizeItem (allows toolbar customization) is added for new Bars end users are creating. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DotNetBar ignores the F10 key which when pressed sets the focus to menu bar + + + + + Indicates whether the items that are not recenly used are shown after mouse hovers over the expand button. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Specifies the pop-up animation style. + + + + + Specifies whether the MDI system buttons are displayed in menu bar when MDI Child window is maximized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether MDI Child form System Menu is hidden. System menu is displayed in MDI form menu area when form is maximized. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether customize context menu is shown on all bars or dock sites. + + + + + Gets or sets whether parent form is activated when dock window layout is loaded. + + + + + Represents delegate for ContextMenu events. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Defines the delegate for DockTabChange event + + + + + Defines the delegate for BarClosing event + + + + + Defines the delegate for BarAutoHideDisplay event + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the LocalizeString event. + + + + + Gets or sets the display rectangle for popup auto-hide bar. + + + + + Event arguments for LocalizeString event. + + + + + Indicates that event has been handled and that LocalizedValue should be used. + + + + + Indicates the string key for the text that needs to be localized. + + + + + Indicates the localized text value. If you are performing custom string localization + you need to set this value to the translated text for current locale and you need to set + Handled property to true. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Event arguments for EndUserCustomize event. + + + + + Indicates the customize action that user executed. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Indicates action user executed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EndUserCustomizeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets any action data, might be null/nothing. + + + + + Delegate for EndUserCustomize event. + + + + + Defines delegate for ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + + + + + + Provides event arguments for ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + + + + Gets the DockContainerItem that has been activate or deactivated. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ActiveDockContainerChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Summary description for DotNetBarResourcesAttribute. + + + + + Summary description for DotNetBarStreamer. + + + + + Represents class that can serialize compatible marked properties. + + + + + XML element is expected to be something like Image data Base64 encoded + + Image data + + + + + Represents visual style of an User Interface Element. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ElementStyle class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Indicates whether BackgroundColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BackgroundColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundImage to it's default value null (VB Nothing). Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether TextColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets TextColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether TextShadowColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets TextColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether TextShadowOffset should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets TextShadowOffset to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Sets size of the element style. + + Indicates new size. + + + + Indicates whether BorderColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BorderColor3 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BorderColorLight should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BorderColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColorLight2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Releases all resources used in this control. After calling Dispose() + object is not in valid state and cannot be recovered to the valid state. + Recreation of the object is required. + + + + + Applies a "child/inherited" style text and box properties but not any background or border properties to this style. + Use this method to create style hierarchies. + + Style to apply to this style + + + + + Applies a "child/inherited" style to this style. Use this method to create style + hierarchies. + + + This method is used to support style hierarchies where a base style is defined + and inherited/child styles are derived and based on it. By using this method on the + base style you can apply only style changes defined by the child style. For example if + you defined a base style for normal user interface element then in most cases you do + not want to redefine the styling for the case when same user interface element is + selected. You will just defined the behavior of the selected state and then apply it to + the base normal style using ApplyStyle method. + + Style to apply to current style. + + + + Makes an exact copy of the style. + + New copy of ElementStyle object. + + + + Reset all style properties to default values. + + + + Returns default style for the Cell object. + + Reference to the default style for the Node. Cell style is based on the given + node style. + + + + Returns default style for disabled cells. + Returns new instance of ElementStyle object. + + + Returns default style for the selected cell object. + New instance of the ElementStyle object. + + + + Sets Alpha value for all colors defined by style to specified value. + + Style to change. + Alpha value for the colors. + + + + Returns reference to ColorScheme object used by this style. + + Instance of ColorScheme object or null if object could not be obtained. + + + + Occurs when appearance property of the style has changed. + + + + + Occurs when component is Disposed. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multicolor gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for UI element. If used in combination with + BackgroundColor2 is specifies starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color for UI element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as target gradient background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient fill type. Default value is Linear. + + + + + Specifies background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color displayed in this UI element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as text color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding TextColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through TextColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shadow color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as text shadow color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding TextShadowColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through TextColor property. + + + + + Indicates text shadow offset in pixels + + + + + Gets or sets the Font used to draw this the text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters when text does not fit. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal margin (Left + Right) + + + + + Gets the total vertical margin (Top + Bottom) + + + + + Gets or sets the left margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the right margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the top margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin. + + + + + Gets or sets whether any style property has changed which could influence the size of the style. + + + + + Gets the calcuated size of the element style. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for all sides of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for top side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for bottom side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for left side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for right side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for all sides. Specifing the color for the side will override this value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target background gradient color for border on all sides. Specifing the color for the side will override this value. Gradient border colors + be employed only when per side border color is not specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as taget gradient border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the border gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for light border part when etched border is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as border light color for etched border style. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target background gradient color for border on all sides. Specifing the color for the side will override this value. Gradient border colors + be employed only when per side border color is not specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as taget gradient border light color for etched border style. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the left side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as left border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderLeftColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderLeftColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the right side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as right border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderRightColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderRightColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the top side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as top border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderTopColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderTopColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the bottom side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as bottom border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderBottomColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderBottomColor property. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal padding (Left + Right) + + + + + Gets the total vertical padding (Top + Bottom) + + + + + Gets or sets the padding space in pixels for all 4 sides of the box. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the top border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the bottom border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the left border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the right border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets or sets the class style belongs to. The Class styles are used to apply predefined values to the styles that belong to the same class. + This feature is used to manage color schemes/tables per class style. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the style. + + + + + Gets or sets the Site associated with this component. Used by Windows forms designer. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum height of the element. This property should be used in + conjunction with the WordWrap property to limit the size of + text bounding box. + + Default value is 0 which indicates that height of the style is unlimited. + + + + Returns System.Drawing.StringFormat constructed from current style settings. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control interprets an ampersand character (&) in the control's Text property to be an access key prefix character. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether control hides the underlines of the letter prefixed by ampersand character when UseMnemonic=true + + + + + Returns eTextFormat constructed from current style settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for all 4 sides. Default corner type is Square. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for top left corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for top right corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for bottom left corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for bottom right corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the diameter in pixels of the corner type rounded or diagonal. + + + + + Gets whether to paint left border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint right border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint top border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint bottom border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint any border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint any border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether custom has any of properties changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ElementStyle is in design mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the element. This property should be used in + conjunction with the WordWrap property to limit the size of + text bounding box. + + Default value is 0 which indicates that width of the style is not limited. + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the parent collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the tree control style is assigned to. + + + + + Specifies the type of the gradient fill. + + + + + Represents linear gradient fill. + + + + + Represents radial gradient fill. + + + + + Paints the ElementStyle + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + Paints text for given style. + + Display information. + Text to paint. + Default font if no font by style is specified. + + + + + Returns new Region object for given ElementStyle. + New instance of Region object. + Information to describe ElementStyle. + + + + Returns the clipping for the content of the element style. + + + + + + + Paints the element style on the canvas. + + Holds information necessary to paint style on canvas. + + + + Paint style border. + + Style display information. + + + + Paints style background. + + Style display information. + + + + Paints style background. + + Style display information. + + + + Paints style background image. + + Style display information. + + + + Returns background rectangle for given style by taking in account margins. + + Reference to style object. + Style bounds + Background rectangle. + + + + Returns GraphicsPath for given style. + + Reference to style. + Style bounds. + New instance of GraphicsPath + + + + Returns GraphicsPath for given style. + + Reference to style. + Style bounds. + New instance of GraphicsPath + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BorderDrawInfo structure. + + + + + + + + + + Represents information necessary to paint the style on canvas. + + + + Reference to ElementStyle object. + + + Reference to Graphics object. + + + ElementStyle bounds. + + + Get or sets whether layout is right-to-left. + + + + Gets or sets whether bottom and right border is "twisted" giving beveled look when double border is used. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + Style to initialize object with. + Graphics object to initialize object with. + Bounds to initialize object with. + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + Style to initialize object with. + Graphics object to initialize object with. + Bounds to initialize object with. + + + + Specifies part of the background path. + + + + + Indicates complete background path + + + + + Indicates Top half of background path + + + + + Indicates Bottom half of background path + + + + + Represents the layout for the element style. + + + + + Calculates size of an style element. + + Style to calculate size for. + Default font that will be used by style if style does not uses it's own font. + Size of the style element. At this time only Height member will be calculated. + + + + Returns the total white space for a style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for + + + + + Returns the total white space for a style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for left side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for left side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for right side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for right side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns amount of spacing for specified style parts. + + Style to calculate spacing for. + Part of the style spacing is calculated for. Values can be combined. + Side of the style to use for calculation. + + + + + Gets inner rectangle taking in account style padding, margins and border. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of a item. + + + + + Specifies the CrumbBar control style. + + + + + Specifies the Bar state. + + + + + Specifies the Bar grab handle style. + + + + + Specifies the Orientation of the item within container. + + + + + Specifies the design-marker orientation for the item. + + + + + Specifies the supported orientations by the item. + + + + + Specifies the docked Bar border type. + + + + + Specifes vertical alignment. + + + + + Specifies item alignment. + + + + + Specifies the popup type. + + + + + Specifies the dock side. + + + + + Specifies the item shortcut. + + + + + Specifies the item menu visibility. + + + + + Specifies the item behavior personalized menus. + + + + + Specifies the popup animation. + + + + + Specifies ButtonItem style. + + + + + Specifies the image position. + + + + + Specifies the hot tracking style for buttons. + + + + + Specifies the menu drop shadow. + + + + + Specifies the image size for the items on the Bar. + + + + + Specifies button image list selection. + + + + + Indicates that image is stretched to fill the container space. + + + + + Image is centered inside of container space. + + + + + Image is tiled to fill container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn on the left side in the middle of the container space. + + + + + Image is drawn on the right side in the middle of the container space. + + + + + Specifies the sides of a rectangle to apply a border to. + + + + + No Border. + + + + + Border on the Left edge. + + + + + Border on the Right edge. + + + + + Border on the Top edge. + + + + + Border on the Bottom edge. + + + + + Border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Specifies appearance type of the Side Bar control. + + + + + Traditional Side Bar appearance with 3D panels. + + + + + Improved Flat Side Bar appearance with extended appearance options. + + + + + Specifies predefined side bar color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the side popup is displayed in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Indicates layout type used for items within side bar panel. + + + + + Default layout all items arranged in one column. + + + + + Items arranged in multiple columns determined by the width of the panel. + + + + + Indicates color scheme assigned to the tab item. + + + + + Indicates the action end user took during toolbar/menubar customization. + + + + + User has changed the visibility of the bar. + + + + + Indicates that item visibility has changed i.e. it's visible property. + + + + + Indicates that an item has been moved to different location. + + + + + Indicates that an item has been removed from the bar. + + + + + Indicates that item's text has been changed. + + + + + Indicates that style of the button i.e. ButtonStyle property has changed. + + + + + Indicates that item's BeginGroup property has changed. + + + + + Indicates that user has created a new bar. + + + + + Indicates that user has renamed the bar i.e. changed it's Text property. + + + + + Indicates that user has deleted the bar. + + + + + Specifies the type of the layout for tabs. + + + + + Tabs are auto-sized to fit the width of the container. + + + + + Tab's width is calculated based on the image and text and navigation box is displayed + when tabs cannot fit the container. + + + + + Tab are wrapping on multiple lines based on the width and navigation box is displayed. + + + + + Tab are wrapping on multiple lines based on the width and NO navigation box is displayed. + + + + + Indicates the corner type. + + + + + Inherits setting if applies. + + + + + Specifies square corner. + + + + + Specifies rounded corner. + + + + + Specifies diagonal corner. + + + + + Specifies the action that raised a event + + + + + The event was caused by a keystroke. + + + + + The event was caused by a mouse operation. + + + + + The event is caused programmatically from user code. + + + + + Specifies the button alignment inside of the BubbleBar. + + + + + Buttons are aligned to the top and arranged horizontally. + + + + + Buttons are aligned to the bottom and arranged horizontally. + + + + Specifies the way background image is displayed on background. + + + Image is stretched to fill the background + + + Image is centered inside the background + + + Image is tiled inside the background + + + + Image is drawn in top left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom right corner of container space. + + + + + Imaged is centered and fills the control but aspect ratio is unchanged. + + + + + Specifies the border type for style element. + + + + Indicates no border + + + Border is a solid line + + + Border is a solid dash line + + + Border is solid dash-dot line + + + Border is solid dash-dot-dot line + + + Border consists of dots + + + Border consists light and dark part creating an etched effect + + + Border consists dark and light part. Light part is the inside border. + + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its element's rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the text be aligned near from the origin position of the element's rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the element's rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the element's rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a text that does not completely fit into a element's shape. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of buttons in title bar. + + + + + Buttons are left aligned. + + + + + Buttons are right aligned. + + + + + Indicates white-space part of the style. + + + + + Represents style padding. + + + + + Represents style border. + + + + + Represents style margin. + + + + + Indicates the style side. + + + + + Specifies left side of the style. + + + + + Specifies right side of the style. + + + + + Specifies top side of the style. + + + + + Specifies bottom side of the style. + + + + + Specifies the button state. + + + + + Button is in it's default state. + + + + + Button is disabled + + + + + Mouse is over the button + + + + + Left mouse button is pressed + + + + + Right mouse button is pressed + + + + + Button is hidden. + + + + + Indicates predefined color scheme assigned to super tooltip. + + + + + Specifies predefined color assigned to ribbon items. + + + + + Specifies predefined color assigned to ribbon tab groups. + + + + + Specifies the state of the Wizard button. + + + + + Specifies the button that caused the wizard page change. + + + + + Page change was started using Wizard Back button. + + + + + Page change was started using Wizard Next button. + + + + + Page change was started from code. + + + + + Specifies wizard button that is clicked when the user presses the ENTER key. + + + + + If finish button is enabled and visible it will be clicked otherwise click next button + + + + + Click finish button + + + + + Click next button + + + + + No button will be clicked + + + + + Specifies wizard button that is clicked when the user presses the Escape key. + + + + + Cancel button will be clicked + + + + + No button will be clicked + + + + + Specifies border around ColorItem. + + + + + No Border. + + + + + Border on the Left edge. + + + + + Border on the Right edge. + + + + + Border on the Top edge. + + + + + Border on the Bottom edge. + + + + + Border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Specifies the line alignment of the items inside of the container. + + + + + Items are aligned to the top. + + + + + Items are aligned to the middle point of the line. + + + + + Items are aligned to the bottom. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of the items inside of the container in horizontal layout. + + + + + Items are left aligned. + + + + + Items are centered. + + + + + Items are right aligned. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of the items inside of the container in vertical layout. + + + + + Items are top aligned. + + + + + Items are in the middle. + + + + + Items are Bottom aligned. + + + + + Specifies the rendering mode used by a user interface element. + + + + + Indicates that rendering on user interface element instance set through Renderer property is used. + + + + + Indicates that global application wide renderer is used as specified by GlobalManager.Renderer property. + + + + + Indicates that custom rendered will be used for an user interface element. Renderer property must be set when using this value to the renderer + that will be used. + + + + + Specifies the predefined color table for button. + + + + + Specifies the color table used to render ProgressBarItem in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Indicates default Normal color table, usually green. + + + + + Indicates Pause state color table, usually yellow. + + + + + Indicates Error state color table, usually red. + + + + + Specifies the position of ribbon title. + + + + + Title is positioned on the top of the ribbon. + + + + + Title is positioned on the bottom of the ribbon. + + + + + Specifies text alignment on the button. + + + + + Specifies the left aligned text. + + + + + Specifies the center aligned text. + + + + + Specifies the right aligned text. + + + + + Specifies the position of the tab close button. + + + + + Close button is on the left side of the tab. + + + + + Close button is on the right side of the tab. + + + + + Describes the bar type. + + + + + Indicates that bar is toolbar. + + + + + Indicates that bar is menu bar. + + + + + Indicates that bar is status bar. + + + + + Indicates that bar is dock window. + + + + + Describes the categorization mode used to categorize items on the Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Items are automatically categorized by the ribbon bar they appear on. + + + + + Items are categorized by the Category property on each item. Category property should be set on each item. + + + + + Describes the check-box item appearance style + + + + + Standard check-box style. + + + + + Radio button style. Only one button can be selected/checked in given container. + + + + + Indicates the position of the check box sign related to the text for CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Check box sign is positioned on the left side of the text. + + + + + Check box sign is positioned on the right side of the text. + + + + + Check box sign is positioned above the text. + + + + + Check box sing is positioned below the text + + + + + Indicates the type of the progress bar. + + + + + Standard step based progress bar. + + + + + The automatically moving progress bar. + + + + + Defines the direction of collapsing/expanding + + + + + Control is collapsed from bottom to top. + + + + + Control is collapsed from top to bottom. + + + + + Control is collapsed from right to left. + + + + + Control is collapsed from left to right. + + + + + Describes the scroll bar skinning applied to the controls. + + + + + No scrollbar skinning is applied to the control. + + + + + Optimized scrollbar skinning algorithm is used. Might provide better appearance in certain scenarios. + + + + + Unoptimized scrollbar skinning algorithm is used. Might provide better appearance in certain scenarios. + + + + + Indicates the position of the slider label text related to the slider part. + + + + + Label is positioned on the left side of the slider. + + + + + Label is positioned on the right side of the slider. + + + + + Label is positioned above the slider. + + + + + Label is positioned below the slider. + + + + + Defines the slider item parts. + + + + + Indicates no part. + + + + + Indicates the increase button of slider control. + + + + + Indicates the decrease button of slider control. + + + + + Indicates the label part of slider control. + + + + + Indicates the track area part of the control. + + + + + Specifies the position of the title image. + + + + + Image is positioned on the left side. + + + + + Image is centered. + + + + + Image is positioned on the right side. + + + + + Specifies the Wizard control Appearance. + + + + + Indicates default Wizard 97 style. + + + + + Indicates the Office 2007 Style Wizard Appearance. + + + + + Specifies wizard title image alignment + + + + + Image is aligned to left + + + + + Image is aligned to right + + + + + Specifies the behaviour used to hide watermark. + + + + + Watermark for control is hidden when control receives the input focus. + + + + + Watermark for control is hidden when control has non-empty input value. + + + + + Specifies the advanced ScrollBar appearance. + + + + + Default scroll bar appearance. + + + + + Office 2007 style Application scroll bar appearance. + + + + + Defines text position in relation to the content of the item.. + + + + + Text is positioned to the left of the content. + + + + + Text is positioned to the right of the content. + + + + + Text is positioned on top of the content. + + + + + Text is positioned on bottom of the content. + + + + + Defines position for the notification mark + + + + + Defines available symbol sets. + + + + + FontAwesome Symbol Set. + + + + + Android Material Symbol Set. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ButtonItem instance being rendered. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ColorItem object. + + + + Represents event arguments for DockTabClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the DockContainerItem that is about to close. + + + + + Provides ability to cancel closing of the DockContainerItem. Default value is false. + + + + + Set to true to automatically remove DockContainerItem from the Bar.Items collection after it is closed. Default value is false + which means that DockContainerItem will be kept in collection but it will be hidden after this event is complete. + + + + + Returns source of the event: keyboard, mouse or code. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + Reference to DockContainerItem that is about to close + + + + Delegate for DockTabClosing event. + + + + + Represents arguments for SerializeItem event which allows you to add custom serialization data to definitions saved by control. + + + + + Gets reference to item being serialized or de-serialized. + + + + + Gets reference to instance of XmlElement that item is serialized to or is being de-serialized from. You should not change any data directly on this element. + + + + + Gets the reference to XmlElement that you can serialize to or de-serialize any custom data from. You can add child elements or set the attributes on + this XmlElement when handling SerializeItem event. When handling DeserializeItem event you can load same data from this element. + + + + + Defines delegate for SerializeItem event. + + + + + Provides more information about MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Gets the value of href attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Gets the value of name attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Value of name attribute. + Value of href attribute. + + + + Defines delegate for MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Panel control with title bar that can be expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Used for design time support. + + true if property should be serialized. + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Called when AntiAlias property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Expanded property is changed. You can cancel change of this property by setting Cancel=true on the event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property has changed. You can handle ExpandedChanging event and have opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Indicates whether panel will hide the controls it contains when its collapsed and show them when its expanded. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the panel is collapsed/expanded when title bar is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the collapse/expand direction for the control. Default value causes the control to collapse from bottom to top. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel is expanded or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets animation time in milliseconds. Default value is 100 miliseconds. You can set this to 0 (zero) to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of panel when expanded. This value is managed automatically by control based on the starting designer size and value + of Expanded property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether expand button is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Returns bounds of expand button. Bounds are relative to the TitlePanel coordinates. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used on title bar button to collapse panel. Default value is null which indicates + that system default image is used. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used on title bar button to expand panel. Default value is null which indicates + that system default image is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the title of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the title style. + + + + + Gets or sets the title style when mouse hovers over the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the title style when mouse button is pressed on the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the title portion of the panel. Height must be greater than 0. Default is 26. + + + + + Gets reference to Panel control used as title bar. + + + + + Gets reference to the title bar expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets alignment of the expand button. + + + + + Gets the reference to the panel used as button when control is collapsed to the left or right. + + + + + Represents multi-functional splitter control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + This member overrides Control.OnPaint. + + Event arguments. + + + + Resets BackgroundColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Apply default splitter style colors. + + Style colors to apply. + + + + Gets or sets whether expandable control ExpandableControl assigned to this splitter is expaned or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event is triggering expand/collapse of the splitter. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DoubleClick event is triggering expand/collapse of the splitter. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether splitter will act as expandable splitter. Default value is true. When set to true ExpandableControl property should be set to the control that should be expanded/collapsed. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that will be expanded/collapsed by the splitter. Default value is null. Expandable property should be also set to true (default) to enable expand/collapse functionality. + + + + + Gets or sets visual style of the control. Default value is eSplitterStyle.Office2003. + + + + + Gets or sets animation time in milliseconds. Default value is 100 miliseconds. You can set this to 0 (zero) to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key to expand/collapse splitter. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for UI element. If used in combination with + BackgroundColor2 is specifies starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color for UI element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as target gradient background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part fill color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandFillColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandFillColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part line color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandLineColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandLineColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip part dark color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used grip part dark color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding GripDarkColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through GripDarkColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part line color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding GripLightColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through GripLightColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for UI element when mouse is over the element. If used in combination with + BackgroundColor2 is specifies starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as background color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color for UI element when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as target gradient background color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient angle when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part fill color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part fill color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotExpandFillColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotExpandFillColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part line color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part line color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotExpandLineColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotExpandLineColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip part dark color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used grip part dark color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotGripDarkColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotGripDarkColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip part light color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used grip part light color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotGripLightColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotGripLightColor property. + + + + + Indicates the style of mutli-functional splitter control. + + + + + Specifies Office 2003 like splitter style and color scheme. + + + + + Specifies Mozilla like splitter style and color scheme. + + + + + Specifies Office 2007 like splitter style and color scheme. + + + + + Represents event arguments for ExpandedChanging and ExpandedChanged events. + + + + + Gets the action that caused the event, event source. + + + + + Gets or sets whether execution Expand event should be canceled. Applies only to ExpandedChanging event. Default is false. + + + + + Indicates new value for the Expanded property. + + + + + Represents the Outlook like Explorer-bar Control. + + + + + Creates new instance of side bar control. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Returns true if color scheme has changed. + + + + + Resets color scheme to it's default value. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Ensures that item is displayed on the screen. Item needs to have it's Visible property set to true. This method will expand the group if needed or it will scroll control to display an item. + + Item to display. + + + + Returns the item located at specific client coordinates. + + X Coordinate + Y Coordinate + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Loads the Side bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Saves the Side bar definition to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Suspends the layout and painting of the control. When you want to perform multiple operations on the explorer bar and you want to ensure + that layout of the items on it and painting is not performed for performance and appearance reasons set this property to true. Once you + want to enable layout and painting set the property back to false and call RecalcLayout method. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies whether ExplorerBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the Explorer Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between the group items. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Returns the collection of Explorer Bar Groups. + + + + + Gets or sets the form ExplorerBar is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin in pixels between the explorer bar groups and the edge of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether end-user can rearrange the items inside the panels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum animation time in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by side-bar to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Applies the stock style to the object. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to expand the group. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to expand the group. This image is used when mouse is over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to expand the group. This image is used when user presses left mouse button while cursor is positioned over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to collapse the group. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to collapse the group. + This Image is used when mouse is over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to collapse the group. + This Image is used when left mouse button is pressed while cursor is over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for images displayed on the Group Item. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accesibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + Returns the reference to the container that containing the sub-items. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar definition as XML string. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Provides layout for Explorer-Bar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarContainerItem class. + + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Recalculates the size of the item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Sets input focus to next visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to next visible item otherwise false. + + + + Sets input focus to previous visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to previous visible item otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Represents the Explorer-Bar Group item. + + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarGroupItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarGroupItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarGroupItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarGroupItem item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Applies default appearance to ExplorerBarGroupItem. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether expand button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drop shadow is displayed when non-themed display is used. + + + + + Gets the reference to ElementStyle object which describes visual appearance of the explorer group item title. + + + + + Gets the reference to ElementStyle object which describes visual appearance of the explorer group item title while mouse is over the title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the item background style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether clicking the header of the control expands the item. + + + + + Applies the stock style to the object. + + + + + Applies new visual style to this the item and all of its sub-items. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button border color. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button back color. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button fore color. + + + + + Gets or sets hot expand button border color. + + + + + Gets or sets hot expand button back color. + + + + + Gets or sets hot expand button fore color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the panel item Button. + + + + + Specifies the image. + + + + + Indicates whether XP themed special group colors are used for drawing. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin in pixels between the edge of the container and the items contained inside of it. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text on sub items is wrapped on new line if it cannot fit the space available. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image if ImageList is used. + + + + + Summary description for frmCustomize. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Defines the generic container item that is used by toolbar, menu bar and other control for item layout. + + + + + Occurs when new item is added to the container. + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Recalculate Size of this item + + + + + This must be called by child item to let the parent know that its size + has been changed. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Called when item owner has changed. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Set/Get does container wraps item into the new line when they exceed the container size + + + + + Specifies whether to display more items on popup menu or Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether container is system container used internally by DotNetBar. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item container fills the container control completely. + + + + + Summary description for Hook. + + + + + Summary description for HTMLHelp. + + + + + Interface for designer-item integration. + + + + + Describes container support for setting the word-wrap behavior of it's sub-items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether sub items text will be word wrapped if it cannot fit the space allocated. + + + + + Summary description for ItemPaintArgs. + + + + + Holds reference to all unique items in the DotNetBar. + + + + + Provides context information for serialization. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to context XmlElement an item is being serialized to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SerializeItem event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DeserializeItem event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Provides access to serializer. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Represent an style for the item. + + + + + Default Constructor + + + + + Makes a copy of the ItemStyle object. + + New Instance of a ItemStyle object + + + + Paints the style. + + Graphics object + Target area + Text + Text area + Text Font + + + + Paints the style + + Graphics object + Target Area + Text + Text area + Text Font + Border Type + + + + Paints the style + + Graphics object + Target Area + + + + Paints the style text only. + + Graphics object + Text + Text area + Font + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn vertically by this style. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or starting color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or ending color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the style Font + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters when text does not fit. + + + + + Specifies background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner type. + + + + + Gets or sets the diameter in pixels of the corner type rounded or diagonal. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type. + + + + + Gets or sets dash style for single line border type. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the line tickness of single line border. + + + + + Gets or sets the left text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the right text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the top text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom text margin. + + + + + + ColorEx object that provides the transparency setting ability. + + + + + Constructor with Color Initialization. + + Color object + + + + Constructor with Color and Transparency Initialization. + + Color object + Transparency + + + + Returns the color object with the transparency set. + + Color object + + + + Gets or sets the Color object which does not include transparency. + + + + + Indicates the transparency for the color. + + + + + Specifies that color derived from system colors which is part of DotNetBar Color Scheme object is used. + Colors derived from system colors are automatically refreshed when + system colors are changed. + + + We recommend using this property to specify color rather than setting color directly. + Using colors that are derived from system colors improves uniform look of your application + and visual integration into user environment. + + + + + Returns empty ColorEx object. + + + + + Indicates whether object contain any color. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or starting color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or ending color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the style Font + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters when text does not fit. + + + + + Specifies background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner type. + + + + + Gets or sets the diameter in pixels of the corner type rounded or diagonal. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type. + + + + + Gets or sets dash style for single line border type. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the line tickness of single line border. + + + + + Gets or sets the left text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the right text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the top text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom text margin. + + + + + ColorEx object that provides the transparency setting ability. + + + + + Gets or sets the Color object which does not include transparency. + + + + + Indicates the transparency for the color. + + + + + Specifies that color derived from system colors which is part of DotNetBar Color Scheme object is used. + Colors derived from system colors are automatically refreshed when + system colors are changed. + + + We recommend using this property to specify color rather than setting color directly. + Using colors that are derived from system colors improves uniform look of your application + and visual integration into user environment. + + + + + Summary description for LabelItem. + + + + + Called when ImageTextSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Reset property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the SingleLineColor property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies spacing between label image and text. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the border drawn around the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. Default value specifies border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when border is single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text vertical alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the label font. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the label is drawn as a divider label. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Indicates whether label text is rendered using bold font unless the Font property is specifically set to different font. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Specifies the label icon. Icons support alpha blending. + + + + + Specifies label image. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the label if ImageList is used. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the label. + + + + + Gets or sets text-orientation. Default is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets how vertical text is rotated when TextOrientation = Vertical. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on label instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label hosted in multi-line ItemContainer triggers new line switch after label is processed. + + + + + Contains static keys that are used to discover localized text for internal controls. + + + + + Navigation Pane collapse button tooltip text. + + + + + Navigation Pane expand button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar auto-hide button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar customize button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar close button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar maximize button tooltip text. + + + + + CustomizeItem tooltip text. + + + + + CustomizeItem Add/Remove text. + + + + + CustomizeItem text for button that opens Customize dialog. + + + + + CustomizeItem text for Reset command. + + + + + Tooltip text for system button that displays overflow items. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog caption. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog toolbars tab. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog commands tab. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog keyboard button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog close button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog new toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog rename toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog delete toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog reset toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog label that gives following instructions to user: + To add a command to Bar select the category and drag the command out of this box to a Bar. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog categories label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog toolbars label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Personalized Menus and Toolbars label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Aways show full menus check box. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Show full menus after a short delay check box. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab 'Reset my usage data' command. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab 'Other' labe. + + + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab 'Menu Animation:' label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box None option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box System Default option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box Random option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box Unfold option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box Slide option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog Confirm delete of bar message box. + + + + + Text for Reset command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Delete item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Change Name item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Default Style item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Text Only item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Image And Text item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Begin Group item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem Minimize button. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem Restore button. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem Close button. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Restore command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Move command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Size command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Minimize command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Maximize command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Close command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Next command. + + + + + Text Navigation Bar Show More Buttons menu item. + + + + + Text Navigation Bar Show Fewer Buttons menu item. + + + + + Text Navigation Bar Options menu item. + + + + + Text for Move Up button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Move Down button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Reset button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for OK button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Cancel button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Navigation Bar Options dialog box title. + + + + + Text for Navigation Bar Options label which is displayed above the list box which lists all the controls. + + + + + Text for Rename Toolbar dialog caption. + + + + + Text for New Toolbar dialog caption. + + + + + Text for Bar Name label on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text for OK Button on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text for Cancel Button on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text for Invalid Name Message on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text displayed on Color Picker drop down Theme Colors label. + + + + + Text displayed on Color Picker drop down Standard Colors label. + + + + + Text displayed on Color Picker drop down more colors menu item. + + + + + Text for the OK Button on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Cancel Button on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the new color label on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the current color label on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the colors label on the standard colors tab. + + + + + Text for the colors label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the green component label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the blue component label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the red component label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the Color Model label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the RGB combo box item choice on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the Standard tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Custom tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Custom tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Custom tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Indicates the text for Today button displayed on the MonthCalendarItem control. + + + + + Indicates the text for Clear button displayed on the MonthCalendarItem control. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Abort button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Cancel button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Close button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Continue button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Help button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Ignore button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx No button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx OK button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Retry button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Try Again button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Yes button. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Restore item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Move item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Size item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Minimize item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Maximize item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Close item. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector OK button. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector Clear button. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector Hour Label. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector Minute Label. + + + + + Identifies 'Show all' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Show null' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Show not null' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Custom' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Enter expression' Filter text. + + + + + Identifies 'Apply' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Apply' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Apply' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Ok' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Cancel' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Close' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Clear' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Clear' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicked dialog 'Filter by relative date' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog 'Filter by specific date' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog 'Filter by date range' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Current Month' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Current Year' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 3 Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 6 Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 9 Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last Year' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 5 Year Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 10 Year Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Expression error' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Missing parenthesis' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Missing quote' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid number of arguments' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid argument' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid 'Empty' operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid DateTime operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid bool operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid string operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid numeric operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid logical evaluation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Undefined User function' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog title 'Custom Filter' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'New Filter' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'New' button text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Delete' button text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Filter Name' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Description' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Show in FilterPopup' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog title 'Custom Filter' text. + + + + + Identifies the default GroupBy WaterMarkText. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Represents an item that displays log information in list container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LogItem class. + + + + + + Creates new instance of LogItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of LogItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control text body. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the log item. + + + + + Gets or sets the image position in relation to text. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the item. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Summary description for MdiWindowListItem. + + + + + Initializes the item and connects it to the MDI form so it can process the events. You should not call this method directly since this process is + automatically managed by the item. + + + + + Initializes the item and connects it to the MDI form so it can process the events. You should not call this method directly since this process is + automatically managed by the item. + + + + + Refresh the MDI Child form Icons that are displayed on window list items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MDI Child Window Icons are displayed on items. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum form caption length that will be displayed on each item. If caption length exceeds given value ... characters are added. + + + + + Gets whether item has been connected to the MDI form so it can process its events. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flicker associated with switching maximized Mdi child forms is attempted to eliminate. You should set this property to false if you encounter any painting problems with your Mdi child forms. + + + + + Gets or sets whether numbered access keys are created for MDI Child window menu items for first 9 items. Access keys will start with number 1 and go through 9. Default value is false + which indicates that access keys are not created. + + + + + Summary description for PopupWindow. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets or sets whether Key Tips (accelerator keys) for items are displayed on top of them. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Sets,Gets the side bar image structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the HotSubItem on the menu. This method is used internally by DotNetBar and should not be used in your application. + + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + Summary description for NativeFunctions. + + + + + Represents Outlook 2003 like Navigation Bar. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Applies design-time defaults to control. + + + + + Increases the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing more buttons on the top. + + + + + Reduces the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing fewer buttons on the top. + + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XML based file. + + File name to save layout to. + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XmlElement. + + XmlElement object that will act as a parent for the layout definition. Exact same element should be passed into the LoadLayout method to load the layout. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + File to load layout from. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + Parent XML element that is used to load layout from. Note that this must be the same element that was passed into the SaveLayout method. + + + + Occurs after Options dialog which is used to customize control's content has closed by user using OK button. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Configure Buttons button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Show More Buttons and Show Fewer Buttons menu items are visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Options menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Add/Remove Buttons menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether summary line is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels at the top portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for bottom portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Returns items container. + + + + + Returns reference to currently checked button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images are automatically resized to size specified in ImageSizeSummaryLine when button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the image that will be use to resize images to when button button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar and AutoSizeButtonImage=true. + + + + + Gets or sets the navigation bar definition string. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Indicates whether splitter on top of the navigation bar is visible. When activated splitter will let user change the height of the + control to show fewer or more buttons. It is recommended to have navigation bar docked to bottom (Dock=Bottom) to maintain + proper layout. + + + + + Container control for Navigation Bar. + + + + + Creates new instance of NavigationBarContainer. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of SideBarPanelItem item. + + + + + Recalculates size of this container. + + + + + Increases the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing more buttons on the top. + + + + + Reduces the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing fewer buttons on the top. + + + + + Must be called by any sub item that implements the image when image has changed + + + + + Occurs after an item has been added to the container. This procedure is called on both item being added and the parent of the item. To distinguish between those two states check the item parameter. + + When occurring on the parent this will hold the reference to the item that has been added. When occurring on the item being added this will be null (Nothing). + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Returns index of the first item that is displayed in summary line or -1 if there is no item displayed in summary line. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Configure Buttons button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Show More Buttons and Show Fewer Buttons menu items are visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Options menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Add/Remove Buttons menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels at the top portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for bottom portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images are automatically resized to size specified in ImageSizeSummaryLine when button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the image that will be use to resize images to when button button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar and AutoSizeButtonImage=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether summary line is visible. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Delegate for PanelPopup events. + + + + + Represents Outlook 2003 style navigation pane control. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Returns Panel associated with button on navigation bar or null if panel cannot be found. + + Button on navigation bar. + + + + + Suspends normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Increases the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing more buttons on the top. + + + + + Reduces the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing fewer buttons on the top. + + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XML based file. + + File name to save layout to. + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XmlElement. + + XmlElement object that will act as a parent for the layout definition. Exact same element should be passed into the LoadLayout method to load the layout. + + + + Popup selected pane when control is collapsed. When control is collapsed (Expanded=false) currently selected pane is not visible + calling this method will popup selected pane and allow user access to it. Use PopupPaneVisible property + to check whether currently selected pane is displayed as popup. + + + + + Hides popup selected pane when control is collapsed and selected pane is displayed as popup. When control is collapsed (Expanded=false) + currently selected pane can be displayed as popup. Calling this method will hide the popup pane. Use PopupPaneVisible property + to check whether currently selected pane is displayed as popup. + + + + + Raises the PanelPopupClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + File to load layout from. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + Parent XML element that is used to load layout from. Note that this must be the same element that was passed into the SaveLayout method. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Updates the color scheme on child panels to reflect the style of the NavigationBar control. Calling this method is necessary only if you manually + change the NavigationBar.ColorScheme property. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when currently selected panel is about to change. + + + + + Occurs when control is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before panel is displayed on popup when control is collapsed. You can use this event to modify default + size of the popup panel or cancel the popup of the panel. + + + + + Occurs after panel is displayed on popup. + + + + + Occurs after panel displayed on popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs before Expanded property is changed. You can cancel change of this property by setting Cancel=true on the event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property has changed. You can handle ExpandedChanging event and have opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Options dialog which is used to customize control's content has closed by user using OK button. + + + + + Returns the width of the expanded control if control is currently collapsed. + + + + + Returns collection containing buttons on navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the navigation bar part of the navigation pane control. + Navigation Bar height is automatically calculated based on the content. + Setting this property suggests desired height of the navigation bar but the actual height will be + calculated to ensure that complete buttons are visible so suggested and actual height might differ. + + + + + Returns reference to internal NavigationBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the image that will be use to resize images to when button button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar and AutoSizeButtonImage=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Configure Buttons button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Show More Buttons and Show Fewer Buttons menu items are visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Options menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Add/Remove Buttons menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Returns reference to currently checked button. + + + + + Returns reference to currently selected panel. Panels are automatically switched when buttons are checked. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. + + + + + Returns reference to the PanelEx that is used to display title. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels at the top portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for bottom portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images are automatically resized to size specified in ImageSizeSummaryLine when button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the navigation bar definition string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets animation time in milliseconds when control is expanded or collapsed. Default value is 100 miliseconds. You can set this to 0 (zero) to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether navigation pane can be collapsed. Default value is false. When set to true + expand/collapse button will be displayed in title so control can be reduced in size. + + + + + Gets or sets alignment of the expand button inside of title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether navigation pane is expanded. Default value is true. + When control is collapsed it is reduced in size so it consumes less space. + + + + + Gets the reference to the inner panel displaying Navigation Pane vertical text created when control is collapsed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected pane is displayed as popup when control is collapsed (Expanded=false). Using + navigation pane button that is displayed when control is collapsed user can popup or close currently selected pane without + expanding the control. You can use this property to do same from code as well as check whether selected pane is displayed as + popup. Note that control must be collapsed (Expanded=false) in order for this property to have any effect. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. Default style is Office 2003. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PanelChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel changing of the panel. + + + + + Panel that will be selected if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Panel that is currently selected and which will be de-selected if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents event arguments for BeforePanelPopup event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel popup of the panel. + + + + + Size and position of popup. You can modify this memeber to affect size and position of popup. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents Panel on Navigation Pane control. + + + + + Gets or sets button associated with the pane on the panel when hosted on NavigationPane control. + + + + + Summary description for NavPaneOptions. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Updates position of the title bar button to reflect any changes to the button that influence size of the button. + + + + + Occurs when Expanded/Collapse button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether expand button is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets alignment of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text markup if it occupies less space than control provides uses the Style Alignment and LineAlignment properties to align the markup inside of the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Use as a popup container for DotNetBar objects. + + + + + Summary description for PopupContainer. + + + + + Summary description for PopupShadow. + + + + + Represents a progress bar item. + + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressBarItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressBarItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the progress bar's current position. + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Gets or sets the item background style. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text inside the progress bar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the item in pixels. 0 value indicates the auto-sizing item based on the text contained in it. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the label. 0 value indicates the auto-sizing item based on the text height. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle of the progress chunk. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of progress bar used to indicate progress. The Standard style displays the progress based on Minimum, Maximum and current Value. + The Marquee type is automatically moving progress bar that is used to indicate an ongoing operation for which the actual duration cannot be estimated. + + + + + Gets or sets the marquee animation speed in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color state table for progress bar. Color specified applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. You can use ColorTable to indicate the state of the operation that Progress Bar is tracking. Default value is eProgressBarItemColor.Normal. + + + + + Summary description for RemindForm. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents color table for Bar objects in various states. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for top part of toolbar background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for bottom part of toolbar background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the bottom border. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup toolbar background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of popup toolbar border. + + + + + Gets or sets the status bar top border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the status bar top border light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the alternative background colors for the status bar. + + + + + Represents color table for ButtonItem object. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied for button in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is over the buttons inactive split part. Applies to split button appearance only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is pressed over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is pressed over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when button is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when cursor is over button on a menu. + + + + + Represents typed collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable type. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether collection contains object with specified name. + + Name of the object to look for + true if object with given name is part of the collection otherwise false + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Office2007ButtonItemColorTable array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents a color table for ButtonItem in certain state like but not limited to mouse over, checked or pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border width. Default is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets top part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets bottom part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the bottom background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the split border colors that divides button text and image from expand part of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the split border light colors that divides button text and image from expand part of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the expand sign. + + + + + Gets or sets the outline light color of the expand sign. + + + + + Gets or sets the single gradient background for the button. When specified it is used instead of TopBackground and BottomBackground for rendering. + + + + + Represent the color table for the CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item when mouse is pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item when item is disabled. + + + + + Defines the colors for the single CheckBoxItem state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors of the check box. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the check border. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner color of check box border. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner background color of check box. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the check sign that is drawn when item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Defines color table for ColorItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the border that is drawn around each individual color item or color item group. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner mouse over color. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer mouse over color. + + + + + Represents the painter for ColorItem in Office 2007 style + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color scheme type for the Office2007ColorTable. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Black color scheme. + + + + + Silver color scheme. + + + + + Windows Vista Glass inspired color scheme. + + + + + Defines the delegate which retrieves the color for specific integer value. + + color represented as integer. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Defines contextual label colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LabelColors structure. + + + + + + + Initializes ColorScheme object with the black color scheme. + + ColorScheme object to initialize. + + + + Defines the color table for the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for combo box in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for standalone combo box in default state. Standalone combo box is a control not used by ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors when control is dropped down. + + + + + Defines the combo box colors for a particular state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer expand button border. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner expand button border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the expand button. + + + + + Defines color table for the Office 2007 style DataGridView control. + + + + + Gets or sets grid background color. + + + + + Gets or sets default cell color. + + + + + Gets or sets default cell text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in normal state. + + + + + Gets or sets the normal column text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header border color when mouse is over the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected column header text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in selected state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for the column headers in selected state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in selected mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for the column headers in selected mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for the column headers in pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the grid lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the sign color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the sign color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Defines color table for the Dialog Launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the pressed state. + + + + + Defines the color table for dialog launcher state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of dialog launcher symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the shade color of dialog launcher symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the top part of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the bottom part of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Defines the color table for all states of Office 2007 style form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for caption in active state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for caption in inactive state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the MDI Client Background image. + + + + + Defines color table for the Office 2007 style Form caption color state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the top part of the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the bottom part of the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors used to draw the border that separates the form caption and the form content. Applies only to the Office2007Form rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of caption text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of caption extra text that is appended to the caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors that represents the border colors. Outer border is at index 0. + + + + + Represents the color table used by the Gallery container. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the Gallery Group label when gallery is displayed on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the Gallery Group label when gallery is displayed on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the Gallery Group label when gallery is displayed on popup. + + + + + Represents color table for ItemContainer object with BeginGroup set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the top background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark color of item devider for items inside of the ItemContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets the light color of item devider for items inside of the ItemContainer. + + + + + Represents the color table for key tips. + + + + + Gets or sets KeyTip Text color. + + + + + Gets or sets KeyTip border color. + + + + + Gets or sets KeyTip Background color. + + + + + Represents color table for ListViewEx control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column separator. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the selected item border that is draw on top and bottom of the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for selected item. + + + + + Defines the color table for the menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu side background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu side background colors for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu border background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the light menu side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color blend for the special file menu background. + + + + + Gets or sets the two column container border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the two column container light border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of first file column. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of first file column. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of first file column. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color blend for the bottom container on file menu. + + + + + Defines the color table for the NavigationPane control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color collection blend for the button background. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines color table for the Office 2007 style ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color collection blend for the item background. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend for the current progress part of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend for overlay for the current progress of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend of shadow for the current progress of the item. + + + + + Defines abstract class for the ProgressBarItem painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines painter for the Office 2007 style QAT Customize Item. + + + + + Defines base class for QAT customize item painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines Office 2007 style QAT painter. + + + + + Defines base class for QAT overflow item painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color table for the quick access toolbar in all states. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the quick access toolbar background when hosted in ribbon control caption and form is active + or the background colors when toolbar is hosted below the ribbon control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the quick access toolbar background when hosted in ribbon control caption and form is inactive + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the quick access toolbar background when positioned below the ribbon bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu label displayed on customize quick access toolbar menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu label displayed on customize quick access toolbar menu. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Quick Access toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors of the top background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors of the bottom background. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the middle border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border when Windows Vista Glass is enabled. + + + + + Represents Office 2007 Control renderer. + + + + + Represents bases class that defines a renderer. + + + + + Raises RenderKeyTips event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws KeyTip for an object. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderKeyTips method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonTabGroup event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon tab group. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabGroup method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderItemContainer event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the separator for an item inside of item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainerSeparator method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderItemContainer event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainer method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderButtonItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ButtonItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonTabItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws RibbonTabItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderToolbarBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws docked or floating toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderPopupToolbarBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws popup toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderPopupToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonDialogLauncher event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon bar dialog launcher button. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonDialogLauncher method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderColorItem event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ColorItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColorItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonControlBackground event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonControlBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSystemCaptionItem event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SystemCaptionItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSystemCaptionItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonFormCaptionText event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption text for the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonFormCaptionText method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderQuickAccessToolbarBackground event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of Quick Access Toolbar on Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQuickAccessToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderMdiSystemItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the MdiSystemItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderMdiSystemItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderFormCaptionBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderFormCaptionBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderQatOverflowItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderQatCustomizeItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Customize Item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatCustomizeItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCheckBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the CheckBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCheckBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCheckBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ProgressBarItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderProgressBarItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderNavPaneButtonBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Navigation Pane button background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNavPaneButtonBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSliderItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSideBar event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBar method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSideBarPanelItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBarPanelItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCrumbBarItemView event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarItemView. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCrumbBarItemView method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCrumbBarOverflowItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarOverflowButton. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCrumbBarOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSwitchButton event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Switch Button. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSwitchButton method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRangeSliderItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Range Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRangeSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderStepItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Step item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderStepItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderListBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderListBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Occurs when KeyTip is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ribbon tab group is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ItemContainer is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when separator is drawn for an item inside of ItemContainer. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when RibbonTabItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when docked or floating toolbar is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when popup toolbar is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when dialog launcher button on ribbon bar is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Ribbon Control background is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when form caption text on ribbon control is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Quick Access Toolbar background is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ColorItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SystemCaptionItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when MdiSystemItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when form caption is background is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when quick access toolbar overflow item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when quick access toolbar customize item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when CheckBoxItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ProgressBarItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Navigation pane button background is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Slider item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Range Slider item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SideBar control is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SideBarPanelItem control is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when CrumbBarItemView is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when CrumbBarOverflowButton is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Slider item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when StepItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ListBoxItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SideNavItem is being rendered. + + + + + Draws KeyTip for an object. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderKeyTips method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon tab group. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabGroup method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainer method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the separator for an item inside of item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainerSeparator method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ButtonItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws RibbonTabItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws popup toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderPopupToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws docked or floating toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws floating toolbar background. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon bar dialog launcher button. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderPopupToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ColorItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColorItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonControlBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption text for the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonFormCaptionText method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of Quick Access Toolbar on Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQuickAccessToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SystemCaptionItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSystemCaptionItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the MdiSystemItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderMdiSystemItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderFormCaptionBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ProgressBarItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderProgressBarItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Navigation Pane button background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNavPaneButtonBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBar method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBarPanelItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarItemView. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarOverflowButton. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCrumbBarOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws SwitchButton. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Step item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderStepItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Occurs when color table is changed by setting the ColorTable property on the renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines color table for RibbonBar in various states. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the default RibbonBar state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for RibbonBar when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for RibbonBar when ribbon bar is in overflow state and expanded to show all the items. + + + + + Represents the color table of RibbonBar for Office 2007 style. Default values represent blue Luna theme. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the top background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the title background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of title text. + + + + + Defines color table for Ribbon Control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tabs background area. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tabs background area when Windows Glass is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of border which is drawn above the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the light color of border which is drawn above the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the round corner size for the ribbon control parts. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the top background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used on Office 2007 style start button displayed in top-left corner of ribbon control. + Note that image assigned to all StartButton properties must be the same size. The size for the button will be determined by image + size set on this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used on Office 2007 style start button displayed in top-left corner of ribbon control when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used on Office 2007 style start button displayed in top-left corner of ribbon control when button is pressed. + + + + + Represents painter for Office 2007 style ribbon overflow button. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Ribbon Tab Group. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background highlight colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color + + + + + Collection for Office2007RibbonTabGroupColorTable type. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether collection contains object with specified name. + + Name of the object to look for + true if object with given name is part of the collection otherwise false + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Office2007RibbonTabItemColorTable array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Defines the color table for RibbonTabItem states. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the default tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab colors when mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors when mouse is over the tab but tab is not selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the round corner size for the top part of the ribbon tab item. + + + + + Defines collection for Office2007RibbonTabItemColorTable items. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether collection contains object with specified name. + + Name of the object to look for + true if object with given name is part of the collection otherwise false + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Office2007ButtonItemColorTable array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Defines the colors for the RibbonTabItem state like but not limited to selected, mouse over etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the background highlight colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when rendered on Windows Glass. + + + + + Defines the colors for the scroll bar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when mouse is pressed over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when mouse is over the control but not over an active part of the control like scroll buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when mouse is over the active part of the control like scroll buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when control is disabled. + + + + + Represents the color table for the Scroll bar in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color for the scroll bar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color for the scroll bar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the thumb background color blend collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the directional sign background color for the scroll bar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color for the scroll bar track button. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color for the scroll bar track button. + + + + + Gets or sets the track background color blend collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the track signs. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the entire control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors for the entire control. + + + + + Represents the color table for Office 2007 Style Side Bar Control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of SideBarPanelItem text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem in mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem in expanded state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem when mouse button is pressed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Populates Office 2007 Color Table with Silver color scheme + + + + + Initializes ColorScheme object with the black color scheme. + + ColorScheme object to initialize. + + + + Defines the color table for the slider item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse pressed colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional color table for Thumb part of the slider. When set to null default values from Office2007SliderColorTable are used. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional color table for Increase button part of the slider. When set to null default values from Office2007SliderColorTable are used. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional color table for Decrease button part of the slider. When set to null default values from Office2007SliderColorTable are used. + + + + + Defines set of color tables for single slider part. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse pressed colors. + + + + + Renders the Slider items. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Slider Item in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the part border color + + + + + Gets or sets the part border light color + + + + + Gets or sets the part foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the part foreground light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track line light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track label color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track label color when on Slider control. + + + + + Defines the color table for the SuperTooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Represents color table for Office 2007 style system button displayed in form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of default button state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of button state when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of button state when mouse is pressed over the button. + + + + + Represents color table for single state of Office 2007 style system button displayed in form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets top part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets bottom part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the bottom background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark shading color for the foreground. + + + + + Gets or sets the light shading color for the foreground. + + + + + Represents the color table for the tab control. + + + + + Gets or sets the default tab item colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over tab item colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab item colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tab background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab-strip background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tab panel background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tab panel border. + + + + + Represents the color table for the tab item. + + + + + Gets or sets top part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text colors. + + + + + Paints background of docked bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of floating bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of popup bar. + + Context information + + + + Summary description for ButtonItemPainterHelper. + + + + + Provides data for ButtonItem rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ButtonItem instance being rendered. + + + + + Reference to internal data. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Defines container for ribbon caption layout and quick access toolbar customization and overflow. + + + + + Summary description for DesignTimeProviderContainer. + + + + + + + + Returns insertion index for an item taking in account any system items that are at the end of the collection. + + Parent item + Returns the index at which an item should be inserted + + + + Defines delegate for RenderKeyTips event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderRibbonTabGroup event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderItemContainer event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderItemContainerSeparator event. + + + + + Defines delegate for ButtonItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RibbonTabItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for toolbar rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for Rendering dialog launcher button rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for ColorItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RibbonControl rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for SystemCaptionItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for MdiSystemItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderFormCaptionBackground rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for CustomizeMenuPopup events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Quick Access Overflow item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Quick Access Customize item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Quick Access Customization dialog events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the CheckBoxItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the ProgressBarItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Navigation Pane rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SideBar control rendering event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SideBarPanelItem control rendering event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SwitchButtonItem control rendering event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the StepItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the ListBoxItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SideNavItem rendering events. + + + + + Represents the class that provides Office 2007 style Gallery container with drop-down ability. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Returns the client rectangle which is DisplayRectangle excluding scroll-bar bounds + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupOpen event. + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupShowing event. + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupClose event. + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupFinalized event. + + + + + + Gets whether DefaultSize property is serialized by Windows Forms designer based on its current value. + + + + + Resets DefaultSize property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether PopupGallerySize property is serialized by Windows Forms designer based on its current value. + + + + + Resets PopupGallerySize property to its default value. + + + + + Scrolls the gallery if necessary to ensures that item is visible. + + Reference to the items that is part of the gallery. + + + + Scrolls gallery down to show next line of items. + + + + + Scrolls gallery up to show previous line of items. + + + + + + Opens the Gallery popup menu. + + + + + Called on each item when ScaleControl method of parent control is called and gives opportunity to item to adjust its displayed based on current scaling. + + Scale factor. + + + + Returns whether Gallery can extend the object. + + Object to test extensibility for. + Returns true if object can be extended otherwise false. + + + + Gets the GalleryGroup item is assigned to. + + Reference to item. + An instance of GalleryGroup object or null if item is not assigned to the group + + + + Assigns the item to the gallery group. + + Item to assign. + Group to assign item to. Can be null to remove item assignment. + + + + Occurs when Gallery popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs just before Gallery popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs before the Gallery popup item is closed. + + + + + Occurs after Gallery popup item has been closed. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. GalleryContainer automatically manages the layout orientation and this property should not be changed from its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the item vertical alignment. Default value is Top. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items in horizontal layout are wrapped into the new line when they cannot fit allotted container size. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Gallery when on popup is using standard scrollbars to scroll the content. + Standard scrollbars are displayed on right hand side of the Gallery. Default value for this property is true. + When set to false the scroll buttons are displayed only when needed and two buttons on top and bottom + of the Gallery are used to indicate the scrolling possibility and enable scrolling. Buttons are only + visible when needed. This scrolling button style can be used for example on Application Menu + to enable scrolling of list of most recently used files. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gallery is using incremental sizing when stretched. Default + value is true. Incremental sizing will resize the width of the gallery so it fits + completely the items it can contain in available space. That means that gallery will + occupy enough space to display the whole items within available space. When set to + false, it indicates that gallery will resize to fill all available space. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Gallery width is determined based on the RibbonBar width. This property is in effect when + Gallery is hosted directly the RibbonBar control. Default value is false. + When set to true the Gallery size is changed as the RibbonBar control is resized. The initial size of the Gallery is + determined by DefaultSize property. The MinimumSize property specifies the minimum size of the Gallery. + Note that only single Gallery can be stretched per RibbonBar control. + + + + + Gets the collection of the items that are added to the popup gallery. The items displayed on the gallery are combined with the + items from this collection and they are displayed on the gallery popup. This collection can for example have items that are + customizing the choices of the commands in gallery etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the default size of the gallery. The gallery height will be always enforced so all scroll buttons can be displayed. + Gallery width should allow display of both scroll buttons and the gallery content. + + + + + Gets or sets the default size of the gallery when gallery is displayed on the popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gallery can be displayed on the popup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets whether the Gallery popup is open. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets whether scroll animation is enabled. Default value is true. + Scroll animation will be disabled if gallery is running under Remote Windows Terminal session or fade animation effect is disabled on the + container control. + + + + + Gets the collection of GalleryGroup objects associated with this gallery. Groups are assigned optionally to one or more items + that are part of the GalleryContainer. Groups are used to visually group the items when gallery is displayed on the popup. + + + + + Represents the popup gallery group that groups set of items inside of gallery into the group. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets title of the group that will be displayed on the group label when on popup gallery. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the group that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets the parent gallery for the group. + + + + + Gets or sets the display order for the group when displayed on the popup. Lower values are displayed closer to the top. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets the collection of the items assigned to this group. + + + + + Represents the GalleryGroup typed collection. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new objects to the collection. + + Array of groups to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the GalleryGroup array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Summary description for ISimpleElement. + + + + + Represents IBlock layout manager implementation + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Indicates container title location. + + + + + Provides data for rendering ItemContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ItemContainer instance being rendered. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Reference to graphics object. + Reference to ItemContainer object. + + + + Provides data for the item separator rendering inside of the ItemContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item separator is being rendered for. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Represents class for Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Gets accessible role. + + + + + Gets parent accessibility object. + + + + + Returns bounds of the control. + + + + + Returns current accessible state. + + + + + Represents class for item display. + + + + + Represents canvas for KeyTips + + + + + Represents data for key tips rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the graphics object used for rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets key tip bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of key tip to be rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the font key tip should be rendered with. + + + + + Reference object for which Key Tip is rendered. For example this could be reference to an instance of ButtonItem or BaseItem as well + as reference to System.Windows.Forms.Control object. Always test for type before accessing this reference. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Represents painter for the MdiSystemItem. + + + + + Paints MdiSystemItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Text supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether divider panel that divides message box buttons and text content is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias setting for text-pane. + + + + + Enumeration of available common system strings. + + + + + Represents the class that provides MessageBox like functionality with the styled Office 2007 dialog and text markup support. + + + + + Displays a message box with specified text. + + The text to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box in front of the specified object and with the specified text. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text and caption. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text and caption. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, and buttons. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, and buttons. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxDefaultButton values that specifies the default button for the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxDefaultButton values that specifies the default button for the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxDefaultButton values that specifies the default button for the message box. + Indicates value for Message Box dialog TopMost property. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Occurs when text markup link on Message Box is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets whether MessageBoxEx is using Windows System API function to retrieve the localized strings used by MessageBoxEx. Set this to false + if you experience issues when using MessageBoxEx under certain conditions. + + + + + Gets or sets whether MessageBoxEx form has Windows Vista Glass enabled if running on + Windows Vista with Glass enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias setting for message box text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the message box text. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that system colors are used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether divider panel that divides message box buttons and text content is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the message box start position when Owner is not specified. Default value is CenterScreen. + + + + + Gets or sets the message box start position when Owner is specified. Default value is CenterParent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether message box text renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Summary description for Office2003RibbonTabItemPainter. + + + + + Paints state of the button, either hot, pressed or checked + + + + + + + + Paints background of docked bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of floating bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of popup bar. + + Context information + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents Office 2007 style MdiSystemItem painter + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents base class for Ribbon Control painting. + + + + + Paints controls background + + + + + Paints form caption background + + + + + Paints form caption text when ribbon control is displaying form caption + + + + + Paints the background of quick access toolbar. + + + + + Paints controls background + + + + + Paints form caption background + + + + + Paints the background of quick access toolbar. + + + + + RibbonTabItem painter for Office 2007 style + + + + + Represents the Office Application Button displayed in the top-left corner of the Ribbon Control. + + + + + Processes the Escape key when Application Button is hosting the backstage tab and uses it to close the tab if open. + This method is called from ProcessDialogKey method of Office2007RibbonForm. + + Key data + true if key was used to close backstage tab + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control set on BackstageTab property is used on application menu popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the backstage tab that is displayed instead of popup menu. + + + + + Summary description for PainterFactory. + + + + + Forces the creation of the objects inside of factory. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Loads the items for the customization into the ribbon control. All Ribbon Bars on the ribbon are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + Ribbon control to enumerate. + + + + Loads the items for the customization from MetroTab control. Registered MetroToolbar controls are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + MetroTab control that holds references to known MetroToolbars. + + + + Gets reference to the internal Quick Access Toolbar Customization panel. + + + + + Represents the item that provides Quick Access Toolbar customization. + + + + + Creates new instance of CustomizeItem object. + + + + + Returns copy of CustomizeItem item + + + + + Overridden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Gets localized tooltip text for this instance of the item. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Called when mouse hovers over the customize item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Customize menu item is visible. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Represents the Quick Access Toolbar customization panel which can be used on the custom QAT customization dialogs + so customization of Quick Access Toolbar can be reused. + + + + + Gets reference to the internal ItemPanel control that displays the commands for selected category. + + + + + Gets reference to the ItemPanel control that displays the Quick Access Toolbar Items. + + + + + Gets reference to the button that perform addition of commands to the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets reference to the button that perform removal of commands from the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets reference to the combo box control that holds all categories. + + + + + Gets reference to the combo box categories label control. + + + + + Gets reference to the check box that changes the placement of the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Loads the items for the customization into the ribbon control. All Ribbon Bars on the ribbon are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + Ribbon control to enumerate. + + + + Loads the items for the customization from MetroTab registered toolbars. All registered Toolbars are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + MetroTab control to enumerate. + + + + Gets or sets the value of data changed flag. + + + + + Represents the stand-alone Quick Access Toolbar control + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Represents a single ribbon container control. + + + + + Creates new accessibility instance. + + Reference to AccessibleObject. + + + + Closes the RibbonBar overflow popup if control is in overflow mode and displays the overflow popup that shows complete content of the control. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Invokes the LaunchDialog event to execute default launch dialog action. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Invokes DialogLauncherMouseEnter event. + + + + + Invokes DialogLauncherMouseLeave event. + + + + + Invokes DialogLauncherMouseHover event. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Resets cached content size. Content size is cached to improve performance of the control when control is + switched into overflow mode displaying a single button. If you change content of Rendering, hide/show items or + add new items you will need to call this method to erase cached value and allow the full Rendering size to be calculated. + + + + + Returns size of the control based on current content size. + + Size based on content. + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calculated height based on content. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns automatically calculated width of the control given current content. + + Width in pixels. + + + + Gets the bounds of the title. + + + + + Resets TitleStyle property to its default value. Used by Windows Forms designer for design-time support. + + + + + Resets TitleStyle property to its default value. Used by Windows Forms designer for design-time support. + + + + + Occurs when dialog launcher button in title bar is clicked. Use DialogLauncherVisible property to show the button in title bar. + + + + + Occurs when overflow button for control is created because control size is below the minimum size required to display complete content of the control. + This event allows you to get access to the internal overflow button that is created and change it's properties if required. + + + + + Occurs after overflow button setup is complete and all items contained by this control are moved to it. + + + + + Occurs before overflow button is destroyed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters dialog launcher button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves dialog launcher button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the dialog launcher button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is pressed over the dialog launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets parent button when on QAT. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this RibbonBar is on QAT. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Office 2007 Design Guidelines specification for positioning KeyTips is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the Accessible name for the Dialog Launcher button + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control when mouse is over the control. Style specified here will be applied to the + BackgroundStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used as dialog luncher button in ribbon title bar. Default value is null which indicates that + default appearance for the button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used as dialog luncher button when mouse is over the button. + Note that if this property is set you also must set the DialogLauncherButton property. Images set to both + properties must have same size. Default value is null which indicates that + default appearance for the button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum text length for automatic overflow button text. When overflow button is created due to the + reduced size of the control text for the button can be specified using OverflowButtonText property. If + text is not specified RibbonBar.Text property is used as overflow button text. In that case + this property specifies maximum length of the text to display on the button. Default value is 25. You can set + this property to 0 to use complete text regardless of length. + + + + + Gets or sets resize order index of the control. When control is parented to RibbonPanel control (which is the case when control is + used as part of RibbonControl) index specified here indicates the order in which controls that are part of the same panel + are resized. Lower index value indicates that control should be resized later when size needs to be reduced or earlier when size needs + to be increased. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic overflow handling is enabled. When overflow is enabled if control is resized below the + size that is needed to display its complete content overflow button is created and all content is moved to the overflow button + popup. Control will only display overflow button when in this state and user can click overflow button to display the actual + content of the control. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for overflow button that is created when ribbon bar size is reduced so it cannot display all its content. + When control is resized so it cannot display its content overflow button is created which is displayed on face of the control. + Complete content of the control is then displayed on popup toolbar when user clicks overflow button. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image for overflow button that is created when ribbon bar size is reduced so it cannot display all its content. + When control is resized so it cannot display its content overflow button is created which is displayed on face of the control. + Complete content of the control is then displayed on popup toolbar when user clicks overflow button. This Image is also used when + RibbonBar is added to the Quick Access Toolbar to identify the RibbonBar button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether dialog launcher button is visible in title of the ribbon. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets default layout orientation inside the control. You can have multiple layouts inside of the control by adding + one or more instances of the ItemContainer object and changing it's LayoutOrientation property. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the item vertical alignment. Default value is Top. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ribbon bar can be customized by end user i.e. added to Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Returns reference to the overflow button that is used by control. + + + + + Gets whether control is in overflow state or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ButtonItem objects hosted on control are resized to reduce the space consumed by ribbon bar when required. + Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether auto-sizing for RibbonBar includes ribbon bar title width so in case when ribbon bar title width is wider than ribbon bar width the + width of the ribbon bar will always be at least the title bar width so complete title text can be displayed. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the KeyTip for the dialog launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ribbon bar title is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the style of the title of the control. + + + + + Specifies the style of the title of the control when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets the title bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control changes its background when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by control to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + + Defines event handler for overflow button events. + + Control that is hosting the overflow button. + Event arguments + + + + Represents event arguments for overflow button events. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Reference to overflow button. + + + + Returns reference to the overflow button that is used by control. + + + + + Represents class for RibbonBar Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Represents the container for RibbonBar objects that will be merged into the MDI parent ribbon control. + + + + + Represents panel used by RibbonTabItem as a container panel for the control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the panel. + + + + + Scrolls the RibbonBar controls to the right one step if there is more of the controls on the panel that can fit into the available space. + + + + + Scrolls the RibbonBar controls one step to the left. + + + + + Resets the panel scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets whether default control layout is used instead of Rendering layout for RibbonBar controls positioning. By default + internal layout logic is used so proper resizing of Ribbons can be performed. You can disable internal layout by setting this property + to true. + Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether last RibbonBar is stretched to fill available space inside of the panel. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets which edges of the control are anchored to the edges of its container. + + + + + Removes any RibbonBar objects that were merged into the Ribbon control. + + Reference to ribbon control to remove RibbonBar objects from. + + + + Merges RibbonBar objects from this container into the Ribbon control. + + Reference to ribbon control to remove RibbonBar objects from. + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonMerge event. + + + + + Raises the AfterRibbonMerge event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonUnmerge event. + + + + + Raises the AfterRibbonUnmerge event. + + + + + Occurs before the RibbonBar objects from container are merged into the Ribbon control. + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonBar objects are merged into the Ribbon control. + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonBar objects are removed from the Ribbon control. + + + + + + Gets whether RibbonBar controls are merged into the RibbonControl. + + + + + Gets or sets whether RibbonTab item the RibbonBar controls are added to when merged is automatically activated (selected) after + controls are merged. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether merge functionality is enabled for the container. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Ribbon Tab text for the tab that will be created when ribbon bar objects from this container are merged into the ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the Ribbon Tab. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color for the ribbon tab that is created when ribbon bar controls are merged into the ribbon. + Default value is eRibbonTabColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the name of RibbonTabItem object that already exists on Ribbon control into which the RibbonBar controls are merged. + If name is not specified new RibbonTabItem is created and RibbonBar controls are added to it. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the RibbonTabItemGroup the new Ribbon Tab Item that is created will be added to. The RibbonTabItemGroup + must be created and added to RibbonControl.TabGroups collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the insertion index for the ribbon tab item that is created when ribbon bars are merged into the ribbon control. + Default value is -1 which means that ribbon tab item is appended to the existing ribbon tab items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel automatically provides shadows for child controls. + + + + + Represents Rendering control composed of two parts, RibbonStrip and multiple RibbonBar controls per strip. + + + + + Gets the name of the QAT Customize Item which is used to display the QAT Customize Dialog box. + + + + + Gets the name of the Add to Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the Remove from Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the QAT placement change context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the Minimize Ribbon Item which is used to minimize the ribbon. + + + + + Gets the name of the Maximize Ribbon Item which is used to maximize the ribbon. + + + + + Gets the name of the label displayed on Quick Access Toolbar customize popup menu. + + + + + Gets the string that is used as starting name for the frequently used QAT menu items created when QAT Customize menu is displayed. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calcualted height based on content. + + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calcualted height based on content. + + + + + Performs the setup of the RibbonPanel with the current style of the Ribbon Control. + + Panel to apply style changes to. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab at specified position, creates new associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + Specifies the position of the new tab inside of Items collection. + New instance of the RibbonTabItem that was created. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab and associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + New instance of the RibbonTabItem that was created. + + + + Recalculates layout of the control and applies any changes made to the size or position of the items contained. + + + + + Returns Control region if any when control is hosted by Office2007RibbonForm + + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Resets DefaultGroupFont property to default value null. + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event. + + + + + Raises the AfterRibbonPanelPopupClose event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonPanelPopup event. + + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonPanelPopup event. + + + + + + Sets up timer that watches when active window changes. + + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Releases and disposes the active window watcher timer. + + + + + Displays the active ribbon panel on the popup if ribbon control is collapsed. + + Reference to the object that was cause of the event. This is provided to the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event if an menu needs to be closed. + Indicates the event source. This is provided to the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event if an menu needs to be closed. + + + + Closes the Ribbon tab menu with source set to null and event source set to Code. + + + + + Closes the Ribbon Menu if one is currently displayed. + + + + + Suspends the form layout. + + + + + Suspends the form layout. + + + + + Suspends the form layout. + + + + + Selects first visible RibbonTab. + + Returns true if selection is performed otherwise false. + + + + Called when right-mouse button is pressed over RibbonBar + + Reference to RibbonBar object. + + + + Called when right-mouse button is pressed over RibbonStrip + + Reference to RibbonStrip object. + + + + Displays popup customize context menu for given customization object. + + Object that should be customized, usually an instance of BaseItem. + Indicates whether customize menu is displayed over ribbon strip + + + + Raises the QatPlacementChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Removes an item from the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item that is already part of Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + Adds an instance of base type BaseItem or RibbonBar to the Quick Access Toolbar. Note that this method creates + new instance of the item or an representation of the item being added and adds that to the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item to add, must be an BaseItem type or RibbonBar type. + + + + Raises the BeforeCustomizeMenuPopup event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the BeforeAddItemToQuickAccessToolbar event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Shows the quick access toolbar customize dialog. + + + + + Applies the Quick Access Toolbar customization changes made on QatCustomizePanel to the Ribbon Control Quick Access Toolbar. Note that QatCustomizePanel.DataChanged property indicates whether user made any changes to the data on the panel. + + Reference to the QatCustomizePanel + + + + Raises the AfterQatDialogChangesApplied event. + + + + + Returns the ribbon Application Button. + + reference to Application Button or null if button is not found. + + + + Occurs when Quick Access Toolbar placement is changed, i.e. below or above the Ribbon. + + + + + Occurs just before the customize popup menu is displayed and provides the ability to cancel the menu display as well + as to add/remove the menu items from the customize popup menu. + + + + + Occurs before an item is added to the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before an item is removed from the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs when Item on ribbon tab strip or quick access toolbar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before Quick Access Toolbar dialog is displayed. This event provides the opportunity to cancel the showing of + built-in dialog and display custom customization dialog. You can also set the Dialog property of the event arguments to + the custom dialog you want used instead of the DotNetBar system customization dialog. + + + + + Occurs after the Quick Access Toolbar dialog is closed. + + + + + Occurs after any changes done on the Quick Access Toolbar dialog are applied to the actual Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Occurs after selected Ribbon tab has changed. You can use + RibbonControl.SelectedRibbonTabItem + property to get reference to newly selected tab. + + + + + Occurs before selected RibbonPanel is displayed on popup while ribbon is collapsed. This event gives you the opportunity to cancel the popup of the ribbon panel. + + + + + Occurs after selected RibbonPanel is displayed on popup while ribbon is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs before RibbonPanel popup is closed and provides opportunity to cancel the closing. Note that if you cancel closing of ribbon popup you are + responsible for closing the popup. + + + + + Occurs after RibbonPanel popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of the Quick Access Toolbar Frequently used commands. You should add existing buttons to this collection that + you already have on the RibbonBar controls or on the application menu. The list will be used to construct the frequently used + menu that is displayed when Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu is displayed and it allows end-user to remove and add these + frequently used commands to the QAT directly from this menu. + Note that items you add here should not be items that are already on Quick Access Toolbar, i.e. in RibbonControl.QuickToolbarItems collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether merge functionality is enabled for the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control height is set automatically based on the content. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Context menu bar associated with the this control which is used as part of Global Items feature. The context menu + bar assigned here will be used to search for the items with the same Name or GlobalName property so global properties can be propagated when changed. + You should assign this property to enable the Global Items feature to reach your ContextMenuBar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption and quick access toolbar provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on Office2007RibbonForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the indent of the ribbon strip. The indent setting is useful when control is used with caption visible and the Office 2007 + style start button. The indent specified here will move the ribbon strip so the start button does not overlap the tabs. + Value of this property is used only when CaptionVisible = true. + Default value is 46. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used by the ribbon strip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Collection of RibbonTabItemGroup items. Groups are assigned optionally to one or more RibbonTabItem object through the RibbonTabItem.Group + property to visually group tabs that belong to same functions. These tabs should be positioned next to each other. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned. + Default value is 10 pixels. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned is visible. + Default value is false. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. Use TabGroupHeight + property to control height of the group line. + + + + + Gets or sets default font for tab groups. This font will be used if font is not specified by group style element. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected RibbonTabItem. RibbonTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + RibbonTabItem can be selected (Checked) at any given time. + + + + + Returns reference to internal ribbon strip control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns collection of quick toolbar access and caption items. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the control. If you are changing style to Office 2007 or Office 2010 use RibbonPredefinedColorSchemes.ChangeStyle method instead to ensure + all controls are switched properly. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically updates Padding property for the ribbon and RibbonPanel based on style. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office 2007 Renderer global Color Table. Setting this property will affect all controls on the form that are using Office 2007 global renderer. + + + + + Gets whether collapsed ribbon is displaying the selected ribbon panel as popup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel scrolls through the ribbon tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is expanded or not. When control is expanded both the tabs and the tab ribbons are visible. When collapsed + only tabs are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed when RibbonTabItem is double clicked and expanded when RibbonTabItem is clicked. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed/expanded when Ctrl+F1 key is clicked. + Default value is true. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates the position of the BackgroundImage + + + + + Specifies whether the MDI system buttons are displayed in ribbon strip when MDI Child window is maximized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ribbon control employs the Windows Vista Glass support when available. This is managed automatically by Ribbon Control and + no setting is necessary on your part. + + + + + Indicates Quick Access Toolbar height when positioned below the Ribbon. Default value of 0 indicates auto-height. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external implementation for ribbon bar and menu item customization will be used for customizing the ribbon control. When set to true + it enables the displaying of RibbonBar and menu item context menus which allow customization. You are responsible for + adding the menu items to context menu to handle all aspects of item customization. See "Ribbon Control Quick Access Toolbar Customization" topic in help file under How To. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether end-user customization of the placement of the Quick Access Toolbar is enabled. User + can change the position of the Quick Access Toolbar using the customize menu. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether customize dialog is used to customize the quick access toolbar. You can handle the EnterCustomize event + to display your custom dialog instead of built-in dialog for customization. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the categorization mode for the items on Quick Access Toolbar customize dialog box. Default value categorizes + items by the ribbon bar they appear on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Quick Access toolbar is positioned below the ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Quick Access Toolbar layout description. You can use the value obtained from this property to save + the customized Quick Access Toolbar into registry or into any other storage object. You can also set the saved layout description back + to restore user customize layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Quick Access Toolbar has been customized by end-user. You can use value of this property to determine + whether Quick Access Toolbar layout that can be accessed using QatLayout property should be saved. + + + + + Gets the reference to the ribbon localization object which holds all system text used by the component. + + + + + Provides data for RibbonBar rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Graphics object. + + + + + Gets or sets the part bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to RibbonBar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over state should be painted for the ribbon bar part. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse is pressed over the ribbon part. + + + + + Gets or sets the region that defines the content bounds. When background is rendered the renderer should set this property + to define the content clip. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to Graphics object. + Bounds of the part to be rendered. + Reference to ribbon bar. + + + + Represents the class that stores text used by ribbon control only for localization purposes. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text of the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Place Quick Access Toolbar below the Ribbon" check-box on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Choose commands from label on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Remove button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Add button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the OK button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Cancel button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to customize Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to customize Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to customize Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on Quick Access Toolbar customize menu label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to change placement of the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to change placement of the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu item used to minimize the Ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu item used to maximize the Ribbon. + + + + + Represents ribbon overflow button. + + + + + Gets or sets the ribbon bar control overflow button is displayed on. + + + + + Represents predefined color schemes for ribbon controls. + + + + + Applies default gray color scheme to background and title. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies orange color scheme to background and title. + + Reference to object + + + + Apply Office 2003 color scheme to background and title. + + Reference to object + + + + Applies Office 2003 color scheme to ribbon control background. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies Gray color scheme to ribbon control background. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies Office 2007 color table to ribbon control background. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies Office 2007 Luna blue color scheme to the Ribbon Bar. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies specified style to Ribbon control and all other controls that are managed by the ribbon control. + This method is useful for example when switching the color tables for Office 2007 renderer. Once + the GlobalManager.Renderer color table is changed you can call this method to apply color table + changes to the Ribbon Control and other controls managed by it. + + RibbonControl to set the style on. + Visual style to apply. + + + + Applies specified visual style to the RibbonBar control. + + RibbonBar control to set the style on. + Visual style to apply. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout settings to the container which acts as top-level file menu container. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the two column menu container used by the top-level file menu. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the first column menu container used by the top-level file menu. + This column usually contains menu items. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the first column menu container used by the top-level file menu. + This column usually contains most recently used list of files or documents. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the bottom menu container used by the top-level file menu. + This container usually contains Options and Exit buttons. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the open forms that are tracked by Application.OpenForms collection. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on all open forms. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Applies current Office 2007 style color table set on GlobalManager.Renderer to all DotNetBar controls with Office 2007 style on all open forms. + + + + + Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on given form. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on all open forms. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Applies current Office 2007 style color table to all DotNetBar controls on the form. + + Reference to the form or parent control that contains DotNetBar controls you would like to apply color table to. + + + + Changes style for all controls on Application.OpenForms to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls on forms. + + + + Changes style for all controls on Application.OpenForms to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls on forms. + Color used to blend with the base color scheme. + + + + Changes style for all controls on a form to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls. + Form or Control to process. + + + + Changes style for all controls on a form to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls. + Form or Control to process. + Color used to blend with the base color scheme. + + + + Changes the Office 2010 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on given form. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2010 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2010 color table for all DotNetBar controls on all open forms. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Changes the Windows 7 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on given form. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Windows 7, Office 2007, 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Generates and Changes the Windows 7 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Windows 7, Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Generates and Changes the Windows 7 color table for all DotNetBar controls on all open forms. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Windows 7, Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Defines the Ribbon Quick Access Overflow system item. Used internally by Ribbon control. + + + + + Returns copy of DisplayMoreItem item + + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Returns the insertion index for the items removed from overflow popup. Assumes that right-most items are removed first by the layout manager. + + + + + + Represents RibbonStrip control internally used by RibbonControl. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Resets DefaultGroupFont property to default value null. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Called when ShowKeyTips on RibbonBar contained by this Ribbon is set to true + + + + + Forces the control to exit Ribbon Key-Tips mode. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Returns true if point is inside the caption area. + + Client point coordinates. + True if point is inside of caption area otherwise false. + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets whether RibbonStrip control employs the Windows Vista Glass support when available. This is managed automatically by Ribbon Control and + no setting is necessary on your part. + + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption line provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on Office2007RibbonForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the indent of the ribbon strip. The indent setting is useful when control is used with caption visible and the Office 2007 + style start button. The indent specified here will move the ribbon strip so the start button does not overlap the tabs. + Value of this property is used only when CaptionVisible = true. + Default value is 46. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned. + Default value is 14 pixels. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned is visible. + Default value is false. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. Use TabGroupHeight + property to control height of the group line. + + + + + Collection of RibbonTabItemGroup items. Groups are assigned optionally to one or more RibbonTabItem object through the RibbonTabItem.Group + property to visually group tabs that belong to same functions. These tabs should be positioned next to each other. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns currently selected RibbonTabItem. RibbonTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + RibbonTabItem can be Checked at any given time. + + + + + Gets or set whether TabGroup painting is suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets default font for tab groups. This font will be used if font is not specified by group style element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed when RibbonTabItem is double clicked and expanded when RibbonTabItem is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed when RibbonTabItem is double clicked and expanded when RibbonTabItem is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether F10 key is ignored as way to set KeyTips focus to Ribbon. + + + + + Gets whether Ribbon is in key-tips mode including its child controls. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container item for the items displayed in control caption. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container for the ribbon tabs and other items. + + + + + Defines the internal container item for the ribbon strip control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the parent RibbonStrip control. + + Reference to parent RibbonStrip control + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets whether Metro Backstage application menu is open. + + + + + Gets reference to internal ribbon strip container that contains tabs and/or other items. + + + + + Gets reference to internal caption container item that contains the quick toolbar, start button and system caption item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Provides data for RenderRibbonTabGroup event. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets RibbonTabItemGroup being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the tab group. Bounds specified here are bounds of the tab group title. GroupBounds contains the bounds + that include all tabs that belong to the tab group. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that should be used to render group text. + + + + + Gets or sets group bounds including the tabs that belong to the group. + + + + + Gets or sets the effective style for the group. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Vista glass is enabled. + + + + + Represents Rendering Tab used on RibbonControl. + + + + + Selects the tab. + + + + + Resets Group property to default value null. + + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab renders its state. Used internally by DotNetBar. Do not set. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding added around the tab item in pixels. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether size of the tab has been reduced below the default calculated size. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of item. Color specified here applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eRibbonTabColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the group this tab belongs to. Groups are optional classification that is used to + visually group tabs that belong to same functions. These tabs should be positioned next to each other. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel assigned to this ribbon tab item. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this propert to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Represents a group RibbonTabItem objects are assigned to. + + + + + Selected first tab that is part of this group. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the group. Color specified here applies to groups with Office 12 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eRibbonTabGroupColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the coresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabGroupColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabGroupColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. + + + + + Gets the style for tab group. + + + + + Gets or sets title of the group that will be displayed when group is visually represented. + + + + + Gets or sets parent ribbon strip for this group. + + + + + Gets or sets whether RibbonTabItem objects that belong to this group are visible. Setting this property will + show/hide all RibbonTabItem objects that are assigned to this group through RibbonTabItem.Group property. + + + + + Gets whether any tab from this tab group is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the group that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets an array of Rectangle objects that describe the visual position on the ribbon control of the group titles displayed. + If tabs that belong to a tab group are not next to each other then there will be multiple rectangle returned as part of the array + for each tab group that is apart. + + + + + Collection of RibbonTabItemGroup objects. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new objects to the collection. + + Array of groups to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the RibbonTabItemGroup array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Provides data for ButtonItem rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ButtonItem instance being rendered. + + + + + Reference to internal data. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Summary description for SimpleElement. + + + + + Summary description for SimpleElementLayout. + + + + + Indicates absolute vertical alignment of the content. + + + + + Content is aligned to the top + + + + + Content is aligned in the middle + + + + + Content is aligned at the bottom + + + + + Indicates absolute horizontal alignment + + + + + Content is left aligned + + + + + Content is centered + + + + + Content is right aligned + + + + Indicates alignment of a part of the cell like image or check box in relation to the text. + + + + Part is aligned to the left center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the right center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the top left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned above the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the top right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned below the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Summary description for SimpleNodeDisplay. + + + + + Represents information neccessary to paint the cell on canvas. + + + + + Represents the slider item which allows you to select a value from predefined range. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Raises the IncreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the DecreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the sliders current position. + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the sliders current position. + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Raises the ValueChanging event. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Increase button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Occurs when Decrease button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider mouse over part. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider part that mouse is pressed over. This property should not be modified and it is for internal usage only. + + + + + Returns the label bounds inside of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the slider. Value must be greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text label next to the slider is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the slider part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 136. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 38. + + + + + Gets or sets the text label position in relationship to the slider. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line track marker is displayed on the slide line. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the label text. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Increase button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Decrease button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Indicates spacing for an user interface element either padding or margins. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the left side. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the right side. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the top. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the bottom. + + + + + Gets total horizontal spacing. + + + + + Gets total vertical spacing. + + + + + Gets whether all memebers of class are set to 0. + + + + + Summary description for SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the built in IComparable on each item which sorts items by the Text property. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using specified comparer. + + Comparer to use for item sorting. + + + + Gets whether MinimumTooltipSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Retrieves SuperTooltipInfo for given component or return null if component does not have tooltip associated with it. + + + + + Associates SuperTooltipInfo with given component. + + Reference to supported component. + Instance of SuperTooltipInfo class. If null is passed the SuperTooltip is detached from the given component. + + + + Raises the MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Shows SuperTooltip for given object that has been registered using SetSuperTooltip method at specific location on the screen. + + Object to show tooltip for. Object must be registered using SetSuperTooltip method before tooltip is shown for it. + Specifies the explicit position of the SuperTooltip in screen coordinates. + + + + Shows SuperTooltip for given object that has been registered using SetSuperTooltip method. + + Object to show tooltip for. Object must be registered using SetSuperTooltip method before tooltip is shown for it. + + + + Shows SuperTooltip for given object that has been registered using SetSuperTooltip method. + + Object to show tooltip for. Object must be registered using SetSuperTooltip method before tooltip is shown for it. + + + + Raises the TooltipClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Hides tooltip if it is visible. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer. + + + + + Occurs just before tooltip is displayed and gives you opportunity to cancel showing of tooltip. + + + + + Occurs after tooltip has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the super tooltip. Default value is 0 which indicates that maximum width is not used. The maximum width property + will not be used if custom size is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets whether form active state is ignored when control is deciding whether to show tooltip. By default this property is set to false + which indicates that tooltip will be shown only if parent form is active. When set to true the form active state is ignored when + deciding whether to show tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SuperTooltip will be shown for the controls assigned to it. Default value is true. You can set + this property to false to disable SuperTooltip for all controls assigned to it. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip is shown immediately after the mouse enters the control. The default value is false which indicates + that tooltip is shown after system hover timeout has expired which provides slight delay before tooltip is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum tooltip size. Default value is 150 width and 24 height. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration in seconds that tooltip is kept on screen after it is displayed. Default value is 20 seconds. + You can set this value to 0 to keep tooltip displayed until user moves mouse out of control or application loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay time for hiding the tooltip in milliseconds after + mouse has left the control. Default value is 0 which means that tooltip will be + hidden as soon as mouse leaves the control tooltip was displayed for. You can use + this property to provide the user with enough time to move the mouse cursor to the + tooltip so user can act on the content of the tooltip, like hyper links. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip position is checked before tooltip is displayed and adjusted to tooltip always + falls into screen bounds. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip position is checked before tooltip is displayed and adjusted so tooltip does not overlaps the + control it is displayed for. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip position in relationship to the control tooltip is providing information for. + Set this property to false if you want tooltip to be displayed below the mouse cursor. Default value is + true which indicates that tooltip is displayed below mouse cursor but it is positioned below the control + that it provides the information for so it is not covering its content. + + + + + Gets or sets default setting for new Tooltips you create in design time. If all your tooltips have common elements + you can change this property to reflect these default setting before you start writing tooltips for all controls on the form. + As you start creating new tooltips for controls on the form default values specified here will be used as starting values + for new tooltip you are creating. + + + + + Returns instance of default tooltip information used in design-time. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal Hashtable that contains reference to all controls and assigned SuperTooltips. This + collection must not be modified directly and it is automatically managed by the SuperTooltip component. You can use it + for example to change the color for all SuperTooltips managed by the component but you should not add or remove items to it. + Instead use SetSuperTooltip methods to add or remove the tooltip for a component. + + + + + Gets or sets the hover delay multiplier which controls how fast tooltip appears. The value set here indicates + how many hover events are needed to occur before the tooltip is displayed. + + + + + Returns whether tooltip is visible. + + + + + Gets reference to instance of tooltip control if any has been created at the time call is made. + + + + + Gets or sets default tooltip font. Default value is null which means that default system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether complete tooltip is shown including header, body and footer. Default value is true. When set to false only tooltip header will be shown. + Providing this option to your end users as part of your application setting allows them to customize the level of information displayed and reduce it after they are familiar with your product. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip is shown when control that tooltip is assigned to is focused. You can set this value to false to disable Tooltip display when control receives input focus. Default value is true. + + This property is effective only when Super Tooltip is assigned to the controls that inherit from System.Windows.Forms.Control class and it relies on Focused property of respective control for proper function. + + + + Provides information about SuperTooltip attached to a component. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with specified parameters. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with specified parameters. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip header text is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip footer text is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets body text. + + + + + Gets or sets body image displayed to the left of body text. + + + + + Gets or sets footer image displayed to the left of footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom size for tooltip. Default value is 0,0 which indicates that tooltip is automatically + resized based on the content. + + + + + Gets or sets predefined tooltip color. + + + + + Extensibility interface that custom components may implement + so SuperTooltip can be provided for them. + + + + + This event should be triggered by the component when it wants to display SuperTooltip. Normally + this event would be equivalent of MouseHover event but you can trigger it in response to anything else. + Sender for this event must be object that implements ISuperTooltipInfoProvider interface. + + + + + This event should be triggered by component when it wants to hide SuperTooltip. For example this event + might be triggered when mouse leaves your component. Sender of this event must be object that implements ISuperTooltipInfoProvider interface. + + + + + Returns rectangle of the visible area of the component in screen coordinates. This rectangle is used + to position SuperTooltip on the screen. + + + + + Delegate for SuperTooltip events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PanelChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel display of tooltip. + + + + + Object that has triggered displaying of tooltip + + + + + Information that will be used to populate tooltip. + + + + + Location where tooltip will be displayed. You can change the location here to display tooltip at different position. + + + + + Indicates the tooltip size, read-only and valid only if tooltip position is checked on screen. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents SuperTooltipControl. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Paints insides of the control. + + Paint event arguments. + + + + Recalculates and set size of the control based on the content that is made available to it. + + + + + Calculates the tooltip height based on the specified width. + + Tooltip width + Size of the tooltip based on specified width. + + + + Shows tooltip at specified screen coordinates. + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + Indicates whether to enforce the screen position of tooltip if tooltip falls out of screen bounds. + + + + Updates the popup shadow size and position if shadow is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether complete tooltip is shown including header, body and footer. Default value is true. When set to false only tooltip header will be shown. + Providing this option to your end users as part of your application setting allows them to customize the level of information displayed and reduce it after they are familiar with your product. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the super tooltip. Default value is 0 which indicates that maximum width is not used. The maximum width property + will not be used if custom size is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum tooltip size. Default value is 150, 50 + + + + + Gets or sets image used next to body text. + + + + + Gets or sets image used next to footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed in header of tooltip + + + + + Gets or sets whether header in tooltip is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed in footer of the tooltip + + + + + Gets or sets whether footer in tooltip is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether line above footer text is drawn to separate footer from body text. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse click on super tooltip will activate it, make it active window. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip control is popup tooltip or standard control. Default is false which means tooltip is popup style. + + + + + Represents class that holds padding information for user interface elements. + + + + + Gets or sets padding on left side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on right side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on top side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on bottom side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Padding for all sides + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Left padding + Right padding + Top padding + Bottom padding + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets amount of Top padding + + + + + Gets amount of Left padding + + + + + Gets amount of Bottom padding + + + + + Gets amount of Right padding + + + + + Gets amount of horizontal padding (Left+Right) + + + + + Gets amount of vertical padding (Top+Bottom) + + + + + Gets whether Padding is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding for all sides. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Summary description for ThemedButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Provides data for toolbar rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Bar object being rendered + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object bar is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the region that should be rendered. + + + + + Reference to internal data. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default data. + + Reference to bar object. + Reference to Graphics object. + + + + Describes the round rectangle shape. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RoundCornerDescriptor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RoundCornerDescriptor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RoundCornerDescriptor class. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left round corner size. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-right round corner size. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom-left round corner size. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom-right round corner size. + + + + + Gets whether all corner size values are set to zero which results in no rounded corners. + + + + + Gets whether all corner size values are set to same value. + + + + + Represents DocumentDockContainer object converter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScrollBarAdv class. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Gets whether scrollbar is vertical. + + true if scrollbar is vertical otherwise false for horizontal scrollbar + + + + Raises the Scroll event. + + Provides Event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides Event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by either a mouse or keyboard action. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + A numeric value. The default value is 10. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException is raised if assigned value is less than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + A numeric value. The default value is 100. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + A numeric value. The default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + A numeric value. The default value is 1. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException is raised if assigned value is less than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box on the scroll bar control. + A numeric value that is within the Minimum and Maximum range. The default value is 0. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException is raised if assigned value is less than the Minimum property value or assigned value is greater than the Maximum property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll bar appearance style. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Summary description for ScrollButton. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Represents class that provides shadows to elements. + + + + + Creates new instance of shadow painter. + + + + + Represents class that provides display context for shadow painter. + + + + + Summary description for ShortcutList. + + + + + Represents the Outlook like Side-bar Control. + + + + + Creates new instance of side bar control. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Loads the Side bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Saves the Side bar definition to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets visual appearance for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flat side bar is using system colors. + + + This property is used internally by side bar to determine whether to reset color scheme based on system colors. + If you want side bar to use system colors you need to set PredefinedColorScheme property. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the SideBar. + + + + + Specifies whether SideBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Returns the collection of side-bar Panels. + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded panel. Only one panel can be expanded at a time. + + + + + Gets or sets the form SideBar is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether end-user can rearrange the items inside the panels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by side-bar to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + Returns the reference to the container that containing the sub-items. + + + + + Gets/Sets control border style. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar definition as XML string. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Provides layout for Side-Bar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarContainerItem class. + + + + + Returns copy of SideBarContainerItem item + + + + + Recalculates the size of the item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Sets input focus to next visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to next visible item otherwise false. + + + + Sets input focus to previous visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to previous visible item otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Summary description for SideBarPanelControl. + + + + + Represents the Side-Bar Panel item. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of SideBarPanelItem item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Must be called by any sub item that implements the image when image has changed + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the panel header. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is pressed over the panel header. + + + + + Specifies panel title text alignment. Default value is Center. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout type for the items. Default layout orders items in a single column. Multi-column layout will order + items in multiple colums based on the width of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header style. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header style when mouse is over the header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header style when left mouse button is pressed on header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header side style. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header side style when mouse is over the header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header side style when left mouse button is pressed on header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is underlined when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image size for all sub-items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the panel item Button. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the first visible item on the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + This setting applies to the buttons inside Panel as well. + + + + + Gets or sets whether scroll buttons are displayed when content of the panel exceeds it's height. + + + + + Specifies the Button icon. Icons support multiple image sizes and alpha blending. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button if ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse is over the item when ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed and ImageList is used. + + + + + Represents class that provide display support for simple tabs. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Provides layout management for ISimpleTab tab implementations. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Represents painter for Mozilla style splitter. + + + + + Base class for painting expandable splitter control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Paints splitter. + + Paint information. + + + + Creates new instance of splitter painter. + + + + + Paints splitter. + + Paint information. + + + + Represents painter for Office 2003 style splitter. + + + + + Creates new instance of splitter painter. + + + + + Paints splitter. + + Paint information. + + + + Represents class that holds information neccessary to paint the expandable splitter. + + + + + Specifies reference to graphics canvas. + + + + + Specifies splitter display rectangle. + + + + + Holds color settings for painting. + + + + + Specifies whether splitter is expandable or not. + + + + + Specifies whether splitter is expanded or not. + + + + + Specifies the splitter dock. + + + + + Represents class that holds colors for the splitter display. + + + + + Specifies back color. + + + + + Specifies target gradient background color. + + + + + Specifies background gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies grip part dark color. + + + + + Specifies grip part light color. + + + + + Specifies expand part line color. + + + + + Specifies expand part fill color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManager class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManager class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Updates Ambient colors for control and its child controls. + + + + + + Updates ambient colors for the control and its children. + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized by WinForms designer. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Changes the StyleManager style and color tint in one step. Use this method if you need to change style and color tint simultaneously in single step for better performance. + + New style. + Color tint for the style. + + + + Registers control with the StyleManager so control can be notified of global style changes. + + Control to register with the StyleManager. + + + + Unregister the control from StyleManager notifications. + + Control that was registered through Register method. + + + + Returns whether style is a Metro type style. + + style to test. + true if Metro type style otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether style is a Metro type style. + + style to test. + true if Metro type style otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether style is a Metro type style. + + style to test. + true if Metro type style otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets the global style for the controls that have Style=ManagerControlled. + + + + + Gets or sets the color current style is tinted with. + + + + + Gets previous effective style. + + + + + Gets or sets color generation parameters for Metro color generator. + + + + + Gets or sets color generation parameters for Metro color generator. + + + + + Gets or sets the current visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the color tint that is applied to current Office 2007, Office 2010 or Windows 7 color table. + Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that no color blending is performed. + + + + + Defines the StyleManager styles. + + + + + Manages whether ambient property settings (BackColor, ForeColor etc.) are applied to child controls of the form when StyleManager component changes style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManagerAmbient class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManagerAmbient class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Gets ambient settings StyleManager is allowed to change on the control. + + + + + Sets the ambient settings StyleManager is allowed to change on component. + + Reference to supported component. + Ambient settings that StyleManager may change. + + + + Specifies ambient settings enabled on the control for StyleManager. + + + + + All ambient settings are allowed to change. + + + + + StyleManager cannot change ambient settings. + + + + + StyleManager should process child controls. + + + + + StyleManager should change BackColor. + + + + + StyleManager should change ForeColor. + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Gets the default tab ContentRectangle + + Rectangle + + + + Gets the tab ContentRectangle + + Rectangle + + + + Gets the tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Sets the default color tables + + + + + Gets the tab ColorTable + + ColorTable + + + + Gets the tab state + + eTabState + + + + Gets the tab panel Color Table + + Color Table + + + + Draws the tab background + + Graphics + Tab path + StateColorTable + + + + Draws the tab border + + Graphics + Tab path + Color table + + + + Draws the tab contents + + Graphics + State color table + + + + Draws the tab image + + Graphics + + + + Draws the tab text + + + + + + + Draws the tab close button + + Graphics + State color table + + + + Sets the GraphicsTransform for the given alignment + and Horizontal text setting + + Graphics + Rectangle to transform + Transformed rectangle + + + + Resets out transform + + Graphics + + + + Gets the focus rectangle + + + + + + + Gets the tab close button bitmap + + Graphics + State color table + Button bitmap + + + + Creates the close button bitmap + + Graphics + State color table + Close bitmap + + + + Gets the hot close button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Creates the hot button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Gets the pressed close button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Creates the pressed button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Gets the close button path + + Close rectangle + Corner radius + + + + + Gets or sets the default item ColorTable + + + + + Constructor for Office2007 style SuperTabItem base display + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Handles ContentManager NextPosition events + + + + + + + Handles RecalcSize requests + + + + + + Handles RecLayoutContent requests + + + + + Initializes the layout engine + + + + + + Performs the Recalc Layout + + + + + + Recalculates the bounds for the TabControlBox + + + + + + + Gets the tab client area + + + + + + Gets the tab client area + + + + + + Gets the tab height + + + + + + Layout manager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + PromoteTab NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Determines if all tabs are visible + + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Draws the background + + + + + + + Draws the tabs + + + + + + Draws the Drag and Drop insert marker + + ItemPaintArgs + Color table + + + + Draws the top insert marker + + + + + + Draws the left insert marker + + + + + + Determines if the given items are on the same line + + + + + + + + Draws the TabStrip border + + + + + + + Gets the inner and outer border lines + + + + + + + Sets the default color table + + + + + Gets the tab color table + + Tab color table + + + + Gets the tab close button bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the tab close button bitmap + + + + + + + Gets the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + + Create the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + Gets the Menu button path + + + + + + Gets the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + + Create the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + Gets the Menu button path + + + + + + Gets the TabAlignment + + + + + gets or sets the default color table + + + + + Gets if display is RightToLeft + + + + + Gets tab vertical orientation + + + + + Gets the minimum TabStrip height + + + + + Gets whether we are to show the Focus rectangle + + + + + Gets CloseButtonOnTabsVisible + + + + + Gets FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets the minimum tab size + + + + + Gets the selected tab + + + + + Gets the selected font + + + + + Gets the tab ControlBox + + + + + Gets the tab height + + + + + Gets the tab bounds + + + + + Gets the Tabs collection + + + + + Gets the TabStrip + + + + + Gets the TabStripItem + + + + + Gets the PreDrawStripBorder state + + + + + Gets the SelectedPaddingWidth + + + + + Gets the TabOverlap + + + + + Gets the TabSpacing + + + + + Gets the TabOverlapLeft + + + + + Gets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Office2007 TabStrip base display constructor + + Associated TabStrip + + + + Tab layout offsets + + + + + Office 2010 Backstage SuperTabItem display constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Draws the tab border + + + + + + + + Draws the Backstage SelectedItem marker + + + + + + + DrawTabItemBackground + + + + + + + + DrawTabItemHighLight + + + + + + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the Layout manager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + Gets the "PromoteSelTab" NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Draws the background + + + + + + + PreDrawStripBorder + + + + + SelectedPaddingWidth + + + + + Constructor for OfficeMobile2014 style SuperTabItem base display + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Calculates the Content Rectangle for the tab + + Content Rectangle + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + OfficeMobile2014 SuperTabStripBaseDisplay + + Associated TabStripItem + + + + Gets the next layout block position + + LayoutManagerPositionEventArgs + + + + Gets the next block position when attempting + to make a specific tab visible + + Potential item to replace + View item being placed + Block Rectangle + + + + Returns the Minimum tab size for this style + + + + + Tab layout offsets + + + + + Tab Overlap + + + + + Tab Spacing + + + + + Constructor for OneNote2007 style SuperTabItem base display + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Calculates the Content Rectangle for the tab + + Content Rectangle + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + OneNote2007 SuperTabStripBaseDisplay + + Associated TabStripItem + + + + Gets the next layout block position + + LayoutManagerPositionEventArgs + + + + Gets the next block position when attempting + to make a specific tab visible + + Potential item to replace + View item being placed + Block Rectangle + + + + Returns the Minimum tab size for this style + + + + + Tab Overlap + + + + + Tab Spacing + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabControlBox + + + + Performs RecalcSize processing + + + + + Refreshes the CloseBox + + + + + Performs control Paint processing + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + Returns copy of the item + + + + + Gets or sets the CloseBox Visible state + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is down + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is over the CloseBox + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Performs RecalcSize processing + + + + + Performs RecalcLayout processing + + + + + Performs individual running layout processing for the given BaseItem + + Item to Layout + Running Layout Size + Whether a recalcSize is needed + New running Size + + + + Refresh code + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseMove + + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + Gets the ControlBoxItem from the given Point + + + + + + + OnItemAdded + + + + + + OnAfterItemRemoved + + + + + + Removes all user added items from the ControlBox + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBox Bounds + + + + + Gets the CloseBox + + + + + Gets the MenuBox + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBox Visible state + + + + + Gets the MouseDown state + + + + + Gets the MouseOver state + + + + + Gets the TabStrip TabDisplay + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabControlBox + + + + RecalcSize + + + + + Refreshes the display + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Determines if all the items are visible + + true if all visible + + + + Gets MenuButton1 + + + + + + + + Gets MenuButton2 + + + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + Gets the popup menu position + + + + + + Loads the TabMenu + + + + + Loads Tabs only into the TabMenu + + + + + + Loads all items into the TabMenu + + + + + + Sets the TabMenu entry image + + + + + + + Handles SuperTabMenuBox_Click event + + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuBox is automatically hidden when the tab items size does not exceed the size of the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuBox raises a ClickEvent when selected + + + + + Gets or sets whether MenuBox shows only Tabs entries + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuBox displays each menu entry with its associated Image/Icon + + + + + Gets or sets MenuBox Visible state + + + + + Gets the MouseDown state + + + + + Gets the MouseOver state + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sets the tab docking based upon the given alignment + + + + + + Hooks (or unhooks) underlying TabStrip events + + true to hook, false to unhook + + + + Handles TabItemOpen events + + + + + + + Handles TabItemClose events + + + + + + + Handles TabMoving events + + + + + + + Handles TabMoved events + + + + + + + Handles TabRemoved events + + + + + + + Handles SelectedTabChanging events + + + + + + + Handles SelectedTabChanged events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabItemPath events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabItemContentRectangle events + + + + + + + Handles BeforeTabDisplay events + + + + + + + Handles MeasureTabItem events + + + + + + + Handles PreRenderTabItem events + + + + + + + Handles PostRenderTabItem events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabCloseBounds events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabImageBounds events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabTextBounds events + + + + + + + Handles TabStripPaintBackground events + + + + + + + Handles StyleManagerStyleChanged events + + + + + + Handles TabStripTabColorChanged events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseUp events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseDown events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseMove events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseClick events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseDoubleClick events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseEnter events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseHover events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseLeave events + + + + + + + Creates a TabControl tab + + + + + + + Creates a TabControl tab + + + + + + + + Creates a TabControl tab + + + + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + true if tab selected + + + + Selects the next tab + + true if tab selected + + + + Gets the SuperTabItem tab containing the given Point + + Point to test + Associated tab, or null + + + + Gets the item (SuperTabItem or BaseView) associated + with the given Point + + Point to test + BaseItem or null + + + + Closes the given tab + + + + + + Causes a Layout Recalculation of the SuperTabControl + + + + + Refreshes all panel styles + + + + + Applies color and border settings to the given panel + + + + + + Applies color settings to the given panel + + + + + + + Applies border settings for the given panel + + + + + + Performs OnSystemColorsChanged processing + + + + + + Performs OnResize processing + + + NOT NEEDED. Let WinForms layout do the work! + + + + OnControlAdded + + + + + + OnControlRemoved + + + + + + BeginInit + + + + + EndInit + + + + + Occurs when a tab is added to the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to Close + + + + + Occurs when a tab is removed from the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to be displayed + + + + + Occurs when a tab is being moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when a tab has been moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab is changing + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab has changed + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's bordering path + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's Content Rectangle + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to measure a tab + + + + + Occurs before any tab rendering is done + + + + + Occurs After all tab rendering is complete + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Text Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Image Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Close Button Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip background needs painted + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseUp event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseDown event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseMove event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseClick event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseDoubleClick event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseEnter event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseHover event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseLeave event is raised + + + + + Gets or sets whether TabStrip will get focus when Tab key is used. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are automatically closed when a close button is clicked + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab's visible close button is displayed for every tab state + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tab close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom tab Close button image + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the mouse is over the close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the button has been pressed + + + + + Gets the TabStrip ControlBox + + + + + Gets or sets whether the only Text displayed is for the SelectedTab + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn horizontally regardless of tab orientation + + + + + Gets or sets the default alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList used by the TabStrip and its tab items + + + + + Gets or sets BaseItem tab padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical tab text is rotated 180 degrees + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedTab based upon the given panel + + + + + Gets or sets whether a focus rectangle is displayed when tab has input focus + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height, Width, or both can be set + + + + + Gets or sets whether a tab is currently in a drag operation + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs can be reordered through the user interface + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the Horizontal spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout + + + + + Gets the collection of Tabs + + + + + Gets the control TabStrip + + + + + Gets or sets the Color of the TabStrip + + + + + Gets or sets the tab style + + + + + Gets or sets the Vertical spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are visible + + + + + Gets or sets tab text alignment + + + + + Gets the DefaultSize + + + + + Indicates whether Form.Validate is called and checked before selected tab is changed. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents Panel for the SuperTabControl + + + + + + _PanelColor_ColorTableChanged + + + + + + + Processes ColorTable changes + + + + + GetStyle + + + + + + Provides OnPaint support + + + + + + Occurs when the tab colors have changed + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets user specified tab panel display colors + + + + + Gets or sets the Panel ElementStyle + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Hooks or unhooks control events + + true to hook + + + + SuperTabItem_TextChanged processing + + + + + + + TextMarkupLinkClick + + + + + + + OnMarkupLinkClick + + + + + + ColorTable_ColorTableChanged + + + + + + + Processes ColorTable changes + + + + + Closes the tab + + + + + Gets the operational tab font + + + + + + Gets the tab ColorTable + + SuperTabItemStateColorTable + + + + Gets the tab ColorStateTable for the given state + + eTabState + SuperTabItemStateColorTable + + + + Gets the tab Panel ColorTable + + + + + + Gets the area of the tab that contains the given Point + + + + + + + Determines if the given Point is in the tab + + Point to test + true if Point is in tab + + + + Gets the tab bordering GraphicsPath + + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the Close Button bounding Rectangle + + Bounding Rectangle + + + + Gets the Image bounding Rectangle + + Bounding Rectangle + + + + Gets the Text bounding Rectangle + + Bounding Rectangle + + + + Calculates Close button bounds + + Running rectangle + Running rectangle + + + + Calculates Image bounds + + Running rectangle + Running rectangle + + + + Refreshes the tab owner + + + + + Refreshes the tab display + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + InternalMouseMove + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + ToString + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SuperTabItem instance + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked + + + + + Occurs when the tab colors have changed + + + + + IsMarkupSupported + + + + + Gets or sets the default SelectedTabFont + + + + + Gets the tab CloseButton Bounds + + + + + Gets or sets the CloseButtonMouseOver state + + + + + Gets or sets the CloseButtonPressed state + + + + + Gets the effective image alignment + + + + + Gets the tab Image Bounds + + + + + Gets the tabs vertical orientation + + + + + Gets the TabItemDisplay + + + + + Gets the tabs TabStrip + + + + + Gets the tabs Text Bounds + + + + + Gets or sets whether image animation is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets user specified tab display colors + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button on the tab is visible when SuperTabStrip.CloseButtonOnTabsVisible property is set to true + + + + + Enabled + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for the control's Text property + + + + + Gets or sets the FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets or sets the tab icon. Icon has same functionality as Image except that it supports Alpha blending + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image index + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between content and edges of the Image + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color for the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of + the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the tab text + + + + + Gets or sets the control that is attached to this tab + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Bounds + + + + + Gets the MouseOver state + + + + + Gets the tab selected state + + + + + Gets the tab alignment + + + + + Gets the tab Content Rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the tab TabStripItem + + + + + Gets or sets the tabs TabStyle + + + + + Visible + + + + + Alignment + + + + + + + + + TopLeft + + + + + TopCenter + + + + + TopRight + + + + + MiddleLeft + + + + + MiddleCenter + + + + + MiddleRight + + + + + BottomLeft + + + + + BottomCenter + + + + + BottomRight + + + + + Tab area parts + + + + + Tab states + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + ShowWithoutActivation + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Hooks or unhooks TabStripItem events + + true to hook + + + + TabStripItem_TabItemOpen + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabItemClose + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabRemoved + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabMoving + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabMoved + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabItemPath + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabItemContentRectangle + + + + + + + TabStripItem_BeforeTabDisplay + + + + + + + TabStripItem_MeasureTabItem + + + + + + + TabStripItem_PreRenderTabItem + + + + + + + TabStripItem_PostRenderTabItem + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabCloseBounds + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabImageBounds + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabTextBounds + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabStripPaintBackground + + + + + + + TabStripItem_SelectedTabChanging + + + + + + + TabStripItem_SelectedTabChanged + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabStripTabColorChanged + + + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Performs layout recalculation + + + + + Ensures that the given tab is visible on the TabStrip + + + + + + Gets the SuperTabItem from the given Point + + + SuperTabItem or null + + + + Gets the BaseItem from the given Point + + + BaseItem or null + + + + Closes the given tab + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + true if successful + + + + Selects the next tab + + true if successful + + + + OnResize processing + + + + + + BeginInit + + + + + EndInit + + + + + Occurs when a tab is added to the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to Close + + + + + Occurs when a tab is removed from the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to be displayed + + + + + Occurs when a tab is being moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when a tab has been moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab is changing + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab has changed + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's bordering path + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's Content Rectangle + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to measure a tab + + + + + Occurs before any tab rendering is done + + + + + Occurs After all tab rendering is complete + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Text Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Image Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Close Button Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip background needs painted + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip TabColor has changed + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control attached to the TabItem.AttachedControl property + is automatically selected when TabItem becomes the selected tab. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are automatically closed when a close button is clicked + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab's visible close button is displayed for every tab state + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tab close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom tab Close button image + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the mouse is over the close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the button has been pressed + + + + + Gets the TabStrip ControlBox + + + + + Gets or sets whether the only Text displayed is for the SelectedTab + + + + + Gets or sets the default alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets BaseItem tab padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical tab text is rotated 180 degrees + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height, Width, or both can be set + + + + + Gets or sets whether a tab is currently in a drag operation + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs can be reordered through the user interface + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the Horizontal spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout + + + + + Gets the collection of Tabs + + + + + Gets or sets the Color of the TabStrip + + + + + Gets or sets the tab style + + + + + Gets or sets the Vertical spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets the TabStrip associated TabStripItem + + + + + Gets or sets tab text alignment + + + + + Gets whether the tabStrip is visually available + + + + + Gets the Design state for the control + + + + + Gets the ISupportInitialize state + + + + + Gets the TabDisplay + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to ribbon application button when tab control is used as backstage ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the DefaultSize + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStrip + + + + Syncs the Orientation of each SubItem to + the current TabAlignment Orientation + + + + + Gets the Orientation based upon the current + TabAlignment + + + + + + Makes sure all newly added items + are set to the design orientation and style + + + + + + Applies the current TabStyle to each tab and + sets the item style to the DotNetBarStyle from the TabStyle + + + + + Gets the DotNetBarStyle from the SuperTabStyle + + eDotNetBarStyle + + + + Hooks or unhooks our events + + + + + + Handles SubItemsChanged events + + + + + + + Handles newly added items + + + + + + Handles newly removed items + + + + + + Handles tab color changes + + + + + + + Handles color table changes + + + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize and refresh + + + + + Recalculates the size of the tabs. + + + + + Ensures that the given item is visible on the TabStrip + + + + + + Selects the given tab + + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + + + + + Selects the next tab + + + + + + Selects the next tab + + + + + + UpdateSelectedTab + + + + + OnTabStyleChanged + + + + + OnMeasureTabItem + + + + + + + + + OnPreRenderTabItem + + + + + + + + OnPostRenderTabItem + + + + + + + OnGetTabItemContentRectangle + + + + + + + OnGetTabItemPath + + + + + + + OnSelectedTabRemoved + + + + + + + OnSelectedTabChanging + + + + + + + + OnSelectedTabChanged + + + + + + + + OnBeforeTabDisplay + + + + + + OnTabItemClose + + + + + + + OnTabStripColorChanged + + + + + OnPaintBackground + + + + + + + OnGetTextBounds + + + + + + + + OnGetImageBounds + + + + + + + + OnGetCloseBounds + + + + + + + + OnTabMoving + + + + + + + + + OnTabMoved + + Tab that was moved + Old tab order + New tab order + + + + + ItemAtLocation + + + + + + + + InternalClick + + + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + InternalMouseMove + + + + + + InternalOnMouseMove + + + + + + ProcessMouseMove + + + + + + HotTabMouseMove + + + + + + + ControlBoxMouseMove + + + + + + ProcessTabMove + + + + + + StartTabMove + + + + + + + SetDragWindowRegion + + + + + TabDragWindow_Paint + + + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalOnMouseLeave + + + + + Get the tab at the given Point + + + SuperTabItem or null + + + + Gets the item at the given point + + + BaseItem or null + + + + Gets the next visible Tab + + + SuperTabItem + + + + Closes the given tab + + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + SubItemSizeChanged + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SuperTabStripItem instance + + + + Occurs when a tab is added to the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to Close + + + + + Occurs when a tab is removed from the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to be displayed + + + + + Occurs when a tab is being moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when a tab has been moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab is changing + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab has changed + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's bordering path + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's Content Rectangle + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to measure a tab + + + + + Occurs before any tab rendering is done + + + + + Occurs After all tab rendering is complete + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Text Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Image Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Close Button Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip background needs painted + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip TabColor has changed + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip Color has changed + + + + + Gets or sets AutoCloseTabs + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control attached to the TabItem.AttachedControl property + is automatically selected when TabItem becomes the selected tab. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets TabCloseButtonNormal + + + + + Gets or sets TabCloseButtonHot + + + + + Gets or sets TabCloseButtonPressed + + + + + Gets or sets TabHorizontalSpacing + + + + + Gets or sets TabVerticalSpacing + + + + + Gets or sets CloseButtonOnTabsVisible + + + + + Gets or sets CloseButtonOnTabsAlwaysDisplayed + + + + + Gets or sets CloseButtonPosition + + + + + Gets the ControlBox + + + + + Gets or sets DisplaySelectedTextOnly + + + + + Gets or set the Expanded state + + + + + Gets or sets the tab font + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab font + + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalText + + + + + Gets or sets the default alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the BaseItem tab padding. + + + + + Gets or sets RotateVerticalText + + + + + Gets or sets ShowFocusRectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets or sets + + + + + Gets the MinTabStripHeight + + + + + Gets or sets ReorderTabsEnabled + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab index + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment + + + + + Gets or sets the TabLayoutType + + + + + Gets or sets the TabStripColor + + + + + Gets or sets the TabStyle + + + + + Gets or sets the TextAlignment + + + + + Gets the First Visible Tab + + + + + Gets the HotTab + + + + + Gets the InsertTab + + + + + Gets whether to insert before or after + + + + + Gets the MouseOver tab + + + + + Gets TabStrip vertical orientation + + + + + Gets the Last Visible Tab + + + + + Gets the tab close button size + + + + + Gets the TabDisplay + + + + + Gets or sets the TabItemsBounds + + + + + Gets or sets the number of TabLines + + + + + Gets the TabStrip + + + + + Gets the visible tab count + + + + + Gets or sets the promoted visible tab + + + + + Generic ValueChangingEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Generic ValueChangingSourceEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + EventSource + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Gets the eventSource + + + + + Generic ValueChangedEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Generic ValueChangedSourceEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + EventSource + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Gets the eventSource + + + + + Gets the tab + + + + + Gets the tab + + + + + Gets the old order of the tabs + + + + + Gets or sets the new order of the tabs + + + + + TabStripTabColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + + Measures the given tab + + + + + + + Measures the markup text + + + + + + + + + Measures the given text + + + + + + + + + Finalizes the layout + + + + + + + + + Reorders the lines to keep the selected tab as line 0. + + + + + + + Adjusts the line layout + + + + + + + Gets the array od line sizes + + + + + + + Adjusts the individual blocks within a given line + + + + + + + Sets the Displayed status for the line blocks + + + + + + + Gets the count of BeginBreak groups + + + + + + + + Process item BeginBreaks + + + + + + + + + Makes sure the "VisibleTab" is in fact visible. + + + + + + + Determines what line th selected tab lies within + + + + + + + Finds the SelectedTab block + + + + + + + Resizes single line layouts + + + + + + Resizes multiline layouts + + + + + + gets or sets the FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets or sets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Gets the TabDisplay + + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Applies the predefined tab color to the color table + + + + + + + Applies the predefined color to the panel color table + + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Gets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Returns the tab ContentRectangle + + + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Gets the LayoutManager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + Gets the PromoteSelectedTab NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Gets the TabOverlap + + + + + Gets the TabSpacing + + + + + Gets the TabOverlapLeft + + + + + Gets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Gets the MinTabSize + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Gets the Layout manager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + Gets the "PromoteSelTab" NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Cancels animation if in progress. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Sets the value of the control with state transition animation (if enabled) and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Sets the value of the control and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises ValueObjectChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed and it allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch value. + + + + + Gets or sets the item border color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether state transition animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the button switch. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to draw ON/OFF text on the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets the width in pixels of the switch part of the button. Minimum value is 6. + + + + + Gets the switch bounds. + + + + + Gets the On part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets the Off part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is in read-only state meaning that it appears as enabled but user cannot change its state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether lock marker is visible on face of the control when IsReadOnly is set to true. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the read-only marker. + + + + + Indicates whether clicking left mouse button on the switch part of the item will toggle the switch Value. + + + + + Occurs after ValueObject property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that represents the Value state of control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the True state of control when ValueObject property is set to that value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the False state of control when ValueObject property is set to that value. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the switch button UI element. + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates new instance of SwitchButtonItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SwitchButtonItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SwitchButtonItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the SwitchButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SwitchButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the SwitchButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SwitchButtonItem instance. + + + + Sets the value of the control and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Sets the value of the control with state transition animation (if enabled) and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Cancels any current inprogress animation. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed and it allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch value. + + + + + Indicates whether clicking left mouse button on the switch part of the item will toggle the switch Value. + + + + + Gets the switch bounds. + + + + + Gets the button bounds. + + + + + Gets the On part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets the Off part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch offset from its initial position. Used for animation and dragging of the switch. + + + + + Gets whether switch part of the button is pressed using mouse left button. + + + + + Gets or sets the width in pixels of the switch part of the button. Minimum value is 6. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to false. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether state transition animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the switch button. Must be greater than SwitchWidth. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the switch button. Must be greater than 5. + + + + + Gets or sets text padding. + + + + + Gets or sets switch margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the item border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the button switch. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption/label set using Text property is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to draw ON/OFF text on the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is in read-only state meaning that it appears as enabled but user cannot change its state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether lock marker is visible on face of the control when IsReadOnly is set to true. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the read-only marker. + + + + + Provides data for SwitchButton rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to SwitchButtonItem being rendered. + + + + + ColorScheme object that is used to provide colors for rendering check box item in legacy styles like Office 2003. Office 2007 style + uses color tables provided by renderer. + + + + + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemPaintArgs reference. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and provides default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to SwitchButtonItem + Reference to legacy ColorScheme + Indicates the font for the text. + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + Returns specific font set at specified size/ + + Font size + Symbol set to return + Font + + + + Returns FontAwesome at specific size. + + Font size in points + Font in desired size. + + + + Returns FontAwesome at specific size. + + Font size in points + Font in desired size. + + + + Gets FontAwesome at default size. + + + + + Returns FontAwesome Family. + + + + + Gets Material Font at default size. + + + + + Returns Material Font Family. + + + + + Gets the default size for the Material font size in points. + + + + + Gets the default size for the FontAwesome font size in points. + + + + + Represents colors for the active tab. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Occurs after color property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Represents the class that defines colors for a tab control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Default contructor that accepts style. + + + + + Refreshes colors stored in the color scheme. This method is used for example to refresh the color after system display colors have changed. + + + + + Generates color scheme for flat style. + + + + + Generates color scheme for Office 2003 style. + + + + + Generates the VS2005 document tab like color scheme. + + + + + Generates Windows XP Themed color scheme. + + + + + Generates OneNote style color scheme. + + + + + Generates VS2005 style color scheme. + + + + + Generates OneNote style color scheme. + + + + + Generates OneNote style color scheme. + + + + + Resets changed flag for all color properties. When changed flag is set for a color property color is not automatically generated for that property. + Reseting the flag will ensure that all colors are automatically generated. + + + + + Applies predefinied tab item color scheme to the tab. + + Tab item to apply color to. + Predefined color to apply + + + + Applies predefinied tab item color scheme to the tab. + + Tab item to apply color to. + Predefined color to apply + + + + Gets or sets the style that color scheme represents. + + + + + Gets or sets whether themed color scheme is generated. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the colors has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab-strip background image. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab control. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab control. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab control. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab panel. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab panel. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab panel. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the light border color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the dark border color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Specifies the text of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the light border color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the dark border color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Specifies the text color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the light border color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the dark border color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Specifies the text color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the tab item separator color. + + + + + Specifies the tab item separator shadow color. + + + + + Specifies the text of the tab item. + + + + + Summary description for TabControl. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Applies default tab colors to the panel + + Panel to apply colors to. + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Resizes the portion of the control that holds the tabs. + + + + + Creates new tab and tab panel and adds it to the Tabs collection. + + Tab text. + Reference to newly created TabItem. + + + + Creates new tab and tab panel and inserts it at specified position inside of Tabs collection. + + Tab text. + Index to insert newly created tab at. -1 will append tab to the end of Tabs collection. + Reference to newly created TabItem. + + + + Selects previous visible tab. Returns true if previous tab was found for selection. + + + + + Selects next visible tab. Returns true if next tab was found for selection. + + + + + Resets color scheme to default value. + + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer. + + true if property should be serialized. + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer to reset property to default value. + + + + + Occurs when selected tab changes. + + + + + Occurs before selected tab changes and gives you opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when tab is dragged by user. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates back using the back arrow. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates forward using the forward arrow. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is closing. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is added to the tabs collection. + + + + + Occurs before control or item attached to the tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after tab item has been removed from tabs collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets the collection of all tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Returns reference to internal tab strip control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether TabStrip will get focus when Tab key is used. Default value is false. + + + + + Use TabControlPanel.Style property to set the background image for each tab panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether pressing Ctrl+Tab keys will cycle through the selected tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs use anti-alias smoothing when painted. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab scrolling is animated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether system box that enables scrolling and closing of the tabs is automatically hidden when tab items size does not exceed the size of the control. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can reorder the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is automatically closed when close button is clicked. Closing the tab will remove tab being closed from Tabs collection + and it will remove the panel as well. Default value is false which means that tab will not be closed and you should handle TabClose event to + perform desired action as result of user closing the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Close button that closes the active tab is visible on system box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab instead of in system box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button on tabs when visible is displayed for every tab state. Default value is true. When set to false + the close button will be displayed only for selected and tab that mouse is currently over. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the close button displayed on each tab. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button that allows user to close the tab. + Use TabCloseButtonHot property to specify image that is used when mouse is over the close button. Note that image size must + be same for both images. + Default value is null + which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button whem mouse is over the close button. + To use this property you must set TabCloseButtonNormal as well. Note that image size for both images must be same. + Default value is null which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether only selected tab is displaying it's text. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list used by tab items. + + + + + Gets or sets scrolling offset of the first tab. You can use this property to programmatically scroll the tab strip. + + + + + Gets or sets Tab Control style. Theme style is supported only on themed OS and only for bottom or top aligned tabs. + + + + + Specifies whether tab is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are scrolled continuously while mouse is pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the tab scrolling while mouse button is kept pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets Tab Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed on the tab when tab has input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard navigation using Left and Right arrow keys to select tabs is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets selected tab panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout. + + + + + Indicates whether selected tab is aligned with the panel in multiple lines use case. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height or Width can be set or both. + Value of 0 indicates that size is automatically calculated which is + default behavior. + + + + + Represents Panel for the Tab Control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Represents the Tab on the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Container object. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Returns the font for the tab text. + + Reference to the font object. + + + + Raises the Click event. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is pressed over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse click is performed on the tab item. + + + + + Gets the AccessibleObject assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Image index. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab icon. Icon has same functionality as Image except that it support Alpha blending. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is visible. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the close button rectangle if displayed on the tab. You should not set value of this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that is attached to this tab. When tab is selected the control Visible property is set to true and when tab is unselected the control Visible property is set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the tab item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. + + + + + Gets or sets an object that contains data to associate with the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the tab. + + + + + Returns true if tab is selected tab. + + + + + Gets the tab alignment. + + + + + Returns true if mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button on the tab is visible when TabStrip.CloseButtonOnTabsVisible property is set to true. Default value is true. You can use this property + to selectively hide Close button on tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Summary description for TabItemLayoutManager. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for the measured text. Default is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for the measured image size. Default is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels that is added to the measured height of the tab. Default is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels that is added to the measured width of the tab. Default is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is always layed out horizontaly even if tabs are vertically aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding for the selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either member can be set. Value of 0 indicates that size is automatically calculated which is + default behavior. + + + + + Summary description for TabsCollection. + + + + + Get the TabItem with given name. Name comparison is case insensitive. + + + + + + + Represents Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Raises TabMouseEnter event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseLeave event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseMove event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseHover event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the tab system box if one is available in current tab style. + + Rectangle describing the system box bounds. + + + + Recalculates the size of the tabs. + + + + + Selectes previous visible tab. Returns true if previous tab was found for selection. + + + + + Selectes next visible tab. Returns true if next tab was found for selection. + + + + + Invokes the TabCleared event. + + Provides events arguments + + + + Ensures that the tab is visible, scrolling the tab-strip view as necessary. + + Tab to make visible. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Refreshes the color scheme with the colors from system color table. + + + + + Resets color scheme to default value. + + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer. + + true if property should be serialized. + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer to reset property to default value. + + + + + Returns tab item that contains specified coordinates. + + X - coordinate to hit test + Y - coordinate to hit test + + + + + Hides tooltip for a tab is one is displayed. + + + + + Shows tooltip for given tab. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer. + + + + + Occurs after selected tab has changed. + + + + + Occurs before selected tab changes and gives you opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when tab is dragged by user. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates back using the back arrow. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates forward using the forward arrow. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is closing. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is added to the tabs collection. + + + + + Occurs before control or item attached to the tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after tab item has been removed from tabs collection. + + + + + Occurs after Tabs collection has been cleared. + + + + + Occurs after the tab item size has been determined and allows you to apply your custom size to the TabItem. + + + + + Occurs before tab is rendered and allows you to cancel default tab rendering performed by the control. + + + + + Occurs after tab is rendered and allows you to render on top of the default rendering performed by the control. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters a tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves a tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse clicks the tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns minimum tab strip height given the style and the tabs it contains. + + + + + Returns the rectangle that contains all the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of currently selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are scrolled continuously while mouse is pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the tab scrolling while mouse button is kept pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Close button that closes the active tab is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab instead of in system box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button on tabs when visible is displayed for every tab state. Default value is true. When set to false + the close button will be displayed only for selected and tab that mouse is currently over. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the close button displayed on each tab. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button that allows user to close the tab. + Use TabCloseButtonHot property to specify image that is used when mouse is over the close button. Note that image size must + be same for both images. + Default value is null + which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button whem mouse is over the close button. + To use this property you must set TabCloseButtonNormal as well. Note that image size for both images must be same. + Default value is null which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets the collection of all tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control attached to the TabItem.AttachedControl property is automatically selected when TabItem becomes selected tab. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list used by tab items. + + + + + Indicates whether selected tab is aligned with the panel in multiple lines use case. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab size is adjusted to fit the available control size. + + + + + Gets or sets scrolling offset of the first tab. You can use this property to programmatically scroll the tab strip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard navigation using Left and Right arrow keys to select tabs is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse cursor that is displayed when tab is dragged. + + + + + Returns tab mouse is over or null if mouse is not over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can reorder the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether system box that enables scrolling and closing of the tabs is automatically hidden when tab items size does not exceed the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether only selected tab is displaying it's text. + + + + + Gets or sets TabStrip style. Theme style is supported only on themed OS and only for bottom or top aligned tabs. + + + + + Specifies whether tab is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets whether control should be represented in themed style. + + + + + Gets or sets Tab Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab scrolling is animanted. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height or Width can be set or both. + Value of 0 indicates that size is automatically calculated which is + default behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed when tab has input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Tab-Strip control provides Tabbed MDI Child form support. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters that will be used as Tab text from Mdi Child caption. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Mdi Child Icon is displayed on Tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Tab-strip is automatically hidden when there are not Mdi Child forms open. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flicker associated with switching maximized Mdi child forms is attempted to eliminate. You should set this property to false if you encounter any painting problems with your Mdi child forms. + + + + + Gets or sets Mdi Container form for which Tab-Strip is providing Tabbed MDI Child support. + + + + + Event delegate for SelectedTabChanged event. + + + + + Event delegate for SelectedTabChanging event. + + + + + Event delegate for TabMoved event + + + + + Event delegate for NavigateBack, NavigateForward and TabItemClose events. + + + + + Represents the event arguments for tab selection events. + + + + + Currently selected tab. + + + + + Tab being selected. + + + + + Specifies the action that caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Currently selected tab. + New selection. + + + + Represents the event arguments for tab selection events. + + + + + Currently selected tab. + + + + + Tab being selected. + + + + + Cancels the selection operation. + + + + + Specifies the action that caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Currently selected tab. + New selection. + + + + Represents the event arguments for tab moving events. + + + + + Tab being moved. + + + + + Moved from index. + + + + + Moving to index. + + + + + Cancels the operation. + + + + + Default Constructor + + Tab + Old Index + New Index + + + + Represents the event arguments for action events. + + + + + Cancels the operation. + + + + + Reference to relevant TabItem, if any, otherwise null/nothing. + + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Specifies the tab alignment inside the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Tabs are left aligned. + + + + + Tabs are right aligned. + + + + + Tabs are top aligned. + + + + + Tabs are bottom aligned. + + + + + Indicates tab strip style. + + + + + Default VS.NET like flat style. + + + + + Office 2003 like style. + + + + + OneNote like style. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 style tabs. + + + + + Tab style where tabs are centered and first and last tab have the corners rounded. This style does not support multi-line tabs or tab scrolling. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 dock style tabs. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 document style tabs. + + + + + Simulated theme style with the horizontal text alignment at all times. + + + + + Office 2007 document style. + + + + + Office 2007 dock style. + + + + + Metro UI style. + + + + + Defines delegate for the MeasureTabItem event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for MeasureTabItem event. + + + + + Gets the TabItem that is being measured. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the TabItem. The default size calculated by the control will be set by default. You can inspect it and change it to the + custom size by setting this property. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + TabItem being measured. + Default size. + + + + Defines delegate for the PreRenderTabItem and PostRenderTabItem events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PreRenderTabItem and PostRenderTabItem event. + + + + + Gets the reference to the TabItem being rendered. You can use properties like DisplayRectangle to determine the rendering bounds for the tab. + + + + + When used in PreRenderTabItem event allows you to cancel the default rendering by setting this property to true. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Graphics object to render the tab on. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Default value for TabItem property. + Default value for Graphics property. + + + + Represents base class for tab display. + + + + + Main method for painting. + + Reference to graphics object + TabStrip to paint + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias is used for painting the tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn horizontaly regardless of tab orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is painted on each tab. + + + + + Provides display capabilities for TabStrip with Office 2007 Dock style. + + + + + Provides display capabilities for TabStrip with Office 2007 Document style. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents class performing the display of tabs with RoundHeader style. + + + + + Provides display support for SimualtedTheme tab style. + + + + + Provides display capabilites for TabStrip with VS2005Dock style. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Represent a task-dialog message box window. + + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Specifies the predefined color for the dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Icon displayed on dialog. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Icon displayed on dialog. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Specifies the predefined color for the dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Specifies the content of the task dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Window owner of the task dialog. + Specifies the content of the task dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Closes the task dialog if it is open with eTaskDialogResult.None result. + + + + + Closes the task dialog if it is open with specified result value. + + Value that will be used as return value from Show method. + + + + Gets or sets whether TaskDialog form has Windows Vista Glass enabled if running on + Windows Vista with Glass enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias text-rendering setting for the controls on task-dialog. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs when any text markup link on Task-Dialog Box is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies the information displayed on task-dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + Dialog background color. + Radio Button Commands + Button commands. + Check-box command. + Footer text + Footer image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + Dialog background color. + Radio Button Commands + Button commands. + Check-box command. + Footer text + Footer image. + Indicates whether TaskDialog is top most. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + Dialog background color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog window title. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog header. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog text. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog buttons displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of commands that will be used to create the radio-buttons displayed on task-dialog. Each command will be executed as radio-buttons are checked by user. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of commands that will be used to create the buttons displayed on task-dialog. Each command will be executed as buttons are clicked by user. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer text displayed on task-dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the command that is used to initialize the footer check-box. Command will be executed when check-box state changes by end user. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon that is displayed on task dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed in the task-dialog footer. Expected image size is 16x16 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether TaskDialog form is top-most. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the TaskDialog default button. + + + + + Indicates whether task dialog form close button is enabled, default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the task dialog buttons. + + + + + OK button will be displayed. + + + + + Yes button will be displayed. + + + + + No button will be displayed. + + + + + Cancel button will be displayed. + + + + + Retry button will be displayed. + + + + + Close button will be displayed. + + + + + Specifies the task dialog return values. + + + + + No button was clicked because dialog was closed using TaskDialog.Close method. + + + + + OK button was clicked. + + + + + Yes button was clicked. + + + + + No button was clicked. + + + + + Cancel button was clicked. + + + + + Retry button was clicked. + + + + + Close button was clicked. + + + + + Specifies the custom result. Custom result can be specified if TaskDialog.Close method is called to close dialog. + + + + + Specifies the custom result. Custom result can be specified if TaskDialog.Close method is called to close dialog. + + + + + Specifies the custom result. Custom result can be specified if TaskDialog.Close method is called to close dialog. + + + + + Define icons available on TaskDialog. + + + + + No icon. + + + + + Blue flag icon. + + + + + Blue stop icon. + + + + + Light bulb, idea icon. + + + + + Check-mark icon. + + + + + Check-mark icon. + + + + + Trash-can delete icon. + + + + + Exclamation icon. + + + + + Flag icon. + + + + + Hand-stop icon. + + + + + Help icon. + + + + + Informational icon. + + + + + Informational icon. + + + + + No entry icon. + + + + + Shield icon. + + + + + Shield help icon. + + + + + Shield OK icon. + + + + + Shield stop icon. + + + + + Stop icon. + + + + + Stop icon. + + + + + Users icons. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-background color. + + + + + Gets the task-dialog result + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias text-rendering setting for the controls. + + + + + Defines TaskDialog colors. + + + + + Task dialog will use default background as specified by current theme. + + + + + Task dialog will use silver background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use tan background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use dark-blue background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use blue background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use red background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use olive-green background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use purple background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use aqua background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use orange background color. + + + + + Summary description for TextBoxItem. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in the TextBox control should appear as the default password character. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the editable part of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item caption text displayed next to the text input. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-alignment inside of the text box. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Measures the element given available size. + + Size available to element + Reference to graphics object + + + + Measures the end tag of an element. Most implementations do not need to do anything but implementations like the ones + that change color should return state back at this time. + + + + + + + Renders element. + + Provides markup drawing context information. + + + + Renders element tag end. Most implementations do not need to do anything but mplementations like the ones + that change color should return state back at this time. + + Provides markup drawing context information. + + + + Provides final rectangle to element and lets it arrange it's content given new constraint. + + Final rectangle. + + + + + Arranges the element given the final size. Layout is two step process with Measure followed by Arrange. + + + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an container so it receives full available size of parent control for layout. + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an block element that always consumes a whole line in layout. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager switches to new line after processing this element. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager can start new line with this element. + + + + + Gets the collection of child elements if any for this markup element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether element size is valid. When size is not valid element Measure method will be called to validate size. + + + + + Gets element parent or null if parent is not set. + + + + + Gets or sets actual rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether markup element is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the element margin. + + + + + Gets or sets actual rendered bounds for a give markup element if applicable. + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an block element that always consumes a whole line in layout. + + + + + Indicates paragraph content alignment + + + + + Indicates paragraph content alignment + + + + + Gets reference to markup start element. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager can start new line with this element. + + + + + Gets or sets heading level. Values from 1 to 6 are valid. Default is 1. + + + + + Returns whether hyper-link contains specified coordinates. + + + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the MarkupElement array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the collection parent element. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Tests whether input text could be markup text. + + Text to test. + true if text could be markup, otherwise false + + + + Gets the style of the hyperlink in its default state. + + + + + Gets the style of the hyperlink when mouse is over the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the visited hyperlink. + + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ResolveImage event. + + + + + Defines the text-markup hyperlink appearance style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HyperlinkStyle class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HyperlinkStyle class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HyperlinkStyle class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets hyperlink text color. + + + + + Gets or sets hyperlink back color. + + + + + Gets or sets the underline style for the hyperlink. + + + + + Gets whether style has been changed from its default state. + + + + + + Indicates that event has been handled and that ResolvedImage should be used. + + + + + Indicates the string key parameters in url-style for the image that needs to be resolved. + + + + + Indicates the resolved image value. + you need to set this value to the resolved image and you need to set Handled property to true. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Gets or sets whether element size is valid. When size is not valid element Measure method will be called to validate size. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager switches to new line after processing this element. + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an block element that always consumes a whole line in layout. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager can start new line with this element. + + + + + Summary description for Themes. + + + + + Represents toast display control. This class is not for public use. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToastDisplay class. + + + + + Specifies the alpha-blending, opacity for the content rendered by the control. Setting this property allows fading in and out of the control content. + + + + + Gets or sets the toast background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the toast glow color. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the toast. + + + + + Represents class used to display toast notifications. A toast notification is a message that appears on the surface of the screen for a moment, + but it does not take focus (or pause the current activity), so it cannot accept any user input. + Notification pops up on the surface of the specified Form or Control. + It only fills the amount of space required for the message and the user's current activity remains visible and interactive. + The notification automatically fades in and out after specified time interval. + Notification text supports text-markup. + + + + + Closes all toast notifications open on specified parent control. + + Parent control. + + + + Closes specified toast notification on parent control. + + Parent control. + Toast ID as returned by the Show method. + + + + Updates the already displayed toast text. Note that toast notification will not be resized. + + Parent control which was used to show toast. + Toast ID returned by the Show toast method. + New toast notification text. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + Specifies toast-glow color used. + Specifies the position of the toast notification. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + Specifies toast-glow color used. + Specifies the X position of the toast notification with its parent window. + Specifies the Y position of the toast notification with its parent window. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + /// Specifies toast-glow color used. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form, with default timeout interval. + + Parent control to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form, with default timeout interval. + + Parent control to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Specifies the position of the toast notification. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form, with default timeout interval. + + Parent control to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + Specifies the position of the toast notification. + + + + Specifies the toast margin from the edges of the parent control. Default value is 16 pixels on all sides. + + + + + Specifies the default toast position within the parent control. Default value is BottomCenter. + + + + + Specifies default glow color around toast notification. Default value is Blue. + + + + + Specifies the default timeout interval for the toast notification. + + + + + Specifies the toast background color. + + + + + Specifies the toast text color. + + + + + Specifies the font used for the toast. + + + + + Specifies the custom glow color used when eToastGlowColor.Custom is used. + + + + + Specifies toast position within parent control. + + + + + Specifies the glow color around toast notification. + + + + + Summary description for NewToolbar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for Tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle of the control or item tooltip is displayed for. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup is enabled for the tooltips. + + + + + Specifies fixed location for tooltip window. + + + + + Raises PanBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PanBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PanBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Begin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises End event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PressAndTap event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises RotateBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Rotate event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises RotateEnd event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TwoFingerTap event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ZoomBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Zoom event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ZoomEnd event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TouchDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TouchDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TouchDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TouchHandler class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TouchHandler class. + + + + + + Initializes handler + + + + + The Windows message handler. + + + + + Decode the message and create a collection of event arguments + + + + + The last event in the current gesture event sequence + + + + + Register for touch event + + true if succeeded + + + + The event arguments that started the current gesture + + + + + Gets or sets whether palm rejection is enabled. + + + + + Check if Multi-touch support device is ready + + + + + Create new gesture event instance and decode the gesture info structure + + The gesture handler + The gesture information + + + + Gesture relative rotation angle for Rotate event. + + + + + Indicates calculated gesture center. + + + + + Gesture zoom factor for Zoom event. + + + + + Gesture relative panning translation for Pan event. + + + + + Gesture velocity vector of the pan gesture for custom inertia implementations. + + + + + The last touch arguments in this gesture event sequence. + + + + + The client location of gesture. + + + + + Is this the first event of a gesture. + + + + + It this last event of a gesture. + + + + + Has gesture triggered inertia. + + + + + The first touch arguments in this gesture event sequence. + + + + + Gets or sets whether event is handled. + + + + + EventArgs passed to Touch handlers + + + + + Create new touch event argument instance + + The target control + one of the inner touch input in the message + + + + Touch client coordinate in pixels + + + + + A touch point identifier that distinguishes a particular touch input + + + + + A set of bit flags that specify various aspects of touch point + press, release, and motion. + + + + + mask which fields in the structure are valid + + + + + touch event time + + + + + touch event time from system up + + + + + the size of the contact area in pixels + + + + + Is Primary Contact (The first touch sequence) + + + + + Specifies that movement occurred + + + + + Specifies that the corresponding touch point was established through a new contact + + + + + Specifies that a touch point was removed + + + + + Specifies that a touch point is in range + + + + + specifies that this input was not coalesced. + + + + + Specifies that the touch point is associated with a pen contact + + + + + The touch event came from the user's palm + + Set to true + + + + Gets or sets whether event is handled. + + + + + Get the current Digitizer Status + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GESTURECONFIG structure. + + + + + + + + Specifies available digitizer capabilities + + + + + Gesture Info Interop Structure + + + + + A Simple POINTS Interop structure + + + + + A Simple POINT Interop structure + + + + + Touch API defined structures [winuser.h] + + + + + Represents class that holds User Interface static methods. + + + + + Gets the graphics path that represents triangle. + + Top left position of the triangle. + Size of the triangle. + Pointing direction of the triangle. + Returns graphics path for the triangle of given size and pointing in given direction. + + + + Creates the double arrow >> collapse expand image for the collapsable controls. + + Indicates the direction of the arrow + Color for the arrows + Indicates whether image is for vertical collapse/expand + + + + + Specifies the pointing direction of triangle. + + + + + Triangle point to the left. + + + + + Triangle point to the right. + + + + + Triangle point to the top. + + + + + Triangle point to the bottom. + + + + + Represents compare validator for SuperValidator control used to compare two input fields or input fields to specified value. + + + + + Represents base validator used by SuperValidator component. + + + + + Validates the input control. + + Input control to validate. + true if validation is successful otherwise false + + + + Gets the input control value. + + Control to return value for. + Controls value + + + + Gets the input control value. + + Control to return value for. + Controls value + + + + Raises the GetValue event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when validator retrieves the value for the control. It allows you to return value for the controls validator does not recognize. + + + + + Gets or sets the error message that is displayed by error provider when validation fails. + + + + + Gets the last validation result returned from Validate call. True if validation was successful or false if validation failed. + + + + + Returns SuperValidator control validator is assigned to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether error is displayed using the error provider on SuperValidator when validation fails. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validator is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the group name validation belongs to. When control belongs to optional validation group the validation is considered successful when any of the controls in the group validates. + + + + + Gets or sets the highlight color for control when validation fails if Highlighter component is used on SuperValidator. Default Value is None. + + + + + Gets or sets the value property name for the control to validate. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Gets or sets the control to compare validated control to. + + + + + Gets or sets the Value property name for the ControlToCompare control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to compare to the validation control. + + + + + Gets or sets the operator used for comparison. + + + + + Specifies the validation comparison operators used by the CompareValidator. + + + + + A comparison for equality. + + + + + A comparison for inequality. + + + + + A comparison for greater than. + + + + + A comparison for greater than or equal to. + + + + + A comparison for less than. + + + + + A comparison for less than or equal to. + + + + + A comparison for data type only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomValidator class. + + + + + Gets or sets custom data associated with the validator + + + + + Defines delegate for CustomValidator ValidateValue event. + + Sender + Event arguments + + + + Gets the reference to the control to validate. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control's value is valid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidateValueEventArgs class. + + Control to validate. + + + + Defines an interface that can be implemented by custom error providers to be used with SuperValidator. + + + + + Sets the error state on the control. + + Control for which error state is being set. + The error message from validator. + + + + Clears the error state for the control. + + Control to clear error state for. + + + + Retrieves whether control is highlighted when it receives input focus. + + + + + Sets whether control is highlighted when it receives input focus. + + Reference to supported control. + Indicates whether to highlight control on focus. + + + + Retrieves the highlight color that is applied to the control. + + + + + Sets the highlight color for the control. + + Reference to supported control. + Highlight color. + + + + Updates the highlighted controls border. Usually call to this method is not needed but under + certain scenarios where highlighter does not automatically detects the change in visibility of + the highlighted control call to this method is necessary. + + + + + Indicates the highlight focus color. + + + + + Gets or sets the container control highlighter is bound to. The container control must be set in order for highlighter to work. + Container control should always be a form. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors used to render custom highlight color. Control expects 3 colors in array to be specified which define the highlight border. + + + + + Defines highlight colors provided by Highlighter control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ErrorProviderWrapper class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ErrorProviderWrapper class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HighlightPanel class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors used to render custom highlight color. Control expects 3 colors in array to be specified which define the highlight border. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HighlightRegion structure. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeValidator class. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value control may have. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value control may have. + + + + + Indicates whether empty string of zero length is considered valid input. + + + + + Represents the regular expression validator used with SuperValidator control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + + Gets or sets regular expression used to validate controls value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty value is considered valid value by the validator. Default value is false. + + + + + Describes required field validator used with SuperValidator control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Raises EvaluateIsEmpty event. + + Event Arguments + + + + Occurs when controls value needs to be evaluated to check whether it is empty. You can use this event to perform custom evaluation. + + + + + Indicates whether empty string of zero length is considered valid input. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatorGetValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets Control to retrieve value for. + + + + + Gets the Value to evaluate. + + + + + Gets validator that is requesting value. + + + + + Resets the Value set and indicates that validator will internally retrieve value for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that will be used by validator. + + + + + Raises the CustomValidatorValidateValue event. + + Validator that needs validation. + Control to validate. + + + + Retrieves first level Validator for given control or return null if control does not have validator associated with it. + + + + + Associates first level Validator with given control. + + Reference to supported control. + Instance of validator class. If null is passed existing Validator is detached from the given control. + + + + Retrieves second level Validator for given control or return null if control does not have validator associated with it. + + + + + Associates second level Validator with given control. + + Reference to supported control. + Instance of validator class. If null is passed existing Validator is detached from the given control. + + + + Retrieves third level Validator for given control or return null if control does not have validator associated with it. + + + + + Associates third level Validator with given control. + + Reference to supported control. + Instance of validator class. If null is passed existing Validator is detached from the given control. + + + + Raises the GetValue event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Performs validation on all validators. It also uses error provider to display failed validations if validator has that enabled. + + Returns true if all validations succeeded or false if at least one validation has failed. + + + + Validate single control. Note that control must have validator assigned to it. This method will change LastFailedValidationResults collection. + + Control to validate. + returns true if validation succeeds or false if it fails + + + + Validate single control. Note that control must have validator assigned to it. This method will change LastFailedValidationResults collection. + + Control to validate. + Indicates whether to clear the last set of failed validations by calling ClearFailedValidations() method. + returns true if validation succeeds or false if it fails + + + + Removes all visual markers from failed validations that were placed on the controls. + + + + + Occurs when validator retrieves the value for the control. It allows you to return value for the controls validator does not recognize. + + + + + Occurs when CustomValidator needs to validate the control value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validation is performed in steps meaning that if first level validation fails, second level is not validated + until first level validation succeeds. Default value is false which means that all validation levels are validated even if first level fails. + + + + + Gets the readonly collection that returns failed validations that were result of last Validate method call. + + + + + Indicates default ErrorProvider IconPadding when Highlighter is used with SuperValidator. Setting this property to 0 will allow you to set IconPadding for each control manually. + + + + + Gets or sets the error provider that is used by the validator to report validation errors. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom error provider that is used by validator to report errors. You can provide your own error validators by implementing IErrorProvider interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the Highlighter component that is used to highlight validation errors. + + + + + Gets or sets the validation type performed by the control. Default value is Manual. + + + + + Gets or sets the container control validator is bound to. The container control must be set for the ValidationType ValidatingEventOnContainer. + When ContainerControl is Form the validator handles the Closing event of the form to perform the validation and cancel the form closing. + You can disable that by setting either Enabled=false or Form.CausesValidation=false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validation is performed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Cancel argument in Validating event for validation type ValidatingEventPerControl is set to true when validation fails. + + + + + Specifies the validation type for SuperValidator control. + + + + + SuperValidator uses manual validation, i.e. you will call Validate method to perform validation. + + + + + Validation is performed per control from each controls Validating event. The Cancel is set to true on event arguments if validation fails. + + + + + Validation is performed for all controls from Validating event on container control. By default container control is Form that SuperValidator is on. + + + + + Defines validator control pair used by SuperValidator control. + + + + + Gets the validator associated with the control. + + + + + Gets control reference. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatorControlPair structure. + + Validator associated with the control + Control reference + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatorGetValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets Control to retrieve value for. + + + + + Gets validator that is requesting value. + + + + + Resets the Value set and indicates that validator will internally retrieve value for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that will be used by validator. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + + A handle to the window. + + + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Options available when a form is tested for mose positions. + + + HTERROR: On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows + (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system + beep to indicate an error). + + + HTTRANSPARENT: In a window currently covered by another window in the + same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread + until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + HTNOWHERE: On the screen background or on a dividing line between + windows. + + + HTCLIENT: In a client area. + + + HTCAPTION: In a title bar. + + + HTSYSMENU: In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + HTGROWBOX: In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + HTMENU: In a menu. + + + HTHSCROLL: In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + HTVSCROLL: In the vertical scroll bar. + + + HTMINBUTTON: In a Minimize button. + + + HTMAXBUTTON: In a Maximize button. + + + HTLEFT: In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTRIGHT: In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTTOP: In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + HTTOPLEFT: In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + HTTOPRIGHT: In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + HTBOTTOM: In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the + user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + HTBOTTOMLEFT: In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBOTTOMRIGHT: In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBORDER: In the border of a window that does not have a sizing + border. + + + HTOBJECT: Unknown...No Documentation Found + + + HTCLOSE: In a Close button. + + + HTHELP: In a Help button. + + + HTSIZE: In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). (Same as GrowBox). + + + HTREDUCE: In a Minimize button. (Same as MinimizeButton). + + + HTZOOM: In a Maximize button. (Same as MaximizeButton). + + + + Hides the window and activates another window. + + + + + Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when displaying the window + for the first time. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. + + + + + Maximizes the specified window. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. + + + + + Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value + is similar to , except + the window is not actived. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. + + + + + Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level + window in the Z order. + + + + + Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to + , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is + similar to , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. + + + + + Sets the show state based on the SW_* value specified in the + STARTUPINFO structure passed to the CreateProcess function by the + program that started the application. + + + + + Windows 2000/XP: Minimizes a window, even if the thread + that owns the window is not responding. This flag should only be + used when minimizing windows from a different thread. + + + + + Represents Wizard control. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Simulates Back button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Back button click. + + + + + Simulates Next button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Next button click. + + + + + Simulates Cancel button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Cancel button click. + + + + + Simulates Finish button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Finish button click. + + + + + Raises BackButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises NextButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises FinishButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises CancelButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises WizardPageChanging event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises WizardPageChanged event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Occurs when Back button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Next button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Finish button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Cancel button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Help button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before wizard page has changed and gives you opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after wizard page has changed. This event cannot be cancelled. To cancel the page change please use WizardPageChanging event. + + + + + Occurs when wizard buttons (Back, Next, Finish etc) are positioned and resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the header image. Default value is null which means that internal header image is used. You can hide header image + by setting HeaderImageVisible property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether header image is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets wizard button that is clicked when ENTER key is pressed. Default value is eWizardFormAcceptButton.FinishAndNext which + indicates that finish button will be clicked if available otherwise next button will be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets wizard button that is clicked when ESCAPE key is pressed. Default value is eWizardFormCancelButton.Cancel which + indicates that Cancel button will be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all buttons are disabled while wizard page is changed which prevents users from clicking the buttons + if page change is taking longer. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether wait cursor is displayed while page is changed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page index. You can set this property to change the currently selected wizard page. + + + + + Gets or sets selected wizard page. You can set this property to change the currently selected wizard page. + + + + + Gets the collection of Wizard pages. The order of WizardPage objects inside of this collection determines the flow of the wizard. + + + + + Returns a Stack of page history. Each time next page is displayed by wizard, previously visited page is added to the history. + When user commands Wizard back, the last page from the history is shown and removed from the stack. You should not modify this collection + directly since it is maintained by Wizard control. + + + + + Gets or sets the FlatStyle setting for the wizard buttons. Default value is FlatStyle.System + + + + + Gets or sets height of wizard command buttons. Default value is 22 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether back button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of back button. Default value is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this back button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the back button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the back button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether next button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of next button. Default value is 2. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the next button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the next button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of the button. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of the button. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets whether finish button is always visible next to the Next button. Default value is false which means that Finish + button will be visible only on last Wizard page and it will replace the Next button. When set to true Finish button is always visible next + to the Next button except on first Welcome wizard page. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of the button. Default value is 5. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the wizard footer. Default value is 46 + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the wizard header. Default value is 60 + + + + + Gets or sets the header image alignment. Default value is right. + + + + + Gets or sets the header image size for interior wizard pages. Default value is 48x48 + + + + + Gets or sets indentation of header title label. Default value is 16. + + + + + Gets or sets indentation of header description label. Default value is 44. + + + + + + Indicates the font used to render caption header text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether description text displayed in wizard header is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the header background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer background style. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Next button control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Cancel button control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Finish button control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Help button control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Back button control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Focus cues on wizard navigation buttons are enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style used for wizard buttons. + + + + + Provides data for LayoutWizardButtons event. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Back button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Next button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Finish button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Cancel button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Help button. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Defines delegate for WizardPageChange events. + + + + + Updates page state when one of the page appearance properties has changed. + + + + + Fires BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes the BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Fires AfterPageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Invokes AfterPageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Fires BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes the BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises BackButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes BackButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises NextButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes NextButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises FinishButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes FinishButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises CancelButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes CancelButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes HelpButtonClick event. + + + + + Occurs before page is displayed. This event can cancel the page change. You can perform any additional setup of the Wizard page in this event. + + + + + Occurs after page has been displayed.This event can cancel the page change. You can perform any additional setup of the Wizard page in this event. + + + + + Occurs after page is hidden. You can perform any additional steps that are needed to complete wizard step in this event. + + + + + Occurs when Back button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Next button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Finish button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Cancel button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Help button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Gets whether page is currently selected page in Wizard. + + + + + Gets or sets whether back button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether back button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether next button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether next button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether finish button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cancel button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cancel button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether help button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether help button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets the page header image when page is an interior page, InteriorPage=true. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed as title in wizard header when page is active. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed as description in wizard header when page is active. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on form caption when page is active. Default value is empty string which indicates that form caption + is not changed when page becomes active. + + + + + Gets or sets whether page is interior page. Interior pages use wizard header area to display page title, description and optional image. They are also padded and do not + fill the client area of the Wizard. Default value is true. + You can set this value to false to hide header area and make page fill the client area of the wizard. + + + + + Gets or sets whether page is visible. Page visibility is managed by Wizard control and it should not be set directly. + + + + + Represents the collection of WizardPage objects which determines the flow of the wizard. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds an array of objects to the collection. + + Array of WizardPage objects. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the WizardPage array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Copies contained items to the WizardPage array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets the parent this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Provides data for Wizard Page Change events. + + + + + Specifies the new active wizard page. You can change this argument when handling WizardPageChanging event and provide newly selected page of your own. + + + + + Specifies page that was or currently is active. + + + + + Indicates the wizard button that was source of page change. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with default values. + + New wizard page + Old or current wizard page + Page change source + + + + Provides data for Wizard Page Change events. + + + + + Allows you to cancel the page change. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with default values. + + New wizard page + Old or current wizard page + Page change source + + + + Defines delegate for WizardPageChange events. + + + + + Defines delegate for WizardPageChange events. + + +
+
diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.application b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.application index 5d526af..03b1110 100644 --- a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.application +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.application @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ - + - ueQjFyzfTYD21a9Yq3dexk+gK74bm3UrmKJNv4kcVIs= + KD/uCJ2BwOUnryEWRtuWK/tgKBH7BSiqcJ7mmssESKk= diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe index fa4c7bf..cbc8725 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.config b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.config index 1b28462..67adaa1 100644 --- a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.config +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.config @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ - + -
+
@@ -10,23 +10,23 @@ - + - + - + - + @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ h:\dpm\docarchiv - data source=shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 + data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=SHUB_PADM;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 - data source=shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 + data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=DPM_Mobile;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29 BgWSbwCNM3pEiCxgIlDEyD7HFpUgKPeL8OPDqH9n @@ -60,21 +60,36 @@ PADM + + True + + + 1800 + + + 1200 + + + 1600 + + + 1000 + - - + + - - + + - - + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest index 9ed24dd..dd908ba 100644 --- a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest @@ -55,50 +55,158 @@ - - + + - mCr5RXGCCEro4dkld5TONLluih+awifWNfqNw0Tenfg= + rH7VxZiyYGPOXQhblG2FjyxJVc9oGfuciGGliaPsV6M= - - + + - hQ1BZ6gcXCe17PaaMlEXKgmTH9SpkUhwE3AySIi54po= + ToV13VlEnePoqEjBVm/9avNQjJZoXax8eWuE38nJsaE= - - + + - Qiq8vbd2S6DEjN2zpthse8CilDg2PURU53WY83ALLnk= + sodqBCumfVAxg3cByTrG597FT5mB45mZO9yTqLi7KlM= - - + + - 7n0xO7vrdJoQ/X1mEzFYSETviQANN6oaojKUBM9vhoA= + c6LPF6b3Lw3qSbNiFTJEIPdgO9G8K9PlpTM8YWr3PcQ= + + + + + + + + + + + + pADfbR3223dexOxcFeu7Oot4Xsqp54laYIuhM4jOkbw= + + + + + + + + + + + + VwoO7GepR4DeNnZOT/z6lbuugnmLCajFMjkQJEEBLP0= + + + + + + + + + + + + tMN07eM8t3bOVlc1i59r4D1SfsFJ7hL+Oqjr+4+HBmA= + + + + + + + + + + + + J8BlGpDO0HZwcQgOhS7cLY/hFlXeZylknIA0raVwaJ4= + + + + + + + + + + + + cBK1gvnPRCC6NKWQbvyOGNsDdv9MYnoRG5umlgaKVGY= + + + + + + + + + + + + AckdqR25kv0NpEB5RWw+C239x4kIyx2VClrfdoa72P0= + + + + + + + + + + + + AfGbKpbheQ5KtPEgHjhjuaA13Na1qWq0uXl3Sp2q8/o= + + + + + + + + + + + + rwwz4M04kAXgdJzOCzTDQkzqJhFNGTl96oKYkNNxBEU= + + + + + + + + + + + + g1Pc3TVge+6+VbplexxWAyWxRYhHHyJ95YrgHwQc/54= @@ -451,14 +559,14 @@ - + - lWla9CWK/zq6oxO+OSD40cgXlXk1LLE47kxioJzm35E= + w/87RCTi2oFthfQC3u1N+8vAV3xmsYPXbSjfu8frs4M= @@ -518,7 +626,7 @@ - l/Nagf6Kd6t7vLe3r/8GI7RJR8CsScqbh/YCjOqgJwk= + ej3a+gHJFThEBZeLeNrXeluRl/1RTA087Bsmev23TeM= @@ -1482,6 +1590,18 @@ + + + + + + + + + R0VT8gpejV7aBiLTo0cMK0HEB8Ra5CG+LGWT+0rrna4= + + + @@ -1521,13 +1641,13 @@ NLnqVMsy3w9jN63XtqsXl3zuDEd+8S6tWSYv9gZKS4Q= - + - pd5YtbVNkYbmC/CUG7s3/vWkr66sl+AmPyHoPVBmvvA= + HfAAbhWf8w8f04ZMkcSKsbD/8DMuXkRlS8DcH10gN/c= diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.pdb b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.pdb index d197b68..b1352b0 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.pdb and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/PADM.pdb differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll index 0f318eb..4785f68 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb index 72f9fe5..7ac04c5 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml index a9ec7c5..57e56a4 100644 --- a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ SHUKeyGen - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/Toaster.NET.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/Toaster.NET.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa962a Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/Toaster.NET.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/app.publish/PADM.exe b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/app.publish/PADM.exe index fa4c7bf..cbc8725 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/app.publish/PADM.exe and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/app.publish/PADM.exe differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1952a79 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1db3c93 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..688ecd9 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Debug/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/frmMain.resx b/DPM2016/frmMain.resx index 3cb563a..977675a 100644 --- a/DPM2016/frmMain.resx +++ b/DPM2016/frmMain.resx @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABgAAAAYCAYAAADgdz34AAAABGdBTUEAALGPC/xhBQAAAAlwSFlzAAAO - vQAADr0BR/uQrQAABKJJREFUSEutU0dTXEcQfief/Bd89M03/wCXDy774jIiCChZQiJIIhWFyMEPY5Ge + vAAADrwBlbxySQAABKJJREFUSEutU0dTXEcQfief/Bd89M03/wCXDy774jIiCChZQiJIIhWFyMEPY5Ge kAxILEsOJkjAwi4sIBQKIaJgCYtJm2CJuwQviCiRuj09Fo/ClilT5lV1vZlvur9v+psZ4b9+CQkJn+7v 71e/f//+IRt/8gG+mE+r1X7OyEfX19dhZ2cH9/b2etVq9Wcflv/fZzKZvme7Xrfb7cDGPBwOBzBs1Ww2 f/sh7ewvN+XmdwVpfl6n47bXin3+/u7u7tHs7CxOT08j+8Pc3BxaLBZcWFiAd+/eHa79YU8vTg/8Wy2L @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABgAAAAYCAYAAADgdz34AAAABGdBTUEAALGPC/xhBQAAAAlwSFlzAAAO - vQAADr0BR/uQrQAAA6BJREFUSEudlM1PlFcUxq9aUGKJrYmxjRtjDYQ23bhporsam9pWqxIMEFGwIigC + vAAADrwBlbxySQAAA6BJREFUSEudlM1PlFcUxq9aUGKJrYmxjRtjDYQ23bhporsam9pWqxIMEFGwIigC Dh/jAMPHENKaqMVFN25YqXFhG40ldTerpukf0A2kCI1atKk2BJEBz3l8zp15h0l4mRJv8uSe9773nt85 5364oMk5l9QzDtLgVE45RR3tGtrVtCtoH2F/kP2XHPvcKRv0esce9PevzbjI36SZgHN0cJYOCMEp2nW0 CUEV7aPsj7A/yDFCPMA0emn/qiASIaDVAc3UWaqBIgQnqRqKEMvEIJaJObfmIbd792TcrNw8IMIIzzPC @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABgAAAAYCAYAAADgdz34AAAABGdBTUEAALGPC/xhBQAAAAlwSFlzAAAO - vQAADr0BR/uQrQAABPZJREFUSEuNlf1PU1cYx2umi9vfME2WZT8bf1kWssRkIcYYXaLAjNuUZI5iFWpa + vAAADrwBlbxySQAABPZJREFUSEuNlf1PU1cYx2umi9vfME2WZT8bf1kWssRkIcYYXaLAjNuUZI5iFWpa eS96O4uFttDSQpE3+wp9A4EClr5B1U2mM+LMGEt8HdO5LW6j/Ipyzp7v8ZaIovFJPrnPfc7zfM+5z7nn XsXrTIpE3q7y+9+TwuGPdKFQ/on+0G4Av45iEsYoR05/cyuKRN6q9vm2VHj92uNu31iF23+7ui/0ny4U WQLwEcNYFeUgl3O+Ti5/vUmZzPpqj3+Pxu25ogtGFhpHzz+1TqS4I53hbekLAviIYQw5Wpf3hzp/YA9q diff --git a/DPM2016/frmMain.vb b/DPM2016/frmMain.vb index bea6045..5c41680 100644 --- a/DPM2016/frmMain.vb +++ b/DPM2016/frmMain.vb @@ -55,13 +55,19 @@ Public Class frmMain End Sub Private Sub frmMain_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles MyBase.Load If My.Settings.SoftwareType = "PADM" Then Me.TarifToolStripMenuItem.Text = "Artikel" + Try + Me.Width = My.Settings.MainWindowSizeWith + Me.Height = My.Settings.MainWindowSizeHeight + Catch ex As Exception + + End Try AddHandler DevComponents.DotNetBar.LocalizationKeys.LocalizeString, AddressOf LocalizeString Dim args As String() = Environment.GetCommandLineArgs() Try If args(1) = "dmstest" Then My.Settings.TempPath = Application.StartupPath + "\Demo\" My.Settings.DocArchivPath = Application.StartupPath + "\Demo" - My.Settings.ConnectionString = "data source=shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" + My.Settings.ConnectionString = "data source=shu01\shu00;initial catalog=shub_padm;;persist security info=false;workstation id=;packet size=4096;user id=sa;password=*shu29" Dim db As New clsDB db.Get_Spaltendata() @@ -687,6 +693,14 @@ Public Class frmMain f.Show() End Sub + Private Sub Label1_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles Label1.Click + Dim f As New sfcontainer + sfcontainer.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Connectionstring = My.Settings.ConnectionString + sfcontainer.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.Tablename = "Anrede" + sfcontainer.ClsStammdaten_Flat_SF1.get_data() + sfcontainer.Show() + End Sub + 'Private Sub SecurityObjekteToolStripMenuItem_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles SecurityObjekteToolStripMenuItem.Click ' Dim formselector As New frmFormSelector diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.Benhandungdetail.resources b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.Benhandungdetail.resources index f377758..40f1479 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.Benhandungdetail.resources and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.Benhandungdetail.resources differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.LeistungDruck.resources b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.LeistungDruck.resources index 32c25ab..d915e33 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.LeistungDruck.resources and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.LeistungDruck.resources differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Flat_SF.resources b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Flat_SF.resources new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dca230 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Flat_SF.resources differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_flat.resources b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_flat.resources index 929927f..cf78873 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_flat.resources and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.clsStammdaten_flat.resources differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.frmSuche.resources b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.frmSuche.resources index 5f4fae5..f4cbf5b 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.frmSuche.resources and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.frmSuche.resources differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.sfcontainer.resources b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.sfcontainer.resources new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c05a97 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.sfcontainer.resources differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache index eb3c761..57e2bb6 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache index ea77721..238d278 100644 --- a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache @@ -1 +1 @@ -3c7caeaa5bc935bcab495d84ba27a35caddce2883604fb9505fe57871b348895 +33637df02b506f3392839aa4de572b98f301d8e4a4e949c86941f5838aa05031 diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt index 5435844..a873d6e 100644 --- a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -1,3 +1,298 @@ +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmAuswertung.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmreport.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.FrmSearchDialog.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Behandlung.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Benhandungdetail.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Form1.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmAkonto.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmLeistungDetail.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmLeistungDetailPADM.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmPosition.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmprodukt.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.LeistungDruck.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Leistungen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmPrivatSelect.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmDemoMode.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmdummy.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmMailClient.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmMailtexte.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmMsgbox.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmProgrammeinstellungen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmprogress.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.clsDokumente.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.dmstest.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.DokumentDetail.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmDokumentList.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmdokumentvorlagen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmImportVorlage.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.ThumbViewer.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmFakturierung.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmOffeneBehandlungen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmRechnungskopien.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Finanzen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Mahnungen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmFirma.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmFirmaAP.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmAgenda.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmMain.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Krankengeschichte.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Flat_SF.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.sfcontainer.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Patient.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.PatientAbrechnung.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.PatientDetails.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.PatientDetailsFirma.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Recall.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmReportauswahl.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmReportView.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmAuswertungen.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmDentotarDetail.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmPrinterselect.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmStammdaten.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Bez.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.clsStammdaten_flat.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Resources.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmSysadminTableSelector.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmTarifDetail.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmTexteditor.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.TarifDetail_PADM.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmcalendar.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmDBConnection.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmDentotarDetails.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmFormSelector.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmFortschritt.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmKalender.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmLogin.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmRichText.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmrtf.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmSplash.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmSQLCript.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmSuche.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.SplashForm.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmZahlung.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.exe.licenses +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.exe +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Database1.mdf +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Database1_log.ldf +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.exe.config +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.exe.manifest +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.application +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.exe +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Aga.Controls.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.4.8.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar2.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Bars.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Editor.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FlexCel.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\KP-ImageViewerV2.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\MsgReader.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Newtonsoft.Json.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\OpenMcdf.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PropertyGridEx.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\QRCoder.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\RichTextBoxExtended.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\RtfPipe.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.BulletGraph.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Calculate.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Calculate.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Chart.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Chart.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Compression.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Core.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Data.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DataSource.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Diagram.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Diagram.Utility.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Diagram.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DICOM.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DocIO.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DocIO.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DocToPDFConverter.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Edit.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.ExcelChartToImageConverter.WPF.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.ExcelToPDFConverter.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Gauge.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.XmlSerializers.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.XmlSerializers.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.GridCommon.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.GridConverter.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.GridHelperClasses.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grouping.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grouping.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HighContrastTheme.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HtmlConverter.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Licensing.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Linq.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Maps.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.MIME.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Office2016Theme.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Office2019Theme.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.OfficeChart.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.OfficeChartToImageConverter.WPF.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Olap.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Pdf.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Pdf.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PdfViewer.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotChart.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotConverter.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PMML.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Presentation.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PresentationToPdfConverter.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.ProjIO.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Schedule.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Schedule.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Scripting.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Scripting.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfBarcode.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfChart.WPF.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfDataGrid.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfDataGridConverter.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfInput.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfListView.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfSmithChart.WinForms.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Shared.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Shared.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Shared.WPF.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Spreadsheet.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SpreadsheetHelper.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Tools.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.TreeMap.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Toaster.NET.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\XLSLib.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Compat.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.DataVisualization.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Microsoft.mshtml.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\System.Buffers.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PdfToImageConverter.Base.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Aga.Controls.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.4.8.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\KP-ImageViewerV2.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\MsgReader.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Newtonsoft.Json.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PropertyGridEx.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PropertyGridEx.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\QRCoder.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\RichTextBoxExtended.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.BulletGraph.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Calculate.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Calculate.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Chart.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Chart.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Compression.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Core.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Data.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DataSource.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Diagram.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Diagram.Utility.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Diagram.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DICOM.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DocIO.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DocIO.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.DocToPDFConverter.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Edit.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.ExcelChartToImageConverter.WPF.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.ExcelToPDFConverter.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Gauge.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Grouping.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grid.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.GridCommon.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.GridConverter.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.GridHelperClasses.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grouping.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Grouping.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HighContrastTheme.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HtmlConverter.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.HTMLUI.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Linq.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Maps.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.MIME.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Office2016Theme.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Office2019Theme.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.OfficeChart.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.OfficeChartToImageConverter.WPF.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Olap.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Pdf.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Pdf.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PdfViewer.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotAnalysis.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotChart.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PivotConverter.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PMML.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Presentation.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PresentationToPdfConverter.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.ProjIO.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Schedule.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Schedule.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Scripting.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Scripting.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfBarcode.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfChart.WPF.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfDataGrid.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfDataGridConverter.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfInput.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfListView.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SfSmithChart.WinForms.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Shared.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Shared.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Shared.WPF.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Spreadsheet.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.SpreadsheetHelper.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Tools.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.TreeMap.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Windows.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PdfToImageConverter.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\ja\C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\ja\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\ja\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\de\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\es\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\fr\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\nl\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\pt\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\zh-CN\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\bin\Debug\zh-TW\MsgReader.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.exe.manifest +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.application +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.vbproj.CopyComplete E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Database1.mdf E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Database1_log.ldf E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.exe.config @@ -7,6 +302,14 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.exe E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\PADM.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Aga.Controls.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.4.8.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar2.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Bars.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Editor.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FlexCel.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\KP-ImageViewerV2.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\MsgReader.dll @@ -94,12 +397,20 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.TreeMap.Windows.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Base.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Windows.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Toaster.NET.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\XLSLib.dll -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.4.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Compat.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.DataVisualization.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Microsoft.mshtml.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\System.Buffers.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PdfToImageConverter.Base.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Aga.Controls.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.4.8.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\KP-ImageViewerV2.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\MsgReader.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Newtonsoft.Json.xml @@ -184,6 +495,9 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.TreeMap.Windows.xm E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Base.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.XlsIO.Windows.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\Syncfusion.PdfToImageConverter.Base.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\ja\C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\ja\C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\ja\C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\de\MsgReader.resources.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\es\MsgReader.resources.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\fr\MsgReader.resources.dll @@ -230,6 +544,8 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmFirmaAP.resources E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmAgenda.resources E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmMain.resources E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Krankengeschichte.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.clsStammdaten_Flat_SF.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.sfcontainer.resources E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.frmPrivatAnsprechpartner.resources E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.Patient.resources E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.PatientAbrechnung.resources @@ -272,9 +588,3 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\DPM2016.vbproj.CopyComplete E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.exe E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\obj\Debug\PADM.pdb -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Bars.dll -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.dll -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Editor.dll -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.Compat.dll -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.DataVisualization.dll -E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPM2016\bin\Debug\FastReport.xml diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.GenerateResource.Cache b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.GenerateResource.Cache index 0f52e6a..fa96e09 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.GenerateResource.Cache and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DPM2016.vbproj.GenerateResource.Cache differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache index f15f5a1..db7b52b 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache index 7df8b84..052a517 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.application b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.application index 5d526af..03b1110 100644 --- a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.application +++ b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.application @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ - + - ueQjFyzfTYD21a9Yq3dexk+gK74bm3UrmKJNv4kcVIs= + KD/uCJ2BwOUnryEWRtuWK/tgKBH7BSiqcJ7mmssESKk= diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe index fa4c7bf..cbc8725 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest index 9ed24dd..dd908ba 100644 --- a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest +++ b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.exe.manifest @@ -55,50 +55,158 @@ - - + + - mCr5RXGCCEro4dkld5TONLluih+awifWNfqNw0Tenfg= + rH7VxZiyYGPOXQhblG2FjyxJVc9oGfuciGGliaPsV6M= - - + + - hQ1BZ6gcXCe17PaaMlEXKgmTH9SpkUhwE3AySIi54po= + ToV13VlEnePoqEjBVm/9avNQjJZoXax8eWuE38nJsaE= - - + + - Qiq8vbd2S6DEjN2zpthse8CilDg2PURU53WY83ALLnk= + sodqBCumfVAxg3cByTrG597FT5mB45mZO9yTqLi7KlM= - - + + - 7n0xO7vrdJoQ/X1mEzFYSETviQANN6oaojKUBM9vhoA= + c6LPF6b3Lw3qSbNiFTJEIPdgO9G8K9PlpTM8YWr3PcQ= + + + + + + + + + + + + pADfbR3223dexOxcFeu7Oot4Xsqp54laYIuhM4jOkbw= + + + + + + + + + + + + VwoO7GepR4DeNnZOT/z6lbuugnmLCajFMjkQJEEBLP0= + + + + + + + + + + + + tMN07eM8t3bOVlc1i59r4D1SfsFJ7hL+Oqjr+4+HBmA= + + + + + + + + + + + + J8BlGpDO0HZwcQgOhS7cLY/hFlXeZylknIA0raVwaJ4= + + + + + + + + + + + + cBK1gvnPRCC6NKWQbvyOGNsDdv9MYnoRG5umlgaKVGY= + + + + + + + + + + + + AckdqR25kv0NpEB5RWw+C239x4kIyx2VClrfdoa72P0= + + + + + + + + + + + + AfGbKpbheQ5KtPEgHjhjuaA13Na1qWq0uXl3Sp2q8/o= + + + + + + + + + + + + rwwz4M04kAXgdJzOCzTDQkzqJhFNGTl96oKYkNNxBEU= + + + + + + + + + + + + g1Pc3TVge+6+VbplexxWAyWxRYhHHyJ95YrgHwQc/54= @@ -451,14 +559,14 @@ - + - lWla9CWK/zq6oxO+OSD40cgXlXk1LLE47kxioJzm35E= + w/87RCTi2oFthfQC3u1N+8vAV3xmsYPXbSjfu8frs4M= @@ -518,7 +626,7 @@ - l/Nagf6Kd6t7vLe3r/8GI7RJR8CsScqbh/YCjOqgJwk= + ej3a+gHJFThEBZeLeNrXeluRl/1RTA087Bsmev23TeM= @@ -1482,6 +1590,18 @@ + + + + + + + + + R0VT8gpejV7aBiLTo0cMK0HEB8Ra5CG+LGWT+0rrna4= + + + @@ -1521,13 +1641,13 @@ NLnqVMsy3w9jN63XtqsXl3zuDEd+8S6tWSYv9gZKS4Q= - + - pd5YtbVNkYbmC/CUG7s3/vWkr66sl+AmPyHoPVBmvvA= + HfAAbhWf8w8f04ZMkcSKsbD/8DMuXkRlS8DcH10gN/c= diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.pdb b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.pdb index d197b68..b1352b0 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.pdb and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/PADM.pdb differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Application.Designer.vb.dll b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Application.Designer.vb.dll index 3386079..55ead7d 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Application.Designer.vb.dll and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Application.Designer.vb.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll index 008af1a..4a4b524 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/padm.exe.licenses b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/padm.exe.licenses index 3b13e34..4804ee0 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Debug/padm.exe.licenses and b/DPM2016/obj/Debug/padm.exe.licenses differ diff --git a/DPM2016/packages.config b/DPM2016/packages.config index 102f159..c966d83 100644 --- a/DPM2016/packages.config +++ b/DPM2016/packages.config @@ -1,4 +1,7 @@  + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPMCrypto/.vs/DPMCrypto.csproj.dtbcache.json b/DPMCrypto/.vs/DPMCrypto.csproj.dtbcache.json index 85620da..634fb8c 100644 --- a/DPMCrypto/.vs/DPMCrypto.csproj.dtbcache.json +++ b/DPMCrypto/.vs/DPMCrypto.csproj.dtbcache.json @@ -1 +1 @@ -{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMCrypto","ProjectFileName":"DPMCrypto.csproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Class1.cs"},{"SourceFile":"Properties\\AssemblyInfo.cs"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.cs"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\Microsoft.CSharp.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\mscorlib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMCrypto\\bin\\Debug\\DPMCrypto.dll","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMCrypto.dll"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMCrypto\\bin\\Debug\\DPMCrypto.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMCrypto.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file +{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMCrypto","ProjectFileName":"DPMCrypto.csproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Class1.cs"},{"SourceFile":"Properties\\AssemblyInfo.cs"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.cs"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\Microsoft.CSharp.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\mscorlib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMCrypto\\bin\\Debug\\DPMCrypto.dll","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMCrypto.dll"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMCrypto\\bin\\Debug\\DPMCrypto.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMCrypto.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll b/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll index f21ba65..1a9bbea 100644 Binary files a/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll and b/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll differ diff --git a/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb b/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb index 3242177..1a263c6 100644 Binary files a/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb and b/DPMCrypto/bin/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache index 43c7ab7..b253e63 100644 --- a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache @@ -1 +1 @@ -aba5fec37f37af188961b68f1e2f530658d5f39d +b9590968ae18a958564b1c5ae95309eb3fa0df5ed6bdc78120b4506fd9171d34 diff --git a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt index c3f1cc0..e7b83db 100644 --- a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -4,3 +4,9 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMCrypto\bin\Debug\DPMCrypto.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMCrypto\bin\Debug\DPMCrypto.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMCrypto\obj\Debug\DPMCrypto.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMCrypto\obj\Debug\DPMCrypto.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMCrypto\bin\Debug\DPMCrypto.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMCrypto\bin\Debug\DPMCrypto.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMCrypto\obj\Debug\DPMCrypto.csproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMCrypto\obj\Debug\DPMCrypto.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMCrypto\obj\Debug\DPMCrypto.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMCrypto\obj\Debug\DPMCrypto.pdb diff --git a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll index f21ba65..1a9bbea 100644 Binary files a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll and b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.dll differ diff --git a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb index 3242177..1a263c6 100644 Binary files a/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb and b/DPMCrypto/obj/Debug/DPMCrypto.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMHttp/.vs/DPMHttp.csproj.dtbcache.json b/DPMHttp/.vs/DPMHttp.csproj.dtbcache.json index 8a501ba..9e8b675 100644 --- a/DPMHttp/.vs/DPMHttp.csproj.dtbcache.json +++ b/DPMHttp/.vs/DPMHttp.csproj.dtbcache.json @@ -1 +1 @@ -{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMHttp","ProjectFileName":"DPMHttp.csproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Class1.cs"},{"SourceFile":"Properties\\AssemblyInfo.cs"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.cs"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\Microsoft.CSharp.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\mscorlib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMHttp\\bin\\Debug\\DPMHttp.dll","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMHttp.dll"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMHttp\\bin\\Debug\\DPMHttp.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMHttp.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file +{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMHttp","ProjectFileName":"DPMHttp.csproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Class1.cs"},{"SourceFile":"Properties\\AssemblyInfo.cs"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.cs"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\Microsoft.CSharp.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\mscorlib.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMHttp\\bin\\Debug\\DPMHttp.dll","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMHttp.dll"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMHttp\\bin\\Debug\\DPMHttp.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMHttp.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.dll b/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.dll index 6301a07..e49813b 100644 Binary files a/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.dll and b/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.dll differ diff --git a/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb b/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb index b4ba27f..8e67d61 100644 Binary files a/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb and b/DPMHttp/bin/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache index 564c939..98799b2 100644 --- a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache @@ -1 +1 @@ -a2298045b900f41848de7aafd653543cabda22d0 +bdde2a46dfae38666c5c4d15446a395615bd5765b461c0266793a073b26bf6c4 diff --git a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt index ff66f48..a8d03d3 100644 --- a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -4,3 +4,9 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMHttp\bin\Debug\DPMHttp.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMHttp\bin\Debug\DPMHttp.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMHttp\obj\Debug\DPMHttp.dll E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMHttp\obj\Debug\DPMHttp.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMHttp\bin\Debug\DPMHttp.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMHttp\bin\Debug\DPMHttp.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMHttp\obj\Debug\DPMHttp.csproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMHttp\obj\Debug\DPMHttp.csproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMHttp\obj\Debug\DPMHttp.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMHttp\obj\Debug\DPMHttp.pdb diff --git a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.dll b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.dll index 6301a07..e49813b 100644 Binary files a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.dll and b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.dll differ diff --git a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb index b4ba27f..8e67d61 100644 Binary files a/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb and b/DPMHttp/obj/Debug/DPMHttp.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/.vs/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.dtbcache.json b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/.vs/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.dtbcache.json index 52beb8d..6c0be16 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/.vs/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.dtbcache.json +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/.vs/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.dtbcache.json @@ -1 +1 @@ -{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\DPMLizenzmanagement","ProjectFileName":"DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Form1.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Form1.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Deployment.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\bin\\Debug\\DPMLizenzmanagement.exe","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMLizenzmanagement.exe"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\bin\\Debug\\DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file +{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\DPMLizenzmanagement","ProjectFileName":"DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"Form1.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Form1.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Deployment.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Drawing.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\bin\\Debug\\DPMLizenzmanagement.exe","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMLizenzmanagement.exe"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\bin\\Debug\\DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe index 2fc594f..5b005c8 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe.config b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe.config index 6c57b2e..a86c646 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe.config +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe.config @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - + - + - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb index 9487ca7..ac7def9 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml index 806bdf9..e7aaaf2 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ DPMLizenzmanagement - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll index 0f318eb..4785f68 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb index 72f9fe5..7ac04c5 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d928593 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + +SHUKeyGen + + + + + + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. + + + + + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. + + + + + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. + + + + diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe index 2fc594f..5b005c8 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.exe differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb index 9487ca7..ac7def9 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache index 916f507..df21ab8 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache index 6c4ad86..d9c46df 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache @@ -1 +1 @@ -5c1766d5351115b159495f0004980d5b3bbf81e1 +2df8ef5962d3c6fe94f20b73ba5ea9418ff56f3786310ddb5e47a6c1b5acd1d8 diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt index e976de6..1f23409 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -30,3 +30,19 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Deb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.SuggestedBindingRedirects.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.exe.config +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.exe +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.Form1.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.Resources.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.vbproj.CopyComplete +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.exe +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\DPMLizenzmanagement\obj\Debug\DPMLizenzmanagement.pdb diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml index 806bdf9..e7aaaf2 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/DPMLizenzmanagement/obj/Debug/DPMLizenzmanagement.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ DPMLizenzmanagement - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/.vs/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.dtbcache.json b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/.vs/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.dtbcache.json index 95670f0..ab8a967 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/.vs/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.dtbcache.json +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/.vs/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.dtbcache.json @@ -1 +1 @@ -{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen","ProjectFileName":"SHUKeyGen.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"clsKeyGen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Crypto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"KeyCode.vb"},{"SourceFile":"MD5_Crypt.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"StrFunc.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.dll","OutputItemRelativePath":"SHUKeyGen.dll"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"SHUKeyGen.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file +{"RootPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen","ProjectFileName":"SHUKeyGen.vbproj","Configuration":"Debug|AnyCPU","FrameworkPath":"","Sources":[{"SourceFile":"clsKeyGen.vb"},{"SourceFile":"Crypto.vb"},{"SourceFile":"KeyCode.vb"},{"SourceFile":"MD5_Crypt.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\AssemblyInfo.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Application.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Resources.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"My Project\\Settings.Designer.vb"},{"SourceFile":"StrFunc.vb"},{"SourceFile":"obj\\Debug\\.NETFramework,Version=v4.8.AssemblyAttributes.vb"}],"References":[{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Core.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.DataSetExtensions.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Data.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Net.Http.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Windows.Forms.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""},{"Reference":"C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Reference Assemblies\\Microsoft\\Framework\\.NETFramework\\v4.8\\System.Xml.Linq.dll","ResolvedFrom":"","OriginalItemSpec":"","Name":"","EmbedInteropTypes":false,"CopyLocal":false,"IsProjectReference":false,"ProjectPath":""}],"Analyzers":[],"Outputs":[{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.dll","OutputItemRelativePath":"SHUKeyGen.dll"},{"OutputItemFullPath":"E:\\Software-Projekte\\DPM\\DPM2016 - Kopie\\DPMLizenzmanagement\\SHUKeyGen\\bin\\Debug\\SHUKeyGen.pdb","OutputItemRelativePath":"SHUKeyGen.pdb"}],"CopyToOutputEntries":[]} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll index 0f318eb..4785f68 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb index 72f9fe5..7ac04c5 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml index 5cf5430..d928593 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/bin/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ SHUKeyGen - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll index 0f318eb..4785f68 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.dll differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb index 72f9fe5..7ac04c5 100644 Binary files a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb and b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.pdb differ diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache index f470fe1..266a6fc 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache @@ -1 +1 @@ -07087271e9192505f58f354cd9c89d94033bb833 +dfa910f7c8ba464eb19e7fc6920a9907f0f0c621f5178264a03ad5b29fd061d0 diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt index b2d5e15..fa7d87e 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -17,3 +17,13 @@ E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyG E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.xml E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.pdb E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.pdb +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\bin\Debug\SHUKeyGen.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.vbproj.AssemblyReference.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.Resources.resources +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.dll +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.xml +E:\Software-Projekte\DPM\DPM2016 - Kopie\DPMLizenzmanagement\SHUKeyGen\obj\Debug\SHUKeyGen.pdb diff --git a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml index 5cf5430..d928593 100644 --- a/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml +++ b/DPMLizenzmanagement/SHUKeyGen/obj/Debug/SHUKeyGen.xml @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ SHUKeyGen - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/.signature.p7s b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91f15a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631.nupkg b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..707c908 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.targets b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf9755 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.targets @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex]::Match($(MSBuildThisFileFullPath),"\d+\.\d+\.(\d+)?\.\d+\\buildTransitive").Groups[1].Value) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + + + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.targets b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf9755 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.targets @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex]::Match($(MSBuildThisFileFullPath),"\d+\.\d+\.(\d+)?\.\d+\\buildTransitive").Groups[1].Value) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + + + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net6.0/C1.Win.targets b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net6.0/C1.Win.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ac3c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net6.0/C1.Win.targets @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net8.0/C1.Win.targets b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net8.0/C1.Win.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ac3c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/buildTransitive/net8.0/C1.Win.targets @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/docs/readme.md b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/docs/readme.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d119487 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/docs/readme.md @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +## About + +Save time and focus more on your business logic with this complete, fast, and flexible toolkit of UI controls for WinForms. + +The C1.Win library provides common classes and controls for ComponentOne controls. + +ComponentOne WinForms Edition Key Features: + +* Display and edit data with lightning-fast datagrids and input controls +* Endless data visualization options with flexible charts and reporting components +* Complete your apps with essential docking, ribbon, and dashboard layout controls +* Extensive API and built-in customization options +* Support for .NET 6 + +Learn more at [developer.mescius.com/componentone/winforms-ui-controls](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/winforms-ui-controls). + +## Resources + +* [Samples](https://github.com/GrapeCity/ComponentOne-WinForms-Samples/) +* [Documentation](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/win/) +* [Licensing](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/licensing) diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96c2e3f Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.4.6.2.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..426409b Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.4.6.2.xml b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.4.6.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb1360e --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.4.6.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29391 @@ + + + + C1.Win.4.6.2 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Represents the dropdown editor for type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for ColorPickerForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + Represents the editor for the value. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the form used as the color picker. + The form must expose the public property Color Color {get;set;}. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor dialog box. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a format string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show null text or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a null text. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor for the format string. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor dialog box. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a input mask string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the underlying datasource should be updated with the literals in the mask. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the "Update with Literals" prompt is visible. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor for the mask of input editor. + + + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates that the "Update with Literals" prompt is visible. + + + + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + Provides extension methods for the control. + + + + + Draws a text in the client area. + + The in which the text is drawn. + The object used to paint. + The text to be drawn. + The foreground color of the text. + The background color of the text. + + This method is used to draw placeholder text or the text of a disabled text box. + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessible control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets a default name of this . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that hosted on drop down form and can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessile element. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Gets the associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the accessible object associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the role of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the accessible children collection. + + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. + + + + + Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. + + + + + Sets input focus to the accessible object. + + + + + Represents the object that provides objects for the class. + + + + + Gets the accessible elements collection. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. The default value is Transparent. + + If this property is not set, the actual color will be inherited from the parent container foreground color. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. The default value is Transparent. + + This property doesn't apply to C1BitmapIcon. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon background color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + If this property is not set, then icon will be resized according to the parent container size. + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The property name. + + + + Fires when property value was changed. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Describes how content is resized to fill its allocated space. + + + + + The content preserves its original size. + + + + + The content is resized to fill the destination dimensions. The aspect ratio is not preserved. + + + + + The content is resized to fit in the destination dimensions while it preserves its native aspect ratio. + + + + + Describes how bitmap content is recolored. + + + + + The bitmap should use original colors. + + + + + The bitmap should be always shown as monochrome. + + + + + The bitmap coloring should be defined by the parent element. + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image list which should be used to retrieve the image. + The index of image in the image list. + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon background color. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + If this property is not set, then icon stretches according to the property value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. The default value is Transparent. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets the list of icons that will be rendered. + + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents the set of icons of different sizes to use in a single UI element. + + + + + Gets the next available icon of the requested size. If the icon of requested size is available in the icon set, it will be returned. + Otherwise, the icon of the next bigger size will be returned (or the biggest one icon of requested size is too big). + + The requested size + The icon of the next available size. + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon set definition. + The string to use as a postfix part of the iconSet name. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon set definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a deep copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a deep copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and contains the same + set of icons as this icon set. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and ontains the same + set of icons as this icon set; otherwise, false + + + + This factory class returns the most common predefined icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The function that creates the icon. New instances must be created every time. + + + + Creates a new icon. + + + + + Creates a new icon with specified size. + + The icon size. + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a global navigation button. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the left. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the right. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing west. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing south east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing north east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a 5-pointed star. + + + + + Gets the path for the Checked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unchecked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grayed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Collapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Expanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBCursor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBAdd icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoCircle icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoMark icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilterEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilteredColumn icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ExpressionEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailExpanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailCollapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Pin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unpin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker tool icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker search icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker clear icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxRect icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxIndeterminate icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioChecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioUnchecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the More icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Minus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowUp2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowDown2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowRight icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the True Type font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the OpenType font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the Delete icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Up icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Down icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Bold icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Italic icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Underline icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Strikeout icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ForeColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BackColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BorderColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grid icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DownArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the UpArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Transparent icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Edit1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Align icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTop icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottom icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Histogram icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Gradient icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowLeft icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the FirstRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the LastRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the Cancel icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the Refresh icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon in vertical orientation. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the CloseButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the RestoreButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MinimizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MaximizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the HelpButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the list of that will be rendered. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + + + + Gets or sets flags used to render text. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + Override it to provide custom initialization. + Always call base class implementation to reset dirty flag. + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Notifies C1Icon element that UI should be re-initialized for the next drawing operation. + + Call this method from property setters to make sure that new property value is nohored at drawing. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Returns rectangle (in the icon coordinates) to render icon. + + Returned rectangle honors property value. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Gets the image represented by this . + + + + + True if returned bitmap should be disposed when no longer needed; False otherwise. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. Returns False. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. Returns False. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Renders content into the given rectangle. + + + + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element pproperties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper elemen intitialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Gets the geometry of the vector. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle (in the icon coordinates) which will determine image placement. + + Don't set this property if you want to autosize icon according to the element bounds. + + + + The stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + The stroke color. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Returns the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + Returns the property value. + If the property is not set, returns graphic path bounds. + + + + Updates element properties when icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represent an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Present an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Gets a default value of dpi. + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + This property doesn't apply to BitmapIconRenderer. + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + Gets the size of icon after scaling by . + + + + + Gets or sets the cached icon image. + + + + + Resets cached image. + + + + + Gets the image that the icon was rendered into. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + + + + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to use a fill for the shape. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the shape has a stroke. + + + + + Creates a path for rendering an icon. + + + + + + + + Simple button with text and image. + + + + + Occurs when the element is clicked. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the to display. + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the value to show as element tooltip. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + Returns drop-down button image. + + + + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Repeat button (fires repeatedly, like scrollbar buttons). + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between clicks when the button is kept pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the button is kept pressed, + in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the mouse hovers over + the button, in milliseconds. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Check (toggle) button. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display chich box mark. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the CheckBox element within the button. + + + If there is no CheckBox element, this property returns -1. Setting the property to -1 removes the CheckBox element. + Setting this property value greater than the number of children does not throw an exception. In this case, the + maximum valid value (Children.Count) is used instead (e.g. CheckBoxIndex = 1000). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the button's CheckState (can be checked, unchecked, or indeterminate). + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the specified checkbox state. + + A value from the enumeration. + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + Override this method to provide your own images for checkboxes in various states. + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the current checkbox state. + + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Radio button with text and image. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + that hosts a WinForms . + + + In principle, this class allows hosting any WinForms control. In practice, + not all controls work well in this scenario. For example, some controls cannot be freely + resized, so the element should account for that. + ** Important Note: to allow hosting generic controls, this class stores a reference + to itself in the contained control's Tag property. That means hosted controls cannot + use their Tag property for anything else. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and control to host. + + The object to use. + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified control to host. + + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this element is hosting. + + + + + Copies style attributes from the element to the hosted control. + + + + + If overriden in nested classes and returns not null, + InputPanel will use the HostPanel to make scrollable withing the element. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's bounds. + + + + + Override to get text change notifications. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Element equivalent to a WinForms control. + + + This element has two styles: the regular () is used + to paint the element background; the is used to paint the + progress indicator. + If either style is set to null (the default value), then the background and/or + progress indicators are rendered using system's current visual theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given . + + used to paint the element's background. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the progress bar. + + + If this property is set to null, then the progress is painted using the + system's current visual theme. + + + + + Panel that knows how to scroll child elements bigger than itself. + + + The child elements are clipped to the bounds of the ScrollablePanel; + scrolling is done by setting the property, + which works like the ScrollPosition in the control. + This class only implements the scrollable (client) area of a scrollable + control. It doesn't have scrollbars or buttons. For that, use the + or classes + (or implement your own scrollable panel). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the pecified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Negative pixel offset (like the control). + + + + + that contains the content to be scrolled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the panel to scroll its contents + in steps when the property changes. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change applied + when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Event that occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Panel that plays the role of a ). + + + This element contains a that contains the + content to display and two objects that are displayed + as needed and control the scroll position on the main panel. + If the panel contains an that is , + then it will honor the mouse wheel in addition to the scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new ScrollBarPanel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets which scrollbars should be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrollbars defined by the + property should remain visible even if they are not needed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the scrollbar buttons. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Returns reference to the vertical element. + + + + + Returns reference to the horizontal element. + + + + + Panel that contains two scroll buttons (, + ) and a with + content that can be scrolled by clicking the buttons. + + + To use this class, assign the that contains the + scrollable content should be assigned to the + property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll position (negative pixel offset, like the control). + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll step, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing while pressed, in milliseconds + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing when the mouse hovers over them + (even without pressing them) + + + Set to zero or any negative value to disable the hover scroll feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the time between scroll steps while buttons are pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scroll buttons should be visible even when they are not needed. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to previous elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to next elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining height and width in pixels of navigation buttons. + + + + + + Element that looks and behaves like a WinForms . + + + If no is assigned to this element, it will render itself + using Windows Visual Styles. + + Use the property to control whether + the ScrollBarElement should be rendered as a vertical or horizontal + scrollbar. + + + + + Specifies the command being executed by the ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a without a . + + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical without a . + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the + scroll box on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a small distance (one 'line'). + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a large distance (one 'page'). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the thumb size should reflect the ratio of the scroll bar + size to its range. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale factor (used with Gc/C1Zoom). + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the scroll box ('thumb' element). + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the thumb and line up/down buttons in the scroll direction. + + + By default, the scroll buttons are square. This property allows you to set the + button height in vertical scrollbars or the button width in horizontal scrollbars. + Set this property to a value less than 1 to restore the default (square) sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the control to scroll in steps. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change + applied when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Fires when the property has been changed. + + + + + Buttons at either end of the scrollbar (line up/down) + + + + + Area between the buttons and the thumb (page up/down) + + + + + Thumb (track) + + + + + Tab pages are represented by TabPageElement elements in the + tab.TabArea.Children collection. + + + + + Gets the RowPanel that contains the tabs. + + + + + Gets the element that is currently displayed in the content area. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected TabPageElement. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements that represent the tab pages. + + + + + Removes all tabs and content from the TabElement. + + + + + Gets the TabPageElement that contains a given child element. + + Child element in the Tab. + The TabPageElement that contains the given child element, or + null if the element does not belong to any tab pages. + + + + + + + + + that hosts a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current text. + + + + + Returns the reference to the hosted control. + + + + + Updates the alignment of the text box control to reflect the current . + + + + + Gets the number of lines in the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual cue, or tip, that is displayed by TextBox to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a tree panel with rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets visible of the checkbox for a tree row. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset value for a tree row. + + + Used in the * formula. + + + + + Gets the settings for the tree lines. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a list of settings for tree lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of dashed lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating displays lines or not. + + + + + Represents a base collection for and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent element of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent element of this collection. + + + + + Creates and adds an object to the end of the . + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree panel of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree row of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent tree row of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a tree panel row element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the parent tree panel of this . + + + + + Gets the parent row of this . + + + + + Gets the level of this . + + + + + Gets the button to change the expanded state for this . + + + + + Gets the checkbox for this . + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded state value for this . + + + + + Gets the collection of child rows for this . + + + + + Returns a collection with this row, all of its child rows, and all of the child rows of child rows. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a button instance for property. + + + + + Returns a checkbox instance for property. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with icon for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the for the expanded state of the row. + + + + + Gets the for the collapsed state of the row. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with checkbox for . + + + + + Event raised when checked/unchecked + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the for the checked state of the checkBox. + + + + + Gets the for the unchecked state of the checkBox. + + + + + + + + + + + Updates icon element + + + + + Base class for all object that contain child elements. + + + This class extends and implements the property. + This class acts like a static canvas. It has no layout logic other than sizing itself to fit its children. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + object used to measure and render this . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Abstract class for elements that display text or images. + + Derived classes should override method to + provide the content (text, images, formatted values). + + This class does not have child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets the value represented by this . + + Object to be rendered as this element's content. + + The value is an object that the class can measure and render, usually a string, + an , or an object. + + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + The is a layout panel, that layouts children elements to the left, right, top, bottom or center of the panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Adds child element with the specified option. + + The to add. + The option to use for the added child element. + + + + Changes the option for the specified child element. + + The to change. + The new option to use. + + + + Returns the option used for the specified child element. + + The child to check. + The new option used for the specified child element. + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Interface implemented by WinForms controls hosted in X elements. + + + This interface allows the control to manage WinForms controls + contained in C1.Framework elements. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that this is hosting. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's current bounds. + + + + + Interface implemented by Elements that want to display tooltips when seen + in an XView. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that appears as a ToolTip for this . + + + + + Interface implemented by elements that can process mnemonics. + + + + + Method that gets called when the user presses the hot key that corresponds to this . + + True if the hot key was handled by the element, false otherwise. + + + + Base class for all elements, handles layout and styles. Instances of this + class have no content and no children. + + Elements with content (and no children) derive from . + + Elements with children derive from . + + This class doesn't do much by itself except call virtual methods that can + be overridden in derived classes. It can draw a background and borders with + no content, so it can be used to implement things like bars and spacers. + + It is designed to be very light-weight, since typical documents may create + thousands of these. Additional elements should be added to not-so-common derived + classes. + + + + + Flags that represent the state of an . + + + + + Element should be laid out before it is rendered. + + + + + Element is visible. + + + + + The width of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The height of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The element is enabled and may receive mouse and keyboard messages. + + + + + The element recognizes mouse messages. + + + + + The element recognizes keyboard messages. + + + + + The element should display a focus rectangle when it has the focus. + + + + + The element can receive the focus when the tab key is pressed. + + + + + The mouse is over the element. + + + + + The mouse is over the element and the left button is pressed. + + + + + The Hot state does not propagate automatically to the parent element. + + + + + Flow child elements in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Used for international applications where the language is written from right to left. + + + + + Indicates if the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Indicates if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Flags that represent the line-breaking behavior caused by an element when it is contained + in a paragraph. + + + + + The element does not cause line breaks. + + + + + Insert line breaks before the element. + + + + + Insert line breaks after the element. + + + + + The parent . + + + + + The that defines the position of the within its parent. + + + + + The object that defines the appearance of this . + + + + + An value that defines the behavior of this . + + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + + + + Gets the element's parent, or null if this is the root element. + + + + + Gets the element's top-level parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style object used to render this Element. + + + + + Gets the element's style, or a default style if the element doesn't have one. + This never returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is visible. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is enabled (can receive mouse and keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is hit-testable (receives mouse messages). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is focusable (receives keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element can currently receive the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should display a focus rectangle when it has focus. + + + + + Sets the focus to the host control and to this within the host control. + + True if the focus was set successfully. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this or one of its children has the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Hot style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Pressed style. + + + + + Gets or sets the element's bounds (size and location) within its parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the element. + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + Whether to return the element's outer bounds or content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle to the ancestor's content area. + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + Client rectangle, in pixels. + This discounts margins, borders, and padding. + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Element height. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Adjusts the location of this element by the specified amount. + + Offset in the horizontal direction. + Offset in the vertical direction. + + + + Gets a value that indicates this element needs to be laid out. + + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + Whether ContentElements (e.g. elements without children, such as + , ) also need to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + + + + Gets the portion of the element that renders below the baseline. + Usually non-zero only for text elements, depends on font. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Gets a list of child elements. + + + The base class always returns null; panel elements should be based on . + + + + + Gets a value that indicates the element has a non-empty collection. + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Lays out this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Perform layout using host control's object. + + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Render this element's content (no children). + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle to render into. + + + + Returns the element at a given point. + + Point to check. + The element at the point. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + Type of element we're looking for. + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Returns the scroll origin (override to implement non-scrolling areas). + + + + + + Determines whether this element is a child of another element. + + Parent element to investigate. + True if contains this element. + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + Whether to repaint the host control immediately after invalidation. + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Handles MouseWheel events. + + that contains the event data. + True if the event was handled by this element, false otherwise. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse moves over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user double-clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the element is about to lose focus. + + + + + + Called by the host control after the element has been validated. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + Key that was pressed and needs to be checked. + true if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a character key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface with the specified style. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Gets a that covers only the borders (hollow, used to renders the borders). + + the of the rendered . + the bounds of the rendered . + the border of the rendered . + + + + + Executes TextRenderer.DrawText. Do not use it in any way other than as protected. + + + + + Gets the value specifying whether element size is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element width is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element height is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets an from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the image. + An stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Gets a from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the bitmap. + A stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Finds the that is represented by a given hot key. + + to search (including all its children). + Hot key to search for. + The that is represented by the given hot key. + + + + Computes the location of the specified screen point into client coordinates. + + The screen coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in client coordinates. + + + + Computes the location of the specified client point into screen coordinates. + + The client coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in screen coordinates. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the is currently being displayed. + + + Returns if has no . + + + + + Scales the instance uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The style for scaling. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Contains a list of Elements that belong to a parent element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified owning element. + + The which owns this list. + + + + Gets a reference to the that owns this . + + + + + Adjusts the location of all objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Adjusts the location of some objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + Index of the first to be offset. + Number of elements to offset. + + + + Called when elements are added or removed from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the element to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new object in the list. + + + + Inserts an at a specified index. + + Index where the will be inserted. + to add to the list. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the list at the specified index. + + Index where the elements will be inserted. + whose elements will be inserted. + + + + Removes the at the specified index from the list. + + The index of the to remove. + + + + Removes a range of elements from the list. + + Index of the first element to remove from the list. + Number of elements to remove. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + Index where the reversal should start. + Number of elements to reverse. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + + + + Removes all elements from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the last on the list. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and orientation. + + The object to use. + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the of the specified orientation. + + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Specifies the value to use for layout children. + + + + + Represents a base drop down form for the drop down control. + + + + + The popup form on the top (if any exist). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner drop down control. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, + with Esc key or using the CloseForm method, and implicit cancellation + (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + This flag is True when we should not close the popup Form from the Deactivate event. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicates that can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating if the drop down form has a shadow displayed. + + + + + This flag is set when the user clicks the drop-down button in menu while this drop-down is already open. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If true, the form will not be closed when the user clicks some item on this form or on a child form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that hosted on this dropd down form. + + + + + Gets the drop-down owner. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for this dropdown form. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Prepares location of drop down form. + + + The overridden method may return 'true' to avoid further processing. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Refreshes bounds of the drop down form. + + + + + Returns the initial size for drop down form. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Closes the drop down form. + + + + + Closes this and all child dropdown forms. + + + + + Handles a click on an item on a dropdown form. + + + + + Returns a parent form of the drop down control. + + + + + Applies the align to the dropdown form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Hides all the popped up forms till the specified parent form. + + + + + Don't pass 'this' in the formToBeActivated parameter + + + + + Represents the methods, events and properties of drop down from. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that form can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the form has been disposed of. + + + + + Applies the style to drop down form. + + Style of drop down form. + DPI of parent control. + + + + Closes the form. + + + + + Closes the drop down form and activates the parent form. + + + + + Opens the drop down form at the top of other windows. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets a value that determines the alignment of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets a distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the right-to-left mode value for the owner dropdown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating that the dropdown form closes itself and all child forms. + + + + + Gets the dropdown form. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to stick the drop-down form to the side border. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Returns the that has input focus then the is true. + + + + + Handles the DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Handles the DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Fires when item was clicked on dropdown form. + + + + + Represents extended the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Alignment of the drop-down portion of the drop down control. + + + + + Use the default alignment rules. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its left side. + + + + + The drop down form is centered. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its right side. + + + + + This class is an accessor for getting and setting elements at intersections + of grid rows and columns. The actual elements are stored in the rows. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The owning element. + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Gets or sets the displayed in this grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of rows that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of columns that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Keeps track of column widths and positions + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + GridColumn collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridColumn objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Return the reference to the owning grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the grid column to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a grid with rows and columns. + At each intersection there is a cell object that contains an element. + Cells may span rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns and style settings. + + The object to use. + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns. + + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Returns the object displayed in the specified row and column. + + The row number. + The column number. + The object. + If the object with specified row and column numbers doesn't exist when this property is called, it is created. + Also this property call migh create missing rows and columns if required. + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value, specifying size in pixels of empty space between adjucent grid cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all columns should have the same width. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all rows should have the same height. + + + + + Keeps track of row heights and positions, stores cells in Children member. + + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Creates the object with the specified column index. + + The column number. + + + + + Returns the value specifying the index of this row in the owning grid. + + + + + GridRow collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridRow objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the row to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds a to the list. + + The to add to the list. + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + Adds a new to the list. + + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + + + + + + Element that displays an . + + Alignment and scaling are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image and style options. + + The object to use. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image. + + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object to show. + + + + + The content of this element is the image. + + + + + + No descent for images. + + + + + that displays paragraphs. + + + This class is a panel that wraps and aligns its child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically into a single line. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation and style options. + + The object to use. + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation. + + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which child elements are stacked. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Encapsulates a Brush for painting background. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush obtained from the method should be disposed after use. + + + + + Returns a brush for the specified rectangle. + + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Class that encapsulates objects used to paint element backgrounds. + It exposes properties that can be used to create and serialize , + , and objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the for this . + + + + + Gets or sets whether gamma correction is applied to the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the main color (used when is set to None). + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color (used when is set to a value other than None). + + + + + Gets or sets the used to create the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a object that may be something other than a . + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush should be disposed after use. + + + + + Gets an updated that can be used to fill a given . + + Rectangle used to build the gradient brush if the + property is set to a value other than None. + A that can be used to paint an element's background. + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Gets a clone of this . + + A clone of this . + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + The object is converted to a string with the following format: + [p1],[f1];[p2],[f2];...;[pn],[fn] + Where the 'pi' are positions between 0 and 1 along the blend line and + 'fi' are factors between 0 and 1 that correspond to the amount of the + secondary color in the blend. + The positions must be increasing, and the last one must be 1. + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + These are some simple blend strings: + "0,0;1,1": default blend, starting with color1 (0,0) and finishing with color2 (1,1). + "0,1;1,0": reverse blend, starting with color2 (1,0) and finishing with color1 (0,1). + "0,0;.5,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 halfway, then back to color1. + "0,0;.1,1;.9,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 at 10%, continues with color2 up to 90%, then switches back to color1. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + + + Class that stores colors for individual border edges. + + + In most cases, borders have a single color and this class is not used at all. + If the members of this class are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified + colors are used to paint over specific edges. + This class paints the borders with a bevel so they line up at the corners, but + it does not handle corners at all, so only rectangular elements can have multi-colored + borders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that owns the new instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets a value that determines if colors have been specified for any of the edges. + + + + + Gets a clone of this object. + + A clone of this object. + + + + Returns true if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + This is important when handling persistence and comparing to the default value. + + to compare to this object. + True if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + + Serves as a hash function for a object. + + An integer that serves as a hash function for a object. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + border thickness. + brush which should be used for left border. + brush which should be used for right border. + brush which should be used for top border. + brush which should be used for bottom border. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns this object. + + + + + Notifies the owner that this object has changed. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + + + Represents corners associated with a user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of the left top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the left bottom corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right bottom corner, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of all corners, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left bottom corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right bottom corner. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Swaps corners for RightToLeft layout. + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Specifies the background gradient mode. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Specifies the text direction (horizontal or vertical). + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + + Specifies flags for the style. + + + + + No special flags. + + + + + Add a page break before this element. + + + + + Add a page break after this element. + + + + + Enables or disables the text font decorations, such as Underline or Strikeout. + + + + + No changes to font style. + + + + + Enables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Disables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Enables the Underline effect. + + + + + Disables the Underline effect. + + + + + Provides data for a dynamic style. + + + + + The default empty dynamic style. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + The parent style object. + + + + Gets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets the style owner object, such as XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the right-to-left mode is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Underline or Strikeout effects should be used or not used when drawing the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + The class contains display attributes that + determine the appearance of content on the screen/printer. + It includes most elements found in Css styles. + The class also contains methods for rendering + and measuring content (strings and images) based on the style settings + (fonts, margins, etc). + The objects are not hierarchical in the sense + that they don't have parent styles and don't inherit attributes + from the parent style. To create a new style based on an existing one, + you would clone the original style, then apply whatever attributes + you want to the new style. + The objects are hierarchical in the sense that + two style attributes ( and ) don't + need to be set. If these attributes are not set, they are inherited, + but not from a parent object. Rather, these attributes + are inherited from the parent UI object. + This type of inheritance make it easy to define a font on + a associated with a parent UI object and have that + font be automatically applied to all UI objects contained in the parent. + By contrast, a attribute is not explicitly inherited. + Instead, the parent UI object paints its client area with a brush, + and child UI objects have a transparent background by default, + so the parent background shows through by default. Other attributes such + as alignment, margins, padding, etc are also not inherited. + + + + + The size of shadow. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The name of the new object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The owner object for the new . + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style is locked and cannot be modified. + + + This property is useful when you want to prevent code from accidentally + modifying 'stock' styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to paint text within the element. + + + If this property is set to null, the text will be painted using the font + specified by the parent element's font. + + + + + Gets the part of the font below the baseline. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the text within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the border around the element. + + + + + Gets object that defines the colors used to paint each edge of the borders. + + + Normally, this property is empty, and the border is drawn using the color specified by the + property. + If any of the members of this property are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified color + is used to paint the specific border. + This property is only applicable if the are set to zero. + + + + + Gets or sets the radii of the element corners. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the margins around the element. + + + + + Returns margins which honor current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text content should be clipped to the element area. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text bounding rectangle should include padding. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the vertical direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be aligned within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be scaled within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be allowed to wrap within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how to trim characters that do not fit in the space available. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string used to convert the element value into a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation for the first text element. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between child elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the style width (set to -1 to use the default width). + + + + + Gets or sets the style height (set to -1 to use the default height). + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that should be displayed when the mouse is over elements with this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining how to display hot keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which text is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be rendered from right to left, such as in Arabic or Hebrew. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the value of Style.RightToLeft property must be applied to Element. + + This property can be set when reading css styles from dir attribute. + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot and pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the display as block or inline of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style includes a shadow. + + + + + Gets a reference to the default style. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient background in percentage units. + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color used to build the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to apply gamma correction to the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the style flags. + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (DrawString). + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (TextRenderer). + + + + + Forces the dynamic style to freeze. + + + + + "Frozen" dynamic style. + + + + + Gets the owner object, such an XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the background image can be flipped for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be flipped horizontally for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns back image padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element border is an ellipse (for the dynamic styles only). + + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + A height to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Inflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to inflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + A height to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Deflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to deflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical + to the current (except for the property, + which is always false for clones). + + The copy of the current . + + + + Copies all attributes from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between this method and is that Clone returns a new + object, while Copy modifies the attributes in an existing style. + + + + + Copies attributes set to non-default values from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between and Merge is that Merge will not copy + attributes that are set to their default values in the . + + + + + Converts value to string according to property value. + + A value to convert. + The string value of the current instance. + + + + Releases all resources. + + + + + Fires when any elements of the change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets whether this style or any of its sub-styles has a shadow. + + True if style or its sub-styles have shadow; False otherwise. + + + + Returns if specified brush is a or otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns new if specified color is not or null otherwise. + + + + + + + Class that contains a keyed collection of objects and methods + to serialize the styles into Xml files and streams. + + + The Theme class is a named/keyed collection of objects. + The class is designed to be used as a base class for components that need + to add custom elements to themes in addition to a style collection. + Inheritors should override the following methods: + + // specify the name of the component that will use this theme + protected virtual string ComponentType + + // save component-specific elements to xml + protected virtual void WriteCustomData(XmlWriter writer) + + // load component-specific elements from xml + protected virtual void ReadCustomData(XmlNode node) + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Name of the new theme. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the theme name (e.g. "RedMoon"); + + + + + Saves a collection of themes into an Xml file. + + Array containing objects. + Name of the Xml file where the themes will be saved. + + Use the method to load the saved themes. + + + + + Loads a collection of themes from an Xml file. + + Name of the Xml file that contains the themes. + An array containing the themes loaded from the file. + + Use this method to load themes saved with the method. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the theme definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme definition. + + + + Writes this into an Xml file. + + Name of the file where the theme will be saved. + + + + Writes this into an Xml . + + where the theme will be saved. + + + + Reads this from an Xml file. + + File that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml . + + that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml string. + + String that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the component that owns the theme + (e.g., "C1Schedule", "C1Calendar" or "C1Ribbon"). + + + + + Writes component-specific data into the theme. + + where custom theme data is saved. + + Derived classes should override this method to save any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Reads component-specific theme data. + + that contains the theme data. + + Derived classes should override this method to read any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Saves an image into the Xml output stream. + + that contains the theme definition. + Name of the node where the image will be stored. + that will be saved in the stream. + + The default implementation keeps a list of the images that have been saved. If any + images are saved more than once, only the index is stored for the repeated instances. + For example: + + SaveImage(writer, "MyImageProperty", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAgain", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAndAgain", img); + + [MyImageProperty]base64data[/MyImageProperty] + [MyImagePropertyAgain index="0"/] + [MyImagePropertyAndAgain index="0"/] + + + + + + Loads an image from the Xml stream. + + that contains the image information. + An object. + + The first instance of each image is stored as node data (base 64-encoded). When this + instance is loaded for the first time, the image is stored in an internal image list. + Subsequent instances of the same image are not stored in the node as binary data; + an "index" attribute is used instead that specifies the index of the image in the + internal image collection. + + + + + Styles are indexed by style name. + + Collection member. + Style name (must be unique within collection). + + + + Saves a into an . + + that will receive the style data. + that will be saved. + List of images whose indices will be saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being saved. + + To save space, the following rules apply: + Properties of the main style are saved only if they are set to values different from the default. + Properties of substyles (hot, pressed, etc) are saved only if they are different from the main style. + Images are saved in a separate list, and only references are saved in the styles. + + + + + Loads a from an . + + that contains the style data. + List of images whose indices were saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being loaded. + + + + + Represents padding, border or margin information associated with a + user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the top edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the right edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the bottom edge, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left and right edges, in pixels. + Thickness of the top and bottom edges, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of all edges, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the left edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the top edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the right edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the bottom edge. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the top and bottom edges. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the right and left edges. + + + + + Inflates the current by the specified values. + + The inflate size for vertical edges. + The inflate size for horizontal edges. + The new . + + + + Inflates the current by the specified size. + + The size. + The new . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Swaps the values of the Left and Right properties. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Element that displays a string. + + Alignment and formatting are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style and contents. + + used to measure and render the , + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style. + + used to measure and render the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given text. + + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of an empty . + + + + + Gets or sets the string displayed by this . + + + + + Gets the string represented by this . + + The string represented by this . + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Class with static methods used for enumerating and retrieving application + resources. + + + + + Returns all images from the entry assembly. + + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Returns all images from the specified assembly. + + An to load images from. + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the specified assembly. + + An to load resource from. + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Decodes an image from a base-64-encoded string. + + String that contains the encoded image data. + The encoded in the string. + + + + Element that displays a simple value (numbers, dates, etc). + + The element's is responsible for formatting the value + (with ). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value and style settings. + + The object to use. + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. + + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value. + + + + + Specifies how to scale (or flow) the element to fit the pages. + + + + + Render element as it appears on the screen. + + + + + Scale element so its width fits on a page. + + + + + Scale element to fit on a single page. + + + + + Flow element to fit the available page width. + + + + + Class that extends to print objects. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of host control for C1Framwork elements. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets the element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Causes the control to redraw the invalidated regions within its client area. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Defines an abstract base class for controls that support auto-scrolling behavior. + + + + + Initializes the properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme scroll bars. + + + The theme scroll bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the document. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should scroll as the user drags the scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining + the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when + the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Override this method to get notifications when the control scrolls. + + + + + + This property is used to set the scroll page size. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + This method is used to set the scroll rectangle. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + + + + Handles scroll messages. + + + + + + This member overrides . + Override this method to account for scrollbars size. + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether th Control supported rtl scroll or not. + + + + + Gets a value determining behavior of scroll in rtl mode. + + + + + Gets the state of vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the state of scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to move a scroll bar in response to + a small scroll command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether control shows scroll bars. + + + + + Retrieves the specified scroll bar range. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll position of the specified scroll bar. + + The int value of scroll bar + + + + + Gets the immediate position of the specified scroll box that the user is dragging. + + + + + + + Sets the position of the specified scroll bar. + + + Specifies the new position of the scroll box. + The position must be within the scrolling range. + The previous position of the scroll box indicates success. + Zero indicates failure + + + + Changes horizontal scroll position if needed. Uses for support RTL. + + + + + Specifies how the XView control should size the element it contains. + + + + + No autosizing. + + + + + Auto size element by client area width. + + + + + Auto size element by client area height. + + + + + Auto size element by client area size. + + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + The control has an property that gets or + sets the element to be displayed. + + The control is responsible for displaying the element, providing + scrolling, and routing mouse and keyboard events to the hosted element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets or sets how the should resize the hosted element to match its size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should show draw a focus rectangle around + the element with focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that controls anti-aliasing. + + + + + Gets or sets the that controls text rendering quality. + + + + + Creates a object for the control. + + A object for the control. + + The object returned by this method reflects the current + settings for the and + properties. + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks whether a given element is in the main element's scrolling area. + + to check. + True if the whole element is within the main element's scrolling area. + + The main element's scrolling area is the area below and to the right of the point + returned by the method. + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Scrolls a given element into view. + + Element to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given point into view. + + Point to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given rectangle into view. + + Rectangle to scroll into view. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Transforms a size from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for width and height. + + The size to be scaled. + The scaled size. + + + + Scales a logical bitmap value to it's equivalent device unit value when a DPI change occurs. + + The bitmap to scale. + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The left to be scaled. + The top to be scaled. + The right to be scaled. + The bottom to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Occurs when an external C1SuperTooltip is attached or detached. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a collection of public components contained in this control. + This is used by the XViewDesigner designer. + + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or + a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns True if the mouse pointer is inside the XView control. + + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Gets the element that hosted the . + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the scroll rectangle. + + Amount to scroll in the x direction, in pixels. + Amount to scroll in the y direction, in pixels. + + + + + + + + Element that serves as an interface between the host IXView control and the content elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Calls methods to rescale of the element tree when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Control that hosts control. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + Indicates whether the method call comes from a Dispose method or from a finalizer. + + + + Gets the that this control is hosting. + + + + + Initializes the hosted in this control. + + Uses to override the default . + + + Uses to override IsInputKey(Control, Keys) when this control uses as children of other control. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.GotFocus event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Update bounds of hosted controls. + + + + + Remove all controls that belong to elements which have either become invisible or now belong to a different owner from the Controls collection. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Transforms a size from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for width and height. + + The size to be scaled. + The scaled size. + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Handle the tab key by moving the focus to the next focusable element. + + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + Render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Gets scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + + + + + + Message filter to detect mouse events while the popUp is shown and + close the form when a mouse click outside the popUp occurs. + + + + + Checks the message loop for mouse messages while the popUp is displayed. + If one is detected the position is checked to see if it is outside the form, + in which case the owner is notified. + + + + + The default word-break rules are used. Words usually are not break or are break only in places + where the break is explicitly specified (for example, using the <br> tag). + + + + + Line wrap is added automatically so that the word fits within the specified block width. + The value does not work for Chinese, Korean, Japanese or Arabic text. + + + + + Does not allow word-break in Chinese, Korean, or Japanese. + For other languages, it acts as 'Normal'. + + + + + Adds a StyleAttribute to a table based on a name and value. + + + + + Class that represents Html DIV tags. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted after + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + True if a line break should be inserted after the given element. + + + + Gets the amount of space, in pixels, to be added between two elements. + + Element above the space. + Element below the space. + Amount of space, in pixels, to be added between the two elements. + + + + Adds a string with a given style to this paragraph. + + used to render the new string. + String to add to this paragraph. + Indicates if the text element can be wrapped to new line. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Like a , but with an adjustable base line offset + (for implementing sub/super scripts) + + + + + Class that represents a generic Html . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + The value of the width of html content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content. + + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Gets or sets the value determining location of the html content to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the html content to display. + + + + + Clears all content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether to show hotkey prefix. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether content should be downloaded at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets the containing image cache. + + + + + Get the value specifying whether the current element contains animated images. + + + + + Selects the image frame with the specified index. + + The frame index. + + + + Class that represents HTML 'FONT' tags. + + + + + Extends Element to provide a horizontal rule across the document. + + + + + Class that represents HTML 'A' tags. + + + + + Invisible elements inserted in the HTML stream to delimit hyperlinks. + To use this, the viewer should handle the MouseDown event, use HitTest to + find the element clicked, then scan the Children collection to determine + whether the click was on a link and what the link parameters are. + + + + + Represents an HTML 'img' tag. + + + + + REVIEW: Replace with 2-column table? + The current setup works but makes the document dirty when it renders... + + + + + Class that represents an item in an ordered or unordered list. + + + + + Utility class with static methods used for loading (and caching) + text and images from the web, from disk, or from app resources. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML form. + + + + + Input types. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML input (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML text area (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML select (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + + The main method in this class is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + The main method is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Helper class used for measuring and rendering HTML. + + + + + Gsts or sets a right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in pixels. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The graphics device context handler. + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + The right-to-left layout. + + + + Gets element width in pixels. + + + + + Gets element height in pixels. + + + + + Gets a metafile image of a piece of the document. + + The rectangle of a image. + The offset of the frame. + The frame bottom calculated value. + The metafile image of a piece of the document. + + + + Represents an HTML span. + + + + + Class that represents some spans. + + + + + HtmlTable derives from HtmlDiv and contains a single GridPanel, exposed by + the property. + HtmlTable does not derive directly from GridPanel for two reasons: + 1) To allow horizontal alignment of the table within the paragraph, and + 2) Because this is simpler than using an interface and different parent classes. + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + + Utility class for reading/writing XML. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Icon objects to and from various other representations. + + The allows to initialize new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Provides a user interface that can edit collection of elements at design time. + + The allows to add new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Creates a new instance of the class using the specified collection type. + + The type of the collection for this editor to edit. + + + + Provides base methods used to measure and render text. + + + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with . + + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI. + + + + + Gets the corresponding to the specified . + + The text layout information. + If true, the text is displayed from right to left. + The display and layout information for text strings. + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI plus. + + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + The interface implemented by the control extended by a super tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips. + + + + + Specialized TextBox used to edit HTML content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Override to change the default. + + + + + Insert a span tag around the current selection. + + Tag to insert (e.g. "b", "i"). + + + + Insert a list at the selection. + + True to insert a numbered list, false to insert a bullet list. + + + + Insert an image at the selection. + + Name of the image to insert. + + + + Editor for class. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperLabel contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner label. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of label text. + + + + + + + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner label properties. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperTooltip contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Updates images in the Images collection and PreviewLabel control. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + When overridden saves the current settings of the tooltip to an internal array. + + + + + When overridden restores the previous tooltip settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner tooltip. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of tooltip text. + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner tooltip properties. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a label that shows static information on a form. + + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a control. + + + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superLabel + c1superLabel.AutoSize = true; + c1superLabel.Text = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + + // attach event handler + c1superLabel.LinkClicked += new C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventHandler(c1superLabel_LinkClicked); + // ... + + void c1superLabel_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands (&) are used to indicate the next character is a hot key. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content. + + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the rows in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the width needed + to display the cell with the widest content: + + int GetMaximumCellWidth(int col) + { + // maximum width is unknown + int maxWidth = -1; + + // scan all rows to find the widest content + for (int row = 0; row < _flex.Rows.Count; row++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure width needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _superLabel.Measure().Width; + + // save maximum width + if (width > maxWidth) + maxWidth = width; + } + return maxWidth; + } + + + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content using specified . + + used to measure. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Measures the height of the control content when rendered with a given width. + + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the columns in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the height needed + to display the cell with the tallest content: + + int GetMaximumCellHeight(int row) + { + // maximum height is unknown + int maxHeight = -1; + + // scan all columns to find the tallest content + for (int col = 0; col < _flex.Cols.Count; col++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure height needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _flex.Cols[col].WidthDisplay; + int height = _superLabel.Measure(width).Height; + + // save maximum height + if (height > maxHeight) + maxHeight = height; + } + return maxHeight; + } + + + + + + Measures the height of the control content using specified when rendered with a given width. + + used to measure. + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Draws the control content into a given object. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + + The example below uses the DrawToGraphics method to render Html in a C1FlexGrid control. + Grid cells containing text that starts with an <html> tag are rendered as Html. Other cells are + rendered by the grid as usual. + + void _flex_OwnerDrawCell(object sender, OwnerDrawCellEventArgs e) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(e.Row, e.Col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // set label back color and content + _superLabel.BackColor = e.Style.BackColor; + _superLabel.Text = text; + + // draw the Html into grid cell + _superLabel.DrawToGraphics(e.Graphics, e.Bounds); + + // cell has been drawn + e.Handled = true; + } + } + + + + + + Draws an HTML string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects, + starting at a given offset within the string. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + Offset of the first line to draw (usually the return value of a previous call to DrawStringHtml). + The offset of the first line that was not printed because it did not fit in the specified rectangle, or the value of + if the entire string was rendered. By default zero. + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Update internal style when RightToLeft property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + True if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the value of the property changes. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. + + + + + Releases resources used by the component + + True to release all resources; false to release unmanaged resources only. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Recreates HTML element using the specified style and UseMnemonic value, + re-parses the text. + + The style to apply. + + + + Parses the Text property into Html. + + + + + Handles auto-sizing when necessary. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event. + + Object that fired the event. + object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that was pressed on the link. + Value of the link's HREF attribute. + Value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + Gets the button that was clicked on the link. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's HREF attribute. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + + Specifies a background gradient for the ToolTip. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies under what conditions the tooltip will remain visible + if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + + + + + The tooltip never remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Control key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Alt key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Shift key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip always remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible while the mouse cursor is hovered over it. + + + + + Represents a pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose + when the mouse hovers over the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a component. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating under what conditions the tooltip will remain + visible if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + Period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible can be set using + the property. + + + This property works only if is true. Otherwise, + the Control behaves as if the property is set to a value . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is currently active. + + + This property allows you to enable or disable the display of + text for all controls that have text specified in this particular C1SuperTooltip. + More than one C1SuperTooltip can be created and assigned to a form; setting the + Active property to false only affects the specified C1SuperTooltip. + You can allow users to set the value of this property in a form that provides + application options to provide the ability for the user to enable or disable the display + of C1SuperTooltips in your application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip follows the cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic delay for the . + + + The AutomaticDelay property enables you to set a single delay value which + is then used to set the values of the , , + and properties. Each time the AutomaticDelay property is set, + the following values are set by default. + AutoPopDelay: 10 times the AutomaticDelay property value. + InitialDelay: Equal to the AutomaticDelay property value. + ReshowDelay: 1/5 of the AutomaticDelay property value. + These properties can also be set independently once the AutomaticDelay property has been set. + For more information, see the , , and + properties. This property is typically used to provide a consistent + delay pattern for your windows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip should display ToolTipText of Microsoft's ListView items or Microsoft's DataGridView cells. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (10 * ). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default ( / 5). + + + + Gets or sets the period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible if the + mouse pointer is stationary within a control. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + window is displayed when the mouse pointer is over a control. For example, if you display + extensive help in a C1SuperTooltip window, you can increase the value of this property + to ensure that the user has sufficient time to read the text. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your C1SuperTooltip windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property + sets the AutoPopDelay, , and + properties to initial values based on a single value. Every time the + property is set, the AutoPopDelay property is set to 10 times the AutomaticDelay + property value. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently + set the AutoPopDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a window is displayed even + when its parent control is not active. + + + + This property enables you to display a C1SuperTooltip window even when the container + of the tooltip is not active. + + You can use this feature in a modeless window application to enable C1SuperTooltip + windows to be displayed regardless of which modeless window is active. This feature is also + useful when creating a control using the UserControl that contains a number of + controls that display tooltips. Since the UserControl is often not the active + window on a form, setting this property to true enables the controls within the + UserControl to display windows at any time. + + + + + + Gets or sets the time that passes before the tooltip appears. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + waits before displaying a tooltip window. If the value of the + property is set to a value that is too long in duration, the user of your application + may not know that your application provides C1SuperTooltip help. You can use this + property to ensure that the user has tooltips displayed quickly by shortening the time + specified. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , , and InitialDelay properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of time that must transpire before subsequent windows appear + as the mouse pointer moves from one control to another. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the C1SuperTooltip + waits before displaying a tooltip window after a previous tooltip window is displayed. + The first time a tooltip window is displayed the value of the + property is used to determine the delay to apply before initially showing the tooltip + window. When a tooltip window is currently being displayed and the user moves the cursor + to another control that displays a tooltip window, the value of the + property is used before showing the tooltip for the new control. The tooltip window from + the previous control must still be displayed in order for the delay specified in the + ReshowDelay property to be used; otherwise the property + value is used. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , ReshowDelay, and properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified component. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified control. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified . + + + + + Removes all tooltip text currently associated with the component. + + + You can use this method to remove all tooltip text that is associated with the + component. To disable the display of text instead of removing all + tooltip text from the C1SuperTooltip control, use the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the default font used to display the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a solid border. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the color of the border drawn around the tooltip when the property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip is shown in a balloon shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window has rounded corners. + + + This property has no effect if is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands in the text should be hidden. + + + Ampersands should be encoded in HTML as '&amp;' or '&#38;'. + Ampersands that are not properly encoded will not be hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether a fade effect should be used when displaying the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient for the tooltips. + + + When the BackgroundGradient is set to a value other than none, the gradient + is used instead of the image specified by the property. + If you want to use a gradient different from the built-in ones, create an image + and assign it to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the tooltips. + + + The displays Html text. If the tip contains a lot + of text without Html tags that cause line breaks (such as <br> or <p> + for example), then the text will not wrap and the tooltip window may be too wide. + Use this property to force text to wrap within the tooltip so it fits in the + given width, even without Html line break tags. + Values less than or equal to zero disable the property and cause the tip text + to wrap only at the specified Html break tags. + + The code below forces all super tooltips to be less than or equal to 200 pixels + wide. + + c1SuperTooltip1.MaximumWidth = 200; + + + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of the tooltips. + + + This property should be set to a value between zero (totally transparent) + and one (totally opaque). + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the tooltip can be clicked. + + + This property is set to false by default, so the tooltip is invisible to + the mouse. All mouse events are passed on to the control under the tooltip. + Set this property to true if you want to add clickable areas to the tooltip, + such as hyperlinks. In this case, the tooltip becomes visible to the mouse handles + the mouse events itself instead of passing them to the control under the tooltip. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the tooltip should be displayed in right-to-left mode. + + + + + Fires before the is displayed. + + + This event allows you to modify the location of the tooltip (by adjusting the + parameter), or to prevent the tooltip from being displayed (by setting the parameter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a . + + + By default, tooltips are invisible to the mouse and therefore cannot be clicked. + You must set the property is to true in order to make the + tooltip visible to the mouse (and clickable). + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superTooltip + c1superTooltip.HitTestVisible = true; + var tipText = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + c1superTooltip.SetToolTip(someControl, tipText); + + // attach event handler + c1superTooltip.LinkClicked += c1superTooltip_LinkClicked; + // ... + + void c1superTooltip_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified control. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + The that the is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified . + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + that the tooltip is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS ListViewItem placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS ListView control. + MS ListViewItem ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS DataGridView placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS DataGridView control. + MS DataGridView Cell ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + If Cell ToolTipText is empty then column ToolTipText will be assumed as Cell ToolTipText. + TopLeftHeaderCell, row HeaderCell or column HeaderCell ToolTipText also can be obtained. + + + + + Returns value specifying that there is currently opened hit testable tooltip window and Ctrl key is pressed. + + If this property returns true, tooltip should not be closed on mouse movements. + + + + Proxy control to allow adding tooltips to ToolStripItems. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event. + + object that fired the event. + that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + that contains the tooltip. + that contains the tooltip text. + that specifies the top left corner of the tooltip. + String that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + Gets a reference to the that contains the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text and location. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text. + + + The can be used to display information about controls + or ToolStrip items. If the tooltip is displaying information about a control, then this property + returns null. If it is displaying information about a , then + this property returns a reference to that item. + + + + + Gets or sets the location where the tooltip will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Popup control that shows the tooltip content + + + + + Collection of images to be displayed in or + components. + + + + + String containing all common image extensions, used as a filter for an open file dialog. + + + + + Occurs when list items are added, removed, or changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Component that owns the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + String used to retrieve the image from the collection. + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Adds all images in an component to the collection. + + component that contains the images to add to the collection. + + + + Inserts an at a specified position in the collection. + + Position where the will be inserted. + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Removes an from the collection. + + to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index in the . + + Index of the image to get or set. + The at the specified index. + + + + Gets the index of a given in the collection. + + to locate in th collection. + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + to locate in the collection. + True if the collection contains , false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the with the specified key . + + String that identifies the . + The with the specified key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + String that identifies the . + True if the collection contains an associated with the given key, false otherwise. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the index of the with a given key. + + String that identifies the . + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the instance. + + + + + Entry in a . + + + Each entry contains an and its associated . + Entries may be retrieved from the collection by index or by key. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + Image associated with the key. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image from the . + + The key value is not case-sensitive. + + + + in the . + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + used to persist objects. + + + This converter causes Visual Studio to persist the type in code-behind, which is version-neutral. + Without this, the objects would be persisted as binary resources, + along with their specific version, so upgrading the component version would break projects + created with previous versions. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object can be converted to a specified data type. + + The context. + The data type. + True if the conversion is supported, false otherwise. + + + + Converts the object into the specified data type. + + The context. + The culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + + Allows to redefine default end user localize options for property, field or class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Defines the list of properties that should be localized. + + + + + Defines a list of members of control that should be excluded from localization. + Currently used only AddControlToResources application for automatically generating + control resources. + + + + + If true then class, property or field will be not displayed for + enduser localization. + + + + + Gets the description of string that will be displayed in the + end user localizer in design-time. + + + + + Gets or sets type providing string used to localize . + + + + + Gets or sets resource key containing localized string for . + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + Argument for formatDescription parameter. + + + + Returns localized description text if it is available or default value + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific category. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Looks up the localized name of the specified category. + + The identifer for the category to look up. + The localized name of the category, or null if a localized name does not exist. + + + + The utility class which handles localization tasks. + + + + + Returns ResourceStream for "official" resources + that provided only by C1, typicallly those resources contains + design-time strings. + Those resources can be only in main control assembly like C1.C1Preview.2.dll + and name of resource should have following format: + CulturePrefix.StringsTypeName + for example: + ja.C1.C1Preview.Design.DesignStrings.resx + + + + + + + + + Searches for standard resources which looks like BlaBla.Strings.CultureName.resx, + like C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.zh.resx or C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.resx etc. + Ensures that resource is not *C1* built-in resource, i.e. its name DOES NOT HAVE format + like + CultureName.BlaBla.Strings.resx, otherwise bug can occur if entry assembly + have C1 builtin resources as in case of C1 executables like C1ThemeDesigner or C1FlexReportDesigner. + For example C1ThemeDesigner have ja.C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx resource + and this resource *SHOULD BE IGNORED* if resouceName is "C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx" and + cultureName is "" (invariant). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the parent of the CultureInfo passed in. Differs from ci.Parent + in that while ci can be equal to ci.Parent, this method it never returns + the passed ci itself, rather it would return null. + Also this function has special handling for chinese culture. + Under NET2 it returns "zh" culture name for + neutral "zh-Hans" and "zh-Hant" chinese cultures, under + NET2 "zh" is not exists. + + The culture name to get parent for. + The parent of the culture info, or null. + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Gets the "Warning" string. + + + + + Gets the "Question" string. + + + + + Gets the "None" string. + + + + + Gets the "Error" string. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings for the root group. + + + + + Gets the "overwrite a readonly file?" format string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "errors while saving resources" format string. + + + + + Contains strings designer strings. + + + + + Gets the "All" string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localizer can be used under MS Visual Studio only." string. + + + + + Contains localizer strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localize..." string. + + + + + Gets the "Culture [{0}] already added to the current translation." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Exception occurs during loading strings from resource file:\r{0}\rException message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Gets the "The translation has been changed, save?" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select product to translate" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select project to store translation" string. + + + + + Gets the "Resource image with name [{0}] is not found." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Invariant culture" string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} culture to delete, there are {1} strings of this culture. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} cultures to delete, there are {1} strings of these cultures. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't create the [{0}] folder in the project.\rError message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Contains the open translation dialog strings. + + + + + Gets the "Solution '{0}'" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't build list of cultures" string. + + + + + Represents a localization . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The designed component. + The component designer. + + + + Returns the list of associated action items. + + The list containing the "Localize" item. + + + + Performs localizaion. + + + + + Performs localizaion. + + The designer to localize. + + + + Create the new translation. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Defines the default rules of enduser localization. + + + + + Returns the list of properties that should be localized + for specified type of control. + + Type of control. + The EndUserLocalizeOptionsAttribute specified for type. + Returns the list of properties' names or null if control should no localized. + + + + Gets the list of projects containing this product. + + + + + Base class for store properties of visual controls, position of form for example. + + + + + Collection of ResourceItem objects. + + + + + Fills a list with all ResourceString objects containing + in this collection and all its nested collections. + + + + + Returns true if collection or any of its children + has changed items. + + + + + Represents the resource string for all cultures. + + + + + Contains values for each culture. + + + + + Represents the group of resource strings. + + + + + Represents the group of resources containing the + strings for localizing the visual controls + (forms, user controls, controls on forms, etc). + + + + + Represents the group of resource string containing the + strings for localizing the separate control. + + + + + Represents the root resource group containing all other resources. + + + + + Gets the list of all cultures in the resources. + + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + if set to true invert horizontal scrolling handling. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is use. + + + true if use; otherwise, false. + + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + if set to true [force horizontal scroll bar]. + + + + Resets the scroll bars style. + + + + + Returns true if the vertical scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Returns true if the horizontal scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Gets the width of the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets the height of the horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of scroll bars to display for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Sets the size of the scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Handles NcCalcSize message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcHitTest message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Draws scrollbars in the non-client area of the control. + + The handle to the device context. + + + + Handles NcMouseHover message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles MouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseLeave message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcLButtonDown message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles LButtonUp message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border. + + + + + In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + + + In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In a title bar. + + + + + In a client area. + + + + + In a Close button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + + + In a Help button. + + + + + In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a menu. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). + + + + + In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + + + In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + + + In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + + + In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + + + In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + + + In the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + Values to pass to the GetDCEx method. + + + DCX_WINDOW: Returns a DC that corresponds to the window rectangle rather + than the client rectangle. + + + DCX_CACHE: Returns a DC from the cache, rather than the OWNDC or CLASSDC + window. Essentially overrides CS_OWNDC and CS_CLASSDC. + + + DCX_NORESETATTRS: Does not reset the attributes of this DC to the + default attributes when this DC is released. + + + DCX_CLIPCHILDREN: Excludes the visible regions of all child windows + below the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_CLIPSIBLINGS: Excludes the visible regions of all sibling windows + above the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_PARENTCLIP: Uses the visible region of the parent window. The + parent's WS_CLIPCHILDREN and CS_PARENTDC style bits are ignored. The origin is + set to the upper-left corner of the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_EXCLUDERGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is excluded + from the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_INTERSECTRGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is + intersected with the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_EXCLUDEUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_LOCKWINDOWUPDATE: Allows drawing even if there is a LockWindowUpdate + call in effect that would otherwise exclude this window. Used for drawing during + tracking. + + + DCX_VALIDATE When specified with DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE, causes the DC to + be completely validated. Using this function with both DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE and + DCX_VALIDATE is identical to using the BeginPaint function. + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + + + Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + + + Hides the window. + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or repositioned. + + + Retains the current position (ignores the x and y parameters). + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Displays the window. + + + + The services requested. This member can be a combination of the following values. + + + + + The caller wants to cancel a prior tracking request. The caller should also specify the type of tracking that it wants to cancel. For example, to cancel hover tracking, the caller must pass the TME_CANCEL and TME_HOVER flags. + + + + + The caller wants hover notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSEHOVER message. + If the caller requests hover tracking while hover tracking is already active, the hover timer will be reset. + This flag is ignored if the mouse pointer is not over the specified window or area. + + + + + The caller wants leave notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSELEAVE message. If the mouse is not over the specified window or area, a leave notification is generated immediately and no further tracking is performed. + + + + + The caller wants hover and leave notification for the nonclient areas. Notification is delivered as WM_NCMOUSEHOVER and WM_NCMOUSELEAVE messages. + + + + + The function fills in the structure instead of treating it as a tracking request. The structure is filled such that had that structure been passed to TrackMouseEvent, it would generate the current tracking. The only anomaly is that the hover time-out returned is always the actual time-out and not HOVER_DEFAULT, if HOVER_DEFAULT was specified during the original TrackMouseEvent request. + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets objects used to paint backgrounds. + + + + + Gets the new object that matches the current style if it is possible. + + + + + Applies style to destination object if it is possible. + + destination style. + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + Specified style. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + static class helping to work with BackgroundBrushProvider + + + + + Copies properties of the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + the target BackgroundBrushProvider. + the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + + + Base style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the root directory in C1Theme. + + + + + Gets theme provider of the current theme. + + + + + Resets style to it default value according to the applied theme. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + Resets to this value if can't reset automatically. + + + + Gets a style that contains the default values for current style. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + Applied C1Theme + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + specified style. + + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical to the current + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the style is default. + + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Sets font property of the style. + + Specified font. + + + + Base theme. For internal use only. Use BaseStyle instead. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + theme provider. + theme name. + theme properties + + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Gets the current C1Theme. + + + + + Gets an empty theme. + + + + + Gets the default theme. + + + + + Gets the current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets owner control. + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the current theme is updating now. Deny events until the end of the operation. + + + + + Start editing the current theme. + + + + + Stop editing the current theme. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + C1Theme to apply. + + + + Creates a new instance of an current empty theme. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Obsolete property. Use Control property instead. + + + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties. Represents non-public styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Add auto property only for public real properties. + Non-public properties shuold be added manually as "props" of the constructor, + in case this is styled properties. + + + Non-public auto properties greatly affects performance. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets collection owner. + + + + + Gets top owner of the collection. + + + + + Start editing the collection. + + + + + Stop editing the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection contains a property with the specified name. + + Specified property name. + True if property exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the a specified property is initialized. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Gets value of the specified styled property. + + Styled property name. + Styled property value. + + + + + + Tries to get value of the specified styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if success. + + + + Gets value of the styled property with the specified type. + + + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + + + Gets the parent collection. If some properties are reset or not initialized, + the collection will search for them from the parent. + + + + + + Completely resets specified property (make it uninitialized, initialization required after that). + + Specified property name. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The exception that is thrown when trying to use uninitialized . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + Gets the name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + + A property with this attribute will be excluded from the styled properties + when default constructor is used. + + + + + Gets styled image with specified color. + + If the color is different from Transparent than control tries to recolor + the ToolIcon image according to that color otherwise it uses the original colors. + Property name. + Specified color. + + + + Sets styled image property. Use " instead. + + Property name. + Image to set. + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. Obsolete: use instead. + + Styled property name. + Property value. + Returns True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + Contains information about styled property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Property name. + Property type. + + + + Gets property type. + + + + + Gets property name. + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to C1Framework's ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Stores the scroll bar element styles. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Restores the scroll bar element styles. + + + + + Applies the scroll bar element styles. + + The scroll bar element. + if set to true [clone]. + + + + Assembly helper routines. + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns targeted .NET version for the specified control's assembly. + + Assembly + String containing .NET version, e.g. 4.8. + + + + Utility class for binary serialization. + + + + + Converts an image into the base 64 string. + + The image to convert. + The string representation, in base 64, of the contents of an image. + + + + Converts the specified string, which encodes binary data as base-64 digits into the object. + + The string to convert. + The image. + + + + Saves an image into the specified . + + that will receive the object data. + An image to write. + + + + Loads an image from the specified . + + A which contains the object data. + The image. + + + + Helper class for scaling coordinates and images according to DPI scaling. + + + + + Default DPI value. + + + + + Gets the DPI value set in Windows for the primary screen. + + + + + Scales a int value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a int value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales the instance to the dpi. + + The style for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a logical bitmap value to it's equivalent device unit value. + + The bitmap to scale. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the vertical scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the horizontal scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the width of the horizontal scroll bar arrow bitmap in pixels for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default size, in pixels, of the border for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Provides a method for replacing colors in the source image + with the specified new colors in the destination image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Black in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace White in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Blue in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + + Copies the source image to the destination image with replacing colors. + + The source image using Format32bppArgb as pixel format. + The destination image using Format32bppPArgb as pixel format. + The width of the source and destination images. + The height of the source and destination images. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Helper class extends structure. + + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction around specified point. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The X coordinate of the point. + The Y coordinate of the point. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether specified Color value represents + some "visible" value, for example, this function returns false for + transparent color. + + + + + + + Returns true if two colors are equal. + + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has BBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has AABBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Represents transformation matrix. + + + + + Gets the identity matrix. + + The identity matrix. + + + + Element (1,1) + + + + + Element (1,2) + + + + + Element (2,1) + + + + + Element (2,2) + + + + + Element (3,1) + + + + + Element (3,2) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The value to assign at row 1 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 1 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 2 of the matrix. + + + + Returns string representation of this instance. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an identity matrix. + + + true if this instance is an identity matrix; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The original point to apply the transformation. + The result of the transformation for the input point. + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The x coordinate of the point. + The y coordinate of the point. + The result of the transformation for the point. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter, + returns the resulting matrix in the output parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Represents an ordered pair of double X and Y coordinates that defines a point + in a two-dimensional plane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal position of the point. + The vertical position of the point. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current to a human readable string. + + A string that represents the current structure. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + double coordinates to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating + the values of the Point object. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Offsets the current structure by the specified values. + + The horizontal offset. + The vertical offset. + + + + Converts the current structure to a . + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current is empty. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores a set of four double values that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The location (coordinates of the top left corner) of the rectangle. + The size of the rectangle. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle. + The Y coordinate of the top side of the rectangle. + The width of the rectangle. + The height of the rectangle. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure that is exactly + large enough to contain the two specified points. + + + + The first point that the new rectangle must contain. + The second point that the new rectangle must contain. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Deflates the current by the specified amounts provided as . + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the specified rectangle is entirely contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is completely contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a point specified by its coordinates is contained within the current . + + The X coordinate of the point to test. + The Y coordinate of the point to test. + true if the specified point is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Inflates the current by the specified amounts on four sides. + + The amount to add on the left. + The amount to add at the top. + The amount to add on the right. + The amount to add on the bottom. + + + + Inflates the current by a specified . + + The to inflate the current rectangle by. + + + + Inflates the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The amount to add on the left and right of the current . + The amount to add at the top and bottom of the current . + + + + Replaces the current structure with the intersection + of itself and another . + + The to intersect the current one with. + + + + Tests whether the current intersects with another. + + The to test. + true if the current intersects with , false otherwise. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The horizontal offset to apply. + The vertical offset to apply. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by horizontal and vertical amounts specified by a . + + The specifying the horizontal and vertical offsets to apply. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Creates a structure based on the coordinates + of its top-left and bottom-right corners. + + The X coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The X coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure from another RectangleD, + inflated by the specified amounts vertically and horizontally. + + The a copy of which is created and inflated. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle horizontally. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle vertically. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the intersection + of two RectangleD structures. + (The intersection may be empty, in which case is returned.) + + The first to intersect. + The second to intersect. + The newly created structure. + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + The rectangle to adjust. + Amount to offset the location. + The adjusted rectangle. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the smallest possible + rectangle containing the two specified rectangles. + + The first to combine. + The second to combine. + The newly created structure. + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the left edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the top edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the right edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the bottom edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the current structure. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the and + properties of the current structure have zero values. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores an ordered pair of double values, typically the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal component of the . + The vertical component of the . + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + width and height to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating the + width and height to integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal component of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical component of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether of the current has zero and . + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Describes the thickness of a frame around a rectangle. Four double + values describe the , , + , and sides + of the rectangle, respectively. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Initializes a structure that has the specified + uniform length on each side. + + The uniform length applied to all four sides of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Initializes a Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure that has specific lengths + (supplied as a System.Double) applied to each side of the rectangle. + + The thickness for the left side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the upper side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the right side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the lower side of the rectangle. + + + + Compares two structures for inequality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are not equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the value of two structures for equality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the lower side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the left side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the right side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the upper side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another System.Object + for equality. + + The object to compare. + true if the two objects are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another + structure for equality. + + An instance of to compare for equality. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance of . + + + + Returns the string representation of the structure. + + A string that represents the value. + + + + UI Automation extension + + + + + Raises UIA common event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA property-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA structure-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Converts Rectangle to array of double. + + Rectangle value + array of double values + + + + Converts Rectangle to Windows.Rect. + + Rectangle value + Rect value + + + + Converts Windows.Rect to Rectangle. + + Windows.Rect value + Rectangle value + + + + Defines a key/value pair that can be set or retrieved. + + The type of the key. + The type of the value. + + + + Gets the key in the key/value pair. + + + + + Gets the value in the key/value pair. + + + + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Represents a generic collection of key/value pairs that provides notifications when items get added, removed, + changed or when the whole list is refreshed. + + The type of keys in the dictionary. + The type of values in the dictionary. + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the . + + The object to use as the key of the element to add. + The object to use as the value of the element to add. + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + + + + Determines whether the contains an element with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + true if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + true if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if key was not found + in the original . + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + The key whose value to get. + When this method returns, the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, + the default value for the type of the value parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + true if the object that implements contains an element with the specified key; + otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an containing the values in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + The element with the specified key. + + + + + + + Occurs when a item value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + + Gets a changed item. + + + + + Defines events and methods for integration with the C1RulesManager control. + + + + + Fires after any data change notifications. + + + + + Occurs when you need to format the contents of an item to display. + + + + + Called when conditional formatting has been changed and view need to be redrawn. + + + + + Gets a names of fields. + + + + + Gets a count of data items. + + + + + Returns the value of the specified item. + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + + Represents item conditional formatting style. + + + + + Text font style. + + + + + Alignment of the text. + + + + + Cell icon. + + + + + Text color. + + + + + Text background color. + + + + + Cell border color. + + + + + Represents a Histogram. + + + + + Contains data for the conditional formatting event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the formatted cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the index of the item to be formatted. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the current field of the formatted element. + + + + + Provides various tool methods for design time. + + + + + Determines if the debugger is running for the specified IDesignerHost. + + + + + Determines whether code is executing inside Visual Studio designer. + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Describes arguments for the event fired periodically by a potentially + long operation. Allows to provide feedback to the user and may also + allow to cancel the operation. + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with default + properties (Complete=0, CanCancel=false). + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete value and CanCancel=false. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete and CanCancel values. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified CanCancel value and Complete=0. + + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Gets the approximate completed ratio, from 0 (0% complete) to 1 (100% complete). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the event handler can cancel the current long operation + by setting the property to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current long operation + should be cancelled. (This property is ignored if is false.) + + + + + Represents a method that can handle a long operation event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A control that mimics the horizontal scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1HScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the vertical scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1VScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the standard scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1ScrollBar. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the style object with constants, brushes, colors, and glyphs. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating whether this is a vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the scrollbar should be drawn using the system style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether moving from one state to another should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by a mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Resets the width or height of a C1ScrollBar to its default value. + + + + + Paints the scrollbar. + + + + + Raises the VisibleChanged event. + + + + + Handles the size of scrollbar is changed. + + + + + Raises the EnabledChanged event. + + + + + Raises the RightToLeftChanged event. + + + + + Returns the bounds to use when the scrollbar is scaled by a specified amount. + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Raises the MouseMove event. + + + + + Use internal only for theming support. + + The new theme to be applied. + + + + Applies a C1Theme to the scrollBar. + + + + + A customizable set of appearance settings. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the set of named integer constants. + + + + + Gets the set of named brushes. + + + + + Gets the set of named colors. + + + + + Gets the set of named glyphs. + + + + + Occurs when a is changed. + + + + + Maintains performance while is being changed. + + + + + Resumes processing after it has been suspended by a call to . + + + + + Loads a predefined theme into the object. + + + + + Represents the set of integer constants that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets an integer value associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known brushes that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets a Color for the case of a solid brush. + + + + + Sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Sets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Gets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known colors that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Pen associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known glyphs that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets an image associated with the specified . + + + + + Updates the image associated with the specified + and determines whether the new image can be disposed from this + , i.e. the glyph set owns the image. + + + + + Returns a glyph image that is drawn using the specified foreground color. + + + + + Returns the size of the specified glyph image. + + + + + Named style constants of System.Int32 type. + + + + + Named style brushes. + + + + + Named style colors. + + + + + Named style glyphs. + + + + + Implements the extrapolation of a manipulation's position and orientation. + + + + + Represents a 2D manipulator at an instant in time. + + + + + The unique ID for this manipulator. + + + + + The x-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + The y-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + Creates a new Manipulator object with the specified properties. + + + + + Implements a multiple-input, single-output compositor for two-dimensional (2-D) transformations. + + + + + Implemented by an area of the Control that needs to receive touch notifications. + + + + + Executes before a new manipulation starts. + + + You can update mp.Configuration from this method. + + + + + Executes when the next manipulation occurs, including the inertia. + + + + + Represents the possible affine two-dimensional (2-D) manipulations. + + + + + No manipulations. + + + + + A translation in the x-axis. + + + + + A translation in the y-axis. + + + + + A translation in the x and/or y axes. + + + + + A scale in both directions. + + + + + A rotation. + + + + + All available manipulations. + + + + + Represents a result of the touch manipulation. + + + + + Gets the parameters of the touch interaction. + + + + + Gets the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the new x-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the new y-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Indicates the start of an interaction. + + + + + Indicates if the interaction has triggered inertia. + + + + + Indicates the end of an interaction (including inertia). + + + + + Indicates if the panning feedback offset is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the horizontal end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the vertical end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Specifies parameters for the manipulation and inertia processors. + + + + + Gets or sets the current set of supported manipulations. + + + + + Indicates that motions off the primary axis of motion are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the displacement before applying rails. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the translation deceleration of an inertia processor, in DIPs per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the angular deceleration of an inertia processor, in radians per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum radius, in DIPs, necessary for a manipulator to participate in scaling and rotation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control shows a visual cue when a user + reaches the end of a pannable area. + + + To enable panning feedback you should update the OverpanOffsetX + and OverpanOffsetY properties of the TouchOutput object in the + ITouchDestination.ProceedInteraction() method. + + + + + Indicates whether the control positioning reset should incorporate + a smooth animation after showing panning feedback. Set this + property to false if the original position of the control needs + to be restored immediately. + + + + + Represents the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the translation along the x-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the translation along the y-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the scale factor. + + + + + Gets the amount of expansion, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the amount of rotation, in radians. + + + + + Represents a delegate that hit-tests touch destinations. + + + + + Provides data for touch events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a TouchEventArgs. + + + + + Gets the contact's X coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Gets the contact's Y coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Provides data for the QueryStatus event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a QueryStatusEventArgs. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the event came from the stylus pen. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the press and hold (right-click) gesture is supported. + + + + + Accepts input from a touch device. + + + + + Indicates if the Windows Touch Technology is available on this platform. + + + + + Indicates if the application is running on Windows 8 or upper OS. + + + + + Indicates that the system is not drawing the cursor because the user + is providing input through touch or pen instead of the mouse. + + + This property always returns false on Windows 7. + + + + + Indicates whether cursor is hidden because the end-user uses touch or pen instead of mouse. + + True is cursor is visible; False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the timestamp in 100-nanosecond units. + + + + + Creates an instance of TouchProcessor for the given control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible displacement allowable for a tap, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable duration for a tap, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the animation timer should be created for processing inertia (true by default). + + + Call the ProcessTimerTick method for processing inertia when this property is set to False. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the touch processor is enabled. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the inertia is currently processed. + + + + + Occurs before processing any manipulations from touch device. + + + + + Occurs before the control starts processing input from + touch device or pen at the given point. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control. + + + + + Occurs if the user taps the control but the touch duration + exceeded MaxTapDuration or the touch point was moved. + + + + + Occurs as a result of the Press and Hold action. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control twice. + + + + + Sets the dots per inch (DPI) for the touch processor. + + Specifies the horizontal DPI of the touch processor. + Specifies the vertical DPI of the touch processor. + + + + Processes touch-related Windows messages. + + + It must be executed from the owner control's WndProc() method. + + The Message to process. + + Returns true if the message is handled and the owner control's + WndProc() shouldn't call base.WndProc(). + + + + + Tries to guess whether the mouse event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + The Point in client coordinates passed as Location to + the mouse event. + + + The optional timestamp of the check. + + + + + Tries to guess whether the scroll event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + + + Processes inertia animation for the specified timestamp. + + + + + Forces to complete the currently running manipulations for the given destination. + + + + + Forces all currently running manipulations to complete. + + + + + Represents range of character codes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + Adding character. + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + The first character code. + The last character code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether is high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is high code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is low code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is low code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text as character's array for test. + The index of array. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Convert surrogate pair to UTF32 code. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert text's character (maybe with surrogate pairs) to UTF32 code. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert form code point to text. + The code point value. + The text as one or two characters. + + + The begin code of character. + + + The end code of character. + + + + Represents collection of unique objects. + All CodeRange objects within collection not intersect and sorted + by First field. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds object to current without any check, typically used during deserialization. + + to add. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the array of chars contained in this list of code ranges. + + Array of char + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection + contains all characters from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + + + + + + Unique identifier of font in various font + processing algorithms of C1Preview: + - font substitution + - font embedding + + + + Bold constant. + + + Italic constant. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets name of the font. + + + + + Gets flags of the font. + + + + + Gets bold flag of the font. + + + + + Gets italic flag of the font. + + + + + Gets style of the font. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The glyph metrics for the font subset. + + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets glyph index. + + + Gets or sets glyph width. + + + Gets empty flag for this structure. + + + Gets empty glyph metrics. + + + Provides additional information on the glyph. + + + + No additional info. + + + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a code point run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + + + Non-joining glyph form that does not join on either side. + + + + + Right-joining glyph form. + + + + + Left-joining glyph form. + + + + + Dual-joining (medial) glyph form that joins on both left and right. + + + + + Mask for testing Arabic joining glyph forms. + + + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + + + The baseline used by simple alphabetic scripts such as Latin, Cyrillic and Greek. + + + + + The baseline used by ideographic characters. + + + + + The baseline about which mathematical characters are centered. + + + + + The hanging baseline from which syllables seem to hang in Tibetan and other scripts. + + + + + The bit mask for the baseline values. + + + + + Unclassified or Component glyph. + + + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + + The bit mask for determining glyph class. + + + + + The glyph is not visible and has no advance. + + + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + + + Contains index of the glyph and its mapping to the corresponding code point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Caches the GSUB or GPOS LangSysTable. + + + References the next glyph in a sequence. + + + References the previous glyph in a sequence. + + + Index of the first code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Index of the last code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Number of additional code points. + + + First glyph with non-empty ExitAnchor in a sequence. + + + The base glyph or ligature for a mark glyph. + + + Ligature glyph ID for the attached mark glyph. + + + Index of the ligature component for a mark glyph. + + + Index of the font glyph (glyphID), maybe 0. + + + Glyph advance width (for horizontal direction) or height (for vertical direction). + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Various glyph flags. + + + Specifies the resolved bidi level of the glyph. + + + Gets a value indicating if the glyph should appear from right to left. + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + The font object for build subsets. + + + + Indicates that this is a special font like Windings etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + + Returns true if current font contains glyph for character with specified code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets width of the glyph index from font data. + + The glyph index. + Gets width of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The code (Unicode) of character. + The vertical mapping flag. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Counts the number of chars in that do have + corresponding glyphs in this font. + + + + + + + Returns true if current FontSubSetBase object can show + all chars in specified string excluding control chars (chars for that char.IsControl() == true). + + + + + + + Gets the char for the glyph index. + + The glyph index. + Returns character for glyph index. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + Output calculated widths for each character. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + Gets code points count for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets cluster map for shaping/ + + + Calculates the new capacity of the internal buffers based on the required capacity. + + + + Initializes the array of CodePointFlags elements for the given code points. + + + + Resolves characters with ambiguous East Asian width to either narrow or wide. + The source and destination array of CodePointFlags elements. + Number of code points. + + + Initializes the array of BidiClass elements for the given code points. + + + Initializes the array of ScriptCode elements for the given code points. + + + Resolves the Inherited, Common, and Unknown script codes, if possible. + The source and destination array of ScriptCode elements. + Number of UTF-32 code points in the analyzed range. + + + Converts ScriptCode elements to ScriptTag elements. + + + + Calculates "panse index" (panoseIndex) and count of chars that can be displayed by fss. + panoseIndex represents difference between + current FontSubSetBase object and fss object. + Minimal number defines minimal difference, i.e. 0 means that current FontSubSetBase object and fss very similar. + -1 means that fss can not be used as alternative for current object to display s. + + + + + + + + + Search best alternative for text in font subset array. + + The text for substitution. + The font subset list. + The index of best alternative font (font subset). + + + + Calculate diff panose index. + + + + + + + Gets "original" font name that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" font style that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Bold that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Italic that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets font name that was read from font's data, see also . + + + + + Gets font family name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create GDI and GDI+ fonts. + + + + + Gets base font name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create PDF fonts. + + + + + Gets family class. + + + + + Gets or sets font key (font identifier). + + + + + Gets Font.Bold that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets Font.Italic that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font must obfuscate. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can use as subset of the font's data. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating that this object + invalid (error occurs during getting font's data) and can not be used. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font object. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font name. + The bold flag of the font. + The italic flag of the font. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font key object. + The object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + The exist object. + + + + Font name information from the font subset. + + + + + The platform identifier. + + + + + The platform encoding code (identifier). + + + + + The language identifier. + + + + + The text name of the font or font family. + + + + + False is the name is empty, true otherwise. + + + + Contains information for vertical or horizontal text, and can contain kerning values or minimum values. + + + Number of kerning pairs. + + + The left-hand glyph and the right-hand glyph in the kerning pairs: (leftGlyphID << 16) | rightGlyphID. + + + The kerning value for the above pair, in FUnits. + + If this value is greater than zero, the characters will be moved apart. If this value is less than zero, the character will be moved closer together. + + + + If set, the table has horizontal data, if not set, it has vertical data. + + + If set, the table has minimum values, if not set, the table has kerning values. + + + If set, kerning is perpendicular to the flow of the text. + + + If set, the value in this table should replace the value currently being accumulated. + + + Returns the index of a given key pair, or -1. + + + Identifies language-system features used to render the glyphs in a script. + + + Identifies the language system. + + + Index of a feature required for this language system, -1 if no required features. + + + Array of indices into the FeatureList. + + + Contains script and language-system data. + + + Identifies the script. + + + Defines the set of features that regulate the default behavior of the script. + + + All language systems (excluding the default) that use the script. + + + Сlass values for the GlyphClassDef table. + + + The class zero for unclassified glyphs. + + + Base glyph (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + Component glyph (part of single character, spacing glyph). + + + Identifies features providing information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Unknown feature (not applicable). + + + Access All Alternates + + + Above-base Forms + + + Above-base Mark Positioning + + + Above-base Substitutions + + + Alternative Fractions + + + Akhands + + + Below-base Forms + + + Below-base Mark Positioning + + + Below-base Substitutions + + + Contextual Alternates + + + Case-Sensitive Forms + + + Glyph Composition / Decomposition + + + Conjunct Form After Ro + + + Conjunct Forms + + + Contextual Ligatures + + + Centered CJK Punctuation + + + Capital Spacing + + + Contextual Swash + + + Cursive Positioning + + + Character Variant 1 + + + Character Variant 2 + + + Character Variant 3 + + + Character Variant 4 + + + Character Variant 5 + + + Character Variant 6 + + + Character Variant 7 + + + Character Variant 8 + + + Character Variant 9 + + + Character Variant 10 + + + Character Variant 11 + + + Character Variant 12 + + + Character Variant 13 + + + Character Variant 14 + + + Character Variant 15 + + + Character Variant 16 + + + Character Variant 17 + + + Character Variant 18 + + + Character Variant 19 + + + Character Variant 20 + + + Character Variant 21 + + + Character Variant 22 + + + Character Variant 23 + + + Character Variant 24 + + + Character Variant 25 + + + Character Variant 26 + + + Character Variant 27 + + + Character Variant 28 + + + Character Variant 29 + + + Character Variant 30 + + + Character Variant 31 + + + Character Variant 32 + + + Character Variant 33 + + + Character Variant 34 + + + Character Variant 35 + + + Character Variant 36 + + + Character Variant 37 + + + Character Variant 38 + + + Character Variant 39 + + + Character Variant 40 + + + Character Variant 41 + + + Character Variant 42 + + + Character Variant 43 + + + Character Variant 44 + + + Character Variant 45 + + + Character Variant 46 + + + Character Variant 47 + + + Character Variant 48 + + + Character Variant 49 + + + Character Variant 50 + + + Character Variant 51 + + + Character Variant 52 + + + Character Variant 53 + + + Character Variant 54 + + + Character Variant 55 + + + Character Variant 56 + + + Character Variant 57 + + + Character Variant 58 + + + Character Variant 59 + + + Character Variant 60 + + + Character Variant 61 + + + Character Variant 62 + + + Character Variant 63 + + + Character Variant 64 + + + Character Variant 65 + + + Character Variant 66 + + + Character Variant 67 + + + Character Variant 68 + + + Character Variant 69 + + + Character Variant 70 + + + Character Variant 71 + + + Character Variant 72 + + + Character Variant 73 + + + Character Variant 74 + + + Character Variant 75 + + + Character Variant 76 + + + Character Variant 77 + + + Character Variant 78 + + + Character Variant 79 + + + Character Variant 80 + + + Character Variant 81 + + + Character Variant 82 + + + Character Variant 83 + + + Character Variant 84 + + + Character Variant 85 + + + Character Variant 86 + + + Character Variant 87 + + + Character Variant 88 + + + Character Variant 89 + + + Character Variant 90 + + + Character Variant 91 + + + Character Variant 92 + + + Character Variant 93 + + + Character Variant 94 + + + Character Variant 95 + + + Character Variant 96 + + + Character Variant 97 + + + Character Variant 98 + + + Character Variant 99 + + + Petite Capitals From Capitals + + + Small Capitals From Capitals + + + Distances + + + Discretionary Ligatures + + + Denominators + + + Dotless Forms + + + Expert Forms + + + Final Glyph on Line Alternates + + + Terminal Forms #2 + + + Terminal Forms #3 + + + Terminal Forms + + + Flattened accent forms + + + Fractions + + + Full Widths + + + Half Forms + + + Halant Forms + + + Alternate Half Widths + + + Historical Forms + + + Horizontal Kana Alternates + + + Historical Ligatures + + + Hangul + + + Hojo Kanji Forms (JIS X 0212-1990 Kanji Forms) + + + Half Widths + + + Initial Forms + + + Isolated Forms + + + Italics + + + Justification Alternates + + + JIS78 Forms + + + JIS83 Forms + + + JIS90 Forms + + + JIS2004 Forms + + + Kerning + + + Left Bounds + + + Standard Ligatures + + + Leading Jamo Forms + + + Lining Figures + + + Localized Forms + + + Left-to-right alternates + + + Left-to-right mirrored forms + + + Mark Positioning + + + Medial Forms #2 + + + Medial Forms + + + Mathematical Greek + + + Mark to Mark Positioning + + + Mark Positioning via Substitution + + + Alternate Annotation Forms + + + NLC Kanji Forms + + + Nukta Forms + + + Numerators + + + Oldstyle Figures + + + Optical Bounds + + + Ordinals + + + Ornaments + + + Proportional Alternate Widths + + + Petite Capitals + + + Proportional Kana + + + Proportional Figures + + + Pre-Base Forms + + + Pre-base Substitutions + + + Post-base Forms + + + Post-base Substitutions + + + Proportional Widths + + + Quarter Widths + + + Randomize + + + Required Contextual Alternates + + + Rakar Forms + + + Required Ligatures + + + Reph Forms + + + Right Bounds + + + Right-to-left alternates + + + Right-to-left mirrored forms + + + Ruby Notation Forms + + + Required Variation Alternates + + + Stylistic Alternates + + + Scientific Inferiors + + + Optical size + + + Small Capitals + + + Simplified Forms + + + Stylistic Set 1 + + + Stylistic Set 2 + + + Stylistic Set 3 + + + Stylistic Set 4 + + + Stylistic Set 5 + + + Stylistic Set 6 + + + Stylistic Set 7 + + + Stylistic Set 8 + + + Stylistic Set 9 + + + Stylistic Set 10 + + + Stylistic Set 11 + + + Stylistic Set 12 + + + Stylistic Set 13 + + + Stylistic Set 14 + + + Stylistic Set 15 + + + Stylistic Set 16 + + + Stylistic Set 17 + + + Stylistic Set 18 + + + Stylistic Set 19 + + + Stylistic Set 20 + + + Math script style alternates + + + Stretching Glyph Decomposition + + + Subscript + + + Superscript + + + Swash + + + Titling + + + Trailing Jamo Forms + + + Traditional Name Forms + + + Tabular Figures + + + Traditional Forms + + + Third Widths + + + Unicase + + + Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vattu Variants + + + Vertical Writing + + + Alternate Vertical Half Metrics + + + Vowel Jamo Forms + + + Vertical Kana Alternates + + + Vertical Kerning + + + Proportional Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vertical Alternates and Rotation + + + Vertical Alternates for Rotation + + + Slashed Zero + + + Language system tags identify the language systems supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system tag. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Identifies the language system supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Script tags generally correspond to a Unicode script, the associations between them may not always be one-to-one. + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Bengali v.2 + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Byzantine Music + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Canadian Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot Syllabary + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Devanagari v.2 + + + + + Devanagari + + + + + Deseret + + + + + Duployan + + + + + Egyptian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Gujarati v.2 + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi v.2 + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Hangul + + + + + CJK Ideographic + + + + + Hanunoo + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Old Hungarian + + + + + Old Italic + + + + + Hangul Jamo + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Hiragana & Katakana + + + + + Kharosthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Kannada v.2 + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Lepcha + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam v.2 + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Mro + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Musical Symbols + + + + + Myanmar v.2 + + + + + Myanmar + + + + + Old North Arabian + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Odia v.2 (formerly Oriya v.2) + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Miao + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + Sign Writing + + + + + Shavian + + + + + Sharada + + + + + Siddham + + + + + Khudawadi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu v.2 + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tifinagh + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Tamil v.2 + + + + + Ugaritic Cuneiform + + + + + Vai + + + + + Warang Citi + + + + + Old Persian Cuneiform + + + + + Sumero-Akkadian Cuneiform + + + + + Yi + + + + Provides information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Identifies the specific feature. + + + The Feature Parameters table, specific to a particular feature. + + + Array of offsets to Lookup tables from beginning of LookupList. + + + Base class for the Feature Parameters tables. + + + The parameters table for the Character Variant features. + + + The Unicode Scalar Value of the characters for which this feature provides glyph variants. + + + Number of named parameters (may be zero). + + + The first ‘name’ table name ID used to specify strings for user-interface labels for the feature parameters. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) that an application can use for tooltip text for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies sample text that illustrates the effect of this feature. + + + + The parameters table for the Stylistic Set features. + + + + The 'name' table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + Identifies the typographic feature in the OpenType font. + + + Initializes a new instance of , enabled by default. + + + Initializes a new instance of with a value indicating whether the feature is enable or disabled. + + + Initializes a new instance of with the specified 1-based position of alternate glyph ID. + + + The OpenType name identifier of the feature. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the feature should be enabled. + + + Specifies 1-based position of the alternate glyph ID in Alternate Substitution lookup. + + + Indicates whether the last alternative should be applied if the specified position exceeds the number of alternatives. + + + Defines constants that specify the decorations applied to text. + + + No text decorations are applied. + + + Strikethrough is applied to the text. + + + Underline is applied to the text. + + + Line-breaking and justification conditions; East Asian width category for the code point. + + + Indicates that none of the flags are set. + + + Indicates the start of a Grapheme Cluster. + + + Indicates the start of a word. + + + Whether the glyphs are rotated on their side. + + + Indicates if characters should be displayed upright if transformed with the 'vert' or 'vrt2' GSUB features. + + + Combination of the Sideways and UprightIfTransformed flags. + + + Indicates that the character is some form of whitespace, which may be meaningful for justification. + + + Indicates the character tabulation. + + + Bit mask for the character tabulation and whitespaces. + + + Indicates that the character is a replacement for inline object. + + + Indicates that the character is a soft hyphen, often used to indicate hyphenation points inside words. + + + Indicates that there should be no line break after this code point. + + + Indicates that a line break is allowed after this code point. + + + Indicates that the line break must happen after this code point. + + + Mask for testing the line-breaking behavior. + + + Ambiguous characters + + + East Asian Narrow + + + East Asian Wide (and emoji) + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + Mask for testing East Asian character width category. + + + Represents text formatting attributes such as font, language, colors, decorations and so on. + + + + Returns the Language value corresponding to a given . + + The corresponding value, or the Language.Default if a specific value could not be found. + + + + Converts a value to the corresponding . + + A value to convert. + Indicates whether the following scripts should be converted to old tags: Bengali, Devanagari, Gujarati, Gurmukhi, Kannada, Malayalam, Myanmar, Odia, Tamil, Telugu. + The converted value. + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Gets or sets a Font used by this format. + If not null, this value overrides the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a font family name. + This value is used only if the property is null. + This value is case insensitive. + + + + Provides access to a set of Microsoft OpenType typography properties. + + + Gets or sets a value identifying the language system. + + + Gets or sets an OpenType script tag. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating which decorations are applied to the text. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is underlined. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strikethrough style is applied to the text. + + + + Gets or sets the logical font size, in points or in graphic units. + The defalut value is 12. + See also the description of the property. + + + + /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether specifies the font size in graphic units or in points. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating the desired or emulated style of the font. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font should be bolded. + + + Gets or sets whether the font should be italicized. + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor for the glyph advance value.Valid values are from 0.5 up. The default is 1. + + + Gets or sets the offset of the text in the orthogonal direction, in graphic units.The default is 0. + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the explicit line gap (if not null), in graphic units. + + + Gets or sets the text foreground color. The default is black. + + + Gets or sets the text background color. The default is transparent. + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary custom data associated with this . + + + + Copies the current text format settings to another object. + + The destination TextFormat object. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + When this flag is set, the last glyph in a given sequence to which the cursive attachment lookup is applied, will be positioned on the baseline. + + + If set, skips over base glyphs. + + + If set, skips over ligatures. + + + If set, skips over all combining marks. + + + If set, the layout engine skips over all mark glyphs not in the mark filtering set indicated. + + + If not zero, skips over all marks of attachment type different from specified. + + + Index (base 0) into GDEF mark glyph sets structure. This field is only present if bit UseMarkFilteringSet of lookup flags is set. + + + Type of the substitution. + + + Format identifier for the substitution subtable. + + + For each covered glyph, specifies all the ligature strings that begin with the covered glyph. + + + Define the glyphs in each ligature. + + + Glyph IDs corresponding to the components of the ligature. + + + The glyph ID of the output ligature glyph. + + + Checks if the specified glyph is in the subset. + + + Defines any combination of X and Y values (in design units) to add to the placement and advance values provided in the font. + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Horizontal adjustment for advance. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for advance. + + + Specifies the positioning data in all contextual positioning subtables. + + + Indicates where the positioning operation will occur in the glyph sequence. + + + Identifies the lookup to be applied at the glyph position specified by the SequenceIndex. + + + Type of the positioning. + + + Format identifier for the positioning subtable. + + + Adjusts the position of a single glyph, such as a subscript or superscript. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning value applied to all glyphs in the Coverage table. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning values applied to glyphs. + + + Used to adjust the positions of two glyphs in relation to one another, for instance, to specify kerning data for pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Positioning data for one or more specific pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Assigns class values to all the first glyphs in all pairs. + + + Assigns class values to all the second glyphs in all pairs. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef1Classes. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef2Classes. + + + ValueRecords, one for the first glyph in a class pair (Value1) and one for the second glyph (Value2). + + + Specifies a pair of ValueRecords. + + + Positioning data for the first glyph/class in the pair. + + + Positioning data for the second glyph/class in the pair. + + + Specifies the second glyph in a pair and defines a ValueRecord for each glyph. + + + Glyph ID of second glyph in the pair, first glyph is listed in the Coverage table. + + + + Describes how to connect the glyphs by aligning two anchor points: the designated exit point of a glyph, and the designated entry point of the following glyph. + + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Anchor tables that identify the entry point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Anchor tables that identify the exit point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Used to position one glyph with respect to another. + + + Horizontal value, in design units. + + + Vertical value, in design units. + + + Index to glyph contour point. + + + + + + + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the base glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the BaseCoverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Classes of the mark. + + + Data for each mark class. + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to ligature base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Ligature glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Lists the LigatureAttach table, one for each ligature glyph listed in the LigatureCoverage table. + + + + One for each ligature glyph listed in the MarkToLigatureAttachmentPositioningSubtable.LigatureCoverage table. + + + + Count of the component glyphs in a ligature. + + + Stores the component records in the same order as the components in the ligature, defines all the attachment points ordered by class. + + + Defines the position of one mark relative to another mark. + + + + + + Lists all the Mark1 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Mark2 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in Mark1Array. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by Mark1Coverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the Mark2Coverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context so a text-processing client can adjust the position of one or more glyphs within a certain pattern of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Identifies the remaining glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + Defines the class values of all glyphs in the input contexts that the subtable describes. + + + + + + Each position in the sequence may specify a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + The PosRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat1. + + + Glyph IDs to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + The PosClassRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat2. + + + Classes to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context with an ability to look back and/or look ahead in the sequence of glyphs. + + + + + + Lists the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Defines the rest glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + The backtrack sequence context. + + + The input sequence context. + + + The lookahead sequence context. + + + + + + Each position in the backtracking sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the input sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the lookahead sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + ChainPosRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat1. + + + Array of backtracking glyph IDs. + + + Array of input glyph IDs. + + + Array of lookahead glyph IDs. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + ChainPosClassRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat2. + + + Array of backtracking classes. + + + Array of input classes. + + + Array of lookahead classes. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + + TTF files are stored in big-endian format, we need special + readers and writers + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Big endian binary writer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raw (binary font data or file path name) font subset. + + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The path for raw font file. + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The raw font data. + + + + Gets font subset for font file name with path. + + The path for font file. + The font subset object. + + + + Gets font subset for raw font data. + + The raw font data. + The font subset object. + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + Read table block locations. + + + + The font subset builder. + + + + The simple table of font's names. + + + The table with CMAP of font's names. + + + + + + + + + Gets full font data for a font subset object. + + The font subset object. + THe full font data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets full code range of this font. + + + + + Class for support character shaping (Arabic, Indic etc.). + + + + Left-to-right + + + Left-to-Right Embedding + + + Left-to-Right Override + + + Right-to-Left + + + Right-to-Left Arabic + + + Right-to-Left Embedding + + + Right-to-Left Override + + + Pop Directional Format + + + European Number + + + European Number Separator + + + European Number Terminator + + + Arabic Number + + + Common Number Separator + + + Non-Spacing Mark + + + Boundary Neutral + + + Paragraph Separator (Break) + + + Segment Separator + + + Whitespace + + + Other Neutrals + + + Unknown + + + Bidi order for right to left characters. + + + + The algorithm. Does not include line-based processing (Rules L1, L2). + These are applied later in the line-based phase of the algorithm. + + + + + 1) determining the paragraph level. + Rules P2, P3. + At the end of this function, the member variable paragraphEmbeddingLevel is set to either 0 or 1. + + + + + Process embedding format codes. + Calls processEmbeddings to generate an embedding array from the explicit format codes. + The embedding overrides in the array are then applied to the result types, and the result levels are initialized. + + + + + + Rules X9. + Remove explicit codes so that they may be ignored during the remainder of the main portion + of the algorithm. The length of the resulting text is returned. + + The length of the data excluding explicit codes and BN. + + + + Reinsert levels information for explicit codes. + This is for ease of relating the level information to the original input data. Note that the levels + assigned to these codes are arbitrary, they're chosen so as to avoid breaking level runs. + + The length of the data after compression. + The length of the data (original length of types array supplied to constructor). + + + + 2) determining explicit levels (Rules X1 - X8) + The interaction of these rules makes handling them a bit complex. This examines resultTypes but does + not modify it. It returns embedding and override information in the result array. The low 7 bits are + the level, the high bit is set if the level is an override, and clear if it is an embedding. + + The bidi types. + + + + + + 3) resolving weak types (Rules W1-W7.) + Note that some weak types (EN, AN) remain after this processing is complete. + + + + + + + + + + 6) resolving neutral types (Rules N1-N2.) + + + + + + + + + + 7) resolving implicit embedding levels (Rules I1, I2.) + + + + + + + + + + Output. + + + + + + Return levels array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. (Rule L1.) + The returned levels array contains the resolved level for each bidi code passed to the constructor. + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The resolved levels of the text. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The resolved levels of the text. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the + fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of the + second line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. + The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value + must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of thesecond line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The levels array. + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The multiline reordering array for a given level array with reordering does not occur across a line break. + + + + Reorders a single line. The reordering is a visual to logical map. For example: + the leftmost char is string.CharAt(order[0]) (Rule L2.) + + + The reordering array for a given level array. + + + + Gets base level of the paragraph. + + The base level of the paragraph. + + + + Return true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + + Return the strong type (L or R) corresponding to the level. + + + + + + + Checks the value at index, and will return index if that value is not in validSet. + + + + + The limit of the run starting at index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Assumes the value at index is valid, and does not check it. + + + + The start of the run including index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Sets resultTypes from start up to (but not including) limit to newType. + + + + + + + + Sets resultLevels from start up to (but not including) limit to newLevel. + + + + + + + + Throw exception if paragraph embedding level is invalid. Special allowance for -1 so that + default processing can still be performed when using this API. + + + + + + Throw exception if line breaks array is invalid. + + + + + + + Right to left shaping without arabic. + + + + + + + + Gets mirroring right to left text. + + The text for mirroring. + The start right to left flag. + The mirroring right to left text. + + + Various methods working with bit strings. + + + ISO 15924 Script Codes. + + + + Inherit script from a preceding base character. + + + + + Characters that may be used with multiple scripts. + + + + + Unassigned, private-use, noncharacter, and surrogate code points. + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Afaka + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom, Tai Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Arabic (Nastaliq variant) + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali (Bangla) + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Blissymbols + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Cirth + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Cyrillic (Old Church Slavonic variant) + + + + + Devanagari (Nagari) + + + + + Dogra + + + + + Deseret (Mormon) + + + + + Duployan shorthand, Duployan stenography + + + + + Egyptian demotic + + + + + Egyptian hieratic + + + + + Egyptian hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic (Geʻez) + + + + + Khutsuri (Asomtavruli and Nuskhuri) + + + + + Georgian (Mkhedruli and Mtavruli) + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gunjala Gondi + + + + + Masaram Gondi + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Han with Bopomofo (alias for Han + Bopomofo) + + + + + Hangul (Hangŭl, Hangeul) + + + + + Han (Hanzi, Kanji, Hanja) + + + + + Hanunoo (Hanunóo) + + + + + Han (Simplified variant) + + + + + Han (Traditional variant) + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Hiragana + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs (Luwian Hieroglyphs, Hittite Hieroglyphs) + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Japanese syllabaries (alias for Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) + + + + + Indus (Harappan) + + + + + Old Italic (Etruscan, Oscan, etc.) + + + + + Jamo (alias for Jamo subset of Hangul) + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Japanese (alias for Han + Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Jurchen + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Katakana + + + + + Kharoshthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Khitan large script + + + + + Khitan small script + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Korean (alias for Hangul + Han) + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin (Fraktur variant) + + + + + Latin (Gaelic variant) + + + + + Latin + + + + + Leke + + + + + Lepcha (Róng) + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Loma + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mayan hieroglyphs + + + + + Medefaidrin (Oberi Okaime, Oberi Ɔkaimɛ) + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi, Moḍī + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Moon (Moon code, Moon script, Moon type) + + + + + Mro, Mru + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Myanmar (Burmese) + + + + + Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa, Newar, Newari, Nepāla lipi + + + + + Nakhi Geba ('Na-'Khi ²Ggŏ-¹baw, Naxi Geba) + + + + + N’Ko + + + + + Nüshu + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki (Ol Cemet’, Ol, Santali) + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Oriya (Odia) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Book Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Klingon (KLI pIqaD) + + + + + Miao (Pollard) + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Reserved for private use (start) + + + + + Reserved for private use (end) + + + + + Rejang (Redjang, Kaganga) + + + + + Rongorongo + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Sarati + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + SignWriting + + + + + Shavian (Shaw) + + + + + Sharada, Śāradā + + + + + Siddham, Siddhaṃ, Siddhamātṛkā + + + + + Khudawadi, Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Soyombo + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac (Estrangelo variant) + + + + + Syriac (Western variant) + + + + + Syriac (Eastern variant) + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri, Ṭākrī, Ṭāṅkrī + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tengwar + + + + + Tifinagh (Berber) + + + + + Tagalog (Baybayin, Alibata) + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Ugaritic + + + + + Vai + + + + + Visible Speech + + + + + Warang Citi (Varang Kshiti) + + + + + Woleai + + + + + Old Persian + + + + + Cuneiform, Sumero-Akkadian + + + + + Yi + + + + + Zanabazar Square (Zanabazarin Dörböljin Useg, Xewtee Dörböljin Bicig, Horizontal Square Script) + + + + + Code for inherited script + + + + + Mathematical notation + + + + + Symbols (Emoji variant) + + + + + Symbols + + + + + Code for unwritten documents + + + + + Code for undetermined script + + + + + Code for uncoded script + + + + + Bidirectional character types. + + + + + Right-to-Left Arabic (Strong). + + + + + Arabic Number (Weak). + + + + + Paragraph Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Boundary Neutral (Weak). + + + + + Common Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number (Weak). + + + + + European Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number Terminator (Weak). + + + + + First Strong Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right (Strong). + + + + + Left-to-Right Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Nonspacing Mark (Weak). + + + + + Other Neutrals (Neutral). + + + + + Pop Directional Format (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Pop Directional Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left (Strong). + + + + + Right-to-Left Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Segment Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Whitespace (Neutral). + + + + + Arabic joining groups. + + + + + AFRICAN FEH + + + + + AFRICAN NOON + + + + + AFRICAN QAF + + + + + AIN + + + + + ALAPH + + + + + ALEF + + + + + BEH + + + + + BETH + + + + + BERUSHASKI YEH BARREE + + + + + DAL + + + + + DALATH RISH + + + + + E + + + + + FARSI YEH + + + + + FE + + + + + FEH + + + + + FINAL SEMKATH + + + + + GAF + + + + + GAMAL + + + + + HAH + + + + + HE + + + + + HEH + + + + + HEH GOAL + + + + + HETH + + + + + KAF + + + + + KAPH + + + + + KHAPH + + + + + KNOTTED HEH + + + + + LAM + + + + + LAMADH + + + + + MALAYALAM BHA + + + + + MALAYALAM JA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLLA + + + + + MALAYALAM NGA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNNA + + + + + Malayalam_NYA + + + + + MALAYALAM RA + + + + + MALAYALAM SSA + + + + + MALAYALAM TTA + + + + + MANICHAEAN ALEPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN AYIN + + + + + MANICHAEAN BETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DALETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DHAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN FIVE + + + + + MANICHAEAN GIMEL + + + + + MANICHAEAN HETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN HUNDRED + + + + + MANICHAEAN KAPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN LAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN MEM + + + + + MANICHAEAN NUN + + + + + MANICHAEAN ONE + + + + + MANICHAEAN PE + + + + + MANICHAEAN QOPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN RESH + + + + + MANICHAEAN SADHE + + + + + MANICHAEAN SAMEKH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN TEN + + + + + MANICHAEAN TETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN THAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TWENTY + + + + + MANICHAEAN WAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN YODH + + + + + MANICHAEAN ZAYIN + + + + + MEEM + + + + + MIM + + + + + No_Joining_Group + + + + + NOON + + + + + NUN + + + + + NYA + + + + + PE + + + + + QAF + + + + + QAPH + + + + + REH + + + + + REVERSED PE + + + + + ROHINGYA YEH + + + + + SAD + + + + + SADHE + + + + + SEEN + + + + + SEMKATH + + + + + SHIN + + + + + STRAIGHT WAW + + + + + SWASH KAF + + + + + SYRIAC WAW + + + + + TAH + + + + + TAW + + + + + TEH MARBUTA + + + + + TEH MARBUTA GOAL / HAMZA ON HEH GOAL + + + + + TETH + + + + + WAW + + + + + YEH + + + + + YEH BARREE + + + + + YEH WITH TAIL + + + + + YUDH + + + + + YUDH HE + + + + + ZAIN + + + + + ZHAIN + + + + + Arabic joining types. + + + + + Join_Causing + + + + + Dual_Joining + + + + + Left_Joining + + + + + Right_Joining + + + + + Transparent + + + + + Non_Joining + + + + + Provides the most general classification of the code point. + + + + + Uppercase letter. + + + + + Lowercase letter. + + + + + Digraphic character, with first part uppercase. + + + + + Modifier letter. + + + + + Other letters, including syllables and ideographs. + + + + + Nonspacing combining mark (zero advance width). + + + + + Spacing combining mark (positive advance width). + + + + + Enclosing combining mark. + + + + + Decimal digit. + + + + + Letterlike numeric character. + + + + + Numeric character of other type. + + + + + Connecting punctuation mark, like a tie. + + + + + Dash or hyphen punctuation mark. + + + + + Opening punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Closing punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Initial quotation mark. + + + + + Final quotation mark. + + + + + Punctuation mark of other type. + + + + + Symbol of mathematical use. + + + + + Currency sign. + + + + + Non-letterlike modifier symbol. + + + + + Symbol of other type. + + + + + Space character (of various non-zero widths). + + + + + U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR only. + + + + + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR only. + + + + + C0 or C1 control code. + + + + + Format control character. + + + + + Surrogate code point. + + + + + Private-use character. + + + + + Reserved unassigned code point or a noncharacter. + + + + + Line breaking classes of the Unicode characters. + + + + + Mandatory Break + + + + + Carriage Return + + + + + Line Feed + + + + + Combining Mark + + + + + Next Line + + + + + Surrogate + + + + + Word Joiner + + + + + Zero Width Space + + + + + Non-breaking (“Glue”) + + + + + Space + + + + + Zero Width Joiner + + + + + Break Opportunity Before and After + + + + + Break After + + + + + Break Before + + + + + Hyphen + + + + + Contingent Break Opportunity + + + + + Close Punctuation + + + + + Close Parenthesis + + + + + Exclamation/Interrogation + + + + + Inseparable + + + + + Nonstarter + + + + + Open Punctuation + + + + + Quotation + + + + + Infix Numeric Separator + + + + + Numeric + + + + + Postfix Numeric + + + + + Prefix Numeric + + + + + Symbols Allowing Break After + + + + + Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) + + + + + Alphabetic + + + + + Conditional Japanese Starter + + + + + Emoji Base + + + + + Emoji Modifier + + + + + Hangul LV Syllable + + + + + Hangul LVT Syllable + + + + + Hebrew Letter + + + + + Ideographic + + + + + Hangul L Jamo + + + + + Hangul V Jamo + + + + + Hangul T Jamo + + + + + Regional Indicator + + + + + Complex Context Dependent (South East Asian) + + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default character orientation categories. + + + + + Characters which are displayed upright, with the same orientation that appears in the code charts. + + + + + Characters which are displayed sideways, rotated 90 degrees clockwise compared to the code charts. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph upright. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + East Asian character width categories. + + + + + Ambiguous characters + + + + + East Asian Fullwidth + + + + + East Asian Halfwidth + + + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + + + East Asian Narrow + + + + + East Asian Wide + + + + + Determines default boundaries between user-perceived characters. + + + + + Determines default boundaries between words. + + + + + Searches a resource with name which end matches a specified string. + + The assembly where to search a resource. + The string which should be at end of resource name. + + + + + Returns a paired bracket for the given one (negative for close bracket, zero for none-bracket). + + + + + EMF+ brush types + + + + + For internal use only. + Abstract base class used to enumerate metafiles. + Used to convert metafiles to various formats such as PDF, Word etc. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Get GDI+ approximate font for this meta font. + + + + + Get angle for this meta font. + + + + + Get width coefficient for this meta font. + + + + + Convert implicitly to GDI+ font. + + The mate font object. + GDI+ approximate font for meta font. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Fields of DEVMODE structure. + + + + + GetDeviceCaps() constants + + + + + Sorting IDs. + + + + + Primary language IDs. + + + + + Sublanguage IDs. + + The name immediately following SUBLANG_ dictates which primary + language ID that sublanguage ID can be combined with to form a + valid language ID. + + + + + Locale Types. + + + + + usage: + using (FixFpu ff = new FixFpu()) + { do printer stuff } + or + do printer stuff + FixFpu.Doit(); + + + + + Retrieves the low-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order word of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND + WM_SETCURSOR + WM_ACTIVATE + WM_MENUCHAR + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - SB_THUMBPOSITION or SB_THUMBTRACK + + + + + Retrieves the high-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order word of the specified value. + + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - current position of the scroll box + + + + + Retrieves the signed x-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for LOWORD because LOWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the signed y-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for HIWORD because HIWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the wheel-delta value from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the high-order word representing the wheel-delta value. + It indicates the distance that the wheel is rotated, expressed in multiples or divisions of WHEEL_DELTA, which is 120. A positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated forward, away from the user; + a negative value indicates that the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - zDelta + + + + + Retrieves the state of certain virtual keys from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the low-order word representing the virtual key state. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - fwKeys + + + + A field type invalid or not found. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor. + The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure. + The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. The MONITORINFOEX structure adds a string member to contain a name + for the display monitor. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of the structure. Set this member to sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) (72) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. + Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor that can be used by applications, + expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Windows uses this rectangle to maximize an application on the monitor. + The rest of the area in rcMonitor contains system windows such as the task bar and side bars. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + The attributes of the display monitor. + + This member can be the following value: + 1 : MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, + and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + + Aligns the window's client area on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + Aligns the window on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + + Allocates one device context to be shared by all windows in the class. + Because window classes are process specific, it is possible for multiple threads of an application to create a window of the same class. + It is also possible for the threads to attempt to use the device context simultaneously. When this happens, the system allows only one thread to successfully finish its drawing operation. + + + + Sends a double-click message to the window procedure when the user double-clicks the mouse while the cursor is within a window belonging to the class. + + + + Enables the drop shadow effect on a window. The effect is turned on and off through SPI_SETDROPSHADOW. + Typically, this is enabled for small, short-lived windows such as menus to emphasize their Z order relationship to other windows. + + + + Indicates that the window class is an application global class. For more information, see the "Application Global Classes" section of About Window Classes. + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the width of the client area. + + + Disables Close on the window menu. + + + Allocates a unique device context for each window in the class. + + + + Sets the clipping rectangle of the child window to that of the parent window so that the child can draw on the parent. + A window with the CS_PARENTDC style bit receives a regular device context from the system's cache of device contexts. + It does not give the child the parent's device context or device context settings. Specifying CS_PARENTDC enhances an application's performance. + + + + + Saves, as a bitmap, the portion of the screen image obscured by a window of this class. + When the window is removed, the system uses the saved bitmap to restore the screen image, including other windows that were obscured. + Therefore, the system does not send WM_PAINT messages to windows that were obscured if the memory used by the bitmap has not been discarded and if other screen actions have not invalidated the stored image. + This style is useful for small windows (for example, menus or dialog boxes) that are displayed briefly and then removed before other screen activity takes place. + This style increases the time required to display the window, because the system must first allocate memory to store the bitmap. + + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the height of the client area. + + + + Flags for TrackPopupMenu + + + + + WM_SETICON / WM_GETICON Type Codes + + + + + System Menu Command Values + + + + + Bits used in dwFlags of DTTOPTS + + + + + SetWindowPos flags. + + + + + Flags for ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + Color table identifiers for CreateDIBSection(). + + + + + Return values of the ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + CB_XXX - ComboBox Commands + + + + + Windows messages. + + + + + wParam of report message WM_IME_NOTIFY. + + + + + The WM_UPDATEUISTATE message parameters. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + Window theme parts + + + + + EditControl window messages. + + + + + WM_HSCROLL and WM_VSCROLL notifications codes. + + + + + SCROLLBARPARTS. + + + + + BM_GETSTATE flags. + + + + + BM_XXX flags. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT control types. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT drawing actions. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT visual states. + + + + + ComponentOne constants. + + + + + Specifies a raster-operation code, used by BitBlt function and other. + + + + + ShowWindow() function codes. + + + + + WM_PRINT drawing options. + + + + + Rich edit data format types. + + + + + Rich edit data format replacement options. + + + + + EM_SETCHARFORMAT / EM_GETCHARFORMAT flags. + + + + + EM_SETPARAFORMAT / EM_GETPARAFORMAT flags. + + + + + CHARFORMAT mask values. + + + + + CHARFORMAT effects. + + + + + EM_SETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS flags. + + + + + Text Alignment Options. + + + + + GetDCEx() flags. + + + + + GetWindow() Constants. + + + + + GetAncestor() constants. + + + + + ExtTextOut() flags. + + + + + SetBkMode modes. + + + + + GetObjectType() returning values. + + + + + TEXTMETRIC tmPitchAndFamily flags. + + + + + Values for NETTEXMETRIC.ntmFlags. + + + + + OLE constants. + + + + + CreateWindow() flags. + + + + + Extended Window Styles + + + + + CreateWindow() flags for edit controls. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), type of frame control to draw. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), state of control. + + + + + CreatePen() flags + + + + + Class field offsets for GetClassLong(). + + + + + SetWindowLong() flags. + + + + + GetGuiResources() flags. + + + + + ExtSelectClipRgn() flags. + + + + + ScrollWindowEx flags + + + + + MapVirtualKey map types + + + + + WM_MOUSEACTIVATE Return Codes + + + + + GetSystemMetrics() codes + + + + + Constants for TITLEBARINFOEX + + + + + Constants for SetROP2 + + + + + Constants for the biCompression field of BITMAPINFOHEADER. + + + + + ARROWBTNSTATES. + + + + + SCROLLBARSTYLESTATES. + + + + + Defines ASSOCF values for AssocQueryString method's first parameter (flags). + + + + + Defines ASSOCSTR values for AssocQueryString method's second parameter (str). + + + + + Gets file-association string from the registry. + + Use constants. + Use constants. + + + + + An success/error code. + + To get associated exe's length/exe: + + uint assocLen = 0; + AssocQueryString(ASSOCF.ASSOCF_INIT_DEFAULTTOSTAR,ASSOCSTR.ASSOCSTR_EXECUTABLE,Path.GetExtension(OutputFileName),"open",null,ref assocLen); + + For existing files, another option is FindExecutable. + + + + + Name of Atom create by GDI+ for current thread. + + + + + Gets true if GDI+ currently shutdown. + + + + + This function avoids BUG with API GetLocaleInfo function under Win9X + + + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Parses the specified string into a collection of path segments. + + A containing path data. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if and contains relative coordinate values, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is an opportunity to transform the brush. + + specified brush. + + + + + Transformation the brush. + + specified brush to transform. + new brush rectangle. + the angle of rotation. + whether the brush should be mirrored horizontally. + whether the brush should be mirrored vertically. + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.4.6.2.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.4.6.2.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..418a55f Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.4.6.2.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.4.8.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.4.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d7e14e Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.4.8.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.4.8.xml b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.4.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d76de14 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.4.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29362 @@ + + + + C1.Win.4.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Represents the dropdown editor for type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for ColorPickerForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + Represents the editor for the value. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the form used as the color picker. + The form must expose the public property Color Color {get;set;}. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor dialog box. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a format string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show null text or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a null text. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor for the format string. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor dialog box. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a input mask string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the underlying datasource should be updated with the literals in the mask. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the "Update with Literals" prompt is visible. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the editor for the mask of input editor. + + + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates that the "Update with Literals" prompt is visible. + + + + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + Provides extension methods for the control. + + + + + Draws a text in the client area. + + The in which the text is drawn. + The object used to paint. + The text to be drawn. + The foreground color of the text. + The background color of the text. + + This method is used to draw placeholder text or the text of a disabled text box. + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessible control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets a default name of this . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that hosted on drop down form and can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessile element. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Gets the associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the accessible object associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the role of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the accessible children collection. + + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. + + + + + Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. + + + + + Sets input focus to the accessible object. + + + + + Represents the object that provides objects for the class. + + + + + Gets the accessible elements collection. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. The default value is Transparent. + + If this property is not set, the actual color will be inherited from the parent container foreground color. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. The default value is Transparent. + + This property doesn't apply to C1BitmapIcon. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon background color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + If this property is not set, then icon will be resized according to the parent container size. + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The property name. + + + + Fires when property value was changed. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Describes how content is resized to fill its allocated space. + + + + + The content preserves its original size. + + + + + The content is resized to fill the destination dimensions. The aspect ratio is not preserved. + + + + + The content is resized to fit in the destination dimensions while it preserves its native aspect ratio. + + + + + Describes how bitmap content is recolored. + + + + + The bitmap should use original colors. + + + + + The bitmap should be always shown as monochrome. + + + + + The bitmap coloring should be defined by the parent element. + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image list which should be used to retrieve the image. + The index of image in the image list. + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon background color. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + If this property is not set, then icon stretches according to the property value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. The default value is Transparent. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets the list of icons that will be rendered. + + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents the set of icons of different sizes to use in a single UI element. + + + + + Gets the next available icon of the requested size. If the icon of requested size is available in the icon set, it will be returned. + Otherwise, the icon of the next bigger size will be returned (or the biggest one icon of requested size is too big). + + The requested size + The icon of the next available size. + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon set definition. + The string to use as a postfix part of the iconSet name. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon set definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a deep copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a deep copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and contains the same + set of icons as this icon set. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and ontains the same + set of icons as this icon set; otherwise, false + + + + This factory class returns the most common predefined icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The function that creates the icon. New instances must be created every time. + + + + Creates a new icon. + + + + + Creates a new icon with specified size. + + The icon size. + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a global navigation button. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the left. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the right. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing west. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing south east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing north east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a 5-pointed star. + + + + + Gets the path for the Checked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unchecked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grayed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Collapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Expanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBCursor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBAdd icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoCircle icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoMark icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilterEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilteredColumn icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ExpressionEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailExpanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailCollapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Pin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unpin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker tool icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker search icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker clear icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxRect icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxIndeterminate icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioChecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioUnchecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the More icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Minus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowUp2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowDown2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowRight icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the True Type font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the OpenType font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the Delete icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Up icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Down icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Bold icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Italic icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Underline icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Strikeout icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ForeColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BackColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BorderColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grid icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DownArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the UpArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Transparent icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Edit1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Align icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTop icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottom icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Histogram icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Gradient icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowLeft icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the FirstRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the LastRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the Cancel icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the Refresh icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon in vertical orientation. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the CloseButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the RestoreButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MinimizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MaximizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the HelpButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the list of that will be rendered. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + + + + Gets or sets flags used to render text. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + Override it to provide custom initialization. + Always call base class implementation to reset dirty flag. + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Notifies C1Icon element that UI should be re-initialized for the next drawing operation. + + Call this method from property setters to make sure that new property value is nohored at drawing. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Returns rectangle (in the icon coordinates) to render icon. + + Returned rectangle honors property value. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Gets the image represented by this . + + + + + True if returned bitmap should be disposed when no longer needed; False otherwise. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. Returns False. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. Returns False. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Renders content into the given rectangle. + + + + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element pproperties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper elemen intitialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Gets the geometry of the vector. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle (in the icon coordinates) which will determine image placement. + + Don't set this property if you want to autosize icon according to the element bounds. + + + + The stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + The stroke color. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Returns the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + Returns the property value. + If the property is not set, returns graphic path bounds. + + + + Updates element properties when icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represent an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Present an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Gets a default value of dpi. + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + This property doesn't apply to BitmapIconRenderer. + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + Gets the size of icon after scaling by . + + + + + Gets or sets the cached icon image. + + + + + Resets cached image. + + + + + Gets the image that the icon was rendered into. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + + + + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to use a fill for the shape. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the shape has a stroke. + + + + + Creates a path for rendering an icon. + + + + + + + + Simple button with text and image. + + + + + Occurs when the element is clicked. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the to display. + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the value to show as element tooltip. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + Returns drop-down button image. + + + + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Repeat button (fires repeatedly, like scrollbar buttons). + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between clicks when the button is kept pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the button is kept pressed, + in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the mouse hovers over + the button, in milliseconds. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Check (toggle) button. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display chich box mark. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the CheckBox element within the button. + + + If there is no CheckBox element, this property returns -1. Setting the property to -1 removes the CheckBox element. + Setting this property value greater than the number of children does not throw an exception. In this case, the + maximum valid value (Children.Count) is used instead (e.g. CheckBoxIndex = 1000). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the button's CheckState (can be checked, unchecked, or indeterminate). + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the specified checkbox state. + + A value from the enumeration. + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + Override this method to provide your own images for checkboxes in various states. + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the current checkbox state. + + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Radio button with text and image. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + that hosts a WinForms . + + + In principle, this class allows hosting any WinForms control. In practice, + not all controls work well in this scenario. For example, some controls cannot be freely + resized, so the element should account for that. + ** Important Note: to allow hosting generic controls, this class stores a reference + to itself in the contained control's Tag property. That means hosted controls cannot + use their Tag property for anything else. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and control to host. + + The object to use. + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified control to host. + + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this element is hosting. + + + + + Copies style attributes from the element to the hosted control. + + + + + If overriden in nested classes and returns not null, + InputPanel will use the HostPanel to make scrollable withing the element. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's bounds. + + + + + Override to get text change notifications. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Element equivalent to a WinForms control. + + + This element has two styles: the regular () is used + to paint the element background; the is used to paint the + progress indicator. + If either style is set to null (the default value), then the background and/or + progress indicators are rendered using system's current visual theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given . + + used to paint the element's background. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the progress bar. + + + If this property is set to null, then the progress is painted using the + system's current visual theme. + + + + + Panel that knows how to scroll child elements bigger than itself. + + + The child elements are clipped to the bounds of the ScrollablePanel; + scrolling is done by setting the property, + which works like the ScrollPosition in the control. + This class only implements the scrollable (client) area of a scrollable + control. It doesn't have scrollbars or buttons. For that, use the + or classes + (or implement your own scrollable panel). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the pecified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Negative pixel offset (like the control). + + + + + that contains the content to be scrolled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the panel to scroll its contents + in steps when the property changes. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change applied + when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Event that occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Panel that plays the role of a ). + + + This element contains a that contains the + content to display and two objects that are displayed + as needed and control the scroll position on the main panel. + If the panel contains an that is , + then it will honor the mouse wheel in addition to the scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new ScrollBarPanel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets which scrollbars should be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrollbars defined by the + property should remain visible even if they are not needed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the scrollbar buttons. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Returns reference to the vertical element. + + + + + Returns reference to the horizontal element. + + + + + Panel that contains two scroll buttons (, + ) and a with + content that can be scrolled by clicking the buttons. + + + To use this class, assign the that contains the + scrollable content should be assigned to the + property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll position (negative pixel offset, like the control). + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll step, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing while pressed, in milliseconds + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing when the mouse hovers over them + (even without pressing them) + + + Set to zero or any negative value to disable the hover scroll feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the time between scroll steps while buttons are pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scroll buttons should be visible even when they are not needed. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to previous elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to next elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining height and width in pixels of navigation buttons. + + + + + + Element that looks and behaves like a WinForms . + + + If no is assigned to this element, it will render itself + using Windows Visual Styles. + + Use the property to control whether + the ScrollBarElement should be rendered as a vertical or horizontal + scrollbar. + + + + + Specifies the command being executed by the ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a without a . + + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical without a . + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the + scroll box on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a small distance (one 'line'). + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a large distance (one 'page'). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the thumb size should reflect the ratio of the scroll bar + size to its range. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale factor (used with Gc/C1Zoom). + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the scroll box ('thumb' element). + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the thumb and line up/down buttons in the scroll direction. + + + By default, the scroll buttons are square. This property allows you to set the + button height in vertical scrollbars or the button width in horizontal scrollbars. + Set this property to a value less than 1 to restore the default (square) sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the control to scroll in steps. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change + applied when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Fires when the property has been changed. + + + + + Buttons at either end of the scrollbar (line up/down) + + + + + Area between the buttons and the thumb (page up/down) + + + + + Thumb (track) + + + + + Tab pages are represented by TabPageElement elements in the + tab.TabArea.Children collection. + + + + + Gets the RowPanel that contains the tabs. + + + + + Gets the element that is currently displayed in the content area. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected TabPageElement. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements that represent the tab pages. + + + + + Removes all tabs and content from the TabElement. + + + + + Gets the TabPageElement that contains a given child element. + + Child element in the Tab. + The TabPageElement that contains the given child element, or + null if the element does not belong to any tab pages. + + + + + + + + + that hosts a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current text. + + + + + Returns the reference to the hosted control. + + + + + Updates the alignment of the text box control to reflect the current . + + + + + Gets the number of lines in the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual cue, or tip, that is displayed by TextBox to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a tree panel with rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets visible of the checkbox for a tree row. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset value for a tree row. + + + Used in the * formula. + + + + + Gets the settings for the tree lines. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a list of settings for tree lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of dashed lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating displays lines or not. + + + + + Represents a base collection for and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent element of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent element of this collection. + + + + + Creates and adds an object to the end of the . + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree panel of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree row of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent tree row of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a tree panel row element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the parent tree panel of this . + + + + + Gets the parent row of this . + + + + + Gets the level of this . + + + + + Gets the button to change the expanded state for this . + + + + + Gets the checkbox for this . + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded state value for this . + + + + + Gets the collection of child rows for this . + + + + + Returns a collection with this row, all of its child rows, and all of the child rows of child rows. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a button instance for property. + + + + + Returns a checkbox instance for property. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with icon for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the for the expanded state of the row. + + + + + Gets the for the collapsed state of the row. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with checkbox for . + + + + + Event raised when checked/unchecked + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the for the checked state of the checkBox. + + + + + Gets the for the unchecked state of the checkBox. + + + + + + + + + + + Updates icon element + + + + + Base class for all object that contain child elements. + + + This class extends and implements the property. + This class acts like a static canvas. It has no layout logic other than sizing itself to fit its children. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + object used to measure and render this . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Abstract class for elements that display text or images. + + Derived classes should override method to + provide the content (text, images, formatted values). + + This class does not have child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets the value represented by this . + + Object to be rendered as this element's content. + + The value is an object that the class can measure and render, usually a string, + an , or an object. + + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + The is a layout panel, that layouts children elements to the left, right, top, bottom or center of the panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Adds child element with the specified option. + + The to add. + The option to use for the added child element. + + + + Changes the option for the specified child element. + + The to change. + The new option to use. + + + + Returns the option used for the specified child element. + + The child to check. + The new option used for the specified child element. + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Interface implemented by WinForms controls hosted in X elements. + + + This interface allows the control to manage WinForms controls + contained in C1.Framework elements. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that this is hosting. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's current bounds. + + + + + Interface implemented by Elements that want to display tooltips when seen + in an XView. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that appears as a ToolTip for this . + + + + + Interface implemented by elements that can process mnemonics. + + + + + Method that gets called when the user presses the hot key that corresponds to this . + + True if the hot key was handled by the element, false otherwise. + + + + Base class for all elements, handles layout and styles. Instances of this + class have no content and no children. + + Elements with content (and no children) derive from . + + Elements with children derive from . + + This class doesn't do much by itself except call virtual methods that can + be overridden in derived classes. It can draw a background and borders with + no content, so it can be used to implement things like bars and spacers. + + It is designed to be very light-weight, since typical documents may create + thousands of these. Additional elements should be added to not-so-common derived + classes. + + + + + Flags that represent the state of an . + + + + + Element should be laid out before it is rendered. + + + + + Element is visible. + + + + + The width of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The height of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The element is enabled and may receive mouse and keyboard messages. + + + + + The element recognizes mouse messages. + + + + + The element recognizes keyboard messages. + + + + + The element should display a focus rectangle when it has the focus. + + + + + The element can receive the focus when the tab key is pressed. + + + + + The mouse is over the element. + + + + + The mouse is over the element and the left button is pressed. + + + + + The Hot state does not propagate automatically to the parent element. + + + + + Flow child elements in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Used for international applications where the language is written from right to left. + + + + + Indicates if the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Indicates if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Flags that represent the line-breaking behavior caused by an element when it is contained + in a paragraph. + + + + + The element does not cause line breaks. + + + + + Insert line breaks before the element. + + + + + Insert line breaks after the element. + + + + + The parent . + + + + + The that defines the position of the within its parent. + + + + + The object that defines the appearance of this . + + + + + An value that defines the behavior of this . + + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + + + + Gets the element's parent, or null if this is the root element. + + + + + Gets the element's top-level parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style object used to render this Element. + + + + + Gets the element's style, or a default style if the element doesn't have one. + This never returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is visible. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is enabled (can receive mouse and keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is hit-testable (receives mouse messages). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is focusable (receives keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element can currently receive the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should display a focus rectangle when it has focus. + + + + + Sets the focus to the host control and to this within the host control. + + True if the focus was set successfully. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this or one of its children has the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Hot style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Pressed style. + + + + + Gets or sets the element's bounds (size and location) within its parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the element. + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + Whether to return the element's outer bounds or content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle to the ancestor's content area. + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + Client rectangle, in pixels. + This discounts margins, borders, and padding. + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Element height. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Adjusts the location of this element by the specified amount. + + Offset in the horizontal direction. + Offset in the vertical direction. + + + + Gets a value that indicates this element needs to be laid out. + + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + Whether ContentElements (e.g. elements without children, such as + , ) also need to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + + + + Gets the portion of the element that renders below the baseline. + Usually non-zero only for text elements, depends on font. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Gets a list of child elements. + + + The base class always returns null; panel elements should be based on . + + + + + Gets a value that indicates the element has a non-empty collection. + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Lays out this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Perform layout using host control's object. + + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Render this element's content (no children). + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle to render into. + + + + Returns the element at a given point. + + Point to check. + The element at the point. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + Type of element we're looking for. + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Returns the scroll origin (override to implement non-scrolling areas). + + + + + + Determines whether this element is a child of another element. + + Parent element to investigate. + True if contains this element. + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + Whether to repaint the host control immediately after invalidation. + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Handles MouseWheel events. + + that contains the event data. + True if the event was handled by this element, false otherwise. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse moves over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user double-clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the element is about to lose focus. + + + + + + Called by the host control after the element has been validated. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + Key that was pressed and needs to be checked. + true if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a character key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface with the specified style. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Gets a that covers only the borders (hollow, used to renders the borders). + + the of the rendered . + the bounds of the rendered . + the border of the rendered . + + + + + Executes TextRenderer.DrawText. Do not use it in any way other than as protected. + + + + + Gets the value specifying whether element size is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element width is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element height is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets an from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the image. + An stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Gets a from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the bitmap. + A stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Finds the that is represented by a given hot key. + + to search (including all its children). + Hot key to search for. + The that is represented by the given hot key. + + + + Computes the location of the specified screen point into client coordinates. + + The screen coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in client coordinates. + + + + Computes the location of the specified client point into screen coordinates. + + The client coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in screen coordinates. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the is currently being displayed. + + + Returns if has no . + + + + + Scales the instance uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The style for scaling. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Contains a list of Elements that belong to a parent element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified owning element. + + The which owns this list. + + + + Gets a reference to the that owns this . + + + + + Adjusts the location of all objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Adjusts the location of some objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + Index of the first to be offset. + Number of elements to offset. + + + + Called when elements are added or removed from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the element to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new object in the list. + + + + Inserts an at a specified index. + + Index where the will be inserted. + to add to the list. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the list at the specified index. + + Index where the elements will be inserted. + whose elements will be inserted. + + + + Removes the at the specified index from the list. + + The index of the to remove. + + + + Removes a range of elements from the list. + + Index of the first element to remove from the list. + Number of elements to remove. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + Index where the reversal should start. + Number of elements to reverse. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + + + + Removes all elements from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the last on the list. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and orientation. + + The object to use. + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the of the specified orientation. + + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Specifies the value to use for layout children. + + + + + Represents a base drop down form for the drop down control. + + + + + The popup form on the top (if any exist). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner drop down control. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, + with Esc key or using the CloseForm method, and implicit cancellation + (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + This flag is True when we should not close the popup Form from the Deactivate event. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicates that can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating if the drop down form has a shadow displayed. + + + + + This flag is set when the user clicks the drop-down button in menu while this drop-down is already open. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If true, the form will not be closed when the user clicks some item on this form or on a child form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that hosted on this dropd down form. + + + + + Gets the drop-down owner. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Prepares location of drop down form. + + + The overridden method may return 'true' to avoid further processing. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Refreshes bounds of the drop down form. + + + + + Returns the initial size for drop down form. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Closes the drop down form. + + + + + Closes this and all child dropdown forms. + + + + + Handles a click on an item on a dropdown form. + + + + + Returns a parent form of the drop down control. + + + + + Applies the align to the dropdown form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Hides all the popped up forms till the specified parent form. + + + + + Don't pass 'this' in the formToBeActivated parameter + + + + + Represents the methods, events and properties of drop down from. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that form can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the form has been disposed of. + + + + + Applies the style to drop down form. + + Style of drop down form. + DPI of parent control. + + + + Closes the form. + + + + + Closes the drop down form and activates the parent form. + + + + + Opens the drop down form at the top of other windows. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets a value that determines the alignment of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets a distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the right-to-left mode value for the owner dropdown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating that the dropdown form closes itself and all child forms. + + + + + Gets the dropdown form. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to stick the drop-down form to the side border. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Returns the that has input focus then the is true. + + + + + Handles the DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Handles the DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Fires when item was clicked on dropdown form. + + + + + Represents extended the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Alignment of the drop-down portion of the drop down control. + + + + + Use the default alignment rules. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its left side. + + + + + The drop down form is centered. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its right side. + + + + + This class is an accessor for getting and setting elements at intersections + of grid rows and columns. The actual elements are stored in the rows. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The owning element. + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Gets or sets the displayed in this grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of rows that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of columns that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Keeps track of column widths and positions + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + GridColumn collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridColumn objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Return the reference to the owning grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the grid column to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a grid with rows and columns. + At each intersection there is a cell object that contains an element. + Cells may span rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns and style settings. + + The object to use. + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns. + + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Returns the object displayed in the specified row and column. + + The row number. + The column number. + The object. + If the object with specified row and column numbers doesn't exist when this property is called, it is created. + Also this property call migh create missing rows and columns if required. + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value, specifying size in pixels of empty space between adjucent grid cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all columns should have the same width. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all rows should have the same height. + + + + + Keeps track of row heights and positions, stores cells in Children member. + + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Creates the object with the specified column index. + + The column number. + + + + + Returns the value specifying the index of this row in the owning grid. + + + + + GridRow collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridRow objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the row to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds a to the list. + + The to add to the list. + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + Adds a new to the list. + + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + + + + + + Element that displays an . + + Alignment and scaling are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image and style options. + + The object to use. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image. + + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object to show. + + + + + The content of this element is the image. + + + + + + No descent for images. + + + + + that displays paragraphs. + + + This class is a panel that wraps and aligns its child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically into a single line. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation and style options. + + The object to use. + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation. + + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which child elements are stacked. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Encapsulates a Brush for painting background. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush obtained from the method should be disposed after use. + + + + + Returns a brush for the specified rectangle. + + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Class that encapsulates objects used to paint element backgrounds. + It exposes properties that can be used to create and serialize , + , and objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the for this . + + + + + Gets or sets whether gamma correction is applied to the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the main color (used when is set to None). + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color (used when is set to a value other than None). + + + + + Gets or sets the used to create the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a object that may be something other than a . + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush should be disposed after use. + + + + + Gets an updated that can be used to fill a given . + + Rectangle used to build the gradient brush if the + property is set to a value other than None. + A that can be used to paint an element's background. + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Gets a clone of this . + + A clone of this . + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + The object is converted to a string with the following format: + [p1],[f1];[p2],[f2];...;[pn],[fn] + Where the 'pi' are positions between 0 and 1 along the blend line and + 'fi' are factors between 0 and 1 that correspond to the amount of the + secondary color in the blend. + The positions must be increasing, and the last one must be 1. + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + These are some simple blend strings: + "0,0;1,1": default blend, starting with color1 (0,0) and finishing with color2 (1,1). + "0,1;1,0": reverse blend, starting with color2 (1,0) and finishing with color1 (0,1). + "0,0;.5,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 halfway, then back to color1. + "0,0;.1,1;.9,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 at 10%, continues with color2 up to 90%, then switches back to color1. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + + + Class that stores colors for individual border edges. + + + In most cases, borders have a single color and this class is not used at all. + If the members of this class are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified + colors are used to paint over specific edges. + This class paints the borders with a bevel so they line up at the corners, but + it does not handle corners at all, so only rectangular elements can have multi-colored + borders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that owns the new instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets a value that determines if colors have been specified for any of the edges. + + + + + Gets a clone of this object. + + A clone of this object. + + + + Returns true if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + This is important when handling persistence and comparing to the default value. + + to compare to this object. + True if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + + Serves as a hash function for a object. + + An integer that serves as a hash function for a object. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + border thickness. + brush which should be used for left border. + brush which should be used for right border. + brush which should be used for top border. + brush which should be used for bottom border. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns this object. + + + + + Notifies the owner that this object has changed. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + + + Represents corners associated with a user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of the left top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the left bottom corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right bottom corner, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of all corners, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left bottom corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right bottom corner. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Swaps corners for RightToLeft layout. + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Specifies the background gradient mode. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Specifies the text direction (horizontal or vertical). + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + + Specifies flags for the style. + + + + + No special flags. + + + + + Add a page break before this element. + + + + + Add a page break after this element. + + + + + Enables or disables the text font decorations, such as Underline or Strikeout. + + + + + No changes to font style. + + + + + Enables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Disables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Enables the Underline effect. + + + + + Disables the Underline effect. + + + + + Provides data for a dynamic style. + + + + + The default empty dynamic style. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + The parent style object. + + + + Gets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets the style owner object, such as XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the right-to-left mode is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Underline or Strikeout effects should be used or not used when drawing the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + The class contains display attributes that + determine the appearance of content on the screen/printer. + It includes most elements found in Css styles. + The class also contains methods for rendering + and measuring content (strings and images) based on the style settings + (fonts, margins, etc). + The objects are not hierarchical in the sense + that they don't have parent styles and don't inherit attributes + from the parent style. To create a new style based on an existing one, + you would clone the original style, then apply whatever attributes + you want to the new style. + The objects are hierarchical in the sense that + two style attributes ( and ) don't + need to be set. If these attributes are not set, they are inherited, + but not from a parent object. Rather, these attributes + are inherited from the parent UI object. + This type of inheritance make it easy to define a font on + a associated with a parent UI object and have that + font be automatically applied to all UI objects contained in the parent. + By contrast, a attribute is not explicitly inherited. + Instead, the parent UI object paints its client area with a brush, + and child UI objects have a transparent background by default, + so the parent background shows through by default. Other attributes such + as alignment, margins, padding, etc are also not inherited. + + + + + The size of shadow. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The name of the new object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The owner object for the new . + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style is locked and cannot be modified. + + + This property is useful when you want to prevent code from accidentally + modifying 'stock' styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to paint text within the element. + + + If this property is set to null, the text will be painted using the font + specified by the parent element's font. + + + + + Gets the part of the font below the baseline. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the text within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the border around the element. + + + + + Gets object that defines the colors used to paint each edge of the borders. + + + Normally, this property is empty, and the border is drawn using the color specified by the + property. + If any of the members of this property are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified color + is used to paint the specific border. + This property is only applicable if the are set to zero. + + + + + Gets or sets the radii of the element corners. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the margins around the element. + + + + + Returns margins which honor current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text content should be clipped to the element area. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text bounding rectangle should include padding. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the vertical direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be aligned within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be scaled within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be allowed to wrap within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how to trim characters that do not fit in the space available. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string used to convert the element value into a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation for the first text element. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between child elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the style width (set to -1 to use the default width). + + + + + Gets or sets the style height (set to -1 to use the default height). + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that should be displayed when the mouse is over elements with this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining how to display hot keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which text is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be rendered from right to left, such as in Arabic or Hebrew. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the value of Style.RightToLeft property must be applied to Element. + + This property can be set when reading css styles from dir attribute. + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot and pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the display as block or inline of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style includes a shadow. + + + + + Gets a reference to the default style. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient background in percentage units. + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color used to build the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to apply gamma correction to the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the style flags. + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (DrawString). + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (TextRenderer). + + + + + Forces the dynamic style to freeze. + + + + + "Frozen" dynamic style. + + + + + Gets the owner object, such an XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the background image can be flipped for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be flipped horizontally for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns back image padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element border is an ellipse (for the dynamic styles only). + + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + A height to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Inflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to inflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + A height to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Deflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to deflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical + to the current (except for the property, + which is always false for clones). + + The copy of the current . + + + + Copies all attributes from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between this method and is that Clone returns a new + object, while Copy modifies the attributes in an existing style. + + + + + Copies attributes set to non-default values from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between and Merge is that Merge will not copy + attributes that are set to their default values in the . + + + + + Converts value to string according to property value. + + A value to convert. + The string value of the current instance. + + + + Releases all resources. + + + + + Fires when any elements of the change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets whether this style or any of its sub-styles has a shadow. + + True if style or its sub-styles have shadow; False otherwise. + + + + Returns if specified brush is a or otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns new if specified color is not or null otherwise. + + + + + + + Class that contains a keyed collection of objects and methods + to serialize the styles into Xml files and streams. + + + The Theme class is a named/keyed collection of objects. + The class is designed to be used as a base class for components that need + to add custom elements to themes in addition to a style collection. + Inheritors should override the following methods: + + // specify the name of the component that will use this theme + protected virtual string ComponentType + + // save component-specific elements to xml + protected virtual void WriteCustomData(XmlWriter writer) + + // load component-specific elements from xml + protected virtual void ReadCustomData(XmlNode node) + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Name of the new theme. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the theme name (e.g. "RedMoon"); + + + + + Saves a collection of themes into an Xml file. + + Array containing objects. + Name of the Xml file where the themes will be saved. + + Use the method to load the saved themes. + + + + + Loads a collection of themes from an Xml file. + + Name of the Xml file that contains the themes. + An array containing the themes loaded from the file. + + Use this method to load themes saved with the method. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the theme definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme definition. + + + + Writes this into an Xml file. + + Name of the file where the theme will be saved. + + + + Writes this into an Xml . + + where the theme will be saved. + + + + Reads this from an Xml file. + + File that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml . + + that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml string. + + String that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the component that owns the theme + (e.g., "C1Schedule", "C1Calendar" or "C1Ribbon"). + + + + + Writes component-specific data into the theme. + + where custom theme data is saved. + + Derived classes should override this method to save any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Reads component-specific theme data. + + that contains the theme data. + + Derived classes should override this method to read any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Saves an image into the Xml output stream. + + that contains the theme definition. + Name of the node where the image will be stored. + that will be saved in the stream. + + The default implementation keeps a list of the images that have been saved. If any + images are saved more than once, only the index is stored for the repeated instances. + For example: + + SaveImage(writer, "MyImageProperty", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAgain", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAndAgain", img); + + [MyImageProperty]base64data[/MyImageProperty] + [MyImagePropertyAgain index="0"/] + [MyImagePropertyAndAgain index="0"/] + + + + + + Loads an image from the Xml stream. + + that contains the image information. + An object. + + The first instance of each image is stored as node data (base 64-encoded). When this + instance is loaded for the first time, the image is stored in an internal image list. + Subsequent instances of the same image are not stored in the node as binary data; + an "index" attribute is used instead that specifies the index of the image in the + internal image collection. + + + + + Styles are indexed by style name. + + Collection member. + Style name (must be unique within collection). + + + + Saves a into an . + + that will receive the style data. + that will be saved. + List of images whose indices will be saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being saved. + + To save space, the following rules apply: + Properties of the main style are saved only if they are set to values different from the default. + Properties of substyles (hot, pressed, etc) are saved only if they are different from the main style. + Images are saved in a separate list, and only references are saved in the styles. + + + + + Loads a from an . + + that contains the style data. + List of images whose indices were saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being loaded. + + + + + Represents padding, border or margin information associated with a + user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the top edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the right edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the bottom edge, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left and right edges, in pixels. + Thickness of the top and bottom edges, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of all edges, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the left edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the top edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the right edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the bottom edge. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the top and bottom edges. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the right and left edges. + + + + + Inflates the current by the specified values. + + The inflate size for vertical edges. + The inflate size for horizontal edges. + The new . + + + + Inflates the current by the specified size. + + The size. + The new . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Swaps the values of the Left and Right properties. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Element that displays a string. + + Alignment and formatting are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style and contents. + + used to measure and render the , + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style. + + used to measure and render the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given text. + + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of an empty . + + + + + Gets or sets the string displayed by this . + + + + + Gets the string represented by this . + + The string represented by this . + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Class with static methods used for enumerating and retrieving application + resources. + + + + + Returns all images from the entry assembly. + + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Returns all images from the specified assembly. + + An to load images from. + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the specified assembly. + + An to load resource from. + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Decodes an image from a base-64-encoded string. + + String that contains the encoded image data. + The encoded in the string. + + + + Element that displays a simple value (numbers, dates, etc). + + The element's is responsible for formatting the value + (with ). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value and style settings. + + The object to use. + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. + + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value. + + + + + Specifies how to scale (or flow) the element to fit the pages. + + + + + Render element as it appears on the screen. + + + + + Scale element so its width fits on a page. + + + + + Scale element to fit on a single page. + + + + + Flow element to fit the available page width. + + + + + Class that extends to print objects. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of host control for C1Framwork elements. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets the element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Causes the control to redraw the invalidated regions within its client area. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Defines an abstract base class for controls that support auto-scrolling behavior. + + + + + Initializes the properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme scroll bars. + + + The theme scroll bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the document. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should scroll as the user drags the scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining + the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when + the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Override this method to get notifications when the control scrolls. + + + + + + This property is used to set the scroll page size. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + This method is used to set the scroll rectangle. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + + + + Handles scroll messages. + + + + + + This member overrides . + Override this method to account for scrollbars size. + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether th Control supported rtl scroll or not. + + + + + Gets a value determining behavior of scroll in rtl mode. + + + + + Gets the state of vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the state of scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to move a scroll bar in response to + a small scroll command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether control shows scroll bars. + + + + + Retrieves the specified scroll bar range. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll position of the specified scroll bar. + + The int value of scroll bar + + + + + Gets the immediate position of the specified scroll box that the user is dragging. + + + + + + + Sets the position of the specified scroll bar. + + + Specifies the new position of the scroll box. + The position must be within the scrolling range. + The previous position of the scroll box indicates success. + Zero indicates failure + + + + Changes horizontal scroll position if needed. Uses for support RTL. + + + + + Specifies how the XView control should size the element it contains. + + + + + No autosizing. + + + + + Auto size element by client area width. + + + + + Auto size element by client area height. + + + + + Auto size element by client area size. + + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + The control has an property that gets or + sets the element to be displayed. + + The control is responsible for displaying the element, providing + scrolling, and routing mouse and keyboard events to the hosted element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets or sets how the should resize the hosted element to match its size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should show draw a focus rectangle around + the element with focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that controls anti-aliasing. + + + + + Gets or sets the that controls text rendering quality. + + + + + Creates a object for the control. + + A object for the control. + + The object returned by this method reflects the current + settings for the and + properties. + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks whether a given element is in the main element's scrolling area. + + to check. + True if the whole element is within the main element's scrolling area. + + The main element's scrolling area is the area below and to the right of the point + returned by the method. + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Scrolls a given element into view. + + Element to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given point into view. + + Point to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given rectangle into view. + + Rectangle to scroll into view. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The left to be scaled. + The top to be scaled. + The right to be scaled. + The bottom to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Occurs when an external C1SuperTooltip is attached or detached. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a collection of public components contained in this control. + This is used by the XViewDesigner designer. + + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or + a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns True if the mouse pointer is inside the XView control. + + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Gets the element that hosted the . + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the scroll rectangle. + + Amount to scroll in the x direction, in pixels. + Amount to scroll in the y direction, in pixels. + + + + + + + + + + + Element that serves as an interface between the host IXView control and the content elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Calls methods to rescale of the element tree when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Control that hosts control. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + Indicates whether the method call comes from a Dispose method or from a finalizer. + + + + Gets the that this control is hosting. + + + + + Initializes the hosted in this control. + + Uses to override the default . + + + Uses to override IsInputKey(Control, Keys) when this control uses as children of other control. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.GotFocus event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Update bounds of hosted controls. + + + + + Remove all controls that belong to elements which have either become invisible or now belong to a different owner from the Controls collection. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Handle the tab key by moving the focus to the next focusable element. + + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + Render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Gets scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + + + + + + Message filter to detect mouse events while the popUp is shown and + close the form when a mouse click outside the popUp occurs. + + + + + Checks the message loop for mouse messages while the popUp is displayed. + If one is detected the position is checked to see if it is outside the form, + in which case the owner is notified. + + + + + The default word-break rules are used. Words usually are not break or are break only in places + where the break is explicitly specified (for example, using the <br> tag). + + + + + Line wrap is added automatically so that the word fits within the specified block width. + The value does not work for Chinese, Korean, Japanese or Arabic text. + + + + + Does not allow word-break in Chinese, Korean, or Japanese. + For other languages, it acts as 'Normal'. + + + + + Adds a StyleAttribute to a table based on a name and value. + + + + + Class that represents Html DIV tags. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted after + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + True if a line break should be inserted after the given element. + + + + Gets the amount of space, in pixels, to be added between two elements. + + Element above the space. + Element below the space. + Amount of space, in pixels, to be added between the two elements. + + + + Adds a string with a given style to this paragraph. + + used to render the new string. + String to add to this paragraph. + Indicates if the text element can be wrapped to new line. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Like a , but with an adjustable base line offset + (for implementing sub/super scripts) + + + + + Class that represents a generic Html . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + The value of the width of html content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content. + + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Gets or sets the value determining location of the html content to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the html content to display. + + + + + Clears all content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether to show hotkey prefix. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether content should be downloaded at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets the containing image cache. + + + + + Get the value specifying whether the current element contains animated images. + + + + + Selects the image frame with the specified index. + + The frame index. + + + + Class that represents HTML 'FONT' tags. + + + + + Extends Element to provide a horizontal rule across the document. + + + + + Class that represents HTML 'A' tags. + + + + + Invisible elements inserted in the HTML stream to delimit hyperlinks. + To use this, the viewer should handle the MouseDown event, use HitTest to + find the element clicked, then scan the Children collection to determine + whether the click was on a link and what the link parameters are. + + + + + Represents an HTML 'img' tag. + + + + + REVIEW: Replace with 2-column table? + The current setup works but makes the document dirty when it renders... + + + + + Class that represents an item in an ordered or unordered list. + + + + + Utility class with static methods used for loading (and caching) + text and images from the web, from disk, or from app resources. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML form. + + + + + Input types. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML input (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML text area (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML select (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + + The main method in this class is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + The main method is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Helper class used for measuring and rendering HTML. + + + + + Gsts or sets a right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in pixels. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The graphics device context handler. + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + The right-to-left layout. + + + + Gets element width in pixels. + + + + + Gets element height in pixels. + + + + + Gets a metafile image of a piece of the document. + + The rectangle of a image. + The offset of the frame. + The frame bottom calculated value. + The metafile image of a piece of the document. + + + + Represents an HTML span. + + + + + Class that represents some spans. + + + + + HtmlTable derives from HtmlDiv and contains a single GridPanel, exposed by + the property. + HtmlTable does not derive directly from GridPanel for two reasons: + 1) To allow horizontal alignment of the table within the paragraph, and + 2) Because this is simpler than using an interface and different parent classes. + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + + Utility class for reading/writing XML. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Icon objects to and from various other representations. + + The allows to initialize new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Provides a user interface that can edit collection of elements at design time. + + The allows to add new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Creates a new instance of the class using the specified collection type. + + The type of the collection for this editor to edit. + + + + Provides base methods used to measure and render text. + + + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with . + + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI. + + + + + Gets the corresponding to the specified . + + The text layout information. + If true, the text is displayed from right to left. + The display and layout information for text strings. + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI plus. + + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + The interface implemented by the control extended by a super tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips. + + + + + Specialized TextBox used to edit HTML content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Override to change the default. + + + + + Insert a span tag around the current selection. + + Tag to insert (e.g. "b", "i"). + + + + Insert a list at the selection. + + True to insert a numbered list, false to insert a bullet list. + + + + Insert an image at the selection. + + Name of the image to insert. + + + + Editor for class. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperLabel contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner label. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of label text. + + + + + + + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner label properties. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperTooltip contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Updates images in the Images collection and PreviewLabel control. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + When overridden saves the current settings of the tooltip to an internal array. + + + + + When overridden restores the previous tooltip settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner tooltip. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of tooltip text. + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner tooltip properties. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a label that shows static information on a form. + + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a control. + + + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superLabel + c1superLabel.AutoSize = true; + c1superLabel.Text = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + + // attach event handler + c1superLabel.LinkClicked += new C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventHandler(c1superLabel_LinkClicked); + // ... + + void c1superLabel_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands (&) are used to indicate the next character is a hot key. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content. + + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the rows in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the width needed + to display the cell with the widest content: + + int GetMaximumCellWidth(int col) + { + // maximum width is unknown + int maxWidth = -1; + + // scan all rows to find the widest content + for (int row = 0; row < _flex.Rows.Count; row++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure width needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _superLabel.Measure().Width; + + // save maximum width + if (width > maxWidth) + maxWidth = width; + } + return maxWidth; + } + + + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content using specified . + + used to measure. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Measures the height of the control content when rendered with a given width. + + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the columns in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the height needed + to display the cell with the tallest content: + + int GetMaximumCellHeight(int row) + { + // maximum height is unknown + int maxHeight = -1; + + // scan all columns to find the tallest content + for (int col = 0; col < _flex.Cols.Count; col++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure height needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _flex.Cols[col].WidthDisplay; + int height = _superLabel.Measure(width).Height; + + // save maximum height + if (height > maxHeight) + maxHeight = height; + } + return maxHeight; + } + + + + + + Measures the height of the control content using specified when rendered with a given width. + + used to measure. + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Draws the control content into a given object. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + + The example below uses the DrawToGraphics method to render Html in a C1FlexGrid control. + Grid cells containing text that starts with an <html> tag are rendered as Html. Other cells are + rendered by the grid as usual. + + void _flex_OwnerDrawCell(object sender, OwnerDrawCellEventArgs e) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(e.Row, e.Col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // set label back color and content + _superLabel.BackColor = e.Style.BackColor; + _superLabel.Text = text; + + // draw the Html into grid cell + _superLabel.DrawToGraphics(e.Graphics, e.Bounds); + + // cell has been drawn + e.Handled = true; + } + } + + + + + + Draws an HTML string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects, + starting at a given offset within the string. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + Offset of the first line to draw (usually the return value of a previous call to DrawStringHtml). + The offset of the first line that was not printed because it did not fit in the specified rectangle, or the value of + if the entire string was rendered. By default zero. + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Update internal style when RightToLeft property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + True if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the value of the property changes. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. + + + + + Releases resources used by the component + + True to release all resources; false to release unmanaged resources only. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Recreates HTML element using the specified style and UseMnemonic value, + re-parses the text. + + The style to apply. + + + + Parses the Text property into Html. + + + + + Handles auto-sizing when necessary. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event. + + Object that fired the event. + object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that was pressed on the link. + Value of the link's HREF attribute. + Value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + Gets the button that was clicked on the link. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's HREF attribute. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + + Specifies a background gradient for the ToolTip. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies under what conditions the tooltip will remain visible + if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + + + + + The tooltip never remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Control key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Alt key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Shift key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip always remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible while the mouse cursor is hovered over it. + + + + + Represents a pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose + when the mouse hovers over the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a component. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating under what conditions the tooltip will remain + visible if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + Period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible can be set using + the property. + + + This property works only if is true. Otherwise, + the Control behaves as if the property is set to a value . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is currently active. + + + This property allows you to enable or disable the display of + text for all controls that have text specified in this particular C1SuperTooltip. + More than one C1SuperTooltip can be created and assigned to a form; setting the + Active property to false only affects the specified C1SuperTooltip. + You can allow users to set the value of this property in a form that provides + application options to provide the ability for the user to enable or disable the display + of C1SuperTooltips in your application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip follows the cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic delay for the . + + + The AutomaticDelay property enables you to set a single delay value which + is then used to set the values of the , , + and properties. Each time the AutomaticDelay property is set, + the following values are set by default. + AutoPopDelay: 10 times the AutomaticDelay property value. + InitialDelay: Equal to the AutomaticDelay property value. + ReshowDelay: 1/5 of the AutomaticDelay property value. + These properties can also be set independently once the AutomaticDelay property has been set. + For more information, see the , , and + properties. This property is typically used to provide a consistent + delay pattern for your windows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip should display ToolTipText of Microsoft's ListView items or Microsoft's DataGridView cells. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (10 * ). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default ( / 5). + + + + Gets or sets the period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible if the + mouse pointer is stationary within a control. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + window is displayed when the mouse pointer is over a control. For example, if you display + extensive help in a C1SuperTooltip window, you can increase the value of this property + to ensure that the user has sufficient time to read the text. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your C1SuperTooltip windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property + sets the AutoPopDelay, , and + properties to initial values based on a single value. Every time the + property is set, the AutoPopDelay property is set to 10 times the AutomaticDelay + property value. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently + set the AutoPopDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a window is displayed even + when its parent control is not active. + + + + This property enables you to display a C1SuperTooltip window even when the container + of the tooltip is not active. + + You can use this feature in a modeless window application to enable C1SuperTooltip + windows to be displayed regardless of which modeless window is active. This feature is also + useful when creating a control using the UserControl that contains a number of + controls that display tooltips. Since the UserControl is often not the active + window on a form, setting this property to true enables the controls within the + UserControl to display windows at any time. + + + + + + Gets or sets the time that passes before the tooltip appears. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + waits before displaying a tooltip window. If the value of the + property is set to a value that is too long in duration, the user of your application + may not know that your application provides C1SuperTooltip help. You can use this + property to ensure that the user has tooltips displayed quickly by shortening the time + specified. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , , and InitialDelay properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of time that must transpire before subsequent windows appear + as the mouse pointer moves from one control to another. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the C1SuperTooltip + waits before displaying a tooltip window after a previous tooltip window is displayed. + The first time a tooltip window is displayed the value of the + property is used to determine the delay to apply before initially showing the tooltip + window. When a tooltip window is currently being displayed and the user moves the cursor + to another control that displays a tooltip window, the value of the + property is used before showing the tooltip for the new control. The tooltip window from + the previous control must still be displayed in order for the delay specified in the + ReshowDelay property to be used; otherwise the property + value is used. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , ReshowDelay, and properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified component. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified control. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified . + + + + + Removes all tooltip text currently associated with the component. + + + You can use this method to remove all tooltip text that is associated with the + component. To disable the display of text instead of removing all + tooltip text from the C1SuperTooltip control, use the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the default font used to display the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a solid border. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the color of the border drawn around the tooltip when the property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip is shown in a balloon shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window has rounded corners. + + + This property has no effect if is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands in the text should be hidden. + + + Ampersands should be encoded in HTML as '&amp;' or '&#38;'. + Ampersands that are not properly encoded will not be hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether a fade effect should be used when displaying the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient for the tooltips. + + + When the BackgroundGradient is set to a value other than none, the gradient + is used instead of the image specified by the property. + If you want to use a gradient different from the built-in ones, create an image + and assign it to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the tooltips. + + + The displays Html text. If the tip contains a lot + of text without Html tags that cause line breaks (such as <br> or <p> + for example), then the text will not wrap and the tooltip window may be too wide. + Use this property to force text to wrap within the tooltip so it fits in the + given width, even without Html line break tags. + Values less than or equal to zero disable the property and cause the tip text + to wrap only at the specified Html break tags. + + The code below forces all super tooltips to be less than or equal to 200 pixels + wide. + + c1SuperTooltip1.MaximumWidth = 200; + + + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of the tooltips. + + + This property should be set to a value between zero (totally transparent) + and one (totally opaque). + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the tooltip can be clicked. + + + This property is set to false by default, so the tooltip is invisible to + the mouse. All mouse events are passed on to the control under the tooltip. + Set this property to true if you want to add clickable areas to the tooltip, + such as hyperlinks. In this case, the tooltip becomes visible to the mouse handles + the mouse events itself instead of passing them to the control under the tooltip. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the tooltip should be displayed in right-to-left mode. + + + + + Fires before the is displayed. + + + This event allows you to modify the location of the tooltip (by adjusting the + parameter), or to prevent the tooltip from being displayed (by setting the parameter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a . + + + By default, tooltips are invisible to the mouse and therefore cannot be clicked. + You must set the property is to true in order to make the + tooltip visible to the mouse (and clickable). + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superTooltip + c1superTooltip.HitTestVisible = true; + var tipText = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + c1superTooltip.SetToolTip(someControl, tipText); + + // attach event handler + c1superTooltip.LinkClicked += c1superTooltip_LinkClicked; + // ... + + void c1superTooltip_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified control. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + The that the is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified . + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + that the tooltip is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS ListViewItem placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS ListView control. + MS ListViewItem ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS DataGridView placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS DataGridView control. + MS DataGridView Cell ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + If Cell ToolTipText is empty then column ToolTipText will be assumed as Cell ToolTipText. + TopLeftHeaderCell, row HeaderCell or column HeaderCell ToolTipText also can be obtained. + + + + + Returns value specifying that there is currently opened hit testable tooltip window and Ctrl key is pressed. + + If this property returns true, tooltip should not be closed on mouse movements. + + + + Proxy control to allow adding tooltips to ToolStripItems. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event. + + object that fired the event. + that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + that contains the tooltip. + that contains the tooltip text. + that specifies the top left corner of the tooltip. + String that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + Gets a reference to the that contains the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text and location. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text. + + + The can be used to display information about controls + or ToolStrip items. If the tooltip is displaying information about a control, then this property + returns null. If it is displaying information about a , then + this property returns a reference to that item. + + + + + Gets or sets the location where the tooltip will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Popup control that shows the tooltip content + + + + + Collection of images to be displayed in or + components. + + + + + String containing all common image extensions, used as a filter for an open file dialog. + + + + + Occurs when list items are added, removed, or changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Component that owns the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + String used to retrieve the image from the collection. + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Adds all images in an component to the collection. + + component that contains the images to add to the collection. + + + + Inserts an at a specified position in the collection. + + Position where the will be inserted. + to add to the collection. + The index of the new entry in the collection. + + + + Removes an from the collection. + + to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index in the . + + Index of the image to get or set. + The at the specified index. + + + + Gets the index of a given in the collection. + + to locate in th collection. + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + to locate in the collection. + True if the collection contains , false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the with the specified key . + + String that identifies the . + The with the specified key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + String that identifies the . + True if the collection contains an associated with the given key, false otherwise. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the index of the with a given key. + + String that identifies the . + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the instance. + + + + + Entry in a . + + + Each entry contains an and its associated . + Entries may be retrieved from the collection by index or by key. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + Image associated with the key. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image from the . + + The key value is not case-sensitive. + + + + in the . + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + used to persist objects. + + + This converter causes Visual Studio to persist the type in code-behind, which is version-neutral. + Without this, the objects would be persisted as binary resources, + along with their specific version, so upgrading the component version would break projects + created with previous versions. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object can be converted to a specified data type. + + The context. + The data type. + True if the conversion is supported, false otherwise. + + + + Converts the object into the specified data type. + + The context. + The culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + + Allows to redefine default end user localize options for property, field or class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Defines the list of properties that should be localized. + + + + + Defines a list of members of control that should be excluded from localization. + Currently used only AddControlToResources application for automatically generating + control resources. + + + + + If true then class, property or field will be not displayed for + enduser localization. + + + + + Gets the description of string that will be displayed in the + end user localizer in design-time. + + + + + Gets or sets type providing string used to localize . + + + + + Gets or sets resource key containing localized string for . + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + Argument for formatDescription parameter. + + + + Returns localized description text if it is available or default value + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific category. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Looks up the localized name of the specified category. + + The identifer for the category to look up. + The localized name of the category, or null if a localized name does not exist. + + + + The utility class which handles localization tasks. + + + + + Returns ResourceStream for "official" resources + that provided only by C1, typicallly those resources contains + design-time strings. + Those resources can be only in main control assembly like C1.C1Preview.2.dll + and name of resource should have following format: + CulturePrefix.StringsTypeName + for example: + ja.C1.C1Preview.Design.DesignStrings.resx + + + + + + + + + Searches for standard resources which looks like BlaBla.Strings.CultureName.resx, + like C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.zh.resx or C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.resx etc. + Ensures that resource is not *C1* built-in resource, i.e. its name DOES NOT HAVE format + like + CultureName.BlaBla.Strings.resx, otherwise bug can occur if entry assembly + have C1 builtin resources as in case of C1 executables like C1ThemeDesigner or C1FlexReportDesigner. + For example C1ThemeDesigner have ja.C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx resource + and this resource *SHOULD BE IGNORED* if resouceName is "C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx" and + cultureName is "" (invariant). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the parent of the CultureInfo passed in. Differs from ci.Parent + in that while ci can be equal to ci.Parent, this method it never returns + the passed ci itself, rather it would return null. + Also this function has special handling for chinese culture. + Under NET2 it returns "zh" culture name for + neutral "zh-Hans" and "zh-Hant" chinese cultures, under + NET2 "zh" is not exists. + + The culture name to get parent for. + The parent of the culture info, or null. + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Gets the "Warning" string. + + + + + Gets the "Question" string. + + + + + Gets the "None" string. + + + + + Gets the "Error" string. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings for the root group. + + + + + Gets the "overwrite a readonly file?" format string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "errors while saving resources" format string. + + + + + Contains strings designer strings. + + + + + Gets the "All" string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localizer can be used under MS Visual Studio only." string. + + + + + Contains localizer strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localize..." string. + + + + + Gets the "Culture [{0}] already added to the current translation." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Exception occurs during loading strings from resource file:\r{0}\rException message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Gets the "The translation has been changed, save?" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select product to translate" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select project to store translation" string. + + + + + Gets the "Resource image with name [{0}] is not found." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Invariant culture" string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} culture to delete, there are {1} strings of this culture. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} cultures to delete, there are {1} strings of these cultures. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't create the [{0}] folder in the project.\rError message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Contains the open translation dialog strings. + + + + + Gets the "Solution '{0}'" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't build list of cultures" string. + + + + + Represents a localization . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The designed component. + The component designer. + + + + Returns the list of associated action items. + + The list containing the "Localize" item. + + + + Performs localizaion. + + + + + Performs localizaion. + + The designer to localize. + + + + Create the new translation. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Defines the default rules of enduser localization. + + + + + Returns the list of properties that should be localized + for specified type of control. + + Type of control. + The EndUserLocalizeOptionsAttribute specified for type. + Returns the list of properties' names or null if control should no localized. + + + + Gets the list of projects containing this product. + + + + + Base class for store properties of visual controls, position of form for example. + + + + + Collection of ResourceItem objects. + + + + + Fills a list with all ResourceString objects containing + in this collection and all its nested collections. + + + + + Returns true if collection or any of its children + has changed items. + + + + + Represents the resource string for all cultures. + + + + + Contains values for each culture. + + + + + Represents the group of resource strings. + + + + + Represents the group of resources containing the + strings for localizing the visual controls + (forms, user controls, controls on forms, etc). + + + + + Represents the group of resource string containing the + strings for localizing the separate control. + + + + + Represents the root resource group containing all other resources. + + + + + Gets the list of all cultures in the resources. + + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + if set to true invert horizontal scrolling handling. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is use. + + + true if use; otherwise, false. + + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + if set to true [force horizontal scroll bar]. + + + + Resets the scroll bars style. + + + + + Returns true if the vertical scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Returns true if the horizontal scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Gets the width of the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets the height of the horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of scroll bars to display for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Sets the size of the scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Handles NcCalcSize message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcHitTest message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Draws scrollbars in the non-client area of the control. + + The handle to the device context. + + + + Handles NcMouseHover message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles MouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseLeave message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcLButtonDown message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles LButtonUp message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border. + + + + + In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + + + In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In a title bar. + + + + + In a client area. + + + + + In a Close button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + + + In a Help button. + + + + + In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a menu. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). + + + + + In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + + + In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + + + In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + + + In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + + + In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + + + In the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + Values to pass to the GetDCEx method. + + + DCX_WINDOW: Returns a DC that corresponds to the window rectangle rather + than the client rectangle. + + + DCX_CACHE: Returns a DC from the cache, rather than the OWNDC or CLASSDC + window. Essentially overrides CS_OWNDC and CS_CLASSDC. + + + DCX_NORESETATTRS: Does not reset the attributes of this DC to the + default attributes when this DC is released. + + + DCX_CLIPCHILDREN: Excludes the visible regions of all child windows + below the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_CLIPSIBLINGS: Excludes the visible regions of all sibling windows + above the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_PARENTCLIP: Uses the visible region of the parent window. The + parent's WS_CLIPCHILDREN and CS_PARENTDC style bits are ignored. The origin is + set to the upper-left corner of the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_EXCLUDERGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is excluded + from the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_INTERSECTRGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is + intersected with the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_EXCLUDEUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_LOCKWINDOWUPDATE: Allows drawing even if there is a LockWindowUpdate + call in effect that would otherwise exclude this window. Used for drawing during + tracking. + + + DCX_VALIDATE When specified with DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE, causes the DC to + be completely validated. Using this function with both DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE and + DCX_VALIDATE is identical to using the BeginPaint function. + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + + + Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + + + Hides the window. + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or repositioned. + + + Retains the current position (ignores the x and y parameters). + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Displays the window. + + + + The services requested. This member can be a combination of the following values. + + + + + The caller wants to cancel a prior tracking request. The caller should also specify the type of tracking that it wants to cancel. For example, to cancel hover tracking, the caller must pass the TME_CANCEL and TME_HOVER flags. + + + + + The caller wants hover notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSEHOVER message. + If the caller requests hover tracking while hover tracking is already active, the hover timer will be reset. + This flag is ignored if the mouse pointer is not over the specified window or area. + + + + + The caller wants leave notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSELEAVE message. If the mouse is not over the specified window or area, a leave notification is generated immediately and no further tracking is performed. + + + + + The caller wants hover and leave notification for the nonclient areas. Notification is delivered as WM_NCMOUSEHOVER and WM_NCMOUSELEAVE messages. + + + + + The function fills in the structure instead of treating it as a tracking request. The structure is filled such that had that structure been passed to TrackMouseEvent, it would generate the current tracking. The only anomaly is that the hover time-out returned is always the actual time-out and not HOVER_DEFAULT, if HOVER_DEFAULT was specified during the original TrackMouseEvent request. + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets objects used to paint backgrounds. + + + + + Gets the new object that matches the current style if it is possible. + + + + + Applies style to destination object if it is possible. + + destination style. + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + Specified style. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + static class helping to work with BackgroundBrushProvider + + + + + Copies properties of the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + the target BackgroundBrushProvider. + the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + + + Base style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the root directory in C1Theme. + + + + + Gets theme provider of the current theme. + + + + + Resets style to it default value according to the applied theme. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + Resets to this value if can't reset automatically. + + + + Gets a style that contains the default values for current style. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + Applied C1Theme + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + specified style. + + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical to the current + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the style is default. + + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Sets font property of the style. + + Specified font. + + + + Base theme. For internal use only. Use BaseStyle instead. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + theme provider. + theme name. + theme properties + + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Gets the current C1Theme. + + + + + Gets an empty theme. + + + + + Gets the default theme. + + + + + Gets the current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets owner control. + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the current theme is updating now. Deny events until the end of the operation. + + + + + Start editing the current theme. + + + + + Stop editing the current theme. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + C1Theme to apply. + + + + Creates a new instance of an current empty theme. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Obsolete property. Use Control property instead. + + + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties. Represents non-public styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Add auto property only for public real properties. + Non-public properties shuold be added manually as "props" of the constructor, + in case this is styled properties. + + + Non-public auto properties greatly affects performance. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets collection owner. + + + + + Gets top owner of the collection. + + + + + Start editing the collection. + + + + + Stop editing the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection contains a property with the specified name. + + Specified property name. + True if property exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the a specified property is initialized. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Gets value of the specified styled property. + + Styled property name. + Styled property value. + + + + + + Tries to get value of the specified styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if success. + + + + Gets value of the styled property with the specified type. + + + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + + + Gets the parent collection. If some properties are reset or not initialized, + the collection will search for them from the parent. + + + + + + Completely resets specified property (make it uninitialized, initialization required after that). + + Specified property name. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The exception that is thrown when trying to use uninitialized . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + Gets the name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + + A property with this attribute will be excluded from the styled properties + when default constructor is used. + + + + + Gets styled image with specified color. + + If the color is different from Transparent than control tries to recolor + the ToolIcon image according to that color otherwise it uses the original colors. + Property name. + Specified color. + + + + Sets styled image property. Use " instead. + + Property name. + Image to set. + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. Obsolete: use instead. + + Styled property name. + Property value. + Returns True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + Contains information about styled property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Property name. + Property type. + + + + Gets property type. + + + + + Gets property name. + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to C1Framework's ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Stores the scroll bar element styles. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Restores the scroll bar element styles. + + + + + Applies the scroll bar element styles. + + The scroll bar element. + if set to true [clone]. + + + + Assembly helper routines. + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns targeted .NET version for the specified control's assembly. + + Assembly + String containing .NET version, e.g. 4.8. + + + + Utility class for binary serialization. + + + + + Converts an image into the base 64 string. + + The image to convert. + The string representation, in base 64, of the contents of an image. + + + + Converts the specified string, which encodes binary data as base-64 digits into the object. + + The string to convert. + The image. + + + + Saves an image into the specified . + + that will receive the object data. + An image to write. + + + + Loads an image from the specified . + + A which contains the object data. + The image. + + + + Helper class for scaling coordinates and images according to DPI scaling. + + + + + Default DPI value. + + + + + Gets the DPI value set in Windows for the primary screen. + + + + + Scales a int value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a int value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales the instance to the dpi. + + The style for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a logical bitmap value to it's equivalent device unit value. + + The bitmap to scale. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the vertical scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the horizontal scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the width of the horizontal scroll bar arrow bitmap in pixels for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default size, in pixels, of the border for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Provides a method for replacing colors in the source image + with the specified new colors in the destination image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Black in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace White in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Blue in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + + Copies the source image to the destination image with replacing colors. + + The source image using Format32bppArgb as pixel format. + The destination image using Format32bppPArgb as pixel format. + The width of the source and destination images. + The height of the source and destination images. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Helper class extends structure. + + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction around specified point. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The X coordinate of the point. + The Y coordinate of the point. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether specified Color value represents + some "visible" value, for example, this function returns false for + transparent color. + + + + + + + Returns true if two colors are equal. + + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has BBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has AABBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Represents transformation matrix. + + + + + Gets the identity matrix. + + The identity matrix. + + + + Element (1,1) + + + + + Element (1,2) + + + + + Element (2,1) + + + + + Element (2,2) + + + + + Element (3,1) + + + + + Element (3,2) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The value to assign at row 1 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 1 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 2 of the matrix. + + + + Returns string representation of this instance. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an identity matrix. + + + true if this instance is an identity matrix; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The original point to apply the transformation. + The result of the transformation for the input point. + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The x coordinate of the point. + The y coordinate of the point. + The result of the transformation for the point. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter, + returns the resulting matrix in the output parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Represents an ordered pair of double X and Y coordinates that defines a point + in a two-dimensional plane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal position of the point. + The vertical position of the point. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current to a human readable string. + + A string that represents the current structure. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + double coordinates to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating + the values of the Point object. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Offsets the current structure by the specified values. + + The horizontal offset. + The vertical offset. + + + + Converts the current structure to a . + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current is empty. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores a set of four double values that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The location (coordinates of the top left corner) of the rectangle. + The size of the rectangle. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle. + The Y coordinate of the top side of the rectangle. + The width of the rectangle. + The height of the rectangle. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure that is exactly + large enough to contain the two specified points. + + + + The first point that the new rectangle must contain. + The second point that the new rectangle must contain. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Deflates the current by the specified amounts provided as . + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the specified rectangle is entirely contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is completely contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a point specified by its coordinates is contained within the current . + + The X coordinate of the point to test. + The Y coordinate of the point to test. + true if the specified point is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Inflates the current by the specified amounts on four sides. + + The amount to add on the left. + The amount to add at the top. + The amount to add on the right. + The amount to add on the bottom. + + + + Inflates the current by a specified . + + The to inflate the current rectangle by. + + + + Inflates the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The amount to add on the left and right of the current . + The amount to add at the top and bottom of the current . + + + + Replaces the current structure with the intersection + of itself and another . + + The to intersect the current one with. + + + + Tests whether the current intersects with another. + + The to test. + true if the current intersects with , false otherwise. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The horizontal offset to apply. + The vertical offset to apply. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by horizontal and vertical amounts specified by a . + + The specifying the horizontal and vertical offsets to apply. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Creates a structure based on the coordinates + of its top-left and bottom-right corners. + + The X coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The X coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure from another RectangleD, + inflated by the specified amounts vertically and horizontally. + + The a copy of which is created and inflated. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle horizontally. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle vertically. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the intersection + of two RectangleD structures. + (The intersection may be empty, in which case is returned.) + + The first to intersect. + The second to intersect. + The newly created structure. + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + The rectangle to adjust. + Amount to offset the location. + The adjusted rectangle. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the smallest possible + rectangle containing the two specified rectangles. + + The first to combine. + The second to combine. + The newly created structure. + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the left edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the top edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the right edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the bottom edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the current structure. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the and + properties of the current structure have zero values. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores an ordered pair of double values, typically the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal component of the . + The vertical component of the . + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + width and height to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating the + width and height to integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal component of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical component of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether of the current has zero and . + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Describes the thickness of a frame around a rectangle. Four double + values describe the , , + , and sides + of the rectangle, respectively. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Initializes a structure that has the specified + uniform length on each side. + + The uniform length applied to all four sides of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Initializes a Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure that has specific lengths + (supplied as a System.Double) applied to each side of the rectangle. + + The thickness for the left side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the upper side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the right side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the lower side of the rectangle. + + + + Compares two structures for inequality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are not equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the value of two structures for equality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the lower side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the left side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the right side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the upper side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another System.Object + for equality. + + The object to compare. + true if the two objects are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another + structure for equality. + + An instance of to compare for equality. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance of . + + + + Returns the string representation of the structure. + + A string that represents the value. + + + + UI Automation extension + + + + + Raises UIA common event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA property-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA structure-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Converts Rectangle to array of double. + + Rectangle value + array of double values + + + + Converts Rectangle to Windows.Rect. + + Rectangle value + Rect value + + + + Converts Windows.Rect to Rectangle. + + Windows.Rect value + Rectangle value + + + + Defines a key/value pair that can be set or retrieved. + + The type of the key. + The type of the value. + + + + Gets the key in the key/value pair. + + + + + Gets the value in the key/value pair. + + + + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Represents a generic collection of key/value pairs that provides notifications when items get added, removed, + changed or when the whole list is refreshed. + + The type of keys in the dictionary. + The type of values in the dictionary. + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the . + + The object to use as the key of the element to add. + The object to use as the value of the element to add. + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + + + + Determines whether the contains an element with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + true if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + true if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if key was not found + in the original . + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + The key whose value to get. + When this method returns, the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, + the default value for the type of the value parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + true if the object that implements contains an element with the specified key; + otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an containing the values in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + The element with the specified key. + + + + + + + Occurs when a item value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + + Gets a changed item. + + + + + Defines events and methods for integration with the C1RulesManager control. + + + + + Fires after any data change notifications. + + + + + Occurs when you need to format the contents of an item to display. + + + + + Called when conditional formatting has been changed and view need to be redrawn. + + + + + Gets a names of fields. + + + + + Gets a count of data items. + + + + + Returns the value of the specified item. + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + + Represents item conditional formatting style. + + + + + Text font style. + + + + + Alignment of the text. + + + + + Cell icon. + + + + + Text color. + + + + + Text background color. + + + + + Cell border color. + + + + + Represents a Histogram. + + + + + Contains data for the conditional formatting event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the formatted cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the index of the item to be formatted. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the current field of the formatted element. + + + + + Provides various tool methods for design time. + + + + + Determines if the debugger is running for the specified IDesignerHost. + + + + + Determines whether code is executing inside Visual Studio designer. + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Describes arguments for the event fired periodically by a potentially + long operation. Allows to provide feedback to the user and may also + allow to cancel the operation. + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with default + properties (Complete=0, CanCancel=false). + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete value and CanCancel=false. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete and CanCancel values. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified CanCancel value and Complete=0. + + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Gets the approximate completed ratio, from 0 (0% complete) to 1 (100% complete). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the event handler can cancel the current long operation + by setting the property to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current long operation + should be cancelled. (This property is ignored if is false.) + + + + + Represents a method that can handle a long operation event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A control that mimics the horizontal scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1HScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the vertical scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1VScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the standard scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1ScrollBar. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the style object with constants, brushes, colors, and glyphs. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating whether this is a vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the scrollbar should be drawn using the system style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether moving from one state to another should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by a mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Resets the width or height of a C1ScrollBar to its default value. + + + + + Paints the scrollbar. + + + + + Raises the VisibleChanged event. + + + + + Handles the size of scrollbar is changed. + + + + + Raises the EnabledChanged event. + + + + + Raises the RightToLeftChanged event. + + + + + Returns the bounds to use when the scrollbar is scaled by a specified amount. + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Raises the MouseMove event. + + + + + Use internal only for theming support. + + The new theme to be applied. + + + + Applies a C1Theme to the scrollBar. + + + + + A customizable set of appearance settings. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the set of named integer constants. + + + + + Gets the set of named brushes. + + + + + Gets the set of named colors. + + + + + Gets the set of named glyphs. + + + + + Occurs when a is changed. + + + + + Maintains performance while is being changed. + + + + + Resumes processing after it has been suspended by a call to . + + + + + Loads a predefined theme into the object. + + + + + Represents the set of integer constants that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets an integer value associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known brushes that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets a Color for the case of a solid brush. + + + + + Sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Sets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Gets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known colors that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Pen associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known glyphs that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets an image associated with the specified . + + + + + Updates the image associated with the specified + and determines whether the new image can be disposed from this + , i.e. the glyph set owns the image. + + + + + Returns a glyph image that is drawn using the specified foreground color. + + + + + Returns the size of the specified glyph image. + + + + + Named style constants of System.Int32 type. + + + + + Named style brushes. + + + + + Named style colors. + + + + + Named style glyphs. + + + + + Implements the extrapolation of a manipulation's position and orientation. + + + + + Represents a 2D manipulator at an instant in time. + + + + + The unique ID for this manipulator. + + + + + The x-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + The y-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + Creates a new Manipulator object with the specified properties. + + + + + Implements a multiple-input, single-output compositor for two-dimensional (2-D) transformations. + + + + + Implemented by an area of the Control that needs to receive touch notifications. + + + + + Executes before a new manipulation starts. + + + You can update mp.Configuration from this method. + + + + + Executes when the next manipulation occurs, including the inertia. + + + + + Represents the possible affine two-dimensional (2-D) manipulations. + + + + + No manipulations. + + + + + A translation in the x-axis. + + + + + A translation in the y-axis. + + + + + A translation in the x and/or y axes. + + + + + A scale in both directions. + + + + + A rotation. + + + + + All available manipulations. + + + + + Represents a result of the touch manipulation. + + + + + Gets the parameters of the touch interaction. + + + + + Gets the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the new x-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the new y-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Indicates the start of an interaction. + + + + + Indicates if the interaction has triggered inertia. + + + + + Indicates the end of an interaction (including inertia). + + + + + Indicates if the panning feedback offset is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the horizontal end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the vertical end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Specifies parameters for the manipulation and inertia processors. + + + + + Gets or sets the current set of supported manipulations. + + + + + Indicates that motions off the primary axis of motion are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the displacement before applying rails. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the translation deceleration of an inertia processor, in DIPs per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the angular deceleration of an inertia processor, in radians per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum radius, in DIPs, necessary for a manipulator to participate in scaling and rotation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control shows a visual cue when a user + reaches the end of a pannable area. + + + To enable panning feedback you should update the OverpanOffsetX + and OverpanOffsetY properties of the TouchOutput object in the + ITouchDestination.ProceedInteraction() method. + + + + + Indicates whether the control positioning reset should incorporate + a smooth animation after showing panning feedback. Set this + property to false if the original position of the control needs + to be restored immediately. + + + + + Represents the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the translation along the x-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the translation along the y-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the scale factor. + + + + + Gets the amount of expansion, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the amount of rotation, in radians. + + + + + Represents a delegate that hit-tests touch destinations. + + + + + Provides data for touch events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a TouchEventArgs. + + + + + Gets the contact's X coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Gets the contact's Y coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Provides data for the QueryStatus event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a QueryStatusEventArgs. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the event came from the stylus pen. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the press and hold (right-click) gesture is supported. + + + + + Accepts input from a touch device. + + + + + Indicates if the Windows Touch Technology is available on this platform. + + + + + Indicates if the application is running on Windows 8 or upper OS. + + + + + Indicates that the system is not drawing the cursor because the user + is providing input through touch or pen instead of the mouse. + + + This property always returns false on Windows 7. + + + + + Indicates whether cursor is hidden because the end-user uses touch or pen instead of mouse. + + True is cursor is visible; False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the timestamp in 100-nanosecond units. + + + + + Creates an instance of TouchProcessor for the given control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible displacement allowable for a tap, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable duration for a tap, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the animation timer should be created for processing inertia (true by default). + + + Call the ProcessTimerTick method for processing inertia when this property is set to False. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the touch processor is enabled. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the inertia is currently processed. + + + + + Occurs before processing any manipulations from touch device. + + + + + Occurs before the control starts processing input from + touch device or pen at the given point. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control. + + + + + Occurs if the user taps the control but the touch duration + exceeded MaxTapDuration or the touch point was moved. + + + + + Occurs as a result of the Press and Hold action. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control twice. + + + + + Sets the dots per inch (DPI) for the touch processor. + + Specifies the horizontal DPI of the touch processor. + Specifies the vertical DPI of the touch processor. + + + + Processes touch-related Windows messages. + + + It must be executed from the owner control's WndProc() method. + + The Message to process. + + Returns true if the message is handled and the owner control's + WndProc() shouldn't call base.WndProc(). + + + + + Tries to guess whether the mouse event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + The Point in client coordinates passed as Location to + the mouse event. + + + The optional timestamp of the check. + + + + + Tries to guess whether the scroll event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + + + Processes inertia animation for the specified timestamp. + + + + + Forces to complete the currently running manipulations for the given destination. + + + + + Forces all currently running manipulations to complete. + + + + + Represents range of character codes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + Adding character. + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + The first character code. + The last character code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether is high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is high code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is low code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is low code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text as character's array for test. + The index of array. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Convert surrogate pair to UTF32 code. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert text's character (maybe with surrogate pairs) to UTF32 code. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert form code point to text. + The code point value. + The text as one or two characters. + + + The begin code of character. + + + The end code of character. + + + + Represents collection of unique objects. + All CodeRange objects within collection not intersect and sorted + by First field. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds object to current without any check, typically used during deserialization. + + to add. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the array of chars contained in this list of code ranges. + + Array of char + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection + contains all characters from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + + + + + + Unique identifier of font in various font + processing algorithms of C1Preview: + - font substitution + - font embedding + + + + Bold constant. + + + Italic constant. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets name of the font. + + + + + Gets flags of the font. + + + + + Gets bold flag of the font. + + + + + Gets italic flag of the font. + + + + + Gets style of the font. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The glyph metrics for the font subset. + + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets glyph index. + + + Gets or sets glyph width. + + + Gets empty flag for this structure. + + + Gets empty glyph metrics. + + + Provides additional information on the glyph. + + + + No additional info. + + + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a code point run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + + + Non-joining glyph form that does not join on either side. + + + + + Right-joining glyph form. + + + + + Left-joining glyph form. + + + + + Dual-joining (medial) glyph form that joins on both left and right. + + + + + Mask for testing Arabic joining glyph forms. + + + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + + + The baseline used by simple alphabetic scripts such as Latin, Cyrillic and Greek. + + + + + The baseline used by ideographic characters. + + + + + The baseline about which mathematical characters are centered. + + + + + The hanging baseline from which syllables seem to hang in Tibetan and other scripts. + + + + + The bit mask for the baseline values. + + + + + Unclassified or Component glyph. + + + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + + The bit mask for determining glyph class. + + + + + The glyph is not visible and has no advance. + + + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + + + Contains index of the glyph and its mapping to the corresponding code point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Caches the GSUB or GPOS LangSysTable. + + + References the next glyph in a sequence. + + + References the previous glyph in a sequence. + + + Index of the first code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Index of the last code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Number of additional code points. + + + First glyph with non-empty ExitAnchor in a sequence. + + + The base glyph or ligature for a mark glyph. + + + Ligature glyph ID for the attached mark glyph. + + + Index of the ligature component for a mark glyph. + + + Index of the font glyph (glyphID), maybe 0. + + + Glyph advance width (for horizontal direction) or height (for vertical direction). + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Various glyph flags. + + + Specifies the resolved bidi level of the glyph. + + + Gets a value indicating if the glyph should appear from right to left. + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + The font object for build subsets. + + + + Indicates that this is a special font like Windings etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + + Returns true if current font contains glyph for character with specified code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets width of the glyph index from font data. + + The glyph index. + Gets width of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The code (Unicode) of character. + The vertical mapping flag. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Counts the number of chars in that do have + corresponding glyphs in this font. + + + + + + + Returns true if current FontSubSetBase object can show + all chars in specified string excluding control chars (chars for that char.IsControl() == true). + + + + + + + Gets the char for the glyph index. + + The glyph index. + Returns character for glyph index. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + Output calculated widths for each character. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + Gets code points count for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets cluster map for shaping/ + + + Calculates the new capacity of the internal buffers based on the required capacity. + + + + Initializes the array of CodePointFlags elements for the given code points. + + + + Resolves characters with ambiguous East Asian width to either narrow or wide. + The source and destination array of CodePointFlags elements. + Number of code points. + + + Initializes the array of BidiClass elements for the given code points. + + + Initializes the array of ScriptCode elements for the given code points. + + + Resolves the Inherited, Common, and Unknown script codes, if possible. + The source and destination array of ScriptCode elements. + Number of UTF-32 code points in the analyzed range. + + + Converts ScriptCode elements to ScriptTag elements. + + + + Calculates "panse index" (panoseIndex) and count of chars that can be displayed by fss. + panoseIndex represents difference between + current FontSubSetBase object and fss object. + Minimal number defines minimal difference, i.e. 0 means that current FontSubSetBase object and fss very similar. + -1 means that fss can not be used as alternative for current object to display s. + + + + + + + + + Search best alternative for text in font subset array. + + The text for substitution. + The font subset list. + The index of best alternative font (font subset). + + + + Calculate diff panose index. + + + + + + + Gets "original" font name that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" font style that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Bold that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Italic that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets font name that was read from font's data, see also . + + + + + Gets font family name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create GDI and GDI+ fonts. + + + + + Gets base font name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create PDF fonts. + + + + + Gets family class. + + + + + Gets or sets font key (font identifier). + + + + + Gets Font.Bold that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets Font.Italic that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font must obfuscate. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can use as subset of the font's data. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating that this object + invalid (error occurs during getting font's data) and can not be used. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font object. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font name. + The bold flag of the font. + The italic flag of the font. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font key object. + The object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + The exist object. + + + + Font name information from the font subset. + + + + + The platform identifier. + + + + + The platform encoding code (identifier). + + + + + The language identifier. + + + + + The text name of the font or font family. + + + + + False is the name is empty, true otherwise. + + + + Contains information for vertical or horizontal text, and can contain kerning values or minimum values. + + + Number of kerning pairs. + + + The left-hand glyph and the right-hand glyph in the kerning pairs: (leftGlyphID << 16) | rightGlyphID. + + + The kerning value for the above pair, in FUnits. + + If this value is greater than zero, the characters will be moved apart. If this value is less than zero, the character will be moved closer together. + + + + If set, the table has horizontal data, if not set, it has vertical data. + + + If set, the table has minimum values, if not set, the table has kerning values. + + + If set, kerning is perpendicular to the flow of the text. + + + If set, the value in this table should replace the value currently being accumulated. + + + Returns the index of a given key pair, or -1. + + + Identifies language-system features used to render the glyphs in a script. + + + Identifies the language system. + + + Index of a feature required for this language system, -1 if no required features. + + + Array of indices into the FeatureList. + + + Contains script and language-system data. + + + Identifies the script. + + + Defines the set of features that regulate the default behavior of the script. + + + All language systems (excluding the default) that use the script. + + + Сlass values for the GlyphClassDef table. + + + The class zero for unclassified glyphs. + + + Base glyph (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + Component glyph (part of single character, spacing glyph). + + + Identifies features providing information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Unknown feature (not applicable). + + + Access All Alternates + + + Above-base Forms + + + Above-base Mark Positioning + + + Above-base Substitutions + + + Alternative Fractions + + + Akhands + + + Below-base Forms + + + Below-base Mark Positioning + + + Below-base Substitutions + + + Contextual Alternates + + + Case-Sensitive Forms + + + Glyph Composition / Decomposition + + + Conjunct Form After Ro + + + Conjunct Forms + + + Contextual Ligatures + + + Centered CJK Punctuation + + + Capital Spacing + + + Contextual Swash + + + Cursive Positioning + + + Character Variant 1 + + + Character Variant 2 + + + Character Variant 3 + + + Character Variant 4 + + + Character Variant 5 + + + Character Variant 6 + + + Character Variant 7 + + + Character Variant 8 + + + Character Variant 9 + + + Character Variant 10 + + + Character Variant 11 + + + Character Variant 12 + + + Character Variant 13 + + + Character Variant 14 + + + Character Variant 15 + + + Character Variant 16 + + + Character Variant 17 + + + Character Variant 18 + + + Character Variant 19 + + + Character Variant 20 + + + Character Variant 21 + + + Character Variant 22 + + + Character Variant 23 + + + Character Variant 24 + + + Character Variant 25 + + + Character Variant 26 + + + Character Variant 27 + + + Character Variant 28 + + + Character Variant 29 + + + Character Variant 30 + + + Character Variant 31 + + + Character Variant 32 + + + Character Variant 33 + + + Character Variant 34 + + + Character Variant 35 + + + Character Variant 36 + + + Character Variant 37 + + + Character Variant 38 + + + Character Variant 39 + + + Character Variant 40 + + + Character Variant 41 + + + Character Variant 42 + + + Character Variant 43 + + + Character Variant 44 + + + Character Variant 45 + + + Character Variant 46 + + + Character Variant 47 + + + Character Variant 48 + + + Character Variant 49 + + + Character Variant 50 + + + Character Variant 51 + + + Character Variant 52 + + + Character Variant 53 + + + Character Variant 54 + + + Character Variant 55 + + + Character Variant 56 + + + Character Variant 57 + + + Character Variant 58 + + + Character Variant 59 + + + Character Variant 60 + + + Character Variant 61 + + + Character Variant 62 + + + Character Variant 63 + + + Character Variant 64 + + + Character Variant 65 + + + Character Variant 66 + + + Character Variant 67 + + + Character Variant 68 + + + Character Variant 69 + + + Character Variant 70 + + + Character Variant 71 + + + Character Variant 72 + + + Character Variant 73 + + + Character Variant 74 + + + Character Variant 75 + + + Character Variant 76 + + + Character Variant 77 + + + Character Variant 78 + + + Character Variant 79 + + + Character Variant 80 + + + Character Variant 81 + + + Character Variant 82 + + + Character Variant 83 + + + Character Variant 84 + + + Character Variant 85 + + + Character Variant 86 + + + Character Variant 87 + + + Character Variant 88 + + + Character Variant 89 + + + Character Variant 90 + + + Character Variant 91 + + + Character Variant 92 + + + Character Variant 93 + + + Character Variant 94 + + + Character Variant 95 + + + Character Variant 96 + + + Character Variant 97 + + + Character Variant 98 + + + Character Variant 99 + + + Petite Capitals From Capitals + + + Small Capitals From Capitals + + + Distances + + + Discretionary Ligatures + + + Denominators + + + Dotless Forms + + + Expert Forms + + + Final Glyph on Line Alternates + + + Terminal Forms #2 + + + Terminal Forms #3 + + + Terminal Forms + + + Flattened accent forms + + + Fractions + + + Full Widths + + + Half Forms + + + Halant Forms + + + Alternate Half Widths + + + Historical Forms + + + Horizontal Kana Alternates + + + Historical Ligatures + + + Hangul + + + Hojo Kanji Forms (JIS X 0212-1990 Kanji Forms) + + + Half Widths + + + Initial Forms + + + Isolated Forms + + + Italics + + + Justification Alternates + + + JIS78 Forms + + + JIS83 Forms + + + JIS90 Forms + + + JIS2004 Forms + + + Kerning + + + Left Bounds + + + Standard Ligatures + + + Leading Jamo Forms + + + Lining Figures + + + Localized Forms + + + Left-to-right alternates + + + Left-to-right mirrored forms + + + Mark Positioning + + + Medial Forms #2 + + + Medial Forms + + + Mathematical Greek + + + Mark to Mark Positioning + + + Mark Positioning via Substitution + + + Alternate Annotation Forms + + + NLC Kanji Forms + + + Nukta Forms + + + Numerators + + + Oldstyle Figures + + + Optical Bounds + + + Ordinals + + + Ornaments + + + Proportional Alternate Widths + + + Petite Capitals + + + Proportional Kana + + + Proportional Figures + + + Pre-Base Forms + + + Pre-base Substitutions + + + Post-base Forms + + + Post-base Substitutions + + + Proportional Widths + + + Quarter Widths + + + Randomize + + + Required Contextual Alternates + + + Rakar Forms + + + Required Ligatures + + + Reph Forms + + + Right Bounds + + + Right-to-left alternates + + + Right-to-left mirrored forms + + + Ruby Notation Forms + + + Required Variation Alternates + + + Stylistic Alternates + + + Scientific Inferiors + + + Optical size + + + Small Capitals + + + Simplified Forms + + + Stylistic Set 1 + + + Stylistic Set 2 + + + Stylistic Set 3 + + + Stylistic Set 4 + + + Stylistic Set 5 + + + Stylistic Set 6 + + + Stylistic Set 7 + + + Stylistic Set 8 + + + Stylistic Set 9 + + + Stylistic Set 10 + + + Stylistic Set 11 + + + Stylistic Set 12 + + + Stylistic Set 13 + + + Stylistic Set 14 + + + Stylistic Set 15 + + + Stylistic Set 16 + + + Stylistic Set 17 + + + Stylistic Set 18 + + + Stylistic Set 19 + + + Stylistic Set 20 + + + Math script style alternates + + + Stretching Glyph Decomposition + + + Subscript + + + Superscript + + + Swash + + + Titling + + + Trailing Jamo Forms + + + Traditional Name Forms + + + Tabular Figures + + + Traditional Forms + + + Third Widths + + + Unicase + + + Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vattu Variants + + + Vertical Writing + + + Alternate Vertical Half Metrics + + + Vowel Jamo Forms + + + Vertical Kana Alternates + + + Vertical Kerning + + + Proportional Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vertical Alternates and Rotation + + + Vertical Alternates for Rotation + + + Slashed Zero + + + Language system tags identify the language systems supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system tag. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Identifies the language system supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Script tags generally correspond to a Unicode script, the associations between them may not always be one-to-one. + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Bengali v.2 + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Byzantine Music + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Canadian Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot Syllabary + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Devanagari v.2 + + + + + Devanagari + + + + + Deseret + + + + + Duployan + + + + + Egyptian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Gujarati v.2 + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi v.2 + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Hangul + + + + + CJK Ideographic + + + + + Hanunoo + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Old Hungarian + + + + + Old Italic + + + + + Hangul Jamo + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Hiragana & Katakana + + + + + Kharosthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Kannada v.2 + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Lepcha + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam v.2 + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Mro + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Musical Symbols + + + + + Myanmar v.2 + + + + + Myanmar + + + + + Old North Arabian + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Odia v.2 (formerly Oriya v.2) + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Miao + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + Sign Writing + + + + + Shavian + + + + + Sharada + + + + + Siddham + + + + + Khudawadi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu v.2 + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tifinagh + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Tamil v.2 + + + + + Ugaritic Cuneiform + + + + + Vai + + + + + Warang Citi + + + + + Old Persian Cuneiform + + + + + Sumero-Akkadian Cuneiform + + + + + Yi + + + + Provides information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Identifies the specific feature. + + + The Feature Parameters table, specific to a particular feature. + + + Array of offsets to Lookup tables from beginning of LookupList. + + + Base class for the Feature Parameters tables. + + + The parameters table for the Character Variant features. + + + The Unicode Scalar Value of the characters for which this feature provides glyph variants. + + + Number of named parameters (may be zero). + + + The first ‘name’ table name ID used to specify strings for user-interface labels for the feature parameters. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) that an application can use for tooltip text for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies sample text that illustrates the effect of this feature. + + + + The parameters table for the Stylistic Set features. + + + + The 'name' table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + Identifies the typographic feature in the OpenType font. + + + Initializes a new instance of , enabled by default. + + + Initializes a new instance of with a value indicating whether the feature is enable or disabled. + + + Initializes a new instance of with the specified 1-based position of alternate glyph ID. + + + The OpenType name identifier of the feature. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the feature should be enabled. + + + Specifies 1-based position of the alternate glyph ID in Alternate Substitution lookup. + + + Indicates whether the last alternative should be applied if the specified position exceeds the number of alternatives. + + + Defines constants that specify the decorations applied to text. + + + No text decorations are applied. + + + Strikethrough is applied to the text. + + + Underline is applied to the text. + + + Line-breaking and justification conditions; East Asian width category for the code point. + + + Indicates that none of the flags are set. + + + Indicates the start of a Grapheme Cluster. + + + Indicates the start of a word. + + + Whether the glyphs are rotated on their side. + + + Indicates if characters should be displayed upright if transformed with the 'vert' or 'vrt2' GSUB features. + + + Combination of the Sideways and UprightIfTransformed flags. + + + Indicates that the character is some form of whitespace, which may be meaningful for justification. + + + Indicates the character tabulation. + + + Bit mask for the character tabulation and whitespaces. + + + Indicates that the character is a replacement for inline object. + + + Indicates that the character is a soft hyphen, often used to indicate hyphenation points inside words. + + + Indicates that there should be no line break after this code point. + + + Indicates that a line break is allowed after this code point. + + + Indicates that the line break must happen after this code point. + + + Mask for testing the line-breaking behavior. + + + Ambiguous characters + + + East Asian Narrow + + + East Asian Wide (and emoji) + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + Mask for testing East Asian character width category. + + + Represents text formatting attributes such as font, language, colors, decorations and so on. + + + + Returns the Language value corresponding to a given . + + The corresponding value, or the Language.Default if a specific value could not be found. + + + + Converts a value to the corresponding . + + A value to convert. + Indicates whether the following scripts should be converted to old tags: Bengali, Devanagari, Gujarati, Gurmukhi, Kannada, Malayalam, Myanmar, Odia, Tamil, Telugu. + The converted value. + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Gets or sets a Font used by this format. + If not null, this value overrides the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a font family name. + This value is used only if the property is null. + This value is case insensitive. + + + + Provides access to a set of Microsoft OpenType typography properties. + + + Gets or sets a value identifying the language system. + + + Gets or sets an OpenType script tag. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating which decorations are applied to the text. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is underlined. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strikethrough style is applied to the text. + + + + Gets or sets the logical font size, in points or in graphic units. + The defalut value is 12. + See also the description of the property. + + + + /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether specifies the font size in graphic units or in points. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating the desired or emulated style of the font. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font should be bolded. + + + Gets or sets whether the font should be italicized. + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor for the glyph advance value.Valid values are from 0.5 up. The default is 1. + + + Gets or sets the offset of the text in the orthogonal direction, in graphic units.The default is 0. + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the explicit line gap (if not null), in graphic units. + + + Gets or sets the text foreground color. The default is black. + + + Gets or sets the text background color. The default is transparent. + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary custom data associated with this . + + + + Copies the current text format settings to another object. + + The destination TextFormat object. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + When this flag is set, the last glyph in a given sequence to which the cursive attachment lookup is applied, will be positioned on the baseline. + + + If set, skips over base glyphs. + + + If set, skips over ligatures. + + + If set, skips over all combining marks. + + + If set, the layout engine skips over all mark glyphs not in the mark filtering set indicated. + + + If not zero, skips over all marks of attachment type different from specified. + + + Index (base 0) into GDEF mark glyph sets structure. This field is only present if bit UseMarkFilteringSet of lookup flags is set. + + + Type of the substitution. + + + Format identifier for the substitution subtable. + + + For each covered glyph, specifies all the ligature strings that begin with the covered glyph. + + + Define the glyphs in each ligature. + + + Glyph IDs corresponding to the components of the ligature. + + + The glyph ID of the output ligature glyph. + + + Checks if the specified glyph is in the subset. + + + Defines any combination of X and Y values (in design units) to add to the placement and advance values provided in the font. + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Horizontal adjustment for advance. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for advance. + + + Specifies the positioning data in all contextual positioning subtables. + + + Indicates where the positioning operation will occur in the glyph sequence. + + + Identifies the lookup to be applied at the glyph position specified by the SequenceIndex. + + + Type of the positioning. + + + Format identifier for the positioning subtable. + + + Adjusts the position of a single glyph, such as a subscript or superscript. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning value applied to all glyphs in the Coverage table. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning values applied to glyphs. + + + Used to adjust the positions of two glyphs in relation to one another, for instance, to specify kerning data for pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Positioning data for one or more specific pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Assigns class values to all the first glyphs in all pairs. + + + Assigns class values to all the second glyphs in all pairs. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef1Classes. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef2Classes. + + + ValueRecords, one for the first glyph in a class pair (Value1) and one for the second glyph (Value2). + + + Specifies a pair of ValueRecords. + + + Positioning data for the first glyph/class in the pair. + + + Positioning data for the second glyph/class in the pair. + + + Specifies the second glyph in a pair and defines a ValueRecord for each glyph. + + + Glyph ID of second glyph in the pair, first glyph is listed in the Coverage table. + + + + Describes how to connect the glyphs by aligning two anchor points: the designated exit point of a glyph, and the designated entry point of the following glyph. + + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Anchor tables that identify the entry point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Anchor tables that identify the exit point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Used to position one glyph with respect to another. + + + Horizontal value, in design units. + + + Vertical value, in design units. + + + Index to glyph contour point. + + + + + + + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the base glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the BaseCoverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Classes of the mark. + + + Data for each mark class. + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to ligature base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Ligature glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Lists the LigatureAttach table, one for each ligature glyph listed in the LigatureCoverage table. + + + + One for each ligature glyph listed in the MarkToLigatureAttachmentPositioningSubtable.LigatureCoverage table. + + + + Count of the component glyphs in a ligature. + + + Stores the component records in the same order as the components in the ligature, defines all the attachment points ordered by class. + + + Defines the position of one mark relative to another mark. + + + + + + Lists all the Mark1 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Mark2 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in Mark1Array. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by Mark1Coverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the Mark2Coverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context so a text-processing client can adjust the position of one or more glyphs within a certain pattern of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Identifies the remaining glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + Defines the class values of all glyphs in the input contexts that the subtable describes. + + + + + + Each position in the sequence may specify a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + The PosRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat1. + + + Glyph IDs to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + The PosClassRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat2. + + + Classes to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context with an ability to look back and/or look ahead in the sequence of glyphs. + + + + + + Lists the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Defines the rest glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + The backtrack sequence context. + + + The input sequence context. + + + The lookahead sequence context. + + + + + + Each position in the backtracking sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the input sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the lookahead sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + ChainPosRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat1. + + + Array of backtracking glyph IDs. + + + Array of input glyph IDs. + + + Array of lookahead glyph IDs. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + ChainPosClassRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat2. + + + Array of backtracking classes. + + + Array of input classes. + + + Array of lookahead classes. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + + TTF files are stored in big-endian format, we need special + readers and writers + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Big endian binary writer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raw (binary font data or file path name) font subset. + + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The path for raw font file. + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The raw font data. + + + + Gets font subset for font file name with path. + + The path for font file. + The font subset object. + + + + Gets font subset for raw font data. + + The raw font data. + The font subset object. + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + Read table block locations. + + + + The font subset builder. + + + + The simple table of font's names. + + + The table with CMAP of font's names. + + + + + + + + + Gets full font data for a font subset object. + + The font subset object. + THe full font data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets full code range of this font. + + + + + Class for support character shaping (Arabic, Indic etc.). + + + + Left-to-right + + + Left-to-Right Embedding + + + Left-to-Right Override + + + Right-to-Left + + + Right-to-Left Arabic + + + Right-to-Left Embedding + + + Right-to-Left Override + + + Pop Directional Format + + + European Number + + + European Number Separator + + + European Number Terminator + + + Arabic Number + + + Common Number Separator + + + Non-Spacing Mark + + + Boundary Neutral + + + Paragraph Separator (Break) + + + Segment Separator + + + Whitespace + + + Other Neutrals + + + Unknown + + + Bidi order for right to left characters. + + + + The algorithm. Does not include line-based processing (Rules L1, L2). + These are applied later in the line-based phase of the algorithm. + + + + + 1) determining the paragraph level. + Rules P2, P3. + At the end of this function, the member variable paragraphEmbeddingLevel is set to either 0 or 1. + + + + + Process embedding format codes. + Calls processEmbeddings to generate an embedding array from the explicit format codes. + The embedding overrides in the array are then applied to the result types, and the result levels are initialized. + + + + + + Rules X9. + Remove explicit codes so that they may be ignored during the remainder of the main portion + of the algorithm. The length of the resulting text is returned. + + The length of the data excluding explicit codes and BN. + + + + Reinsert levels information for explicit codes. + This is for ease of relating the level information to the original input data. Note that the levels + assigned to these codes are arbitrary, they're chosen so as to avoid breaking level runs. + + The length of the data after compression. + The length of the data (original length of types array supplied to constructor). + + + + 2) determining explicit levels (Rules X1 - X8) + The interaction of these rules makes handling them a bit complex. This examines resultTypes but does + not modify it. It returns embedding and override information in the result array. The low 7 bits are + the level, the high bit is set if the level is an override, and clear if it is an embedding. + + The bidi types. + + + + + + 3) resolving weak types (Rules W1-W7.) + Note that some weak types (EN, AN) remain after this processing is complete. + + + + + + + + + + 6) resolving neutral types (Rules N1-N2.) + + + + + + + + + + 7) resolving implicit embedding levels (Rules I1, I2.) + + + + + + + + + + Output. + + + + + + Return levels array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. (Rule L1.) + The returned levels array contains the resolved level for each bidi code passed to the constructor. + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The resolved levels of the text. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The resolved levels of the text. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the + fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of the + second line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. + The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value + must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of thesecond line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The levels array. + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The multiline reordering array for a given level array with reordering does not occur across a line break. + + + + Reorders a single line. The reordering is a visual to logical map. For example: + the leftmost char is string.CharAt(order[0]) (Rule L2.) + + + The reordering array for a given level array. + + + + Gets base level of the paragraph. + + The base level of the paragraph. + + + + Return true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + + Return the strong type (L or R) corresponding to the level. + + + + + + + Checks the value at index, and will return index if that value is not in validSet. + + + + + The limit of the run starting at index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Assumes the value at index is valid, and does not check it. + + + + The start of the run including index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Sets resultTypes from start up to (but not including) limit to newType. + + + + + + + + Sets resultLevels from start up to (but not including) limit to newLevel. + + + + + + + + Throw exception if paragraph embedding level is invalid. Special allowance for -1 so that + default processing can still be performed when using this API. + + + + + + Throw exception if line breaks array is invalid. + + + + + + + Right to left shaping without arabic. + + + + + + + + Gets mirroring right to left text. + + The text for mirroring. + The start right to left flag. + The mirroring right to left text. + + + Various methods working with bit strings. + + + ISO 15924 Script Codes. + + + + Inherit script from a preceding base character. + + + + + Characters that may be used with multiple scripts. + + + + + Unassigned, private-use, noncharacter, and surrogate code points. + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Afaka + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom, Tai Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Arabic (Nastaliq variant) + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali (Bangla) + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Blissymbols + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Cirth + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Cyrillic (Old Church Slavonic variant) + + + + + Devanagari (Nagari) + + + + + Dogra + + + + + Deseret (Mormon) + + + + + Duployan shorthand, Duployan stenography + + + + + Egyptian demotic + + + + + Egyptian hieratic + + + + + Egyptian hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic (Geʻez) + + + + + Khutsuri (Asomtavruli and Nuskhuri) + + + + + Georgian (Mkhedruli and Mtavruli) + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gunjala Gondi + + + + + Masaram Gondi + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Han with Bopomofo (alias for Han + Bopomofo) + + + + + Hangul (Hangŭl, Hangeul) + + + + + Han (Hanzi, Kanji, Hanja) + + + + + Hanunoo (Hanunóo) + + + + + Han (Simplified variant) + + + + + Han (Traditional variant) + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Hiragana + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs (Luwian Hieroglyphs, Hittite Hieroglyphs) + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Japanese syllabaries (alias for Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) + + + + + Indus (Harappan) + + + + + Old Italic (Etruscan, Oscan, etc.) + + + + + Jamo (alias for Jamo subset of Hangul) + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Japanese (alias for Han + Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Jurchen + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Katakana + + + + + Kharoshthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Khitan large script + + + + + Khitan small script + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Korean (alias for Hangul + Han) + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin (Fraktur variant) + + + + + Latin (Gaelic variant) + + + + + Latin + + + + + Leke + + + + + Lepcha (Róng) + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Loma + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mayan hieroglyphs + + + + + Medefaidrin (Oberi Okaime, Oberi Ɔkaimɛ) + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi, Moḍī + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Moon (Moon code, Moon script, Moon type) + + + + + Mro, Mru + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Myanmar (Burmese) + + + + + Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa, Newar, Newari, Nepāla lipi + + + + + Nakhi Geba ('Na-'Khi ²Ggŏ-¹baw, Naxi Geba) + + + + + N’Ko + + + + + Nüshu + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki (Ol Cemet’, Ol, Santali) + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Oriya (Odia) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Book Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Klingon (KLI pIqaD) + + + + + Miao (Pollard) + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Reserved for private use (start) + + + + + Reserved for private use (end) + + + + + Rejang (Redjang, Kaganga) + + + + + Rongorongo + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Sarati + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + SignWriting + + + + + Shavian (Shaw) + + + + + Sharada, Śāradā + + + + + Siddham, Siddhaṃ, Siddhamātṛkā + + + + + Khudawadi, Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Soyombo + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac (Estrangelo variant) + + + + + Syriac (Western variant) + + + + + Syriac (Eastern variant) + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri, Ṭākrī, Ṭāṅkrī + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tengwar + + + + + Tifinagh (Berber) + + + + + Tagalog (Baybayin, Alibata) + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Ugaritic + + + + + Vai + + + + + Visible Speech + + + + + Warang Citi (Varang Kshiti) + + + + + Woleai + + + + + Old Persian + + + + + Cuneiform, Sumero-Akkadian + + + + + Yi + + + + + Zanabazar Square (Zanabazarin Dörböljin Useg, Xewtee Dörböljin Bicig, Horizontal Square Script) + + + + + Code for inherited script + + + + + Mathematical notation + + + + + Symbols (Emoji variant) + + + + + Symbols + + + + + Code for unwritten documents + + + + + Code for undetermined script + + + + + Code for uncoded script + + + + + Bidirectional character types. + + + + + Right-to-Left Arabic (Strong). + + + + + Arabic Number (Weak). + + + + + Paragraph Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Boundary Neutral (Weak). + + + + + Common Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number (Weak). + + + + + European Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number Terminator (Weak). + + + + + First Strong Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right (Strong). + + + + + Left-to-Right Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Nonspacing Mark (Weak). + + + + + Other Neutrals (Neutral). + + + + + Pop Directional Format (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Pop Directional Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left (Strong). + + + + + Right-to-Left Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Segment Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Whitespace (Neutral). + + + + + Arabic joining groups. + + + + + AFRICAN FEH + + + + + AFRICAN NOON + + + + + AFRICAN QAF + + + + + AIN + + + + + ALAPH + + + + + ALEF + + + + + BEH + + + + + BETH + + + + + BERUSHASKI YEH BARREE + + + + + DAL + + + + + DALATH RISH + + + + + E + + + + + FARSI YEH + + + + + FE + + + + + FEH + + + + + FINAL SEMKATH + + + + + GAF + + + + + GAMAL + + + + + HAH + + + + + HE + + + + + HEH + + + + + HEH GOAL + + + + + HETH + + + + + KAF + + + + + KAPH + + + + + KHAPH + + + + + KNOTTED HEH + + + + + LAM + + + + + LAMADH + + + + + MALAYALAM BHA + + + + + MALAYALAM JA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLLA + + + + + MALAYALAM NGA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNNA + + + + + Malayalam_NYA + + + + + MALAYALAM RA + + + + + MALAYALAM SSA + + + + + MALAYALAM TTA + + + + + MANICHAEAN ALEPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN AYIN + + + + + MANICHAEAN BETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DALETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DHAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN FIVE + + + + + MANICHAEAN GIMEL + + + + + MANICHAEAN HETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN HUNDRED + + + + + MANICHAEAN KAPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN LAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN MEM + + + + + MANICHAEAN NUN + + + + + MANICHAEAN ONE + + + + + MANICHAEAN PE + + + + + MANICHAEAN QOPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN RESH + + + + + MANICHAEAN SADHE + + + + + MANICHAEAN SAMEKH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN TEN + + + + + MANICHAEAN TETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN THAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TWENTY + + + + + MANICHAEAN WAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN YODH + + + + + MANICHAEAN ZAYIN + + + + + MEEM + + + + + MIM + + + + + No_Joining_Group + + + + + NOON + + + + + NUN + + + + + NYA + + + + + PE + + + + + QAF + + + + + QAPH + + + + + REH + + + + + REVERSED PE + + + + + ROHINGYA YEH + + + + + SAD + + + + + SADHE + + + + + SEEN + + + + + SEMKATH + + + + + SHIN + + + + + STRAIGHT WAW + + + + + SWASH KAF + + + + + SYRIAC WAW + + + + + TAH + + + + + TAW + + + + + TEH MARBUTA + + + + + TEH MARBUTA GOAL / HAMZA ON HEH GOAL + + + + + TETH + + + + + WAW + + + + + YEH + + + + + YEH BARREE + + + + + YEH WITH TAIL + + + + + YUDH + + + + + YUDH HE + + + + + ZAIN + + + + + ZHAIN + + + + + Arabic joining types. + + + + + Join_Causing + + + + + Dual_Joining + + + + + Left_Joining + + + + + Right_Joining + + + + + Transparent + + + + + Non_Joining + + + + + Provides the most general classification of the code point. + + + + + Uppercase letter. + + + + + Lowercase letter. + + + + + Digraphic character, with first part uppercase. + + + + + Modifier letter. + + + + + Other letters, including syllables and ideographs. + + + + + Nonspacing combining mark (zero advance width). + + + + + Spacing combining mark (positive advance width). + + + + + Enclosing combining mark. + + + + + Decimal digit. + + + + + Letterlike numeric character. + + + + + Numeric character of other type. + + + + + Connecting punctuation mark, like a tie. + + + + + Dash or hyphen punctuation mark. + + + + + Opening punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Closing punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Initial quotation mark. + + + + + Final quotation mark. + + + + + Punctuation mark of other type. + + + + + Symbol of mathematical use. + + + + + Currency sign. + + + + + Non-letterlike modifier symbol. + + + + + Symbol of other type. + + + + + Space character (of various non-zero widths). + + + + + U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR only. + + + + + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR only. + + + + + C0 or C1 control code. + + + + + Format control character. + + + + + Surrogate code point. + + + + + Private-use character. + + + + + Reserved unassigned code point or a noncharacter. + + + + + Line breaking classes of the Unicode characters. + + + + + Mandatory Break + + + + + Carriage Return + + + + + Line Feed + + + + + Combining Mark + + + + + Next Line + + + + + Surrogate + + + + + Word Joiner + + + + + Zero Width Space + + + + + Non-breaking (“Glue”) + + + + + Space + + + + + Zero Width Joiner + + + + + Break Opportunity Before and After + + + + + Break After + + + + + Break Before + + + + + Hyphen + + + + + Contingent Break Opportunity + + + + + Close Punctuation + + + + + Close Parenthesis + + + + + Exclamation/Interrogation + + + + + Inseparable + + + + + Nonstarter + + + + + Open Punctuation + + + + + Quotation + + + + + Infix Numeric Separator + + + + + Numeric + + + + + Postfix Numeric + + + + + Prefix Numeric + + + + + Symbols Allowing Break After + + + + + Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) + + + + + Alphabetic + + + + + Conditional Japanese Starter + + + + + Emoji Base + + + + + Emoji Modifier + + + + + Hangul LV Syllable + + + + + Hangul LVT Syllable + + + + + Hebrew Letter + + + + + Ideographic + + + + + Hangul L Jamo + + + + + Hangul V Jamo + + + + + Hangul T Jamo + + + + + Regional Indicator + + + + + Complex Context Dependent (South East Asian) + + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default character orientation categories. + + + + + Characters which are displayed upright, with the same orientation that appears in the code charts. + + + + + Characters which are displayed sideways, rotated 90 degrees clockwise compared to the code charts. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph upright. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + East Asian character width categories. + + + + + Ambiguous characters + + + + + East Asian Fullwidth + + + + + East Asian Halfwidth + + + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + + + East Asian Narrow + + + + + East Asian Wide + + + + + Determines default boundaries between user-perceived characters. + + + + + Determines default boundaries between words. + + + + + Searches a resource with name which end matches a specified string. + + The assembly where to search a resource. + The string which should be at end of resource name. + + + + + Returns a paired bracket for the given one (negative for close bracket, zero for none-bracket). + + + + + EMF+ brush types + + + + + For internal use only. + Abstract base class used to enumerate metafiles. + Used to convert metafiles to various formats such as PDF, Word etc. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Get GDI+ approximate font for this meta font. + + + + + Get angle for this meta font. + + + + + Get width coefficient for this meta font. + + + + + Convert implicitly to GDI+ font. + + The mate font object. + GDI+ approximate font for meta font. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Fields of DEVMODE structure. + + + + + GetDeviceCaps() constants + + + + + Sorting IDs. + + + + + Primary language IDs. + + + + + Sublanguage IDs. + + The name immediately following SUBLANG_ dictates which primary + language ID that sublanguage ID can be combined with to form a + valid language ID. + + + + + Locale Types. + + + + + usage: + using (FixFpu ff = new FixFpu()) + { do printer stuff } + or + do printer stuff + FixFpu.Doit(); + + + + + Retrieves the low-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order word of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND + WM_SETCURSOR + WM_ACTIVATE + WM_MENUCHAR + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - SB_THUMBPOSITION or SB_THUMBTRACK + + + + + Retrieves the high-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order word of the specified value. + + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - current position of the scroll box + + + + + Retrieves the signed x-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for LOWORD because LOWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the signed y-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for HIWORD because HIWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the wheel-delta value from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the high-order word representing the wheel-delta value. + It indicates the distance that the wheel is rotated, expressed in multiples or divisions of WHEEL_DELTA, which is 120. A positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated forward, away from the user; + a negative value indicates that the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - zDelta + + + + + Retrieves the state of certain virtual keys from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the low-order word representing the virtual key state. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - fwKeys + + + + A field type invalid or not found. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor. + The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure. + The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. The MONITORINFOEX structure adds a string member to contain a name + for the display monitor. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of the structure. Set this member to sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) (72) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. + Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor that can be used by applications, + expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Windows uses this rectangle to maximize an application on the monitor. + The rest of the area in rcMonitor contains system windows such as the task bar and side bars. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + The attributes of the display monitor. + + This member can be the following value: + 1 : MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, + and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + + Aligns the window's client area on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + Aligns the window on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + + Allocates one device context to be shared by all windows in the class. + Because window classes are process specific, it is possible for multiple threads of an application to create a window of the same class. + It is also possible for the threads to attempt to use the device context simultaneously. When this happens, the system allows only one thread to successfully finish its drawing operation. + + + + Sends a double-click message to the window procedure when the user double-clicks the mouse while the cursor is within a window belonging to the class. + + + + Enables the drop shadow effect on a window. The effect is turned on and off through SPI_SETDROPSHADOW. + Typically, this is enabled for small, short-lived windows such as menus to emphasize their Z order relationship to other windows. + + + + Indicates that the window class is an application global class. For more information, see the "Application Global Classes" section of About Window Classes. + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the width of the client area. + + + Disables Close on the window menu. + + + Allocates a unique device context for each window in the class. + + + + Sets the clipping rectangle of the child window to that of the parent window so that the child can draw on the parent. + A window with the CS_PARENTDC style bit receives a regular device context from the system's cache of device contexts. + It does not give the child the parent's device context or device context settings. Specifying CS_PARENTDC enhances an application's performance. + + + + + Saves, as a bitmap, the portion of the screen image obscured by a window of this class. + When the window is removed, the system uses the saved bitmap to restore the screen image, including other windows that were obscured. + Therefore, the system does not send WM_PAINT messages to windows that were obscured if the memory used by the bitmap has not been discarded and if other screen actions have not invalidated the stored image. + This style is useful for small windows (for example, menus or dialog boxes) that are displayed briefly and then removed before other screen activity takes place. + This style increases the time required to display the window, because the system must first allocate memory to store the bitmap. + + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the height of the client area. + + + + Flags for TrackPopupMenu + + + + + WM_SETICON / WM_GETICON Type Codes + + + + + System Menu Command Values + + + + + Bits used in dwFlags of DTTOPTS + + + + + SetWindowPos flags. + + + + + Flags for ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + Color table identifiers for CreateDIBSection(). + + + + + Return values of the ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + CB_XXX - ComboBox Commands + + + + + Windows messages. + + + + + wParam of report message WM_IME_NOTIFY. + + + + + The WM_UPDATEUISTATE message parameters. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + Window theme parts + + + + + EditControl window messages. + + + + + WM_HSCROLL and WM_VSCROLL notifications codes. + + + + + SCROLLBARPARTS. + + + + + BM_GETSTATE flags. + + + + + BM_XXX flags. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT control types. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT drawing actions. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT visual states. + + + + + ComponentOne constants. + + + + + Specifies a raster-operation code, used by BitBlt function and other. + + + + + ShowWindow() function codes. + + + + + WM_PRINT drawing options. + + + + + Rich edit data format types. + + + + + Rich edit data format replacement options. + + + + + EM_SETCHARFORMAT / EM_GETCHARFORMAT flags. + + + + + EM_SETPARAFORMAT / EM_GETPARAFORMAT flags. + + + + + CHARFORMAT mask values. + + + + + CHARFORMAT effects. + + + + + EM_SETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS flags. + + + + + Text Alignment Options. + + + + + GetDCEx() flags. + + + + + GetWindow() Constants. + + + + + GetAncestor() constants. + + + + + ExtTextOut() flags. + + + + + SetBkMode modes. + + + + + GetObjectType() returning values. + + + + + TEXTMETRIC tmPitchAndFamily flags. + + + + + Values for NETTEXMETRIC.ntmFlags. + + + + + OLE constants. + + + + + CreateWindow() flags. + + + + + Extended Window Styles + + + + + CreateWindow() flags for edit controls. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), type of frame control to draw. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), state of control. + + + + + CreatePen() flags + + + + + Class field offsets for GetClassLong(). + + + + + SetWindowLong() flags. + + + + + GetGuiResources() flags. + + + + + ExtSelectClipRgn() flags. + + + + + ScrollWindowEx flags + + + + + MapVirtualKey map types + + + + + WM_MOUSEACTIVATE Return Codes + + + + + GetSystemMetrics() codes + + + + + Constants for TITLEBARINFOEX + + + + + Constants for SetROP2 + + + + + Constants for the biCompression field of BITMAPINFOHEADER. + + + + + ARROWBTNSTATES. + + + + + SCROLLBARSTYLESTATES. + + + + + Defines ASSOCF values for AssocQueryString method's first parameter (flags). + + + + + Defines ASSOCSTR values for AssocQueryString method's second parameter (str). + + + + + Gets file-association string from the registry. + + Use constants. + Use constants. + + + + + An success/error code. + + To get associated exe's length/exe: + + uint assocLen = 0; + AssocQueryString(ASSOCF.ASSOCF_INIT_DEFAULTTOSTAR,ASSOCSTR.ASSOCSTR_EXECUTABLE,Path.GetExtension(OutputFileName),"open",null,ref assocLen); + + For existing files, another option is FindExecutable. + + + + + Name of Atom create by GDI+ for current thread. + + + + + Gets true if GDI+ currently shutdown. + + + + + This function avoids BUG with API GetLocaleInfo function under Win9X + + + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Parses the specified string into a collection of path segments. + + A containing path data. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if and contains relative coordinate values, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is an opportunity to transform the brush. + + specified brush. + + + + + Transformation the brush. + + specified brush to transform. + new brush rectangle. + the angle of rotation. + whether the brush should be mirrored horizontally. + whether the brush should be mirrored vertically. + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1952a79 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.4.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/C1.Win.6.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/C1.Win.6.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3152bc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/C1.Win.6.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/C1.Win.6.xml b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/C1.Win.6.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c69b5c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/C1.Win.6.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28930 @@ + + + + C1.Win.6 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + ILicenseData{C1Product} _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Represents range of character codes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + Adding character. + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + The first character code. + The last character code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether is high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is high code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is low code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is low code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text as character's array for test. + The index of array. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Convert surrogate pair to UTF32 code. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert text's character (maybe with surrogate pairs) to UTF32 code. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert form code point to text. + The code point value. + The text as one or two characters. + + + The begin code of character. + + + The end code of character. + + + + Represents collection of unique objects. + All CodeRange objects within collection not intersect and sorted + by First field. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds object to current without any check, typically used during deserialization. + + to add. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the array of chars contained in this list of code ranges. + + Array of char + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection + contains all characters from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + + + + + + Unique identifier of font in various font + processing algorithms of C1Preview: + - font substitution + - font embedding + + + + Bold constant. + + + Italic constant. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets name of the font. + + + + + Gets flags of the font. + + + + + Gets bold flag of the font. + + + + + Gets italic flag of the font. + + + + + Gets style of the font. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The glyph metrics for the font subset. + + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets glyph index. + + + Gets or sets glyph width. + + + Gets empty flag for this structure. + + + Gets empty glyph metrics. + + + Provides additional information on the glyph. + + + + No additional info. + + + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a code point run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + + + Non-joining glyph form that does not join on either side. + + + + + Right-joining glyph form. + + + + + Left-joining glyph form. + + + + + Dual-joining (medial) glyph form that joins on both left and right. + + + + + Mask for testing Arabic joining glyph forms. + + + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + + + The baseline used by simple alphabetic scripts such as Latin, Cyrillic and Greek. + + + + + The baseline used by ideographic characters. + + + + + The baseline about which mathematical characters are centered. + + + + + The hanging baseline from which syllables seem to hang in Tibetan and other scripts. + + + + + The bit mask for the baseline values. + + + + + Unclassified or Component glyph. + + + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + + The bit mask for determining glyph class. + + + + + The glyph is not visible and has no advance. + + + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + + + Contains index of the glyph and its mapping to the corresponding code point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Caches the GSUB or GPOS LangSysTable. + + + References the next glyph in a sequence. + + + References the previous glyph in a sequence. + + + Index of the first code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Index of the last code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Number of additional code points. + + + First glyph with non-empty ExitAnchor in a sequence. + + + The base glyph or ligature for a mark glyph. + + + Ligature glyph ID for the attached mark glyph. + + + Index of the ligature component for a mark glyph. + + + Index of the font glyph (glyphID), maybe 0. + + + Glyph advance width (for horizontal direction) or height (for vertical direction). + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Various glyph flags. + + + Specifies the resolved bidi level of the glyph. + + + Gets a value indicating if the glyph should appear from right to left. + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + The font object for build subsets. + + + + Indicates that this is a special font like Windings etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + + Returns true if current font contains glyph for character with specified code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets width of the glyph index from font data. + + The glyph index. + Gets width of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The code (Unicode) of character. + The vertical mapping flag. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Counts the number of chars in that do have + corresponding glyphs in this font. + + + + + + + Returns true if current FontSubSetBase object can show + all chars in specified string excluding control chars (chars for that char.IsControl() == true). + + + + + + + Gets the char for the glyph index. + + The glyph index. + Returns character for glyph index. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + Output calculated widths for each character. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + Gets code points count for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets cluster map for shaping/ + + + Calculates the new capacity of the internal buffers based on the required capacity. + + + + Initializes the array of CodePointFlags elements for the given code points. + + + + Resolves characters with ambiguous East Asian width to either narrow or wide. + The source and destination array of CodePointFlags elements. + Number of code points. + + + Initializes the array of BidiClass elements for the given code points. + + + Initializes the array of ScriptCode elements for the given code points. + + + Resolves the Inherited, Common, and Unknown script codes, if possible. + The source and destination array of ScriptCode elements. + Number of UTF-32 code points in the analyzed range. + + + Converts ScriptCode elements to ScriptTag elements. + + + + Calculates "panse index" (panoseIndex) and count of chars that can be displayed by fss. + panoseIndex represents difference between + current FontSubSetBase object and fss object. + Minimal number defines minimal difference, i.e. 0 means that current FontSubSetBase object and fss very similar. + -1 means that fss can not be used as alternative for current object to display s. + + + + + + + + + Search best alternative for text in font subset array. + + The text for substitution. + The font subset list. + The index of best alternative font (font subset). + + + + Calculate diff panose index. + + + + + + + Gets "original" font name that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" font style that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Bold that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Italic that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets font name that was read from font's data, see also . + + + + + Gets font family name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create GDI and GDI+ fonts. + + + + + Gets base font name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create PDF fonts. + + + + + Gets family class. + + + + + Gets or sets font key (font identifier). + + + + + Gets Font.Bold that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets Font.Italic that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font must obfuscate. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can use as subset of the font's data. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating that this object + invalid (error occurs during getting font's data) and can not be used. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font object. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font name. + The bold flag of the font. + The italic flag of the font. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font key object. + The object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + The exist object. + + + + Font name information from the font subset. + + + + + The platform identifier. + + + + + The platform encoding code (identifier). + + + + + The language identifier. + + + + + The text name of the font or font family. + + + + + False is the name is empty, true otherwise. + + + + Contains information for vertical or horizontal text, and can contain kerning values or minimum values. + + + Number of kerning pairs. + + + The left-hand glyph and the right-hand glyph in the kerning pairs: (leftGlyphID << 16) | rightGlyphID. + + + The kerning value for the above pair, in FUnits. + + If this value is greater than zero, the characters will be moved apart. If this value is less than zero, the character will be moved closer together. + + + + If set, the table has horizontal data, if not set, it has vertical data. + + + If set, the table has minimum values, if not set, the table has kerning values. + + + If set, kerning is perpendicular to the flow of the text. + + + If set, the value in this table should replace the value currently being accumulated. + + + Returns the index of a given key pair, or -1. + + + Identifies language-system features used to render the glyphs in a script. + + + Identifies the language system. + + + Index of a feature required for this language system, -1 if no required features. + + + Array of indices into the FeatureList. + + + Contains script and language-system data. + + + Identifies the script. + + + Defines the set of features that regulate the default behavior of the script. + + + All language systems (excluding the default) that use the script. + + + Сlass values for the GlyphClassDef table. + + + The class zero for unclassified glyphs. + + + Base glyph (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + Component glyph (part of single character, spacing glyph). + + + Identifies features providing information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Unknown feature (not applicable). + + + Access All Alternates + + + Above-base Forms + + + Above-base Mark Positioning + + + Above-base Substitutions + + + Alternative Fractions + + + Akhands + + + Below-base Forms + + + Below-base Mark Positioning + + + Below-base Substitutions + + + Contextual Alternates + + + Case-Sensitive Forms + + + Glyph Composition / Decomposition + + + Conjunct Form After Ro + + + Conjunct Forms + + + Contextual Ligatures + + + Centered CJK Punctuation + + + Capital Spacing + + + Contextual Swash + + + Cursive Positioning + + + Character Variant 1 + + + Character Variant 2 + + + Character Variant 3 + + + Character Variant 4 + + + Character Variant 5 + + + Character Variant 6 + + + Character Variant 7 + + + Character Variant 8 + + + Character Variant 9 + + + Character Variant 10 + + + Character Variant 11 + + + Character Variant 12 + + + Character Variant 13 + + + Character Variant 14 + + + Character Variant 15 + + + Character Variant 16 + + + Character Variant 17 + + + Character Variant 18 + + + Character Variant 19 + + + Character Variant 20 + + + Character Variant 21 + + + Character Variant 22 + + + Character Variant 23 + + + Character Variant 24 + + + Character Variant 25 + + + Character Variant 26 + + + Character Variant 27 + + + Character Variant 28 + + + Character Variant 29 + + + Character Variant 30 + + + Character Variant 31 + + + Character Variant 32 + + + Character Variant 33 + + + Character Variant 34 + + + Character Variant 35 + + + Character Variant 36 + + + Character Variant 37 + + + Character Variant 38 + + + Character Variant 39 + + + Character Variant 40 + + + Character Variant 41 + + + Character Variant 42 + + + Character Variant 43 + + + Character Variant 44 + + + Character Variant 45 + + + Character Variant 46 + + + Character Variant 47 + + + Character Variant 48 + + + Character Variant 49 + + + Character Variant 50 + + + Character Variant 51 + + + Character Variant 52 + + + Character Variant 53 + + + Character Variant 54 + + + Character Variant 55 + + + Character Variant 56 + + + Character Variant 57 + + + Character Variant 58 + + + Character Variant 59 + + + Character Variant 60 + + + Character Variant 61 + + + Character Variant 62 + + + Character Variant 63 + + + Character Variant 64 + + + Character Variant 65 + + + Character Variant 66 + + + Character Variant 67 + + + Character Variant 68 + + + Character Variant 69 + + + Character Variant 70 + + + Character Variant 71 + + + Character Variant 72 + + + Character Variant 73 + + + Character Variant 74 + + + Character Variant 75 + + + Character Variant 76 + + + Character Variant 77 + + + Character Variant 78 + + + Character Variant 79 + + + Character Variant 80 + + + Character Variant 81 + + + Character Variant 82 + + + Character Variant 83 + + + Character Variant 84 + + + Character Variant 85 + + + Character Variant 86 + + + Character Variant 87 + + + Character Variant 88 + + + Character Variant 89 + + + Character Variant 90 + + + Character Variant 91 + + + Character Variant 92 + + + Character Variant 93 + + + Character Variant 94 + + + Character Variant 95 + + + Character Variant 96 + + + Character Variant 97 + + + Character Variant 98 + + + Character Variant 99 + + + Petite Capitals From Capitals + + + Small Capitals From Capitals + + + Distances + + + Discretionary Ligatures + + + Denominators + + + Dotless Forms + + + Expert Forms + + + Final Glyph on Line Alternates + + + Terminal Forms #2 + + + Terminal Forms #3 + + + Terminal Forms + + + Flattened accent forms + + + Fractions + + + Full Widths + + + Half Forms + + + Halant Forms + + + Alternate Half Widths + + + Historical Forms + + + Horizontal Kana Alternates + + + Historical Ligatures + + + Hangul + + + Hojo Kanji Forms (JIS X 0212-1990 Kanji Forms) + + + Half Widths + + + Initial Forms + + + Isolated Forms + + + Italics + + + Justification Alternates + + + JIS78 Forms + + + JIS83 Forms + + + JIS90 Forms + + + JIS2004 Forms + + + Kerning + + + Left Bounds + + + Standard Ligatures + + + Leading Jamo Forms + + + Lining Figures + + + Localized Forms + + + Left-to-right alternates + + + Left-to-right mirrored forms + + + Mark Positioning + + + Medial Forms #2 + + + Medial Forms + + + Mathematical Greek + + + Mark to Mark Positioning + + + Mark Positioning via Substitution + + + Alternate Annotation Forms + + + NLC Kanji Forms + + + Nukta Forms + + + Numerators + + + Oldstyle Figures + + + Optical Bounds + + + Ordinals + + + Ornaments + + + Proportional Alternate Widths + + + Petite Capitals + + + Proportional Kana + + + Proportional Figures + + + Pre-Base Forms + + + Pre-base Substitutions + + + Post-base Forms + + + Post-base Substitutions + + + Proportional Widths + + + Quarter Widths + + + Randomize + + + Required Contextual Alternates + + + Rakar Forms + + + Required Ligatures + + + Reph Forms + + + Right Bounds + + + Right-to-left alternates + + + Right-to-left mirrored forms + + + Ruby Notation Forms + + + Required Variation Alternates + + + Stylistic Alternates + + + Scientific Inferiors + + + Optical size + + + Small Capitals + + + Simplified Forms + + + Stylistic Set 1 + + + Stylistic Set 2 + + + Stylistic Set 3 + + + Stylistic Set 4 + + + Stylistic Set 5 + + + Stylistic Set 6 + + + Stylistic Set 7 + + + Stylistic Set 8 + + + Stylistic Set 9 + + + Stylistic Set 10 + + + Stylistic Set 11 + + + Stylistic Set 12 + + + Stylistic Set 13 + + + Stylistic Set 14 + + + Stylistic Set 15 + + + Stylistic Set 16 + + + Stylistic Set 17 + + + Stylistic Set 18 + + + Stylistic Set 19 + + + Stylistic Set 20 + + + Math script style alternates + + + Stretching Glyph Decomposition + + + Subscript + + + Superscript + + + Swash + + + Titling + + + Trailing Jamo Forms + + + Traditional Name Forms + + + Tabular Figures + + + Traditional Forms + + + Third Widths + + + Unicase + + + Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vattu Variants + + + Vertical Writing + + + Alternate Vertical Half Metrics + + + Vowel Jamo Forms + + + Vertical Kana Alternates + + + Vertical Kerning + + + Proportional Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vertical Alternates and Rotation + + + Vertical Alternates for Rotation + + + Slashed Zero + + + Language system tags identify the language systems supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system tag. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Identifies the language system supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Script tags generally correspond to a Unicode script, the associations between them may not always be one-to-one. + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Bengali v.2 + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Byzantine Music + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Canadian Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot Syllabary + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Devanagari v.2 + + + + + Devanagari + + + + + Deseret + + + + + Duployan + + + + + Egyptian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Gujarati v.2 + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi v.2 + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Hangul + + + + + CJK Ideographic + + + + + Hanunoo + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Old Hungarian + + + + + Old Italic + + + + + Hangul Jamo + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Hiragana & Katakana + + + + + Kharosthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Kannada v.2 + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Lepcha + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam v.2 + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Mro + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Musical Symbols + + + + + Myanmar v.2 + + + + + Myanmar + + + + + Old North Arabian + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Odia v.2 (formerly Oriya v.2) + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Miao + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + Sign Writing + + + + + Shavian + + + + + Sharada + + + + + Siddham + + + + + Khudawadi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu v.2 + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tifinagh + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Tamil v.2 + + + + + Ugaritic Cuneiform + + + + + Vai + + + + + Warang Citi + + + + + Old Persian Cuneiform + + + + + Sumero-Akkadian Cuneiform + + + + + Yi + + + + Provides information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Identifies the specific feature. + + + The Feature Parameters table, specific to a particular feature. + + + Array of offsets to Lookup tables from beginning of LookupList. + + + Base class for the Feature Parameters tables. + + + The parameters table for the Character Variant features. + + + The Unicode Scalar Value of the characters for which this feature provides glyph variants. + + + Number of named parameters (may be zero). + + + The first ‘name’ table name ID used to specify strings for user-interface labels for the feature parameters. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) that an application can use for tooltip text for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies sample text that illustrates the effect of this feature. + + + + The parameters table for the Stylistic Set features. + + + + The 'name' table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + Identifies the typographic feature in the OpenType font. + + + Initializes a new instance of , enabled by default. + + + Initializes a new instance of with a value indicating whether the feature is enable or disabled. + + + Initializes a new instance of with the specified 1-based position of alternate glyph ID. + + + The OpenType name identifier of the feature. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the feature should be enabled. + + + Specifies 1-based position of the alternate glyph ID in Alternate Substitution lookup. + + + Indicates whether the last alternative should be applied if the specified position exceeds the number of alternatives. + + + Defines constants that specify the decorations applied to text. + + + No text decorations are applied. + + + Strikethrough is applied to the text. + + + Underline is applied to the text. + + + Line-breaking and justification conditions; East Asian width category for the code point. + + + Indicates that none of the flags are set. + + + Indicates the start of a Grapheme Cluster. + + + Indicates the start of a word. + + + Whether the glyphs are rotated on their side. + + + Indicates if characters should be displayed upright if transformed with the 'vert' or 'vrt2' GSUB features. + + + Combination of the Sideways and UprightIfTransformed flags. + + + Indicates that the character is some form of whitespace, which may be meaningful for justification. + + + Indicates the character tabulation. + + + Bit mask for the character tabulation and whitespaces. + + + Indicates that the character is a replacement for inline object. + + + Indicates that the character is a soft hyphen, often used to indicate hyphenation points inside words. + + + Indicates that there should be no line break after this code point. + + + Indicates that a line break is allowed after this code point. + + + Indicates that the line break must happen after this code point. + + + Mask for testing the line-breaking behavior. + + + Ambiguous characters + + + East Asian Narrow + + + East Asian Wide (and emoji) + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + Mask for testing East Asian character width category. + + + Represents text formatting attributes such as font, language, colors, decorations and so on. + + + + Returns the Language value corresponding to a given . + + The corresponding value, or the Language.Default if a specific value could not be found. + + + + Converts a value to the corresponding . + + A value to convert. + Indicates whether the following scripts should be converted to old tags: Bengali, Devanagari, Gujarati, Gurmukhi, Kannada, Malayalam, Myanmar, Odia, Tamil, Telugu. + The converted value. + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Gets or sets a Font used by this format. + If not null, this value overrides the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a font family name. + This value is used only if the property is null. + This value is case insensitive. + + + + Provides access to a set of Microsoft OpenType typography properties. + + + Gets or sets a value identifying the language system. + + + Gets or sets an OpenType script tag. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating which decorations are applied to the text. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is underlined. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strikethrough style is applied to the text. + + + + Gets or sets the logical font size, in points or in graphic units. + The defalut value is 12. + See also the description of the property. + + + + /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether specifies the font size in graphic units or in points. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating the desired or emulated style of the font. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font should be bolded. + + + Gets or sets whether the font should be italicized. + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor for the glyph advance value.Valid values are from 0.5 up. The default is 1. + + + Gets or sets the offset of the text in the orthogonal direction, in graphic units.The default is 0. + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the explicit line gap (if not null), in graphic units. + + + Gets or sets the text foreground color. The default is black. + + + Gets or sets the text background color. The default is transparent. + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary custom data associated with this . + + + + Copies the current text format settings to another object. + + The destination TextFormat object. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + When this flag is set, the last glyph in a given sequence to which the cursive attachment lookup is applied, will be positioned on the baseline. + + + If set, skips over base glyphs. + + + If set, skips over ligatures. + + + If set, skips over all combining marks. + + + If set, the layout engine skips over all mark glyphs not in the mark filtering set indicated. + + + If not zero, skips over all marks of attachment type different from specified. + + + Index (base 0) into GDEF mark glyph sets structure. This field is only present if bit UseMarkFilteringSet of lookup flags is set. + + + Type of the substitution. + + + Format identifier for the substitution subtable. + + + For each covered glyph, specifies all the ligature strings that begin with the covered glyph. + + + Define the glyphs in each ligature. + + + Glyph IDs corresponding to the components of the ligature. + + + The glyph ID of the output ligature glyph. + + + Checks if the specified glyph is in the subset. + + + Defines any combination of X and Y values (in design units) to add to the placement and advance values provided in the font. + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Horizontal adjustment for advance. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for advance. + + + Specifies the positioning data in all contextual positioning subtables. + + + Indicates where the positioning operation will occur in the glyph sequence. + + + Identifies the lookup to be applied at the glyph position specified by the SequenceIndex. + + + Type of the positioning. + + + Format identifier for the positioning subtable. + + + Adjusts the position of a single glyph, such as a subscript or superscript. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning value applied to all glyphs in the Coverage table. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning values applied to glyphs. + + + Used to adjust the positions of two glyphs in relation to one another, for instance, to specify kerning data for pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Positioning data for one or more specific pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Assigns class values to all the first glyphs in all pairs. + + + Assigns class values to all the second glyphs in all pairs. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef1Classes. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef2Classes. + + + ValueRecords, one for the first glyph in a class pair (Value1) and one for the second glyph (Value2). + + + Specifies a pair of ValueRecords. + + + Positioning data for the first glyph/class in the pair. + + + Positioning data for the second glyph/class in the pair. + + + Specifies the second glyph in a pair and defines a ValueRecord for each glyph. + + + Glyph ID of second glyph in the pair, first glyph is listed in the Coverage table. + + + + Describes how to connect the glyphs by aligning two anchor points: the designated exit point of a glyph, and the designated entry point of the following glyph. + + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Anchor tables that identify the entry point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Anchor tables that identify the exit point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Used to position one glyph with respect to another. + + + Horizontal value, in design units. + + + Vertical value, in design units. + + + Index to glyph contour point. + + + + + + + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the base glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the BaseCoverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Classes of the mark. + + + Data for each mark class. + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to ligature base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Ligature glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Lists the LigatureAttach table, one for each ligature glyph listed in the LigatureCoverage table. + + + + One for each ligature glyph listed in the MarkToLigatureAttachmentPositioningSubtable.LigatureCoverage table. + + + + Count of the component glyphs in a ligature. + + + Stores the component records in the same order as the components in the ligature, defines all the attachment points ordered by class. + + + Defines the position of one mark relative to another mark. + + + + + + Lists all the Mark1 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Mark2 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in Mark1Array. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by Mark1Coverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the Mark2Coverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context so a text-processing client can adjust the position of one or more glyphs within a certain pattern of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Identifies the remaining glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + Defines the class values of all glyphs in the input contexts that the subtable describes. + + + + + + Each position in the sequence may specify a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + The PosRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat1. + + + Glyph IDs to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + The PosClassRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat2. + + + Classes to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context with an ability to look back and/or look ahead in the sequence of glyphs. + + + + + + Lists the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Defines the rest glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + The backtrack sequence context. + + + The input sequence context. + + + The lookahead sequence context. + + + + + + Each position in the backtracking sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the input sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the lookahead sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + ChainPosRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat1. + + + Array of backtracking glyph IDs. + + + Array of input glyph IDs. + + + Array of lookahead glyph IDs. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + ChainPosClassRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat2. + + + Array of backtracking classes. + + + Array of input classes. + + + Array of lookahead classes. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + + TTF files are stored in big-endian format, we need special + readers and writers + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Big endian binary writer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raw (binary font data or file path name) font subset. + + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The path for raw font file. + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The raw font data. + + + + Gets font subset for font file name with path. + + The path for font file. + The font subset object. + + + + Gets font subset for raw font data. + + The raw font data. + The font subset object. + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + Read table block locations. + + + + The font subset builder. + + + + The simple table of font's names. + + + The table with CMAP of font's names. + + + + + + + + + Gets full font data for a font subset object. + + The font subset object. + THe full font data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets full code range of this font. + + + + + Class for support character shaping (Arabic, Indic etc.). + + + + Left-to-right + + + Left-to-Right Embedding + + + Left-to-Right Override + + + Right-to-Left + + + Right-to-Left Arabic + + + Right-to-Left Embedding + + + Right-to-Left Override + + + Pop Directional Format + + + European Number + + + European Number Separator + + + European Number Terminator + + + Arabic Number + + + Common Number Separator + + + Non-Spacing Mark + + + Boundary Neutral + + + Paragraph Separator (Break) + + + Segment Separator + + + Whitespace + + + Other Neutrals + + + Unknown + + + Bidi order for right to left characters. + + + + The algorithm. Does not include line-based processing (Rules L1, L2). + These are applied later in the line-based phase of the algorithm. + + + + + 1) determining the paragraph level. + Rules P2, P3. + At the end of this function, the member variable paragraphEmbeddingLevel is set to either 0 or 1. + + + + + Process embedding format codes. + Calls processEmbeddings to generate an embedding array from the explicit format codes. + The embedding overrides in the array are then applied to the result types, and the result levels are initialized. + + + + + + Rules X9. + Remove explicit codes so that they may be ignored during the remainder of the main portion + of the algorithm. The length of the resulting text is returned. + + The length of the data excluding explicit codes and BN. + + + + Reinsert levels information for explicit codes. + This is for ease of relating the level information to the original input data. Note that the levels + assigned to these codes are arbitrary, they're chosen so as to avoid breaking level runs. + + The length of the data after compression. + The length of the data (original length of types array supplied to constructor). + + + + 2) determining explicit levels (Rules X1 - X8) + The interaction of these rules makes handling them a bit complex. This examines resultTypes but does + not modify it. It returns embedding and override information in the result array. The low 7 bits are + the level, the high bit is set if the level is an override, and clear if it is an embedding. + + The bidi types. + + + + + + 3) resolving weak types (Rules W1-W7.) + Note that some weak types (EN, AN) remain after this processing is complete. + + + + + + + + + + 6) resolving neutral types (Rules N1-N2.) + + + + + + + + + + 7) resolving implicit embedding levels (Rules I1, I2.) + + + + + + + + + + Output. + + + + + + Return levels array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. (Rule L1.) + The returned levels array contains the resolved level for each bidi code passed to the constructor. + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The resolved levels of the text. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The resolved levels of the text. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the + fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of the + second line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. + The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value + must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of thesecond line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The levels array. + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The multiline reordering array for a given level array with reordering does not occur across a line break. + + + + Reorders a single line. The reordering is a visual to logical map. For example: + the leftmost char is string.CharAt(order[0]) (Rule L2.) + + + The reordering array for a given level array. + + + + Gets base level of the paragraph. + + The base level of the paragraph. + + + + Return true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + + Return the strong type (L or R) corresponding to the level. + + + + + + + Checks the value at index, and will return index if that value is not in validSet. + + + + + The limit of the run starting at index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Assumes the value at index is valid, and does not check it. + + + + The start of the run including index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Sets resultTypes from start up to (but not including) limit to newType. + + + + + + + + Sets resultLevels from start up to (but not including) limit to newLevel. + + + + + + + + Throw exception if paragraph embedding level is invalid. Special allowance for -1 so that + default processing can still be performed when using this API. + + + + + + Throw exception if line breaks array is invalid. + + + + + + + Right to left shaping without arabic. + + + + + + + + Gets mirroring right to left text. + + The text for mirroring. + The start right to left flag. + The mirroring right to left text. + + + Various methods working with bit strings. + + + ISO 15924 Script Codes. + + + + Inherit script from a preceding base character. + + + + + Characters that may be used with multiple scripts. + + + + + Unassigned, private-use, noncharacter, and surrogate code points. + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Afaka + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom, Tai Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Arabic (Nastaliq variant) + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali (Bangla) + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Blissymbols + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Cirth + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Cyrillic (Old Church Slavonic variant) + + + + + Devanagari (Nagari) + + + + + Dogra + + + + + Deseret (Mormon) + + + + + Duployan shorthand, Duployan stenography + + + + + Egyptian demotic + + + + + Egyptian hieratic + + + + + Egyptian hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic (Geʻez) + + + + + Khutsuri (Asomtavruli and Nuskhuri) + + + + + Georgian (Mkhedruli and Mtavruli) + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gunjala Gondi + + + + + Masaram Gondi + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Han with Bopomofo (alias for Han + Bopomofo) + + + + + Hangul (Hangŭl, Hangeul) + + + + + Han (Hanzi, Kanji, Hanja) + + + + + Hanunoo (Hanunóo) + + + + + Han (Simplified variant) + + + + + Han (Traditional variant) + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Hiragana + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs (Luwian Hieroglyphs, Hittite Hieroglyphs) + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Japanese syllabaries (alias for Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) + + + + + Indus (Harappan) + + + + + Old Italic (Etruscan, Oscan, etc.) + + + + + Jamo (alias for Jamo subset of Hangul) + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Japanese (alias for Han + Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Jurchen + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Katakana + + + + + Kharoshthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Khitan large script + + + + + Khitan small script + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Korean (alias for Hangul + Han) + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin (Fraktur variant) + + + + + Latin (Gaelic variant) + + + + + Latin + + + + + Leke + + + + + Lepcha (Róng) + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Loma + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mayan hieroglyphs + + + + + Medefaidrin (Oberi Okaime, Oberi Ɔkaimɛ) + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi, Moḍī + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Moon (Moon code, Moon script, Moon type) + + + + + Mro, Mru + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Myanmar (Burmese) + + + + + Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa, Newar, Newari, Nepāla lipi + + + + + Nakhi Geba ('Na-'Khi ²Ggŏ-¹baw, Naxi Geba) + + + + + N’Ko + + + + + Nüshu + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki (Ol Cemet’, Ol, Santali) + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Oriya (Odia) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Book Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Klingon (KLI pIqaD) + + + + + Miao (Pollard) + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Reserved for private use (start) + + + + + Reserved for private use (end) + + + + + Rejang (Redjang, Kaganga) + + + + + Rongorongo + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Sarati + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + SignWriting + + + + + Shavian (Shaw) + + + + + Sharada, Śāradā + + + + + Siddham, Siddhaṃ, Siddhamātṛkā + + + + + Khudawadi, Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Soyombo + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac (Estrangelo variant) + + + + + Syriac (Western variant) + + + + + Syriac (Eastern variant) + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri, Ṭākrī, Ṭāṅkrī + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tengwar + + + + + Tifinagh (Berber) + + + + + Tagalog (Baybayin, Alibata) + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Ugaritic + + + + + Vai + + + + + Visible Speech + + + + + Warang Citi (Varang Kshiti) + + + + + Woleai + + + + + Old Persian + + + + + Cuneiform, Sumero-Akkadian + + + + + Yi + + + + + Zanabazar Square (Zanabazarin Dörböljin Useg, Xewtee Dörböljin Bicig, Horizontal Square Script) + + + + + Code for inherited script + + + + + Mathematical notation + + + + + Symbols (Emoji variant) + + + + + Symbols + + + + + Code for unwritten documents + + + + + Code for undetermined script + + + + + Code for uncoded script + + + + + Bidirectional character types. + + + + + Right-to-Left Arabic (Strong). + + + + + Arabic Number (Weak). + + + + + Paragraph Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Boundary Neutral (Weak). + + + + + Common Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number (Weak). + + + + + European Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number Terminator (Weak). + + + + + First Strong Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right (Strong). + + + + + Left-to-Right Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Nonspacing Mark (Weak). + + + + + Other Neutrals (Neutral). + + + + + Pop Directional Format (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Pop Directional Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left (Strong). + + + + + Right-to-Left Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Segment Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Whitespace (Neutral). + + + + + Arabic joining groups. + + + + + AFRICAN FEH + + + + + AFRICAN NOON + + + + + AFRICAN QAF + + + + + AIN + + + + + ALAPH + + + + + ALEF + + + + + BEH + + + + + BETH + + + + + BERUSHASKI YEH BARREE + + + + + DAL + + + + + DALATH RISH + + + + + E + + + + + FARSI YEH + + + + + FE + + + + + FEH + + + + + FINAL SEMKATH + + + + + GAF + + + + + GAMAL + + + + + HAH + + + + + HE + + + + + HEH + + + + + HEH GOAL + + + + + HETH + + + + + KAF + + + + + KAPH + + + + + KHAPH + + + + + KNOTTED HEH + + + + + LAM + + + + + LAMADH + + + + + MALAYALAM BHA + + + + + MALAYALAM JA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLLA + + + + + MALAYALAM NGA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNNA + + + + + Malayalam_NYA + + + + + MALAYALAM RA + + + + + MALAYALAM SSA + + + + + MALAYALAM TTA + + + + + MANICHAEAN ALEPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN AYIN + + + + + MANICHAEAN BETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DALETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DHAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN FIVE + + + + + MANICHAEAN GIMEL + + + + + MANICHAEAN HETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN HUNDRED + + + + + MANICHAEAN KAPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN LAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN MEM + + + + + MANICHAEAN NUN + + + + + MANICHAEAN ONE + + + + + MANICHAEAN PE + + + + + MANICHAEAN QOPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN RESH + + + + + MANICHAEAN SADHE + + + + + MANICHAEAN SAMEKH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN TEN + + + + + MANICHAEAN TETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN THAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TWENTY + + + + + MANICHAEAN WAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN YODH + + + + + MANICHAEAN ZAYIN + + + + + MEEM + + + + + MIM + + + + + No_Joining_Group + + + + + NOON + + + + + NUN + + + + + NYA + + + + + PE + + + + + QAF + + + + + QAPH + + + + + REH + + + + + REVERSED PE + + + + + ROHINGYA YEH + + + + + SAD + + + + + SADHE + + + + + SEEN + + + + + SEMKATH + + + + + SHIN + + + + + STRAIGHT WAW + + + + + SWASH KAF + + + + + SYRIAC WAW + + + + + TAH + + + + + TAW + + + + + TEH MARBUTA + + + + + TEH MARBUTA GOAL / HAMZA ON HEH GOAL + + + + + TETH + + + + + WAW + + + + + YEH + + + + + YEH BARREE + + + + + YEH WITH TAIL + + + + + YUDH + + + + + YUDH HE + + + + + ZAIN + + + + + ZHAIN + + + + + Arabic joining types. + + + + + Join_Causing + + + + + Dual_Joining + + + + + Left_Joining + + + + + Right_Joining + + + + + Transparent + + + + + Non_Joining + + + + + Provides the most general classification of the code point. + + + + + Uppercase letter. + + + + + Lowercase letter. + + + + + Digraphic character, with first part uppercase. + + + + + Modifier letter. + + + + + Other letters, including syllables and ideographs. + + + + + Nonspacing combining mark (zero advance width). + + + + + Spacing combining mark (positive advance width). + + + + + Enclosing combining mark. + + + + + Decimal digit. + + + + + Letterlike numeric character. + + + + + Numeric character of other type. + + + + + Connecting punctuation mark, like a tie. + + + + + Dash or hyphen punctuation mark. + + + + + Opening punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Closing punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Initial quotation mark. + + + + + Final quotation mark. + + + + + Punctuation mark of other type. + + + + + Symbol of mathematical use. + + + + + Currency sign. + + + + + Non-letterlike modifier symbol. + + + + + Symbol of other type. + + + + + Space character (of various non-zero widths). + + + + + U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR only. + + + + + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR only. + + + + + C0 or C1 control code. + + + + + Format control character. + + + + + Surrogate code point. + + + + + Private-use character. + + + + + Reserved unassigned code point or a noncharacter. + + + + + Line breaking classes of the Unicode characters. + + + + + Mandatory Break + + + + + Carriage Return + + + + + Line Feed + + + + + Combining Mark + + + + + Next Line + + + + + Surrogate + + + + + Word Joiner + + + + + Zero Width Space + + + + + Non-breaking (“Glue”) + + + + + Space + + + + + Zero Width Joiner + + + + + Break Opportunity Before and After + + + + + Break After + + + + + Break Before + + + + + Hyphen + + + + + Contingent Break Opportunity + + + + + Close Punctuation + + + + + Close Parenthesis + + + + + Exclamation/Interrogation + + + + + Inseparable + + + + + Nonstarter + + + + + Open Punctuation + + + + + Quotation + + + + + Infix Numeric Separator + + + + + Numeric + + + + + Postfix Numeric + + + + + Prefix Numeric + + + + + Symbols Allowing Break After + + + + + Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) + + + + + Alphabetic + + + + + Conditional Japanese Starter + + + + + Emoji Base + + + + + Emoji Modifier + + + + + Hangul LV Syllable + + + + + Hangul LVT Syllable + + + + + Hebrew Letter + + + + + Ideographic + + + + + Hangul L Jamo + + + + + Hangul V Jamo + + + + + Hangul T Jamo + + + + + Regional Indicator + + + + + Complex Context Dependent (South East Asian) + + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default character orientation categories. + + + + + Characters which are displayed upright, with the same orientation that appears in the code charts. + + + + + Characters which are displayed sideways, rotated 90 degrees clockwise compared to the code charts. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph upright. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + East Asian character width categories. + + + + + Ambiguous characters + + + + + East Asian Fullwidth + + + + + East Asian Halfwidth + + + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + + + East Asian Narrow + + + + + East Asian Wide + + + + + Determines default boundaries between user-perceived characters. + + + + + Determines default boundaries between words. + + + + + Searches a resource with name which end matches a specified string. + + The assembly where to search a resource. + The string which should be at end of resource name. + + + + + Returns a paired bracket for the given one (negative for close bracket, zero for none-bracket). + + + + + EMF+ brush types + + + + + For internal use only. + Abstract base class used to enumerate metafiles. + Used to convert metafiles to various formats such as PDF, Word etc. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Get GDI+ approximate font for this meta font. + + + + + Get angle for this meta font. + + + + + Get width coefficient for this meta font. + + + + + Convert implicitly to GDI+ font. + + The mate font object. + GDI+ approximate font for meta font. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Fields of DEVMODE structure. + + + + + GetDeviceCaps() constants + + + + + Sorting IDs. + + + + + Primary language IDs. + + + + + Sublanguage IDs. + + The name immediately following SUBLANG_ dictates which primary + language ID that sublanguage ID can be combined with to form a + valid language ID. + + + + + Locale Types. + + + + + usage: + using (FixFpu ff = new FixFpu()) + { do printer stuff } + or + do printer stuff + FixFpu.Doit(); + + + + + Retrieves the low-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order word of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND + WM_SETCURSOR + WM_ACTIVATE + WM_MENUCHAR + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - SB_THUMBPOSITION or SB_THUMBTRACK + + + + + Retrieves the high-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order word of the specified value. + + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - current position of the scroll box + + + + + Retrieves the signed x-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for LOWORD because LOWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the signed y-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for HIWORD because HIWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the wheel-delta value from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the high-order word representing the wheel-delta value. + It indicates the distance that the wheel is rotated, expressed in multiples or divisions of WHEEL_DELTA, which is 120. A positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated forward, away from the user; + a negative value indicates that the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - zDelta + + + + + Retrieves the state of certain virtual keys from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the low-order word representing the virtual key state. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - fwKeys + + + + A field type invalid or not found. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor. + The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure. + The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. The MONITORINFOEX structure adds a string member to contain a name + for the display monitor. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of the structure. Set this member to sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) (72) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. + Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor that can be used by applications, + expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Windows uses this rectangle to maximize an application on the monitor. + The rest of the area in rcMonitor contains system windows such as the task bar and side bars. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + The attributes of the display monitor. + + This member can be the following value: + 1 : MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, + and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + + Aligns the window's client area on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + Aligns the window on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + + Allocates one device context to be shared by all windows in the class. + Because window classes are process specific, it is possible for multiple threads of an application to create a window of the same class. + It is also possible for the threads to attempt to use the device context simultaneously. When this happens, the system allows only one thread to successfully finish its drawing operation. + + + + Sends a double-click message to the window procedure when the user double-clicks the mouse while the cursor is within a window belonging to the class. + + + + Enables the drop shadow effect on a window. The effect is turned on and off through SPI_SETDROPSHADOW. + Typically, this is enabled for small, short-lived windows such as menus to emphasize their Z order relationship to other windows. + + + + Indicates that the window class is an application global class. For more information, see the "Application Global Classes" section of About Window Classes. + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the width of the client area. + + + Disables Close on the window menu. + + + Allocates a unique device context for each window in the class. + + + + Sets the clipping rectangle of the child window to that of the parent window so that the child can draw on the parent. + A window with the CS_PARENTDC style bit receives a regular device context from the system's cache of device contexts. + It does not give the child the parent's device context or device context settings. Specifying CS_PARENTDC enhances an application's performance. + + + + + Saves, as a bitmap, the portion of the screen image obscured by a window of this class. + When the window is removed, the system uses the saved bitmap to restore the screen image, including other windows that were obscured. + Therefore, the system does not send WM_PAINT messages to windows that were obscured if the memory used by the bitmap has not been discarded and if other screen actions have not invalidated the stored image. + This style is useful for small windows (for example, menus or dialog boxes) that are displayed briefly and then removed before other screen activity takes place. + This style increases the time required to display the window, because the system must first allocate memory to store the bitmap. + + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the height of the client area. + + + + Flags for TrackPopupMenu + + + + + WM_SETICON / WM_GETICON Type Codes + + + + + System Menu Command Values + + + + + Bits used in dwFlags of DTTOPTS + + + + + SetWindowPos flags. + + + + + Flags for ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + Color table identifiers for CreateDIBSection(). + + + + + Return values of the ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + CB_XXX - ComboBox Commands + + + + + Windows messages. + + + + + wParam of report message WM_IME_NOTIFY. + + + + + The WM_UPDATEUISTATE message parameters. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + Window theme parts + + + + + EditControl window messages. + + + + + WM_HSCROLL and WM_VSCROLL notifications codes. + + + + + SCROLLBARPARTS. + + + + + BM_GETSTATE flags. + + + + + BM_XXX flags. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT control types. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT drawing actions. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT visual states. + + + + + ComponentOne constants. + + + + + Specifies a raster-operation code, used by BitBlt function and other. + + + + + ShowWindow() function codes. + + + + + WM_PRINT drawing options. + + + + + Rich edit data format types. + + + + + Rich edit data format replacement options. + + + + + EM_SETCHARFORMAT / EM_GETCHARFORMAT flags. + + + + + EM_SETPARAFORMAT / EM_GETPARAFORMAT flags. + + + + + CHARFORMAT mask values. + + + + + CHARFORMAT effects. + + + + + EM_SETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS flags. + + + + + Text Alignment Options. + + + + + GetDCEx() flags. + + + + + GetWindow() Constants. + + + + + GetAncestor() constants. + + + + + ExtTextOut() flags. + + + + + SetBkMode modes. + + + + + GetObjectType() returning values. + + + + + TEXTMETRIC tmPitchAndFamily flags. + + + + + Values for NETTEXMETRIC.ntmFlags. + + + + + OLE constants. + + + + + CreateWindow() flags. + + + + + Extended Window Styles + + + + + CreateWindow() flags for edit controls. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), type of frame control to draw. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), state of control. + + + + + CreatePen() flags + + + + + Class field offsets for GetClassLong(). + + + + + SetWindowLong() flags. + + + + + GetGuiResources() flags. + + + + + ExtSelectClipRgn() flags. + + + + + ScrollWindowEx flags + + + + + MapVirtualKey map types + + + + + WM_MOUSEACTIVATE Return Codes + + + + + GetSystemMetrics() codes + + + + + Constants for TITLEBARINFOEX + + + + + Constants for SetROP2 + + + + + Constants for the biCompression field of BITMAPINFOHEADER. + + + + + ARROWBTNSTATES. + + + + + SCROLLBARSTYLESTATES. + + + + + Defines ASSOCF values for AssocQueryString method's first parameter (flags). + + + + + Defines ASSOCSTR values for AssocQueryString method's second parameter (str). + + + + + Gets file-association string from the registry. + + Use constants. + Use constants. + + + + + An success/error code. + + To get associated exe's length/exe: + + uint assocLen = 0; + AssocQueryString(ASSOCF.ASSOCF_INIT_DEFAULTTOSTAR,ASSOCSTR.ASSOCSTR_EXECUTABLE,Path.GetExtension(OutputFileName),"open",null,ref assocLen); + + For existing files, another option is FindExecutable. + + + + + Name of Atom create by GDI+ for current thread. + + + + + Gets true if GDI+ currently shutdown. + + + + + This function avoids BUG with API GetLocaleInfo function under Win9X + + + + + + + + Provides extension methods for the control. + + + + + Draws a text in the client area. + + The in which the text is drawn. + The object used to paint. + The text to be drawn. + The foreground color of the text. + The background color of the text. + + This method is used to draw placeholder text or the text of a disabled text box. + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessible control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets a default name of this . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that hosted on drop down form and can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessile element. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Gets the associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the accessible object associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the role of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the accessible children collection. + + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. + + + + + Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. + + + + + Sets input focus to the accessible object. + + + + + Represents the object that provides objects for the class. + + + + + Gets the accessible elements collection. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. The default value is Transparent. + + If this property is not set, the actual color will be inherited from the parent container foreground color. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. The default value is Transparent. + + This property doesn't apply to C1BitmapIcon. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon background color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + If this property is not set, then icon will be resized according to the parent container size. + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The property name. + + + + Fires when property value was changed. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Describes how content is resized to fill its allocated space. + + + + + The content preserves its original size. + + + + + The content is resized to fill the destination dimensions. The aspect ratio is not preserved. + + + + + The content is resized to fit in the destination dimensions while it preserves its native aspect ratio. + + + + + Describes how bitmap content is recolored. + + + + + The bitmap should use original colors. + + + + + The bitmap should be always shown as monochrome. + + + + + The bitmap coloring should be defined by the parent element. + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image list which should be used to retrieve the image. + The index of image in the image list. + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon background color. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + If this property is not set, then icon stretches according to the property value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. The default value is Transparent. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets the list of icons that will be rendered. + + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents the set of icons of different sizes to use in a single UI element. + + + + + Gets the next available icon of the requested size. If the icon of requested size is available in the icon set, it will be returned. + Otherwise, the icon of the next bigger size will be returned (or the biggest one icon of requested size is too big). + + The requested size + The icon of the next available size. + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon set definition. + The string to use as a postfix part of the iconSet name. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon set definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a deep copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a deep copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and contains the same + set of icons as this icon set. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and ontains the same + set of icons as this icon set; otherwise, false + + + + This factory class returns the most common predefined icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The function that creates the icon. New instances must be created every time. + + + + Creates a new icon. + + + + + Creates a new icon with specified size. + + The icon size. + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a global navigation button. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the left. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the right. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing west. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing south east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing north east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a 5-pointed star. + + + + + Gets the path for the Checked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unchecked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grayed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Collapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Expanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBCursor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBAdd icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoCircle icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoMark icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilterEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilteredColumn icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ExpressionEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailExpanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailCollapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Pin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unpin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker tool icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker search icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker clear icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxRect icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxIndeterminate icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioChecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioUnchecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the More icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Minus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowUp2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowDown2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowRight icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the True Type font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the OpenType font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the Delete icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Up icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Down icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Bold icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Italic icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Underline icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Strikeout icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ForeColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BackColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BorderColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grid icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DownArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the UpArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Transparent icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Edit1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Align icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTop icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottom icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Histogram icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Gradient icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowLeft icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the FirstRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the LastRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the Cancel icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the Refresh icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon in vertical orientation. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the CloseButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the RestoreButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MinimizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MaximizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the HelpButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the list of that will be rendered. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + + + + Gets or sets flags used to render text. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + Override it to provide custom initialization. + Always call base class implementation to reset dirty flag. + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Notifies C1Icon element that UI should be re-initialized for the next drawing operation. + + Call this method from property setters to make sure that new property value is nohored at drawing. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Returns rectangle (in the icon coordinates) to render icon. + + Returned rectangle honors property value. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Gets the image represented by this . + + + + + True if returned bitmap should be disposed when no longer needed; False otherwise. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. Returns False. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. Returns False. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Renders content into the given rectangle. + + + + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element pproperties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper elemen intitialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Gets the geometry of the vector. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle (in the icon coordinates) which will determine image placement. + + Don't set this property if you want to autosize icon according to the element bounds. + + + + The stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + The stroke color. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Returns the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + Returns the property value. + If the property is not set, returns graphic path bounds. + + + + Updates element properties when icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represent an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Present an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Gets a default value of dpi. + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + This property doesn't apply to BitmapIconRenderer. + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + Gets the size of icon after scaling by . + + + + + Gets or sets the cached icon image. + + + + + Resets cached image. + + + + + Gets the image that the icon was rendered into. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + + + + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to use a fill for the shape. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the shape has a stroke. + + + + + Creates a path for rendering an icon. + + + + + + + + Simple button with text and image. + + + + + Occurs when the element is clicked. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the to display. + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the value to show as element tooltip. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + Returns drop-down button image. + + + + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Repeat button (fires repeatedly, like scrollbar buttons). + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between clicks when the button is kept pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the button is kept pressed, + in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the mouse hovers over + the button, in milliseconds. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Check (toggle) button. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display chich box mark. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the CheckBox element within the button. + + + If there is no CheckBox element, this property returns -1. Setting the property to -1 removes the CheckBox element. + Setting this property value greater than the number of children does not throw an exception. In this case, the + maximum valid value (Children.Count) is used instead (e.g. CheckBoxIndex = 1000). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the button's CheckState (can be checked, unchecked, or indeterminate). + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the specified checkbox state. + + A value from the enumeration. + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + Override this method to provide your own images for checkboxes in various states. + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the current checkbox state. + + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Radio button with text and image. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + that hosts a WinForms . + + + In principle, this class allows hosting any WinForms control. In practice, + not all controls work well in this scenario. For example, some controls cannot be freely + resized, so the element should account for that. + ** Important Note: to allow hosting generic controls, this class stores a reference + to itself in the contained control's Tag property. That means hosted controls cannot + use their Tag property for anything else. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and control to host. + + The object to use. + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified control to host. + + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this element is hosting. + + + + + Copies style attributes from the element to the hosted control. + + + + + If overriden in nested classes and returns not null, + InputPanel will use the HostPanel to make scrollable withing the element. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's bounds. + + + + + Override to get text change notifications. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Element equivalent to a WinForms control. + + + This element has two styles: the regular () is used + to paint the element background; the is used to paint the + progress indicator. + If either style is set to null (the default value), then the background and/or + progress indicators are rendered using system's current visual theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given . + + used to paint the element's background. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the progress bar. + + + If this property is set to null, then the progress is painted using the + system's current visual theme. + + + + + Panel that knows how to scroll child elements bigger than itself. + + + The child elements are clipped to the bounds of the ScrollablePanel; + scrolling is done by setting the property, + which works like the ScrollPosition in the control. + This class only implements the scrollable (client) area of a scrollable + control. It doesn't have scrollbars or buttons. For that, use the + or classes + (or implement your own scrollable panel). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the pecified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Negative pixel offset (like the control). + + + + + that contains the content to be scrolled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the panel to scroll its contents + in steps when the property changes. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change applied + when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Event that occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Panel that plays the role of a ). + + + This element contains a that contains the + content to display and two objects that are displayed + as needed and control the scroll position on the main panel. + If the panel contains an that is , + then it will honor the mouse wheel in addition to the scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new ScrollBarPanel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets which scrollbars should be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrollbars defined by the + property should remain visible even if they are not needed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the scrollbar buttons. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Returns reference to the vertical element. + + + + + Returns reference to the horizontal element. + + + + + Panel that contains two scroll buttons (, + ) and a with + content that can be scrolled by clicking the buttons. + + + To use this class, assign the that contains the + scrollable content should be assigned to the + property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll position (negative pixel offset, like the control). + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll step, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing while pressed, in milliseconds + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing when the mouse hovers over them + (even without pressing them) + + + Set to zero or any negative value to disable the hover scroll feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the time between scroll steps while buttons are pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scroll buttons should be visible even when they are not needed. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to previous elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to next elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining height and width in pixels of navigation buttons. + + + + + + Element that looks and behaves like a WinForms . + + + If no is assigned to this element, it will render itself + using Windows Visual Styles. + + Use the property to control whether + the ScrollBarElement should be rendered as a vertical or horizontal + scrollbar. + + + + + Specifies the command being executed by the ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a without a . + + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical without a . + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the + scroll box on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a small distance (one 'line'). + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a large distance (one 'page'). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the thumb size should reflect the ratio of the scroll bar + size to its range. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale factor (used with Gc/C1Zoom). + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the scroll box ('thumb' element). + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the thumb and line up/down buttons in the scroll direction. + + + By default, the scroll buttons are square. This property allows you to set the + button height in vertical scrollbars or the button width in horizontal scrollbars. + Set this property to a value less than 1 to restore the default (square) sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the control to scroll in steps. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change + applied when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Fires when the property has been changed. + + + + + Buttons at either end of the scrollbar (line up/down) + + + + + Area between the buttons and the thumb (page up/down) + + + + + Thumb (track) + + + + + Tab pages are represented by TabPageElement elements in the + tab.TabArea.Children collection. + + + + + Gets the RowPanel that contains the tabs. + + + + + Gets the element that is currently displayed in the content area. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected TabPageElement. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements that represent the tab pages. + + + + + Removes all tabs and content from the TabElement. + + + + + Gets the TabPageElement that contains a given child element. + + Child element in the Tab. + The TabPageElement that contains the given child element, or + null if the element does not belong to any tab pages. + + + + + + + + + that hosts a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current text. + + + + + Returns the reference to the hosted control. + + + + + Updates the alignment of the text box control to reflect the current . + + + + + Gets the number of lines in the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual cue, or tip, that is displayed by TextBox to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a tree panel with rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets visible of the checkbox for a tree row. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset value for a tree row. + + + Used in the * formula. + + + + + Gets the settings for the tree lines. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a list of settings for tree lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of dashed lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating displays lines or not. + + + + + Represents a base collection for and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent element of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent element of this collection. + + + + + Creates and adds an object to the end of the . + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree panel of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree row of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent tree row of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a tree panel row element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the parent tree panel of this . + + + + + Gets the parent row of this . + + + + + Gets the level of this . + + + + + Gets the button to change the expanded state for this . + + + + + Gets the checkbox for this . + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded state value for this . + + + + + Gets the collection of child rows for this . + + + + + Returns a collection with this row, all of its child rows, and all of the child rows of child rows. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a button instance for property. + + + + + Returns a checkbox instance for property. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with icon for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the for the expanded state of the row. + + + + + Gets the for the collapsed state of the row. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with checkbox for . + + + + + Event raised when checked/unchecked + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the for the checked state of the checkBox. + + + + + Gets the for the unchecked state of the checkBox. + + + + + + + + + + + Updates icon element + + + + + Base class for all object that contain child elements. + + + This class extends and implements the property. + This class acts like a static canvas. It has no layout logic other than sizing itself to fit its children. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + object used to measure and render this . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Abstract class for elements that display text or images. + + Derived classes should override method to + provide the content (text, images, formatted values). + + This class does not have child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets the value represented by this . + + Object to be rendered as this element's content. + + The value is an object that the class can measure and render, usually a string, + an , or an object. + + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + The is a layout panel, that layouts children elements to the left, right, top, bottom or center of the panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Adds child element with the specified option. + + The to add. + The option to use for the added child element. + + + + Changes the option for the specified child element. + + The to change. + The new option to use. + + + + Returns the option used for the specified child element. + + The child to check. + The new option used for the specified child element. + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Interface implemented by WinForms controls hosted in X elements. + + + This interface allows the control to manage WinForms controls + contained in C1.Framework elements. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that this is hosting. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's current bounds. + + + + + Interface implemented by Elements that want to display tooltips when seen + in an XView. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that appears as a ToolTip for this . + + + + + Interface implemented by elements that can process mnemonics. + + + + + Method that gets called when the user presses the hot key that corresponds to this . + + True if the hot key was handled by the element, false otherwise. + + + + Base class for all elements, handles layout and styles. Instances of this + class have no content and no children. + + Elements with content (and no children) derive from . + + Elements with children derive from . + + This class doesn't do much by itself except call virtual methods that can + be overridden in derived classes. It can draw a background and borders with + no content, so it can be used to implement things like bars and spacers. + + It is designed to be very light-weight, since typical documents may create + thousands of these. Additional elements should be added to not-so-common derived + classes. + + + + + Flags that represent the state of an . + + + + + Element should be laid out before it is rendered. + + + + + Element is visible. + + + + + The width of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The height of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The element is enabled and may receive mouse and keyboard messages. + + + + + The element recognizes mouse messages. + + + + + The element recognizes keyboard messages. + + + + + The element should display a focus rectangle when it has the focus. + + + + + The element can receive the focus when the tab key is pressed. + + + + + The mouse is over the element. + + + + + The mouse is over the element and the left button is pressed. + + + + + The Hot state does not propagate automatically to the parent element. + + + + + Flow child elements in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Used for international applications where the language is written from right to left. + + + + + Indicates if the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Indicates if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Flags that represent the line-breaking behavior caused by an element when it is contained + in a paragraph. + + + + + The element does not cause line breaks. + + + + + Insert line breaks before the element. + + + + + Insert line breaks after the element. + + + + + The parent . + + + + + The that defines the position of the within its parent. + + + + + The object that defines the appearance of this . + + + + + An value that defines the behavior of this . + + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + + + + Gets the element's parent, or null if this is the root element. + + + + + Gets the element's top-level parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style object used to render this Element. + + + + + Gets the element's style, or a default style if the element doesn't have one. + This never returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is visible. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is enabled (can receive mouse and keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is hit-testable (receives mouse messages). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is focusable (receives keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element can currently receive the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should display a focus rectangle when it has focus. + + + + + Sets the focus to the host control and to this within the host control. + + True if the focus was set successfully. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this or one of its children has the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Hot style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Pressed style. + + + + + Gets or sets the element's bounds (size and location) within its parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the element. + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + Whether to return the element's outer bounds or content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle to the ancestor's content area. + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + Client rectangle, in pixels. + This discounts margins, borders, and padding. + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Element height. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Adjusts the location of this element by the specified amount. + + Offset in the horizontal direction. + Offset in the vertical direction. + + + + Gets a value that indicates this element needs to be laid out. + + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + Whether ContentElements (e.g. elements without children, such as + , ) also need to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + + + + Gets the portion of the element that renders below the baseline. + Usually non-zero only for text elements, depends on font. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Gets a list of child elements. + + + The base class always returns null; panel elements should be based on . + + + + + Gets a value that indicates the element has a non-empty collection. + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Lays out this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Perform layout using host control's object. + + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Render this element's content (no children). + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle to render into. + + + + Returns the element at a given point. + + Point to check. + The element at the point. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + Type of element we're looking for. + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Returns the scroll origin (override to implement non-scrolling areas). + + + + + + Determines whether this element is a child of another element. + + Parent element to investigate. + True if contains this element. + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + Whether to repaint the host control immediately after invalidation. + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Handles MouseWheel events. + + that contains the event data. + True if the event was handled by this element, false otherwise. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse moves over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user double-clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the element is about to lose focus. + + + + + + Called by the host control after the element has been validated. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + Key that was pressed and needs to be checked. + true if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a character key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface with the specified style. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Gets a that covers only the borders (hollow, used to renders the borders). + + the of the rendered . + the bounds of the rendered . + the border of the rendered . + + + + + Executes TextRenderer.DrawText. Do not use it in any way other than as protected. + + + + + Gets the value specifying whether element size is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element width is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element height is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets an from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the image. + An stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Gets a from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the bitmap. + A stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Finds the that is represented by a given hot key. + + to search (including all its children). + Hot key to search for. + The that is represented by the given hot key. + + + + Computes the location of the specified screen point into client coordinates. + + The screen coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in client coordinates. + + + + Computes the location of the specified client point into screen coordinates. + + The client coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in screen coordinates. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the is currently being displayed. + + + Returns if has no . + + + + + Scales the instance uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The style for scaling. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Contains a list of Elements that belong to a parent element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified owning element. + + The which owns this list. + + + + Gets a reference to the that owns this . + + + + + Adjusts the location of all objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Adjusts the location of some objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + Index of the first to be offset. + Number of elements to offset. + + + + Called when elements are added or removed from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the element to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new object in the list. + + + + Inserts an at a specified index. + + Index where the will be inserted. + to add to the list. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the list at the specified index. + + Index where the elements will be inserted. + whose elements will be inserted. + + + + Removes the at the specified index from the list. + + The index of the to remove. + + + + Removes a range of elements from the list. + + Index of the first element to remove from the list. + Number of elements to remove. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + Index where the reversal should start. + Number of elements to reverse. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + + + + Removes all elements from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the last on the list. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and orientation. + + The object to use. + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the of the specified orientation. + + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Specifies the value to use for layout children. + + + + + Represents a base drop down form for the drop down control. + + + + + The popup form on the top (if any exist). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner drop down control. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, + with Esc key or using the CloseForm method, and implicit cancellation + (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + This flag is True when we should not close the popup Form from the Deactivate event. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicates that can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating if the drop down form has a shadow displayed. + + + + + This flag is set when the user clicks the drop-down button in menu while this drop-down is already open. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If true, the form will not be closed when the user clicks some item on this form or on a child form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that hosted on this dropd down form. + + + + + Gets the drop-down owner. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Prepares location of drop down form. + + + The overridden method may return 'true' to avoid further processing. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Refreshes bounds of the drop down form. + + + + + Returns the initial size for drop down form. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Closes the drop down form. + + + + + Closes this and all child dropdown forms. + + + + + Handles a click on an item on a dropdown form. + + + + + Returns a parent form of the drop down control. + + + + + Applies the align to the dropdown form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Hides all the popped up forms till the specified parent form. + + + + + Don't pass 'this' in the formToBeActivated parameter + + + + + Represents the methods, events and properties of drop down from. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that form can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the form has been disposed of. + + + + + Applies the style to drop down form. + + Style of drop down form. + DPI of parent control. + + + + Closes the form. + + + + + Closes the drop down form and activates the parent form. + + + + + Opens the drop down form at the top of other windows. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets a value that determines the alignment of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets a distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the right-to-left mode value for the owner dropdown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating that the dropdown form closes itself and all child forms. + + + + + Gets the dropdown form. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to stick the drop-down form to the side border. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Returns the that has input focus then the is true. + + + + + Handles the DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Handles the DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Fires when item was clicked on dropdown form. + + + + + Represents extended the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Alignment of the drop-down portion of the drop down control. + + + + + Use the default alignment rules. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its left side. + + + + + The drop down form is centered. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its right side. + + + + + This class is an accessor for getting and setting elements at intersections + of grid rows and columns. The actual elements are stored in the rows. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The owning element. + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Gets or sets the displayed in this grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of rows that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of columns that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Keeps track of column widths and positions + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + GridColumn collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridColumn objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Return the reference to the owning grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the grid column to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a grid with rows and columns. + At each intersection there is a cell object that contains an element. + Cells may span rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns and style settings. + + The object to use. + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns. + + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Returns the object displayed in the specified row and column. + + The row number. + The column number. + The object. + If the object with specified row and column numbers doesn't exist when this property is called, it is created. + Also this property call migh create missing rows and columns if required. + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value, specifying size in pixels of empty space between adjucent grid cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all columns should have the same width. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all rows should have the same height. + + + + + Keeps track of row heights and positions, stores cells in Children member. + + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Creates the object with the specified column index. + + The column number. + + + + + Returns the value specifying the index of this row in the owning grid. + + + + + GridRow collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridRow objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the row to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds a to the list. + + The to add to the list. + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + Adds a new to the list. + + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + + + + + + Element that displays an . + + Alignment and scaling are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image and style options. + + The object to use. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image. + + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object to show. + + + + + The content of this element is the image. + + + + + + No descent for images. + + + + + that displays paragraphs. + + + This class is a panel that wraps and aligns its child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically into a single line. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation and style options. + + The object to use. + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation. + + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which child elements are stacked. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Encapsulates a Brush for painting background. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush obtained from the method should be disposed after use. + + + + + Returns a brush for the specified rectangle. + + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Class that encapsulates objects used to paint element backgrounds. + It exposes properties that can be used to create and serialize , + , and objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the for this . + + + + + Gets or sets whether gamma correction is applied to the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the main color (used when is set to None). + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color (used when is set to a value other than None). + + + + + Gets or sets the used to create the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a object that may be something other than a . + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush should be disposed after use. + + + + + Gets an updated that can be used to fill a given . + + Rectangle used to build the gradient brush if the + property is set to a value other than None. + A that can be used to paint an element's background. + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Gets a clone of this . + + A clone of this . + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + The object is converted to a string with the following format: + [p1],[f1];[p2],[f2];...;[pn],[fn] + Where the 'pi' are positions between 0 and 1 along the blend line and + 'fi' are factors between 0 and 1 that correspond to the amount of the + secondary color in the blend. + The positions must be increasing, and the last one must be 1. + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + These are some simple blend strings: + "0,0;1,1": default blend, starting with color1 (0,0) and finishing with color2 (1,1). + "0,1;1,0": reverse blend, starting with color2 (1,0) and finishing with color1 (0,1). + "0,0;.5,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 halfway, then back to color1. + "0,0;.1,1;.9,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 at 10%, continues with color2 up to 90%, then switches back to color1. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + + + Class that stores colors for individual border edges. + + + In most cases, borders have a single color and this class is not used at all. + If the members of this class are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified + colors are used to paint over specific edges. + This class paints the borders with a bevel so they line up at the corners, but + it does not handle corners at all, so only rectangular elements can have multi-colored + borders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that owns the new instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets a value that determines if colors have been specified for any of the edges. + + + + + Gets a clone of this object. + + A clone of this object. + + + + Returns true if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + This is important when handling persistence and comparing to the default value. + + to compare to this object. + True if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + + Serves as a hash function for a object. + + An integer that serves as a hash function for a object. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + border thickness. + brush which should be used for left border. + brush which should be used for right border. + brush which should be used for top border. + brush which should be used for bottom border. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns this object. + + + + + Notifies the owner that this object has changed. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + + + Represents corners associated with a user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of the left top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the left bottom corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right bottom corner, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of all corners, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left bottom corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right bottom corner. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Swaps corners for RightToLeft layout. + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Specifies the background gradient mode. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Specifies the text direction (horizontal or vertical). + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + + Specifies flags for the style. + + + + + No special flags. + + + + + Add a page break before this element. + + + + + Add a page break after this element. + + + + + Enables or disables the text font decorations, such as Underline or Strikeout. + + + + + No changes to font style. + + + + + Enables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Disables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Enables the Underline effect. + + + + + Disables the Underline effect. + + + + + Provides data for a dynamic style. + + + + + The default empty dynamic style. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + The parent style object. + + + + Gets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets the style owner object, such as XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the right-to-left mode is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Underline or Strikeout effects should be used or not used when drawing the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + The class contains display attributes that + determine the appearance of content on the screen/printer. + It includes most elements found in Css styles. + The class also contains methods for rendering + and measuring content (strings and images) based on the style settings + (fonts, margins, etc). + The objects are not hierarchical in the sense + that they don't have parent styles and don't inherit attributes + from the parent style. To create a new style based on an existing one, + you would clone the original style, then apply whatever attributes + you want to the new style. + The objects are hierarchical in the sense that + two style attributes ( and ) don't + need to be set. If these attributes are not set, they are inherited, + but not from a parent object. Rather, these attributes + are inherited from the parent UI object. + This type of inheritance make it easy to define a font on + a associated with a parent UI object and have that + font be automatically applied to all UI objects contained in the parent. + By contrast, a attribute is not explicitly inherited. + Instead, the parent UI object paints its client area with a brush, + and child UI objects have a transparent background by default, + so the parent background shows through by default. Other attributes such + as alignment, margins, padding, etc are also not inherited. + + + + + The size of shadow. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The name of the new object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The owner object for the new . + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style is locked and cannot be modified. + + + This property is useful when you want to prevent code from accidentally + modifying 'stock' styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to paint text within the element. + + + If this property is set to null, the text will be painted using the font + specified by the parent element's font. + + + + + Gets the part of the font below the baseline. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the text within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the border around the element. + + + + + Gets object that defines the colors used to paint each edge of the borders. + + + Normally, this property is empty, and the border is drawn using the color specified by the + property. + If any of the members of this property are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified color + is used to paint the specific border. + This property is only applicable if the are set to zero. + + + + + Gets or sets the radii of the element corners. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the margins around the element. + + + + + Returns margins which honor current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text content should be clipped to the element area. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text bounding rectangle should include padding. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the vertical direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be aligned within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be scaled within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be allowed to wrap within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how to trim characters that do not fit in the space available. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string used to convert the element value into a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation for the first text element. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between child elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the style width (set to -1 to use the default width). + + + + + Gets or sets the style height (set to -1 to use the default height). + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that should be displayed when the mouse is over elements with this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining how to display hot keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which text is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be rendered from right to left, such as in Arabic or Hebrew. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the value of Style.RightToLeft property must be applied to Element. + + This property can be set when reading css styles from dir attribute. + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot and pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the display as block or inline of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style includes a shadow. + + + + + Gets a reference to the default style. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient background in percentage units. + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color used to build the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to apply gamma correction to the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the style flags. + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (DrawString). + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (TextRenderer). + + + + + Forces the dynamic style to freeze. + + + + + "Frozen" dynamic style. + + + + + Gets the owner object, such an XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the background image can be flipped for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be flipped horizontally for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns back image padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element border is an ellipse (for the dynamic styles only). + + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + A height to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Inflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to inflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + A height to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Deflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to deflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical + to the current (except for the property, + which is always false for clones). + + The copy of the current . + + + + Copies all attributes from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between this method and is that Clone returns a new + object, while Copy modifies the attributes in an existing style. + + + + + Copies attributes set to non-default values from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between and Merge is that Merge will not copy + attributes that are set to their default values in the . + + + + + Converts value to string according to property value. + + A value to convert. + The string value of the current instance. + + + + Releases all resources. + + + + + Fires when any elements of the change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets whether this style or any of its sub-styles has a shadow. + + True if style or its sub-styles have shadow; False otherwise. + + + + Returns if specified brush is a or otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns new if specified color is not or null otherwise. + + + + + + + Class that contains a keyed collection of objects and methods + to serialize the styles into Xml files and streams. + + + The Theme class is a named/keyed collection of objects. + The class is designed to be used as a base class for components that need + to add custom elements to themes in addition to a style collection. + Inheritors should override the following methods: + + // specify the name of the component that will use this theme + protected virtual string ComponentType + + // save component-specific elements to xml + protected virtual void WriteCustomData(XmlWriter writer) + + // load component-specific elements from xml + protected virtual void ReadCustomData(XmlNode node) + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Name of the new theme. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the theme name (e.g. "RedMoon"); + + + + + Saves a collection of themes into an Xml file. + + Array containing objects. + Name of the Xml file where the themes will be saved. + + Use the method to load the saved themes. + + + + + Loads a collection of themes from an Xml file. + + Name of the Xml file that contains the themes. + An array containing the themes loaded from the file. + + Use this method to load themes saved with the method. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the theme definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme definition. + + + + Writes this into an Xml file. + + Name of the file where the theme will be saved. + + + + Writes this into an Xml . + + where the theme will be saved. + + + + Reads this from an Xml file. + + File that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml . + + that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml string. + + String that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the component that owns the theme + (e.g., "C1Schedule", "C1Calendar" or "C1Ribbon"). + + + + + Writes component-specific data into the theme. + + where custom theme data is saved. + + Derived classes should override this method to save any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Reads component-specific theme data. + + that contains the theme data. + + Derived classes should override this method to read any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Saves an image into the Xml output stream. + + that contains the theme definition. + Name of the node where the image will be stored. + that will be saved in the stream. + + The default implementation keeps a list of the images that have been saved. If any + images are saved more than once, only the index is stored for the repeated instances. + For example: + + SaveImage(writer, "MyImageProperty", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAgain", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAndAgain", img); + + [MyImageProperty]base64data[/MyImageProperty] + [MyImagePropertyAgain index="0"/] + [MyImagePropertyAndAgain index="0"/] + + + + + + Loads an image from the Xml stream. + + that contains the image information. + An object. + + The first instance of each image is stored as node data (base 64-encoded). When this + instance is loaded for the first time, the image is stored in an internal image list. + Subsequent instances of the same image are not stored in the node as binary data; + an "index" attribute is used instead that specifies the index of the image in the + internal image collection. + + + + + Styles are indexed by style name. + + Collection member. + Style name (must be unique within collection). + + + + Saves a into an . + + that will receive the style data. + that will be saved. + List of images whose indices will be saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being saved. + + To save space, the following rules apply: + Properties of the main style are saved only if they are set to values different from the default. + Properties of substyles (hot, pressed, etc) are saved only if they are different from the main style. + Images are saved in a separate list, and only references are saved in the styles. + + + + + Loads a from an . + + that contains the style data. + List of images whose indices were saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being loaded. + + + + + Represents padding, border or margin information associated with a + user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the top edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the right edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the bottom edge, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left and right edges, in pixels. + Thickness of the top and bottom edges, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of all edges, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the left edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the top edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the right edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the bottom edge. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the top and bottom edges. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the right and left edges. + + + + + Inflates the current by the specified values. + + The inflate size for vertical edges. + The inflate size for horizontal edges. + The new . + + + + Inflates the current by the specified size. + + The size. + The new . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Swaps the values of the Left and Right properties. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Element that displays a string. + + Alignment and formatting are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style and contents. + + used to measure and render the , + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style. + + used to measure and render the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given text. + + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of an empty . + + + + + Gets or sets the string displayed by this . + + + + + Gets the string represented by this . + + The string represented by this . + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Class with static methods used for enumerating and retrieving application + resources. + + + + + Returns all images from the entry assembly. + + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Returns all images from the specified assembly. + + An to load images from. + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the specified assembly. + + An to load resource from. + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Decodes an image from a base-64-encoded string. + + String that contains the encoded image data. + The encoded in the string. + + + + Element that displays a simple value (numbers, dates, etc). + + The element's is responsible for formatting the value + (with ). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value and style settings. + + The object to use. + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. + + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value. + + + + + Specifies how to scale (or flow) the element to fit the pages. + + + + + Render element as it appears on the screen. + + + + + Scale element so its width fits on a page. + + + + + Scale element to fit on a single page. + + + + + Flow element to fit the available page width. + + + + + Class that extends to print objects. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of host control for C1Framwork elements. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets the element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Causes the control to redraw the invalidated regions within its client area. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Defines an abstract base class for controls that support auto-scrolling behavior. + + + + + Initializes the properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme scroll bars. + + + The theme scroll bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the document. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should scroll as the user drags the scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining + the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when + the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Override this method to get notifications when the control scrolls. + + + + + + This property is used to set the scroll page size. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + This method is used to set the scroll rectangle. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + + + + Handles scroll messages. + + + + + + This member overrides . + Override this method to account for scrollbars size. + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether th Control supported rtl scroll or not. + + + + + Gets a value determining behavior of scroll in rtl mode. + + + + + Gets the state of vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the state of scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to move a scroll bar in response to + a small scroll command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether control shows scroll bars. + + + + + Retrieves the specified scroll bar range. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll position of the specified scroll bar. + + The int value of scroll bar + + + + + Gets the immediate position of the specified scroll box that the user is dragging. + + + + + + + Sets the position of the specified scroll bar. + + + Specifies the new position of the scroll box. + The position must be within the scrolling range. + The previous position of the scroll box indicates success. + Zero indicates failure + + + + Changes horizontal scroll position if needed. Uses for support RTL. + + + + + Specifies how the XView control should size the element it contains. + + + + + No autosizing. + + + + + Auto size element by client area width. + + + + + Auto size element by client area height. + + + + + Auto size element by client area size. + + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + The control has an property that gets or + sets the element to be displayed. + + The control is responsible for displaying the element, providing + scrolling, and routing mouse and keyboard events to the hosted element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets or sets how the should resize the hosted element to match its size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should show draw a focus rectangle around + the element with focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that controls anti-aliasing. + + + + + Gets or sets the that controls text rendering quality. + + + + + Creates a object for the control. + + A object for the control. + + The object returned by this method reflects the current + settings for the and + properties. + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks whether a given element is in the main element's scrolling area. + + to check. + True if the whole element is within the main element's scrolling area. + + The main element's scrolling area is the area below and to the right of the point + returned by the method. + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Scrolls a given element into view. + + Element to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given point into view. + + Point to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given rectangle into view. + + Rectangle to scroll into view. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The left to be scaled. + The top to be scaled. + The right to be scaled. + The bottom to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Occurs when an external C1SuperTooltip is attached or detached. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a collection of public components contained in this control. + This is used by the XViewDesigner designer. + + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or + a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns True if the mouse pointer is inside the XView control. + + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Gets the element that hosted the . + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the scroll rectangle. + + Amount to scroll in the x direction, in pixels. + Amount to scroll in the y direction, in pixels. + + + + + + + + + + + Element that serves as an interface between the host IXView control and the content elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Calls methods to rescale of the element tree when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Control that hosts control. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + Indicates whether the method call comes from a Dispose method or from a finalizer. + + + + Gets the that this control is hosting. + + + + + Initializes the hosted in this control. + + Uses to override the default . + + + Uses to override IsInputKey(Control, Keys) when this control uses as children of other control. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.GotFocus event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Update bounds of hosted controls. + + + + + Remove all controls that belong to elements which have either become invisible or now belong to a different owner from the Controls collection. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Handle the tab key by moving the focus to the next focusable element. + + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + Render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Gets scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + + + + + + Message filter to detect mouse events while the popUp is shown and + close the form when a mouse click outside the popUp occurs. + + + + + Checks the message loop for mouse messages while the popUp is displayed. + If one is detected the position is checked to see if it is outside the form, + in which case the owner is notified. + + + + + The default word-break rules are used. Words usually are not break or are break only in places + where the break is explicitly specified (for example, using the <br> tag). + + + + + Line wrap is added automatically so that the word fits within the specified block width. + The value does not work for Chinese, Korean, Japanese or Arabic text. + + + + + Does not allow word-break in Chinese, Korean, or Japanese. + For other languages, it acts as 'Normal'. + + + + + Adds a StyleAttribute to a table based on a name and value. + + + + + Class that represents Html DIV tags. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted after + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + True if a line break should be inserted after the given element. + + + + Gets the amount of space, in pixels, to be added between two elements. + + Element above the space. + Element below the space. + Amount of space, in pixels, to be added between the two elements. + + + + Adds a string with a given style to this paragraph. + + used to render the new string. + String to add to this paragraph. + Indicates if the text element can be wrapped to new line. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Like a , but with an adjustable base line offset + (for implementing sub/super scripts) + + + + + Class that represents a generic Html . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + The value of the width of html content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content. + + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Gets or sets the value determining location of the html content to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the html content to display. + + + + + Clears all content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether to show hotkey prefix. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether content should be downloaded at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets the containing image cache. + + + + + Get the value specifying whether the current element contains animated images. + + + + + Selects the image frame with the specified index. + + The frame index. + + + + Class that represents HTML 'FONT' tags. + + + + + Extends Element to provide a horizontal rule across the document. + + + + + Class that represents HTML 'A' tags. + + + + + Invisible elements inserted in the HTML stream to delimit hyperlinks. + To use this, the viewer should handle the MouseDown event, use HitTest to + find the element clicked, then scan the Children collection to determine + whether the click was on a link and what the link parameters are. + + + + + Represents an HTML 'img' tag. + + + + + REVIEW: Replace with 2-column table? + The current setup works but makes the document dirty when it renders... + + + + + Class that represents an item in an ordered or unordered list. + + + + + Utility class with static methods used for loading (and caching) + text and images from the web, from disk, or from app resources. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML form. + + + + + Input types. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML input (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML text area (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML select (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + + The main method in this class is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + The main method is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Helper class used for measuring and rendering HTML. + + + + + Gsts or sets a right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in pixels. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The graphics device context handler. + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + The right-to-left layout. + + + + Gets element width in pixels. + + + + + Gets element height in pixels. + + + + + Gets a metafile image of a piece of the document. + + The rectangle of a image. + The offset of the frame. + The frame bottom calculated value. + The metafile image of a piece of the document. + + + + Represents an HTML span. + + + + + Class that represents some spans. + + + + + HtmlTable derives from HtmlDiv and contains a single GridPanel, exposed by + the property. + HtmlTable does not derive directly from GridPanel for two reasons: + 1) To allow horizontal alignment of the table within the paragraph, and + 2) Because this is simpler than using an interface and different parent classes. + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + + Utility class for reading/writing XML. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Icon objects to and from various other representations. + + The allows to initialize new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Provides a user interface that can edit collection of elements at design time. + + The allows to add new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Creates a new instance of the class using the specified collection type. + + The type of the collection for this editor to edit. + + + + Represents a list of designers names for design-time. + + + + + Represents a list of editors names for design-time. + + + + + Provides various tool methods for design time. + + + + + Determines if the debugger is running for the specified IDesignerHost. + + + + + Determines whether code is executing inside Visual Studio designer. + + + + + Provides base methods used to measure and render text. + + + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with . + + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI. + + + + + Gets the corresponding to the specified . + + The text layout information. + If true, the text is displayed from right to left. + The display and layout information for text strings. + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI plus. + + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + The interface implemented by the control extended by a super tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips. + + + + + Editor for class. + + + + + Represents a label that shows static information on a form. + + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a control. + + + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superLabel + c1superLabel.AutoSize = true; + c1superLabel.Text = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + + // attach event handler + c1superLabel.LinkClicked += new C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventHandler(c1superLabel_LinkClicked); + // ... + + void c1superLabel_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands (&) are used to indicate the next character is a hot key. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content. + + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the rows in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the width needed + to display the cell with the widest content: + + int GetMaximumCellWidth(int col) + { + // maximum width is unknown + int maxWidth = -1; + + // scan all rows to find the widest content + for (int row = 0; row < _flex.Rows.Count; row++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure width needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _superLabel.Measure().Width; + + // save maximum width + if (width > maxWidth) + maxWidth = width; + } + return maxWidth; + } + + + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content using specified . + + used to measure. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Measures the height of the control content when rendered with a given width. + + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the columns in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the height needed + to display the cell with the tallest content: + + int GetMaximumCellHeight(int row) + { + // maximum height is unknown + int maxHeight = -1; + + // scan all columns to find the tallest content + for (int col = 0; col < _flex.Cols.Count; col++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure height needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _flex.Cols[col].WidthDisplay; + int height = _superLabel.Measure(width).Height; + + // save maximum height + if (height > maxHeight) + maxHeight = height; + } + return maxHeight; + } + + + + + + Measures the height of the control content using specified when rendered with a given width. + + used to measure. + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Draws the control content into a given object. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + + The example below uses the DrawToGraphics method to render Html in a C1FlexGrid control. + Grid cells containing text that starts with an <html> tag are rendered as Html. Other cells are + rendered by the grid as usual. + + void _flex_OwnerDrawCell(object sender, OwnerDrawCellEventArgs e) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(e.Row, e.Col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // set label back color and content + _superLabel.BackColor = e.Style.BackColor; + _superLabel.Text = text; + + // draw the Html into grid cell + _superLabel.DrawToGraphics(e.Graphics, e.Bounds); + + // cell has been drawn + e.Handled = true; + } + } + + + + + + Draws an HTML string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects, + starting at a given offset within the string. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + Offset of the first line to draw (usually the return value of a previous call to DrawStringHtml). + The offset of the first line that was not printed because it did not fit in the specified rectangle, or the value of + if the entire string was rendered. By default zero. + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Update internal style when RightToLeft property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + True if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the value of the property changes. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. + + + + + Releases resources used by the component + + True to release all resources; false to release unmanaged resources only. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Recreates HTML element using the specified style and UseMnemonic value, + re-parses the text. + + The style to apply. + + + + Parses the Text property into Html. + + + + + Handles auto-sizing when necessary. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event. + + Object that fired the event. + object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that was pressed on the link. + Value of the link's HREF attribute. + Value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + Gets the button that was clicked on the link. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's HREF attribute. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + + Specifies a background gradient for the ToolTip. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies under what conditions the tooltip will remain visible + if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + + + + + The tooltip never remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Control key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Alt key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Shift key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip always remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible while the mouse cursor is hovered over it. + + + + + Represents a pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose + when the mouse hovers over the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a component. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating under what conditions the tooltip will remain + visible if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + Period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible can be set using + the property. + + + This property works only if is true. Otherwise, + the Control behaves as if the property is set to a value . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is currently active. + + + This property allows you to enable or disable the display of + text for all controls that have text specified in this particular C1SuperTooltip. + More than one C1SuperTooltip can be created and assigned to a form; setting the + Active property to false only affects the specified C1SuperTooltip. + You can allow users to set the value of this property in a form that provides + application options to provide the ability for the user to enable or disable the display + of C1SuperTooltips in your application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip follows the cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic delay for the . + + + The AutomaticDelay property enables you to set a single delay value which + is then used to set the values of the , , + and properties. Each time the AutomaticDelay property is set, + the following values are set by default. + AutoPopDelay: 10 times the AutomaticDelay property value. + InitialDelay: Equal to the AutomaticDelay property value. + ReshowDelay: 1/5 of the AutomaticDelay property value. + These properties can also be set independently once the AutomaticDelay property has been set. + For more information, see the , , and + properties. This property is typically used to provide a consistent + delay pattern for your windows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip should display ToolTipText of Microsoft's ListView items or Microsoft's DataGridView cells. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (10 * ). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default ( / 5). + + + + Gets or sets the period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible if the + mouse pointer is stationary within a control. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + window is displayed when the mouse pointer is over a control. For example, if you display + extensive help in a C1SuperTooltip window, you can increase the value of this property + to ensure that the user has sufficient time to read the text. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your C1SuperTooltip windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property + sets the AutoPopDelay, , and + properties to initial values based on a single value. Every time the + property is set, the AutoPopDelay property is set to 10 times the AutomaticDelay + property value. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently + set the AutoPopDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a window is displayed even + when its parent control is not active. + + + + This property enables you to display a C1SuperTooltip window even when the container + of the tooltip is not active. + + You can use this feature in a modeless window application to enable C1SuperTooltip + windows to be displayed regardless of which modeless window is active. This feature is also + useful when creating a control using the UserControl that contains a number of + controls that display tooltips. Since the UserControl is often not the active + window on a form, setting this property to true enables the controls within the + UserControl to display windows at any time. + + + + + + Gets or sets the time that passes before the tooltip appears. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + waits before displaying a tooltip window. If the value of the + property is set to a value that is too long in duration, the user of your application + may not know that your application provides C1SuperTooltip help. You can use this + property to ensure that the user has tooltips displayed quickly by shortening the time + specified. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , , and InitialDelay properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of time that must transpire before subsequent windows appear + as the mouse pointer moves from one control to another. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the C1SuperTooltip + waits before displaying a tooltip window after a previous tooltip window is displayed. + The first time a tooltip window is displayed the value of the + property is used to determine the delay to apply before initially showing the tooltip + window. When a tooltip window is currently being displayed and the user moves the cursor + to another control that displays a tooltip window, the value of the + property is used before showing the tooltip for the new control. The tooltip window from + the previous control must still be displayed in order for the delay specified in the + ReshowDelay property to be used; otherwise the property + value is used. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , ReshowDelay, and properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified component. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified control. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified . + + + + + Removes all tooltip text currently associated with the component. + + + You can use this method to remove all tooltip text that is associated with the + component. To disable the display of text instead of removing all + tooltip text from the C1SuperTooltip control, use the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the default font used to display the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a solid border. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the color of the border drawn around the tooltip when the property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip is shown in a balloon shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window has rounded corners. + + + This property has no effect if is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands in the text should be hidden. + + + Ampersands should be encoded in HTML as '&amp;' or '&#38;'. + Ampersands that are not properly encoded will not be hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether a fade effect should be used when displaying the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient for the tooltips. + + + When the BackgroundGradient is set to a value other than none, the gradient + is used instead of the image specified by the property. + If you want to use a gradient different from the built-in ones, create an image + and assign it to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the tooltips. + + + The displays Html text. If the tip contains a lot + of text without Html tags that cause line breaks (such as <br> or <p> + for example), then the text will not wrap and the tooltip window may be too wide. + Use this property to force text to wrap within the tooltip so it fits in the + given width, even without Html line break tags. + Values less than or equal to zero disable the property and cause the tip text + to wrap only at the specified Html break tags. + + The code below forces all super tooltips to be less than or equal to 200 pixels + wide. + + c1SuperTooltip1.MaximumWidth = 200; + + + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of the tooltips. + + + This property should be set to a value between zero (totally transparent) + and one (totally opaque). + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the tooltip can be clicked. + + + This property is set to false by default, so the tooltip is invisible to + the mouse. All mouse events are passed on to the control under the tooltip. + Set this property to true if you want to add clickable areas to the tooltip, + such as hyperlinks. In this case, the tooltip becomes visible to the mouse handles + the mouse events itself instead of passing them to the control under the tooltip. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the tooltip should be displayed in right-to-left mode. + + + + + Fires before the is displayed. + + + This event allows you to modify the location of the tooltip (by adjusting the + parameter), or to prevent the tooltip from being displayed (by setting the parameter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a . + + + By default, tooltips are invisible to the mouse and therefore cannot be clicked. + You must set the property is to true in order to make the + tooltip visible to the mouse (and clickable). + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superTooltip + c1superTooltip.HitTestVisible = true; + var tipText = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + c1superTooltip.SetToolTip(someControl, tipText); + + // attach event handler + c1superTooltip.LinkClicked += c1superTooltip_LinkClicked; + // ... + + void c1superTooltip_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified control. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + The that the is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified . + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + that the tooltip is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS ListViewItem placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS ListView control. + MS ListViewItem ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS DataGridView placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS DataGridView control. + MS DataGridView Cell ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + If Cell ToolTipText is empty then column ToolTipText will be assumed as Cell ToolTipText. + TopLeftHeaderCell, row HeaderCell or column HeaderCell ToolTipText also can be obtained. + + + + + Returns value specifying that there is currently opened hit testable tooltip window and Ctrl key is pressed. + + If this property returns true, tooltip should not be closed on mouse movements. + + + + Proxy control to allow adding tooltips to ToolStripItems. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event. + + object that fired the event. + that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + that contains the tooltip. + that contains the tooltip text. + that specifies the top left corner of the tooltip. + String that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + Gets a reference to the that contains the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text and location. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text. + + + The can be used to display information about controls + or ToolStrip items. If the tooltip is displaying information about a control, then this property + returns null. If it is displaying information about a , then + this property returns a reference to that item. + + + + + Gets or sets the location where the tooltip will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Popup control that shows the tooltip content + + + + + Collection of images to be displayed in or + components. + + + + + String containing all common image extensions, used as a filter for an open file dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Component that owns the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + String used to retrieve the image from the collection. + to add to the collection. + + + + Adds all images in an component to the collection. + + component that contains the images to add to the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the with the specified key . + + String that identifies the . + The with the specified key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + String that identifies the . + True if the collection contains an associated with the given key, false otherwise. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the index of the with a given key. + + String that identifies the . + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Entry in a . + + + Each entry contains an and its associated . + Entries may be retrieved from the collection by index or by key. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + Image associated with the key. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image from the . + + The key value is not case-sensitive. + + + + in the . + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + used to persist objects. + + + This converter causes Visual Studio to persist the type in code-behind, which is version-neutral. + Without this, the objects would be persisted as binary resources, + along with their specific version, so upgrading the component version would break projects + created with previous versions. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object can be converted to a specified data type. + + The context. + The data type. + True if the conversion is supported, false otherwise. + + + + Converts the object into the specified data type. + + The context. + The culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + + Defines the interface for properties and methods to C1SuperErrorProvider component. + + + + + Sets the error description text for the specified control. + + The control to set the error description text for. + The error description text. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the parent control for this . + + + + + Allows to redefine default end user localize options for property, field or class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Defines the list of properties that should be localized. + + + + + Defines a list of members of control that should be excluded from localization. + Currently used only AddControlToResources application for automatically generating + control resources. + + + + + If true then class, property or field will be not displayed for + enduser localization. + + + + + Gets the description of string that will be displayed in the + end user localizer in design-time. + + + + + Gets or sets type providing string used to localize . + + + + + Gets or sets resource key containing localized string for . + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + Argument for formatDescription parameter. + + + + Returns localized description text if it is available or default value + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific category. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Looks up the localized name of the specified category. + + The identifer for the category to look up. + The localized name of the category, or null if a localized name does not exist. + + + + The utility class which handles localization tasks. + + + + + Returns ResourceStream for "official" resources + that provided only by C1, typicallly those resources contains + design-time strings. + Those resources can be only in main control assembly like C1.C1Preview.2.dll + and name of resource should have following format: + CulturePrefix.StringsTypeName + for example: + ja.C1.C1Preview.Design.DesignStrings.resx + + + + + + + + + Searches for standard resources which looks like BlaBla.Strings.CultureName.resx, + like C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.zh.resx or C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.resx etc. + Ensures that resource is not *C1* built-in resource, i.e. its name DOES NOT HAVE format + like + CultureName.BlaBla.Strings.resx, otherwise bug can occur if entry assembly + have C1 builtin resources as in case of C1 executables like C1ThemeDesigner or C1FlexReportDesigner. + For example C1ThemeDesigner have ja.C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx resource + and this resource *SHOULD BE IGNORED* if resouceName is "C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx" and + cultureName is "" (invariant). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the parent of the CultureInfo passed in. Differs from ci.Parent + in that while ci can be equal to ci.Parent, this method it never returns + the passed ci itself, rather it would return null. + Also this function has special handling for chinese culture. + Under NET2 it returns "zh" culture name for + neutral "zh-Hans" and "zh-Hant" chinese cultures, under + NET2 "zh" is not exists. + + The culture name to get parent for. + The parent of the culture info, or null. + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Gets the "Warning" string. + + + + + Gets the "Question" string. + + + + + Gets the "None" string. + + + + + Gets the "Error" string. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings for the root group. + + + + + Gets the "overwrite a readonly file?" format string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "errors while saving resources" format string. + + + + + Contains strings designer strings. + + + + + Gets the "All" string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localizer can be used under MS Visual Studio only." string. + + + + + Contains localizer strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localize..." string. + + + + + Gets the "Culture [{0}] already added to the current translation." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Exception occurs during loading strings from resource file:\r{0}\rException message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Gets the "The translation has been changed, save?" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select product to translate" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select project to store translation" string. + + + + + Gets the "Resource image with name [{0}] is not found." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Invariant culture" string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} culture to delete, there are {1} strings of this culture. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} cultures to delete, there are {1} strings of these cultures. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't create the [{0}] folder in the project.\rError message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Contains the open translation dialog strings. + + + + + Gets the "Solution '{0}'" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't build list of cultures" string. + + + + + Represents a localization . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The designed component. + The component designer. + + + + Returns the list of associated action items. + + The list containing the "Localize" item. + + + + Performs localizaion. + + + + + Performs localizaion. + + The designer to localize. + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + if set to true invert horizontal scrolling handling. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is use. + + + true if use; otherwise, false. + + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + if set to true [force horizontal scroll bar]. + + + + Resets the scroll bars style. + + + + + Returns true if the vertical scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Returns true if the horizontal scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Gets the width of the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets the height of the horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of scroll bars to display for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Sets the size of the scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Handles NcCalcSize message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcHitTest message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Draws scrollbars in the non-client area of the control. + + The handle to the device context. + + + + Handles NcMouseHover message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles MouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseLeave message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcLButtonDown message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles LButtonUp message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border. + + + + + In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + + + In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In a title bar. + + + + + In a client area. + + + + + In a Close button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + + + In a Help button. + + + + + In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a menu. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). + + + + + In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + + + In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + + + In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + + + In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + + + In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + + + In the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + Values to pass to the GetDCEx method. + + + DCX_WINDOW: Returns a DC that corresponds to the window rectangle rather + than the client rectangle. + + + DCX_CACHE: Returns a DC from the cache, rather than the OWNDC or CLASSDC + window. Essentially overrides CS_OWNDC and CS_CLASSDC. + + + DCX_NORESETATTRS: Does not reset the attributes of this DC to the + default attributes when this DC is released. + + + DCX_CLIPCHILDREN: Excludes the visible regions of all child windows + below the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_CLIPSIBLINGS: Excludes the visible regions of all sibling windows + above the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_PARENTCLIP: Uses the visible region of the parent window. The + parent's WS_CLIPCHILDREN and CS_PARENTDC style bits are ignored. The origin is + set to the upper-left corner of the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_EXCLUDERGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is excluded + from the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_INTERSECTRGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is + intersected with the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_EXCLUDEUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_LOCKWINDOWUPDATE: Allows drawing even if there is a LockWindowUpdate + call in effect that would otherwise exclude this window. Used for drawing during + tracking. + + + DCX_VALIDATE When specified with DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE, causes the DC to + be completely validated. Using this function with both DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE and + DCX_VALIDATE is identical to using the BeginPaint function. + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + + + Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + + + Hides the window. + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or repositioned. + + + Retains the current position (ignores the x and y parameters). + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Displays the window. + + + + The services requested. This member can be a combination of the following values. + + + + + The caller wants to cancel a prior tracking request. The caller should also specify the type of tracking that it wants to cancel. For example, to cancel hover tracking, the caller must pass the TME_CANCEL and TME_HOVER flags. + + + + + The caller wants hover notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSEHOVER message. + If the caller requests hover tracking while hover tracking is already active, the hover timer will be reset. + This flag is ignored if the mouse pointer is not over the specified window or area. + + + + + The caller wants leave notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSELEAVE message. If the mouse is not over the specified window or area, a leave notification is generated immediately and no further tracking is performed. + + + + + The caller wants hover and leave notification for the nonclient areas. Notification is delivered as WM_NCMOUSEHOVER and WM_NCMOUSELEAVE messages. + + + + + The function fills in the structure instead of treating it as a tracking request. The structure is filled such that had that structure been passed to TrackMouseEvent, it would generate the current tracking. The only anomaly is that the hover time-out returned is always the actual time-out and not HOVER_DEFAULT, if HOVER_DEFAULT was specified during the original TrackMouseEvent request. + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets objects used to paint backgrounds. + + + + + Gets the new object that matches the current style if it is possible. + + + + + Applies style to destination object if it is possible. + + destination style. + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + Specified style. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + static class helping to work with BackgroundBrushProvider + + + + + Copies properties of the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + the target BackgroundBrushProvider. + the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + + + Base style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the root directory in C1Theme. + + + + + Gets theme provider of the current theme. + + + + + Resets style to it default value according to the applied theme. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + Resets to this value if can't reset automatically. + + + + Gets a style that contains the default values for current style. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + Applied C1Theme + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + specified style. + + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical to the current + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the style is default. + + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Gets the current C1Theme. + + + + + Gets an empty theme. + + + + + Gets the default theme. + + + + + Gets the current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets owner control. + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the current theme is updating now. Deny events until the end of the operation. + + + + + Start editing the current theme. + + + + + Stop editing the current theme. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + C1Theme to apply. + + + + Creates a new instance of an current empty theme. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties. Represents non-public styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Add auto property only for public real properties. + Non-public properties shuold be added manually as "props" of the constructor, + in case this is styled properties. + + + Non-public auto properties greatly affects performance. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets collection owner. + + + + + Gets top owner of the collection. + + + + + Start editing the collection. + + + + + Stop editing the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection contains a property with the specified name. + + Specified property name. + True if property exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the a specified property is initialized. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Gets value of the specified styled property. + + Styled property name. + Styled property value. + + + + + + Tries to get value of the specified styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if success. + + + + Gets value of the styled property with the specified type. + + + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + + + Gets the parent collection. If some properties are reset or not initialized, + the collection will search for them from the parent. + + + + + + Completely resets specified property (make it uninitialized, initialization required after that). + + Specified property name. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The exception that is thrown when trying to use uninitialized . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + Gets the name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + + A property with this attribute will be excluded from the styled properties + when default constructor is used. + + + + + Contains information about styled property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Property name. + Property type. + + + + Gets property type. + + + + + Gets property name. + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to C1Framework's ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Stores the scroll bar element styles. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Restores the scroll bar element styles. + + + + + Applies the scroll bar element styles. + + The scroll bar element. + if set to true [clone]. + + + + Assembly helper routines. + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns targeted .NET version for the specified control's assembly. + + Assembly + String containing .NET version, e.g. 4.8. + + + + Utility class for binary serialization. + + + + + Converts an image into the base 64 string. + + The image to convert. + The string representation, in base 64, of the contents of an image. + + + + Converts the specified string, which encodes binary data as base-64 digits into the object. + + The string to convert. + The image. + + + + Saves an image into the specified . + + that will receive the object data. + An image to write. + + + + Loads an image from the specified . + + A which contains the object data. + The image. + + + + Helper class for scaling coordinates and images according to DPI scaling. + + + + + Default DPI value. + + + + + Gets the DPI value set in Windows for the primary screen. + + + + + Scales a int value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a int value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales the instance to the dpi. + + The style for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a logical bitmap value to it's equivalent device unit value. + + The bitmap to scale. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the vertical scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the horizontal scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the width of the horizontal scroll bar arrow bitmap in pixels for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default size, in pixels, of the border for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Provides a method for replacing colors in the source image + with the specified new colors in the destination image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Black in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace White in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Blue in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + + Copies the source image to the destination image with replacing colors. + + The source image using Format32bppArgb as pixel format. + The destination image using Format32bppPArgb as pixel format. + The width of the source and destination images. + The height of the source and destination images. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Helper class extends structure. + + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction around specified point. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The X coordinate of the point. + The Y coordinate of the point. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether specified Color value represents + some "visible" value, for example, this function returns false for + transparent color. + + + + + + + Returns true if two colors are equal. + + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has BBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has AABBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Represents transformation matrix. + + + + + Gets the identity matrix. + + The identity matrix. + + + + Element (1,1) + + + + + Element (1,2) + + + + + Element (2,1) + + + + + Element (2,2) + + + + + Element (3,1) + + + + + Element (3,2) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The value to assign at row 1 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 1 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 2 of the matrix. + + + + Returns string representation of this instance. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an identity matrix. + + + true if this instance is an identity matrix; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The original point to apply the transformation. + The result of the transformation for the input point. + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The x coordinate of the point. + The y coordinate of the point. + The result of the transformation for the point. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter, + returns the resulting matrix in the output parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Represents an ordered pair of double X and Y coordinates that defines a point + in a two-dimensional plane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal position of the point. + The vertical position of the point. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current to a human readable string. + + A string that represents the current structure. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + double coordinates to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating + the values of the Point object. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Offsets the current structure by the specified values. + + The horizontal offset. + The vertical offset. + + + + Converts the current structure to a . + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current is empty. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores a set of four double values that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The location (coordinates of the top left corner) of the rectangle. + The size of the rectangle. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle. + The Y coordinate of the top side of the rectangle. + The width of the rectangle. + The height of the rectangle. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure that is exactly + large enough to contain the two specified points. + + + + The first point that the new rectangle must contain. + The second point that the new rectangle must contain. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Deflates the current by the specified amounts provided as . + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the specified rectangle is entirely contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is completely contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a point specified by its coordinates is contained within the current . + + The X coordinate of the point to test. + The Y coordinate of the point to test. + true if the specified point is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Inflates the current by the specified amounts on four sides. + + The amount to add on the left. + The amount to add at the top. + The amount to add on the right. + The amount to add on the bottom. + + + + Inflates the current by a specified . + + The to inflate the current rectangle by. + + + + Inflates the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The amount to add on the left and right of the current . + The amount to add at the top and bottom of the current . + + + + Replaces the current structure with the intersection + of itself and another . + + The to intersect the current one with. + + + + Tests whether the current intersects with another. + + The to test. + true if the current intersects with , false otherwise. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The horizontal offset to apply. + The vertical offset to apply. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by horizontal and vertical amounts specified by a . + + The specifying the horizontal and vertical offsets to apply. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Creates a structure based on the coordinates + of its top-left and bottom-right corners. + + The X coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The X coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure from another RectangleD, + inflated by the specified amounts vertically and horizontally. + + The a copy of which is created and inflated. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle horizontally. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle vertically. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the intersection + of two RectangleD structures. + (The intersection may be empty, in which case is returned.) + + The first to intersect. + The second to intersect. + The newly created structure. + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + The rectangle to adjust. + Amount to offset the location. + The adjusted rectangle. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the smallest possible + rectangle containing the two specified rectangles. + + The first to combine. + The second to combine. + The newly created structure. + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the left edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the top edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the right edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the bottom edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the current structure. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the and + properties of the current structure have zero values. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores an ordered pair of double values, typically the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal component of the . + The vertical component of the . + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + width and height to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating the + width and height to integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal component of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical component of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether of the current has zero and . + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Describes the thickness of a frame around a rectangle. Four double + values describe the , , + , and sides + of the rectangle, respectively. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Initializes a structure that has the specified + uniform length on each side. + + The uniform length applied to all four sides of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Initializes a Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure that has specific lengths + (supplied as a System.Double) applied to each side of the rectangle. + + The thickness for the left side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the upper side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the right side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the lower side of the rectangle. + + + + Compares two structures for inequality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are not equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the value of two structures for equality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the lower side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the left side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the right side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the upper side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another System.Object + for equality. + + The object to compare. + true if the two objects are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another + structure for equality. + + An instance of to compare for equality. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance of . + + + + Returns the string representation of the structure. + + A string that represents the value. + + + + UI Automation extension + + + + + Raises UIA common event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA property-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA structure-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Converts Rectangle to array of double. + + Rectangle value + array of double values + + + + Converts Rectangle to Windows.Rect. + + Rectangle value + Rect value + + + + Converts Windows.Rect to Rectangle. + + Windows.Rect value + Rectangle value + + + + Defines a key/value pair that can be set or retrieved. + + The type of the key. + The type of the value. + + + + Gets the key in the key/value pair. + + + + + Gets the value in the key/value pair. + + + + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Represents a generic collection of key/value pairs that provides notifications when items get added, removed, + changed or when the whole list is refreshed. + + The type of keys in the dictionary. + The type of values in the dictionary. + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the . + + The object to use as the key of the element to add. + The object to use as the value of the element to add. + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + + + + Determines whether the contains an element with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + true if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + true if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if key was not found + in the original . + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + The key whose value to get. + When this method returns, the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, + the default value for the type of the value parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + true if the object that implements contains an element with the specified key; + otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an containing the values in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + The element with the specified key. + + + + + + + Occurs when a item value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + + Gets a changed item. + + + + + Defines events and methods for integration with the C1RulesManager control. + + + + + Fires after any data change notifications. + + + + + Occurs when you need to format the contents of an item to display. + + + + + Called when conditional formatting has been changed and view need to be redrawn. + + + + + Gets a names of fields. + + + + + Gets a count of data items. + + + + + Returns the value of the specified item. + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + + Represents item conditional formatting style. + + + + + Text font style. + + + + + Alignment of the text. + + + + + Cell icon. + + + + + Text color. + + + + + Text background color. + + + + + Cell border color. + + + + + Represents a Histogram. + + + + + Contains data for the conditional formatting event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the formatted cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the index of the item to be formatted. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the current field of the formatted element. + + + + + Specialized TextBox used to edit HTML content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Override to change the default. + + + + + Insert a span tag around the current selection. + + Tag to insert (e.g. "b", "i"). + + + + Insert a list at the selection. + + True to insert a numbered list, false to insert a bullet list. + + + + Insert an image at the selection. + + Name of the image to insert. + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperLabel contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner label. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of label text. + + + + + + + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner label properties. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperTooltip contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Updates images in the Images collection and PreviewLabel control. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + When overridden saves the current settings of the tooltip to an internal array. + + + + + When overridden restores the previous tooltip settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner tooltip. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of tooltip text. + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner tooltip properties. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents methods for the embedded editor. + + + If you want to use a third-party editor, consider creating a derived class + and implementing this interface. + + + + + Initializes the editor content and styles. + + The data that should be displayed in the editor. + The dictionary for customizing the appearance and behavior of the editor. + Supported keys: + + + AcceptEscape + + + + AcceptReturn + + + + AcceptTab + + + + DataType + + + + Format + + + + HorizontalAlignment + + + + Margins + or + + + MaxLength + + + + ReadOnly + + + + VerticalAlignment + + + + WordWrap + + + + + + + + Gets the current value of the editor. + + The current value of the editor (any data type). + + + + Gets a value that determines if the editor's current contents are valid. + + True if the editor currently has valid content. + + + + Updates the editor's size and position. + + The bounds of the cell being edited, in client coordinates. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a given key should finalize editing. + + Key to be tested. + True if the key should finish the edits and close the editor. + + If this method returns true, the grid copies the editor value to the cell and + exits edit mode. The key is then processed by the grid (unless the e.Handled + parameter is set to true). + For example, pressing the down arrow typically causes the grid to exit edit + mode and move the cursor to the next row. + The default handler returns true for the TAB, ENTER, and ESC keys. + It also handles the arrow keys for editors based on TextBox, ComboBox, + and DateTimePicker controls. + + + + + Sets the format string used to display the value when the control is in edit mode. + + format string uses standard .NET format specifies. + + + + Gets the editor style, which determines the type of button that is displayed in + the cell before and during editing (DropDown, Modal, or None). + + + The default handler returns DropDown for ComboBoxes, DateTimePickers, and + UpDown controls. It returns None for other control types. + The UITypeEditorEditStyle enumeration is defined in the System.Drawing.Design + namespace. The available settings are DropDown, Modal, and None. + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Describes arguments for the event fired periodically by a potentially + long operation. Allows to provide feedback to the user and may also + allow to cancel the operation. + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with default + properties (Complete=0, CanCancel=false). + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete value and CanCancel=false. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete and CanCancel values. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified CanCancel value and Complete=0. + + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Gets the approximate completed ratio, from 0 (0% complete) to 1 (100% complete). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the event handler can cancel the current long operation + by setting the property to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current long operation + should be cancelled. (This property is ignored if is false.) + + + + + Represents a method that can handle a long operation event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A control that mimics the horizontal scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1HScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the vertical scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1VScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the standard scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1ScrollBar. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the style object with constants, brushes, colors, and glyphs. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating whether this is a vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the scrollbar should be drawn using the system style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether moving from one state to another should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by a mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Resets the width or height of a C1ScrollBar to its default value. + + + + + Paints the scrollbar. + + + + + Raises the VisibleChanged event. + + + + + Handles the size of scrollbar is changed. + + + + + Raises the EnabledChanged event. + + + + + Raises the RightToLeftChanged event. + + + + + Returns the bounds to use when the scrollbar is scaled by a specified amount. + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Raises the MouseMove event. + + + + + Use internal only for theming support. + + The new theme to be applied. + + + + Applies a C1Theme to the scrollBar. + + + + + A customizable set of appearance settings. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the set of named integer constants. + + + + + Gets the set of named brushes. + + + + + Gets the set of named colors. + + + + + Gets the set of named glyphs. + + + + + Occurs when a is changed. + + + + + Maintains performance while is being changed. + + + + + Resumes processing after it has been suspended by a call to . + + + + + Loads a predefined theme into the object. + + + + + Represents the set of integer constants that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets an integer value associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known brushes that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets a Color for the case of a solid brush. + + + + + Sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Sets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Gets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known colors that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Pen associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known glyphs that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets an image associated with the specified . + + + + + Updates the image associated with the specified + and determines whether the new image can be disposed from this + , i.e. the glyph set owns the image. + + + + + Returns a glyph image that is drawn using the specified foreground color. + + + + + Returns the size of the specified glyph image. + + + + + Named style constants of System.Int32 type. + + + + + Named style brushes. + + + + + Named style colors. + + + + + Named style glyphs. + + + + + Implements the extrapolation of a manipulation's position and orientation. + + + + + Represents a 2D manipulator at an instant in time. + + + + + The unique ID for this manipulator. + + + + + The x-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + The y-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + Creates a new Manipulator object with the specified properties. + + + + + Implements a multiple-input, single-output compositor for two-dimensional (2-D) transformations. + + + + + Implemented by an area of the Control that needs to receive touch notifications. + + + + + Executes before a new manipulation starts. + + + You can update mp.Configuration from this method. + + + + + Executes when the next manipulation occurs, including the inertia. + + + + + Represents the possible affine two-dimensional (2-D) manipulations. + + + + + No manipulations. + + + + + A translation in the x-axis. + + + + + A translation in the y-axis. + + + + + A translation in the x and/or y axes. + + + + + A scale in both directions. + + + + + A rotation. + + + + + All available manipulations. + + + + + Represents a result of the touch manipulation. + + + + + Gets the parameters of the touch interaction. + + + + + Gets the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the new x-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the new y-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Indicates the start of an interaction. + + + + + Indicates if the interaction has triggered inertia. + + + + + Indicates the end of an interaction (including inertia). + + + + + Indicates if the panning feedback offset is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the horizontal end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the vertical end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Specifies parameters for the manipulation and inertia processors. + + + + + Gets or sets the current set of supported manipulations. + + + + + Indicates that motions off the primary axis of motion are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the displacement before applying rails. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the translation deceleration of an inertia processor, in DIPs per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the angular deceleration of an inertia processor, in radians per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum radius, in DIPs, necessary for a manipulator to participate in scaling and rotation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control shows a visual cue when a user + reaches the end of a pannable area. + + + To enable panning feedback you should update the OverpanOffsetX + and OverpanOffsetY properties of the TouchOutput object in the + ITouchDestination.ProceedInteraction() method. + + + + + Indicates whether the control positioning reset should incorporate + a smooth animation after showing panning feedback. Set this + property to false if the original position of the control needs + to be restored immediately. + + + + + Represents the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the translation along the x-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the translation along the y-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the scale factor. + + + + + Gets the amount of expansion, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the amount of rotation, in radians. + + + + + Represents a delegate that hit-tests touch destinations. + + + + + Provides data for touch events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a TouchEventArgs. + + + + + Gets the contact's X coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Gets the contact's Y coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Provides data for the QueryStatus event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a QueryStatusEventArgs. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the event came from the stylus pen. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the press and hold (right-click) gesture is supported. + + + + + Accepts input from a touch device. + + + + + Indicates if the Windows Touch Technology is available on this platform. + + + + + Indicates if the application is running on Windows 8 or upper OS. + + + + + Indicates that the system is not drawing the cursor because the user + is providing input through touch or pen instead of the mouse. + + + This property always returns false on Windows 7. + + + + + Indicates whether cursor is hidden because the end-user uses touch or pen instead of mouse. + + True is cursor is visible; False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the timestamp in 100-nanosecond units. + + + + + Creates an instance of TouchProcessor for the given control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible displacement allowable for a tap, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable duration for a tap, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the animation timer should be created for processing inertia (true by default). + + + Call the ProcessTimerTick method for processing inertia when this property is set to False. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the touch processor is enabled. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the inertia is currently processed. + + + + + Occurs before processing any manipulations from touch device. + + + + + Occurs before the control starts processing input from + touch device or pen at the given point. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control. + + + + + Occurs if the user taps the control but the touch duration + exceeded MaxTapDuration or the touch point was moved. + + + + + Occurs as a result of the Press and Hold action. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control twice. + + + + + Sets the dots per inch (DPI) for the touch processor. + + Specifies the horizontal DPI of the touch processor. + Specifies the vertical DPI of the touch processor. + + + + Processes touch-related Windows messages. + + + It must be executed from the owner control's WndProc() method. + + The Message to process. + + Returns true if the message is handled and the owner control's + WndProc() shouldn't call base.WndProc(). + + + + + Tries to guess whether the mouse event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + The Point in client coordinates passed as Location to + the mouse event. + + + The optional timestamp of the check. + + + + + Tries to guess whether the scroll event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + + + Processes inertia animation for the specified timestamp. + + + + + Forces to complete the currently running manipulations for the given destination. + + + + + Forces all currently running manipulations to complete. + + + + + Parses the specified string into a collection of path segments. + + A containing path data. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if and contains relative coordinate values, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is an opportunity to transform the brush. + + specified brush. + + + + + Transformation the brush. + + specified brush to transform. + new brush rectangle. + the angle of rotation. + whether the brush should be mirrored horizontally. + whether the brush should be mirrored vertically. + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.6.Design.Client.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.6.Design.Client.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06d4fa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.6.Design.Client.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.6.Design.Protocol.Client.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.6.Design.Protocol.Client.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c686199 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.6.Design.Protocol.Client.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.6.Design.Protocol.Server.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.6.Design.Protocol.Server.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2c78c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.6.Design.Protocol.Server.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.6.Design.Server.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.6.Design.Server.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d8205d Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.6.Design.Server.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/ja/C1.Win.6.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/ja/C1.Win.6.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb0a317 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net6.0/ja/C1.Win.6.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/C1.Win.8.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/C1.Win.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cffbec6 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/C1.Win.8.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/C1.Win.8.xml b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/C1.Win.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e3ec0e --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/C1.Win.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28930 @@ + + + + C1.Win.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + ILicenseData{C1Product} _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Represents range of character codes. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + Adding character. + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + The first character code. + The last character code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether is high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is high code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is low code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The character for test. + true if is low code of surrogate character, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Whether is pair of surrogate characters. + The text as character's array for test. + The index of array. + true if is pair of surrogate characters, otherwise false. + + + Convert surrogate pair to UTF32 code. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert text's character (maybe with surrogate pairs) to UTF32 code. + The text string for test. + The index of text. + The UTF32 code. + + + Convert form code point to text. + The code point value. + The text as one or two characters. + + + The begin code of character. + + + The end code of character. + + + + Represents collection of unique objects. + All CodeRange objects within collection not intersect and sorted + by First field. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds object to current without any check, typically used during deserialization. + + to add. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the array of chars contained in this list of code ranges. + + Array of char + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection + contains all characters from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + + + + + + Unique identifier of font in various font + processing algorithms of C1Preview: + - font substitution + - font embedding + + + + Bold constant. + + + Italic constant. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets name of the font. + + + + + Gets flags of the font. + + + + + Gets bold flag of the font. + + + + + Gets italic flag of the font. + + + + + Gets style of the font. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The glyph metrics for the font subset. + + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets character for metrics. + + + Gets or sets glyph index. + + + Gets or sets glyph width. + + + Gets empty flag for this structure. + + + Gets empty glyph metrics. + + + Provides additional information on the glyph. + + + + No additional info. + + + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a code point run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + + + Non-joining glyph form that does not join on either side. + + + + + Right-joining glyph form. + + + + + Left-joining glyph form. + + + + + Dual-joining (medial) glyph form that joins on both left and right. + + + + + Mask for testing Arabic joining glyph forms. + + + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + + + The baseline used by simple alphabetic scripts such as Latin, Cyrillic and Greek. + + + + + The baseline used by ideographic characters. + + + + + The baseline about which mathematical characters are centered. + + + + + The hanging baseline from which syllables seem to hang in Tibetan and other scripts. + + + + + The bit mask for the baseline values. + + + + + Unclassified or Component glyph. + + + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + + The bit mask for determining glyph class. + + + + + The glyph is not visible and has no advance. + + + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + + + Contains index of the glyph and its mapping to the corresponding code point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Caches the GSUB or GPOS LangSysTable. + + + References the next glyph in a sequence. + + + References the previous glyph in a sequence. + + + Index of the first code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Index of the last code point in the glyph cluster. + + + Number of additional code points. + + + First glyph with non-empty ExitAnchor in a sequence. + + + The base glyph or ligature for a mark glyph. + + + Ligature glyph ID for the attached mark glyph. + + + Index of the ligature component for a mark glyph. + + + Index of the font glyph (glyphID), maybe 0. + + + Glyph advance width (for horizontal direction) or height (for vertical direction). + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Various glyph flags. + + + Specifies the resolved bidi level of the glyph. + + + Gets a value indicating if the glyph should appear from right to left. + + + Indicates that the glyph is the start of a cluster. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GSUB glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of a GPOS glyph run. + + + Indicates if the glyph is at the start of the new GPOS context. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear upright with vertical reading direction. + + + Indicates if the glyph should appear rotated 90 or -90 degrees. + + + Prevents glyph kerning when its reading direction is unnatural. + + + Indicates if an inline object should appear instead of the glyph. + + + Indicates if the glyph represents a tabulation character. + + + Indicates if the character tabulation has additional alignment options. + + + Base glyph class (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph class (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph class (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + + The font object for build subsets. + + + + Indicates that this is a special font like Windings etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + + Returns true if current font contains glyph for character with specified code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets width of the glyph index from font data. + + The glyph index. + Gets width of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the height of the specified glyph, in FUnits. + + The glyph index. + Gets height of the glyph index. + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The high code (Unicode) of surrogate character. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Gets the metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + The code (Unicode) of character. + The vertical mapping flag. + The metrics for a character (code, glyph index, width). + + + + Counts the number of chars in that do have + corresponding glyphs in this font. + + + + + + + Returns true if current FontSubSetBase object can show + all chars in specified string excluding control chars (chars for that char.IsControl() == true). + + + + + + + Gets the char for the glyph index. + + The glyph index. + Returns character for glyph index. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + + Measure text for this font subset. + + The text string. + Whether using a vertical font. + Output calculated width of the text. + Output calculated height of the text. + Output calculated widths for each character. + The default width of some character. + If calculated then return true, otherwise false. + + + Gets code points count for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets code points for shaping/ + + + Gets cluster map for shaping/ + + + Calculates the new capacity of the internal buffers based on the required capacity. + + + + Initializes the array of CodePointFlags elements for the given code points. + + + + Resolves characters with ambiguous East Asian width to either narrow or wide. + The source and destination array of CodePointFlags elements. + Number of code points. + + + Initializes the array of BidiClass elements for the given code points. + + + Initializes the array of ScriptCode elements for the given code points. + + + Resolves the Inherited, Common, and Unknown script codes, if possible. + The source and destination array of ScriptCode elements. + Number of UTF-32 code points in the analyzed range. + + + Converts ScriptCode elements to ScriptTag elements. + + + + Calculates "panse index" (panoseIndex) and count of chars that can be displayed by fss. + panoseIndex represents difference between + current FontSubSetBase object and fss object. + Minimal number defines minimal difference, i.e. 0 means that current FontSubSetBase object and fss very similar. + -1 means that fss can not be used as alternative for current object to display s. + + + + + + + + + Search best alternative for text in font subset array. + + The text for substitution. + The font subset list. + The index of best alternative font (font subset). + + + + Calculate diff panose index. + + + + + + + Gets "original" font name that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" font style that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Bold that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets "original" Font.Italic that was specified when FontSubSetBase object was requested. + + + + + Gets font name that was read from font's data, see also . + + + + + Gets font family name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create GDI and GDI+ fonts. + + + + + Gets base font name that was read from font's data, this property should be used + to create PDF fonts. + + + + + Gets family class. + + + + + Gets or sets font key (font identifier). + + + + + Gets Font.Bold that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets Font.Italic that was read form font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can embed as font's data. + + + + + Gets flag that this font must obfuscate. + + + + + Gets flag that this font can use as subset of the font's data. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating that this object + invalid (error occurs during getting font's data) and can not be used. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font object. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font name. + The bold flag of the font. + The italic flag of the font. + The object. + + + + Create object using font name and styles. + + The font key object. + The object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + + + + Sets already exist object to cache. + + The exist object. + The exist object. + + + + Font name information from the font subset. + + + + + The platform identifier. + + + + + The platform encoding code (identifier). + + + + + The language identifier. + + + + + The text name of the font or font family. + + + + + False is the name is empty, true otherwise. + + + + Contains information for vertical or horizontal text, and can contain kerning values or minimum values. + + + Number of kerning pairs. + + + The left-hand glyph and the right-hand glyph in the kerning pairs: (leftGlyphID << 16) | rightGlyphID. + + + The kerning value for the above pair, in FUnits. + + If this value is greater than zero, the characters will be moved apart. If this value is less than zero, the character will be moved closer together. + + + + If set, the table has horizontal data, if not set, it has vertical data. + + + If set, the table has minimum values, if not set, the table has kerning values. + + + If set, kerning is perpendicular to the flow of the text. + + + If set, the value in this table should replace the value currently being accumulated. + + + Returns the index of a given key pair, or -1. + + + Identifies language-system features used to render the glyphs in a script. + + + Identifies the language system. + + + Index of a feature required for this language system, -1 if no required features. + + + Array of indices into the FeatureList. + + + Contains script and language-system data. + + + Identifies the script. + + + Defines the set of features that regulate the default behavior of the script. + + + All language systems (excluding the default) that use the script. + + + Сlass values for the GlyphClassDef table. + + + The class zero for unclassified glyphs. + + + Base glyph (single character, spacing glyph). + + + Ligature glyph (multiple character, spacing glyph). + + + Mark glyph (non-spacing combining glyph). + + + Component glyph (part of single character, spacing glyph). + + + Identifies features providing information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Unknown feature (not applicable). + + + Access All Alternates + + + Above-base Forms + + + Above-base Mark Positioning + + + Above-base Substitutions + + + Alternative Fractions + + + Akhands + + + Below-base Forms + + + Below-base Mark Positioning + + + Below-base Substitutions + + + Contextual Alternates + + + Case-Sensitive Forms + + + Glyph Composition / Decomposition + + + Conjunct Form After Ro + + + Conjunct Forms + + + Contextual Ligatures + + + Centered CJK Punctuation + + + Capital Spacing + + + Contextual Swash + + + Cursive Positioning + + + Character Variant 1 + + + Character Variant 2 + + + Character Variant 3 + + + Character Variant 4 + + + Character Variant 5 + + + Character Variant 6 + + + Character Variant 7 + + + Character Variant 8 + + + Character Variant 9 + + + Character Variant 10 + + + Character Variant 11 + + + Character Variant 12 + + + Character Variant 13 + + + Character Variant 14 + + + Character Variant 15 + + + Character Variant 16 + + + Character Variant 17 + + + Character Variant 18 + + + Character Variant 19 + + + Character Variant 20 + + + Character Variant 21 + + + Character Variant 22 + + + Character Variant 23 + + + Character Variant 24 + + + Character Variant 25 + + + Character Variant 26 + + + Character Variant 27 + + + Character Variant 28 + + + Character Variant 29 + + + Character Variant 30 + + + Character Variant 31 + + + Character Variant 32 + + + Character Variant 33 + + + Character Variant 34 + + + Character Variant 35 + + + Character Variant 36 + + + Character Variant 37 + + + Character Variant 38 + + + Character Variant 39 + + + Character Variant 40 + + + Character Variant 41 + + + Character Variant 42 + + + Character Variant 43 + + + Character Variant 44 + + + Character Variant 45 + + + Character Variant 46 + + + Character Variant 47 + + + Character Variant 48 + + + Character Variant 49 + + + Character Variant 50 + + + Character Variant 51 + + + Character Variant 52 + + + Character Variant 53 + + + Character Variant 54 + + + Character Variant 55 + + + Character Variant 56 + + + Character Variant 57 + + + Character Variant 58 + + + Character Variant 59 + + + Character Variant 60 + + + Character Variant 61 + + + Character Variant 62 + + + Character Variant 63 + + + Character Variant 64 + + + Character Variant 65 + + + Character Variant 66 + + + Character Variant 67 + + + Character Variant 68 + + + Character Variant 69 + + + Character Variant 70 + + + Character Variant 71 + + + Character Variant 72 + + + Character Variant 73 + + + Character Variant 74 + + + Character Variant 75 + + + Character Variant 76 + + + Character Variant 77 + + + Character Variant 78 + + + Character Variant 79 + + + Character Variant 80 + + + Character Variant 81 + + + Character Variant 82 + + + Character Variant 83 + + + Character Variant 84 + + + Character Variant 85 + + + Character Variant 86 + + + Character Variant 87 + + + Character Variant 88 + + + Character Variant 89 + + + Character Variant 90 + + + Character Variant 91 + + + Character Variant 92 + + + Character Variant 93 + + + Character Variant 94 + + + Character Variant 95 + + + Character Variant 96 + + + Character Variant 97 + + + Character Variant 98 + + + Character Variant 99 + + + Petite Capitals From Capitals + + + Small Capitals From Capitals + + + Distances + + + Discretionary Ligatures + + + Denominators + + + Dotless Forms + + + Expert Forms + + + Final Glyph on Line Alternates + + + Terminal Forms #2 + + + Terminal Forms #3 + + + Terminal Forms + + + Flattened accent forms + + + Fractions + + + Full Widths + + + Half Forms + + + Halant Forms + + + Alternate Half Widths + + + Historical Forms + + + Horizontal Kana Alternates + + + Historical Ligatures + + + Hangul + + + Hojo Kanji Forms (JIS X 0212-1990 Kanji Forms) + + + Half Widths + + + Initial Forms + + + Isolated Forms + + + Italics + + + Justification Alternates + + + JIS78 Forms + + + JIS83 Forms + + + JIS90 Forms + + + JIS2004 Forms + + + Kerning + + + Left Bounds + + + Standard Ligatures + + + Leading Jamo Forms + + + Lining Figures + + + Localized Forms + + + Left-to-right alternates + + + Left-to-right mirrored forms + + + Mark Positioning + + + Medial Forms #2 + + + Medial Forms + + + Mathematical Greek + + + Mark to Mark Positioning + + + Mark Positioning via Substitution + + + Alternate Annotation Forms + + + NLC Kanji Forms + + + Nukta Forms + + + Numerators + + + Oldstyle Figures + + + Optical Bounds + + + Ordinals + + + Ornaments + + + Proportional Alternate Widths + + + Petite Capitals + + + Proportional Kana + + + Proportional Figures + + + Pre-Base Forms + + + Pre-base Substitutions + + + Post-base Forms + + + Post-base Substitutions + + + Proportional Widths + + + Quarter Widths + + + Randomize + + + Required Contextual Alternates + + + Rakar Forms + + + Required Ligatures + + + Reph Forms + + + Right Bounds + + + Right-to-left alternates + + + Right-to-left mirrored forms + + + Ruby Notation Forms + + + Required Variation Alternates + + + Stylistic Alternates + + + Scientific Inferiors + + + Optical size + + + Small Capitals + + + Simplified Forms + + + Stylistic Set 1 + + + Stylistic Set 2 + + + Stylistic Set 3 + + + Stylistic Set 4 + + + Stylistic Set 5 + + + Stylistic Set 6 + + + Stylistic Set 7 + + + Stylistic Set 8 + + + Stylistic Set 9 + + + Stylistic Set 10 + + + Stylistic Set 11 + + + Stylistic Set 12 + + + Stylistic Set 13 + + + Stylistic Set 14 + + + Stylistic Set 15 + + + Stylistic Set 16 + + + Stylistic Set 17 + + + Stylistic Set 18 + + + Stylistic Set 19 + + + Stylistic Set 20 + + + Math script style alternates + + + Stretching Glyph Decomposition + + + Subscript + + + Superscript + + + Swash + + + Titling + + + Trailing Jamo Forms + + + Traditional Name Forms + + + Tabular Figures + + + Traditional Forms + + + Third Widths + + + Unicase + + + Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vattu Variants + + + Vertical Writing + + + Alternate Vertical Half Metrics + + + Vowel Jamo Forms + + + Vertical Kana Alternates + + + Vertical Kerning + + + Proportional Alternate Vertical Metrics + + + Vertical Alternates and Rotation + + + Vertical Alternates for Rotation + + + Slashed Zero + + + Language system tags identify the language systems supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system tag. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Identifies the language system supported in a OpenType font. + + + + Default language system. + + + + + Abaza + + + + + Abkhazian + + + + + Acholi + + + + + Achi + + + + + Adyghe + + + + + Afrikaans + + + + + Afar + + + + + Agaw + + + + + Aiton + + + + + Akan + + + + + Alsatian + + + + + Altai + + + + + Amharic + + + + + Anglo-Saxon + + + + + Phonetic transcription - Americanist conventions + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Aragonese + + + + + Aari + + + + + Rakhine + + + + + Assamese + + + + + Asturian + + + + + Athapaskan + + + + + Avar + + + + + Awadhi + + + + + Aymara + + + + + Torki + + + + + Azerbaijani + + + + + Badaga + + + + + Banda + + + + + Baghelkhandi + + + + + Balkar + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bavarian + + + + + Baulé + + + + + Batak Toba + + + + + Berber + + + + + Bench + + + + + Bible Cree + + + + + Bandjalang + + + + + Belarusian + + + + + Bemba + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Haryanvi + + + + + Bagri + + + + + Bulgarian + + + + + Bhili + + + + + Bhojpuri + + + + + Bikol + + + + + Bilen + + + + + Bislama + + + + + Kanauji + + + + + Blackfoot + + + + + Baluchi + + + + + Pa'o Karen + + + + + Balante + + + + + Balti + + + + + Bambara (Bamanankan) + + + + + Bamileke + + + + + Bosnian + + + + + Bishnupriya Manipuri + + + + + Breton + + + + + Brahui + + + + + Braj Bhasha + + + + + Burmese + + + + + Bodo + + + + + Bashkir + + + + + Burushaski + + + + + Beti + + + + + Batak Simalungun + + + + + Bugis + + + + + Medumba + + + + + Kaqchikel + + + + + Catalan + + + + + Zamboanga Chavacano + + + + + Cebuano + + + + + Chechen + + + + + Chaha Gurage + + + + + Chattisgarhi + + + + + Chichewa (Chewa, Nyanja) + + + + + Chukchi + + + + + Chuukese + + + + + Choctaw + + + + + Chipewyan + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Chamorro + + + + + Chuvash + + + + + Cheyenne + + + + + Chiga + + + + + Western Cham + + + + + Eastern Cham + + + + + Comorian + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cornish + + + + + Corsican + + + + + Creoles + + + + + Cree + + + + + Carrier + + + + + Crimean Tatar + + + + + Kashubian + + + + + Church Slavonic + + + + + Czech + + + + + Chittagonian + + + + + San Blas Kuna + + + + + Danish + + + + + Dargwa + + + + + Dayi + + + + + Woods Cree + + + + + German + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dogri + + + + + Dhangu + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Dimli + + + + + Divehi (Dhivehi, Maldivian) + + + + + Zarma + + + + + Djambarrpuyngu + + + + + Dangme + + + + + Dan + + + + + Dinka + + + + + Dari + + + + + Dhuwal + + + + + Dungan + + + + + Dzongkha + + + + + Ebira + + + + + Eastern Cree + + + + + Edo + + + + + Efik + + + + + Greek + + + + + Eastern Maninkakan + + + + + English + + + + + Erzya + + + + + Spanish + + + + + Central Yupik + + + + + Estonian + + + + + Basque + + + + + Evenki + + + + + Even + + + + + Ewe + + + + + French Antillean + + + + + Fang + + + + + Persian + + + + + Fanti + + + + + Finnish + + + + + Fijian + + + + + Dutch (Flemish) + + + + + Fe'fe' + + + + + Forest Nenets + + + + + Fon + + + + + Faroese + + + + + French + + + + + Cajun French + + + + + Frisian + + + + + Friulian + + + + + Arpitan + + + + + Futa + + + + + Fulah + + + + + Nigerian Fulfulde + + + + + Ga + + + + + Scottish Gaelic (Gaelic) + + + + + Gagauz + + + + + Galician + + + + + Garshuni + + + + + Garhwali + + + + + Ge'ez + + + + + Githabul + + + + + Gilyak + + + + + Kiribati (Gilbertese) + + + + + Kpelle (Guinea) + + + + + Gilaki + + + + + Gumuz + + + + + Gumatj + + + + + Gogo + + + + + Gondi + + + + + Greenlandic + + + + + Garo + + + + + Guarani + + + + + Wayuu + + + + + Gupapuyngu + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gusii + + + + + Haitian (Haitian Creole) + + + + + Halam + + + + + Harauti + + + + + Hausa + + + + + Hawaiian + + + + + Haya + + + + + Hazaragi + + + + + Hammer-Banna + + + + + Herero + + + + + Hiligaynon + + + + + Hindi + + + + + High Mari + + + + + Hmong + + + + + Hiri Motu + + + + + Hindko + + + + + Ho + + + + + Harari + + + + + Croatian + + + + + Hungarian + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Armenian East + + + + + Iban + + + + + Ibibio + + + + + Igbo + + + + + Ijo languages + + + + + Ido + + + + + Interlingue + + + + + Ilokano + + + + + Interlingua + + + + + Indonesian + + + + + Ingush + + + + + Inuktitut + + + + + Inupiat + + + + + Phonetic transcription - IPA conventions + + + + + Irish + + + + + Irish Traditional + + + + + Icelandic + + + + + Inari Sami + + + + + Italian + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Jamaican Creole + + + + + Japanese + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Lojban + + + + + Krymchak + + + + + Yiddish + + + + + Ladino + + + + + Jula + + + + + Kabardian + + + + + Kabyle + + + + + Kachchi + + + + + Kalenjin + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Karachay + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Kazakh + + + + + Makonde + + + + + Kabuverdianu (Crioulo) + + + + + Kebena + + + + + Kekchi + + + + + Khutsuri Georgian + + + + + Khakass + + + + + Khanty-Kazim + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khanty-Shurishkar + + + + + Khamti Shan + + + + + Khanty-Vakhi + + + + + Khowar + + + + + Kikuyu (Gikuyu) + + + + + Kirghiz (Kyrgyz) + + + + + Kisii + + + + + Kirmanjki + + + + + Southern Kiwai + + + + + Eastern Pwo Karen + + + + + Kokni + + + + + Kalmyk + + + + + Kamba + + + + + Kumaoni + + + + + Komo + + + + + Komso + + + + + Khorasani Turkic + + + + + Kanuri + + + + + Kodagu + + + + + Korean Old Hangul + + + + + Konkani + + + + + Kikongo + + + + + Komi + + + + + Kongo + + + + + Komi-Permyak + + + + + Korean + + + + + Kosraean + + + + + Komi-Zyrian + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Krio + + + + + Karakalpak + + + + + Karelian + + + + + Karaim + + + + + Karen + + + + + Koorete + + + + + Kashmiri + + + + + Ripuarian + + + + + Khasi + + + + + Kildin Sami + + + + + S’gaw Karen + + + + + Kuanyama + + + + + Kui + + + + + Kulvi + + + + + Kumyk + + + + + Kurdish + + + + + Kurukh + + + + + Kuy + + + + + Koryak + + + + + Western Kayah + + + + + Ladin + + + + + Lahuli + + + + + Lak + + + + + Lambani + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Laz + + + + + L-Cree + + + + + Ladakhi + + + + + Lezgi + + + + + Ligurian + + + + + Limburgish + + + + + Lingala + + + + + Lisu + + + + + Lampung + + + + + Laki + + + + + Low Mari + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Lombard + + + + + Lomwe + + + + + Loma + + + + + Luri + + + + + Lower Sorbian + + + + + Lule Sami + + + + + Lithuanian + + + + + Luxembourgish + + + + + Luba-Lulua + + + + + Luba-Katanga + + + + + Ganda + + + + + Luyia + + + + + Luo + + + + + Latvian + + + + + Madura + + + + + Magahi + + + + + Marshallese + + + + + Majang + + + + + Makhuwa + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Mam + + + + + Mansi + + + + + Mapudungun + + + + + Marathi + + + + + Marwari + + + + + Mbundu + + + + + Mbo + + + + + Manchu + + + + + Moose Cree + + + + + Mende + + + + + Mandar + + + + + Me'en + + + + + Meru + + + + + Morisyen + + + + + Minangkabau + + + + + Mizo + + + + + Macedonian + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Kituba + + + + + Male + + + + + Malagasy + + + + + Malinke + + + + + Malayalam Reformed + + + + + Malay + + + + + Mandinka + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Manipuri + + + + + Maninka + + + + + Manx + + + + + Mohawk + + + + + Moksha + + + + + Moldavian + + + + + Mon + + + + + Moroccan + + + + + Mossi + + + + + Maori + + + + + Maithili + + + + + Maltese + + + + + Mundari + + + + + Muscogee + + + + + Mirandese + + + + + Hmong Daw + + + + + Mayan + + + + + Mazanderani + + + + + Naga-Assamese + + + + + Nahuatl + + + + + Nanai + + + + + Neapolitan + + + + + Naskapi + + + + + Nauruan + + + + + Navajo + + + + + N-Cree + + + + + Ndebele + + + + + Ndau + + + + + Ndonga + + + + + Low Saxon + + + + + Nepali + + + + + Newari + + + + + Ngbaka + + + + + Nagari + + + + + Norway House Cree + + + + + Nisi + + + + + Niuean + + + + + Nyankole + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Dutch + + + + + Nimadi + + + + + Nogai + + + + + Norwegian + + + + + Novial + + + + + Northern Sami + + + + + Sotho, Northern + + + + + Northern Tai + + + + + Esperanto + + + + + Nyamwezi + + + + + Norwegian Nynorsk (Nynorsk, Norwegian) + + + + + Mbembe Tigon + + + + + Occitan + + + + + Oji-Cree + + + + + Ojibway + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Oromo + + + + + Ossetian + + + + + Palestinian Aramaic + + + + + Pangasinan + + + + + Pali + + + + + Pampangan + + + + + Punjabi + + + + + Palpa + + + + + Papiamentu + + + + + Pashto + + + + + Palauan + + + + + Bouyei + + + + + Picard + + + + + Pennsylvania German + + + + + Polytonic Greek + + + + + Phake + + + + + Norfolk + + + + + Filipino + + + + + Palaung + + + + + Polish + + + + + Piemontese + + + + + Western Panjabi + + + + + Pocomchi + + + + + Pohnpeian + + + + + Provencal + + + + + Portuguese + + + + + Western Pwo Karen + + + + + Chin + + + + + K’iche’ + + + + + Quechua (Bolivia) + + + + + Quechua + + + + + Quechua (Ecuador) + + + + + Quechua (Peru) + + + + + Rajasthani + + + + + Rarotongan + + + + + Russian Buriat + + + + + R-Cree + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Riang + + + + + Tarifit + + + + + Ritarungo + + + + + Arakwal + + + + + Romansh + + + + + Vlax Romani + + + + + Romanian + + + + + Romany + + + + + Rusyn + + + + + Rotuman + + + + + Kinyarwanda + + + + + Rundi + + + + + Aromanian + + + + + Russian + + + + + Sadri + + + + + Sanskrit + + + + + Sasak + + + + + Santali + + + + + Sayisi + + + + + Sicilian + + + + + Scots + + + + + Sekota + + + + + Selkup + + + + + Old Irish + + + + + Sango + + + + + Samogitian + + + + + Tachelhit + + + + + Shan + + + + + Sibe + + + + + Sidamo + + + + + Silte Gurage + + + + + Skolt Sami + + + + + Slovak + + + + + North Slavey + + + + + Slavey + + + + + Slovenian + + + + + Somali + + + + + Samoan + + + + + Sena + + + + + Shona + + + + + Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala (Sinhalese) + + + + + Soninke + + + + + Sodo Gurage + + + + + Songe + + + + + Sotho, Southern + + + + + Albanian + + + + + Serbian + + + + + Sardinian + + + + + Saraiki + + + + + Serer + + + + + South Slavey + + + + + Southern Sami + + + + + Saterland Frisian + + + + + Sukuma + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Suri + + + + + Svan + + + + + Swedish + + + + + Swadaya Aramaic + + + + + Swahili + + + + + Swati + + + + + Sutu + + + + + Upper Saxon + + + + + Sylheti + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac, Estrangela script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syre') + + + + + Syriac, Western script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrj') + + + + + Syriac, Eastern script-variant (equivalent to ISO 15924 'Syrn') + + + + + Silesian + + + + + Tabasaran + + + + + Tajiki + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tatar + + + + + TH-Cree + + + + + Dehong Dai + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tetum + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Tongan + + + + + Tigre + + + + + Tigrinya + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tahitian + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tiv + + + + + Turkmen + + + + + Tamashek + + + + + Temne + + + + + Tswana + + + + + Tundra Nenets + + + + + Tonga + + + + + Todo + + + + + Toma + + + + + Tok Pisin + + + + + Turkish + + + + + Tsonga + + + + + Turoyo Aramaic + + + + + Tulu + + + + + Tumbuka + + + + + Tuvin + + + + + Tuvalu + + + + + Twi + + + + + Tày + + + + + Tamazight + + + + + Tzotzil + + + + + Udmurt + + + + + Ukrainian + + + + + Umbundu + + + + + Urdu + + + + + Upper Sorbian + + + + + Uyghur + + + + + Uzbek + + + + + Venetian + + + + + Venda + + + + + Vietnamese + + + + + Volapük + + + + + Võro + + + + + Wa + + + + + Wagdi + + + + + Waray-Waray + + + + + West-Cree + + + + + Welsh + + + + + Walloon + + + + + Wolof + + + + + Mewati + + + + + Lü + + + + + Xhosa + + + + + Minjangbal + + + + + Soga + + + + + Kpelle (Liberia) + + + + + Sakha + + + + + Yao + + + + + Yapese + + + + + Yoruba + + + + + Y-Cree + + + + + Yi Classic + + + + + Yi Modern + + + + + Zealandic + + + + + Standard Moroccan Tamazigh + + + + + Zhuang + + + + + Chinese, Hong Kong SAR + + + + + Chinese Phonetic + + + + + Chinese Simplified + + + + + Chinese Traditional + + + + + Zande + + + + + Zulu + + + + + Zazaki + + + + Script tags generally correspond to a Unicode script, the associations between them may not always be one-to-one. + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Bengali v.2 + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Byzantine Music + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Canadian Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot Syllabary + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Devanagari v.2 + + + + + Devanagari + + + + + Deseret + + + + + Duployan + + + + + Egyptian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic + + + + + Georgian + + + + + Gujarati v.2 + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi v.2 + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Hangul + + + + + CJK Ideographic + + + + + Hanunoo + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Old Hungarian + + + + + Old Italic + + + + + Hangul Jamo + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Hiragana & Katakana + + + + + Kharosthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Kannada v.2 + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin + + + + + Lepcha + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam v.2 + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Mro + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Musical Symbols + + + + + Myanmar v.2 + + + + + Myanmar + + + + + Old North Arabian + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa + + + + + N'Ko + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Odia v.2 (formerly Oriya v.2) + + + + + Odia (formerly Oriya) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Miao + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Rejang + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + Sign Writing + + + + + Shavian + + + + + Sharada + + + + + Siddham + + + + + Khudawadi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu v.2 + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tifinagh + + + + + Tagalog + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Tamil v.2 + + + + + Ugaritic Cuneiform + + + + + Vai + + + + + Warang Citi + + + + + Old Persian Cuneiform + + + + + Sumero-Akkadian Cuneiform + + + + + Yi + + + + Provides information about how to use the glyphs in a font to render a script or language. + + + Identifies the specific feature. + + + The Feature Parameters table, specific to a particular feature. + + + Array of offsets to Lookup tables from beginning of LookupList. + + + Base class for the Feature Parameters tables. + + + The parameters table for the Character Variant features. + + + The Unicode Scalar Value of the characters for which this feature provides glyph variants. + + + Number of named parameters (may be zero). + + + The first ‘name’ table name ID used to specify strings for user-interface labels for the feature parameters. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) that an application can use for tooltip text for this feature. + + + The ‘name’ table name ID that specifies sample text that illustrates the effect of this feature. + + + + The parameters table for the Stylistic Set features. + + + + The 'name' table name ID that specifies a string (or strings, for multiple languages) for a user-interface label for this feature. + + + Identifies the typographic feature in the OpenType font. + + + Initializes a new instance of , enabled by default. + + + Initializes a new instance of with a value indicating whether the feature is enable or disabled. + + + Initializes a new instance of with the specified 1-based position of alternate glyph ID. + + + The OpenType name identifier of the feature. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the feature should be enabled. + + + Specifies 1-based position of the alternate glyph ID in Alternate Substitution lookup. + + + Indicates whether the last alternative should be applied if the specified position exceeds the number of alternatives. + + + Defines constants that specify the decorations applied to text. + + + No text decorations are applied. + + + Strikethrough is applied to the text. + + + Underline is applied to the text. + + + Line-breaking and justification conditions; East Asian width category for the code point. + + + Indicates that none of the flags are set. + + + Indicates the start of a Grapheme Cluster. + + + Indicates the start of a word. + + + Whether the glyphs are rotated on their side. + + + Indicates if characters should be displayed upright if transformed with the 'vert' or 'vrt2' GSUB features. + + + Combination of the Sideways and UprightIfTransformed flags. + + + Indicates that the character is some form of whitespace, which may be meaningful for justification. + + + Indicates the character tabulation. + + + Bit mask for the character tabulation and whitespaces. + + + Indicates that the character is a replacement for inline object. + + + Indicates that the character is a soft hyphen, often used to indicate hyphenation points inside words. + + + Indicates that there should be no line break after this code point. + + + Indicates that a line break is allowed after this code point. + + + Indicates that the line break must happen after this code point. + + + Mask for testing the line-breaking behavior. + + + Ambiguous characters + + + East Asian Narrow + + + East Asian Wide (and emoji) + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + Mask for testing East Asian character width category. + + + Represents text formatting attributes such as font, language, colors, decorations and so on. + + + + Returns the Language value corresponding to a given . + + The corresponding value, or the Language.Default if a specific value could not be found. + + + + Converts a value to the corresponding . + + A value to convert. + Indicates whether the following scripts should be converted to old tags: Bengali, Devanagari, Gujarati, Gurmukhi, Kannada, Malayalam, Myanmar, Odia, Tamil, Telugu. + The converted value. + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + Gets or sets a Font used by this format. + If not null, this value overrides the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a font family name. + This value is used only if the property is null. + This value is case insensitive. + + + + Provides access to a set of Microsoft OpenType typography properties. + + + Gets or sets a value identifying the language system. + + + Gets or sets an OpenType script tag. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating which decorations are applied to the text. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is underlined. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strikethrough style is applied to the text. + + + + Gets or sets the logical font size, in points or in graphic units. + The defalut value is 12. + See also the description of the property. + + + + /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether specifies the font size in graphic units or in points. + + + Gets or sets the flags indicating the desired or emulated style of the font. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font should be bolded. + + + Gets or sets whether the font should be italicized. + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor for the glyph advance value.Valid values are from 0.5 up. The default is 1. + + + Gets or sets the offset of the text in the orthogonal direction, in graphic units.The default is 0. + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the explicit line gap (if not null), in graphic units. + + + Gets or sets the text foreground color. The default is black. + + + Gets or sets the text background color. The default is transparent. + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary custom data associated with this . + + + + Copies the current text format settings to another object. + + The destination TextFormat object. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead glyphs, classes and etc. + + + The backtrack coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + The lookahead coverage tables, classes and etc. + + + When this flag is set, the last glyph in a given sequence to which the cursive attachment lookup is applied, will be positioned on the baseline. + + + If set, skips over base glyphs. + + + If set, skips over ligatures. + + + If set, skips over all combining marks. + + + If set, the layout engine skips over all mark glyphs not in the mark filtering set indicated. + + + If not zero, skips over all marks of attachment type different from specified. + + + Index (base 0) into GDEF mark glyph sets structure. This field is only present if bit UseMarkFilteringSet of lookup flags is set. + + + Type of the substitution. + + + Format identifier for the substitution subtable. + + + For each covered glyph, specifies all the ligature strings that begin with the covered glyph. + + + Define the glyphs in each ligature. + + + Glyph IDs corresponding to the components of the ligature. + + + The glyph ID of the output ligature glyph. + + + Checks if the specified glyph is in the subset. + + + Defines any combination of X and Y values (in design units) to add to the placement and advance values provided in the font. + + + Horizontal adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Horizontal adjustment for advance. + + + Vertical adjustment for placement, in design units. + + + Vertical adjustment for advance. + + + Specifies the positioning data in all contextual positioning subtables. + + + Indicates where the positioning operation will occur in the glyph sequence. + + + Identifies the lookup to be applied at the glyph position specified by the SequenceIndex. + + + Type of the positioning. + + + Format identifier for the positioning subtable. + + + Adjusts the position of a single glyph, such as a subscript or superscript. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning value applied to all glyphs in the Coverage table. + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + The positioning values applied to glyphs. + + + Used to adjust the positions of two glyphs in relation to one another, for instance, to specify kerning data for pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Positioning data for one or more specific pairs of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Assigns class values to all the first glyphs in all pairs. + + + Assigns class values to all the second glyphs in all pairs. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef1Classes. + + + Specifies the number of glyph classes defined in ClassDef2Classes. + + + ValueRecords, one for the first glyph in a class pair (Value1) and one for the second glyph (Value2). + + + Specifies a pair of ValueRecords. + + + Positioning data for the first glyph/class in the pair. + + + Positioning data for the second glyph/class in the pair. + + + Specifies the second glyph in a pair and defines a ValueRecord for each glyph. + + + Glyph ID of second glyph in the pair, first glyph is listed in the Coverage table. + + + + Describes how to connect the glyphs by aligning two anchor points: the designated exit point of a glyph, and the designated entry point of the following glyph. + + + + + + + Specifies all the glyphs affected by a positioning operation. + + + Anchor tables that identify the entry point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Anchor tables that identify the exit point on each glyph in the Coverage table. + + + Used to position one glyph with respect to another. + + + Horizontal value, in design units. + + + Vertical value, in design units. + + + Index to glyph contour point. + + + + + + + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the base glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the BaseCoverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Classes of the mark. + + + Data for each mark class. + + + Used to position combining mark glyphs with respect to ligature base glyphs. + + + + + + Lists all the mark glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Ligature glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in MarkArray. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by MarkCoverage index. + + + Lists the LigatureAttach table, one for each ligature glyph listed in the LigatureCoverage table. + + + + One for each ligature glyph listed in the MarkToLigatureAttachmentPositioningSubtable.LigatureCoverage table. + + + + Count of the component glyphs in a ligature. + + + Stores the component records in the same order as the components in the ligature, defines all the attachment points ordered by class. + + + Defines the position of one mark relative to another mark. + + + + + + Lists all the Mark1 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Lists all the Mark2 glyphs referenced in the subtable. + + + Specifies the total number of distinct mark classes defined in Mark1Array. + + + Contains all classes and anchors stored in arrays, ordered by Mark1Coverage index. + + + Stores the anchor subarrays in the same order as the Mark2Coverage index, one Anchor table for each mark class. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context so a text-processing client can adjust the position of one or more glyphs within a certain pattern of glyphs. + + + + + + Specifies the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Identifies the remaining glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + Defines the class values of all glyphs in the input contexts that the subtable describes. + + + + + + Each position in the sequence may specify a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + The PosRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat1. + + + Glyph IDs to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + The PosClassRule subtable used for ContextPosFormat2. + + + Classes to be matched to the input glyph sequence. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + Describes glyph positioning in context with an ability to look back and/or look ahead in the sequence of glyphs. + + + + + + Lists the first glyphs in the input sequences. + + + Defines the rest glyphs in the input sequences and the positioning lookups. + + + + + + Indices for the complete set of glyphs (not glyph classes) that may appear as the first glyph of any class-based context. + + + The contexts (sequences of class values) and the positioning data. + + + The backtrack sequence context. + + + The input sequence context. + + + The lookahead sequence context. + + + + + + Each position in the backtracking sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the input sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + Each position in the lookahead sequence may define a different Coverage table for the set of glyphs that matches the context pattern. + + + The positioning lookups in design order. + + + ChainPosRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat1. + + + Array of backtracking glyph IDs. + + + Array of input glyph IDs. + + + Array of lookahead glyph IDs. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + ChainPosClassRule subtable used for ChainContextPosFormat2. + + + Array of backtracking classes. + + + Array of input classes. + + + Array of lookahead classes. + + + Array of positioning lookups. + + + + TTF files are stored in big-endian format, we need special + readers and writers + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Big endian binary writer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raw (binary font data or file path name) font subset. + + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The path for raw font file. + + + + Initialization raw subset. + + The raw font data. + + + + Gets font subset for font file name with path. + + The path for font file. + The font subset object. + + + + Gets font subset for raw font data. + + The raw font data. + The font subset object. + + + + Initialization fields. + + + + + Gets stream for the font table block by name. + + The name of the font table block. + Returns the font table stream, otherwise null. + + + Read table block locations. + + + + The font subset builder. + + + + The simple table of font's names. + + + The table with CMAP of font's names. + + + + + + + + + Gets full font data for a font subset object. + + The font subset object. + THe full font data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets full code range of this font. + + + + + Class for support character shaping (Arabic, Indic etc.). + + + + Left-to-right + + + Left-to-Right Embedding + + + Left-to-Right Override + + + Right-to-Left + + + Right-to-Left Arabic + + + Right-to-Left Embedding + + + Right-to-Left Override + + + Pop Directional Format + + + European Number + + + European Number Separator + + + European Number Terminator + + + Arabic Number + + + Common Number Separator + + + Non-Spacing Mark + + + Boundary Neutral + + + Paragraph Separator (Break) + + + Segment Separator + + + Whitespace + + + Other Neutrals + + + Unknown + + + Bidi order for right to left characters. + + + + The algorithm. Does not include line-based processing (Rules L1, L2). + These are applied later in the line-based phase of the algorithm. + + + + + 1) determining the paragraph level. + Rules P2, P3. + At the end of this function, the member variable paragraphEmbeddingLevel is set to either 0 or 1. + + + + + Process embedding format codes. + Calls processEmbeddings to generate an embedding array from the explicit format codes. + The embedding overrides in the array are then applied to the result types, and the result levels are initialized. + + + + + + Rules X9. + Remove explicit codes so that they may be ignored during the remainder of the main portion + of the algorithm. The length of the resulting text is returned. + + The length of the data excluding explicit codes and BN. + + + + Reinsert levels information for explicit codes. + This is for ease of relating the level information to the original input data. Note that the levels + assigned to these codes are arbitrary, they're chosen so as to avoid breaking level runs. + + The length of the data after compression. + The length of the data (original length of types array supplied to constructor). + + + + 2) determining explicit levels (Rules X1 - X8) + The interaction of these rules makes handling them a bit complex. This examines resultTypes but does + not modify it. It returns embedding and override information in the result array. The low 7 bits are + the level, the high bit is set if the level is an override, and clear if it is an embedding. + + The bidi types. + + + + + + 3) resolving weak types (Rules W1-W7.) + Note that some weak types (EN, AN) remain after this processing is complete. + + + + + + + + + + 6) resolving neutral types (Rules N1-N2.) + + + + + + + + + + 7) resolving implicit embedding levels (Rules I1, I2.) + + + + + + + + + + Output. + + + + + + Return levels array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. (Rule L1.) + The returned levels array contains the resolved level for each bidi code passed to the constructor. + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The resolved levels of the text. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The resolved levels of the text. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the + fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of the + second line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. + The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value + must be the length of the text. + + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The reordering array breaking lines. + + + + Return reordering array breaking lines at offsets in linebreaks. + + The reordering array maps from a visual index to a logical index. + Lines are concatenated from left to right. So for example, the fifth character from the left on the third line is + GetReordering(linebreaks)[linebreaks[1] + 4] + (linebreaks[1] is the position after the last character of thesecond line, which is also the index of the first character on the + third line, and adding four gets the fifth character from the left). + + The linebreaks array must include at least one value. The values must be in strictly increasing order (no duplicates) + between 1 and the length of the text, inclusive. The last value must be the length of the text. + + The levels array. + The offsets at which to break the paragraph. + The multiline reordering array for a given level array with reordering does not occur across a line break. + + + + Reorders a single line. The reordering is a visual to logical map. For example: + the leftmost char is string.CharAt(order[0]) (Rule L2.) + + + The reordering array for a given level array. + + + + Gets base level of the paragraph. + + The base level of the paragraph. + + + + Return true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules. + + + + Return the strong type (L or R) corresponding to the level. + + + + + + + Checks the value at index, and will return index if that value is not in validSet. + + + + + The limit of the run starting at index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Assumes the value at index is valid, and does not check it. + + + + The start of the run including index that includes only resultTypes in validSet. + + + + Sets resultTypes from start up to (but not including) limit to newType. + + + + + + + + Sets resultLevels from start up to (but not including) limit to newLevel. + + + + + + + + Throw exception if paragraph embedding level is invalid. Special allowance for -1 so that + default processing can still be performed when using this API. + + + + + + Throw exception if line breaks array is invalid. + + + + + + + Right to left shaping without arabic. + + + + + + + + Gets mirroring right to left text. + + The text for mirroring. + The start right to left flag. + The mirroring right to left text. + + + Various methods working with bit strings. + + + ISO 15924 Script Codes. + + + + Inherit script from a preceding base character. + + + + + Characters that may be used with multiple scripts. + + + + + Unassigned, private-use, noncharacter, and surrogate code points. + + + + + Adlam + + + + + Afaka + + + + + Caucasian Albanian + + + + + Ahom, Tai Ahom + + + + + Arabic + + + + + Arabic (Nastaliq variant) + + + + + Imperial Aramaic + + + + + Armenian + + + + + Avestan + + + + + Balinese + + + + + Bamum + + + + + Bassa Vah + + + + + Batak + + + + + Bengali (Bangla) + + + + + Bhaiksuki + + + + + Blissymbols + + + + + Bopomofo + + + + + Brahmi + + + + + Braille + + + + + Buginese + + + + + Buhid + + + + + Chakma + + + + + Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics + + + + + Carian + + + + + Cham + + + + + Cherokee + + + + + Cirth + + + + + Coptic + + + + + Cypriot + + + + + Cyrillic + + + + + Cyrillic (Old Church Slavonic variant) + + + + + Devanagari (Nagari) + + + + + Dogra + + + + + Deseret (Mormon) + + + + + Duployan shorthand, Duployan stenography + + + + + Egyptian demotic + + + + + Egyptian hieratic + + + + + Egyptian hieroglyphs + + + + + Elbasan + + + + + Ethiopic (Geʻez) + + + + + Khutsuri (Asomtavruli and Nuskhuri) + + + + + Georgian (Mkhedruli and Mtavruli) + + + + + Glagolitic + + + + + Gunjala Gondi + + + + + Masaram Gondi + + + + + Gothic + + + + + Grantha + + + + + Greek + + + + + Gujarati + + + + + Gurmukhi + + + + + Han with Bopomofo (alias for Han + Bopomofo) + + + + + Hangul (Hangŭl, Hangeul) + + + + + Han (Hanzi, Kanji, Hanja) + + + + + Hanunoo (Hanunóo) + + + + + Han (Simplified variant) + + + + + Han (Traditional variant) + + + + + Hatran + + + + + Hebrew + + + + + Hiragana + + + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs (Luwian Hieroglyphs, Hittite Hieroglyphs) + + + + + Pahawh Hmong + + + + + Japanese syllabaries (alias for Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) + + + + + Indus (Harappan) + + + + + Old Italic (Etruscan, Oscan, etc.) + + + + + Jamo (alias for Jamo subset of Hangul) + + + + + Javanese + + + + + Japanese (alias for Han + Hiragana + Katakana) + + + + + Jurchen + + + + + Kayah Li + + + + + Katakana + + + + + Kharoshthi + + + + + Khmer + + + + + Khojki + + + + + Khitan large script + + + + + Khitan small script + + + + + Kannada + + + + + Korean (alias for Hangul + Han) + + + + + Kpelle + + + + + Kaithi + + + + + Tai Tham (Lanna) + + + + + Lao + + + + + Latin (Fraktur variant) + + + + + Latin (Gaelic variant) + + + + + Latin + + + + + Leke + + + + + Lepcha (Róng) + + + + + Limbu + + + + + Linear A + + + + + Linear B + + + + + Lisu (Fraser) + + + + + Loma + + + + + Lycian + + + + + Lydian + + + + + Mahajani + + + + + Makasar + + + + + Mandaic, Mandaean + + + + + Manichaean + + + + + Marchen + + + + + Mayan hieroglyphs + + + + + Medefaidrin (Oberi Okaime, Oberi Ɔkaimɛ) + + + + + Mende Kikakui + + + + + Meroitic Cursive + + + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs + + + + + Malayalam + + + + + Modi, Moḍī + + + + + Mongolian + + + + + Moon (Moon code, Moon script, Moon type) + + + + + Mro, Mru + + + + + Meitei Mayek (Meithei, Meetei) + + + + + Multani + + + + + Myanmar (Burmese) + + + + + Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) + + + + + Nabataean + + + + + Newa, Newar, Newari, Nepāla lipi + + + + + Nakhi Geba ('Na-'Khi ²Ggŏ-¹baw, Naxi Geba) + + + + + N’Ko + + + + + Nüshu + + + + + Ogham + + + + + Ol Chiki (Ol Cemet’, Ol, Santali) + + + + + Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic + + + + + Oriya (Odia) + + + + + Osage + + + + + Osmanya + + + + + Palmyrene + + + + + Pau Cin Hau + + + + + Old Permic + + + + + Phags-pa + + + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi + + + + + Psalter Pahlavi + + + + + Book Pahlavi + + + + + Phoenician + + + + + Klingon (KLI pIqaD) + + + + + Miao (Pollard) + + + + + Inscriptional Parthian + + + + + Reserved for private use (start) + + + + + Reserved for private use (end) + + + + + Rejang (Redjang, Kaganga) + + + + + Rongorongo + + + + + Runic + + + + + Samaritan + + + + + Sarati + + + + + Old South Arabian + + + + + Saurashtra + + + + + SignWriting + + + + + Shavian (Shaw) + + + + + Sharada, Śāradā + + + + + Siddham, Siddhaṃ, Siddhamātṛkā + + + + + Khudawadi, Sindhi + + + + + Sinhala + + + + + Sora Sompeng + + + + + Soyombo + + + + + Sundanese + + + + + Syloti Nagri + + + + + Syriac + + + + + Syriac (Estrangelo variant) + + + + + Syriac (Western variant) + + + + + Syriac (Eastern variant) + + + + + Tagbanwa + + + + + Takri, Ṭākrī, Ṭāṅkrī + + + + + Tai Le + + + + + New Tai Lue + + + + + Tamil + + + + + Tangut + + + + + Tai Viet + + + + + Telugu + + + + + Tengwar + + + + + Tifinagh (Berber) + + + + + Tagalog (Baybayin, Alibata) + + + + + Thaana + + + + + Thai + + + + + Tibetan + + + + + Tirhuta + + + + + Ugaritic + + + + + Vai + + + + + Visible Speech + + + + + Warang Citi (Varang Kshiti) + + + + + Woleai + + + + + Old Persian + + + + + Cuneiform, Sumero-Akkadian + + + + + Yi + + + + + Zanabazar Square (Zanabazarin Dörböljin Useg, Xewtee Dörböljin Bicig, Horizontal Square Script) + + + + + Code for inherited script + + + + + Mathematical notation + + + + + Symbols (Emoji variant) + + + + + Symbols + + + + + Code for unwritten documents + + + + + Code for undetermined script + + + + + Code for uncoded script + + + + + Bidirectional character types. + + + + + Right-to-Left Arabic (Strong). + + + + + Arabic Number (Weak). + + + + + Paragraph Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Boundary Neutral (Weak). + + + + + Common Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number (Weak). + + + + + European Number Separator (Weak). + + + + + European Number Terminator (Weak). + + + + + First Strong Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right (Strong). + + + + + Left-to-Right Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Left-to-Right Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Nonspacing Mark (Weak). + + + + + Other Neutrals (Neutral). + + + + + Pop Directional Format (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Pop Directional Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left (Strong). + + + + + Right-to-Left Embedding (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Isolate (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Right-to-Left Override (Explicit Formatting). + + + + + Segment Separator (Neutral). + + + + + Whitespace (Neutral). + + + + + Arabic joining groups. + + + + + AFRICAN FEH + + + + + AFRICAN NOON + + + + + AFRICAN QAF + + + + + AIN + + + + + ALAPH + + + + + ALEF + + + + + BEH + + + + + BETH + + + + + BERUSHASKI YEH BARREE + + + + + DAL + + + + + DALATH RISH + + + + + E + + + + + FARSI YEH + + + + + FE + + + + + FEH + + + + + FINAL SEMKATH + + + + + GAF + + + + + GAMAL + + + + + HAH + + + + + HE + + + + + HEH + + + + + HEH GOAL + + + + + HETH + + + + + KAF + + + + + KAPH + + + + + KHAPH + + + + + KNOTTED HEH + + + + + LAM + + + + + LAMADH + + + + + MALAYALAM BHA + + + + + MALAYALAM JA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLA + + + + + MALAYALAM LLLA + + + + + MALAYALAM NGA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNA + + + + + MALAYALAM NNNA + + + + + Malayalam_NYA + + + + + MALAYALAM RA + + + + + MALAYALAM SSA + + + + + MALAYALAM TTA + + + + + MANICHAEAN ALEPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN AYIN + + + + + MANICHAEAN BETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DALETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN DHAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN FIVE + + + + + MANICHAEAN GIMEL + + + + + MANICHAEAN HETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN HUNDRED + + + + + MANICHAEAN KAPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN LAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN MEM + + + + + MANICHAEAN NUN + + + + + MANICHAEAN ONE + + + + + MANICHAEAN PE + + + + + MANICHAEAN QOPH + + + + + MANICHAEAN RESH + + + + + MANICHAEAN SADHE + + + + + MANICHAEAN SAMEKH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN TEN + + + + + MANICHAEAN TETH + + + + + MANICHAEAN THAMEDH + + + + + MANICHAEAN TWENTY + + + + + MANICHAEAN WAW + + + + + MANICHAEAN YODH + + + + + MANICHAEAN ZAYIN + + + + + MEEM + + + + + MIM + + + + + No_Joining_Group + + + + + NOON + + + + + NUN + + + + + NYA + + + + + PE + + + + + QAF + + + + + QAPH + + + + + REH + + + + + REVERSED PE + + + + + ROHINGYA YEH + + + + + SAD + + + + + SADHE + + + + + SEEN + + + + + SEMKATH + + + + + SHIN + + + + + STRAIGHT WAW + + + + + SWASH KAF + + + + + SYRIAC WAW + + + + + TAH + + + + + TAW + + + + + TEH MARBUTA + + + + + TEH MARBUTA GOAL / HAMZA ON HEH GOAL + + + + + TETH + + + + + WAW + + + + + YEH + + + + + YEH BARREE + + + + + YEH WITH TAIL + + + + + YUDH + + + + + YUDH HE + + + + + ZAIN + + + + + ZHAIN + + + + + Arabic joining types. + + + + + Join_Causing + + + + + Dual_Joining + + + + + Left_Joining + + + + + Right_Joining + + + + + Transparent + + + + + Non_Joining + + + + + Provides the most general classification of the code point. + + + + + Uppercase letter. + + + + + Lowercase letter. + + + + + Digraphic character, with first part uppercase. + + + + + Modifier letter. + + + + + Other letters, including syllables and ideographs. + + + + + Nonspacing combining mark (zero advance width). + + + + + Spacing combining mark (positive advance width). + + + + + Enclosing combining mark. + + + + + Decimal digit. + + + + + Letterlike numeric character. + + + + + Numeric character of other type. + + + + + Connecting punctuation mark, like a tie. + + + + + Dash or hyphen punctuation mark. + + + + + Opening punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Closing punctuation mark (of a pair). + + + + + Initial quotation mark. + + + + + Final quotation mark. + + + + + Punctuation mark of other type. + + + + + Symbol of mathematical use. + + + + + Currency sign. + + + + + Non-letterlike modifier symbol. + + + + + Symbol of other type. + + + + + Space character (of various non-zero widths). + + + + + U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR only. + + + + + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR only. + + + + + C0 or C1 control code. + + + + + Format control character. + + + + + Surrogate code point. + + + + + Private-use character. + + + + + Reserved unassigned code point or a noncharacter. + + + + + Line breaking classes of the Unicode characters. + + + + + Mandatory Break + + + + + Carriage Return + + + + + Line Feed + + + + + Combining Mark + + + + + Next Line + + + + + Surrogate + + + + + Word Joiner + + + + + Zero Width Space + + + + + Non-breaking (“Glue”) + + + + + Space + + + + + Zero Width Joiner + + + + + Break Opportunity Before and After + + + + + Break After + + + + + Break Before + + + + + Hyphen + + + + + Contingent Break Opportunity + + + + + Close Punctuation + + + + + Close Parenthesis + + + + + Exclamation/Interrogation + + + + + Inseparable + + + + + Nonstarter + + + + + Open Punctuation + + + + + Quotation + + + + + Infix Numeric Separator + + + + + Numeric + + + + + Postfix Numeric + + + + + Prefix Numeric + + + + + Symbols Allowing Break After + + + + + Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) + + + + + Alphabetic + + + + + Conditional Japanese Starter + + + + + Emoji Base + + + + + Emoji Modifier + + + + + Hangul LV Syllable + + + + + Hangul LVT Syllable + + + + + Hebrew Letter + + + + + Ideographic + + + + + Hangul L Jamo + + + + + Hangul V Jamo + + + + + Hangul T Jamo + + + + + Regional Indicator + + + + + Complex Context Dependent (South East Asian) + + + + + Unknown + + + + + Default character orientation categories. + + + + + Characters which are displayed upright, with the same orientation that appears in the code charts. + + + + + Characters which are displayed sideways, rotated 90 degrees clockwise compared to the code charts. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph upright. + + + + + Require a different glyph when used in vertical texts. As a fallback, the character can be displayed with the code chart glyph rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + East Asian character width categories. + + + + + Ambiguous characters + + + + + East Asian Fullwidth + + + + + East Asian Halfwidth + + + + + Neutral (Not East Asian) + + + + + East Asian Narrow + + + + + East Asian Wide + + + + + Determines default boundaries between user-perceived characters. + + + + + Determines default boundaries between words. + + + + + Searches a resource with name which end matches a specified string. + + The assembly where to search a resource. + The string which should be at end of resource name. + + + + + Returns a paired bracket for the given one (negative for close bracket, zero for none-bracket). + + + + + EMF+ brush types + + + + + For internal use only. + Abstract base class used to enumerate metafiles. + Used to convert metafiles to various formats such as PDF, Word etc. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Get GDI+ approximate font for this meta font. + + + + + Get angle for this meta font. + + + + + Get width coefficient for this meta font. + + + + + Convert implicitly to GDI+ font. + + The mate font object. + GDI+ approximate font for meta font. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Fields of DEVMODE structure. + + + + + GetDeviceCaps() constants + + + + + Sorting IDs. + + + + + Primary language IDs. + + + + + Sublanguage IDs. + + The name immediately following SUBLANG_ dictates which primary + language ID that sublanguage ID can be combined with to form a + valid language ID. + + + + + Locale Types. + + + + + usage: + using (FixFpu ff = new FixFpu()) + { do printer stuff } + or + do printer stuff + FixFpu.Doit(); + + + + + Retrieves the low-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order word of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND + WM_SETCURSOR + WM_ACTIVATE + WM_MENUCHAR + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - SB_THUMBPOSITION or SB_THUMBTRACK + + + + + Retrieves the high-order word from the specified value. This function handles the message parameters of window. See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order word of the specified value. + + WM_HSCROLL WM_VSCROLL - current position of the scroll box + + + + + Retrieves the signed x-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for LOWORD because LOWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the low-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the signed y-coordinate from the given value. + This function handles the message parameters of window and is a replacement for HIWORD because HIWORD must return the unsigned value. + See in MSDN which function used to process the message. + + The value to be converted. + The return value is the high-order int of the specified value. + + Use: + WM_CONTEXTMENU, + WM_MOUSEDOWN, WM_MOUSEUP, WM_MOUSEWHEEL, WM_MOUSEMOVE + + + + + Retrieves the wheel-delta value from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the high-order word representing the wheel-delta value. + It indicates the distance that the wheel is rotated, expressed in multiples or divisions of WHEEL_DELTA, which is 120. A positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated forward, away from the user; + a negative value indicates that the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - zDelta + + + + + Retrieves the state of certain virtual keys from the specified WPARAM value. + + The value to be converted. + + The return value is the low-order word representing the virtual key state. + + + Use: + WM_MOUSEWHEEL - fwKeys + + + + A field type invalid or not found. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor. + The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure. + The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. The MONITORINFOEX structure adds a string member to contain a name + for the display monitor. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of the structure. Set this member to sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) (72) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. + Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor that can be used by applications, + expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Windows uses this rectangle to maximize an application on the monitor. + The rest of the area in rcMonitor contains system windows such as the task bar and side bars. + Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + + The attributes of the display monitor. + + This member can be the following value: + 1 : MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, + and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + + Aligns the window's client area on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + Aligns the window on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display. + + + + Allocates one device context to be shared by all windows in the class. + Because window classes are process specific, it is possible for multiple threads of an application to create a window of the same class. + It is also possible for the threads to attempt to use the device context simultaneously. When this happens, the system allows only one thread to successfully finish its drawing operation. + + + + Sends a double-click message to the window procedure when the user double-clicks the mouse while the cursor is within a window belonging to the class. + + + + Enables the drop shadow effect on a window. The effect is turned on and off through SPI_SETDROPSHADOW. + Typically, this is enabled for small, short-lived windows such as menus to emphasize their Z order relationship to other windows. + + + + Indicates that the window class is an application global class. For more information, see the "Application Global Classes" section of About Window Classes. + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the width of the client area. + + + Disables Close on the window menu. + + + Allocates a unique device context for each window in the class. + + + + Sets the clipping rectangle of the child window to that of the parent window so that the child can draw on the parent. + A window with the CS_PARENTDC style bit receives a regular device context from the system's cache of device contexts. + It does not give the child the parent's device context or device context settings. Specifying CS_PARENTDC enhances an application's performance. + + + + + Saves, as a bitmap, the portion of the screen image obscured by a window of this class. + When the window is removed, the system uses the saved bitmap to restore the screen image, including other windows that were obscured. + Therefore, the system does not send WM_PAINT messages to windows that were obscured if the memory used by the bitmap has not been discarded and if other screen actions have not invalidated the stored image. + This style is useful for small windows (for example, menus or dialog boxes) that are displayed briefly and then removed before other screen activity takes place. + This style increases the time required to display the window, because the system must first allocate memory to store the bitmap. + + + + Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the height of the client area. + + + + Flags for TrackPopupMenu + + + + + WM_SETICON / WM_GETICON Type Codes + + + + + System Menu Command Values + + + + + Bits used in dwFlags of DTTOPTS + + + + + SetWindowPos flags. + + + + + Flags for ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + Color table identifiers for CreateDIBSection(). + + + + + Return values of the ChangeDisplaySettings() function. + + + + + CB_XXX - ComboBox Commands + + + + + Windows messages. + + + + + wParam of report message WM_IME_NOTIFY. + + + + + The WM_UPDATEUISTATE message parameters. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The low-order word specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + The high-order word specifies which UI state elements are affected or the style of the control. + + + + + Window theme parts + + + + + EditControl window messages. + + + + + WM_HSCROLL and WM_VSCROLL notifications codes. + + + + + SCROLLBARPARTS. + + + + + BM_GETSTATE flags. + + + + + BM_XXX flags. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT control types. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT drawing actions. + + + + + DRAWITEMSTRUCT visual states. + + + + + ComponentOne constants. + + + + + Specifies a raster-operation code, used by BitBlt function and other. + + + + + ShowWindow() function codes. + + + + + WM_PRINT drawing options. + + + + + Rich edit data format types. + + + + + Rich edit data format replacement options. + + + + + EM_SETCHARFORMAT / EM_GETCHARFORMAT flags. + + + + + EM_SETPARAFORMAT / EM_GETPARAFORMAT flags. + + + + + CHARFORMAT mask values. + + + + + CHARFORMAT effects. + + + + + EM_SETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS flags. + + + + + Text Alignment Options. + + + + + GetDCEx() flags. + + + + + GetWindow() Constants. + + + + + GetAncestor() constants. + + + + + ExtTextOut() flags. + + + + + SetBkMode modes. + + + + + GetObjectType() returning values. + + + + + TEXTMETRIC tmPitchAndFamily flags. + + + + + Values for NETTEXMETRIC.ntmFlags. + + + + + OLE constants. + + + + + CreateWindow() flags. + + + + + Extended Window Styles + + + + + CreateWindow() flags for edit controls. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), type of frame control to draw. + + + + + DrawFrameControl(), state of control. + + + + + CreatePen() flags + + + + + Class field offsets for GetClassLong(). + + + + + SetWindowLong() flags. + + + + + GetGuiResources() flags. + + + + + ExtSelectClipRgn() flags. + + + + + ScrollWindowEx flags + + + + + MapVirtualKey map types + + + + + WM_MOUSEACTIVATE Return Codes + + + + + GetSystemMetrics() codes + + + + + Constants for TITLEBARINFOEX + + + + + Constants for SetROP2 + + + + + Constants for the biCompression field of BITMAPINFOHEADER. + + + + + ARROWBTNSTATES. + + + + + SCROLLBARSTYLESTATES. + + + + + Defines ASSOCF values for AssocQueryString method's first parameter (flags). + + + + + Defines ASSOCSTR values for AssocQueryString method's second parameter (str). + + + + + Gets file-association string from the registry. + + Use constants. + Use constants. + + + + + An success/error code. + + To get associated exe's length/exe: + + uint assocLen = 0; + AssocQueryString(ASSOCF.ASSOCF_INIT_DEFAULTTOSTAR,ASSOCSTR.ASSOCSTR_EXECUTABLE,Path.GetExtension(OutputFileName),"open",null,ref assocLen); + + For existing files, another option is FindExecutable. + + + + + Name of Atom create by GDI+ for current thread. + + + + + Gets true if GDI+ currently shutdown. + + + + + This function avoids BUG with API GetLocaleInfo function under Win9X + + + + + + + + Provides extension methods for the control. + + + + + Draws a text in the client area. + + The in which the text is drawn. + The object used to paint. + The text to be drawn. + The foreground color of the text. + The background color of the text. + + This method is used to draw placeholder text or the text of a disabled text box. + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessible control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets a default name of this . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a C1 control that hosted on drop down form and can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides information about a that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the owner accessile element. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Gets the associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the accessible object associetid with this . + + + + + Gets the role of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the accessible children collection. + + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. + + + + + Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. + + + + + Sets input focus to the accessible object. + + + + + Represents the object that provides objects for the class. + + + + + Gets the accessible elements collection. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. The default value is Transparent. + + If this property is not set, the actual color will be inherited from the parent container foreground color. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. The default value is Transparent. + + This property doesn't apply to C1BitmapIcon. + + + + Returns the value specifying whether icon background color is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + If this property is not set, then icon will be resized according to the parent container size. + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The property name. + + + + Fires when property value was changed. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The text to show. + The icon font. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Describes how content is resized to fill its allocated space. + + + + + The content preserves its original size. + + + + + The content is resized to fill the destination dimensions. The aspect ratio is not preserved. + + + + + The content is resized to fit in the destination dimensions while it preserves its native aspect ratio. + + + + + Describes how bitmap content is recolored. + + + + + The bitmap should use original colors. + + + + + The bitmap should be always shown as monochrome. + + + + + The bitmap coloring should be defined by the parent element. + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The image list which should be used to retrieve the image. + The index of image in the image list. + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the images to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the small image in the SmallImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The icon background color. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + If this property is not set, then icon stretches according to the property value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this C1Icon can free scale or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. The default value is Transparent. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified key, size and color. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + The icon size. + Indicates the icon color. + The svg string describing shape to display. + The icon's background color. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Gets the list of icons that will be rendered. + + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon definition. + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and has the same + property values as this icon object. otherwise, false + + + + Represents the set of icons of different sizes to use in a single UI element. + + + + + Gets the next available icon of the requested size. If the icon of requested size is available in the icon set, it will be returned. + Otherwise, the icon of the next bigger size will be returned (or the biggest one icon of requested size is too big). + + The requested size + The icon of the next available size. + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the icon set definition. + The string to use as a postfix part of the iconSet name. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the icon set definition. + + + + Creates a new object that is a deep copy of the current instance. + + A new object that is a deep copy of this instance. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and contains the same + set of icons as this icon set. + + The object to test + true if the obj parameter is a and ontains the same + set of icons as this icon set; otherwise, false + + + + This factory class returns the most common predefined icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The function that creates the icon. New instances must be created every time. + + + + Creates a new icon. + + + + + Creates a new icon with specified size. + + The icon size. + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a global navigation button. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing an arrow pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the left. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a chevron pointing to the right. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing up. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing down. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing west. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing south east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a triangle with one of the vertices pointing north east. + + + + + Gets an icon representing a 5-pointed star. + + + + + Gets the path for the Checked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unchecked icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grayed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Collapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Expanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBCursor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DBAdd icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoCircle icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ErrorInfoMark icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilterEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the FilteredColumn icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ExpressionEditor icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailExpanded icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DetailCollapsed icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Pin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Unpin icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker tool icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker search icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Column picker clear icon. Uses from FlexGrid control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxRect icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckBoxIndeterminate icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioChecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioBack icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the RadioUnchecked icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the More icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the Minus icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowUp2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowDown2 icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowRight icon. Uses from Input controls. + + + + + Gets the path for the True Type font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the OpenType font icon. Uses from C1Fontpicker .net5. + + + + + Gets the path for the Delete icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Up icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Down icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Bold icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Italic icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Underline icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Strikeout icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ForeColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BackColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the BorderColor icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Grid icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the DownArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the UpArrow icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Transparent icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Edit1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Plus1 icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Align icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTop icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottom icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignTopRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomLeft icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the AlignBottomRight icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Histogram icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the Gradient icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the CheckMark icon. Uses from RulesManager control. + + + + + Gets the path for the ArrowLeft icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the FirstRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the LastRecord icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 16x16 + + + + Gets the path for the Cancel icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the Refresh icon. Uses from DbNavigator control. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the MoreItems icon in vertical orientation. Uses from DbNavigator controls. + + ViewBox 24x24 + + + + Gets the path for the CloseButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the RestoreButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MinimizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the MaximizeButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the path for the HelpButton icon. Uses from Ribbon control. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the list of that will be rendered. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + + + + Gets or sets flags used to render text. + + + + + + + + Represents a visual icon that can be tinted and resized. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + + + + + Creates the to show the . + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + + The default width of an icon. + + + + + The default height of an icon. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + Override it to provide custom initialization. + Always call base class implementation to reset dirty flag. + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Notifies C1Icon element that UI should be re-initialized for the next drawing operation. + + Call this method from property setters to make sure that new property value is nohored at drawing. + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image. + + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Returns rectangle (in the icon coordinates) to render icon. + + Returned rectangle honors property value. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Gets the image represented by this . + + + + + True if returned bitmap should be disposed when no longer needed; False otherwise. + + + + Represents an icon created from a font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the text that represents the icon in the specified . + + + + + Gets or sets icon font. + + If this property is not set, actual font will be inherited from the parent container. + + + + Determines whether icon needs bitmap cache for drawing. Returns False. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. Returns False. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + Renders content into the given rectangle. + + + + + + + + Represents an icon created from an image. + + + The file that you use should be a solid image on a transparent background. + The bitmap image is expected to be a true bitmap that has transparent pixels and non-transparent pixels. + The recommended format is PNG. Other file-format image sources will load but result in a solid block of the foreground color. + Caution: Resizing bitmaps at runtime might hurt application performance and result in blurry images. Consider using fixed-size images where possible. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Updates element pproperties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper elemen intitialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Gets or sets the image source. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bitmap is shown in a single color. + + + + + Gets or sets a enumeration value that describes how the shape fills its allocated space. + + + + + Determines whether icon image should be resized according to the C1Icon element size. + + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Gets the geometry of the vector. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle (in the icon coordinates) which will determine image placement. + + Don't set this property if you want to autosize icon according to the element bounds. + + + + The stroke thickness. + + The actual stroke thickness is calculated according to icon scale. + + + + The stroke color. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Returns the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + Returns the property value. + If the property is not set, returns graphic path bounds. + + + + Updates element properties when icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represents an icon created from a vectorial definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Represent an icon created from a path string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Present an icon created from multiple icons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to show. + The style of this IconElement. + + + + Initializes the UI. + + + + + Updates element properties on icon property changes. + + Implement it in derived classes for proper element initialization and update. + The changed icon. + The object. + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Gets a default value of dpi. + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon's background. + + This property doesn't apply to BitmapIconRenderer. + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of icon to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + Gets the size of icon after scaling by . + + + + + Gets or sets the cached icon image. + + + + + Resets cached image. + + + + + Gets the image that the icon was rendered into. + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the svg string describing the shape. + + + + + + + + Provides functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Creates an instance of the inheritor of class in accordance with the type. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + Gets or sets the points that describe the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the last point will connect with the first one. + + + + + + + + + + + Provides basic functionality for rendering a to an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The icon to render. + The device dpi where the image will be used. + + + + + + + Gets the icon to render. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle which determines panning and zooming of content inside the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to paint the icon stroke. + + + + + Determines whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to use a fill for the shape. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the shape has a stroke. + + + + + Creates a path for rendering an icon. + + + + + + + + Simple button with text and image. + + + + + Occurs when the element is clicked. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display. + + + + + Gets or sets the to display. + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display text. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns reference to the used to display image. + + If True and the doesn't exist, this method will create it. + The reference to the if it exists; Null otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the value to show as element tooltip. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns radiobox image. + + + + + + + + + Returns drop-down button image. + + + + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Repeat button (fires repeatedly, like scrollbar buttons). + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between clicks when the button is kept pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the button is kept pressed, + in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval before the button starts firing click events when the mouse hovers over + the button, in milliseconds. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Check (toggle) button. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Returns reference to the used to display chich box mark. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the CheckBox element within the button. + + + If there is no CheckBox element, this property returns -1. Setting the property to -1 removes the CheckBox element. + Setting this property value greater than the number of children does not throw an exception. In this case, the + maximum valid value (Children.Count) is used instead (e.g. CheckBoxIndex = 1000). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the button's CheckState (can be checked, unchecked, or indeterminate). + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the specified checkbox state. + + A value from the enumeration. + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + Override this method to provide your own images for checkboxes in various states. + + + + + Gets a check box image as a function of the current checkbox state. + + A checkbox image to be displayed in the element. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Returns the check box image. + + + + + + + Radio button with text and image. + + + + + Initializes a new with specified style and content. + + The object to use. + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new with specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new with specified content. + + An of objects to display as content. + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Called when check box state is changed. + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + Returns the radio box image. + + + + + + + that hosts a WinForms . + + + In principle, this class allows hosting any WinForms control. In practice, + not all controls work well in this scenario. For example, some controls cannot be freely + resized, so the element should account for that. + ** Important Note: to allow hosting generic controls, this class stores a reference + to itself in the contained control's Tag property. That means hosted controls cannot + use their Tag property for anything else. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and control to host. + + The object to use. + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified control to host. + + The that this element is hosting. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this element is hosting. + + + + + Copies style attributes from the element to the hosted control. + + + + + If overriden in nested classes and returns not null, + InputPanel will use the HostPanel to make scrollable withing the element. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's bounds. + + + + + Override to get text change notifications. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Element equivalent to a WinForms control. + + + This element has two styles: the regular () is used + to paint the element background; the is used to paint the + progress indicator. + If either style is set to null (the default value), then the background and/or + progress indicators are rendered using system's current visual theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given . + + used to paint the element's background. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar range. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the progress bar. + + + If this property is set to null, then the progress is painted using the + system's current visual theme. + + + + + Panel that knows how to scroll child elements bigger than itself. + + + The child elements are clipped to the bounds of the ScrollablePanel; + scrolling is done by setting the property, + which works like the ScrollPosition in the control. + This class only implements the scrollable (client) area of a scrollable + control. It doesn't have scrollbars or buttons. For that, use the + or classes + (or implement your own scrollable panel). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the pecified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Negative pixel offset (like the control). + + + + + that contains the content to be scrolled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the panel to scroll its contents + in steps when the property changes. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change applied + when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Event that occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Panel that plays the role of a ). + + + This element contains a that contains the + content to display and two objects that are displayed + as needed and control the scroll position on the main panel. + If the panel contains an that is , + then it will honor the mouse wheel in addition to the scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new ScrollBarPanel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets which scrollbars should be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrollbars defined by the + property should remain visible even if they are not needed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the scrollbar buttons. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Returns reference to the vertical element. + + + + + Returns reference to the horizontal element. + + + + + Panel that contains two scroll buttons (, + ) and a with + content that can be scrolled by clicking the buttons. + + + To use this class, assign the that contains the + scrollable content should be assigned to the + property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + initially assigned to the new . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll position (negative pixel offset, like the control). + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll step, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing while pressed, in milliseconds + + + + + Gets or sets the time before buttons start firing when the mouse hovers over them + (even without pressing them) + + + Set to zero or any negative value to disable the hover scroll feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the time between scroll steps while buttons are pressed, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scroll buttons should be visible even when they are not needed. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to previous elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the element working for navigation to next elements. + + + + + Returns reference to the child element. + + + + + Gets or sets the which displays the scrollable content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining height and width in pixels of navigation buttons. + + + + + + Element that looks and behaves like a WinForms . + + + If no is assigned to this element, it will render itself + using Windows Visual Styles. + + Use the property to control whether + the ScrollBarElement should be rendered as a vertical or horizontal + scrollbar. + + + + + Specifies the command being executed by the ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical . + + assigned to the new ScrollBarElement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a without a . + + Whether the scrollbar is horizontal or vertical. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a vertical without a . + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the + scroll box on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a small distance (one 'line'). + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the + property when the scroll box is moved a large distance (one 'page'). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the thumb size should reflect the ratio of the scroll bar + size to its range. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale factor (used with Gc/C1Zoom). + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page up' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the scroll box ('thumb' element). + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'page down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets the element that represents the 'line down' button. + + + You can use this value to style the . + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the thumb and line up/down buttons in the scroll direction. + + + By default, the scroll buttons are square. This property allows you to set the + button height in vertical scrollbars or the button width in horizontal scrollbars. + Set this property to a value less than 1 to restore the default (square) sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scrolling should be performed in steps. + + + Setting this property to true causes the control to scroll in steps. + The result is a smooth scrolling effect, as opposed to the instant change + applied when SmoothScrolling is set to false. + + + + + Fires when the property has been changed. + + + + + Buttons at either end of the scrollbar (line up/down) + + + + + Area between the buttons and the thumb (page up/down) + + + + + Thumb (track) + + + + + Tab pages are represented by TabPageElement elements in the + tab.TabArea.Children collection. + + + + + Gets the RowPanel that contains the tabs. + + + + + Gets the element that is currently displayed in the content area. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected TabPageElement. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements that represent the tab pages. + + + + + Removes all tabs and content from the TabElement. + + + + + Gets the TabPageElement that contains a given child element. + + Child element in the Tab. + The TabPageElement that contains the given child element, or + null if the element does not belong to any tab pages. + + + + + + + + + that hosts a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current text. + + + + + Returns the reference to the hosted control. + + + + + Updates the alignment of the text box control to reflect the current . + + + + + Gets the number of lines in the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual cue, or tip, that is displayed by TextBox to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a tree panel with rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets visible of the checkbox for a tree row. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset value for a tree row. + + + Used in the * formula. + + + + + Gets the settings for the tree lines. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a list of settings for tree lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of dashed lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of lines. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating displays lines or not. + + + + + Represents a base collection for and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent element of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent element of this collection. + + + + + Creates and adds an object to the end of the . + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree panel of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of elements for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent tree row of this collection. + + + + Gets the parent tree row of this collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a tree panel row element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the parent tree panel of this . + + + + + Gets the parent row of this . + + + + + Gets the level of this . + + + + + Gets the button to change the expanded state for this . + + + + + Gets the checkbox for this . + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded state value for this . + + + + + Gets the collection of child rows for this . + + + + + Returns a collection with this row, all of its child rows, and all of the child rows of child rows. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a button instance for property. + + + + + Returns a checkbox instance for property. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with icon for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the for the expanded state of the row. + + + + + Gets the for the collapsed state of the row. + + + + + + + + Represents a button with checkbox for . + + + + + Event raised when checked/unchecked + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the for the checked state of the checkBox. + + + + + Gets the for the unchecked state of the checkBox. + + + + + + + + + + + Updates icon element + + + + + Base class for all object that contain child elements. + + + This class extends and implements the property. + This class acts like a static canvas. It has no layout logic other than sizing itself to fit its children. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + object used to measure and render this . + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the list of child elements contained in this . + + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Abstract class for elements that display text or images. + + Derived classes should override method to + provide the content (text, images, formatted values). + + This class does not have child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets the value represented by this . + + Object to be rendered as this element's content. + + The value is an object that the class can measure and render, usually a string, + an , or an object. + + + + + Renders the element contents into the specified object at the specified location. + + object where the will be rendered. + where the contents will be rendered. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Gets a string representation of this . + + A string representation of this . + + + + The is a layout panel, that layouts children elements to the left, right, top, bottom or center of the panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Adds child element with the specified option. + + The to add. + The option to use for the added child element. + + + + Changes the option for the specified child element. + + The to change. + The new option to use. + + + + Returns the option used for the specified child element. + + The child to check. + The new option used for the specified child element. + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Interface implemented by WinForms controls hosted in X elements. + + + This interface allows the control to manage WinForms controls + contained in C1.Framework elements. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that this is hosting. + + + + + Updates the hosted control bounds to match the element's current bounds. + + + + + Interface implemented by Elements that want to display tooltips when seen + in an XView. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that appears as a ToolTip for this . + + + + + Interface implemented by elements that can process mnemonics. + + + + + Method that gets called when the user presses the hot key that corresponds to this . + + True if the hot key was handled by the element, false otherwise. + + + + Base class for all elements, handles layout and styles. Instances of this + class have no content and no children. + + Elements with content (and no children) derive from . + + Elements with children derive from . + + This class doesn't do much by itself except call virtual methods that can + be overridden in derived classes. It can draw a background and borders with + no content, so it can be used to implement things like bars and spacers. + + It is designed to be very light-weight, since typical documents may create + thousands of these. Additional elements should be added to not-so-common derived + classes. + + + + + Flags that represent the state of an . + + + + + Element should be laid out before it is rendered. + + + + + Element is visible. + + + + + The width of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The height of the element is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + The element is enabled and may receive mouse and keyboard messages. + + + + + The element recognizes mouse messages. + + + + + The element recognizes keyboard messages. + + + + + The element should display a focus rectangle when it has the focus. + + + + + The element can receive the focus when the tab key is pressed. + + + + + The mouse is over the element. + + + + + The mouse is over the element and the left button is pressed. + + + + + The Hot state does not propagate automatically to the parent element. + + + + + Flow child elements in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Used for international applications where the language is written from right to left. + + + + + Indicates if the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Indicates if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Flags that represent the line-breaking behavior caused by an element when it is contained + in a paragraph. + + + + + The element does not cause line breaks. + + + + + Insert line breaks before the element. + + + + + Insert line breaks after the element. + + + + + The parent . + + + + + The that defines the position of the within its parent. + + + + + The object that defines the appearance of this . + + + + + An value that defines the behavior of this . + + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + Style for the new element. + + + + Creates a new instance of an . + + + + + Gets the element's parent, or null if this is the root element. + + + + + Gets the element's top-level parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style object used to render this Element. + + + + + Gets the element's style, or a default style if the element doesn't have one. + This never returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is visible. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is enabled (can receive mouse and keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is hit-testable (receives mouse messages). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element is focusable (receives keyboard messages). + + + + + Gets whether this element can currently receive the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value of RightToLeft property is inherited from the parent element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be drawn using right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should display a focus rectangle when it has focus. + + + + + Sets the focus to the host control and to this within the host control. + + True if the focus was set successfully. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this or one of its children has the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the contents was successfully validated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Hot style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element should be displayed using the Style.Pressed style. + + + + + Gets or sets the element's bounds (size and location) within its parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the element. + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + + Gets the element's bounds (size and location) within an arbitrary ancestor, in pixels. + + Ancestor element (parent, grand-parent, etc). + Whether to return the element's outer bounds or content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle to the ancestor's content area. + A that corresponds to the element's position + within the given . + + + + Client rectangle, in pixels. + This discounts margins, borders, and padding. + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Element height. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical position of the element within its parent. + + + + + Adjusts the location of this element by the specified amount. + + Offset in the horizontal direction. + Offset in the vertical direction. + + + + Gets a value that indicates this element needs to be laid out. + + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + Whether ContentElements (e.g. elements without children, such as + , ) also need to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + Whether the element needs to be laid out. + + + + Marks this element as dirty, forcing all parent and child elements to be laid out. + + + + + Gets the portion of the element that renders below the baseline. + Usually non-zero only for text elements, depends on font. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Gets a list of child elements. + + + The base class always returns null; panel elements should be based on . + + + + + Gets a value that indicates the element has a non-empty collection. + + + + + Gets the that is hosted in this element. + + + + + Returns a clone of this element. + + A clone of this element. + + + + Lays out this element based on its style and contents. + + Graphics object used to measure the element. + + + + Perform layout using host control's object. + + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Render this element's content (no children). + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle to render into. + + + + Returns the element at a given point. + + Point to check. + The element at the point. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + Type of element we're looking for. + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Navigates up the tree to find an ancestor of a given type. + + A reference to the ancestor of the given type, null if not found. + + + + Returns the scroll origin (override to implement non-scrolling areas). + + + + + + Determines whether this element is a child of another element. + + Parent element to investigate. + True if contains this element. + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + Whether to repaint the host control immediately after invalidation. + + + + Invalidates this within the host control. + + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse enters this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse leaves this , + even if another element has captured the mouse. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Handles MouseWheel events. + + that contains the event data. + True if the event was handled by this element, false otherwise. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a mouse button over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases the left mouse button over a disabled . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the mouse moves over this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user double-clicks this . + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this receives the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when this loses the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the element is about to lose focus. + + + + + + Called by the host control after the element has been validated. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + Key that was pressed and needs to be checked. + true if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user releases a key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the user presses a character key and this has the focus. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Called by the host control when the state of this changes. + + that contains the state before the change. + + The state of an element is represented by a combination of values. + Each individual flag is represented by a specific property, including , , + etc. + + + + + Finalizes the user interface. This method is called when element is removed from UI. + + Override this method if you need to release resources. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface with the specified style. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in a single line with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width. + + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the current style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Provides the size, in pixels, of the specified content drawn on the specified surface within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + The object to use for measuring. + The content to measure. + The available width. + The desired , in pixels, of the content drawn in within the rectangle of the specified width with the specified style settings in the specified device context. + + + + Gets a that covers only the borders (hollow, used to renders the borders). + + the of the rendered . + the bounds of the rendered . + the border of the rendered . + + + + + Executes TextRenderer.DrawText. Do not use it in any way other than as protected. + + + + + Gets the value specifying whether element size is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element width is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value specifying whether element height is automatically determined by its style and contents. + + + + + Gets an from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the image. + An stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Gets a from the application's embedded resources. + + Name of the embedded resource that contains the bitmap. + A stored with the given name, or null if the image could not be found. + + + + Finds the that is represented by a given hot key. + + to search (including all its children). + Hot key to search for. + The that is represented by the given hot key. + + + + Computes the location of the specified screen point into client coordinates. + + The screen coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in client coordinates. + + + + Computes the location of the specified client point into screen coordinates. + + The client coordinate to convert. + A that represents the converted in screen coordinates. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the is currently being displayed. + + + Returns if has no . + + + + + Scales the instance uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The style for scaling. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value uses the DeviceDpi value if this element has a . + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Contains a list of Elements that belong to a parent element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified owning element. + + The which owns this list. + + + + Gets a reference to the that owns this . + + + + + Adjusts the location of all objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Adjusts the location of some objects in the list by the specified amount. + + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + Index of the first to be offset. + Number of elements to offset. + + + + Called when elements are added or removed from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the element to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new object in the list. + + + + Inserts an at a specified index. + + Index where the will be inserted. + to add to the list. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the list at the specified index. + + Index where the elements will be inserted. + whose elements will be inserted. + + + + Removes the at the specified index from the list. + + The index of the to remove. + + + + Removes a range of elements from the list. + + Index of the first element to remove from the list. + Number of elements to remove. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + Index where the reversal should start. + Number of elements to reverse. + + + + Reverses the order of the elements in the list or a portion of it. + + + + + Removes all elements from the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the last on the list. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style and orientation. + + The object to use. + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the of the specified orientation. + + If True, creates panel of the horizontal orientation; if False, creates vertical panel. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Specifies the value to use for layout children. + + + + + Represents a base drop down form for the drop down control. + + + + + The popup form on the top (if any exist). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner drop down control. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, + with Esc key or using the CloseForm method, and implicit cancellation + (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + This flag is True when we should not close the popup Form from the Deactivate event. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicates that can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating if the drop down form has a shadow displayed. + + + + + This flag is set when the user clicks the drop-down button in menu while this drop-down is already open. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If true, the form will not be closed when the user clicks some item on this form or on a child form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that hosted on this dropd down form. + + + + + Gets the drop-down owner. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Raises the DropDownOwner.DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Prepares location of drop down form. + + + The overridden method may return 'true' to avoid further processing. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Refreshes bounds of the drop down form. + + + + + Returns the initial size for drop down form. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Closes the drop down form. + + + + + Closes this and all child dropdown forms. + + + + + Handles a click on an item on a dropdown form. + + + + + Returns a parent form of the drop down control. + + + + + Applies the align to the dropdown form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Hides all the popped up forms till the specified parent form. + + + + + Don't pass 'this' in the formToBeActivated parameter + + + + + Represents the methods, events and properties of drop down from. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that form can contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that all focus movements are internal and should not be processed as caused by user input. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the form has been disposed of. + + + + + Applies the style to drop down form. + + Style of drop down form. + DPI of parent control. + + + + Closes the form. + + + + + Closes the drop down form and activates the parent form. + + + + + Opens the drop down form at the top of other windows. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets a value that determines the alignment of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets a distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the that is hosting this . + + + + + Gets the right-to-left mode value for the owner dropdown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating that the dropdown form closes itself and all child forms. + + + + + Gets the dropdown form. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to stick the drop-down form to the side border. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Returns the that has input focus then the is true. + + + + + Handles the DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Handles the DropDownOpened event. + + + + + Fires when item was clicked on dropdown form. + + + + + Represents extended the methods and properties of the owner of the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets the view in which the dropdown form belongs. + + + + + Alignment of the drop-down portion of the drop down control. + + + + + Use the default alignment rules. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its left side. + + + + + The drop down form is centered. + + + + + The dropdown form is aligned by its right side. + + + + + This class is an accessor for getting and setting elements at intersections + of grid rows and columns. The actual elements are stored in the rows. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The owning element. + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the object. + + The number of grid row this cell should appear in. + The number of grid column this cell should appear in. + + + + Gets or sets the displayed in this grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of rows that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of columns that cell spans within a grid. + + + + + Keeps track of column widths and positions + + + + + Element width. Set to -1 to let the element calculate it automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + GridColumn collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridColumn objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Return the reference to the owning grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the grid column to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + to add to the list. + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Adds an to the list. + + The index of the new grid column in the list. + + + + Inherits from BasePanel and provides a grid with rows and columns. + At each intersection there is a cell object that contains an element. + Cells may span rows and columns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns and style settings. + + The object to use. + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified style. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with the specified number of rows and columns. + + The number of rows to create. + The number of columns to create. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Returns the object displayed in the specified row and column. + + The row number. + The column number. + The object. + If the object with specified row and column numbers doesn't exist when this property is called, it is created. + Also this property call migh create missing rows and columns if required. + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value, specifying size in pixels of empty space between adjucent grid cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all columns should have the same width. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether all rows should have the same height. + + + + + Keeps track of row heights and positions, stores cells in Children member. + + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Creates the object with the specified column index. + + The column number. + + + + + Returns the value specifying the index of this row in the owning grid. + + + + + GridRow collection. Just an ElementList typed to get and set GridRow objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning element. + + + + Returns the reference to the owning element. + + + + + Gets or sets the at a specified index in the list. + + Index of the row to get or set.. + The at the specified index. + + + + Adds a to the list. + + The to add to the list. + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + Adds a new to the list. + + The index of the new row in the list. + + + + + + + + + Element that displays an . + + Alignment and scaling are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image and style options. + + The object to use. + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image. + + The image to show. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object to show. + + + + + The content of this element is the image. + + + + + + No descent for images. + + + + + that displays paragraphs. + + + This class is a panel that wraps and aligns its child elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and style settings. + + The object to use. + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style settings. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text. + + The text to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal width of this column. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Layout this element based on its style and contents. + + object used to measure the . + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally or vertically into a single line. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation and style options. + + The object to use. + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified orientation. + + True for horizontal and False for vertical orientation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the dimension by which child elements are stacked. + + + + + Panel that stacks children horizontally. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + Encapsulates a Brush for painting background. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush obtained from the method should be disposed after use. + + + + + Returns a brush for the specified rectangle. + + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Class that encapsulates objects used to paint element backgrounds. + It exposes properties that can be used to create and serialize , + , and objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the for this . + + + + + Gets or sets whether gamma correction is applied to the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the main color (used when is set to None). + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color (used when is set to a value other than None). + + + + + Gets or sets the used to create the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a object that may be something other than a . + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the brush should be disposed after use. + + + + + Gets an updated that can be used to fill a given . + + Rectangle used to build the gradient brush if the + property is set to a value other than None. + A that can be used to paint an element's background. + + + + Returns a background color for hosted controls that don't support gradients. + + + + + Gets a clone of this . + + A clone of this . + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + The object is converted to a string with the following format: + [p1],[f1];[p2],[f2];...;[pn],[fn] + Where the 'pi' are positions between 0 and 1 along the blend line and + 'fi' are factors between 0 and 1 that correspond to the amount of the + secondary color in the blend. + The positions must be increasing, and the last one must be 1. + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + These are some simple blend strings: + "0,0;1,1": default blend, starting with color1 (0,0) and finishing with color2 (1,1). + "0,1;1,0": reverse blend, starting with color2 (1,0) and finishing with color1 (0,1). + "0,0;.5,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 halfway, then back to color1. + "0,0;.1,1;.9,1;1,0": starts with color1, switches to color2 at 10%, continues with color2 up to 90%, then switches back to color1. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + + + Class that stores colors for individual border edges. + + + In most cases, borders have a single color and this class is not used at all. + If the members of this class are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified + colors are used to paint over specific edges. + This class paints the borders with a bevel so they line up at the corners, but + it does not handle corners at all, so only rectangular elements can have multi-colored + borders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that owns the new instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets a value that determines if colors have been specified for any of the edges. + + + + + Gets a clone of this object. + + A clone of this object. + + + + Returns true if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + This is important when handling persistence and comparing to the default value. + + to compare to this object. + True if the colors are the same for all edges. + + + + Serves as a hash function for a object. + + An integer that serves as a hash function for a object. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + object that specifies the thickness of each edge. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Renders a border with edges of different colors. + + object where the border will be drawn. + within which the border will be drawn. + object that specifies which corners are rounded; + edges adjacent to rounded corners are not drawn by the class. + border thickness. + brush which should be used for left border. + brush which should be used for right border. + brush which should be used for top border. + brush which should be used for bottom border. + specifies whether to apply RightToLeft layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns this object. + + + + + Notifies the owner that this object has changed. + + + + + that converts objects to and from strings. + + + This converter allows persisting objects to Xml. + + + + + Represents corners associated with a user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of the left top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right top corner, in pixels. + Radius of the left bottom corner, in pixels. + Radius of the right bottom corner, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + Radius of all corners, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right top corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the left bottom corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius for the right bottom corner. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Swaps corners for RightToLeft layout. + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Specifies the background gradient mode. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Specifies the text direction (horizontal or vertical). + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + + Specifies flags for the style. + + + + + No special flags. + + + + + Add a page break before this element. + + + + + Add a page break after this element. + + + + + Enables or disables the text font decorations, such as Underline or Strikeout. + + + + + No changes to font style. + + + + + Enables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Disables the Strikeout effect. + + + + + Enables the Underline effect. + + + + + Disables the Underline effect. + + + + + Provides data for a dynamic style. + + + + + The default empty dynamic style. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + The parent style object. + + + + Gets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets the style owner object, such as XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the right-to-left mode is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Underline or Strikeout effects should be used or not used when drawing the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the left edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the top edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the right edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the bottom edge of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + The class contains display attributes that + determine the appearance of content on the screen/printer. + It includes most elements found in Css styles. + The class also contains methods for rendering + and measuring content (strings and images) based on the style settings + (fonts, margins, etc). + The objects are not hierarchical in the sense + that they don't have parent styles and don't inherit attributes + from the parent style. To create a new style based on an existing one, + you would clone the original style, then apply whatever attributes + you want to the new style. + The objects are hierarchical in the sense that + two style attributes ( and ) don't + need to be set. If these attributes are not set, they are inherited, + but not from a parent object. Rather, these attributes + are inherited from the parent UI object. + This type of inheritance make it easy to define a font on + a associated with a parent UI object and have that + font be automatically applied to all UI objects contained in the parent. + By contrast, a attribute is not explicitly inherited. + Instead, the parent UI object paints its client area with a brush, + and child UI objects have a transparent background by default, + so the parent background shows through by default. Other attributes such + as alignment, margins, padding, etc are also not inherited. + + + + + The size of shadow. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The name of the new object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + The owner object for the new . + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style is locked and cannot be modified. + + + This property is useful when you want to prevent code from accidentally + modifying 'stock' styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to paint text within the element. + + + If this property is set to null, the text will be painted using the font + specified by the parent element's font. + + + + + Gets the part of the font below the baseline. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling used to render the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the text within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used to paint the borders around the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border around the element. + + + + + Returns padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to draw the border around the element. + + + + + Gets object that defines the colors used to paint each edge of the borders. + + + Normally, this property is empty, and the border is drawn using the color specified by the + property. + If any of the members of this property are set to non-transparent colors, then the specified color + is used to paint the specific border. + This property is only applicable if the are set to zero. + + + + + Gets or sets the radii of the element corners. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the margins around the element. + + + + + Returns margins which honor current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text content should be clipped to the element area. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text bounding rectangle should include padding. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the horizontal direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how elements should be aligned in the vertical direction. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be aligned within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how images should be scaled within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be allowed to wrap within the element. + + + + + Gets or sets how to trim characters that do not fit in the space available. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string used to convert the element value into a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation for the first text element. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between child elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the style width (set to -1 to use the default width). + + + + + Gets or sets the style height (set to -1 to use the default height). + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that should be displayed when the mouse is over elements with this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining how to display hot keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which text is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text should be rendered from right to left, such as in Arabic or Hebrew. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the value of Style.RightToLeft property must be applied to Element. + + This property can be set when reading css styles from dir attribute. + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is hot and pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the display as block or inline of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used when the element is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the style includes a shadow. + + + + + Gets a reference to the default style. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the that represents the center of a radial gradient background in percentage units. + + + + + Gets or sets the secondary color used to build the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to apply gamma correction to the background gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the style flags. + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (DrawString). + + + + + Gets or sets string rendering options (TextRenderer). + + + + + Forces the dynamic style to freeze. + + + + + "Frozen" dynamic style. + + + + + Gets the owner object, such an XStyleSet. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the background image can be flipped for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be flipped horizontally for RTL mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Returns back image padding which honors current RightToLeft settings. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the element border is an ellipse (for the dynamic styles only). + + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + A height to inflate. + The resulting . + + + + Inflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to inflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Inflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to inflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width and height by the values of + the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + A height to deflate. + The resulting . + + + + Deflates the specified width by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A width to deflate. + The resulting width. + + + + Deflates the specified height by the values of the current margins, padding and border. + + A height to deflate. + The resulting height. + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical + to the current (except for the property, + which is always false for clones). + + The copy of the current . + + + + Copies all attributes from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between this method and is that Clone returns a new + object, while Copy modifies the attributes in an existing style. + + + + + Copies attributes set to non-default values from another object. + + object that contains the attributes to copy. + + The difference between and Merge is that Merge will not copy + attributes that are set to their default values in the . + + + + + Converts value to string according to property value. + + A value to convert. + The string value of the current instance. + + + + Releases all resources. + + + + + Fires when any elements of the change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the brush provider used to render the element background. + + + + + Gets whether this style or any of its sub-styles has a shadow. + + True if style or its sub-styles have shadow; False otherwise. + + + + Returns if specified brush is a or otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns new if specified color is not or null otherwise. + + + + + + + Class that contains a keyed collection of objects and methods + to serialize the styles into Xml files and streams. + + + The Theme class is a named/keyed collection of objects. + The class is designed to be used as a base class for components that need + to add custom elements to themes in addition to a style collection. + Inheritors should override the following methods: + + // specify the name of the component that will use this theme + protected virtual string ComponentType + + // save component-specific elements to xml + protected virtual void WriteCustomData(XmlWriter writer) + + // load component-specific elements from xml + protected virtual void ReadCustomData(XmlNode node) + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Name of the new theme. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the theme name (e.g. "RedMoon"); + + + + + Saves a collection of themes into an Xml file. + + Array containing objects. + Name of the Xml file where the themes will be saved. + + Use the method to load the saved themes. + + + + + Loads a collection of themes from an Xml file. + + Name of the Xml file that contains the themes. + An array containing the themes loaded from the file. + + Use this method to load themes saved with the method. + + + + + Writes this into an . + + that will receive the theme definition. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme definition. + + + + Writes this into an Xml file. + + Name of the file where the theme will be saved. + + + + Writes this into an Xml . + + where the theme will be saved. + + + + Reads this from an Xml file. + + File that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml . + + that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Reads this from an . + + that contains the theme data. + + + + Reads this from an Xml string. + + String that contains the theme data in Xml format. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the component that owns the theme + (e.g., "C1Schedule", "C1Calendar" or "C1Ribbon"). + + + + + Writes component-specific data into the theme. + + where custom theme data is saved. + + Derived classes should override this method to save any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Reads component-specific theme data. + + that contains the theme data. + + Derived classes should override this method to read any custom data their themes may need + (anything other than the collection). + + + + + Saves an image into the Xml output stream. + + that contains the theme definition. + Name of the node where the image will be stored. + that will be saved in the stream. + + The default implementation keeps a list of the images that have been saved. If any + images are saved more than once, only the index is stored for the repeated instances. + For example: + + SaveImage(writer, "MyImageProperty", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAgain", img); + SaveImage(writer, "MyImagePropertyAndAgain", img); + + [MyImageProperty]base64data[/MyImageProperty] + [MyImagePropertyAgain index="0"/] + [MyImagePropertyAndAgain index="0"/] + + + + + + Loads an image from the Xml stream. + + that contains the image information. + An object. + + The first instance of each image is stored as node data (base 64-encoded). When this + instance is loaded for the first time, the image is stored in an internal image list. + Subsequent instances of the same image are not stored in the node as binary data; + an "index" attribute is used instead that specifies the index of the image in the + internal image collection. + + + + + Styles are indexed by style name. + + Collection member. + Style name (must be unique within collection). + + + + Saves a into an . + + that will receive the style data. + that will be saved. + List of images whose indices will be saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being saved. + + To save space, the following rules apply: + Properties of the main style are saved only if they are set to values different from the default. + Properties of substyles (hot, pressed, etc) are saved only if they are different from the main style. + Images are saved in a separate list, and only references are saved in the styles. + + + + + Loads a from an . + + that contains the style data. + List of images whose indices were saved. + Base that 'owns' the style being loaded. + + + + + Represents padding, border or margin information associated with a + user interface (UI) element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the top edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the right edge, in pixels. + Thickness of the bottom edge, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of the left and right edges, in pixels. + Thickness of the top and bottom edges, in pixels. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Thickness of all edges, in pixels. + + + + Provides a object with no thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the left edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the top edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the right edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness value for the bottom edge. + + + + + Returns true if the object is empty. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the top and bottom edges. + + + + + Gets the combined thickness for the right and left edges. + + + + + Inflates the current by the specified values. + + The inflate size for vertical edges. + The inflate size for horizontal edges. + The new . + + + + Inflates the current by the specified size. + + The size. + The new . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Inflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The inflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current . + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Deflates the specified by the current with RightToLeft layout. + + A to deflate. + The deflated . + + + + Swaps the values of the Left and Right properties. + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Converts an into a . + + + + + Generates a hash code for the current . + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + + Determines whether the value of the specified object is equivalent + to the current . + + The object to compare to the current . + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + true if the two objects are equal; + otherwise, false. + + + + Tests whether two specified objects are not equivalent. + + A to test. + A to test. + True if the two objects are different; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current . + + A String that represents the current . + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values + to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which to convert. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to convert to. + True if the conversion can be performed; false otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to the type of this converter. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The into which will be converted. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Creates a object given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + A contains a series of name-value pairs with the new property values. + The newly created object, or null if the object could not be created. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to + the method to create a new value. + + An that provides a format context. + True if the method should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + An that provides a format context. + Always returns true. + + + + Element that displays a string. + + Alignment and formatting are controlled by the element's . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style and contents. + + used to measure and render the , + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given style. + + used to measure and render the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of a with a given text. + + String displayed in the , + + + + Initializes a new instance of an empty . + + + + + Gets or sets the string displayed by this . + + + + + Gets the string represented by this . + + The string represented by this . + + + + Gets a value that determines whether there should be + line breaks before and/or after this when it occurs in a paragraph. + + + + + Class with static methods used for enumerating and retrieving application + resources. + + + + + Returns all images from the entry assembly. + + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Returns all images from the specified assembly. + + An to load images from. + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the specified assembly. + + An to load resource from. + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Decodes an image from a base-64-encoded string. + + String that contains the encoded image data. + The encoded in the string. + + + + Element that displays a simple value (numbers, dates, etc). + + The element's is responsible for formatting the value + (with ). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value and style settings. + + The object to use. + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. + + The value to display. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value. + + + + + Specifies how to scale (or flow) the element to fit the pages. + + + + + Render element as it appears on the screen. + + + + + Scale element so its width fits on a page. + + + + + Scale element to fit on a single page. + + + + + Flow element to fit the available page width. + + + + + Class that extends to print objects. + + + + + Represents the methods and properties of host control for C1Framwork elements. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets the element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Causes the control to redraw the invalidated regions within its client area. + + + + + Converts a Logical DPI value to its equivalent DeviceUnit DPI value. + + The Logical value to convert. + The resulting DeviceUnit value. + + + + Defines an abstract base class for controls that support auto-scrolling behavior. + + + + + Initializes the properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme scroll bars. + + + The theme scroll bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the document. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should scroll as the user drags the scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining + the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when + the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Override this method to get notifications when the control scrolls. + + + + + + This property is used to set the scroll page size. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + This method is used to set the scroll rectangle. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + + + + Handles scroll messages. + + + + + + This member overrides . + Override this method to account for scrollbars size. + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether th Control supported rtl scroll or not. + + + + + Gets a value determining behavior of scroll in rtl mode. + + + + + Gets the state of vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the state of scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to move a scroll bar in response to + a small scroll command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether control shows scroll bars. + + + + + Retrieves the specified scroll bar range. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll position of the specified scroll bar. + + The int value of scroll bar + + + + + Gets the immediate position of the specified scroll box that the user is dragging. + + + + + + + Sets the position of the specified scroll bar. + + + Specifies the new position of the scroll box. + The position must be within the scrolling range. + The previous position of the scroll box indicates success. + Zero indicates failure + + + + Changes horizontal scroll position if needed. Uses for support RTL. + + + + + Specifies how the XView control should size the element it contains. + + + + + No autosizing. + + + + + Auto size element by client area width. + + + + + Auto size element by client area height. + + + + + Auto size element by client area size. + + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + The control has an property that gets or + sets the element to be displayed. + + The control is responsible for displaying the element, providing + scrolling, and routing mouse and keyboard events to the hosted element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets or sets how the should resize the hosted element to match its size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should show draw a focus rectangle around + the element with focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that controls anti-aliasing. + + + + + Gets or sets the that controls text rendering quality. + + + + + Creates a object for the control. + + A object for the control. + + The object returned by this method reflects the current + settings for the and + properties. + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class, except this one takes the current + into account. + + + + + Checks whether a given element is in the main element's scrolling area. + + to check. + True if the whole element is within the main element's scrolling area. + + The main element's scrolling area is the area below and to the right of the point + returned by the method. + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Scrolls a given element into view. + + Element to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given point into view. + + Point to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given rectangle into view. + + Rectangle to scroll into view. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The left to be scaled. + The top to be scaled. + The right to be scaled. + The bottom to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Transforms a from logical to device units by scaling it for the current DPI and rounding down to the nearest integer value for left, right, top and bottom. + + The to be scaled. + The scaled . + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Occurs when an external C1SuperTooltip is attached or detached. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a collection of public components contained in this control. + This is used by the XViewDesigner designer. + + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or + a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns True if the mouse pointer is inside the XView control. + + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Gets the element that hosted the . + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the scroll rectangle. + + Amount to scroll in the x direction, in pixels. + Amount to scroll in the y direction, in pixels. + + + + + + + + + + + Element that serves as an interface between the host IXView control and the content elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Calls methods to rescale of the element tree when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Control that hosts control. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + Indicates whether the method call comes from a Dispose method or from a finalizer. + + + + Gets the that this control is hosting. + + + + + Initializes the hosted in this control. + + Uses to override the default . + + + Uses to override IsInputKey(Control, Keys) when this control uses as children of other control. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.GotFocus event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + Control that hosts X elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + Suspends painting during long update operations. + + + + + Restores painting after long update operations. + + + + + Update bounds of hosted controls. + + + + + Remove all controls that belong to elements which have either become invisible or now belong to a different owner from the Controls collection. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Provides constants for rescaling the control when a DPI change occurs. + + The DPI value prior to the change. + The DPI value after the change. + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + + + Gets the DPI value for the display device where the control is currently being displayed. + + + Returns system DPI for .Net 4.5.2 and Control.DeviceDpi for .Net 5 or highest. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Handle the tab key by moving the focus to the next focusable element. + + + + + Gets the next given a start . + + where to start. + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + true to ignore elements with the TabStop property set to false; otherwise, false. + true to include nested (children of child elements) child elements; otherwise, false. + true to continue searching from the first element in the tab order after the last element has been reached; otherwise, false. + The next (or previous) in the tab order, or null if no element was found. + + + + Gets or sets the element that receives all mouse events. + + + + + Gets the element currently under the mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Renders scrollable and non-scrollable area. + + Element bound. + Reference to the GDI+ drawing surface. + Render area. + Scrolling offset. + Scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + Region to restore origin clipping. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + Update contained element size when the control is resized. + + + + + Gets scroll origin (used to implement scrolling with fixed row/column headers). + + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element at a given position. + + Position to test. + Element at the given position. + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips for inner elements. + + + + + Gets the internal instance of the component. + + + + + Gets the component used to display tooltips for hovered elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should display tooltips for elements that + implement the interface. + + + + + Associates a rich tooltip with a control. + + Control that will be associated with the rich tooltip. + String containing Html text to be displayed in the tooltip. + + Use the built-in tooltip instead of the regular + component in order to provide a consistent look between the tooltips associated with XView + elements and other controls on your form. + + + + + Retrieves the rich tooltip text associated with the specified control. + + The Control for which to retrieve the tooltip text. + The tooltip text for the specified control. + + + + Updates the tooltip for the hovered element. + + + + + Hides tooltip if it is currently visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should handle the focus within contained elements. + + + + + Gets the element that has the focus. + + + + + Set the focus to a given element. + + Element to receive the focus. + True if the focus was set to the given element. + + + + Element hosted by this . + + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + + + + Gets the rectangle that contains a given element. + + to locate. + Whether to get the bounds of the whole element or just the content area. + Whether to clip the rectangle based on ancestor elements. + Bounds of element , in client coordinates. + This method is similar to the method in the + class. + + + + + checks the element under the mouse and updates the control state. + + + + + Resets the hovered and entered state when this element are disabled. + + + + + Internal version of IsInputKey that should be called by hosted controls in order to + allow the view to handle tab keys, arrows, etc. + + Control that received the key. + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the hit-testable element under the mouse. + + Element under the mouse. + + + + Invalidates the contained element. + + + + + + + + + + Message filter to detect mouse events while the popUp is shown and + close the form when a mouse click outside the popUp occurs. + + + + + Checks the message loop for mouse messages while the popUp is displayed. + If one is detected the position is checked to see if it is outside the form, + in which case the owner is notified. + + + + + The default word-break rules are used. Words usually are not break or are break only in places + where the break is explicitly specified (for example, using the <br> tag). + + + + + Line wrap is added automatically so that the word fits within the specified block width. + The value does not work for Chinese, Korean, Japanese or Arabic text. + + + + + Does not allow word-break in Chinese, Korean, or Japanese. + For other languages, it acts as 'Normal'. + + + + + Adds a StyleAttribute to a table based on a name and value. + + + + + Class that represents Html DIV tags. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line end if no breaks are added. + Width available for rendering the paragraph. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted before + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + Position of the line start if no breaks are added. + Text start position. + True if a line break should be inserted before the given element. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a line break should be inserted after + a given element. + + Element to test for a line break. + True if a line break should be inserted after the given element. + + + + Gets the amount of space, in pixels, to be added between two elements. + + Element above the space. + Element below the space. + Amount of space, in pixels, to be added between the two elements. + + + + Adds a string with a given style to this paragraph. + + used to render the new string. + String to add to this paragraph. + Indicates if the text element can be wrapped to new line. + + + + Renders the element into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the element will be rendered. + + + + Renders the child elements into a given rectangle. + + Graphics object where the element will be rendered. + Rectangle where the child elements will be rendered. + + Derived elements may override this method in order to draw into the + after the background and borders have been rendered but before the child elements are + rendered. + + + + + Like a , but with an adjustable base line offset + (for implementing sub/super scripts) + + + + + Class that represents a generic Html . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + The value of the width of html content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content and style options. + + The object to use. + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified htm content. + + The value with html content. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style options. + + The object to use. + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + True to use right-to-left flow direction. + + + + Gets or sets the value determining location of the html content to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the html content to display. + + + + + Clears all content. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether to show hotkey prefix. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining whether content should be downloaded at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets the containing image cache. + + + + + Get the value specifying whether the current element contains animated images. + + + + + Selects the image frame with the specified index. + + The frame index. + + + + Class that represents HTML 'FONT' tags. + + + + + Extends Element to provide a horizontal rule across the document. + + + + + Class that represents HTML 'A' tags. + + + + + Invisible elements inserted in the HTML stream to delimit hyperlinks. + To use this, the viewer should handle the MouseDown event, use HitTest to + find the element clicked, then scan the Children collection to determine + whether the click was on a link and what the link parameters are. + + + + + Represents an HTML 'img' tag. + + + + + REVIEW: Replace with 2-column table? + The current setup works but makes the document dirty when it renders... + + + + + Class that represents an item in an ordered or unordered list. + + + + + Utility class with static methods used for loading (and caching) + text and images from the web, from disk, or from app resources. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML form. + + + + + Input types. + + + + + Class that represents an HTML input (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML text area (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML select (form part). + + + + + Class that represents an HTML paragraph. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + + The main method in this class is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Class used to parse that HTML into tags and text. + + The main method is , which advances a pointer and + sets the and properties. + + + + + Helper class used for measuring and rendering HTML. + + + + + Gsts or sets a right-to-left layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying whether element should generate pdf tags. + + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in pixels. + + + + Create or update this HtmlElement with the provided info. + + The graphics device context handler. + The text for create or update in the HTML element. + The font of the text. + The text brush. + The width in points. + The right-to-left layout. + + + + Gets element width in pixels. + + + + + Gets element height in pixels. + + + + + Gets a metafile image of a piece of the document. + + The rectangle of a image. + The offset of the frame. + The frame bottom calculated value. + The metafile image of a piece of the document. + + + + Represents an HTML span. + + + + + Class that represents some spans. + + + + + HtmlTable derives from HtmlDiv and contains a single GridPanel, exposed by + the property. + HtmlTable does not derive directly from GridPanel for two reasons: + 1) To allow horizontal alignment of the table within the paragraph, and + 2) Because this is simpler than using an interface and different parent classes. + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + + Utility class for reading/writing XML. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Icon objects to and from various other representations. + + The allows to initialize new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Provides a user interface that can edit collection of elements at design time. + + The allows to add new elements of + the , , types. + + + + Creates a new instance of the class using the specified collection type. + + The type of the collection for this editor to edit. + + + + Represents a list of designers names for design-time. + + + + + Represents a list of editors names for design-time. + + + + + Provides various tool methods for design time. + + + + + Determines if the debugger is running for the specified IDesignerHost. + + + + + Determines whether code is executing inside Visual Studio designer. + + + + + Provides base methods used to measure and render text. + + + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with . + + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of . + + The device context. + Handle to the device context associated with + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI. + + + + + Gets the corresponding to the specified . + + The text layout information. + If true, the text is displayed from right to left. + The display and layout information for text strings. + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Provides methods used to measure and render text using GDI plus. + + + + + Draws text and highlight a part of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Draws text and highlight a parts of that text with a special background. + + The device context in which to draw the text. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The text layout information. + The to apply to the drawn text. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The highlight of substrings. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The substring to highlight. + The position at which the substring starts. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + The position at which the substring starts. + The length of substring. + + + + Gets the bounds for displaying the part of this text. + + The device context. + The Font of text. + The text layout information. + The that represents the bounds of the text. + The text to draw. + Positions and lengths of all occurrences of substrings to highlight. + + + + The interface implemented by the control extended by a super tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the external instance of C1SuperTooltip class used to display tooltips. + + + + + Editor for class. + + + + + Represents a label that shows static information on a form. + + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a control. + + + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superLabel + c1superLabel.AutoSize = true; + c1superLabel.Text = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + + // attach event handler + c1superLabel.LinkClicked += new C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventHandler(c1superLabel_LinkClicked); + // ... + + void c1superLabel_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands (&) are used to indicate the next character is a hot key. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content. + + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the rows in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the width needed + to display the cell with the widest content: + + int GetMaximumCellWidth(int col) + { + // maximum width is unknown + int maxWidth = -1; + + // scan all rows to find the widest content + for (int row = 0; row < _flex.Rows.Count; row++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure width needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _superLabel.Measure().Width; + + // save maximum width + if (width > maxWidth) + maxWidth = width; + } + return maxWidth; + } + + + + + + Measures the width and height of the control content using specified . + + used to measure. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Measures the height of the control content when rendered with a given width. + + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + The code below scans all the columns in a C1FlexGrid and calculates the height needed + to display the cell with the tallest content: + + int GetMaximumCellHeight(int row) + { + // maximum height is unknown + int maxHeight = -1; + + // scan all columns to find the tallest content + for (int col = 0; col < _flex.Cols.Count; col++) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(row, col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // measure height needed to render the Html + _superLabel.Text = text; + int width = _flex.Cols[col].WidthDisplay; + int height = _superLabel.Measure(width).Height; + + // save maximum height + if (height > maxHeight) + maxHeight = height; + } + return maxHeight; + } + + + + + + Measures the height of the control content using specified when rendered with a given width. + + used to measure. + Width used to calculate word-wrapping. + object that represents the size of the content, in pixels. + + + + Draws the control content into a given object. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + + The example below uses the DrawToGraphics method to render Html in a C1FlexGrid control. + Grid cells containing text that starts with an <html> tag are rendered as Html. Other cells are + rendered by the grid as usual. + + void _flex_OwnerDrawCell(object sender, OwnerDrawCellEventArgs e) + { + // get cell content + string text = _flex.GetDataDisplay(e.Row, e.Col); + + // check that the cell contains html + if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text) && + text.StartsWith("<html>")) + { + // set label back color and content + _superLabel.BackColor = e.Style.BackColor; + _superLabel.Text = text; + + // draw the Html into grid cell + _superLabel.DrawToGraphics(e.Graphics, e.Bounds); + + // cell has been drawn + e.Handled = true; + } + } + + + + + + Draws an HTML string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects, + starting at a given offset within the string. + + object where the content will be rendered. + that specifies the bounds where the content will be rendered. + Offset of the first line to draw (usually the return value of a previous call to DrawStringHtml). + The offset of the first line that was not printed because it did not fit in the specified rectangle, or the value of + if the entire string was rendered. By default zero. + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Update internal style when RightToLeft property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + True if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the value of the property changes. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. + + + + + Releases resources used by the component + + True to release all resources; false to release unmanaged resources only. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Recreates HTML element using the specified style and UseMnemonic value, + re-parses the text. + + The style to apply. + + + + Parses the Text property into Html. + + + + + Handles auto-sizing when necessary. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event. + + Object that fired the event. + object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + that was pressed on the link. + Value of the link's HREF attribute. + Value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + Gets the button that was clicked on the link. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's HREF attribute. + + + + + Gets the value of the link's TARGET attribute. + + + + + Specifies a background gradient for the ToolTip. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies under what conditions the tooltip will remain visible + if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + + + + + The tooltip never remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Control key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Alt key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible only when the Shift key is pressed. + + + + + The tooltip always remains visible. + + + + + The tooltip remains visible while the mouse cursor is hovered over it. + + + + + Represents a pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose + when the mouse hovers over the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a component. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating under what conditions the tooltip will remain + visible if the mouse pointer leaves the control. + Period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible can be set using + the property. + + + This property works only if is true. Otherwise, + the Control behaves as if the property is set to a value . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is currently active. + + + This property allows you to enable or disable the display of + text for all controls that have text specified in this particular C1SuperTooltip. + More than one C1SuperTooltip can be created and assigned to a form; setting the + Active property to false only affects the specified C1SuperTooltip. + You can allow users to set the value of this property in a form that provides + application options to provide the ability for the user to enable or disable the display + of C1SuperTooltips in your application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip follows the cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic delay for the . + + + The AutomaticDelay property enables you to set a single delay value which + is then used to set the values of the , , + and properties. Each time the AutomaticDelay property is set, + the following values are set by default. + AutoPopDelay: 10 times the AutomaticDelay property value. + InitialDelay: Equal to the AutomaticDelay property value. + ReshowDelay: 1/5 of the AutomaticDelay property value. + These properties can also be set independently once the AutomaticDelay property has been set. + For more information, see the , , and + properties. This property is typically used to provide a consistent + delay pattern for your windows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltip should display ToolTipText of Microsoft's ListView items or Microsoft's DataGridView cells. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (10 * ). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default (). + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the property should be serialized. + + True if the current value is different from the default ( / 5). + + + + Gets or sets the period of time (in milliseconds) the tooltip remains visible if the + mouse pointer is stationary within a control. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + window is displayed when the mouse pointer is over a control. For example, if you display + extensive help in a C1SuperTooltip window, you can increase the value of this property + to ensure that the user has sufficient time to read the text. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your C1SuperTooltip windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property + sets the AutoPopDelay, , and + properties to initial values based on a single value. Every time the + property is set, the AutoPopDelay property is set to 10 times the AutomaticDelay + property value. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently + set the AutoPopDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a window is displayed even + when its parent control is not active. + + + + This property enables you to display a C1SuperTooltip window even when the container + of the tooltip is not active. + + You can use this feature in a modeless window application to enable C1SuperTooltip + windows to be displayed regardless of which modeless window is active. This feature is also + useful when creating a control using the UserControl that contains a number of + controls that display tooltips. Since the UserControl is often not the active + window on a form, setting this property to true enables the controls within the + UserControl to display windows at any time. + + + + + + Gets or sets the time that passes before the tooltip appears. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the + waits before displaying a tooltip window. If the value of the + property is set to a value that is too long in duration, the user of your application + may not know that your application provides C1SuperTooltip help. You can use this + property to ensure that the user has tooltips displayed quickly by shortening the time + specified. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , , and InitialDelay properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of time that must transpire before subsequent windows appear + as the mouse pointer moves from one control to another. + + + This property enables you to shorten or lengthen the time that the C1SuperTooltip + waits before displaying a tooltip window after a previous tooltip window is displayed. + The first time a tooltip window is displayed the value of the + property is used to determine the delay to apply before initially showing the tooltip + window. When a tooltip window is currently being displayed and the user moves the cursor + to another control that displays a tooltip window, the value of the + property is used before showing the tooltip for the new control. The tooltip window from + the previous control must still be displayed in order for the delay specified in the + ReshowDelay property to be used; otherwise the property + value is used. + If you want to have a consistent delay pattern for your windows, + you can set the property. The AutomaticDelay property sets the + , ReshowDelay, and properties + to initial values based on a single time value. Every time the AutomaticDelay property + is set, the InitialDelay property is set to the same value as the AutomaticDelay + property. Once the AutomaticDelay property is set, you can independently set the + InitialDelay property, overriding the default value. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Retrieves the text associated with the specified component. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified control. + + + + + Associates tooltip HTML text with the specified . + + + + + Removes all tooltip text currently associated with the component. + + + You can use this method to remove all tooltip text that is associated with the + component. To disable the display of text instead of removing all + tooltip text from the C1SuperTooltip control, use the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the default font used to display the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window should display a solid border. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the color of the border drawn around the tooltip when the property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in tooltip window. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip is shown in a balloon shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tooltip window has rounded corners. + + + This property has no effect if is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ampersands in the text should be hidden. + + + Ampersands should be encoded in HTML as '&amp;' or '&#38;'. + Ampersands that are not properly encoded will not be hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether a fade effect should be used when displaying the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a collection of images that may be shown in tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient for the tooltips. + + + When the BackgroundGradient is set to a value other than none, the gradient + is used instead of the image specified by the property. + If you want to use a gradient different from the built-in ones, create an image + and assign it to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the tooltips. + + + The displays Html text. If the tip contains a lot + of text without Html tags that cause line breaks (such as <br> or <p> + for example), then the text will not wrap and the tooltip window may be too wide. + Use this property to force text to wrap within the tooltip so it fits in the + given width, even without Html line break tags. + Values less than or equal to zero disable the property and cause the tip text + to wrap only at the specified Html break tags. + + The code below forces all super tooltips to be less than or equal to 200 pixels + wide. + + c1SuperTooltip1.MaximumWidth = 200; + + + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of the tooltips. + + + This property should be set to a value between zero (totally transparent) + and one (totally opaque). + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the tooltip can be clicked. + + + This property is set to false by default, so the tooltip is invisible to + the mouse. All mouse events are passed on to the control under the tooltip. + Set this property to true if you want to add clickable areas to the tooltip, + such as hyperlinks. In this case, the tooltip becomes visible to the mouse handles + the mouse events itself instead of passing them to the control under the tooltip. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the tooltip should be displayed in right-to-left mode. + + + + + Fires before the is displayed. + + + This event allows you to modify the location of the tooltip (by adjusting the + parameter), or to prevent the tooltip from being displayed (by setting the parameter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Event that fires when the user clicks a hyperlink within a . + + + By default, tooltips are invisible to the mouse and therefore cannot be clicked. + You must set the property is to true in order to make the + tooltip visible to the mouse (and clickable). + Hyperlinks are created using "A" tags in the HTML source text. When hyperlinks are clicked, + the LinkClicked event fires and provides information about the link. The event handler + can then take appropriate action. + + + The example below creates some hyperlinks using "A" tags. When the user clicks the link, the + event handler shows a message box. + + // configure c1superTooltip + c1superTooltip.HitTestVisible = true; + var tipText = + "click <a href='about'><b>HERE</b></a> to see an about box.<br>" + + "or click <a href='time'><b>HERE</b></a> to see the current time."; + c1superTooltip.SetToolTip(someControl, tipText); + + // attach event handler + c1superTooltip.LinkClicked += c1superTooltip_LinkClicked; + // ... + + void c1superTooltip_LinkClicked(object sender, C1SuperLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.HRef == "about") + { + MessageBox.Show("About C1SuperLabel!"); + } + else if (e.HRef == "time") + { + MessageBox.Show("The time is " + DateTime.Now.ToShortTimeString()); + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified control, at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified control. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + The that the is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position, for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , for a specified amount of time. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + in client coordinates where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text, for the specified , at the specified position. + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + X client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + Y client coordinate where the tooltip is to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip with the specified text for the specified . + + Text to be displayed in the tooltip. + that the tooltip is associated with. + + + + Hides the if it is currently visible. + + that the tooltip is associated with. + + This method does not disable or otherwise prevent the tooltip from being displayed in the future. + To do that, set the property to false instead. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS ListViewItem placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS ListView control. + MS ListViewItem ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + + + Gets ToolTipText for MS DataGridView placed under the mouse cursor if specified. + + MS DataGridView control. + MS DataGridView Cell ToolTipText if not empty, or CurrentText. + + If Cell ToolTipText is empty then column ToolTipText will be assumed as Cell ToolTipText. + TopLeftHeaderCell, row HeaderCell or column HeaderCell ToolTipText also can be obtained. + + + + + Returns value specifying that there is currently opened hit testable tooltip window and Ctrl key is pressed. + + If this property returns true, tooltip should not be closed on mouse movements. + + + + Proxy control to allow adding tooltips to ToolStripItems. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event. + + object that fired the event. + that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a object. + + that contains the tooltip. + that contains the tooltip text. + that specifies the top left corner of the tooltip. + String that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + Gets a reference to the that contains the tooltip. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text and location. + + + + + Gets a reference to the that provides the tooltip text. + + + The can be used to display information about controls + or ToolStrip items. If the tooltip is displaying information about a control, then this property + returns null. If it is displaying information about a , then + this property returns a reference to that item. + + + + + Gets or sets the location where the tooltip will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that will be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Popup control that shows the tooltip content + + + + + Collection of images to be displayed in or + components. + + + + + String containing all common image extensions, used as a filter for an open file dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + Component that owns the collection. + + + + Adds an to the collection. + + String used to retrieve the image from the collection. + to add to the collection. + + + + Adds all images in an component to the collection. + + component that contains the images to add to the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the with the specified key . + + String that identifies the . + The with the specified key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Determines whether the contains a given key. + + String that identifies the . + True if the collection contains an associated with the given key, false otherwise. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the index of the with a given key. + + String that identifies the . + The index of the in the collection, or -1 if the + collection does not contain the key. + The parameter is not case-sensitive. + + + + Entry in a . + + + Each entry contains an and its associated . + Entries may be retrieved from the collection by index or by key. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + String used as a key to retrieve the image. + Image associated with the key. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to retrieve the image from the . + + The key value is not case-sensitive. + + + + in the . + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + This method is intended for internal use only. + + + + + used to persist objects. + + + This converter causes Visual Studio to persist the type in code-behind, which is version-neutral. + Without this, the objects would be persisted as binary resources, + along with their specific version, so upgrading the component version would break projects + created with previous versions. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object can be converted to a specified data type. + + The context. + The data type. + True if the conversion is supported, false otherwise. + + + + Converts the object into the specified data type. + + The context. + The culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + + Defines the interface for properties and methods to C1SuperErrorProvider component. + + + + + Sets the error description text for the specified control. + + The control to set the error description text for. + The error description text. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the parent control for this . + + + + + Allows to redefine default end user localize options for property, field or class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + + + + + Defines the list of properties that should be localized. + + + + + Defines a list of members of control that should be excluded from localization. + Currently used only AddControlToResources application for automatically generating + control resources. + + + + + If true then class, property or field will be not displayed for + enduser localization. + + + + + Gets the description of string that will be displayed in the + end user localizer in design-time. + + + + + Gets or sets type providing string used to localize . + + + + + Gets or sets resource key containing localized string for . + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific string description. + Default non-localized description text. + Argument for formatDescription parameter. + + + + Returns localized description text if it is available or default value + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and Strings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the attribute. + + The defining string properties. + The key value used to keep specific category. + Default non-localized category name. + + + + Looks up the localized name of the specified category. + + The identifer for the category to look up. + The localized name of the category, or null if a localized name does not exist. + + + + The utility class which handles localization tasks. + + + + + Returns ResourceStream for "official" resources + that provided only by C1, typicallly those resources contains + design-time strings. + Those resources can be only in main control assembly like C1.C1Preview.2.dll + and name of resource should have following format: + CulturePrefix.StringsTypeName + for example: + ja.C1.C1Preview.Design.DesignStrings.resx + + + + + + + + + Searches for standard resources which looks like BlaBla.Strings.CultureName.resx, + like C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.zh.resx or C1.Win.C1Preview.Strings.resx etc. + Ensures that resource is not *C1* built-in resource, i.e. its name DOES NOT HAVE format + like + CultureName.BlaBla.Strings.resx, otherwise bug can occur if entry assembly + have C1 builtin resources as in case of C1 executables like C1ThemeDesigner or C1FlexReportDesigner. + For example C1ThemeDesigner have ja.C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx resource + and this resource *SHOULD BE IGNORED* if resouceName is "C1ThemeDesigner.Strings.resx" and + cultureName is "" (invariant). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the parent of the CultureInfo passed in. Differs from ci.Parent + in that while ci can be equal to ci.Parent, this method it never returns + the passed ci itself, rather it would return null. + Also this function has special handling for chinese culture. + Under NET2 it returns "zh" culture name for + neutral "zh-Hans" and "zh-Hant" chinese cultures, under + NET2 "zh" is not exists. + + The culture name to get parent for. + The parent of the culture info, or null. + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Gets the "Warning" string. + + + + + Gets the "Question" string. + + + + + Gets the "None" string. + + + + + Gets the "Error" string. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings for the root group. + + + + + Gets the "overwrite a readonly file?" format string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "errors while saving resources" format string. + + + + + Contains strings designer strings. + + + + + Gets the "All" string. + + + + + Contains error strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localizer can be used under MS Visual Studio only." string. + + + + + Contains localizer strings. + + + + + Gets the "Localize..." string. + + + + + Gets the "Culture [{0}] already added to the current translation." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Exception occurs during loading strings from resource file:\r{0}\rException message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Gets the "The translation has been changed, save?" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select product to translate" string. + + + + + Gets the "Select project to store translation" string. + + + + + Gets the "Resource image with name [{0}] is not found." format string. + + + + + Gets the "Invariant culture" string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} culture to delete, there are {1} strings of this culture. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "You have selected {0} cultures to delete, there are {1} strings of these cultures. Are you sure?" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't create the [{0}] folder in the project.\rError message:\r{1}" format string. + + + + + Contains the open translation dialog strings. + + + + + Gets the "Solution '{0}'" format string. + + + + + Gets the "Can't build list of cultures" string. + + + + + Represents a localization . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The designed component. + The component designer. + + + + Returns the list of associated action items. + + The list containing the "Localize" item. + + + + Performs localizaion. + + + + + Performs localizaion. + + The designer to localize. + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to scrollbars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + if set to true invert horizontal scrolling handling. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is use. + + + true if use; otherwise, false. + + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + + + + Applies the scroll bars style. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + if set to true [force vertical scroll bar]. + if set to true [force horizontal scroll bar]. + + + + Resets the scroll bars style. + + + + + Returns true if the vertical scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Returns true if the horizontal scroll bar is visible. + + + + + Gets the width of the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets the height of the horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of scroll bars to display for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of vertical scroll bar. + + + + + Sets the size of the scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the track position of horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal scrollbar should always be displayed. + + + + + Handles NcCalcSize message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcHitTest message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Draws scrollbars in the non-client area of the control. + + The handle to the device context. + + + + Handles NcMouseHover message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles MouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseMove message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcMouseLeave message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles NcLButtonDown message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + Handles LButtonUp message of the control. + + The message to process. + + + + In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border. + + + + + In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + + + In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + + + In a title bar. + + + + + In a client area. + + + + + In a Close button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + + + In a Help button. + + + + + In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + + + In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a menu. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows. + + + + + In a Minimize button. + + + + + In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + + + In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). + + + + + In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + + + In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + + + In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + + + In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + + + In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + + + In the vertical scroll bar. + + + + + In a Maximize button. + + + + Values to pass to the GetDCEx method. + + + DCX_WINDOW: Returns a DC that corresponds to the window rectangle rather + than the client rectangle. + + + DCX_CACHE: Returns a DC from the cache, rather than the OWNDC or CLASSDC + window. Essentially overrides CS_OWNDC and CS_CLASSDC. + + + DCX_NORESETATTRS: Does not reset the attributes of this DC to the + default attributes when this DC is released. + + + DCX_CLIPCHILDREN: Excludes the visible regions of all child windows + below the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_CLIPSIBLINGS: Excludes the visible regions of all sibling windows + above the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_PARENTCLIP: Uses the visible region of the parent window. The + parent's WS_CLIPCHILDREN and CS_PARENTDC style bits are ignored. The origin is + set to the upper-left corner of the window identified by hWnd. + + + DCX_EXCLUDERGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is excluded + from the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_INTERSECTRGN: The clipping region identified by hrgnClip is + intersected with the visible region of the returned DC. + + + DCX_EXCLUDEUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE: Unknown...Undocumented + + + DCX_LOCKWINDOWUPDATE: Allows drawing even if there is a LockWindowUpdate + call in effect that would otherwise exclude this window. Used for drawing during + tracking. + + + DCX_VALIDATE When specified with DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE, causes the DC to + be completely validated. Using this function with both DCX_INTERSECTUPDATE and + DCX_VALIDATE is identical to using the BeginPaint function. + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + + + Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + + + Hides the window. + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or repositioned. + + + Retains the current position (ignores the x and y parameters). + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + + + Displays the window. + + + + The services requested. This member can be a combination of the following values. + + + + + The caller wants to cancel a prior tracking request. The caller should also specify the type of tracking that it wants to cancel. For example, to cancel hover tracking, the caller must pass the TME_CANCEL and TME_HOVER flags. + + + + + The caller wants hover notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSEHOVER message. + If the caller requests hover tracking while hover tracking is already active, the hover timer will be reset. + This flag is ignored if the mouse pointer is not over the specified window or area. + + + + + The caller wants leave notification. Notification is delivered as a WM_MOUSELEAVE message. If the mouse is not over the specified window or area, a leave notification is generated immediately and no further tracking is performed. + + + + + The caller wants hover and leave notification for the nonclient areas. Notification is delivered as WM_NCMOUSEHOVER and WM_NCMOUSELEAVE messages. + + + + + The function fills in the structure instead of treating it as a tracking request. The structure is filled such that had that structure been passed to TrackMouseEvent, it would generate the current tracking. The only anomaly is that the hover time-out returned is always the actual time-out and not HOVER_DEFAULT, if HOVER_DEFAULT was specified during the original TrackMouseEvent request. + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + Base C1Framework style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets objects used to paint backgrounds. + + + + + Gets the new object that matches the current style if it is possible. + + + + + Applies style to destination object if it is possible. + + destination style. + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + Specified style. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + static class helping to work with BackgroundBrushProvider + + + + + Copies properties of the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + the target BackgroundBrushProvider. + the source BackgroundBrushProvider. + + + + Base style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Theme provider. + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Style name. + Styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Gets or sets the root directory in C1Theme. + + + + + Gets theme provider of the current theme. + + + + + Resets style to it default value according to the applied theme. + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + Resets to this value if can't reset automatically. + + + + Gets a style that contains the default values for current style. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + Applied C1Theme + + + + Copies properties of the specified style of the same type. + + specified style. + + + + + Creates an instance of the class that is identical to the current + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the style is default. + + + + + Returns value indicating whether the specified property is default. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + + Reset specified property to its default value. + + Specified property. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Base ThemeProvider class working with theme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Gets the current C1Theme. + + + + + Gets an empty theme. + + + + + Gets the default theme. + + + + + Gets the current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets owner control. + + + + + Gets value indicating whether the current theme is updating now. Deny events until the end of the operation. + + + + + Start editing the current theme. + + + + + Stop editing the current theme. + + + + + Applies a new C1Theme to a style + + C1Theme to apply. + + + + Creates a new instance of an current empty theme. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Closed collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties. Represents non-public styled properties. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Styled properties will be initialized automatically. + + + + Add auto property only for public real properties. + Non-public properties shuold be added manually as "props" of the constructor, + in case this is styled properties. + + + Non-public auto properties greatly affects performance. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name. + + + + + Gets collection owner. + + + + + Gets top owner of the collection. + + + + + Start editing the collection. + + + + + Stop editing the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection contains a property with the specified name. + + Specified property name. + True if property exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the a specified property is initialized. + + Specified property name. + + + + + + Gets value of the specified styled property. + + Styled property name. + Styled property value. + + + + + + Tries to get value of the specified styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if success. + + + + Gets value of the styled property with the specified type. + + + + + + Sets value of the existing styled property. + + Property value. + Styled property name. + True if the value was successfully set, otherwise False + + + + + + Gets the parent collection. If some properties are reset or not initialized, + the collection will search for them from the parent. + + + + + + Completely resets specified property (make it uninitialized, initialization required after that). + + Specified property name. + + + + + Called when trying to get an initialized property value. + + Property name. + Returns new value. + Ideally this should never happen. The property can be initialized here and return its new value. + + + + + Called when collection owner is changed. + + + + + Fires when any properties change. + + + + + Raises the event. + + event sender. + that contains the event data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object has been disposed. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The exception that is thrown when trying to use uninitialized . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + Gets the name of the property that causes this exception. + + + + + A property with this attribute will be excluded from the styled properties + when default constructor is used. + + + + + Contains information about styled property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Property name. + Property type. + + + + Gets property type. + + + + + Gets property name. + + + + + A utility class for adding theme support to C1Framework's ScrollBarElement. + + + + + Stores the scroll bar element styles. + + The theme. + The scroll bars path. + + + + Restores the scroll bar element styles. + + + + + Applies the scroll bar element styles. + + The scroll bar element. + if set to true [clone]. + + + + Assembly helper routines. + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns targeted .NET version for the specified control's assembly. + + Assembly + String containing .NET version, e.g. 4.8. + + + + Utility class for binary serialization. + + + + + Converts an image into the base 64 string. + + The image to convert. + The string representation, in base 64, of the contents of an image. + + + + Converts the specified string, which encodes binary data as base-64 digits into the object. + + The string to convert. + The image. + + + + Saves an image into the specified . + + that will receive the object data. + An image to write. + + + + Loads an image from the specified . + + A which contains the object data. + The image. + + + + Helper class for scaling coordinates and images according to DPI scaling. + + + + + Default DPI value. + + + + + Gets the DPI value set in Windows for the primary screen. + + + + + Scales a int value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the system dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a int value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales a value to the dpi. + + The value for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + The scaled value. + + + + Scales the instance to the dpi. + + The style for scaling. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + This method doen't scale the Font property. + + + + + Scales a logical bitmap value to it's equivalent device unit value. + + The bitmap to scale. + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the vertical scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default height, in pixels, of the horizontal scroll bar for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the width of the horizontal scroll bar arrow bitmap in pixels for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Gets the default size, in pixels, of the border for a current DPI value. + + The DPI value for the current display device. + + + + Provides a method for replacing colors in the source image + with the specified new colors in the destination image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + The color to replace Black in the source image. + The color to replace White in the source image. + The color to replace Blue in the source image. + The color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Black in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace White in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Blue in the source image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to replace Magenta in the source image. + + + + + Copies the source image to the destination image with replacing colors. + + The source image using Format32bppArgb as pixel format. + The destination image using Format32bppPArgb as pixel format. + The width of the source and destination images. + The height of the source and destination images. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Helper class extends structure. + + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction around specified point. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The X coordinate of the point. + The Y coordinate of the point. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns rotated in clockwise direction. + + The rotation angle in degrees. + The rotated structure. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether specified Color value represents + some "visible" value, for example, this function returns false for + transparent color. + + + + + + + Returns true if two colors are equal. + + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has BBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Creates a new Color structure from specified integer. + NOTE, this function assumes that integer has AABBGGRR format. + + + + + + + Represents transformation matrix. + + + + + Gets the identity matrix. + + The identity matrix. + + + + Element (1,1) + + + + + Element (1,2) + + + + + Element (2,1) + + + + + Element (2,2) + + + + + Element (3,1) + + + + + Element (3,2) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The value to assign at row 1 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 1 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 2 column 2 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 1 of the matrix. + The value to assign at row 3 column 2 of the matrix. + + + + Returns string representation of this instance. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an identity matrix. + + + true if this instance is an identity matrix; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The original point to apply the transformation. + The result of the transformation for the input point. + + + + Transforms a point by this matrix. + + The x coordinate of the point. + The y coordinate of the point. + The result of the transformation for the point. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter, + returns the resulting matrix in the output parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Multiplies the current matrix by another matrix passed as parameter. + + The matrix to multiply the current by (the right matrix in the multiplication). + The product of multiplying the two matrices. + + + + Represents an ordered pair of double X and Y coordinates that defines a point + in a two-dimensional plane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal position of the point. + The vertical position of the point. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current to a human readable string. + + A string that represents the current structure. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + double coordinates to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating + the values of the Point object. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Offsets the current structure by the specified values. + + The horizontal offset. + The vertical offset. + + + + Converts the current structure to a . + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Adds a to a . + + The that is added. + The that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts a from a . + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current is empty. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores a set of four double values that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The location (coordinates of the top left corner) of the rectangle. + The size of the rectangle. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle. + The Y coordinate of the top side of the rectangle. + The width of the rectangle. + The height of the rectangle. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure that is exactly + large enough to contain the two specified points. + + + + The first point that the new rectangle must contain. + The second point that the new rectangle must contain. + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Deflates the current by the specified amounts provided as . + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the specified rectangle is entirely contained within the current . + + The to test. + true if is completely contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a point specified by its coordinates is contained within the current . + + The X coordinate of the point to test. + The Y coordinate of the point to test. + true if the specified point is contained within the current structure, + false otherwise. + + + + Inflates the current by the specified amounts on four sides. + + The amount to add on the left. + The amount to add at the top. + The amount to add on the right. + The amount to add on the bottom. + + + + Inflates the current by a specified . + + The to inflate the current rectangle by. + + + + Inflates the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The amount to add on the left and right of the current . + The amount to add at the top and bottom of the current . + + + + Replaces the current structure with the intersection + of itself and another . + + The to intersect the current one with. + + + + Tests whether the current intersects with another. + + The to test. + true if the current intersects with , false otherwise. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by specified horizontal and vertical amounts. + + The horizontal offset to apply. + The vertical offset to apply. + + + + Offsets the location of the current by horizontal and vertical amounts specified by a . + + The specifying the horizontal and vertical offsets to apply. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Converts the current to a . + + The converted structure. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted structure. + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Creates a structure based on the coordinates + of its top-left and bottom-right corners. + + The X coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. + The X coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The Y coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure from another RectangleD, + inflated by the specified amounts vertically and horizontally. + + The a copy of which is created and inflated. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle horizontally. + The amount by which to inflate the resulting rectangle vertically. + The newly created structure. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the intersection + of two RectangleD structures. + (The intersection may be empty, in which case is returned.) + + The first to intersect. + The second to intersect. + The newly created structure. + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + The rectangle to adjust. + Amount to offset the location. + The adjusted rectangle. + + + + Creates a new structure representing the smallest possible + rectangle containing the two specified rectangles. + + The first to combine. + The second to combine. + The newly created structure. + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the left edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the top edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the X coordinate of the right edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the Y coordinate of the bottom edge of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the current structure. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the and + properties of the current structure have zero values. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the top right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom right corner of the current structure. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of the bottom left corner of the current structure. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Stores an ordered pair of double values, typically the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure. + + The horizontal component of the . + The vertical component of the . + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + + + + Converts the current structure to a human-readable string representing it. + + The string representing the current . + + + + Converts the current structure to a by rounding the + width and height to the next higher integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts the current structure to a by truncating the + width and height to integer values. + + The structure this method converts to. + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a to a . + + The to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts a string to a structure. + + The string to convert. + OUT: the created structure. + Indicates whether an exception should be thrown if the string cannot be converted. + true if no error occurred, false otherwise (if is false). + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Subtracts one structure from another. + + The that is subtracted from. + The that is subtracted. + A representing the result of the subtraction. + + + + Adds two structures. + + The first that is added. + The second that is added. + A representing the result of the addition. + + + + Indicates whether two structures are equal. + + + + + Indicates whether two structures are not equal. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal component of the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical component of the current . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether of the current has zero and . + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Describes the thickness of a frame around a rectangle. Four double + values describe the , , + , and sides + of the rectangle, respectively. + + + + + Represents an empty instance of the structure. + + + + + Initializes a structure that has the specified + uniform length on each side. + + The uniform length applied to all four sides of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Initializes a Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure that has specific lengths + (supplied as a System.Double) applied to each side of the rectangle. + + The thickness for the left side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the upper side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the right side of the rectangle. + The thickness for the lower side of the rectangle. + + + + Compares two structures for inequality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are not equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the value of two structures for equality. + + The first structure to compare. + The other structure to compare. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the lower side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the left side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the right side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width, of the upper side of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another System.Object + for equality. + + The object to compare. + true if the two objects are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares this Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness structure to another + structure for equality. + + An instance of to compare for equality. + true if the two instances of Windows.UI.Xaml.Thickness are equal; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance of . + + + + Returns the string representation of the structure. + + A string that represents the value. + + + + UI Automation extension + + + + + Raises UIA common event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA property-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Raises UIA structure-event. + + UIA provider object + UIA event arguments object + + + + Converts Rectangle to array of double. + + Rectangle value + array of double values + + + + Converts Rectangle to Windows.Rect. + + Rectangle value + Rect value + + + + Converts Windows.Rect to Rectangle. + + Windows.Rect value + Rectangle value + + + + Defines a key/value pair that can be set or retrieved. + + The type of the key. + The type of the value. + + + + Gets the key in the key/value pair. + + + + + Gets the value in the key/value pair. + + + + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Represents a generic collection of key/value pairs that provides notifications when items get added, removed, + changed or when the whole list is refreshed. + + The type of keys in the dictionary. + The type of values in the dictionary. + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the . + + The object to use as the key of the element to add. + The object to use as the value of the element to add. + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + + + + Determines whether the contains an element with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + true if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + true if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if key was not found + in the original . + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + The key whose value to get. + When this method returns, the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, + the default value for the type of the value parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + true if the object that implements contains an element with the specified key; + otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an containing the values in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + The element with the specified key. + + + + + + + Occurs when a item value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + + Gets a changed item. + + + + + Defines events and methods for integration with the C1RulesManager control. + + + + + Fires after any data change notifications. + + + + + Occurs when you need to format the contents of an item to display. + + + + + Called when conditional formatting has been changed and view need to be redrawn. + + + + + Gets a names of fields. + + + + + Gets a count of data items. + + + + + Returns the value of the specified item. + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + + Represents item conditional formatting style. + + + + + Text font style. + + + + + Alignment of the text. + + + + + Cell icon. + + + + + Text color. + + + + + Text background color. + + + + + Cell border color. + + + + + Represents a Histogram. + + + + + Contains data for the conditional formatting event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + Specified item index. + Specified field name. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the formatted cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the index of the item to be formatted. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the current field of the formatted element. + + + + + Specialized TextBox used to edit HTML content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of an . + + + + + Override to change the default. + + + + + Insert a span tag around the current selection. + + Tag to insert (e.g. "b", "i"). + + + + Insert a list at the selection. + + True to insert a numbered list, false to insert a bullet list. + + + + Insert an image at the selection. + + Name of the image to insert. + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperLabel contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner label. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of label text. + + + + + + + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner label properties. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Wizard used to edit SuperTooltip contents. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the Form elements. + + + + + Updates images in the Images collection and PreviewLabel control. + + + + + Creates a new entry in the Images collection. + + + + + When overridden saves the current settings of the tooltip to an internal array. + + + + + When overridden restores the previous tooltip settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner tooltip. Used to copy styles to label on the form. + + + + + Gets or sets an ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection for storing images. + + + + + Gets a reference to the preview label + + + + + Gets or sets the value of tooltip text. + + + + + Update the label style to reflect the owner tooltip properties. + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents methods for the embedded editor. + + + If you want to use a third-party editor, consider creating a derived class + and implementing this interface. + + + + + Initializes the editor content and styles. + + The data that should be displayed in the editor. + The dictionary for customizing the appearance and behavior of the editor. + Supported keys: + + + AcceptEscape + + + + AcceptReturn + + + + AcceptTab + + + + DataType + + + + Format + + + + HorizontalAlignment + + + + Margins + or + + + MaxLength + + + + ReadOnly + + + + VerticalAlignment + + + + WordWrap + + + + + + + + Gets the current value of the editor. + + The current value of the editor (any data type). + + + + Gets a value that determines if the editor's current contents are valid. + + True if the editor currently has valid content. + + + + Updates the editor's size and position. + + The bounds of the cell being edited, in client coordinates. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether a given key should finalize editing. + + Key to be tested. + True if the key should finish the edits and close the editor. + + If this method returns true, the grid copies the editor value to the cell and + exits edit mode. The key is then processed by the grid (unless the e.Handled + parameter is set to true). + For example, pressing the down arrow typically causes the grid to exit edit + mode and move the cursor to the next row. + The default handler returns true for the TAB, ENTER, and ESC keys. + It also handles the arrow keys for editors based on TextBox, ComboBox, + and DateTimePicker controls. + + + + + Sets the format string used to display the value when the control is in edit mode. + + format string uses standard .NET format specifies. + + + + Gets the editor style, which determines the type of button that is displayed in + the cell before and during editing (DropDown, Modal, or None). + + + The default handler returns DropDown for ComboBoxes, DateTimePickers, and + UpDown controls. It returns None for other control types. + The UITypeEditorEditStyle enumeration is defined in the System.Drawing.Design + namespace. The available settings are DropDown, Modal, and None. + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Describes arguments for the event fired periodically by a potentially + long operation. Allows to provide feedback to the user and may also + allow to cancel the operation. + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with default + properties (Complete=0, CanCancel=false). + + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete value and CanCancel=false. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified complete and CanCancel values. + + How much is complete (from 0 to 1). + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Creates a new instance of LongOperationEventArgs with the + specified CanCancel value and Complete=0. + + Whether the operation can be cancelled. + + + + Gets the approximate completed ratio, from 0 (0% complete) to 1 (100% complete). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the event handler can cancel the current long operation + by setting the property to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current long operation + should be cancelled. (This property is ignored if is false.) + + + + + Represents a method that can handle a long operation event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A control that mimics the horizontal scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1HScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the vertical scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1VScrollBar. + + + + + Gets the default Size of the scrollbar. + + + + + A control that mimics the standard scrollbar with additional theming support. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a C1ScrollBar. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the style object with constants, brushes, colors, and glyphs. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating whether this is a vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the scrollbar should be drawn using the system style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether moving from one state to another should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by a mouse. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Resets the width or height of a C1ScrollBar to its default value. + + + + + Paints the scrollbar. + + + + + Raises the VisibleChanged event. + + + + + Handles the size of scrollbar is changed. + + + + + Raises the EnabledChanged event. + + + + + Raises the RightToLeftChanged event. + + + + + Returns the bounds to use when the scrollbar is scaled by a specified amount. + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Raises the MouseMove event. + + + + + Use internal only for theming support. + + The new theme to be applied. + + + + Applies a C1Theme to the scrollBar. + + + + + A customizable set of appearance settings. + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Gets the set of named integer constants. + + + + + Gets the set of named brushes. + + + + + Gets the set of named colors. + + + + + Gets the set of named glyphs. + + + + + Occurs when a is changed. + + + + + Maintains performance while is being changed. + + + + + Resumes processing after it has been suspended by a call to . + + + + + Loads a predefined theme into the object. + + + + + Represents the set of integer constants that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets an integer value associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known brushes that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets a Color for the case of a solid brush. + + + + + Sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Sets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Gets a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known colors that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets or sets a Color associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Pen associated with the specified . + + + + + Returns a Brush associated with the specified . + + + + + Represents the set of known glyphs that can be referenced from style elements. + + + + + Gets an image associated with the specified . + + + + + Updates the image associated with the specified + and determines whether the new image can be disposed from this + , i.e. the glyph set owns the image. + + + + + Returns a glyph image that is drawn using the specified foreground color. + + + + + Returns the size of the specified glyph image. + + + + + Named style constants of System.Int32 type. + + + + + Named style brushes. + + + + + Named style colors. + + + + + Named style glyphs. + + + + + Implements the extrapolation of a manipulation's position and orientation. + + + + + Represents a 2D manipulator at an instant in time. + + + + + The unique ID for this manipulator. + + + + + The x-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + The y-coordinate of the manipulator. + + + + + Creates a new Manipulator object with the specified properties. + + + + + Implements a multiple-input, single-output compositor for two-dimensional (2-D) transformations. + + + + + Implemented by an area of the Control that needs to receive touch notifications. + + + + + Executes before a new manipulation starts. + + + You can update mp.Configuration from this method. + + + + + Executes when the next manipulation occurs, including the inertia. + + + + + Represents the possible affine two-dimensional (2-D) manipulations. + + + + + No manipulations. + + + + + A translation in the x-axis. + + + + + A translation in the y-axis. + + + + + A translation in the x and/or y axes. + + + + + A scale in both directions. + + + + + A rotation. + + + + + All available manipulations. + + + + + Represents a result of the touch manipulation. + + + + + Gets the parameters of the touch interaction. + + + + + Gets the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the new x-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the new y-coordinate of the composite position of the manipulation, in DIPs. + + + + + Indicates the start of an interaction. + + + + + Indicates if the interaction has triggered inertia. + + + + + Indicates the end of an interaction (including inertia). + + + + + Indicates if the panning feedback offset is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the horizontal end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates how far past the vertical end of the + pannable region the pan has gone. This property should be updated by the + user if TouchProcessor.AllowPanningFeedback is set to true. + + + + + Specifies parameters for the manipulation and inertia processors. + + + + + Gets or sets the current set of supported manipulations. + + + + + Indicates that motions off the primary axis of motion are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the displacement before applying rails. + + + + + Gets or sets the X position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y position of the pivot, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the translation deceleration of an inertia processor, in DIPs per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the angular deceleration of an inertia processor, in radians per millisecond squared. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum radius, in DIPs, necessary for a manipulator to participate in scaling and rotation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control shows a visual cue when a user + reaches the end of a pannable area. + + + To enable panning feedback you should update the OverpanOffsetX + and OverpanOffsetY properties of the TouchOutput object in the + ITouchDestination.ProceedInteraction() method. + + + + + Indicates whether the control positioning reset should incorporate + a smooth animation after showing panning feedback. Set this + property to false if the original position of the control needs + to be restored immediately. + + + + + Represents the cumulative result of the manipulation. + + + + + Gets the translation along the x-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the translation along the y-axis, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the scale factor. + + + + + Gets the amount of expansion, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets the amount of rotation, in radians. + + + + + Represents a delegate that hit-tests touch destinations. + + + + + Provides data for touch events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a TouchEventArgs. + + + + + Gets the contact's X coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Gets the contact's Y coordinate, in pixels. + + + + + Provides data for the QueryStatus event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a QueryStatusEventArgs. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the event came from the stylus pen. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the press and hold (right-click) gesture is supported. + + + + + Accepts input from a touch device. + + + + + Indicates if the Windows Touch Technology is available on this platform. + + + + + Indicates if the application is running on Windows 8 or upper OS. + + + + + Indicates that the system is not drawing the cursor because the user + is providing input through touch or pen instead of the mouse. + + + This property always returns false on Windows 7. + + + + + Indicates whether cursor is hidden because the end-user uses touch or pen instead of mouse. + + True is cursor is visible; False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the timestamp in 100-nanosecond units. + + + + + Creates an instance of TouchProcessor for the given control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible displacement allowable for a tap, in DIPs. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable duration for a tap, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the animation timer should be created for processing inertia (true by default). + + + Call the ProcessTimerTick method for processing inertia when this property is set to False. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the touch processor is enabled. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the inertia is currently processed. + + + + + Occurs before processing any manipulations from touch device. + + + + + Occurs before the control starts processing input from + touch device or pen at the given point. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control. + + + + + Occurs if the user taps the control but the touch duration + exceeded MaxTapDuration or the touch point was moved. + + + + + Occurs as a result of the Press and Hold action. + + + + + Occurs when the user taps the control twice. + + + + + Sets the dots per inch (DPI) for the touch processor. + + Specifies the horizontal DPI of the touch processor. + Specifies the vertical DPI of the touch processor. + + + + Processes touch-related Windows messages. + + + It must be executed from the owner control's WndProc() method. + + The Message to process. + + Returns true if the message is handled and the owner control's + WndProc() shouldn't call base.WndProc(). + + + + + Tries to guess whether the mouse event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + The Point in client coordinates passed as Location to + the mouse event. + + + The optional timestamp of the check. + + + + + Tries to guess whether the scroll event being processed came + from the touch device rather than from the mouse or pen. + + + + + Processes inertia animation for the specified timestamp. + + + + + Forces to complete the currently running manipulations for the given destination. + + + + + Forces all currently running manipulations to complete. + + + + + Parses the specified string into a collection of path segments. + + A containing path data. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if and contains relative coordinate values, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Creates point with absolute coordinates. + + Raw X-coordinate value. + Raw Y-coordinate value. + Current path segments. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + true if contains relative coordinate value, otherwise false. + that contains absolute coordinates. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is an opportunity to transform the brush. + + specified brush. + + + + + Transformation the brush. + + specified brush to transform. + new brush rectangle. + the angle of rotation. + whether the brush should be mirrored horizontally. + whether the brush should be mirrored vertically. + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.8.Design.Client.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.8.Design.Client.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c7937d Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.8.Design.Client.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.8.Design.Protocol.Client.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.8.Design.Protocol.Client.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac3b8f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/C1.Win.8.Design.Protocol.Client.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.8.Design.Protocol.Server.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.8.Design.Protocol.Server.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56bb95e Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.8.Design.Protocol.Server.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.8.Design.Server.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.8.Design.Server.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82e09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/Design/WinForms/Server/C1.Win.8.Design.Server.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/ja/C1.Win.8.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/ja/C1.Win.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6f8afb Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/lib/net8.0/ja/C1.Win.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/license_EN.txt b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/license_EN.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f32d1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/license_EN.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Copyright ©️ MESCIUS inc. + +The End User License Agreement (“EULA”) contains the terms and conditions that +govern Your use of MESCIUS inc. SOFTWARE enclosed or otherwise +accompanied herewith (individually and collectively, the “SOFTWARE”) (as linked +to below) and imposes material limitations on Your License. You should read +this EULA carefully and treat it as valuable property. + +You may obtain a complete copy of the EULA at: +https://developer.mescius.com/legal/eula + +Licensing FAQs: +https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/licensing diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ea0def --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.8.0.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/.signature.p7s b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69aa5e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631.nupkg b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef1f8dd Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.targets b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf9755 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.targets @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex]::Match($(MSBuildThisFileFullPath),"\d+\.\d+\.(\d+)?\.\d+\\buildTransitive").Groups[1].Value) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + + + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.targets b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf9755 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.targets @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex]::Match($(MSBuildThisFileFullPath),"\d+\.\d+\.(\d+)?\.\d+\\buildTransitive").Groups[1].Value) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + + + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/docs/readme.md b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/docs/readme.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73139f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/docs/readme.md @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +## About + +The ComponentOne Command library for WinForms includes menu, layout and navigation controls such as C1DockingTab, C1Menu, C1Toolbar, C1NavBar, C1OutBar, and C1RadialMenu. + +![WinForms C1Command Control](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/GrapeCity/ComponentOne-WinForms-Samples/5dc3e2e0e9fe814b46a65929a54f662f431980d7/NetFramework/Command/WinForms_Command.png "WinForms C1Command") + +Key Features: + +* C1DockingTab for WinForms provides docking and floating behavior; tabs hide, auto-hiding, alignment, styles; design-time editors for quick styling. +* C1Menu and C1Toolbar can be docked with other controls; the toolbar can be floating; support global key shortcuts, etc. +* C1NavBar can be collapse on any edge of its container; buttons can be customized at run-time; extensive design-time support, etc. +* C1OutBar expand and collapse each page like a accordion control; arbitrary controls and charts can be embedded in any pages. +* C1RadialMenu provide the best possible performance and flexibility, support complete customization, etc. + +Learn more at [DockingTab](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/winforms-ui-controls/docking-tab-control-winforms). +Learn more at [Menus and Toolbars](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/winforms-ui-controls/menu-tool-bar-control-winforms). +Learn more at [NavBar](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/winforms-ui-controls/navigation-bar-control-winforms). +Learn more at [OutBar](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/win/online-menus-toolbar/outbaroverview.html). +Learn more at [RadialMenu](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/winforms-ui-controls/radial-menu-control-winforms). + +## Resources + +* [Samples](https://github.com/GrapeCity/ComponentOne-WinForms-Samples/tree/master/NetFramework/Command) +* [Documentation](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/win/online-menus-toolbar/overview.html) +* [Licensing](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/licensing) diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96c2e3f Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d210314 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.xml b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..778dc65 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19310 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Represents a main customization form. + + + + + A TabPage, describing toolbars. + + + + + A TabPage, describing available commands. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + A button for adding a new toolbar. + + + + + A button for deleting toolbar. + + + + + A list of all command categories. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A button for saving toolbar layout. + + + + + A button to restoring toolbar layout. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A StatusBar control. + + + + + A StatusBarPanel control. + + + + + A button to reset toolbar layout. + + + + + A list of all customizable toolbars. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox switching visibility of Customize link in the selected toolbar. + + + + + A TabControl control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A TabPage control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A button to call Font dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A Font dialog. + + + + + A Color dialog. + + + + + A NumericUpDown control. + + + + + A CheckedListBox control. + + + + + A ComboBox control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CustomizerForm class. + + + + + The form, which is owner for this form. + + + + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Finds first command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + Finds next command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + Represents dialog for entering a new toolbar name. + + + + + The Textbox control + + + + + The Label control + + + + + OK button + + + + + Cancel button + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NewToolbarForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1NewToolbarForm. + + + + + + The name of new toolbar + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Provides AboutBox designer verb. + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandDockDesigner. + + + + + C1CommandLinksEditor + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + When glyph is under mouse. + + + + + When glyph or one of its children is under mouse. + + + + + Exists if glyph is visible. + + + + + Base class for all glyphs and all designers who implemented IFloatieService + + + + + Specifies the area of glyph, all coordinates specified + relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Last area that was found in the GetHitTest method, + can be interpretated as area currently under mouse, use + Areas[_lastArea] to get r of this area. + + + + + The clipping rectangle for this glyph, + this rectangle is used in GetHitTest and painting. + Coordinates are specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Returns the clipping rectangle that should be defined + before painting of this glyph, coordinates + should be specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Returns the array of rectangles representing the content of the glyph, + this array will be stored in the Areas property, coordinates + should be specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Gets the text to show in the "status glyph" (as a prompt to the user). + + + + + Glyph used to highlight some area on the designer + (but does not yet have any customize buttons/floaties). + + + + + Glyph highlights its area on the designer, and also + pops up a floatie allowing to invoke dialogs etc. + + + + + Called when the mouse enters the glyph. + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the glyph. + + + + + Glyph corresponding to an entire control. + + + + + Implements all interactions with glyphs. + + + + + Displays the drop-down menu at specified screen position. + + + + + Displays the drop-down MODAL form at specified position, + the position should be specified relative to top-left corner of screen. + + + + + Displays the drop-down form at specified position, + the position should be specified relative to top-left corner of screen. + + + + + Displays the drop-down form at specified position, + the dropDownButtonBounds rectangle should be specified + relative to top-left corner of adorner window, + the form will be aligned to fit into screen and + not overlap the dropDownButtonBounds. + + + + + Returns true if point is within some of system glyps, that not should be ignored. + + + + + Contains some utils to draw the design-time glyphs. + + + + + This property is used to change edited element on-the-fly + It is useful for typed collections, where we want to edit a property + + + + + ShortcutPicker + Uses the Dock UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick Dock settings + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + ImageIndexPicker + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the drop-down list style. + + + + + Gets or sets drop-down image index within the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the collection. + + + + + + + + IconPicker + Uses the Image UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick icons + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the drop-down list style. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the drop-down list . + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Fully refreshes a form's controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the GlyphBase object creating this form. + + + + + sets a flag + + the property name (must be [Flags]enum) + specific flag constant + the new value for the flag + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + ImageIndexEditor with property to define ImageList manually + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + NavBarPanelsEditor + + + + + Summary description for NewCommandTypeDlg. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + RadialMenuItemCollectionEditor + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + The C1CommandDock control provides docking and floating capabilities to C1Command toolbars (class C1ToolBar) and + tab controls (class C1DockingTab). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDock class. + + + + + For internal use only. + + Runtime key. + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandDock. + + + + + + Docs or floats the specified control. + + The child control. + The x- and y-coordinates of the point where the child control will be moved. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the left. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the top. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the right. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the bottom. + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating C1ToolBar and C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Sets or returns whether the dock automatically adjusts its size. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + Allows to customize docking behavior for associated C1DockingTab or C1DockingTabPage control. + + + + + Initializes new instance of + + + + + Initializes new instance of + + + + + + + Gets of sets parent Form, associated with the docking manager. + + + + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating. + + + + + Defines the form resizing mode. ResizingMode.Proportional value makes all controls of the form resize proportionally. + + + + + Gets or sets a value which determines whether and how to adjust the control sizes after dragging. + + + If is set to , + then the size of the controls will be adjusted proportionally, + otherwise the sizes remain unchanged after dragging. + + + + + Specifies floating windows options. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Notifies that a or a changed state to floating. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Notifies that a or a is changing state to floating. Can + be canceled. + + + By default, the of the floating window is , hence only "Close" button is shown in the window's caption. + It is possible to change the floating window border style and visibility of Maximize box using event handler. + + + This example sets sizable FormBorderStyle and shows Maximize box for each floating window shown. + + private void c1DockingManager1_Floating(object sender, FloatingEventArgs e) + { + e.FormBorderStyle = FormBorderStyle.Sizable; + e.MaximizeBox = true; + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs during a docking operation and enables the source to determine whether it can be dropped into the target + place. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs during a docking operation and enables the source to determine docking anchors that should be disabled. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs after a page has been closed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when a tab is moved by the user. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user starts to drag a or a . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user starts to resize a or a using a splitter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user releases the splitter after resizing a or a . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs after or is dragged. + + + You can change size value here, + depending on your needs. Which will allow you to enable or disable + automatic resizing whenever you need it. Or you can manually set + the value for the dragged control. + + private void c1DockingManager1_Dragged(object sender, DraggedEventArgs e) + { + switch(e.DockingTab.Dock) + { + case DockStyle.Left: + case DockStyle.Right: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Proportional; + break; + case DockStyle.Top: + case DockStyle.Bottom: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Default; + e.DockingTab.Height = 100; + break; + default: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Default; + break; + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + This class implements the familiar tab control interface: several overlaying pages (each of which can + contain arbitrary controls) accessible via tabs at the side of the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTab class. + + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + Runtime key + + + + Occurs when the page header of DockingTab is clicked. + + + + + Event fires when the AutoHiding property is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Fired when a new C1DockingTab is automatically created in response to user actions (e.g. tearing off a tab and dropping it elsewhere). + + + + + Occurs when the Alignment property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AutoHiding property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanAutoHide property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanCloseTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabList property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanMoveTabs property is changed. + + + + + Allows to override the standard drawing of the tabs with custom drawing. + + + + + Occurs when the HotTrack property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Indent property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ItemSize property is changed. + + + + + Allows to arbitrarily change the size of the tabs. + + + + + Occurs when the MultiLine property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Padding property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the index of the currently selected page is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when the SelectedIndex property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedTab is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowSingleTab property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowCaption property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLook property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLayout property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after a page has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabSizeMode property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AlignTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabStyle property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Floating property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the RightToLeftLayout property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a tab is moved by the user. + + + + + List of controls whose children are excluded from SaveLayout / RestoreLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the alignment of a text shown on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Gets or sets position of close box. + + + This property has effect only if is True. + + + + + Gets or sets modifier key which, if pressed, will prevent the floating control from docking when it is moved around at runtime. + + + If several modifier keys are specified, pressing any one will work. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode used to draw window outline while moving the window. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of tab pages in this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the currently selected page. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the image list used to provide images to show on the control’s tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the look of the tabs (whether to show text, image or both). + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and images on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space around images and text shown on the tabs. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the area of the control (top, bottom, left or right) where the tabs are aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the way in which the tabs are sized. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rearrange tabs by dragging them around at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rename tabs by double clicking on the tab's text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control's tabs change in appearance when the mouse passes over them. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how tabs are aligned along the side of the page content area. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when showing or hiding the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more than one row of tabs can be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of tab rows for multi-line docking tab control. + + + Works only when property is set to true. + When this property is assigned a negative value or 0, the maximum number of rows is unlimited. + + + + + Gets the text of the currently selected tab (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the number of pages in the control. + + + + + Gets the number of tab rows (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation of the first tab from the side of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the tabs (if empty, the size is calculated automatically based on content). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether tabs scrolling arrows are currently shown (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the pages of the tab control are in auto-hiding mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab will be shown when there is only one page in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether individual tab pages can be closed by the end user. If CanCloseTabs is true, a close icon appears either in the caption area (if ShowCaption is true), or in the tabs area otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab page closed by the end user should be kept in an internal array (used when a previously saved tabs layout is restored). The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the pages can auto-hide (if both CanAutoHide and ShowCaption are true, a pin icon appears in the caption area). + + + + + Gets or sets the width of automatic splitters drawn between pages of the control when page docking is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text drawn on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the docking of the control in the parent container. Can be specified only for controls not parented in a C1CommandDock. + + + + + Indicates the border style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Indicates the tab style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs can receive focus on mouse click. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control handles Ctrl-Tab and Ctrl-Shift-Tab keys. + + + + + Gets the C1DockingTab which automatically created this instance in response to user actions. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab area. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the C1DockingTab is currently floating (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw border around the tab area. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance between tabs (may be negative to overlap tabs). + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the edge of the tab area and the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw selected tab text with bold font. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show a button with dropdown list of all tabs (ignored in multiline mode). + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs area is displayed within the . + + + Use the ShowTabs property to control the display of the tabs. + If this property is set to false, the tabs area is not displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. + + + + + + + + + + + Fires the AutoHidingChanging event. + + + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Returns true if the specified tab is in the hot state, otherwise false. + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Closes the tab page specified. + + + + + + Hides the page by sliding it to the side. + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + Returns the page with the specified tab text. + + + + + + + Scrolls the tabs if necessary so that the tab of the currently selected page is visible. + + + + + Returns the collection of all C1DockingTab components that were automatically + created as the result of user interaction with the current C1DockingTab + (e.g. when a page is teared off and dropped to float outside of the form). + + The array of automatically created C1DockingTab controls. + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + returns true if docking tab has some visible pages + + + + + Sets the SelectedIndex property + + The index to be set (-1, 0..TabPages.Count - 1) + Force re-setting/re-drawing if new value same as current + Animate if sliding page. + Fire index change events. + + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with TabVisible page + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the stream. + + + + Additional property names of the C1DockingTabPage that you would like to store. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the specified file. + + + + Additional property names of the C1DockingTabPage that you would like to store. + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the stream. + + + + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the specified file. + + + + + + + Floats the page out from the form. + + The tab page to float out. + + Floats out the page to a default position. + + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The position. + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Returns the row and column of the specified tab in the tabs of the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the ShowToolTips property is changed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A object. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tool tip is shown when the mouse passes over the tab. + + + + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a single tab page in a C1DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPage class. + + + + + Occurs when the page header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the caption text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the visibility of the tab changes. + + + + + + + + Event fired when the page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after the page has been closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the tab image in the tab control's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the tab. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the text in the caption area of the page. If not specified, defaults to the value of the Text property. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip text for the tab. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether this page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the tab is visible. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Returns the tab bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the selected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the nonselected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the selected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over tab area of the page. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse is pressed on tab area of the page. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to a default position. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified position. + + The position. + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified coordinates. + + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Docks the page to the another target page. + + The target page. + + The page becomes the next page after the target page. + If you want to Dock this page the first use DockTo(C1DockingTab)/> + + + + + Docks the page to the target DockingTab. + + The target docking tab. + + The page becomes the first page at the target DockingTab. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTabPage. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the HandleCreated event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of C1DockingTabPage elements. + + + + + Returns number of pages where TabVisible property is True. + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a dockingtab page with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1DockingTabPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + Describe what kind of controls are contained in the commanddock + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The created Form. + + + + + A method template that is used to handle event. + + The source of an event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The floated . + + + + + The floated . + + + + + Gets or sets border style of the floating window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Maximize button is displayed in the caption bar of the floating window. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The docking tab that was dragged. + + + + + The command dock from which the or were dragged. + + + + + The command dock that the or were dragged to. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The control that is being resized. + + + + + The side of the control that is being resized. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The or control that is being resized. + + + + + The side of the control that is being resized. + + + + + The new size of the control. + + + + + The neighbor control. + + + Null if no neighbor control exists. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + Gets source docking tab. + + + + + Gets source docking tab page. + + + + + Gets target command dock. + + + + + Gets target docking tab. + + + + + Gets target bounds. + + + + + Gets target docking style. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + + The source of an event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Represents docking anchors. + + + + + No anchors is selected. + + + + + Left anchor. + + + + + Top anchor. + + + + + Right anchor. + + + + + Bottom anchor. + + + + + Diamond-center anchor. + + + + + Diamond-left anchor. + + + + + Diamond-top anchor. + + + + + Diamond-right anchor. + + + + + Diamond-bottom anchor. + + + + + All diamond anchors. + + + + + All anchors are selected. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + Get or sets allowed anchors. + + + + + Gets source docking tab. + + + + + Gets source docking tab page. + + + + + Gets the screen point. + + + + + Returns a that is under the cursor. + + + + + Returns a that is under the cursor. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the a docking operations event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Returns true if HitTest returns the control button. + + A result of processing the WM_NCHITTEST. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AllDockingTabs class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + stores all C1DockingTab-s that is not in C1CommandDock + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDockReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the the background color for the . + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabReflector class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide size for the owner. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPageReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Defines a name/value property pair that can be set or retrieved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure + with the specified name and value. + + The property name. + The property value serialized to a string. + + + + The property name. + + + + + The property value serialized to a string. + + + + + Draw a rectangular area with parameters. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Draws the rectangle with parameters. + + A object that encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + The rectangle area to paint. + A object to fill the rectangle. + The color of the border of the rectangle. + Radius of all rectangle corners, in pixels. + + + + Draws the rectangle with parameters. + + A object that encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + The rectangle area to paint. + A object to fill the rectangle. + A structure that represents the border starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the border ending color for the gradient. + The tab bottom line color. + Radius of all rectangle corners, in pixels. + A structure that specifies the locations of the tabs in a tab control. + + + + + Summary description for DockingTabPaint. + + + + + Inflated distance between borders and client area of dockingtab + + + + + + + + Indent between edge of whole dockingtab and it's first visible tab + + + + + + Indent between edge of whole dockingtab and it's last visible tab + + + + + + Space between neighboring tabs + + + + + + Margins between edge of tab and it's "client" area + + height of tabs area - for calculating margin + + + + + The font owner interface. + + + + + Gets the owner font. + + + + + Draws tab slide. + + + + + Draws tab. + + + + + Draws borders. + + + + + Draws tab area. + + + + + Draws tab area border. + + + + + Draws scroll buttons. + + + + + Draws close button on tab area. + + + + + Draws list button on tab area. + + + + + Draws tab button. + + + + + Inflated distance between borders and client area of docking tab + + + + + Indent between edge of whole docking tab and it's first visible tab + + + + + Indent between edge of whole docking tab and it's last visible tab + + + + + Space between neighboring tabs + + + + + Margins between edge of tab and it's "client" area + + height of tabs area - for calculating margin + + + + Draws focus rectangle; + + + + + Draws tab caption. + + + + + Draws close button on caption. + + + + + Draws pin button. + + + + + Draws list button on caption. + + + + + Draws page background. + + + + + Specifies floating windows options. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a single page or the floating window should be closed on the window's close button click. + + + + + Gets or sets border style of the floating window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Maximize button is displayed in the caption bar of the floating window. + + + This property has effect only if property is set to value. + + + + + All possible states + + + + + All possible caption states + + + + + Summary description for Popup. + + + + + Fills the _ctrlRects array with all currently visible controls and their bounds. + + + The control that will not be added to the _ctrlRects + (usually this is the control that the user moved, so it's size and location are + to be given higher priority). + + + + + Used to adjust the content sizes after autocreated command dock is added. + Adjustment is made according to the specified ResizingMode. + + Content size offset. + Resizing mode. + DockStyle of the autocreated command dock. + + + + Resizing mode of + + + + + Default mode + + + + + Proportional mode + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert TabStyleEnum objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EnumConverter class for the given type. + + A Type that represents the type of enumeration to associate with this enumeration converter. + + + + + + + + + + Type of topic bar element at a specific point on the control. + + + + + The point is out of the C1TopicBar's area. + + + + + The point is in the C1TopicBar's empty area. + + + + + The point is on empty space of a page title area (not over a text, image or expand/collapse indicator). + + + + + The point is on expand/collapse indicator of a page title. + + + + + The point is on image of a page title. + + + + + The point is on text of a page title. + + + + + The point is on a page body (but not on a link). + + + + + The point is on empty space of a link (not over a text or image). + + + + + The point is on image of a link. + + + + + The point is on text of a link. + + + + + Contains information, such as the page and the link + in the control. + + + Use the method to obtain a value. + + + + + Gets a that describes the type of element described by a . + + + This property allows you to determine whether the point corresponds to a topic link or + to special elements such as title image or text, and so on. + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in design-time. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value for the specified key. + + The key of the string. + The string corresponding to the specified key. + + + + Used for serialization of strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the description shown in Properties window in the IDE. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Return or create commandholder for a control + + + + + + + Return true if any toolbar, menu or popupmenu has embedded control (in commandcontrol) + which has input focus + + + + + + Start to calculate layout, prevent painting + + + + + End to calculate layout, resume painting + + + + + Commandlink is in process being current active link or not + + + + + Bar in customize mode or not + + + + + Return the size of given text using current font and current text format + + + + + + + + Padding between text and left or right link edge + + + + + Padding between text and top or bottom link edge + + + + + Standard link size (height) in this bar and with current bar font + + + + + String format for painting text in commandlinks, individual for each bar + + + + + Calculate size and location of bar and command links on it + + + + + Calculate padding using current VisualStyle + + + + + + Return if bar is horizontal or not. + + + + + Handler for ParentChanged event + + + + + + Restore active control after popup menu is closed + + + + + + + Save current active control before popup menu will shown + + + + + + Return true if mouse cursor is over embedded control in commandlink + + + + + + + Actions performed before commandlink is started to drag + + + + + + + + Check if mouse coordinates are really changed + + + + + + Actions performed on mouse down + + + + + + Actions performed om mouse up + + + + + + Find a link with given Alt+char and invoke it + + + + + + + Select first link as current + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Down key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Up key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Right key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Left key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Down key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Up key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Right key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Left key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Home key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when End key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Tab key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Shift+Tab key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Enter key is pressed + + + + + Pop down all submenus in current stack + + + + + + Pop down top submenu in current stack + + + + + + Pop down all child submenus in current stack + + + + + Indicates whether any sub-menu is open. + + + + + Execute linked command or open submenu for given commandlink + + + + + + + Open menu as submenu for given commandlink + + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + + Highlight given commandlink as current link + + + + + + Return commandlink with given embedded control + + + + + + + Show tooltip for given commandlink + + + + + + + Start timer for given commandlink in bar + + + + + + + Execute actions when timer event is occured: + invoke commandlink or pop down all children or scroll links in menu + + + + + + + The base for specialized commands such as button (a plain button, the only action is invoke), + submenu (points to a menu or a toolbar), textbox (text entry), list, combo etc. etc. + + + + + Empty command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Command class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Command. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + + + + Returns ImageTransparentColor with additional conditions. + When ImageTransparentColor is empty then need check the left-bottom pixel of image + or get ImageTransparentColor from owner C1CommandHolder. + + + + + Returns true if this ImageTransparentColor property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + + Resets the ImageTransparentColor property to its default value. + + + + + C1CommandHolder containing this command. + + + + + Default text for new items of this type. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip text. + + + + + Gets or sets the command category. + + + + + Gets or sets the command visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command has a drop down arrow when it is in a toolbar. + + + + + If true, the Checked property value is toggled automatically when this command is invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard shortcut associated with the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut text associated with the command. + + + >Use this property to localize shortcuts. + If property is empty or is False, then the has no any effect. + If property is empty, then default value is used for the shortcut. + + + + + Indicates whether the shortcut for this command will be shown. + + + + + Indicates whether this command's text will be shown as tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the command icon. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the command image (in C1CommandHolder.ImageList). + + + + + Gets or sets the command image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Arbitrary data that can be associated with the command. + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Returns the value of the mnemonic character, or the character following the ampersand, to be used as an access key. + + + + + Gets or sets the C1ContextMenu component associated with this command. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Generates a click event for the C1Command. + + + + + Raises the Select event for the C1Command. + + + + + Fires the CommandStateQuery event, updates any changed properties. + + + + + Event fired when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the command is selected by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the Checked property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Pressed property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the command state has to be verified. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was linked to this command. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was unlinked from this command. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Image or ImageIndex or Icon property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Enabled property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Visible property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Category property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowShortcut property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowTextAsToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the drop down arrow is clicked on the toolbar button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Returns true if the command has focus and "firmly" keeps it + (e.g. if it is C1CommandControl and user clicked inside the control). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Copy another command properties to this command + + + + + + Returns true if the change has actually been made + and the control is not initializing (i.e. on change should be fired) + + + + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TypeConverter class. + + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A CultureInfo object. + The Object to convert. + The Type to convert the value parameter to. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1Command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Commands class. + + + + + + Add or remove command to commands collection in commandholder (owner) + + + + + + + Remove command from owner (commandholder) + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a command with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1Command with the specified key. + + + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + Interface for controls using visual styles for drawing + + + + + Interface for commandbars (was separated from IBarInternal to implement user's drawing, but this is not completed) + + + + + Interface for all bars (toolbars, mainmenu, commandmenu) + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1Toolbar/C1MainMenu/C1ContextMenu.The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Tells bar to pop itself up. + + Parent bar or null + Command link which caused the bar to pop up + + + + Returns the master form which the menu is serving + + + + + Returns the master form which the menu is serving or master container (parent) if form + is absent, for example in usercontrols when they are opened in IDE as designers + + + + + Returns the popup form created by the menu (or null for main menu) + + + + + Returns the Windows activation owner of the bar control. + + + + + Returns true between MouseEnter and MouseLeave + + + + + Top command bar in bar's hierarchy or itself for toolbars and mainmenu + + + + + Arbitrary controls can be contained in toolbars. This functionality is provided by the class C1CommandControl, derived from C1Command. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandControl class. + + + + + Return a single comandlink which is linked to this commandcontrol + + + + + Event fired when the Control property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the CommandActive property of command is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the arbitrary control attached to the command. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the command link can be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the embedded control receives the Return key. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how the hot frame around the link is drawn. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Link external control to this commandcontrol (added event handlers to control) + + + + + + Remove event handlers from embedded control + + + + + Remove embedded control from this commandcontrol + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Called when focus is moved to the embedded control + Prevent usual event handling in the bar + + + + + Called when focus is moved out from the embedded control + Resume usual event handling in the bar + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + + Holds C1Command objects defined on the form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandHolder class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + Runtime key. + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandHolder. + + + + + + Creates a command holder and initializes it. + + Form for which the command holder is created. + The command holder created. + + + + Returns the command holder for the specified form, if it exists. + + Form whose command holder is returned. + The command holder for the specified form, or null. + + + + Gets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to retrieve the context menu. + + + + + Sets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to set the context menu. + The context menu to attach to the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Determines the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + Set the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the control which is the owner of this command holder. Normally this property is set automatically and should not be changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of commands. + + + + + Returns the main menu for the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list for command images. + + + + + Gets or sets the transparent color for images not in image list. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbars layout; To enable automatic layout persistence, add this property to dynamic properties. + + + + + Gets or sets a name of layout dynamic key in application config file. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to automatically save the toolbars layout (for this to work, Layout must be added to dynamic properties). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to update commands' status when idle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to the CommandLink using keys when the Command is disabled. + + + + + Draw smooth images for currently unselected items. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of all C1Command controls on the form (can be overridden by individual controls). + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer's new toolbar dialog form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the MDI child selection dialog form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how many times the app must be run before rarely used menu items start hiding. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold (in percent) for an item to be considered rarely used. The higher the value, the more items are hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay (in seconds) for the mouse to hover over the parent menu item in order to show all rarely used item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible menu and toolbar items are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation in menus. + + + + + Gets the C1Command associated with the shortcut. + + The shortcut keys associated with the command. + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + + Invokes toolbar customizer. + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be loaded from app config file. + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be saved in app config file. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode starts. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode finishes. + + + + + Occurs when a new toolbar is added or a hidden toolbar becomes visible during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a visible toolbar is hidden during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a new command link is added to an existing toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a command link is removed from a toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowNonRecentLinksHoverDelay property changes. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + called for restoring layout of a single toolbar + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Sets the current layout to be the default (the one the customizer's reset button reverts to). + + + + + Saves the layout data into the application config file. + + + + + Loads layout data from the application config file. + + + + + Reset layout. + + + + + Called for restoring layout of a single toolbar. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + C1CommandLink serves as a link to a C1Command component. + C1CommandLink can be added to menu/tool bars and customized as needed. + The actual action is performed by the C1Command proxy points to. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandLink. + + + + + + Gets the accessibility object instance. + + The accessibility object instance. + + + + Gets the . + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Command property of the command link changes. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Delimiter property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ButtonLook property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the AlwaysRecent property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeType property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeOrder property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the NewColumn property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Fired before the link is invoked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the linked command. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + If set, overrides the Command text. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If set, overrides the Command tooltip text. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is default in a dropdown or context menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is owner-drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a delimiter should be drawn before this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns true if the Padding has changed; otherwise, returns false. + The designer writes code to the form only if true is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this link starts a new column in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value controlling how to show the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of this menu item when its menu is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the relative position of the menu item when it is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining the relative position of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the item is always recent (is never hidden when hiding non-recent links is on) + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Enabled property. + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Visible property. + + + + + Returns true if the linked command is enabled and contains a submenu. + + + + + Gets the object (menu, toolbar etc.) containing this command link. + + + + + Gets the current state of the command link (normal, hot, pressed, open). + + + + + Gets the current index in CommandLinks collection for recent links. + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a service link (more, customize, scroll button). + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a More link. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Opens a submenu for linked . + + True - opens all the tree of menu. False - opens only the current submenu. + Opens a submenu, if the linked command is of type. Otherwise, does nothing. + + + + Closes a submenu for linked . + + + + + C1VisibleLinks + + + + + C1CommandLinks + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Move all links from More submenu to visible links, removes all elements from the collection, etc. + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + Removes the element. + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + Moves an element to the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + This method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate method is called. + + + + + Resumes painting after painting is suspended by the BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Resets all counters stored for recent link showing + + + + + C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMdiList class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + + Occurs before the Select Window dialog is shown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Sets or returns the maximum number of menu items created. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to list hidden windows. + + + + + This method should not be called directly, as there is no clear meaning in invoking a command which is actually a placeholder for commands created on the fly. + + + + + + Populates and shows the popup window with the list of all currently available MDI child windows. + + + + + Returns true if there are currently no items in the list. + + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandMenu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + The background image layout in the menu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMenu. + + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs before the command's submenu is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after the command's submenu is closed. + + + + + Event fired when the LargeMenuDisplay property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Font property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Width property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SideCaption property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowToolTips property of menu is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the HideNonRecentLinks property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ContextMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the image/checkbox bar in the menu. If set to 0, the width is calculated automatically. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the way large menus (when all items cannot fit in one column) are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to hide rarely used menu items. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show check marks instead of images or in a separate bar. + + + + + Allows to specify a caption (text and/or image) to be shown alongside the left edge of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to close the menu when an item is clicked. + + + + + Specifies a value indicating whether the text appears from right to left, such as when using Hebrew or Arabic fonts. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Context menu. + + + + + + A context menu. + + + + + For internal use. + + Runtime key. + + + + Shows the menu at the specified location. + + The control where the context menu is to be shown. + The point in the control client area where the context menu is to be shown. + + + + Closes the currently open context menu if there is one. + + + + + Gets the control that is displaying the shortcut menu. + + + This property enables you to determine which control currently displays the shortcut menu defined in the . + If the shortcut menu is not currently displayed, you can use this property to determine which control last displayed the shortcut menu. + You can use this property in the event to ensure that the control displays the proper menu items. + You can also use this property to pass a reference to the control to a method that performs the tasks associated with a menu command displayed in the shortcut menu. + + + The following code example creates an event handler for the event of the . + The code in the event handler determines which of two controls a PictureBox named pictureBox1 and a TextBox named textBox1 is the control + displaying the shortcut menu. + + Depending on which control caused the to display its shortcut menu, the control shows or hides the appropriate + menu items of . + + This example requires that you have an instance of the class, + named c1ContextMenu1, defined within the form. c1ContextMenu should have "Copy", "Find", "Change Picture" menu items. + This example also requires that you have a TextBox and PictureBox added to a form and that the C1ContextMenu property of these controls is set to c1ContextMenu1. + + + private void c1ContextMenu1_Popup(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + Control c = c1ContextMenu1.SourceControl; + // Copy and Find is dispayed for textBox1 + c1CommandCopy.Visible = (c == textBox1); + c1CommandFind.Visible = (c == textBox1); + // Change Picture is dispayed for pictureBox1 + c1CommandChangePicture.Visible = (c == pictureBox1); + } + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Window's main menu control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1MainMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1MainMenu. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the filter main menu access keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CanMerge property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when it is necessary to measure the owner-drawn link. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1CommandLink should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn menu should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when an OwnerDraw command link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1MainMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command holder. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the menu or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to merge MDI child menu with MDI parent menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the property value changes. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Summary description for C1SelectMdiChildForm. + + + + + The list of available existing windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SelectMdiChildForm class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + A list of available forms + + + + + A form being selected. + + + + + A ListBox control for displaying available windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Represents one window in the window list + + + + + A Form control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WindowItem class. + + + + + + Converts WindowItem to it's string representation. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a class for SideCaption property of a C1CommandMenu + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SideCaption class. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction (horizontal, vertical, forward diagonal, or backward diagonal) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment (near, far, or center) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text layout for the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the beginning color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ending color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image for the SideCaption in C1CommandHolder.ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption icon. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + MouseMoveTimer + avoid multiple calls to set_Enabled before one call is completed + (from Bernardo, who says it is from MS origianlly). + + + + + A timer that triggers an event starting at the DefaultInterval and getting + faster each tick (but not below the MinInterval value). + + + + + Gets or sets whether to trigger the event when the timer starts. + + + + + Gets or sets the default interval. + The Interval property is updated by DefaultInterval when the timer starts. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum Interval value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value by which the Interval property is reduced each time the event is triggered. + + + + + helper methods for colors handling. + + + + + Colors used to draw a button (some colors are start/end of gradients). + + + + + Remove link to _controlBar tfs 19468 memory leak + + + + + Calculates and returns the cursor position for the tooltip with a vertical offset. + + + + + Returns the first object in the hierarchy or null. + + + + + Members of this enumeration are used to determine the value of the ClickSource property in the ClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Click source undefined. + + + + + Click source is a menu. + + + + + Click source is a shortcut key. + + + + + Click source is external. + + + + + Describes data related to the invokation of a context menu + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ContextInfo class + + The control where the context menu was shown. + The location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + Returns the control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Return the location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Arguments for the command Click event handler. + + + + + ClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClickEventArgs class + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + + + + + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + + + + + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a Click event. + + The source of the event. + A ClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the CommandClick event handler. + + + + + CommandClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + Determines what caused the click event to occur. + Gets the command link which was clicked by the user. + Gets the context info for events fired from a context menu. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the command clicked. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandClick event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the check auto toggle event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckedChangedEventArgs class + + A new value of Checked property. + + + + Returns a new value of Checked property. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CheckedChanged event. + + The source of the event. + A CheckedChangedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the command status query event handler. + + + + + Determines whether the command is visible. + + + + + Determines whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Determines whether the command is checked. + + + + + Determines whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandStateQuery event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandStateQueryEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the before select MDI child window event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs class + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a BeforeSelectWindow event. + + The source of the event. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeToolBar event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeToolBarEventArgs class + + The tool bar just customized + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeToolBar event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeToolBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeLink event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeLinkEventArgs class + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + Gets the command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeLink event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DropDown event. + + + + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + + + + + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownEventArgs class + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DropDown event. + + The source of the event. + A DropDownEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureLink event. + + + + + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + Specifies the width of the link. + + + + + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + Specifies the width of the link. + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureLink event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the LayoutLink event. + + + + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + + + + + Text rectangle layout. + + + + + Image rectangle layout. + + + + + The location of the nested control (valid only if the command is a C1CommandControl). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LayoutLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + Text rectangle layout. + Image rectangle layout. + The location of the nested control + + + + Represents the method that will handle a LayoutLink event. + + The source of the event. + A LayoutLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawLink event. + + + + + The command link to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the link. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawLinkEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The command link to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the link. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawLink event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawBar event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + The graphics path bounding the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawBarEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the bar + The graphics path bounding the bar + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawBar event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasurePage event. + + + + + The C1OutPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the page caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasurePageEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1OutPage object to measure. + The height of the page caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasurePage event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasurePageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawPage event. + + + + + The page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the page. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the page. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PageClick event. + + + + + The page clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The page clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A PageClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureTab event. + + + + + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The width of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureTabEventArgs class. + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + The width of the tab.. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureTab event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + + + + Gets the new DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs class + + The new DockingTab. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + The source of the event. + A AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawTab event. + + + + + The tab page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The tab page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawTab event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawArrow event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + + + + + Gets the value if button is enabled. + + + + + Gets the value if button is pressed. + + + + + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawArrowEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + Gets the value if button is enabled. + Gets the value if button is pressed. + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawArrow event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawArrowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the floating caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + The height of the floating caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data.. + + + + Provides data for the CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandLinkEventArgs class + + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the SelectedIndexChanging event. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + + + + + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs class + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a SelectedIndexChanging event. + + The source of the event. + A SelectedIndexChanging object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageMoved event. + + + + + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the moved tab page. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageMovedEventArgs class + + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + Indicates the tab page. + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageMoved event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageMovedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates the tab page index. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageRemovedEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + Page index. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PanelEventArgs class + + Indicates the navbar panel. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the nav bar panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePanelCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the nav bar panel + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + A class that contains C1TopicBar page event data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object. + + + + The object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles page expanded and collapsed events. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A class that contains C1TopicBar click event data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object. + The object. + + + + The object. + + + + + The object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles C1TopicBar click event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + + + + + used if cl == null for positioning + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + ShortcutHelper. Keyboard shortcut handling. + + + + + #49566 lock for image processing + + + + + Represents an Outlook-style navigation bar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBar class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the collection of panels in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the currently visible panel in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the string defining the order and visibility for buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the string with the default order and visibility options for the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of buttons displayed in the stack (-1 shows all buttons). + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of buttons in the stack (unlimited if -1). + + + + + Gets or sets index of the selected button in the Buttons collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the button, which is currently selected in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button to be selected when the form opens. + + + + + Returns the number of visible buttons in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the close button is shown in panel caption, and what is closed when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the runtime options menu is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the vertical text is displayed in collapsed C1NavBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapse button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the direction in which to collapse the control. + + + + + Gets or set the value indicating whether the control is currently in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the navigation bar panels' header. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in panel headers. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the section header within the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in section headers. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of images displayed on stack buttons (24 x 24 pixels by default). + + + + + Gets or sets the space before the image on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the image and the text on a stack button. + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. The property is obsolete. Use PanelStyle property instead. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the button strip at the bottom of the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the style of C1NavBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the Style property to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the auto-scroll margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the wait cursor for the current control and all child controls. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the user presses the button on the C1NavBar. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Occurs when the close button on the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the collapse button on the panel header is clicked. Allows to cancel collapsing. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header image is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after a panel has closed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowOptionsMenu property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AllowCollapse property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CollapseDirection property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CloseButton property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be changed. Allows to cancel changing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the selected panel is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Save current order and visibility options as the default button arrangement. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with Button.Visible panel + + + + + Get the value of size for control in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a method that handle to cancel NavBar changing events. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new index for the selected panel. + The new selected . + True to cancel the event; otherwise, false. + + + + The new index for the selected panel. + + + + + The new selected . + + + + + The button of C1NavBar panel. + + + + + The type converter. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarButton class. + + + + + Gets the unique identifier, which is the same for the corresponding button and panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the small image that is displayed in the button strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in Image and SmallImage images. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the stack button, or in a tooltip when the button is in the bottom strip. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the panel header. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the button. + + + + + + + + The collection of buttons in navigation bar. + + + + + Creates a new button, puts the button into the collection, returns the created button. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the button with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such button exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + Copies the ButtonCollection to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + C1NavBar options form. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents the panel of navigation bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarPanel class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the panel is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the corresponding button for this panel. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The collection of navigation bar panels. + + + + + Looks for the panel in the collection with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Panel with the specified ID, or null if no such panel exists. + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the panel with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such panel exists. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a C1NavBarPanel with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1NavBarPanel with the specified key. + + + + + + + The section header class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarSectionHeader class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the horizontal rule control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarHorizontalRule class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Windows Classic style. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the default blue color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Olive Green color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Silver color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Media Center style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule in C1NavBar section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule between C1NavBar sections. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Border color. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + C1NavBar base style. + + + + + Gets the owner. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + The property to compare with default value. + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Raise the event. + + + + + + + + Represents C1NavBar button base style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button. + + + + + Represents background color or 1st background gradient color of button. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of button. + + + + + Represents the inner border's color of button. + + + + + Represents the outer border's color of button. + + + + + Represents C1NavBar button common style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Gets or sets the more button image. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the margins. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents style of normal button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of highlighted button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of checked button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of pressed button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents C1NavBar grip style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Gets or sets the grip height. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip margins. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents the C1NavBar header style. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar header panel style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar panel header section style. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Represents style of grip. + + + + + Represents style of buttons. + + + + + Represents style of panels. + + + + + Represents style of sections. + + + + + Represents style of separator. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar panel style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Represents style of panel header. + + + + + Gets style for the panel border. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar section style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents style of section header. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar border style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents color of border. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar separator style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents light color of separator. + + + + + Represents normal color of separator. + + + + + Outlook-style container/tab control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutBar class + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Returns the index of the page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the pressed state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the hot state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar up. + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar down + + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the PageTitleHeight property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Allows owner draw of C1OutBar's page scrolling arrows. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1OutPage should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the page title is clicked. + + + + + Fires when a C1OutBar's page caption must be measured. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changing. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedPage property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the PageLayout property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of outbar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected page. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the height of each page title. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the title. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the highlighted title. + + + + + Gets text format of caption string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether scroll buttons for scrolling toolbar links are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages are shown at design time. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with PageVisible page + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a single page in a C1OutBar. + + + + + Represents a collection of control objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPageControlCollection class. + + + + + + Adds the specified Control object to the collection. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPage class. + + + + + Occurs when the PageVisible property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Returns the caption bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets the pressed state of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the title of this page is owner-drawn. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns true if the page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over caption area of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page image in the outbar's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the page image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + The collection of outbar pages. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets an outpage with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1OutPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + Represents a a base class for page collections of a paged-like control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePagedControlsCollectionBase class. + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + Copies the PagedControlsCollectionBase to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Represents a radial menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RadialMenu class. + + + + + Occurs when a public property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the menu is expanding. + + + + + Invokes the MenuExpanding event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is collapsing. + + + + + Invokes the MenuCollapsing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is opening. + + + + + Invokes the MenuOpening event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is closing. + + + + + Invokes the MenuClosing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is expanded. + + + + + Invokes the MenuExpanded event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is collapsed. + + + + + Invokes the MenuCollapsed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is opened. + + + + + Invokes the MenuOpened event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is closed. + + + + + Invokes the MenuClosed event. + + Event arguments. + True if a handler exists and was called, false if no handler exists. + + + + Occurs when a menu item is clicked. + + + If the clicked item has its own Click event associated with it, + that event occurs immediately before this one. + + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + + + + + Gets or sets the menu radius in the expanded state. + The default value is 160. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius of the central button. + The default value is 28. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius separating the area filled with items' background color on the outside + from the inner area filled with radial menu's own background. + The default value is 70. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the radial menu's outer border. + The default value is 24. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tooltip relative to the radial menu. + The default value is "left". + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu should use animation effects. + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the image shown in the radial menu's center button. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor used by the radial menu. + The default value is "hand". + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu should automatically hide + on certain events (such as lost focus etc). + The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu is enabled. + The default is true. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the screen coordinates of the menu's center. + If the menu is currently invisible ( is false), + setting this property throws an exception. + + + + + Shows the radial menu at the specified screen point. + If the menu is currently visible at another location, it is hidden first. + + The owner form. + The radial menu center's screen coordinates. + Indicates whether the menu should show initially expanded. + + + + Hides the radial menu if it is currently visible. + + + + + Moves the radial menu if it is currently visible, + does nothing otherwise. + + The X offset. + The Y offset. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Interface representing the root menu to a which visualizes it. + + + + + Interface between a logical menu and a which visualizes it. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent item (may be null). + Parents are not supposed to be provided by the logical menus, + instead a submenu's parent is set via this property on the fly + by the window implementation when the submenu is opened. + + + + + Gets a name used to identify the item. + + + + + Gets the item text. + + + + + Gets the item tooltip. + + + + + Gets the item image. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets the number of child items. + + + + + Gets the specified item. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the item can handle a click. + This is relevant only for items with children (i.e. sub-menus): + if this property returns true, click within the sector (not on the border) + invokes the Click action rather than opens the sub-menu. + Otherwise (if this returns false), click anywhere in the sector opens the sub-menu. + + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + + + + + Gets the item-specific style. May return null for default style. + + + + + Gets the known to user item that the proxy represents, + such as a RadialMenuItem or a C1CommandLink. + This is the Item in RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs. + + + + + Proxy representing the root menu () and used by a + to visualize it. + + + + + Proxy representing a + associated with a , + and used by a to visualize it. + + + + + Ctor. + + The link corresponds to the item for which this proxy is being created. + + + + Identifies parts of a round menu window. + + + + + The center button (only part visible in collapsed mode). + + + + + Area around the center button - clicks here are associated with the button. + + + + + Center area mask. + + + + + Inner area of a segment (within InnerRadius, bordering on CenterSurround). + + + + + Outer area of a segment (outside InnerRadius, but not in the border). + + + + + Border area of a segment. + + + + + Sector proper mask (inner or outer but NOT border). + + + + + Sector mask (inner, outer or border). + + + + + Specifies the possible actions on a mouse click. + + + + + No action. + + + + + Click center button. + + + + + Click item. + + + + + Expand item with a sub-menu. + + + + + Specifies current geometry while animating. + + + + + The outer radius. + + + + + The start angle. + + + + + The outer border width. + + + + The root menu. + + + The current associated menu. + + + The visual style. + + + Menu center's SCREEN coordinates. + + + outer circle's radius: + + + small center circle's radius: + + + radius of the area around the center button still associated with the button. + + + inner radius of items' own background color. + + + thickness of the outer "border" (where the submenu arrows are): + + + Padding between bounds and current circle rectangle (changes when Expanded changes). + + + Whether to use animation. + + + Whether the "click" event is generated on mouse down (default is mouse up). + + + current (while animating, target) state: + + + while true, _expanded indicates the TARGET state: + + + Whether/where to show tooltips. + + + Max tooltip width (pixels). + + + Gap between the inner tooltip side and outer menu radius. + + + Tooltip display rectangle. + + + Animation interval (msec). + + + The number of animation frames when expanding or contracting. + + + The number of animation frames when switching between menus. + + + Expanding/contracting animation rotation angle. + + + number of segments: + + + start angle for segment 0, relative to 3 o'clock counterclockwise: + + + Gap between nearby segments: + + + True when (mouse) cursor is over the window. + + + Part of the window under the (mouse) cursor. + + + If cursor is over a sector, the sector's index. + + + True when (mouse) button is down. + + + String format for menu items' text. + + + String format for menu tooltips. + + + + Gets or sets the outer (expanded) radius. + + + + + Gets the center position in screen coordinates. + + + + + Gets or sets the center button's radius, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner radius of the area filled with item background color. + Set to 0 fill the whole area, set to -1 to ignore. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu is expanded. + Unless animating, Expanded means Bounds are set for expanded, + otherwise for center. While animating, bounds are set for expanded. + + + + + Gets the center button rectangle relative to Bounds.Location. + + + + + Gets the outer circle rectangle relative to Bounds.Location. + Call only valid for Expanded state. + + + + + Sets the physical window bounds according to the specified radius. + We only change bounds between fully expanded and fully collapsed states, + and do NOT constantly update bounds while animating. + + + + + + Transforms the window from one state to another: + expands, contracts, or changes the current menu. + Animation is used if is true, + otherwise the transformation is immediate. + + If true, the window (which must be expanded already) is redrawn + for the current menu. + + + + Gets the type of action that would be performed depending on the current '_hover*' values + and the item under hover, if any. + + The action that would be performed on click. + + + + Gets the center button's style to use. + + OUT: center button image; if non-null, should override the one specified with the style. + The style to use (possibly with Image overridden by ). + + + + Called when the part currently under mouse has changed. + + + + + Calculates the point around which the biggest circle within a segment can be drawn. + + The outer radius. + The segment's angle. + Distance from center to the point. + + + + Draws center image - radial menu's Image for root, or back arrow for sub-menus. + + The target graphics. + The button image. + + + + Sets clip on graphics. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills an arc with the specified brush. + + Target graphics. + The brush to use, or null to do nothing. + Frame - square that specifies only the center of the circle the arc is part of. + The radius of outer or inner (depending on sign of ) edge of the arc. + The arc's thickness - may be negative, then is the inner edge of the arc. + Start angle. + Sweep angle. + + + + Draws a segment (menu item). + + Segment's index (zero is at 12:00). + Graphics to draw on. + The outer circle's (square) rectangle. + The outer border's width (band where the submenu arrows are). + Starting angle for the segment's middle (relative to 15:00, counterclockwise). + Segment's angular width. + Radius of the "middle circle" - where to center text and image. + + + + Measures the passed tooltip and adjusts geometry + (_outerPadding, Bounds and _tooltipRect) accordingly. + + + + + + Checks whether a point is within the window. + + The point to test, in screen coordinates. + OUT: window part containing the point. + OUT: index of the sector containing the point, or -1. + True if the point is within the window, false otherwise. + + + + THE method - draws the content of the round window. + + + + + + + + Base path, must end with delimiter. E.g. "/Button/Collapsed/Normal/" + Fallback (similar) style for props not set on this one. May be null. + + + + Sets a property of the ThemeBrushHelper type. + If the new value is null, the property is removed (i.e. a fallback will be used if available). + Otherwise, the new value is set on this style. + + The property name (type must be ThemeBrushHelper). + The theme proxy. + The path to the background specifying the brush. + + + + Arguments for the RadialMenuItemClickEventHandler event handler. + + + + + Gets the item that was clicked. + This may be either an object of a type derived from , + or a . + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that item; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that link; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs class. + + The item that was clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a RadialMenuItemClick event. + + The source of the event. + A RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Specifies where to show menu tooltips relative to the radial menu. + + + + + Tooltips are not shown. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the left of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown above the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the right of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown below the menu. + + + + + Abstract base class for items in a radial menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the name used to identify the item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is checked. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is enabled. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the parent menu. + The parent is not serialized, instead it is set on the fly + when a child menu is shown. + + + + + Gets the child items' count. + + + + + Gets the specified child item. + + Child item's index. + The requested item, or null. + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + Return true to indicate that the item can process a click. + Return false to indicate that the item cannot process a click + (useful for sub-menus only - opens a sub-menu if one exists in that case). + + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item, possibly with a sub-menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItem class. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu item. + + + + + Occurs when the menu item is clicked. + + + + + Invokes the Click event. + + + + + + Gets the parent of this menu item (which may be either a , + or another ). + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the background color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item background specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the highlight color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item highlight color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the check mark color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item check mark color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the non-expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item non-expandable border color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the hot expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that style specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object that can be associated with this menu item. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item associated with a . + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the text shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the text + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the tooltip shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the tooltip + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the image shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the image + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + The collection of radial menu items. + + + + + Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + The item to locate in the . + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The to insert. + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Adds an object to the end of the . + + The to be added to the end of the . + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + + Determines whether an element is in the . + + The item to locate in the . + True if item is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Copies the entire System.Collections.Generic.List`1 to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from . + The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The item to remove from the . + True if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns + false if item was not found in the . + + + + Gets the enumerator of the . + + The enumerator of the . + + + + Occurs when the changes, either by adding or removing an item. + + + see + + + + + Raise CollectionChanged event to any listeners. + Properties/methods modifying this will raise + a collection changed event through this virtual method. + + + + + Helper to raise CollectionChanged event to any listeners + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the . + + The object to be added to the end of the . + The index of last element in collection if value is not null; -1 otherwise. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the . + + The object to locate in the . + True if item is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + The object to locate in the . + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The object to remove from the . + True if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns + false if item was not found in the . + + + + Copies the entire System.Collections.Generic.List`1 to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from . + The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + + A themeable control that contains one or more buttons. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ToolBar class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ToolBar. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Event fired when Reset command from Customize dialog is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonAlign property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonWidth property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the MinButtonSize property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CustomizeButton property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Border property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ToolBarStyle property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Horizontal property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be measured. Allows to customize the toolbar's size. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be drawn. Allows to owner draw the caption. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the WrapText property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ToolBar. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + The to apply to the text displayed by the control. The default + is the value of the property. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command holder. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is floating. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar can be moved by the user. + + Only works when is placed on C1CommandDock control. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets true if dragger should draw; the only difference from Movable is that it returns true + if !Parent.Enabled but other conditions are true. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size (width and height) of button in toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the width for all buttons (applies to horizontal toolbars only; if 0, buttons are individually sized). + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of customize button. + + + + + Test whether the toolbar can be made customizable (i.e. is on a C1CommandDock). + (If there is no parent, true is returned.) + + True if the toolbar can be customizable. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookHorz. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookVert. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets the current layout of the buttons. + + + + + Gets the default look of the buttons in the current toolbar orientation. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookCurrent. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance of the toolbar’s border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar automatically adjusts it size to fit all items. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment for vertical toolbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating what can be customized in this toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the toolbar or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap text in links when ButtonWidth is greater than zero and text doesn't fit. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is in customize mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of links or commands organized into various groups, mimicking the navigation bar seen in Windows XP. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the topicbar pages caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use animation when collapsing/expanding pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding between a page border and a link. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between pages. + + + + + Gets the collection of topic bar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages and links are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the LinkStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the style of the pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the PageStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether pages and links should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Returns information about the control at at the current mouse position. + + A object that contains information about the point. + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + The horizontal position of the client coordinate. + The vertical position of the client coordinate. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + in client coordinates. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + The code below shows hit test information whenever the user moves the mouse: + + Private Sub C1TopicBar1_MouseMove(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs) Handles C1TopicBar1.MouseMove + Dim ht As C1.Win.C1Command.C1TopicBarHitTestInfo = C1TopicBar1.HitTest(e.Location) + Label1.Text = ht.Type.ToString() + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Page)) Then + Label2.Text = ht.Page.Text + Else + Label2.Text = "" + End If + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Link)) Then + Label3.Text = ht.Link.Text + Else + Label3.Text = "" + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Collapses the all pages + + + + + Expands the all pages + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified text, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns index of the first page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when a link on this topic bar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when a page is expanded. + + + + + Occurs when a page is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs when the LinkStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the PageStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the Style property of the C1Border class. + + + + + No border. + + + + + Flat border at dark color. + + + + + Grooved border. + + + + + Ridged border. + + + + + Inset border. + + + + + Outset border. + + + + + This class allows you to add borders to a C1ToolBar object. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Border objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the border style. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width in pixels. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a left edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a top edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a right edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a bottom edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Sets full border around toolbar or removes border. + + If True, sets all borders, otherwise removes them + + + + Checks if border is full and visible. + + + + + + Checks if border is not visible. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Reset all private variables to initial values + + + + + Return true if all private variables have their initial values. + + + + + + Get or set a Control with border around it + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Recreate pens and brushes + + + + + Check width of border accordingly with other properties + + + + + Perform actions when border properties are changed + + + + + Represents a topic bar link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link to assign. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + The index of the image in the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + The index of the image in the . + The arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the link image in the ImageList of the page. + + + + + Index of this link in the topic page. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is visible. + + + + + Gets the owner topicpage. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link was pressed. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicLink objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicLinkCollection class. + + + + + Gets or sets the link at the specified index. + + + + + Adds the specified link to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified link and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the link into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified link from the collection. + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for CTopicPage. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPage class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + The value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + The value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + The arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + Gets the index of this page in the topic bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page has a special dark title. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the expand/collapse button is shown on the page title. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page title image in the topic bar’s ImageList. + + + + + Gets the collection of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether wide link texts wrap. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Collapses the page + + + + + Expands the page + + + + + Calls when page expanded. + + + + + Calls when page collapsed. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicPage objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPageCollection class. + + + + + Gets or sets the page at the specified index. + + + + + Adds the specified page to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified page and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the page into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified page from the collection. + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the TopicBar pages style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The normal . + The topic . + + + + Gets the style of page. + + + + + Gets the style of special page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic bar style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Normal font. + Normal ForeColor. + The mouse over font. + The mouse over ForeColor. + The disabled font. + The disabled font ForeColor. + The pressed font. + The pressed font ForeColor. + + + + Gets the style of the links on page. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on page with special style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic bar style converter. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic link states style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Normal font. + Normal ForeColor. + The mouse over font. + The mouse over ForeColor. + The disabled font. + The disabled font ForeColor. + The pressed font. + The pressed font ForeColor. + + + + Gets the style of the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the link when mouse cursor is over link. + + + + + Gets the style of the disabled link. + + + + + Gets the style of the pressed link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic link style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The font to assign. + The forecolor to assign. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic page caption style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The forecolor. + The font. + The background color. + The arrow color. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrow. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic page style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The normal title. + The mouse over title. + The pressed title. + The background color. + The border color. + + + + Gets the style of caption page. + + + + + Gets the style of caption page when mouse cursor is over caption of page. + + + + + Gets the pressed style of caption page. + + + + + Gets the background color of page. + + + + + Gets the border color of page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Simple stack with indexed access, based on System.Collections.ArrayList + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the ArrayList. + + The to be added to the end of the . + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the ArrayList. + + The number of elements actually contained in the . + + + + Gets the last element in ArrayList. + + The last element in . + + + + The last element in . + + + + + The number of elements actually contained in ArrayList. + + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + Returns true if the ArrayList is empty, false otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the index of an item is in the bound of indexes of the ArrayList. + + Specified index. + True if the specified index is in the range from zero to the last index of the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the values of ButtonLook, ButtonLookHorz, + and ButtonLookVert properties of the C1CommandLink class. + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + + Use the default value for the toolbar. + + + + + Show button text. + + + + + Show button image. + + + + + Show button text and image. + + + + + Show only child control. C1CommandLink border and background will not drawn. + + + You can also use ( Control | Image | Text ) to show Text or Image without drawing C1CommandLink border and background. + + + + + Specifies the relative location of text and image on toolbar buttons. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the ButtonLayoutHorz and ButtonLayoutVert properties of C1Toolbar. + + + + + + Text is on the right of the image. + + + + + Text is on the left of the image. + + + + + Text is below the image. + + + + + Text is above the image. + + + + + Specifies position of close box in locked mode. + + + + + Default position of close box. + + + + + Close box on the active tab. + + + + + Close boxes on the all tabs. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Closes the and removes it from collection. + + + + + Set the property to false. + + + + + Specifies the current state of a menu or toolbar item. + + + + + Normal (default) state. + + + + + Mouse is currently over the item. + + + + + Item has been pressed (either by the left mouse button or by the space key). + + + + + Item contains a submenu, which is currently open. + + + + + Item is being dragged during customizing or at design-time. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu when all its items do not fit on the screen. + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the value of the LargeMenuDisplay property in the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is wrapped. + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is scrolled. + + + + + Enumerates customizable user interface strings. + Elements of this enumeration can be used to index strings in the UIStrings array. + + + + + Text of the "More..." command. + + + + + Text of the "Toolbar Options" command. + + + + + Text of the "Add or Remove Buttons" command. + + + + + Text of the "Reset" command. + + + + + Text of the "Customize..." command. + + + + + Text of the Rename toolbar dialog command. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the "duplicate toolbar" message in the customizer. + + + + + Text of the "More Windows" menu item created by C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + 'Allows to translate/customize the "confirm toolbar delete" question in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Tooltip for the close C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the auto hide C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll right C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll left C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the tab list C1DockngTab button. + + + + + Show item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Hide item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Options item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Cancel button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Label text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + MoveDown button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + MoveUp button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Ok button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Reset button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Add/remove item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Customize item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Collapsed bar text in the NavBar. + + + + + Specifies the style of the toolbar. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the ToolBarStyle property of a C1ToolBar. + + + + + + Specifies a toolbar in the default state. + + + + + Specifies drawing toolbar like DropDownMenu. + + + + + Specifies which customization options are available at runtime. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the CustomizeOptions property of a C1ToolBar. + + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + + Nothing is allowed. + + + + + Toolbars can be deleted. + + + + + A new C1CommandLink can be added to a toolbar. + + + + + Command links in toolbar can be removed. + + + + + Customize button can be enabled or disabled. + + + + + Hides Customize menu item from Add and Remove Buttons menu. + + + + + Allow all actions. + + + + + Specifies the text direction. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabTextDirection property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + + + The default direction: Horizontal for tabs on the top or bottom, VerticalLeft for tabs on the left, VerticalRight for tabs on the right. + + + + + Text is drawn horizontally. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees counter-clockwise. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + Specifies how tabs of a C1DockingTab are sized. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabSizeMode property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + If is set to "Default", it will be overridden with Theme's TabSizeMode on Theme applying. + If is set to any other value, Theme's TabSizeMode won't be applied. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + If is set to "Default", + it will be overridden with Theme's TabSizeMode on Theme applying. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + + + All tabs are squeezed to fit into the width of the tab control. + + + + + Tabs are stretched to take the whole width of the tab control. + + + + + The user can specify the tab size in the MeasureTab event. + + + + + Specifies how the tabs of a C1DockingTab control look. + + + + + Classic look. + + + + + Tabs are sloped on one side. + + + + + Tabs are rounded. + + + + + Rectangular tabs. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2007 style. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2010 style. + + + + + Specifies how the window outline is drawn when the window is being moved. + + + + + Draws the outline with a checkered pattern of black and transparent pixels. + + + + + Draws a reversible line with a complimentary color. + + + + + Specifies how the hot frame is drawn on a command link with an embedded control. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the HotFrame property of a C1CommandControl. + + + + + + The frame encloses the whole link. + + + + + The frame encloses just the control. + + + + + Hot frame/selection is not drawn. + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + Default float hide behavior. + + + Same to float hide behavior. + + + + + Hides floating docking tabs when the application loses focus. + + + + + Never hides floating docking tabs. + + + + + Enumerates the Outlook-style navigation bar buttons. + + + + + Unspecified button. + + + + + Custom button. + + + + + Mail button. + + + + + Calendar button. + + + + + Contacts button. + + + + + Tasks button. + + + + + Notes button. + + + + + Folder button. + + + + + Shortcut button. + + + + + Journal button. + + + + + Specifies the visibility and function of the navigation bar's close button. + + + + + The close button is not shown. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the currently selected panel. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the whole navigation bar. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which the navigation bar is collapsed. + + + + + The direction in which the bar collapses is determined by the value of the control's Dock property. + + + + + The bar collapses to the left. + + + + + The bar collapses to the right. + + + + + The bar collapses to the top. + + + + + The bar collapses to the bottom. + + + + + Specifies how it is determined whether to animate the menus or not. + + + + + Animation is determined by the system-wide setting. + + + + + Animation is off. + + + + + Animation is on. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Classic color scheme. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Default docking style. + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2005 - like docking style. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2008 - like docking style. + + + The VS2008 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2008, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2010 - like docking style. + + + The VS2010 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2010, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2012 - like docking style. + + + The VS2012 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2012, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu item when it is merged with items in another menu. + Note: it`s MS "System.Windows.Forms.MenuItem.MenuMerge" enumeration analogue for .NET5 compatibility. + + + + + The MenuItem is added to the collection of existing menu item objects in a merged menu. + + + + + The menu item replaces an existing menu item at the same position in a merged menu. + + + + + All submenu items of this menu item are merged with those of existing menu item objects at the same position in a merged menu. + + + + + The menu item is not included in a merged menu. + + + + + Represents the data. + + + + + The first object. + + + + + The second object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The first object. + The second object. + + + + Additional stuff required (so far - Aug 2006) for C1Command only. + + + + + Gets the control that is to be used instead of the real parent + when checking that the parent is in focus etc. + Used for popup menus. + + + + + Gets the designer component if it is distinct from what + is returned by Control property. + + + + + This method MUST be called by the inheritor's ctor before exiting! + + + + + Returns false if the floatie should not be shown for reasons such as: + - the designer is hidden; + - ??? + Returning true does not mean that the floatie must show, only that it can. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the caller process owns + the current foreground window. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the timespan between the moment the floatie is ready to be shown + and the moment it is actually shown. + + + + + ctor for inherited classes + + + + + Updates the region to include just the toolbar and the help label. + This helps avoid flickering due to whole form resizing when help string changes. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + UITypeEditorControl + + + + + ColorPicker + Uses the Color UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick colors + + + + + FileNamePicker + Uses the FileName UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick filenames + + + + + ImagePicker + Uses the Image UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick images + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + DockPicker + Uses the Dock UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick Dock settings + + + + + AnchorPicker + Uses the Anchor UITypeEditor to show a form where users can Anchor settings + + + + + ExternalEditorWrapper + Wraps an external UITypeEditor. + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + Represents the one value in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the EnumValueDescCollection collection containing this object. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's type. + + + + + Gets the count of significant bits in EnumValue. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's value. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's value as long unsigned integer. + + + + + Collection of the EnumValueDesc objects. + + + + + Represents the editor of enum properties with FlagsAttribute attribute. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the method. + The override for returns . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether drop-down editors should be resizable by the user. + The override for returns true; + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style + indicated by the method. + + + + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1CommandMenu... + { + public C1CommandMenu() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + A helper class for implementing an ambient property on a control. + + + Usage: + An instance of AmbientPropertyMonitor must be created by the host control with the reference + to that host as the parameter. + The AmbientPropertyMonitor subscribes to the following events: + + ParentChanged on the host and the whole parents' chain; + + (ambient property name)Changed or INotifyPropertyChanged on the host and all parents in the chain. + NOTE: For the AmbientPropertyMonitor to work correctly, all controls that have the target property declared + must also provide either a property changed event, or implement INotifyPropertyChanged and fire + it at appropriate moments. + + + The AmbientPropertyMonitor monitors changes of the ambient property value on the host and all parents, + and if a change occurs applies the value of the ambient property on the closest parent + to that property on the host control, unless it has been changed independently of the AmbientPropertyMonitor + (AmbientPropertyMonitor assumes that when it is created, the ambient property on the host has default, + unchanged value). + + It is recommended that all controls declaring the target property also provide + the Reset(property) and ShouldSerialize(property) methods, calling the + and methods as needed. + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + At all times, should contain the up-to-date parent chain, + starting with the host itself. Needed to keep track of + parent changes, and changes of ambient property on the parents. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1OutBar... + { + public C1OutBar() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5aea51 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.6.2.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07417f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d40cc43 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19310 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Command.4.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Represents a main customization form. + + + + + A TabPage, describing toolbars. + + + + + A TabPage, describing available commands. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + A button for adding a new toolbar. + + + + + A button for deleting toolbar. + + + + + A list of all command categories. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A button for saving toolbar layout. + + + + + A button to restoring toolbar layout. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A StatusBar control. + + + + + A StatusBarPanel control. + + + + + A button to reset toolbar layout. + + + + + A list of all customizable toolbars. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox switching visibility of Customize link in the selected toolbar. + + + + + A TabControl control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A TabPage control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A button to call Font dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A Font dialog. + + + + + A Color dialog. + + + + + A NumericUpDown control. + + + + + A CheckedListBox control. + + + + + A ComboBox control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CustomizerForm class. + + + + + The form, which is owner for this form. + + + + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Finds first command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + Finds next command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + Represents dialog for entering a new toolbar name. + + + + + The Textbox control + + + + + The Label control + + + + + OK button + + + + + Cancel button + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NewToolbarForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1NewToolbarForm. + + + + + + The name of new toolbar + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Provides AboutBox designer verb. + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandDockDesigner. + + + + + C1CommandLinksEditor + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + When glyph is under mouse. + + + + + When glyph or one of its children is under mouse. + + + + + Exists if glyph is visible. + + + + + Base class for all glyphs and all designers who implemented IFloatieService + + + + + Specifies the area of glyph, all coordinates specified + relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Last area that was found in the GetHitTest method, + can be interpretated as area currently under mouse, use + Areas[_lastArea] to get r of this area. + + + + + The clipping rectangle for this glyph, + this rectangle is used in GetHitTest and painting. + Coordinates are specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Returns the clipping rectangle that should be defined + before painting of this glyph, coordinates + should be specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Returns the array of rectangles representing the content of the glyph, + this array will be stored in the Areas property, coordinates + should be specified relative to the adorner window. + + + + + Gets the text to show in the "status glyph" (as a prompt to the user). + + + + + Glyph used to highlight some area on the designer + (but does not yet have any customize buttons/floaties). + + + + + Glyph highlights its area on the designer, and also + pops up a floatie allowing to invoke dialogs etc. + + + + + Called when the mouse enters the glyph. + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the glyph. + + + + + Glyph corresponding to an entire control. + + + + + Implements all interactions with glyphs. + + + + + Displays the drop-down menu at specified screen position. + + + + + Displays the drop-down MODAL form at specified position, + the position should be specified relative to top-left corner of screen. + + + + + Displays the drop-down form at specified position, + the position should be specified relative to top-left corner of screen. + + + + + Displays the drop-down form at specified position, + the dropDownButtonBounds rectangle should be specified + relative to top-left corner of adorner window, + the form will be aligned to fit into screen and + not overlap the dropDownButtonBounds. + + + + + Returns true if point is within some of system glyps, that not should be ignored. + + + + + Contains some utils to draw the design-time glyphs. + + + + + This property is used to change edited element on-the-fly + It is useful for typed collections, where we want to edit a property + + + + + ShortcutPicker + Uses the Dock UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick Dock settings + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + ImageIndexPicker + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the drop-down list style. + + + + + Gets or sets drop-down image index within the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the collection. + + + + + + + + IconPicker + Uses the Image UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick icons + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the drop-down list style. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the drop-down list . + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Fully refreshes a form's controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the GlyphBase object creating this form. + + + + + sets a flag + + the property name (must be [Flags]enum) + specific flag constant + the new value for the flag + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + ImageIndexEditor with property to define ImageList manually + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + NavBarPanelsEditor + + + + + Summary description for NewCommandTypeDlg. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + RadialMenuItemCollectionEditor + + + + + Position of small button with arrow for showing main floatie + + + + + The C1CommandDock control provides docking and floating capabilities to C1Command toolbars (class C1ToolBar) and + tab controls (class C1DockingTab). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDock class. + + + + + For internal use only. + + Runtime key. + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandDock. + + + + + + Docs or floats the specified control. + + The child control. + The x- and y-coordinates of the point where the child control will be moved. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the left. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the top. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the right. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the bottom. + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating C1ToolBar and C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Sets or returns whether the dock automatically adjusts its size. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + Allows to customize docking behavior for associated C1DockingTab or C1DockingTabPage control. + + + + + Initializes new instance of + + + + + Initializes new instance of + + + + + + + Gets of sets parent Form, associated with the docking manager. + + + + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating. + + + + + Defines the form resizing mode. ResizingMode.Proportional value makes all controls of the form resize proportionally. + + + + + Gets or sets a value which determines whether and how to adjust the control sizes after dragging. + + + If is set to , + then the size of the controls will be adjusted proportionally, + otherwise the sizes remain unchanged after dragging. + + + + + Specifies floating windows options. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Notifies that a or a changed state to floating. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Notifies that a or a is changing state to floating. Can + be canceled. + + + By default, the of the floating window is , hence only "Close" button is shown in the window's caption. + It is possible to change the floating window border style and visibility of Maximize box using event handler. + + + This example sets sizable FormBorderStyle and shows Maximize box for each floating window shown. + + private void c1DockingManager1_Floating(object sender, FloatingEventArgs e) + { + e.FormBorderStyle = FormBorderStyle.Sizable; + e.MaximizeBox = true; + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs during a docking operation and enables the source to determine whether it can be dropped into the target + place. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs during a docking operation and enables the source to determine docking anchors that should be disabled. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs after a page has been closed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when a tab is moved by the user. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user starts to drag a or a . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user starts to resize a or a using a splitter. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs when the user releases the splitter after resizing a or a . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Occurs after or is dragged. + + + You can change size value here, + depending on your needs. Which will allow you to enable or disable + automatic resizing whenever you need it. Or you can manually set + the value for the dragged control. + + private void c1DockingManager1_Dragged(object sender, DraggedEventArgs e) + { + switch(e.DockingTab.Dock) + { + case DockStyle.Left: + case DockStyle.Right: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Proportional; + break; + case DockStyle.Top: + case DockStyle.Bottom: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Default; + e.DockingTab.Height = 100; + break; + default: + c1DockingManager1.DragSizingMode = ResizingMode.Default; + break; + } + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + This class implements the familiar tab control interface: several overlaying pages (each of which can + contain arbitrary controls) accessible via tabs at the side of the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTab class. + + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + Runtime key + + + + Occurs when the page header of DockingTab is clicked. + + + + + Event fires when the AutoHiding property is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Fired when a new C1DockingTab is automatically created in response to user actions (e.g. tearing off a tab and dropping it elsewhere). + + + + + Occurs when the Alignment property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AutoHiding property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanAutoHide property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanCloseTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabList property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanMoveTabs property is changed. + + + + + Allows to override the standard drawing of the tabs with custom drawing. + + + + + Occurs when the HotTrack property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Indent property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ItemSize property is changed. + + + + + Allows to arbitrarily change the size of the tabs. + + + + + Occurs when the MultiLine property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Padding property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the index of the currently selected page is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when the SelectedIndex property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedTab is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowSingleTab property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowCaption property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLook property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLayout property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after a page has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabSizeMode property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AlignTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabStyle property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Floating property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the RightToLeftLayout property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a tab is moved by the user. + + + + + List of controls whose children are excluded from SaveLayout / RestoreLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the alignment of a text shown on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Gets or sets position of close box. + + + This property has effect only if is True. + + + + + Gets or sets modifier key which, if pressed, will prevent the floating control from docking when it is moved around at runtime. + + + If several modifier keys are specified, pressing any one will work. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode used to draw window outline while moving the window. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of tab pages in this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the currently selected page. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the image list used to provide images to show on the control’s tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the look of the tabs (whether to show text, image or both). + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and images on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space around images and text shown on the tabs. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the area of the control (top, bottom, left or right) where the tabs are aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the way in which the tabs are sized. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rearrange tabs by dragging them around at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rename tabs by double clicking on the tab's text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control's tabs change in appearance when the mouse passes over them. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how tabs are aligned along the side of the page content area. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when showing or hiding the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more than one row of tabs can be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of tab rows for multi-line docking tab control. + + + Works only when property is set to true. + When this property is assigned a negative value or 0, the maximum number of rows is unlimited. + + + + + Gets the text of the currently selected tab (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the number of pages in the control. + + + + + Gets the number of tab rows (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation of the first tab from the side of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the tabs (if empty, the size is calculated automatically based on content). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether tabs scrolling arrows are currently shown (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the pages of the tab control are in auto-hiding mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab will be shown when there is only one page in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether individual tab pages can be closed by the end user. If CanCloseTabs is true, a close icon appears either in the caption area (if ShowCaption is true), or in the tabs area otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab page closed by the end user should be kept in an internal array (used when a previously saved tabs layout is restored). The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the pages can auto-hide (if both CanAutoHide and ShowCaption are true, a pin icon appears in the caption area). + + + + + Gets or sets the width of automatic splitters drawn between pages of the control when page docking is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text drawn on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the docking of the control in the parent container. Can be specified only for controls not parented in a C1CommandDock. + + + + + Indicates the border style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Indicates the tab style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs can receive focus on mouse click. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control handles Ctrl-Tab and Ctrl-Shift-Tab keys. + + + + + Gets the C1DockingTab which automatically created this instance in response to user actions. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab area. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the C1DockingTab is currently floating (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw border around the tab area. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance between tabs (may be negative to overlap tabs). + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the edge of the tab area and the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw selected tab text with bold font. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show a button with dropdown list of all tabs (ignored in multiline mode). + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs area is displayed within the . + + + Use the ShowTabs property to control the display of the tabs. + If this property is set to false, the tabs area is not displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. + + + + + + + + + + + Fires the AutoHidingChanging event. + + + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Returns true if the specified tab is in the hot state, otherwise false. + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Closes the tab page specified. + + + + + + Hides the page by sliding it to the side. + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + Returns the page with the specified tab text. + + + + + + + Scrolls the tabs if necessary so that the tab of the currently selected page is visible. + + + + + Returns the collection of all C1DockingTab components that were automatically + created as the result of user interaction with the current C1DockingTab + (e.g. when a page is teared off and dropped to float outside of the form). + + The array of automatically created C1DockingTab controls. + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + returns true if docking tab has some visible pages + + + + + Sets the SelectedIndex property + + The index to be set (-1, 0..TabPages.Count - 1) + Force re-setting/re-drawing if new value same as current + Animate if sliding page. + Fire index change events. + + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with TabVisible page + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the stream. + + + + Additional property names of the C1DockingTabPage that you would like to store. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the specified file. + + + + Additional property names of the C1DockingTabPage that you would like to store. + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the stream. + + + + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the specified file. + + + + + + + Floats the page out from the form. + + The tab page to float out. + + Floats out the page to a default position. + + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The position. + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Returns the row and column of the specified tab in the tabs of the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the ShowToolTips property is changed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A object. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tool tip is shown when the mouse passes over the tab. + + + + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a single tab page in a C1DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPage class. + + + + + Occurs when the page header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the caption text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the visibility of the tab changes. + + + + + + + + Event fired when the page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after the page has been closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the tab image in the tab control's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the tab. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the text in the caption area of the page. If not specified, defaults to the value of the Text property. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip text for the tab. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether this page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the tab is visible. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Returns the tab bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the selected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the nonselected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the selected tab. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over tab area of the page. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse is pressed on tab area of the page. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to a default position. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified position. + + The position. + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified coordinates. + + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Docks the page to the another target page. + + The target page. + + The page becomes the next page after the target page. + If you want to Dock this page the first use DockTo(C1DockingTab)/> + + + + + Docks the page to the target DockingTab. + + The target docking tab. + + The page becomes the first page at the target DockingTab. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTabPage. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the HandleCreated event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of C1DockingTabPage elements. + + + + + Returns number of pages where TabVisible property is True. + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a dockingtab page with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1DockingTabPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + Describe what kind of controls are contained in the commanddock + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The created Form. + + + + + A method template that is used to handle event. + + The source of an event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The floated . + + + + + The floated . + + + + + Gets or sets border style of the floating window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Maximize button is displayed in the caption bar of the floating window. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The docking tab that was dragged. + + + + + The command dock from which the or were dragged. + + + + + The command dock that the or were dragged to. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The control that is being resized. + + + + + The side of the control that is being resized. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + The or control that is being resized. + + + + + The side of the control that is being resized. + + + + + The new size of the control. + + + + + The neighbor control. + + + Null if no neighbor control exists. + + + + + Defines method signature to handle the event. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + Gets source docking tab. + + + + + Gets source docking tab page. + + + + + Gets target command dock. + + + + + Gets target docking tab. + + + + + Gets target bounds. + + + + + Gets target docking style. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + + The source of an event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Represents docking anchors. + + + + + No anchors is selected. + + + + + Left anchor. + + + + + Top anchor. + + + + + Right anchor. + + + + + Bottom anchor. + + + + + Diamond-center anchor. + + + + + Diamond-left anchor. + + + + + Diamond-top anchor. + + + + + Diamond-right anchor. + + + + + Diamond-bottom anchor. + + + + + All diamond anchors. + + + + + All anchors are selected. + + + + + Represents the arguments, associated with a event. + + + + + Get or sets allowed anchors. + + + + + Gets source docking tab. + + + + + Gets source docking tab page. + + + + + Gets the screen point. + + + + + Returns a that is under the cursor. + + + + + Returns a that is under the cursor. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the a docking operations event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Returns true if HitTest returns the control button. + + A result of processing the WM_NCHITTEST. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AllDockingTabs class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + stores all C1DockingTab-s that is not in C1CommandDock + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDockReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the the background color for the . + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabReflector class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide size for the owner. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPageReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Defines a name/value property pair that can be set or retrieved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure + with the specified name and value. + + The property name. + The property value serialized to a string. + + + + The property name. + + + + + The property value serialized to a string. + + + + + Draw a rectangular area with parameters. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Draws the rectangle with parameters. + + A object that encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + The rectangle area to paint. + A object to fill the rectangle. + The color of the border of the rectangle. + Radius of all rectangle corners, in pixels. + + + + Draws the rectangle with parameters. + + A object that encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + The rectangle area to paint. + A object to fill the rectangle. + A structure that represents the border starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the border ending color for the gradient. + The tab bottom line color. + Radius of all rectangle corners, in pixels. + A structure that specifies the locations of the tabs in a tab control. + + + + + Summary description for DockingTabPaint. + + + + + Inflated distance between borders and client area of dockingtab + + + + + + + + Indent between edge of whole dockingtab and it's first visible tab + + + + + + Indent between edge of whole dockingtab and it's last visible tab + + + + + + Space between neighboring tabs + + + + + + Margins between edge of tab and it's "client" area + + height of tabs area - for calculating margin + + + + + The font owner interface. + + + + + Gets the owner font. + + + + + Draws tab slide. + + + + + Draws tab. + + + + + Draws borders. + + + + + Draws tab area. + + + + + Draws tab area border. + + + + + Draws scroll buttons. + + + + + Draws close button on tab area. + + + + + Draws list button on tab area. + + + + + Draws tab button. + + + + + Inflated distance between borders and client area of docking tab + + + + + Indent between edge of whole docking tab and it's first visible tab + + + + + Indent between edge of whole docking tab and it's last visible tab + + + + + Space between neighboring tabs + + + + + Margins between edge of tab and it's "client" area + + height of tabs area - for calculating margin + + + + Draws focus rectangle; + + + + + Draws tab caption. + + + + + Draws close button on caption. + + + + + Draws pin button. + + + + + Draws list button on caption. + + + + + Draws page background. + + + + + Specifies floating windows options. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a single page or the floating window should be closed on the window's close button click. + + + + + Gets or sets border style of the floating window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Maximize button is displayed in the caption bar of the floating window. + + + This property has effect only if property is set to value. + + + + + All possible states + + + + + All possible caption states + + + + + Summary description for Popup. + + + + + Fills the _ctrlRects array with all currently visible controls and their bounds. + + + The control that will not be added to the _ctrlRects + (usually this is the control that the user moved, so it's size and location are + to be given higher priority). + + + + + Used to adjust the content sizes after autocreated command dock is added. + Adjustment is made according to the specified ResizingMode. + + Content size offset. + Resizing mode. + DockStyle of the autocreated command dock. + + + + Resizing mode of + + + + + Default mode + + + + + Proportional mode + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert TabStyleEnum objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EnumConverter class for the given type. + + A Type that represents the type of enumeration to associate with this enumeration converter. + + + + + + + + + + Type of topic bar element at a specific point on the control. + + + + + The point is out of the C1TopicBar's area. + + + + + The point is in the C1TopicBar's empty area. + + + + + The point is on empty space of a page title area (not over a text, image or expand/collapse indicator). + + + + + The point is on expand/collapse indicator of a page title. + + + + + The point is on image of a page title. + + + + + The point is on text of a page title. + + + + + The point is on a page body (but not on a link). + + + + + The point is on empty space of a link (not over a text or image). + + + + + The point is on image of a link. + + + + + The point is on text of a link. + + + + + Contains information, such as the page and the link + in the control. + + + Use the method to obtain a value. + + + + + Gets a that describes the type of element described by a . + + + This property allows you to determine whether the point corresponds to a topic link or + to special elements such as title image or text, and so on. + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in design-time. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used in run-time. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value for the specified key. + + The key of the string. + The string corresponding to the specified key. + + + + Used for serialization of strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the description shown in Properties window in the IDE. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Return or create commandholder for a control + + + + + + + Return true if any toolbar, menu or popupmenu has embedded control (in commandcontrol) + which has input focus + + + + + + Start to calculate layout, prevent painting + + + + + End to calculate layout, resume painting + + + + + Commandlink is in process being current active link or not + + + + + Bar in customize mode or not + + + + + Return the size of given text using current font and current text format + + + + + + + + Padding between text and left or right link edge + + + + + Padding between text and top or bottom link edge + + + + + Standard link size (height) in this bar and with current bar font + + + + + String format for painting text in commandlinks, individual for each bar + + + + + Calculate size and location of bar and command links on it + + + + + Calculate padding using current VisualStyle + + + + + + Return if bar is horizontal or not. + + + + + Handler for ParentChanged event + + + + + + Restore active control after popup menu is closed + + + + + + + Save current active control before popup menu will shown + + + + + + Return true if mouse cursor is over embedded control in commandlink + + + + + + + Actions performed before commandlink is started to drag + + + + + + + + Check if mouse coordinates are really changed + + + + + + Actions performed on mouse down + + + + + + Actions performed om mouse up + + + + + + Find a link with given Alt+char and invoke it + + + + + + + Select first link as current + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Down key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Up key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Right key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Left key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Down key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Up key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Right key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Arrow Left key is pressed at designtime + + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Home key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when End key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Tab key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Shift+Tab key is pressed + + + + + Execute navigation in menu when Enter key is pressed + + + + + Pop down all submenus in current stack + + + + + + Pop down top submenu in current stack + + + + + + Pop down all child submenus in current stack + + + + + Indicates whether any sub-menu is open. + + + + + Execute linked command or open submenu for given commandlink + + + + + + + Open menu as submenu for given commandlink + + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + Return commandlink which is visible in given point + + + + + + + + Highlight given commandlink as current link + + + + + + Return commandlink with given embedded control + + + + + + + Show tooltip for given commandlink + + + + + + + Start timer for given commandlink in bar + + + + + + + Execute actions when timer event is occured: + invoke commandlink or pop down all children or scroll links in menu + + + + + + + The base for specialized commands such as button (a plain button, the only action is invoke), + submenu (points to a menu or a toolbar), textbox (text entry), list, combo etc. etc. + + + + + Empty command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Command class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Command. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + + + + Returns ImageTransparentColor with additional conditions. + When ImageTransparentColor is empty then need check the left-bottom pixel of image + or get ImageTransparentColor from owner C1CommandHolder. + + + + + Returns true if this ImageTransparentColor property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + + Resets the ImageTransparentColor property to its default value. + + + + + C1CommandHolder containing this command. + + + + + Default text for new items of this type. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip text. + + + + + Gets or sets the command category. + + + + + Gets or sets the command visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command has a drop down arrow when it is in a toolbar. + + + + + If true, the Checked property value is toggled automatically when this command is invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard shortcut associated with the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut text associated with the command. + + + >Use this property to localize shortcuts. + If property is empty or is False, then the has no any effect. + If property is empty, then default value is used for the shortcut. + + + + + Indicates whether the shortcut for this command will be shown. + + + + + Indicates whether this command's text will be shown as tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the command icon. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the command image (in C1CommandHolder.ImageList). + + + + + Gets or sets the command image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Arbitrary data that can be associated with the command. + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Returns the value of the mnemonic character, or the character following the ampersand, to be used as an access key. + + + + + Gets or sets the C1ContextMenu component associated with this command. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Generates a click event for the C1Command. + + + + + Raises the Select event for the C1Command. + + + + + Fires the CommandStateQuery event, updates any changed properties. + + + + + Event fired when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the command is selected by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the Checked property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Pressed property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the command state has to be verified. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was linked to this command. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was unlinked from this command. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Image or ImageIndex or Icon property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Enabled property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Visible property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Category property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowShortcut property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowTextAsToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the drop down arrow is clicked on the toolbar button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Returns true if the command has focus and "firmly" keeps it + (e.g. if it is C1CommandControl and user clicked inside the control). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Copy another command properties to this command + + + + + + Returns true if the change has actually been made + and the control is not initializing (i.e. on change should be fired) + + + + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TypeConverter class. + + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A CultureInfo object. + The Object to convert. + The Type to convert the value parameter to. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1Command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Commands class. + + + + + + Add or remove command to commands collection in commandholder (owner) + + + + + + + Remove command from owner (commandholder) + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a command with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1Command with the specified key. + + + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + Interface for controls using visual styles for drawing + + + + + Interface for commandbars (was separated from IBarInternal to implement user's drawing, but this is not completed) + + + + + Interface for all bars (toolbars, mainmenu, commandmenu) + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1Toolbar/C1MainMenu/C1ContextMenu.The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Tells bar to pop itself up. + + Parent bar or null + Command link which caused the bar to pop up + + + + Returns the master form which the menu is serving + + + + + Returns the master form which the menu is serving or master container (parent) if form + is absent, for example in usercontrols when they are opened in IDE as designers + + + + + Returns the popup form created by the menu (or null for main menu) + + + + + Returns the Windows activation owner of the bar control. + + + + + Returns true between MouseEnter and MouseLeave + + + + + Top command bar in bar's hierarchy or itself for toolbars and mainmenu + + + + + Arbitrary controls can be contained in toolbars. This functionality is provided by the class C1CommandControl, derived from C1Command. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandControl class. + + + + + Return a single comandlink which is linked to this commandcontrol + + + + + Event fired when the Control property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the CommandActive property of command is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the arbitrary control attached to the command. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the command link can be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the embedded control receives the Return key. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how the hot frame around the link is drawn. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Link external control to this commandcontrol (added event handlers to control) + + + + + + Remove event handlers from embedded control + + + + + Remove embedded control from this commandcontrol + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Called when focus is moved to the embedded control + Prevent usual event handling in the bar + + + + + Called when focus is moved out from the embedded control + Resume usual event handling in the bar + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + + Holds C1Command objects defined on the form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandHolder class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + Runtime key. + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandHolder. + + + + + + Creates a command holder and initializes it. + + Form for which the command holder is created. + The command holder created. + + + + Returns the command holder for the specified form, if it exists. + + Form whose command holder is returned. + The command holder for the specified form, or null. + + + + Gets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to retrieve the context menu. + + + + + Sets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to set the context menu. + The context menu to attach to the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Determines the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + Set the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the control which is the owner of this command holder. Normally this property is set automatically and should not be changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of commands. + + + + + Returns the main menu for the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list for command images. + + + + + Gets or sets the transparent color for images not in image list. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbars layout; To enable automatic layout persistence, add this property to dynamic properties. + + + + + Gets or sets a name of layout dynamic key in application config file. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to automatically save the toolbars layout (for this to work, Layout must be added to dynamic properties). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to update commands' status when idle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to the CommandLink using keys when the Command is disabled. + + + + + Draw smooth images for currently unselected items. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of all C1Command controls on the form (can be overridden by individual controls). + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer's new toolbar dialog form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the MDI child selection dialog form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how many times the app must be run before rarely used menu items start hiding. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold (in percent) for an item to be considered rarely used. The higher the value, the more items are hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay (in seconds) for the mouse to hover over the parent menu item in order to show all rarely used item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible menu and toolbar items are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation in menus. + + + + + Gets the C1Command associated with the shortcut. + + The shortcut keys associated with the command. + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + + Invokes toolbar customizer. + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be loaded from app config file. + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be saved in app config file. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode starts. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode finishes. + + + + + Occurs when a new toolbar is added or a hidden toolbar becomes visible during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a visible toolbar is hidden during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a new command link is added to an existing toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a command link is removed from a toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowNonRecentLinksHoverDelay property changes. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + called for restoring layout of a single toolbar + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Sets the current layout to be the default (the one the customizer's reset button reverts to). + + + + + Saves the layout data into the application config file. + + + + + Loads layout data from the application config file. + + + + + Reset layout. + + + + + Called for restoring layout of a single toolbar. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + C1CommandLink serves as a link to a C1Command component. + C1CommandLink can be added to menu/tool bars and customized as needed. + The actual action is performed by the C1Command proxy points to. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandLink. + + + + + + Gets the accessibility object instance. + + The accessibility object instance. + + + + Gets the . + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Command property of the command link changes. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Delimiter property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ButtonLook property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the AlwaysRecent property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeType property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeOrder property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the NewColumn property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Fired before the link is invoked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the linked command. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + If set, overrides the Command text. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If set, overrides the Command tooltip text. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is default in a dropdown or context menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is owner-drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a delimiter should be drawn before this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the padding between the element edges and its content. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns true if the Padding has changed; otherwise, returns false. + The designer writes code to the form only if true is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this link starts a new column in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value controlling how to show the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of this menu item when its menu is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the relative position of the menu item when it is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining the relative position of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the item is always recent (is never hidden when hiding non-recent links is on) + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Enabled property. + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Visible property. + + + + + Returns true if the linked command is enabled and contains a submenu. + + + + + Gets the object (menu, toolbar etc.) containing this command link. + + + + + Gets the current state of the command link (normal, hot, pressed, open). + + + + + Gets the current index in CommandLinks collection for recent links. + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a service link (more, customize, scroll button). + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a More link. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Opens a submenu for linked . + + True - opens all the tree of menu. False - opens only the current submenu. + Opens a submenu, if the linked command is of type. Otherwise, does nothing. + + + + Closes a submenu for linked . + + + + + C1VisibleLinks + + + + + C1CommandLinks + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Move all links from More submenu to visible links, removes all elements from the collection, etc. + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + Removes the element. + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + Moves an element to the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + This method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate method is called. + + + + + Resumes painting after painting is suspended by the BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Resets all counters stored for recent link showing + + + + + C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMdiList class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + + Occurs before the Select Window dialog is shown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Sets or returns the maximum number of menu items created. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to list hidden windows. + + + + + This method should not be called directly, as there is no clear meaning in invoking a command which is actually a placeholder for commands created on the fly. + + + + + + Populates and shows the popup window with the list of all currently available MDI child windows. + + + + + Returns true if there are currently no items in the list. + + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandMenu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + The background image layout in the menu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMenu. + + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs before the command's submenu is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after the command's submenu is closed. + + + + + Event fired when the LargeMenuDisplay property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Font property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Width property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SideCaption property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowToolTips property of menu is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the HideNonRecentLinks property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ContextMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the image/checkbox bar in the menu. If set to 0, the width is calculated automatically. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the way large menus (when all items cannot fit in one column) are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to hide rarely used menu items. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show check marks instead of images or in a separate bar. + + + + + Allows to specify a caption (text and/or image) to be shown alongside the left edge of the menu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to close the menu when an item is clicked. + + + + + Specifies a value indicating whether the text appears from right to left, such as when using Hebrew or Arabic fonts. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Context menu. + + + + + + A context menu. + + + + + For internal use. + + Runtime key. + + + + Shows the menu at the specified location. + + The control where the context menu is to be shown. + The point in the control client area where the context menu is to be shown. + + + + Closes the currently open context menu if there is one. + + + + + Gets the control that is displaying the shortcut menu. + + + This property enables you to determine which control currently displays the shortcut menu defined in the . + If the shortcut menu is not currently displayed, you can use this property to determine which control last displayed the shortcut menu. + You can use this property in the event to ensure that the control displays the proper menu items. + You can also use this property to pass a reference to the control to a method that performs the tasks associated with a menu command displayed in the shortcut menu. + + + The following code example creates an event handler for the event of the . + The code in the event handler determines which of two controls a PictureBox named pictureBox1 and a TextBox named textBox1 is the control + displaying the shortcut menu. + + Depending on which control caused the to display its shortcut menu, the control shows or hides the appropriate + menu items of . + + This example requires that you have an instance of the class, + named c1ContextMenu1, defined within the form. c1ContextMenu should have "Copy", "Find", "Change Picture" menu items. + This example also requires that you have a TextBox and PictureBox added to a form and that the C1ContextMenu property of these controls is set to c1ContextMenu1. + + + private void c1ContextMenu1_Popup(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + Control c = c1ContextMenu1.SourceControl; + // Copy and Find is dispayed for textBox1 + c1CommandCopy.Visible = (c == textBox1); + c1CommandFind.Visible = (c == textBox1); + // Change Picture is dispayed for pictureBox1 + c1CommandChangePicture.Visible = (c == pictureBox1); + } + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Window's main menu control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1MainMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1MainMenu. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the filter main menu access keys. + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CanMerge property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when it is necessary to measure the owner-drawn link. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1CommandLink should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn menu should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when an OwnerDraw command link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1MainMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command holder. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the menu or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to merge MDI child menu with MDI parent menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the property value changes. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Summary description for C1SelectMdiChildForm. + + + + + The list of available existing windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SelectMdiChildForm class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + A list of available forms + + + + + A form being selected. + + + + + A ListBox control for displaying available windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Represents one window in the window list + + + + + A Form control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WindowItem class. + + + + + + Converts WindowItem to it's string representation. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a class for SideCaption property of a C1CommandMenu + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SideCaption class. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction (horizontal, vertical, forward diagonal, or backward diagonal) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment (near, far, or center) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text layout for the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the beginning color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ending color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image for the SideCaption in C1CommandHolder.ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption icon. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + MouseMoveTimer + avoid multiple calls to set_Enabled before one call is completed + (from Bernardo, who says it is from MS origianlly). + + + + + A timer that triggers an event starting at the DefaultInterval and getting + faster each tick (but not below the MinInterval value). + + + + + Gets or sets whether to trigger the event when the timer starts. + + + + + Gets or sets the default interval. + The Interval property is updated by DefaultInterval when the timer starts. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum Interval value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value by which the Interval property is reduced each time the event is triggered. + + + + + helper methods for colors handling. + + + + + Colors used to draw a button (some colors are start/end of gradients). + + + + + Remove link to _controlBar tfs 19468 memory leak + + + + + Calculates and returns the cursor position for the tooltip with a vertical offset. + + + + + Returns the first object in the hierarchy or null. + + + + + Members of this enumeration are used to determine the value of the ClickSource property in the ClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Click source undefined. + + + + + Click source is a menu. + + + + + Click source is a shortcut key. + + + + + Click source is external. + + + + + Describes data related to the invokation of a context menu + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ContextInfo class + + The control where the context menu was shown. + The location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + Returns the control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Return the location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Arguments for the command Click event handler. + + + + + ClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClickEventArgs class + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + + + + + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + + + + + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a Click event. + + The source of the event. + A ClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the CommandClick event handler. + + + + + CommandClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + Determines what caused the click event to occur. + Gets the command link which was clicked by the user. + Gets the context info for events fired from a context menu. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the command clicked. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandClick event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the check auto toggle event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckedChangedEventArgs class + + A new value of Checked property. + + + + Returns a new value of Checked property. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CheckedChanged event. + + The source of the event. + A CheckedChangedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the command status query event handler. + + + + + Determines whether the command is visible. + + + + + Determines whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Determines whether the command is checked. + + + + + Determines whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandStateQuery event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandStateQueryEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the before select MDI child window event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs class + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a BeforeSelectWindow event. + + The source of the event. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeToolBar event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeToolBarEventArgs class + + The tool bar just customized + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeToolBar event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeToolBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeLink event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeLinkEventArgs class + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + Gets the command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeLink event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DropDown event. + + + + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + + + + + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownEventArgs class + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DropDown event. + + The source of the event. + A DropDownEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureLink event. + + + + + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + Specifies the width of the link. + + + + + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + Specifies the width of the link. + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureLink event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the LayoutLink event. + + + + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + + + + + Text rectangle layout. + + + + + Image rectangle layout. + + + + + The location of the nested control (valid only if the command is a C1CommandControl). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LayoutLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + Text rectangle layout. + Image rectangle layout. + The location of the nested control + + + + Represents the method that will handle a LayoutLink event. + + The source of the event. + A LayoutLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawLink event. + + + + + The command link to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the link. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawLinkEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The command link to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the link. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawLink event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawBar event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + The graphics path bounding the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawBarEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the bar + The graphics path bounding the bar + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawBar event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasurePage event. + + + + + The C1OutPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the page caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasurePageEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1OutPage object to measure. + The height of the page caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasurePage event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasurePageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawPage event. + + + + + The page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the page. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the page. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PageClick event. + + + + + The page clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The page clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A PageClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureTab event. + + + + + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The width of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureTabEventArgs class. + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + The width of the tab.. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureTab event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + + + + Gets the new DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs class + + The new DockingTab. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + The source of the event. + A AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawTab event. + + + + + The tab page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The tab page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawTab event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawArrow event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + + + + + Gets the value if button is enabled. + + + + + Gets the value if button is pressed. + + + + + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawArrowEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + Gets the value if button is enabled. + Gets the value if button is pressed. + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawArrow event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawArrowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the floating caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + The height of the floating caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data.. + + + + Provides data for the CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandLinkEventArgs class + + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the SelectedIndexChanging event. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + + + + + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs class + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a SelectedIndexChanging event. + + The source of the event. + A SelectedIndexChanging object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageMoved event. + + + + + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the moved tab page. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageMovedEventArgs class + + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + Indicates the tab page. + Indicates the old index of the moved tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageMoved event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageMovedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates the tab page index. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageRemovedEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + Page index. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PanelEventArgs class + + Indicates the navbar panel. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the nav bar panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePanelCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the nav bar panel + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + A class that contains C1TopicBar page event data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object. + + + + The object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles page expanded and collapsed events. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + A class that contains C1TopicBar click event data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object. + The object. + + + + The object. + + + + + The object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles C1TopicBar click event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + + + + + used if cl == null for positioning + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + ShortcutHelper. Keyboard shortcut handling. + + + + + #49566 lock for image processing + + + + + Represents an Outlook-style navigation bar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBar class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the collection of panels in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the currently visible panel in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the string defining the order and visibility for buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the string with the default order and visibility options for the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of buttons displayed in the stack (-1 shows all buttons). + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of buttons in the stack (unlimited if -1). + + + + + Gets or sets index of the selected button in the Buttons collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the button, which is currently selected in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button to be selected when the form opens. + + + + + Returns the number of visible buttons in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the close button is shown in panel caption, and what is closed when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the runtime options menu is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the vertical text is displayed in collapsed C1NavBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapse button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the direction in which to collapse the control. + + + + + Gets or set the value indicating whether the control is currently in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the navigation bar panels' header. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Use Style instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in panel headers. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the section header within the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in section headers. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of images displayed on stack buttons (24 x 24 pixels by default). + + + + + Gets or sets the space before the image on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the image and the text on a stack button. + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. The property is obsolete. Use PanelStyle property instead. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the button strip at the bottom of the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the style of C1NavBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the Style property to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the auto-scroll margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the wait cursor for the current control and all child controls. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the user presses the button on the C1NavBar. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Occurs when the close button on the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the collapse button on the panel header is clicked. Allows to cancel collapsing. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header image is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after a panel has closed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowOptionsMenu property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AllowCollapse property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CollapseDirection property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CloseButton property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be changed. Allows to cancel changing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the selected panel is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Save current order and visibility options as the default button arrangement. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with Button.Visible panel + + + + + Get the value of size for control in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a method that handle to cancel NavBar changing events. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new index for the selected panel. + The new selected . + True to cancel the event; otherwise, false. + + + + The new index for the selected panel. + + + + + The new selected . + + + + + The button of C1NavBar panel. + + + + + The type converter. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarButton class. + + + + + Gets the unique identifier, which is the same for the corresponding button and panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the small image that is displayed in the button strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in Image and SmallImage images. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the stack button, or in a tooltip when the button is in the bottom strip. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the panel header. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the button. + + + + + + + + The collection of buttons in navigation bar. + + + + + Creates a new button, puts the button into the collection, returns the created button. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the button with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such button exists. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + Copies the ButtonCollection to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + C1NavBar options form. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents the panel of navigation bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarPanel class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the panel is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the corresponding button for this panel. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The collection of navigation bar panels. + + + + + Looks for the panel in the collection with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Panel with the specified ID, or null if no such panel exists. + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the panel with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such panel exists. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets a C1NavBarPanel with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1NavBarPanel with the specified key. + + + + + + + The section header class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarSectionHeader class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the horizontal rule control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarHorizontalRule class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Windows Classic style. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the default blue color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Olive Green color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Silver color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Media Center style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule in C1NavBar section header. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule between C1NavBar sections. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Border color. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + C1NavBar base style. + + + + + Gets the owner. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + The property to compare with default value. + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Raise the event. + + + + + + + + Represents C1NavBar button base style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button. + + + + + Represents background color or 1st background gradient color of button. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of button. + + + + + Represents the inner border's color of button. + + + + + Represents the outer border's color of button. + + + + + Represents C1NavBar button common style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Gets or sets the more button image. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the margins. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Represents style of normal button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of highlighted button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of checked button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents style of pressed button. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents C1NavBar grip style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Gets or sets the grip height. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip margins. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Represents the C1NavBar header style. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar header panel style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar panel header section style. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Represents style of grip. + + + + + Represents style of buttons. + + + + + Represents style of panels. + + + + + Represents style of sections. + + + + + Represents style of separator. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar panel style. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Represents style of panel header. + + + + + Gets style for the panel border. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar section style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents style of section header. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar border style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents color of border. + + + + + Represents the C1NavBar separator style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Represents light color of separator. + + + + + Represents normal color of separator. + + + + + Outlook-style container/tab control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutBar class + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Returns the index of the page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the pressed state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the hot state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar up. + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar down + + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the PageTitleHeight property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Allows owner draw of C1OutBar's page scrolling arrows. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1OutPage should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the page title is clicked. + + + + + Fires when a C1OutBar's page caption must be measured. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changing. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedPage property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the PageLayout property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Fired by the Refresh method. Catch-all for changes affecting the docking tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets the collection of outbar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected page. + + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets or sets the height of each page title. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the title. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the highlighted title. + + + + + Gets text format of caption string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether scroll buttons for scrolling toolbar links are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages are shown at design time. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + looks for the nearest to the spec'd index with PageVisible page + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Represents a single page in a C1OutBar. + + + + + Represents a collection of control objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPageControlCollection class. + + + + + + Adds the specified Control object to the collection. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPage class. + + + + + Occurs when the PageVisible property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Returns the caption bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets the pressed state of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the title of this page is owner-drawn. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns true if the page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over caption area of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page image in the outbar's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the page image. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + The collection of outbar pages. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets an outpage with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1OutPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + Represents a a base class for page collections of a paged-like control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePagedControlsCollectionBase class. + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + Copies the PagedControlsCollectionBase to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. + + + + + Represents a radial menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RadialMenu class. + + + + + Occurs when a public property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the menu is expanding. + + + + + Invokes the MenuExpanding event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is collapsing. + + + + + Invokes the MenuCollapsing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is opening. + + + + + Invokes the MenuOpening event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is closing. + + + + + Invokes the MenuClosing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is expanded. + + + + + Invokes the MenuExpanded event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is collapsed. + + + + + Invokes the MenuCollapsed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is opened. + + + + + Invokes the MenuOpened event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the menu is closed. + + + + + Invokes the MenuClosed event. + + Event arguments. + True if a handler exists and was called, false if no handler exists. + + + + Occurs when a menu item is clicked. + + + If the clicked item has its own Click event associated with it, + that event occurs immediately before this one. + + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + + + + + Gets or sets the menu radius in the expanded state. + The default value is 160. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius of the central button. + The default value is 28. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius separating the area filled with items' background color on the outside + from the inner area filled with radial menu's own background. + The default value is 70. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the radial menu's outer border. + The default value is 24. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tooltip relative to the radial menu. + The default value is "left". + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu should use animation effects. + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the image shown in the radial menu's center button. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor used by the radial menu. + The default value is "hand". + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu should automatically hide + on certain events (such as lost focus etc). + The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu is enabled. + The default is true. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the screen coordinates of the menu's center. + If the menu is currently invisible ( is false), + setting this property throws an exception. + + + + + Shows the radial menu at the specified screen point. + If the menu is currently visible at another location, it is hidden first. + + The owner form. + The radial menu center's screen coordinates. + Indicates whether the menu should show initially expanded. + + + + Hides the radial menu if it is currently visible. + + + + + Moves the radial menu if it is currently visible, + does nothing otherwise. + + The X offset. + The Y offset. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Interface representing the root menu to a which visualizes it. + + + + + Interface between a logical menu and a which visualizes it. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent item (may be null). + Parents are not supposed to be provided by the logical menus, + instead a submenu's parent is set via this property on the fly + by the window implementation when the submenu is opened. + + + + + Gets a name used to identify the item. + + + + + Gets the item text. + + + + + Gets the item tooltip. + + + + + Gets the item image. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets the number of child items. + + + + + Gets the specified item. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the item can handle a click. + This is relevant only for items with children (i.e. sub-menus): + if this property returns true, click within the sector (not on the border) + invokes the Click action rather than opens the sub-menu. + Otherwise (if this returns false), click anywhere in the sector opens the sub-menu. + + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + + + + + Gets the item-specific style. May return null for default style. + + + + + Gets the known to user item that the proxy represents, + such as a RadialMenuItem or a C1CommandLink. + This is the Item in RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs. + + + + + Proxy representing the root menu () and used by a + to visualize it. + + + + + Proxy representing a + associated with a , + and used by a to visualize it. + + + + + Ctor. + + The link corresponds to the item for which this proxy is being created. + + + + Identifies parts of a round menu window. + + + + + The center button (only part visible in collapsed mode). + + + + + Area around the center button - clicks here are associated with the button. + + + + + Center area mask. + + + + + Inner area of a segment (within InnerRadius, bordering on CenterSurround). + + + + + Outer area of a segment (outside InnerRadius, but not in the border). + + + + + Border area of a segment. + + + + + Sector proper mask (inner or outer but NOT border). + + + + + Sector mask (inner, outer or border). + + + + + Specifies the possible actions on a mouse click. + + + + + No action. + + + + + Click center button. + + + + + Click item. + + + + + Expand item with a sub-menu. + + + + + Specifies current geometry while animating. + + + + + The outer radius. + + + + + The start angle. + + + + + The outer border width. + + + + The root menu. + + + The current associated menu. + + + The visual style. + + + Menu center's SCREEN coordinates. + + + outer circle's radius: + + + small center circle's radius: + + + radius of the area around the center button still associated with the button. + + + inner radius of items' own background color. + + + thickness of the outer "border" (where the submenu arrows are): + + + Padding between bounds and current circle rectangle (changes when Expanded changes). + + + Whether to use animation. + + + Whether the "click" event is generated on mouse down (default is mouse up). + + + current (while animating, target) state: + + + while true, _expanded indicates the TARGET state: + + + Whether/where to show tooltips. + + + Max tooltip width (pixels). + + + Gap between the inner tooltip side and outer menu radius. + + + Tooltip display rectangle. + + + Animation interval (msec). + + + The number of animation frames when expanding or contracting. + + + The number of animation frames when switching between menus. + + + Expanding/contracting animation rotation angle. + + + number of segments: + + + start angle for segment 0, relative to 3 o'clock counterclockwise: + + + Gap between nearby segments: + + + True when (mouse) cursor is over the window. + + + Part of the window under the (mouse) cursor. + + + If cursor is over a sector, the sector's index. + + + True when (mouse) button is down. + + + String format for menu items' text. + + + String format for menu tooltips. + + + + Gets or sets the outer (expanded) radius. + + + + + Gets the center position in screen coordinates. + + + + + Gets or sets the center button's radius, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner radius of the area filled with item background color. + Set to 0 fill the whole area, set to -1 to ignore. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu is expanded. + Unless animating, Expanded means Bounds are set for expanded, + otherwise for center. While animating, bounds are set for expanded. + + + + + Gets the center button rectangle relative to Bounds.Location. + + + + + Gets the outer circle rectangle relative to Bounds.Location. + Call only valid for Expanded state. + + + + + Sets the physical window bounds according to the specified radius. + We only change bounds between fully expanded and fully collapsed states, + and do NOT constantly update bounds while animating. + + + + + + Transforms the window from one state to another: + expands, contracts, or changes the current menu. + Animation is used if is true, + otherwise the transformation is immediate. + + If true, the window (which must be expanded already) is redrawn + for the current menu. + + + + Gets the type of action that would be performed depending on the current '_hover*' values + and the item under hover, if any. + + The action that would be performed on click. + + + + Gets the center button's style to use. + + OUT: center button image; if non-null, should override the one specified with the style. + The style to use (possibly with Image overridden by ). + + + + Called when the part currently under mouse has changed. + + + + + Calculates the point around which the biggest circle within a segment can be drawn. + + The outer radius. + The segment's angle. + Distance from center to the point. + + + + Draws center image - radial menu's Image for root, or back arrow for sub-menus. + + The target graphics. + The button image. + + + + Sets clip on graphics. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills an arc with the specified brush. + + Target graphics. + The brush to use, or null to do nothing. + Frame - square that specifies only the center of the circle the arc is part of. + The radius of outer or inner (depending on sign of ) edge of the arc. + The arc's thickness - may be negative, then is the inner edge of the arc. + Start angle. + Sweep angle. + + + + Draws a segment (menu item). + + Segment's index (zero is at 12:00). + Graphics to draw on. + The outer circle's (square) rectangle. + The outer border's width (band where the submenu arrows are). + Starting angle for the segment's middle (relative to 15:00, counterclockwise). + Segment's angular width. + Radius of the "middle circle" - where to center text and image. + + + + Measures the passed tooltip and adjusts geometry + (_outerPadding, Bounds and _tooltipRect) accordingly. + + + + + + Checks whether a point is within the window. + + The point to test, in screen coordinates. + OUT: window part containing the point. + OUT: index of the sector containing the point, or -1. + True if the point is within the window, false otherwise. + + + + THE method - draws the content of the round window. + + + + + + + + Base path, must end with delimiter. E.g. "/Button/Collapsed/Normal/" + Fallback (similar) style for props not set on this one. May be null. + + + + Sets a property of the ThemeBrushHelper type. + If the new value is null, the property is removed (i.e. a fallback will be used if available). + Otherwise, the new value is set on this style. + + The property name (type must be ThemeBrushHelper). + The theme proxy. + The path to the background specifying the brush. + + + + Arguments for the RadialMenuItemClickEventHandler event handler. + + + + + Gets the item that was clicked. + This may be either an object of a type derived from , + or a . + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that item; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that link; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs class. + + The item that was clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a RadialMenuItemClick event. + + The source of the event. + A RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Specifies where to show menu tooltips relative to the radial menu. + + + + + Tooltips are not shown. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the left of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown above the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the right of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown below the menu. + + + + + Abstract base class for items in a radial menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the name used to identify the item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is checked. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is enabled. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the parent menu. + The parent is not serialized, instead it is set on the fly + when a child menu is shown. + + + + + Gets the child items' count. + + + + + Gets the specified child item. + + Child item's index. + The requested item, or null. + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + Return true to indicate that the item can process a click. + Return false to indicate that the item cannot process a click + (useful for sub-menus only - opens a sub-menu if one exists in that case). + + + + + Invoked when the item is clicked. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item, possibly with a sub-menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItem class. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu item. + + + + + Occurs when the menu item is clicked. + + + + + Invokes the Click event. + + + + + + Gets the parent of this menu item (which may be either a , + or another ). + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the background color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item background specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the highlight color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item highlight color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the check mark color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item check mark color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the non-expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item non-expandable border color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the hot expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that style specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object that can be associated with this menu item. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item associated with a . + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this menu item. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the text shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the text + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the tooltip shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the tooltip + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the image shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the image + on the associated C1Command. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + The collection of radial menu items. + + + + + Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + The item to locate in the . + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The to insert. + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Adds an object to the end of the . + + The to be added to the end of the . + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + + Determines whether an element is in the . + + The item to locate in the . + True if item is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Copies the entire System.Collections.Generic.List`1 to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from . + The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The item to remove from the . + True if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns + false if item was not found in the . + + + + Gets the enumerator of the . + + The enumerator of the . + + + + Occurs when the changes, either by adding or removing an item. + + + see + + + + + Raise CollectionChanged event to any listeners. + Properties/methods modifying this will raise + a collection changed event through this virtual method. + + + + + Helper to raise CollectionChanged event to any listeners + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the . + + The object to be added to the end of the . + The index of last element in collection if value is not null; -1 otherwise. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the . + + The object to locate in the . + True if item is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + The object to locate in the . + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The object to remove from the . + True if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns + false if item was not found in the . + + + + Copies the entire System.Collections.Generic.List`1 to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from . + The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + + A themeable control that contains one or more buttons. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ToolBar class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ToolBar. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Event fired when Reset command from Customize dialog is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonAlign property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonWidth property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the MinButtonSize property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CustomizeButton property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Border property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ToolBarStyle property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Horizontal property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be measured. Allows to customize the toolbar's size. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be drawn. Allows to owner draw the caption. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the WrapText property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ToolBar. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + The to apply to the text displayed by the control. The default + is the value of the property. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command holder. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is floating. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar can be moved by the user. + + Only works when is placed on C1CommandDock control. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Gets true if dragger should draw; the only difference from Movable is that it returns true + if !Parent.Enabled but other conditions are true. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size (width and height) of button in toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the width for all buttons (applies to horizontal toolbars only; if 0, buttons are individually sized). + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of customize button. + + + + + Test whether the toolbar can be made customizable (i.e. is on a C1CommandDock). + (If there is no parent, true is returned.) + + True if the toolbar can be customizable. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookHorz. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookVert. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets the current layout of the buttons. + + + + + Gets the default look of the buttons in the current toolbar orientation. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookCurrent. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance of the toolbar’s border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar automatically adjusts it size to fit all items. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment for vertical toolbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating what can be customized in this toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the toolbar or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap text in links when ButtonWidth is greater than zero and text doesn't fit. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is in customize mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Hides current active super tooltip if needed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a collection of links or commands organized into various groups, mimicking the navigation bar seen in Windows XP. + + + + + Called after the theme is changed. + + The assigned theme object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the topicbar pages caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use animation when collapsing/expanding pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding between a page border and a link. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between pages. + + + + + Gets the collection of topic bar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages and links are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the LinkStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the style of the pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Resets the PageStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Indicates whether the has a default value. + + True if the has no default value; otherwise, it is false. + + + + Restore the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether pages and links should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Returns information about the control at at the current mouse position. + + A object that contains information about the point. + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + The horizontal position of the client coordinate. + The vertical position of the client coordinate. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + in client coordinates. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + The code below shows hit test information whenever the user moves the mouse: + + Private Sub C1TopicBar1_MouseMove(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs) Handles C1TopicBar1.MouseMove + Dim ht As C1.Win.C1Command.C1TopicBarHitTestInfo = C1TopicBar1.HitTest(e.Location) + Label1.Text = ht.Type.ToString() + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Page)) Then + Label2.Text = ht.Page.Text + Else + Label2.Text = "" + End If + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Link)) Then + Label3.Text = ht.Link.Text + Else + Label3.Text = "" + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Collapses the all pages + + + + + Expands the all pages + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified text, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns index of the first page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Get active holder of current VisualStyle. + + The property name. + The active holder object of current VisualStyle. + + + + Occurs when a link on this topic bar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when a page is expanded. + + + + + Occurs when a page is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs when the LinkStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the PageStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Gets or sets the base . + + + + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the Style property of the C1Border class. + + + + + No border. + + + + + Flat border at dark color. + + + + + Grooved border. + + + + + Ridged border. + + + + + Inset border. + + + + + Outset border. + + + + + This class allows you to add borders to a C1ToolBar object. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Border objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the border style. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width in pixels. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a left edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a top edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a right edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a bottom edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Sets full border around toolbar or removes border. + + If True, sets all borders, otherwise removes them + + + + Checks if border is full and visible. + + + + + + Checks if border is not visible. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Reset all private variables to initial values + + + + + Return true if all private variables have their initial values. + + + + + + Get or set a Control with border around it + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Return Point array with coordinates for border lines + + + + + + + + Recreate pens and brushes + + + + + Check width of border accordingly with other properties + + + + + Perform actions when border properties are changed + + + + + Represents a topic bar link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link to assign. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + The index of the image in the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The text of the link. + The tooltip text for the link. + The index of the image in the . + The arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the link image in the ImageList of the page. + + + + + Index of this link in the topic page. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is visible. + + + + + Gets the owner topicpage. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link was pressed. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicLink objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicLinkCollection class. + + + + + Gets or sets the link at the specified index. + + + + + Adds the specified link to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified link and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the link into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified link from the collection. + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for CTopicPage. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPage class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + The value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The caption of the page. + The tooltip text for the page. + The index of the image in the . + The ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + The value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + The arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + Gets the index of this page in the topic bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page has a special dark title. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the expand/collapse button is shown on the page title. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page title image in the topic bar’s ImageList. + + + + + Gets the collection of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether wide link texts wrap. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Collapses the page + + + + + Expands the page + + + + + Calls when page expanded. + + + + + Calls when page collapsed. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicPage objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPageCollection class. + + + + + Gets or sets the page at the specified index. + + + + + Adds the specified page to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified page and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the page into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified page from the collection. + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the TopicBar pages style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The normal . + The topic . + + + + Gets the style of page. + + + + + Gets the style of special page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic bar style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Normal font. + Normal ForeColor. + The mouse over font. + The mouse over ForeColor. + The disabled font. + The disabled font ForeColor. + The pressed font. + The pressed font ForeColor. + + + + Gets the style of the links on page. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on page with special style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic bar style converter. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic link states style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Normal font. + Normal ForeColor. + The mouse over font. + The mouse over ForeColor. + The disabled font. + The disabled font ForeColor. + The pressed font. + The pressed font ForeColor. + + + + Gets the style of the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the link when mouse cursor is over link. + + + + + Gets the style of the disabled link. + + + + + Gets the style of the pressed link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic link style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The font to assign. + The forecolor to assign. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the link. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic page caption style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The forecolor. + The font. + The background color. + The arrow color. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrow. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the topic page style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The normal title. + The mouse over title. + The pressed title. + The background color. + The border color. + + + + Gets the style of caption page. + + + + + Gets the style of caption page when mouse cursor is over caption of page. + + + + + Gets the pressed style of caption page. + + + + + Gets the background color of page. + + + + + Gets the border color of page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Simple stack with indexed access, based on System.Collections.ArrayList + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the ArrayList. + + The to be added to the end of the . + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the ArrayList. + + The number of elements actually contained in the . + + + + Gets the last element in ArrayList. + + The last element in . + + + + The last element in . + + + + + The number of elements actually contained in ArrayList. + + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + Returns true if the ArrayList is empty, false otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the index of an item is in the bound of indexes of the ArrayList. + + Specified index. + True if the specified index is in the range from zero to the last index of the ; otherwise, false. + + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the values of ButtonLook, ButtonLookHorz, + and ButtonLookVert properties of the C1CommandLink class. + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + + Use the default value for the toolbar. + + + + + Show button text. + + + + + Show button image. + + + + + Show button text and image. + + + + + Show only child control. C1CommandLink border and background will not drawn. + + + You can also use ( Control | Image | Text ) to show Text or Image without drawing C1CommandLink border and background. + + + + + Specifies the relative location of text and image on toolbar buttons. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the ButtonLayoutHorz and ButtonLayoutVert properties of C1Toolbar. + + + + + + Text is on the right of the image. + + + + + Text is on the left of the image. + + + + + Text is below the image. + + + + + Text is above the image. + + + + + Specifies position of close box in locked mode. + + + + + Default position of close box. + + + + + Close box on the active tab. + + + + + Close boxes on the all tabs. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Closes the and removes it from collection. + + + + + Set the property to false. + + + + + Specifies the current state of a menu or toolbar item. + + + + + Normal (default) state. + + + + + Mouse is currently over the item. + + + + + Item has been pressed (either by the left mouse button or by the space key). + + + + + Item contains a submenu, which is currently open. + + + + + Item is being dragged during customizing or at design-time. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu when all its items do not fit on the screen. + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the value of the LargeMenuDisplay property in the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is wrapped. + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is scrolled. + + + + + Enumerates customizable user interface strings. + Elements of this enumeration can be used to index strings in the UIStrings array. + + + + + Text of the "More..." command. + + + + + Text of the "Toolbar Options" command. + + + + + Text of the "Add or Remove Buttons" command. + + + + + Text of the "Reset" command. + + + + + Text of the "Customize..." command. + + + + + Text of the Rename toolbar dialog command. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the "duplicate toolbar" message in the customizer. + + + + + Text of the "More Windows" menu item created by C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + 'Allows to translate/customize the "confirm toolbar delete" question in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Tooltip for the close C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the auto hide C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll right C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll left C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the tab list C1DockngTab button. + + + + + Show item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Hide item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Options item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Cancel button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Label text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + MoveDown button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + MoveUp button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Ok button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Reset button text in the NavBar options menu. + + + + + Add/remove item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Customize item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Collapsed bar text in the NavBar. + + + + + Specifies the style of the toolbar. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the ToolBarStyle property of a C1ToolBar. + + + + + + Specifies a toolbar in the default state. + + + + + Specifies drawing toolbar like DropDownMenu. + + + + + Specifies which customization options are available at runtime. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the CustomizeOptions property of a C1ToolBar. + + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + + Nothing is allowed. + + + + + Toolbars can be deleted. + + + + + A new C1CommandLink can be added to a toolbar. + + + + + Command links in toolbar can be removed. + + + + + Customize button can be enabled or disabled. + + + + + Hides Customize menu item from Add and Remove Buttons menu. + + + + + Allow all actions. + + + + + Specifies the text direction. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabTextDirection property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + + + The default direction: Horizontal for tabs on the top or bottom, VerticalLeft for tabs on the left, VerticalRight for tabs on the right. + + + + + Text is drawn horizontally. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees counter-clockwise. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + Specifies how tabs of a C1DockingTab are sized. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabSizeMode property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + If is set to "Default", it will be overridden with Theme's TabSizeMode on Theme applying. + If is set to any other value, Theme's TabSizeMode won't be applied. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + If is set to "Default", + it will be overridden with Theme's TabSizeMode on Theme applying. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + + + All tabs are squeezed to fit into the width of the tab control. + + + + + Tabs are stretched to take the whole width of the tab control. + + + + + The user can specify the tab size in the MeasureTab event. + + + + + Specifies how the tabs of a C1DockingTab control look. + + + + + Classic look. + + + + + Tabs are sloped on one side. + + + + + Tabs are rounded. + + + + + Rectangular tabs. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2007 style. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2010 style. + + + + + Specifies how the window outline is drawn when the window is being moved. + + + + + Draws the outline with a checkered pattern of black and transparent pixels. + + + + + Draws a reversible line with a complimentary color. + + + + + Specifies how the hot frame is drawn on a command link with an embedded control. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the HotFrame property of a C1CommandControl. + + + + + + The frame encloses the whole link. + + + + + The frame encloses just the control. + + + + + Hot frame/selection is not drawn. + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + Default float hide behavior. + + + Same to float hide behavior. + + + + + Hides floating docking tabs when the application loses focus. + + + + + Never hides floating docking tabs. + + + + + Enumerates the Outlook-style navigation bar buttons. + + + + + Unspecified button. + + + + + Custom button. + + + + + Mail button. + + + + + Calendar button. + + + + + Contacts button. + + + + + Tasks button. + + + + + Notes button. + + + + + Folder button. + + + + + Shortcut button. + + + + + Journal button. + + + + + Specifies the visibility and function of the navigation bar's close button. + + + + + The close button is not shown. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the currently selected panel. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the whole navigation bar. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which the navigation bar is collapsed. + + + + + The direction in which the bar collapses is determined by the value of the control's Dock property. + + + + + The bar collapses to the left. + + + + + The bar collapses to the right. + + + + + The bar collapses to the top. + + + + + The bar collapses to the bottom. + + + + + Specifies how it is determined whether to animate the menus or not. + + + + + Animation is determined by the system-wide setting. + + + + + Animation is off. + + + + + Animation is on. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Classic color scheme. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Default docking style. + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2005 - like docking style. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2008 - like docking style. + + + The VS2008 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2008, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2010 - like docking style. + + + The VS2010 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2010, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2012 - like docking style. + + + The VS2012 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2012, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu item when it is merged with items in another menu. + Note: it`s MS "System.Windows.Forms.MenuItem.MenuMerge" enumeration analogue for .NET5 compatibility. + + + + + The MenuItem is added to the collection of existing menu item objects in a merged menu. + + + + + The menu item replaces an existing menu item at the same position in a merged menu. + + + + + All submenu items of this menu item are merged with those of existing menu item objects at the same position in a merged menu. + + + + + The menu item is not included in a merged menu. + + + + + Represents the data. + + + + + The first object. + + + + + The second object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The first object. + The second object. + + + + Additional stuff required (so far - Aug 2006) for C1Command only. + + + + + Gets the control that is to be used instead of the real parent + when checking that the parent is in focus etc. + Used for popup menus. + + + + + Gets the designer component if it is distinct from what + is returned by Control property. + + + + + This method MUST be called by the inheritor's ctor before exiting! + + + + + Returns false if the floatie should not be shown for reasons such as: + - the designer is hidden; + - ??? + Returning true does not mean that the floatie must show, only that it can. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the caller process owns + the current foreground window. + + + + + Contains localizable design-time strings. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the timespan between the moment the floatie is ready to be shown + and the moment it is actually shown. + + + + + ctor for inherited classes + + + + + Updates the region to include just the toolbar and the help label. + This helps avoid flickering due to whole form resizing when help string changes. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + UITypeEditorControl + + + + + ColorPicker + Uses the Color UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick colors + + + + + FileNamePicker + Uses the FileName UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick filenames + + + + + ImagePicker + Uses the Image UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick images + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + DockPicker + Uses the Dock UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick Dock settings + + + + + AnchorPicker + Uses the Anchor UITypeEditor to show a form where users can Anchor settings + + + + + ExternalEditorWrapper + Wraps an external UITypeEditor. + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + FontPicker + Uses the Font UITypeEditor to show a form where users can pick fonts + + + + + Represents the one value in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the EnumValueDescCollection collection containing this object. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's type. + + + + + Gets the count of significant bits in EnumValue. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's value. + + + + + Gets the enumeration's value as long unsigned integer. + + + + + Collection of the EnumValueDesc objects. + + + + + Represents the editor of enum properties with FlagsAttribute attribute. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the method. + The override for returns . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether drop-down editors should be resizable by the user. + The override for returns true; + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style + indicated by the method. + + + + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1CommandMenu... + { + public C1CommandMenu() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + A helper class for implementing an ambient property on a control. + + + Usage: + An instance of AmbientPropertyMonitor must be created by the host control with the reference + to that host as the parameter. + The AmbientPropertyMonitor subscribes to the following events: + + ParentChanged on the host and the whole parents' chain; + + (ambient property name)Changed or INotifyPropertyChanged on the host and all parents in the chain. + NOTE: For the AmbientPropertyMonitor to work correctly, all controls that have the target property declared + must also provide either a property changed event, or implement INotifyPropertyChanged and fire + it at appropriate moments. + + + The AmbientPropertyMonitor monitors changes of the ambient property value on the host and all parents, + and if a change occurs applies the value of the ambient property on the closest parent + to that property on the host control, unless it has been changed independently of the AmbientPropertyMonitor + (AmbientPropertyMonitor assumes that when it is created, the ambient property on the host has default, + unchanged value). + + It is recommended that all controls declaring the target property also provide + the Reset(property) and ShouldSerialize(property) methods, calling the + and methods as needed. + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + At all times, should contain the up-to-date parent chain, + starting with the host itself. Needed to keep track of + parent changes, and changes of ambient property on the parents. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1OutBar... + { + public C1OutBar() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1db3c93 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/license_EN.txt b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/license_EN.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f32d1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/license_EN.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Copyright ©️ MESCIUS inc. + +The End User License Agreement (“EULA”) contains the terms and conditions that +govern Your use of MESCIUS inc. SOFTWARE enclosed or otherwise +accompanied herewith (individually and collectively, the “SOFTWARE”) (as linked +to below) and imposes material limitations on Your License. You should read +this EULA carefully and treat it as valuable property. + +You may obtain a complete copy of the EULA at: +https://developer.mescius.com/legal/eula + +Licensing FAQs: +https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/licensing diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7596937 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Command.4.8.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/.signature.p7s b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49c353d Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631.nupkg b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6163698 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.targets b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf9755 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.targets @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex]::Match($(MSBuildThisFileFullPath),"\d+\.\d+\.(\d+)?\.\d+\\buildTransitive").Groups[1].Value) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + + + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.targets b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.targets new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf9755 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/buildTransitive/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.targets @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + + + + + 331cf6cd-b73c-429f-ba79-fa2f85eebd68 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + + MzMxY2Y2Y2QtYjczYy00MjlmLWJhNzktZmEyZjg1ZWViZDY4,NDYwNTkwMDZYWFhYWFhYWDA5Nw,Kg,VHJ1ZQ,NzQ0MA,VHJ1ZQ,LTMw,LTMw,VHJpYWw,,%3BFOh5mQqnDeQRF5vyT/FbVqgtHaqARg2xoIG6CtHFzVC6tc/7/ApSMCWZKiCd8vJMYBTTZ+Xbr/KzcD55MFob2rfjKSR0UWap2oexQP9njn6xf1zg5ytl1CJm/8Wxd2d0p5KxUgJbAVQcSx9F3qk1Ao9NI+3KVneEVkhn1SEdCUk + + + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.LocalApplicationData)) + gclm + + $([System.Environment]::GetFolderPath(System.Environment+SpecialFolder.CommonApplicationData)) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity','gclm')) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GclmPath),'gclm.exe')) + $([System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex]::Match($(MSBuildThisFileFullPath),"\d+\.\d+\.(\d+)?\.\d+\\buildTransitive").Groups[1].Value) + $([System.IO.Path]::GetTempPath()) + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(TempFolder),'gclm_deploy.exe')) + + + + $([MSBuild]::NormalizePath($(GrapeCityRootFolder),'GrapeCity',$(GCPID),'.info')) + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne WinForms Edition + + + ComponentOne WinForms Data Services Edition + + + + + + + + + + + ComponentOne Studio Enterprise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/docs/readme.md b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/docs/readme.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c2461f --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/docs/readme.md @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +## About + +ComponentOne Input for WinForms includes twelve controls that support masking, formatting, validation, visual styles and data binding. + +![WinForms C1Input Control](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/GrapeCity/ComponentOne-WinForms-Samples/5dc3e2e0e9fe814b46a65929a54f662f431980d7/NetFramework/Input/WinForms_Input.png "WinForms C1Input") + +Key Features: + +* Support for Office 2007 and 2010 visual styles. +* The ability to display dynamic data. +* Extensive data-binding support. +* Powerful and customizable masked editing capabilities. +* Support for regular expressions in mask format. +* The power to format data in almost any way imaginable. +* Support for data validation. +* Support for a wide range of cultures. +* Specialized drop-down editors. +* Promp input error detection. +* Drop-down and increment buttons. +* Slidable thumbs. +* Various formatting modes to choose from. +* Ability to quickly resolve NULL and empty values. +* Customizable appearance. + +## Resources + +* [Samples](https://github.com/GrapeCity/ComponentOne-WinForms-Samples/tree/master/NetFramework/Input) +* [Documentation](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/win/online-input/overview.html) +* [Licensing](https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/licensing) diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96c2e3f Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/images/C1logo_nuget.png differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3e60bd Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.xml b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20b5a99 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42698 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Define interface for IFELanguage com object. + + + + + Represents the IFELanguageWrapper class. + + + + + Indicates the GUID string forthe IFELanguage. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Handles the ApplicationExit event of the Application control. + + + An object indicates the event sender. + + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + Creates the IFE lan. + + + A string value indicates the ime mode. + + + A object indicate the IFELanguage com object created. + + + + + Gets the conversion mode caps. + + + The IME mode. + + + + + + Gets the conversion list. + + + The IME mode. + + + The request. + + + The mode. + + + The STR input. + + + + + + This class define the internal code access authorization for GrapeCity product. + + + + + Validate whether the calling assembly is an authorization assembly. + + + If the calling assembly has same PublicKeyToken with this main assembly, we think + this assembly is a authorization by now. + So the snk file is very important If hacker get the snk file, then he can forge an + authorization assembly. I think the pfx file is more secure. + + + + + The calling assembly. eg, + "System.Reflection.Assembly.GetCallingAssembly()". + + + Return a bool value. true is an authorization assembly; otherwise,false. + + + + + Determines how to handle the IME candidate window. + + + + + Clears the composition string and set the status to no composition string. + + + + + Converts the composition string and show the candidate window. + + + + + Converts the composition string and pick the first in the candidate window. + + + + + This delegate enables asynchronous calls for getting ime is converting status. + + + + + Represents a simple wrapper of window handle. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + Indicates the owner GcIme component. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An component which is the owner of the wrapper. + + + + + Gets the hook handle from the FactWindow. + + + Returns the hook handle. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Defines a class used to convert ImeMode to ImeConversionMode or convert ImeConversionMode to ImeMode. + + + + + Defines a Japanese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Korean conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Chinese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a empty conversion table. + + + + + Gets the conversion table by current input language. + + + The conversion table based on the language. + + + + + Saves the conversion bits. + + + + + Gets the conversion bigs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be set. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be cleared. + + + + + Save the data of the extended properties. + + + + + Defines the default value of the . + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Overridden, check whether the given object equals this instance. + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An int indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Initialize an instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The dummy1. Please set it to null. + + + The dummy2. Please set it to null. + + + These two parameters is used to differentiate the internl constructor from the pulic one. + + + + + Initialize component. + + + + + Save all the data of extended properites of controls. + + + + + Save furigana service - associated control references. + + + + + Save the virtual window used to access with the + + + + + Saves the cached the ime sentence mode. + + + + + Saves the ime device. + + + + + Caches the result string event args for firing event. + + + + + The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use + by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. + + + + + The default alphabet to reading string mappings. + + + + + The user-set alphabet to reading string mappings. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether IME is available for the current keyboard layout. + + + if the IME is available; otherwise, . + + + + + Checks whether there's any IME associated to the specified window. + + + A value indicating the window handle. + + + if the window has an IME context associated with it; otherwise, . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether ime is converting in current Application. + + + if ime is converting in current Application; otherwise, . + + + This property is used for retrieve the state of IME converting status. + + + + + Gets the IME is converting on the focused window. + + + A value, if ime is converting, otherwise, . + + + + + Gets whether ime is converting in given form. + + + A object specify the target form for checking the ime converting state. + + + A value, if ime is converting, otherwise, . + + + + + Specifies whether this object can provide its extender properties to the specified object. + + + The object to receive the extender properties. + + + if this object can provide extender properties to the specified object; + otherwise, . + + + + + Retrieves the IME sentence mode associated with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + With the GetImeSentenceMode method, + you can retrieve the for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the IME sentence mode with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the Ime sentence mode for a control. + To get the information about Ime sentence mode, use the method. + + The control is . + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + Indicates whether the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode should be serialized. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + If the ImeSentenceMode property should be serialized, return ture, otherwise return false. + + + + + Reset the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode associated to special control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Retrieves the AutoShowSoftKayboard associated with the specified control. + + + A , the AutoShowSoftKayboard is associated on it. + + + A indicates whether open soft keyboard when control get focus or lose. + + + With the GetAutoShowSoftKeyboard method, you can retrieve the setting about show soft keyboard automatically or not for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. +
+ This method is obsoleted in this version. +
+ The control is . +
+ + + Associates the AutoShowSoftKayboard with the specified control. + + + A , the AutoShowSoftKayboard is to be associated on it. + + + A indicates whether open soft keyboard when control get focus or lose. + + + You can also use this method to specifying whether to show the soft keyboard automatically or not for a control. + To get the information about showing the soft keyboard automatically, use the method. +
+ This method is obsoleted in this version. +
+ The control is . +
+ + + Retrieves the associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates what is the output manner of the reading string. + + + With the GetReadingStringOutput method, you can retrieve the value of for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the ReadingStringOutPut with the specified control. + + + A , the is to be associated on it. + + + A value indicates what is the output manner of the reading string. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the reading string output for a control. + To get the information about the reading string output, use the method. + + The control is . + The control isn't valid. + + + + Indicates whether the value of extended property ReadingStringOutput should be serialized. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + If the ReadingStringOutput property should be serialized, return ture, otherwise return false. + + + + + Reset the value of extended property ReadingStringOutput associated to special control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Retrieves the CausesImeEvent associated with the specified control. + + + A , the CausesImeEvent is associated on it. + + + A indicates whether the control cause the ime event. + + + With the GetCausesImeEvent method, you can retrieve the setting about enable to raise the event or not for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. + The result string event will never occurs if this property is not set to on the control that handling IME input. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the CausesImeEvent with the specified control. + + + A , CausesImeEvent is to be associated on it. + + + A indicates whether the control cause the ime event. + + + You can also use this method to specifying whether to causes the Ime event or not for a control. + To get the information about whether to cause the Ime events, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Gets candidate list from a specified reading string. + + + A string which represents the reading string. + + + A string array which represents the candidate list. + Returns string[0] if readingString is or . + + + User can retrieve a array from the candidate list by using this method. + + The control is . + + + + + Get reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A string which represents the result string. + + + A string array which represents the reading strings. + Returns string[0] if resultString is or + + + User can retrieve a array from the candidate list by using this method. + + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + A value to be convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + User can use this method to convert a string by a . + + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + A the convert based on it. + + + A value to be convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + User can use this method to convert a string by a for on a specified control. + + + + + + Retrieves the kana mode setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates the format of reading string output will convert to. + + + With the GetKanaMode method, you can retrieve the for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the kana mode setting associated to the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates the format of reading string output will convert to. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the kana mode for a control. + To get the information about the kana mode, use the method. + + The control is . + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + Dispose the unmanged and manged resource. + + + A indicates whther the dispoing action is not caused by finalizer. + + + Call when you are finished using the . + The Dispose method leaves the in an unusable state. + After calling , you must release all references to the + so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. + + + + + Updates the IME sentence mode when control has focus and change the ImeSentenceMode of it or its parent. + + + The focused control. + + + A value, if set to we will cache the IME sentence mode before set new one, otherwise, . + + + + + Retrieves the IME sentence mode associated with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Addes a control into the data. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Attaches events for a specified control and its child controls. + + + The specified . + + + + + Removes a control from the data. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Detaches events for a specified control and its child controls. + + + The specified . + + + + + Processes the GotFocus message of the associated control. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the message. + + + + + Processes the LostFocus message of the associated control. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the message. + + + + + Processes the CompositionChanged event of the ime. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Recieves the Opening of the status window. + + + An object indicates the sender of the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Receives the Closing of the status window. + + + An object indicates the sender of the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Start up the controling of sentence mode of ime device. + + + + + Finish the controling of sentence mod of the ime device. + + + + + Start up the controling of soft keyoard. + + + + + Finish the controling of the softKeyoard. + + + + + Handles the Disposed event of the TargetControl control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Set the special sentence mode to ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Get the sentence mode from the ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Gets the IME mode from the ime device.. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + The ImeMode status. + + + + + Sets the ime mode to the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime mode. + + + + + Converts the string based on the required KanaMode. + + The text need to convert, . + The kana mode to which is want to convert. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the DBCS space character. + + + + + Occurs when there is a result string available during the input process by IME. + + + This event is raised when there is a result string during IME input in any input controls on the form. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + An that contains the + event data. + + + + + Retrieves the input scope setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + One of the enumeration value, indicates the input scope of the associated control. + + + With the GetInputScope method, you can retrieve the for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + + The control is . + + + + + Associates the input scope setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + One of the enumeration value, indicates the input scope of the associated control. + + + With the SetInputScope method, you can change the for any control. To retrieve the setting, use the method. + + + The control is . + + + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + + Resets the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode associated with the specified control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + A class is used to control the output behavior of the reading string. + + + + + Gets a empty output. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + A value, indatates whether alphabet character should be converted to reading. + + + + + Gets or sets a control used to receive the output. + + + A indicates the target control. + + + + + Gets or sets an object used to receieve the output string. + + + An object indicates the output target. + + + To make sure the string could be receieved, the output target object should either have a public property named 'Text' or 'Value'. + In addition, a string typed property is valid. + + + + + Gets or sets the output mode. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Gets or sets whether or not enable converting alphabets to its reading. + + + A bool value, indicates the alphabets will convert to its reading, + according to the default mapping table or user defined mapping rules; otherwise, . + + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + Another object to compare to. + + if obj and this instance are the same type and represent the same value; otherwise, . + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Defines the type converter for the class. + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given + destination type using the context. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, + . + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type + using the specified context and arguments. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + A that provides the language to convert to. + + + The to convert. + + + The to which to convert the value. + + + An Object that represents the converted value. + + + The destinationType is a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) + to create a new value, using the specified context. + + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + + + true if changing a property on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) + to create a new value; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates an instance of the type that this System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter + is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property + values for the object. + + + An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values. + + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + + + An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or + null if the object cannot be created. This method always returns null. + + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the + value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + An that specifies the type of array for which to get + properties. + + + An array of type that is used as a filter. + + + A with the properties that + are exposed for this data type, or a null reference if there are no + properties. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + if should be called to find the + properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + + Indicates the output mode of the reading string. + + + + + Adds the new text at the end of the old text. + + + + + Replaces all text of the target control. + + + + + Maintain the reading string output automatically. + + + + + Provides the data for the ResultString event. + + + The ResultString takes place when there has been changes + made in the IME conversion window. + + + + + Indicates the reading string. + + + + + Indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + + + Gets the control that creates the reading string. + + + A indicates the source control. + + + + + Gets the reading string. + + + A value indicating the reading string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified reading string. + + + A indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + A string indicates the specified reading string. + + + + + Stores the alpha-reading string mapping data. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The alphabet. + The reading. + + + + Gets the alphabet. + + The alphabet. + + + + Gets the reading. + + The reading. + + + + Specifies the input scope name which modifies how input from alternative input methods is interpreted. + + + + + The text input pattern for alphanumeric full-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for alphanumeric half-width characters. + + + + + The default handling of input commands. + + + + + The text input pattern for a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) email address. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hanja characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hangul full-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hangul half-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for the Hiragana writing system. + + + + + The text input pattern for full-width Katakana characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for half-width Katakana characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for a number. + + + + + The text input pattern for a full-width number. + + + + + The text input patternf or a search query. + + + + + The text input pattern for a telephone number. + + + + + The text input pattern for a Uniform Resource Locator (URL). + + + + + Represents a CollectionBase class, which is a base class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + containing the elements of the specified source collection. + + + A with which to initialize the collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + containing the specified array of objects. + + + An array of objects with which to initialize the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index in the collection. + + + A at each valid index. + + + The zero-based index of the collection to access. + + + The index parameter is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is locked. + + + true if this instance is locked; otherwise, false. + + + + + A object that indicates the handler of the CollectionChanging event. + + + + + A object that indicates the handler of the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Adds the specified to the collection. + + + The index at which the new element was inserted. + + + The to add. + + + + + Copies the elements of the specified array to the end of the collection. + + + An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the collection contains the specified . + + + true if the collection contains the specified object; otherwise, false. + + + The to search for in the collection. + + + + + Copies the collection objects to a one-dimensional instance beginning at the specified index. + + + The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from the collection. + + + The index of the array at which to begin inserting. + + + The array parameter is null. + + + The index parameter is less than the target array's minimum index. + + + The destination array is multidimensional.-or- The number of elements in the is greater than + the available space between the index of the target array specified by the index parameter and the end of the target array. + + + + + Gets the index in the collection of the specified , if it exists in the collection. + + + The index in the collection of the specified object, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + The to locate in the collection. + + + + + Inserts the specified into the collection at the specified index. + + + The to insert. + + + The zero-based index where the specified object should be inserted. + + + + + Removes the specified from the collection. + + + The to remove from the collection. + + + The specified object is not found in the collection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the specified array to the end of the collection. + + + An array of type that contains the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element array into the instance. + + + The new value of the element array. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element array into the instance. + + + The new value of the element. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element into the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which to insert the value. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when removing an element from the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which the value can be found. + + + The value of the element to remove from the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before setting a value in the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + + + The value to replace with newValue. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which to insert the value. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which the value can be found. + + + The value of the element to remove from the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + + + The value to replace with newValue. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The instance that contains the event data. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The instance that contains the event data. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when validating a value. + + + The object to validate. + + value is null. + The collection is locked. + + + + Locks this instance. + + + + + Unlocks this instance. + + + + + Represents a default predicate. + + + A bool value. + + + + + Determines whether the contains elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + true if the contains one or more elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the contains elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + true if the contains one or more elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the elements to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for a that matches the specified type TTarget, + and returns the first occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The first that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + + + Searches for a that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the first occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The first that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Retrieves all the that match the specified type TTarget. + + + A that contains all the that + match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, an empty . + + + + + Retrieves all the that match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + A that contains all the that + match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, an empty . + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Searches for an that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the last occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The last that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + + + Searches for an that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the last occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The last that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based + index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the range of elements in the that extends from the specified index to the last element. + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The zero-based starting index of the search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + startIndex is outside the range of valid indexes for the . + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the range of elements in the that starts at the specified index and contains the specified number of elements. + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The number of elements in the section to search. + + + The zero-based starting index of the search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + count is less than 0. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns + the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, + if found; otherwise, false. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the + zero-based index of the last occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, + if found; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the range of elements in + the that extends from the first + element to the specified index. + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions + defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The zero-based starting index of the backward search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + startIndex is outside the range of valid indexes for the . + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the range of elements in the + that contains the specified number of + elements and ends at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions + defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The number of elements in the section to search. + + + The zero-based starting index of the backward search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + count is less than 0. + + match is null. + + + + Specifies how to position and align the attached element + to the core element. + + + This is used when alignment and positioning needs to take + place between 2 elements, such as an image and a text. + Usually, the text will become the core element + with the image being the attached element in this case. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's top edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's center points have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's bottom edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's left edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's center points have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's right edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's top edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's center points have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's bottom edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's left edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's center points have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's right edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + Defines what kind of space is allowed in the text. + + + + + No space character is allowed. + + + + + Only SBCS space character is allowed. + + + + + Only DBCS space char character allowed. + + + + + Both DBCS and SBCS space characters are allowed. + + + + + Specifies the type of 12-hour mode. + + + + + 12-hour mode ranges from 00:00:00 to 11:59:59. + + + + + 12-hour mode ranges from 01:00:00 to 12:59:59. + + + + + Represents the different year digit type. + + + + + The FourDigitYear mode ranges from 0000 - 9999. + + + + + The TwoDigitYear mode ranges from 00 - 99. + + + + + Specifies the validate type of input. + + + + + No validate mode, fields behavior independent. + + + + + Normal validate mode, fields behavior independent checking. + + + + + Specifies the input validation type. + + + + + Specifies no validate mode, field behavior is independent. + + + + + Specifies normal validate mode, field behavior uses independent checking. + + + + + Specifies extended validate mode, adjusts when needed. + + + + + Defines the number spin mode. + + + + + Spins by the field. + + + + + Spins by the specified field value. + + + + + Spins by digits. + + + + + Defines the date spin increment mode. + + + + + Specifies to spin using the field. + + + + + Specifies to spin using the value of the specified field. + + + + + Specifies how the literal in the content is handled in the clipboard. + + + Inserting or replacing text includes or excludes literals. + + + + + Specifies that literals are included. + + + + + Specifies that literals are excluded. + + + + + Represents how to wrap the line when it is beyond the width of the view. + + + + + Does not wrap. + + + + + Wraps the text by words. + + + + + Wraps the text by characters. + + + + + Specifes the edit mode. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to control the INSERT or REPLACE mode of the editor. + + + + + Indicates the Insert mode. + + + + + Indicates the Overwrite mode. + + + + + Indicates the fixed Insert mode. + + + + + Indicates the fixed Overwrite mode. + + + + + Highlights the type of text selection in the control. + + + After getting focus, none, specified fields, or all text in the editor is highlighted. + + + + Specifies no highlight. + + + Highlights the specified field. + + + Highlights all the text. + + + + Specifies how the literals are displayed during user input. + + + + Always show the literals. + + + The literals are post displayed as the user types. + + + The literals are displayed before the user types. + + + + Specifies the key groups. + + + + + Reresents the number input keys. + + + + + Represents the memory operation keys. + + + + + Represents the math operation keys. + + + + + Represnts the reset keys. + + + + + Represents the keys for editing. + + + + + Represents the key for output. + + + + + Represents the indicator keys. + + + + + Specifies how the tab key works. + + + The Tab key moves focus among controls or fields. + + + + + Used to move focus between controls. + + + + + Used to move the cursor position between fields in the control. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed in the DateEraField. + + + + + Displays a full era name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated era name. + + + + + Displays a symbol. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed. + + + + + Displays a full month name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated month name. + + + + + Displays a number. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed in the DateAmPmField. + + + + + Displays a full AMDesignator or PMDesignator. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated AMDesignator or PMDesignator. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed. + + + + + Displays a full weekday name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated weekday name. + + + + + Determines what sign the value is. + + + + + Indicates not control sign of value. + + + + + Indicates keep value positive. + + + + + Indicates keep value negative. + + + + + Represent the sign type. + + + + + Represent there is none sign. eg, value == . + + + + + Represent the value is positive. eg, value = +0. + + + + + Represent the value is negative. eg, value = -0. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of a control. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears flat. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears flat until the mouse pointer moves over it, at which point + it appears three-dimensional. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears three-dimensional. + + + + + Specifies that the appearance of the control is determined by the user's operating system. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the active flat style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the professional appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 blue appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 black appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 silver appearance style. + + + + + Represents an enumeration that defines the ellipsis mode. + + + + + Specifies no ellipsis trim. + + + + + Specifies to trim the end of the string with characters. + + + + + Specifies to trim the center of the string with charactors. + + + + + Specifies the effect for how the text is drawn on a graphics surface, such as: Flat, 3D, and so on. + + + + + Text is drawn with no 3D effect (default). + + + + + Text is drawn with a heavy inset effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a heavy raised effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a light inset effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a light raised effect. + + + + + Represents useful symbols. + + + + + Specifies an empty symbol. + + + + + Specifies an arrow. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with an underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a double underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a thick underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with an over line. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a double over line. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a thick over line. + + + + + Specifies a double arrow. + + + + + Specifies a dot. + + + + + Specifies a zoom in symbol. + + + + + Specifies a zoom out symbol. + + + + + Represents the direction of the symbol. + + + + + Specifies the left direction. + + + + + Specifies the up direction. + + + + + Specifies the right direction. + + + + + Specifies the down direction. + + + + + Specifies the side button position. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the side buttons' + position when both buttons are inside or outside of the control border. + The left or right information is defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Side buttons are at the left side and inside the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the left and outside the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the right and inside of the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the right and outside of the border. + + + + + Specifies the visibility of side buttons. + + + The members of this enumeration allow users to set the timing of spin and + drop-down button visibility. + + + + + Side buttons are not shown. + + + + + Side buttons are always shown. + + + + + Side buttons are shown when the button container gets focus. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which a drop-down + control is displayed relative to its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed above and to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed above and to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed below and to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed below and to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and specifies that the drop-down control + is displayed to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and specifies that the drop-down control + is displayed to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and responds to the + setting, specifying either + or accordingly. + + + + + Specifies how to show the scroll bar(s). + + + + + Specifies that scroll bars are always shown. + + + + + Specifies that scroll bars are shown when the content is out of range. + + + + + Specifies the mode of display data. + + + + + Show item as text + + + + + Shown item as image + + + + + Represents the status of the field. + + + + + Without input, the field is empty. + + + + + With input, but not finished yet. + + + + + The input is finished. + + + A field status of full does not mean the field cannot accept input. + There is a case where the field is full, but the field has not reached the maximum limit and can still accept input. + + + + + The IP address input mode + + + + + IPv4 Mode + + + + + IPv6 Mode + + + + + Mixed IPv6 Mode + + + + + Specifies the action of shortcut keys + + + + + Moves the focus to the next control. + + + + + Moves the focus to the previous control. + + + + + Moves the cursor to the next field. + + + + + Moves the cursor to the previous field. + + + + + Clears the content of the control. + + + + + Shows the dropdown window of the control + + + + + Do spin up + + + + + Do spin down + + + + + Sets the control's value to current date and time. + + + + + Adds three zeros. + + + + + Shows the popup calculation window. + + + + + Specifies the type of dates that can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that any dates can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that only workdays can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that only holidays and weekend days can be selected. + + + + + Defines the type of the calendar. + + + + + Shows the calendar by Month-Day type. + + + + + Shows the calendar by Year-Month type. + + + + + Specifies the display type of the calendar. + + + + + Displays as the normal year. + + + + + Displays as the Fiscal year. + + + + + Specifies the month of a year. + + + + + Indicates the month is not defined + + + + + Indicates January + + + + + Indicates February + + + + + Indicates March + + + + + Indicates April + + + + + Indicates May + + + + + Indicates June + + + + + Indicates July + + + + + Indicates August + + + + + Indicates September + + + + + Indicates October + + + + + Indicates November + + + + + Indicates December + + + + + Defines the type of days (workday, holiday, etc.) + + + + + Indicates a normal non-holiday day. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears yearly. + + + + + Indicates a normal day which originally was a holiday. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears for a + specific date. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears when a holiday + lands on a weekend and automatically moves onto the next day. + + + + + Indicates the weekday is a holiday. + + + + + Defines how a holiday is handled when it lands on a weekday + that is specified as a holiday. + + + + + No holiday override takes place. + + + + + Holiday overrides to the next day. + + + + + Holiday overrides to the next work day. + + + + + Specifies the type of the selection indicator. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as a focus rectangle. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as a box. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as 3D (reverse). + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as 3D when the mouse moves over the focus item; otherwise, shown as flat. + + + + + Specifies the position of the navigation bar in a calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the left side of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the top of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the right side of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the bottom of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies how to show the empty week rows in the . + + + + + Specifies that the empty rows appear at the beginning. + + + + + Specifies that all empty rows are at the end. + + + + + Specifies which type of navigator bar is shown in the control. + + + + + Specifies that no navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the button style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the scroll bar style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the outlook style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Defines flags for the different weeks. + + + + + Specifies no weeks. + + + + + Specifies the first week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the second week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the third week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the fourth week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the fifth week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the last week in the month. + + + + + Specifies all weeks in the month. + + + + + Specifies the style of the template. + + + + + Specifies the outlook style. + + + + + Specifies the MonthCalendar style. + + + + + Specifies the System style. + + + + + Specifies which type of PickDays to use. + + + + + Specifies only the days in the current month. + + + + + Specifies to include the trailling days in the view. + + + + + Specifies the minimum or maximum day. + + + + + Specifies the day of the week. + + + + + Indicates the weekday is not defined. + + + + + Indicates Sunday. + + + + + Indicates Monday. + + + + + Indicates Tuesday. + + + + + Indicates Wednesday. + + + + + Indicates Thursday. + + + + + Indicates Friday. + + + + + Indicates Saturday. + + + + + Specifies the position and manner in which a toolbar is docked. + + + + + The toolbar's left edge is docked to the left edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's right edge is docked to the right edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's top edge is docked to the top edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's bottom edge is docked to the bottom edge of its containing control. + + + + + Specifies the action that the toolstirp action button perform. + + + + + Copies the richtextbox text to clipbord. + + + + + Pastes the clipbord content to richtextbox. + + + + + Cuts the selction of richtextbox. + + + + + Deletes the selction of richtextbox. + + + + + Performs the undo operation. + + + + + Performs the redo operation. + + + + + Inserts a iamge. + + + + + Alignments to the left. + + + + + Ailgnments to the center. + + + + + Ailgnments to the right. + + + + + Bullet style. + + + + + Indent increasement. + + + + + Indent decreasement. + + + + + Bold style. + + + + + Italic style. + + + + + Unerline style. + + + + + Strikeout style. + + + + + Loads file style. + + + + + Saves file style. + + + + + No operation. + + + + + Enumerate all system sound types. + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + Specifies the operator of compare action. + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value equals difference value. + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value not equals difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value greater than difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value greater than or equals difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value smaller than difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value smaller than or equals difference value + + + + + Specifies the position of the scroll tip window within the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the default location. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the top or left side of the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the bottom or right side of the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the center of the control. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a TextElment when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Defines the ValueProcessOption enumeration. + + + + + Keeps the current value. + + + + + Clears the current. + + + + + Restores the previous value. + + + + + Defines the FieldsEditMode enumeration. + + + + + Specifies the input is from the left side in each field. + + + + + Specifies the input is from the right side in each field. + + + + + Specifies that the field does not show the empty prompt character, but the width of the field is fixed. + + + + + Defines the DisplayAlignment enumeration. + + + + + Specifies to never make a horizontal alignment effect. + + + + + Specifies that the alignment is distributed. + + + + + Specifies that the alignment is distributed with white space. + + + + + Defines the dropdown animation. + + + + + Indicates no animation. + + + + + Indicates the scroll animation. + + + + + Indicates the slide animation. + + + + + Indicates the fade animation. + + + + + Indicates the center animation. + + + + + Indicates the extend animation. + + + + + Indicates the drag animation. + + + + + Defines the Japanese char converting mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Half Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Convert the Japanese character to the Full Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Hiragana mode. + + + + + Defines the CrLf mode which describes how to process the CrLf char. + + + + + Accepts all CrLf characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Removes all CrLf characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Cuts the following strings from the first CrLf character in copied, cut, and pasted strings. + + + + + Specifies the style of dashed liness + + + + + Specifies no line. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies the round pattern of the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the largest integer less than or equal to the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the nearest number that is away from zero. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the nearest even number. + + + + + Defines how to process the GcDateTime.Value, + + + + + Adjusts the value to the valid range between the minimum and maximum. + + + If the value is less than the minimum, adjusts to the minimum. If the Value is greater than the maximum, adjusts to the maximum. + + + + + Clears the value to . + + + + + Restores the backup value to the specified property. + + + + + Cancels the last input and holds the old text. + + + + + Keeps the last input and holds the old text. + + + + + Helper method for validating Enum. + + + the type of the Enum. + + + the validating value. + + + valid value of Enum. + + + + + Defines the Tab character mode which describes how to process the Tab character. + + + + + Accepts all Tab characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Removes all Tab characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Cuts the following strings from the first Tab character in copied, cut, and pasted strings. + + + + + Defines behavior used when click SideButton. + + + + + No specific behavior. + + + + + SideButton will do spin up behavior. + + + + + SideButton will do spin down behavior. + + + + + Defines how to show the TouchToolBar when touch tap target control. + + + + + Not show the TouchToolBar by touch device. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar to take place of showing or when executing touch PressAndHolder operation. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar by tap the selection region of target control. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar by tap the selection gripper. + + + + + Represents the mode of revealing the typed password in the password protected editor. + + + + + Never reveal the typed password. + + + + + Shows an eye button and press it to reveal the typed password. + + + + + Shows the last typed char for a short period and then hidden with password char. + + + + + Repesents the decimal part of the numeric value handling mode. + + + + + The decimal point will be filtered. + + + + + Cut off the decimal part, only kepts the integer part value. + + + + + Defines the CompareStringOperator enumeration. + + + + + The difference of string value and related control value equals difference value. + + + + + The difference of string control value and related control value not equals difference value + + + + + The control value contain the string + + + + + The control value starts with the string + + + + + The control value end with the string + + + + + Defines the action options of hide the touch keyboard when user opens the drop-down window. + + + + + Not hide the touch keyboard. Both dropdown and touch keyboard are shown. + + + + + The touch keyboard will be hidden when the drop-down window is shown. + + + + + The touch keyboard will be hidden when the drop-down window is shown, and it will be shown again after the drop-down window is closed. + + + + + Represnts a Field class to define a base field. + + + This class will implement view function for single segment. And some input behavior will exposed to user, too. + This is final interface for our user. + When a field is created, it will create a segment and value module for it. Then configuration will be done on the + segment and the value module. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A object indicates the name property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object. + + + A value indicating the name of the object. +
The default is . +
+
+ + + Defined the mask format lexicons. + + + + + A patter used to parse define character sub set. + + + + + Indicates the keywords. + + + + + Indicates the content of the keyowrds. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the + + + Indicates the keywords. + + + Indicates the content of the keyowrds. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse hex AscII. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a hex digital + + + the character + + + if the character is hex digital return true,else return false + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse hex Unicode. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a hex digital + + + the character + + + if the character is hex digital return true,else return false + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse octal AscII + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a octal digital + + + the character + + + if the character is octal digital return true,else return false + + + + + Defines the keywords form mask format. + + + + + Defines the escape character. + + + + + Defines the hyphen character. + + + + + Defines the vertical bar character. + + + + + Defines the comma character. + + + + + Defines the arrow character. + + + + + Defines the literials id. + + + + + Defines the separator id. + + + + + Defines the hyphen id. + + + + + Defines the char subset id. + + + + + Defines the quantifier id. + + + + + Defines the enum group id. + + + + + Defines the defined char id. + + + + + Defines the unknow id. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the maske format. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the character subset. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the quantifier. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the enum group. + + + + + Creates the lexicons. + + + + + Defined the mask pattern collection. + + + + + Represents a builder to build some specify the by a format. + + + + + To analyse the quantifier string. + + + the pattern string + + + return the quantifier minimum + + + return the quantifier maximum + + + the subset string is a string that start with '{' character and end with '}'character. + And maximum and minimum are split by ',' character. + + + + + Defined a character filter builder to builder a specify character filter with a pattern. + + + + + A class use to parse the char sub set. + + + + + Save the filters. + + + + + Save the include characters. + + + + + Indicates if the helper is working. + + + + + Cache a character. + + + + + Indicates if has cached a character. + + + + + Indicates if has cached a Hyphen. + + + + + Begin the parsing + + + + + Feed a Hyphen to the helper. + + + + + Feed a character to the helper. + + + The character. + + + + + Process the character saved in the cache. + + + + + Adds a include character into the include. + + + The included character. + + + + + Feed a filter. + + + The filter. + + + + + Ends the paraing. + + + Returns the filters saved in the helper. + + + + + Builds a character filter with the specified pattern. + + + The specify format defined by MaskPatternField. + + + A object indicate the build result. + + + + + Create the character filter by special char subset pattern. + + + The apecial char subset pattern. + + + The character filter. + + + + + Create the filter by defined char. + + + The defined character. + + + The character filter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A value indicates the pattern. + + An value indicates the minimum length. + + + An value indicates the maximum length. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum length of the . + + + An value indicates the minimum length. +
The default is 1. +
+ + The property determines the minimum length of input characters. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum length of the . + + + An value indicates the maximum length. +
The default is . +
+ + The property determines the maximum length of input characters. + +
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field can auto convert. + + + if can perform auto convert; otherwise, . + + + If set the AutoConvert property to , all convertible characters will be + automatically converted accordingly to the input mask. For example, if set + the input mask to "A", by hitting a lower case character the control automatically + converts the character into an upper case. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A value indicates the literal. + + + + + Gets or sets the literal text of the field. + + + A value indicates the literal text of the field. +
The default is White-Space char. +
+ + The property retrieves the text of the . + +
+ + + Defines an interface that abstractes a window, user can add message processors to it. + + + + + Addes the an into the . + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + Last added processor has the hightest priority. + A duplicate processor or null will cause an exception. + + + + + Removes the an from the . + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + A no found processor or null will cause an exception. + + + + + Defines the message processor interface. + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + A bool value indicates whether the message will be processed by other processors. + true the message will not be process any. + false otherwise. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + Save the fact window object. + + + + + Saves the processors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the fact window. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + A event raised when the value of property is changed. + + + + + Add a message proccessor to the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Remove a message processor from the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Gets the handle of the vritual window. + + + An indicates the handle of the virtual window. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Hang up the link between this class and the Application. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + A hook used to accept the window message. + + + + + Saves the owner. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the owner. + + + + + Process the message. + + + + + Detach the owner to prevent msg process again. + + + This method is often used when its owner is been destroyed. + And this method will break relationship with its owner. + + + + + Save the fact window object. + + + + + A dictionary keeps all of the related hook window wrappers. + + + + + Saves the processors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the fact window. + + + + + Gets the associated window handle that related to the FactWindow instance. + + + The associated window handle related to the FactWindow instance. + + + + + Gets the hook handle from the FactWindow. + + + Returns the hook handle. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + A event raised when the value of property is changed. + + + + + Add a message proccessor to the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Remove a message processor from the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Gets the handle of the vritual window. + + + An indicates the handle of the virtual window. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Hang up the link between this class and the Application. + + + + + Defines the window that implements the IWin32Window interface. + + + + + Saves the handle of the window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + Gets the handle of the window. + + + + + Defines the type of the ime device. + + + + + User can control the ime device, but can not receive the event from ime device. + + + + + User can not only control the ime device, but also receive the event from ime device. + + + + + Defines the hot keys for ime. + + + + + + + + + + For simplified Chinese, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For simplified Chinese, toggles the symbol conversion mode of IME. + Symbol mode indicates that the user can input Chinese punctuation and symbols + by mapping to the punctuation and symbols on the keyboard. + + + + + For Japanese, alternately opens and closes the IME. + + + + + For Korean, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For Korean, switches to Hanja conversion. + + + + + Switches to from Korean to English. + + + + + + + + + + For traditional Chinese, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For traditional Chinese, toggles the symbol conversion mode of IME. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines the ime device that is a bridge between application and ime. + + + + + Defines the ime context for all ime operations. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Saves the handle of the ime window. + + + + + Saves the orignal handle of ime window. + + + + + Saves a flag indicating whether the ime context is used by ime device. + + + + + Saves a flag indicating whether the ime context have beed modified by ourself. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Ensure to release + + + + + Gets the device of the ime context. + + + An indicates the ime device that is owner of the ime context. + + + + + Gets the handle of the ime context. + + + An indicates the handle of the ime. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating whether the ime context is valid. + + + A bool indicates whether this context is valid. + + + + + Release the handle of the ime context. + + + + + Release the handle of the ime context. + + + Ignore this params, this method use to ensure release handle of the ime context. + + + + + Gets or sets wehther the ime context is used by ime device. + + + true, the ime context is used by ime device. + false, the ime context is not used by ime device. + + + + + Defines the ime status. + + + + + Indicates the ime function is closed. + + + + + Indicates the ime function is opened. + + + + + Defines the conversion mode + + + + + Language mask. + + + + + Alphanumeric mode + + + + + Native mode + + + + + Chinese mode + + + + + Hangeul mode + + + + + Hangul mode + + + + + Japanese mode + + + + + Katakana mode + + + + + Full shape mode + + + + + Roman input mode + + + + + Character code input mode + + + + + Hanja convert mode + + + + + Soft Keyboard mode + + + + + Prevent processing of conversions by IME + + + + + Eudc conversion mode + + + + + Symbol conversion mode + + + + + Defines the sentence mode + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME carries out conversion processing in single-character mode. + + + + + The IME carries out conversion processing in automatic mode. + + + + + The IME uses phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + Defines the base class of all ime window. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets the device of the ime window. + + + An indicates the ime device that is owner of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicates whether the window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates the position of the ime window. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Shows the ime window. + + + + + Hides the ime window. + + + + + Defines the ime status window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicats whether the ime window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates position of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets a indicating the ime is opened or closed. + + + A indicates the status of the ime. + + + + + Gets or sets the conversion mode. + + + An indicates the conversion mode of the ime. + + + + + Gets or sets the sentence mode. + + + An indicates the sentence mode of the ime. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + When the ime window is about created. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is about closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ConversionMode is changed by user from ime bar. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the SentenceMode is changed by user from ime bar. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the Status is changed by user from ime bar or by code. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + An enum indicates the details of the composition. + + + + + The reading string of the current composition. + + + + + The attributes of the reading string of the current composition. + + + + + The clause information of the reading string of the composition string. + + + + + The current composition string. + + + + + The attribute of the composition string. + + + + + The clause information of the composition string. + + + + + The cursor position in composition string. + + + + + The starting position of any changes in composition string. + + + + + The reading string. + + + + + The clause information of the reading string. + + + + + The string of the composition result. + + + + + The clause information of the result string. + + + + + Define a class used for the arguments of the CompositionChanged event. + + + + + Saves the value of the property. + + + + + Saves the value of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the lastest change to + the composition string. + + + A indicates the detials of the composition. + + + + + Gets the lastest change to the composition string. + + + A char indicates the lastest change to the composition string. + + + + + Gets the detials of the composition. + + + An indicates the detials of the composition. + + + + + Defines a the deleget for handling the ime CompositionChanged event. + + + A object indicates the event sender. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Defines the attribute of the characthers in the ime composition. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a clause of the composition. + + + + + Saves the start of the clause. + + + + + Saves the length of the clause. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An int indicates the start of the clause. + + + An int indicates the end of the cluase. + + + + + Gets an int indicating the start of the clause. + + + An int indicating the start of the clause. + + + + + Gets an int indicating the start of the clause. + + + An int indicating the start of the clause. + + + + + Gets the string of the clause from the given composition string. + + + A string indicates the composition string. + + + Return the string of the clause. + + + + + Defines the ime composition window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates the position of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets the work area of the composition window. + + + A indicates the work area. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating whether the composition window is floating. + + + A bool indicates whther the composition window is int floation window. + + + + + Gets whether the compsition form is single line or not. + + + + + Gets the cursor position. + + + An int indicates the caret position of the composition window. + + + + + Gets the delta start. + + + An int indicate the start of the composition window. + + + + + Gets or sets the string + + + A string indicates the composition string. + + + + + Gets or sets the reading string + + + A string indicates the reading string. + + + + + Gets the result string + + + A string indicates the result string. + + + + + Gets the result reading string + + + A string indicates the result reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition attributes. + + + An array indicates the attributes of the composition string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition reading attributes. + + + An array indicates the attributes of the reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the composition string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition reading clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition result clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the result string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition result reading clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the result reading string. + + + + + Makes composition sit at a floating window. + + + + + Gets the composition string by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A string is the result. + + + + + Gets the composition attributes by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A ImeCompositionAttribute array is the result. + + + + + Gets the composition clauses by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A ImeCompositionClause array is the result. + + + + + Clear the composition string and set the status to no composition string + + + + + Set the composition string as the result string. + + + + + Convert the composition string. + + + + + Cancel the current composition string and set the composition string to be the unconverted string. + + + + + Gets or sets the logical font. + + + + + A bool indicates whether the ime can do reconverting now. + + + + + Provides support for IME reconversion. + + + A string to be reconverted. + + + Return a bool indicates whether the reconverting is successful. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Adjustes the window position. + + + A indicates the position of the window. + + + + + Adjustes the window position, and workArea. + + + A indicates the position of the window. + + + A indicates the work area of the window. + + + + + When the ime window is opened. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised immediately before the ime generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the IME ends composition. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the composition is changed. + + + + + Defines the style of the candidate list. + + + + + Candidates are in a style other than listed here. + + + + + Candidates are in same reading. + + + + + Candidates are in a code range. + + + + + Candidates are in same meaning. + + + + + Candidates use same radical character. + + + + + Candidates are in same number of strokes. + + + + + Defines a indicates the candidate list. + + + + + Defines a empty . + + + + + Saves the date of the + + + + + Saves the candidates. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the style. + + + A string array indicates the candidates. + + + + + Gets the style of the candidate list. + + + A indicates the style. + + + + + Gets the count of the candidates. + + + An int indicates the count of the candidates. + + + + + Gets the candidate at given index. + + + An int indicates the given index. + + + A string indicates the candidate. + + + + + Defines the ime candidate window. + + + + + Saves the index of the candidate window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + An int indicates the index of the candidate window. + + + + + Gets the index of the candidate window. + + + An indicates the index of the candidate window. The valid range is 0-3. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the candidate window. + + + A indicates the position of the candidate window. + + + + + Gets or sets the visible of the candidate window. + + + A bool indicats whether the candidate window is visible. + + + + + Gets the candidate list of the candidate window. + + + An contains the candidates. + + + + + Gets the page start. + + + An int indicates the page start. + + + + + Gets the page size. + + + An int indicates the page size. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected candidate index. + + + An int indicates the index of the selected candidate. + + + + + A private methods used get the information from the system. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + When the ime window is about created. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is about closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when an ime is about to change the content of the candidate window. + + + + + Define a class used for the arguments of the ImeCandidateWindowsEventHandler event. + + + + + Saves the index of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An int array indicates the indices of the . + + + + + Gets an int array indicating the indices of the . + + + An int array indicating the indices of the . + + + + + Defines a the deleget for handling the ime events of ImeCandidateWindows event. + + + A object indicates the event sender. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Defines the collection of the candidate window. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets the candidate window by the given index. + + + An int indicates the index.(0-3) + + + Returns an . + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime candidate windows are about opened. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime candidate windows is closing. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when an ime is about to change the content of the candidate window. + + + + + Defines a class used to listen the message of ime host. + + + Just used to dispatch the message to Ime. + + + + + Saves the ime device. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + + + Saves the window that uses the ime device. + + + + + Saves the type of the ime device. + + + + + A bool indicates whether the device is disposed. + + + + + A processor. + + + + + Saves the status window. + + + + + Saves the composition window. + + + + + Saves the candidate windows. + + + + + Saves the candidate window collection. + + + + + Saves the ime context. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the window that uses the ime device. + + + The device type is ImeType.Unidirection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the window that uses the ime device. + + + An indicates the device type user hoped. + + + If can created the device as the special type, is decided by imhost. + + + + + Gets the type of the ime device. + + + + + Gets or sets the language of the ime device. + + + A indicates the language of ime device. + + + + + Gets a bool indicates the ime device is active. + + + A bool indicates whether the ime device is active. + + + + + Gets a flag indicates whether the ime is opening and has inputed string. + + + true, indicates the ime is opening and has inputed string, otherwise, false; + + + + + Gets the status window of current ime device. + + + A indicates the status window. + + + + + Gets the composition window of current ime device. + + + A indicates the composition window. + + + + + Gets the collection of candiate window. + + + A indicates the candidate windows. + + + + + Gets or sets the enable status of the ime device. + + + + + Fetch the result strings from a specified reading string. + + + A string which represents the reading string. + + + A string array which represents the candidate list. + + + + + Fecth reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A string which represents the result string. + + + A string array which represents the reading strings. + + + + + Wraps the API method ImmGetConversionList to provide the function + getting candidate list from a specified reading string or getting + reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A source string which can be result string or reading string. + + + A flag which indicates whether to get the candidate list from a + reading string or to get the reading strings from a result string. + + + A string array that contains the candidate list or reading strings. + + + + + Simulates the specified IME hot key, causing the same response as if the user + had pressed the hot key in the related window. + + + Specifies the identifier of the IME hot key + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + A bool value indicates whether the message will be processed by other processors. + true the message will not be process any. + false otherwise. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + + + Dispose the . + + + + + Raise the event. + + + An indicates the event arguments. + + + + + An event raised when the ime has been activated. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + An indicates the event arguments. + + + + + An event raised when the ime has been deactivated. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + Determines how to handle the IME candidate window. + + + + + Clear the composition string and set the status to no composition string. + + + + + Convert the composition string and show the candidate window. + + + + + Convert the composition string and pick the first in the candidate window. + + + + + A helper class is used to provides some the helps. + + + + + Defines a class used to convert ImeMode to ImeConversionMode or convert ImeConversionMode to ImeMode. + + + + + Defines a Japanese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Korean conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Chinese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a empty conversion table. + + + + + Gets the conversion table by current input language. + + + The conversion table based on the language. + + + + + Saves the conversion bits. + + + + + Gets the conversion bigs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be set. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be cleared. + + + + + Gets the IME mode from the ime device.. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + The ImeMode status. + + + + + Sets the ime mode to the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime mode. + + + + + Set the special sentence mode to ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Get the sentence mode from the ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + A string to convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + + + Defines the native methods based on Win32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures + and constants, which is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + Windows Message. + + + + + The SIZE structure specifies the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Constructs the SIZE structure. + + Specifies the size's width. + Specifies the size's height. + + + + Add this methods in order to recudce the warning count of Fon32 class. + + + + + make long method. + + + + + + + + KeyState, bool indicate pressed + + + + + + + Get the lower word from a unsigned integer value. + + The unsigned integer value. + The lower word as result. + + + + Get the higher word from a unsigned integer value. + + The unsigned integer value. + The higher word as result. + + + + Get the lower word from a integer value. + + The integer value. + The lower word as result. + + + + Get the higher word from a integer value. + + The integer value. + The higher word as result. + + + + The POINT structure defines the x and y coordinates of a point. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + A point whith another type. + + + + + The RECT structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle + + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + + The horizontal offset. + + + The vertical offset. + + + + + Gets the width. + + + The width of RECT. + + + + + Gets the height. + + + The height of RECT. + + + + + The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. + All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on + the current mapping mode of the display context. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + The MSG structure contains message information from a thread's message queue. + + + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure receives the message. + + + + + Specifies the message identifier. Applications can only use the low word; + the high word is reserved by the system. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies the time at which the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, x direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, y direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command + item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message + to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. + + + + + The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private + messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form + WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. + + + + + The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained + the keyboard focus. + + + + + The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. + + + + + This message filters for keyboard messages. + + + + + The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by + the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. + + + + + An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple- + document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client + window to activate a different MDI child window. + + + + + The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, + or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the + SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. + + + + + The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button + while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, + the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is + posted to the window that has captured the mouse. + + + + + The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. + If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, + the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. + + + + + The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. + It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. + This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. + During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. + + + + + An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn + or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. + + + + + The WM_RBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + The WM_RBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + The framework calls this member function when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. + + + + + The WM_XBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + This messgae indicates the theme of current application is changed. + + + + + This WM_CONTEXTMENU is sent when the control need show contextmenu. + + + + + This message indicates clear the selected text. + + + + + This message indicates mouse left button down on NC area. + + + + + Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + + + + + Gets a int value from the IntPtr'LoWord. + + + + + Indicates the result is OK. + + + + + Indicates the reuslt has some problem. + + + + + The Handle of target control + + + + + The client rectangle of target control. + + + + + Word Descriptor + + + + + implementation-defined + + + + + The CharFormat2 sturcut. + + + + + The CHARFORMATA class. + + + + + The ScrollBarTypes enum. + + + + + The ScrollBarInfoFlags enum. + + + + + The SCROLLINFO struct. + + + + + This message is used for show selction text. + + + + + This message is used for set char format. + + + + + This message is used for get char format. + + + + + This message is used for get parafomat. + + + + + AlignmentLeft. + + + + + AlignmentRight. + + + + + AlignmentCenter. + + + + ParaFormat + + + + The inputScope enumeration contains values that specify which input scope(s) are applied to a given field. + + + + If the calling thread and the thread that owns the window are attached to different input queues, + the system posts the request to the thread that owns the window. This prevents the calling thread from + blocking its execution while other threads process the request. + SWP_ASYNCWINDOWPOS + + + Prevents generation of the WM_SYNCPAINT message. + SWP_DEFERERASE + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + SWP_DRAWFRAME + + + Applies new frame styles set using the SetWindowLong function. Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to + the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE + is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + SWP_FRAMECHANGED + + + Hides the window. + SWP_HIDEWINDOW + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the + top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter + parameter). + SWP_NOACTIVATE + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid + contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or + repositioned. + SWP_NOCOPYBITS + + + Retains the current position (ignores X and Y parameters). + SWP_NOMOVE + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + SWP_NOOWNERZORDER + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to + the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent + window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must + explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + SWP_NOREDRAW + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + SWP_NOREPOSITION + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + SWP_NOSENDCHANGING + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + SWP_NOSIZE + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + SWP_NOZORDER + + + Displays the window. + SWP_SHOWWINDOW + + + + The KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT structure contains information about a low-level keyboard input event. + + + + + Specifies a virtual-key code. The code must be a value in the range 1 to 254. + + + + + Specifies a hardware scan code for the key. + + + + + Specifies the extended-key flag, event-injected flag, context code, and transition-state + flag. This member is specified as follows. An application can use the following values + to test the keystroke flags. Value Purpose + LLKHF_EXTENDED Test the extended-key flag. + LLKHF_INJECTED Test the event-injected flag. + LLKHF_ALTDOWN Test the context code. + LLKHF_UP Test the transition-state flag. + 0 : Specifies whether the key is an extended key, such as a function key or a key on + the numeric keypad. The value is 1 if the key is an extended key; otherwise, it is 0. + 1-3: Reserved. + 4 : Specifies whether the event was injected. The value is 1 if the event was injected; + otherwise, it is 0. + 5 : Specifies the context code. The value is 1 if the ALT key is pressed; otherwise, it is 0. + 6 : Reserved. + 7 : Specifies the transition state. The value is 0 if the key is pressed and 1 if it is + being released. + + + + + Specifies the time stamp for this message, equivalent to what GetMessageTime would return for this message. + + + + + Specifies extra information associated with the message. + + + + + The MSLLHOOKSTRUCT structure contains information about a low-level keyboard input event. + + + + + Specifies a POINT structure that contains the x- and y-coordinates of the cursor, + in screen coordinates. + + + + + If the message is WM_MOUSEWHEEL, the high-order word of this member is the wheel + delta. The low-order word is reserved. A positive value indicates that the wheel + was rotated forward, away from the user; a negative value indicates that the wheel + was rotated backward, toward the user. One wheel click is defined as WHEEL_DELTA, + which is 120. + If the message is WM_XBUTTONDOWN, WM_XBUTTONUP, WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK, WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN, + WM_NCXBUTTONUP, or WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK, the high-order word specifies which X button + was pressed or released, and the low-order word is reserved. This value can be one + or more of the following values. Otherwise, mouseData is not used. + + XBUTTON1 + The first X button was pressed or released. + XBUTTON2 + The second X button was pressed or released. + + + + + Specifies the event-injected flag. An application can use the following value to + test the mouse flags. + Value Purpose + LLMHF_INJECTED Test the event-injected flag. + 0 : Specifies whether the event was injected. The value is 1 if the event + was injected; otherwise, it is 0. + 1-15 : Reserved. + + + + + Specifies the time stamp for this message. + + + + + Specifies extra information associated with the message. + + + + + Defines the methods based on Win32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is + given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + The ShowWindow Function. + + + + + The DrawFrameControl function draws a frame control of the specified type and style. + + + Handle to the device context of the window in which to draw the control. + + + Pointer to a RECT structure that contains the logical coordinates of the + bounding rectangle for frame control. + + + Specifies the type of frame control to draw. + + + the initial state of the frame control. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + Draws the background image defined by the visual style for the specified control part. + + + [in] Handle to a window's specified theme data. Use OpenThemeData to create an HTHEME. + + + [in] Handle to a device context (HDC) used for drawing the theme-defined background image. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the part to draw. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the state of the part to draw. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that contains the rectangle, in logical coordinates, + in which the background image is drawn. + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that contains a clipping rectangle. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Draws the part of a parent control that is covered by a partially-transparent or alpha-blended child control. + + + [in] Handle of the child control. + + + [in] Handle to the child control's device context (DC). + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that defines the area to be drawn. + The rectangle is in the child window's coordinates. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves whether the background specified by the visual style has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + + + [in] Handle to a window's specified theme data. Use OpenThemeData to create an HTHEME. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the part. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the state of the part. See Parts and States. + + + TRUE : The theme-specified background for a particular iPartId + and iStateId has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + FALSE : The theme-specified background for a particular iPartId + and iStateId does not have transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + + + + + This function loads an icon, cursor, or bitmap. + + + Handle to an instance of the module that contains the image to be loaded. + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of the image resource + in the hinst module that identifies the image to load. + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. This parameter can be one of the following + values. + + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero, the function uses the + SM_CXICON or SM_CXCURSOR system metric value to set the width. If uType is IMAGE_BITMAP, this parameter + must be zero. + + + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero, the function uses the + SM_CYICON or SM_CYCURSOR system metric value to set the height. If uType is IMAGE_BITMAP, this parameter + must be zero. + + + Set to zero. + Windows CE behaves as though the LR_DEFAULTCOLOR and LR_DEFAULTSIZE values are set. LR_DEFAULTCOLOR + means not monochrome. LR_DEFAULTSIZE means that the system uses the width or height specified by the system + metric values for cursors or icons if the cxDesired or cyDesired values are set to zero. If the resource + contains multiple images, the function uses the size of the first image. + + + + + + The ValidateRgn function validates the client area within a region by removing the region from the current update region of the specified window. + + + Handle to the window whose update region is to be modified. + + + Handle to a region that defines the area to be removed from the update region. If this parameter is NULL, the entire client area is removed. + + + + + + The SetLayeredWindowAttributes function sets the opacity and transparency + color key of a layered window. + + + Handle to the layered window. + + + COLORREF structure that specifies the transparency color key to be used + when composing the layered window. All pixels painted by the window in + this color will be transparent. + + + Alpha value used to describe the opacity of the layered window. + + + Specifies an action to take. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + Sets the stretch BLT mode. + + The HDC. + The stretch mode. + + + + The BitBlt Function. + + + The StretchBlt Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The IsWindow Function. + + + The SetWindowPos Function. + + + The DestroyWindow Function. + + + The SetCapture Function. + + + The ReleaseCapture Function. + + + The InvalidateRect Function. + + + The InvalidateRgn Function. + + + The SetTextColor Function. + + + The GetTextColor Function + + + The SetBkColor Function. + + + The SetBKMode Function. + + + The GetBkColor Function + + + + Reals the child window from point. + + The HWND parent. + The point. + the handle at the point. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The CreateRectRgn Function. + + + The GetClipRgn Function. + + + The SelectClipRgn Function. + + + The OpenThemeData Function. + + + The CloseThemeData Function. + + + The IsThemeActive Function. + + + The SystemParametersInfo Function. + + + The GetDC Function. + + + + PatBlt method. + + + + + + + + + + + + The GetScrollInfo function retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, + the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb). + + + [in] Handle to a scroll bar control or a window with a standard scroll bar, depending on the value of the fnBar parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the type of scroll bar for which to retrieve parameters. This parameter can be one of the following values. + SB_CTL + Retrieves the parameters for a scroll bar control. The hwnd parameter must be the handle to the scroll bar control. + SB_HORZ + Retrieves the parameters for the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. + SB_VERT + Retrieves the parameters for the window's standard vertical scroll bar. + + + [in, out] Pointer to a SCROLLINFO structure. Before calling GetScrollInfo, set the cbSize member to sizeof(SCROLLINFO), + and set the fMask member to specify the scroll bar parameters to retrieve. + Before returning, the function copies the specified parameters to the appropriate members of the structure. + The fMask member can be one or more of the following values. + SIF_PAGE + Copies the scroll page to the nPage member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_POS + Copies the scroll position to the nPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_RANGE + Copies the scroll range to the nMin and nMax members of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_TRACKPOS + Copies the current scroll box tracking position to the nTrackPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi + + + If the function retrieved any values, the return value is nonzero. + If the function does not retrieve any values, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + The SetFocus Function. + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + [in] Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; + but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + [in] Specifies the message to be sent. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + The return value specifies the result of the message processing; it depends on the message sent. + + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + [in] Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; + but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + [in] Specifies the message to be sent. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + The return value specifies the result of the message processing; it depends on the message sent. + + + + + The LockWindowUpdate function disables or enables drawing in the specified window. Only one window can be locked at a time. + + + [in] Specifies the window in which drawing will be disabled. If this parameter is NULL, drawing in the locked window is enabled. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero, indicating that an error occurred or another window was already locked. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + The GetWindow function retrieves a handle to a window that has the specified relationship (Z-Order or owner) to the specified window. + + + [in] Handle to a window. The window handle retrieved is relative to this window, based on the value of the uCmd parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the relationship between the specified window and the window whose handle is to be retrieved. This parameter can be one of the following values. + GW_CHILD + The retrieved handle identifies the child window at the top of the Z order, if the specified window is a parent window; + otherwise, the retrieved handle is NULL. The function examines only child windows of the specified window. It does not examine descendant windows. + GW_ENABLEDPOPUP + Windows 2000/XP: The retrieved handle identifies the enabled popup window owned by the specified window (the search uses the first such window found using GW_HWNDNEXT); + otherwise, if there are no enabled popup windows, the retrieved handle is that of the specified window + GW_HWNDFIRST + The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is highest in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window that is highest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window that is highest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window that is highest in the Z order. + GW_HWNDLAST + The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window that is lowest in the Z order. + GW_HWNDNEXT + The retrieved handle identifies the window below the specified window in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window below the specified window. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window below the specified window. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window below the specified window. + GW_HWNDPREV + The retrieved handle identifies the window above the specified window in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window above the specified window. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window above the specified window. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window above the specified window. /// + GW_OWNER + The retrieved handle identifies the specified window's owner window, if any. For more information, see Owned Windows. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a window handle. If no window exists with the specified relationship to the specified window, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + The ImmIsIME function determines whether the specified input locale has an IME. + + + Input locale identifier. + + + If the specified hKL has an IME, the return value is a nonzero value. + Otherwise the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetKeyboardLayout function retrieves the active input locale identifier + (formerly called the keyboard layout) for the specified thread. If the idThread + parameter is zero, the input locale identifier for the active thread is returned. + + + Identifies the thread to query or is zero for the current thread. + + + The return value is the input locale identifier for the thread. The low word + contains a Language Identifier for the input language and the high word + contains a device handle to the physical layout of the keyboard. + + + + + The ImmGetDefaultIMEWnd function retrieves the default window handle + for the IME class. + + + Handle to the window for the application. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the default window handle + to the IME class. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The FindWindow function retrieves a handle to the top-level window whose + class name and window name match the specified strings. This function + does not search child windows. This function does not perform a case- + sensitive search. + + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the class name or + a class atom created by a previous call to the RegisterClass or + RegisterClassEx function. The atom must be in the low-order word of + lpClassName; the high-order word must be zero. + If lpClassName points to a string, it specifies the window class name. + The class name can be any name registered with RegisterClass or + RegisterClassEx, or any of the predefined control-class names. + If lpClassName is NULL, it finds any window whose title matches the + lpWindowName parameter. + + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the window name + (the window's title). If this parameter is NULL, all window names match. + + + + + + The IsWindowVisible function retrieves the visibility state of the + specified window. + + + Handle to the window to test. + + + If the specified window, its parent window, its parent's parent window, + and so forth, have the WS_VISIBLE style, the return value is nonzero. + Otherwise, the return value is zero. + Because the return value specifies whether the window has the WS_VISIBLE + style, it may be nonzero even if the window is totally obscured by other + windows. + + + + + The PostMessage function places (posts) a message in the message queue + associated with the thread that created the specified window and returns + without waiting for the thread to process the message. + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure is to receive the message. + The following values have special meanings. + HWND_BROADCAST + The message is posted to all top-level windows in the system, including + disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up + windows. The message is not posted to child windows. + NULL + The function behaves like a call to PostThreadMessage with the dwThreadId + parameter set to the identifier of the current thread. + + + Specifies the message to be posted. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + + + + The GetFocus function retrieves the handle to the window that has the keyboard + focus, if the window is attached to the calling thread's message queue. + + + The return value is the handle to the window with the keyboard focus. + If the calling thread's message queue does not have an associated window + with the keyboard focus, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The IsChild function tests whether a window is a child window or descendant + window of a specified parent window. A child window is the direct descendant + of a specified parent window if that parent window is in the chain of parent + windows; the chain of parent windows leads from the original overlapped or + pop-up window to the child window. + + + Handle to the parent window. + + + Handle to the window to be tested. + + + + + + The keybd_event function synthesizes a keystroke. The system can use such a + synthesized keystroke to generate a WM_KEYUP or WM_KEYDOWN message. + The keyboard driver's interrupt handler calls the keybd_event function. + + + Specifies a virtual-key code. The code must be a value in the range 1 to 254. + + + This parameter is not used. + + + Specifies various aspects of function operation. This parameter can be one + or more of the following values. + KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY + If specified, the scan code was preceded by a prefix byte having the value 0xE0 (224). + KEYEVENTF_KEYUP + If specified, the key is being released. If not specified, the key is being depressed. + + + Specifies an additional value associated with the key stroke. + + + + + The GetKeyState function retrieves the status of the specified virtual key. + The status specifies whether the key is up, down, or toggled + (on, off��alternating each time the key is pressed). + + + Specifies a virtual key. If the desired virtual key is a letter or digit + (A through Z, a through z, or 0 through 9), nVirtKey must be set to the ASCII + value of that character. For other keys, it must be a virtual-key code. + If a non-English keyboard layout is used, virtual keys with values in the + range ASCII A through Z and 0 through 9 are used to specify most of the + character keys. For example, for the German keyboard layout, the virtual key + of value ASCII O (0x4F) refers to the "o" key, whereas VK_OEM_1 refers to the + "o with umlaut" key. + + + The return value specifies the status of the specified virtual key, as follows: + If the high-order bit is 1, the key is down; otherwise, it is up. + If the low-order bit is 1, the key is toggled. A key, such as the CAPS LOCK key, + is toggled if it is turned on. The key is off and untoggled if the low-order bit + is 0. A toggle key's indicator light (if any) on the keyboard will be on when + the key is toggled, and off when the key is untoggled. + + + + + The GetTextMetrics function fills the specified buffer with the metrics for the currently selected font. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Pointer to the TEXTMETRIC structure that receives the text metrics. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + This function selects an object into a specified device context. The new object replaces the previous object of the same type. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Handle to the gdi object to be selected. + + + If the selected object is not a region, the handle of the object being replaced indicates success. + If the selected object is a region, one of the following values indicates success. + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + | Value | Description | + |-----------------------------------------------------------------| + | SIMPLEREGION | Region consists of a single rectangle. | + | COMPLEXREGION | Region consists of more than one rectangle. | + | NULLREGION | Region is empty. | + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + NULL indicates that an error occurred and the selected object is not a region. Otherwise, a GDI_ERROR value is returned. + + + + + The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, + freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + + + Handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. + When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + + + + + The PeekMessage function dispatches incoming sent messages, checks the thread message queue for a posted message, + and retrieves the message (if any exist). + + + Pointer to an MSG structure that receives message information. + + + Handle to the window whose messages are to be examined. + The window must belong to the current thread. If hWnd is NULL, PeekMessage retrieves messages for any window that + belongs to the current thread. If hWnd is INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, PeekMessage retrieves messages whose hWnd value + is NULL, as posted by the PostThreadMessage function. + + + Specifies the value of the first message in the range of messages to be examined. Use WM_KEYFIRST to specify + the first keyboard message or WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. If wMsgFilterMin and wMsgFilterMax + are both zero, PeekMessage returns all available messages (that is, no range filtering is performed). + + + Specifies the value of the last message in the range of messages to be examined. Use WM_KEYLAST to specify the last + keyboard message or WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. If wMsgFilterMin and wMsgFilterMax are both + zero, PeekMessage returns all available messages (that is, no range filtering is performed). + + + Specifies how messages are handled. This parameter can be one of the following values. + PM_NOREMOVE + Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + PM_REMOVE + Messages are removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + You can optionally combine the value PM_NOYIELD with either PM_NOREMOVE or PM_REMOVE. This flag prevents the system from releasing any thread that is waiting for the caller to go idle (see WaitForInputIdle). + + By default, all message types are processed. To specify that only certain message should be processed, specify one or more of the following values. + + PM_QS_INPUT + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process mouse and keyboard messages. + PM_QS_PAINT + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process paint messages. + PM_QS_POSTMESSAGE + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process all posted messages, including timers and hotkeys. + PM_QS_SENDMESSAGE + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process all sent messages. + + + If a message is available, the return value is nonzero. + If no messages are available, the return value is zero. + + + + + This function draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the rectangle has the focus. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Long pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the logical coordinates of the rectangle. + + + true indicates success. false indicates failure. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + DrawFocusRect works only in MM_TEXT mode. + Because DrawFocusRect is an XOR function, calling it a second time with the same rectangle removes the rectangle from the screen. + This function draws a rectangle that cannot be scrolled. To scroll an area containing a rectangle drawn by this function, + call DrawFocusRect to remove the rectangle from the screen, scroll the area, and then call DrawFocusRect again to draw the rectangle in the new position. + Windows XP: The focus rectangle can now be thicker than 1 pixel, so it is more visible for high-resolution, + high-density displays and accessibility needs. This is handled by the SPI_SETFOCUSBORDERWIDTH and SPI_SETFOCUSBORDERHEIGHT in SystemParametersInfo. + + + + + The GetWindowOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the specified device context. + + + The HDC.Handle to the device context. + + + Pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates, in logical units, of the window origin. + + + A bool value, true if the operation succeeds, otherwise, false. + + + + + The SetWindowOrgEx function specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0). + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical units, of the new window origin. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical units, of the new window origin. + + + Pointer to a POINT structure that receives the previous origin of the window, in logical units. If lpPoint is IntPtr.Zero, this parameter is not used. + + + A bool value, true if the operation succeeds, otherwise, false. + + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + Specifies the message to be sent. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + + + + Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + The return value is the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + Until the thread terminates, the thread identifier uniquely identifies + the thread throughout the system. + + + + + The Ellipse function draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. + The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + + Retrieves the name of the current visual style, and optionally retrieves the color scheme name and size name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the theme path and file name. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the theme file name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the color scheme name. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the color scheme name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the size name. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the size name. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If you are retrieving a pointer or a handle, this function supersedes the GetWindowLong function. + (Pointers and handles are 32 bits on 32-bit Microsoft Windows and 64 bits on 64-bit Windows.) + To write code that is compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows, use GetWindowLongPtr. + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If you are retrieving a pointer or a handle, this function supersedes the GetWindowLong function. + (Pointers and handles are 32 bits on 32-bit Microsoft Windows and 64 bits on 64-bit Windows.) + To write code that is compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows, use GetWindowLongPtr. + + + + + The x86 os will not support GetWindowLongPtr in user32. So this method is needed. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This method is provided because of in x86 os, the user32 does not support SetWindowLongPtr function. + + + + + This function converts a string generated by the StringFromCLSID function back into the original class identifier. + + + Long pointer to the null-terminated string that represents the class identifier. + + + Pointer to the class identifier on return. + + + + + This function creates on the local system a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified class identifier. + + + Class identifier associated with the data and code that are used to create the object. + + + If NULL, indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL, pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown). + + + Specifies the context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The only valid value for this parameter is CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER. This is from the enumeration CLSCTX. Any other value results in a return value of E_NOTIMPL. + + + Reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object. + + + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL + + + If return value is S_OK, an instance of the specified object class was successfully created. + if return value is REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG, a specified class is not registed. + + + + + Initializes the COM library on the current thread and identifies the concurrency model as single-thread apartment (STA). + Applications must initialize the COM library before they can call COM library functions other than CoGetMalloc and memory allocation functions. + + + Reserved; must be NULL. + + + + + + Closes the COM library on the current thread, unloads all DLLs loaded by the thread, + frees any other resources that the thread maintains, and forces all RPC connections on the thread to close. + + + + + This method used to get richedit contrl's charformat. + + + The h WND. + + + The MSG. + + + The w param. + Specifies the character formatting that applies to the control. It can be one of the following values. + SCF_DEFAULT + Gets the default character formatting. + SCF_SELECTION + Gets the current selection's character formatting. + + + The l param. + Pointer to a CHARFORMAT structure. If the selection formatting is being retrieved, + the structure receives the attributes of the first character and the dwMask member specifies which attributes are consistent throughout the entire selection. + Microsoft Rich Edit 2.0 and later: This parameter can be a pointer to a CHARFORMAT2 structure, which is an extension of the CHARFORMAT structure. + Before sending the EM_GETCHARFORMAT message, set the structure's cbSize member to indicate the version of the structure. + + + This message returns the value of the dwMask member of the CHARFORMAT structure. + + + + + Sends the message to get richeidt control's paraformat. + + + The h WND. + + + The MSG. + + + This parameter is not used; it must be zero. + + + Pointer to a PARAFORMAT structure that receives the paragraph formatting attributes of the current selection. + If more than one paragraph is selected, + the structure receives the attributes of the first paragraph, + and the dwMask member specifies which attributes are consistent throughout the entire selection. + Microsoft Rich Edit 2.0 and later: This parameter can be a pointer to a PARAFORMAT2 structure, + which is an extension of the PARAFORMAT structure. + Before sending the EM_GETPARAFORMAT message, set the structure's cbSize member to indicate the version of the structure. + + + This message returns the value of the dwMask member of the PARAFORMAT structure. + + + + + The GetWindowDC function retrieves the device context (DC) for the entire window, including title bar, menus, and scroll bars. + A window device context permits painting anywhere in a window, because the origin of the device context is the upper-left corner of the window instead of the client area. + + + Handle to the window with a device context that is to be retrieved. + If this value is NULL, GetWindowDC retrieves the device context for the entire screen. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a device context for the specified window. + If the function fails, the return value is NULL, indicating an error or an invalid hWnd parameter. + + + + + The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. + The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs. + + + Handle to the window whose DC is to be released. + + + Handle to the DC to be released. + + + The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. + If the DC was not released, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetWindowRect function retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the specified window. + The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the upper-left corner of the screen. + + + Handle to the window. + + + Indicates the structure that receives the screen coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of the window. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The MapVirtualKey function translates (maps) a virtual-key code into a scan code or character value, or translates a scan code into a virtual-key code. + + + [in] Specifies the virtual-key code or scan code for a key. How this value is interpreted depends on the value of the uMapType parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the translation to perform. The value of this parameter depends on the value of the uCode parameter. + + + The return value is either a scan code, a virtual-key code, or a character value, depending on the value of uCode and uMapType. If there is no translation, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetKeyboardState function copies the status of the 256 virtual keys to the specified buffer. + + + [in] Pointer to the 256-byte array that receives the status data for each virtual key. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The ToAscii function translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding character or characters. The function translates the code using the input language and physical keyboard layout identified by the keyboard layout handle. + + + [in] Specifies the virtual-key code to be translated. + + + [in] Specifies the hardware scan code of the key to be translated. The high-order bit of this value is set if the key is up (not pressed). + + + [in] Pointer to a 256-byte array that contains the current keyboard state. Each element (byte) in the array contains the state of one key. If the high-order bit of a byte is set, the key is down (pressed). + The low bit, if set, indicates that the key is toggled on. In this function, only the toggle bit of the CAPS LOCK key is relevant. The toggle state of the NUM LOCK and SCROLL LOCK keys is ignored. + + + [out] Pointer to the buffer that receives the translated character or characters. + + + [in] Specifies whether a menu is active. This parameter must be 1 if a menu is active, or 0 otherwise. + + + If the specified key is a dead key, the return value is negative. Otherwise, it is one of the following values. + + + + + The GetCapture function retrieves a handle to the window (if any) that has captured the mouse. + Only one window at a time can capture the mouse; this window receives mouse input whether or not the cursor is within its borders. + + + The return value is a handle to the capture window associated with the current thread. + If no window in the thread has captured the mouse, the return value is NULL. + + + + + Sets an input scope for the specified window. + + + The window to set the scope on. + + + The input scope to associate with the window. To remove the input scope association, pass IS_DEFAULT to this parameter. + + + Return S_OK if the method was successfully executed. + + + + + namespace = default namespace + folder + [class name = resource file name] + + + + + Represents the basic functionality used to get string information this assembly resource. + + + + + Sets the description visual designers can display when referencing an event, extender, or property. + + + + + The flag used to indicated whether the description string been replaced. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SRBaseDescriptionAttribute class, using the specified description. + + + The application-defined description text. + + + + + Gets description text associated with the item monitored. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, gets a unique identifier for this . + + + + + An that is a unique identifier for the attribute. + + + + + Specifies the category in which the property or event will be displayed in a visual designer. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SRBaseCategoryAttribute class, using the specified category. + + + The application-defined category text. + + + + + Looks up the localized name of a given category. + + + The name of the category to look up. + + + The localized name of the category. + + + + + Defines a enumerator for browsing the . + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + Defines a character set, all the characters in it may be converted each other. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the character set. It also is the start point of the converting. + + + A char array indicates a item in the character set. + + + + + Gets the key item in the character set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Overridden, Determines whether the specified Object is equal to the current Object. + + + The Object to compare with the current Object. + + + true if the specified Object is equal to the current Object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms + and data structures like a hash table. + + + A hash code for the current Object. + + + + + Defines the "==" operator, for class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + If two operands are equal,return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Defines the "!=" operator, for class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + If two operands are equal,return false, otherwise, return true. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A char indicates the special character. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A char indicates the special character. + + + A char indicates a character that follows the special character. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A string indicates the string. + + + A int indicates a special character in the string. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character + in the string. + + + + + Defines the converted character set for alphabet. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for AlphabetConvertedCharSet. + + + + + A enumeration indicates the converted states. + + + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + A char array indicates current state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AlphabetConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a alphabet character. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Defines the converted character set for the kana characters. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for the KanaConvertedCharSet. + + + + + Indicates the characters. + + + + + A indicates the current step index in the character array. + + + + + Add the items for Hiragana. + + + + + Add the items for Full Katakana. + + + + + Add the items for Half Katakana. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSetEnumerator + + + Indicates the owner of the KanaConvertedCharSetEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a kana character. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a kana character. + + + A char indicates a character that follows the kana character.. + + + + + Initializes the result of the current instance. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + I choose the Upper Hiragana as the key. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Defines the enumerator of Normal character set. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for NormalConvertedCharSet. + + + + + A enumeration indicates the converted states. + + + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + A char array indicates current state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AlphabetCharacterGroupEnumerator class. + + + A char indicates a alphabet character. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Summary description for Filter class. + + + + + Indicates whether the character type is included. + + + + + A bool value indicates whether the char can be auto converted automatically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Filter class. + + + + + Gets or sets the include for the filter. + + + A bool value that indicates whether the character type is included. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the char can be converted automatically. + + + A bool value, true if the char can be converted automatically; otherwise, false. + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The character to be checked. + + + The value indicating whether the character is valid. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is valid. + + The string contains the checked character. + The character index in the string. + The character real length whose unit is . + + if the specified text is valid; otherwise, . + + + Example for : + 1. 'A', length is 1. + 2. Emoji [U+0023 U+20E3], length is 2. + 3. IVS [U+845B U+E0100], length is 3. + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The string to be checked. + + + The character index in the string. + + + The convert string. + + + This method hold on old policy + When return, If operatoin succsss(return value isn't string.Empty), the should be updated to the next character position; + Otherwise(return value is string.Empty), the will hold on old value; + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The string to be checked. + + + The character index in the string. + + + Indicates the length of the checked character. + + + The convert string. + + + This method used new policy: + When return, the should be updated to the next character position. + + + + + Convert the character in the special index. + + + The string to be converted. + + + The character index in the string. + + + Indicates the characters number used to converted. + + + The convert string. + + + The character, which is invoked by this method, is an invalid character, so need to convert. + + For , if converted success(returned value isn't string.Empty), when return, the index is updated to the next character position; + Otherwise, it holds on the current position. + + Case: "ギ" --> "ぎ" + the checked character length is 1 ('キ'), but when convert, we must convert 'キ' + '゙' to 'ぎ'. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Emoji character or not. + + A string. + The character position in s. + The Emoji character length which unit is . + + true if the character at position index in s is a Emoji + character; otherwise, false. + + + If not Emoji character, is 0. + + + + + The filter for FullWidthFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DBCSField class. + + + + + The filter for FullWidthKatakanaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FullWidthKatakanaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for DBCSSymbolsFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DBCSSymbolsFilter class. + + + + + The filter for HalfWidthFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBCSField class. + + + + + The filter for HalfWidthKatakanaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HalfWidthKatakanaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for SBCSSymbolsFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBCSSymbolsFilter class. + + + + + The filter for HiraganaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HiraganaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for IntersectFilter class + + + 2004.04.06 Added by Hannah for the new feature 0029 in V3.0 Forbidden charactor with Format + + + + + Indicates a filter group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IntersectFilter class. + + + The filters. + + + + + Represents the IVS char definition table form Unicode.org + + + Please visit http://www.unicode.org/ivd/ for the newest definition table if needed. + And current used version is 2012-03-02. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a IVS element or not. + + A string. + The character position in s. + The IVS element length which unit is . + + true if the character at position index in s is a IVS + character; otherwise, false. + + + If not IVS character, is 0. + + + + + This class is used to determine whether given char(s) is of specified JIS encoding. + + + + + Represents the 'Kuten' range defined by the JISX standard. + + + + + The constructor of JISRegionRange class. + + The lower bound. + The upper bound. + The region ID. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of Shift JIS encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of Shift JIS encoding. + + The char list of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if all the chars within the given list is of Shift JIS encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0208 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0208 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0208 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + The JIS X 0208 region ID of the given char. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0208 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0201 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0201 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + The filter for LimitedFilter class + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is included. + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is excluded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LimitedFilter class. + + + A string value include the chars that can be accepted. + + + A string value include the chars that can not be accepted. + + + + + The filter for Filters.RangeFilter class + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is included. + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is excluded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LimitedFilter class. + + + A char value indicates the start char of the range. + + + A char value indicates the end char of the range. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + This filter used to filter the surrogate char. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + + + Indicates the character type. + + + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + A CharType indicates which type is allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string. + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Gets whether the filter allow DBCS. + + + A bool flag indicates whether the filter allow DBCS. + + + + + Gets whether the filter allow SBCS. + + + A bool flag indicates whether the filter allow SBCS. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is upper case. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is upper case, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is lower case. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is lower case, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a number. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a number, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a binary character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a binary character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a hex character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a hex character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a symbol character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a symbol character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a number symbol character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a number symbol character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a katakana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a katakana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a hiragana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a hiragana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a DBCS character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a DBCS character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a SBCS character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a SBCS character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a upper case katakana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a upper case katakana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + Compare with , it supports normal character. + + + + + Indicates all keyword characters in format. + + + + + Stores all normal characters defined in format. + + + + + Indicates whether the format only includes normal character or not. + + + + + Gets the normal character list. + + The normal character list. + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Determines whether the character is normal character or space character or not. + + + The specific character. + + + true if the character is normal character or space character; otherwise, false. + + + Reture false means the character is: + Keyword, '^' or '\'. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + Compare with IM5 , it supports include format and exclude format at the same time. + + + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Indicates the include TextFilter. + + + + + Indicates the exclude TextFilter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string. + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Gets or sets the include TextFilter. + + The include TextFilter. + + + + Gets or sets the exclude TextFilter. + + The exclude TextFilter. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has include TextFilter or not. + + + true if this instance has include TextFilter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has exclude TextFilter or not. + + + true if this instance has exclude TextFilter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Splits the format to include format and exclude format. + + + The entire format string. + + + The include format string. + + + The exclude format string. + + + + + Creates the sub text filter by the given format. + + + A string value indicates the format string. + + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Convert the specific IVS character to non-IVS or non-IVS character to IVS. + + Indicates the string to be converted. + The character index in the string. + Indicates the characters number used to converted. + + + + + 1. The return value is only contains the converted result from the specific converted charcter. + Other text in the input will not contained. + 2. If input is IVS character, converted and return the related non-IVS character. + 3. IF input is not IVS character, converted and return the related IVS character. + + + + + The filter for UnionFilter class + + + + + Indicates a filter group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UnionFilter class. + + + The filters. + + + + + The filter for distinguish the Upper and Lower kana. + + + This filter will be used with the HalfWidthKatakanaFilter, FullWidthKatakanaFilter and HiraganaFilter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HiraganaFilter class. + + + + + An const char value indicates the DBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS back slash character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS caret character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the horizontal tab character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the new line character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the carriage return character. + + + + + Base class for C1ColorPicker and C1FontPicker controls. + + + + + This struct is for internal use only. + + + + + This struct is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1BasePicker class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Should be overridden in deviced class and convert string to value. + + + + + + + Should be overridden in derived class and convert value to string. + + + + + + + Represents a Windows button control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Button class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Button. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines if the foreground is drawn using visual + styles, if supported. + + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Represents a Windows checkbox control supporting data binding to data source fields of Boolean, String, or Integer types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CheckBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CheckBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the checkbox should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the ValueChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the CheckStateChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the C1CheckBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Default C1CheckBox path in Theme xml file. + + + + + Default C1Button path in Theme xml file. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Value for Checked state. + + + + + Value for Unchecked state. + + + + + Value for Indeterminate state. + + + + + Determines if DbNull is used for indeterminate state of check box. + + + + + List of colors defined by Items property in format ColorValue;Alias. + + + + + System colors. + + + + + Named colors. + + + + + Represents a Windows color picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPicker class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the transparent color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the empty color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color. + + + + + Gets or sets a caption for the empty color. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down color picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a composite control combining a textbox and a drop-down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ComboBox class. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how candidates searching works in auto-suggest mode. + + + works together with and properties. + The works only if CustomSource"/> or ListItems value is used in . + The property does not have any effect if is any of AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, FileSystemDirectories, HistoryList, None, RecentlyUsedList, HistoryList. + The property does not have any effect if is any of Node or Append. + + Items in Auto-Suggest mode are shown without images and formatting as a plain text. + + + enters in Auto-Suggest mode when user types a character sequence that matches the filtering criteria. + + + This sample shows how to use the AutoSuggestMode property. + + C1ComboBox comboBox = new C1ComboBox(); + comboBox.AutoCompleteMode = AutoCompleteMode.Suggest; + comboBox.AutoCompleteSource = AutoCompleteSource.ListItems; + comboBox.AutoSuggestMode = AutoSuggestMode.Contains; + comboBox.Items.AddRange(new string[] + { + "January", + "February", + "March", + "April", + "May", + "June", + "July", + "August", + "September", + "October", + "November", + "December" + }); + + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the first item when it reaches the last, or to the last when it reaches the first. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern to build HTML representation of combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item in the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the combobox items. + + + + + Gets the style of the drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the initially selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for items of this C1ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to display items for this C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the actual value for the items in the C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the image for the items in the C1ComboBox. + + + + + Keeps property synchronized with . + + + does not have any effect if value is not a . + + + + + Translates to using items data source. + + + + + + + + Gets whether the selected index changes immediately when the drop-down form is open or after the form is closed by pressing the 'enter' key. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the . + + + When MaxDropDownItems is 0, the height of DropDown is half of screen height. + If MaxDropDownItems does not fit screen height then the result height fit the maximum available space on screen. + The default height of item is height of first item of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected item changes using the mouse wheel when the isn't dropped down. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the handles the scrolling of the parent control or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a tooltip for the highlighted drop-down list item or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether should preload items into the dropdown form after setting the data source. + The default value is false which means that all items will be loaded at first drop-down opening. + + + Set this value to true if you want to optimize drop-down opening time for a lot of items. Keep default value if you want to optimize form loading time. + The does not support preloading items when the property is set for .
+ If you change these properties, then will clear the preloaded items: , , , + , , . +
+
+ + + Gets or set the width of the drop down box in a combo box. + + + To enable autosizing, set this properties to -1. + + + + + Sets items data source and data member for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + + + + Sets items data source, data member and initially selected item index for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + Initially selected item index. + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs before a tooltip is displayed for a highlighted drop-down list item. + Allows to set tooltip options or cancel the tooltip display. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the item collection. + + A that represents the new item collection. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Clears selected item and index without changing Text or Value. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ComboBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Specifies how the visual representation of combo box items is building. + + + + + C1ComboBox displays text of combo box item in the drop drown list. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML. parses the HTML fragment and displays it as the drop down items. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML defined by property. + parses the HTML pattern and replaces any of "{FieldName}" entires with the combo box item field value. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Specifies the style. + + + + + Text portion of the drop down control is editable and the drop down is displayed by clicking + the down arrow. + + + This means that the user can enter a new value and is not limited to selecting an existing value. + + + + + The drop down of the is displayed by clicking + on either the text portion of the control or drop down button. The text portion is not editable. + + + This means that the user cannot enter a value not existing in the drop down. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically and also honor sizing options for individual items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + The item width to use at layout. If -1 - use width returned by item layout. + + + + + The minimum allowed item hight. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the number of items contained in the instance. + + + + + Adds an item to the . + + The to add to the . + + + + Adds items of the specified collection to the end of the . + + The specified collection of items. + + + + Removes all items from the . + + + + + Determines whether an item is in the . + + The item to locate in the collection. + + + + Searches for the specified item and returns the zero-based index. + + The specified item. + + + + Inserts item into the at the specified index. + + Index of the item. + The specified item. + + + + Inserts items into the at the specified index. + + Index of the item. + The specified collection of items. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified item from the collection. + + The specified item. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index of the collection. + + The specified index. + + + + Removes all the items that match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + + + Removes a range of elements from the . + + Index of the item. + The number of items to remove. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the . + + + + + Occurs when the changes, either by adding or removing an item. + + + see + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether selected item was set after form was initialized. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Style for drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Background color of the drop down form. + + + + + Color of border of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the drop down form. + + + + + Default font of the combo box items. + + + + + Space around the textual parts of the combo box items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that whether text should be allowed to wrap within the combo box items. + + + This property applies to an item when the property is . + + + + + Default text color of the combo box items. + + + + + Text color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Border color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Background color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Resets the style to default value. + + + + + TFS 73648 [C1ComboBox] C1ComboBox cannot search items when DropDownStyle is DropDownList. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the highlighted drop-down list item. + HTML content to be displayed in the tooltip. + Highlighted drop-down list item bounds (size and location of element) within its parent element, in pixels. + The X coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The Y coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. The default value is 0 (the tooltip is always visible after display). + object for setting tooltip options. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled. + + + + + Gets the index of the highlighted drop-down list item. + + + + + Gets or sets the HTML content to be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Gets the highlighted drop-down list item bounds (size and location) within it`s parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The coordinate is counted from the upper left corner of the drop-down window. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The coordinate is counted from the upper left corner of the drop-down window. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets the object for setting tooltip options. + + + + + This is a legacy control; use C1.Win.Calendar.C1DateEdit instead. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the . + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Determines the date-time field position when a control receives input focus. Default: . + + + If this property is set to , control used InitialSelection algorithm defined in the property. + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the when it reaches the , or to the when it reaches the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to retain the current time value when the date is changed via the drop down calendar. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calendar object. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed when day field selected and increments value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed when day field selected and decrements value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Updates selection of the text according to the property. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar. + + + + + Creates the instance of the class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Gets or sets the current month display offset. + + + This example shows current month at the center of the multi-dimensional + drop down calendar. + + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CalendarDimensions = new Size(3, 1); + // Display current month at the center of the calendar. + // Other possible values: + // 0 - (Default) - at the Right + // 1 - Center + // 2 - Left + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CurrentMonthDisplayOffset = 1; + + + + + + Gets or sets VisualStyle. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by DateEditMonthCalendar as today's date. + The default value is the current system date. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum allowable date. The default value is DateTime.MinValue (01/01/0001). + + + The value is greater than the . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable date. + + + The value is less than the . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating that no date is currently selected in the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection foreground color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection background color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrows. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border around the current date. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the color of days in months that are not + fully displayed in the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names' text color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the background color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the foreground color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the first day of the first fully shown month. + + + + + Gets the last day of the last fully shown month. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of the week as displayed in the month calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the format to use for the calendar caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of day names. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the title font. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names font. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which nonrecurring dates are displayed in bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which annual days are displayed in bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which dates are disabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date represented by the TodayDate property is displayed at the bottom of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether today's date is circled. + + + + + Determines if the Today button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Determines if the Clear button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Today" button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Clear" button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies which rule is used to determine the first calendar week of the year. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the month calendar control displays + week numbers (1-52) to the left of each row of days. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is laid out from right to left. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when Today button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Today button visibility is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Clear button visibility is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Date property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a value for the Date property. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RightToLeftLayout property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the month change in the Dropdown calendar in C1DateEdit. + Occurs when the value of the or property changes. + + + Can be used to set some dates in the month to bold as user scrolls through the months. + + + This example sets a new bolded date in the selected month. + + private void c1DateEdit1_Calendar_MonthChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + DateTime dt = c1DateEdit1.Calendar.FirstMonth; + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.AddBoldedDate(new DateTime(dt.Year, dt.Month, dt.Month)); + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + Calls SuspendLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + + + + Calls ResumeLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + Indicates whether to invoke the layout logic now. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on an annual basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be displayed in bold in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be disabled in the month calendar. + + The date to be disabled. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on a monthly basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Removes all the annually bold dates. + + + + + Removes all the nonrecurring bold dates. + + + + + Removes the all disabled dates. + + + + + Removes all the monthly bold dates. + + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of annually bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of nonrecurring bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of disabled dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of monthly bolded dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + + + + Sets a date as the currently selected date. + + The date to be selected. + + + + Retrieves date information that represents the low and high limits of the displayed dates of the control. + + true to retrieve only the dates that are fully contained in displayed months; otherwise, false. + The begin and end dates of the displayed calendar. + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + + + + Returns an object with information on which portion of a month calendar control + is at a location specified by a System.Drawing.Point. + + A System.Drawing.Point containing the System.Drawing.Point.X and System.Drawing.Point.Y + coordinates of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + Returns a System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo with information + on which portion of a month calendar control is at a specified x- and y-coordinate. + + The System.Drawing.Point.Y coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + The System.Drawing.Point.X coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the layout for the BackgroundImage. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode supported by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the edges of a control and its contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to display. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Get or sets current culture for the calendar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select a date using a visual monthly calendar display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents how the user changed the date. + + + + + No changes (default value). + + + + + Date changed by mouse click. + + + + + Date changed by keyboard input. + + + + + Represents data for delegate. + + + + + Represents how the user changed the date. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The to assign. + + + + Represents the method that handle the user modified date event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when user modified the date. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when selected date changed. + + + + + Raises the event when selected date changed. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when month changed. + + + + + Raises the event when month changed. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Returns Sunday-based day of week index (0 for Sunday, 1 for Monday etc.) + + Day of week to test. + 0-based absolute day of week index. + + + + Gets or sets today's date. + + + + + Gets or sets the month shown by the calendar. + The day/time parts of the DateTime value are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. The selected date determines the + "main" month shown by the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether leading days should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether trailing days should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets whether to show week numbers. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of today's date. + + + + + Gets or sets the trailing text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names color. + + + + + Gets or sets the first of week. + + + + + Gets or sets the title format. + + + + + Gets or sets the title . + + + + + Gets or sets the day names . + + + + + Gets or sets the day name length. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + Gets or sets the bolded font. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date for the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date for the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of disabled dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of annually bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of monthly bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to show a circle around today's date. + + + + + Gets the first visible day. + + + + + Gets the last visible day. + + + + + Determines whether the specified date is in the current month. + + The . + True if specified date is in the current month; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the specified date is shown in bold on the calendar. + + The . + True if specified date is shown in bold on the calendar; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the specified date is enabled in the calendar. + + The . + True if specified date is enabled in the calendar; otherwise, false. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar form. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Used to defer creating the calendar till really needed. + + + + + Calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Helper static class that contains AddJapaneseEra function. + + + + + Clears the all Japanese Eras. + + + + + Adds era to the Japanese calendar. + + Era numeric id. + Start day of the era. + End day of the era. + Japanese name of the era. + Short Japanese name of the era. + Era name in English. Optional. + One Latin symbol era name. + + + + Reads eras info from the GC configuration file. + + Section name. + + + + Represents a data bound control supporting convenient navigation over data source rows and common data actions such as updating the data source and refreshing data. + + + + + if true, "Row: X of N" is shown (label + textbox + label) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DbNavigator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DbNavigator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets value of the Position textbox. + + + If the Position textbox is not visible, it returns empty string. + If you set the Text property when the Position textbox is not visible, + the action has no effect. + Changing the Text property causes the data source position change. + + + + + Occurs when the Text property value changes. + + + + + Raises the TextChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains event data. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + If True, navigator buttons show color bitmaps when the mouse hovers over them. + + + + + Navigator border style. + + + + + Navigator button style. + + + + + Vertical alignment of navigator buttons. + + + + + Vertical margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Horizontal margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images without highlighting. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images in highlighted state. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltips are shown for the buttons. + + + + + This member overrides Control.ForeColor. + + + + + This member overrides Control.BackColor. + + + + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds after pressing Next/Previous button before automatic scrolling begins. + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds between row moves in automatic scrolling. + + + + + Number of rows to skip when the user presses PageUp/Down. + + + + + Specifies whether the editable row position field and row captions are visible in the navigator. + + + + + This member overrides Control.TabStop. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are visible. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are enabled. + + + + + Whether a confirmation dialog is shown before deleting a record. + + + + + Whether the control in focus should be validated before a button click is handled by the navigator. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + "For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + + Returns the number of rows in the table. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position in the table (from 0 to RowCount - 1). + + + + + Gets or sets the CurrencyManager object navigated by the control. + + + + + The size of navigator buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Controls how the text is positioned relative to the image in navigator buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the texts displayed on the buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The string collection defining navigator button tooltips. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the current data row. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over the navigator buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Raises event. + + The event data object. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs the action associated with a navigator button. + + The button whose action is performed. + + + + Sets the DataSource and DataMember properties at run time. + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Position has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the current row has been modified, some of its fields changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when a button is clicked, before the action is executed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Add button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Delete button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Edit button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Update button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Refresh button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when a navigator button has been pressed, after the button action is performed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when an exceptions is thrown performing an action on button click. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Changes the theme. + + New theme. + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons + + + + + First button. + + + + + Previous button. + + + + + Next button. + + + + + Last button. + + + + + Add button. + + + + + Delete button. + + + + + Edit button. + + + + + Apply button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Update button. + + + + + Refresh button. + + + + + Position text box + + + + + Represents the method that handles a BeforeAction event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorBeforeActionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a BeforeAction event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Current row index in the data source (only for Delete and Edit buttons). + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will skip the standard action associated with the button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Adding event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorAddingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Adding event. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort adding a new row. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Deleting event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorDeletingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Deleting event. + + + + + The index of the row being deleted. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort deleting. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Editing event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorEditingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Editing event. + + + + + The index of the row being edited. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ButtonClick event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Error event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for an Error event. + + + + + The clicked C1DbNavigator button. + + + + + Exception that occurred while performing the button action. + + + + + This argument is set to true by default. If it is set to False by event code, the standard message box is not shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box. + + + + + The caption of the standard message box. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonStyle property. + + + + + Flat buttons showing "mouse hover". + + + + + Standard 3D-buttons. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VerticalAlign property. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the top of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the center of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the bottom of the control. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonTextAlign property. + + + + + Text appears to the right of the image. + + + + + Text appears underneath the image. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VisibleButtons property. + + + + + No buttons. + + + + + Moves to the first row. + + + + + Moves to the previous row. + + + + + Moves to the next row. + + + + + Moves to the last row. + + + + + Adds a new row to the table. + + + + + Deletes the current row. + + + + + Fires the Editing event. + + + + + Ends edit mode for the current row. + + + + + Cancels (reverts) modifications in the current row. + + + + + Fires the UpdateData event. + + + + + Fires the RefreshData event. + + + + + First + Previous + Next + Last buttons + + + + + All buttons. + + + + + Represents a base drop-down control supporting up/down buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DropDownControl class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DropDownControl. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to open the combo box when the control receives the focus. + + + + + Determines the time when drop down form is created. + + + + + Has valid value only if ShowValueImage returns true. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the combo box. + + + The DropDownStyle property specifies whether the text portion can be edited. + + If the value is Default, the text is editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking the down arrow. + + + If the value is DropDownList, the text is not editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking any part of the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets the button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the image padding. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which buttons are visible. The default is (UpDown Or DropDown). + + + + + Determines if the dropdown button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons are visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons intercept and handle Up and Down arrow keys. + + + + + Specifies the class name of a Form serving as the dropdown window. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns dropdown form instance associated with the control. + + + + + Specifies form class that is used by default as the dropdown for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Run-time read-only property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Specifies the button width instead of using the default width. + + + + + Distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the mouse click event is consumed or passed through after closing the dropdown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the control. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over a button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the images for buttons + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the spin button. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit or DropDownList mode. If the control is not in edit or DropDownList mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + + Performs the spin up action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the up key. + + + + + + Performs the spin down action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the down key. + + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when UpDown buttons are clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Modal button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Custom button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownFormAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of Multiline property is changed. + + + + + + + + Called when a drop down form is created. + + The new dropdown form. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns image size. + + The size object. + + + + Determines if image should be shown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Device context. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Default path + + + + + Resets the style properties to their default values + + + + + Used by C1DropDownControl.VisibleButtons properties. + + + + + Show without any button + + + + + Show up/down buttons. + + + + + Show dropdown button. + + + + + Show button to start a modal dialog. + + + + + Show a custom button. + + + + + Show all buttons + + + + + Represents the method that handles a UpDownButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + An UpDownButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a UpDownButtonClick event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UpDownButtonClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Set to 1 if Up button is pressed, to -1 if Down button is pressed. + + + + + Set to true in the user's UpDownButtonClick event handler. No built-in processing is done. This allows the user to override the default behavior of the buttons. + + + + + Provides data for a DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Returns True if a value is selected in dropdown dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownClosedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents the method that handles a DropDownClosed event. + + The source of the event + A DropDownClosedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Images for C1DropDownControl buttons + + + + + TypeConverter class for ButtonImages + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + Clears all custom images and returns standard images for C1DropDownControl buttons. + + + + + Returns True if any custom image is assigned + + + + + + Image for Up button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Down button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for DropDown button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Modal button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Custom button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Used by DropDownForm.Options property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the options are set. + + + + + Indicates that DropDownForm can contain focus. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the width of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the height of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, with Esc key + or using the CloseDropDown method, and implicit cancellation (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + If set, the dropdown form width is automatically adjusted to the width of the owner control + before the form is shown. + + + + + = FixedWidth + FixedHeight + + + + + Base class for custom dropdown forms. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownForm. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether theme should be applied to dropdown form + when it applied to . This property returns true + by default. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determine various behavioral options of the dropdown form. + + + + + Determines the control on the form that gets input focus when the form is shown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the owner control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Value property of the OwnerControl is updated by the dropdown form. + + + + + Fires the PostChanges event. + + Contains arguments describing the event. + + + + Occurs when changes made by dropdown form are cancelled. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when dropdown form is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Text property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Value property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + + Represents a Windows font picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPicker class. + + + + + Gets a collection of fonts installed on system. + + + + + Gets or sets a width of drop down list of fonts. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can set an incorrect string as 's Value or not and provides additional settings for processing incorrect input. + + A string is incorrect as 's Value if there is no installed font with such FontFamily.Name. + Setting to true will set TextDetached property to true. Don't use + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down font picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + The class represents the settings for property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can set an incorrect string as 's Value or not. + + An incorrect string is non-empty string that isn't the FontFamily name of any of the installed fonts. + + + + Gets or sets a FontFamily name of one of the installed fonts that will be returned as 's Value for any incorrect input. + + Default value is SystemFonts.DefaultFont.FontFamily.Name. + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the 's editor for any incorrect input. + + Set it to string.Empty to show the user input in the 's editor. + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Determines should be instance serialized or not. + + True if instance should be serialized, otherwise false. + + + + Reset all to default properties. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Compares two values of property and raises an event if they are different. + + Type of property. + The previous value of property. + The new value of property. + The name of property. + true - if values are different. + + + + SelectedFontFamily TypeConverter for PropertyGrid + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used by ErrorInfo.ErrorAction property. + + + + + Control value remains as the user typed it. + + + + + Control value is set to ValueOnError. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode, and an exception is thrown. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling. + + + + + If True, the control beeps signaling an error. Default: False. + + + + + If True (default), the standard error message is shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + The text to display in the title bar of the error message box. + + + + + Enumerated value that determines what action is performed on the control value when an error occurs. + + + + + Determines whether or not the control is allowed to lose focus after the error. Works only if the ErrorAction is set to SetValueOnError or ResetValue. + + + + + Value used to reset the control if ErrorAction = SetValueOnError. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Boolean property used to set ValueOnError to DbNull (only necessary at design time). + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an C1SuperErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Run-time-only read-only property returning the original exception object that caused the error. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Resets whole ErrorInfo property in base control + + + + + Represents the method that handles a FormatError event. + + The source of the event. + A FormatErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a FormatError event. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The text to show in the control. Your code in FormatError event can set this argument to a text + you want to show in the control in case of a formatting error. + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Error description shown as the tooltip in the ErrorProvider icon, if ErrorInfo.ErrorProvider property is set. + + + + + Used by ValidationErrorEventArgs.Reason and ValidationException.Reason properties. + + + + + All validation checks were successful. + + + + + Value does not match the edit mask. + + + + + Value was rejected before parsing (in PreValidation). + + + + + Parsing failed. + + + + + Value rejected after parsing (in PostValidation). + + + + + Value rejected by the data source, setting the data source field to that value failed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ValidationError event. + + The source of the event. + A ValidationErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ValidationError event. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + If Reason = ErrorReasonEnum.PostValidationError, this is the value that caused the error. Otherwise, this property is null or DBNull. + + + + + Error information. + + + + + An exception that follows the ValidationError event if ValidationErrorEventArgs.ErrorInfo is set to ErrorActionEnum.ThrowException. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + + Control that fired the exception. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + The typed value that caused the error. + + + + + An exception thrown by C1Input when a control's Value property is set, but the new value is rejected by the data source, + setting the data field to that value is cancelled by the data source throwing an exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + + Control that caused the exception. + + + + + Current value in the control that caused the exception. + + + + + Used by FormatInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CalendarType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that values of FormatType, CustomFormat, NullText, EmptyAsNull, TrimStart, TrimEnd, CalendarType properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by FormatEventArgs.Target property. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is not in edit mode. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is in edit mode. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Formatting or Formatted events. + + The source of the event. + A FormatEventArgs object that contains the event data + + + + Provides data for Formatting or Formatted events. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The out parameter for the resulting string (in Formatting), or the in parameter for the formatted string (in Formatted). + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + The out parameter for specifying error description if Succeeded is set to False. + + + + + Formatting result (assigned in the event code in Formatting). Default: True + + + + + Settings for data formatting, converting data to string. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the FormatInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole FormatInfo property of base control + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string. + Format method or specifier used for conversion. + Culture used for conversion. + + + + + Contains edit mask settings. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Manages inheritance of the MaskInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if comparison with mask literals is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, text copied to the clipboard includes literals. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or if an exception occurs. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, focus automatically moves to the next control when the mask is filled. + + + + + Character displayed on empty mask positions in edit mode. + + + + + If True (default), optional mask positions are automatically skipped until the first position allowing the typed character. + + + + + If True (default), the stored text includes literals. + + + + + If True, the stored text includes blank positions as StoredEmptyChar. + + + + + Character stored in empty mask positions. + + + + + Literal display method. + + + + + The collection of user-defined mask characters. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns the number of editable positions in the edit mask. + + + + + Text entered by the user without literals (mask literals stripped). + + + + + Text in a readable format, with literals and without blanks. + + + + + The stored string obtained from the user input string. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Returns True if EditMask is non-empty and the control is in edit mode. + + + + + + Indicates when used MaskedMode with edit mask + + + + + Resets whole MaskInfo property of base control + + + + + Resets the text to the string representing a DBNull value. + + + + + Returns a string formatted for display using edit mask. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + If set to True, the result will omit blank positions. If set to False, the resulting text will contain PromptChar on blank positions + + + + + Returns the string that will be stored in the database, in accordance with current values of SaveLiterals, SaveBlanks and StoredEmptyChar properties. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + + + + Returns the string containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + Text to parse. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveLiterals property. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveBlanks property. + Same as MaskInfo.StoredEmptyChar property + + + + + Returns True if the input string is valid with respect to the edit mask. + + + + + + Replace custom keywords with literals diapasone to build correct pattern for MS Regex. + + A regexp mask to convert. + + + + Indicates when used MaskedMode with MS Regex + + + + + Gets ot sets a value that indicate of the mask in regular expression style. + + + + is mask based on MS Regex with support of custom RegexpEditMask keywords. It is only validated on exit from edit mode. + + + is regular expression mask based on custom regex parser. It can be validated during entering text. + + + + + + A representing the mask in regular expression style with custom keywords. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether the mask pattern in regular expression style was succesfully recognized or not. + + True when or pattern was recognized successfully or empty, false otherwise. + + + + Used by MaskInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by MaskInfo.ShowLiterals property. + + + + + The whole mask is shown when editing begins (empty spaces filled with PromptChar). + + + + + The mask is validated on exit (no literals or prompt chars displayed automatically). + + + + + The literals will be inserted after the user enters the first character of the field that follows the literals. + + + + + Literals that follows the input mask will be inserted after the user enters the last character in the current field. + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Only single byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Only double byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Letters allowed. + + + + + Numbers are allowed. + + + + + Symbols are allowed. + + + + + Only upper case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only lower case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only katakana is allowed. + + + + + Only hiragana is allowed. + + + + + Only big kana letters are allowed. + + + + + Auto conversion if possible. + + + + + Used to determine the way of the RegexpEditMask pattern processing and validation. + + + + based on MS Regex with some restrictions for avaliable keywords. It will not provide any edit mask. It can be validated on exit from edit mode only. + + + uses custom parser. It don't support complicated regular expressions. It provides edit mask for user input. It can be validated during entering text. + + + Both types allows to use custom RegexpEditMask keywords for Japanese and half-width/double-width characters sets. + + + + + + The new style of regular expression mask based on MS Regex with support of custom RegexpEditMask keywords. It is only validated on exit from edit mode. + + + + Regular expression with custom RegexpEditMask keywords for Japanese and half-width/double-width characters sets is preprocessed to get the pattern string for standart MS Regex. + + + It is only validated on exit from edit mode. It don't provides editmask for input field and supports ShowLiterals = ShowLiteralsEnum.FreeFormatEntry only. + + + + + + The old style of regular expression mask based on custom regex parser. It can be validated during entering text. + + + C1RegexpEditMask supports online checking user input and builds editmask for input field. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.NumericInputKeys property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the Input Keys are used. + + + + + Indicates that F2 enters negative infinity (-Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F3 enters positive infinity (+Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F4 enters the "not a number" value (NaN). + + + + + Indicates that F9 toggles the sign of the displayed number. + + + + + Indicates that '-' makes the displayed number negative. + + + + + Indicates that '+' makes the displayed number positive. + + + + + Indicates that Decimal key enters a decimal separator regardless of culture settings. + + + + + Indicates that the X key starts entry of the exponent part in scientific-notation numbers. + + + + + This value is a combination of the F9, Minus, Plus, Decimal, and X values. + + + + + This value is a combination of all enum values + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.NumberStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the bit styles are allowed. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string is parsed as currency if it contains a currency symbol; otherwise, it is parsed as a number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a decimal point. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can be in exponential notation. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have notation that signifies that the number is hexadecimal. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a leading sign. + + + + + Indicates that a leading white-space character is ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have one pair of parentheses enclosing the number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have group separators. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a trailing sign. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white-space character must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that all the AllowXXX bit styles are used. + + + + + Indicates all styles except AllowExponent and AllowHexSpecifier. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowExponent styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowHexSpecifier styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowLeadingSign styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowTrailingSign, AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowThousands styles are used. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.DateTimeStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that the default formatting options must be used. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters in the middle of the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that leading white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters anywhere in the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that, if the parsed string contains only the time and not the date, the parsing methods + assume the Gregorian date with year = 1, month = 1, and day = 1. If this value is not used, the current date is assumed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Parsing or Parsed events. + + The source of the event. + A ParseEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for Parsing or Parsed events. + + + + + Source string for parsing. + + + + + Data type to convert the string to. + + + + + Parse result (assigned in the event code in Parsing). Default: True + + + + + Property to save the result to (in Parsing) or to get the resulting value from (in Parsed). + + + + + Error information in case of parsing failure. Can be set in event code in Parsing. + + + + + ParseInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Contains settings affecting parsing, that is, converting a string to the required data type. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the ParseInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The format used for parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Custom format specifier (in parsing used for DateTime and Boolean types only). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The string representing DbNull value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing numbers. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing date/time. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole ParseInfo property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the argument represents a null value (DBNull). + + The string to parse. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to a Decimal value using a fixed numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to a Double value using a float numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to Int64 value using an integer numeric format. + + + + + + + + + Converts the text to a Boolean value. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts text to a value using one of DateTime formats. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts text to the specified data type. + + The string to parse. + Type to which the string is converted. + Conversion result. + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Validation property. + + + + + Validation using Values and Intervals. + + + + + Using the PostValidating event. + + + + + Represents the method that handles PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PostValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + + + + The value to validate. + + + + + PostValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PostValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PostValidating). Default: True + + + + + An interval in a collection of intervals of possible values used in post-validation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + ValueInterval Constructor. + + MinValue property value. + MaxValue property value. + IncludeMin property value. + IncludeMax property value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + + + The type of lower and upper bounds (taken from the control’s DataType). + + + + + Lower bound. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Upper bound. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + If False (default), the lower bound is negative infinity. + + + + + If False (default), the upper bound is positive infinity. + + + + + If True (default), the lower bound is included. + + + + + If True (default), the upper bound is included. + + + + + A collection of ValueInterval objects used by a PostValidation object. + The collection is used if the Validation = PostValidationTypeEnum.ValuesAndIntervals + or if the user calls the ValidateValuesAndIntervals method. + + + + + Gets the collection element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an array to the end of the collection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Adds a new value interval to the collection. + + The ValueInterval to add. + + + + Inserts a new value interval to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which ValueInterval should be inserted. + The ValueInterval to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + Returns True if the collection contains the specific value interval, False otherwise. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + Determines the index of a specific value interval in the collection, return -1 if this item not found. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + Removes a specific value interval from the collection. + + The ValueInterval to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Validating the typed value after parsing, after the input string has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Determines whether it is possible to enter DbNull value in the control. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PostValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Predefined values used for matching the input value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + List of values that are not permitted as input value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Collection of intervals. The input value must belong to one of these intervals. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Resets whole PostValidation property of base control + + + + + Performs validation of the value against the collections of Values, ValuesExcluded and Intervals. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Performs validation using the current settings of the PostValidation object. Returns true if vaidation was successful. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Validation property. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of possible values separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + Using the PreValidating event. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of wildcard patterns separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a regular expression. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.RegexOptions property. + + + + + Specifies that no options are set. + + + + + Enables ECMAScript-compliant behavior for the expression. This flag can be used only + in conjunction with the IgnoreCase, Multiline, and Compiled flags. + + + + + Specifies that the only valid captures are explicitly named or numbered groups of the form. + + + + + Eliminates unescaped white space from the pattern and enables comments marked with #. + + + + + Multiline mode. Changes the meaning of ^ and $ so they match at the beginning and end, + respectively, of any line, and not just the beginning and end of the entire string. + + + + + Specifies that the search will be from right to left instead of from left to right. + + + + + Specifies single-line mode. Changes the meaning of the dot (.) so it matches every character (instead of every character except \n). + + + + + Represents the method that handles PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PreValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + + + + The text to validate. + + + + + PreValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PreValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PreValidating). Default: True. + + + + + Validating the input string entered by the user, before parsing. + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PreValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + String containing the validation pattern. + + + + + String separating list items in PatternString. + + + + + The collection of user-defined characters to use in a wildcard pattern. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Settings affecting regular expression matching. + + + + + Resets whole PreValidation property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches one of the exact list items specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the specified wildcard pattern passed as argument. + + The input string to match. + The wildcard pattern. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches at least one of the wildcard patterns specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the regular expression pattern specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the text successfully passes validation using the current settings of the PreValidation object. + + The input string to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Represents the method that handles DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + The source of the event. + A NullableDateTimeEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + + + + The date value. + + + + + Set to True if the date value is null. + + + + + Determines when drop down form will be created. + + + + + At the host control creation time. + + + + + On first call of the drop down form. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + Conversion using TypeConverter.ConvertToString(). + + + + + Conversion performed by user code in the Formatting (or Parsing) event. + + + + + Formatting uses the string assigned to the CustomFormat property. + Parsing uses NumberStyle, DateTimeStyle, and CustomFormat properties. + + + + + The number is converted to the most compact decimal form, using fixed point or scientific notation. + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a currency amount. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form “-ddd.ddd…” where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d,ddd,ddd.ddd…", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a percent as defined by the property + or the property. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d.ddd…E+ddd" or "-d.ddd…e+ddd", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The round-trip specifier guarantees that a numeric value converted to a string will be parsed back + into the same numeric value. This format is supported by floating-point types only. + + + + + Displays number as a string that contains the value of the number in Decimal (base 10) format. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of hexadecimal digits. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows No for false, Yes for true. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows True or False. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows Off for false, On for true. + + + + + General date/time pattern (short time). + + + + + Displays a date according to specified CultureInfo's long date format. + + + + + Displays a date using the medium date format ("dd-MMM-yy"). + + + + + Displays a date using specified CultureInfo's short date format. + + + + + Displays a time using your locale's long time format; includes hours, minutes, seconds. + + + + + Displays time in 12-hour format using hours and minutes and the AM/PM designator ("hh:mm tt"). + + + + + Displays a time using the 24-hour format, for example, 17:45. + + + + + Displays the long date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the long date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the month and the day of a date. + + + + + Formats the date and time as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). + + + + + Formats the date and time as a sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time as a GMT sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time with the long date and long time as GMT. + + + + + Formats the date as the year and month. + + + + + This enum is for internal use only + + + + + Any type of data. + + + + + Only number data type. + + + + + Only DateTime data type. + + + + + Used by and properties. + + + + + In a , the alignment of the dropdown form is determined by the + property of the drop down form. + + + + + Left alignment. + + + + + Center alignment. + + + + + Right alignment. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + Text is aligned with the top of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the center of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the bottom of the enclosing control. + + + + + Used by and properties. + + + + + No daylight-saving time adjustments. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property corresponds to the standard time offset. + For the daylight-saving time GMTOffset should be advanced by an hour. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property is set to the daylight time offset. + So, for the standard time it should be set back by an hour. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + The whole text is selected. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the beginning of the text. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the end of the text. + + + + + Control uses the behavior of a base text box. + + + + + Used by property and method. + + + + + Used the default date-time field. + + + uses this value to use the + instead of the property to specify initial selection. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the DayOfMonth part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Month part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Year part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Era part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the AMPM part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Hour part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Minute part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Second part of the value. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.ValueChangedBehavior. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired only when the Value property changes. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired on any text change. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a CultureInfoSetup event. + + The source of the event. + A CultureInfoSetupEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a CultureInfoSetup event. + + + + + Regional settings. + + + + + Represents the four margins around a control’s content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the left margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in pixels. + + + + + Creates an identical copy of the current Margins. + + + + + + Overloaded. Determines whether two Object instances are equal. + + + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + + Converts this Margins to a human readable string. + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + Sets all margins to zero. + + + + + Returns true if at least one margin differs from the default zero value. Otherwise, returns false. + + + + + + Custom user-defined characters (placeholders) used in edit mask and in wildcard patterns in pre-validation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + + + The special character used as a user-defined placeholder. + + + + + True if character is optional and can be omitted. + + + + + The list (string) of characters matching the placeholder (see also Excluding). + + + + + True if string comparison is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Specifies whether the LookupChars are interpreted as allowed or disallowed characters. + + + + + A collection of CustomPlaceholder objects. + + + + + Occurs when PlaceholderCollection is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the the special character at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + + + + Adds the special characters of an ICollection to the end of the PlaceholderCollection. + + The ICollection whose elements should be added. + + + + Checks validity of the placeholder + + + + + + Adds a new special character to the collection. + + The CustomPlaceholder to add. + + + + Inserts a new special character to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which CustomPlaceholder should be inserted. + The CustomPlaceholder to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Determines whether a character is in the placeholder collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + Returns the index of a character in the placeholder collection, or –1 if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + Removes a specific character from the collection. + + The character to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the CustomPlaceholder object corresponding to the character argument, or null if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows read-only data bound control displaying formatted data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Label class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Label. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid. + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, the control�s stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property. + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes (used only if CurrentTimeZone = False). + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + The current text in the control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DbNull. + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding within the control. + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + Error occured while formatting the stored value. + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for design-time UI localization. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for run-time UI localization. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value for the specified key. + + The key of the string. + The string corresponding to the specified key. + + + + Used for serialization of strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the description shown in Properties window in the IDE. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + The calculator used as a dropdown in the C1NumericEdit control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericEditCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the NumericEditCalculator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display a decimal separator when typing a number if no decimal part of the number is entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Determines the style of the dropdown calculator buttons. + + + + + // patch: localization: added after StringTables.cs was created + + + + + Custom format specifier used to format the stored value of the dropdown calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets whether StoredFormat should be applied to the value entered in the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The collection of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Static Memory context menu should appear for the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.FontChanged event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the upper limit that GetPreferredSize can specify. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that GetPreferredSize can specify. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + Base visual style. + + + + Represents a composite control combining a NumericUpDown and a drop-down calculator for easy numeric values editing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NumericEdit class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Indicates the amount to increment/decrement when the user clicks up/down buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calculator object. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + property is used to define the increment. + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + property is used to define the decrement. + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents the class of dropdown calculator form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownCalculator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The calculator used in a DropDownCalculator form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows PictureBox control supporting data binding to data source fields containing image data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1PictureBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1PictureBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be put into the data source right after the Image property has been changed or it shouldn't be put there until the following call of the CurrencyManager.EndCurrentEdit() method. + + + + + The image displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the picture box receives focus when clicked. + + + + + Returns the contents of an image. + + Image to return as a byte array. + Format in which to return the image contents. + + + + + Converts a byte array to an image. + + The contents of an image. + + + + + Copies the image currently in the control to the clipboard. + + + + + If the clipboard contains an image, this method replaces the contents of the Image property of the control + + + + + Occurs when Image is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Image is stored in the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Image changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows range slider control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RangeSlider class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1RangeSlider. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the current lower magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current upper magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the LowerValue or UpperValue properties when the lower value thumb or upper value thumb is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the LowerValue or UpperValue properties when the lower value thumb or upper value thumb is moved a large distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether C1RangeSlider bar should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical orientation of the C1RangeSlider. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of increasing value. + + + + + Gets or sets how thumbs will be moved when mouse click will be performed outside selected area. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for lower value. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for upper value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets color of selected area. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets corner radius of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when any of the properties: LowerValue or UpperValue changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseWheel event. + This method is for internal use only. + + A System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Represents a composite button control supporting additional visual styles and drop down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SplitButton class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1SplitButton. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the style of components on this button. + + This property works when the property is set to . + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets the collection of components on this button. + + + + + The ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the default drop down item. + + + + + Occurs when a is clicked. + + + + + Raises event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the control is currently in design mode. + + + + + Run-time property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Reapply the current theme to all input components. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified indexed location in the collection. + + The indexed location of the item in the collection. + An that represents the item at the specified indexed location. + + + + Adds the specified item to the end of the collection. + + The to be added to the end of the collection. + The zero-based index value of the added to the collection. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a value in the list. + + The item to locate in the list. + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of value within the entire list, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified location. + + The indexed location within the collection to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + + + + Indicates whether the collection contains a specific . + + The object for which to search. + Whether the collection contains the specific object. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting an + into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an + from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting an + in the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Represents drop down item for control. + + + + + Creates an instance of DropDownItem class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownItem. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the that this belongs to. + + + + + Gets the collection of child items in that is associated with this DropDownItem. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item should toggle its pressed state when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the component. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the dialog-box result produced in a modal form by clicking the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the . + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image in the ImageList. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the image key in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image that will be displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the bounds specified by the property. + + + The value of this property is only used if = Clip and + exceeds the original size of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets how the image will be scaled to fit within the bounds specified by the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the component has been disposed. + + + + + Fires when the drop-down portion of this element is shown. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates that the drop-down portion of this element has closed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component is clicked. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when a key is released while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when the component receives the focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component loses the focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component is double-clicked. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + The class represents the styles for the component. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the image bar background. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text of seleced item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background of seleced item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text of disabled item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the arrow. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the image bar separator. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Base class for all panes that appear in a drop-down. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Internal element for the drop-down pane of the InputMenu component. + + + + + Menu timer with threading support. Opens the submenu items of the selected(hovered) object with a delay. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Internal element for the InputButton component. + + + + + Internal button element for the XInputButton. + + + + + The base class for all input button elements. + + + + + A repeat button that can be pressed when the host application is inactive. + + + + + A dock panel that can fire the HotChanged event. + + + + + A TextElement that supports AutoEllipsis. + + + + + This element incapsulates the TextBox control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Adds the sizing/alignment/scaling features to the ImageElement. + + + + + Base class for all elements with the drop-down. + + + + + Internal drop-down button element for the XInputDropDown. + + + + + Base class for internal elements of the input panel components. + + + + + Derived classes may override this method to dispose unmanaged resources. + + + + + Internal element for the InputMenu component. + + + + + Internal drop-down button element for the XInputMenu. + + + + + Internal element for the InputSeparator component. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the BasePopupForm. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Defines style elements that override the defaults provided by the VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets the used by the . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should use padding to avoid text clipping. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to display text in the . + + + + + Gets or sets how content is horizontally aligned within the . + + + + + Gets or sets how content is vertically aligned within the . + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + An instance for each VisualStyle is stored (with all images). + So we should not dispose images obtained using this class. + + + + + Returns the saved dropdown arrow image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Returns the saved image for the ImageCell of the specified style. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + + Returns the saved background image. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + Returns the saved separator image. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + Returns the saved submenu arrow image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Returns the saved toggle button image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the layout should break the flow after the component. + + + + + The layout should not break the flow after the component. + + + + + Causes next component to be placed in a new row within the flow. + + + + + Creates a new column after this component. + + + + + Creates a new row starting below the current component, at the left edge of the current group. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Determines whether the user can edit a value in the text portion of the . + + + + + The text portion is editable. + + + + + The user cannot directly edit the text portion. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment on the input components. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image in a rich tooltip. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling on the input components. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Edit' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + The 'Save Data' button. + + + + + The 'Reload Data' button + + + + + A set of navigator items. + + + + + No items are in the set. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The input box that changes the current position. + + + + + The text label that displays the total number of items. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + Includes all available items. + + + + + Specifies the display state of a component. + + + + + Display the component. + + + + + Do not display the element, but reserve space for the element in layout. + + + + + Do not display the element, and do not reserve space for it in layout. + + + + + Implemented by the C1InputPanel control and its components. + + + + + This is a marker interface that indicates the component supports + accelerator keys. + + + + + Passes the owner element properties to the ButtonImageElement. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. + + + + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownItemClickedEventArgs class for the specified control. + + The to store in this event. + + + + Returns the clicked item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the should close the dropdown after the item is clicked or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value which determines the filtering criteria for items which appear in the dropdown that is displayed when the AutoCompleteMode property is set to 'Suggest' or 'SuggestAppend'. + + + The search is case-insensitive. + + + + + Default filtering method. Same to . + + + + + Beginning of a candidate string matches the entered string. + + + + + A candidate string contains the entered string. + + + + + The main data bound control used for entering and editing information in a text form. + Supports data formatting for all data types, including special features for date-time formats. + Also supports edit mask, data validation and other features. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TextBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1TextBox. + + + + + + Makes Fixed3D borders old-style looking (flat) + for System VisualStyle. + This property is only for compatibility with legacy applications only. + + + + + Draws a red dotted line if Value is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual place holder, that is displayed by to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the floating placeholder is enabled. + + + The floating placeholder allows the placeholder text to be displayed above the editor text. + However, the floating placeholder will only be displayed if the control has sufficient height. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the disabled control. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control which contains negative value. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is not in edit mode (does not have input focus or is read-only). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is in edit mode (has input focus and is not read-only). + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Settings affecting parsing, that is, converting the string entered by the user to the data type. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + + + The number of characters or bytes (determined by the + LengthAsByte property) + that can be entered into the control.
The default is zero. +
+ + The MaxLength property allows you to limit the number of characters + a user can enter in the control. The default value is 0, + which does not limit the number of characters. Any number greater than 0 indicates + the maximum number of characters. + The effects the displayed result along with the MaxLength property. + + + If value is less than zero, an ArgumentOutOfRangeException is thrown. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum number of lines. + + + An int value that indicates the maximum number of lines. +
The default is zero. +
+ + MaxLineCount limits the acceptable lines of text when the + property is . + + + This property does not work with wrapped lines, so preferrable is to use MaxLineCount when + property is . + + + The default value of this property, zero, means no limit. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the maximum number of characters that fit in the control + are handled based on bytes, characters, or text elements. + + + Determines the unit for counting for the property. + The value LengthUnit.Byte means the MaxLength is counted by Byte. + The value LengthUnit.Char means the MaxLength is counted by Char. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. Default: False + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DBNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DBNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + Sets or gets a value indicating whether a special edit mode is used for numeric values. + + + + + Enables/disables the special keys used when NumericInput = True. Default: NumericInputKeyFlags.Standard. + + + + + Whether or not a special edit mode is applied to DateTime values. + + + + + If True, the control's stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + If this property is False the month will be automatically incremented when the user spins the date past the end of the month. The same about other parts of the date/time value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the caret is automatically moved to the first field when the last field is filled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the character is automatically changed + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes. Default: NoAdjustments. + + + + + The minimum year that can be entered without leading zeros. + + + + + Validation rules applied before parsing, that is, before converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (raw string validation). + + + + + Validation rules applied after parsing, that is, after converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (typed validation). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation (i.e. calls Validated and Validating events) + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control. + + + + + The lines of text in a multiline control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DBNull. + + + + + For internal use. + Works same as property but does not cause an exception + if entered text can not be parsed. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling in the control. + + + + + Indicates if the Escape key that cancels modified value is handled by the control without passing it to the owner form (AcceptsEscape=True), or it is then passed to the form and can close it if the form has CancelButton (AcceptsEscape=False). + + + + + Indicates if Tab and Shift+Tab keys are accepted by control and move the focus to the next (previous) group of input characters in edit mask and in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the control has been modified by the user since the control received the input focus or its Value last set. + + + + + Returns True, if the control has input focus and TextDetached = False. + + + + + Label control associated with this input field. + + + + + Determines the selection position when a control receives input focus. Default: InitialSelectionEnum.SelectAll. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text box should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Specifies whether a focus rectangle should be displayed around the client area when the control has the input focus. + + + + + Specifies whether the context menu can be displayed for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the height of the control automatically adjusts when the font assigned to the control is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in the control. The default is VerticalAlignEnum.Top. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the input control content and its edges, in pixels. Default: all margins are set to 0. + + + + + Allows backward compatibility with the old behavior, when the ValueChanged event previously fired on any text change. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the next control in the tab order receives the focus as + soon as the control is filled at the last character. + + + if the focus is moved to the next control in the tab order as soon as the control + is filled at the last character defined by the input control; otherwise, . +
+ The default is . +
+ + The input focus moves to the next control when the last entered character causes the text to exceed the limit of the control. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the focus automatically moves to the previous or next control in the tab order when pressing the left or right arrow keys. + + + One of the enumeration values. +
+ The default is . +
+ + The value of this property indicates the key which moves the input focus to the next control. + When the caret is at the last character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the right arrow key. + When the caret is before the first character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the left key. + + +
+ + + Gets a value indicating that the method was called and the method was not called. + + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit mode. If the control is not in edit mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + This method temporarily disables numeric input mode + + True to suspend numeric input, False to resume it + If True, control's Value is updated, obtained from the current control text. + + + + Parses the Text string. + + Output parameter: Parsing result + Output parameter: Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Checks the result of the ParseContent method. + + Value indicating the reason of validation failure + Parsed value of type DataType that was undergoing validation + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred + + + + + Triggers parsing of the Text property and updating the Value. + + + + + + Increments the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Decrements the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Validates current Text property in the same manner as it usually validated after the control loses focus. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Moves the selection to the specified date-time field. Works only if the property + is set to and the date-time input is active. + + Field to select. + a value that determines whether the text should be updated. + returns true if success. + + Can be used in the method to customize initial selection if the value type is date-time. + + + + + Updates selection of the text according to the property. + + + + + Handle Win11 borders. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the disabled back color. + + + + + Indicates whether the placeholder should be drawn. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the control receives data that cannot be formatted according to the current format and edit mask settings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic parsing of the input string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic input string validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been validated. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic typed value validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the typed value has been validated + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Error occurred while parsing or validating the input string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Value is stored in the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the VerticalAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Margins property or one of the margins has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + An that contains the event editor. + + + + + Occurs when invalid character is in input. + + + + + + + + Raises the ModifiedChanged event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Updates the control's Text with the current Value. + + + + + + + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + _displayFormat + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Use this method for overriding in inherited control. + + New theme. + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Calculates and returns the desired size (incl. borders etc.). + + The desired size. If Size.Empty is returned, + the toolbar does not contain any visible buttons and can be hidden. + + + + + For testing. Indicates whether the theme is actually applied + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use button images + from ImageListHi to highlight the hot button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Calendar used with C1DateEdit. + + + + + Represents default calendar. + + + + + Represents Chinese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents East Asian Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Gregorian Calendar + + + + + Represents Hebrew Calendar + + + + + Represents Hijri Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Julian Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Thai Buddhist Calendar + + + + + Represents UmAlQuraCalendar + + + + + Represents the Persian calendar. + + + + + Specifies how thumbs will be moved when mouse click will be performed outside selected area. + + + + + Both thumbs will not move. + + + + + Closest thumb will be moved to direction of mouse by a large distance. + + + + + Both thumbs will be moved to direction of mouse by a large distance. + + + + + Specifies alignment of spin button of a . + + + + + Vertically stacked Up and Down buttons. + + + + + Up button on the left and down button on the right. + + + + + Up button on the right and down button on the left. + + + + + Represents the helper class for System.Windows.Forms.Control. + + + + + Move focus to other control from focus control. + + + The focus control. + + + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + + + true if a control was activated; otherwise, false. + + + + + Check to see if a flags enumeration has a specific flag set. + + Flags enumeration to check + Flag to check for + + + + + Returns true if running under Windows XP or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running under Vista OS or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running in 120DPI mode. + + + + + Returns true if the specified object has any properties which should be serialized. + + + + + Defines the category of a Unicode character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is not of a particular category. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a control code. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a numeric digit. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a mathematical symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a punctuation. ( Open & Close ) + + + + + Indicates that the character is a space character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is an upper case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a lower case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Katakana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Hiragana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a CJK punctuation. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Hangal character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is of full width. + + + + + Provides a set of static methods to work with Japanese encodings. + + + Shows how to use in event handler for conditioning filtering inputs. + + + private void c1TextBox1_KeyPress(object sender, KeyPressEventArgs e) + { + if (CharHelper.IsKatakana(e.KeyChar)) + e.KeyChar = CharHelper.ToHiragana(e.KeyChar); + } + + + + + + Defines the Null char. + + + + + Defines the control char: Backspace + + + + + Defines the control char: Tab. + + + + + Defines the control char: Space. + + + + + Character groups (character codes) based on Unicode 3.1. + + + + + Character blocks categorized base on the Unicode standard. + + + + + Table of multi-width character blocks. + + + + + Type of multi-width characters. + + + + + Mapping table of full width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table of half-width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table for accents for the Japanese language. + + + + + Represents the smallest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Represents the largest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Retrieves the type of character. + + A Unicode character. + + A CharType representing the type of character of c. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is of the + specified type. + + A Unicode character. + A CharType type. + + true if specified c and type matches the type of the + character; otherwise false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a multi-width character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a multi-width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in a specified string is categorized as a multi-width + character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a multi-width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is a + full width character. Usually CJK characters are considers + as full widths. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a full width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a full width character. Usually + CJK characters are considers as full widths. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a full width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether a Unicode character doesn't belong to + any specific letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is doesn't a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a control code. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a control code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a control code. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a control + code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Katakana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Katakana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Katakana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Hiragana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Hiragana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Hiragana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Hiragana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Numeric character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Punctuation character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Punctuation character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Punctuation character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Punctuation + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a mathematical symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a mathematical character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a mathematical symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a mathematical + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Symbol character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Symbol character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Symbol + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Lowercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Lowercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Lowercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Lowercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Uppercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Uppercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Uppercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Uppercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a numeric or symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + or a Math symbol; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter or digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter or digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a upper (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a big (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a lower (normal) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana lower (normal) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the related kana has a related lower case. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c has a related lower case kana; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and Hangul + characters. + + A Unicode character. + + Full width character of c, otherwise original character + returned. + + + + + Tansforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. This method differs from the other where it + takes on an array of characters. In FarEast country there + are times when multiple half width characters make a one + full width character. + + An array of characters. + + When the soundex character is processed a true is + returned; otherwise, a false returned. + + + Full width character of c, otherwise the original character + is returned. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's half + width equivalent. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and + Hangul characters. + + A Unicode character. + + The half width equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a half + width or not a multi-width character. + + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a half width character + if possible. This method differs from the ToHalfWidth method + where it tries to return the accurate half width character - + which most likely happens in FarEast countries. + + A Unicode character. + + A character array representing c in half width form. In most + cases this array will have only one element. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent with an optional setting of + full or half width. Special character handling for + the Japanese language + + + A Unicode character. + + + true to return a full width Katakana, and + false to return a half width Katakana. + + + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Hiragana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Hiragana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Hiragana or not Katakana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent. + + A Unicode character. + + An Ansi character equivalent of c in the current culture. + + + Encodes the specified Unicode character to an ANSI + character using the current culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent using the specified culture information. + + A Unicode character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Ansi character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a JIS (Japanese encoding) character + to it's Shift-JIS equivalent. + + A JIS character. + + The Shift-JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a JIS character to it's equivalent Shift-JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Shift-JIS (Japanese encoding) + character to it's JIS equivalent. + + A Shift-JIS character. + + The JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a Shift-JIS character to it's equivalent JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToSJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of an ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent. + + An ANSI character. + + A Unicode character equivalent of c. + + + + + Converts the value of a ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent using the specified culture information. + + An ANSI character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Unicode character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts an lower (normal) case kana into a upper (capital) case. + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana upper case character. + + + + Converts an upper (capital) case kana into a lower case (normal). + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana lower case character. + + + + Retreives the Unicode character block the specified character + belongs to. Current version supports a range from '\u000' + through '\uffff'. + + A Unicode character. + + A Unicode block the specified character belongs to. + + + + + Returns further detail information of the character, since + it lies in a range where it holds a fixture of different + character widths. + + A Unicode character. + + An CharType describing the type of the character, and also + the width whether it's full or half. + + + + + Determines whether the specified block has to do with + CJK... ( only CJK have concepts of wide ) + + A unicode char block. + + A to process. + + + true if the block is related to CJK; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a byte array into a char type. (Internal usage) + + A byte array. + + A character equivalent of value. + + + + + Converts a single character into a byte array. (Internal usage) + + A character. + + A byte array equivalent of c. + + + + + Conversion between half and full width characters for Japanese + special characters. + + A character. + + true to convert to full width; otherwise, false. + + + The converted character. means conversion + didn't take place. + + + + + Gets the byte length of the specifed string segment. + + + A string indicates the whole string. + + + An int indicates the start of the string segment. + + + An int indicates the length of the string segment. + + + The byte length of string segement. + + + + + Gets the byte length of the specifed string. + + + A string indicates the whole string. + + + The byte length of string segement. + + + + + Returns true if running under Windows XP or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running under Vista OS or better OS. + + + + + Flattens all possible Office 2007 textbox control states. + + + + + Defines the sub-style of buttons. + + + + + Like buttons in office comboboxes. + + + + + Like buttons in office toolbars. + + + + + Flattens all possible Office 2007 button states. + + + + + Colors used to draw a button (some colors are start/end of gradients). + + + + + Interface providing visual style rendering capabilities. + NOTE: implementing classes must not cache any information about the control + being rendered. A single instance of IVisualStyleRenderer may be created + for a class of controls. + + + + + Gets the visual style associated with the renderer. + + + + + Gets the list of properties that are set by this style + + + + + Updates the target properties if needed. Should be called by the styled control + when its state changes in a way that could concievably cause the need to change + styled properties such as colors (e.g. the control became disabled). + + The styled control. + + + + Resets styled properties to their default values. + Should be called e.g. when an office 2007 style is changed to custom. + + + + + + Tests whether the property is set by the visual style. + It is the responsibility of the styled control to call this before trying to change any + property that might be affected by a style. + + The name of the property to test. + True if the property is set by the style, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the current property value was set by the visual style. + + The styled control. + The name of the property to test. + The value of the property to test. + True if the property has value set by the style, false otherwise. + + + + Defines a "Custom" visual style renderer. + + + A custom style consists of a base style (which can NOT be custom, + but can be any other style), with some style related properties + overridden by the user. + + The base style is persisted in the host class (control) + as VisualStyleBaseStyle (hidden from users). + + + + + + + + Indicates that the button or its host control is acive (hovered or focused). + + + + + fills style props with values from the specified path + + + + + + + + + + + reference to the framework style, for which hot style should be applied + xml path to the hot style + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1CommandMenu... + { + public C1CommandMenu() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + A helper class for implementing an ambient property on a control. + + + Usage: + An instance of AmbientPropertyMonitor must be created by the host control with the reference + to that host as the parameter. + The AmbientPropertyMonitor subscribes to the following events: + + ParentChanged on the host and the whole parents' chain; + + (ambient property name)Changed or INotifyPropertyChanged on the host and all parents in the chain. + NOTE: For the AmbientPropertyMonitor to work correctly, all controls that have the target property declared + must also provide either a property changed event, or implement INotifyPropertyChanged and fire + it at appropriate moments. + + + The AmbientPropertyMonitor monitors changes of the ambient property value on the host and all parents, + and if a change occurs applies the value of the ambient property on the closest parent + to that property on the host control, unless it has been changed independently of the AmbientPropertyMonitor + (AmbientPropertyMonitor assumes that when it is created, the ambient property on the host has default, + unchanged value). + + It is recommended that all controls declaring the target property also provide + the Reset(property) and ShouldSerialize(property) methods, calling the + and methods as needed. + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + At all times, should contain the up-to-date parent chain, + starting with the host itself. Needed to keep track of + parent changes, and changes of ambient property on the parents. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1OutBar... + { + public C1OutBar() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Represents the era info. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The era. + The start time. + The end time. + Name of the era. + Name of the abbreviated era. + Name of the English era. + Name of the symbol era. + + + + Gets the era. + + The era. + + + + Gets the start time. + + The start time. + + + + Gets the end time. + + The end time. + + + + Gets the name of the era. + + The name of the era. + + + + Gets the name of the abbreviated era. + + The name of the abbreviated era. + + + + Gets the name of the English era. + + The name of the English era. + + + + Gets the name of the symbol era. + + The name of the symbol era. + + + + Determines whether the specified date time is valid. + + The date time. + + true if the specified date time is valid; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + + This class implement a calendar extend in order to we can configure era information. + + + + + Save the data of eras info. + + + + + Save the data of max supported date time property. + + + + + Save the data of min supported date time property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the eras information of this calendar. + + + Return a array. + + + + + Gets the list of eras in the . + + + An array of integers that represents the eras in the . + + + + + Gets the specify era information. + + + The specify era id. + + + Return a value. + + + + + Gets the specify era information. + + + The specify date time value. + + + Return a value. + + + + + Gets the Gregorian year from a era and a era year. + + + The specify era year. + + + The specify era. + + + if set to true throw error when don't fit the condition. + + + Return a int year value. + + + + + Gets the Gregorian year from a era and a era year. + + + The specify era year. + + + The specify era. + + + Return a int year value. + + + + + Determines whether [is valid year] [the specified year]. + + The year. + The era. + + true if [is valid year] [the specified year]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the max era. + + A max era. + + + + Gets the min era. + + A min era. + + + + Gets the max era year. + + The era. + A max era year. + + + + Gets the min era year. + + The era. + A min era year. + + + + Gets the max era year. + + The date time. + + + + + Gets the min era year. + + The date time. + + + + + Gets the max year. + + The date time. + An int max year value. + + + + Gets the min year. + + The date time. + An int min year value. + + + + Gets the max month. + + The date time. + An int max month value. + + + + Gets the min month. + + The date time. + An int min month value. + + + + Gets the max day. + + The date time. + An int max day value. + + + + Gets the min day. + + The date time. + An int min dayr value. + + + + Converts the specified two-digit year to a four-digit year by using + the + property to determine the appropriate century. + + + A two-digit integer that represents the year to convert. + + + A int value indicates the two digit year max. + + + An integer that contains the four-digit representation of year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar or + twoDigitYearMax large than 99 or twoDigitYearMax less than 9999. + + + + + Gets the latest date and time supported by the current object. + + + The latest date and time supported by the type, + which is equivalent to the last moment of December 31, 9999 C.E. in the Gregorian calendar. + + + + + Gets the earliest date and time supported by the current object. + + + The earliest date and time supported by the type, + which is equivalent to the first moment of September 8, 1868 C.E. in the Gregorian calendar. + For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Removes all eras from the era list. + + + + + Gets the default eras info. + + The default eras info. + + + + Extended Japanese calendar. + + + + + An array indicates the global eras info. + + + + + The default instance. + + + + + The default two digit year max value. + + + + + Save the data of prototype calendar property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the default eras infomations. + + + + + Gets a prototype calendar. + + + Always return the value. + + + + + Gets or sets the last year of a 100-year range that can be represented by a 2-digit year. + + + + The last year of a 100-year range that can be represented by a 2-digit year. + + + The current object is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current calendar is solar-based, lunar-based, or a combination of both. + + + Always returns the value. + + + + + Gets the calendar id. + + + Always return the int value 3. + + + + + Returns a that is the specified number of months away from + the specified . + + + The that results from adding the specified number of months + to the specified . + + + The number of months to add. + + + The to which to add months. + + + months is less than -120000.-or- months is greater than 120000. + + + The resulting is outside the supported range. + + + + + Returns a that is the specified number of years away from + the specified . + + + The that results from adding the specified number of years to + the specified . + + + The to which to add years. + + + The number of years to add. + + + time is outside the supported range of the type. + -or-years is less than -10,000 or greater than 10,000. + + + The resulting is outside the supported range. + + + + + Returns the day of the month in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day of the month in the + specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the day of the week in the specified . + + + A value that represents the day of the week + in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the day of the year in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 366 that represents the day of the year in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the number of days in the specified month in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The number of days in the specified month in the specified year in the specified era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the number of days in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The number of days in the specified year in the specified era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the era in the specified . + + + An integer that represents the era in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Calculates the leap month for a specified year and era. + + + The return value is always 0 because the type + does not support the notion of a leap month. + + + An era. + + + A year. + + + year or era is outside the range supported by the type. + + + + + Returns the month in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the number of months in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The return value is always 12. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the week of the year that includes the date in the specified object. + + + A 1-based integer that represents the week of the year that includes the date in the time parameter. + + + One of the values that defines a calendar week. + + + One of the values that represents the first day of the week. + + + The object to read. + + + time or firstDayOfWeek is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- rule is not a valid value. + + + + + Returns the year in the specified . + + + An integer that represents the year in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Determines whether the specified date in the specified era is a leap day. + + + true, if the specified day is a leap day; otherwise, false. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- day is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Determines whether the specified month in the specified year in the specified era is a leap month. + + + This method always returns false, unless overridden by a derived class. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Determines whether the specified year in the specified era is a leap year. + + + true, if the specified year is a leap year; otherwise, false. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns a that is set to the specified date and time in the specified era. + + + The that is set to the specified date and time in the current era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer from 0 to 999 that represents the millisecond. + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day. + + + An integer from 0 to 59 that represents the minute. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + An integer from 0 to 23 that represents the hour. + + + An integer from 0 to 59 that represents the second. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- day is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- hour is less than zero or greater than 23. + -or- minute is less than zero or greater than 59.-or- second is less than zero or greater than 59. + -or- millisecond is less than zero or greater than 999.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Adds a Japanese era in the calendar. + + Index of the era + Era start date + Era end date + Japanese era name + Abbreviated Japanese era name + English era name + Symbolic era name + + + + Helper static class that contains AddJapaneseEra function. + + + + + Clears the all Japanese Eras. + + + + + Adds era to the Japanese calendar. + + Era numeric id. Must be non-negative integer + Start day of the era. + End day of the era. + Japanese name of the era. + Short Japanese name of the era. + Era name in English. Optional. + One Latin symbol era name. + + + + + Reads eras info from the GC configuration file. + + Section name. + + + + Defines the category of a Unicode character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is not of a particular category. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a control code. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a numeric digit. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a mathematical symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a punctuation. ( Open & Close ) + + + + + Indicates that the character is a space character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is an upper case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a lower case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Katakana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Hiragana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a CJK punctuation. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Hangal character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is of full width. + + + + + Represents the extension functions to the standard .NET Char type. The purpose for this is to provide better + CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean ) character support. + + + + + Defines the Null char. + + + + + Defines the control char: Backspace + + + + + Defines the control char: Tab. + + + + + Defines the control char: Space. + + + + + Character groups (character codes) based on Unicode 3.1. + + + + + Character blocks categorized base on the Unicode standard. + + + + + Table of multi-width character blocks. + + + + + Type of multi-width characters. + + + + + Mapping table of full width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table of half-width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table for accents for the Japanese language. + + + + + Represents the smallest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Represents the largest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Retrieves the type of character. + + A Unicode character. + + A CharType representing the type of character of c. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is of the + specified type. + + A Unicode character. + A CharType type. + + true if specified c and type matches the type of the + character; otherwise false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a multi-width character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a multi-width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in a specified string is categorized as a multi-width + character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a multi-width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is a + full width character. Usually CJK characters are considers + as full widths. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a full width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a full width character. Usually + CJK characters are considers as full widths. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a full width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether a Unicode character doesn't belong to + any specific letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is doesn't a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a control code. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a control code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a control code. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a control + code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Katakana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Katakana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Katakana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Hiragana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Hiragana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Hiragana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Hiragana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Numeric character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Punctuation character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Punctuation character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Punctuation character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Punctuation + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a mathematical symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a mathematical character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a mathematical symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a mathematical + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Symbol character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Symbol character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Symbol + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Lowercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Lowercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Lowercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Lowercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Uppercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Uppercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Uppercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Uppercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a numeric or symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + or a Math symbol; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter or digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter or digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a upper (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a lower (normal) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana lower (normal) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the related kana has a related lower case. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c has a related lower case kana; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and Hangul + characters. + + A Unicode character. + + Full width character of c, otherwise original character + returned. + + + + + Tansforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. This method differs from the other where it + takes on an array of characters. In FarEast country there + are times when multiple half width characters make a one + full width character. + + An array of characters. + + When the soundex character is processed a true is + returned; otherwise, a false returned. + + + Full width character of c, otherwise the original character + is returned. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's half + width equivalent. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and + Hangul characters. + + A Unicode character. + + The half width equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a half + width or not a multi-width character. + + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a half width character + if possible. This method differs from the ToHalfWidth method + where it tries to return the accurate half width character - + which most likely happens in FarEast countries. + + A Unicode character. + + A character array representing c in half width form. In most + cases this array will have only one element. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent with an optional setting of + full or half width. Special character handling for + the Japanese language + + + A Unicode character. + + + true to return a full width Katakana, and + false to return a half width Katakana. + + + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Hiragana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Hiragana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Hiragana or not Katakana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent. + + A Unicode character. + + An Ansi character equivalent of c in the current culture. + + + Encodes the specified Unicode character to an ANSI + character using the current culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent using the specified culture information. + + A Unicode character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Ansi character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a JIS (Japanese encoding) character + to it's Shift-JIS equivalent. + + A JIS character. + + The Shift-JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a JIS character to it's equivalent Shift-JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Shift-JIS (Japanese encoding) + character to it's JIS equivalent. + + A Shift-JIS character. + + The JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a Shift-JIS character to it's equivalent JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToSJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of an ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent. + + An ANSI character. + + A Unicode character equivalent of c. + + + + + Converts the value of a ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent using the specified culture information. + + An ANSI character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Unicode character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts an lower (normal) case kana into a upper (capital) case. + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana upper case character. + + + + Converts an upper (capital) case kana into a lower case (normal). + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana lower case character. + + + + retrieves the Unicode character block the specified character + belongs to. Current version supports a range from '\u000' + through '\uffff'. + + A Unicode character. + + A Unicode block the specified character belongs to. + + + + + Returns further detail information of the character, since + it lies in a range where it holds a fixture of different + character widths. + + A Unicode character. + + An CharType describing the type of the character, and also + the width whether it's full or half. + + + + + Determines whether the specified block has to do with + CJK... ( only CJK have concepts of wide ) + + A unicode char block. + + A to process. + + + true if the block is related to CJK; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a byte array into a char type. (Internal usage) + + A byte array. + + A character equivalent of value. + + + + + Converts a single character into a byte array. (Internal usage) + + A character. + + A byte array equivalent of c. + + + + + Conversion between half and full width characters for Japanese + special characters. + + A character. + + true to convert to full width; otherwise, false. + + + The converted character. means conversion + didn't take place. + + + + + Represents the helper class for Validating whether an object is valid or not + + + + + Count the total bit of value tested + + + An unit indicate the test value + + + An int indicate the valid bit count (total number of 1 as sample) of value + + + Get the bit count from special bit value. + For example, here is a bit value 0x5f, it bit count is 6. (0x5f = 10101111) + + + + + Check current value is a valid Enum type + + + An int indivate the value you want to check + + + An int indicate the minimum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the maximum value of your enum type + + + A bool indicate the check result, if current value is a valid enum type, return true; + otherwise false + + + This method is applicable to check a Sequential defined not-flag-style enum type + + + + + Check current value is a valid Enum type + + + An int indivate the value you want to check + + + An int indicate the minimum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the maximum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the max count of bit for test enum value + + + A bool indicate the check result, if current value is a valid enum type, return true; + otherwise false + + + This method is applicable to check a Sequential defined flag-style enum type + + There is a enum value you want to test is 0x5f, in this enum type, the min value is 0x0f, + and max value is 0x100, then this method called below can test its validation: + + EnumHelper.IsValid(0x5f, 0x0f, 0x100, 8); + + In this scenario, the four parameter is 8, because the max value is 0x100(Binary as 100000000), + the max bits on value is 0xff (Binary as 11111111), it's the max number of bits on + + + + + + Represents nn expression that indicates the quotient of two quantities. + + + + + The number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + The number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A double that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + A double that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Gets or sets the numertor of the fraction. + + + A double that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the denominator of the fraction. + + + A double that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Defines the unary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "+" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the "!" operator. Note: "!" is used as simplify in here. + + + + + Converts the fraction to double. + + + + + Converts the double to fraction. + + + + + Reverse the fraction. + + + + + Simplify the fraction. + + + + + Represents nn expression that indicates the quotient of two quantities. + + + Indicate the type of numerator and denominator. + + + + + The number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + The number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + A that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the numertor of the fraction. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the denominator of the fraction. + + + A that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Defines the unary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "+" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the "!" operator. Note: "!" is used as simplify in here. + + + + + Converts the fraction to double. + + + + + Converts the fraction to float. + + + + + Converts the double to fraction. + + + + + Converts the float to fraction. + + + + + Reverse the fraction. + + + + + Simplify the fraction. + + + + + Provides constants and static methods for trigonometric, logarithmic, and other common mathematical functions. + + + This class is used to reinforce the function of + + + + + Calculate the Greatest Common Divisor of oneNumber and anotherNumber. + + + An int indicate the one number. + + + An int indicate another number. + + + An int indicate the Greatest Common Divisor. + + + + + Calculate the Lease Common Multiple of oneNumber and anotherNumber. + + + An int indicate the one number + + + An int indicate another number + + + An int indicate the Lease Common Multiple. + + + + + Convertes the relative percentage to absolute percentage. + + + An double value (>= -1.0) that indicates the relative percentage. + + + A double value that represents the absolute percentage. + + + + + Convertes the relative percentage to absolute percentage. + + + An double value (>= 0.0) that indicates the absolute percentage. + + + A double value that represents the relative percentage. + + + + + Returns the number nearest the specified value. + + + A decimal number to be rounded. + + + The number of significant fractional digits (precision) in the return value. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to decimals. + + + + + To make a round mathematic operation for float type number + + + A float number to be rounded. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to float. + + + + + To make a round mathematic operation for double type number. + + + A double number to be rounded. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to double. + + + + + Define a class that represents the matrix in mathematics. + + + + + A two dimension double array used to save the data. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A int indicates the number of row. + + + A int indicates the number of column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A two dimension double array used to save the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A bool indicates whether the direction of vectors is vertical. + + + A array indicates the vectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special location. + + + A double indicates the element value. + + + Note: The row and column are base on zero. + + + + + Gets the elements of the matrix. + + + A two dimension double array save the elements. + + + + + Get the column number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the width of the matrix. + + + + + Get the row number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the height of the matrix. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Matrix object is the identity matrix. + + + This property is true if this Matrix is identity; otherwise, false. + + + | 1, 0, 0 | + | 0, 1, 0 | + | 0, 0, 1 | + + + + + Get the vectors from the column direction. + + + A array indicates the columns of the matrix. + + + + + Get the vectors from the row direction.. + + + A array indicates the rows of the matrix. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A bool value indicates the check mode. true for the multiply operation. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the add operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the binary nimus operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the unary nimus operation result of operand. + + + + + Defines the * operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the multiplication operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the transpose operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the transpose operation result of operand. + + + + + Use the explicit convertion to get a value of matrix. + + + A indicates the matrix will calculate value of it. + + + A double indicates the value of the speical matrix. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left does not equals right. + + + + + Adds a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Left multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Right multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Convertes this to it's transpose matrix. + + + + + Gets the value of the current matrix. + + + A double indicates the value of the this matrix. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current matrix. + + + A string that represents the current matrix. + + + + + Define a class that represents the matrix in mathematics. + + + + + All supported type of T. + + + + + C#: double + + + + + C#: float + + + + + A two dimension T array used to save the data. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Saves the type of T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A int indicates the number of row. + + + A int indicates the number of column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A two dimension double array used to save the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A bool indicates whether the direction of vectors is vertical. + + + A array indicates the vectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special location. + + + A T indicates the element value. + + + Note: The row and column are base on zero. + + + + + Gets the elements of the matrix. + + + A two dimension T array save the elements. + + + + + Get the column number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the width of the matrix. + + + + + Get the row number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the height of the matrix. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Matrix object is the identity matrix. + + + This property is true if this Matrix is identity; otherwise, false. + + + | 1, 0, 0 | + | 0, 1, 0 | + | 0, 0, 1 | + + + + + Get the vectors from the column direction. + + + A array indicates the columns of the matrix. + + + + + Get the vectors from the row direction.. + + + A array indicates the rows of the matrix. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A bool value indicates the check mode. true for the multiply operation. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the add operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the binary nimus operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the unary nimus operation result of operand. + + + + + Defines the * operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the multiplication operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the transpose operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the transpose operation result of operand. + + + + + Use the explicit convertion to get a value of matrix. + + + A indicates the matrix will calculate value of it. + + + A double indicates the value of the speical matrix. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left does not equals right. + + + + + Adds a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Left multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Right multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Convertes this to it's transpose matrix. + + + + + Gets the value of the current matrix. + + + A T indicates the value of the this matrix. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current matrix. + + + A string that represents the current matrix. + + + + + A table used to convert value between the different measure units. + + + + + Gets the inch per millimeter. [1 millimeter = 6/127 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per document. [1 document = 1/300 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per display. [1 document = 1/75 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per point. [1 point = 1/72 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per twips. [1 document = 1/1440 inch] + + + + + Gets the millimeter per inch. + + + + + Gets the document per inch. + + + + + Gets the display per inch. + + + + + Gets the point per inch + + + + + Gets the twips per inch. + + + + + Define a Vector class that represents the mathematic vector. + + + + + Saves the data of this vector. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + The dimension of the vector must be bigger than or equal zero. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A double array indicates the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the dimension of the vector. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + As soon as a Vector instance is created, it's dimension is fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special index. + + + A double indicates the element value. + + + Note: The index is base on zero. + + + + + Gets the all elements in the vector. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is zero vector. + + + If this Vector object is zero vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is indentity vector. + + + If this Vector object is indentity vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the add result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) + (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 + m1, n2 + m2, n3 + m3) + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the binary minus result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) - (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 - m1, n2 - m2, n3 - m3) + + + + + Defines the unary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A that is the unary minus result of the operands. + + + -(n1, n2, n3) = (-n1, -n2, -n3) + + + + + Defines the * operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) * (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 * m1, n2 * m2, n3 * m3) + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left dose not equals right. + + + + + Defines the descarts multiplication operation for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the descarts multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + | i, j, k | + (n1, n2, n3) X (m1, m2, m3) = | n1, n2, n3| = (?, ?, ?) + | m1, m2, m3| + + + + + Get the modul of the special vector. + + + A indicates the vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Add a special vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Dot multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Cross multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Get the modul of the this vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current vector. + + + A string that represents the current vector. + + + + + Define a Vector class that represents the mathematic vector. + + + + + All supported type of T. + + + + + C#: double + + + + + C#: float + + + + + Saves the data of this vector. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Saves the type of T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + The dimension of the vector must be bigger than or equal zero. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the dimension of the vector. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + As soon as a Vector instance is created, it's dimension is fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special index. + + + A indicates the element value. + + + Note: The index is base on zero. + + + + + Gets the all elements in the vector. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is zero vector. + + + If this Vector object is zero vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is indentity vector. + + + If this Vector object is indentity vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the add result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) + (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 + m1, n2 + m2, n3 + m3) + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the binary minus result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) - (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 - m1, n2 - m2, n3 - m3) + + + + + Defines the unary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A that is the unary minus result of the operands. + + + -(n1, n2, n3) = (-n1, -n2, -n3) + + + + + Defines the * operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) * (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 * m1, n2 * m2, n3 * m3) + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left dose not equals right. + + + + + Defines the descarts multiplication operation for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the descarts multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + | i, j, k | + (n1, n2, n3) X (m1, m2, m3) = | n1, n2, n3| = (?, ?, ?) + | m1, m2, m3| + + + + + Get the modul of the special vector. + + + A indicates the vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Add a special vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Dot multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Cross multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Get the modul of the this vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current vector. + + + A string that represents the current vector. + + + + + Translates number between different types. + + + + + Get the lower word from a unsigned integer value. + + + An uint indicates the unsigned integer value. + + + Return the lower word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a unsigned integer value. + + + An unint indicates the unsigned integer value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the lower word from a integer value. + + + An int indicates the integer value. + + + Returns the lower word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a integer value. + + + An unint indicates the integer value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a value. + + + An unint indicates the value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a value. + + + An unint indicates the value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Make a double word by low and high word. + + + An ushort indicates the low word of the long. + + + An ushort indicates the high word of the long. + + + An uint indicates the long. + + + + + Make a double word by low and high word. + + + A short indicates the low word of the long. + + + A short indicates the high word of the long. + + + An int indicates the long. + + + + + Represents the basic functionality used to get string information from assembly resource. + + + The type to provide the assembly information. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource with the specified name in the assembly indicated by the template type. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + The value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource with the specified name in the assembly indicated by the template type + and returns the formated string that replaced the format specification in the String + with the textual equivalent of the value of a corresponding Object instance in a specified array. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + An Object array containing zero or more objects to be formatted. + + + The formated value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource localized for the specified culture with the specified name in the assembly + indicated by the template type. + + + The CultureInfo object that represents the culture for which the resource is localized. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + The value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource localized for the specified culture with the specified name in the assembly + indicated by the template type and returns the formated string that replaced the format specification in the + String with the textual equivalent of the value of a corresponding Object instance in a specified array. + + + The CultureInfo object that represents the culture for which the resource is localized. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + An Object array containing zero or more objects to be formatted. + + + The formated value of a resource. + + + + + If the dpi is larger than 150% and there is a bigger size image, this method will return the bigger image with scaled. + + Resource name. + The bigger image with scaled in the resource. + + + + Gets the image of the resource with the specified name in the assembly. + + Resource name. + The image in the resource. + + + + Defines an exception class to handle the system error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The message that describes the error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.SystemException class with a specified + error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of + this exception. + + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException + parameter is not a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic), the current + exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + + + Gets the error code created by last error API. + + + An int indicates the error code. + + + + + Gets the description of the error. + + + An int indicates the code of the error. + + + A string indicates the description. + + + + + This class is used to trace the gdi problems(such as: gdi leak). + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + Represents the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + The number of bits-per-pixel is specified or is implied by the JPEG or PNG format. + + + + + Each bit in the bitmap array represents a pixel. the items member of color table contains two entries. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 16 colors, the items member of color table contains up to 16 entries. + Each pixel in the bitmap is represented by a 4-bit index into the color table. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 256 colors, and the items member of color table contains up to 256 entries. + Each byte in the array represents a single pixel. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^16 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each word in the bitmap array represents a single pixel + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^24 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each 3-byte triplet in the bitmap array represents the relative + intensities of blue, green, and red, respectively, for a pixel. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^32 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each double-word in the bitmap array represents the relative intensities + of blue, green, and red, respectively, for a pixel. + + + + + Represents the gid bitmap. + + + + + Saves the width of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the height of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the planes of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size. + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1. + + + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + + The pattern data array. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified object and size. + + + A object. + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A that indicates the handle of the bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + A structure that specifies the background color. This + parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + + + + + Gets the width and height of this object. + + + A structure that represents the width and height + of this object. + + + + + Gets the height of this object. + + + + + Gets the width of this object. + + + + + Gets the planes of the Bitmap. The value is always 1. + + + + + Gets the data of the bitmap. + + + + + Gets the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Creates a GDI+ Bitmap from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + + + A indicates the GDI bitmap. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + + + Represents the base class of all kinds of brush + + + This is an abstract class, which is just details that it's ranged to Brush. + To use a , you should create an instance from its inherited class. + Refer to , , + + + + + Fills the rectangle on deviceContext by using the current brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Represents the brush which always solid draw + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Place holder for the Color property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + + The Color property is set to + (default) and the Width property is set to 1 (default). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified color. + + + A structure that indicates the color + of this object. + + + The property is set to the color specified + by the color parameter. The Width property is set + to 1 (default). + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the color of this object. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Represents the hatch style of the . + + + + + Horizontal hatch + + + It seems like: + | ==== | + | ==== | + + + + + Vertical hatch + + + It seems like: + | |||| | + | |||| | + + + + + A 45-degree downward, left-to-right hatch + + + It seems like: + | \\\\ | + | \\\\ | + + + + + A 45-degree downward, left-to-right hatch + + + It seems like: + | //// | + | //// | + + + + + Horizontal and vertical cross-hatch + + + It seems like: + | ++++ | + | ++++ | + + + + + 45-degree crosshatch + + + It seems like: + | \/\/ | + | /\/\ | + + + + + Represents the brush which draw with + + + + + Save the of this brush + + + + + Save the foreground color of this brush + + + + + Save the background color of this brush + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + A indicate the foreground color of the device on which be drawed + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + A indicate the foreground color of the device on which be drawed + + + A indicate the backgound color of the device on which be drawed + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the foreground color of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the background color of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the . + + + A indicates the line style of the brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given hatch brush. + + + A object that represents the device context. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + Represents the brush which draw nothing + + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Defines a brush with a pattern. + + + + + Gets the Horizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the Vertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the ForwordDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the BackwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the DiagonalCross pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent5 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent10 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent20 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent25 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent30 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent40 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent50 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent60 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent70 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent75 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent80 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent90 pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the WideDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the WideUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the NarrowVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the NarrowHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallConfetti pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeConfetti pattern. + + + + + Gets the ZigZag pattern. + + + + + Gets the Wave pattern. + + + + + Gets the DiagonalBrick pattern. + + + + + Gets the HorizontalBrick pattern. + + + + + Gets the Weave pattern. + + + + + Gets the Plaid pattern. + + + + + Gets the Divot pattern. + + + + + Gets the DottedGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the DottedDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the Shingle pattern. + + + + + Gets the Trellis pattern. + + + + + Gets the Sphere pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallCheckerBoard pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeCheckerBoard pattern. + + + + + Gets the OutlinedDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the SolidDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the Hollow pattern. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Caches the handle of the bitmap that presents the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + A that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + A that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + A that indicates the background color of the pattern. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the pattern. + + + A structure that indicates the background color of the pattern. + + + If the value is Color.Empty the background color is the currrent background color of the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the pattern. + + + A structure that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + If the value is Color.Empty the foreground color is the currrent foreground color of the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern mask. + + + A int array that indicates the pattern. + Each bit represents a pixel. + 0 - indicates to fill the pixel with foreground color. + 1 - indicates to fill the pixel with background color. + + + If the Pattern is null or empty, all pixel will be filled with background color. + + + + + Returns a handle to this GdiObject object. + + + A Windows handle to this GdiObject object. + + + + + Delete the old handle and Create the new handle when the + + + + + Create the handle by the current value of Patterns property. + + + The handle of the pattern bitmap + + + Returns the handle of the pattern brush. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given pattern brush. + + + A object that represents the device context. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + Defines the filling action. + + + + + Adds the colors to the filling action. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + The original filling action. + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + Represent a texture brush be used to fill with texture + + + + + A indicate the texture + + + + + Initialize a new istance of + + + A indicate an unit of the texture + + + + + Create the handle by the current value of bitmap. + + + The handle of the pattern bitmap + + + Returns the handle of the pattern brush. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this TextureBrush object. + + + A new which properties same as current brush + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + An represents the gradient direction. + + + + + Towards to left. + + + + + Towards to right. + + + + + Towards to up. + + + + + Towards to down. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the inherited class of is always IntPtr.Zero, + so it can not be used to . + + + + + Get the reverse order colors + + + A array indicates the original colors. + + + A array indicates the reverse order colors. + + + + + Combines the colors. + + + A array indicates the colors. + + + A array indicates the combined colors. + + + + + Fills triangle with specified colors. + + + A indicates the dc. + + + A indicates the vertex1 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex2 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex3 of triangle. + + + A array indicates the gradient colors. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Fills the specified pie on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that just contains the ellipse. + + + + + Fills the specified pie on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fills the specified polygon on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + An array of that indicates the vertexes of polygon. + + + + + Fills the specified region on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the region. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this BoxGradientBrush object. + + + The BoxGradientBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient direction. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient colors. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction. + + + A that indicates the gradient direction. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the rectangle. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient colors. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the rectangle. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this LinearGradientBrush object. + + + The LinearGradientBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Defines a brush that has a solid color. + + + This brush has the same funtion as in painting. + This brush will not consume gdi handle. In other word, the Handle property is always IntPtr.Zero. So it + can not be used to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the brush. + + + A indicates the color of the brush. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this ColorBrush object. + + + The ColorBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Fills the rectangle on deviceContext by using the current brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + Each property of the SystemBrushes class is a object that is the color of + a Windows display element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + A object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + A object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + A object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the desktop. + + + A object that is the color of the desktop. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color + in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color in the color + gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + A object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + A object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + A object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to highlight menu items + when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + A object that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a window frame. + + + A object that is the color of a window frame. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + + + Saves the state of the . + + + + + A handle that represents the state of this . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A handle that represents the state of this . + + + + + Represents the raster operation code. + + + + + Inverts the destination rectangle. + + + + + Fills the destination rectangle using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. + (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + + + Fills the destination rectangle using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. + (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + + + Copies the source rectangle directly to the destination rectangle. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean XOR operator. + + + + + Combines the inverted colors of the destination rectangle with the colors of the source rectangle + by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Copies the inverted source rectangle to the destination. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean OR operator + and then inverts the resultant color. + + + + + Merges the colors of the source rectangle with the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Merges the colors of the inverted source rectangle with the colors of the destination rectangle + by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Copies the brush currently selected in hdcDest, into the destination bitmap. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, with the colors of the inverted source rectangle + by using the Boolean OR operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination + rectangle by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean XOR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean And operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Inverts the destination rectangle. + + + + + Represents the mode of the background. + + + + + Background remains untouched. + + + + + Background is filled with the current background color before the text, hatched brush, or pen is drawn. + + + + + Represents the circum-direction. + + + + + Figures drawn counterclockwise + + + + + Figures drawn clockwise. + + + + + Enumerate the fill mode for region + + + + + Selects alternate mode (fills the area between odd-numbered and even-numbered polygon sides on each scan line). + + + + + Selects winding mode (fills any region with a nonzero winding value). + + + + + Define a enumeration indicates the graphics mode. + + + + + The current graphics mode is the compatible graphics mode, a mode + that is compatible with 16-bit Windows. In this graphics mode, an + application cannot set or modify the world transformation for the + specified device context. The compatible graphics mode is the + default graphics mode. + + + + + Windows NT/2000/XP: The current graphics mode is the advanced + graphics mode, a mode that allows world transformations. In this + graphics mode, an application can set or modify the world + transformation for the specified device context. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: This mode is not supported. + + + + + Defines the unit of measure used to transform page-space units into device-space units, and also defines + the orientation of the device's x and y axes. + + + + + Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with arbitrarily scaled axes. + Use the WindowExtent and ViewportExtent properties to specify the units, orientation, and scaling. + + + + + Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with equally scaled axes; that is, one unit along the x-axis is + equal to one unit along the y-axis. + Use the WindowExtent and ViewportExtent properties to specify the units and the orientation of the axes. + Graphics device interface (GDI) makes adjustments as necessary to ensure the x and y units remain the same size + (When the window extent is set, the viewport will be adjusted to keep the units isotropic). + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to one twentieth of a printer's point (1/1440 inch, also called a twip). + Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.001 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.1 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to one device pixel. Positive x is to the right; positive y is down. + + + + + Specifies the text alignment by using a mask of the values in the following list. + Only one flag can be chosen from those that affect horizontal and vertical alignment. + + + + + The reference point will be on the left edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the right edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be aligned horizontally with the center of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the top edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the bottom edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the base line of the text. + + + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + The default text format is "Top|Left". + + + + + Justifies the text to the top of the rectangle. + + + + + Centers text vertically. This value is used only with the SingleLine value. + + + + + Justifies the text to the bottom of the rectangle. This value is used only with the SingleLine value. + + + + + Aligns text to the left. + + + + + Centers text horizontally in the rectangle. + + + + + Aligns text to the right. + + + + + For displayed text, if the end of a string does not fit in the rectangle, it is truncated and + ellipses are added. If a word that is not at the end of the string goes beyond the limits of + the rectangle, it is truncated without ellipses. + + + + + Truncates any word that does not fit in the rectangle and adds ellipses. + + + + + For displayed text, replaces characters in the middle of the string with ellipses so that the result + fits in the specified rectangle. If the string contains backslash (\) characters, PathEllipsis + preserves as much as possible of the text after the last backslash. + + + + + Turns off processing of prefix characters. + + + + + Ignores the ampersand (&) prefix character in the text. The letter that follows will not be underlined, + but other mnemonic-prefix characters are still processed. + + + + + Draws only an underline at the position of the character following the ampersand (&) prefix character. + + + + + Draws without clipping. + + + + + Includes the font external leading in line height. Normally, external leading is not included in the + height of a line of text. + + + + + Duplicates the text-displaying characteristics of a multiline edit control. Specifically, the average + character width is calculated in the same manner as for an edit control, and the function does not + display a partially visible last line. + + + + + Layout in right-to-left reading order for bi-directional text when the font selected into the device context + is a Hebrew or Arabic font. The default reading order for all text is left-to-right. + + + + + Displays text on a single line only. Carriage returns and line feeds do not break the line. + + + + + Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the + pecified rectangle. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line. + + + + + Prevents a line break at a DBCS (double-wide character string), so that the line breaking rule is equivalent + to SBCS strings. + + + + + Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. + + + + + Represents the GDI device conext. + + + + + Saves the handle of the device context. + + + + + Deletes this , and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the object + to be reallocated for other purposes. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Gets or [protected] sets the handle of the device context. + + + A that indicates the handle of the device context. + + + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + + + An System.IntPtr representing the handle of a device context. + + + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + + + Selects an object into the specified device context(DC). The new object replaces the previous + object of the same type. + + + A that indicates the handle to the gdi object to be selected. + + + Returns the handle of the previous gdi object of the same type. + + + Note: When the handle of a gdi object is selected to , the properties + of the gdi object can not changed and the gdi object can not be disposed. + + + + // + // Paints a rectangle that is single black border and filled with white. + // + using (Pen pen = new SolidPen(Color.Black)) + { + using (Brush brush = new SolidBrush(Color.Wheat)) + { + DeviceContext dc = DeviceContext.Screen; + IntPtr defaultPenHandle = dc.SelectObject(pen.Handle); + IntPtr defaultBrushHandle = dc.SelectObject(brush.Handle); + + dc.PaintRectangle(new Rectangle(0, 0, 100, 100)); + + dc.SelectObject(defaultPenHandle); + dc.SelectObject(defaultBrushHandle); + } + } + + + + + + Deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. + After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + + + Handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. + When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + + + If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, it would throw a . + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the background of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the color of the background of the device context. + + + + If the background mode is is , + the background color is used to fill gaps between styled lines, gaps between hatched lines in brushes, and + character cells. The background color is also used when converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + + Sets the color of the background of the device context. + + + Returns the previous color of the background of the device context. + + + If the background mode is is , + the background color is used to fill gaps between styled lines, gaps between hatched lines in brushes, and + character cells. The background color is also used when converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + The Color is used to draw the face of each character written by the TextOut and ExtTextOut functions. + The Color is also used in converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Sets the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + Returns the previous color of the foreground of the device context. + + + The Color is used to draw the face of each character written by the TextOut and ExtTextOut functions. + The Color is also used in converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Gets or sets the background mode of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the background mode of the device context. + + + + The BackgroundMode affects the line styles for lines drawn using a pen created + by the CreatePen GDI API function. The BackgroundMode does not affect lines drawn using a pen created + by the ExtCreatePen GDI API function. + + + value parameter can also be set to driver-specific values. + GDI passes such values to the device driver and otherwise ignores them. + + + + + + Sets the background mode of the device context. + + + Returns the previous foreground mode of the device context. + + + + The BackgroundMode affects the line styles for lines drawn using a pen created + by the CreatePen GDI API function. The BackgroundMode does not affect lines drawn using a pen created + by the ExtCreatePen GDI API function. + + + backgroundMode parameter can also be set to driver-specific values. + GDI passes such values to the device driver and otherwise ignores them. + + + + + + Saves the current state of this object and + identifies the saved state with a handle. + + + This methods returns a state that saves current state of this + object. + + + + + Restores the state of this object to the + state represented by a handle. + + + A that represents the state to which to restore this + object. + + + + + Gets or sets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The CircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The SetCircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + A indicates the previous circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The SetCircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Get or set the current foreground mix mode.GDI uses the foreground mix mode to combine pens and interiors of filled + objects with the colors already on the screen. The foreground mix mode defines how colors from the brush or pen + and the colors in the existing image are to be combined. + + + Specifies the mix mode. This parameter can be one of the following values. + + + Mix modes define how GDI combines source and destination colors when drawing with the current pen. + The mix modes are binary raster operation codes, representing all possible Boolean functions of two variables, + using the binary operations AND, OR, and XOR (exclusive OR), and the unary operation NOT. The mix mode is for + raster devices only; it is not available for vector devices. + + + + + retrieves the foreground mix mode of the specified device context. The mix mode specifies how the pen or interior + color and the color already on the screen are combined to yield a new color. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value specifies the foreground mix mode. otherwise zero indicates failed. + + + + + Sets the current foreground mix mode. GDI uses the foreground mix mode to combine pens and interiors of filled + objects with the colors already on the screen. The foreground mix mode defines how colors from the brush or pen + and the colors in the existing image are to be combined. + + + Specifies the mix mode. This parameter can be one of the following values. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value specifies the previous mix mode. otherwise, zero indicates failed + + + Mix modes define how GDI combines source and destination colors when drawing with the current pen. + The mix modes are binary raster operation codes, representing all possible Boolean functions of two variables, + using the binary operations AND, OR, and XOR (exclusive OR), and the unary operation NOT. The mix mode is for + raster devices only; it is not available for vector devices. + + + + + Draws a line segment and an arc. + The line segment is drawn from the position which is defined by radius and startAngle. + The arc is drawn along the perimeter of a circle with the given radius and center. + The length of the arc is defined by the given start and sweep angles. + + + A specifies the center of the circle. + + + A uint specifies the radius of the circle. This value must be positive. + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draws an elliptical arc. + + + A specifies the bounding rectangle. + + + A specifies the ending point of the radial line defining the starting point of the arc. + + + A specifies the ending point of the radial line defining the ending point of the arc. + + + The rectangle specify the bounding rectangle. An ellipse formed by the specified bounding rectangle + defines the curve of the arc. The arc extends in the current drawing direction from the point where it intersects + the radial from the center of the bounding rectangle to the firstRadial point. The arc ends where + it intersects the radial from the center of the bounding rectangle to the secondRadial point. + If the starting point and ending point are the same, a complete ellipse is drawn. + + + + + + Draws the special line by using the current pen of the device context. + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the specified array. + + + A array indicates the line segments. + + + + The lines are drawn from the first point through subsequent points by using the current pen. + Windows 95/98/Me: DrawPolyLine cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawPolyBezier draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + The lines are drawn from the first point through subsequent points by using the current pen. + Windows 95/98/Me: DrawPolyBezier cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Gradient fills the rectangle with colors. + + + structure that represents the start color + of gradient. + + + structure that represents the end color of + gradient. + + + structure that represents the rectangle + to fill. + + + A bool indicates the fill direction. + false is horizontal direction. true is vertical direction. + + + + + Gradient fills the triangle with specified colors. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex1. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex2. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex3. + + + A indicates the vertex1 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex2 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex3 of triangle. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle by using the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle by using the current brush of device context. + + + A indicates the rectangle to fill. + + + A indicates the rester operation code. + + + Not all devices support the this function. For more information, see the description of + the RC_BITBLT capability in the GetDeviceCaps function. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + + + + Draws a border around the specified region by using the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + A that specifies the width of vertical brush strokes and + the height of the horizontal brush strokes. + + + + + + Paints a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). + The chord is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the first radial. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the second radial. + + + + The curve of the chord is defined by an ellipse that fits the specified bounding rectangle. + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. The chord is closed by drawing a line from + the intersection of the first radial and the curve to the intersection of the second radial and the curve. + + + If the starting point and ending point of the curve are the same, a complete ellipse is drawn. + + + + + + + Paints an ellipse. + The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. + The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Paints a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials. + The pie is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the first radial. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the second radial. + + + The curve of the pie is defined by an ellipse that fits the specified bounding rectangle. + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Paints a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + The polygon is closed automatically by drawing a line from the last vertex to the first. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: PaintPolygon cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle by using the current pen of the device context and fill the rectangle by using + the current brush of the device context. + + + A indicate the rectangle to paint. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + If a is used, the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Paints a rectangle with rounded corners. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using + the current brush. + + + A indicates the rectangle to paint. + + + An int indicates the width of the ellipse used to draw the rounded corners. + + + An int indicates the height of the ellipse used to draw the rounded corners. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination DeviceContext object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the upper-left corner of source rectangle. + The width and height of source rectangle are same as the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the raster operation code. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, Copy will throw + a . If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching + transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context + is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. + + + If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the Copy function converts + the source color format to match the destination format. + + + When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies + an enhanced-metafile device context. it means a would be throw out. + + + Not all devices support the Copy function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry + in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. + + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination DeviceContext object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the raster operation code. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + + + + + Displays bitmaps that have transparent or semitransparent pixels. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + + + Displays bitmaps with a constant transparent value. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A byte indicates the constant alpha value of source. + + + + + Inverts a rectangle in a window by performing a logical NOT operation on the color values for each pixel + in the rectangle's interior. + + + A structure that contains the logical coordinates of the rectangle to be inverted. + + + On monochrome screens, InvertRectangle makes white pixels black and black pixels white. On color screens, + the inversion depends on how colors are generated for the screen. Calling InvertRectangle twice + for the same rectangle restores the display to its previous colors. + + + + + + Inverts the colors in the specified region. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + On monochrome screens, the InvertRegion function makes white pixels black and black pixels white. + On color screens, this inversion is dependent on the type of technology used to generate the colors for the screen. + + + + + + retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates. + + + Specifies the coordinate, in logical units, of the pixel to be examined. + + + The return value is the RGB value of the pixel. If the pixel is outside of the current clipping region, + the return value is Color.Empty. + + + + + Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color. + The point must be in the clipping region and the visible part of the device surface. + + + Specifies the color to be used to paint the point. + + + Specifies the coordinate, in logical units, of the point to be set. + + + + + Gets or sets the handle of the current clipping region of the device context. + + + A that indicates the handle of the clipping region. + + + + Note: + [Get] The getting region is a copy of the current region. + [Set] Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a IntPtr.Zero region handle. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + + Combines the specified region with the current clipping region using the specified mode. + + + A that indicates handle to the region to be selected. + This handle can only be IntPtr.Zero when the CombineMode.Replace mode is specified + + + A that indicates the combine mode. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + Moves the clipping region of a device context by the specified offsets. + + + Specifies the number of logical units to move left or right. + + + Specifies the number of logical units to move up or down. + + + + + Clips the device context by the specified rectangle and operation mode. + + + A indicates the rectangle. + + + A indicates operation mode. + + + The coordinate of rectangle is base one the space page. + + + + + Clips the device context by the specified rectangle and operation mode. + + + A indicates the rectangle. + + + A indicates operation mode. + + + The coordinate of rectangle is base one the space page. + + + + + Retrieves the dimensions of the tightest bounding rectangle that can be drawn around the current + visible area on the device. The visible area is defined by the current clipping region or clip + path, as well as any overlapping windows. + + + A indicates the dimensions, in logical units. + + + + + Gets or sets a indicating whether use the world transform in this DC. + + + A indicates the graphics mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the world transform. + + + + An array of float that includes six elements. + + + | M11, M12, 0 | + | M21, M22, 0 | + | Dx, Dy, 1 | + + + The order is [M11, M12, M21, M22, Dx, Dy]. + + + + Notes: The length of the array must be six. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-extent and y-extent of the current window for the device context. + + + A indicates the x-extent and y-extent of the current window for the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context + + + A indicates the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context. + + + + + Modifies the window origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + An int specifies the horizontal offset. + + + An int specifies the vertical offset. + + + + + Modifies the window for a device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current vertical extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current vertical extent. + + + + + Gets or sets the mapping mode of the device context. + + + A indicates the value of the mapping mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. + + + A indicates the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context + + + A indicates the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context. + + + + + Modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + An int specifies the horizontal offset. + + + An int specifies the vertical offset. + + + + + Modifies the viewport for a device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current vertical extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current vertical extent. + + + + + Gets the number of pixels per logical inch along the screen width. + In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors. + + + + + Gets the number of pixels per logical inch along the screen height. + In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors. + + + + + converts logical coordinates into device coordinates. The conversion depends on the mapping mode of the device + context, the settings of the origins and extents for the window and viewport, and the world transformation. + + + An array of structures. + The x- and y-coordinates contained in each structure will be transformed. + + + An array of structures indicate the point which is converted to Device coordinates + + + + + + + converts device coordinates into logical coordinates. The conversion depends on the mapping mode of the device + context, the settings of the origins and extents for the window and viewport, and the world transformation. + + + An array of structures. + The x- and y-coordinates contained in each structure will be transformed. + + + An array of structures indicate the point which is converted to Logical coordinates + + + + + + + Width, in millimeters, of the physical screen. + + + + + Width, in pixels, of the screen. + + + + + Height, in millimeters, of the physical screen. + + + + + Height, in raster lines, of the screen. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-alignment flags for this device context. + + + A that specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Sets the text-alignment flags for this device context. + + + A that specifies the new text alignment. + + + A that specifies the previous text alignment. + + + + + Writes a character string at the specified location, using the currently selected + font, background color, and text color. + + + A string that saves the characters to be written. + + + A that indicates the reference point that the system uses to align the string. + + + + + Computes the width and height of the specified string of text. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + + + + + Retrieves the number of characters in a specified string that will fit within a specified space and + fills an array with the text extent for each of those characters. + + + A string for which extents are to be retrieved. + + + Specifies the maximum allowable width, in logical units, of the formatted string. + + + Receives a count of the maximum number of characters that will fit in the space specified by the + maxExtent parameter. + + + Pointer to an array of integers that receives partial string extents. + Each element in the array gives the distance, in logical units, between the beginning of the string + and one of the characters that fits in the space specified by the maxExtent parameter. + This array must have at least as many elements as character count in text. The function fills the + array with valid extents for as many characters as are specified by the fitCharNumber parameter. + + + Receives the dimensions of the string, in logical units. + + + + + Writes a character string at a specified location, expanding tabs to the values specified in an array of + tab-stop positions. Text is written in the currently selected font, background color, and text color. + + + A string that saves the characters to be written. + + + A that indicates the reference point that the system uses to align the string. + + + Pointer to an array containing the tab-stop positions. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. If this parameter is null, tabs are expanded + to eight times the average character width. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the starting position from which tabs are expanded. + + + Returns the dimensions, of the string. + + + + + The TabbedTextExtent method computes the width and height of a character string.If the string contains + one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. + The TabbedTextExtent method uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + An array containing the tab-stop positions, in device units. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. + + + If the function succeeds, the value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + Else the value is Size.Empty. + + + Retrun a value indictaes whether this function succeed or not. + + + + + The TabbedTextExtent method computes the width and height of a character string.If the string contains + one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. + The TabbedTextExtent method uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + An array containing the tab-stop positions, in device units. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + + Ted changed this function's modifier as private in 2007.07.14, + And provide a new interface fucntion. + + + + Specifies the amount of space the system should add to the break characters in a string of text. + The space is added when an application calls the TextOut method. + + + Specifies the total extra space, in logical units, to be added to the line of text. + + + Specifies the number of break characters in the line. + + + + + Gets or sets the current intercharacter spacing for the device context. + + + Specifies the amount of extra space to be added to each character. + + + + + Sets the current intercharacter spacing for the device context. + + + Specifies the amount of extra space to be added to each character. + + + Returns the previous intercharacter spacing. + + + + + Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. + + + The string that specifies the text to be drawn. + + + Contains the rectangle in which the text is to be formatted. + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. + + + The string that specifies the text to be drawn. + + + Contains the proposed size in which the text is to be formatted. + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + Represents a wrapper of the gid device context handle. + + + The handle will not be released when RawDeviceContext is disposed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + An that indicates the handle of the device context. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the RawDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context that created by gdi+ Graphics. + + + The Graphics will be locked, until the is disposed. + + + + + Saves the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Gets the local cached Gdiplus . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a window. + + + + + Saves the window handle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of a window. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the WindowDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the control. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from the desktop. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a gdi+ image. + + + + + Saves the local cache. + + + + + Gets the local cached image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the gdi+ image. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context that used as a dummy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly another device context. + It has the same format as the another device context. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of a window. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the WindowDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a GDI font object. + + + + + Indicates the static default Gdi font. + + + + + Gets the default of the control. + + + The default of the control. + + + + + Indicates the DPIs for 96DPI(Small font) or 120DPI(Big font). + + + + + Gets the screen the DPIs for 96DPI(Small font) or 120DPI(Big font). + + + The DPIs of current . + + + + + Indicates the graphics unit for converting between and . + + + + + A Indicates the style. + + + + + A string indicate the face name of the + + + + + A byte value that specifies the character set that this + + + + + An int indicate the height of this + + + + + Saves the base information of this font. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified Font object and special style + + + Special from which is used to create new font + + + A indicate the special style + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified Font object and special style + + + Special from which is used to create new font + + + The size of the new object. + + + + this is used to create a new from template font which is given by parameter Font, + the parameter size show you a chance to redefine the . + + + if you want to zoom , you can get the size from your template font, and multiply it + with the zoom factor you expected, which a new size you will got, for example named new size variable newSize, + then use this constructor to create new : + + Font newFont = new Font(templateFont, newSize); + + + + This is a simple WinForm program which draw two line text on special position of form. + The first line, a string was drawed with winForm default font: Microsoft Sans Serif, 8.25pt, + The second line, a sting was drawed with Font whic size is as twice as fiest line + + public class TestForm : Form + { + protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) + { + base.OnPaint(e); + + IntPtr hDc = e.Graphics.GetHdc(); + // create a font from default Form.Font (Microsoft Sans Serif, 8.25pt), size = 8.25 + Gdi.Font font = new Gdi.Font(this.Font); + IntPtr oldFont = SelectObject(hDc, font.Handle); + string test1 = "1. This is drawing by GDI with GdiFont"; + TextOut(hDc, 50, 50, test1, test1.Length); + SelectObject(hDc, oldFont); + + // here I want to a font which size is as twice as current's + Drawing.Gdi.Font font2 = new Drawing.Gdi.Font(font, 2 * font.Size); + oldFont = SelectObject(hDc, font2.Handle); + string test2 = "2. This is drawing by GDI with GdiFont"; + TextOut(hDc, 50, 100, test2, test2.Length); + font.Dispose(); + font2.Dispose(); + SelectObject(hDc, oldFont); + e.Graphics.ReleaseHdc(hDc); + } + + [DllImport("gdi32.dll", EntryPoint = "SelectObject")] + public static extern IntPtr SelectObject( + IntPtr hdc, + IntPtr hObject + ); + + [DllImport("gdi32.dll", EntryPoint = "TextOut")] + public static extern int TextOut( + IntPtr hdc, + int x, + int y, + string lpString, + int nCount + ); + } + + + + + + + Initializes a new object using the specified font attributes. + + + A string representation of the object for the new object. + + + The size of the new object. + + + + + Initializes a new object using the specified settings. + + + A string representation of the object for the new object. + + + The size of the new object. + + + The enumeration to be applied to the new object. + + + A Byte that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + + + + Initializes a new from a + + + A LOGFONT indicate the font proerties + + + + + Gets the face name of this object. + + + A string representation of the face name of this object. + + + + + Gets style information for this object. + + + A indicate that contains style information for this object. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font object is bold. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is bold; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font + object is italic. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is italic; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font + object is underlined. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is underlined; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font object + specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + + This property is true if this Font object has + a horizontal line through it; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the character set that this Font object uses. + + + A byte value that specifies the character set that this Font object uses. + + + + + Gets the height of this Font object. + + + The height of this Font object in current graphics units. + + + + + Gets the size, in points, of this Font object. + + + The size, in points, of this Font object. + + + + + Gets basic information about this font. All sizes are specified in pixels. + + + The basic information about this font. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Initialize a new from a existed font handle + + + A font handle that defines to instance the object. + + + + + Creates a from existed handle + + + A font handle that defines to create the object. + + + A contains the font information + + + + + Creates a new object from the specified object. + + + The font is defined in .NET. + + + This constructor creates a new object from a Gdiplus object. + + + + + Creates a GDI+ .NET object from this object instance. + + + A indicate the Gdi Font + + + A object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the basic information about a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + Represents a class that is used to builder some complex fonts. + + + + + Saves the height of font. + + + + + Saves the width of font. + + + + + Saves the escapement of font. + + + + + Saves the orientation of font. + + + + + Saves the weight of font. + + + + + Saves the italic of font. + + + + + Saves the underline of font. + + + + + Saves the strike out of font. + + + + + Saves the char set of font. + + + + + Saves the output percision of font. + + + + + Saves clipping precision of font. + + + + + Saves the quality of font. + + + + + Saves the pitch of font. + + + + + Saves the family of font. + + + + + Saves the face name of font. + + + + + Initialize a new from a + + + A indicate the template + + + + + Initialize a new from a + + + A indicate the template + + + + + Initialize a new + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If width is zero, + the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts + to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + + + Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. + If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined for convenience. + + + Specifies an italic font if set to true. + + + Specifies an underlined font if set to true. + + + Specifies a strikeout font if set to true. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + Specifies the character set. + + + Specifies the output precision. The output precision defines how closely the output must match + the requested font's height, width, character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + Specifies the clipping precision. The clipping precision defines how to clip characters + that are partially outside the clipping region. It can be one or more of the following values. + + + Specifies the output quality. The output quality defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) + must attempt to match the logical-font attributes to those of an actual physical font. + + + Specifies the pitch of the font + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName and height + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family and height + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + Specifies the pitch of the font + + + + + Get or set the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height + value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. + + + An int indicate the height + + if value larger than zero, the font mapper transforms this value into device units and matches it + against the cell height of the available fonts. + + + if value equal zero, the font mapper uses a default height value when it searches for a match. + + + if value less than zero, the font mapper transforms this value into device units and matches + its absolute value against the character height of the available fonts. + + + + + + Get or set the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. + If value is zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of + the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + + + An int indicate the average width + + + + + Get or set the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + An int indicate the escapement vector + + + + Windows NT/2000/XP: When the graphics mode is set to GM_ADVANCED, you can specify the escapement angle + of the string independently of the orientation angle of the string's characters. + + + When the graphics mode is set to GM_COMPATIBLE, Escapement specifies both the escapement and orientation. + You should set Escapement and Orientation to the same value. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The Escapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. + You should set Escapement and Orientation to the same value. + + + + + + Get or set the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Get or set the weight of the font. + + + An int indicate the weight of font, which is in the range 0 through 1000. + For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is italic + + + A bool which indicate whether the font is italic + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is underline + + + An bool which indicate whether the font is underline + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is strikeout + + + An bool which indicate whether the font is strikeout + + + + + Get or set the CharSet of font + + + A byte indicate the charset of font + + + Fonts with other character sets may exist in the operating system. If an application uses a font with + an unknown character set, it should not attempt to translate or interpret strings that are rendered with that font. + + + + + Get or set the output precision. + + + The value defines how closely the output must match the requested font's height, width, + character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + + + Get or set the clipping precision. + + + The value defines how to clip characters that are partially outside the clipping region. + + + + + Get or set the output quality. + + + The value defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) must attempt to match the logical-font + attributes to those of an actual physical font. + + + + + Get or set the pitch of the font. + + + The value describe the look of a font in general way with corporated with Family + + + + + Get or set the font family + + + The value describe the look of a font in a general way. + + + + + Get or set a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + + + A string value specifies the typeface name of the font. + + + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + If value is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Create a new from current + + + A istance which its properties provided by + + + + + Create a new istance which its properties provided by + + + A instance would be create + + + + + Zoom current with zoom factor + + + Indicate the Font you want to zoom + + + Indicate the zoom factor + + + A with special size + + + + + Create a bold from current font + + + Indicate the Font you want to bold + + + A with bold style + + + + + Create a FontBuilder frome the native logical font. + + + A native logical font. + + + The FontBuilder. + + + + + Create a native logical font frome the FontBuilder. + + + A FontBuilder. + + + The native logical font. + + + + + Represents the weight values of logical font. + + + + + Indicates the default font weight. + + + + + Indicates the thin font weight. + + + + + Indicates the extra light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the ultra light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the normal font weight. + + + + + Indicates the regular font weight. + + + + + Indicates the medium font weight. + + + + + Indicates the semi bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the demi bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the extra bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the ultra bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the heavy font weight. + + + + + Indicates the black font weight. + + + + + Represents the out precision of logical font. + + + The output precision defines how closely the output must match the requested font's height, + width, character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + + + Specifies the default font mapper behavior. + + + + + This value is not used by the font mapper, but it is returned when raster fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Not used. + + + + + This value is not used by the font mapper, but it is returned when TrueType, other outline-based fonts, + and vector fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a TrueType font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a Device font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a raster font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose from only TrueType fonts. If there are no TrueType fonts installed in + the system, the font mapper returns to default behavior. + + + + + This value instructs the font mapper to choose from TrueType and other outline-based fonts. + + + + + [This is a no document value.] + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose from only PostScript fonts. If there are no PostScript fonts installed in + the system, the font mapper returns to default behavior. + + + + + Represents the clip precision of font. + + + The clipping precision defines how to clip characters that are partially outside the clipping region. + + + + + Specifies default clipping behavior. + + + + + Not used. + + + + + Not used by the font mapper, but is returned when raster, vector, or TrueType fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Not used. + + + + +

+ When this value is used, the rotation for all fonts depends on whether the orientation of the + coordinate system is left-handed or right-handed. +

+

+ If not used, device fonts always rotate counterclockwise, but the rotation of other fonts is dependent + on the orientation of the coordinate system. +

+
+
+ + + Not used. + + + + + Windows XP SP1: Turns off font association for the font. + Note that this flag is not guaranteed to have any effect on any platform after Windows Server 2003. + + + + + Windows 2000: Turns off font association for the font. This is identical to DefaultDisable, + but it can have problems in some situations; the recommended flag to use is DefaultDisable. + + + + + You must specify this flag to use an embedded read-only font. + + + + + Represents the quality of font. + + + The output quality defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) must attempt to match + the logical-font attributes to those of an actual physical font. It can be one of the following values. + + + + + Appearance of the font does not matter. + + + + + Appearance of the font is less important than when Draft is used. + For GDI raster fonts, scaling is enabled, which means that more font sizes are available, + but the quality may be lower. Bold, italic, underline, and strikeout fonts are synthesized if necessary. + + + + + Character quality of the font is more important than exact matching of the logical-font attributes. + For GDI raster fonts, scaling is disabled and the font closest in size is chosen. + Although the chosen font size may not be mapped exactly when Proof is used, the quality of the font + is high and there is no distortion of appearance. Bold, italic, underline, and strikeout fonts are + synthesized if necessary. + + + + + Font is never antialiased. + + + + + Font is always antialiased if the font supports it and the size of the font is not too small or too large. + + + + + If set, text is rendered (when possible) using ClearType antialiasing method. + + + + + [No document] + + + + + Represents the pitch of font. + + + The two low-order bits specify the pitch of the font and can be one of the following values. + + + + + Indicates the default pitch. + + + + + Indicates the fixed pitch. + + + + + Indicates the variable pitch. + + + + + Represents the family of logical font + + + Describe the look of a font in a general way. + + + + + Use default font. + + + + + Fonts with variable stroke width (proportional) and with serifs. MS Serif is an example. + + + + + Fonts with variable stroke width (proportional) and without serifs. MS Sans Serif is an example. + + + + + Fonts with constant stroke width (monospace), with or without serifs. + Monospace fonts are usually modern. Pica, Elite, and CourierNew are examples. + + + + + Fonts designed to look like handwriting. Script and Cursive are examples. + + + + + Novelty fonts. Old English is an example. + + + + + Represents the common base of the gid objects. + + + + + Saves the handle of this gdi object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns a handle to this GdiObject object. + + + A Windows handle to this GdiObject object. + + + + + Deletes this GdiObject, and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this GdiObject object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the + GdiObject object to be reallocated + for other purposes. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents a wrapper of the gid object handle. + + + The handle will not be released when RawGdiObject is disposed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle object gdi object. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the gdi graphics object that handles the gdi device context. + + + + + A static used to measure geometries. + + + + + Saves the device context. + + + + + Used to lock the device context. + + + + + To to be runed in Dispose method. + + + + + Gets the of the . + + + A that indicates the device context of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An DeviceContext indicates the device context. + + + + + Deletes this Graphics, and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the + object to be reallocated for other purposes. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Gets the structure that bounds the clipping region of this object. + + + This property indicates a structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping + region of this object. + + + How to judge a Grphics's clip is empty? + + bool isClipEmpty = (graphics.ClipBound == Rectangle.Empty); + + + + + + Gets the region of the current clipping region of graphics. + + + A that indicates the clipping region. + + + + Note: The getting region is a copy of the current region. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to the intersection of the current clip region and + the specified structure. + + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + This method assigns to the Clip property of this object the area represented by the + intersection of the current clip region and the rectangle specified by the rectangle parameter. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to the intersection of the current clip region and + the specified object. + + + object to intersect with the current region. + + + This method assigns to the Clip property of this object the area represented by the + intersection of the current clip region and the region specified by the region parameter. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to exclude the area specified by a + structure. + + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + This method excludes the area specified by the rectangle parameter from the current clip region and assigns + the resulting area to the Clip property of this object. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to exclude the area specified by a + object. + + + object that specifies the region to exclude from the clipping region. + + + This method excludes the area specified by the region parameter from the current clip region and assigns + the resulting area to the Clip property of this object. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the Replace combining + the current clip region and the specified object. + + + object to combine. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object + to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the specified operation combining + the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + + structure to combine. + + + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the specified operation combining + the current clip region and the specified object. + + + object to combine. + + + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this Graphics object by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + + + An int indicates the x component of the translation. + + + An int indicates the y component of the translation. + + + + + Draw the special line by using given pen + + + A indicate the pen used to draw + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on current Graphics. + + + A indicate the pen used to draw + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of rectangle + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw + + + + + Draw the special ellipse by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of ellipse + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of arc + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on current Graphics by using the special pen. + + + A indicate the draw-style of lines + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draw the special Bezier curve on current Graphics by using the special pen. + + + A indicate the draw-style of Bezier curve + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given brush. + + + A object used to fill the rectangle. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the ellipse. + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the special pie on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the pie. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill the special polygon on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the polygon. + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fill the special region on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the region. + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination Graphics object. + + + A indicate the source Graphics object + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the upper-left corner of source rectangle. + The width and height of source rectangle are same as the destination rectangle. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, Copy will throw + a . If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching + transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context + is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. + + + If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the Copy function converts + the source color format to match the destination format. + + + When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies + an enhanced-metafile device context. it means a would be throw out. + + + Not all devices support the Copy function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry + in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. + + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination Graphics object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + + + + + Creates a new gdi+ graphics from a gdi graphics. + + + A indicates the gdi graphics. + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Creates a new gdi graphics from a gdi+ graphics. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi graphics. + + + + + Creates a new gdi graphics from a gdi+ graphics. + This method kept the clip region, but remains low performance, when is set to true. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + A bool indicate whether kept original clip region of gdip graphics + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi graphics. + + + + + Moves the specified rectangle by offfset values. + + + An int indicates the x offset. + + + An int indicates the y offset. + + + A structure that indicates the rectangle to be moved. + + + [The current implementation is a time consumer, to be re-write.] + + + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this object. + + + x component of the translation. + + + y component of the translation. + + + + + Gets or sets the world transformation for this object. + + + This property specifies a object that represents the world transformation + for this object. + + + + + A indicate the page unit of current + + + + + A float + + + + + A indicate the window extent + + + + + A indicate the viewport extent + + + + + A indicate the mapping mode of current graphics + + + + + A sentinel for current graphics unit + + + if the device context has changed the WindowExtent, WindowOrigin, ViewportExtent, return false; + otherwise return true, as there is no changed. + + + + + Sync the cache with its device context + + + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this object. + + + One of the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this object. + + + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for + this object. + + + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this Graphics object. + + + This property indicates a value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this Graphics object. + + + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this Graphics object. + + + This property indicates a value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this Graphics object. + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified + Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to draw. + + + Font object that defines the text format of the string. + + + Brush object that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + + Point structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + StringFormat object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, + that are applied to the drawn text. + + + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified + Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to draw. + + + Font object that defines the text format of the string. + + + Brush object that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + + Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + StringFormat object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, + that are applied to the drawn text. + + + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified Font object and formatted with the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to measure. + + + Font object defines the text format of the string. + + + Size structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + + StringFormat object that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + + The MeasureString method is designed for use with individual strings and includes a small amount + of extra space before and after the string to allow for overhanging glyphs. Also, the DrawString + method adjusts glyph points to optimize display quality and might display a string narrower than + reported by MeasureString. + + + + + A helper methods used to get the coordinate TextFormat of the StringFormat + + + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + + + Specifies the complex unit as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. + Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + + + Represents the base class of all kinds of pen + + + This is an abstract class, which is just details that it's ranged to Pen. + To use a , you should create an instance from its inherited class. + Refer to , + + + + + Draws the special line on deviceContext by using the current pen + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on deviceContext. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + That means the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Draw the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Represents the dash style of the pen. + + + + + End caps are round. + + + + + End caps are flat. + + + + + End caps are square. + + + + + Represents the join style of the pen. + + + + + Joins are beveled. + + + + + Joins are mitered when they are within the current limit set by the SetMiterLimit function. + If it exceeds this limit, the join is beveled. + + + + + Joins are round. + + + + + Represents the line style of the standard pen. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + The pen has alternating dashes and double dots. This style is + valid only when the pen width is one or less in device units. + + + + + Represents the pen which always draw with solid line. + + + Inherited from . + An would always draw with Solid line + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the custom pen that has the styles defined by user. + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Saves the style of the line which is painted + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the pen. + + + A indicates the line style of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the custom pen that has custom style which is defined by a pattern. + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as . + the PatternPen would always draw solid one pixel and zero pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel and one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid one pixel and one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel, + and one pixel space, then one pixel solid, one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel, + and one pixel space, then one pixel solid, one pixel space, one pixel solid, one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 9_3 pattern ('111111111000') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 3_1 pattern ('1110''1110') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 9_3_3_3 pattern. ('111111111000111000') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 3_3_3_3_9_3 pattern. ('111000111000111111111000') for + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Saves the pattern of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int array indicate the pattern of current pen + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern of the pen. + + + An array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the hollow pen that would draw nothing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Defines a brush that has a solid color. + + + This pen has the same funtion as in painting. The width of is always 1. + This pen will not consume gdi handle. In other word, the Handle property is always IntPtr.Zero. So it + can not be used to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this ColorPen object. + + + The ColorPen object that this method creates. + + + + + Draws the special line on deviceContext by using the current pen + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on deviceContext. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + That means the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Draw the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Pens for all the standard colors. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + Each property of the SystemPens class is a object that is the color of + a Windows display element and that is a width of 1. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + A object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + A object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + A object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the desktop. + + + A object that is the color of the desktop. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color + in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color in the color + gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + A object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + A object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + A object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to highlight menu items + when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + A object that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a window frame. + + + A object that is the color of a window frame. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + + + A data package save the data of a object. + + + + + Saves the region data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of the byte value that saves raw data of the object. + + + + + Gets the region data. + + + An array of the byte value that saves raw data of the object. + + + + + Represent the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles. + + + + A region is scalable because its coordinates are specified in world coordinates. On a drawing surface, however, + its interior is dependent on the size and shape of the pixels representing it. An application can use regions + to clamp the output of drawing operations. The window manager uses regions to define the drawing area of these + regions are called clipping regions. An application can also use regions in hit-testing operations, + such as checking whether a point or a rectangle intersects a region. An application can fill a region by + using a object. + + + + This class uses the Win32 GDI API's for handling regions. The GDI+ version + class just seems to be buggy and too slow. + + + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + + This constructor initializes a new object with infinite interior. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified structure. + + + A structure that defines the interior of the new object. + + + This method creates a new object with a rectangular interior. + The interior is defined by the rectangle parameter. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the object. + + + A data package save the data of a object. + + + A newly created Windows region handle. + + + + + Create a new region from existed region handle + + + A that indicats the handle of the gdi region. + + + + + Creates a Windows region handle using the specified structure. + + + A structure. + + + A newly created Windows region handle. + + + + + + Retieves the rectangle information that makes up this instance + of the object. + + + A byte array holding the region information. + + + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle + that bounds this object. + + + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle + for this object. + + + + + Updates the specified rectangle with the region in this + object using the specified mode. + + + The structure to process. + + + A region operation. (RGN_XOR, RGN_AND, RGN_DIFF, RGN_COPY, RGN_NOT) + + + + + Updates the specified region with the region in this object using the specified mode. + + + A Windows region handle to process. + + + A region operation. (RGN_XOR, RGN_AND, RGN_DIFF, RGN_COPY, RGN_NOT) + + + + + Updates this object to contain the portion of the specified + structure that does not intersect with this object. + + + The structure to complement this object. + + + + + Updates this object to contain the portion of the specified Region object + that does not intersect with this Region object. + + + The object to complement this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the intersection of itself + with the specified structure. + + + The structure to intersect with this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the intersection of itself with the specified Region object. + + + The object to intersect with this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the portion of its interior + that does not intersect with the specified structure. + + + The structure to exclude from this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the portion of its interior + that does not intersect with the specified Region object. + + + The object to exclude from this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union of itself and the + specified structure. + + + The structure to unite with this + object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union of itself and the specified Region object. + + + The object to unite with this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union minus the intersection of itself with + the specified strcuture. + + + The structure to XOR with this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union minus the intersection of itself with + the specified Region object. + + + The object to XOR with this Region object. + + + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained + within this object. + + + The structure to test. + + + This method returns true when point is contained within this object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure + is contained within this object. + + + The structure to test. + + + This method returns true when any portion of rectangle is contained + within this object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Tests whether this object has an empty interior. + + + This method returns true if the interior of this object is empty; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes this object to an empty interior. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Offsets the coordinates of this object by + the specified amount. + + + The amount to offset this object horizontally. + + + The amount to offset this object vertically. + + + + + Tests whether the specified object is identical to this Region object. + + + The object to test. + + + This method returns true if the interior of region region + is identical to the interior of this region; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + A indicate the matrix for transforming this region + + + + + Get or set the transform matrix + + + + + Get a handle which is being transformed to this Region object. + + + A Windows handle to this Region object. + + + + + Get a handle to this Region object + + + + + Returns an array of structures that + approximate this object. + + + A object to be scaned. + + + An array of structures that approximate this object. + + + + + Create a new gdi region that is same as the gdi+ region. + + + A object that indicates the gdi+ region. + + + A object that indicates the new gdi region. + + + + + Creates a new gdi+ object from the gdi object. + + + A object that indicates the new gdi region. + + + A object that indicates the gdi+ region. + + + + + Creates a rectangular with rounded corners. + + + A structure that defines the interior of the new object. + + + Specifies the width of the ellipse used to create the rounded corners in logical units. + + + Specifies the height of the ellipse used to create the rounded corners in logical units. + + + A indicates the region with rounded corners. + + + + + Create a ellipse region. + + + A that just contains the ellipse. + + + A indicates the ellipse region + + + + + Create a pie region. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + A indicates the pie region. + + + + + Implementation. + + + + + + 6 + 5---------7 + | | | + 4 | ---|--- | 0 + | | | + 3---------1 + 2 + + + + + + Creates a chord region (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + A indicates the chord region. + + + + + Create a polygons region from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Create a polygons region from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + Indicates the poly fill mode is "alternate" or "winding" + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Create a polygons region handle from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + Indicates the poly fill mode is "alternate" or "winding" + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + + + No any flags. + + + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. + By default layout continues until the end of the text, + or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, + whichever comes first. + Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially + obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple + of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, + specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle + at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + + + Shows string on one or more lines. + + + + + Disables wrapping of text between lines when formatting within a rectangle. + This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, + or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + + + Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the + pecified rectangle. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line. + + + + + Specifies that text is right to left. + + + + + Specifies that text is vertical. + + + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside + the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. + By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting + rectangle are clipped. + + + + + Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. + In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. + In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. + In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. + In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, + and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is + inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. + The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies the unit of the tab stops or offset. + + + + + The unit of the tab stops or offset is base on logical point of the display surface. + + + + + The unit of the tab stops or offset are base on the character number. + + + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment and line spacing), + display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) + and OpenType features. + + + Many common formats are provided through the enumeration. + StringFormat objects can be changed. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + + + + Initializes a new object with the specified + enumeration. + + + The enumeration for the new + object. + + + + + Initializes a new object with the specified + and enumeration. + + + A that represents the horizontal alignment. + + + A that represents the vertical alignment. + + + The enumeration for the new + object. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified + existing StringFormat object. + + + The object from which to initialize the new + StringFormat object. + + + + + Gets or sets text alignment information. + + + A StringAlignment enumeration that specifies text alignment information. + + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment. + + + A StringAlignment enumeration that represents the line alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + A StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + + + Gets or sets the HotkeyPrefix object for this StringFormat object. + + + The HotkeyPrefix object for this StringFormat object. + + + + + Gets or sets the StringTrimming enumeration for this StringFormat object. + + + A StringTrimming enumeration that indicates how text drawn with + this StringFormat object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + + + Gets the tab stops for this StringFormat object. + + + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + + + The unit of the tab stops and offset. + + + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + + + Sets tab stops for this StringFormat object. + + + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + + + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + The unit of the tab stops and offset. + + + + + Creates a copy of the object. + + + Returns a copy of the object. + + + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + Matrix transform operations are not necessarily commutative. + The order in which they are applied is important. + + + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + + + The TransformMatrix class contains the transform info for transforming + between world-space and page-space in GDI. + + + TransformMatrix is a 3x3 matrix, but we only use M11, M12, M21, M22, Dx and Dy. + | M11, M12, 0 | + | M21, M22, 0 | + | Dx, Dy, 1 | + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M11. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M12. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M21. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M22. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Dx. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Dy. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of the specified angle about the origin to this Matrix object. + + + A float indicates the clockwise angle. + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector (offsetX and offsetY) to this Matrix object + by prepending the translation vector. + + + The x value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + The y value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this Matrix object by prepending the shear transform. + + + The horizontal shear factor. + + + The vertical shear factor. + + + + + Applies the x-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the y-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the slash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the backslash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of the specified angle about the origin to this Matrix object. + + + A float indicates the clockwise angle. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the rotation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector (offsetX and offsetY) to this Matrix object + by prepending the translation vector. + + + The x value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + The y value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the translation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the scaling is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this Matrix object by prepending the shear transform. + + + The horizontal shear factor. + + + The vertical shear factor. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the shearing is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the x-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the y-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the slash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the backslash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Transform a object to a new object. + + + A object indicats the old value. + + + A object indicats the new value. + + + x' = x * M11 + y * M21 + Dx + y' = x * M12 + y * M22 + Dy + + + + + Inverse transform a object to a new object. + + + A object indicats the old value. + + + A object indicats the new value. + + + x = ((x' - Dx) * M22 - (y' - Dy) * M21) / (M11 * M22 - M12 * M21) + y = ((y' - Dy) * M11 - (x' - Dx) * M12) / (M11 * M22 - M12 * M21) + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this Matrix object around the point + specified in the point parameter, and by prepending the rotation + + + A class that represents the center of the rotation. + + + The angle (extent) of the rotation. + + + + + Applies the reflecting by speical line to this Matrix object. + + + A object indicate the start point of the line. + + + A object indicate the end point of the line. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector at speical point. + + + A class that represents the center of the scale. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this Matrix object around the point + specified in the point parameter, and by prepending the rotation + + + A class that represents the center of the rotation. + + + The angle (extent) of the rotation. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the rotation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the reflecting by speical line to this Matrix object. + + + A object indicate the start point of the line. + + + A object indicate the end point of the line. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector at speical point. + + + A class that represents the center of the scale. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the scaling is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Explicit convert a TransformMatrix object to a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object. + + + A value that will be convert to a object. + + + A object indicates the converted object. + + + + + Explicit convert a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object to a TransformMatrix object. + + + A object that will be convert to a object. + + + A value indicates the converted object. + + + + + Gets the unit matrix. + + + + + Defines a class the represents the coordinate concept in mathematics. + + + Coordinate: Any of a set of two or more numbers used to determine the position + of a point, line, curve, or plane in a space of a given dimension with respect + to a system of lines or other fixed reference. + + + + + Indicates a new instance of the class. + + + A float value indicate the value of x-coordinate + + + A float value indicate the value of x-coordinate + + + + + Gets or sets the value of x-coordinate. + + + A float value indicates the x-coordinate. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of y-coordinate. + + + A float value indicates the y-coordinate. + + + + + Implicit convert a Point value to a Coordinate object. + + + A value that will be convert to a object. + + + A object indicates the converted object. + + + The reason of providing implict converting is that Point and Coordinate is same conception in drawing. + + + + + Implicit convert a Coordinate value to a Point object. + + + A object that will be convert to a object. + + + A value indicates the converted object. + + + + + Represents a subclass window wrapper class. + + + + + Indicates the window proc ptr of the attached window. + + + + + Indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + A bool value indicates whether or not re-register GC for finialize. + + + + + Indicates the default window proc ptr of a window. + + + + + Catches the window proc ptr for current window proc. + + + + + Delegate to current window proc. + + + + + Used to keep current object alive. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Attaches handle to target window. + + + The handle of target window. + + + + + Releases the handle. + + + + + Notifies that the handle is changed. + + + + + Notifies inner exception occurs when processing window message. + + + A object indicates the inner exception. + + + + + Invokes the window procedure associated with this window. + + + A . that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + + Invokes the default window procedure associated with this window. + + + A . that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + + Release the window handle. + + + if obviously performs unsubclass operation; otherwise, . + + + + + Remove attached subclass. + + + + + WndProc callback that attached to the target window to performs subclass. + + + An value indicates the handle of the target window. + + + An value indicates the message ID. + + + An value indicates the wParam for the windows message. + + + An value indicates the lParam for the windows message. + + + An value indicates the return value of processing the message. + + + + + Gets the handle to the window represented by the . + + + A handle to the window represented by the . + + + + + Defines the native methods base on Gdi32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures and constants, which + is given in Gdi32 SDK. + + + Defines the native methods base on Win32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures and constants, which + is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + The RECT structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle + + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + + The horizontal offset. + + + The vertical offset. + + + + + Gets the width. + + + + + Gets the height. + + + + + Explicity convertes a to . + + + A indicates the value of the . + + + Returns a as the result of the converter. + + + + + The LOGBRUSH structure defines the style, color, and pattern of a physical brush. + It is used by the Windows CreateBrushIndirect and ExtCreatePen functions. + + + + + Specifies the brush style. + + + + + Specifies the color in which the brush is to be drawn. + + + + + Specifies a hatch style. The meaning depends on the brush style defined by Style. + + + + + The XFORM structure contains information for a world-space to page-space transformation. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the XFORM structure. + + + + + Add this methods in order to recudce the warning count of Fon32 class. + + + + + The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles + that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, + left to right. They do not overlap. + + + + + The members of this structure specify the type of region + (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles + that make up the region, the size of the buffer + that contains the rectangle structures, and so on. + + + + + Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures + that make up the region. + + + + + The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function. + + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the header. + + + + + Specifies the type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES. + + + + + Specifies the number of rectangles that make up the region. + + + + + Specifies the size of the buffer required to receive the RECT structure + that specifies the coordinates of the rectangles that make up the region. + If the size is not known, this member can be zero. + + + + + Specifies a bounding rectangle for the region in logical units. + + + + + The POINT structure defines the x and y coordinates of a point. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + A point whith another type. + + + + + The SIZE structure specifies the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Constructs the SIZE structure. + + Specifies the size's width. + Specifies the size's height. + + + + The COMPOSITIONFORM structure contains style and position information + for a composition window. + + + + + Indicates position style. + + + + + A POINT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left corner of the composition window. + + + + + A RECT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left and lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + Constructs the COMPOSITIONFORM structure. + + + Specifies the position style. + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left corner + of the composition window + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left and + lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + The CANDIDATEFORM structure contains style and position information + for a composition window. + + + + + Indicaes the index of the candidate form. + + + + + Indicates position style. + + + + + A POINT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left corner of the composition window. + + + + + A RECT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left and lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + Constructs the CANDIDATEFORM structure. + + + Specifies the index of the candidate. + + + Specifies the position style. + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left corner + of the composition window + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left and + lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + The MSG structure contains message information from a thread's message queue. + + + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure receives the message. + + + + + Specifies the message identifier. Applications can only use the low word; + the high word is reserved by the system. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies the time at which the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, x direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, y direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + The NCCALCSIZEPARAMS structure contains information that + an application can use while processing the WM_NCCALCSIZE message + to calculate the size, position, and valid contents of + the client area of a window. + + + + + The rectangle contains the new coordinates of + a window that has been moved or resized. + + + + + The rectangle contains the coordinates of + the window before it was moved or resized. + + + + + The rectangle contains the coordinates of + the client area of a window before it was moved or resized. + + + + + Points to a WINDOWPOS structure that contains the size and + position values specified in the operation that caused + the window to be moved or resized. + + + + + The PAINTSTRUCT structure contains information for an application. + This information can be used to paint the client area of a window + owned by that application. + + + + + Handle to the display DC to be used for painting. + + + + + Specifies whether the background must be erased.This value is + nonzero if the application should erase the background. + The application is responsible for erasing the background + if a window class is created without a background brush. + For more information, see the description of the hbrBackground member of + the WNDCLASS structure. + + + + + Specifies a left value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a top value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a right value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a bottom value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + The WINDOWPOS structure contains information about the size and position of a window. + + + + + Handle to the window. + + + + + Specifies the position of the window in Z order (front-to-back position). + + + + + Specifies the position of the left edge of the window. + + + + + Specifies the position of the top edge of the window. + + + + + Specifies the window width, in pixels + + + + + Specifies the window height, in pixels. + + + + + Specifies the window position. + + + + + The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. + All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on + the current mapping mode of the display context. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + The TRACKMOUSEEVENT structure contains information for TraceMouseEvent function. + + + + + Specifies the structure size, in bytes. + + + + + Specifies the services requested. + + + + + Specifies a handle to the window to track. + + + + + Specifies the hover time-out (if TME_HOVER was specified in dwFlags), in milliseconds. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure. + + Specifies the services requested. + Specifies a handle to the window to track. + Specifies the hover time-out, in milliseconds. + + + + The RECONVERTSTRING structure defines the strings for + IME reconversion. It is the first item in a memory + block that contains the strings for reconversion. + + + + + Specifies the size of this structure and the memory block it heads. + + + + + Specifies the version number. Must be zero. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that contains the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset from the start position of this structure. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that will be the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset of the string that will be the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that is related to the target clause + in the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset of the target string. + + + + + Defines animation parameters for the BP_PAINTPARAMS structure used by BeginBufferedPaint + + + + + The size, in bytes, of this structure. + + + + + Flag that describes the characteristics of the animation. + The following value is the only one currently defined. + BPAF_NONCLIENT Indicates that the device context (DC) is a window DC instead of a client DC, + so that painting is allowed in the non-client area of the window. + + + + + A member of the BP_ANIMATIONSTYLE enumeration that states animation options. + + + + + Length of the animation, in milliseconds. + + + + + Defines paint operation parameters BeginBufferedPaint function. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of this structure. + + + + + One or more of the following values. + BPPF_ERASE: Initialize the buffer to ARGB = {0, 0, 0, 0} during BeginBufferedPaint. + BPPF_NOCLIP: Do not apply the clip region of the target device context (DC) to the double buffer. + If this flag is not set and if the target DC is a window DC, then clipping due to + overlapping windows is applied to the double buffer. + BPPF_NONCLIENT: A non-client DC is being used. + + + + + Pointer to exclusion RECT structure. + This rectangle is excluded from the clipping region. May be NULL for no exclusion rectangle. + + + + + Pointer to BLENDFUNCTION structure, which controls blending by specifying the blending functions + for source and destination bitmaps. If NULL, the source buffer is copied to the destination with + no blending. + + + + + Define the buffer format. + + + + + Compatible bitmap. + + + + + Device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Top-down device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Top-down monochrome device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Define the animation style. + + + + + No animation + + + + + Linear fade animation + + + + + Cubic fade animation + + + + + Sinusoid fade animation + + + + + A NULL-terminated ANSI character-set character string containing + a carriage return and a linefeed character at the end of each line. + + + + + A device-dependent bitmap. + + + + + A "metafile picture" based on the old metafile support of Windows. + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Microsoft "Symbolic Link" format. + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Data Interchange Format (DIF). + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Tag Image File Format (TIFF). + + + + + A memory block containing text data (similar to CF_TEXT) but using + the OEM character set. + + + + + A memory block defining a device-independent bitmap. + + + + + A handle to a color palette. + + + + + Used in conjunction with the pen extensions to Windows. + + + + + Multimedia data in the Resource Interchange File Format. + + + + + A sound (waveform) file. + + + + + A memory block containing Unicode text. + + + + + A handle to an enhanced metafile supported under the 32-bit versions of Windows. + + + + + Allocates fixed memory. The return value is a pointer. + + + + + Allocates movable memory. Memory blocks are never moved in physical + memory, but they can be moved within the default heap. + + + The return value is a handle to the memory object. To translate the + handle into a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. + This value cannot be combined with GMEM_FIXED. + + + + + Initializes memory contents to zero. + + + + + Combines GMEM_MOVEABLE and GMEM_ZEROINIT. + + + + + Combines GMEM_FIXED and GMEM_ZEROINIT. + + + + + The WindowProc function is an application-defined function that processes messages sent to a window. + The WNDPROC type defines a pointer to this callback function. WindowProc is a placeholder for the + application-defined function name. + + + Handle to the window. + + + Specifies the message. + + + Specifies additional message information. The contents of this parameter depend on the value + of the parameter. + + + Specifies additional message information. The contents of this parameter depend on the value + of the parameter. + + + + + + Windows Class styles. + + + + + Windows Message. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MOUSEENTER. + + + + + The WM_MOUSEENTER messsage registered by .NET framework. + + + + + Register a window message for notify the control not lost focus. + Set the LParam of this message to Not zero to notify window to prevent all focus message (WM_SETFOCUS, WM_KILLFOCUS) + Set the LParam of this message to zero to notify window to process all focus message. + + + This message is registered for prevent the focus message when SizeGrip is mouse dragged to resize frame size. + + + + + Windows message is registered for notifing the control prevent process deactivate message. + + + + + The DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure contains extended formatting options for the DrawTextEx method. + + + + + Specifies the structure size, in bytes. + + + + + Specifies the size of each tab stop, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Specifies the left margin, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Specifies the right margin, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Receives the number of characters processed by DrawTextEx, including + white-space characters. The number can be the length of the string or + the index of the first line that falls below the drawing area. + Note that DrawTextEx always processes the entire string if the DT_NOCLIP + formatting flag is specified. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure. + + + Specifies the size of each tab stop. + + + Specifies the left margin. + + + Specifies the right margin. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MSIME_RECONVERT. + + + + + The WM_MSIME_RECONVERT messsage registered by .NET framework. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MSIME_RECONVERT. + + + + + The WM_ATOK_RECONVERT messsage registered by ATOK. + + + + + Defines the unsafe native methods base on Gdi32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is given in Gdi32 SDK. + + + Defines the unsafe native methods base on Win32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + The DeleteDC Function. + + + The DeleteObject Function. + + + The Ellipse Function. + + + The Pie Function. + + + The GetPixel Function. + + + The SetPixelV Function. + + + The GetGraphicsMode Function. + + + The SetGraphicsMode Function. + + + The GetWorldTransform Function. + + + The SetWorldTransform Function. + + + The GetCharWidth32 Function. + + + The GetTextMetrics Function. + + + The GetRegionData Function. + + + The FrameRgn Function. + + + The SelectObject Function. + + + The GetCurrentObject Function. + + + The SetBKMode Function. + + + The SetBkColor Function. + + + The SetTextCharacterExtra Function. + + + The TextOut Function. + + + The GetBitmapBits Function + + + The TabbedTextOut Function. + + + The GetROP2 Function. + + + The SetROP2 Function. + + + The GetDCOrgEx Function. + + + The SelectClipRgn Function. + + + The GetClipRgn Function. + + + The SetTextColor Function. + + + The GetTextColor Function + + + The Rectangle Function. + + + The FillRgn Function. + + + The StretchBlt Function. + + + The ScaleViewportExtEx Function. + + + The OffsetViewportOrgEx Function. + + + The ScaleWindowExtEx Function. + + + The OffsetWindowOrgEx Function. + + + The Arc Function. + + + The AngleArc Function + + + The Chord Function + + + The PolyBezier Function + + + The PolyBezier Function + + + The SetArcDirection Function. + + + The GetArcDirection Function. + + + The BeginPath Function. + + + The BitBlt Function. + + + The CloseFigure Function. + + + The CombineRgn Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateCompatibleBitmap Function. + + + The CreateCompatibleDC Function. + + + The CreateDIBPatternBrushPt Function. + + + The CreateDIBSection Function. + + + The CreateDIBSection Function. + + + The CreateDIBitmap Function. + + + The CreateFontIndirect Function. + + + The CreateHalftonePalette Function. + + + The CreatePatternBrush Function. + + + The CreatePen Function. + + + The CreateRectRgn Function. + + + The CreateEllipticRgnIndirect Function. + + + The CreatePolygonRgn Function. + + + The CreateRoundRectRgn Function. + + + The CreateSolidBrush Function. + + + The CreateHatchBrush Function + + + The CreateBrushIndirect Function + + + The GetBitmapBits Function + + + The MoveToEx Function + + + The GetBkColor Function + + + The GetBkMode Function + + + The GetTextAlign Function + + + The SetTextAlign Function + + + The SetTextJustification Function + + + The ExtTextOut Function + + + The GetTextCharacterExtra Function + + + The RegisterWindowMessage Function. + + + The AdjustWindowRectEx Function. + + + The CreateWindowEx Function. + + + The SetWindowLong Function. + + + The SetWindowPos Function. + + + The SetWindowRgn Function. + + + The SetWindowRgn Function. + + + The IsWindowEnabled Function. + + + The IsWindowVisible Function. + + + The WindowFromPoint Function. + + + The ShowWindow Function. + + + The MoveWindow Function. + + + The UpdateWindow Function. + + + The IsWindow Function. + + + The GetActiveWindow Function. + + + The GetForegroundWindow Function. + + + The EnableWindow Function. + + + The GetTopWindow Function. + + + The GetWindowDC Function. + + + The GetDesktopWindow Function. + + + The SetActiveWindow Function. + + + The GetWindow Function. + + + The DestroyWindow Function. + + + The ChangeClipboardChain Function. + + + The ClientToScreen Function. + + + The CreateCaret Function. + + + The DestroyCaret Function. + + + The ShowCaret Function. + + + The HideCaret Function. + + + The GetCaretPos Function. + + + The SetCaretPos Function. + + + The GetCaretBlinkTime Function. + + + The SetCaretBlinkTime Function. + + + The DrawFocusRect Function. + + + The DrawFrameControl Function. + + + The DrawIcon Function. + + + The DrawText Function. + + + The DrawTextEx Function. + + + The MsgWaitForMultipleObjects Function. + + + The GetSysColor Function. + + + The ScreenToClient Function. + + + The BeginPaint Function. + + + The EndPaint Function. + + + The GetCapture Function. + + + The GetClientRect Function. + + + The GetCursorPos Function. + + + The GetDC Function. + + + The GetDoubleClickTime Function. + + + The GetFocus Function. + + + The GetKeyState Function. + + + The GetTabbedTextExtent Function. + + + The GetWindowRect Function. + + + The FillRect Function. + + + The InvertRect Function + + + The InvalidateRect Function. + + + The InvalidateRgn Function. + + + The GetUpdateRect Function. + + + The LoadCursor Function. + + + The LoadCursor Function. + + + The MapWindowPoints Function. + + + The PeekMessage Function. + + + The ReleaseCapture Function. + + + The ReleaseDC Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The PostMessage Function. + + + The PostMessage Function. + + + The SystemParametersInfo Function. + + + The TranslateMessage Function. + + + The SetCapture Function. + + + The SetCursor Function. + + + The SetFocus Function. + + + The TrackMouseEvent Function. + + + The SendMessageTimeOut Function. + + + The SendMessageTimeOut Function. + + + The keybd_event function synthesizes a keystroke. + + + The SetParent Function. + + + The ChildWindowFromPoint Function. + + + The GetIconInfo Function + + + + The OpenClipboard function opens the clipboard for examination and prevents + other applications from modifying the clipboard content. + + + Handle to the window to be associated with the open clipboard. If this + parameter is NULL, the open clipboard is associated with the current task. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function + fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The CloseClipboard function closes the clipboard. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard and frees handles to data + in the clipboard. The function then assigns ownership of the clipboard to + the window that currently has the clipboard open. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The SetClipboardData function places data on the clipboard + in a specified clipboard format. + + + Specifies a clipboard format. This parameter can be a registered format + or any of the standard clipboard formats. + + + Handle to the data in the specified format. This parameter can be NULL, + indicating that the window provides data in the specified clipboard + format (renders the format) upon request. If a window delays rendering, + it must process the WM_RENDERFORMAT and WM_RENDERALLFORMATS messages. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the data. + If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The IsClipboardFormatAvailable function determines whether the clipboard + contains data in the specified format. + + + Specifies a standard or registered clipboard format. + + + If the clipboard format is available, the return value is nonzero. + If the clipboard format is not available, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetClipboardData function retrieves data from the clipboard in a + specified format. The clipboard must have been opened previously. + + + Specifies a clipboard format. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a clipboard object + in the specified format. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The SetClipboardViewer function adds the specified window to the chain + of clipboard viewers. Clipboard viewer windows receive a WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD + message whenever the content of the clipboard changes. + + + Handle to the window to be added to the clipboard chain. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the next window in + the clipboard viewer chain. If an error occurs or there are no other + windows in the clipboard viewer chain, the return value is NULL. + + + + The GetTickCount Function. + + + The IsDBCSLeadByte Function. + + + The FormatMessage Function. + + + The LocalFree Function. + + + + Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + The return value is the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + Until the thread terminates, the thread identifier uniquely identifies + the thread throughout the system. + + + + + Maps a character string to a wide-character (Unicode) string. + The character string mapped by this function is not necessarily from a multibyte character set. + + + + + maps a wide-character string to a new character string. The new character string is not necessarily from a multibyte character set. + + + + + The GlobalAlloc function allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. + + + Memory allocation attributes. + + + Number of bytes to allocate. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated + memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The GlobalFree function frees the specified global memory object and + invalidates its handle. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL. If the function fails, + the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. + + + + + The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and returns a pointer + to the first byte of the object's memory block. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte + of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The GlobalUnlock function decrements the lock count associated with a memory + object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE. This function has no effect on + memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return + value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GlobalSize function retrieves the current size of the specified + global memory object, in bytes. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified + global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or + if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. + + + + The OpenThemeData Function. + + + The CloseThemeData Function. + + + The IsThemeActive Function. + + + The IsAppThemed Function. + + + The IsThemePartDefined Function. + + + The IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent Function. + + + The DrawThemeBackground Function. + + + The DrawThemeParentBackground Function. + + + The GetThemeFilename Function. + + + The GetCurrentThemeName Function. + + + The GetThemeColor Function. + + + The GetThemeBackgroundContentRect Function. + + + The GetThemeRect Function. + + + The GetThemePartSize Function. + + + + The BeginBufferedAnimation Function. + + + + + Gets the duration for the specified transition. + + + + + The BufferedPaintRenderAnimation Function. + + + + + Renders the first frame of a buffered animation operation and starts the animation timer. + + + + + Initialize the buffered paint API for the current thread. + + + + + Uninitialize the buffered paint API for the current thread. + + + + + Stops all buffered animations for the given window. + + + + + Clears a specified rectangle in the buffer to ARGB = {0,0,0,0}. + + + + The AlphaBlend Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + + Define the relation direction. + + + A relation is a line link two terminal points: start point and end point.So the line has three directions: + 1. from start to end; + 2. from end to start; + 3. from start to end or from end to start. + + + + + The direction is form start to end. + + + + + The direction is form end to start. + + + + + The direction is bidirectional. + + + + + Abstract a general relation. + + + A realtion contains tow terminal points and direction + + + + + Gets the start point. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + + + Gets the end point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Gets the relation direction. + + + A indicates the direction. + + + + + Define a relation collection. + + + + + Indicates the constraints. + + + + + Gets the constraints; + + + A used to save the relations. + + + + + Add a relation to the collection. + + + The relation to be added. + + + + + Remove the relation form the collection. + + + The relation to be removed. + + + + + Form the start set to end set. + + + The start points set. + + + return the end points set. + + + + + Form the end set to the start set. + + + The end points set. + + + return the start points set. + + + + + A general implementation for the interface. + + + + + Indicates the start point. + + + + + Indicates the end point. + + + + + Indicates the direction. + + + + + Constructor. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Constructor. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + A RelationDirections indicates the direction. + + + + + Gets the start. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + + + Gets the end. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Gets the direction. + + + A RelationDirections indicates the direction. + + + + + Defines the IPattern interface. + + + Pattern can match a word in the text. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines the ITextFilter interface. + + + A text filter used to convert special text to other text. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + Defines the StringPattern class. + + + used to match a pecial string in the text. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The text. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match a repeated string in the text. + minimum indicates the mininum repeated times. + maximum indicates the maxinum repeated times. + + + + + Indicates the repeated text. + + + + + Indicates the minimum repeated times. + + + + + Indicates the maximum repeated times. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The repeated text. + + + The minimum repeated times. + + + The maximum repeated times. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match the quatation bracket witch a pair of character. + + + + + Indicates the escape; + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol + + + + + Indicates if the text include the escape. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The text include symbol. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The text include symbol. + + + The text include escape. + + + Indicates if the text include the escape. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filtering. + + + Returns the text after filtering. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match key work with a sub lexicon. + + + + + Indicates the escape; + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the content. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The content. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filtering. + + + Returns the text after filtering. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to exclude special string form the text. + As soon as it find the special string, it will throw a exception. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Indicates the message. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The text item used to exclude during the matching. + + + The message if for throwing exception when find matched word in the text list. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines a serial of matched switches. + + + Use this enumeration can control the parse process. + + + + + Indicates no switch. + + + + + This pattern will be matched before other patterns and escape. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + Attached a id with a pattern. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The id. + + + The pattern. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The id. + + + The pattern. + + + The switches. + + + + + Indicates the id. + + + + + Gets the id. + + + A object used as id of the item. + + + + + Indicates the pattern. + + + + + Gets the pattern. + + + A used to match. + + + + + A used to control the matching. + + + + + Gets the matching switches + + + + + + + Defines the Lexicon class. + + + Provides a tool, that can parse the key word form the text. + Each key word take effecting by a IPattern interface, lexicon will try to find it by the order. + The find is described by . + You also can set the two kinds of relation ship: Repellency and Dependency. + Repellency, make a pattern not take effecting, when a pattern has been matched. + Dependency, make a pattern not take effecting, until a pattern has been matched. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + A match indicates the finding of special pattern during the parse processing. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + Indicates the literals between the two pattern finding. + + + + + Indicates the next matched length. + + + + + Indicates whether exit literals. + + + + + Indicates the verion. + + + + + Construtor. + + + The owner. + + + The orignal text. + + + If exit escapes. + + + Next matched length. + + + + + Gets the text. + + + A string indicates the matched text. + + + + + Gets the ID. + + + A object indicates the matched id. + + + + + Gets the next match. + + + A next . + + + + + Indicates the owner. + + + + + Indicates the start index. + + + + + Indicates the length. + + + + + Indicates the matched item. + + + + + Indicates the previous match. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Construtor. + + + The owner. + + + The orignal text. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether is a sucess match. + + + A bool indicates a sucess match. + + + + + Gets the id. + + + A object indicates the matched id. + + + + + Gets the mathed text. + + + A string indicates the matched text. + + + + + Gets the next match. + + + A next . + + + + + Check the relation. + + + The id need be checked. + + + Return true, if the id is allow by the relation, otherwise, return false + + + + + Defines the match collection. + + + Used to saves and gets a serial matches. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The matches. + + + + + Gets the match by special index. + + + The item at index. + + + + + Indicates the id of the literals. + + + + + Indicates the assertion id. + + + + + Indicates the esacpe char. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The literals id. + + + + + Indicates the escape. + + + + + Indicates the version. + + + + + Indicates the inner list. + + + + + Indicates the literals id. + + + + + Gets or sets the item by speical index. + + + The at the index. + + + + + Gets the item count. + + + A int value indicates the count in the collection. + + + + + Adds a item into the collection. + + + The items. + + + + + Remove a item form the collection. + + + The item. + + + + + Creates the first match. + + + The text to be parsed. + + + The first match. + + + + + Indicates the repellency item set. + + + + + Indicates the dependency item set. + + + + + Gets the repellency set. + + + A used to save the repellency relations. + + + + + Gets the dependency set. + + + A used to save the dependency relations. + + + + + Gets the matches collection. + + + The text to be parsed. + + + A contains the all matches. + + +
+
diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65dee14 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net462/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.6.2.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96b5535 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fee8105 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42698 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Input.4.8 + + + + + Verify the environment to get whether the component is in design-time. + + + true if it is in design-time; otherwise false. + + + In DesignTime, because of IDE bugs, some component are not created with DesigntimeLicenseContext. + For example, when drag a control from Win Forms DataSource tool window, or use a web control in a ASP.NET Template. + This may cause the control do run-time license validation and found that there is no license. + To resolve this problem, we will check the environment and decide whether to do design-time license validation again. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Contains the resource for PowerToolsLicenseProvider + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Gets the Error icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Info icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the Warning icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the C1 icon for license dialog. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The localized string. + + + + + Gets the localized string. + + + The name of the string. It could be a const value in . + + + The data used in the string. + + + The localized string. + + + + + Get the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + The whose file version description should be get. + + + A indicates the file version description of the specified assembly. + + + + + Get the name of the specified assembly. + + + The whose name should be get. + + + A indicates the name of the specified assembly. + + + Please use this method to get assembly name. It is because that the Assembly.GetName method need FileIO permission. + + + + + Format the product key as "xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx". + + + A indicates the original product key which is a sequence of 24 digits. + + + A readable text indicates the product key. + + + + + Represents the kind of license dialog. + + + + + Info dialog. It is shown for a trial license. + + + + + Warning dialog. It is shown for a trial license which is expired. + + + + + Error dialog. It is shown for an invalid license or other errors. + + + + + Represents the target web site for the link in license dialog. + + + + + None target. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/support/portal/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/pricing/componentone/. + + + + + Goto web site http://developer.mescius.com/componentone/docs/license/online-license/overview.html. + + + + + Goto web site https://developer.mescius.com/sales/componentone-faq/. + + + + + Represents a license provider of a Windows Forms PowerTools component. + + + + + Define interface for IFELanguage com object. + + + + + Represents the IFELanguageWrapper class. + + + + + Indicates the GUID string forthe IFELanguage. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Handles the ApplicationExit event of the Application control. + + + An object indicates the event sender. + + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + Creates the IFE lan. + + + A string value indicates the ime mode. + + + A object indicate the IFELanguage com object created. + + + + + Gets the conversion mode caps. + + + The IME mode. + + + + + + Gets the conversion list. + + + The IME mode. + + + The request. + + + The mode. + + + The STR input. + + + + + + This class define the internal code access authorization for GrapeCity product. + + + + + Validate whether the calling assembly is an authorization assembly. + + + If the calling assembly has same PublicKeyToken with this main assembly, we think + this assembly is a authorization by now. + So the snk file is very important If hacker get the snk file, then he can forge an + authorization assembly. I think the pfx file is more secure. + + + + + The calling assembly. eg, + "System.Reflection.Assembly.GetCallingAssembly()". + + + Return a bool value. true is an authorization assembly; otherwise,false. + + + + + Determines how to handle the IME candidate window. + + + + + Clears the composition string and set the status to no composition string. + + + + + Converts the composition string and show the candidate window. + + + + + Converts the composition string and pick the first in the candidate window. + + + + + This delegate enables asynchronous calls for getting ime is converting status. + + + + + Represents a simple wrapper of window handle. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + Indicates the owner GcIme component. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An component which is the owner of the wrapper. + + + + + Gets the hook handle from the FactWindow. + + + Returns the hook handle. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Defines a class used to convert ImeMode to ImeConversionMode or convert ImeConversionMode to ImeMode. + + + + + Defines a Japanese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Korean conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Chinese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a empty conversion table. + + + + + Gets the conversion table by current input language. + + + The conversion table based on the language. + + + + + Saves the conversion bits. + + + + + Gets the conversion bigs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be set. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be cleared. + + + + + Save the data of the extended properties. + + + + + Defines the default value of the . + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Save the data of the extended property. + + + + + Overridden, check whether the given object equals this instance. + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An int indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Initialize an instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The dummy1. Please set it to null. + + + The dummy2. Please set it to null. + + + These two parameters is used to differentiate the internl constructor from the pulic one. + + + + + Initialize component. + + + + + Save all the data of extended properites of controls. + + + + + Save furigana service - associated control references. + + + + + Save the virtual window used to access with the + + + + + Saves the cached the ime sentence mode. + + + + + Saves the ime device. + + + + + Caches the result string event args for firing event. + + + + + The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use + by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. + + + + + The default alphabet to reading string mappings. + + + + + The user-set alphabet to reading string mappings. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether IME is available for the current keyboard layout. + + + if the IME is available; otherwise, . + + + + + Checks whether there's any IME associated to the specified window. + + + A value indicating the window handle. + + + if the window has an IME context associated with it; otherwise, . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether ime is converting in current Application. + + + if ime is converting in current Application; otherwise, . + + + This property is used for retrieve the state of IME converting status. + + + + + Gets the IME is converting on the focused window. + + + A value, if ime is converting, otherwise, . + + + + + Gets whether ime is converting in given form. + + + A object specify the target form for checking the ime converting state. + + + A value, if ime is converting, otherwise, . + + + + + Specifies whether this object can provide its extender properties to the specified object. + + + The object to receive the extender properties. + + + if this object can provide extender properties to the specified object; + otherwise, . + + + + + Retrieves the IME sentence mode associated with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + With the GetImeSentenceMode method, + you can retrieve the for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the IME sentence mode with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the Ime sentence mode for a control. + To get the information about Ime sentence mode, use the method. + + The control is . + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + Indicates whether the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode should be serialized. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + If the ImeSentenceMode property should be serialized, return ture, otherwise return false. + + + + + Reset the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode associated to special control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Retrieves the AutoShowSoftKayboard associated with the specified control. + + + A , the AutoShowSoftKayboard is associated on it. + + + A indicates whether open soft keyboard when control get focus or lose. + + + With the GetAutoShowSoftKeyboard method, you can retrieve the setting about show soft keyboard automatically or not for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. +
+ This method is obsoleted in this version. +
+ The control is . +
+ + + Associates the AutoShowSoftKayboard with the specified control. + + + A , the AutoShowSoftKayboard is to be associated on it. + + + A indicates whether open soft keyboard when control get focus or lose. + + + You can also use this method to specifying whether to show the soft keyboard automatically or not for a control. + To get the information about showing the soft keyboard automatically, use the method. +
+ This method is obsoleted in this version. +
+ The control is . +
+ + + Retrieves the associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates what is the output manner of the reading string. + + + With the GetReadingStringOutput method, you can retrieve the value of for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the ReadingStringOutPut with the specified control. + + + A , the is to be associated on it. + + + A value indicates what is the output manner of the reading string. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the reading string output for a control. + To get the information about the reading string output, use the method. + + The control is . + The control isn't valid. + + + + Indicates whether the value of extended property ReadingStringOutput should be serialized. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + If the ReadingStringOutput property should be serialized, return ture, otherwise return false. + + + + + Reset the value of extended property ReadingStringOutput associated to special control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Retrieves the CausesImeEvent associated with the specified control. + + + A , the CausesImeEvent is associated on it. + + + A indicates whether the control cause the ime event. + + + With the GetCausesImeEvent method, you can retrieve the setting about enable to raise the event or not for any control. + To change the setting, use the method. + The result string event will never occurs if this property is not set to on the control that handling IME input. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the CausesImeEvent with the specified control. + + + A , CausesImeEvent is to be associated on it. + + + A indicates whether the control cause the ime event. + + + You can also use this method to specifying whether to causes the Ime event or not for a control. + To get the information about whether to cause the Ime events, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Gets candidate list from a specified reading string. + + + A string which represents the reading string. + + + A string array which represents the candidate list. + Returns string[0] if readingString is or . + + + User can retrieve a array from the candidate list by using this method. + + The control is . + + + + + Get reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A string which represents the result string. + + + A string array which represents the reading strings. + Returns string[0] if resultString is or + + + User can retrieve a array from the candidate list by using this method. + + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + A value to be convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + User can use this method to convert a string by a . + + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + A the convert based on it. + + + A value to be convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + User can use this method to convert a string by a for on a specified control. + + + + + + Retrieves the kana mode setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates the format of reading string output will convert to. + + + With the GetKanaMode method, you can retrieve the for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + The control is . + + + + Associates the kana mode setting associated to the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + A value indicates the format of reading string output will convert to. + + + You can also use this method to specifying the kana mode for a control. + To get the information about the kana mode, use the method. + + The control is . + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + Dispose the unmanged and manged resource. + + + A indicates whther the dispoing action is not caused by finalizer. + + + Call when you are finished using the . + The Dispose method leaves the in an unusable state. + After calling , you must release all references to the + so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. + + + + + Updates the IME sentence mode when control has focus and change the ImeSentenceMode of it or its parent. + + + The focused control. + + + A value, if set to we will cache the IME sentence mode before set new one, otherwise, . + + + + + Retrieves the IME sentence mode associated with the specified control. + + + A , the IME sentence mode is associated on it. + + + An indicates the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Addes a control into the data. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Attaches events for a specified control and its child controls. + + + The specified . + + + + + Removes a control from the data. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Detaches events for a specified control and its child controls. + + + The specified . + + + + + Processes the GotFocus message of the associated control. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the message. + + + + + Processes the LostFocus message of the associated control. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the message. + + + + + Processes the CompositionChanged event of the ime. + + + An object indicate the control that send the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Recieves the Opening of the status window. + + + An object indicates the sender of the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Receives the Closing of the status window. + + + An object indicates the sender of the event. + + + An indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + Start up the controling of sentence mode of ime device. + + + + + Finish the controling of sentence mod of the ime device. + + + + + Start up the controling of soft keyoard. + + + + + Finish the controling of the softKeyoard. + + + + + Handles the Disposed event of the TargetControl control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Set the special sentence mode to ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Get the sentence mode from the ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Gets the IME mode from the ime device.. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + The ImeMode status. + + + + + Sets the ime mode to the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime mode. + + + + + Converts the string based on the required KanaMode. + + The text need to convert, . + The kana mode to which is want to convert. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the DBCS space character. + + + + + Occurs when there is a result string available during the input process by IME. + + + This event is raised when there is a result string during IME input in any input controls on the form. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + An that contains the + event data. + + + + + Retrieves the input scope setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + One of the enumeration value, indicates the input scope of the associated control. + + + With the GetInputScope method, you can retrieve the for any control. To change the setting, use the method. + + + The control is . + + + + + Associates the input scope setting associated with the specified control. + + + A , the is associated on it. + + + One of the enumeration value, indicates the input scope of the associated control. + + + With the SetInputScope method, you can change the for any control. To retrieve the setting, use the method. + + + The control is . + + + The value isn't a valid item. + + + + + Resets the value of extended property ImeSentenceMode associated with the specified control to default. + + + A indicates the associated control. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + A class is used to control the output behavior of the reading string. + + + + + Gets a empty output. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + A value, indatates whether alphabet character should be converted to reading. + + + + + Gets or sets a control used to receive the output. + + + A indicates the target control. + + + + + Gets or sets an object used to receieve the output string. + + + An object indicates the output target. + + + To make sure the string could be receieved, the output target object should either have a public property named 'Text' or 'Value'. + In addition, a string typed property is valid. + + + + + Gets or sets the output mode. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Gets or sets whether or not enable converting alphabets to its reading. + + + A bool value, indicates the alphabets will convert to its reading, + according to the default mapping table or user defined mapping rules; otherwise, . + + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + Another object to compare to. + + if obj and this instance are the same type and represent the same value; otherwise, . + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Defines the type converter for the class. + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given + destination type using the context. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, + . + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type + using the specified context and arguments. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + A that provides the language to convert to. + + + The to convert. + + + The to which to convert the value. + + + An Object that represents the converted value. + + + The destinationType is a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) + to create a new value, using the specified context. + + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + + + true if changing a property on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) + to create a new value; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates an instance of the type that this System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter + is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property + values for the object. + + + An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values. + + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + + + An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or + null if the object cannot be created. This method always returns null. + + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the + value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + An that specifies the type of array for which to get + properties. + + + An array of type that is used as a filter. + + + A with the properties that + are exposed for this data type, or a null reference if there are no + properties. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context. + + + An that provides a format context. + + + if should be called to find the + properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + + Indicates the output mode of the reading string. + + + + + Adds the new text at the end of the old text. + + + + + Replaces all text of the target control. + + + + + Maintain the reading string output automatically. + + + + + Provides the data for the ResultString event. + + + The ResultString takes place when there has been changes + made in the IME conversion window. + + + + + Indicates the reading string. + + + + + Indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + + + Gets the control that creates the reading string. + + + A indicates the source control. + + + + + Gets the reading string. + + + A value indicating the reading string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified reading string. + + + A indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + A string indicates the specified reading string. + + + + + Stores the alpha-reading string mapping data. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The alphabet. + The reading. + + + + Gets the alphabet. + + The alphabet. + + + + Gets the reading. + + The reading. + + + + Specifies the input scope name which modifies how input from alternative input methods is interpreted. + + + + + The text input pattern for alphanumeric full-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for alphanumeric half-width characters. + + + + + The default handling of input commands. + + + + + The text input pattern for a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) email address. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hanja characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hangul full-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for Hangul half-width characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for the Hiragana writing system. + + + + + The text input pattern for full-width Katakana characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for half-width Katakana characters. + + + + + The text input pattern for a number. + + + + + The text input pattern for a full-width number. + + + + + The text input patternf or a search query. + + + + + The text input pattern for a telephone number. + + + + + The text input pattern for a Uniform Resource Locator (URL). + + + + + Represents a CollectionBase class, which is a base class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + containing the elements of the specified source collection. + + + A with which to initialize the collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + containing the specified array of objects. + + + An array of objects with which to initialize the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index in the collection. + + + A at each valid index. + + + The zero-based index of the collection to access. + + + The index parameter is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is locked. + + + true if this instance is locked; otherwise, false. + + + + + A object that indicates the handler of the CollectionChanging event. + + + + + A object that indicates the handler of the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Adds the specified to the collection. + + + The index at which the new element was inserted. + + + The to add. + + + + + Copies the elements of the specified array to the end of the collection. + + + An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the collection contains the specified . + + + true if the collection contains the specified object; otherwise, false. + + + The to search for in the collection. + + + + + Copies the collection objects to a one-dimensional instance beginning at the specified index. + + + The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from the collection. + + + The index of the array at which to begin inserting. + + + The array parameter is null. + + + The index parameter is less than the target array's minimum index. + + + The destination array is multidimensional.-or- The number of elements in the is greater than + the available space between the index of the target array specified by the index parameter and the end of the target array. + + + + + Gets the index in the collection of the specified , if it exists in the collection. + + + The index in the collection of the specified object, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + The to locate in the collection. + + + + + Inserts the specified into the collection at the specified index. + + + The to insert. + + + The zero-based index where the specified object should be inserted. + + + + + Removes the specified from the collection. + + + The to remove from the collection. + + + The specified object is not found in the collection. + + + + + Copies the elements of the specified array to the end of the collection. + + + An array of type that contains the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element array into the instance. + + + The new value of the element array. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element array into the instance. + + + The new value of the element. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element into the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which to insert the value. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when removing an element from the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which the value can be found. + + + The value of the element to remove from the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before setting a value in the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + + + The value to replace with newValue. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which to insert the value. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which the value can be found. + + + The value of the element to remove from the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the instance. + + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + + + The value to replace with newValue. + + + The new value of the element at the index. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The instance that contains the event data. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The instance that contains the event data. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when validating a value. + + + The object to validate. + + value is null. + The collection is locked. + + + + Locks this instance. + + + + + Unlocks this instance. + + + + + Represents a default predicate. + + + A bool value. + + + + + Determines whether the contains elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + true if the contains one or more elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the contains elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + true if the contains one or more elements that + match the conditions defined by the specified predicate; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the elements to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for a that matches the specified type TTarget, + and returns the first occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The first that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + + + Searches for a that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the first occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The first that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Retrieves all the that match the specified type TTarget. + + + A that contains all the that + match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, an empty . + + + + + Retrieves all the that match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + A that contains all the that + match the specified type TTarget and match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, an empty . + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Searches for an that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the last occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The last that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + + + Searches for an that matches the specified type TTarget and matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the last occurrence within the entire collection. + + + The last that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; + otherwise, the default value for type TTarget. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the to search for. + + + match is null. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based + index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the range of elements in the that extends from the specified index to the last element. + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The zero-based starting index of the search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + startIndex is outside the range of valid indexes for the . + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the range of elements in the that starts at the specified index and contains the specified number of elements. + + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The number of elements in the section to search. + + + The zero-based starting index of the search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + count is less than 0. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns + the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, + if found; otherwise, false. + + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the + zero-based index of the last occurrence within the entire . + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions defined by match, + if found; otherwise, false. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the range of elements in + the that extends from the first + element to the specified index. + + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions + defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The zero-based starting index of the backward search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + startIndex is outside the range of valid indexes for the . + + match is null. + + + + Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, + and returns the zero-based index of the last occurrence within the range of elements in the + that contains the specified number of + elements and ends at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the last occurrence of an element that matches the conditions + defined by match, if found; otherwise, false. + + + The number of elements in the section to search. + + + The zero-based starting index of the backward search. + + + The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. + + + count is less than 0. + + match is null. + + + + Specifies how to position and align the attached element + to the core element. + + + This is used when alignment and positioning needs to take + place between 2 elements, such as an image and a text. + Usually, the text will become the core element + with the image being the attached element in this case. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's top edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's center points have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the left of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's bottom edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's left edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's center points have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the top of the core element in vertical, + and two element's right edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's top edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's center points have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the right of the core element in horizontal, + and two element's bottom edges have same vertial coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's left edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's center points have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + The attached element is at the bottom of the core element in vertical, + and two element's right edges have same horizontal coordinate. + + + + + Defines what kind of space is allowed in the text. + + + + + No space character is allowed. + + + + + Only SBCS space character is allowed. + + + + + Only DBCS space char character allowed. + + + + + Both DBCS and SBCS space characters are allowed. + + + + + Specifies the type of 12-hour mode. + + + + + 12-hour mode ranges from 00:00:00 to 11:59:59. + + + + + 12-hour mode ranges from 01:00:00 to 12:59:59. + + + + + Represents the different year digit type. + + + + + The FourDigitYear mode ranges from 0000 - 9999. + + + + + The TwoDigitYear mode ranges from 00 - 99. + + + + + Specifies the validate type of input. + + + + + No validate mode, fields behavior independent. + + + + + Normal validate mode, fields behavior independent checking. + + + + + Specifies the input validation type. + + + + + Specifies no validate mode, field behavior is independent. + + + + + Specifies normal validate mode, field behavior uses independent checking. + + + + + Specifies extended validate mode, adjusts when needed. + + + + + Defines the number spin mode. + + + + + Spins by the field. + + + + + Spins by the specified field value. + + + + + Spins by digits. + + + + + Defines the date spin increment mode. + + + + + Specifies to spin using the field. + + + + + Specifies to spin using the value of the specified field. + + + + + Specifies how the literal in the content is handled in the clipboard. + + + Inserting or replacing text includes or excludes literals. + + + + + Specifies that literals are included. + + + + + Specifies that literals are excluded. + + + + + Represents how to wrap the line when it is beyond the width of the view. + + + + + Does not wrap. + + + + + Wraps the text by words. + + + + + Wraps the text by characters. + + + + + Specifes the edit mode. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to control the INSERT or REPLACE mode of the editor. + + + + + Indicates the Insert mode. + + + + + Indicates the Overwrite mode. + + + + + Indicates the fixed Insert mode. + + + + + Indicates the fixed Overwrite mode. + + + + + Highlights the type of text selection in the control. + + + After getting focus, none, specified fields, or all text in the editor is highlighted. + + + + Specifies no highlight. + + + Highlights the specified field. + + + Highlights all the text. + + + + Specifies how the literals are displayed during user input. + + + + Always show the literals. + + + The literals are post displayed as the user types. + + + The literals are displayed before the user types. + + + + Specifies the key groups. + + + + + Reresents the number input keys. + + + + + Represents the memory operation keys. + + + + + Represents the math operation keys. + + + + + Represnts the reset keys. + + + + + Represents the keys for editing. + + + + + Represents the key for output. + + + + + Represents the indicator keys. + + + + + Specifies how the tab key works. + + + The Tab key moves focus among controls or fields. + + + + + Used to move focus between controls. + + + + + Used to move the cursor position between fields in the control. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed in the DateEraField. + + + + + Displays a full era name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated era name. + + + + + Displays a symbol. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed. + + + + + Displays a full month name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated month name. + + + + + Displays a number. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed in the DateAmPmField. + + + + + Displays a full AMDesignator or PMDesignator. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated AMDesignator or PMDesignator. + + + + + Defines what kind of pattern is displayed. + + + + + Displays a full weekday name. + + + + + Displays an abbreviated weekday name. + + + + + Determines what sign the value is. + + + + + Indicates not control sign of value. + + + + + Indicates keep value positive. + + + + + Indicates keep value negative. + + + + + Represent the sign type. + + + + + Represent there is none sign. eg, value == . + + + + + Represent the value is positive. eg, value = +0. + + + + + Represent the value is negative. eg, value = -0. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of a control. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears flat. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears flat until the mouse pointer moves over it, at which point + it appears three-dimensional. + + + + + Specifies that the control appears three-dimensional. + + + + + Specifies that the appearance of the control is determined by the user's operating system. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the active flat style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the professional appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 blue appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 black appearance style. + + + + + Specifies that the control uses the office2007 silver appearance style. + + + + + Represents an enumeration that defines the ellipsis mode. + + + + + Specifies no ellipsis trim. + + + + + Specifies to trim the end of the string with characters. + + + + + Specifies to trim the center of the string with charactors. + + + + + Specifies the effect for how the text is drawn on a graphics surface, such as: Flat, 3D, and so on. + + + + + Text is drawn with no 3D effect (default). + + + + + Text is drawn with a heavy inset effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a heavy raised effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a light inset effect. + + + + + Text is drawn with a light raised effect. + + + + + Represents useful symbols. + + + + + Specifies an empty symbol. + + + + + Specifies an arrow. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with an underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a double underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a thick underline. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with an over line. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a double over line. + + + + + Specifies an arrow with a thick over line. + + + + + Specifies a double arrow. + + + + + Specifies a dot. + + + + + Specifies a zoom in symbol. + + + + + Specifies a zoom out symbol. + + + + + Represents the direction of the symbol. + + + + + Specifies the left direction. + + + + + Specifies the up direction. + + + + + Specifies the right direction. + + + + + Specifies the down direction. + + + + + Specifies the side button position. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the side buttons' + position when both buttons are inside or outside of the control border. + The left or right information is defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Side buttons are at the left side and inside the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the left and outside the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the right and inside of the border. + + + + + Side buttons are at the right and outside of the border. + + + + + Specifies the visibility of side buttons. + + + The members of this enumeration allow users to set the timing of spin and + drop-down button visibility. + + + + + Side buttons are not shown. + + + + + Side buttons are always shown. + + + + + Side buttons are shown when the button container gets focus. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which a drop-down + control is displayed relative to its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed above and to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed above and to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed below and to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Uses the mouse position to specify that the drop-down control + is displayed below and to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and specifies that the drop-down control + is displayed to the left of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and specifies that the drop-down control + is displayed to the right of its parent control. + + + + + Compensates for nested drop-down controls and responds to the + setting, specifying either + or accordingly. + + + + + Specifies how to show the scroll bar(s). + + + + + Specifies that scroll bars are always shown. + + + + + Specifies that scroll bars are shown when the content is out of range. + + + + + Specifies the mode of display data. + + + + + Show item as text + + + + + Shown item as image + + + + + Represents the status of the field. + + + + + Without input, the field is empty. + + + + + With input, but not finished yet. + + + + + The input is finished. + + + A field status of full does not mean the field cannot accept input. + There is a case where the field is full, but the field has not reached the maximum limit and can still accept input. + + + + + The IP address input mode + + + + + IPv4 Mode + + + + + IPv6 Mode + + + + + Mixed IPv6 Mode + + + + + Specifies the action of shortcut keys + + + + + Moves the focus to the next control. + + + + + Moves the focus to the previous control. + + + + + Moves the cursor to the next field. + + + + + Moves the cursor to the previous field. + + + + + Clears the content of the control. + + + + + Shows the dropdown window of the control + + + + + Do spin up + + + + + Do spin down + + + + + Sets the control's value to current date and time. + + + + + Adds three zeros. + + + + + Shows the popup calculation window. + + + + + Specifies the type of dates that can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that any dates can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that only workdays can be selected. + + + + + Specifies that only holidays and weekend days can be selected. + + + + + Defines the type of the calendar. + + + + + Shows the calendar by Month-Day type. + + + + + Shows the calendar by Year-Month type. + + + + + Specifies the display type of the calendar. + + + + + Displays as the normal year. + + + + + Displays as the Fiscal year. + + + + + Specifies the month of a year. + + + + + Indicates the month is not defined + + + + + Indicates January + + + + + Indicates February + + + + + Indicates March + + + + + Indicates April + + + + + Indicates May + + + + + Indicates June + + + + + Indicates July + + + + + Indicates August + + + + + Indicates September + + + + + Indicates October + + + + + Indicates November + + + + + Indicates December + + + + + Defines the type of days (workday, holiday, etc.) + + + + + Indicates a normal non-holiday day. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears yearly. + + + + + Indicates a normal day which originally was a holiday. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears for a + specific date. + + + + + Indicates a holiday that appears when a holiday + lands on a weekend and automatically moves onto the next day. + + + + + Indicates the weekday is a holiday. + + + + + Defines how a holiday is handled when it lands on a weekday + that is specified as a holiday. + + + + + No holiday override takes place. + + + + + Holiday overrides to the next day. + + + + + Holiday overrides to the next work day. + + + + + Specifies the type of the selection indicator. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as a focus rectangle. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as a box. + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as 3D (reverse). + + + + + Shows the selection indicator as 3D when the mouse moves over the focus item; otherwise, shown as flat. + + + + + Specifies the position of the navigation bar in a calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the left side of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the top of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the right side of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies the navigation bar is positioned at the bottom of the calendar. + + + + + Specifies how to show the empty week rows in the . + + + + + Specifies that the empty rows appear at the beginning. + + + + + Specifies that all empty rows are at the end. + + + + + Specifies which type of navigator bar is shown in the control. + + + + + Specifies that no navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the button style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the scroll bar style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Specifies that the outlook style navigator bar is shown. + + + + + Defines flags for the different weeks. + + + + + Specifies no weeks. + + + + + Specifies the first week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the second week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the third week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the fourth week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the fifth week in the month. + + + + + Specifies the last week in the month. + + + + + Specifies all weeks in the month. + + + + + Specifies the style of the template. + + + + + Specifies the outlook style. + + + + + Specifies the MonthCalendar style. + + + + + Specifies the System style. + + + + + Specifies which type of PickDays to use. + + + + + Specifies only the days in the current month. + + + + + Specifies to include the trailling days in the view. + + + + + Specifies the minimum or maximum day. + + + + + Specifies the day of the week. + + + + + Indicates the weekday is not defined. + + + + + Indicates Sunday. + + + + + Indicates Monday. + + + + + Indicates Tuesday. + + + + + Indicates Wednesday. + + + + + Indicates Thursday. + + + + + Indicates Friday. + + + + + Indicates Saturday. + + + + + Specifies the position and manner in which a toolbar is docked. + + + + + The toolbar's left edge is docked to the left edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's right edge is docked to the right edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's top edge is docked to the top edge of its containing control. + + + + + The toolbar's bottom edge is docked to the bottom edge of its containing control. + + + + + Specifies the action that the toolstirp action button perform. + + + + + Copies the richtextbox text to clipbord. + + + + + Pastes the clipbord content to richtextbox. + + + + + Cuts the selction of richtextbox. + + + + + Deletes the selction of richtextbox. + + + + + Performs the undo operation. + + + + + Performs the redo operation. + + + + + Inserts a iamge. + + + + + Alignments to the left. + + + + + Ailgnments to the center. + + + + + Ailgnments to the right. + + + + + Bullet style. + + + + + Indent increasement. + + + + + Indent decreasement. + + + + + Bold style. + + + + + Italic style. + + + + + Unerline style. + + + + + Strikeout style. + + + + + Loads file style. + + + + + Saves file style. + + + + + No operation. + + + + + Enumerate all system sound types. + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + One type of Systemsound, + + + + + Specifies the operator of compare action. + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value equals difference value. + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value not equals difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value greater than difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value greater than or equals difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value smaller than difference value + + + + + The difference of target control value and related control value smaller than or equals difference value + + + + + Specifies the position of the scroll tip window within the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the default location. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the top or left side of the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the bottom or right side of the control. + + + + + The scroll tip window is positioned at the center of the control. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a TextElment when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Defines the ValueProcessOption enumeration. + + + + + Keeps the current value. + + + + + Clears the current. + + + + + Restores the previous value. + + + + + Defines the FieldsEditMode enumeration. + + + + + Specifies the input is from the left side in each field. + + + + + Specifies the input is from the right side in each field. + + + + + Specifies that the field does not show the empty prompt character, but the width of the field is fixed. + + + + + Defines the DisplayAlignment enumeration. + + + + + Specifies to never make a horizontal alignment effect. + + + + + Specifies that the alignment is distributed. + + + + + Specifies that the alignment is distributed with white space. + + + + + Defines the dropdown animation. + + + + + Indicates no animation. + + + + + Indicates the scroll animation. + + + + + Indicates the slide animation. + + + + + Indicates the fade animation. + + + + + Indicates the center animation. + + + + + Indicates the extend animation. + + + + + Indicates the drag animation. + + + + + Defines the Japanese char converting mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Half Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Convert the Japanese character to the Full Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Hiragana mode. + + + + + Defines the CrLf mode which describes how to process the CrLf char. + + + + + Accepts all CrLf characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Removes all CrLf characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Cuts the following strings from the first CrLf character in copied, cut, and pasted strings. + + + + + Specifies the style of dashed liness + + + + + Specifies no line. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies the round pattern of the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the largest integer less than or equal to the specified number. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the nearest number that is away from zero. + + + + + When a number is halfway between two others, it is rounded toward the nearest even number. + + + + + Defines how to process the GcDateTime.Value, + + + + + Adjusts the value to the valid range between the minimum and maximum. + + + If the value is less than the minimum, adjusts to the minimum. If the Value is greater than the maximum, adjusts to the maximum. + + + + + Clears the value to . + + + + + Restores the backup value to the specified property. + + + + + Cancels the last input and holds the old text. + + + + + Keeps the last input and holds the old text. + + + + + Helper method for validating Enum. + + + the type of the Enum. + + + the validating value. + + + valid value of Enum. + + + + + Defines the Tab character mode which describes how to process the Tab character. + + + + + Accepts all Tab characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Removes all Tab characters in copied, cut, or pasted strings. + + + + + Cuts the following strings from the first Tab character in copied, cut, and pasted strings. + + + + + Defines behavior used when click SideButton. + + + + + No specific behavior. + + + + + SideButton will do spin up behavior. + + + + + SideButton will do spin down behavior. + + + + + Defines how to show the TouchToolBar when touch tap target control. + + + + + Not show the TouchToolBar by touch device. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar to take place of showing or when executing touch PressAndHolder operation. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar by tap the selection region of target control. + + + + + Show the TouchToolBar by tap the selection gripper. + + + + + Represents the mode of revealing the typed password in the password protected editor. + + + + + Never reveal the typed password. + + + + + Shows an eye button and press it to reveal the typed password. + + + + + Shows the last typed char for a short period and then hidden with password char. + + + + + Repesents the decimal part of the numeric value handling mode. + + + + + The decimal point will be filtered. + + + + + Cut off the decimal part, only kepts the integer part value. + + + + + Defines the CompareStringOperator enumeration. + + + + + The difference of string value and related control value equals difference value. + + + + + The difference of string control value and related control value not equals difference value + + + + + The control value contain the string + + + + + The control value starts with the string + + + + + The control value end with the string + + + + + Defines the action options of hide the touch keyboard when user opens the drop-down window. + + + + + Not hide the touch keyboard. Both dropdown and touch keyboard are shown. + + + + + The touch keyboard will be hidden when the drop-down window is shown. + + + + + The touch keyboard will be hidden when the drop-down window is shown, and it will be shown again after the drop-down window is closed. + + + + + Represnts a Field class to define a base field. + + + This class will implement view function for single segment. And some input behavior will exposed to user, too. + This is final interface for our user. + When a field is created, it will create a segment and value module for it. Then configuration will be done on the + segment and the value module. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A object indicates the name property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object. + + + A value indicating the name of the object. +
The default is . +
+
+ + + Defined the mask format lexicons. + + + + + A patter used to parse define character sub set. + + + + + Indicates the keywords. + + + + + Indicates the content of the keyowrds. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the + + + Indicates the keywords. + + + Indicates the content of the keyowrds. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse hex AscII. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a hex digital + + + the character + + + if the character is hex digital return true,else return false + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse hex Unicode. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a hex digital + + + the character + + + if the character is hex digital return true,else return false + + + + + Define a pattern used to parse octal AscII + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + To judge the character whether is a octal digital + + + the character + + + if the character is octal digital return true,else return false + + + + + Defines the keywords form mask format. + + + + + Defines the escape character. + + + + + Defines the hyphen character. + + + + + Defines the vertical bar character. + + + + + Defines the comma character. + + + + + Defines the arrow character. + + + + + Defines the literials id. + + + + + Defines the separator id. + + + + + Defines the hyphen id. + + + + + Defines the char subset id. + + + + + Defines the quantifier id. + + + + + Defines the enum group id. + + + + + Defines the defined char id. + + + + + Defines the unknow id. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the maske format. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the character subset. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the quantifier. + + + + + Gets a lexicon used to parse the enum group. + + + + + Creates the lexicons. + + + + + Defined the mask pattern collection. + + + + + Represents a builder to build some specify the by a format. + + + + + To analyse the quantifier string. + + + the pattern string + + + return the quantifier minimum + + + return the quantifier maximum + + + the subset string is a string that start with '{' character and end with '}'character. + And maximum and minimum are split by ',' character. + + + + + Defined a character filter builder to builder a specify character filter with a pattern. + + + + + A class use to parse the char sub set. + + + + + Save the filters. + + + + + Save the include characters. + + + + + Indicates if the helper is working. + + + + + Cache a character. + + + + + Indicates if has cached a character. + + + + + Indicates if has cached a Hyphen. + + + + + Begin the parsing + + + + + Feed a Hyphen to the helper. + + + + + Feed a character to the helper. + + + The character. + + + + + Process the character saved in the cache. + + + + + Adds a include character into the include. + + + The included character. + + + + + Feed a filter. + + + The filter. + + + + + Ends the paraing. + + + Returns the filters saved in the helper. + + + + + Builds a character filter with the specified pattern. + + + The specify format defined by MaskPatternField. + + + A object indicate the build result. + + + + + Create the character filter by special char subset pattern. + + + The apecial char subset pattern. + + + The character filter. + + + + + Create the filter by defined char. + + + The defined character. + + + The character filter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A value indicates the pattern. + + An value indicates the minimum length. + + + An value indicates the maximum length. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum length of the . + + + An value indicates the minimum length. +
The default is 1. +
+ + The property determines the minimum length of input characters. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum length of the . + + + An value indicates the maximum length. +
The default is . +
+ + The property determines the maximum length of input characters. + +
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field can auto convert. + + + if can perform auto convert; otherwise, . + + + If set the AutoConvert property to , all convertible characters will be + automatically converted accordingly to the input mask. For example, if set + the input mask to "A", by hitting a lower case character the control automatically + converts the character into an upper case. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A value indicates the literal. + + + + + Gets or sets the literal text of the field. + + + A value indicates the literal text of the field. +
The default is White-Space char. +
+ + The property retrieves the text of the . + +
+ + + Defines an interface that abstractes a window, user can add message processors to it. + + + + + Addes the an into the . + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + Last added processor has the hightest priority. + A duplicate processor or null will cause an exception. + + + + + Removes the an from the . + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + A no found processor or null will cause an exception. + + + + + Defines the message processor interface. + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + A bool value indicates whether the message will be processed by other processors. + true the message will not be process any. + false otherwise. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + Save the fact window object. + + + + + Saves the processors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the fact window. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + A event raised when the value of property is changed. + + + + + Add a message proccessor to the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Remove a message processor from the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Gets the handle of the vritual window. + + + An indicates the handle of the virtual window. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Hang up the link between this class and the Application. + + + + + Defines a virtual windows to help the operation of the . + + + This class only send message to the IMessageProcessor.PerProcess methods. + + + + + A hook used to accept the window message. + + + + + Saves the owner. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the owner. + + + + + Process the message. + + + + + Detach the owner to prevent msg process again. + + + This method is often used when its owner is been destroyed. + And this method will break relationship with its owner. + + + + + Save the fact window object. + + + + + A dictionary keeps all of the related hook window wrappers. + + + + + Saves the processors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the fact window. + + + + + Gets the associated window handle that related to the FactWindow instance. + + + The associated window handle related to the FactWindow instance. + + + + + Gets the hook handle from the FactWindow. + + + Returns the hook handle. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the arguments of the event. + + + + + A event raised when the value of property is changed. + + + + + Add a message proccessor to the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Remove a message processor from the virtual window. + + + An indicates the message processor. + + + + + Gets the handle of the vritual window. + + + An indicates the handle of the virtual window. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Dispatch the message to the processsor. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + Return a bool indicate whether this message should be blocked. + + + + + Hang up the link between this class and the Application. + + + + + Defines the window that implements the IWin32Window interface. + + + + + Saves the handle of the window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + Gets the handle of the window. + + + + + Defines the type of the ime device. + + + + + User can control the ime device, but can not receive the event from ime device. + + + + + User can not only control the ime device, but also receive the event from ime device. + + + + + Defines the hot keys for ime. + + + + + + + + + + For simplified Chinese, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For simplified Chinese, toggles the symbol conversion mode of IME. + Symbol mode indicates that the user can input Chinese punctuation and symbols + by mapping to the punctuation and symbols on the keyboard. + + + + + For Japanese, alternately opens and closes the IME. + + + + + For Korean, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For Korean, switches to Hanja conversion. + + + + + Switches to from Korean to English. + + + + + + + + + + For traditional Chinese, toggles the shape conversion mode of IME. + + + + + For traditional Chinese, toggles the symbol conversion mode of IME. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines the ime device that is a bridge between application and ime. + + + + + Defines the ime context for all ime operations. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Saves the handle of the ime window. + + + + + Saves the orignal handle of ime window. + + + + + Saves a flag indicating whether the ime context is used by ime device. + + + + + Saves a flag indicating whether the ime context have beed modified by ourself. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Ensure to release + + + + + Gets the device of the ime context. + + + An indicates the ime device that is owner of the ime context. + + + + + Gets the handle of the ime context. + + + An indicates the handle of the ime. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating whether the ime context is valid. + + + A bool indicates whether this context is valid. + + + + + Release the handle of the ime context. + + + + + Release the handle of the ime context. + + + Ignore this params, this method use to ensure release handle of the ime context. + + + + + Gets or sets wehther the ime context is used by ime device. + + + true, the ime context is used by ime device. + false, the ime context is not used by ime device. + + + + + Defines the ime status. + + + + + Indicates the ime function is closed. + + + + + Indicates the ime function is opened. + + + + + Defines the conversion mode + + + + + Language mask. + + + + + Alphanumeric mode + + + + + Native mode + + + + + Chinese mode + + + + + Hangeul mode + + + + + Hangul mode + + + + + Japanese mode + + + + + Katakana mode + + + + + Full shape mode + + + + + Roman input mode + + + + + Character code input mode + + + + + Hanja convert mode + + + + + Soft Keyboard mode + + + + + Prevent processing of conversions by IME + + + + + Eudc conversion mode + + + + + Symbol conversion mode + + + + + Defines the sentence mode + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME carries out conversion processing in single-character mode. + + + + + The IME carries out conversion processing in automatic mode. + + + + + The IME uses phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + Defines the base class of all ime window. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets the device of the ime window. + + + An indicates the ime device that is owner of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicates whether the window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates the position of the ime window. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Shows the ime window. + + + + + Hides the ime window. + + + + + Defines the ime status window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicats whether the ime window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates position of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets a indicating the ime is opened or closed. + + + A indicates the status of the ime. + + + + + Gets or sets the conversion mode. + + + An indicates the conversion mode of the ime. + + + + + Gets or sets the sentence mode. + + + An indicates the sentence mode of the ime. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + When the ime window is about created. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is about closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ConversionMode is changed by user from ime bar. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the SentenceMode is changed by user from ime bar. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the Status is changed by user from ime bar or by code. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + An enum indicates the details of the composition. + + + + + The reading string of the current composition. + + + + + The attributes of the reading string of the current composition. + + + + + The clause information of the reading string of the composition string. + + + + + The current composition string. + + + + + The attribute of the composition string. + + + + + The clause information of the composition string. + + + + + The cursor position in composition string. + + + + + The starting position of any changes in composition string. + + + + + The reading string. + + + + + The clause information of the reading string. + + + + + The string of the composition result. + + + + + The clause information of the result string. + + + + + Define a class used for the arguments of the CompositionChanged event. + + + + + Saves the value of the property. + + + + + Saves the value of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the lastest change to + the composition string. + + + A indicates the detials of the composition. + + + + + Gets the lastest change to the composition string. + + + A char indicates the lastest change to the composition string. + + + + + Gets the detials of the composition. + + + An indicates the detials of the composition. + + + + + Defines a the deleget for handling the ime CompositionChanged event. + + + A object indicates the event sender. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Defines the attribute of the characthers in the ime composition. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a clause of the composition. + + + + + Saves the start of the clause. + + + + + Saves the length of the clause. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An int indicates the start of the clause. + + + An int indicates the end of the cluase. + + + + + Gets an int indicating the start of the clause. + + + An int indicating the start of the clause. + + + + + Gets an int indicating the start of the clause. + + + An int indicating the start of the clause. + + + + + Gets the string of the clause from the given composition string. + + + A string indicates the composition string. + + + Return the string of the clause. + + + + + Defines the ime composition window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets or sets a bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + A bool indicates whether the ime window is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the ime window. + + + A indicates the position of the ime window. + + + + + Gets or sets the work area of the composition window. + + + A indicates the work area. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating whether the composition window is floating. + + + A bool indicates whther the composition window is int floation window. + + + + + Gets whether the compsition form is single line or not. + + + + + Gets the cursor position. + + + An int indicates the caret position of the composition window. + + + + + Gets the delta start. + + + An int indicate the start of the composition window. + + + + + Gets or sets the string + + + A string indicates the composition string. + + + + + Gets or sets the reading string + + + A string indicates the reading string. + + + + + Gets the result string + + + A string indicates the result string. + + + + + Gets the result reading string + + + A string indicates the result reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition attributes. + + + An array indicates the attributes of the composition string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition reading attributes. + + + An array indicates the attributes of the reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the composition string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition reading clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the reading string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition result clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the result string. + + + + + Gets the ime composition result reading clauses. + + + An array indicates the clauses of the result reading string. + + + + + Makes composition sit at a floating window. + + + + + Gets the composition string by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A string is the result. + + + + + Gets the composition attributes by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A ImeCompositionAttribute array is the result. + + + + + Gets the composition clauses by given index. + + + An int indicates the composition string. + + + A ImeCompositionClause array is the result. + + + + + Clear the composition string and set the status to no composition string + + + + + Set the composition string as the result string. + + + + + Convert the composition string. + + + + + Cancel the current composition string and set the composition string to be the unconverted string. + + + + + Gets or sets the logical font. + + + + + A bool indicates whether the ime can do reconverting now. + + + + + Provides support for IME reconversion. + + + A string to be reconverted. + + + Return a bool indicates whether the reconverting is successful. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Adjustes the window position. + + + A indicates the position of the window. + + + + + Adjustes the window position, and workArea. + + + A indicates the position of the window. + + + A indicates the work area of the window. + + + + + When the ime window is opened. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised immediately before the ime generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the IME ends composition. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when the composition is changed. + + + + + Defines the style of the candidate list. + + + + + Candidates are in a style other than listed here. + + + + + Candidates are in same reading. + + + + + Candidates are in a code range. + + + + + Candidates are in same meaning. + + + + + Candidates use same radical character. + + + + + Candidates are in same number of strokes. + + + + + Defines a indicates the candidate list. + + + + + Defines a empty . + + + + + Saves the date of the + + + + + Saves the candidates. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the style. + + + A string array indicates the candidates. + + + + + Gets the style of the candidate list. + + + A indicates the style. + + + + + Gets the count of the candidates. + + + An int indicates the count of the candidates. + + + + + Gets the candidate at given index. + + + An int indicates the given index. + + + A string indicates the candidate. + + + + + Defines the ime candidate window. + + + + + Saves the index of the candidate window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + An int indicates the index of the candidate window. + + + + + Gets the index of the candidate window. + + + An indicates the index of the candidate window. The valid range is 0-3. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the candidate window. + + + A indicates the position of the candidate window. + + + + + Gets or sets the visible of the candidate window. + + + A bool indicats whether the candidate window is visible. + + + + + Gets the candidate list of the candidate window. + + + An contains the candidates. + + + + + Gets the page start. + + + An int indicates the page start. + + + + + Gets the page size. + + + An int indicates the page size. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected candidate index. + + + An int indicates the index of the selected candidate. + + + + + A private methods used get the information from the system. + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime status window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + When the ime window is about created. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime window is about closed. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when an ime is about to change the content of the candidate window. + + + + + Define a class used for the arguments of the ImeCandidateWindowsEventHandler event. + + + + + Saves the index of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An int array indicates the indices of the . + + + + + Gets an int array indicating the indices of the . + + + An int array indicating the indices of the . + + + + + Defines a the deleget for handling the ime events of ImeCandidateWindows event. + + + A object indicates the event sender. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Defines the collection of the candidate window. + + + + + Saves the device of the ime window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Gets the candidate window by the given index. + + + An int indicates the index.(0-3) + + + Returns an . + + + + + Process the message coming from the ime window. + + + A indicates the ime message. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime candidate windows are about opened. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + A indicates the argument of the event. + + + + + When the ime candidate windows is closing. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + A indicates the event arguments. + + + + + Raised when an ime is about to change the content of the candidate window. + + + + + Defines a class used to listen the message of ime host. + + + Just used to dispatch the message to Ime. + + + + + Saves the ime device. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the device. + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + + + Saves the window that uses the ime device. + + + + + Saves the type of the ime device. + + + + + A bool indicates whether the device is disposed. + + + + + A processor. + + + + + Saves the status window. + + + + + Saves the composition window. + + + + + Saves the candidate windows. + + + + + Saves the candidate window collection. + + + + + Saves the ime context. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the window that uses the ime device. + + + The device type is ImeType.Unidirection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An indicates the window that uses the ime device. + + + An indicates the device type user hoped. + + + If can created the device as the special type, is decided by imhost. + + + + + Gets the type of the ime device. + + + + + Gets or sets the language of the ime device. + + + A indicates the language of ime device. + + + + + Gets a bool indicates the ime device is active. + + + A bool indicates whether the ime device is active. + + + + + Gets a flag indicates whether the ime is opening and has inputed string. + + + true, indicates the ime is opening and has inputed string, otherwise, false; + + + + + Gets the status window of current ime device. + + + A indicates the status window. + + + + + Gets the composition window of current ime device. + + + A indicates the composition window. + + + + + Gets the collection of candiate window. + + + A indicates the candidate windows. + + + + + Gets or sets the enable status of the ime device. + + + + + Fetch the result strings from a specified reading string. + + + A string which represents the reading string. + + + A string array which represents the candidate list. + + + + + Fecth reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A string which represents the result string. + + + A string array which represents the reading strings. + + + + + Wraps the API method ImmGetConversionList to provide the function + getting candidate list from a specified reading string or getting + reading strings from a specified result string. + + + A source string which can be result string or reading string. + + + A flag which indicates whether to get the candidate list from a + reading string or to get the reading strings from a result string. + + + A string array that contains the candidate list or reading strings. + + + + + Simulates the specified IME hot key, causing the same response as if the user + had pressed the hot key in the related window. + + + Specifies the identifier of the IME hot key + + + + + Process the message before other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + A bool value indicates whether the message will be processed by other processors. + true the message will not be process any. + false otherwise. + + + + + Process the message after other processors. + + + A indicates the window message. + + + + + Dispose the . + + + + + Raise the event. + + + An indicates the event arguments. + + + + + An event raised when the ime has been activated. + + + + + Raise the event. + + + An indicates the event arguments. + + + + + An event raised when the ime has been deactivated. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + Determines how to handle the IME candidate window. + + + + + Clear the composition string and set the status to no composition string. + + + + + Convert the composition string and show the candidate window. + + + + + Convert the composition string and pick the first in the candidate window. + + + + + A helper class is used to provides some the helps. + + + + + Defines a class used to convert ImeMode to ImeConversionMode or convert ImeConversionMode to ImeMode. + + + + + Defines a Japanese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Korean conversion table. + + + + + Defines a Chinese conversion table. + + + + + Defines a empty conversion table. + + + + + Gets the conversion table by current input language. + + + The conversion table based on the language. + + + + + Saves the conversion bits. + + + + + Gets the conversion bigs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be set. + + + + + Defines the bits needed to be cleared. + + + + + Gets the IME mode from the ime device.. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + The ImeMode status. + + + + + Sets the ime mode to the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime device. + + + A indicates the ime mode. + + + + + Set the special sentence mode to ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Get the sentence mode from the ime device. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + An indicates the sentence mode. + + + + + Converts the specified string and determines how the candidate + window should appear. + + + An indicates the ime device. + + + A string to convert. + + + A enumeration that represents how + to process the candidate window. + + + + + Defines the native methods based on Win32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures + and constants, which is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + Windows Message. + + + + + The SIZE structure specifies the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Constructs the SIZE structure. + + Specifies the size's width. + Specifies the size's height. + + + + Add this methods in order to recudce the warning count of Fon32 class. + + + + + make long method. + + + + + + + + KeyState, bool indicate pressed + + + + + + + Get the lower word from a unsigned integer value. + + The unsigned integer value. + The lower word as result. + + + + Get the higher word from a unsigned integer value. + + The unsigned integer value. + The higher word as result. + + + + Get the lower word from a integer value. + + The integer value. + The lower word as result. + + + + Get the higher word from a integer value. + + The integer value. + The higher word as result. + + + + The POINT structure defines the x and y coordinates of a point. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + A point whith another type. + + + + + The RECT structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle + + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + + The horizontal offset. + + + The vertical offset. + + + + + Gets the width. + + + The width of RECT. + + + + + Gets the height. + + + The height of RECT. + + + + + The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. + All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on + the current mapping mode of the display context. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + The MSG structure contains message information from a thread's message queue. + + + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure receives the message. + + + + + Specifies the message identifier. Applications can only use the low word; + the high word is reserved by the system. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies the time at which the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, x direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, y direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command + item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message + to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. + + + + + The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private + messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form + WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. + + + + + The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained + the keyboard focus. + + + + + The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. + + + + + This message filters for keyboard messages. + + + + + The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by + the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. + + + + + An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple- + document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client + window to activate a different MDI child window. + + + + + The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, + or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the + SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. + + + + + The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button + while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, + the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is + posted to the window that has captured the mouse. + + + + + The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. + If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, + the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. + + + + + The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. + It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. + This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. + During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. + + + + + An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn + or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. + + + + + The WM_RBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + The WM_RBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + The framework calls this member function when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. + + + + + The WM_XBUTTONUP is sent when the right mouse button is up. + + + + + This messgae indicates the theme of current application is changed. + + + + + This WM_CONTEXTMENU is sent when the control need show contextmenu. + + + + + This message indicates clear the selected text. + + + + + This message indicates mouse left button down on NC area. + + + + + Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + + + + + Gets a int value from the IntPtr'LoWord. + + + + + Indicates the result is OK. + + + + + Indicates the reuslt has some problem. + + + + + The Handle of target control + + + + + The client rectangle of target control. + + + + + Word Descriptor + + + + + implementation-defined + + + + + The CharFormat2 sturcut. + + + + + The CHARFORMATA class. + + + + + The ScrollBarTypes enum. + + + + + The ScrollBarInfoFlags enum. + + + + + The SCROLLINFO struct. + + + + + This message is used for show selction text. + + + + + This message is used for set char format. + + + + + This message is used for get char format. + + + + + This message is used for get parafomat. + + + + + AlignmentLeft. + + + + + AlignmentRight. + + + + + AlignmentCenter. + + + + ParaFormat + + + + The inputScope enumeration contains values that specify which input scope(s) are applied to a given field. + + + + If the calling thread and the thread that owns the window are attached to different input queues, + the system posts the request to the thread that owns the window. This prevents the calling thread from + blocking its execution while other threads process the request. + SWP_ASYNCWINDOWPOS + + + Prevents generation of the WM_SYNCPAINT message. + SWP_DEFERERASE + + + Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window. + SWP_DRAWFRAME + + + Applies new frame styles set using the SetWindowLong function. Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to + the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE + is sent only when the window's size is being changed. + SWP_FRAMECHANGED + + + Hides the window. + SWP_HIDEWINDOW + + + Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the + top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter + parameter). + SWP_NOACTIVATE + + + Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid + contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or + repositioned. + SWP_NOCOPYBITS + + + Retains the current position (ignores X and Y parameters). + SWP_NOMOVE + + + Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order. + SWP_NOOWNERZORDER + + + Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to + the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent + window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must + explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing. + SWP_NOREDRAW + + + Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag. + SWP_NOREPOSITION + + + Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message. + SWP_NOSENDCHANGING + + + Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters). + SWP_NOSIZE + + + Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter). + SWP_NOZORDER + + + Displays the window. + SWP_SHOWWINDOW + + + + The KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT structure contains information about a low-level keyboard input event. + + + + + Specifies a virtual-key code. The code must be a value in the range 1 to 254. + + + + + Specifies a hardware scan code for the key. + + + + + Specifies the extended-key flag, event-injected flag, context code, and transition-state + flag. This member is specified as follows. An application can use the following values + to test the keystroke flags. Value Purpose + LLKHF_EXTENDED Test the extended-key flag. + LLKHF_INJECTED Test the event-injected flag. + LLKHF_ALTDOWN Test the context code. + LLKHF_UP Test the transition-state flag. + 0 : Specifies whether the key is an extended key, such as a function key or a key on + the numeric keypad. The value is 1 if the key is an extended key; otherwise, it is 0. + 1-3: Reserved. + 4 : Specifies whether the event was injected. The value is 1 if the event was injected; + otherwise, it is 0. + 5 : Specifies the context code. The value is 1 if the ALT key is pressed; otherwise, it is 0. + 6 : Reserved. + 7 : Specifies the transition state. The value is 0 if the key is pressed and 1 if it is + being released. + + + + + Specifies the time stamp for this message, equivalent to what GetMessageTime would return for this message. + + + + + Specifies extra information associated with the message. + + + + + The MSLLHOOKSTRUCT structure contains information about a low-level keyboard input event. + + + + + Specifies a POINT structure that contains the x- and y-coordinates of the cursor, + in screen coordinates. + + + + + If the message is WM_MOUSEWHEEL, the high-order word of this member is the wheel + delta. The low-order word is reserved. A positive value indicates that the wheel + was rotated forward, away from the user; a negative value indicates that the wheel + was rotated backward, toward the user. One wheel click is defined as WHEEL_DELTA, + which is 120. + If the message is WM_XBUTTONDOWN, WM_XBUTTONUP, WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK, WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN, + WM_NCXBUTTONUP, or WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK, the high-order word specifies which X button + was pressed or released, and the low-order word is reserved. This value can be one + or more of the following values. Otherwise, mouseData is not used. + + XBUTTON1 + The first X button was pressed or released. + XBUTTON2 + The second X button was pressed or released. + + + + + Specifies the event-injected flag. An application can use the following value to + test the mouse flags. + Value Purpose + LLMHF_INJECTED Test the event-injected flag. + 0 : Specifies whether the event was injected. The value is 1 if the event + was injected; otherwise, it is 0. + 1-15 : Reserved. + + + + + Specifies the time stamp for this message. + + + + + Specifies extra information associated with the message. + + + + + Defines the methods based on Win32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is + given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + The ShowWindow Function. + + + + + The DrawFrameControl function draws a frame control of the specified type and style. + + + Handle to the device context of the window in which to draw the control. + + + Pointer to a RECT structure that contains the logical coordinates of the + bounding rectangle for frame control. + + + Specifies the type of frame control to draw. + + + the initial state of the frame control. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + Draws the background image defined by the visual style for the specified control part. + + + [in] Handle to a window's specified theme data. Use OpenThemeData to create an HTHEME. + + + [in] Handle to a device context (HDC) used for drawing the theme-defined background image. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the part to draw. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the state of the part to draw. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that contains the rectangle, in logical coordinates, + in which the background image is drawn. + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that contains a clipping rectangle. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Draws the part of a parent control that is covered by a partially-transparent or alpha-blended child control. + + + [in] Handle of the child control. + + + [in] Handle to the child control's device context (DC). + + + [in] Pointer to a RECT structure that defines the area to be drawn. + The rectangle is in the child window's coordinates. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves whether the background specified by the visual style has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + + + [in] Handle to a window's specified theme data. Use OpenThemeData to create an HTHEME. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the part. See Parts and States. + + + [in] Value of type int that specifies the state of the part. See Parts and States. + + + TRUE : The theme-specified background for a particular iPartId + and iStateId has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + FALSE : The theme-specified background for a particular iPartId + and iStateId does not have transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces. + + + + + This function loads an icon, cursor, or bitmap. + + + Handle to an instance of the module that contains the image to be loaded. + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of the image resource + in the hinst module that identifies the image to load. + Specifies the type of image to be loaded. This parameter can be one of the following + values. + + Specifies the width, in pixels, of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero, the function uses the + SM_CXICON or SM_CXCURSOR system metric value to set the width. If uType is IMAGE_BITMAP, this parameter + must be zero. + + + Specifies the height, in pixels, of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero, the function uses the + SM_CYICON or SM_CYCURSOR system metric value to set the height. If uType is IMAGE_BITMAP, this parameter + must be zero. + + + Set to zero. + Windows CE behaves as though the LR_DEFAULTCOLOR and LR_DEFAULTSIZE values are set. LR_DEFAULTCOLOR + means not monochrome. LR_DEFAULTSIZE means that the system uses the width or height specified by the system + metric values for cursors or icons if the cxDesired or cyDesired values are set to zero. If the resource + contains multiple images, the function uses the size of the first image. + + + + + + The ValidateRgn function validates the client area within a region by removing the region from the current update region of the specified window. + + + Handle to the window whose update region is to be modified. + + + Handle to a region that defines the area to be removed from the update region. If this parameter is NULL, the entire client area is removed. + + + + + + The SetLayeredWindowAttributes function sets the opacity and transparency + color key of a layered window. + + + Handle to the layered window. + + + COLORREF structure that specifies the transparency color key to be used + when composing the layered window. All pixels painted by the window in + this color will be transparent. + + + Alpha value used to describe the opacity of the layered window. + + + Specifies an action to take. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + Sets the stretch BLT mode. + + The HDC. + The stretch mode. + + + + The BitBlt Function. + + + The StretchBlt Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The IsWindow Function. + + + The SetWindowPos Function. + + + The DestroyWindow Function. + + + The SetCapture Function. + + + The ReleaseCapture Function. + + + The InvalidateRect Function. + + + The InvalidateRgn Function. + + + The SetTextColor Function. + + + The GetTextColor Function + + + The SetBkColor Function. + + + The SetBKMode Function. + + + The GetBkColor Function + + + + Reals the child window from point. + + The HWND parent. + The point. + the handle at the point. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The CreateRectRgn Function. + + + The GetClipRgn Function. + + + The SelectClipRgn Function. + + + The OpenThemeData Function. + + + The CloseThemeData Function. + + + The IsThemeActive Function. + + + The SystemParametersInfo Function. + + + The GetDC Function. + + + + PatBlt method. + + + + + + + + + + + + The GetScrollInfo function retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, + the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb). + + + [in] Handle to a scroll bar control or a window with a standard scroll bar, depending on the value of the fnBar parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the type of scroll bar for which to retrieve parameters. This parameter can be one of the following values. + SB_CTL + Retrieves the parameters for a scroll bar control. The hwnd parameter must be the handle to the scroll bar control. + SB_HORZ + Retrieves the parameters for the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. + SB_VERT + Retrieves the parameters for the window's standard vertical scroll bar. + + + [in, out] Pointer to a SCROLLINFO structure. Before calling GetScrollInfo, set the cbSize member to sizeof(SCROLLINFO), + and set the fMask member to specify the scroll bar parameters to retrieve. + Before returning, the function copies the specified parameters to the appropriate members of the structure. + The fMask member can be one or more of the following values. + SIF_PAGE + Copies the scroll page to the nPage member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_POS + Copies the scroll position to the nPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_RANGE + Copies the scroll range to the nMin and nMax members of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi. + SIF_TRACKPOS + Copies the current scroll box tracking position to the nTrackPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi + + + If the function retrieved any values, the return value is nonzero. + If the function does not retrieve any values, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + The SetFocus Function. + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + [in] Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; + but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + [in] Specifies the message to be sent. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + The return value specifies the result of the message processing; it depends on the message sent. + + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + [in] Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; + but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + [in] Specifies the message to be sent. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + [in] Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + The return value specifies the result of the message processing; it depends on the message sent. + + + + + The LockWindowUpdate function disables or enables drawing in the specified window. Only one window can be locked at a time. + + + [in] Specifies the window in which drawing will be disabled. If this parameter is NULL, drawing in the locked window is enabled. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero, indicating that an error occurred or another window was already locked. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + The GetWindow function retrieves a handle to a window that has the specified relationship (Z-Order or owner) to the specified window. + + + [in] Handle to a window. The window handle retrieved is relative to this window, based on the value of the uCmd parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the relationship between the specified window and the window whose handle is to be retrieved. This parameter can be one of the following values. + GW_CHILD + The retrieved handle identifies the child window at the top of the Z order, if the specified window is a parent window; + otherwise, the retrieved handle is NULL. The function examines only child windows of the specified window. It does not examine descendant windows. + GW_ENABLEDPOPUP + Windows 2000/XP: The retrieved handle identifies the enabled popup window owned by the specified window (the search uses the first such window found using GW_HWNDNEXT); + otherwise, if there are no enabled popup windows, the retrieved handle is that of the specified window + GW_HWNDFIRST + The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is highest in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window that is highest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window that is highest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window that is highest in the Z order. + GW_HWNDLAST + The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window that is lowest in the Z order. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window that is lowest in the Z order. + GW_HWNDNEXT + The retrieved handle identifies the window below the specified window in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window below the specified window. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window below the specified window. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window below the specified window. + GW_HWNDPREV + The retrieved handle identifies the window above the specified window in the Z order. + If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies the topmost window above the specified window. + If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies the top-level window above the specified window. + If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies the sibling window above the specified window. /// + GW_OWNER + The retrieved handle identifies the specified window's owner window, if any. For more information, see Owned Windows. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a window handle. If no window exists with the specified relationship to the specified window, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + The ImmIsIME function determines whether the specified input locale has an IME. + + + Input locale identifier. + + + If the specified hKL has an IME, the return value is a nonzero value. + Otherwise the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetKeyboardLayout function retrieves the active input locale identifier + (formerly called the keyboard layout) for the specified thread. If the idThread + parameter is zero, the input locale identifier for the active thread is returned. + + + Identifies the thread to query or is zero for the current thread. + + + The return value is the input locale identifier for the thread. The low word + contains a Language Identifier for the input language and the high word + contains a device handle to the physical layout of the keyboard. + + + + + The ImmGetDefaultIMEWnd function retrieves the default window handle + for the IME class. + + + Handle to the window for the application. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the default window handle + to the IME class. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The FindWindow function retrieves a handle to the top-level window whose + class name and window name match the specified strings. This function + does not search child windows. This function does not perform a case- + sensitive search. + + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the class name or + a class atom created by a previous call to the RegisterClass or + RegisterClassEx function. The atom must be in the low-order word of + lpClassName; the high-order word must be zero. + If lpClassName points to a string, it specifies the window class name. + The class name can be any name registered with RegisterClass or + RegisterClassEx, or any of the predefined control-class names. + If lpClassName is NULL, it finds any window whose title matches the + lpWindowName parameter. + + + Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the window name + (the window's title). If this parameter is NULL, all window names match. + + + + + + The IsWindowVisible function retrieves the visibility state of the + specified window. + + + Handle to the window to test. + + + If the specified window, its parent window, its parent's parent window, + and so forth, have the WS_VISIBLE style, the return value is nonzero. + Otherwise, the return value is zero. + Because the return value specifies whether the window has the WS_VISIBLE + style, it may be nonzero even if the window is totally obscured by other + windows. + + + + + The PostMessage function places (posts) a message in the message queue + associated with the thread that created the specified window and returns + without waiting for the thread to process the message. + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure is to receive the message. + The following values have special meanings. + HWND_BROADCAST + The message is posted to all top-level windows in the system, including + disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up + windows. The message is not posted to child windows. + NULL + The function behaves like a call to PostThreadMessage with the dwThreadId + parameter set to the identifier of the current thread. + + + Specifies the message to be posted. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + + + + The GetFocus function retrieves the handle to the window that has the keyboard + focus, if the window is attached to the calling thread's message queue. + + + The return value is the handle to the window with the keyboard focus. + If the calling thread's message queue does not have an associated window + with the keyboard focus, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The IsChild function tests whether a window is a child window or descendant + window of a specified parent window. A child window is the direct descendant + of a specified parent window if that parent window is in the chain of parent + windows; the chain of parent windows leads from the original overlapped or + pop-up window to the child window. + + + Handle to the parent window. + + + Handle to the window to be tested. + + + + + + The keybd_event function synthesizes a keystroke. The system can use such a + synthesized keystroke to generate a WM_KEYUP or WM_KEYDOWN message. + The keyboard driver's interrupt handler calls the keybd_event function. + + + Specifies a virtual-key code. The code must be a value in the range 1 to 254. + + + This parameter is not used. + + + Specifies various aspects of function operation. This parameter can be one + or more of the following values. + KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY + If specified, the scan code was preceded by a prefix byte having the value 0xE0 (224). + KEYEVENTF_KEYUP + If specified, the key is being released. If not specified, the key is being depressed. + + + Specifies an additional value associated with the key stroke. + + + + + The GetKeyState function retrieves the status of the specified virtual key. + The status specifies whether the key is up, down, or toggled + (on, off��alternating each time the key is pressed). + + + Specifies a virtual key. If the desired virtual key is a letter or digit + (A through Z, a through z, or 0 through 9), nVirtKey must be set to the ASCII + value of that character. For other keys, it must be a virtual-key code. + If a non-English keyboard layout is used, virtual keys with values in the + range ASCII A through Z and 0 through 9 are used to specify most of the + character keys. For example, for the German keyboard layout, the virtual key + of value ASCII O (0x4F) refers to the "o" key, whereas VK_OEM_1 refers to the + "o with umlaut" key. + + + The return value specifies the status of the specified virtual key, as follows: + If the high-order bit is 1, the key is down; otherwise, it is up. + If the low-order bit is 1, the key is toggled. A key, such as the CAPS LOCK key, + is toggled if it is turned on. The key is off and untoggled if the low-order bit + is 0. A toggle key's indicator light (if any) on the keyboard will be on when + the key is toggled, and off when the key is untoggled. + + + + + The GetTextMetrics function fills the specified buffer with the metrics for the currently selected font. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Pointer to the TEXTMETRIC structure that receives the text metrics. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + This function selects an object into a specified device context. The new object replaces the previous object of the same type. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Handle to the gdi object to be selected. + + + If the selected object is not a region, the handle of the object being replaced indicates success. + If the selected object is a region, one of the following values indicates success. + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + | Value | Description | + |-----------------------------------------------------------------| + | SIMPLEREGION | Region consists of a single rectangle. | + | COMPLEXREGION | Region consists of more than one rectangle. | + | NULLREGION | Region is empty. | + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + NULL indicates that an error occurred and the selected object is not a region. Otherwise, a GDI_ERROR value is returned. + + + + + The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, + freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + + + Handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero. + Windows NT/2000/XP: To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. + When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + + + + + The PeekMessage function dispatches incoming sent messages, checks the thread message queue for a posted message, + and retrieves the message (if any exist). + + + Pointer to an MSG structure that receives message information. + + + Handle to the window whose messages are to be examined. + The window must belong to the current thread. If hWnd is NULL, PeekMessage retrieves messages for any window that + belongs to the current thread. If hWnd is INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, PeekMessage retrieves messages whose hWnd value + is NULL, as posted by the PostThreadMessage function. + + + Specifies the value of the first message in the range of messages to be examined. Use WM_KEYFIRST to specify + the first keyboard message or WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. If wMsgFilterMin and wMsgFilterMax + are both zero, PeekMessage returns all available messages (that is, no range filtering is performed). + + + Specifies the value of the last message in the range of messages to be examined. Use WM_KEYLAST to specify the last + keyboard message or WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. If wMsgFilterMin and wMsgFilterMax are both + zero, PeekMessage returns all available messages (that is, no range filtering is performed). + + + Specifies how messages are handled. This parameter can be one of the following values. + PM_NOREMOVE + Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + PM_REMOVE + Messages are removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage. + You can optionally combine the value PM_NOYIELD with either PM_NOREMOVE or PM_REMOVE. This flag prevents the system from releasing any thread that is waiting for the caller to go idle (see WaitForInputIdle). + + By default, all message types are processed. To specify that only certain message should be processed, specify one or more of the following values. + + PM_QS_INPUT + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process mouse and keyboard messages. + PM_QS_PAINT + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process paint messages. + PM_QS_POSTMESSAGE + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process all posted messages, including timers and hotkeys. + PM_QS_SENDMESSAGE + Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Process all sent messages. + + + If a message is available, the return value is nonzero. + If no messages are available, the return value is zero. + + + + + This function draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the rectangle has the focus. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Long pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the logical coordinates of the rectangle. + + + true indicates success. false indicates failure. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + DrawFocusRect works only in MM_TEXT mode. + Because DrawFocusRect is an XOR function, calling it a second time with the same rectangle removes the rectangle from the screen. + This function draws a rectangle that cannot be scrolled. To scroll an area containing a rectangle drawn by this function, + call DrawFocusRect to remove the rectangle from the screen, scroll the area, and then call DrawFocusRect again to draw the rectangle in the new position. + Windows XP: The focus rectangle can now be thicker than 1 pixel, so it is more visible for high-resolution, + high-density displays and accessibility needs. This is handled by the SPI_SETFOCUSBORDERWIDTH and SPI_SETFOCUSBORDERHEIGHT in SystemParametersInfo. + + + + + The GetWindowOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the specified device context. + + + The HDC.Handle to the device context. + + + Pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates, in logical units, of the window origin. + + + A bool value, true if the operation succeeds, otherwise, false. + + + + + The SetWindowOrgEx function specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0). + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical units, of the new window origin. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical units, of the new window origin. + + + Pointer to a POINT structure that receives the previous origin of the window, in logical units. If lpPoint is IntPtr.Zero, this parameter is not used. + + + A bool value, true if the operation succeeds, otherwise, false. + + + + + The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. + It calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure will receive the message. + If this parameter is HWND_BROADCAST, the message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, + including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; but the message is not sent to child windows. + + + Specifies the message to be sent. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + Specifies additional message-specific information. + + + + + + Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + The return value is the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + Until the thread terminates, the thread identifier uniquely identifies + the thread throughout the system. + + + + + The Ellipse function draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. + The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush. + + + Handle to the device context. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate, in logical coordinates, of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + + Retrieves the name of the current visual style, and optionally retrieves the color scheme name and size name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the theme path and file name. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the theme file name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the color scheme name. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the color scheme name. + + + [out] Pointer to a string that receives the size name. This parameter may be set to NULL. + + + [in] Value of type int that contains the maximum number of characters allowed in the size name. + + + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If you are retrieving a pointer or a handle, this function supersedes the GetWindowLong function. + (Pointers and handles are 32 bits on 32-bit Microsoft Windows and 64 bits on 64-bit Windows.) + To write code that is compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows, use GetWindowLongPtr. + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If you are retrieving a pointer or a handle, this function supersedes the GetWindowLong function. + (Pointers and handles are 32 bits on 32-bit Microsoft Windows and 64 bits on 64-bit Windows.) + To write code that is compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows, use GetWindowLongPtr. + + + + + The x86 os will not support GetWindowLongPtr in user32. So this method is needed. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested value. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory. + + + Handle to the window and, indirectly, the class to which the window belongs. + The SetWindowLongPtr function fails if the window specified by the hWnd parameter does not belong to the same process as the calling thread. + + + Specifies the zero-based offset to the value to be retrieved. + Valid values are in the range zero through the number of bytes of extra window memory, minus the size of an integer. + To retrieve any other value, specify one of the following values. + GWL_EXSTYLE + Retrieves the extended window styles. For more information, see CreateWindowEx. + GWL_STYLE + Retrieves the window styles. + GWLP_WNDPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the window procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the window procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the window procedure. + GWLP_HINSTANCE + Retrieves a handle to the application instance. + GWLP_HWNDPARENT + Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one. + GWLP_ID + Retrieves the identifier of the window. + GWLP_USERDATA + Retrieves the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero. + The following values are also available when the hWnd parameter identifies a dialog box. + DWLP_DLGPROC + Retrieves the pointer to the dialog box procedure, or a handle representing the pointer to the dialog box procedure. You must use the CallWindowProc function to call the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_MSGRESULT + Retrieves the return value of a message processed in the dialog box procedure. + DWLP_USER + Retrieves extra information private to the application, such as handles or pointers. + + + Specifies the replacement value. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the previous value of the specified offset. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This method is provided because of in x86 os, the user32 does not support SetWindowLongPtr function. + + + + + This function converts a string generated by the StringFromCLSID function back into the original class identifier. + + + Long pointer to the null-terminated string that represents the class identifier. + + + Pointer to the class identifier on return. + + + + + This function creates on the local system a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified class identifier. + + + Class identifier associated with the data and code that are used to create the object. + + + If NULL, indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL, pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown). + + + Specifies the context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The only valid value for this parameter is CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER. This is from the enumeration CLSCTX. Any other value results in a return value of E_NOTIMPL. + + + Reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object. + + + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL + + + If return value is S_OK, an instance of the specified object class was successfully created. + if return value is REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG, a specified class is not registed. + + + + + Initializes the COM library on the current thread and identifies the concurrency model as single-thread apartment (STA). + Applications must initialize the COM library before they can call COM library functions other than CoGetMalloc and memory allocation functions. + + + Reserved; must be NULL. + + + + + + Closes the COM library on the current thread, unloads all DLLs loaded by the thread, + frees any other resources that the thread maintains, and forces all RPC connections on the thread to close. + + + + + This method used to get richedit contrl's charformat. + + + The h WND. + + + The MSG. + + + The w param. + Specifies the character formatting that applies to the control. It can be one of the following values. + SCF_DEFAULT + Gets the default character formatting. + SCF_SELECTION + Gets the current selection's character formatting. + + + The l param. + Pointer to a CHARFORMAT structure. If the selection formatting is being retrieved, + the structure receives the attributes of the first character and the dwMask member specifies which attributes are consistent throughout the entire selection. + Microsoft Rich Edit 2.0 and later: This parameter can be a pointer to a CHARFORMAT2 structure, which is an extension of the CHARFORMAT structure. + Before sending the EM_GETCHARFORMAT message, set the structure's cbSize member to indicate the version of the structure. + + + This message returns the value of the dwMask member of the CHARFORMAT structure. + + + + + Sends the message to get richeidt control's paraformat. + + + The h WND. + + + The MSG. + + + This parameter is not used; it must be zero. + + + Pointer to a PARAFORMAT structure that receives the paragraph formatting attributes of the current selection. + If more than one paragraph is selected, + the structure receives the attributes of the first paragraph, + and the dwMask member specifies which attributes are consistent throughout the entire selection. + Microsoft Rich Edit 2.0 and later: This parameter can be a pointer to a PARAFORMAT2 structure, + which is an extension of the PARAFORMAT structure. + Before sending the EM_GETPARAFORMAT message, set the structure's cbSize member to indicate the version of the structure. + + + This message returns the value of the dwMask member of the PARAFORMAT structure. + + + + + The GetWindowDC function retrieves the device context (DC) for the entire window, including title bar, menus, and scroll bars. + A window device context permits painting anywhere in a window, because the origin of the device context is the upper-left corner of the window instead of the client area. + + + Handle to the window with a device context that is to be retrieved. + If this value is NULL, GetWindowDC retrieves the device context for the entire screen. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a device context for the specified window. + If the function fails, the return value is NULL, indicating an error or an invalid hWnd parameter. + + + + + The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. + The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs. + + + Handle to the window whose DC is to be released. + + + Handle to the DC to be released. + + + The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. + If the DC was not released, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetWindowRect function retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the specified window. + The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the upper-left corner of the screen. + + + Handle to the window. + + + Indicates the structure that receives the screen coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of the window. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The MapVirtualKey function translates (maps) a virtual-key code into a scan code or character value, or translates a scan code into a virtual-key code. + + + [in] Specifies the virtual-key code or scan code for a key. How this value is interpreted depends on the value of the uMapType parameter. + + + [in] Specifies the translation to perform. The value of this parameter depends on the value of the uCode parameter. + + + The return value is either a scan code, a virtual-key code, or a character value, depending on the value of uCode and uMapType. If there is no translation, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetKeyboardState function copies the status of the 256 virtual keys to the specified buffer. + + + [in] Pointer to the 256-byte array that receives the status data for each virtual key. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The ToAscii function translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding character or characters. The function translates the code using the input language and physical keyboard layout identified by the keyboard layout handle. + + + [in] Specifies the virtual-key code to be translated. + + + [in] Specifies the hardware scan code of the key to be translated. The high-order bit of this value is set if the key is up (not pressed). + + + [in] Pointer to a 256-byte array that contains the current keyboard state. Each element (byte) in the array contains the state of one key. If the high-order bit of a byte is set, the key is down (pressed). + The low bit, if set, indicates that the key is toggled on. In this function, only the toggle bit of the CAPS LOCK key is relevant. The toggle state of the NUM LOCK and SCROLL LOCK keys is ignored. + + + [out] Pointer to the buffer that receives the translated character or characters. + + + [in] Specifies whether a menu is active. This parameter must be 1 if a menu is active, or 0 otherwise. + + + If the specified key is a dead key, the return value is negative. Otherwise, it is one of the following values. + + + + + The GetCapture function retrieves a handle to the window (if any) that has captured the mouse. + Only one window at a time can capture the mouse; this window receives mouse input whether or not the cursor is within its borders. + + + The return value is a handle to the capture window associated with the current thread. + If no window in the thread has captured the mouse, the return value is NULL. + + + + + Sets an input scope for the specified window. + + + The window to set the scope on. + + + The input scope to associate with the window. To remove the input scope association, pass IS_DEFAULT to this parameter. + + + Return S_OK if the method was successfully executed. + + + + + namespace = default namespace + folder + [class name = resource file name] + + + + + Represents the basic functionality used to get string information this assembly resource. + + + + + Sets the description visual designers can display when referencing an event, extender, or property. + + + + + The flag used to indicated whether the description string been replaced. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SRBaseDescriptionAttribute class, using the specified description. + + + The application-defined description text. + + + + + Gets description text associated with the item monitored. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, gets a unique identifier for this . + + + + + An that is a unique identifier for the attribute. + + + + + Specifies the category in which the property or event will be displayed in a visual designer. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SRBaseCategoryAttribute class, using the specified category. + + + The application-defined category text. + + + + + Looks up the localized name of a given category. + + + The name of the category to look up. + + + The localized name of the category. + + + + + Defines a enumerator for browsing the . + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + Defines a character set, all the characters in it may be converted each other. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the character set. It also is the start point of the converting. + + + A char array indicates a item in the character set. + + + + + Gets the key item in the character set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Overridden, Determines whether the specified Object is equal to the current Object. + + + The Object to compare with the current Object. + + + true if the specified Object is equal to the current Object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms + and data structures like a hash table. + + + A hash code for the current Object. + + + + + Defines the "==" operator, for class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + If two operands are equal,return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Defines the "!=" operator, for class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + If two operands are equal,return false, otherwise, return true. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A char indicates the special character. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A char indicates the special character. + + + A char indicates a character that follows the special character. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character. + + + + + Creates a for special character. + + + A string indicates the string. + + + A int indicates a special character in the string. + + + Return a that contains the converted characters of special character + in the string. + + + + + Defines the converted character set for alphabet. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for AlphabetConvertedCharSet. + + + + + A enumeration indicates the converted states. + + + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + A char array indicates current state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AlphabetConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a alphabet character. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Defines the converted character set for the kana characters. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for the KanaConvertedCharSet. + + + + + Indicates the characters. + + + + + A indicates the current step index in the character array. + + + + + Add the items for Hiragana. + + + + + Add the items for Full Katakana. + + + + + Add the items for Half Katakana. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSetEnumerator + + + Indicates the owner of the KanaConvertedCharSetEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a kana character. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the KanaConvertedCharSet class. + + + A char indicates a kana character. + + + A char indicates a character that follows the kana character.. + + + + + Initializes the result of the current instance. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + I choose the Upper Hiragana as the key. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Defines the enumerator of Normal character set. + + + + + Defines the enumerator for NormalConvertedCharSet. + + + + + A enumeration indicates the converted states. + + + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + A char array indicates current state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + Indicates the owner of the enumerator. + + + + + Gets the current browsed item in the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Resets the character set enumerator to start the browsing. + + + + + Move to next item in the character set. + + + true, there have a item to be browsed. + false, the browsing has finished. + + + + + A char indicates browsing seed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AlphabetCharacterGroupEnumerator class. + + + A char indicates a alphabet character. + + + + + Gets a start point for browsing the set. + + + A char array indicates a meaning character in the Japanese. + + + + + Gets the key item in the set. + + + A char indicates a key item that can be used to identify a character set. + + + + + Gets the enumerator for the . + + + Returns the enumerator for the . + + + + + Summary description for Filter class. + + + + + Indicates whether the character type is included. + + + + + A bool value indicates whether the char can be auto converted automatically. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Filter class. + + + + + Gets or sets the include for the filter. + + + A bool value that indicates whether the character type is included. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the char can be converted automatically. + + + A bool value, true if the char can be converted automatically; otherwise, false. + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The character to be checked. + + + The value indicating whether the character is valid. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is valid. + + The string contains the checked character. + The character index in the string. + The character real length whose unit is . + + if the specified text is valid; otherwise, . + + + Example for : + 1. 'A', length is 1. + 2. Emoji [U+0023 U+20E3], length is 2. + 3. IVS [U+845B U+E0100], length is 3. + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The string to be checked. + + + The character index in the string. + + + The convert string. + + + This method hold on old policy + When return, If operatoin succsss(return value isn't string.Empty), the should be updated to the next character position; + Otherwise(return value is string.Empty), the will hold on old value; + + + + + Check whether the character is valid. + + + The string to be checked. + + + The character index in the string. + + + Indicates the length of the checked character. + + + The convert string. + + + This method used new policy: + When return, the should be updated to the next character position. + + + + + Convert the character in the special index. + + + The string to be converted. + + + The character index in the string. + + + Indicates the characters number used to converted. + + + The convert string. + + + The character, which is invoked by this method, is an invalid character, so need to convert. + + For , if converted success(returned value isn't string.Empty), when return, the index is updated to the next character position; + Otherwise, it holds on the current position. + + Case: "ギ" --> "ぎ" + the checked character length is 1 ('キ'), but when convert, we must convert 'キ' + '゙' to 'ぎ'. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Emoji character or not. + + A string. + The character position in s. + The Emoji character length which unit is . + + true if the character at position index in s is a Emoji + character; otherwise, false. + + + If not Emoji character, is 0. + + + + + The filter for FullWidthFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DBCSField class. + + + + + The filter for FullWidthKatakanaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FullWidthKatakanaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for DBCSSymbolsFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DBCSSymbolsFilter class. + + + + + The filter for HalfWidthFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBCSField class. + + + + + The filter for HalfWidthKatakanaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HalfWidthKatakanaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for SBCSSymbolsFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBCSSymbolsFilter class. + + + + + The filter for HiraganaFilter class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HiraganaFilter class. + + + + + The filter for IntersectFilter class + + + 2004.04.06 Added by Hannah for the new feature 0029 in V3.0 Forbidden charactor with Format + + + + + Indicates a filter group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IntersectFilter class. + + + The filters. + + + + + Represents the IVS char definition table form Unicode.org + + + Please visit http://www.unicode.org/ivd/ for the newest definition table if needed. + And current used version is 2012-03-02. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a IVS element or not. + + A string. + The character position in s. + The IVS element length which unit is . + + true if the character at position index in s is a IVS + character; otherwise, false. + + + If not IVS character, is 0. + + + + + This class is used to determine whether given char(s) is of specified JIS encoding. + + + + + Represents the 'Kuten' range defined by the JISX standard. + + + + + The constructor of JISRegionRange class. + + The lower bound. + The upper bound. + The region ID. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of Shift JIS encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of Shift JIS encoding. + + The char list of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if all the chars within the given list is of Shift JIS encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0208 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0208 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0208 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + The JIS X 0208 region ID of the given char. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0208 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + Checks whether the given char is of JIS X 0201 encoding. + + The char of which the encoding is to be checked. + true if the given char is of Shift JIS X 0201 encoding, otherwise, false. + + + + The filter for LimitedFilter class + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is included. + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is excluded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LimitedFilter class. + + + A string value include the chars that can be accepted. + + + A string value include the chars that can not be accepted. + + + + + The filter for Filters.RangeFilter class + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is included. + + + + + Indicates the character set, which is excluded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LimitedFilter class. + + + A char value indicates the start char of the range. + + + A char value indicates the end char of the range. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + This filter used to filter the surrogate char. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + + + Indicates the character type. + + + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + A CharType indicates which type is allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string. + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Gets whether the filter allow DBCS. + + + A bool flag indicates whether the filter allow DBCS. + + + + + Gets whether the filter allow SBCS. + + + A bool flag indicates whether the filter allow SBCS. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is upper case. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is upper case, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is lower case. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is lower case, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a number. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a number, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a binary character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a binary character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a hex character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a hex character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a symbol character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a symbol character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a number symbol character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a number symbol character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a katakana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a katakana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a hiragana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a hiragana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a DBCS character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a DBCS character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a SBCS character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a SBCS character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Checks whether the special character is a upper case katakana character. + + + A char indicates the character to be checked. + + + If the character is a upper case katakana character, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + Compare with , it supports normal character. + + + + + Indicates all keyword characters in format. + + + + + Stores all normal characters defined in format. + + + + + Indicates whether the format only includes normal character or not. + + + + + Gets the normal character list. + + The normal character list. + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Determines whether the character is normal character or space character or not. + + + The specific character. + + + true if the character is normal character or space character; otherwise, false. + + + Reture false means the character is: + Keyword, '^' or '\'. + + + + + Represents the filter, which can check the character is valid in text editor. + + + Compare with IM5 , it supports include format and exclude format at the same time. + + + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Indicates the include TextFilter. + + + + + Indicates the exclude TextFilter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string. + + + A string indicates the format string. + + + + + Gets or sets the include TextFilter. + + The include TextFilter. + + + + Gets or sets the exclude TextFilter. + + The exclude TextFilter. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has include TextFilter or not. + + + true if this instance has include TextFilter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has exclude TextFilter or not. + + + true if this instance has exclude TextFilter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Parses the format string and config the filter. + + + A string the format string. + + + + + Splits the format to include format and exclude format. + + + The entire format string. + + + The include format string. + + + The exclude format string. + + + + + Creates the sub text filter by the given format. + + + A string value indicates the format string. + + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Preprocess the format string. + + + A string the format string. + + + The format string which is exclude normal character. + + + + + Convert the specific IVS character to non-IVS or non-IVS character to IVS. + + Indicates the string to be converted. + The character index in the string. + Indicates the characters number used to converted. + + + + + 1. The return value is only contains the converted result from the specific converted charcter. + Other text in the input will not contained. + 2. If input is IVS character, converted and return the related non-IVS character. + 3. IF input is not IVS character, converted and return the related IVS character. + + + + + The filter for UnionFilter class + + + + + Indicates a filter group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UnionFilter class. + + + The filters. + + + + + The filter for distinguish the Upper and Lower kana. + + + This filter will be used with the HalfWidthKatakanaFilter, FullWidthKatakanaFilter and HiraganaFilter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HiraganaFilter class. + + + + + An const char value indicates the DBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS space character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS back slash character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the SBCS caret character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the horizontal tab character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the new line character. + + + + + An const char value indicates the carriage return character. + + + + + Base class for C1ColorPicker and C1FontPicker controls. + + + + + This struct is for internal use only. + + + + + This struct is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1BasePicker class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Should be overridden in deviced class and convert string to value. + + + + + + + Should be overridden in derived class and convert value to string. + + + + + + + Represents a Windows button control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Button class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Button. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines if the foreground is drawn using visual + styles, if supported. + + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Represents a Windows checkbox control supporting data binding to data source fields of Boolean, String, or Integer types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CheckBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CheckBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the checkbox should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the ValueChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the CheckStateChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the C1CheckBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Default C1CheckBox path in Theme xml file. + + + + + Default C1Button path in Theme xml file. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Value for Checked state. + + + + + Value for Unchecked state. + + + + + Value for Indeterminate state. + + + + + Determines if DbNull is used for indeterminate state of check box. + + + + + List of colors defined by Items property in format ColorValue;Alias. + + + + + System colors. + + + + + Named colors. + + + + + Represents a Windows color picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPicker class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the transparent color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the empty color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color. + + + + + Gets or sets a caption for the empty color. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down color picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a composite control combining a textbox and a drop-down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ComboBox class. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how candidates searching works in auto-suggest mode. + + + works together with and properties. + The works only if CustomSource"/> or ListItems value is used in . + The property does not have any effect if is any of AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, FileSystemDirectories, HistoryList, None, RecentlyUsedList, HistoryList. + The property does not have any effect if is any of Node or Append. + + Items in Auto-Suggest mode are shown without images and formatting as a plain text. + + + enters in Auto-Suggest mode when user types a character sequence that matches the filtering criteria. + + + This sample shows how to use the AutoSuggestMode property. + + C1ComboBox comboBox = new C1ComboBox(); + comboBox.AutoCompleteMode = AutoCompleteMode.Suggest; + comboBox.AutoCompleteSource = AutoCompleteSource.ListItems; + comboBox.AutoSuggestMode = AutoSuggestMode.Contains; + comboBox.Items.AddRange(new string[] + { + "January", + "February", + "March", + "April", + "May", + "June", + "July", + "August", + "September", + "October", + "November", + "December" + }); + + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the first item when it reaches the last, or to the last when it reaches the first. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern to build HTML representation of combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item in the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the combobox items. + + + + + Gets the style of the drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the initially selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for items of this C1ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to display items for this C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the actual value for the items in the C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the image for the items in the C1ComboBox. + + + + + Keeps property synchronized with . + + + does not have any effect if value is not a . + + + + + Translates to using items data source. + + + + + + + + Gets whether the selected index changes immediately when the drop-down form is open or after the form is closed by pressing the 'enter' key. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the . + + + When MaxDropDownItems is 0, the height of DropDown is half of screen height. + If MaxDropDownItems does not fit screen height then the result height fit the maximum available space on screen. + The default height of item is height of first item of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected item changes using the mouse wheel when the isn't dropped down. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the handles the scrolling of the parent control or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the displays a tooltip for the highlighted drop-down list item or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether should preload items into the dropdown form after setting the data source. + The default value is false which means that all items will be loaded at first drop-down opening. + + + Set this value to true if you want to optimize drop-down opening time for a lot of items. Keep default value if you want to optimize form loading time. + The does not support preloading items when the property is set for .
+ If you change these properties, then will clear the preloaded items: , , , + , , . +
+
+ + + Gets or set the width of the drop down box in a combo box. + + + To enable autosizing, set this properties to -1. + + + + + Sets items data source and data member for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + + + + Sets items data source, data member and initially selected item index for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + Initially selected item index. + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs before a tooltip is displayed for a highlighted drop-down list item. + Allows to set tooltip options or cancel the tooltip display. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the item collection. + + A that represents the new item collection. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Clears selected item and index without changing Text or Value. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ComboBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Specifies how the visual representation of combo box items is building. + + + + + C1ComboBox displays text of combo box item in the drop drown list. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML. parses the HTML fragment and displays it as the drop down items. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML defined by property. + parses the HTML pattern and replaces any of "{FieldName}" entires with the combo box item field value. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Specifies the style. + + + + + Text portion of the drop down control is editable and the drop down is displayed by clicking + the down arrow. + + + This means that the user can enter a new value and is not limited to selecting an existing value. + + + + + The drop down of the is displayed by clicking + on either the text portion of the control or drop down button. The text portion is not editable. + + + This means that the user cannot enter a value not existing in the drop down. + + + + + Panel that stacks children vertically and also honor sizing options for individual items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element with specified style options. + + The object to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the element. + + + + + The item width to use at layout. If -1 - use width returned by item layout. + + + + + The minimum allowed item hight. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the number of items contained in the instance. + + + + + Adds an item to the . + + The to add to the . + + + + Adds items of the specified collection to the end of the . + + The specified collection of items. + + + + Removes all items from the . + + + + + Determines whether an item is in the . + + The item to locate in the collection. + + + + Searches for the specified item and returns the zero-based index. + + The specified item. + + + + Inserts item into the at the specified index. + + Index of the item. + The specified item. + + + + Inserts items into the at the specified index. + + Index of the item. + The specified collection of items. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified item from the collection. + + The specified item. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index of the collection. + + The specified index. + + + + Removes all the items that match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. + + + + + Removes a range of elements from the . + + Index of the item. + The number of items to remove. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the . + + + + + Occurs when the changes, either by adding or removing an item. + + + see + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Fires the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether selected item was set after form was initialized. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Style for drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Background color of the drop down form. + + + + + Color of border of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the drop down form. + + + + + Default font of the combo box items. + + + + + Space around the textual parts of the combo box items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that whether text should be allowed to wrap within the combo box items. + + + This property applies to an item when the property is . + + + + + Default text color of the combo box items. + + + + + Text color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Border color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Background color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Resets the style to default value. + + + + + TFS 73648 [C1ComboBox] C1ComboBox cannot search items when DropDownStyle is DropDownList. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the highlighted drop-down list item. + HTML content to be displayed in the tooltip. + Highlighted drop-down list item bounds (size and location of element) within its parent element, in pixels. + The X coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The Y coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + Duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. The default value is 0 (the tooltip is always visible after display). + object for setting tooltip options. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled. + + + + + Gets the index of the highlighted drop-down list item. + + + + + Gets or sets the HTML content to be displayed in the tooltip. + + + + + Gets the highlighted drop-down list item bounds (size and location) within it`s parent element, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The coordinate is counted from the upper left corner of the drop-down window. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the client where the tooltip should be displayed. + The coordinate is counted from the upper left corner of the drop-down window. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the tooltip, in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets the object for setting tooltip options. + + + + + This is a legacy control; use C1.Win.Calendar.C1DateEdit instead. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the . + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Determines the date-time field position when a control receives input focus. Default: . + + + If this property is set to , control used InitialSelection algorithm defined in the property. + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the when it reaches the , or to the when it reaches the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to retain the current time value when the date is changed via the drop down calendar. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calendar object. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed when day field selected and increments value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed when day field selected and decrements value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Updates selection of the text according to the property. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar. + + + + + Creates the instance of the class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Gets or sets the current month display offset. + + + This example shows current month at the center of the multi-dimensional + drop down calendar. + + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CalendarDimensions = new Size(3, 1); + // Display current month at the center of the calendar. + // Other possible values: + // 0 - (Default) - at the Right + // 1 - Center + // 2 - Left + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CurrentMonthDisplayOffset = 1; + + + + + + Gets or sets VisualStyle. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by DateEditMonthCalendar as today's date. + The default value is the current system date. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum allowable date. The default value is DateTime.MinValue (01/01/0001). + + + The value is greater than the . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable date. + + + The value is less than the . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating that no date is currently selected in the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection foreground color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection background color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrows. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border around the current date. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the color of days in months that are not + fully displayed in the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names' text color. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the background color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the foreground color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the first day of the first fully shown month. + + + + + Gets the last day of the last fully shown month. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of the week as displayed in the month calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the format to use for the calendar caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of day names. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the title font. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names font. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which nonrecurring dates are displayed in bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which annual days are displayed in bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to bold. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which dates are disabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date represented by the TodayDate property is displayed at the bottom of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether today's date is circled. + + + + + Determines if the Today button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Determines if the Clear button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Today" button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Clear" button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies which rule is used to determine the first calendar week of the year. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the month calendar control displays + week numbers (1-52) to the left of each row of days. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is laid out from right to left. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when Today button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Today button visibility is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Clear button visibility is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Date property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a value for the Date property. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RightToLeftLayout property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the month change in the Dropdown calendar in C1DateEdit. + Occurs when the value of the or property changes. + + + Can be used to set some dates in the month to bold as user scrolls through the months. + + + This example sets a new bolded date in the selected month. + + private void c1DateEdit1_Calendar_MonthChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + DateTime dt = c1DateEdit1.Calendar.FirstMonth; + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.AddBoldedDate(new DateTime(dt.Year, dt.Month, dt.Month)); + } + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + Calls SuspendLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + + + + Calls ResumeLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + Indicates whether to invoke the layout logic now. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on an annual basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be displayed in bold in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be disabled in the month calendar. + + The date to be disabled. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on a monthly basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Removes all the annually bold dates. + + + + + Removes all the nonrecurring bold dates. + + + + + Removes the all disabled dates. + + + + + Removes all the monthly bold dates. + + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of annually bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of nonrecurring bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of disabled dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of monthly bolded dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + + + + Sets a date as the currently selected date. + + The date to be selected. + + + + Retrieves date information that represents the low and high limits of the displayed dates of the control. + + true to retrieve only the dates that are fully contained in displayed months; otherwise, false. + The begin and end dates of the displayed calendar. + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + + + + Returns an object with information on which portion of a month calendar control + is at a location specified by a System.Drawing.Point. + + A System.Drawing.Point containing the System.Drawing.Point.X and System.Drawing.Point.Y + coordinates of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + Returns a System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo with information + on which portion of a month calendar control is at a specified x- and y-coordinate. + + The System.Drawing.Point.Y coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + The System.Drawing.Point.X coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the layout for the BackgroundImage. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode supported by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the edges of a control and its contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to display. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Get or sets current culture for the calendar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select a date using a visual monthly calendar display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents how the user changed the date. + + + + + No changes (default value). + + + + + Date changed by mouse click. + + + + + Date changed by keyboard input. + + + + + Represents data for delegate. + + + + + Represents how the user changed the date. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The to assign. + + + + Represents the method that handle the user modified date event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when user modified the date. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when selected date changed. + + + + + Raises the event when selected date changed. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Fires when month changed. + + + + + Raises the event when month changed. + + A that contains event data. + + + + Returns Sunday-based day of week index (0 for Sunday, 1 for Monday etc.) + + Day of week to test. + 0-based absolute day of week index. + + + + Gets or sets today's date. + + + + + Gets or sets the month shown by the calendar. + The day/time parts of the DateTime value are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. The selected date determines the + "main" month shown by the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether leading days should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether trailing days should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets whether to show week numbers. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of today's date. + + + + + Gets or sets the trailing text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names color. + + + + + Gets or sets the first of week. + + + + + Gets or sets the title format. + + + + + Gets or sets the title . + + + + + Gets or sets the day names . + + + + + Gets or sets the day name length. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + Gets or sets the bolded font. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date for the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date for the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of disabled dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of annually bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of monthly bolded dates. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to show a circle around today's date. + + + + + Gets the first visible day. + + + + + Gets the last visible day. + + + + + Determines whether the specified date is in the current month. + + The . + True if specified date is in the current month; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the specified date is shown in bold on the calendar. + + The . + True if specified date is shown in bold on the calendar; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the specified date is enabled in the calendar. + + The . + True if specified date is enabled in the calendar; otherwise, false. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar form. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Used to defer creating the calendar till really needed. + + + + + Calendar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Helper static class that contains AddJapaneseEra function. + + + + + Clears the all Japanese Eras. + + + + + Adds era to the Japanese calendar. + + Era numeric id. + Start day of the era. + End day of the era. + Japanese name of the era. + Short Japanese name of the era. + Era name in English. Optional. + One Latin symbol era name. + + + + Reads eras info from the GC configuration file. + + Section name. + + + + Represents a data bound control supporting convenient navigation over data source rows and common data actions such as updating the data source and refreshing data. + + + + + if true, "Row: X of N" is shown (label + textbox + label) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DbNavigator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DbNavigator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets value of the Position textbox. + + + If the Position textbox is not visible, it returns empty string. + If you set the Text property when the Position textbox is not visible, + the action has no effect. + Changing the Text property causes the data source position change. + + + + + Occurs when the Text property value changes. + + + + + Raises the TextChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains event data. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + If True, navigator buttons show color bitmaps when the mouse hovers over them. + + + + + Navigator border style. + + + + + Navigator button style. + + + + + Vertical alignment of navigator buttons. + + + + + Vertical margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Horizontal margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images without highlighting. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images in highlighted state. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltips are shown for the buttons. + + + + + This member overrides Control.ForeColor. + + + + + This member overrides Control.BackColor. + + + + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds after pressing Next/Previous button before automatic scrolling begins. + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds between row moves in automatic scrolling. + + + + + Number of rows to skip when the user presses PageUp/Down. + + + + + Specifies whether the editable row position field and row captions are visible in the navigator. + + + + + This member overrides Control.TabStop. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are visible. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are enabled. + + + + + Whether a confirmation dialog is shown before deleting a record. + + + + + Whether the control in focus should be validated before a button click is handled by the navigator. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + "For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + + Returns the number of rows in the table. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position in the table (from 0 to RowCount - 1). + + + + + Gets or sets the CurrencyManager object navigated by the control. + + + + + The size of navigator buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Controls how the text is positioned relative to the image in navigator buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the texts displayed on the buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The string collection defining navigator button tooltips. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the current data row. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over the navigator buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Raises event. + + The event data object. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs the action associated with a navigator button. + + The button whose action is performed. + + + + Sets the DataSource and DataMember properties at run time. + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Position has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the current row has been modified, some of its fields changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when a button is clicked, before the action is executed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Add button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Delete button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Edit button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Update button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Refresh button is pressed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when a navigator button has been pressed, after the button action is performed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when an exceptions is thrown performing an action on button click. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Changes the theme. + + New theme. + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons + + + + + First button. + + + + + Previous button. + + + + + Next button. + + + + + Last button. + + + + + Add button. + + + + + Delete button. + + + + + Edit button. + + + + + Apply button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Update button. + + + + + Refresh button. + + + + + Position text box + + + + + Represents the method that handles a BeforeAction event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorBeforeActionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a BeforeAction event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Current row index in the data source (only for Delete and Edit buttons). + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will skip the standard action associated with the button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Adding event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorAddingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Adding event. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort adding a new row. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Deleting event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorDeletingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Deleting event. + + + + + The index of the row being deleted. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort deleting. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Editing event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorEditingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Editing event. + + + + + The index of the row being edited. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ButtonClick event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Error event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for an Error event. + + + + + The clicked C1DbNavigator button. + + + + + Exception that occurred while performing the button action. + + + + + This argument is set to true by default. If it is set to False by event code, the standard message box is not shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box. + + + + + The caption of the standard message box. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonStyle property. + + + + + Flat buttons showing "mouse hover". + + + + + Standard 3D-buttons. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VerticalAlign property. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the top of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the center of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the bottom of the control. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonTextAlign property. + + + + + Text appears to the right of the image. + + + + + Text appears underneath the image. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VisibleButtons property. + + + + + No buttons. + + + + + Moves to the first row. + + + + + Moves to the previous row. + + + + + Moves to the next row. + + + + + Moves to the last row. + + + + + Adds a new row to the table. + + + + + Deletes the current row. + + + + + Fires the Editing event. + + + + + Ends edit mode for the current row. + + + + + Cancels (reverts) modifications in the current row. + + + + + Fires the UpdateData event. + + + + + Fires the RefreshData event. + + + + + First + Previous + Next + Last buttons + + + + + All buttons. + + + + + Represents a base drop-down control supporting up/down buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DropDownControl class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DropDownControl. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to open the combo box when the control receives the focus. + + + + + Determines the time when drop down form is created. + + + + + Has valid value only if ShowValueImage returns true. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the combo box. + + + The DropDownStyle property specifies whether the text portion can be edited. + + If the value is Default, the text is editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking the down arrow. + + + If the value is DropDownList, the text is not editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking any part of the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets the button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the image padding. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which buttons are visible. The default is (UpDown Or DropDown). + + + + + Determines if the dropdown button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons are visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons intercept and handle Up and Down arrow keys. + + + + + Specifies the class name of a Form serving as the dropdown window. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns dropdown form instance associated with the control. + + + + + Specifies form class that is used by default as the dropdown for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Run-time read-only property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Specifies the button width instead of using the default width. + + + + + Distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the mouse click event is consumed or passed through after closing the dropdown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the control. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over a button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the images for buttons + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the spin button. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit or DropDownList mode. If the control is not in edit or DropDownList mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + + Performs the spin up action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the up key. + + + + + + Performs the spin down action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the down key. + + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when UpDown buttons are clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Modal button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Custom button is clicked. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownFormAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Event fired when the value of Multiline property is changed. + + + + + + + + Called when a drop down form is created. + + The new dropdown form. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns image size. + + The size object. + + + + Determines if image should be shown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Device context. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Default path + + + + + Resets the style properties to their default values + + + + + Used by C1DropDownControl.VisibleButtons properties. + + + + + Show without any button + + + + + Show up/down buttons. + + + + + Show dropdown button. + + + + + Show button to start a modal dialog. + + + + + Show a custom button. + + + + + Show all buttons + + + + + Represents the method that handles a UpDownButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + An UpDownButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a UpDownButtonClick event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UpDownButtonClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Set to 1 if Up button is pressed, to -1 if Down button is pressed. + + + + + Set to true in the user's UpDownButtonClick event handler. No built-in processing is done. This allows the user to override the default behavior of the buttons. + + + + + Provides data for a DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Returns True if a value is selected in dropdown dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownClosedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents the method that handles a DropDownClosed event. + + The source of the event + A DropDownClosedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Images for C1DropDownControl buttons + + + + + TypeConverter class for ButtonImages + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + Clears all custom images and returns standard images for C1DropDownControl buttons. + + + + + Returns True if any custom image is assigned + + + + + + Image for Up button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Down button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for DropDown button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Modal button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Custom button + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Used by DropDownForm.Options property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the options are set. + + + + + Indicates that DropDownForm can contain focus. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the width of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the height of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, with Esc key + or using the CloseDropDown method, and implicit cancellation (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + If set, the dropdown form width is automatically adjusted to the width of the owner control + before the form is shown. + + + + + = FixedWidth + FixedHeight + + + + + Base class for custom dropdown forms. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownForm. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether theme should be applied to dropdown form + when it applied to . This property returns true + by default. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determine various behavioral options of the dropdown form. + + + + + Determines the control on the form that gets input focus when the form is shown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the owner control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Value property of the OwnerControl is updated by the dropdown form. + + + + + Fires the PostChanges event. + + Contains arguments describing the event. + + + + Occurs when changes made by dropdown form are cancelled. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when dropdown form is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Text property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Value property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + + Represents a Windows font picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPicker class. + + + + + Gets a collection of fonts installed on system. + + + + + Gets or sets a width of drop down list of fonts. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can set an incorrect string as 's Value or not and provides additional settings for processing incorrect input. + + A string is incorrect as 's Value if there is no installed font with such FontFamily.Name. + Setting to true will set TextDetached property to true. Don't use + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down font picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + The class represents the settings for property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can set an incorrect string as 's Value or not. + + An incorrect string is non-empty string that isn't the FontFamily name of any of the installed fonts. + + + + Gets or sets a FontFamily name of one of the installed fonts that will be returned as 's Value for any incorrect input. + + Default value is SystemFonts.DefaultFont.FontFamily.Name. + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the 's editor for any incorrect input. + + Set it to string.Empty to show the user input in the 's editor. + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Determines should be instance serialized or not. + + True if instance should be serialized, otherwise false. + + + + Reset all to default properties. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Compares two values of property and raises an event if they are different. + + Type of property. + The previous value of property. + The new value of property. + The name of property. + true - if values are different. + + + + SelectedFontFamily TypeConverter for PropertyGrid + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used by ErrorInfo.ErrorAction property. + + + + + Control value remains as the user typed it. + + + + + Control value is set to ValueOnError. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode, and an exception is thrown. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling. + + + + + If True, the control beeps signaling an error. Default: False. + + + + + If True (default), the standard error message is shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + The text to display in the title bar of the error message box. + + + + + Enumerated value that determines what action is performed on the control value when an error occurs. + + + + + Determines whether or not the control is allowed to lose focus after the error. Works only if the ErrorAction is set to SetValueOnError or ResetValue. + + + + + Value used to reset the control if ErrorAction = SetValueOnError. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Boolean property used to set ValueOnError to DbNull (only necessary at design time). + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an C1SuperErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Run-time-only read-only property returning the original exception object that caused the error. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Resets whole ErrorInfo property in base control + + + + + Represents the method that handles a FormatError event. + + The source of the event. + A FormatErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a FormatError event. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The text to show in the control. Your code in FormatError event can set this argument to a text + you want to show in the control in case of a formatting error. + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Error description shown as the tooltip in the ErrorProvider icon, if ErrorInfo.ErrorProvider property is set. + + + + + Used by ValidationErrorEventArgs.Reason and ValidationException.Reason properties. + + + + + All validation checks were successful. + + + + + Value does not match the edit mask. + + + + + Value was rejected before parsing (in PreValidation). + + + + + Parsing failed. + + + + + Value rejected after parsing (in PostValidation). + + + + + Value rejected by the data source, setting the data source field to that value failed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ValidationError event. + + The source of the event. + A ValidationErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ValidationError event. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + If Reason = ErrorReasonEnum.PostValidationError, this is the value that caused the error. Otherwise, this property is null or DBNull. + + + + + Error information. + + + + + An exception that follows the ValidationError event if ValidationErrorEventArgs.ErrorInfo is set to ErrorActionEnum.ThrowException. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidationException class. + + + + + + + Control that fired the exception. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + The typed value that caused the error. + + + + + An exception thrown by C1Input when a control's Value property is set, but the new value is rejected by the data source, + setting the data field to that value is cancelled by the data source throwing an exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSourceException class. + + + + + + + Control that caused the exception. + + + + + Current value in the control that caused the exception. + + + + + Used by FormatInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CalendarType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that values of FormatType, CustomFormat, NullText, EmptyAsNull, TrimStart, TrimEnd, CalendarType properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by FormatEventArgs.Target property. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is not in edit mode. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is in edit mode. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Formatting or Formatted events. + + The source of the event. + A FormatEventArgs object that contains the event data + + + + Provides data for Formatting or Formatted events. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The out parameter for the resulting string (in Formatting), or the in parameter for the formatted string (in Formatted). + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + The out parameter for specifying error description if Succeeded is set to False. + + + + + Formatting result (assigned in the event code in Formatting). Default: True + + + + + Settings for data formatting, converting data to string. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the FormatInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole FormatInfo property of base control + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string. + Format method or specifier used for conversion. + Culture used for conversion. + + + + + Contains edit mask settings. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Manages inheritance of the MaskInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if comparison with mask literals is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, text copied to the clipboard includes literals. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or if an exception occurs. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, focus automatically moves to the next control when the mask is filled. + + + + + Character displayed on empty mask positions in edit mode. + + + + + If True (default), optional mask positions are automatically skipped until the first position allowing the typed character. + + + + + If True (default), the stored text includes literals. + + + + + If True, the stored text includes blank positions as StoredEmptyChar. + + + + + Character stored in empty mask positions. + + + + + Literal display method. + + + + + The collection of user-defined mask characters. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns the number of editable positions in the edit mask. + + + + + Text entered by the user without literals (mask literals stripped). + + + + + Text in a readable format, with literals and without blanks. + + + + + The stored string obtained from the user input string. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Returns True if EditMask is non-empty and the control is in edit mode. + + + + + + Indicates when used MaskedMode with edit mask + + + + + Resets whole MaskInfo property of base control + + + + + Resets the text to the string representing a DBNull value. + + + + + Returns a string formatted for display using edit mask. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + If set to True, the result will omit blank positions. If set to False, the resulting text will contain PromptChar on blank positions + + + + + Returns the string that will be stored in the database, in accordance with current values of SaveLiterals, SaveBlanks and StoredEmptyChar properties. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + + + + Returns the string containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + Text to parse. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveLiterals property. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveBlanks property. + Same as MaskInfo.StoredEmptyChar property + + + + + Returns True if the input string is valid with respect to the edit mask. + + + + + + Replace custom keywords with literals diapasone to build correct pattern for MS Regex. + + A regexp mask to convert. + + + + Indicates when used MaskedMode with MS Regex + + + + + Gets ot sets a value that indicate of the mask in regular expression style. + + + + is mask based on MS Regex with support of custom RegexpEditMask keywords. It is only validated on exit from edit mode. + + + is regular expression mask based on custom regex parser. It can be validated during entering text. + + + + + + A representing the mask in regular expression style with custom keywords. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether the mask pattern in regular expression style was succesfully recognized or not. + + True when or pattern was recognized successfully or empty, false otherwise. + + + + Used by MaskInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by MaskInfo.ShowLiterals property. + + + + + The whole mask is shown when editing begins (empty spaces filled with PromptChar). + + + + + The mask is validated on exit (no literals or prompt chars displayed automatically). + + + + + The literals will be inserted after the user enters the first character of the field that follows the literals. + + + + + Literals that follows the input mask will be inserted after the user enters the last character in the current field. + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Only single byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Only double byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Letters allowed. + + + + + Numbers are allowed. + + + + + Symbols are allowed. + + + + + Only upper case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only lower case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only katakana is allowed. + + + + + Only hiragana is allowed. + + + + + Only big kana letters are allowed. + + + + + Auto conversion if possible. + + + + + Used to determine the way of the RegexpEditMask pattern processing and validation. + + + + based on MS Regex with some restrictions for avaliable keywords. It will not provide any edit mask. It can be validated on exit from edit mode only. + + + uses custom parser. It don't support complicated regular expressions. It provides edit mask for user input. It can be validated during entering text. + + + Both types allows to use custom RegexpEditMask keywords for Japanese and half-width/double-width characters sets. + + + + + + The new style of regular expression mask based on MS Regex with support of custom RegexpEditMask keywords. It is only validated on exit from edit mode. + + + + Regular expression with custom RegexpEditMask keywords for Japanese and half-width/double-width characters sets is preprocessed to get the pattern string for standart MS Regex. + + + It is only validated on exit from edit mode. It don't provides editmask for input field and supports ShowLiterals = ShowLiteralsEnum.FreeFormatEntry only. + + + + + + The old style of regular expression mask based on custom regex parser. It can be validated during entering text. + + + C1RegexpEditMask supports online checking user input and builds editmask for input field. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.NumericInputKeys property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the Input Keys are used. + + + + + Indicates that F2 enters negative infinity (-Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F3 enters positive infinity (+Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F4 enters the "not a number" value (NaN). + + + + + Indicates that F9 toggles the sign of the displayed number. + + + + + Indicates that '-' makes the displayed number negative. + + + + + Indicates that '+' makes the displayed number positive. + + + + + Indicates that Decimal key enters a decimal separator regardless of culture settings. + + + + + Indicates that the X key starts entry of the exponent part in scientific-notation numbers. + + + + + This value is a combination of the F9, Minus, Plus, Decimal, and X values. + + + + + This value is a combination of all enum values + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.NumberStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the bit styles are allowed. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string is parsed as currency if it contains a currency symbol; otherwise, it is parsed as a number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a decimal point. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can be in exponential notation. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have notation that signifies that the number is hexadecimal. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a leading sign. + + + + + Indicates that a leading white-space character is ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have one pair of parentheses enclosing the number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have group separators. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a trailing sign. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white-space character must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that all the AllowXXX bit styles are used. + + + + + Indicates all styles except AllowExponent and AllowHexSpecifier. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowExponent styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowHexSpecifier styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowLeadingSign styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowTrailingSign, AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowThousands styles are used. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.DateTimeStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that the default formatting options must be used. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters in the middle of the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that leading white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters anywhere in the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that, if the parsed string contains only the time and not the date, the parsing methods + assume the Gregorian date with year = 1, month = 1, and day = 1. If this value is not used, the current date is assumed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Parsing or Parsed events. + + The source of the event. + A ParseEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for Parsing or Parsed events. + + + + + Source string for parsing. + + + + + Data type to convert the string to. + + + + + Parse result (assigned in the event code in Parsing). Default: True + + + + + Property to save the result to (in Parsing) or to get the resulting value from (in Parsed). + + + + + Error information in case of parsing failure. Can be set in event code in Parsing. + + + + + ParseInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Contains settings affecting parsing, that is, converting a string to the required data type. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the ParseInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The format used for parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Custom format specifier (in parsing used for DateTime and Boolean types only). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + The string representing DbNull value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing numbers. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing date/time. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole ParseInfo property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the argument represents a null value (DBNull). + + The string to parse. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to a Decimal value using a fixed numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to a Double value using a float numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts the text to Int64 value using an integer numeric format. + + + + + + + + + Converts the text to a Boolean value. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts text to a value using one of DateTime formats. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + Converts text to the specified data type. + + The string to parse. + Type to which the string is converted. + Conversion result. + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Validation property. + + + + + Validation using Values and Intervals. + + + + + Using the PostValidating event. + + + + + Represents the method that handles PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PostValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + + + + The value to validate. + + + + + PostValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PostValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PostValidating). Default: True + + + + + An interval in a collection of intervals of possible values used in post-validation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + ValueInterval Constructor. + + MinValue property value. + MaxValue property value. + IncludeMin property value. + IncludeMax property value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + + + The type of lower and upper bounds (taken from the control’s DataType). + + + + + Lower bound. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Upper bound. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + If False (default), the lower bound is negative infinity. + + + + + If False (default), the upper bound is positive infinity. + + + + + If True (default), the lower bound is included. + + + + + If True (default), the upper bound is included. + + + + + A collection of ValueInterval objects used by a PostValidation object. + The collection is used if the Validation = PostValidationTypeEnum.ValuesAndIntervals + or if the user calls the ValidateValuesAndIntervals method. + + + + + Gets the collection element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an array to the end of the collection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Adds a new value interval to the collection. + + The ValueInterval to add. + + + + Inserts a new value interval to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which ValueInterval should be inserted. + The ValueInterval to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + Returns True if the collection contains the specific value interval, False otherwise. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + Determines the index of a specific value interval in the collection, return -1 if this item not found. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + Removes a specific value interval from the collection. + + The ValueInterval to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Validating the typed value after parsing, after the input string has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Determines whether it is possible to enter DbNull value in the control. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PostValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Predefined values used for matching the input value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + List of values that are not permitted as input value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Collection of intervals. The input value must belong to one of these intervals. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Resets whole PostValidation property of base control + + + + + Performs validation of the value against the collections of Values, ValuesExcluded and Intervals. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Performs validation using the current settings of the PostValidation object. Returns true if vaidation was successful. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Validation property. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of possible values separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + Using the PreValidating event. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of wildcard patterns separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a regular expression. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.RegexOptions property. + + + + + Specifies that no options are set. + + + + + Enables ECMAScript-compliant behavior for the expression. This flag can be used only + in conjunction with the IgnoreCase, Multiline, and Compiled flags. + + + + + Specifies that the only valid captures are explicitly named or numbered groups of the form. + + + + + Eliminates unescaped white space from the pattern and enables comments marked with #. + + + + + Multiline mode. Changes the meaning of ^ and $ so they match at the beginning and end, + respectively, of any line, and not just the beginning and end of the entire string. + + + + + Specifies that the search will be from right to left instead of from left to right. + + + + + Specifies single-line mode. Changes the meaning of the dot (.) so it matches every character (instead of every character except \n). + + + + + Represents the method that handles PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PreValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + + + + The text to validate. + + + + + PreValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PreValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PreValidating). Default: True. + + + + + Validating the input string entered by the user, before parsing. + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PreValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + String containing the validation pattern. + + + + + String separating list items in PatternString. + + + + + The collection of user-defined characters to use in a wildcard pattern. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Settings affecting regular expression matching. + + + + + Resets whole PreValidation property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches one of the exact list items specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the specified wildcard pattern passed as argument. + + The input string to match. + The wildcard pattern. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches at least one of the wildcard patterns specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the regular expression pattern specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Returns True if the text successfully passes validation using the current settings of the PreValidation object. + + The input string to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + Represents the method that handles DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + The source of the event. + A NullableDateTimeEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + + + + The date value. + + + + + Set to True if the date value is null. + + + + + Determines when drop down form will be created. + + + + + At the host control creation time. + + + + + On first call of the drop down form. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + Conversion using TypeConverter.ConvertToString(). + + + + + Conversion performed by user code in the Formatting (or Parsing) event. + + + + + Formatting uses the string assigned to the CustomFormat property. + Parsing uses NumberStyle, DateTimeStyle, and CustomFormat properties. + + + + + The number is converted to the most compact decimal form, using fixed point or scientific notation. + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a currency amount. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form “-ddd.ddd…” where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d,ddd,ddd.ddd…", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a percent as defined by the property + or the property. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d.ddd…E+ddd" or "-d.ddd…e+ddd", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The round-trip specifier guarantees that a numeric value converted to a string will be parsed back + into the same numeric value. This format is supported by floating-point types only. + + + + + Displays number as a string that contains the value of the number in Decimal (base 10) format. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of hexadecimal digits. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows No for false, Yes for true. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows True or False. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows Off for false, On for true. + + + + + General date/time pattern (short time). + + + + + Displays a date according to specified CultureInfo's long date format. + + + + + Displays a date using the medium date format ("dd-MMM-yy"). + + + + + Displays a date using specified CultureInfo's short date format. + + + + + Displays a time using your locale's long time format; includes hours, minutes, seconds. + + + + + Displays time in 12-hour format using hours and minutes and the AM/PM designator ("hh:mm tt"). + + + + + Displays a time using the 24-hour format, for example, 17:45. + + + + + Displays the long date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the long date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the month and the day of a date. + + + + + Formats the date and time as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). + + + + + Formats the date and time as a sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time as a GMT sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time with the long date and long time as GMT. + + + + + Formats the date as the year and month. + + + + + This enum is for internal use only + + + + + Any type of data. + + + + + Only number data type. + + + + + Only DateTime data type. + + + + + Used by and properties. + + + + + In a , the alignment of the dropdown form is determined by the + property of the drop down form. + + + + + Left alignment. + + + + + Center alignment. + + + + + Right alignment. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + Text is aligned with the top of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the center of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the bottom of the enclosing control. + + + + + Used by and properties. + + + + + No daylight-saving time adjustments. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property corresponds to the standard time offset. + For the daylight-saving time GMTOffset should be advanced by an hour. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property is set to the daylight time offset. + So, for the standard time it should be set back by an hour. + + + + + Used by property. + + + + + The whole text is selected. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the beginning of the text. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the end of the text. + + + + + Control uses the behavior of a base text box. + + + + + Used by property and method. + + + + + Used the default date-time field. + + + uses this value to use the + instead of the property to specify initial selection. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the DayOfMonth part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Month part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Year part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Era part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the AMPM part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Hour part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Minute part of the value. + + + + + The date-time field that contains the Second part of the value. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.ValueChangedBehavior. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired only when the Value property changes. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired on any text change. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a CultureInfoSetup event. + + The source of the event. + A CultureInfoSetupEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a CultureInfoSetup event. + + + + + Regional settings. + + + + + Represents the four margins around a control’s content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the left margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in pixels. + + + + + Creates an identical copy of the current Margins. + + + + + + Overloaded. Determines whether two Object instances are equal. + + + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + + Converts this Margins to a human readable string. + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + Sets all margins to zero. + + + + + Returns true if at least one margin differs from the default zero value. Otherwise, returns false. + + + + + + Custom user-defined characters (placeholders) used in edit mask and in wildcard patterns in pre-validation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + + + The special character used as a user-defined placeholder. + + + + + True if character is optional and can be omitted. + + + + + The list (string) of characters matching the placeholder (see also Excluding). + + + + + True if string comparison is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Specifies whether the LookupChars are interpreted as allowed or disallowed characters. + + + + + A collection of CustomPlaceholder objects. + + + + + Occurs when PlaceholderCollection is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the the special character at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + + + + Adds the special characters of an ICollection to the end of the PlaceholderCollection. + + The ICollection whose elements should be added. + + + + Checks validity of the placeholder + + + + + + Adds a new special character to the collection. + + The CustomPlaceholder to add. + + + + Inserts a new special character to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which CustomPlaceholder should be inserted. + The CustomPlaceholder to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Determines whether a character is in the placeholder collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + Returns the index of a character in the placeholder collection, or –1 if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + Removes a specific character from the collection. + + The character to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the CustomPlaceholder object corresponding to the character argument, or null if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows read-only data bound control displaying formatted data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Label class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Label. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid. + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, the control�s stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property. + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes (used only if CurrentTimeZone = False). + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + The current text in the control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DbNull. + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding within the control. + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + Error occured while formatting the stored value. + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the StringsManager and DesignStrings classes to + return the localized Attribute string. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for design-time UI localization. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for run-time UI localization. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value for the specified key. + + The key of the string. + The string corresponding to the specified key. + + + + Used for serialization of strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the description shown in Properties window in the IDE. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + The calculator used as a dropdown in the C1NumericEdit control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericEditCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the NumericEditCalculator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + Ambient property name. + Ambient property value. + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display a decimal separator when typing a number if no decimal part of the number is entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Determines the style of the dropdown calculator buttons. + + + + + // patch: localization: added after StringTables.cs was created + + + + + Custom format specifier used to format the stored value of the dropdown calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets whether StoredFormat should be applied to the value entered in the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The collection of user interface strings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Static Memory context menu should appear for the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.FontChanged event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the upper limit that GetPreferredSize can specify. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that GetPreferredSize can specify. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + Base visual style. + + + + Represents a composite control combining a NumericUpDown and a drop-down calculator for easy numeric values editing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NumericEdit class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Indicates the amount to increment/decrement when the user clicks up/down buttons. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calculator object. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + property is used to define the increment. + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + property is used to define the decrement. + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents the class of dropdown calculator form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownCalculator. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The calculator used in a DropDownCalculator form. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows PictureBox control supporting data binding to data source fields containing image data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1PictureBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1PictureBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be put into the data source right after the Image property has been changed or it shouldn't be put there until the following call of the CurrencyManager.EndCurrentEdit() method. + + + + + The image displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the picture box receives focus when clicked. + + + + + Returns the contents of an image. + + Image to return as a byte array. + Format in which to return the image contents. + + + + + Converts a byte array to an image. + + The contents of an image. + + + + + Copies the image currently in the control to the clipboard. + + + + + If the clipboard contains an image, this method replaces the contents of the Image property of the control + + + + + Occurs when Image is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Image is stored in the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Image changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Represents a Windows range slider control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RangeSlider class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1RangeSlider. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets the current lower magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current upper magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the LowerValue or UpperValue properties when the lower value thumb or upper value thumb is moved a small distance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the LowerValue or UpperValue properties when the lower value thumb or upper value thumb is moved a large distance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether C1RangeSlider bar should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical orientation of the C1RangeSlider. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of increasing value. + + + + + Gets or sets how thumbs will be moved when mouse click will be performed outside selected area. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for lower value. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for upper value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets color of selected area. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets corner radius of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when any of the properties: LowerValue or UpperValue changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseWheel event. + This method is for internal use only. + + A System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Represents a composite button control supporting additional visual styles and drop down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SplitButton class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1SplitButton. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the style of components on this button. + + This property works when the property is set to . + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets the collection of components on this button. + + + + + The ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the default drop down item. + + + + + Occurs when a is clicked. + + + + + Raises event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the control is currently in design mode. + + + + + Run-time property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Reapply the current theme to all input components. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified indexed location in the collection. + + The indexed location of the item in the collection. + An that represents the item at the specified indexed location. + + + + Adds the specified item to the end of the collection. + + The to be added to the end of the collection. + The zero-based index value of the added to the collection. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a value in the list. + + The item to locate in the list. + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of value within the entire list, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified location. + + The indexed location within the collection to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + + + + Indicates whether the collection contains a specific . + + The object for which to search. + Whether the collection contains the specific object. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting an + into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an + from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting an + in the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Represents drop down item for control. + + + + + Creates an instance of DropDownItem class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownItem. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the that this belongs to. + + + + + Gets the collection of child items in that is associated with this DropDownItem. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item should toggle its pressed state when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the component. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the dialog-box result produced in a modal form by clicking the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the . + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image in the ImageList. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the image key in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image that will be displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the bounds specified by the property. + + + The value of this property is only used if = Clip and + exceeds the original size of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets how the image will be scaled to fit within the bounds specified by the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the component has been disposed. + + + + + Fires when the drop-down portion of this element is shown. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates that the drop-down portion of this element has closed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component is clicked. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when a key is released while the component has focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + that contains the event data. + + + + Fires when the component receives the focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component loses the focus. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fires when the component is double-clicked. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + The class represents the styles for the component. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the image bar background. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text of seleced item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the background of seleced item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the text of disabled item. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the arrow. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to paint the image bar separator. + + + + + Specifies whether to save the value of the property. + + Returns true if the property has changed; otherwise, returns false. + + + + Restores the default value of the property. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Fires the event. + + + + + Base class for all panes that appear in a drop-down. + + + + + Gets whether this element and all its ancestors are enabled. + + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given into view. + + to scroll into view. + + + + Internal element for the drop-down pane of the InputMenu component. + + + + + Menu timer with threading support. Opens the submenu items of the selected(hovered) object with a delay. + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + Internal element for the InputButton component. + + + + + Internal button element for the XInputButton. + + + + + The base class for all input button elements. + + + + + A repeat button that can be pressed when the host application is inactive. + + + + + A dock panel that can fire the HotChanged event. + + + + + A TextElement that supports AutoEllipsis. + + + + + This element incapsulates the TextBox control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Adds the sizing/alignment/scaling features to the ImageElement. + + + + + Base class for all elements with the drop-down. + + + + + Internal drop-down button element for the XInputDropDown. + + + + + Base class for internal elements of the input panel components. + + + + + Derived classes may override this method to dispose unmanaged resources. + + + + + Internal element for the InputMenu component. + + + + + Internal drop-down button element for the XInputMenu. + + + + + Internal element for the InputSeparator component. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the BasePopupForm. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Defines style elements that override the defaults provided by the VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets the used by the . + + + + + Gets or sets whether the should use padding to avoid text clipping. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to display text in the . + + + + + Gets or sets how content is horizontally aligned within the . + + + + + Gets or sets how content is vertically aligned within the . + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + An instance for each VisualStyle is stored (with all images). + So we should not dispose images obtained using this class. + + + + + Returns the saved dropdown arrow image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Returns the saved image for the ImageCell of the specified style. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + + Returns the saved background image. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + Returns the saved separator image. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + Returns the saved submenu arrow image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Returns the saved toggle button image of the specified state. Do not dispose it. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the layout should break the flow after the component. + + + + + The layout should not break the flow after the component. + + + + + Causes next component to be placed in a new row within the flow. + + + + + Creates a new column after this component. + + + + + Creates a new row starting below the current component, at the left edge of the current group. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Determines whether the user can edit a value in the text portion of the . + + + + + The text portion is editable. + + + + + The user cannot directly edit the text portion. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment on the input components. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image in a rich tooltip. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling on the input components. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Edit' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + The 'Save Data' button. + + + + + The 'Reload Data' button + + + + + A set of navigator items. + + + + + No items are in the set. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The input box that changes the current position. + + + + + The text label that displays the total number of items. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + Includes all available items. + + + + + Specifies the display state of a component. + + + + + Display the component. + + + + + Do not display the element, but reserve space for the element in layout. + + + + + Do not display the element, and do not reserve space for it in layout. + + + + + Implemented by the C1InputPanel control and its components. + + + + + This is a marker interface that indicates the component supports + accelerator keys. + + + + + Passes the owner element properties to the ButtonImageElement. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. + + + + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownItemClickedEventArgs class for the specified control. + + The to store in this event. + + + + Returns the clicked item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the should close the dropdown after the item is clicked or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value which determines the filtering criteria for items which appear in the dropdown that is displayed when the AutoCompleteMode property is set to 'Suggest' or 'SuggestAppend'. + + + The search is case-insensitive. + + + + + Default filtering method. Same to . + + + + + Beginning of a candidate string matches the entered string. + + + + + A candidate string contains the entered string. + + + + + The main data bound control used for entering and editing information in a text form. + Supports data formatting for all data types, including special features for date-time formats. + Also supports edit mask, data validation and other features. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TextBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1TextBox. + + + + + + Makes Fixed3D borders old-style looking (flat) + for System VisualStyle. + This property is only for compatibility with legacy applications only. + + + + + Draws a red dotted line if Value is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the textual place holder, that is displayed by to prompt the user for information. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the floating placeholder is enabled. + + + The floating placeholder allows the placeholder text to be displayed above the editor text. + However, the floating placeholder will only be displayed if the control has sufficient height. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the disabled control. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control which contains negative value. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is not in edit mode (does not have input focus or is read-only). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is in edit mode (has input focus and is not read-only). + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Settings affecting parsing, that is, converting the string entered by the user to the data type. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + + + The number of characters or bytes (determined by the + LengthAsByte property) + that can be entered into the control.
The default is zero. +
+ + The MaxLength property allows you to limit the number of characters + a user can enter in the control. The default value is 0, + which does not limit the number of characters. Any number greater than 0 indicates + the maximum number of characters. + The effects the displayed result along with the MaxLength property. + + + If value is less than zero, an ArgumentOutOfRangeException is thrown. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum number of lines. + + + An int value that indicates the maximum number of lines. +
The default is zero. +
+ + MaxLineCount limits the acceptable lines of text when the + property is . + + + This property does not work with wrapped lines, so preferrable is to use MaxLineCount when + property is . + + + The default value of this property, zero, means no limit. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the maximum number of characters that fit in the control + are handled based on bytes, characters, or text elements. + + + Determines the unit for counting for the property. + The value LengthUnit.Byte means the MaxLength is counted by Byte. + The value LengthUnit.Char means the MaxLength is counted by Char. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. Default: False + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DBNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DBNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + Sets or gets a value indicating whether a special edit mode is used for numeric values. + + + + + Enables/disables the special keys used when NumericInput = True. Default: NumericInputKeyFlags.Standard. + + + + + Whether or not a special edit mode is applied to DateTime values. + + + + + If True, the control's stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + If this property is False the month will be automatically incremented when the user spins the date past the end of the month. The same about other parts of the date/time value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the caret is automatically moved to the first field when the last field is filled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the character is automatically changed + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes. Default: NoAdjustments. + + + + + The minimum year that can be entered without leading zeros. + + + + + Validation rules applied before parsing, that is, before converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (raw string validation). + + + + + Validation rules applied after parsing, that is, after converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (typed validation). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation (i.e. calls Validated and Validating events) + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control. + + + + + The lines of text in a multiline control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DBNull. + + + + + For internal use. + Works same as property but does not cause an exception + if entered text can not be parsed. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current representation of the visual information contained in the control. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling in the control. + + + + + Indicates if the Escape key that cancels modified value is handled by the control without passing it to the owner form (AcceptsEscape=True), or it is then passed to the form and can close it if the form has CancelButton (AcceptsEscape=False). + + + + + Indicates if Tab and Shift+Tab keys are accepted by control and move the focus to the next (previous) group of input characters in edit mask and in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the control has been modified by the user since the control received the input focus or its Value last set. + + + + + Returns True, if the control has input focus and TextDetached = False. + + + + + Label control associated with this input field. + + + + + Determines the selection position when a control receives input focus. Default: InitialSelectionEnum.SelectAll. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text box should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Specifies whether a focus rectangle should be displayed around the client area when the control has the input focus. + + + + + Specifies whether the context menu can be displayed for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the height of the control automatically adjusts when the font assigned to the control is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in the control. The default is VerticalAlignEnum.Top. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the input control content and its edges, in pixels. Default: all margins are set to 0. + + + + + Allows backward compatibility with the old behavior, when the ValueChanged event previously fired on any text change. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the next control in the tab order receives the focus as + soon as the control is filled at the last character. + + + if the focus is moved to the next control in the tab order as soon as the control + is filled at the last character defined by the input control; otherwise, . +
+ The default is . +
+ + The input focus moves to the next control when the last entered character causes the text to exceed the limit of the control. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the focus automatically moves to the previous or next control in the tab order when pressing the left or right arrow keys. + + + One of the enumeration values. +
+ The default is . +
+ + The value of this property indicates the key which moves the input focus to the next control. + When the caret is at the last character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the right arrow key. + When the caret is before the first character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the left key. + + +
+ + + Gets a value indicating that the method was called and the method was not called. + + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit mode. If the control is not in edit mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + This method temporarily disables numeric input mode + + True to suspend numeric input, False to resume it + If True, control's Value is updated, obtained from the current control text. + + + + Parses the Text string. + + Output parameter: Parsing result + Output parameter: Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Checks the result of the ParseContent method. + + Value indicating the reason of validation failure + Parsed value of type DataType that was undergoing validation + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred + + + + + Triggers parsing of the Text property and updating the Value. + + + + + + Increments the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Decrements the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Validates current Text property in the same manner as it usually validated after the control loses focus. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Moves the selection to the specified date-time field. Works only if the property + is set to and the date-time input is active. + + Field to select. + a value that determines whether the text should be updated. + returns true if success. + + Can be used in the method to customize initial selection if the value type is date-time. + + + + + Updates selection of the text according to the property. + + + + + Handle Win11 borders. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the disabled back color. + + + + + Indicates whether the placeholder should be drawn. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the control receives data that cannot be formatted according to the current format and edit mask settings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic parsing of the input string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic input string validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been validated. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Programmatic typed value validation. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs after the typed value has been validated + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Error occurred while parsing or validating the input string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when Value is stored in the data source. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the VerticalAlign property has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the Margins property or one of the margins has changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + An that contains the event editor. + + + + + Occurs when invalid character is in input. + + + + + + + + Raises the ModifiedChanged event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Updates the control's Text with the current Value. + + + + + + + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + _displayFormat + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + This method is called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + + + + Use this method for overriding in inherited control. + + New theme. + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the base visual style of the control. + + + + + Calculates and returns the desired size (incl. borders etc.). + + The desired size. If Size.Empty is returned, + the toolbar does not contain any visible buttons and can be hidden. + + + + + For testing. Indicates whether the theme is actually applied + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use button images + from ImageListHi to highlight the hot button. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Calendar used with C1DateEdit. + + + + + Represents default calendar. + + + + + Represents Chinese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents East Asian Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Gregorian Calendar + + + + + Represents Hebrew Calendar + + + + + Represents Hijri Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Julian Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Thai Buddhist Calendar + + + + + Represents UmAlQuraCalendar + + + + + Represents the Persian calendar. + + + + + Specifies how thumbs will be moved when mouse click will be performed outside selected area. + + + + + Both thumbs will not move. + + + + + Closest thumb will be moved to direction of mouse by a large distance. + + + + + Both thumbs will be moved to direction of mouse by a large distance. + + + + + Specifies alignment of spin button of a . + + + + + Vertically stacked Up and Down buttons. + + + + + Up button on the left and down button on the right. + + + + + Up button on the right and down button on the left. + + + + + Represents the helper class for System.Windows.Forms.Control. + + + + + Move focus to other control from focus control. + + + The focus control. + + + true to move forward in the tab order; false to move backward in the tab order. + + + true if a control was activated; otherwise, false. + + + + + Check to see if a flags enumeration has a specific flag set. + + Flags enumeration to check + Flag to check for + + + + + Returns true if running under Windows XP or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running under Vista OS or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running in 120DPI mode. + + + + + Returns true if the specified object has any properties which should be serialized. + + + + + Defines the category of a Unicode character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is not of a particular category. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a control code. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a numeric digit. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a mathematical symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a punctuation. ( Open & Close ) + + + + + Indicates that the character is a space character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is an upper case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a lower case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Katakana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Hiragana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a CJK punctuation. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Hangal character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is of full width. + + + + + Provides a set of static methods to work with Japanese encodings. + + + Shows how to use in event handler for conditioning filtering inputs. + + + private void c1TextBox1_KeyPress(object sender, KeyPressEventArgs e) + { + if (CharHelper.IsKatakana(e.KeyChar)) + e.KeyChar = CharHelper.ToHiragana(e.KeyChar); + } + + + + + + Defines the Null char. + + + + + Defines the control char: Backspace + + + + + Defines the control char: Tab. + + + + + Defines the control char: Space. + + + + + Character groups (character codes) based on Unicode 3.1. + + + + + Character blocks categorized base on the Unicode standard. + + + + + Table of multi-width character blocks. + + + + + Type of multi-width characters. + + + + + Mapping table of full width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table of half-width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table for accents for the Japanese language. + + + + + Represents the smallest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Represents the largest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Retrieves the type of character. + + A Unicode character. + + A CharType representing the type of character of c. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is of the + specified type. + + A Unicode character. + A CharType type. + + true if specified c and type matches the type of the + character; otherwise false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a multi-width character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a multi-width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in a specified string is categorized as a multi-width + character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a multi-width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is a + full width character. Usually CJK characters are considers + as full widths. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a full width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a full width character. Usually + CJK characters are considers as full widths. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a full width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether a Unicode character doesn't belong to + any specific letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is doesn't a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a control code. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a control code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a control code. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a control + code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Katakana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Katakana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Katakana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Hiragana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Hiragana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Hiragana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Hiragana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Numeric character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Punctuation character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Punctuation character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Punctuation character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Punctuation + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a mathematical symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a mathematical character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a mathematical symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a mathematical + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Symbol character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Symbol character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Symbol + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Lowercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Lowercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Lowercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Lowercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Uppercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Uppercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Uppercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Uppercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a numeric or symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + or a Math symbol; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter or digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter or digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a upper (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a big (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a lower (normal) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana lower (normal) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the related kana has a related lower case. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c has a related lower case kana; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and Hangul + characters. + + A Unicode character. + + Full width character of c, otherwise original character + returned. + + + + + Tansforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. This method differs from the other where it + takes on an array of characters. In FarEast country there + are times when multiple half width characters make a one + full width character. + + An array of characters. + + When the soundex character is processed a true is + returned; otherwise, a false returned. + + + Full width character of c, otherwise the original character + is returned. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's half + width equivalent. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and + Hangul characters. + + A Unicode character. + + The half width equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a half + width or not a multi-width character. + + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a half width character + if possible. This method differs from the ToHalfWidth method + where it tries to return the accurate half width character - + which most likely happens in FarEast countries. + + A Unicode character. + + A character array representing c in half width form. In most + cases this array will have only one element. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent with an optional setting of + full or half width. Special character handling for + the Japanese language + + + A Unicode character. + + + true to return a full width Katakana, and + false to return a half width Katakana. + + + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Hiragana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Hiragana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Hiragana or not Katakana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent. + + A Unicode character. + + An Ansi character equivalent of c in the current culture. + + + Encodes the specified Unicode character to an ANSI + character using the current culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent using the specified culture information. + + A Unicode character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Ansi character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a JIS (Japanese encoding) character + to it's Shift-JIS equivalent. + + A JIS character. + + The Shift-JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a JIS character to it's equivalent Shift-JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Shift-JIS (Japanese encoding) + character to it's JIS equivalent. + + A Shift-JIS character. + + The JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a Shift-JIS character to it's equivalent JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToSJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of an ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent. + + An ANSI character. + + A Unicode character equivalent of c. + + + + + Converts the value of a ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent using the specified culture information. + + An ANSI character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Unicode character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts an lower (normal) case kana into a upper (capital) case. + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana upper case character. + + + + Converts an upper (capital) case kana into a lower case (normal). + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana lower case character. + + + + Retreives the Unicode character block the specified character + belongs to. Current version supports a range from '\u000' + through '\uffff'. + + A Unicode character. + + A Unicode block the specified character belongs to. + + + + + Returns further detail information of the character, since + it lies in a range where it holds a fixture of different + character widths. + + A Unicode character. + + An CharType describing the type of the character, and also + the width whether it's full or half. + + + + + Determines whether the specified block has to do with + CJK... ( only CJK have concepts of wide ) + + A unicode char block. + + A to process. + + + true if the block is related to CJK; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a byte array into a char type. (Internal usage) + + A byte array. + + A character equivalent of value. + + + + + Converts a single character into a byte array. (Internal usage) + + A character. + + A byte array equivalent of c. + + + + + Conversion between half and full width characters for Japanese + special characters. + + A character. + + true to convert to full width; otherwise, false. + + + The converted character. means conversion + didn't take place. + + + + + Gets the byte length of the specifed string segment. + + + A string indicates the whole string. + + + An int indicates the start of the string segment. + + + An int indicates the length of the string segment. + + + The byte length of string segement. + + + + + Gets the byte length of the specifed string. + + + A string indicates the whole string. + + + The byte length of string segement. + + + + + Returns true if running under Windows XP or better OS. + + + + + Returns true if running under Vista OS or better OS. + + + + + Flattens all possible Office 2007 textbox control states. + + + + + Defines the sub-style of buttons. + + + + + Like buttons in office comboboxes. + + + + + Like buttons in office toolbars. + + + + + Flattens all possible Office 2007 button states. + + + + + Colors used to draw a button (some colors are start/end of gradients). + + + + + Interface providing visual style rendering capabilities. + NOTE: implementing classes must not cache any information about the control + being rendered. A single instance of IVisualStyleRenderer may be created + for a class of controls. + + + + + Gets the visual style associated with the renderer. + + + + + Gets the list of properties that are set by this style + + + + + Updates the target properties if needed. Should be called by the styled control + when its state changes in a way that could concievably cause the need to change + styled properties such as colors (e.g. the control became disabled). + + The styled control. + + + + Resets styled properties to their default values. + Should be called e.g. when an office 2007 style is changed to custom. + + + + + + Tests whether the property is set by the visual style. + It is the responsibility of the styled control to call this before trying to change any + property that might be affected by a style. + + The name of the property to test. + True if the property is set by the style, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether the current property value was set by the visual style. + + The styled control. + The name of the property to test. + The value of the property to test. + True if the property has value set by the style, false otherwise. + + + + Defines a "Custom" visual style renderer. + + + A custom style consists of a base style (which can NOT be custom, + but can be any other style), with some style related properties + overridden by the user. + + The base style is persisted in the host class (control) + as VisualStyleBaseStyle (hidden from users). + + + + + + + + Indicates that the button or its host control is acive (hovered or focused). + + + + + fills style props with values from the specified path + + + + + + + + + + + reference to the framework style, for which hot style should be applied + xml path to the hot style + + + + Used in: + C1DockingTab\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + + + + + Borders are shown only for headers of columns. + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Only left and right borders of columns are shown. + + + + + Borders are shown for all cells. + + + + + Used in: + C1TreeView\Style + C1MultiSelect\C1CheckList\Style + + + + + Standard system view. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2007 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Black. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Blue. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2010 Silver. + + + + + Like a MS Office 2013. + + + + + Like a Windows 10. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + The image is stretched and aspect ratio is saved. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridBorder + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\Style + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Used in: + C1TrueDBGrid\GridLines + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\PaletteType + + + + + Office 2007 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2010 palette includes back and border colors + of free and working hours and days, day headers, grid borders + and calendar tabs. + + + + + Office 2016 palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Office 2016 dark palette includes accent color to use in calendar headers and additional darker color for current day. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\GroupTabStyle + + + + + Group headers of rectangular shape take the full width of the corresponding group. + + + + + Group headers of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Group headers of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Used in: + C1Schedule\WeekTabStyle + + + + + Week tabs of Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Week tabs of Office2016 appearance. + + + + + Use no background gradient. + + + + + Use a gradient that matches the current system Visual Style. + + + + + Use a silver background gradient. + + + + + Use a blue background gradient. + + + + + Use a gold background gradient. + + + + + Use an olive background gradient. + + + + + Use the Vista-style background gradient. + + + + + No gradient. + + + + + Horizontal gradient (left to right). + + + + + Vertical gradient (top to bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-top to right-bottom). + + + + + Diagonal gradient (left-bottom to right-top). + + + + + Radial gradient. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image + while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Hide the image. + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Text is drawn in the horizontal direction, left to right. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the bottom up. + + + + + Text is draw vertically, from the top down. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + Describes the image set used for toolbar images of the + preview actions. + + + + + Classic image set. + + + + + Flat image set. + + + + + XP image set. + + + + + XP alternative image set. + + + + + XP second alternative image set. + + + + + Adobe image set. + + + + + Os X image set. + + + + + Original (C1Preview "classic") image set. + + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + For internal use. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Hides the border. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + + + No gradient filling. + + + + + From left (first color) to right (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left and right (second color). + + + + + From top (first color) to bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to top and bottom (second color). + + + + + From left-bottom (first color) to right-top (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-bottom and right-top (second color). + + + + + From left-top (first color) to right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to left-top and right-bottom (second color). + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color) in radial direction. + + + + + From center (first color) to corners (second color). + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all classes representing a brush in a theme. + Use the method to get an actual matching GDI+ brush. + Classes derived from override Equals() and + GetHashCode() methods and compare objects by content rather than by references. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + + The this method creates. + + + + Returns a GDI+ brush matching the theme brush. + It is the caller's responsibility to dispose this brush when it is no longer needed. + + The brush rectangle (used for gradient brushes). + The GDI+ object. + + + + Returns true if a GDI+ brush created for this theme brush depends on the rectangle + passed to the method. E.g. gradient brushes return + true in this method while solid return false. + + True if the GDI+ brush depends on the application area, false otherwise. + + + + Encodes this object to string. + + String represengin this object. + + + + Checks whether the two objects are equal by value + (i.e. represent identically described theme brushes). + + First object. + Second object. + True if the two brushes are identical, or are both null. + + + + Create object from specified string. + + String representing object. + object created from string. + True if string was successfully parsed, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a solid theme brush. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + Theme solid brush color to set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a GDI+ matching this object. + Can return null if color is not specified or transparent. + + Target application area for the brush (ignored). + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this solid brush. + + + + + Abstract base class for gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Abstract base class for linear gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled, + same as LinearGradientBrush.GammaCorrection. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, + of the gradient's orientation line. + + + + + Represents a linear gradient brush based on the starting and ending colors, + and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor linear gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + Gradient brush rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + + + Abstract base class for radial gradient theme brushes. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a structure that defines position + of center point. + (0,0) is the top-left corner, (100,100) is the bottom-right corner. + + + + + Represents a radial gradient brush based on center point, + surrounding color and a object. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the surrounding color of the radial gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. Can be null. + + + + + Represents a multicolor radial gradient brush. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Overridden, assigns (copies) properties from another to the current object. + + The source object to copy properties from. + + + + Overridden, creates a matching this object. + + The gradient rectangle. + A object. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + Gets or sets a that defines this multicolor radiant gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush object which is stored but not managed by this ThemeBrushHelper - + i.e. it will not be disposed when this ThemeBrushHelper is disposed, or a new brush is + assigned to it. + Note that while the 'get' accessor is provided for this property, there is no need to use it - + just use the method to get a usable GDI+ brush. + + + + + Creates brush based on specified theme path. + Returns defaultValue if brush can not be created or it is solid and color is transparent or empty. + + + + + + + + + Gets an empty color instead of a transparent color; otherwise, it returns the specified color. + + The specified color. + Empty color if transparent color was set. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + Converts color value to string. + + The color to be converted. + The string represents the color. + + + + Converts string value to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color value. + + + + Converts string to color. + + The string to be converted. + The color is the result of the conversion. + True if the string to color conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + Boolean value. + "true" if value is true and "false" if value is false. + + + + Gets a string based on a boolean value. + + String value to convert. + Boolean result. + True if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts blend pattern object to string. + + pattern object to convert. + Converted blend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to blend pattern object. + + String to convert. + pattern object. + + + + + Converts object to string. + + object to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + + + + Converts string to object. + + String to convert. + Converted ColorBlend pattern as string if conversion was successful. + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Converts object to string. + + The object to convert. + The string representing point. + + + + Converts string to object. + + The string to convert. + The object.> + True if conversion was successful, otherwise returns false. + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + The string of data to assign. + + + + Gets the data string. + + The data string. + + + + Appends a string to data. + + The string to add. + + + + Finds characters to the end of the string. + + True if characters were found; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the characters to the end of the string. + + + + + Versions of c1theme XML. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + First public versions of C1Themes. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of BackgroundProp was changed. + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Ribbon theme was changed + + + + + Version of theme XML when C1 prefix was removed + + + + + Version of theme XML when structure of C1Input theme was changed + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + + Releases all unmanaged resources. + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1CommandMenu... + { + public C1CommandMenu() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientComponentPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + A helper class for implementing an ambient property on a control. + + + Usage: + An instance of AmbientPropertyMonitor must be created by the host control with the reference + to that host as the parameter. + The AmbientPropertyMonitor subscribes to the following events: + + ParentChanged on the host and the whole parents' chain; + + (ambient property name)Changed or INotifyPropertyChanged on the host and all parents in the chain. + NOTE: For the AmbientPropertyMonitor to work correctly, all controls that have the target property declared + must also provide either a property changed event, or implement INotifyPropertyChanged and fire + it at appropriate moments. + + + The AmbientPropertyMonitor monitors changes of the ambient property value on the host and all parents, + and if a change occurs applies the value of the ambient property on the closest parent + to that property on the host control, unless it has been changed independently of the AmbientPropertyMonitor + (AmbientPropertyMonitor assumes that when it is created, the ambient property on the host has default, + unchanged value). + + It is recommended that all controls declaring the target property also provide + the Reset(property) and ShouldSerialize(property) methods, calling the + and methods as needed. + + + + + + The target property name. + + + + + At all times, should contain the up-to-date parent chain, + starting with the host itself. Needed to keep track of + parent changes, and changes of ambient property on the parents. + + + + + Prevents raising the _propertySetByUser while we adjust the + property ourselves. + + + + + If true, we consider the property to have a value explicitly set + ty the user, so we do not update it anymore until reset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class. + + Control on which the ambient property will be monitored. + The name of the monitored property. + The type of the property MUST be an enumeration. + + An instance of this class must be created in the constructor + of the host control. + It is assumed that the value of the ambient property that will be monitored + by the AmbientPropertyMonitor has not been set yet (i.e. has the default value) + at the time the AmbientPropertyMonitor is constructed. + + + + + Clears the all references. + + + Call Dispose() in the Dispose method + of the host control. + + An instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor class holds references to the + host in private variables and event handles. + Host holds reference to the instance of the AmbientPropertyMonitor. + + If not to clear the refs then the host control and the all referenced objects (Form, etc.) may be never released to GC. + This cause a memory leak. + + + public class C1OutBar... + { + public C1OutBar() + { + ... + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + } + + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing) + { + // To prevent the memory leak + if (_ambientVisualStyleMonitor != null) + { + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor.Dispose(); + _ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + } + ... + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + ... + } + + + + + Notifies the AmbientPropertyMonitor that the value of the monitored property + has been reset. If the host control is currently parented to a container + which itself defines the monitored property, the value from that parent + is assigned to the property on the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a Reset method for the target + property, and calls this method from that. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected void ResetVisualStyle() { + ... + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor.ResetValue(); + } + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the monitored property + currently has the ambient value, i.e. the value has been set + (by the AmbientPropertyMonitor) based on the value of a parent of the host. + + + It is recommended that the host defines a ShouldSerialize method for the target + property, tests IsValueAmbient in that method, and returns false if IsValueAmbient + returns true. E.g.: + + private AmbientPropertyMonitor __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = null; + ... + ctor() { + __ambientVisualStyleMonitor = new AmbientPropertyMonitor(this, "VisualStyle"); + ... + } + public VisualStyle VisualStyle { + get { ... } + set { ... } + } + protected bool ShouldSerializeVisualStyle() { + if (__ambientVisualStyleMonitor.IsValueAmbient) + return false; + ... + } + + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to specify assemblies that can use this product without a license. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + WinForms version string representation (4 dot-delimited numbers). + + + + + Same as . + + + + + Specifies assembly name parts, used by AssemblyCommonInfo to generate actual assembly names. + + + + + Represents the era info. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The era. + The start time. + The end time. + Name of the era. + Name of the abbreviated era. + Name of the English era. + Name of the symbol era. + + + + Gets the era. + + The era. + + + + Gets the start time. + + The start time. + + + + Gets the end time. + + The end time. + + + + Gets the name of the era. + + The name of the era. + + + + Gets the name of the abbreviated era. + + The name of the abbreviated era. + + + + Gets the name of the English era. + + The name of the English era. + + + + Gets the name of the symbol era. + + The name of the symbol era. + + + + Determines whether the specified date time is valid. + + The date time. + + true if the specified date time is valid; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. + + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + + This class implement a calendar extend in order to we can configure era information. + + + + + Save the data of eras info. + + + + + Save the data of max supported date time property. + + + + + Save the data of min supported date time property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the eras information of this calendar. + + + Return a array. + + + + + Gets the list of eras in the . + + + An array of integers that represents the eras in the . + + + + + Gets the specify era information. + + + The specify era id. + + + Return a value. + + + + + Gets the specify era information. + + + The specify date time value. + + + Return a value. + + + + + Gets the Gregorian year from a era and a era year. + + + The specify era year. + + + The specify era. + + + if set to true throw error when don't fit the condition. + + + Return a int year value. + + + + + Gets the Gregorian year from a era and a era year. + + + The specify era year. + + + The specify era. + + + Return a int year value. + + + + + Determines whether [is valid year] [the specified year]. + + The year. + The era. + + true if [is valid year] [the specified year]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the max era. + + A max era. + + + + Gets the min era. + + A min era. + + + + Gets the max era year. + + The era. + A max era year. + + + + Gets the min era year. + + The era. + A min era year. + + + + Gets the max era year. + + The date time. + + + + + Gets the min era year. + + The date time. + + + + + Gets the max year. + + The date time. + An int max year value. + + + + Gets the min year. + + The date time. + An int min year value. + + + + Gets the max month. + + The date time. + An int max month value. + + + + Gets the min month. + + The date time. + An int min month value. + + + + Gets the max day. + + The date time. + An int max day value. + + + + Gets the min day. + + The date time. + An int min dayr value. + + + + Converts the specified two-digit year to a four-digit year by using + the + property to determine the appropriate century. + + + A two-digit integer that represents the year to convert. + + + A int value indicates the two digit year max. + + + An integer that contains the four-digit representation of year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar or + twoDigitYearMax large than 99 or twoDigitYearMax less than 9999. + + + + + Gets the latest date and time supported by the current object. + + + The latest date and time supported by the type, + which is equivalent to the last moment of December 31, 9999 C.E. in the Gregorian calendar. + + + + + Gets the earliest date and time supported by the current object. + + + The earliest date and time supported by the type, + which is equivalent to the first moment of September 8, 1868 C.E. in the Gregorian calendar. + For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Removes all eras from the era list. + + + + + Gets the default eras info. + + The default eras info. + + + + Extended Japanese calendar. + + + + + An array indicates the global eras info. + + + + + The default instance. + + + + + The default two digit year max value. + + + + + Save the data of prototype calendar property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the default eras infomations. + + + + + Gets a prototype calendar. + + + Always return the value. + + + + + Gets or sets the last year of a 100-year range that can be represented by a 2-digit year. + + + + The last year of a 100-year range that can be represented by a 2-digit year. + + + The current object is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current calendar is solar-based, lunar-based, or a combination of both. + + + Always returns the value. + + + + + Gets the calendar id. + + + Always return the int value 3. + + + + + Returns a that is the specified number of months away from + the specified . + + + The that results from adding the specified number of months + to the specified . + + + The number of months to add. + + + The to which to add months. + + + months is less than -120000.-or- months is greater than 120000. + + + The resulting is outside the supported range. + + + + + Returns a that is the specified number of years away from + the specified . + + + The that results from adding the specified number of years to + the specified . + + + The to which to add years. + + + The number of years to add. + + + time is outside the supported range of the type. + -or-years is less than -10,000 or greater than 10,000. + + + The resulting is outside the supported range. + + + + + Returns the day of the month in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day of the month in the + specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the day of the week in the specified . + + + A value that represents the day of the week + in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the day of the year in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 366 that represents the day of the year in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the number of days in the specified month in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The number of days in the specified month in the specified year in the specified era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the number of days in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The number of days in the specified year in the specified era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the era in the specified . + + + An integer that represents the era in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Calculates the leap month for a specified year and era. + + + The return value is always 0 because the type + does not support the notion of a leap month. + + + An era. + + + A year. + + + year or era is outside the range supported by the type. + + + + + Returns the month in the specified . + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Returns the number of months in the specified year in the specified era. + + + The return value is always 12. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns the week of the year that includes the date in the specified object. + + + A 1-based integer that represents the week of the year that includes the date in the time parameter. + + + One of the values that defines a calendar week. + + + One of the values that represents the first day of the week. + + + The object to read. + + + time or firstDayOfWeek is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- rule is not a valid value. + + + + + Returns the year in the specified . + + + An integer that represents the year in the specified . + + + The to read. + + + + + Determines whether the specified date in the specified era is a leap day. + + + true, if the specified day is a leap day; otherwise, false. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- day is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Determines whether the specified month in the specified year in the specified era is a leap month. + + + This method always returns false, unless overridden by a derived class. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Determines whether the specified year in the specified era is a leap year. + + + true, if the specified year is a leap year; otherwise, false. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Returns a that is set to the specified date and time in the specified era. + + + The that is set to the specified date and time in the current era. + + + An integer that represents the era. + + + An integer from 1 to 12 that represents the month. + + + An integer from 0 to 999 that represents the millisecond. + + + An integer from 1 to 31 that represents the day. + + + An integer from 0 to 59 that represents the minute. + + + An integer that represents the year. + + + An integer from 0 to 23 that represents the hour. + + + An integer from 0 to 59 that represents the second. + + + year is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- month is outside the range supported by the calendar. + -or- day is outside the range supported by the calendar.-or- hour is less than zero or greater than 23. + -or- minute is less than zero or greater than 59.-or- second is less than zero or greater than 59. + -or- millisecond is less than zero or greater than 999.-or- era is outside the range supported by the calendar. + + + + + Adds a Japanese era in the calendar. + + Index of the era + Era start date + Era end date + Japanese era name + Abbreviated Japanese era name + English era name + Symbolic era name + + + + Helper static class that contains AddJapaneseEra function. + + + + + Clears the all Japanese Eras. + + + + + Adds era to the Japanese calendar. + + Era numeric id. Must be non-negative integer + Start day of the era. + End day of the era. + Japanese name of the era. + Short Japanese name of the era. + Era name in English. Optional. + One Latin symbol era name. + + + + + Reads eras info from the GC configuration file. + + Section name. + + + + Defines the category of a Unicode character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is not of a particular category. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a control code. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a numeric digit. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a mathematical symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a symbol. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a punctuation. ( Open & Close ) + + + + + Indicates that the character is a space character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is an upper case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a lower case letter. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Katakana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Japanese Hiragana character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a CJK punctuation. + + + + + Indicates that the character is a Hangal character. + + + + + Indicates that the character is of full width. + + + + + Represents the extension functions to the standard .NET Char type. The purpose for this is to provide better + CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean ) character support. + + + + + Defines the Null char. + + + + + Defines the control char: Backspace + + + + + Defines the control char: Tab. + + + + + Defines the control char: Space. + + + + + Character groups (character codes) based on Unicode 3.1. + + + + + Character blocks categorized base on the Unicode standard. + + + + + Table of multi-width character blocks. + + + + + Type of multi-width characters. + + + + + Mapping table of full width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table of half-width Katakana. + + + + + Mapping table for accents for the Japanese language. + + + + + Represents the smallest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Represents the largest possible value of a Char. + This field is constant. + + + + + Retrieves the type of character. + + A Unicode character. + + A CharType representing the type of character of c. + + + + + Determines whether the specified character is of the + specified type. + + A Unicode character. + A CharType type. + + true if specified c and type matches the type of the + character; otherwise false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a multi-width character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a multi-width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the character at the specified position + in a specified string is categorized as a multi-width + character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a multi-width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is a + full width character. Usually CJK characters are considers + as full widths. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a full width character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a full width character. Usually + CJK characters are considers as full widths. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a full width + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether a Unicode character doesn't belong to + any specific letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is doesn't a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a control code. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a control code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a control code. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a control + code; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Katakana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Katakana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Katakana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Katakana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Hiragana letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Hiragana character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Hiragana character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Hiragana + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Numeric character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Punctuation character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Punctuation character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Punctuation character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Punctuation + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a mathematical symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a mathematical character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a mathematical symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a mathematical + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Symbol character. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Symbol character. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Symbol + character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Lowercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Lowercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Lowercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Lowercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Uppercase letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a Uppercase letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Uppercase letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Uppercase + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a numeric or symbol character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a Numeric or a Math symbol. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a Numeric + or a Math symbol; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a alphabet letter or digit. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a alphabet letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates wether the character at the specified position + in the specified string is a alphabet letter or digit. + + A string. + The character position in s. + + true if the character at position index in s is a alphabet + letter or digit; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a upper (capital) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana upper (capital) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified Unicode character is + categorized as a lower (normal) case kana. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c is a kana lower (normal) case; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the related kana has a related lower case. + + A Unicode character. + + true if c has a related lower case kana; otherwise, false. + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and Hangul + characters. + + A Unicode character. + + Full width character of c, otherwise original character + returned. + + + + + Tansforms the specified character to a full width character + if possible. This method differs from the other where it + takes on an array of characters. In FarEast country there + are times when multiple half width characters make a one + full width character. + + An array of characters. + + When the soundex character is processed a true is + returned; otherwise, a false returned. + + + Full width character of c, otherwise the original character + is returned. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's half + width equivalent. Ranges are Latin basic, Katakana and + Hangul characters. + + A Unicode character. + + The half width equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a half + width or not a multi-width character. + + + + + + Transforms the specified character to a half width character + if possible. This method differs from the ToHalfWidth method + where it tries to return the accurate half width character - + which most likely happens in FarEast countries. + + A Unicode character. + + A character array representing c in half width form. In most + cases this array will have only one element. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Katakana" equivalent with an optional setting of + full or half width. Special character handling for + the Japanese language + + + A Unicode character. + + + true to return a full width Katakana, and + false to return a half width Katakana. + + + + The Katakana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Katakana or not Hiragana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + "Hiragana" equivalent. Special character handling + for the Japanese language. + + A Unicode character. + + The Hiragana equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is already a + Hiragana or not Katakana. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent. + + A Unicode character. + + An Ansi character equivalent of c in the current culture. + + + Encodes the specified Unicode character to an ANSI + character using the current culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a Unicode character to it's + ANSI equivalent using the specified culture information. + + A Unicode character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Ansi character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts the value of a JIS (Japanese encoding) character + to it's Shift-JIS equivalent. + + A JIS character. + + The Shift-JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a JIS character to it's equivalent Shift-JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of a Shift-JIS (Japanese encoding) + character to it's JIS equivalent. + + A Shift-JIS character. + + The JIS equivalent of c. + - or - + + The unchanged value of c, if c is not a full width + character. + + + + + Converts a Shift-JIS character to it's equivalent JIS + character - used in the Japanese language. + + + Please note that this method does not take a Unicode + character as it's parameter - use the character value + returned by the "ToSJIS" method. + + + + + + Converts the value of an ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent. + + An ANSI character. + + A Unicode character equivalent of c. + + + + + Converts the value of a ANSI character to it's Unicode + equivalent using the specified culture information. + + An ANSI character. + + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference is passed, the + current culture is assumed. + + + An Unicode character equivalent of c using the specified culture. + + + + + Converts an lower (normal) case kana into a upper (capital) case. + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana upper case character. + + + + Converts an upper (capital) case kana into a lower case (normal). + + A Unicode character. + The equivalent kana lower case character. + + + + retrieves the Unicode character block the specified character + belongs to. Current version supports a range from '\u000' + through '\uffff'. + + A Unicode character. + + A Unicode block the specified character belongs to. + + + + + Returns further detail information of the character, since + it lies in a range where it holds a fixture of different + character widths. + + A Unicode character. + + An CharType describing the type of the character, and also + the width whether it's full or half. + + + + + Determines whether the specified block has to do with + CJK... ( only CJK have concepts of wide ) + + A unicode char block. + + A to process. + + + true if the block is related to CJK; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a byte array into a char type. (Internal usage) + + A byte array. + + A character equivalent of value. + + + + + Converts a single character into a byte array. (Internal usage) + + A character. + + A byte array equivalent of c. + + + + + Conversion between half and full width characters for Japanese + special characters. + + A character. + + true to convert to full width; otherwise, false. + + + The converted character. means conversion + didn't take place. + + + + + Represents the helper class for Validating whether an object is valid or not + + + + + Count the total bit of value tested + + + An unit indicate the test value + + + An int indicate the valid bit count (total number of 1 as sample) of value + + + Get the bit count from special bit value. + For example, here is a bit value 0x5f, it bit count is 6. (0x5f = 10101111) + + + + + Check current value is a valid Enum type + + + An int indivate the value you want to check + + + An int indicate the minimum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the maximum value of your enum type + + + A bool indicate the check result, if current value is a valid enum type, return true; + otherwise false + + + This method is applicable to check a Sequential defined not-flag-style enum type + + + + + Check current value is a valid Enum type + + + An int indivate the value you want to check + + + An int indicate the minimum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the maximum value of your enum type + + + An int indicate the max count of bit for test enum value + + + A bool indicate the check result, if current value is a valid enum type, return true; + otherwise false + + + This method is applicable to check a Sequential defined flag-style enum type + + There is a enum value you want to test is 0x5f, in this enum type, the min value is 0x0f, + and max value is 0x100, then this method called below can test its validation: + + EnumHelper.IsValid(0x5f, 0x0f, 0x100, 8); + + In this scenario, the four parameter is 8, because the max value is 0x100(Binary as 100000000), + the max bits on value is 0xff (Binary as 11111111), it's the max number of bits on + + + + + + Represents nn expression that indicates the quotient of two quantities. + + + + + The number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + The number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A double that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + A double that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Gets or sets the numertor of the fraction. + + + A double that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the denominator of the fraction. + + + A double that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Defines the unary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "+" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the "!" operator. Note: "!" is used as simplify in here. + + + + + Converts the fraction to double. + + + + + Converts the double to fraction. + + + + + Reverse the fraction. + + + + + Simplify the fraction. + + + + + Represents nn expression that indicates the quotient of two quantities. + + + Indicate the type of numerator and denominator. + + + + + The number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + The number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + A that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of structure with the specified numerator and denominator. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the numertor of the fraction. + + + A that indicates the number written above the line in a common fraction to indicate + the number of parts of the whole. + + + + + Gets or sets the denominator of the fraction. + + + A that indicats the number written below the line in a common fraction that indicates + the number of parts into which one whole is divided. + + + + + Defines the unary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "+" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "-" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "*" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the binary "/" operator. + + + + + Defines the "!" operator. Note: "!" is used as simplify in here. + + + + + Converts the fraction to double. + + + + + Converts the fraction to float. + + + + + Converts the double to fraction. + + + + + Converts the float to fraction. + + + + + Reverse the fraction. + + + + + Simplify the fraction. + + + + + Provides constants and static methods for trigonometric, logarithmic, and other common mathematical functions. + + + This class is used to reinforce the function of + + + + + Calculate the Greatest Common Divisor of oneNumber and anotherNumber. + + + An int indicate the one number. + + + An int indicate another number. + + + An int indicate the Greatest Common Divisor. + + + + + Calculate the Lease Common Multiple of oneNumber and anotherNumber. + + + An int indicate the one number + + + An int indicate another number + + + An int indicate the Lease Common Multiple. + + + + + Convertes the relative percentage to absolute percentage. + + + An double value (>= -1.0) that indicates the relative percentage. + + + A double value that represents the absolute percentage. + + + + + Convertes the relative percentage to absolute percentage. + + + An double value (>= 0.0) that indicates the absolute percentage. + + + A double value that represents the relative percentage. + + + + + Returns the number nearest the specified value. + + + A decimal number to be rounded. + + + The number of significant fractional digits (precision) in the return value. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to decimals. + + + + + To make a round mathematic operation for float type number + + + A float number to be rounded. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to float. + + + + + To make a round mathematic operation for double type number. + + + A double number to be rounded. + + + The number nearest value with precision equal to double. + + + + + Define a class that represents the matrix in mathematics. + + + + + A two dimension double array used to save the data. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A int indicates the number of row. + + + A int indicates the number of column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A two dimension double array used to save the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A bool indicates whether the direction of vectors is vertical. + + + A array indicates the vectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special location. + + + A double indicates the element value. + + + Note: The row and column are base on zero. + + + + + Gets the elements of the matrix. + + + A two dimension double array save the elements. + + + + + Get the column number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the width of the matrix. + + + + + Get the row number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the height of the matrix. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Matrix object is the identity matrix. + + + This property is true if this Matrix is identity; otherwise, false. + + + | 1, 0, 0 | + | 0, 1, 0 | + | 0, 0, 1 | + + + + + Get the vectors from the column direction. + + + A array indicates the columns of the matrix. + + + + + Get the vectors from the row direction.. + + + A array indicates the rows of the matrix. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A bool value indicates the check mode. true for the multiply operation. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the add operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the binary nimus operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the unary nimus operation result of operand. + + + + + Defines the * operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the multiplication operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the transpose operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the transpose operation result of operand. + + + + + Use the explicit convertion to get a value of matrix. + + + A indicates the matrix will calculate value of it. + + + A double indicates the value of the speical matrix. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left does not equals right. + + + + + Adds a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Left multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Right multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Convertes this to it's transpose matrix. + + + + + Gets the value of the current matrix. + + + A double indicates the value of the this matrix. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current matrix. + + + A string that represents the current matrix. + + + + + Define a class that represents the matrix in mathematics. + + + + + All supported type of T. + + + + + C#: double + + + + + C#: float + + + + + A two dimension T array used to save the data. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Saves the type of T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A int indicates the number of row. + + + A int indicates the number of column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A two dimension double array used to save the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A bool indicates whether the direction of vectors is vertical. + + + A array indicates the vectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special location. + + + A T indicates the element value. + + + Note: The row and column are base on zero. + + + + + Gets the elements of the matrix. + + + A two dimension T array save the elements. + + + + + Get the column number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the width of the matrix. + + + + + Get the row number of the matrix. + + + A int value indicates the height of the matrix. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Matrix object is the identity matrix. + + + This property is true if this Matrix is identity; otherwise, false. + + + | 1, 0, 0 | + | 0, 1, 0 | + | 0, 0, 1 | + + + + + Get the vectors from the column direction. + + + A array indicates the columns of the matrix. + + + + + Get the vectors from the row direction.. + + + A array indicates the rows of the matrix. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A bool value indicates the check mode. true for the multiply operation. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the add operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the binary nimus operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the unary nimus operation result of operand. + + + + + Defines the * operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A indicates the multiplication operation result of two operands. + + + + + Defines the transpose operator for Matrix class. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A indicates the transpose operation result of operand. + + + + + Use the explicit convertion to get a value of matrix. + + + A indicates the matrix will calculate value of it. + + + A double indicates the value of the speical matrix. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left does not equals right. + + + + + Adds a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Left multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Right multiply a speical to this . + + + A indicates the speical matrix. + + + + + Convertes this to it's transpose matrix. + + + + + Gets the value of the current matrix. + + + A T indicates the value of the this matrix. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current matrix. + + + A string that represents the current matrix. + + + + + A table used to convert value between the different measure units. + + + + + Gets the inch per millimeter. [1 millimeter = 6/127 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per document. [1 document = 1/300 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per display. [1 document = 1/75 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per point. [1 point = 1/72 inch] + + + + + Gets the inch per twips. [1 document = 1/1440 inch] + + + + + Gets the millimeter per inch. + + + + + Gets the document per inch. + + + + + Gets the display per inch. + + + + + Gets the point per inch + + + + + Gets the twips per inch. + + + + + Define a Vector class that represents the mathematic vector. + + + + + Saves the data of this vector. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + The dimension of the vector must be bigger than or equal zero. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A double array indicates the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the dimension of the vector. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + As soon as a Vector instance is created, it's dimension is fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special index. + + + A double indicates the element value. + + + Note: The index is base on zero. + + + + + Gets the all elements in the vector. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is zero vector. + + + If this Vector object is zero vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is indentity vector. + + + If this Vector object is indentity vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the add result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) + (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 + m1, n2 + m2, n3 + m3) + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the binary minus result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) - (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 - m1, n2 - m2, n3 - m3) + + + + + Defines the unary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A that is the unary minus result of the operands. + + + -(n1, n2, n3) = (-n1, -n2, -n3) + + + + + Defines the * operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) * (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 * m1, n2 * m2, n3 * m3) + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left dose not equals right. + + + + + Defines the descarts multiplication operation for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the descarts multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + | i, j, k | + (n1, n2, n3) X (m1, m2, m3) = | n1, n2, n3| = (?, ?, ?) + | m1, m2, m3| + + + + + Get the modul of the special vector. + + + A indicates the vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Add a special vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Dot multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Cross multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Get the modul of the this vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current vector. + + + A string that represents the current vector. + + + + + Define a Vector class that represents the mathematic vector. + + + + + All supported type of T. + + + + + C#: double + + + + + C#: float + + + + + Saves the data of this vector. + + + In order to improve speed of inherited classes, I give the proteced modification + + + + + Saves the type of T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + The dimension of the vector must be bigger than or equal zero. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the dimension of the vector. + + + A int indicates the dimension of the vector. + + + As soon as a Vector instance is created, it's dimension is fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of element at special index. + + + A indicates the element value. + + + Note: The index is base on zero. + + + + + Gets the all elements in the vector. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is zero vector. + + + If this Vector object is zero vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this Vector object is indentity vector. + + + If this Vector object is indentity vector, return true, otherwise, return false. + + + + + Check the operation parameters, if the parameters is invalid, throw an exception. + + + A string indicates the operation description. + + + A array indicates the operation parameters. + + + + + Defines the + operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the add result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) + (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 + m1, n2 + m2, n3 + m3) + + + + + Defines the binary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the binary minus result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) - (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 - m1, n2 - m2, n3 - m3) + + + + + Defines the unary - operator for vector. + + + A indicates the operand. + + + A that is the unary minus result of the operands. + + + -(n1, n2, n3) = (-n1, -n2, -n3) + + + + + Defines the * operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + (n1, n2, n3) * (m1, m2, m3) = (n1 * m1, n2 * m2, n3 * m3) + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left equals right. + + + + + Defines the == operator for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A bool indicates whether left dose not equals right. + + + + + Defines the descarts multiplication operation for vector. + + + A indicates the left operand. + + + A indicates the right operand. + + + A that is the descarts multiplying result of the left and right operands. + + + | i, j, k | + (n1, n2, n3) X (m1, m2, m3) = | n1, n2, n3| = (?, ?, ?) + | m1, m2, m3| + + + + + Get the modul of the special vector. + + + A indicates the vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Add a special vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Dot multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Cross multiply a speical vector to this vector. + + + A indicates the speical vector.. + + + + + Get the modul of the this vector. + + + A double indicates the modul of the speical vector. + + + + + Create a new object that is a copy of this . + + + A object is a copy of this . + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current + System.Object. + + + The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object. + + + true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. System.Object.GetHashCode + is suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash + table. + + + A hash code for the current System.Object. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current vector. + + + A string that represents the current vector. + + + + + Translates number between different types. + + + + + Get the lower word from a unsigned integer value. + + + An uint indicates the unsigned integer value. + + + Return the lower word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a unsigned integer value. + + + An unint indicates the unsigned integer value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the lower word from a integer value. + + + An int indicates the integer value. + + + Returns the lower word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a integer value. + + + An unint indicates the integer value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a value. + + + An unint indicates the value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Get the higher word from a value. + + + An unint indicates the value. + + + Returns the higher word as result. + + + + + Make a double word by low and high word. + + + An ushort indicates the low word of the long. + + + An ushort indicates the high word of the long. + + + An uint indicates the long. + + + + + Make a double word by low and high word. + + + A short indicates the low word of the long. + + + A short indicates the high word of the long. + + + An int indicates the long. + + + + + Represents the basic functionality used to get string information from assembly resource. + + + The type to provide the assembly information. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource with the specified name in the assembly indicated by the template type. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + The value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource with the specified name in the assembly indicated by the template type + and returns the formated string that replaced the format specification in the String + with the textual equivalent of the value of a corresponding Object instance in a specified array. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + An Object array containing zero or more objects to be formatted. + + + The formated value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource localized for the specified culture with the specified name in the assembly + indicated by the template type. + + + The CultureInfo object that represents the culture for which the resource is localized. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + The value of a resource. + + + + + Returns the value of the resource localized for the specified culture with the specified name in the assembly + indicated by the template type and returns the formated string that replaced the format specification in the + String with the textual equivalent of the value of a corresponding Object instance in a specified array. + + + The CultureInfo object that represents the culture for which the resource is localized. + + + Name of the resource to get. + + + An Object array containing zero or more objects to be formatted. + + + The formated value of a resource. + + + + + If the dpi is larger than 150% and there is a bigger size image, this method will return the bigger image with scaled. + + Resource name. + The bigger image with scaled in the resource. + + + + Gets the image of the resource with the specified name in the assembly. + + Resource name. + The image in the resource. + + + + Defines an exception class to handle the system error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The message that describes the error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.SystemException class with a specified + error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of + this exception. + + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException + parameter is not a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic), the current + exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + + + Gets the error code created by last error API. + + + An int indicates the error code. + + + + + Gets the description of the error. + + + An int indicates the code of the error. + + + A string indicates the description. + + + + + This class is used to trace the gdi problems(such as: gdi leak). + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + [Empty] + + + + + Represents the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + The number of bits-per-pixel is specified or is implied by the JPEG or PNG format. + + + + + Each bit in the bitmap array represents a pixel. the items member of color table contains two entries. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 16 colors, the items member of color table contains up to 16 entries. + Each pixel in the bitmap is represented by a 4-bit index into the color table. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 256 colors, and the items member of color table contains up to 256 entries. + Each byte in the array represents a single pixel. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^16 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each word in the bitmap array represents a single pixel + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^24 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each 3-byte triplet in the bitmap array represents the relative + intensities of blue, green, and red, respectively, for a pixel. + + + + + The bitmap has a maximum of 2^32 colors. + In general, the color table is empty, each double-word in the bitmap array represents the relative intensities + of blue, green, and red, respectively, for a pixel. + + + + + Represents the gid bitmap. + + + + + Saves the width of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the height of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the planes of the bitmap. + + + + + Saves the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size. + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified size color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1. + + + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + + The pattern data array. + + + + + Intializes a new instance of the class + with the specified object and size. + + + A object. + + + The width, in pixels, of the new object. + + + The height, in pixels, of the new object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A that indicates the handle of the bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + A structure that specifies the background color. This + parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + + + + + Gets the width and height of this object. + + + A structure that represents the width and height + of this object. + + + + + Gets the height of this object. + + + + + Gets the width of this object. + + + + + Gets the planes of the Bitmap. The value is always 1. + + + + + Gets the data of the bitmap. + + + + + Gets the bits-per-pixel of the bitmap. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Creates a GDI+ Bitmap from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + + + A indicates the GDI bitmap. + + + A indicates the GDI+ bitmap. + + + + + Represents the base class of all kinds of brush + + + This is an abstract class, which is just details that it's ranged to Brush. + To use a , you should create an instance from its inherited class. + Refer to , , + + + + + Fills the rectangle on deviceContext by using the current brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Represents the brush which always solid draw + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Place holder for the Color property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + + The Color property is set to + (default) and the Width property is set to 1 (default). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified color. + + + A structure that indicates the color + of this object. + + + The property is set to the color specified + by the color parameter. The Width property is set + to 1 (default). + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the color of this object. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Represents the hatch style of the . + + + + + Horizontal hatch + + + It seems like: + | ==== | + | ==== | + + + + + Vertical hatch + + + It seems like: + | |||| | + | |||| | + + + + + A 45-degree downward, left-to-right hatch + + + It seems like: + | \\\\ | + | \\\\ | + + + + + A 45-degree downward, left-to-right hatch + + + It seems like: + | //// | + | //// | + + + + + Horizontal and vertical cross-hatch + + + It seems like: + | ++++ | + | ++++ | + + + + + 45-degree crosshatch + + + It seems like: + | \/\/ | + | /\/\ | + + + + + Represents the brush which draw with + + + + + Save the of this brush + + + + + Save the foreground color of this brush + + + + + Save the background color of this brush + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + A indicate the foreground color of the device on which be drawed + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + + + A indicate the drawing style of + + + A indicate the foreground color of the device on which be drawed + + + A indicate the backgound color of the device on which be drawed + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the foreground color of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + + + A structure that represents the background color of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the . + + + A indicates the line style of the brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given hatch brush. + + + A object that represents the device context. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + Represents the brush which draw nothing + + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + + + Create a that has the same style as this brush. + + + A that has the same style as this brush. + + + + + Defines a brush with a pattern. + + + + + Gets the Horizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the Vertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the ForwordDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the BackwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the DiagonalCross pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent5 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent10 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent20 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent25 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent30 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent40 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent50 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent60 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent70 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent75 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent80 pattern. + + + + + Gets the Percent90 pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the WideDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the WideUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the LightHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the NarrowVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the NarrowHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the DarkHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedDownwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedUpwardDiagonal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedHorizontal pattern. + + + + + Gets the DashedVertical pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallConfetti pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeConfetti pattern. + + + + + Gets the ZigZag pattern. + + + + + Gets the Wave pattern. + + + + + Gets the DiagonalBrick pattern. + + + + + Gets the HorizontalBrick pattern. + + + + + Gets the Weave pattern. + + + + + Gets the Plaid pattern. + + + + + Gets the Divot pattern. + + + + + Gets the DottedGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the DottedDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the Shingle pattern. + + + + + Gets the Trellis pattern. + + + + + Gets the Sphere pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallGrid pattern. + + + + + Gets the SmallCheckerBoard pattern. + + + + + Gets the LargeCheckerBoard pattern. + + + + + Gets the OutlinedDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the SolidDiamond pattern. + + + + + Gets the Hollow pattern. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Caches the handle of the bitmap that presents the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + A that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A byte array that indicates the pattern. + + + A that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + A that indicates the background color of the pattern. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the pattern. + + + A structure that indicates the background color of the pattern. + + + If the value is Color.Empty the background color is the currrent background color of the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the pattern. + + + A structure that indicates the foreground color of the pattern. + + + If the value is Color.Empty the foreground color is the currrent foreground color of the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern mask. + + + A int array that indicates the pattern. + Each bit represents a pixel. + 0 - indicates to fill the pixel with foreground color. + 1 - indicates to fill the pixel with background color. + + + If the Pattern is null or empty, all pixel will be filled with background color. + + + + + Returns a handle to this GdiObject object. + + + A Windows handle to this GdiObject object. + + + + + Delete the old handle and Create the new handle when the + + + + + Create the handle by the current value of Patterns property. + + + The handle of the pattern bitmap + + + Returns the handle of the pattern brush. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given pattern brush. + + + A object that represents the device context. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + Defines the filling action. + + + + + Adds the colors to the filling action. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + The original filling action. + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + A wrapper method to call base logic. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + We could not call base.XXX() on anonymous delegate. + Otherwise compiler error CS_1911 (Undocumented) will be warned. + + + + + Represent a texture brush be used to fill with texture + + + + + A indicate the texture + + + + + Initialize a new istance of + + + A indicate an unit of the texture + + + + + Create the handle by the current value of bitmap. + + + The handle of the pattern bitmap + + + Returns the handle of the pattern brush. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this TextureBrush object. + + + A new which properties same as current brush + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + An represents the gradient direction. + + + + + Towards to left. + + + + + Towards to right. + + + + + Towards to up. + + + + + Towards to down. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the inherited class of is always IntPtr.Zero, + so it can not be used to . + + + + + Get the reverse order colors + + + A array indicates the original colors. + + + A array indicates the reverse order colors. + + + + + Combines the colors. + + + A array indicates the colors. + + + A array indicates the combined colors. + + + + + Fills triangle with specified colors. + + + A indicates the dc. + + + A indicates the vertex1 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex2 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex3 of triangle. + + + A array indicates the gradient colors. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Fills the specified pie on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that just contains the ellipse. + + + + + Fills the specified pie on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + + + Fills the specified polygon on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + An array of that indicates the vertexes of polygon. + + + + + Fills the specified region on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the region. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this BoxGradientBrush object. + + + The BoxGradientBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient direction. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient colors. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction. + + + A that indicates the gradient direction. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the rectangle. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient colors. + + + An array of that indicates the linear gradient colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction. + + + A that indicates the gradient centre point. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle on the device context by using this brush. + + + A that indicates the device context. + + + A that indicates the rectangle. + + + + + Represents the brush to be used to fill the gradient shape. + + + The handle of the is always IntPtr.Zero, so it can not be used + to . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this LinearGradientBrush object. + + + The LinearGradientBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Defines a brush that has a solid color. + + + This brush has the same funtion as in painting. + This brush will not consume gdi handle. In other word, the Handle property is always IntPtr.Zero. So it + can not be used to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the brush. + + + + + Create the brush by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the brush. + + + Here we only can support NameKnowedColor or Null alpha ARGB color + if is or , + it means create a + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the brush. + + + A indicates the color of the brush. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this ColorBrush object. + + + The ColorBrush object that this method creates. + + + + + Fills the rectangle on deviceContext by using the current brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current brush + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the interior of an pie specified by a bounding structure. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill a special polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + Each property of the SystemBrushes class is a object that is the color of + a Windows display element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + A object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + A object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + A object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the desktop. + + + A object that is the color of the desktop. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color + in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color in the color + gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + A object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + A object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + A object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to highlight menu items + when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + A object that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a window frame. + + + A object that is the color of a window frame. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + + + Saves the state of the . + + + + + A handle that represents the state of this . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A handle that represents the state of this . + + + + + Represents the raster operation code. + + + + + Inverts the destination rectangle. + + + + + Fills the destination rectangle using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. + (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + + + Fills the destination rectangle using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. + (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + + + Copies the source rectangle directly to the destination rectangle. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean XOR operator. + + + + + Combines the inverted colors of the destination rectangle with the colors of the source rectangle + by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Copies the inverted source rectangle to the destination. + + + + + Combines the colors of the source and destination rectangles by using the Boolean OR operator + and then inverts the resultant color. + + + + + Merges the colors of the source rectangle with the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + by using the Boolean AND operator. + + + + + Merges the colors of the inverted source rectangle with the colors of the destination rectangle + by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Copies the brush currently selected in hdcDest, into the destination bitmap. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, with the colors of the inverted source rectangle + by using the Boolean OR operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination + rectangle by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean XOR operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean And operator. + + + + + Combines the colors of the brush currently selected in hdcDest, + with the colors of the destination rectangle by using the Boolean OR operator. + + + + + Inverts the destination rectangle. + + + + + Represents the mode of the background. + + + + + Background remains untouched. + + + + + Background is filled with the current background color before the text, hatched brush, or pen is drawn. + + + + + Represents the circum-direction. + + + + + Figures drawn counterclockwise + + + + + Figures drawn clockwise. + + + + + Enumerate the fill mode for region + + + + + Selects alternate mode (fills the area between odd-numbered and even-numbered polygon sides on each scan line). + + + + + Selects winding mode (fills any region with a nonzero winding value). + + + + + Define a enumeration indicates the graphics mode. + + + + + The current graphics mode is the compatible graphics mode, a mode + that is compatible with 16-bit Windows. In this graphics mode, an + application cannot set or modify the world transformation for the + specified device context. The compatible graphics mode is the + default graphics mode. + + + + + Windows NT/2000/XP: The current graphics mode is the advanced + graphics mode, a mode that allows world transformations. In this + graphics mode, an application can set or modify the world + transformation for the specified device context. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: This mode is not supported. + + + + + Defines the unit of measure used to transform page-space units into device-space units, and also defines + the orientation of the device's x and y axes. + + + + + Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with arbitrarily scaled axes. + Use the WindowExtent and ViewportExtent properties to specify the units, orientation, and scaling. + + + + + Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with equally scaled axes; that is, one unit along the x-axis is + equal to one unit along the y-axis. + Use the WindowExtent and ViewportExtent properties to specify the units and the orientation of the axes. + Graphics device interface (GDI) makes adjustments as necessary to ensure the x and y units remain the same size + (When the window extent is set, the viewport will be adjusted to keep the units isotropic). + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to one twentieth of a printer's point (1/1440 inch, also called a twip). + Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.001 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to 0.1 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up. + + + + + Each logical unit is mapped to one device pixel. Positive x is to the right; positive y is down. + + + + + Specifies the text alignment by using a mask of the values in the following list. + Only one flag can be chosen from those that affect horizontal and vertical alignment. + + + + + The reference point will be on the left edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the right edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be aligned horizontally with the center of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the top edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the bottom edge of the bounding rectangle. + + + + + The reference point will be on the base line of the text. + + + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + The default text format is "Top|Left". + + + + + Justifies the text to the top of the rectangle. + + + + + Centers text vertically. This value is used only with the SingleLine value. + + + + + Justifies the text to the bottom of the rectangle. This value is used only with the SingleLine value. + + + + + Aligns text to the left. + + + + + Centers text horizontally in the rectangle. + + + + + Aligns text to the right. + + + + + For displayed text, if the end of a string does not fit in the rectangle, it is truncated and + ellipses are added. If a word that is not at the end of the string goes beyond the limits of + the rectangle, it is truncated without ellipses. + + + + + Truncates any word that does not fit in the rectangle and adds ellipses. + + + + + For displayed text, replaces characters in the middle of the string with ellipses so that the result + fits in the specified rectangle. If the string contains backslash (\) characters, PathEllipsis + preserves as much as possible of the text after the last backslash. + + + + + Turns off processing of prefix characters. + + + + + Ignores the ampersand (&) prefix character in the text. The letter that follows will not be underlined, + but other mnemonic-prefix characters are still processed. + + + + + Draws only an underline at the position of the character following the ampersand (&) prefix character. + + + + + Draws without clipping. + + + + + Includes the font external leading in line height. Normally, external leading is not included in the + height of a line of text. + + + + + Duplicates the text-displaying characteristics of a multiline edit control. Specifically, the average + character width is calculated in the same manner as for an edit control, and the function does not + display a partially visible last line. + + + + + Layout in right-to-left reading order for bi-directional text when the font selected into the device context + is a Hebrew or Arabic font. The default reading order for all text is left-to-right. + + + + + Displays text on a single line only. Carriage returns and line feeds do not break the line. + + + + + Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the + pecified rectangle. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line. + + + + + Prevents a line break at a DBCS (double-wide character string), so that the line breaking rule is equivalent + to SBCS strings. + + + + + Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. + + + + + Represents the GDI device conext. + + + + + Saves the handle of the device context. + + + + + Deletes this , and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the object + to be reallocated for other purposes. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Gets or [protected] sets the handle of the device context. + + + A that indicates the handle of the device context. + + + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + + + An System.IntPtr representing the handle of a device context. + + + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + + + Selects an object into the specified device context(DC). The new object replaces the previous + object of the same type. + + + A that indicates the handle to the gdi object to be selected. + + + Returns the handle of the previous gdi object of the same type. + + + Note: When the handle of a gdi object is selected to , the properties + of the gdi object can not changed and the gdi object can not be disposed. + + + + // + // Paints a rectangle that is single black border and filled with white. + // + using (Pen pen = new SolidPen(Color.Black)) + { + using (Brush brush = new SolidBrush(Color.Wheat)) + { + DeviceContext dc = DeviceContext.Screen; + IntPtr defaultPenHandle = dc.SelectObject(pen.Handle); + IntPtr defaultBrushHandle = dc.SelectObject(brush.Handle); + + dc.PaintRectangle(new Rectangle(0, 0, 100, 100)); + + dc.SelectObject(defaultPenHandle); + dc.SelectObject(defaultBrushHandle); + } + } + + + + + + Deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. + After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + + + Handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. + When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + + + If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, it would throw a . + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the background of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the color of the background of the device context. + + + + If the background mode is is , + the background color is used to fill gaps between styled lines, gaps between hatched lines in brushes, and + character cells. The background color is also used when converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + + Sets the color of the background of the device context. + + + Returns the previous color of the background of the device context. + + + If the background mode is is , + the background color is used to fill gaps between styled lines, gaps between hatched lines in brushes, and + character cells. The background color is also used when converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + The Color is used to draw the face of each character written by the TextOut and ExtTextOut functions. + The Color is also used in converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Sets the color of the foreground of the device context. + + + Returns the previous color of the foreground of the device context. + + + The Color is used to draw the face of each character written by the TextOut and ExtTextOut functions. + The Color is also used in converting bitmaps from color to monochrome and vice versa. + + + + + Gets or sets the background mode of the device context. + + + A structure that indicates the background mode of the device context. + + + + The BackgroundMode affects the line styles for lines drawn using a pen created + by the CreatePen GDI API function. The BackgroundMode does not affect lines drawn using a pen created + by the ExtCreatePen GDI API function. + + + value parameter can also be set to driver-specific values. + GDI passes such values to the device driver and otherwise ignores them. + + + + + + Sets the background mode of the device context. + + + Returns the previous foreground mode of the device context. + + + + The BackgroundMode affects the line styles for lines drawn using a pen created + by the CreatePen GDI API function. The BackgroundMode does not affect lines drawn using a pen created + by the ExtCreatePen GDI API function. + + + backgroundMode parameter can also be set to driver-specific values. + GDI passes such values to the device driver and otherwise ignores them. + + + + + + Saves the current state of this object and + identifies the saved state with a handle. + + + This methods returns a state that saves current state of this + object. + + + + + Restores the state of this object to the + state represented by a handle. + + + A that represents the state to which to restore this + object. + + + + + Gets or sets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The CircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The SetCircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the drawing direction of the circle shapes. + + + A indicates the circum-direction. + + + A indicates the previous circum-direction. + + + The default direction is . + The SetCircumDirection function specifies the direction in which the following functions draw: + , + + + + + + + + + + + Get or set the current foreground mix mode.GDI uses the foreground mix mode to combine pens and interiors of filled + objects with the colors already on the screen. The foreground mix mode defines how colors from the brush or pen + and the colors in the existing image are to be combined. + + + Specifies the mix mode. This parameter can be one of the following values. + + + Mix modes define how GDI combines source and destination colors when drawing with the current pen. + The mix modes are binary raster operation codes, representing all possible Boolean functions of two variables, + using the binary operations AND, OR, and XOR (exclusive OR), and the unary operation NOT. The mix mode is for + raster devices only; it is not available for vector devices. + + + + + retrieves the foreground mix mode of the specified device context. The mix mode specifies how the pen or interior + color and the color already on the screen are combined to yield a new color. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value specifies the foreground mix mode. otherwise zero indicates failed. + + + + + Sets the current foreground mix mode. GDI uses the foreground mix mode to combine pens and interiors of filled + objects with the colors already on the screen. The foreground mix mode defines how colors from the brush or pen + and the colors in the existing image are to be combined. + + + Specifies the mix mode. This parameter can be one of the following values. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value specifies the previous mix mode. otherwise, zero indicates failed + + + Mix modes define how GDI combines source and destination colors when drawing with the current pen. + The mix modes are binary raster operation codes, representing all possible Boolean functions of two variables, + using the binary operations AND, OR, and XOR (exclusive OR), and the unary operation NOT. The mix mode is for + raster devices only; it is not available for vector devices. + + + + + Draws a line segment and an arc. + The line segment is drawn from the position which is defined by radius and startAngle. + The arc is drawn along the perimeter of a circle with the given radius and center. + The length of the arc is defined by the given start and sweep angles. + + + A specifies the center of the circle. + + + A uint specifies the radius of the circle. This value must be positive. + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draws an elliptical arc. + + + A specifies the bounding rectangle. + + + A specifies the ending point of the radial line defining the starting point of the arc. + + + A specifies the ending point of the radial line defining the ending point of the arc. + + + The rectangle specify the bounding rectangle. An ellipse formed by the specified bounding rectangle + defines the curve of the arc. The arc extends in the current drawing direction from the point where it intersects + the radial from the center of the bounding rectangle to the firstRadial point. The arc ends where + it intersects the radial from the center of the bounding rectangle to the secondRadial point. + If the starting point and ending point are the same, a complete ellipse is drawn. + + + + + + Draws the special line by using the current pen of the device context. + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the specified array. + + + A array indicates the line segments. + + + + The lines are drawn from the first point through subsequent points by using the current pen. + Windows 95/98/Me: DrawPolyLine cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawPolyBezier draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + The lines are drawn from the first point through subsequent points by using the current pen. + Windows 95/98/Me: DrawPolyBezier cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Gradient fills the rectangle with colors. + + + structure that represents the start color + of gradient. + + + structure that represents the end color of + gradient. + + + structure that represents the rectangle + to fill. + + + A bool indicates the fill direction. + false is horizontal direction. true is vertical direction. + + + + + Gradient fills the triangle with specified colors. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex1. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex2. + + + A indicates the color of the vertex3. + + + A indicates the vertex1 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex2 of triangle. + + + A indicates the vertex3 of triangle. + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle by using the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicate the rectangle to fill. + + + When filling the specified rectangle, it does not include the rectangle's right and bottom sides. GDI fills + a rectangle up to, but not including, the right column and bottom row, regardless of the current mapping mode. + + + + + + Fills the specified rectangle by using the current brush of device context. + + + A indicates the rectangle to fill. + + + A indicates the rester operation code. + + + Not all devices support the this function. For more information, see the description of + the RC_BITBLT capability in the GetDeviceCaps function. + + + + + + Fills the region by the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + + + + Draws a border around the specified region by using the specified brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the brush. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + A that specifies the width of vertical brush strokes and + the height of the horizontal brush strokes. + + + + + + Paints a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). + The chord is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the first radial. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the second radial. + + + + The curve of the chord is defined by an ellipse that fits the specified bounding rectangle. + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. The chord is closed by drawing a line from + the intersection of the first radial and the curve to the intersection of the second radial and the curve. + + + If the starting point and ending point of the curve are the same, a complete ellipse is drawn. + + + + + + + Paints an ellipse. + The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. + The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Paints a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials. + The pie is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the first radial. + + + A indicates the endpoint of the second radial. + + + The curve of the pie is defined by an ellipse that fits the specified bounding rectangle. + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Paints a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. + The polygon is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + The polygon is closed automatically by drawing a line from the last vertex to the first. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: PaintPolygon cannot draw more than a certain number of points. + The limit depends on the line width (that is, the width of the pen selected into the DC) + + Line width Maximum points allowed + line width is 1 16K + line width > 1 (that is, wideline) and device supports wideline 16K + line width > 1 but device does not support wideline approximately 1360 (that is, approximately 16K/12) + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle by using the current pen of the device context and fill the rectangle by using + the current brush of the device context. + + + A indicate the rectangle to paint. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + If a is used, the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Paints a rectangle with rounded corners. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using + the current brush. + + + A indicates the rectangle to paint. + + + An int indicates the width of the ellipse used to draw the rounded corners. + + + An int indicates the height of the ellipse used to draw the rounded corners. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination DeviceContext object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the upper-left corner of source rectangle. + The width and height of source rectangle are same as the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the raster operation code. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, Copy will throw + a . If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching + transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context + is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. + + + If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the Copy function converts + the source color format to match the destination format. + + + When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies + an enhanced-metafile device context. it means a would be throw out. + + + Not all devices support the Copy function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry + in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. + + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination DeviceContext object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the raster operation code. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + + + + + Displays bitmaps that have transparent or semitransparent pixels. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + + + Displays bitmaps with a constant transparent value. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A byte indicates the constant alpha value of source. + + + + + Inverts a rectangle in a window by performing a logical NOT operation on the color values for each pixel + in the rectangle's interior. + + + A structure that contains the logical coordinates of the rectangle to be inverted. + + + On monochrome screens, InvertRectangle makes white pixels black and black pixels white. On color screens, + the inversion depends on how colors are generated for the screen. Calling InvertRectangle twice + for the same rectangle restores the display to its previous colors. + + + + + + Inverts the colors in the specified region. + + + A indicates the handle of the region. + + + On monochrome screens, the InvertRegion function makes white pixels black and black pixels white. + On color screens, this inversion is dependent on the type of technology used to generate the colors for the screen. + + + + + + retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates. + + + Specifies the coordinate, in logical units, of the pixel to be examined. + + + The return value is the RGB value of the pixel. If the pixel is outside of the current clipping region, + the return value is Color.Empty. + + + + + Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color. + The point must be in the clipping region and the visible part of the device surface. + + + Specifies the color to be used to paint the point. + + + Specifies the coordinate, in logical units, of the point to be set. + + + + + Gets or sets the handle of the current clipping region of the device context. + + + A that indicates the handle of the clipping region. + + + + Note: + [Get] The getting region is a copy of the current region. + [Set] Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a IntPtr.Zero region handle. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + + Combines the specified region with the current clipping region using the specified mode. + + + A that indicates handle to the region to be selected. + This handle can only be IntPtr.Zero when the CombineMode.Replace mode is specified + + + A that indicates the combine mode. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + Moves the clipping region of a device context by the specified offsets. + + + Specifies the number of logical units to move left or right. + + + Specifies the number of logical units to move up or down. + + + + + Clips the device context by the specified rectangle and operation mode. + + + A indicates the rectangle. + + + A indicates operation mode. + + + The coordinate of rectangle is base one the space page. + + + + + Clips the device context by the specified rectangle and operation mode. + + + A indicates the rectangle. + + + A indicates operation mode. + + + The coordinate of rectangle is base one the space page. + + + + + Retrieves the dimensions of the tightest bounding rectangle that can be drawn around the current + visible area on the device. The visible area is defined by the current clipping region or clip + path, as well as any overlapping windows. + + + A indicates the dimensions, in logical units. + + + + + Gets or sets a indicating whether use the world transform in this DC. + + + A indicates the graphics mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the world transform. + + + + An array of float that includes six elements. + + + | M11, M12, 0 | + | M21, M22, 0 | + | Dx, Dy, 1 | + + + The order is [M11, M12, M21, M22, Dx, Dy]. + + + + Notes: The length of the array must be six. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-extent and y-extent of the current window for the device context. + + + A indicates the x-extent and y-extent of the current window for the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context + + + A indicates the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context. + + + + + Modifies the window origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + An int specifies the horizontal offset. + + + An int specifies the vertical offset. + + + + + Modifies the window for a device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current vertical extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current vertical extent. + + + + + Gets or sets the mapping mode of the device context. + + + A indicates the value of the mapping mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. + + + A indicates the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context + + + A indicates the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context. + + + + + Modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + An int specifies the horizontal offset. + + + An int specifies the vertical offset. + + + + + Modifies the viewport for a device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current horizontal extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to multiply the current vertical extent. + + + A int specifies the amount by which to divide the current vertical extent. + + + + + Gets the number of pixels per logical inch along the screen width. + In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors. + + + + + Gets the number of pixels per logical inch along the screen height. + In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors. + + + + + converts logical coordinates into device coordinates. The conversion depends on the mapping mode of the device + context, the settings of the origins and extents for the window and viewport, and the world transformation. + + + An array of structures. + The x- and y-coordinates contained in each structure will be transformed. + + + An array of structures indicate the point which is converted to Device coordinates + + + + + + + converts device coordinates into logical coordinates. The conversion depends on the mapping mode of the device + context, the settings of the origins and extents for the window and viewport, and the world transformation. + + + An array of structures. + The x- and y-coordinates contained in each structure will be transformed. + + + An array of structures indicate the point which is converted to Logical coordinates + + + + + + + Width, in millimeters, of the physical screen. + + + + + Width, in pixels, of the screen. + + + + + Height, in millimeters, of the physical screen. + + + + + Height, in raster lines, of the screen. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-alignment flags for this device context. + + + A that specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Sets the text-alignment flags for this device context. + + + A that specifies the new text alignment. + + + A that specifies the previous text alignment. + + + + + Writes a character string at the specified location, using the currently selected + font, background color, and text color. + + + A string that saves the characters to be written. + + + A that indicates the reference point that the system uses to align the string. + + + + + Computes the width and height of the specified string of text. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + + + + + Retrieves the number of characters in a specified string that will fit within a specified space and + fills an array with the text extent for each of those characters. + + + A string for which extents are to be retrieved. + + + Specifies the maximum allowable width, in logical units, of the formatted string. + + + Receives a count of the maximum number of characters that will fit in the space specified by the + maxExtent parameter. + + + Pointer to an array of integers that receives partial string extents. + Each element in the array gives the distance, in logical units, between the beginning of the string + and one of the characters that fits in the space specified by the maxExtent parameter. + This array must have at least as many elements as character count in text. The function fills the + array with valid extents for as many characters as are specified by the fitCharNumber parameter. + + + Receives the dimensions of the string, in logical units. + + + + + Writes a character string at a specified location, expanding tabs to the values specified in an array of + tab-stop positions. Text is written in the currently selected font, background color, and text color. + + + A string that saves the characters to be written. + + + A that indicates the reference point that the system uses to align the string. + + + Pointer to an array containing the tab-stop positions. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. If this parameter is null, tabs are expanded + to eight times the average character width. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the starting position from which tabs are expanded. + + + Returns the dimensions, of the string. + + + + + The TabbedTextExtent method computes the width and height of a character string.If the string contains + one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. + The TabbedTextExtent method uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + An array containing the tab-stop positions, in device units. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. + + + If the function succeeds, the value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + Else the value is Size.Empty. + + + Retrun a value indictaes whether this function succeed or not. + + + + + The TabbedTextExtent method computes the width and height of a character string.If the string contains + one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. + The TabbedTextExtent method uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string. + + + A string that saves a character string to be computed. + + + An array containing the tab-stop positions, in device units. The tab stops must be sorted in increasing order; + the smallest x-value should be the first item in the array. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the dimensions of the string in logical units. + + Ted changed this function's modifier as private in 2007.07.14, + And provide a new interface fucntion. + + + + Specifies the amount of space the system should add to the break characters in a string of text. + The space is added when an application calls the TextOut method. + + + Specifies the total extra space, in logical units, to be added to the line of text. + + + Specifies the number of break characters in the line. + + + + + Gets or sets the current intercharacter spacing for the device context. + + + Specifies the amount of extra space to be added to each character. + + + + + Sets the current intercharacter spacing for the device context. + + + Specifies the amount of extra space to be added to each character. + + + Returns the previous intercharacter spacing. + + + + + Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. + + + The string that specifies the text to be drawn. + + + Contains the rectangle in which the text is to be formatted. + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. + + + The string that specifies the text to be drawn. + + + Contains the proposed size in which the text is to be formatted. + + + Specifies the method of formatting the text. + + + + + Represents a wrapper of the gid device context handle. + + + The handle will not be released when RawDeviceContext is disposed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + An that indicates the handle of the device context. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the RawDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context that created by gdi+ Graphics. + + + The Graphics will be locked, until the is disposed. + + + + + Saves the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Gets the local cached Gdiplus . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a window. + + + + + Saves the window handle. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of a window. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the WindowDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the control. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from the desktop. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly from a gdi+ image. + + + + + Saves the local cache. + + + + + Gets the local cached image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the gdi+ image. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context that used as a dummy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiplusGraphicDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a gdi device context coming directly another device context. + It has the same format as the another device context. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle of a window. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the WindowDeviceContext + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Represents a GDI font object. + + + + + Indicates the static default Gdi font. + + + + + Gets the default of the control. + + + The default of the control. + + + + + Indicates the DPIs for 96DPI(Small font) or 120DPI(Big font). + + + + + Gets the screen the DPIs for 96DPI(Small font) or 120DPI(Big font). + + + The DPIs of current . + + + + + Indicates the graphics unit for converting between and . + + + + + A Indicates the style. + + + + + A string indicate the face name of the + + + + + A byte value that specifies the character set that this + + + + + An int indicate the height of this + + + + + Saves the base information of this font. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified Font object and special style + + + Special from which is used to create new font + + + A indicate the special style + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified Font object and special style + + + Special from which is used to create new font + + + The size of the new object. + + + + this is used to create a new from template font which is given by parameter Font, + the parameter size show you a chance to redefine the . + + + if you want to zoom , you can get the size from your template font, and multiply it + with the zoom factor you expected, which a new size you will got, for example named new size variable newSize, + then use this constructor to create new : + + Font newFont = new Font(templateFont, newSize); + + + + This is a simple WinForm program which draw two line text on special position of form. + The first line, a string was drawed with winForm default font: Microsoft Sans Serif, 8.25pt, + The second line, a sting was drawed with Font whic size is as twice as fiest line + + public class TestForm : Form + { + protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) + { + base.OnPaint(e); + + IntPtr hDc = e.Graphics.GetHdc(); + // create a font from default Form.Font (Microsoft Sans Serif, 8.25pt), size = 8.25 + Gdi.Font font = new Gdi.Font(this.Font); + IntPtr oldFont = SelectObject(hDc, font.Handle); + string test1 = "1. This is drawing by GDI with GdiFont"; + TextOut(hDc, 50, 50, test1, test1.Length); + SelectObject(hDc, oldFont); + + // here I want to a font which size is as twice as current's + Drawing.Gdi.Font font2 = new Drawing.Gdi.Font(font, 2 * font.Size); + oldFont = SelectObject(hDc, font2.Handle); + string test2 = "2. This is drawing by GDI with GdiFont"; + TextOut(hDc, 50, 100, test2, test2.Length); + font.Dispose(); + font2.Dispose(); + SelectObject(hDc, oldFont); + e.Graphics.ReleaseHdc(hDc); + } + + [DllImport("gdi32.dll", EntryPoint = "SelectObject")] + public static extern IntPtr SelectObject( + IntPtr hdc, + IntPtr hObject + ); + + [DllImport("gdi32.dll", EntryPoint = "TextOut")] + public static extern int TextOut( + IntPtr hdc, + int x, + int y, + string lpString, + int nCount + ); + } + + + + + + + Initializes a new object using the specified font attributes. + + + A string representation of the object for the new object. + + + The size of the new object. + + + + + Initializes a new object using the specified settings. + + + A string representation of the object for the new object. + + + The size of the new object. + + + The enumeration to be applied to the new object. + + + A Byte that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + + + + Initializes a new from a + + + A LOGFONT indicate the font proerties + + + + + Gets the face name of this object. + + + A string representation of the face name of this object. + + + + + Gets style information for this object. + + + A indicate that contains style information for this object. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font object is bold. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is bold; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font + object is italic. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is italic; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font + object is underlined. + + + This property returns true if this Font + object is underlined; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this Font object + specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + + This property is true if this Font object has + a horizontal line through it; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the character set that this Font object uses. + + + A byte value that specifies the character set that this Font object uses. + + + + + Gets the height of this Font object. + + + The height of this Font object in current graphics units. + + + + + Gets the size, in points, of this Font object. + + + The size, in points, of this Font object. + + + + + Gets basic information about this font. All sizes are specified in pixels. + + + The basic information about this font. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Initialize a new from a existed font handle + + + A font handle that defines to instance the object. + + + + + Creates a from existed handle + + + A font handle that defines to create the object. + + + A contains the font information + + + + + Creates a new object from the specified object. + + + The font is defined in .NET. + + + This constructor creates a new object from a Gdiplus object. + + + + + Creates a GDI+ .NET object from this object instance. + + + A indicate the Gdi Font + + + A object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the basic information about a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + Represents a class that is used to builder some complex fonts. + + + + + Saves the height of font. + + + + + Saves the width of font. + + + + + Saves the escapement of font. + + + + + Saves the orientation of font. + + + + + Saves the weight of font. + + + + + Saves the italic of font. + + + + + Saves the underline of font. + + + + + Saves the strike out of font. + + + + + Saves the char set of font. + + + + + Saves the output percision of font. + + + + + Saves clipping precision of font. + + + + + Saves the quality of font. + + + + + Saves the pitch of font. + + + + + Saves the family of font. + + + + + Saves the face name of font. + + + + + Initialize a new from a + + + A indicate the template + + + + + Initialize a new from a + + + A indicate the template + + + + + Initialize a new + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If width is zero, + the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts + to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + + + Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. + If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined for convenience. + + + Specifies an italic font if set to true. + + + Specifies an underlined font if set to true. + + + Specifies a strikeout font if set to true. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + Specifies the character set. + + + Specifies the output precision. The output precision defines how closely the output must match + the requested font's height, width, character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + Specifies the clipping precision. The clipping precision defines how to clip characters + that are partially outside the clipping region. It can be one or more of the following values. + + + Specifies the output quality. The output quality defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) + must attempt to match the logical-font attributes to those of an actual physical font. + + + Specifies the pitch of the font + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName and height + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family and height + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Initialize a new by special faceName, family, height and + fontStyle + + + A null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + The EnumFontFamiliesEx function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. + If faceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + Specifies the family of the font + + + Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. + The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus + the internal-leading value. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + A indicate the font style. + + + Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + Specifies the pitch of the font + + + + + Get or set the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height + value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. + + + An int indicate the height + + if value larger than zero, the font mapper transforms this value into device units and matches it + against the cell height of the available fonts. + + + if value equal zero, the font mapper uses a default height value when it searches for a match. + + + if value less than zero, the font mapper transforms this value into device units and matches + its absolute value against the character height of the available fonts. + + + + + + Get or set the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. + If value is zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of + the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + + + An int indicate the average width + + + + + Get or set the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. + The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. + + + An int indicate the escapement vector + + + + Windows NT/2000/XP: When the graphics mode is set to GM_ADVANCED, you can specify the escapement angle + of the string independently of the orientation angle of the string's characters. + + + When the graphics mode is set to GM_COMPATIBLE, Escapement specifies both the escapement and orientation. + You should set Escapement and Orientation to the same value. + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The Escapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. + You should set Escapement and Orientation to the same value. + + + + + + Get or set the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + + + + + Get or set the weight of the font. + + + An int indicate the weight of font, which is in the range 0 through 1000. + For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is italic + + + A bool which indicate whether the font is italic + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is underline + + + An bool which indicate whether the font is underline + + + + + Get or set bool which indicate whether the font is strikeout + + + An bool which indicate whether the font is strikeout + + + + + Get or set the CharSet of font + + + A byte indicate the charset of font + + + Fonts with other character sets may exist in the operating system. If an application uses a font with + an unknown character set, it should not attempt to translate or interpret strings that are rendered with that font. + + + + + Get or set the output precision. + + + The value defines how closely the output must match the requested font's height, width, + character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + + + Get or set the clipping precision. + + + The value defines how to clip characters that are partially outside the clipping region. + + + + + Get or set the output quality. + + + The value defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) must attempt to match the logical-font + attributes to those of an actual physical font. + + + + + Get or set the pitch of the font. + + + The value describe the look of a font in general way with corporated with Family + + + + + Get or set the font family + + + The value describe the look of a font in a general way. + + + + + Get or set a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. + + + A string value specifies the typeface name of the font. + + + The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. + If value is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + Create a new from current + + + A istance which its properties provided by + + + + + Create a new istance which its properties provided by + + + A instance would be create + + + + + Zoom current with zoom factor + + + Indicate the Font you want to zoom + + + Indicate the zoom factor + + + A with special size + + + + + Create a bold from current font + + + Indicate the Font you want to bold + + + A with bold style + + + + + Create a FontBuilder frome the native logical font. + + + A native logical font. + + + The FontBuilder. + + + + + Create a native logical font frome the FontBuilder. + + + A FontBuilder. + + + The native logical font. + + + + + Represents the weight values of logical font. + + + + + Indicates the default font weight. + + + + + Indicates the thin font weight. + + + + + Indicates the extra light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the ultra light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the light font weight. + + + + + Indicates the normal font weight. + + + + + Indicates the regular font weight. + + + + + Indicates the medium font weight. + + + + + Indicates the semi bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the demi bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the extra bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the ultra bold font weight. + + + + + Indicates the heavy font weight. + + + + + Indicates the black font weight. + + + + + Represents the out precision of logical font. + + + The output precision defines how closely the output must match the requested font's height, + width, character orientation, escapement, pitch, and font type. + + + + + Specifies the default font mapper behavior. + + + + + This value is not used by the font mapper, but it is returned when raster fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Not used. + + + + + This value is not used by the font mapper, but it is returned when TrueType, other outline-based fonts, + and vector fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a TrueType font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a Device font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose a raster font when the system contains multiple fonts with the same name. + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose from only TrueType fonts. If there are no TrueType fonts installed in + the system, the font mapper returns to default behavior. + + + + + This value instructs the font mapper to choose from TrueType and other outline-based fonts. + + + + + [This is a no document value.] + + + + + Instructs the font mapper to choose from only PostScript fonts. If there are no PostScript fonts installed in + the system, the font mapper returns to default behavior. + + + + + Represents the clip precision of font. + + + The clipping precision defines how to clip characters that are partially outside the clipping region. + + + + + Specifies default clipping behavior. + + + + + Not used. + + + + + Not used by the font mapper, but is returned when raster, vector, or TrueType fonts are enumerated. + + + + + Not used. + + + + +

+ When this value is used, the rotation for all fonts depends on whether the orientation of the + coordinate system is left-handed or right-handed. +

+

+ If not used, device fonts always rotate counterclockwise, but the rotation of other fonts is dependent + on the orientation of the coordinate system. +

+
+
+ + + Not used. + + + + + Windows XP SP1: Turns off font association for the font. + Note that this flag is not guaranteed to have any effect on any platform after Windows Server 2003. + + + + + Windows 2000: Turns off font association for the font. This is identical to DefaultDisable, + but it can have problems in some situations; the recommended flag to use is DefaultDisable. + + + + + You must specify this flag to use an embedded read-only font. + + + + + Represents the quality of font. + + + The output quality defines how carefully the graphics device interface (GDI) must attempt to match + the logical-font attributes to those of an actual physical font. It can be one of the following values. + + + + + Appearance of the font does not matter. + + + + + Appearance of the font is less important than when Draft is used. + For GDI raster fonts, scaling is enabled, which means that more font sizes are available, + but the quality may be lower. Bold, italic, underline, and strikeout fonts are synthesized if necessary. + + + + + Character quality of the font is more important than exact matching of the logical-font attributes. + For GDI raster fonts, scaling is disabled and the font closest in size is chosen. + Although the chosen font size may not be mapped exactly when Proof is used, the quality of the font + is high and there is no distortion of appearance. Bold, italic, underline, and strikeout fonts are + synthesized if necessary. + + + + + Font is never antialiased. + + + + + Font is always antialiased if the font supports it and the size of the font is not too small or too large. + + + + + If set, text is rendered (when possible) using ClearType antialiasing method. + + + + + [No document] + + + + + Represents the pitch of font. + + + The two low-order bits specify the pitch of the font and can be one of the following values. + + + + + Indicates the default pitch. + + + + + Indicates the fixed pitch. + + + + + Indicates the variable pitch. + + + + + Represents the family of logical font + + + Describe the look of a font in a general way. + + + + + Use default font. + + + + + Fonts with variable stroke width (proportional) and with serifs. MS Serif is an example. + + + + + Fonts with variable stroke width (proportional) and without serifs. MS Sans Serif is an example. + + + + + Fonts with constant stroke width (monospace), with or without serifs. + Monospace fonts are usually modern. Pica, Elite, and CourierNew are examples. + + + + + Fonts designed to look like handwriting. Script and Cursive are examples. + + + + + Novelty fonts. Old English is an example. + + + + + Represents the common base of the gid objects. + + + + + Saves the handle of this gdi object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns a handle to this GdiObject object. + + + A Windows handle to this GdiObject object. + + + + + Deletes this GdiObject, and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this GdiObject object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the + GdiObject object to be reallocated + for other purposes. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents a wrapper of the gid object handle. + + + The handle will not be released when RawGdiObject is disposed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the handle object gdi object. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the GdiObject + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this GdiObject object. + + + The GdiObject object that this method creates. + + + + + Represents the gdi graphics object that handles the gdi device context. + + + + + A static used to measure geometries. + + + + + Saves the device context. + + + + + Used to lock the device context. + + + + + To to be runed in Dispose method. + + + + + Gets the of the . + + + A that indicates the device context of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An DeviceContext indicates the device context. + + + + + Deletes this Graphics, and frees the memory allocated for it. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Calling Dispose allows the resources used by the + object to be reallocated for other purposes. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the + and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Gets the structure that bounds the clipping region of this object. + + + This property indicates a structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping + region of this object. + + + How to judge a Grphics's clip is empty? + + bool isClipEmpty = (graphics.ClipBound == Rectangle.Empty); + + + + + + Gets the region of the current clipping region of graphics. + + + A that indicates the clipping region. + + + + Note: The getting region is a copy of the current region. + + + The coordinate of region will not be effected by current origin of page space. + + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to the intersection of the current clip region and + the specified structure. + + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + This method assigns to the Clip property of this object the area represented by the + intersection of the current clip region and the rectangle specified by the rectangle parameter. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to the intersection of the current clip region and + the specified object. + + + object to intersect with the current region. + + + This method assigns to the Clip property of this object the area represented by the + intersection of the current clip region and the region specified by the region parameter. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to exclude the area specified by a + structure. + + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + This method excludes the area specified by the rectangle parameter from the current clip region and assigns + the resulting area to the Clip property of this object. + + + + + Updates the clip region of this object to exclude the area specified by a + object. + + + object that specifies the region to exclude from the clipping region. + + + This method excludes the area specified by the region parameter from the current clip region and assigns + the resulting area to the Clip property of this object. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the Replace combining + the current clip region and the specified object. + + + object to combine. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object + to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the specified operation combining + the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + + structure to combine. + + + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Sets the clipping region of this object to the result of the specified operation combining + the current clip region and the specified object. + + + object to combine. + + + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Only a copy of the setting region is used. The region itself can be seted + for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this Graphics object by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + + + An int indicates the x component of the translation. + + + An int indicates the y component of the translation. + + + + + Draw the special line by using given pen + + + A indicate the pen used to draw + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on current Graphics. + + + A indicate the pen used to draw + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of rectangle + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw + + + + + Draw the special ellipse by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of ellipse + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc by using the given pen + + + A indicate the draw-style of arc + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on current Graphics by using the special pen. + + + A indicate the draw-style of lines + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draw the special Bezier curve on current Graphics by using the special pen. + + + A indicate the draw-style of Bezier curve + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Fill the specified rectangle by using the given brush. + + + A object used to fill the rectangle. + + + A structure that specifies the rectangle to be filled. + + + + + + Fill the special ellipse on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the ellipse. + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Fill the special pie on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the pie. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + The curve begins at the point where the ellipse intersects the first radial and extends counterclockwise to + the point where the ellipse intersects the second radial. + + + + + + Fill the special polygon on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the polygon. + + + A structures that specify the vertices of the polygon. + + + + + + Fill the special region on current Grapchis by using special brush + + + A object used to fill the region. + + + A indicate the region which be filled + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination Graphics object. + + + A indicate the source Graphics object + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + A indicates the upper-left corner of source rectangle. + The width and height of source rectangle are same as the destination rectangle. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, Copy will throw + a . If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching + transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context + is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. + + + If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the Copy function converts + the source color format to match the destination format. + + + When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies + an enhanced-metafile device context. it means a would be throw out. + + + Not all devices support the Copy function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry + in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. + + + + + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from + the specified source object into a destination Graphics object. + + + The source object. + + + A indicates the source rectangle. + + + A indicates the destination rectangle. + + + + Copy only does clipping on the destination DC. + + + + + + + Creates a new gdi+ graphics from a gdi graphics. + + + A indicates the gdi graphics. + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + + + Creates a new gdi graphics from a gdi+ graphics. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi graphics. + + + + + Creates a new gdi graphics from a gdi+ graphics. + This method kept the clip region, but remains low performance, when is set to true. + + + A indicates the gdi+ graphics. + + + A bool indicate whether kept original clip region of gdip graphics + + + Returns a that indicates the gdi graphics. + + + + + Moves the specified rectangle by offfset values. + + + An int indicates the x offset. + + + An int indicates the y offset. + + + A structure that indicates the rectangle to be moved. + + + [The current implementation is a time consumer, to be re-write.] + + + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this object. + + + x component of the translation. + + + y component of the translation. + + + + + Gets or sets the world transformation for this object. + + + This property specifies a object that represents the world transformation + for this object. + + + + + A indicate the page unit of current + + + + + A float + + + + + A indicate the window extent + + + + + A indicate the viewport extent + + + + + A indicate the mapping mode of current graphics + + + + + A sentinel for current graphics unit + + + if the device context has changed the WindowExtent, WindowOrigin, ViewportExtent, return false; + otherwise return true, as there is no changed. + + + + + Sync the cache with its device context + + + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this object. + + + One of the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this object. + + + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for + this object. + + + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this Graphics object. + + + This property indicates a value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this Graphics object. + + + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this Graphics object. + + + This property indicates a value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this Graphics object. + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified + Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to draw. + + + Font object that defines the text format of the string. + + + Brush object that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + + Point structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + StringFormat object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, + that are applied to the drawn text. + + + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified + Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to draw. + + + Font object that defines the text format of the string. + + + Brush object that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + + Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + StringFormat object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, + that are applied to the drawn text. + + + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified Font object and formatted with the specified StringFormat object. + + + String to measure. + + + Font object defines the text format of the string. + + + Size structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + + StringFormat object that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + + The MeasureString method is designed for use with individual strings and includes a small amount + of extra space before and after the string to allow for overhanging glyphs. Also, the DrawString + method adjusts glyph points to optimize display quality and might display a string narrower than + reported by MeasureString. + + + + + A helper methods used to get the coordinate TextFormat of the StringFormat + + + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + + + Specifies the complex unit as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. + Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + + + Represents the base class of all kinds of pen + + + This is an abstract class, which is just details that it's ranged to Pen. + To use a , you should create an instance from its inherited class. + Refer to , + + + + + Draws the special line on deviceContext by using the current pen + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on deviceContext. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + That means the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Draw the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Represents the dash style of the pen. + + + + + End caps are round. + + + + + End caps are flat. + + + + + End caps are square. + + + + + Represents the join style of the pen. + + + + + Joins are beveled. + + + + + Joins are mitered when they are within the current limit set by the SetMiterLimit function. + If it exceeds this limit, the join is beveled. + + + + + Joins are round. + + + + + Represents the line style of the standard pen. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + + + The pen has alternating dashes and double dots. This style is + valid only when the pen width is one or less in device units. + + + + + Represents the pen which always draw with solid line. + + + Inherited from . + An would always draw with Solid line + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the custom pen that has the styles defined by user. + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Saves the style of the line which is painted + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicate the style of lines be drawed + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the pen. + + + A indicates the line style of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the custom pen that has custom style which is defined by a pattern. + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as . + the PatternPen would always draw solid one pixel and zero pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel and one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid one pixel and one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel, + and one pixel space, then one pixel solid, one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + Get a int[] indicate the pattern of + + + + The create by this pattern is not same as which + is . the PatternPen would always draw solid three pixel, + and one pixel space, then one pixel solid, one pixel space, one pixel solid, one pixel space. + + + Using this style to paint a rectangle, polygon, polyline, it will be lost some pixels at each the corner. + + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 9_3 pattern ('111111111000') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 3_1 pattern ('1110''1110') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 9_3_3_3 pattern. ('111111111000111000') for + + + + + A int[] indiacte a 3_3_3_3_9_3 pattern. ('111000111000111111111000') for + + + + + Saves the color of the pen. + + + + + Saves the width of the pen. + + + + + Saves the cap style of the pen. + + + + + Saves the join style of the pen + + + + + Saves the pattern of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A int array indicate the pattern of current pen + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + A indicates the cap style of the pen. + + + A indicates the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the pen. + + + An int indicates the width of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the end caps style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the join style of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern of the pen. + + + An array indicates the pattern of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Reprents the hollow pen that would draw nothing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Create a pen that has the same style as this pen. + + + A that has the same style as this pen. + + + + + Defines a brush that has a solid color. + + + This pen has the same funtion as in painting. The width of is always 1. + This pen will not consume gdi handle. In other word, the Handle property is always IntPtr.Zero. So it + can not be used to . + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pen. + + + A indicates the color of the pen. + + + + + Create the pen by specified styles. + + + An is the handle of the pen. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this ColorPen object. + + + The ColorPen object that this method creates. + + + + + Draws the special line on deviceContext by using the current pen + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the line start point + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draws one Bezier curves on deviceContext. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the Bezier curves start point + + + A indicate the first control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the second control point of the Bezier curves + + + A indicate the line end point + + + + + + Draw the special rectangle on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicate the rectangle to draw. + + + The rectangle that is drawn excludes the bottom and right edges. + That means the dimensions of the rectangle are 1 pixel less in height and 1 pixel less in width. + + + + + + Draw the special ellipse on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + Windows 95/98/Me: The sum of the coordinates of the bounding rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + The width of rectangle or the height of rectangle cannot exceed 32,767. + + + + + + Draw the special arc on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A indicates the bounding rectangle which center is the center of ellipse + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + The arc is drawn by constructing an imaginary circle around the specified center point with the specified radius. + The starting point of the arc is determined by measuring counterclockwise from the x-axis of the circle + by the number of degrees in the start angle. The ending point is similarly located by measuring counterclockwise + from the starting point by the number of degrees in the sweep angle. + If the sweep angle is greater than 360 degrees,the arc is swept multiple times. + + + + + + Draw the special lines on deviceContext by using the current pen. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + A array indicate the line segments. + + + + + + Draws one or more Bezier curves. + + + A indicate the drawing target + + + An array of structures that contain the endpoints and control points of the curve(s). + This value must be one more than three times the number of curves to be drawn, + because each Bzier curve requires two control points and an endpoint, + and the initial curve requires an additional starting point. + + + + DrawBeziers draws cubic Bzier curves by using the endpoints and control points specified by the points parameter. + The first curve is drawn from the first point to the fourth point by using the second and third points + as control points. Each subsequent curve in the sequence needs exactly three more points: the ending point of + the previous curve is used as the starting point, the next two points in the sequence are control points, + and the third is the ending point. + + + Any extra points are ignored. To draw a line with more points, divide the data into groups + that have less than the maximum number of points and call the function for each group of points. + Remember to connect the line segments. + + + + + + + Pens for all the standard colors. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + + + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + + + Each property of the SystemPens class is a object that is the color of + a Windows display element and that is a width of 1. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + A object that is the color of the text in the active window's + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + A object that is the color of the application workspace. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + A object that is the face color of a 3-D element + + + + + Gets a object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + A object that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + + + Gets a object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + A object that is the highlight color of a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + A object that is the color of text in a 3-D + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the desktop. + + + A object that is the color of the desktop. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color + in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the lightest color in the color + gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + A object that is the color of dimmed text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + A object that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + A object that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + A object that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + A object that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + A object that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's background. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color used to highlight menu items + when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + A object that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + A object that is the color of a menu's text. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + A object that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of a window frame. + + + A object that is the color of a window frame. + + + + + Gets a object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + A object that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + + + A data package save the data of a object. + + + + + Saves the region data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + An array of the byte value that saves raw data of the object. + + + + + Gets the region data. + + + An array of the byte value that saves raw data of the object. + + + + + Represent the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles. + + + + A region is scalable because its coordinates are specified in world coordinates. On a drawing surface, however, + its interior is dependent on the size and shape of the pixels representing it. An application can use regions + to clamp the output of drawing operations. The window manager uses regions to define the drawing area of these + regions are called clipping regions. An application can also use regions in hit-testing operations, + such as checking whether a point or a rectangle intersects a region. An application can fill a region by + using a object. + + + + This class uses the Win32 GDI API's for handling regions. The GDI+ version + class just seems to be buggy and too slow. + + + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + + This constructor initializes a new object with infinite interior. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified structure. + + + A structure that defines the interior of the new object. + + + This method creates a new object with a rectangular interior. + The interior is defined by the rectangle parameter. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the object. + + + A data package save the data of a object. + + + A newly created Windows region handle. + + + + + Create a new region from existed region handle + + + A that indicats the handle of the gdi region. + + + + + Creates a Windows region handle using the specified structure. + + + A structure. + + + A newly created Windows region handle. + + + + + + Retieves the rectangle information that makes up this instance + of the object. + + + A byte array holding the region information. + + + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle + that bounds this object. + + + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle + for this object. + + + + + Updates the specified rectangle with the region in this + object using the specified mode. + + + The structure to process. + + + A region operation. (RGN_XOR, RGN_AND, RGN_DIFF, RGN_COPY, RGN_NOT) + + + + + Updates the specified region with the region in this object using the specified mode. + + + A Windows region handle to process. + + + A region operation. (RGN_XOR, RGN_AND, RGN_DIFF, RGN_COPY, RGN_NOT) + + + + + Updates this object to contain the portion of the specified + structure that does not intersect with this object. + + + The structure to complement this object. + + + + + Updates this object to contain the portion of the specified Region object + that does not intersect with this Region object. + + + The object to complement this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the intersection of itself + with the specified structure. + + + The structure to intersect with this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the intersection of itself with the specified Region object. + + + The object to intersect with this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the portion of its interior + that does not intersect with the specified structure. + + + The structure to exclude from this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the portion of its interior + that does not intersect with the specified Region object. + + + The object to exclude from this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union of itself and the + specified structure. + + + The structure to unite with this + object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union of itself and the specified Region object. + + + The object to unite with this Region object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union minus the intersection of itself with + the specified strcuture. + + + The structure to XOR with this object. + + + + + Updates this object to the union minus the intersection of itself with + the specified Region object. + + + The object to XOR with this Region object. + + + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained + within this object. + + + The structure to test. + + + This method returns true when point is contained within this object; + otherwise, false. + + + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure + is contained within this object. + + + The structure to test. + + + This method returns true when any portion of rectangle is contained + within this object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Tests whether this object has an empty interior. + + + This method returns true if the interior of this object is empty; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes this object to an empty interior. + + + This method does not return a value. + + + + + Offsets the coordinates of this object by + the specified amount. + + + The amount to offset this object horizontally. + + + The amount to offset this object vertically. + + + + + Tests whether the specified object is identical to this Region object. + + + The object to test. + + + This method returns true if the interior of region region + is identical to the interior of this region; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates an exact copy if this object. + + + The object that this method creates. + + + + + A indicate the matrix for transforming this region + + + + + Get or set the transform matrix + + + + + Get a handle which is being transformed to this Region object. + + + A Windows handle to this Region object. + + + + + Get a handle to this Region object + + + + + Returns an array of structures that + approximate this object. + + + A object to be scaned. + + + An array of structures that approximate this object. + + + + + Create a new gdi region that is same as the gdi+ region. + + + A object that indicates the gdi+ region. + + + A object that indicates the new gdi region. + + + + + Creates a new gdi+ object from the gdi object. + + + A object that indicates the new gdi region. + + + A object that indicates the gdi+ region. + + + + + Creates a rectangular with rounded corners. + + + A structure that defines the interior of the new object. + + + Specifies the width of the ellipse used to create the rounded corners in logical units. + + + Specifies the height of the ellipse used to create the rounded corners in logical units. + + + A indicates the region with rounded corners. + + + + + Create a ellipse region. + + + A that just contains the ellipse. + + + A indicates the ellipse region + + + + + Create a pie region. + + + A structure that defines the boundaries of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the start angle of the pie. + + + A float value that defines the sweep angle of the pie. + + + A indicates the pie region. + + + + + Implementation. + + + + + + 6 + 5---------7 + | | | + 4 | ---|--- | 0 + | | | + 3---------1 + 2 + + + + + + Creates a chord region (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). + + + A indicates the bounds of the ellipse. + + + A float specifies the start angle, in degrees. + + + A float specifies the sweep angle, in degrees, relative to the starting angle. + + + A indicates the chord region. + + + + + Create a polygons region from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Create a polygons region from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + Indicates the poly fill mode is "alternate" or "winding" + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Create a polygons region handle from the point array which defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + A array that defines the vertices of the polygon. + + + Indicates the poly fill mode is "alternate" or "winding" + + + This method creates a new object with a polygon interior interior. + The interior is defined by the polygonPoints parameter. + + + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + + + No any flags. + + + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. + By default layout continues until the end of the text, + or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, + whichever comes first. + Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially + obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple + of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, + specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle + at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + + + Shows string on one or more lines. + + + + + Disables wrapping of text between lines when formatting within a rectangle. + This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, + or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + + + Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the + pecified rectangle. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line. + + + + + Specifies that text is right to left. + + + + + Specifies that text is vertical. + + + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside + the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. + By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting + rectangle are clipped. + + + + + Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. + In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. + In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. + In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. + In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, + and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is + inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. + The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies the unit of the tab stops or offset. + + + + + The unit of the tab stops or offset is base on logical point of the display surface. + + + + + The unit of the tab stops or offset are base on the character number. + + + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment and line spacing), + display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) + and OpenType features. + + + Many common formats are provided through the enumeration. + StringFormat objects can be changed. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the property. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Saves the data of the tab info. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + + + + Initializes a new object with the specified + enumeration. + + + The enumeration for the new + object. + + + + + Initializes a new object with the specified + and enumeration. + + + A that represents the horizontal alignment. + + + A that represents the vertical alignment. + + + The enumeration for the new + object. + + + + + Initializes a new object from the specified + existing StringFormat object. + + + The object from which to initialize the new + StringFormat object. + + + + + Gets or sets text alignment information. + + + A StringAlignment enumeration that specifies text alignment information. + + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment. + + + A StringAlignment enumeration that represents the line alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + A StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + + + Gets or sets the HotkeyPrefix object for this StringFormat object. + + + The HotkeyPrefix object for this StringFormat object. + + + + + Gets or sets the StringTrimming enumeration for this StringFormat object. + + + A StringTrimming enumeration that indicates how text drawn with + this StringFormat object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + + + Gets the tab stops for this StringFormat object. + + + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + + + The unit of the tab stops and offset. + + + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + + + Sets tab stops for this StringFormat object. + + + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + + + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + The unit of the tab stops and offset. + + + + + Creates a copy of the object. + + + Returns a copy of the object. + + + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + Matrix transform operations are not necessarily commutative. + The order in which they are applied is important. + + + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + + + The TransformMatrix class contains the transform info for transforming + between world-space and page-space in GDI. + + + TransformMatrix is a 3x3 matrix, but we only use M11, M12, M21, M22, Dx and Dy. + | M11, M12, 0 | + | M21, M22, 0 | + | Dx, Dy, 1 | + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M11. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M12. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M21. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of M22. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Dx. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Dy. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of the specified angle about the origin to this Matrix object. + + + A float indicates the clockwise angle. + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector (offsetX and offsetY) to this Matrix object + by prepending the translation vector. + + + The x value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + The y value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this Matrix object by prepending the shear transform. + + + The horizontal shear factor. + + + The vertical shear factor. + + + + + Applies the x-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the y-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the slash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the backslash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of the specified angle about the origin to this Matrix object. + + + A float indicates the clockwise angle. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the rotation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector (offsetX and offsetY) to this Matrix object + by prepending the translation vector. + + + The x value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + The y value by which to translate this Matrix. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the translation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the scaling is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this Matrix object by prepending the shear transform. + + + The horizontal shear factor. + + + The vertical shear factor. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the shearing is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the x-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the y-axis reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the slash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the backslash reflecting to this Matrix object. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Transform a object to a new object. + + + A object indicats the old value. + + + A object indicats the new value. + + + x' = x * M11 + y * M21 + Dx + y' = x * M12 + y * M22 + Dy + + + + + Inverse transform a object to a new object. + + + A object indicats the old value. + + + A object indicats the new value. + + + x = ((x' - Dx) * M22 - (y' - Dy) * M21) / (M11 * M22 - M12 * M21) + y = ((y' - Dy) * M11 - (x' - Dx) * M12) / (M11 * M22 - M12 * M21) + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this Matrix object around the point + specified in the point parameter, and by prepending the rotation + + + A class that represents the center of the rotation. + + + The angle (extent) of the rotation. + + + + + Applies the reflecting by speical line to this Matrix object. + + + A object indicate the start point of the line. + + + A object indicate the end point of the line. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector at speical point. + + + A class that represents the center of the scale. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this Matrix object around the point + specified in the point parameter, and by prepending the rotation + + + A class that represents the center of the rotation. + + + The angle (extent) of the rotation. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the rotation is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the reflecting by speical line to this Matrix object. + + + A object indicate the start point of the line. + + + A object indicate the end point of the line. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the reflection is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this Matrix object by prepending the scale vector at speical point. + + + A class that represents the center of the scale. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the x-axis direction. + + + The value by which to scale this Matrix in the y-axis direction. + + + A enumeration that specifies the order (append or prepend) in + which the scaling is applied to this Matrix object. + + + + + Explicit convert a TransformMatrix object to a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object. + + + A value that will be convert to a object. + + + A object indicates the converted object. + + + + + Explicit convert a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object to a TransformMatrix object. + + + A object that will be convert to a object. + + + A value indicates the converted object. + + + + + Gets the unit matrix. + + + + + Defines a class the represents the coordinate concept in mathematics. + + + Coordinate: Any of a set of two or more numbers used to determine the position + of a point, line, curve, or plane in a space of a given dimension with respect + to a system of lines or other fixed reference. + + + + + Indicates a new instance of the class. + + + A float value indicate the value of x-coordinate + + + A float value indicate the value of x-coordinate + + + + + Gets or sets the value of x-coordinate. + + + A float value indicates the x-coordinate. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of y-coordinate. + + + A float value indicates the y-coordinate. + + + + + Implicit convert a Point value to a Coordinate object. + + + A value that will be convert to a object. + + + A object indicates the converted object. + + + The reason of providing implict converting is that Point and Coordinate is same conception in drawing. + + + + + Implicit convert a Coordinate value to a Point object. + + + A object that will be convert to a object. + + + A value indicates the converted object. + + + + + Represents a subclass window wrapper class. + + + + + Indicates the window proc ptr of the attached window. + + + + + Indicates the handle of the window. + + + + + A bool value indicates whether or not re-register GC for finialize. + + + + + Indicates the default window proc ptr of a window. + + + + + Catches the window proc ptr for current window proc. + + + + + Delegate to current window proc. + + + + + Used to keep current object alive. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Attaches handle to target window. + + + The handle of target window. + + + + + Releases the handle. + + + + + Notifies that the handle is changed. + + + + + Notifies inner exception occurs when processing window message. + + + A object indicates the inner exception. + + + + + Invokes the window procedure associated with this window. + + + A . that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + + Invokes the default window procedure associated with this window. + + + A . that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + + Release the window handle. + + + if obviously performs unsubclass operation; otherwise, . + + + + + Remove attached subclass. + + + + + WndProc callback that attached to the target window to performs subclass. + + + An value indicates the handle of the target window. + + + An value indicates the message ID. + + + An value indicates the wParam for the windows message. + + + An value indicates the lParam for the windows message. + + + An value indicates the return value of processing the message. + + + + + Gets the handle to the window represented by the . + + + A handle to the window represented by the . + + + + + Defines the native methods base on Gdi32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures and constants, which + is given in Gdi32 SDK. + + + Defines the native methods base on Win32 SDK. + + + The NativeMethods class defines some basic data structures and constants, which + is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + + The RECT structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of a rectangle. + + + + + Constructs the RECT structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle + + + + + Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. + + + The horizontal offset. + + + The vertical offset. + + + + + Gets the width. + + + + + Gets the height. + + + + + Explicity convertes a to . + + + A indicates the value of the . + + + Returns a as the result of the converter. + + + + + The LOGBRUSH structure defines the style, color, and pattern of a physical brush. + It is used by the Windows CreateBrushIndirect and ExtCreatePen functions. + + + + + Specifies the brush style. + + + + + Specifies the color in which the brush is to be drawn. + + + + + Specifies a hatch style. The meaning depends on the brush style defined by Style. + + + + + The XFORM structure contains information for a world-space to page-space transformation. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the XFORM structure. + + + + + Add this methods in order to recudce the warning count of Fon32 class. + + + + + The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles + that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, + left to right. They do not overlap. + + + + + The members of this structure specify the type of region + (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles + that make up the region, the size of the buffer + that contains the rectangle structures, and so on. + + + + + Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures + that make up the region. + + + + + The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function. + + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the header. + + + + + Specifies the type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES. + + + + + Specifies the number of rectangles that make up the region. + + + + + Specifies the size of the buffer required to receive the RECT structure + that specifies the coordinates of the rectangles that make up the region. + If the size is not known, this member can be zero. + + + + + Specifies a bounding rectangle for the region in logical units. + + + + + The POINT structure defines the x and y coordinates of a point. + + + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + Constructs the POINT structure. + + + A point whith another type. + + + + + The SIZE structure specifies the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this. + + + + + Constructs the SIZE structure. + + Specifies the size's width. + Specifies the size's height. + + + + The COMPOSITIONFORM structure contains style and position information + for a composition window. + + + + + Indicates position style. + + + + + A POINT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left corner of the composition window. + + + + + A RECT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left and lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + Constructs the COMPOSITIONFORM structure. + + + Specifies the position style. + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left corner + of the composition window + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left and + lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + The CANDIDATEFORM structure contains style and position information + for a composition window. + + + + + Indicaes the index of the candidate form. + + + + + Indicates position style. + + + + + A POINT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left corner of the composition window. + + + + + A RECT structure containing the coordinates of + the upper-left and lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + Constructs the CANDIDATEFORM structure. + + + Specifies the index of the candidate. + + + Specifies the position style. + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left corner + of the composition window + + + Specifies the coordinates of the upper-left and + lower-right corners of the composition window. + + + + + The MSG structure contains message information from a thread's message queue. + + + + + Handle to the window whose window procedure receives the message. + + + + + Specifies the message identifier. Applications can only use the low word; + the high word is reserved by the system. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies additional information about the message. The exact meaning + depends on the value of the message member. + + + + + Specifies the time at which the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, x direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + Specifies the cursor position, y direction in screen coordinates, + when the message was posted. + + + + + The NCCALCSIZEPARAMS structure contains information that + an application can use while processing the WM_NCCALCSIZE message + to calculate the size, position, and valid contents of + the client area of a window. + + + + + The rectangle contains the new coordinates of + a window that has been moved or resized. + + + + + The rectangle contains the coordinates of + the window before it was moved or resized. + + + + + The rectangle contains the coordinates of + the client area of a window before it was moved or resized. + + + + + Points to a WINDOWPOS structure that contains the size and + position values specified in the operation that caused + the window to be moved or resized. + + + + + The PAINTSTRUCT structure contains information for an application. + This information can be used to paint the client area of a window + owned by that application. + + + + + Handle to the display DC to be used for painting. + + + + + Specifies whether the background must be erased.This value is + nonzero if the application should erase the background. + The application is responsible for erasing the background + if a window class is created without a background brush. + For more information, see the description of the hbrBackground member of + the WNDCLASS structure. + + + + + Specifies a left value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a top value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a right value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Specifies a bottom value of rectangle that specifies the upper left and + lower right corners of the rectangle in which the painting is requested, + in device units relative to the upper-left corner of the client area. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + Reserved; used internally by the system. + + + + + The WINDOWPOS structure contains information about the size and position of a window. + + + + + Handle to the window. + + + + + Specifies the position of the window in Z order (front-to-back position). + + + + + Specifies the position of the left edge of the window. + + + + + Specifies the position of the top edge of the window. + + + + + Specifies the window width, in pixels + + + + + Specifies the window height, in pixels. + + + + + Specifies the window position. + + + + + The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. + All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on + the current mapping mode of the display context. + + + + + Specifies the height (ascent + descent) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the ascent (units above the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the descent (units below the base line) of characters. + + + + + Specifies the amount of leading (space) inside the bounds set by + the tmHeight member. Accent marks and other diacritical characters + may occur in this area. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the amount of extra leading (space) that the application + adds between rows. Since this area is outside the font, it contains + no marks and is not altered by text output calls in either OPAQUE or + TRANSPARENT mode. The designer may set this member to zero. + + + + + Specifies the average width of characters in the font + (generally defined as the width of the letter x). This value + does not include the overhang required for bold or italic characters. + + + + + Specifies the width of the widest character in the font. + + + + + Specifies the weight of the font. + + + + + Specifies the extra width per string that may be added to + some synthesized fonts. When synthesizing some attributes, + such as bold or italic, graphics device interface (GDI) or + a device may have to add width to a string on both a + per-character and per-string basis. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the vertical aspect of the device for which the font was designed. + The ratio of the tmDigitizedAspectX and tmDigitizedAspectY members is + the aspect ratio of the device for which the font was designed. + + + + + Specifies the value of the first character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the last character defined in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character to be substituted for + characters not in the font. + + + + + Specifies the value of the character that will be used to + define word breaks for text justification. + + + + + Specifies an italic font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies an underlined font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies a strikeout font if it is nonzero. + + + + + Specifies information about the pitch, the technology, + and the family of a physical font. + + + + + Specifies the character set of the font. The character set + can be one of the following values. + + + + + The TRACKMOUSEEVENT structure contains information for TraceMouseEvent function. + + + + + Specifies the structure size, in bytes. + + + + + Specifies the services requested. + + + + + Specifies a handle to the window to track. + + + + + Specifies the hover time-out (if TME_HOVER was specified in dwFlags), in milliseconds. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure. + + Specifies the services requested. + Specifies a handle to the window to track. + Specifies the hover time-out, in milliseconds. + + + + The RECONVERTSTRING structure defines the strings for + IME reconversion. It is the first item in a memory + block that contains the strings for reconversion. + + + + + Specifies the size of this structure and the memory block it heads. + + + + + Specifies the version number. Must be zero. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that contains the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset from the start position of this structure. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that will be the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset of the string that will be the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the length of the string that is related to the target clause + in the composition string. + + + + + Specifies the offset of the target string. + + + + + Defines animation parameters for the BP_PAINTPARAMS structure used by BeginBufferedPaint + + + + + The size, in bytes, of this structure. + + + + + Flag that describes the characteristics of the animation. + The following value is the only one currently defined. + BPAF_NONCLIENT Indicates that the device context (DC) is a window DC instead of a client DC, + so that painting is allowed in the non-client area of the window. + + + + + A member of the BP_ANIMATIONSTYLE enumeration that states animation options. + + + + + Length of the animation, in milliseconds. + + + + + Defines paint operation parameters BeginBufferedPaint function. + + + + + The size, in bytes, of this structure. + + + + + One or more of the following values. + BPPF_ERASE: Initialize the buffer to ARGB = {0, 0, 0, 0} during BeginBufferedPaint. + BPPF_NOCLIP: Do not apply the clip region of the target device context (DC) to the double buffer. + If this flag is not set and if the target DC is a window DC, then clipping due to + overlapping windows is applied to the double buffer. + BPPF_NONCLIENT: A non-client DC is being used. + + + + + Pointer to exclusion RECT structure. + This rectangle is excluded from the clipping region. May be NULL for no exclusion rectangle. + + + + + Pointer to BLENDFUNCTION structure, which controls blending by specifying the blending functions + for source and destination bitmaps. If NULL, the source buffer is copied to the destination with + no blending. + + + + + Define the buffer format. + + + + + Compatible bitmap. + + + + + Device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Top-down device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Top-down monochrome device-independent bitmap. + + + + + Define the animation style. + + + + + No animation + + + + + Linear fade animation + + + + + Cubic fade animation + + + + + Sinusoid fade animation + + + + + A NULL-terminated ANSI character-set character string containing + a carriage return and a linefeed character at the end of each line. + + + + + A device-dependent bitmap. + + + + + A "metafile picture" based on the old metafile support of Windows. + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Microsoft "Symbolic Link" format. + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Data Interchange Format (DIF). + + + + + A memory block containing data in the Tag Image File Format (TIFF). + + + + + A memory block containing text data (similar to CF_TEXT) but using + the OEM character set. + + + + + A memory block defining a device-independent bitmap. + + + + + A handle to a color palette. + + + + + Used in conjunction with the pen extensions to Windows. + + + + + Multimedia data in the Resource Interchange File Format. + + + + + A sound (waveform) file. + + + + + A memory block containing Unicode text. + + + + + A handle to an enhanced metafile supported under the 32-bit versions of Windows. + + + + + Allocates fixed memory. The return value is a pointer. + + + + + Allocates movable memory. Memory blocks are never moved in physical + memory, but they can be moved within the default heap. + + + The return value is a handle to the memory object. To translate the + handle into a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. + This value cannot be combined with GMEM_FIXED. + + + + + Initializes memory contents to zero. + + + + + Combines GMEM_MOVEABLE and GMEM_ZEROINIT. + + + + + Combines GMEM_FIXED and GMEM_ZEROINIT. + + + + + The WindowProc function is an application-defined function that processes messages sent to a window. + The WNDPROC type defines a pointer to this callback function. WindowProc is a placeholder for the + application-defined function name. + + + Handle to the window. + + + Specifies the message. + + + Specifies additional message information. The contents of this parameter depend on the value + of the parameter. + + + Specifies additional message information. The contents of this parameter depend on the value + of the parameter. + + + + + + Windows Class styles. + + + + + Windows Message. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MOUSEENTER. + + + + + The WM_MOUSEENTER messsage registered by .NET framework. + + + + + Register a window message for notify the control not lost focus. + Set the LParam of this message to Not zero to notify window to prevent all focus message (WM_SETFOCUS, WM_KILLFOCUS) + Set the LParam of this message to zero to notify window to process all focus message. + + + This message is registered for prevent the focus message when SizeGrip is mouse dragged to resize frame size. + + + + + Windows message is registered for notifing the control prevent process deactivate message. + + + + + The DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure contains extended formatting options for the DrawTextEx method. + + + + + Specifies the structure size, in bytes. + + + + + Specifies the size of each tab stop, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Specifies the left margin, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Specifies the right margin, in units equal to the average character width. + + + + + Receives the number of characters processed by DrawTextEx, including + white-space characters. The number can be the length of the string or + the index of the first line that falls below the drawing area. + Note that DrawTextEx always processes the entire string if the DT_NOCLIP + formatting flag is specified. + + + + + The constructor initializes a new instance of the DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure. + + + Specifies the size of each tab stop. + + + Specifies the left margin. + + + Specifies the right margin. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MSIME_RECONVERT. + + + + + The WM_MSIME_RECONVERT messsage registered by .NET framework. + + + + + Saves the value of WM_MSIME_RECONVERT. + + + + + The WM_ATOK_RECONVERT messsage registered by ATOK. + + + + + Defines the unsafe native methods base on Gdi32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is given in Gdi32 SDK. + + + Defines the unsafe native methods base on Win32 API library. + + + The UnsafeNativeMethods class defines functions, which is given in Win32 SDK. + + + + The DeleteDC Function. + + + The DeleteObject Function. + + + The Ellipse Function. + + + The Pie Function. + + + The GetPixel Function. + + + The SetPixelV Function. + + + The GetGraphicsMode Function. + + + The SetGraphicsMode Function. + + + The GetWorldTransform Function. + + + The SetWorldTransform Function. + + + The GetCharWidth32 Function. + + + The GetTextMetrics Function. + + + The GetRegionData Function. + + + The FrameRgn Function. + + + The SelectObject Function. + + + The GetCurrentObject Function. + + + The SetBKMode Function. + + + The SetBkColor Function. + + + The SetTextCharacterExtra Function. + + + The TextOut Function. + + + The GetBitmapBits Function + + + The TabbedTextOut Function. + + + The GetROP2 Function. + + + The SetROP2 Function. + + + The GetDCOrgEx Function. + + + The SelectClipRgn Function. + + + The GetClipRgn Function. + + + The SetTextColor Function. + + + The GetTextColor Function + + + The Rectangle Function. + + + The FillRgn Function. + + + The StretchBlt Function. + + + The ScaleViewportExtEx Function. + + + The OffsetViewportOrgEx Function. + + + The ScaleWindowExtEx Function. + + + The OffsetWindowOrgEx Function. + + + The Arc Function. + + + The AngleArc Function + + + The Chord Function + + + The PolyBezier Function + + + The PolyBezier Function + + + The SetArcDirection Function. + + + The GetArcDirection Function. + + + The BeginPath Function. + + + The BitBlt Function. + + + The CloseFigure Function. + + + The CombineRgn Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateBitmap Function. + + + The CreateCompatibleBitmap Function. + + + The CreateCompatibleDC Function. + + + The CreateDIBPatternBrushPt Function. + + + The CreateDIBSection Function. + + + The CreateDIBSection Function. + + + The CreateDIBitmap Function. + + + The CreateFontIndirect Function. + + + The CreateHalftonePalette Function. + + + The CreatePatternBrush Function. + + + The CreatePen Function. + + + The CreateRectRgn Function. + + + The CreateEllipticRgnIndirect Function. + + + The CreatePolygonRgn Function. + + + The CreateRoundRectRgn Function. + + + The CreateSolidBrush Function. + + + The CreateHatchBrush Function + + + The CreateBrushIndirect Function + + + The GetBitmapBits Function + + + The MoveToEx Function + + + The GetBkColor Function + + + The GetBkMode Function + + + The GetTextAlign Function + + + The SetTextAlign Function + + + The SetTextJustification Function + + + The ExtTextOut Function + + + The GetTextCharacterExtra Function + + + The RegisterWindowMessage Function. + + + The AdjustWindowRectEx Function. + + + The CreateWindowEx Function. + + + The SetWindowLong Function. + + + The SetWindowPos Function. + + + The SetWindowRgn Function. + + + The SetWindowRgn Function. + + + The IsWindowEnabled Function. + + + The IsWindowVisible Function. + + + The WindowFromPoint Function. + + + The ShowWindow Function. + + + The MoveWindow Function. + + + The UpdateWindow Function. + + + The IsWindow Function. + + + The GetActiveWindow Function. + + + The GetForegroundWindow Function. + + + The EnableWindow Function. + + + The GetTopWindow Function. + + + The GetWindowDC Function. + + + The GetDesktopWindow Function. + + + The SetActiveWindow Function. + + + The GetWindow Function. + + + The DestroyWindow Function. + + + The ChangeClipboardChain Function. + + + The ClientToScreen Function. + + + The CreateCaret Function. + + + The DestroyCaret Function. + + + The ShowCaret Function. + + + The HideCaret Function. + + + The GetCaretPos Function. + + + The SetCaretPos Function. + + + The GetCaretBlinkTime Function. + + + The SetCaretBlinkTime Function. + + + The DrawFocusRect Function. + + + The DrawFrameControl Function. + + + The DrawIcon Function. + + + The DrawText Function. + + + The DrawTextEx Function. + + + The MsgWaitForMultipleObjects Function. + + + The GetSysColor Function. + + + The ScreenToClient Function. + + + The BeginPaint Function. + + + The EndPaint Function. + + + The GetCapture Function. + + + The GetClientRect Function. + + + The GetCursorPos Function. + + + The GetDC Function. + + + The GetDoubleClickTime Function. + + + The GetFocus Function. + + + The GetKeyState Function. + + + The GetTabbedTextExtent Function. + + + The GetWindowRect Function. + + + The FillRect Function. + + + The InvertRect Function + + + The InvalidateRect Function. + + + The InvalidateRgn Function. + + + The GetUpdateRect Function. + + + The LoadCursor Function. + + + The LoadCursor Function. + + + The MapWindowPoints Function. + + + The PeekMessage Function. + + + The ReleaseCapture Function. + + + The ReleaseDC Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The SendMessage Function. + + + The PostMessage Function. + + + The PostMessage Function. + + + The SystemParametersInfo Function. + + + The TranslateMessage Function. + + + The SetCapture Function. + + + The SetCursor Function. + + + The SetFocus Function. + + + The TrackMouseEvent Function. + + + The SendMessageTimeOut Function. + + + The SendMessageTimeOut Function. + + + The keybd_event function synthesizes a keystroke. + + + The SetParent Function. + + + The ChildWindowFromPoint Function. + + + The GetIconInfo Function + + + + The OpenClipboard function opens the clipboard for examination and prevents + other applications from modifying the clipboard content. + + + Handle to the window to be associated with the open clipboard. If this + parameter is NULL, the open clipboard is associated with the current task. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function + fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The CloseClipboard function closes the clipboard. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard and frees handles to data + in the clipboard. The function then assigns ownership of the clipboard to + the window that currently has the clipboard open. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The SetClipboardData function places data on the clipboard + in a specified clipboard format. + + + Specifies a clipboard format. This parameter can be a registered format + or any of the standard clipboard formats. + + + Handle to the data in the specified format. This parameter can be NULL, + indicating that the window provides data in the specified clipboard + format (renders the format) upon request. If a window delays rendering, + it must process the WM_RENDERFORMAT and WM_RENDERALLFORMATS messages. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the data. + If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The IsClipboardFormatAvailable function determines whether the clipboard + contains data in the specified format. + + + Specifies a standard or registered clipboard format. + + + If the clipboard format is available, the return value is nonzero. + If the clipboard format is not available, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GetClipboardData function retrieves data from the clipboard in a + specified format. The clipboard must have been opened previously. + + + Specifies a clipboard format. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a clipboard object + in the specified format. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The SetClipboardViewer function adds the specified window to the chain + of clipboard viewers. Clipboard viewer windows receive a WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD + message whenever the content of the clipboard changes. + + + Handle to the window to be added to the clipboard chain. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the next window in + the clipboard viewer chain. If an error occurs or there are no other + windows in the clipboard viewer chain, the return value is NULL. + + + + The GetTickCount Function. + + + The IsDBCSLeadByte Function. + + + The FormatMessage Function. + + + The LocalFree Function. + + + + Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + The return value is the thread identifier of the calling thread. + + + Until the thread terminates, the thread identifier uniquely identifies + the thread throughout the system. + + + + + Maps a character string to a wide-character (Unicode) string. + The character string mapped by this function is not necessarily from a multibyte character set. + + + + + maps a wide-character string to a new character string. The new character string is not necessarily from a multibyte character set. + + + + + The GlobalAlloc function allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. + + + Memory allocation attributes. + + + Number of bytes to allocate. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated + memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The GlobalFree function frees the specified global memory object and + invalidates its handle. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL. If the function fails, + the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. + + + + + The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and returns a pointer + to the first byte of the object's memory block. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte + of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + + + The GlobalUnlock function decrements the lock count associated with a memory + object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE. This function has no effect on + memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return + value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + + + The GlobalSize function retrieves the current size of the specified + global memory object, in bytes. + + + Handle to the global memory object. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified + global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or + if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. + + + + The OpenThemeData Function. + + + The CloseThemeData Function. + + + The IsThemeActive Function. + + + The IsAppThemed Function. + + + The IsThemePartDefined Function. + + + The IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent Function. + + + The DrawThemeBackground Function. + + + The DrawThemeParentBackground Function. + + + The GetThemeFilename Function. + + + The GetCurrentThemeName Function. + + + The GetThemeColor Function. + + + The GetThemeBackgroundContentRect Function. + + + The GetThemeRect Function. + + + The GetThemePartSize Function. + + + + The BeginBufferedAnimation Function. + + + + + Gets the duration for the specified transition. + + + + + The BufferedPaintRenderAnimation Function. + + + + + Renders the first frame of a buffered animation operation and starts the animation timer. + + + + + Initialize the buffered paint API for the current thread. + + + + + Uninitialize the buffered paint API for the current thread. + + + + + Stops all buffered animations for the given window. + + + + + Clears a specified rectangle in the buffer to ARGB = {0,0,0,0}. + + + + The AlphaBlend Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + The GradientFill Function. + + + + Define the relation direction. + + + A relation is a line link two terminal points: start point and end point.So the line has three directions: + 1. from start to end; + 2. from end to start; + 3. from start to end or from end to start. + + + + + The direction is form start to end. + + + + + The direction is form end to start. + + + + + The direction is bidirectional. + + + + + Abstract a general relation. + + + A realtion contains tow terminal points and direction + + + + + Gets the start point. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + + + Gets the end point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Gets the relation direction. + + + A indicates the direction. + + + + + Define a relation collection. + + + + + Indicates the constraints. + + + + + Gets the constraints; + + + A used to save the relations. + + + + + Add a relation to the collection. + + + The relation to be added. + + + + + Remove the relation form the collection. + + + The relation to be removed. + + + + + Form the start set to end set. + + + The start points set. + + + return the end points set. + + + + + Form the end set to the start set. + + + The end points set. + + + return the start points set. + + + + + A general implementation for the interface. + + + + + Indicates the start point. + + + + + Indicates the end point. + + + + + Indicates the direction. + + + + + Constructor. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Constructor. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + A RelationDirections indicates the direction. + + + + + Gets the start. + + + A object indicates the start point. + + + + + Gets the end. + + + A object indicates the end point. + + + + + Gets the direction. + + + A RelationDirections indicates the direction. + + + + + Defines the IPattern interface. + + + Pattern can match a word in the text. + + + + + Match the text. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines the ITextFilter interface. + + + A text filter used to convert special text to other text. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filter. + + + The text after filter. + + + + + Defines the StringPattern class. + + + used to match a pecial string in the text. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The text. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match a repeated string in the text. + minimum indicates the mininum repeated times. + maximum indicates the maxinum repeated times. + + + + + Indicates the repeated text. + + + + + Indicates the minimum repeated times. + + + + + Indicates the maximum repeated times. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The repeated text. + + + The minimum repeated times. + + + The maximum repeated times. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match the quatation bracket witch a pair of character. + + + + + Indicates the escape; + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol + + + + + Indicates if the text include the escape. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The text include symbol. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The text include symbol. + + + The text include escape. + + + Indicates if the text include the escape. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filtering. + + + Returns the text after filtering. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to match key work with a sub lexicon. + + + + + Indicates the escape; + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the leftSymbol. + + + + + Indicates the content. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The left symbol. + + + The right symbol. + + + The content. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Filter the text. + + + The text before filtering. + + + Returns the text after filtering. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + , used to exclude special string form the text. + As soon as it find the special string, it will throw a exception. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Indicates the message. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The text item used to exclude during the matching. + + + The message if for throwing exception when find matched word in the text list. + + + + + Match the text form start index. + + + The text. + + + The start index. + + + Return the matched length. Zero indicates no matched. + + + + + Defines a serial of matched switches. + + + Use this enumeration can control the parse process. + + + + + Indicates no switch. + + + + + This pattern will be matched before other patterns and escape. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + Attached a id with a pattern. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The id. + + + The pattern. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The id. + + + The pattern. + + + The switches. + + + + + Indicates the id. + + + + + Gets the id. + + + A object used as id of the item. + + + + + Indicates the pattern. + + + + + Gets the pattern. + + + A used to match. + + + + + A used to control the matching. + + + + + Gets the matching switches + + + + + + + Defines the Lexicon class. + + + Provides a tool, that can parse the key word form the text. + Each key word take effecting by a IPattern interface, lexicon will try to find it by the order. + The find is described by . + You also can set the two kinds of relation ship: Repellency and Dependency. + Repellency, make a pattern not take effecting, when a pattern has been matched. + Dependency, make a pattern not take effecting, until a pattern has been matched. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + A match indicates the finding of special pattern during the parse processing. + + + + + Defines the class. + + + Indicates the literals between the two pattern finding. + + + + + Indicates the next matched length. + + + + + Indicates whether exit literals. + + + + + Indicates the verion. + + + + + Construtor. + + + The owner. + + + The orignal text. + + + If exit escapes. + + + Next matched length. + + + + + Gets the text. + + + A string indicates the matched text. + + + + + Gets the ID. + + + A object indicates the matched id. + + + + + Gets the next match. + + + A next . + + + + + Indicates the owner. + + + + + Indicates the start index. + + + + + Indicates the length. + + + + + Indicates the matched item. + + + + + Indicates the previous match. + + + + + Indicates the text. + + + + + Construtor. + + + The owner. + + + The orignal text. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether is a sucess match. + + + A bool indicates a sucess match. + + + + + Gets the id. + + + A object indicates the matched id. + + + + + Gets the mathed text. + + + A string indicates the matched text. + + + + + Gets the next match. + + + A next . + + + + + Check the relation. + + + The id need be checked. + + + Return true, if the id is allow by the relation, otherwise, return false + + + + + Defines the match collection. + + + Used to saves and gets a serial matches. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The matches. + + + + + Gets the match by special index. + + + The item at index. + + + + + Indicates the id of the literals. + + + + + Indicates the assertion id. + + + + + Indicates the esacpe char. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The escape. + + + The literals id. + + + + + Indicates the escape. + + + + + Indicates the version. + + + + + Indicates the inner list. + + + + + Indicates the literals id. + + + + + Gets or sets the item by speical index. + + + The at the index. + + + + + Gets the item count. + + + A int value indicates the count in the collection. + + + + + Adds a item into the collection. + + + The items. + + + + + Remove a item form the collection. + + + The item. + + + + + Creates the first match. + + + The text to be parsed. + + + The first match. + + + + + Indicates the repellency item set. + + + + + Indicates the dependency item set. + + + + + Gets the repellency set. + + + A used to save the repellency relations. + + + + + Gets the dependency set. + + + A used to save the dependency relations. + + + + + Gets the matches collection. + + + The text to be parsed. + + + A contains the all matches. + + +
+
diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..688ecd9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/lib/net48/ja/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.resources.dll differ diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/license_EN.txt b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/license_EN.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f32d1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/license_EN.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Copyright ©️ MESCIUS inc. + +The End User License Agreement (“EULA”) contains the terms and conditions that +govern Your use of MESCIUS inc. SOFTWARE enclosed or otherwise +accompanied herewith (individually and collectively, the “SOFTWARE”) (as linked +to below) and imposes material limitations on Your License. You should read +this EULA carefully and treat it as valuable property. + +You may obtain a complete copy of the EULA at: +https://developer.mescius.com/legal/eula + +Licensing FAQs: +https://developer.mescius.com/componentone/licensing diff --git a/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e818e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/C1.Win.C1Input.4.8.20233.631/tools/VisualStudioToolsManifest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file